Anki Deck Changes

Commit: d858e0b1 - switch to per-semester

Author: obrhubr <obrhubr@gmail.com>

Date: 2026-02-06T19:43:57+01:00

Changes: 3096 note(s) changed (1548 added, 0 modified, 1548 deleted)

Note 1: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: A!-/#G=){
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
\(g \geq \Omega(f)\) \( \Leftrightarrow\) \( f \leq O(g)\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
\(g \geq \Omega(f)\) \( \Leftrightarrow\) \( f \leq O(g)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c2::\(g \geq \Omega(f)\)}}&nbsp;\( \Leftrightarrow\)&nbsp;{{c1::\( f \leq O(g)\)}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 2: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: A+lafWP/s]
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
In a directed graph we call a (\(\epsilon\)/Eulerian/Hamiltonian) walk/closed walk/path/cycle a directed (gerichtet) (\(\epsilon\)/Eulerian/Hamiltonian) walk/closed walk/path/cycle.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
In a directed graph we call a (\(\epsilon\)/Eulerian/Hamiltonian) walk/closed walk/path/cycle a directed (gerichtet) (\(\epsilon\)/Eulerian/Hamiltonian) walk/closed walk/path/cycle.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In a directed graph we call a (\(\epsilon\)/Eulerian/Hamiltonian) walk/closed walk/path/cycle a {{c1::directed (<i>gerichtet</i>)}} (\(\epsilon\)/Eulerian/Hamiltonian) walk/closed walk/path/cycle.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

Note 3: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Reverso
GUID: A1y[0:/g)f
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Closed Walk

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Closed Walk

Zyklus

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Closed Walk
Back Zyklus
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 4: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: A8P;P^G,v4
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms
Runtime of sorting an array containing only \(1, 0\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms
Runtime of sorting an array containing only \(1, 0\)?

Using bucketsort, we can achieve \(O(n)\).

We go through the array once, counting occurences of \(0\) as x. We then add \(x\) zeros in the beginning and fill the rest with 1s.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Runtime of sorting an array containing only&nbsp;\(1, 0\)?
Back Using bucketsort, we can achieve&nbsp;\(O(n)\). <br><br>We go through the array once, counting occurences of&nbsp;\(0\)&nbsp;as x. We then add&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;zeros in the beginning and fill the rest with 1s.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms

Note 5: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: AJT5T7qaW3
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
Runtime of Find Closed Eulerian Path?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
Runtime of Find Closed Eulerian Path?

\(O(n+m)\)

In an Adjacency Matrix: runtime is \(O(n^2)\) as looping over all edges is \(O(n)\).

In an Adjacency List: we loop \(n\) times over \(O(1 + \deg(u))\).
Using the handshake lemma: \(\sum_{u \in V} (1 + \deg(u)) = n + \sum_{u \in V} \deg(u) = n + 2m\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Find Closed Eulerian Path
Runtime \(O(n+m)\)
Approach We want to be able to find closed walks in a graph. We can then merge them together to form a single closed walk, by exploiting shared vertices.<br><br>Algo:<br><ol><li>Start at vertex&nbsp;\(u_0\)&nbsp;arbitrary</li><li>For loop over edges. If not marked, mark and recurse.</li><li>Append vertex to list after execution</li></ol>&nbsp;Returns a list of vertices in order of a closed walk if there is one.<br><br>Example:<br><img src="paste-a669de30c7bc4a38d788fb96b6b5551a4781ec71.jpg"><br>Output:<br><img src="paste-b453826818903aa4da2ac10897e9dc0e177229b6.jpg">
Pseudocode <img src="paste-b2cbbb1cb599a09a77bcc0e991ec4bcb83c586fb.jpg"><br><img src="paste-c82a6519899f9b1f1f49c932a2b252ff64a2184a.jpg">
Extra Info In an Adjacency Matrix: runtime is&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)&nbsp;as looping over all edges is&nbsp;\(O(n)\).<br><br>In an Adjacency List: we loop&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;times over&nbsp;\(O(1 + \deg(u))\).<br>Using the handshake lemma:&nbsp;\(\sum_{u \in V} (1 + \deg(u)) = n + \sum_{u \in V} \deg(u) = n + 2m\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

Note 6: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: AQQfmx,sQF
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is acyclic (azyklisch) if it has no cycles (Kreise).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is acyclic (azyklisch) if it has no cycles (Kreise).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is {{c1::acyclic (<i>azyklisch</i>)}} if it {{c2::has no cycles (<i>Kreise</i>)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 7: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: AS{7LiImd:
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is bipartite if {{c2:: it's possible to partition the vertices into two sets \(V_1\) and \(V_2\) that are disjoint and cover the graph. Any edge \(\{u, v\}\) has to have one endpoint in \(V_1\) and the other in \(V_2\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is bipartite if {{c2:: it's possible to partition the vertices into two sets \(V_1\) and \(V_2\) that are disjoint and cover the graph. Any edge \(\{u, v\}\) has to have one endpoint in \(V_1\) and the other in \(V_2\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is {{c1::<b>bipartite</b>}} if {{c2:: it's possible to partition the vertices into two sets&nbsp;\(V_1\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(V_2\)&nbsp;that are disjoint and cover the graph. Any edge&nbsp;\(\{u, v\}\)&nbsp;has to have one endpoint in&nbsp;\(V_1\)&nbsp;and the other in&nbsp;\(V_2\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 8: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: AY}!l[d)1z
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Name the impossible cases in DFS pre/post ordering for edge \((u, v)\):
  • Overlapping but not nested intervals: 
  • {{c2:: \(\text{pre}(u)<\text{pre}(v)<\text{post}(u)<\text{post}(v)\): As visit(u) would call visit(v) before the recursive call ends.  }}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Name the impossible cases in DFS pre/post ordering for edge \((u, v)\):
  • Overlapping but not nested intervals: 
  • {{c2:: \(\text{pre}(u)<\text{pre}(v)<\text{post}(u)<\text{post}(v)\): As visit(u) would call visit(v) before the recursive call ends.  }}

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Name the impossible cases in DFS pre/post ordering for edge&nbsp;\((u, v)\):<br><ul><li>{{c1::Overlapping but not nested intervals:&nbsp;<img src="paste-b7976dbbff12de2b44594553e0c91633f59e9c05.jpg">}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;\(\text{pre}(u)&lt;\text{pre}(v)&lt;\text{post}(u)&lt;\text{post}(v)\):&nbsp;As visit(u)&nbsp;would call visit(v) before the recursive call ends.&nbsp;<img src="paste-a6fc070f96de8bd2b8148e3891cf956fd611a0a2.jpg">&nbsp;}}</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

Note 9: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: Ah4U@kYYNJ
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::1._Linear_Search
Runtime of Linear Search?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::1._Linear_Search
Runtime of Linear Search?

\(\Theta(n)\) as we go through the entire list once.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Linear Search
Runtime \(\Theta(n)\)&nbsp;as we go through the entire list once.
Requirements Linear search does <i>not</i> require a sorted array, it will perform the same on any array.
Approach Go through the entire list and compare the current element to the one we are looking for.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::1._Linear_Search

Note 10: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ah6X9iA&#j
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack
The ADT stack has the following operations:
  • push(k, S): push a new object k to the top of the stack S
  • pop(S): remove and return the top element of the stack S
  • top(S): get the top element of the stack S without deleting it

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack
The ADT stack has the following operations:
  • push(k, S): push a new object k to the top of the stack S
  • pop(S): remove and return the top element of the stack S
  • top(S): get the top element of the stack S without deleting it

Other operations might be isEmpty or emptystack which produces and emtpy stack.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The ADT&nbsp;<b>stack</b>&nbsp;has the following operations:<br><ul><li><b>push(k, S)</b>: {{c1:: push a new object&nbsp;<b>k</b>&nbsp;to the top of the stack&nbsp;<b>S</b>}}</li><li><b>pop(S)</b>: {{c2:: remove and return the top element of the stack&nbsp;<b>S</b>}}</li><li><b>top(S)</b>: {{c3:: get the top element of the stack&nbsp;<b>S</b>&nbsp;without deleting it}}</li></ul>
Extra Other operations might be&nbsp;<b>isEmpty</b>&nbsp;or&nbsp;<b>emptystack</b>&nbsp;which produces and emtpy stack.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack

Note 11: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: AqQ}Ty8GRj
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort
How do we fix the Quicksort worst-case runtime?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort
How do we fix the Quicksort worst-case runtime?

Chose a random element as the pivot.

Median of medians algo ideal but too complex to implement.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How do we fix the Quicksort worst-case runtime?
Back Chose a random element as the pivot.<br><br>Median of medians algo ideal but too complex to implement.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort

Note 12: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Au,kdh[/@(
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
A safe edge is an edge that is included in at all MSTs.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
A safe edge is an edge that is included in at all MSTs.

all, If the edge-weights are distinct, which means there is one unique MST.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A {{c1::<b>safe edge</b>}} is an {{c2:: edge that is included in at <i>all</i>&nbsp;MSTs}}.
Extra <div><i>all,&nbsp;</i>If the edge-weights are distinct, which means there is one unique MST.</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

Note 13: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Auw]yKf@xT
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

\(\text{pre}(u) < \text{pre}(v) < \text{post}(v) < \text{post}(u)\), but not tree edge: Forward edge

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

\(\text{pre}(u) < \text{pre}(v) < \text{post}(v) < \text{post}(u)\), but not tree edge: Forward edge

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge&nbsp;\((u, v)\):<br><br>\(\text{pre}(u) &lt; \text{pre}(v) &lt; \text{post}(v) &lt; \text{post}(u)\), but <b>not tree edge</b>: {{c1:: Forward edge}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

Note 14: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: B#Jj9:E=8j
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
Cut and Paste Proof of Cut-Property:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
Cut and Paste Proof of Cut-Property:

Let \((S, V \setminus S)\) be any cut of a graph \(G\).

Let \(e = (u,v)\) be the minimal edge crossing this cut. 
We want to show that \(e \in T\). 

  1. Assume \(e \not \in T\) for contradiction.
  2. Since \(T\) is a spanning tree, \(T \cup {u}\) contains a cycle, crossing the cut at least twice (once via \(e\) and once via another edge \(e’\).)
  3. We now construct \(T’= (T \cup {e}) \setminus {e’}\) which breaks the cycle but keeps the MST property.
  4. Since \(w(e) < w(e’)\), \(w(T’) < w(T)\) and thus \(T\) is not an MST.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Cut and Paste Proof of <b>Cut-Property</b>:
Back <div>Let \((S, V \setminus S)\)&nbsp;be any cut of a graph \(G\).</div><div><br></div><div>Let&nbsp;\(e = (u,v)\)&nbsp;be the minimal edge crossing this cut.&nbsp;</div><div>We want to show that&nbsp;\(e \in T\).&nbsp;</div><div><br></div><div><ol><li>Assume&nbsp;\(e \not \in T\)&nbsp;for contradiction.</li><li>Since&nbsp;\(T\)&nbsp;is a spanning tree, \(T \cup {u}\)&nbsp;contains a cycle, crossing the cut at least twice (once via&nbsp;\(e\)&nbsp;and once via another edge&nbsp;\(e’\).)</li><li>We now construct&nbsp;\(T’= (T \cup {e}) \setminus {e’}\)&nbsp;which breaks the cycle but keeps the MST property.</li><li>Since&nbsp;\(w(e) &lt; w(e’)\),&nbsp;\(w(T’) &lt; w(T)\)&nbsp;and thus&nbsp;\(T\)&nbsp;is not an MST.</li></ol></div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

Note 15: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: B)ghZbgf?6
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
Describe the steps of Prim's Algorithm:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
Describe the steps of Prim's Algorithm:

Prim’s algorithm starts with a single vertex and grows the MST outwards from that seed.
  1. Initialisation:
    • Select and arbitrary starting vertex \(s\) and empty set \(F\)
    • Set \(S = {s}\) tracks the vertices in the MST
    • Each vertex gets a key[v] = representing the cheapest known connection cost to \(v\):
      • \(\infty\) if no edge connects \(s\) to \(v\)
      • \(w(s, v)\) if edge \((s, v)\) exists
    • Use a priority queue \(Q\) (Min-Heap) to store the vertices, in order of lowest key cost
  2. Iteration:
    • Select and add Extract the vertex \(u\) with the minimum key from \(Q\). This is the cheapest to connected to the current MST. Add \(u\) to \(S\).
    • Update Neighbours For each neighbour \(v\) of \(u\) not in \(S\):
      • If \(w(u, v) < \text{key}[v]\) update key[v] = w(u, v) and update the priority in $Q$.
        • This discovers potentially cheaper connections to vertices outside the current MST. If a cheaper edge to \(v\) is found, the current value in key[v] cannot be part of the MST
  3. Termination: When \(Q\) is empty, all vertices are in \(S\) and connected, and the edges chosen are in the MST (tracked in the set \(F\) through updates).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Describe the steps of&nbsp;<b>Prim's Algorithm</b>:
Back <div>Prim’s algorithm starts with a single vertex and grows the MST outwards from that seed.</div> <ol> <li><strong>Initialisation:</strong><ul> <li>Select and arbitrary starting vertex&nbsp;\(s\)&nbsp;and empty set&nbsp;\(F\)</li> <li>Set&nbsp;\(S = {s}\)&nbsp;tracks the vertices in the MST</li> <li>Each vertex gets a <code>key[v] =</code> representing the cheapest known connection cost to&nbsp;\(v\):<ul> <li>\(\infty\)&nbsp;if no edge connects&nbsp;\(s\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(v\)</li> <li>\(w(s, v)\)&nbsp;if edge&nbsp;\((s, v)\)&nbsp;exists</li> </ul> </li> <li>Use a priority queue&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;(<em>Min-Heap</em>) to store the vertices, in order of lowest <code>key</code> cost</li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Iteration:</strong><ul> <li><em>Select and add</em> Extract the vertex&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;with the minimum <code>key</code> from&nbsp;\(Q\). This is the cheapest to connected to the current MST. Add&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(S\).</li> <li><em>Update Neighbours</em> For each neighbour&nbsp;<b>\(v\)&nbsp;</b>of&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;<em>not</em> in&nbsp;\(S\):<ul> <li>If&nbsp;\(w(u, v) &lt; \text{key}[v]\)&nbsp;update <code>key[v] = w(u, v)</code> and update the priority in $Q$.<ul> <li>This discovers potentially cheaper connections to vertices outside the current MST. If a <em>cheaper edge</em> to&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;is found, the current value in <code>key[v]</code> cannot be part of the MST</li> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Termination:</strong> When&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;is empty, all vertices are in&nbsp;\(S\)&nbsp;and connected, and the edges chosen are in the MST (tracked in the set&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;through updates).</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE

Note 16: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Reverso
GUID: B+m&Yt;~bM
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Path

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Path

Pfad

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Path
Back Pfad
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 17: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: B/7aNL0zYE
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Boruvka's Algorithm has a runtime of  \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Boruvka's Algorithm has a runtime of  \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\).

During each iteration, we examine all edges to find the cheapest one: \(O(|V| + |E|)\):
  1. Run DFS to find the connected components (ZHKs): \(O(|V| + |E|)\)
  2. Find the cheapest one \(O(|E|)\)
We iterate a total of \(\log_2 |V|\) times as each iteration halves the number of connected components.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <b>Boruvka's Algorithm</b>&nbsp;has a runtime of {{c1::&nbsp;\(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\)}}.
Extra During each iteration, we examine all edges to find the cheapest one:&nbsp;\(O(|V| + |E|)\):<br><ol><li>Run DFS to find the connected components (ZHKs): \(O(|V| + |E|)\)</li><li>Find the cheapest one&nbsp;\(O(|E|)\)</li></ol>We iterate a total of&nbsp;\(\log_2 |V|\)&nbsp;times as each iteration halves the number of connected components.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 18: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: B9BorfLC*u
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\)::Sum}} \(\leq\) \(O(n^2)\) 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\)::Sum}} \(\leq\) \(O(n^2)\) 

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\)::Sum}}&nbsp;\(\leq\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(O(n^2)\)}}&nbsp;
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 19: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: BRmyi3>lm%
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DELETE
Runtime of
DFS

Runtime: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| + |V|) \)}}

Approach:

Uses:
?



Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>DFS</b></div><div><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| + |V|) \)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::Explore as far as possible along each branch before backtracking. Potentially keep track of pre- / post-numbers to make edge classifications.}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::Detect cycles (if backward edge), <b>topological sorting </b>(reverse post-ordering), test if bipartite, mazes, ...}}</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DELETE

Note 20: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Bb-m%-jtI|
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Pre-/Post-Ordering classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

\(\text{pre}(v) < \text{post}(v) < \text{pre}(u) < \text{post}(u)\): Cross edge, \(u, v\) in different subtrees

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Pre-/Post-Ordering classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

\(\text{pre}(v) < \text{post}(v) < \text{pre}(u) < \text{post}(u)\): Cross edge, \(u, v\) in different subtrees

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Pre-/Post-Ordering classification for an edge&nbsp;\((u, v)\):<br><br>\(\text{pre}(v) &lt; \text{post}(v) &lt; \text{pre}(u) &lt; \text{post}(u)\): {{c1:: Cross edge,&nbsp;\(u, v\)&nbsp;in different subtrees}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

Note 21: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Bgd/GP4-Fq
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is a tree if it is connected and has no cycles (Kreise).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is a tree if it is connected and has no cycles (Kreise).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is a {{c1::tree}} if it is {{c2::connected and has no cycles (<i>Kreise</i>)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 22: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Bq5(?)1v6(
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
What does \(\prod_{i=1}^n a_i\) mean?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
What does \(\prod_{i=1}^n a_i\) mean?

It is the product of all numbers between \(i\) and \(n\), in this specific case it is \(n!\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What does&nbsp;\(\prod_{i=1}^n a_i\)&nbsp;mean?
Back It is the product of all numbers between \(i\) and \(n\), in this specific case it is&nbsp;\(n!\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction

Note 23: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Br&58pkCU{
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
We start counting the height of a tree at \(0\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
We start counting the height of a tree at \(0\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text We start counting the height of a tree at {{c1::\(0\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

Note 24: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: BvQCv]T&c0
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(\log(n!))\leq O(n \log(n))\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(\log(n!))\leq O(n \log(n))\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(\log(n!))}}\leq {{c2::O(n \log(n))}}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

Note 25: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: BwR)%}KG6h
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Boruvka's Algorithm requires an undirected, connected, weighted Graph.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Boruvka's Algorithm requires an undirected, connected, weighted Graph.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <b>Boruvka's Algorithm</b>&nbsp;requires an {{c1:: undirected, connected, weighted}} Graph.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 26: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Bz)mOB:[n-
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
2-3 Tree: The runtime of search, insertion and deletion is \(O(\log n)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
2-3 Tree: The runtime of search, insertion and deletion is \(O(\log n)\).

This is because the tree is now forced to be balanced and \(h \leq \log_2 n\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <b>2-3 Tree</b>: The runtime of search, insertion and deletion is{{c1::&nbsp;\(O(\log n)\)}}.
Extra This is because the tree is now forced to be balanced and&nbsp;\(h \leq \log_2 n\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

Note 27: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: C$#TvbwG_l
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::8._Longest_Ascending_Subsequence
Runtime of Longest Ascending Subsequence (Längste Aufsteigende Teilfolge)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::8._Longest_Ascending_Subsequence
Runtime of Longest Ascending Subsequence (Längste Aufsteigende Teilfolge)?

\(\Theta(n \log n)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Longest Ascending Subsequence (Längste Aufsteigende Teilfolge)
Runtime \(\Theta(n \log n)\)
Approach For an array A[1..n]&nbsp;<b>longest</b>&nbsp;subsequence (non-continuous) that is ascending.<br><br>DP Table with entry&nbsp;\(M(l) = a\)&nbsp;where a ist the smallest possible ending of a LAT with length&nbsp;\(l\).<br><ul><li>Base Cases:&nbsp;&nbsp;\(M[*] = \infty\)</li><li>Recursion: set&nbsp;\(M[k]\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(A[i]\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(k\)&nbsp;is the index of the next smallest + 1 in&nbsp;\(M\).</li></ul>We can find the smaller with binary search, thus&nbsp;\(\log n \)&nbsp;search for&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;elements -&gt;&nbsp;\(\Theta(n \log n)\).<br><img src="paste-1b9069bf0a881a3cd3900a4de699cac89f0498b8.jpg"><br>
Pseudocode <img src="paste-0cd3692a4a909acf7f7ae0540eb6d714fc346b41.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::8._Longest_Ascending_Subsequence

Note 28: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: C1$vvwFoR0
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
In graph theory, a closed Eulerian walk (Eulerzyklus) is an Eulerian walk (Eulerweg) that ends at the start vertex.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
In graph theory, a closed Eulerian walk (Eulerzyklus) is an Eulerian walk (Eulerweg) that ends at the start vertex.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In graph theory, a&nbsp;{{c2::closed Eulerian walk (Eulerzyklus)}} is an {{c1::Eulerian walk (Eulerweg) that ends at the start vertex}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

Note 29: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: C5BRbDI3JL
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::4._Exact_Calls
j = 1
while j <= n do
    j = 2j
    f()
Sum form of exact calls of f()?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::4._Exact_Calls
j = 1
while j <= n do
    j = 2j
    f()
Sum form of exact calls of f()?

\[\sum_{j = 0}^{\lfloor \log_2 n \rfloor}\]
We go from \(0\) to \(\lfloor \log_2 n \rfloor\) not from \(1\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <pre><code>j = 1 while j &lt;= n do j = 2j f()<br></code></pre> Sum form of exact calls of f()?
Back <div></div><div>\[\sum_{j = 0}^{\lfloor \log_2 n \rfloor}\]</div><div>We go from \(0\) to \(\lfloor \log_2 n \rfloor\) not from \(1\).</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::4._Exact_Calls

Note 30: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: C9v-$JhadV
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
If \(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\) tends to 0, then \(f \leq O(g)\) and \(f \neq \Theta(g)\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
If \(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\) tends to 0, then \(f \leq O(g)\) and \(f \neq \Theta(g)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text If&nbsp;\(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\)&nbsp;tends to {{c1:: 0}}, then {{c2::\(f \leq O(g)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(f \neq \Theta(g)\)}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 31: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: CJsa&>C5sO
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm
Can Kruskal's Algorithm be executed in \(O(|E| + |V|\log|V|)\) time?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm
Can Kruskal's Algorithm be executed in \(O(|E| + |V|\log|V|)\) time?

No, we need to sort the edges which takes at least \(|E| \log |E|\) time.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Can Kruskal's Algorithm be executed in&nbsp;\(O(|E| + |V|\log|V|)\)&nbsp;time?
Back No, we need to sort the edges which takes at least&nbsp;\(|E| \log |E|\)&nbsp;time.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm

Note 32: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: CaRvZ82Z-e
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}}  \(=\)   \(n^3\) 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}}  \(=\)   \(n^3\) 

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp; \(n^3\)}}&nbsp;
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 33: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ceyt5d#^?A
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
\( g = \Theta(f)\) \(\Leftrightarrow\) {{c1:: \(g \leq O(f) \text{ and } f \leq O(g)\)}}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
\( g = \Theta(f)\) \(\Leftrightarrow\) {{c1:: \(g \leq O(f) \text{ and } f \leq O(g)\)}}

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c2::\( g = \Theta(f)\)}}&nbsp;\(\Leftrightarrow\)&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(g \leq O(f) \text{ and } f \leq O(g)\)}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 34: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Cnkg?3]K
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort
Quicksort space complexity?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort
Quicksort space complexity?

\(O(n)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Quicksort space complexity?
Back \(O(n)\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort

Note 35: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Cz/kys?.PN
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Every undirected graph that contains a Hamilton path also contains an eulerian walk?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Every undirected graph that contains a Hamilton path also contains an eulerian walk?

No.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Every undirected graph that contains a Hamilton path also contains an eulerian walk?
Back No.<br><img alt="" src="paste.png">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 36: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: C}:U@+B*;Q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^3\)::Sum}}  \(\leq\) \(O(n^4)\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^3\)::Sum}}  \(\leq\) \(O(n^4)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^3\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(\leq\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(O(n^4)\)}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 37: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: D!4=n6GM2_
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::3._Doubly_Linked_List
In a doubly linked list, we store a pointer to the previous and next element for each key.

This increases memory usage as a trade-off for speed.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::3._Doubly_Linked_List
In a doubly linked list, we store a pointer to the previous and next element for each key.

This increases memory usage as a trade-off for speed.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In a&nbsp;<b>doubly linked list</b>, we store a pointer to the {{c1:: previous and next element}} for each key.<br><br>This increases {{c2::memory usage}} as a trade-off for {{c2:: speed}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::3._Doubly_Linked_List

Note 38: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: D%cpEp.*I3
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
What is l'Hôpital's Rule?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
What is l'Hôpital's Rule?

If \(\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x) = \lim_{x \to \infty} g(x) = \infty\) (or both \(=0\)), and \(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\) exists (or is \(\pm\infty\)), then:

\(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f(x)}{g(x)} = \lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is l'Hôpital's Rule?
Back <div>If \(\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x) = \lim_{x \to \infty} g(x) = \infty\)&nbsp;(or both \(=0\)), and \(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\)&nbsp;exists (or is \(\pm\infty\)), then:<br></div><div><br></div> <div>\(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f(x)}{g(x)} = \lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\)</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 39: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: D2>~h
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue
The ADT queue has the following operations:
  • enqueue(k, S): append at the end of the queue
  • dequeue(S): remove and return the first element of the queue

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue
The ADT queue has the following operations:
  • enqueue(k, S): append at the end of the queue
  • dequeue(S): remove and return the first element of the queue

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The ADT&nbsp;<b>queue</b>&nbsp;has the following operations:<br><ul><li><b>enqueue(k, S)</b>: {{c2:: append at the end of the queue}}</li><li><b>dequeue(S)</b>: {{c4:: remove and return the first element of the queue}}</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue

Note 40: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: D9:.N,D17I
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is called a directed acyclic graph (DAG) (gerichteter azyklischer Graph) if there is no directed cycles (gerichteter Kreis).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is called a directed acyclic graph (DAG) (gerichteter azyklischer Graph) if there is no directed cycles (gerichteter Kreis).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is called a {{c1::directed acyclic graph (DAG) (<i>gerichteter azyklischer Graph</i>)}} if there is {{c2::no directed cycles (<i>gerichteter Kreis</i>)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

Note 41: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: DD]dBe%Sn|
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::2._Binary_Search
Runtime of Binary Search?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::2._Binary_Search
Runtime of Binary Search?

\(O(\log(n))\) (optimal)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Binary Search
Runtime \(O(\log(n))\)&nbsp;(optimal)
Requirements Sorted Array
Approach Start in the middle of the array.&nbsp;<br><br>If the middle element is the target element, return the current index.<br><br>Else if the middle elment is larger (smaller) than the target element, continue recursively on the left (right) half of the array.
Pseudocode <img src="paste-c63669116a3e862cbe19f556da7b184c6cecc888.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::2._Binary_Search

Note 42: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: D]]~[I)jx9
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::5._Lower_Bound_for_Sorting
What is the lower limit for sorting algorithms?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::5._Lower_Bound_for_Sorting
What is the lower limit for sorting algorithms?

\(\Omega(n \log n)\) cannot be improved upon.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the lower limit for sorting algorithms?
Back \(\Omega(n \log n)\)&nbsp;cannot be improved upon.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::5._Lower_Bound_for_Sorting

Note 43: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Dc@O2/=Azj
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
The number of edges in an MST are  \(|V| - 1\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
The number of edges in an MST are  \(|V| - 1\).

Otherwise we could remove one and it would still span the edges, thus the cost is not minimal.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The number of edges in an MST are {{c1::&nbsp;\(|V| - 1\)}}.
Extra Otherwise we could remove one and it would still span the edges, thus the cost is not minimal.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

Note 44: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: DeJ!2ph{Al
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
Runtime of Johnson's Algorithm?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
Runtime of Johnson's Algorithm?

\(O(|V| \cdot (|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\) (running dijkstra's n times, but allows negatives)


Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Johnson's Algorithm
Runtime \(O(|V| \cdot (|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\)&nbsp;(running dijkstra's n times, but allows negatives)<br><img src="paste-b0103885454d02688fec99eb8383f57710d89f68.jpg">
Requirements No negative cycles
Approach <ol><li><b>Add a New Vertex:</b><ul><li>Add a new vertex s to the graph and connect it to all vertices with zero-weight edges.&nbsp;</li> </ul></li><li><b>Run Bellman-Ford</b>:<ul><li>Use the Bellman-Ford algorithm starting from s to compute the shortest distance h[v] from s to each vertex v.</li><li>If a negative-weight cycle is detected, stop.</li></ul></li><li><b>Reweight Edges</b>: <ul><li>For each edge u → v with weight w(u, v), reweight it as: w′(u, v) = w(u, v) + h[u] − h[v]</li><li>This ensures all edge weights are non-negative.</li> </ul> </li><li><b>Run Dijkstra’s Algorithm:</b><ul><li>For each vertex v, use Dijkstra’s algorithm to compute the shortest paths to all other vertices.</li> </ul></li><li><b>Adjust Back</b>:<ul><li>Convert the distances back to the original weights using: d′(u, v) = d′(u, v) − h[u] + h[v]</li> </ul></li><li><b>End:</b></li><ul><li>The resulting shortest path distances between all pairs of vertices are valid.</li></ul></ol><div>The overall higher cost allows us to run pre-computation steps like Bellman-Ford for "free".</div>
Use Case All Pairs Shortest Path
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm

Note 45: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: DhNROhdDaL
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
A Minimum Spanning Tree is a subgraph of a connected, undirected, weighted graph that fullfills:
  • spanning, it connects all vertices
  • acylic, it's a tree
  • minimal, the sum of all edge weights in the Tree is minimal

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
A Minimum Spanning Tree is a subgraph of a connected, undirected, weighted graph that fullfills:
  • spanning, it connects all vertices
  • acylic, it's a tree
  • minimal, the sum of all edge weights in the Tree is minimal

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A <b>Minimum Spanning Tree</b>&nbsp;is a subgraph of a {{c1:: connected, undirected, weighted}} graph that fullfills:<br><ul><li>{{c2:: spanning, it connects all vertices}}</li><li>{{c3:: acylic, it's a tree}}</li><li>{{c4:: minimal, the sum of all edge weights in the Tree is minimal}}</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

Note 46: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: DkT;0O|rUB
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
What is \(\log x\) in AuD classes?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
What is \(\log x\) in AuD classes?

\(\log_2 x\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is&nbsp;\(\log x\) in AuD classes?
Back \(\log_2 x\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction

Note 47: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Dkf-+^.Z}
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
What does the Master theorem state when it comes to the upper bound on the asymptotic runtime of a function?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
What does the Master theorem state when it comes to the upper bound on the asymptotic runtime of a function?

Let \(a, C > 0\) and \(b \geq 0\) be constants and let \(T: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\) a function such that for all even \(n \in \mathbb{N}\)
\(T(n) \leq aT(\frac{n}{2}) + Cn^b\). 
Then for all \(n = 2^k\) the following statements hold:
1. if \(b > \log_2a\), \(T(n) \leq O(n^b)\)
2. if \(b = \log_2a\), \(T(n) \leq O(n^{log_2a}\log n)\)
3. if \(b < \log_2a\), \(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2a})\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What does the Master theorem state when it comes to the upper bound on the asymptotic runtime of a function?
Back Let&nbsp;\(a, C &gt; 0\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(b \geq 0\)&nbsp;be constants and let&nbsp;\(T: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)&nbsp;a function such that for all even&nbsp;\(n \in \mathbb{N}\)<br>\(T(n) \leq aT(\frac{n}{2}) + Cn^b\).&nbsp;<br>Then for all&nbsp;\(n = 2^k\)&nbsp;the following statements hold:<br>1. if&nbsp;\(b &gt; \log_2a\),&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq O(n^b)\)<br>2. if&nbsp;\(b = \log_2a\),&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq O(n^{log_2a}\log n)\)<br>3. if&nbsp;\(b &lt; \log_2a\),&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2a})\)<br>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE

Note 48: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Dn~?XXlS(X
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
We can run DFS in \(O(m)\) if we know the graph is connected, i.e. \(m \geq n - 1\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
We can run DFS in \(O(m)\) if we know the graph is connected, i.e. \(m \geq n - 1\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text We can run DFS in&nbsp;\(O(m)\)&nbsp;if {{c1:: we know the graph is connected, i.e.&nbsp;\(m \geq n - 1\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

Note 49: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: D{#5DM:PFn
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(1) \leq O(\log(n))\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(1) \leq O(\log(n))\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(1)}} \leq {{c2::O(\log(n))}}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

Note 50: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: E%2HyUMa`
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is connected (Zusammenhängend) if it has one connected component.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is connected (Zusammenhängend) if it has one connected component.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is {{c1::connected (<i>Zusammenhängend</i>)}} if it has {{c2::one connected component}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 51: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: E>+A_WABT2
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^3\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::\(\frac{n^2(n + 1)^2}{4}\)}} 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^3\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::\(\frac{n^2(n + 1)^2}{4}\)}} 

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^3\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(\frac{n^2(n + 1)^2}{4}\)}}&nbsp;
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 52: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Image Occlusion-73a2c
GUID: EE{ugGOkjL
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

Back-, forward- or cross-edge?
image-occlusion:rect:left=.5722:top=.7727:width=.2045:height=.0564:oi=1
image-occlusion:text:left=.2943:top=.1886:angle=993:text=B←F:scale=.7864:fs=.1133:oi=1
image-occlusion:text:left=.6445:top=.7008:text=G←H:scale=.5385:fs=.1133:oi=1
image-occlusion:text:left=.2618:top=.5681:angle=989:text=E→G:scale=.6858:fs=.1133:oi=1
image-occlusion:polygon:left=.1879:top=.2465:points=.1883,.2528 .2183,.2471 .2906,.3622 .4248,.4067 .4267,.4432 .3206,.4409 .2165,.3417:oi=1
image-occlusion:polygon:left=.1513:top=.5749:points=.1517,.5846 .177,.5755 .2653,.7123 .4032,.791 .4023,.8377 .3,.8161 .1968,.7169:oi=1

Back

Back-, forward- or cross-edge?
image-occlusion:rect:left=.5722:top=.7727:width=.2045:height=.0564:oi=1
image-occlusion:text:left=.2943:top=.1886:angle=993:text=B←F:scale=.7864:fs=.1133:oi=1
image-occlusion:text:left=.6445:top=.7008:text=G←H:scale=.5385:fs=.1133:oi=1
image-occlusion:text:left=.2618:top=.5681:angle=989:text=E→G:scale=.6858:fs=.1133:oi=1
image-occlusion:polygon:left=.1879:top=.2465:points=.1883,.2528 .2183,.2471 .2906,.3622 .4248,.4067 .4267,.4432 .3206,.4409 .2165,.3417:oi=1
image-occlusion:polygon:left=.1513:top=.5749:points=.1517,.5846 .177,.5755 .2653,.7123 .4032,.791 .4023,.8377 .3,.8161 .1968,.7169:oi=1
Magenta: Back
Turquoise: Forward
Yellow: Cross

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Occlusion {{c2::image-occlusion:rect:left=.5722:top=.7727:width=.2045:height=.0564:oi=1}}<br>{{c0::image-occlusion:text:left=.2943:top=.1886:angle=993:text=B←F:scale=.7864:fs=.1133:oi=1}}<br>{{c0::image-occlusion:text:left=.6445:top=.7008:text=G←H:scale=.5385:fs=.1133:oi=1}}<br>{{c0::image-occlusion:text:left=.2618:top=.5681:angle=989:text=E→G:scale=.6858:fs=.1133:oi=1}}<br>{{c1::image-occlusion:polygon:left=.1879:top=.2465:points=.1883,.2528 .2183,.2471 .2906,.3622 .4248,.4067 .4267,.4432 .3206,.4409 .2165,.3417:oi=1}}<br>{{c3::image-occlusion:polygon:left=.1513:top=.5749:points=.1517,.5846 .177,.5755 .2653,.7123 .4032,.791 .4023,.8377 .3,.8161 .1968,.7169:oi=1}}<br>
Image <img src="paste-92fb45dcbaee894af9f32d9c2de935b1985dd979.jpg">
Header Back-, forward- or cross-edge?
Back Extra Magenta: Back<br>Turquoise: Forward<br>Yellow: Cross
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

Note 53: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ew6/RqtSN]
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
The {{c1::in-degree \(\deg_{\text{in} }(v)\) (Eingangsgrad)}} of a vertex in a directed graph is the number of edges that have \(v\) as the end-vertex.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
The {{c1::in-degree \(\deg_{\text{in} }(v)\) (Eingangsgrad)}} of a vertex in a directed graph is the number of edges that have \(v\) as the end-vertex.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The {{c1::in-degree&nbsp;\(\deg_{\text{in} }(v)\)&nbsp;(<i>Eingangsgrad</i>)}} of a vertex in a directed graph is the {{c2::number of edges that have&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;as the end-vertex}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

Note 54: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: F*Z7jn}vxk
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List
The ADT List defines the following operations:
  • insert(k, L): insert the key K at the end of the list L
  • get(i, L): return the memory address of the i-th key in list L
  • delete(k, L): remove the key k from the list L
  • insertAfter(k, k', L): inserts the key k' after the key k in the list L

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List
The ADT List defines the following operations:
  • insert(k, L): insert the key K at the end of the list L
  • get(i, L): return the memory address of the i-th key in list L
  • delete(k, L): remove the key k from the list L
  • insertAfter(k, k', L): inserts the key k' after the key k in the list L

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The ADT <b>List</b> defines the following operations:<br><ul><li><b>insert(k, L)</b>: {{c1:: insert the key&nbsp;<b>K</b>&nbsp;at the end of the list&nbsp;<b>L</b>}}</li><li><b>get(i, L)</b>: {{c2:: return the memory address of the i-th key in list&nbsp;<b>L</b>}}</li><li><b>delete(k, L)</b>: {{c3:: remove the key <b>k</b>&nbsp;from the list&nbsp;<b>L</b>}}</li><li><b>insertAfter(k, k', L)</b>: {{c4:: inserts the key&nbsp;<b>k'</b>&nbsp;after the key&nbsp;<b>k</b>&nbsp;in the list&nbsp;<b>L</b>}}</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List

Note 55: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: FAEpag8L6e
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
Runtime Determine if Hamiltonian path exists?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
Runtime Determine if Hamiltonian path exists?

Hamiltonian walk - exponential, we have to brute-force

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <b>Runtime</b>&nbsp;Determine if <b>Hamiltonian path</b>&nbsp;exists?
Back Hamiltonian walk - <b>exponential</b>, we have to brute-force
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

Note 56: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: FG1IbvZ*6[
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::2._Binary_Search
The depth \(h\) of a seach tree of any comparison-based algorithm satisfies which bound?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::2._Binary_Search
The depth \(h\) of a seach tree of any comparison-based algorithm satisfies which bound?

\(h \geq \Omega(\log n)\) this is information theoretically the least amount of comparisons necessary.

Note that \(h \not \leq O(n)\) necessarily as we could have a really stupid algorithm that compares thrice for example.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front The depth&nbsp;\(h\)&nbsp;of a seach tree of any comparison-based algorithm satisfies which bound?
Back \(h \geq \Omega(\log n)\)&nbsp;this is information theoretically the least amount of comparisons necessary.<br><br>Note that&nbsp;\(h \not \leq O(n)\)&nbsp;necessarily as we could have a really stupid algorithm that compares thrice for example.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::2._Binary_Search

Note 57: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: FS|421SN1o
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
Explain how union works in the optimised Union-Find:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
Explain how union works in the optimised Union-Find:

Arrays:
  • rep, where rep[v] gives the representative of \(v\).
  • members, where members[rep[v]] which contains all members of the ZHK of \(v\)
  • rank, where rank[rep[v]] contains the size of the ZHK of \(v\).
We always merge the smaller ZHK into the bigger to minimise updates.

We update the reps, then the membership lists and finally the size.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Explain how union works in the optimised&nbsp;<b>Union-Find:</b>
Back Arrays:<br><ul><li><b>rep</b>, where&nbsp;<b>rep[v]</b>&nbsp;gives the representative of \(v\).</li><li><b>members</b>, where&nbsp;<b>members[rep[v]]&nbsp;</b>which contains all members of the ZHK of&nbsp;\(v\)<br></li><li><b>rank</b>, where&nbsp;<b>rank[rep[v]]</b>&nbsp;contains the size of the ZHK of \(v\).</li></ul><div>We always merge the smaller ZHK into the bigger to minimise updates.</div><img src="paste-5129796b3ae6c46edebbaae726a47f0c892c2435.jpg"><br>We update the reps, then the membership lists and finally the size.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find

Note 58: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: FYr.:eNxT,
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
Types of 2-3 Tree nodes:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
Types of 2-3 Tree nodes:

Keys in left (middle, right) sub-tree \(l\) (\(m, r\) respect.ively):
  1. 2 children: 1 separator \(s\) s.t. for  \(l \leq s < r\).
  2. 3 children: 2 separators \(s_1, s_2\) s.t. \(l \leq s_1 < m \leq s_2 < r\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Types of&nbsp;<b>2-3 Tree</b>&nbsp;nodes:
Back Keys in left (middle, right) sub-tree&nbsp;\(l\)&nbsp;(\(m, r\)&nbsp;respect.ively):<br><ol><li>2 children: 1 separator&nbsp;\(s\)&nbsp;s.t. for &nbsp;\(l \leq s &lt; r\).</li><li>3 children: 2 separators&nbsp;\(s_1, s_2\)&nbsp;s.t.&nbsp;\(l \leq s_1 &lt; m \leq s_2 &lt; r\)</li></ol><img src="paste-099f4518906c93c69e397c80221d3fd5535c17e2.jpg"><br>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

Note 59: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: F^&OZQURkx
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue
The ADT queue can be efficiently implemented using a singly linked list with a pointer to the end:
  • push:   \(O(1)\) insert at the end, with pointer to the end
  • pop:   \(O(1)\) remove the first element like in a stack

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue
The ADT queue can be efficiently implemented using a singly linked list with a pointer to the end:
  • push:   \(O(1)\) insert at the end, with pointer to the end
  • pop:   \(O(1)\) remove the first element like in a stack

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The ADT&nbsp;<b>queue</b>&nbsp;can be efficiently implemented using a {{c1::<b>singly linked list with a pointer to the end</b>}}:<br><ul><li><b>push</b>: {{c2::&nbsp; \(O(1)\)&nbsp;insert at the end, with pointer to the end}}<br></li><li><b>pop</b>: {{c3::&nbsp; \(O(1)\)&nbsp;remove the first element like in a stack}}</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue

Note 60: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: F^nhYx>fXl
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
Runtime of
Boruvka

Runtime:

Approach: Add all vertices to the set of components (so every vertex has its own component). As long as the size of the components set is greater than 1, connect each component to the one with the cheapest edge.

Uses: Find MST in weighted, undirected graph
?



Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>Boruvka</b></div><div><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: </div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: Add all vertices to the set of components (so every vertex has its own component). As long as the size of the components set is greater than 1, connect each component to the one with the cheapest edge.</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: Find MST in weighted, undirected graph</div>
Approach <ol><li>For Boruvka, we start with the set of edges&nbsp;\(F = \emptyset\). We treat each of the&nbsp;<em>isolated vertices</em>&nbsp;of the graph as it’s&nbsp;<em>own connected component</em>.</li><li>Each vertex marks it’s cheapest outgoing edge as a&nbsp;<em>safe edge</em>&nbsp;(making use of the cut property). We add these to&nbsp;\(F\).</li></ol><ul><li>Note that some of the edges might be chosen by both adjacent vertices, we still only add them once.<br><img src="paste-053ccf0acc6d560628bd8518b928a0d6c2687cb1.jpg"></li></ul><ol><li>Now, repeat by finding the cheapest outgoing edge for each component. Do this until all are connected.</li><li>\(F\)&nbsp;constitutes the edges of the MST.</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE

Note 61: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Fn+W}!cgj0
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
If we know that shortest paths have a length of max \(h\), runtime of algo to find them?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
If we know that shortest paths have a length of max \(h\), runtime of algo to find them?

We can find them in \(O(h|E|)\) using Bellman-Ford since we only need to relax \(h\) times.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front If we know that shortest paths have a length of max&nbsp;\(h\), runtime of algo to find them?
Back We can find them in&nbsp;\(O(h|E|)\)&nbsp;using Bellman-Ford since we only need to relax&nbsp;\(h\)&nbsp;times.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm

Note 62: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Fzt_!E{2Xk
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
Master Theorem: In \(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\),   \(Cn^b\) is the work done outside the recursive calls (\(\geq 0\)).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
Master Theorem: In \(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\),   \(Cn^b\) is the work done outside the recursive calls (\(\geq 0\)).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Master Theorem: In&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\),&nbsp; &nbsp;\(Cn^b\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: the work done outside the recursive calls (\(\geq 0\))}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 63: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: F{a&v[Q@_W
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Let \(W\) be a walk and let \(u\) be a vertex, what is \(\text{deg}_W(u)\)? (generally)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Let \(W\) be a walk and let \(u\) be a vertex, what is \(\text{deg}_W(u)\)? (generally)

The number of edges incident to \(u\) which are part of \(W\) but repetitions are included, therefore it is possible that \(\text{deg}(u) < \text{deg}_W(u)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Let&nbsp;\(W\)&nbsp;be a walk and let&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;be a vertex, what is&nbsp;\(\text{deg}_W(u)\)? (generally)
Back The number of edges incident to&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;which are part of&nbsp;\(W\)&nbsp;but&nbsp;<b>repetitions are included</b>, therefore it is possible that&nbsp;\(\text{deg}(u) &lt; \text{deg}_W(u)\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 64: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: G9Xwk@MZZb
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
What does \(f \leq O(h)\) mean exactly?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
What does \(f \leq O(h)\) mean exactly?

\(\forall C > 0\) we have \(c \cdot f \leq O(h)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What does&nbsp;\(f \leq O(h)\)&nbsp;mean exactly?
Back \(\forall C &gt; 0\)&nbsp;we have&nbsp;\(c \cdot f \leq O(h)\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 65: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: G<9txw#|QX
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
The {{c1::out-degree \(\deg_{\text{out} }(v)\) (Ausgangsgrad)}} of a vertex in a directed graph is the number of edges that have \(v\) as the start-vertex.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
The {{c1::out-degree \(\deg_{\text{out} }(v)\) (Ausgangsgrad)}} of a vertex in a directed graph is the number of edges that have \(v\) as the start-vertex.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The {{c1::out-degree&nbsp;\(\deg_{\text{out} }(v)\)&nbsp;(<i>Ausgangsgrad</i>)}} of a vertex in a directed graph is the {{c2::number of edges that have&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;as the start-vertex}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

Note 66: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: G?trbZc%;
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
What is a sufficient condition to show that \(f = \Theta(g)\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
What is a sufficient condition to show that \(f = \Theta(g)\)?

Let   \(N\) be an infinite subset of \(\mathbb{N}\) and \(f: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)  and \(g: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)
then \(\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty} \frac{f(n)}{g(n)} = C \in \mathbb{R}^+\) then \(f = \Theta(g)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is a sufficient condition to show that&nbsp;\(f = \Theta(g)\)?
Back Let   \(N\)&nbsp;be an infinite subset of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(f: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\) &nbsp;and&nbsp;\(g: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)<br>then&nbsp;\(\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty} \frac{f(n)}{g(n)} = C \in \mathbb{R}^+\)&nbsp;then&nbsp;\(f = \Theta(g)\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE

Note 67: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: GA*(aETcmb
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Which datastructure is best for DFS?

In a sparse graph an adjacency list is better, in a dense graph an adjacency matrix is better.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Which datastructure is best for DFS?

In a sparse graph an adjacency list is better, in a dense graph an adjacency matrix is better.

\(|E| \geq |V|^2 / 10\), then DFS has the same runtime in the worst-case using adjacency matrices or lists as \(|V| + |E| \leq |V| + |V|^2 \)which is \(O(n^2)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Which datastructure is best for DFS?<br><br>In a sparse graph {{c1:: an adjacency list is better}}, in a dense graph {{c1:: an adjacency matrix is better}}.
Extra \(|E| \geq |V|^2 / 10\), then DFS has the same runtime in the worst-case using adjacency matrices or lists as&nbsp;\(|V| + |E| \leq |V| + |V|^2 \)which is&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

Note 68: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Image Occlusion-73a2c
GUID: GKG~Tp?e4l
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

Note that the key parameter of insertAfter and delete in lists refers to the actual node, not it's value.
image-occlusion:rect:left=.592:top=.4403:width=.0786:height=.0963:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.5847:top=.571:width=.0859:height=.0963:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.444:top=.6983:width=.0786:height=.0963:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.313:width=.0859:height=.1101:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.5884:top=.313:width=.0822:height=.1032:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.4404:top=.5641:width=.0932:height=.1032:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.5779:width=.0859:height=.0894:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.4367:top=.3061:width=.0895:height=.117:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.4367:top=.4472:width=.0895:height=.0963:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.7839:top=.6983:width=.0968:height=.0963:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.5879:top=.6944:width=.0749:height=.1042:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.4403:width=.0822:height=.1101:oi=1

Back

Note that the key parameter of insertAfter and delete in lists refers to the actual node, not it's value.
image-occlusion:rect:left=.592:top=.4403:width=.0786:height=.0963:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.5847:top=.571:width=.0859:height=.0963:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.444:top=.6983:width=.0786:height=.0963:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.313:width=.0859:height=.1101:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.5884:top=.313:width=.0822:height=.1032:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.4404:top=.5641:width=.0932:height=.1032:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.5779:width=.0859:height=.0894:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.4367:top=.3061:width=.0895:height=.117:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.4367:top=.4472:width=.0895:height=.0963:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.7839:top=.6983:width=.0968:height=.0963:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.5879:top=.6944:width=.0749:height=.1042:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.4403:width=.0822:height=.1101:oi=1

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Occlusion {{c5::image-occlusion:rect:left=.592:top=.4403:width=.0786:height=.0963:oi=1}}<br>{{c10::image-occlusion:rect:left=.5847:top=.571:width=.0859:height=.0963:oi=1}}<br>{{c12::image-occlusion:rect:left=.444:top=.6983:width=.0786:height=.0963:oi=1}}<br>{{c3::image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.313:width=.0859:height=.1101:oi=1}}<br>{{c2::image-occlusion:rect:left=.5884:top=.313:width=.0822:height=.1032:oi=1}}<br>{{c11::image-occlusion:rect:left=.4404:top=.5641:width=.0932:height=.1032:oi=1}}<br>{{c7::image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.5779:width=.0859:height=.0894:oi=1}}<br>{{c1::image-occlusion:rect:left=.4367:top=.3061:width=.0895:height=.117:oi=1}}<br>{{c4::image-occlusion:rect:left=.4367:top=.4472:width=.0895:height=.0963:oi=1}}<br>{{c8::image-occlusion:rect:left=.7839:top=.6983:width=.0968:height=.0963:oi=1}}<br>{{c9::image-occlusion:rect:left=.5879:top=.6944:width=.0749:height=.1042:oi=1}}<br>{{c6::image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.4403:width=.0822:height=.1101:oi=1}}<br>
Image <img src="paste-23c061cb30ffed672306e15e86915df3f8b7d353.jpg">
Header Note that the key parameter of insertAfter and delete in lists refers to the actual node, not it's value.<br>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List

Note 69: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Gr6wW?Nt0R
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
How is a binary tree stored in memory? What are the indices of the children for a parent index \(k\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
How is a binary tree stored in memory? What are the indices of the children for a parent index \(k\)?

The children of a node k in a tree are at \(2k\) and \(2k + 1\).
This means that the tree is stored in memory by levels.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How is a binary tree stored in memory? What are the indices of the children for a parent index&nbsp;\(k\)?
Back The children of a node k in a tree are at&nbsp;\(2k\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(2k + 1\). <br>This means that the tree is stored in memory <b>by levels</b>.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees

Note 70: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: GsU2XikyZ:
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths
We use Johnsons over Floyd-Warshall, when the graph is sparse, like in a tree.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths
We use Johnsons over Floyd-Warshall, when the graph is sparse, like in a tree.

Then the \(|E|\) doesn't matter much in comparison to Floyd-Warshall's \(|V|^3\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text We use <b>Johnsons</b>&nbsp;over&nbsp;<b>Floyd-Warshall</b>, when the graph is {{c1:: sparse, like in a tree}}.
Extra Then the&nbsp;\(|E|\)&nbsp;doesn't matter much in comparison to Floyd-Warshall's&nbsp;\(|V|^3\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths

Note 71: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Gt4c53(i;/
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In graph theory, a Hamiltonian path (Hamiltonpfad) is a path (Pfad) that contains every vertex (every vertex exactly once as it's a path).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In graph theory, a Hamiltonian path (Hamiltonpfad) is a path (Pfad) that contains every vertex (every vertex exactly once as it's a path).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In graph theory, a {{c2::Hamiltonian path (<i>Hamiltonpfad</i>)}} is a {{c1::path (<i>Pfad</i>) that contains every vertex (every vertex exactly once as it's a path)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 72: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: H0^#YREe-o
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
The 2-3 Trees we are covering in this course are external search-trees.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
The 2-3 Trees we are covering in this course are external search-trees.

This means that the values are stored in the leaves only. The nodes are for "navigation".

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The&nbsp;<b>2-3 Trees </b>we are covering in this course are {{c1::external}} search-trees.
Extra This means that the values are stored in the leaves only. The nodes are for "navigation".
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

Note 73: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: H>#zg]RQy9
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
Do we need positive edges for an MST?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
Do we need positive edges for an MST?

No, the algorithms can handle negative edges as there are no distances to compute.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Do we need positive edges for an MST?
Back No, the algorithms can handle negative edges as there are no distances to compute.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

Note 74: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: H?Cs9sT6&{
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
2-3 Tree: Insertion steps:
  1. Search for the correct node under which the key is inserted: \(O(\log_2 n)\)
  2. Insert the new key value (or that of another child, as works) as a separator
  3. Rebalance (if necessary, i.e. more than 3 keys)
  • split node into two nodes (each gets 2 children and 1 seps)
  • the middle sep is pushed to the parent level (and propagate)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
2-3 Tree: Insertion steps:
  1. Search for the correct node under which the key is inserted: \(O(\log_2 n)\)
  2. Insert the new key value (or that of another child, as works) as a separator
  3. Rebalance (if necessary, i.e. more than 3 keys)
  • split node into two nodes (each gets 2 children and 1 seps)
  • the middle sep is pushed to the parent level (and propagate)

The rebalancing being recursively pushed to the parent limits the operations at the height \(h\) thus we get \(O(\log n)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <b>2-3 Tree</b>: Insertion steps:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Search for the correct node under which the key is inserted:&nbsp;\(O(\log_2 n)\)}}</li><li>{{c2::Insert the new key value (or that of another child, as works) as a&nbsp;<b>separator</b>}}</li><li>{{c3::<b>Rebalance</b>&nbsp;(if necessary, i.e. more than 3 keys)<br></li></ol><ul><li>split node into two nodes (each gets 2 children and 1 seps)</li><li>the middle sep is pushed to the parent level (and propagate)}}</li></ul>
Extra The rebalancing being recursively pushed to the parent limits the operations at the height&nbsp;\(h\)&nbsp;thus we get&nbsp;\(O(\log n)\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

Note 75: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: HNA(>OC%7u
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::1._Array
In an array we can:
  • Insert in  \(O(1)\) as we know the first empty cell in the array and can just write the key there
  • Get in \(O(1)\) as we know the offset for each key
  • InsertAfter in \(\Theta(l)\), since we have to shift the entire contents of the array behind the newly inserted element by 1.
  • Delete in \(\Theta(l)\) as in the worst case (Delete first element) we need to shift all to the left by 1.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::1._Array
In an array we can:
  • Insert in  \(O(1)\) as we know the first empty cell in the array and can just write the key there
  • Get in \(O(1)\) as we know the offset for each key
  • InsertAfter in \(\Theta(l)\), since we have to shift the entire contents of the array behind the newly inserted element by 1.
  • Delete in \(\Theta(l)\) as in the worst case (Delete first element) we need to shift all to the left by 1.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In an array we can:<br><ul><li><b>Insert</b> in {{c1::&nbsp;\(O(1)\)&nbsp;as we know the first empty cell in the array and can just write the key there}}</li><li><b>Get</b> in {{c2::\(O(1)\)&nbsp;as we know the offset for each key}}</li><li><b>InsertAfter</b>&nbsp;in {{c3::\(\Theta(l)\), since we have to shift the entire contents of the array behind the newly inserted element by 1.}}<br></li><li><b>Delete</b>&nbsp;in {{c4::\(\Theta(l)\)&nbsp;as in the worst case (Delete first element) we need to shift all to the left by 1.}}<br></li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::1._Array

Note 76: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: HVQq>1?_s&
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
What is an Invariant?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
What is an Invariant?

An invariant holds before, for each iteration and after. We use it to prove an algorithm preserves a certain property.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <b>What is an Invariant?</b>
Back An invariant holds before, for each iteration and after. We use it to prove an algorithm preserves a certain property.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction

Note 77: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Hw9:{9d7k0
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
How do we derive a lower limit for a sum? 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
How do we derive a lower limit for a sum? 

Take a limited number of terms, which is then automatically lower than the sum.
\[ \frac{n^4}{2^4} = \frac{n}{2} \cdot (\frac{n}{2})^3 = \sum_{i = \frac{n}{2}}^n (\frac{n}{2})^3 \leq \sum_{i = 1}^n i^3 = 1^3 + \ ... \ + (\frac{n}{2})^3 + \ ... \ + n^3 \]
Here we take only the n/2 term.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How do we derive a <b>lower</b>&nbsp;limit for a sum?&nbsp;
Back Take a <b>limited number of terms</b>, which is then automatically <b>lower</b> than the sum.<br>\[ \frac{n^4}{2^4} = \frac{n}{2} \cdot (\frac{n}{2})^3 = \sum_{i = \frac{n}{2}}^n (\frac{n}{2})^3 \leq \sum_{i = 1}^n i^3 = 1^3 + \ ... \ + (\frac{n}{2})^3 + \ ... \ + n^3 \]<br>Here we take only the n/2 term.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 78: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: H{hvq(0Rc-
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
Sei \(G\) ein ungerichteter, gewichteter und zusammenhängender Graph.

Nehmen Sie an, dass es eine eindeutige Kante mit Gewicht \(1\) gibt und, dass das Gewicht aller anderen Kanten strikt größer als \(1\) ist.

Dann enthält jeder minimale Spannbaum von \(G\) die Kante \(e\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
Sei \(G\) ein ungerichteter, gewichteter und zusammenhängender Graph.

Nehmen Sie an, dass es eine eindeutige Kante mit Gewicht \(1\) gibt und, dass das Gewicht aller anderen Kanten strikt größer als \(1\) ist.

Dann enthält jeder minimale Spannbaum von \(G\) die Kante \(e\).

True

Wir wählen immer die Kante \(e\), weil sie die günstigste Art die ZHK's zu verbinden ist.

Siehe Cut Property.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Sei&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;ein ungerichteter, gewichteter und zusammenhängender Graph. <br><br>Nehmen Sie an, dass es eine eindeutige Kante mit Gewicht&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;gibt und, dass das Gewicht aller anderen Kanten strikt größer als&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;ist.<br><br><div>Dann enthält jeder minimale Spannbaum von&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;die Kante \(e\).</div>
Back True<br><br>Wir wählen immer die Kante&nbsp;\(e\), weil sie die günstigste Art die ZHK's zu verbinden ist.<br><br>Siehe Cut Property.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

Note 79: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: I&{k}F8qaf
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
What edges cannot appear in a graph?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
What edges cannot appear in a graph?

  • Self-loops (\(\{v, v\} \in V\))
  • Multigraphs, i.e. same edge twice in the same graph

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What edges cannot appear in a graph?
Back <ul><li>Self-loops (\(\{v, v\} \in V\))</li><li>Multigraphs, i.e. same edge twice in the same graph</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 80: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: IE=7&p8[(7
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In an undirected graph, what is special about pre/post-ordering:
  • back-edges = forward-edges
  • cross edges are not possible

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In an undirected graph, what is special about pre/post-ordering:
  • back-edges = forward-edges
  • cross edges are not possible

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In an undirected graph, what is special about pre/post-ordering:<br><ul><li><div>{{c2::back-edges = forward-edges}}</div></li><li><div><div>cross edges {{c1::are not possible}}</div></div></li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 81: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: IV81kgA3~6
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
Prim's Algorithm Invariants:
\(\forall v \not \in S, v \neq s\), \(d[v] = \) {{c1:: \(\min \{ w(u, v) \ | \ (u, v) \in E, u \in S \}\)(\(\infty\) if no such edge exists)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
Prim's Algorithm Invariants:
\(\forall v \not \in S, v \neq s\), \(d[v] = \) {{c1:: \(\min \{ w(u, v) \ | \ (u, v) \in E, u \in S \}\)(\(\infty\) if no such edge exists)}}.

The 3rd invariant \[d[v] = \begin{cases} 0, & \text{if } v = s \text{ (the starting vertex)} \\ \min_{(u,v) \in E : u \in S} {w(u,v)}, & \text{if } v \in V \setminus S \text{ and } \exists (u,v) \in E \text{ with } u \in S \\ \infty, & \text{if } v \in V \setminus S \text{ and } \nexists (u,v) \in E \text{ with } u \in S \end{cases}\]ensures that d[v] always reflects the minimum cost to reach vertex v from the current MST.

We always want to add the vertex with the cheapest edge connecting it to the MST, thus this invariant has to hold in order for the algorithm to be correct.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Prim's Algorithm Invariants:<br>\(\forall v \not \in S, v \neq s\),&nbsp;\(d[v] = \)&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(\min \{ w(u, v) \ | \ (u, v) \in E, u \in S \}\)(\(\infty\)&nbsp;if no such edge exists)}}.
Extra <div>The 3rd invariant&nbsp;\[d[v] = \begin{cases} 0, &amp; \text{if } v = s \text{ (the starting vertex)} \\ \min_{(u,v) \in E : u \in S} {w(u,v)}, &amp; \text{if } v \in V \setminus S \text{ and } \exists (u,v) \in E \text{ with } u \in S \\ \infty, &amp; \text{if } v \in V \setminus S \text{ and } \nexists (u,v) \in E \text{ with } u \in S \end{cases}\]ensures that d[v] always reflects the minimum cost to reach vertex v from the current MST.</div><div><br></div> <div>We always want to add the vertex with the cheapest edge connecting it to the MST, thus this invariant has to hold in order for the algorithm to be correct.</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm

Note 82: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: IXC|=r,qdR
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
The distance \(d(u, v)\) in a directed graph is defined as shortest length of a walk from \(u\) to \(v\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
The distance \(d(u, v)\) in a directed graph is defined as shortest length of a walk from \(u\) to \(v\).

Keep in mind in a weighted graph, this might mean the cheapest, which refers to cost not length.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The distance&nbsp;\(d(u, v)\)&nbsp;in a directed graph is defined as {{c1:: shortest length of a walk from&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(v\)}}.
Extra Keep in mind in a weighted graph, this might mean the&nbsp;<b>cheapest</b>, which refers to&nbsp;<b>cost</b>&nbsp;not length.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

Note 83: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Ip_w|jj[VT
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
How can we quickly check whether an Eulerian walk exists?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
How can we quickly check whether an Eulerian walk exists?

We can check the degrees of the vertices, an Eulerian walk exists only if at most 2 vertices have an odd degree

This is because if a vertex has an odd degree, it must either be the start point or the endpoint as otherwise we would not be able to leave from it

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How can we quickly check whether an Eulerian walk exists?
Back We can check the degrees of the vertices, an Eulerian walk exists only if at most 2 vertices have an odd degree<br><br>This is because if a vertex has an odd degree, it must either be the start point or the endpoint as otherwise we would not be able to leave from it
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

Note 84: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: J!K^!6M$e^
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
Differences between Subarray vs. Subsequence vs. Subset:
  • Subarray: continous partition of the original
  • Subsequence: non-continous partition
  • Subset: any subset (order does not matter)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
Differences between Subarray vs. Subsequence vs. Subset:
  • Subarray: continous partition of the original
  • Subsequence: non-continous partition
  • Subset: any subset (order does not matter)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Differences between Subarray vs. Subsequence vs. Subset:<br><ul><li><b>Subarray</b>: {{c1:: continous partition of the original}}</li><li><b>Subsequence</b>: {{c2:: non-continous partition}}</li><li><b>Subset:</b> {{c3:: any subset (order does not matter)}}</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming

Note 85: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: J%Ue&}vC`>
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
In a directed graph, for the edge \(e = (u, v)\), \(u\) is the direct predecessor (Vorgänger) of \(v\) and \(v\) the direct successor (Nachfolger of \(u\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
In a directed graph, for the edge \(e = (u, v)\), \(u\) is the direct predecessor (Vorgänger) of \(v\) and \(v\) the direct successor (Nachfolger of \(u\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In a directed graph, for the edge&nbsp;\(e = (u, v)\),&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;is the {{c1::direct predecessor (<i>Vorgänger</i>)}} of&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;the {{c1::direct successor (<i>Nachfolger</i>}} of&nbsp;\(u\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

Note 86: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: J5#2&7I#l3
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A vertex with {{c1::\(\deg_{\text{out} }(v) = 0\)}} is called a sink (Senke).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A vertex with {{c1::\(\deg_{\text{out} }(v) = 0\)}} is called a sink (Senke).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A vertex with {{c1::\(\deg_{\text{out} }(v) = 0\)}} is called a {{c2::sink (<i>Senke</i>)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 87: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: J5>uyKCn19
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary
The ADT Dictionary implements the following methods:
  • search(x, W) returns the position of the key x in memory
  • insert(x, W) Insert the key x into W, as long as it’s not saved there yet
  • delete(x, W) find and delete the key x from W

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary
The ADT Dictionary implements the following methods:
  • search(x, W) returns the position of the key x in memory
  • insert(x, W) Insert the key x into W, as long as it’s not saved there yet
  • delete(x, W) find and delete the key x from W

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The ADT Dictionary implements the following methods:<br><ul><li>{{c1::<b>search(x, W)</b> returns the position of the key x in memory}}</li><li>{{c2::<b>insert(x, W)</b> Insert the key <b>x</b> into <b>W</b>, as long as it’s not saved there yet}}<br></li><li>{{c3::<b>delete(x, W)</b> find and delete the key <b>x</b> from <b>W</b>}}<br></li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary

Note 88: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Jm.C(wC@Lp
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^2\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::\(\frac{n(n + 1)(2n + 1)}{6}\)}} 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^2\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::\(\frac{n(n + 1)(2n + 1)}{6}\)}} 

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^2\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(\frac{n(n + 1)(2n + 1)}{6}\)}}&nbsp;
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 89: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Jm{y&aYo^p
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
For \(u, v \in V\) we say that \(u\) reaches \(v\) (erreicht) if there is a walk with endpoints \(u\) and \(v\) (or a path).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
For \(u, v \in V\) we say that \(u\) reaches \(v\) (erreicht) if there is a walk with endpoints \(u\) and \(v\) (or a path).

Reachability is an equivalence relation.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text For&nbsp;\(u, v \in V\)&nbsp;we say that {{c1::\(u\)&nbsp;<b>reaches</b>&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;(<i>erreicht</i>)}} if {{c2::there is a walk with endpoints&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;(or a path)}}.
Extra Reachability is an <b>equivalence relation</b>.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 90: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Jp{gN:I7yh
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \log(i)\)::Sum}}  \(=\) \(\log(n!)\) 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \log(i)\)::Sum}}  \(=\) \(\log(n!)\) 

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \log(i)\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(\log(n!)\)}}&nbsp;
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 91: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: K(FaD(&[!I
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
In an undirected graph, what does \(E\) contain?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
In an undirected graph, what does \(E\) contain?

\(E\) is the set of all edges, which are unordered pairs \(e = \{u, v\}\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front In an undirected graph, what does&nbsp;\(E\)&nbsp;contain?
Back \(E\)&nbsp;is the set of all edges, which are unordered pairs&nbsp;\(e = \{u, v\}\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

Note 92: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: KCjL6r:?jQ
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph with more than \(n-1\) edges has a cycle if it is undirected.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph with more than \(n-1\) edges has a cycle if it is undirected.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A graph with more than&nbsp;\(n-1\)&nbsp;edges has {{c1::a cycle}} if it is {{c1::undirected}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 93: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: KD23pBO,?%
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
Runtime of
Johnson

Runtime: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| \cdot |V| + |V|^2 \cdot \log|V|)\)}}

Approach:

Uses:
?



Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>Johnson</b></div><div><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| \cdot |V| + |V|^2 \cdot \log|V|)\)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::Idea: Make all edges positive and then perform Dijkstra  \(n\)&nbsp;times. To do this, create an additional node that is linked to each node with edge weight 0 and store for each node a height&nbsp;\(h(x)\), where&nbsp;\(h(x)\)&nbsp;is equal to the shortest path from the new node n to the node x (might be negative). The new weights are calculated with&nbsp;\(w'(u,v) = w(u,v) + h(u) - h(v)\).}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::All-to-all shortest paths in directed graphs without negative cycles.}}</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE

Note 94: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: KgqO:Z_iT+
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(\sqrt n \leq O(n)\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(\sqrt n \leq O(n)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\(\sqrt n \leq {{c1::O(n)}}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

Note 95: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Image Occlusion-73a2c
GUID: KoR^|Dl^:[
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

image-occlusion:rect:left=.0993:top=.1668:width=.1045:height=.5974
image-occlusion:rect:left=.2342:top=.1117:width=.0565:height=.6158
image-occlusion:rect:left=.3241:top=.1209:width=.1087:height=.625
image-occlusion:rect:left=.4651:top=.0933:width=.1252:height=.6709
image-occlusion:rect:left=.6206:top=.0933:width=.0687:height=.6618
image-occlusion:rect:left=.7196:top=.1393:width=.0656:height=.6158
image-occlusion:rect:left=.8101:top=.1393:width=.068:height=.579
image-occlusion:rect:left=.908:top=.1393:width=.0711:height=.5515

Back

image-occlusion:rect:left=.0993:top=.1668:width=.1045:height=.5974
image-occlusion:rect:left=.2342:top=.1117:width=.0565:height=.6158
image-occlusion:rect:left=.3241:top=.1209:width=.1087:height=.625
image-occlusion:rect:left=.4651:top=.0933:width=.1252:height=.6709
image-occlusion:rect:left=.6206:top=.0933:width=.0687:height=.6618
image-occlusion:rect:left=.7196:top=.1393:width=.0656:height=.6158
image-occlusion:rect:left=.8101:top=.1393:width=.068:height=.579
image-occlusion:rect:left=.908:top=.1393:width=.0711:height=.5515

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Occlusion {{c1::image-occlusion:rect:left=.0993:top=.1668:width=.1045:height=.5974}}<br>{{c2::image-occlusion:rect:left=.2342:top=.1117:width=.0565:height=.6158}}<br>{{c3::image-occlusion:rect:left=.3241:top=.1209:width=.1087:height=.625}}<br>{{c4::image-occlusion:rect:left=.4651:top=.0933:width=.1252:height=.6709}}<br>{{c5::image-occlusion:rect:left=.6206:top=.0933:width=.0687:height=.6618}}<br>{{c6::image-occlusion:rect:left=.7196:top=.1393:width=.0656:height=.6158}}<br>{{c7::image-occlusion:rect:left=.8101:top=.1393:width=.068:height=.579}}<br>{{c8::image-occlusion:rect:left=.908:top=.1393:width=.0711:height=.5515}}<br>
Image <img src="paste-89cdffb68fa0e6c27975c01b222032a46336dc8d.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 96: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: L#@+crYi2-
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
Bipartite Test with BFS:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
Bipartite Test with BFS:

We substitute bipartite for two-colourable. 

While traversing the tree, in each layer, we colour all vertices with the same. If we then encounter a vertex with the same colour during traversal, it's not two-colourable.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Bipartite Test with BFS:
Back We substitute bipartite for two-colourable.&nbsp;<br><br>While traversing the tree, <b>in each layer</b>, we <b>colour all vertices with the same</b>. If we then <b>encounter </b>a vertex with the<b> same colour</b> during traversal, it's <b>not two-colourable</b>.<br><br><img src="paste-c8749f8e54bcf6eb4c7cd1ac37ca03ea43e15fd6.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

Note 97: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: L4[cTT%fZ]
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::3._Induction
Provide the outline of an induction proof.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::3._Induction
Provide the outline of an induction proof.

We want to prove that ... for \(n \geq 5\)

Base Case: Let \(n = 5\) .... So the property holds for \(n = 5\).
Induction Hypothesis: We assume the property is true for some \(k \geq 5\)
Induction Step: We must show that the property holds for \(k + 1\).

By the principle of mathematical induction ... is true for all \(n \geq 5\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Provide the outline of an induction proof.
Back We want to prove that ... for&nbsp;\(n \geq 5\)<br><br><b>Base Case:&nbsp;</b>Let&nbsp;\(n = 5\)&nbsp;.... So the property holds for&nbsp;\(n = 5\).<br><b>Induction Hypothesis:</b>&nbsp;We assume the property is true for some&nbsp;\(k \geq 5\)<br><b>Induction Step:</b>&nbsp;We must show that the property holds for \(k + 1\).<br><br>By the principle of mathematical induction ... is true for all&nbsp;\(n \geq 5\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::3._Induction

Note 98: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: LGV&:!
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Prim's Algorithm requires an undirected, connected, weighted Graph.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Prim's Algorithm requires an undirected, connected, weighted Graph.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <b>Prim's Algorithm</b>&nbsp;requires an {{c1:: undirected, connected, weighted}} Graph.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 99: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: L`3Iw:nx:Z
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::6._Subset_Sum
Runtime of Subset Sum (Teilsummenproblem)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::6._Subset_Sum
Runtime of Subset Sum (Teilsummenproblem)?

\(\Theta(n \cdot b)\) (Pseudo-Polynomial)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Subset Sum (Teilsummenproblem)
Runtime \(\Theta(n \cdot b)\)&nbsp;(Pseudo-Polynomial)
Requirements We want to find the subset \(I \subseteq \{1, \dots, n\}\)&nbsp;such that \(\sum_{i \in I} A[i] = b\)&nbsp;(must not exist for all \(b\)).<br><br>\(T(i,s)\)&nbsp;is 1 if there exists a subset from 1 to i that sums to s<br><ul><li>Base Case: T(0, 0) = 1 as we can use&nbsp;</li><li>Recursion:&nbsp;\( T(i, s) = T(i - 1, s) \ \lor \ T(i - 1, s - A[i]) \)</li></ul><div>Either we use A[i] or we don't.</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::6._Subset_Sum

Note 100: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ld,vXkta~C
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue
The ADT priorityQueue has the following operations:
  • insert: insert with priority p
  • extractMax: removes and returns element with highest priority.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue
The ADT priorityQueue has the following operations:
  • insert: insert with priority p
  • extractMax: removes and returns element with highest priority.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The ADT <b>priorityQueue</b>&nbsp;has the following operations:<br><ul><li><b>insert</b>: {{c1::insert with priority&nbsp;<b>p}}</b><br></li><li><b>extractMax:</b>&nbsp;{{c2::removes and returns element with highest priority.}}<br></li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue

Note 101: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: LqP`8lU$&o
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort
Runtime of Insertion Sort?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort
Runtime of Insertion Sort?

Best Case: \(O(n \log n)\)
Worst Case: \(O(n^2)\)


This insertion is not in constant time! We have to swap with each previous element!

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Insertion Sort
Runtime <div>Best Case:&nbsp;\(O(n \log n)\)</div><div>Worst Case:&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)</div>
Approach For insertion sort, we start at the left-side and create our sorted array there. We take the next element from the unsorted ones and insert it at the correct place in our sorted array.<br><img src="paste-5c36171852af92d3caae178195f26449be038802.jpg"><br>Insertion sort is slowly sorting in the elements from the right side into the left side sorted array.<br><br><i>This insertion is not constant time! We have to swap it with each previous element!</i>
Pseudocode <img src="paste-2783fa7cf7c57ffca0fb1baaff2d11ebe0379621.jpg">
Extra Info <i>This insertion is not in constant time! We have to swap with each previous element!</i>
Invariant Nach&nbsp;\(j\)&nbsp;Durchläufen der äusseren Schleife ist das Teilarray \(A[1, \dots, j]\)&nbsp;sortiert (es enthält aber nicht zwangsläufig die&nbsp;\(j\)&nbsp;kleinsten Elemente des Arrays)
Worst Case Scenario Array sorted in reverse order.
Attributes In-Place<br>Stable
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort

Note 102: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: L~wgr~ELJV
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack
Runtime of Knapsack Problem (Rucksackproblem)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack
Runtime of Knapsack Problem (Rucksackproblem)?

\(\Theta(n\cdot W)\) or \(\Theta(n \cdot P)\) (Pseudopolynomial)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Knapsack Problem (Rucksackproblem)
Runtime \(\Theta(n\cdot W)\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(\Theta(n \cdot P)\)&nbsp;(Pseudopolynomial)
Approach Subset problem choosing the maximum staying under a weight&nbsp;\(W\).<br>The greedy algorithm fails as a local optimum is not global here.<br><br>Base Cases:&nbsp;\(dp[0][w] = 0, \quad dp[i][0] = 0\)<br>If item weight&nbsp; &gt; max allowed left, don't take it. Otherwise get the max from using it or not:<br>\(dp[i][w] = \begin{cases} dp[i-1][w], &amp; w_i &gt; w \\ \max(dp[i-1][w], dp[i-1][w-w_i] + v_i), &amp; \text{sonst} \end{cases}\)
Pseudocode <img src="paste-dfd5963f4f4fabfa2ea13e840d1530b8d7fe1a4a.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack

Note 103: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: M,7!v0F$PQ
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A connected component of \(G\) is a equivalence class of the relation defined as follows: \(u = v\) if \(u\) reaches \(v\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A connected component of \(G\) is a equivalence class of the relation defined as follows: \(u = v\) if \(u\) reaches \(v\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A {{c1::connected component}} of&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is a {{c2::equivalence class of the relation defined as follows:&nbsp;\(u = v\)&nbsp;if&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;reaches&nbsp;\(v\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 104: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: M,?u9cw(S%
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\log(i)\)::Sum}}  \(\leq\) \(O(n \log(n))\) 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\log(i)\)::Sum}}  \(\leq\) \(O(n \log(n))\) 

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\log(i)\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(\leq\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(O(n \log(n))\)::O-notation}}&nbsp;
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 105: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: M11/nZaHIu
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary
Search   Insertion   Deletion
Non-sorted array   \(O(n)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(n)\)
Sorted array \(O(\log n)\)  \(O(n)\) \(O(n)\)
Doubly linked list   \(O(n)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary
Search   Insertion   Deletion
Non-sorted array   \(O(n)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(n)\)
Sorted array \(O(\log n)\)  \(O(n)\) \(O(n)\)
Doubly linked list   \(O(n)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <b></b><b></b><b></b><b></b><table> <tbody><tr> <td></td> <td><b>Search&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></td> <td><b>Insertion&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></td> <td><b>Deletion</b></td> </tr> <tr> <td>Non-sorted array&nbsp;&nbsp;</td> <td>{{c1::\(O(n)\)}}</td> <td>{{c2::\(O(1)\)}}</td> <td>{{c3::\(O(n)\)}}</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Sorted array</td> <td>{{c4::\(O(\log n)\)}}&nbsp;</td> <td>{{c5::\(O(n)\)}}</td> <td>{{c6::\(O(n)\)}}</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Doubly linked list&nbsp;&nbsp;</td> <td>{{c7::\(O(n)\)}}</td> <td>{{c8::\(O(1)\)}}</td> <td>{{c9::\(O(1)\)}}</td> </tr> </tbody></table>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary

Note 106: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: M?qP8s.,s4
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
How can we represent a graph?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
How can we represent a graph?

1. Adjacency matrix
2.
Adjacency lists

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How can we represent a graph?
Back <b>1. </b>Adjacency<b> matrix<br>2. </b>Adjacency<b> lists</b>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 107: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: MFFs/r0>#}
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
Can (g, h) ever be in an MST? Prove it:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
Can (g, h) ever be in an MST? Prove it:

No, because it's the heaviest edge in the cycle.
If there was an MST containing it, we could remove it and replace it by another edge in the cycle.
Then we preserve the tree property yet it's weight is strictly lower.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Can (g, h) ever be in an MST? Prove it:<br><img src="paste-0451663ce9f1137e81a00020ee38fb0a96908565.jpg">
Back No, because it's the heaviest edge in the cycle.<br>If there was an MST containing it, we could remove it and replace it by another edge in the cycle.<br>Then we preserve the tree property yet it's weight is strictly lower.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

Note 108: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: M^6zMs=8ah
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction PlsFix::DELETE
What is the sum of all natural numbers between 1 and \(n\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction PlsFix::DELETE
What is the sum of all natural numbers between 1 and \(n\)?

\(= \frac{n(n+1)}{2}\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the sum of all natural numbers between 1 and&nbsp;\(n\)?
Back \(= \frac{n(n+1)}{2}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction PlsFix::DELETE

Note 109: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Mv|.Tnx#vx
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
A graph with distinct edge weights has one single unique MST.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
A graph with distinct edge weights has one single unique MST.

There is one unique safe-edge.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A graph with {{c1::distinct edge weights}} has {{c2::one single unique MST}}.
Extra There is one unique safe-edge.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

Note 110: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: N9}LnE{]~X
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In an edge \(e = \{u, v\}\), we call \(u\) adjacent (adjazent oder benachbart) to \(v\) (and the other way around) and \(e\) incident (inzident oder anliegend) to \(u, v\). 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In an edge \(e = \{u, v\}\), we call \(u\) adjacent (adjazent oder benachbart) to \(v\) (and the other way around) and \(e\) incident (inzident oder anliegend) to \(u, v\). 

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In an edge&nbsp;\(e = \{u, v\}\), we call&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;{{c1::adjacent (a<i>djazent</i>&nbsp;oder b<i>enachbart</i>)}} to&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;(and the other way around) and&nbsp;\(e\)&nbsp;{{c2::incident (i<i>nzident</i> oder a<i>nliegend</i>)}} to&nbsp;\(u, v\).&nbsp;
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 111: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: N@-]h|e+xG
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Runtime: Operations in an Adjacency List:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Runtime: Operations in an Adjacency List:

1. Check if \(uv \in E \): \(O(1 + \min\{\text{deg}(u), \text{deg}(v) \})\) (we have to check the smaller of the two adjacency lists
2. Vertex \(u\), find all adjacent vertices: \(O(1+\text{deg}(u) )\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <b>Runtime</b>: Operations in an Adjacency&nbsp;<b>List</b>:
Back 1. Check if&nbsp;\(uv \in E \):&nbsp;\(O(1 + \min\{\text{deg}(u), \text{deg}(v) \})\)&nbsp;(we have to check the smaller of the two adjacency lists<br>2. Vertex&nbsp;\(u\), find all adjacent vertices:&nbsp;\(O(1+\text{deg}(u) )\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 112: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: NAHrkHd^ik
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::4._Merge_Sort
Runtime of Merge Sort?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::4._Merge_Sort
Runtime of Merge Sort?

Best Case: \(O(n \log n)\)
Worst Case: \(O(n \log n)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Merge Sort
Runtime Best Case:&nbsp;\(O(n \log n)\)<br>Worst Case:&nbsp;\(O(n \log n)\)
Approach Merge sort works by divide-and-conquering the array into smaller chunks. it then merges them together slowly.<br><br>The merging works by having two indices showing the current position in the left and right array that we are merging.<br>We then compare the elements at the indices and take the smaller one. We then increase the counter on that array, while the other stays the same.<br><br>As soon as one array has been merged in completely, we can just append the second one (as it's already sorted).<br><br><img src="merge-sort-example_0.png">
Pseudocode <img src="paste-12189c9effe95e34aad497b476fcf9df9bd9d780.jpg"><br><img src="paste-763eaed89740e506f95db48e31e94b234ca72af2.jpg">
Invariant <div>For all&nbsp;\(n &lt; r - l + 1\)&nbsp;merge sort correctly sorts any sub-array of length n.</div><div><br></div><div>Assuming the invariant holds, the two recursive calls return sorted halves.&nbsp;</div><div><br></div><div>It remains to show that merge correctly combines two sorted halves into a sorted whole.</div>
Worst Case Scenario The worst-case scenario for Mergesort is an array that has alternating small and big elements, thus they will always have to be compared during the merge.
Attributes Not in place, thus the space complexity is&nbsp;\(K(n)\). (Though it can be implemented as such)<br><b>Stable</b>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::4._Merge_Sort

Note 113: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: NDIo0EK5KX
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
If \(T(n) \geq aT(n/ 2) + Cn^b\), then the O-Notation gives \(T(n) \geq \) \(\Omega(...)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
If \(T(n) \geq aT(n/ 2) + Cn^b\), then the O-Notation gives \(T(n) \geq \) \(\Omega(...)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text If&nbsp;\(T(n) \geq aT(n/ 2) + Cn^b\),&nbsp;then the O-Notation gives&nbsp;\(T(n) \geq \)&nbsp;{{c1::\(\Omega(...)\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 114: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: NGdgt3D+pd
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
We can ignore the base of a logarithm only if it's not in the exponent.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
We can ignore the base of a logarithm only if it's not in the exponent.

\(e^{\log_2 n} \neq \Theta(e^{\log_3 n})\) as \(e^{\log_2 n - \log_3 n} = e^{\ln n (\frac{1}{\ln(2)} - \frac{1}{\ln(3)})}\) goes to \(\infty\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text We can ignore the base of a logarithm only if {{c1::it's not in the exponent}}.
Extra \(e^{\log_2 n} \neq \Theta(e^{\log_3 n})\)&nbsp;as&nbsp;\(e^{\log_2 n - \log_3 n} = e^{\ln n (\frac{1}{\ln(2)} - \frac{1}{\ln(3)})}\)&nbsp;goes to&nbsp;\(\infty\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 115: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: NR^|^~o+xa
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
How do we get a topological sorting from DFS?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
How do we get a topological sorting from DFS?

Reversed post order

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How do we get a topological sorting from DFS?
Back Reversed post order
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting

Note 116: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: NU;6ob<^n3
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{k = 1}^{\textbf{i} } 1\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::  \(\sum_{i = 1}^n i = \frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\)}} 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{k = 1}^{\textbf{i} } 1\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::  \(\sum_{i = 1}^n i = \frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\)}} 

inner loop depends on outer

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{k = 1}^{\textbf{i} } 1\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp; \(\sum_{i = 1}^n i = \frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\)}}&nbsp;
Extra inner loop depends on outer
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 117: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Nl}2-%ar31
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
What is a maxHeap?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
What is a maxHeap?

A datastructure that stores the values in a tree form, with the largest element always as the root.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is a maxHeap?
Back A datastructure that stores the values in a tree form, with the largest element always as the root.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort

Note 118: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: O%OM.97hp$
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
\(\exists\) back edge \(\Longleftrightarrow\)\(\exists\) directed closed walk

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
\(\exists\) back edge \(\Longleftrightarrow\)\(\exists\) directed closed walk

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::\(\exists\)&nbsp;back edge}}&nbsp;\(\Longleftrightarrow\){{c2::\(\exists\)&nbsp;directed closed walk}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting

Note 119: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: O5ty{6nA_*
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
The degree (Knotengrad) \(\deg(v)\) of a vertex \(v\) is the number of edges that are incident to \(v\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
The degree (Knotengrad) \(\deg(v)\) of a vertex \(v\) is the number of edges that are incident to \(v\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The {{c1::degree (<i>Knotengrad</i>)&nbsp;\(\deg(v)\)}} of a vertex&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;is the number of edges that are {{c2::incident}} to&nbsp;\(v\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 120: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: O>N2*/v~`q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
If a vertex has degree 0, what do we call it?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
If a vertex has degree 0, what do we call it?

It is an isolated vertex.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front If a vertex has degree 0, what do we call it?
Back It is an&nbsp;<b>isolated vertex</b>.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 121: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: OGBoPi1aY*
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures
The ADTs stack and queue behave similarly to a list, but with more constrained operations that allow more efficient computation.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures
The ADTs stack and queue behave similarly to a list, but with more constrained operations that allow more efficient computation.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The ADTs {{c2::<b>stack</b> and <b>queue</b>}} behave similarly to a {{c1:: list}}, but with {{c3:: more constrained operations that allow more efficient computation}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures

Note 122: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: OIsr/vHbhR
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::3._Induction
What do we have to pay attention to in the I.H. and the I.S. in an induction proof?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::3._Induction
What do we have to pay attention to in the I.H. and the I.S. in an induction proof?

We should change the variable name from \(n\) to \(k\) (for example) as not to confuse it.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What do we have to pay attention to in the I.H. and the I.S. in an induction proof?
Back We should change the variable name from&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(k\)&nbsp;(for example)&nbsp;as not to confuse it.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::3._Induction

Note 123: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Reverso
GUID: OW(TL-EP^P
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Cycle

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Cycle

Kreis

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Cycle
Back Kreis
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 124: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: OY@2Ay+>4p
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
2-3 Tree: Deletion steps:
  1. Search for the correct node under which the key is inserted: \(O(\log_2 n)\)
  2. Remove the leaf with the value and one separator
  3. Rebalance (if necessary, i.e. now 1 key)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
2-3 Tree: Deletion steps:
  1. Search for the correct node under which the key is inserted: \(O(\log_2 n)\)
  2. Remove the leaf with the value and one separator
  3. Rebalance (if necessary, i.e. now 1 key)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <b>2-3 Tree</b>: Deletion steps:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Search for the correct node under which the key is inserted:&nbsp;\(O(\log_2 n)\)}}</li><li>{{c2::Remove the leaf with the value and one separator}}</li><li>{{c3::<b>Rebalance</b>&nbsp;(if necessary, i.e. now 1 key)}}</li></ol>
Extra <img src="paste-7d452d931b0485669156a2669de65234617e5eb6.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

Note 125: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: OeCuLqI!|5
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
Extra memory requirements of Heapsort?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
Extra memory requirements of Heapsort?

\(O(1)\) as we simply arrange the array into a heap.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Extra memory requirements of Heapsort?
Back \(O(1)\)&nbsp;as we simply arrange the array into a heap.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort

Note 126: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Otnyr;#TD1
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
Simplify \(\frac{a^{kn}}{b^{k'n}} =\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
Simplify \(\frac{a^{kn}}{b^{k'n}} =\)

\(\frac{e^{\ln(a^{kn})}}{e^{\ln(b^{k'n})}} = e^{kn \cdot \ln(a) - k'n \cdot ln(b)}\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Simplify&nbsp;\(\frac{a^{kn}}{b^{k'n}} =\)
Back \(\frac{e^{\ln(a^{kn})}}{e^{\ln(b^{k'n})}} = e^{kn \cdot \ln(a) - k'n \cdot ln(b)}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 127: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: O||9vPX+Y`
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
When \(f = \Theta(g)\), this means?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
When \(f = \Theta(g)\), this means?

\(\exists C_1,C_2 \ge 0 \quad \forall n \in \mathbb{N}\)  \(C_1 \cdot g(n) \leq f(n) \leq C_2 \cdot g(n)\)

\(f\) grows asymptotically the same as \(g\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front When&nbsp;\(f = \Theta(g)\),&nbsp;this means?
Back \(\exists C_1,C_2 \ge 0 \quad \forall n \in \mathbb{N}\) &nbsp;\(C_1 \cdot g(n) \leq f(n) \leq C_2 \cdot g(n)\)<br><br>\(f\)&nbsp;grows asymptotically the <b>same</b> as&nbsp;\(g\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 128: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: P<,uu+Hu
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
The shortest walk in a directed, weighted graph is always a path.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
The shortest walk in a directed, weighted graph is always a path.

If it's a walk, we can remove all edges between the first occurence of the repeated vertex and the last occurence.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The shortest walk in a directed, weighted graph is always a {{c1::<b>path</b>}}.
Extra If it's a walk, we can remove all edges between the first occurence of the repeated vertex and the last occurence.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

Note 129: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: P
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A vertex in a connected graph is a cut vertex if the subgraph obtained after removing it and all it's incident edges is disconnected.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A vertex in a connected graph is a cut vertex if the subgraph obtained after removing it and all it's incident edges is disconnected.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A vertex in a connected graph is a {{c1::cut vertex}}&nbsp;if {{c2::the subgraph obtained after removing it and all it's incident edges is&nbsp;<b>disconnected</b>}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 130: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: PF|EmWOMd:
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths
Cost of a walk in a weighted graph \(G = (V, E, c)\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths
Cost of a walk in a weighted graph \(G = (V, E, c)\)?

Sum of the weight of it's edges: \(\sum_{i = 0}^{l - 1} c(v_i, v_{i+1})\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Cost of a walk in a weighted graph&nbsp;\(G = (V, E, c)\)?
Back Sum of the weight of it's edges:&nbsp;\(\sum_{i = 0}^{l - 1} c(v_i, v_{i+1})\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths

Note 131: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: PU(5RRppkP
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
When can the condition \(n = 2^k\) be dropped in the Master Theorem?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
When can the condition \(n = 2^k\) be dropped in the Master Theorem?

When the function \(T\) is increasing (monotonically non-decreasing).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front When can the condition&nbsp;\(n = 2^k\)&nbsp;be dropped in the Master Theorem?
Back When the function&nbsp;\(T\)&nbsp;is increasing (monotonically non-decreasing).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 132: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Pf|C9|^n[w
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::2._Linked_List
In a singly and doubly linked list, the operation:
  • Insert is \(\Theta(1)\) as we know the memory address of the final element in the list and just have to set the null pointer to the new keys address. Without this pointer it's \(\Theta(l)\).
  • Get is \(\Theta(i)\) very slow as we need to traverse the entire list up to i
  • insertAfter is  \(O(1)\) if we get the memory address of the element to insert after.
  • delete is:
          SLL: \(\Theta(l)\) as we need to find the previous element and change it's pointer.
          DLL:  \(O(1)\) we know the address of the previous element and then just edit it's pointer.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::2._Linked_List
In a singly and doubly linked list, the operation:
  • Insert is \(\Theta(1)\) as we know the memory address of the final element in the list and just have to set the null pointer to the new keys address. Without this pointer it's \(\Theta(l)\).
  • Get is \(\Theta(i)\) very slow as we need to traverse the entire list up to i
  • insertAfter is  \(O(1)\) if we get the memory address of the element to insert after.
  • delete is:
          SLL: \(\Theta(l)\) as we need to find the previous element and change it's pointer.
          DLL:  \(O(1)\) we know the address of the previous element and then just edit it's pointer.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In a&nbsp;<b>singly</b>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<b>doubly linked list</b>, the operation:<br><ul><li><b>Insert</b>&nbsp;is {{c1::\(\Theta(1)\)&nbsp;as we know the memory address of the final element in the list and just have to set the null pointer to the new keys address. Without this pointer it's&nbsp;\(\Theta(l)\). }}<br></li><li><b>Get</b>&nbsp;is {{c2::\(\Theta(i)\)&nbsp;very slow as we need to traverse the entire list up to&nbsp;<b>i</b>}}<br></li><li><b>insertAfter</b>&nbsp;is {{c3::&nbsp;\(O(1)\)&nbsp;if we get the memory address of the element to insert after.}}<br></li><li><b>delete</b>&nbsp;is:<br>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; SLL: {{c4::\(\Theta(l)\)&nbsp;as we need to find the previous element and change it's pointer.}}<br>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; DLL: {{c5::&nbsp;\(O(1)\)&nbsp;we know the address of the previous element and then just edit it's pointer.}}</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::2._Linked_List

Note 133: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: PhZTjS+XL8
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
If \(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\) tends to \(\infty+\), then \(f \nleq O(g)\) and \(g \leq O(f)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
If \(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\) tends to \(\infty+\), then \(f \nleq O(g)\) and \(g \leq O(f)\).

\(f \geq \Omega(g)\) but \(f \neq \Theta(g)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text If \(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\)&nbsp;tends to {{c1::\(\infty+\)}}, then {{c2::\(f \nleq O(g)\)&nbsp;and \(g \leq O(f)\)}}.
Extra \(f \geq \Omega(g)\)&nbsp;but&nbsp;\(f \neq \Theta(g)\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 134: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: PvmYSo9Bj_
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In the edge \(e = (u, v)\), we call \(u\) the start vertex and \(v\) the end vertex.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In the edge \(e = (u, v)\), we call \(u\) the start vertex and \(v\) the end vertex.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In the edge&nbsp;\(e = (u, v)\), we call&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;the {{c1::start}} vertex and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;the {{c1::end}} vertex.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 135: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Q3:!A9V`D,
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
Steps of giving a DP solution:
  1. Define the DP table (dimensions, index, range; meaning of entry): ex: DP[1..n+1][1..k+1]
  2. Computation of entries (Base case, recursive formula, pay attention to bounds!)
  3. Order of calculation (what depends on what entries, what variable incremented first)
  4. Extracting the solution
  5. Runtime

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
Steps of giving a DP solution:
  1. Define the DP table (dimensions, index, range; meaning of entry): ex: DP[1..n+1][1..k+1]
  2. Computation of entries (Base case, recursive formula, pay attention to bounds!)
  3. Order of calculation (what depends on what entries, what variable incremented first)
  4. Extracting the solution
  5. Runtime

SMIROST (Size, Meaning, Initialisation, Recursive Relation, Order, Solution, Time)


Smiling Monkey In Red Overall Steals Tacos

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Steps of giving a DP solution:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Define the DP table (dimensions, index, range; meaning of entry): ex:&nbsp;<b>DP[1..n+1][1..k+1]</b>}}</li><li>{{c2::Computation of entries (Base case, recursive formula, pay attention to bounds!)}}</li><li>{{c3::Order of calculation (what depends on what entries, what variable incremented first)}}</li><li>{{c4::Extracting the solution}}</li><li>{{c5::Runtime}}</li></ol>
Extra SMIROST (Size, Meaning, Initialisation, Recursive Relation, Order, Solution, Time)<br><br><img alt="" src="https://chatgpt.com/backend-api/estuary/content?id=file_00000000b144722fb24d37aefc63a244&amp;ts=490704&amp;p=fs&amp;cid=1&amp;sig=9139f521032b1f527f402bd9e46aa4fc98c1c346920ce78fa1198c460ce702b0&amp;v=0"><img src="b8ad5128-8b94-4df8-a395-8fcd177c0ef6.png"><br><strong>S</strong>miling <strong>M</strong>onkey <strong>I</strong>n <strong>R</strong>ed <strong>O</strong>verall&nbsp;<strong>S</strong>teals <strong>T</strong>acos<img alt="" src="https://chatgpt.com/backend-api/estuary/content?id=file_00000000b144722fb24d37aefc63a244&amp;ts=490704&amp;p=fs&amp;cid=1&amp;sig=9139f521032b1f527f402bd9e46aa4fc98c1c346920ce78fa1198c460ce702b0&amp;v=0">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming

Note 136: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: QA~(,/7jXV
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(k^n) \leq O(n!)\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(k^n) \leq O(n!)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(k^n)}} \leq {{c2::O(n!)}}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

Note 137: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: QBdl=YAmG|
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
How can we check for cycles via DFS?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
How can we check for cycles via DFS?

During the recursive call, if we find an adjacent vertex without a post-number, there's a back-edge (\(\implies\)the recursive call for that edge is still active...).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How can we check for cycles via DFS?
Back During the recursive call, if we find an adjacent vertex <b>without a post-number</b>, there's a back-edge (\(\implies\)the recursive call for that edge is still active...).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

Note 138: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Image Occlusion-73a2c
GUID: QGU[QMk!u8
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.1517:width=.4676:height=.1291:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.3156:width=.4709:height=.1018:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.4472:width=.472:height=.1043:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.2662:top=.5764:width=.5576:height=.1067:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.2662:top=.713:width=.4577:height=.1042:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.2695:top=.8446:width=.5401:height=.1018:oi=1

Back

image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.1517:width=.4676:height=.1291:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.3156:width=.4709:height=.1018:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.4472:width=.472:height=.1043:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.2662:top=.5764:width=.5576:height=.1067:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.2662:top=.713:width=.4577:height=.1042:oi=1
image-occlusion:rect:left=.2695:top=.8446:width=.5401:height=.1018:oi=1

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Occlusion {{c1::image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.1517:width=.4676:height=.1291:oi=1}}<br>{{c2::image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.3156:width=.4709:height=.1018:oi=1}}<br>{{c3::image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.4472:width=.472:height=.1043:oi=1}}<br>{{c4::image-occlusion:rect:left=.2662:top=.5764:width=.5576:height=.1067:oi=1}}<br>{{c5::image-occlusion:rect:left=.2662:top=.713:width=.4577:height=.1042:oi=1}}<br>{{c6::image-occlusion:rect:left=.2695:top=.8446:width=.5401:height=.1018:oi=1}}<br>
Image <img src="paste-2824bd050db962505cb0923d86f13e3e696d2efb.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms

Note 139: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: QJ{Y%?s>+w
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
When writing a recursion which accesses an index that could go out of bounds, make sure to return a neutral value instead of crashing.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
When writing a recursion which accesses an index that could go out of bounds, make sure to return a neutral value instead of crashing.

Example: Subset Sum

Recursion: \(DP[i][B] = DP[i-1][B] \lor DP[i-1][B - b_i]\)

The term \(B - b_i\) can become negative. Instead of accessing an invalid index, return "false" (the neutral element for OR), since you can't achieve a negative sum.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text When writing a recursion which accesses an index that could go out of bounds, make sure to {{c1::return a neutral value instead of crashing}}.
Extra Example: Subset Sum<br><br>Recursion: \(DP[i][B] = DP[i-1][B] \lor DP[i-1][B - b_i]\)<br><br>The term \(B - b_i\)&nbsp;can become negative. Instead of accessing an invalid index, return "false" (the neutral element for OR), since you can't achieve a negative sum.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming

Note 140: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Qv/bX3RU0v
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm
How does the number of ZHK's change in Boruvka's for each round?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm
How does the number of ZHK's change in Boruvka's for each round?

The number of components halves in each round, thus \(\log |V|\) iterations worst case.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How does the number of ZHK's change in Boruvka's for each round?
Back The number of components halves in each round, thus&nbsp;\(\log |V|\)&nbsp;iterations&nbsp;worst case.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm

Note 141: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Q|AEYAPg!l
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
What is a sufficient condition to show that \(f \geq \Omega(g)\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
What is a sufficient condition to show that \(f \geq \Omega(g)\)?

Let \(N\) be an infinite subset of \(\mathbb{N}\) and \(f: N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\) and \(g: N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)
then if \(\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty} \frac{f(n)}{g(n)} = \infty\), \(f \geq \Omega(g)\) but \(f \neq \Theta(g)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is a sufficient condition to show that&nbsp;\(f \geq \Omega(g)\)?
Back Let&nbsp;\(N\)&nbsp;be an infinite subset of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(f: N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(g: N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)<br>then if&nbsp;\(\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty} \frac{f(n)}{g(n)} = \infty\),&nbsp;\(f \geq \Omega(g)\)&nbsp;but&nbsp;\(f \neq \Theta(g)\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE

Note 142: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Q}a3<1,J]C
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
2-3 Tree: We deleted a node and now it's sibling is an only child. What happens if it's neighbor has 2 keys?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
2-3 Tree: We deleted a node and now it's sibling is an only child. What happens if it's neighbor has 2 keys?

  1. The nodes \(u\) and \(v\) are merged to form one new node with 3 children.
  2. The separator from the parent node is pulled down to be the new \(s_2\).
Parent may lose child -> rebalance there (can go up to the root).
If root has 1 child -> root replaced by child.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front 2-3 Tree: We deleted a node and now it's sibling is an only child. What happens if it's neighbor has 2 keys?
Back <ol><li>The nodes&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;are <b>merged</b> to form one new node with <b>3 children</b>.</li><li>The separator from the parent node is pulled down to be the new&nbsp;\(s_2\).</li></ol>Parent may lose child -&gt; rebalance there (can go up to the root).<br>If root has 1 child -&gt; root replaced by child.<br><img src="paste-fcffee6f619138677fc86eb74beebfaa266c8cfe.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

Note 143: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: R<,pyG}zC
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(\log(n))\leq O(n)\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(\log(n))\leq O(n)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(\log(n))}}\leq {{c2::O(n)}}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

Note 144: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: T?I`@dy&K
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm
Runtime of Kruskal's Algorithm?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm
Runtime of Kruskal's Algorithm?

\(O(|E| \log |E| + |V| \log |V|)\)

Outer loop: Iterate \(|E|\) times at most:
Inner loop: find and union take \(O(\log |V|)\) per call amortised, thus \(O(|V| \log |V|)\) total.

This requires the Union Find datastructure.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Kruskal's Algorithm
Runtime \(O(|E| \log |E| + |V| \log |V|)\)<br><br><b>Outer loop:&nbsp;</b>Iterate&nbsp;\(|E|\)&nbsp;times at most:<br><b>Inner loop:&nbsp;</b>find and union take&nbsp;\(O(\log |V|)\)&nbsp;per call <b>amortised</b>, thus&nbsp;\(O(|V| \log |V|)\)&nbsp;total.
Requirements Undirected, weighted and connected graph.
Approach <ol><li><b>Initialisation</b>: Start with an empty set \(F = \emptyset\)&nbsp;to represent the MST edges. Initially each vertex is it’s own seperate ZHK.&nbsp;</li><li><b>Iteration</b>: Sort all edges in the graphs by weight in increasing order. For each edge \((u, v)\)&nbsp;in sorted order: <br>If adding&nbsp;\((u, v)\)&nbsp;does not create a cycle (i.e.&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;in different ZHKs) <br>Add&nbsp;\((u, v)\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(F\). Merge the ZHKs of&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)</li><li>Stop: once we have&nbsp;\(n-1\)&nbsp;edges</li></ol><div>The operation of checking if there is no cycle can be done efficiently using the check of&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;being in different ZHKs.&nbsp;</div><div>This can be done efficiently using the <b>Union-Find datastructure</b>.</div>
Pseudocode <img src="paste-4f95b1dbfefb25bbfd8327342ed84d0141d63587.jpg">
Use Case Find MST
Extra Info This requires the Union Find datastructure.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm

Note 145: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: bD%.s|4?hI
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

\(\text{pre}(u) < \text{pre}(v) < \text{post}(v) < \text{post}(u)\): tree edge, as \(v\) is a descendant of \(u\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

\(\text{pre}(u) < \text{pre}(v) < \text{post}(v) < \text{post}(u)\): tree edge, as \(v\) is a descendant of \(u\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge&nbsp;\((u, v)\):<br><br>\(\text{pre}(u) &lt; \text{pre}(v) &lt; \text{post}(v) &lt; \text{post}(u)\): {{c1:: tree edge, as&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;is a descendant of&nbsp;\(u\)}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

Note 146: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: bE2IXoJWO/
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
Master Theorem: In \(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\), \(a\) is the number of recursive subproblems (must be \(> 0\)).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
Master Theorem: In \(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\), \(a\) is the number of recursive subproblems (must be \(> 0\)).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Master Theorem: In&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\),&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;is {{c1::the number of <b>recursive subproblems</b> (must be&nbsp;\(&gt; 0\))}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 147: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: bNHf:CUBWH
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
Bellman-Ford optimisation in a DAG?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
Bellman-Ford optimisation in a DAG?

In an acyclic graph, topological sorting is already an algorithm that gives us the most-efficient order to calculate the cost in.

Because we can be sure that any predecessors already have the correct \(l\)-good bound distance (guaranteed by topo-sort, no backedges), we can simply relax once.

Thus we can compute the correct cheapest path in one "relaxation": \(O(|E|)\).
Therefore with toposort: \(O(|V| + |E|)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Bellman-Ford optimisation in a DAG?
Back In an acyclic graph, <b>topological sorting</b> is already an algorithm that gives us the most-efficient order to <b>calculate the cost in</b>.<br><br>Because we can be sure that any predecessors already have the correct&nbsp;\(l\)-good bound distance (guaranteed by topo-sort, no backedges), we can simply relax once.<br><br>Thus we can compute the correct cheapest path in one "relaxation":&nbsp;\(O(|E|)\).<br>Therefore with toposort:&nbsp;\(O(|V| + |E|)\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm

Note 148: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: bS
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
What does the Handshake lemma say?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
What does the Handshake lemma say?

It describes the relationship between the number of vertices and edges in a graph:

\(\sum_{v\in V} \text{deg}(v) = 2|E|\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What does the Handshake lemma say?
Back It describes the relationship between the number of vertices and edges in a graph:<br><br>\(\sum_{v\in V} \text{deg}(v) = 2|E|\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 149: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: baz0GGlXM[
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
Why does naively adding the lowest-edge weight not work for Johnson's?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
Why does naively adding the lowest-edge weight not work for Johnson's?

We need the cost of the paths to stay the same relative to each other.

If we add a constant to each edge, long (length-wise) paths are penalised more. This means that the ordering of all paths by cost changes.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Why does naively adding the lowest-edge weight not work for Johnson's?
Back We need the cost of the paths to stay the same relative to each other.<br><br>If we add a constant to each edge, long (length-wise) paths are penalised more. This means that the ordering of all paths by cost changes.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm

Note 150: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: bxHH*AJqWb
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
To find the cheapest walk in a directed, weighted graph, we use  Dijkstra's Algorithm.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
To find the cheapest walk in a directed, weighted graph, we use  Dijkstra's Algorithm.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text To find the&nbsp;<b>cheapest walk</b>&nbsp;in a directed, weighted graph, we use {{c1::&nbsp;<b>Dijkstra's Algorithm</b>}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE

Note 151: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: c&0A&-=*J^
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1::\(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}} \(=\)  \(n\) 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1::\(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}} \(=\)  \(n\) 

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::\(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}}&nbsp;\(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp;\(n\)}}&nbsp;
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 152: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: c*5:,uoi3s
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
An edge in a connected graph is a cut edge if the subgraph obtained after removing it (keeping the vertices) is disconnected.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
An edge in a connected graph is a cut edge if the subgraph obtained after removing it (keeping the vertices) is disconnected.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text An edge in a connected graph is a {{c1::cut edge}}&nbsp;if {{c2::the subgraph obtained after removing it (keeping the vertices) is&nbsp;<b>disconnected</b>}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 153: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: c-L/EL~rI8
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::4._Exact_Calls
A while loop that doesn't increase constantly but goes from i = 1 and increases by i = 2*i for example, can be modelled as a sum from 0 to  \(\log_2 n\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::4._Exact_Calls
A while loop that doesn't increase constantly but goes from i = 1 and increases by i = 2*i for example, can be modelled as a sum from 0 to  \(\log_2 n\)?

Note that we start from 0, as \(2 = 1^0\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A while loop that doesn't increase constantly but goes from&nbsp;<b>i = 1</b>&nbsp;and increases by&nbsp;<b>i = 2*i</b>&nbsp;for example, can be modelled as a sum from {{c1::0}} to {{c2::&nbsp;\(\log_2 n\)}}?
Extra Note that we start from 0, as&nbsp;\(2 = 1^0\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::4._Exact_Calls

Note 154: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: c1d=kD*#nb
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs::1._Handshake_Lemma
How do we prove/disprove such a statement?

"There exists at least one undirected graph with 7 vertices in which all vertices have degree 3."

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs::1._Handshake_Lemma
How do we prove/disprove such a statement?

"There exists at least one undirected graph with 7 vertices in which all vertices have degree 3."

We use the handshake Lemma: \(\sum \deg(v) = 7 \cdot 3 = 2 |E|\) but 21 is not even. Thus this cannot be true.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How do we prove/disprove such a statement?<br><br>"There exists at least one undirected graph with 7 vertices in which all vertices have degree 3."
Back We use the handshake Lemma:&nbsp;\(\sum \deg(v) = 7 \cdot 3 = 2 |E|\)&nbsp;but 21 is not even. Thus this cannot be true.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs::1._Handshake_Lemma

Note 155: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: c9U$4,GAT:
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
What is telescoping?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
What is telescoping?

By plugging in previous terms into a recursive definition we can get a feel for it's asymptotic runtime. This is only for intuiton, not a proof. 

\(M(n + 1) = 3 \cdot M(n)\) turns into \(M(n + 1) = 3 \cdot (3 \cdot M(n - 1))\) and so on and so forth.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is telescoping?
Back By plugging in previous terms into a recursive definition we can get a feel for it's asymptotic runtime.&nbsp;<i>This is only for intuiton, not a proof.</i>&nbsp;<br><br>\(M(n + 1) = 3 \cdot M(n)\)&nbsp;turns into&nbsp;\(M(n + 1) = 3 \cdot (3 \cdot M(n - 1))\)&nbsp;and so on and so forth.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction

Note 156: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: c?99yQ/?;v
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
How do we create a maxHeap?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
How do we create a maxHeap?

Insert the node \(v\) at the next free space in the tree, i.e. first to the left, then right (to conserve the tree structure).

Then we restore the heap condition by reverse-“versickern” the element until it’s restored.

Swap it with it’s parent nodes until the condition is restored.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How do we create a maxHeap?
Back <div>Insert the node&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;at the next free space in the tree, i.e. first to the left, then right (to conserve the tree structure).</div><div><br></div> <div>Then we restore the heap condition by reverse-“<b>versickern</b>” the element until it’s restored.</div><div><br></div><div>Swap it with it’s parent nodes until the condition is restored.</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort

Note 157: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: cF,b)K]Ha!
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^2\)::Sum}}  \(\leq\) \(O(n^3)\) 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^2\)::Sum}}  \(\leq\) \(O(n^3)\) 

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^2\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(\leq\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(O(n^3)\)}}&nbsp;
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 158: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: cKo%p6:M08
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Runtime of
Prim

Runtime: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}((|E| + |V|) \cdot \log|V|)\)}}

Approach:

Uses: Runtime: {{c1::
\( \mathcal{O}((|E| + |V|) \cdot \log|V|)\)}}

Approach:

Uses:
?



Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>Prim</b></div><div><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}((|E| + |V|) \cdot \log|V|)\)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::We start at a given vertex. To this subtree we add one-by-one the cheapest edge connecting the subtree to another component until all vertices are connected. The implementation is very similar to Dijkstra.}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::Find MST in weighted, undirected graph}}<b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::</div><div>\( \mathcal{O}((|E| + |V|) \cdot \log|V|)\)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::We start at a given vertex. To this subtree we add one-by-one the cheapest edge connecting the subtree to another component until all vertices are connected. The implementation is very similar to Dijkstra.}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::Find MST in weighted, undirected graph}}</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 159: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: ch>ShkzK.z
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
What is the form of the recursive equations solved by the Master Theorem?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
What is the form of the recursive equations solved by the Master Theorem?

\(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\)
where \(a\), \(C > 0\) and \(b \geq 0\) are constants.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the form of the recursive equations solved by the Master Theorem?
Back \(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\)<br>where&nbsp;\(a\),&nbsp;\(C &gt; 0\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(b \geq 0\)&nbsp;are constants.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 160: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: chQ&(3]SWg
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
When is a closed Eulerian walk possible? 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
When is a closed Eulerian walk possible? 

If and only if all vertex degrees are even.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front When is a <b>closed</b> Eulerian walk possible?&nbsp;
Back If and only if all vertex degrees are even.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

Note 161: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: d
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort
Runtime of Quicksort?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort
Runtime of Quicksort?

Best Case: \(O(n \log n)\)
Worst Case: \(O(n^2)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Quicksort
Runtime Best Case:&nbsp;\(O(n \log n)\)<br>Worst Case:&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)
Approach Quicksort works by taking an element as the "pivot". We then split the array in to two parts: one smaller than the pivot and the other bigger.<br><br>We then swap the pivot into the middle of that.<br><br>Repeat for each of the smaller subdivisions, until you arrive at single-array elements.
Pseudocode <img src="paste-9d0bc0c9f693d82c223eeddd72313afb51429323.jpg">
Invariant Elemente links des Pivots sind kleiner und Elemente rechts des Pivots sind größer als das Pivot-Element selbst.
Worst Case Scenario <div>Already sorted array.</div><div>We usually choose the <b>last element</b> (element r) as the pivot. Then we only split the array into one part, with size&nbsp;\(n-1\).</div><div>If we instead randomly choose the pivot, we avoid the worst-case pitfalls.</div><div><br></div><div>In the best case the pivot is exactly in the middle and we can perfectly recurse with&nbsp;\(\log(n)\).</div>
Attributes Not in-place (but can be implemented as such)<br>Not stable
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort

Note 162: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: dYrUA*(KY7
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
 \(\exists\) toposort \(\Longleftrightarrow\)  \(\lnot \exists\) directed closed walk

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
 \(\exists\) toposort \(\Longleftrightarrow\)  \(\lnot \exists\) directed closed walk

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::&nbsp;\(\exists\)&nbsp;toposort}}&nbsp;\(\Longleftrightarrow\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp;\(\lnot \exists\)&nbsp;directed closed walk}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting

Note 163: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: dl`?#
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm
Runtime of Boruvka's Algorithm?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm
Runtime of Boruvka's Algorithm?

\(O((|V| + |E|) \cdot \log |V|)\)

During each iteration, we examine all edges to find the cheapest one: \(O(|V| + |E|)\):
  1. Run DFS to find the connected components: \(O(|V| + |E|)\)
  2. Find the cheapest one \(O(|E|)\)
We iterate a total of \(\log_2 |V|\) times as each iteration halves the number of connected components.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Boruvka's Algorithm
Runtime \(O((|V| + |E|) \cdot \log |V|)\)<br><br>During each iteration, we examine all edges to find the cheapest one:&nbsp;\(O(|V| + |E|)\):<br><ol><li>Run DFS to find the connected components:&nbsp;\(O(|V| + |E|)\)</li><li>Find the cheapest one&nbsp;\(O(|E|)\)</li></ol>We iterate a total of&nbsp;\(\log_2 |V|\)&nbsp;times as each iteration halves the number of connected components.
Requirements Undirected, connected and weighted graph.
Approach <ol><li>For Boruvka, we start with the set of edges&nbsp;\(F = \emptyset\). We treat each of the&nbsp;<em>isolated vertices</em>&nbsp;of the graph as it’s&nbsp;<em>own connected component</em>.</li><li>Each vertex marks it’s cheapest outgoing edge as a&nbsp;<em>safe edge</em>&nbsp;(making use of the cut property). We add these to&nbsp;\(F\).</li></ol><ul><li>Note that some of the edges might be chosen by both adjacent vertices, we still only add them once.<br><img src="paste-053ccf0acc6d560628bd8518b928a0d6c2687cb1.jpg"></li></ul><ol><li>Now, repeat by finding the cheapest outgoing edge for each component. Do this until all are connected.</li><li>\(F\)&nbsp;constitutes the edges of the MST.</li></ol>
Pseudocode <img src="paste-7f2fe108c849a581658c052b210a79e0897f8fe0.jpg">
Use Case Find an MST
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm

Note 164: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: e=wgvK*bB^
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
The shortest walk is always a path.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
The shortest walk is always a path.

This is due to the triangle inequality, given that no negative cycles exist.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The shortest walk is always {{c1::a path}}.
Extra This is due to the triangle inequality, given that no negative cycles exist.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

Note 165: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: eGQw>urFaH
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
Runtime of
Dijkstra

Runtime: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}((|E| + |V|) \cdot \log|V|) \)}}

Approach:

Uses:
?



Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>Dijkstra</b></div><div><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}((|E| + |V|) \cdot \log|V|) \)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::Put the starting node into the queue, take it out, and set the distance for all adjacent nodes and put them into the queue. Repeat (we always take cheapest vertex from the queue first, min heap), update distances and only put nodes into the queue if they weren't visited before.}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::Minimal-cost paths in non-negative weighted directed graphs}}</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE

Note 166: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: eP)-7WD~tP
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
Runtime to determine whether an Eulerian walk exists?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
Runtime to determine whether an Eulerian walk exists?

Eulerian path - \(O(n+m)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <b>Runtime</b>&nbsp;to determine whether an Eulerian walk exists?
Back Eulerian path -&nbsp;\(O(n+m)\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

Note 167: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: ePS|dQ=3Ic
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm
Floyd-Warshall implementation java, use 10000 or other high values but not Integer.MAX_VALUE.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm
Floyd-Warshall implementation java, use 10000 or other high values but not Integer.MAX_VALUE.

Otherwise you might get an overflow.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <b>Floyd-Warshall</b>&nbsp;implementation java, use {{c1::10000 or other high values but not&nbsp;<b>Integer.MAX_VALUE</b>}}.
Extra Otherwise you might get an overflow.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm

Note 168: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: ea8^2Vp8-y
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
Union-Find datastructure methods:
  • make(u, v) creates the DS for \(F = \emptyset\)
  • same(u,v) test  if \(u, v\) in the same component
  • union(u,v) merge ZHKs of \(u, v\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
Union-Find datastructure methods:
  • make(u, v) creates the DS for \(F = \emptyset\)
  • same(u,v) test  if \(u, v\) in the same component
  • union(u,v) merge ZHKs of \(u, v\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <b>Union-Find</b>&nbsp;datastructure methods:<br><ul><li>{{c1::<b>make(u, v)</b>&nbsp;creates the DS for&nbsp;\(F = \emptyset\)}}<br></li><li>{{c2::<b>same(u,v)&nbsp;</b>test&nbsp; if \(u, v\)&nbsp;in the same component}}</li><li>{{c3::<b>union(u,v)</b>&nbsp;merge ZHKs of&nbsp;\(u, v\)}}<br></li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find

Note 169: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: el_z)Xd5YD
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DELETE
What can we learn by running DFS on a directed graph?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DELETE
What can we learn by running DFS on a directed graph?

while running DFS we can keep a counter and each time we visit a vertex we denote the current counter value as the PRE value for that vertex and once we finish the recursive call on that vertex and return we denote the current counter as the POST value for that vertex.

This way we are able to reconstruct how the recursive calls overlap and construct the recursion call tree (also the depth-search tree/forest). Also, by reverse-sorting the nodes by their POST-value we get a topological sort. 

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What can we learn by running DFS on a directed graph?
Back while running DFS we can keep a counter and each time we visit a vertex we denote the current counter value as the PRE value for that vertex and once we finish the recursive call on that vertex and return we denote the current counter as the POST value for that vertex.<br><br>This way we are able to reconstruct how the recursive calls overlap and construct the recursion call tree (also the depth-search tree/forest). Also, by reverse-sorting the nodes by their POST-value we get a topological sort.&nbsp;
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DELETE

Note 170: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: eoess%f:7$
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
How does Bellman-Ford detect negative cycles?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
How does Bellman-Ford detect negative cycles?

We relax the edges one more time after \(n-1\) times. If the distance to an edge decreased, there's a negative cycle reachable from \(s\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How does Bellman-Ford detect negative cycles?
Back We relax the edges one more time after&nbsp;\(n-1\)&nbsp;times. If the distance to an edge decreased, there's a negative cycle reachable from&nbsp;\(s\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm

Note 171: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: f2x>M=+L9d
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
\(\forall\) not back-edge \((u,v) \in E\),  \( \text{post}(u)\) \(\geq\) \(\text{post}(v) \)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
\(\forall\) not back-edge \((u,v) \in E\),  \( \text{post}(u)\) \(\geq\) \(\text{post}(v) \)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text \(\forall\) not back-edge \((u,v) \in E\),&nbsp;&nbsp;\( \text{post}(u)\) {{c1::\(\geq\)}} \(\text{post}(v) \)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting

Note 172: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: fL_XS]3izz
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
How does extract_max work for a maxHeap?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
How does extract_max work for a maxHeap?

The extract max operation works by taking the root node, the biggest element in the heap by it’s definition and restoring the heap condition.

We remove the root and replace it by the element that is most to the right (last element in the array storing the heap).

Then we "versickern" this small element, until the heap condition is restored. We swap it with the larger of the child nodes, until it's bigger than both of it's children. 

This takes \(O(\log(n))\) time as the tree has maximum \(O(\log(n))\) levels.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How does&nbsp;<b>extract_max</b>&nbsp;work for a maxHeap?
Back <div>The extract max operation works by taking the root node, the biggest element in the heap by it’s definition and restoring the <b>heap condition</b>.</div><div><br></div><div>We remove the root and replace it by the element that is most to the right (last element in the array storing the heap).</div><div><br>Then we "versickern" this small element, until the heap condition is restored. We <i>swap it with the larger of the child nodes</i>,&nbsp;until it's bigger than both of it's children.&nbsp;</div><div><br></div><div>This takes \(O(\log(n))\)&nbsp;time as the tree has maximum&nbsp;\(O(\log(n))\)&nbsp;levels.</div><div><br></div><div><img src="paste-bbcbf147dcbf6bb7fed164a5949034f0184f9017.jpg"></div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort

Note 173: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: fT7%2bq&hL
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
In BFS enter/leave ordering for all \(v\), enter[v] < leave[v].

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
In BFS enter/leave ordering for all \(v\), enter[v] < leave[v].

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In&nbsp;<b>BFS</b>&nbsp;enter/leave ordering for all&nbsp;\(v\), enter[v] {{c1:: &lt;}} leave[v].
Extra <img src="paste-c9b5b7b50fe725bc637971579e3dbf01f1fcf04e.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

Note 174: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: fa/9a*g+D.
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
How can one get a lower bound for the function \(n!\) ?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
How can one get a lower bound for the function \(n!\) ?

One could simply take only the largest 90% of elements: \(n! \geq 1 \cdot 2 \cdot ... \cdot n \geq n/10 \cdot ... \cdot n\)
\(\geq (n/10)^{0.9n}\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How can one get a lower bound for the function&nbsp;\(n!\)&nbsp;?
Back One could simply take only the largest 90% of elements:&nbsp;\(n! \geq 1 \cdot 2 \cdot ... \cdot n \geq n/10 \cdot ... \cdot n\)<div>\(\geq (n/10)^{0.9n}\)</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 175: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: g$?N5#OWTc
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
How do we know if  a walk \(W=(v_0, ..., v_n)\) is closed using the degree of \(v_n\) in \(W\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
How do we know if  a walk \(W=(v_0, ..., v_n)\) is closed using the degree of \(v_n\) in \(W\)?

it is closed if and only if \(\text{deg}_W(v_n)\) is even

every occurrence of \(v_n\) within the walk increases its degree by 2, so it does not affect parity so if the degree is even then \(v_n\) is both the first and the last node

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How do we know if&nbsp; a walk&nbsp;\(W=(v_0, ..., v_n)\)&nbsp;is closed using the degree of&nbsp;\(v_n\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(W\)?
Back it is closed if and only if&nbsp;\(\text{deg}_W(v_n)\)&nbsp;is even<br><br>every occurrence of&nbsp;\(v_n\)&nbsp;within the walk increases its degree by 2, so it does not affect parity so if the degree is even then&nbsp;\(v_n\)&nbsp;is both the first and the last node
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 176: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: gCxT2!W2sa
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Runtime of DFS with matrix vs list:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Runtime of DFS with matrix vs list:

\(n\) calls to visit. Each takes:
  • Matrix: \(O(n)\) as we loop edges gives \(n \cdot O(n) = O(n^2)\)
  • List: \(O(1 + \deg_{out}(u))\) gives \(n \cdot O(1 + \deg_{out}(v) = |V| + |E|\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Runtime of DFS with matrix vs list:
Back \(n\)&nbsp;calls to visit. Each takes:<br><ul><li>Matrix:&nbsp;\(O(n)\)&nbsp;as we loop edges gives&nbsp;\(n \cdot O(n) = O(n^2)\)</li><li>List:&nbsp;\(O(1 + \deg_{out}(u))\)&nbsp;gives&nbsp;\(n \cdot O(1 + \deg_{out}(v) = |V| + |E|\)</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

Note 177: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: gE_4/z}oud
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::5._Edit_Distance
Runtime of Edit Distance?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::5._Edit_Distance
Runtime of Edit Distance?

\(\Theta(n \cdot m)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Edit Distance
Runtime \(\Theta(n \cdot m)\)
Approach Minimum amount of edits (insert, delete, replace) to go from s1 to s2 -&gt; LGT gives us the ED.<br><br>Three cases for&nbsp;\(a_i\)&nbsp;last char of&nbsp;\(a\):<br><ul><li>deleted:&nbsp;\(ED(i, j) = 1 + ED(i - 1, j)\)&nbsp;(if deleted, it doesn't matter when)<br><img src="paste-254e45a17676954472f6aebe7c8c4f0517b3d6b5.jpg"></li><li>ends up in&nbsp;\(1, \dots, j-1\): no char&nbsp;\(a_k, k &lt; i\)&nbsp;can be behind&nbsp;\(a_i\)&nbsp;(suboptimal as it would cost 2):&nbsp;\(E1+ ED(i, j -1)\)<br><img src="paste-fae70ea53a12531dc9ac1ac30b00512b6f0c150e.jpg"></li><li>ends up at&nbsp;\(b_j\): cannot insert char behind&nbsp;\(a_i\)&nbsp;thus:&nbsp;\(ED(i-1, j -1) \)&nbsp;if&nbsp;\(a_i = b_j\)&nbsp;else&nbsp;\(1 + ED(i-1, k-1)\)&nbsp;<br><img src="paste-3027dc66600e0cb2f8e3a1b12c8a1be248f13f5c.jpg">&nbsp;</li></ul>
Pseudocode <img src="paste-1a255e78854ef70231b746a53228cd5420abeee8.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::5._Edit_Distance

Note 178: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: gW55x`wH1(
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A vertex with {{c1::\(\deg_{\text{in} }(v) = 0\)}} is called a source (Quelle).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A vertex with {{c1::\(\deg_{\text{in} }(v) = 0\)}} is called a source (Quelle).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A vertex with {{c1::\(\deg_{\text{in} }(v) = 0\)}} is called a {{c2::source (<i>Quelle</i>)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 179: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: ge[wn7-Qb.
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::2._Maximum_Subarray_Sum PlsFix::DELETE
Kadane's algorithm solves the Maximum Subarray Sum (MSS) problem in {{c2::linear (\(\mathcal{O}(n)\))}} time.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::2._Maximum_Subarray_Sum PlsFix::DELETE
Kadane's algorithm solves the Maximum Subarray Sum (MSS) problem in {{c2::linear (\(\mathcal{O}(n)\))}} time.

This is the optimal solution for MSS.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <b>Kadane's</b>&nbsp;<b>algorithm</b>&nbsp;solves the {{c1::Maximum Subarray Sum (MSS)}} problem in {{c2::linear (\(\mathcal{O}(n)\))}} time.
Extra This is the optimal solution for MSS.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::2._Maximum_Subarray_Sum PlsFix::DELETE

Note 180: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: gm7WcQEU/C
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm
When do we want Dijkstra's with an array?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm
When do we want Dijkstra's with an array?

In very dense graphs\(|E| > \frac{|V|^2}{\log |V|}\), Dijkstra's is faster on an array than in a minHeap.

Extract_min takes \(O(|V|)\) with an array (\(O(\log |V|)\) in a MinHeap) -> array implementation runtime: \(O(|V|^2 + |E|) = O(|V|^2)\) for \(|E| = \Theta(|V|^2)\) (there are at most \(|V|^2\) edges in a graph).

If we plug in |E| > ... into the log runtime we see it's faster.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front When do we want Dijkstra's with an array?
Back In very dense graphs\(|E| &gt; \frac{|V|^2}{\log |V|}\), Dijkstra's is <b>faster on an array than in a minHeap</b>.<br><br><div>Extract_min takes \(O(|V|)\) with an array (\(O(\log |V|)\) in a MinHeap) -&gt; array implementation runtime:&nbsp;\(O(|V|^2 + |E|) = O(|V|^2)\) for \(|E| = \Theta(|V|^2)\) (there are at most \(|V|^2\) edges in a graph).</div><div><br></div><div>If we plug in |E| &gt; ... into the log runtime we see it's faster.</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm

Note 181: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: g}Fn_v+#@3
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
What is the Cut-Property (Schnittprinzip)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
What is the Cut-Property (Schnittprinzip)?

To join a set of disjoint connected components, we need to use an edge to join two of their vertices. The idea is that the cheapest such edge is always a safe edge.

This is true only for distinct edge weights!

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the Cut-Property (Schnittprinzip)?
Back To join a set of disjoint connected components, we need to use an edge to join two of their vertices. The idea is that the <i>cheapest</i>&nbsp;such edge is always a <i>safe edge.</i><div><i><br></i></div><div><b>This is true only for distinct edge weights!</b></div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

Note 182: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: hL7UB-)y6N
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm
Runtime of Floyd-Warshall?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm
Runtime of Floyd-Warshall?

\(O(|V|^3)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Floyd-Warshall
Runtime \(O(|V|^3)\)
Requirements No negative cycles.
Approach <ol><li><b>Initialise</b>: distance matrix D D[i][j] is the weight of the edge from&nbsp;\(i \rightarrow j\)&nbsp;if it exists,&nbsp;\(\infty\)&nbsp;otherwise<br></li><li><b>Iterate over intermediate</b>: for each vertex&nbsp;\(k\)&nbsp;update D[i][j] = min(D[i][j], D[i][k] + D[k][j]). for all intermediate k from 1, ..., n</li></ol><div><br></div><div>The final distance matrix D contains the shortest path from any i to j.</div><div><br></div><div><i>Note that this can also be done using a 3d DP table, the 2d is just optimised.</i><br></div>
Pseudocode <img src="paste-f6965d427f4a2df5b61ba8dd2ee9c0f0a90baaf6.jpg"><br><div><b>Important</b>: Use a value like 10000 instead of Integer.MAX_VALUE in Java, as you get <b>overflows</b> otherwise.</div>
Use Case All pairs shortest path
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm

Note 183: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: hsaD+h{~n8
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
Reweighting in Johnson's algorithm:
  1. We add a vertex \(s\) and add a 0 cost edge from it to all vertices.
  2. We then run Bellman-Ford which determines the height of each vertex by the d[v] from start vertex \(s\) 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
Reweighting in Johnson's algorithm:
  1. We add a vertex \(s\) and add a 0 cost edge from it to all vertices.
  2. We then run Bellman-Ford which determines the height of each vertex by the d[v] from start vertex \(s\) 

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Reweighting in Johnson's algorithm:<br><ol><li>We {{c1::add a vertex&nbsp;\(s\)}} and {{c1::add a 0 cost edge from it to all vertices}}.</li><li>We then {{c2::run Bellman-Ford which determines the height of each vertex by the d[v] from start vertex&nbsp;\(s\)}}&nbsp;</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm

Note 184: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: hv)-{h!@?x
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
The amortised runtime of union in the Union-Find datastructure is  \(O(|V| \log |V|)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
The amortised runtime of union in the Union-Find datastructure is  \(O(|V| \log |V|)\).

Union takes \(\Theta(\min \{ |ZHK(u)| , |ZHK(v)| \}\). In the worst case, the minimum is \(|V| / 2\) as both have the same size.

Therefore over all loops, this would take \(O(|V| \log |V|)\) time, as on average we only take \(O(\log |V|)\) time.
The graph stays worst case, this is the average of the calls in the worst case.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The amortised runtime of&nbsp;<b>union</b>&nbsp;in the Union-Find datastructure is {{c1::&nbsp;\(O(|V| \log |V|)\)}}.
Extra Union takes \(\Theta(\min \{ |ZHK(u)| , |ZHK(v)| \}\). In the worst case, the minimum is \(|V| / 2\)&nbsp;as both have the same size.<br><br>Therefore over all loops, this would take \(O(|V| \log |V|)\)&nbsp;time, as&nbsp;<i>on average</i>&nbsp;we only take&nbsp;\(O(\log |V|)\)&nbsp;time.<br><i>The graph stays worst case, this is the average of the calls in the worst case.</i>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find

Note 185: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: i3K1KB$5&t
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1::\(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}} \(=\)  \(n^2\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1::\(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}} \(=\)  \(n^2\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::\(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}}&nbsp;\(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp;\(n^2\)}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 186: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: i6hHee%a$O
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(n!) \leq O(n^n)\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(n!) \leq O(n^n)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(n!)}} \leq {{c2::O(n^n)}}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

Note 187: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: iFt.dzS26%
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is transitive when for {{c2::any two edges \(\{u, v\} \text{ and } \{v, w\}\) in \(E\), the edge \(\{u, w\}\) is also in \(E\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is transitive when for {{c2::any two edges \(\{u, v\} \text{ and } \{v, w\}\) in \(E\), the edge \(\{u, w\}\) is also in \(E\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is {{c1::<b>transitive</b>}} when for&nbsp;{{c2::any two edges&nbsp;\(\{u, v\} \text{ and } \{v, w\}\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(E\), the edge&nbsp;\(\{u, w\}\)&nbsp;is also in&nbsp;\(E\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 188: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: iHlSvEEQPk
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is complete when it's set of edges is {{c2::\(\{\{u, v\} \ | \ u, v \in V, u \neq v\}\) }}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is complete when it's set of edges is {{c2::\(\{\{u, v\} \ | \ u, v \in V, u \neq v\}\) }}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is {{c1::<b>complete</b>}} when it's set of edges is {{c2::\(\{\{u, v\} \ | \ u, v \in V, u \neq v\}\)&nbsp;}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 189: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: i`Yd8WTI?B
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
There's no MST if the graph is disconnected.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
There's no MST if the graph is disconnected.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text There's no MST if the graph is {{c1:: disconnected}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

Note 190: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: ij#NQ.@u}5
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
Is it possible to use the master theorem to get \(\Theta(f)\)? How?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
Is it possible to use the master theorem to get \(\Theta(f)\)? How?

for a recursive function if both the Master theorem for the upper bound on the runtime and the lower bound on the runtime hold, then \(T(n) = \Theta(n^b), \Theta(n^{\log_2 a}\log n), \Theta(n^{\log_2 a})\) respectively for the three cases

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Is it possible to use the master theorem to get&nbsp;\(\Theta(f)\)? How?
Back for a recursive function if both the Master theorem for the upper bound on the runtime and the lower bound on the runtime hold, then&nbsp;\(T(n) = \Theta(n^b), \Theta(n^{\log_2 a}\log n), \Theta(n^{\log_2 a})\)&nbsp;respectively for the three cases
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE

Note 191: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: i|cJp0X3s*
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is connected (Zusammenhängend) if for every two vertices \(u, v \in V\) \(u\) reaches \(v\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph \(G\) is connected (Zusammenhängend) if for every two vertices \(u, v \in V\) \(u\) reaches \(v\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is {{c1::connected (<i>Zusammenhängend</i>)}} if {{c2::for every two vertices&nbsp;\(u, v \in V\)&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;reaches&nbsp;\(v\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 192: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: i~[|jYI|rt
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
What is "backtracking" in DP problems?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
What is "backtracking" in DP problems?

Once the DP table is filled, backtracking reconstructs the actual solution (not just the optimal value) by tracing which choices led to each cell.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is "backtracking" in DP problems?
Back Once the DP table is filled, backtracking reconstructs the actual solution (not just the optimal value) by tracing which choices led to each cell.<br><br><img src="paste-c186a33203c3cb874cfeb7870ee1a4c5d52bf205.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming

Note 193: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: j#w5w>dS6
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
Runtime of
Bellman-Ford

Runtime: :\( \mathcal{O}(|E| \cdot |V|)\)}}

Approach: Initiate all distances with  \(\infty\) . Then go \(|V| - 1\) times through every edge, and test for all (u,v) in E if \(\text{dist}[v] > \text{dist}[u] + w(u,v)\). If yes, update the distance. If after \(|V| - 1\) iterations an edge can still be relaxed (in a last iteration), then there exists a negative cycle

Uses: Detect negative cycles, find minimal-cost paths in weighted graphs with negative weights}}
?



Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>Bellman-Ford</b></div><div style="text-align: center; "><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: :\( \mathcal{O}(|E| \cdot |V|)\)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: Initiate all distances with  \(\infty\) . Then go&nbsp;\(|V| - 1\)&nbsp;times through every edge, and test for all (u,v) in E if&nbsp;\(\text{dist}[v] &gt; \text{dist}[u] + w(u,v)\). If yes, update the distance. If after&nbsp;\(|V| - 1\)&nbsp;iterations an edge can still be relaxed (in a last iteration), then there exists a negative cycle</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: Detect negative cycles, find minimal-cost paths in weighted graphs with negative weights}}</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE

Note 194: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: j+9WeY4$!x
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
Explain why reweighting in Johnson's algorithm works:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
Explain why reweighting in Johnson's algorithm works:

Assigns a height \(h(v)\) to each vertex. The new cost is then \(\hat{c}(u, v) = c(u, v) + h(u) - h(v)\).

For a path \(P = (s, v_1, v_2, \dots, v_n, t)\) the cost \(\hat{c}(P) = \hat{c}(s, v_1) + \hat{c}(v_1, v_2) + \dots + \hat{c}(v_n, t)\) the costs cancel out in pairs: \(c(s, v_1) + h(s) - h(v_1) + c(v_1, v_2) + h(v_1) - h(v_2) + \dots + c(v_n, t) + h(v_n) - h(t)\) gives \(= c(P) + h(s) - h(t)\), which satisfies our requirements that the ordering stay the same.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Explain <b>why</b> reweighting in Johnson's algorithm works:
Back Assigns a height&nbsp;\(h(v)\)&nbsp;to each vertex. The new cost is then \(\hat{c}(u, v) = c(u, v) + h(u) - h(v)\).<br><br>For a path \(P = (s, v_1, v_2, \dots, v_n, t)\) the cost \(\hat{c}(P) = \hat{c}(s, v_1) + \hat{c}(v_1, v_2) + \dots + \hat{c}(v_n, t)\) the costs cancel out in pairs: \(c(s, v_1) + h(s) - h(v_1) + c(v_1, v_2) + h(v_1) - h(v_2) + \dots + c(v_n, t) + h(v_n) - h(t)\) gives \(= c(P) + h(s) - h(t)\), which satisfies our requirements that the ordering stay the same.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm

Note 195: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: jBru?ce!L0
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths
We use Floyd-Warshall over Johnsons, when the graph is very dense \(|E| = \Theta(|V|^2)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths
We use Floyd-Warshall over Johnsons, when the graph is very dense \(|E| = \Theta(|V|^2)\).

Then the \(n \cdot (n + m) \) becomes \(n \cdot (n + n^2)\) which is \(O(n^3)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text We use&nbsp;<b>Floyd-Warshall</b>&nbsp;over&nbsp;<b>Johnsons</b>, when the graph is {{c1:: very dense&nbsp;\(|E| = \Theta(|V|^2)\)}}.
Extra Then the&nbsp;\(n \cdot (n + m) \)&nbsp;becomes&nbsp;\(n \cdot (n + n^2)\)&nbsp;which is&nbsp;\(O(n^3)\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths

Note 196: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: jcougdQ#0G
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Runtime of
Kruskal

Runtime: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| \log |E| + |E| \log|V|)\)}}

Approach:

Uses:
?



Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>Kruskal</b></div><div><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| \log |E| + |E| \log|V|)\)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::Sort the edges by weight and add them one-by-one as long as they are in different components (which can be checked efficiently with Union Find).}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::Find MST in weighted, undirected graph}}</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 197: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: jj%LAs_%qo
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
Pre- and Postordering in BFS:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
Pre- and Postordering in BFS:

Same as with pre-/postordering, we can use enter-/leave-ordering here: 
  • enter step at which vertex \(v\) is first encountered.
  • leave step at which vertex \(v\) is dequeued

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Pre- and Postordering in BFS:
Back <div>Same as with <strong>pre-/postordering</strong>, we can use <strong>enter-/leave-ordering</strong> here:&nbsp;</div><div><ul><li><code>enter</code> step at which vertex&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;is first encountered.</li><li><code>leave</code> step at which vertex&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;is dequeued<br></li></ul><div><img src="paste-19431b32f9a8ad33704854b76596be9edd8629d5.jpg"></div></div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

Note 198: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: jp(fyg:?5N
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
What is the mathematical definition of a graph?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
What is the mathematical definition of a graph?

\(G = (V, E)\) with \(V\) the set of all vertices (Knotenmenge) and \(E\) the set of all edges (Kantenmenge).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the mathematical definition of a graph?
Back \(G = (V, E)\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(V\)&nbsp;the set of all vertices (<i>Knotenmenge</i>) and&nbsp;\(E\)&nbsp;the set of all edges (<i>Kantenmenge</i>).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 199: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: k#~pL>w{_$
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
What are the prerequisites for \(f\) and \(g\) to apply l'Hôpital's?
  1. \(f, g\) are differentiable (for sufficiently large \(x\))
  2. {{c2::\(\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x) = \lim_{x \to \infty} g(x) = \infty\) (or both \(= 0\))}}
  3. \(g'(x) \neq 0\) for sufficiently large \(x\)
  4. {{c4::\(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\) exists (or is \(\pm \infty\))}}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
What are the prerequisites for \(f\) and \(g\) to apply l'Hôpital's?
  1. \(f, g\) are differentiable (for sufficiently large \(x\))
  2. {{c2::\(\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x) = \lim_{x \to \infty} g(x) = \infty\) (or both \(= 0\))}}
  3. \(g'(x) \neq 0\) for sufficiently large \(x\)
  4. {{c4::\(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\) exists (or is \(\pm \infty\))}}

Then: \(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f(x)}{g(x)} = \lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text What are the prerequisites for&nbsp;\(f\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(g\)&nbsp;to apply l'Hôpital's?<ol><li>{{c1::\(f, g\)&nbsp;are differentiable (for sufficiently large \(x\))}}<br></li><li>{{c2::\(\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x) = \lim_{x \to \infty} g(x) = \infty\)&nbsp;(or both \(= 0\))}}<br></li><li>{{c3::\(g'(x) \neq 0\)&nbsp;for sufficiently large \(x\)}}<br></li><li>{{c4::\(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\)&nbsp;exists (or is \(\pm \infty\))}}<br></li></ol>
Extra Then: \(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f(x)}{g(x)} = \lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 200: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: k%duL(GzS|
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
In every connected graph \(G\), when executing Kruskal using Union-Find, the representative repr[u] changes \(O(\dots)\) times:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
In every connected graph \(G\), when executing Kruskal using Union-Find, the representative repr[u] changes \(O(\dots)\) times:

\(O(\log_2 |V|)\), as we always at least double the size of the representative (we merge smaller into bigger, and repr[u] changes if it's the smaller one).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front In every connected graph&nbsp;\(G\), when executing Kruskal using Union-Find, the representative&nbsp;<b>repr[u]</b>&nbsp;changes&nbsp;\(O(\dots)\)&nbsp;times:
Back \(O(\log_2 |V|)\), as we always at least double the size of the representative (we merge smaller into bigger, and repr[u] changes if it's the smaller one).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

Note 201: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: kCvO2]PU.a
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
 \(\ln(1)= {{c1:: 0::\text{Number} }}\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
 \(\ln(1)= {{c1:: 0::\text{Number} }}\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text &nbsp;\(\ln(1)= {{c1:: 0::\text{Number} }}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 202: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: kR-q@1!eo3
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
The runtime of search in a binary tree is \(O(h)\), where \(h\) is the height.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
The runtime of search in a binary tree is \(O(h)\), where \(h\) is the height.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The runtime of&nbsp;<b>search</b>&nbsp;in a binary tree is {{c1::\(O(h)\),&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(h\)&nbsp;is the height}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees

Note 203: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: kXVME,u35.
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::4._Merge_Sort
What's the space complexity of merge sort?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::4._Merge_Sort
What's the space complexity of merge sort?

\(O(n)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What's the space complexity of merge sort?
Back \(O(n)\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::4._Merge_Sort

Note 204: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: kn@H8`z>0t
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Runtime of DFS (Depth First Search)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Runtime of DFS (Depth First Search)?

\( \mathcal{O}(|E| + |V|) \) (using Adjacency List)

Can be efficiently implemented using a stack.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name DFS (Depth First Search)
Runtime \( \mathcal{O}(|E| + |V|) \)&nbsp;(using Adjacency List)
Approach Explore as far as possible along each branch before backtracking. Potentially keep track of pre- / post-numbers to make edge classifications.<br><br>We want to find a sink, add it to the list, then backtrack and find the next one.<br><br>The reversed post-order then gives us a toposort.<br><br>Example output:<br><img src="paste-f6163ccea9c72dbfdc9cb9045b600a5a41b8aa6b.jpg">
Pseudocode <img src="paste-5537480f9880c9630a43556e85ee2212f7e13193.jpg"><br><img src="paste-41e2f022754e20c752ede867ac0cee31b182479f.jpg">
Use Case Find connected components, Toposort
Extra Info Can be efficiently implemented using a stack.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

Note 205: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Reverso
GUID: l2vPmFwTj!
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
Subsequence

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
Subsequence

Teilfolge

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Subsequence
Back Teilfolge
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming

Note 206: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: l`x
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
\(\ln(2) - 1 < 0\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
\(\ln(2) - 1 < 0\)

We have \(\ln(2) \sim 0.67\) thus it's negative.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text \(\ln(2) - 1 {{c1::&lt; :: relation}} 0\)
Extra We have&nbsp;\(\ln(2) \sim 0.67\)&nbsp;thus it's negative.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 207: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: lg2TVeS_j]
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
How can I find the asymptotic behavior of a sum like \(\sum_{i = 1}^{^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil}} \sqrt{i}\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
How can I find the asymptotic behavior of a sum like \(\sum_{i = 1}^{^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil}} \sqrt{i}\)?

Sum and integral have the same asymptotic behavior (not covered in lecture)!

\[\begin{align} \sum_{i=1}^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil} \sqrt{i} &\sim \int_1^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil} \sqrt{x}\,dx \\ &= \left[\frac{2}{3}x^{3/2}\right]_1^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil} \\ &= \frac{2}{3}\bigl(\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil^{3/2} - 1\bigr) \\ &\sim \frac{2}{3}\bigl(n^{1/2}\bigr)^{3/2} \\ &= \Theta(n^{3/4}). \end{align}\]
(We use \(\sim\) to denote asympotic equivalence. Correct but verbose would be to wrap everything in \(\Theta\))

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How can I find the asymptotic behavior of a sum like \(\sum_{i = 1}^{^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil}} \sqrt{i}\)?
Back Sum and integral have the same asymptotic behavior (not covered in lecture)!<br><br>\[\begin{align} \sum_{i=1}^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil} \sqrt{i} &amp;\sim \int_1^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil} \sqrt{x}\,dx \\ &amp;= \left[\frac{2}{3}x^{3/2}\right]_1^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil} \\ &amp;= \frac{2}{3}\bigl(\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil^{3/2} - 1\bigr) \\ &amp;\sim \frac{2}{3}\bigl(n^{1/2}\bigr)^{3/2} \\ &amp;= \Theta(n^{3/4}). \end{align}\]<br> (We use&nbsp;\(\sim\)&nbsp;to denote asympotic equivalence. Correct but verbose would be to wrap everything in&nbsp;\(\Theta\))
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 208: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: ll$H=f;!5
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
Which functions \(f(n)\) have \(\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty} f(n)\) undefined?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
Which functions \(f(n)\) have \(\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty} f(n)\) undefined?

Typically functions that oscilate as they approach infinity such as \(f(n) = \sin n\) or \(f(n) = (-1)^n\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Which functions&nbsp;\(f(n)\)&nbsp;have&nbsp;\(\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty} f(n)\)&nbsp;undefined?
Back Typically functions that oscilate as they approach infinity such as&nbsp;\(f(n) = \sin n\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(f(n) = (-1)^n\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 209: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: m3`Qbb~x?c
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
2-3 Tree: We deleted a node and now it's sibling is an only child. What happens if it's neighbor has 3 keys?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
2-3 Tree: We deleted a node and now it's sibling is an only child. What happens if it's neighbor has 3 keys?

Our current node adopts one of the children. The separators have to be updated by “rotating them”. The parent sep moves with the adopted and the left sep becomes the new parent).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <b>2-3 Tree</b>: We deleted a node and now it's sibling is an only child. What happens if it's neighbor has 3 keys?
Back Our current node adopts one of the children. The separators have to be updated by “rotating them”. The parent sep moves with the adopted and the left sep becomes the new parent).<br><br><img src="paste-bd8f4c10d3d0aaa08619b4e358673f9ff6b134a0.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

Note 210: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: m5TC:^C`Y9
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
How to speed up array access for a DP-array

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
How to speed up array access for a DP-array

Row-Major vs. Column Major Access:

Set the inner loop variable to be the array's inner variable:

for j in ...:
  for i in ...:
    DP[j][i]

Otherwise we have to jump DP[i].length elements each time we want to access the next element.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How to speed up array access for a DP-array
Back <b>Row-Major</b> vs. <b>Column Major</b> Access:<br><br>Set the inner loop variable to be the array's inner variable:<br><br>for j in ...:<br>&nbsp; for i in ...:<br>&nbsp; &nbsp; DP[j][i]<br><br>Otherwise we have to jump DP[i].length elements each time we want to access the next element.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming

Note 211: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: m@n![^u6MY
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
Two vertices are strongly connected in a directed graph if there exists both a path from u to v and v to u.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
Two vertices are strongly connected in a directed graph if there exists both a path from u to v and v to u.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Two vertices are {{c1::<b>strongly connected</b>}} in a directed graph if there exists {{c2:: both a path from u to v and v to u}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

Note 212: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: mBd+!cdp:/
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In graph theory, a walk (Weg) is a series of connected vertices.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In graph theory, a walk (Weg) is a series of connected vertices.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In graph theory, a {{c1::walk (<i>Weg</i>)}} is a {{c2::series of connected vertices}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 213: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: mE_HQ.Ipi8
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
What is the heap condition for a maxHeap?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
What is the heap condition for a maxHeap?

All children are smaller than their parents.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the heap condition for a&nbsp;<b>maxHeap</b>?
Back All children are smaller than their parents.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort

Note 214: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: mLAF6cI?#i
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Runtime of initialising an adjacency list:  \(O(n + m)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Runtime of initialising an adjacency list:  \(O(n + m)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Runtime of initialising an adjacency list: {{c1::&nbsp;\(O(n + m)\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 215: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: mMw-t6k&nH
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Describe the steps of Boruvka's Algorithm:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Describe the steps of Boruvka's Algorithm:


  1. For Boruvka, we start with the set of edges \(F = \emptyset\). We treat each of the isolated vertices of the graph as it’s own connected component.
  2. Each vertex marks it’s cheapest outgoing edge as a safe edge (making use of the cut property). We add these to \(F\).
  • Note that some of the edges might be chosen by both adjacent vertices, we still only add them once.
  1. Now, repeat by finding the cheapest outgoing edge for each component. Do this until all are connected.
  2. \(F\) constitutes the edges of the MST.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Describe the steps of&nbsp;<b>Boruvka's Algorithm</b>:
Back <ol><br><li>For Boruvka, we start with the set of edges&nbsp;\(F = \emptyset\). We treat each of the <em>isolated vertices</em> of the graph as it’s <em>own connected component</em>.</li><li>Each vertex marks it’s cheapest outgoing edge as a <em>safe edge</em> (making use of the cut property). We add these to&nbsp;\(F\).</li></ol><ul><li>Note that some of the edges might be chosen by both adjacent vertices, we still only add them once.<br><img src="paste-053ccf0acc6d560628bd8518b928a0d6c2687cb1.jpg"></li></ul><ol><li>Now, repeat by finding the cheapest outgoing edge for each component. Do this until all are connected.</li><li>\(F\)&nbsp;constitutes the edges of the MST.</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 216: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: m`oj
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
Runtime of Prim's Algorithm?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
Runtime of Prim's Algorithm?

\(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\) (Adjacency List, otherwise \(\Theta(|V|^2)\) like Dijkstra's)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Prim's Algorithm
Runtime \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\)&nbsp;(Adjacency List, otherwise&nbsp;\(\Theta(|V|^2)\)&nbsp;like Dijkstra's)
Requirements Undirected, connected and weighted graph.
Approach <div>Prim’s algorithm starts with a single vertex and grows the MST outwards from that seed.</div> <ol> <li><strong>Initialisation:</strong><ul> <li>Select and arbitrary starting vertex&nbsp;\(s\)&nbsp;and empty set&nbsp;\(F\)</li> <li>Set&nbsp;\(S = {s}\)&nbsp;tracks the vertices in the MST</li> <li>Each vertex gets a <code>key[v] =</code> representing the cheapest known connection cost to&nbsp;\(v\):<ul> <li>\(\infty\)&nbsp;if no edge connects&nbsp;\(s\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(v\)</li> <li>\(w(s, v)\)&nbsp;if edge&nbsp;\((s, v)\)&nbsp;exists</li> </ul> </li> <li>Use a priority queue&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;(<em>Min-Heap</em>) to store the vertices, in order of lowest <code>key</code> cost</li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Iteration:</strong><ul> <li><em>Select and add</em> Extract the vertex&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;with the minimum <code>key</code> from&nbsp;\(Q\). This is the cheapest to connected to the current MST. Add&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(S\).</li> <li><em>Update Neighbours</em> For each neighbour&nbsp;<b>\(v\)&nbsp;</b>of&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;<em>not</em> in&nbsp;\(S\):<ul> <li>If&nbsp;\(w(u, v) &lt; \text{key}[v]\)&nbsp;update <code>key[v] = w(u, v)</code> and update the priority in&nbsp;\(Q\).<ul> <li>This discovers potentially cheaper connections to vertices outside the current MST. If a <em>cheaper edge</em> to&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;is found, the current value in <code>key[v]</code> cannot be part of the MST</li> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Termination:</strong> When&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;is empty, all vertices are in&nbsp;\(S\)&nbsp;and connected, and the edges chosen are in the MST (tracked in the set&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;through updates).</li></ol>
Pseudocode <img src="paste-7d28e852262c66f4efd97974921c1a6120b2c2a1.jpg">
Use Case Find MST
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm

Note 217: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: mabS@W|F#G
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
Explain how to find a topological order (high-level):

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
Explain how to find a topological order (high-level):

We can build one backwards, by always finding a vertex which has no succeeding vertices, removing it from the graph and adding it to the front of our topologically sorted list.

This is not possible if there is a directed cycle in the graph.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Explain how to find a topological order (high-level):
Back We can build one backwards, by always finding a vertex which has no succeeding vertices, removing it from the graph and adding it to the front of our topologically sorted list.<br><br>This is not possible if there is a directed cycle in the graph.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting

Note 218: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: mhrX@w|*.`
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
In graph theory, an Eulerian walk (Eulerweg) is a walk that contains every edge of the graph exactly once.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
In graph theory, an Eulerian walk (Eulerweg) is a walk that contains every edge of the graph exactly once.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In graph theory, an {{c2::Eulerian walk (Eulerweg)}} is a {{c1::walk that contains every edge of the graph exactly once}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

Note 219: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: ms|2]oAD;M
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
If  \(T(n) = aT(n/ 2) + Cn^b\), then we get which type of O-Notation?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
If  \(T(n) = aT(n/ 2) + Cn^b\), then we get which type of O-Notation?

\(T(n) = \Theta(...)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front If&nbsp;&nbsp;\(T(n) = aT(n/ 2) + Cn^b\),&nbsp;then we get which type of O-Notation?
Back \(T(n) = \Theta(...)\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

Note 220: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: m{e.+pS,Zn
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
How can you find the upper bound of a geometric series like \(T = 7^1, 7^2, \ldots, 7^n\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
How can you find the upper bound of a geometric series like \(T = 7^1, 7^2, \ldots, 7^n\)?

Use the multiply-subract trick.
  1. Mutliply the series by its base: \(7T\)
  2. Subtract: \(7T - T = 7^{n+1} - 7^1\) (middle terms cancel)
  3. Factor: \(T(7-1) = 7^{n+1} - 7^1\)
  4. Divide: \(T = \frac{7^{n+1} - 7^1}{6}\)
This trick works even if every term has a constant coefficient.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How can you find the upper bound of a geometric series like&nbsp;\(T = 7^1, 7^2, \ldots, 7^n\)?
Back Use the multiply-subract trick.<br><ol><li>Mutliply the series by its base:&nbsp;\(7T\)</li><li>Subtract:&nbsp;\(7T - T = 7^{n+1} - 7^1\)&nbsp;(middle terms cancel)</li><li>Factor:&nbsp;\(T(7-1) = 7^{n+1} - 7^1\)</li><li>Divide:&nbsp;\(T = \frac{7^{n+1} - 7^1}{6}\)</li></ol><div>This trick works even if every term has a constant coefficient.</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 221: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: n!`Y!GEmVs
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::\(\frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\)}} 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::\(\frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\)}} 

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(\frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\)}}&nbsp;
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 222: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: n/PBpw~:i9
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
We can use a binary search tree to implement the dictionary.

The tree-condition is for every node, all keys in the left child are smaller than those in the right child.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
We can use a binary search tree to implement the dictionary.

The tree-condition is for every node, all keys in the left child are smaller than those in the right child.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text We can use a binary search tree to implement the dictionary. <br><br>The tree-condition is {{c1::for every node, all keys in the left child are smaller than those in the right child}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees

Note 223: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: n=wUJ;@Xl(
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
In BFS enter/leave ordering, the FIFO queue guarantees that the enter order equals the leave order within a given level.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
In BFS enter/leave ordering, the FIFO queue guarantees that the enter order equals the leave order within a given level.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In BFS enter/leave ordering, the FIFO queue guarantees that {{c1:: the&nbsp;<b>enter</b>&nbsp;order equals the&nbsp;<b>leave</b>&nbsp;order}} within a given level.
Extra <img src="paste-c9b5b7b50fe725bc637971579e3dbf01f1fcf04e.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

Note 224: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: nK{)v6I%zc
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack
The ADT stack can be efficiently implemented using a singly linked list:
  • push:  \(\Theta(1)\)
  • pop:  \(\Theta(1)\) as this removes the first element. This means we just copy the pointer next from the first element to be the first pointer of the list.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack
The ADT stack can be efficiently implemented using a singly linked list:
  • push:  \(\Theta(1)\)
  • pop:  \(\Theta(1)\) as this removes the first element. This means we just copy the pointer next from the first element to be the first pointer of the list.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The ADT&nbsp;<b>stack</b>&nbsp;can be efficiently implemented using a {{c1::<b>singly linked list</b>}}:<br><ul><li><b>push</b>: {{c2::&nbsp;\(\Theta(1)\)}}<br></li><li><b>pop</b>: {{c3::&nbsp;\(\Theta(1)\)&nbsp;as this removes the first element. This means we just copy the pointer next from the first element to be the first pointer of the list.}}<br></li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack

Note 225: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: nb9;e*.#MD
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
Runtime of Heapsort?



Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Heapsort
Approach <div>Heapsort works like selection sort by always selecting the largest element and placing it at the end of the sorted array, but instead of having to do an expensive linear search for the largest element, we make it \(O(\log(n))\).</div><div><br></div> <div>This is done by converting the array into a <b>MaxHeap</b> before sorting.</div><div>This Heap is a tree that has the property that children are always smaller than their parents.</div>
Pseudocode <img src="paste-c3c90bd522d914043899edd053866ac14fa0391e.jpg">
Invariant <div>The heap property is correct for the maxHeap. Then the biggest element will always be on top.</div>
Attributes Is in place, we re-organise the array into a heap.<br>Not Stable
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort

Note 226: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: nfdJ7OmBdJ
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
Runtime of
Floyd-Warshall

Runtime: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|V|^3)\)}}

Approach:

Uses:
?



Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>Floyd-Warshall</b></div><div style="text-align: center; "><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|V|^3)\)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::3D DP: It is based on a triple-nested <code>for</code>-loop with the following recursion:&nbsp;\(d[u][v] = \min(d[u][v], d[u][i] + d[i][v])\).}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::All-to-all shortest path in directed graph without negative cycles.}}</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE

Note 227: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: nmO79UYMKA
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
DFS Pseudocode needs to include a for loop over all unmarked nodes, when we're not sure whether the graph is connected.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
DFS Pseudocode needs to include a for loop over all unmarked nodes, when we're not sure whether the graph is connected.

Otherwise we aren't visiting ZHKs that aren't connected to our chosen first node.
DFS(g):
    all vertices unmarked
    for u unmarked:
        visit(u)

visit(u):
    mark u
    for v adjacent to u:

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text DFS Pseudocode needs to include {{c1:: a for loop over all unmarked nodes}}, when we're not sure whether the graph is connected.
Extra Otherwise we aren't visiting ZHKs that aren't connected to our chosen first node.<pre><code>DFS(g): all vertices unmarked for u unmarked: visit(u) visit(u): mark u for v adjacent to u: </code></pre><pre><code><br></code></pre>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

Note 228: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: nveI`k>WMt
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::3._Lower_Bound_for_Searching
What is the lower bound for any search algorithm?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::3._Lower_Bound_for_Searching
What is the lower bound for any search algorithm?

No search algorithm can be faster than \(\log n\) as that is the minimum number of comparisons needed to have "seen all elements".

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the lower bound for any search algorithm?
Back No search algorithm can be faster than&nbsp;\(\log n\)&nbsp;as that is the minimum number of comparisons needed to have "seen all elements".
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::3._Lower_Bound_for_Searching

Note 229: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: nzfDv_KLH2
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::1._Bubble_Sort
Runtime of Bubble Sort?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::1._Bubble_Sort
Runtime of Bubble Sort?

Best Case: \(O(n^2)\) (\(O(n)\) if checking for swaps and aborting early)
Worst Case: \(O(n^2)\) 

We use \(\Theta(n^2)\) comparisons and \(O(n^2)\) switches.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Bubble Sort
Runtime Best Case:&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)&nbsp;(\(O(n)\)&nbsp;if checking for swaps and aborting early)<br>Worst Case:&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)&nbsp;
Approach It goes through the array&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;times, each time "bubbling up" the biggest element to the end, by swapping it.<br><br>During each inner iteration, high elements are swapped with their right neighbours until they hit a higher one. The algorithm then continues after that.<br><img src="paste-77ff59065d5ea6786b5452097dc4c319413d239e.jpg">
Pseudocode <img src="paste-b6704232ae2ec9073bbdb5b301db58d064bf7963.jpg">
Extra Info We use&nbsp;\(\Theta(n^2)\)&nbsp;comparisons and \(O(n^2)\)&nbsp;switches.
Invariant Nach&nbsp;\(j\)&nbsp;Durchläufen der äusseren Schleife sind die&nbsp;\(j\)&nbsp;grössten Elemente am richtigen Ort.
Worst Case Scenario Array sorted in descending order
Attributes In-Place<br>Stable<br><div><br></div> <div>An algorithm is in-place if it uses only a constant amount of extra memory (i.e., O(1) additional space), beyond the input itself. It modifies the input data structure directly rather than creating a copy.&nbsp;</div><div><br></div><div>An algorithm is <em>stable</em> if it preserves the relative order of elements with equal keys. If two elements have the same value, they appear in the same order in the output as they did in the input.<br></div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::1._Bubble_Sort

Note 230: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: nzhNF&3(!D
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
What is the handshake lemma in directed graphs?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
What is the handshake lemma in directed graphs?

\[ \sum_{v \in V} \deg_{out}(v) = \sum_{v \in V} \deg_{in}(v) = |E| \]

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the handshake lemma in directed graphs?
Back \[ \sum_{v \in V} \deg_{out}(v) = \sum_{v \in V} \deg_{in}(v) = |E| \]<br>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

Note 231: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: o-3hRLI()p
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::4._Longest_Common_Subsequence
Runtime of Longest Common Subsequence?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::4._Longest_Common_Subsequence
Runtime of Longest Common Subsequence?

\(\Theta(n \cdot m)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Longest Common Subsequence
Runtime \(\Theta(n \cdot m)\)
Approach <div>DP-Table: <code>DP[0..n][0..m]</code> for&nbsp;\(n, m\)&nbsp;lengths of the strings</div><div><br></div><div><div>longest common subsequence that two strings share. For example TIGER and ZIEGE share IGE as a LGT.</div></div><div><br></div><div> <div>This gives us the following recursion:&nbsp;&nbsp;\[L(i,j) = \begin{cases} 0, &amp; i = 0 \text{ oder } j = 0 \\ L(i-1, j-1) + 1, &amp; X_i = Y_j \\ \max(L(i-1,j), L(i,j-1)), &amp; X_i \neq Y_j \end{cases}\]</div></div>
Pseudocode <img src="paste-5d0d1e2b1030b40ef6fce29f1fe1bd0e71105b03.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::4._Longest_Common_Subsequence

Note 232: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: o3QNr=]FF`
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
What is contracting an edge?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
What is contracting an edge?

We contract \(\{v, w\}\) by:
  1. Replacing \(v\) and \(w\) by a single vertex \(vw\)
  2. Replacing any edge \(\{v,x\}\) or \(\{w, x\}\) by \(\{vw, x\}\).
  3. Set the weights to their previous ones, and the minimum if there was more than one.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is&nbsp;<b>contracting</b>&nbsp;an edge?
Back We contract&nbsp;\(\{v, w\}\)&nbsp;by:<br><ol><li>Replacing&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(w\)&nbsp;by a single vertex&nbsp;\(vw\)</li><li>Replacing any edge&nbsp;\(\{v,x\}\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(\{w, x\}\)&nbsp;by&nbsp;\(\{vw, x\}\).</li><li>Set the weights to their previous ones, and the minimum if there was more than one.</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 233: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: o5O]N!`p|^
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm
Floyd-Warshall, when is there a negative cycle?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm
Floyd-Warshall, when is there a negative cycle?

There exists a negative cycle \(\Leftrightarrow \exists v \in V \ : \ d^n_{v \rightarrow v} < 0\)

In words: If there exists a path from a vertex to itself with negative weight (passing through any other vertex, i.e.  \(n\)th iteration of the outer loop), then there exists a negative cycle that contains this vertex.

We can perform a negative cycle check at the end, by going over all diagonals.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Floyd-Warshall, when is there a negative cycle?
Back <div>There exists a negative cycle \(\Leftrightarrow \exists v \in V \ : \ d^n_{v \rightarrow v} &lt; 0\)</div><div><br></div> <div>In words: If there exists a path from a vertex to itself with negative weight (passing through any other vertex, i.e.  \(n\)th iteration of the outer loop), then there exists a negative cycle that contains this vertex.</div><br><div>We can perform a negative cycle check at the end, by going over all diagonals.</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm

Note 234: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: o5tDbHBc7i
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
In a directed Graph, what does \(E\) contain?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
In a directed Graph, what does \(E\) contain?

\(E\) is the set of all edges which contains tuples \(e = (u, v)\). The edge has a direction.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front In a directed Graph, what does&nbsp;\(E\)&nbsp;contain?
Back \(E\)&nbsp;is the set of all edges which contains tuples&nbsp;\(e = (u, v)\). The edge has a direction.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

Note 235: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: o82ycSuD=_
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
How do we derive an upper limit for a sum?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
How do we derive an upper limit for a sum?

The upper limit can be expressed as the highest term, times the amount of terms:\[ \sum_{i = 1}^n i^3 = 1^3 + 2^3 + 3^3 + \ ... \ + n^3 \leq n \cdot \sum_{i = 1}^n n^3 = n^4 \]

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How do we derive an upper limit for a sum?
Back The upper limit can be expressed as the <b>highest term</b>, times the <b>amount of terms</b>:\[ \sum_{i = 1}^n i^3 = 1^3 + 2^3 + 3^3 + \ ... \ + n^3 \leq n \cdot \sum_{i = 1}^n n^3 = n^4 \]<br>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 236: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: o>e0u7Qnuv
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack
What is pseudo-polynomial time?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack
What is pseudo-polynomial time?

Runtime dependent on a number \(W\) (like in knapsack) which is not correlated polynomially to input length but exponentially.

The DP-table get's 10x for \(W = 10 \rightarrow 100\) but the input size (binary) only grows from \(\log_2(10) \approx 3 \rightarrow \approx 6\) so x2.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is pseudo-polynomial time?
Back Runtime dependent on a number&nbsp;\(W\)&nbsp;(like in knapsack) which is not correlated polynomially to input length but exponentially.<br><br>The DP-table get's 10x for&nbsp;\(W = 10 \rightarrow 100\)&nbsp;but the input size (binary) only grows from&nbsp;\(\log_2(10) \approx 3 \rightarrow \approx 6\)&nbsp;so x2.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack

Note 237: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: oFu
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Prim's Algorithm has a runtime of   \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Prim's Algorithm has a runtime of   \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <b>Prim's Algorithm</b>&nbsp;has a runtime of {{c1::&nbsp; \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 238: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: oIH*tMNYzG
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Number of edges in a Hamiltonian path

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Number of edges in a Hamiltonian path

Any hamiltonian path has exactly \(n - 1\) edges, as it visits every vertex once.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Number of edges in a Hamiltonian path
Back Any hamiltonian path has exactly&nbsp;\(n - 1\)&nbsp;edges, as it visits every vertex once.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 239: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: oOY},#*:q]
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort
In every iteration of insertion sort, we take the first element from the unsorted input and place it correctly in the sorted output.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort
In every iteration of insertion sort, we take the first element from the unsorted input and place it correctly in the sorted output.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In every iteration of&nbsp;<b>insertion sort</b>, we {{c1::take the first element from the unsorted input and place it correctly in the sorted output}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort

Note 240: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: oOvB8b@l_D
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
Master Theorem: If  \(b < \log_2(a)\) then {{c2:: \(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2 a})\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
Master Theorem: If  \(b < \log_2(a)\) then {{c2:: \(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2 a})\)}}.

The recursive work dominates.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Master Theorem: If {{c1::&nbsp;\(b &lt; \log_2(a)\)}} then {{c2::&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2 a})\)}}.
Extra The recursive work dominates.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 241: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: oSKGiZq$
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In graph theory, a closed walk (Zyklus) is a walk where \(v_0 = v_n\) (start = end).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In graph theory, a closed walk (Zyklus) is a walk where \(v_0 = v_n\) (start = end).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In graph theory, a {{c2::closed walk (<i>Zyklus</i>)}} is a {{c1::walk where&nbsp;\(v_0 = v_n\) (start = end)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 242: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: oWyDyQ_9bL
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
After adding \(x\) edges to the Union-Find datastructure, the repr array contains \(n-x\) components (different values).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
After adding \(x\) edges to the Union-Find datastructure, the repr array contains \(n-x\) components (different values).

Each added edge removes one unconnected component.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text After adding&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;edges to the Union-Find datastructure, the&nbsp;<b>repr</b>&nbsp;array contains {{c1::\(n-x\)&nbsp;components (different values)}}.
Extra Each added edge <i>removes one unconnected component</i>.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find

Note 243: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: o[gwr|.}+m
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
What is a relaxation in Bellman-Ford?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
What is a relaxation in Bellman-Ford?

We "relax" an edge when \(d[u] + c(u, v) < d[v]\). In other words, we currently say that there is a path from \(s \rightarrow u\) and \(u \rightarrow v\) such that it's shorter than \(s \rightarrow v\).

This means that our current upper-bound for the shortest distance to \(v\) (\(d[v]\)), is too high as it violates the triangle inequality. Thus we updated ("relax") the edge.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is a relaxation in Bellman-Ford?
Back We "relax" an edge when \(d[u] + c(u, v) &lt; d[v]\). In other words, we currently say that there is a path from \(s \rightarrow u\) and \(u \rightarrow v\) such that it's shorter than \(s \rightarrow v\).<br><br>This means that our <b>current upper-bound</b> for the shortest distance to&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;(\(d[v]\)), is too high as it violates the triangle inequality. Thus we updated ("relax") the edge.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm

Note 244: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: pK&d|%vUW(
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack
How can we make Knapsack polynomial using approximation?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack
How can we make Knapsack polynomial using approximation?

Round the profits and solve the Knapsack problem for those rounded profits:
\(\overline{p_i} := K \cdot \lfloor \frac{p_i}{K} \rfloor\).

We then only have to compute every K'th entry of the DP-table.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How can we make Knapsack polynomial using approximation?
Back Round the profits and solve the Knapsack problem for those rounded profits:<br>\(\overline{p_i} := K \cdot \lfloor \frac{p_i}{K} \rfloor\). <br><br>We then only have to compute every K'th entry of the DP-table.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack

Note 245: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: pN9u9bXAnD
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
When trying to find if \(f \leq O(g)\), what is a sufficient but not necessary condition to show?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
When trying to find if \(f \leq O(g)\), what is a sufficient but not necessary condition to show?

Let  \(N\) be an infinite subset of \(\mathbb{N}\) and \(f:N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\) and \(g: N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)
If \(\lim_{n \rightarrow \infty} \frac{f(n)}{g(n)} = 0\), \(f \leq O(g)\), but  \(f \neq \Theta(g)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front When trying to find if&nbsp;\(f \leq O(g)\), what is a sufficient but not necessary condition to show?
Back <div>Let  \(N\)&nbsp;be an infinite subset of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(f:N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(g: N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)</div><div>If \(\lim_{n \rightarrow \infty} \frac{f(n)}{g(n)} = 0\), \(f \leq O(g)\), but&nbsp;&nbsp;\(f \neq \Theta(g)\)</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE

Note 246: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: pOtqbJPwg.
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::2._Selection_Sort
Runtime of Selection Sort?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::2._Selection_Sort
Runtime of Selection Sort?

Best Case: \(O(n^2)\)
Worst Case: \(O(n^2)\)


Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Selection Sort
Runtime <div>Best Case:&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)</div><div>Worst Case:&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)</div>
Approach Every iteration, selection sort goes through the "unsorted part" of the array, searches for the biggest element and puts it at the end.<br><br>Thus on the right-side (or left-side if inverted), we have a list of sorted integers slowly growing, while we only compare the unsorted ones to findest the next biggest to put at the beginning of the sorted list.<br><br><img src="paste-6a66b1206f7de5b79d25af683f5dd409004852c0.jpg">
Pseudocode <img src="paste-e41e8fe78828c54643b03175043cfb7610ff04df.jpg"><div>(This has the sorted list at the start thus searches the smallest element)</div>
Invariant Nach&nbsp;\(j\)&nbsp;Durchläufen der äusseren Schleife sind die \(j\)&nbsp;grössten Elemente am richtigen Ort. (Same as for Bubblesort)
Attributes In place<br>Not stable
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::2._Selection_Sort

Note 247: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: pW,X*T|gC[
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
How can we use the Master theorem to get a lower bound on the asymptotic runtime of a recursive function?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
How can we use the Master theorem to get a lower bound on the asymptotic runtime of a recursive function?

Let  \(a, C' > 0\) and  \(b \geq 0\) be constants and let  \(T: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\) a function such that for all even \(n \in \mathbb{N}\) 
 \(T(n) \geq aT(\frac{n}{2}) + C'n^b\) . 
Then for all  \(n = 2^k\) the following statements hold:
1. if  \(b > \log_2a\), \(T(n) \geq \Omega(n^b)\)
2. if  \(b = \log_2a\),  \(T(n) \geq \Omega (n^{\log_2a}\log n)\)
3. if  \(b < \log_2a\),  \(T(n) \geq \Omega(n^{\log_2 a})\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How can we use the Master theorem to get a lower bound on the asymptotic runtime of a recursive function?
Back Let&nbsp; \(a, C' &gt; 0\)&nbsp;and&nbsp; \(b \geq 0\)&nbsp;be constants and let&nbsp; \(T: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)&nbsp;a function such that for all even&nbsp;\(n \in \mathbb{N}\) <br> \(T(n) \geq aT(\frac{n}{2}) + C'n^b\) .&nbsp;<br>Then for all&nbsp; \(n = 2^k\)&nbsp;the following statements hold:<br>1. if&nbsp; \(b &gt; \log_2a\),&nbsp;\(T(n) \geq \Omega(n^b)\)<br>2. if&nbsp; \(b = \log_2a\),&nbsp; \(T(n) \geq \Omega (n^{\log_2a}\log n)\)<br>3. if&nbsp; \(b &lt; \log_2a\),&nbsp; \(T(n) \geq \Omega(n^{\log_2 a})\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE

Note 248: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: ph8S[}`Eh]
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort
Insertion Sort is used in practice for sorting small arrays.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort
Insertion Sort is used in practice for sorting small arrays.

Example: In gcc, for (sub)arrays with length \(\le 16\), insertion sort is used, because it is faster.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <b>Insertion Sort</b>&nbsp;is used in practice for {{c1::sorting small arrays}}.
Extra Example: In gcc, for (sub)arrays with length&nbsp;\(\le 16\), insertion sort is used, because it is faster.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort

Note 249: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: p{21Af5^Ae
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
If a vertex of degree \(\geq 2\) is not a cut vertex then it must lie on a cycle.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
If a vertex of degree \(\geq 2\) is not a cut vertex then it must lie on a cycle.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text If a vertex of degree&nbsp;\(\geq 2\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;<b>not</b>&nbsp;a cut vertex then {{c1::it must lie on a cycle}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 250: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: q@6d+^{0gK
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm
In Dijkstra's after visiting vertex \(v\), the distance \(d(v)\) is never updated anymore.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm
In Dijkstra's after visiting vertex \(v\), the distance \(d(v)\) is never updated anymore.

No negative edges means there's no shorter way (we consider in increasing distance order).

With negative weights, a longer path through an unvisited vertex could later turn out to be shorter due to a negative edge.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In Dijkstra's after visiting vertex&nbsp;\(v\), the distance&nbsp;\(d(v)\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: never updated anymore}}.
Extra No negative edges means there's no shorter way (we consider in increasing distance order).<br><br>With negative weights, a longer path through an unvisited vertex could later turn out to be shorter due to a negative edge.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm

Note 251: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: qBT+Ifr6uX
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::1._Array
In what situation is the array the correct underlying datastructure for a list?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::1._Array
In what situation is the array the correct underlying datastructure for a list?

When we have a fixed upper bound for the size of the list.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front In what situation is the array the correct underlying datastructure for a list?
Back When we have a fixed upper bound for the size of the list.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::1._Array

Note 252: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: qG4lf_?<~s
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
We find the shortest walk in a graph using BFS.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
We find the shortest walk in a graph using BFS.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text We find the&nbsp;<b>shortest walk</b>&nbsp;in a graph using {{c1:: BFS}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

Note 253: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: qYjlu[L8wY
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Runtime of initialising an adjacency matrix:  \(O(n^2)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Runtime of initialising an adjacency matrix:  \(O(n^2)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Runtime of initialising an adjacency matrix: {{c1::&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 254: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Reverso
GUID: r8fq,6tx}{
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Walk

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Walk

Weg

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Walk
Back Weg
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 255: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: r?O)Apht$a
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
What's the runtime of any MST algorithm in a connected graph?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
What's the runtime of any MST algorithm in a connected graph?

The runtime is \(O(|E| \log |V|)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What's the runtime of any MST algorithm in a connected graph?
Back The runtime is&nbsp;\(O(|E| \log |V|)\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

Note 256: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: rK[r{Nqt?9
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
In a directed graph can we have \((u, v) \land (v, u) \in E\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
In a directed graph can we have \((u, v) \land (v, u) \in E\)?

Yes.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front In a directed graph can we have&nbsp;\((u, v) \land (v, u) \in E\)?
Back Yes.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

Note 257: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: rL+,fn.ulX
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
The shortest path tree output by BFS is:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
The shortest path tree output by BFS is:

A tree from the start-vertex with levels, for each distance:

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front The shortest path tree output by BFS is:
Back A tree from the start-vertex with levels, for each distance:<br><br><img src="paste-4c913ffd2f874833dce2fab6c179871903517c76.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

Note 258: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: rUd4]Y&$Fr
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::2._Maximum_Subarray_Sum
Runtime of Maximum Subarray Sum?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::2._Maximum_Subarray_Sum
Runtime of Maximum Subarray Sum?

\(\Theta(n)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Maximum Subarray Sum
Runtime \(\Theta(n)\)
Approach Table: DP[1..n]<br>Define the "randmax":&nbsp;\( R_j := \max_{1 \leq i \leq j} \sum_{k = i}^j A[k] \)&nbsp;(maximale summe eines teilarrays das an j endet.<br><ul><li>Base Case:&nbsp;\(R_1 = A[1]\)</li><li>Recursion is&nbsp;\(R_j = \max \{ A[j], R_{j - 1} + A[j] \}\)<br>Thus either our current subarray contains the element at j, or not and we start with it again.</li></ul>
Pseudocode <img src="paste-8b50441eb44313fbab2c817e37ae70bb89ab0449.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::2._Maximum_Subarray_Sum

Note 259: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: ra?I5x|G>*
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Runtime of operations in an adjacency matrix?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
Runtime of operations in an adjacency matrix?

1. Check if \(uv \in E\): \(O(1)\)
2. Vertex \(u\) , find all adjacent vertices in:  \(O(n)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <b>Runtime of o</b>perations in an adjacency m<b>atrix?</b>
Back 1. Check if&nbsp;\(uv \in E\):&nbsp;\(O(1)\)<br>2. Vertex&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;, find all adjacent vertices in:&nbsp;&nbsp;\(O(n)\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 260: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: rnACRB4[8n
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

\(\text{pre}(v) < \text{pre}(u) < \text{post}(u) < \text{post}(v)\): back edge

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

\(\text{pre}(v) < \text{pre}(u) < \text{post}(u) < \text{post}(v)\): back edge

exists a cycle!

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge&nbsp;\((u, v)\):<br><br>\(\text{pre}(v) &lt; \text{pre}(u) &lt; \text{post}(u) &lt; \text{post}(v)\): {{c1:: back edge}}
Extra exists a cycle!
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

Note 261: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: rp1#iPsvnq
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::2._Linked_List
In a linked list, the keys don't appear in order in memory. They each contain a pointer to the next element in the list instead.

We also have an extra pointer to the end.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::2._Linked_List
In a linked list, the keys don't appear in order in memory. They each contain a pointer to the next element in the list instead.

We also have an extra pointer to the end.

The last pointer of the list is a null pointer to indicate the end.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In a <b>linked list</b>, the keys {{c1::don't appear in order in memory}}. They each contain {{c2::a pointer to the next element in the list instead}}.<br><br>We also have {{c3::an extra pointer to the end}}.
Extra The last pointer of the list is a null pointer to indicate the end.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::2._Linked_List

Note 262: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: ruU|XgSe,e
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List
What extra pointer does the ADT List store?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List
What extra pointer does the ADT List store?

It stores an extra pointer to the end of the list (in a LinkedList to the last node, in an array to delimit the last element).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What extra pointer does the ADT List store?
Back It stores an extra pointer to the end of the list (in a LinkedList to the last node, in an array to delimit the last element).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List

Note 263: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: rx?y6g[CSG
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
Describe the steps in BFS:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
Describe the steps in BFS:

BFS is a shortest path algorithm.
  1. Initialisation:
    • Set the distance to all vertices to \(\infty\) in the d[v] array. Set the d[s] = 0.
    • Initialise a Queue \(Q\) with \(s\)
    • Set the dictionary parent = {}
  2. Exploration:
    • Dequeue the first element in the queue $v$
    • For all adjacent nodes \(u\) with distance \(= \infty\) (not visited yet):
      • Set the distance d[u] = d[v] + 1
      • add \(u\) to the queue
      • Set the parent[u] = v.
  3. Return: We return the distances and the shortest path tree

The queue ensures that we don't mix up the order.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Describe the steps in&nbsp;<b>BFS</b>:
Back BFS is a&nbsp;<b>shortest path algorithm</b>.<br><ol><li><strong>Initialisation:</strong> <ul> <li>Set the distance to all vertices to&nbsp;\(\infty\)&nbsp;in the <code>d[v]</code> array. Set the <code>d[s] = 0</code>.</li> <li>Initialise a Queue&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(s\)</li> <li>Set the dictionary <code>parent = {}</code></li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Exploration:</strong><ul> <li>Dequeue the first element in the queue $v$</li> <li>For all <em>adjacent nodes</em>&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;with distance \(= \infty\)&nbsp;(not visited yet):<ul> <li>Set the distance <code>d[u] = d[v] + 1</code></li> <li>add&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;to the queue</li> <li>Set the <code>parent[u] = v</code>.</li> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Return:</strong> We return the distances and the <em>shortest path tree</em></li></ol><div><br></div><div>The queue ensures that we don't mix up the order.</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

Note 264: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: rzX#2=8CU?
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In graph theory, a cycle (Kreis) is a closed walk without repeated vertices and at least three vertices.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In graph theory, a cycle (Kreis) is a closed walk without repeated vertices and at least three vertices.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In graph theory, a {{c2::cycle (<i>Kreis</i>)}} is a {{c1::closed walk without repeated vertices}} and {{c1::at least three vertices}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 265: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: s++QypVica
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue
PriorityQueue is like a queue, with the difference that every key is associated with a natural number which indicates the importance.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue
PriorityQueue is like a queue, with the difference that every key is associated with a natural number which indicates the importance.

The elements are then returned in the order of this importance.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A&nbsp;<b>PriorityQueue</b>&nbsp;is like a queue, with the difference that {{c1:: every key is associated with a natural number which indicates the importance}}.
Extra The elements are then returned in the order of this importance.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue

Note 266: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: s0knxb/
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
The height \(h(v)\) in Johnson's Algorithm is always negative \(\leq 0\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
The height \(h(v)\) in Johnson's Algorithm is always negative \(\leq 0\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The height&nbsp;\(h(v)\)&nbsp;in Johnson's Algorithm is {{c1::always negative&nbsp;\(\leq 0\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm

Note 267: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: s6a5!K0P)L
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Operation Array Singly Linked List Doubly Linked List
insert(k,L) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\)
get(i,L) \(O(1)\) \(O(l)\) \(O(j)\)
insertAfter(k,k',L) \(O(l)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\)
delete(k,L) \(O(l)\) \(O(l)\) \(O(1)\)

We assume to have a pointer to the end of the list here.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Operation Array Singly Linked List Doubly Linked List
insert(k,L) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\)
get(i,L) \(O(1)\) \(O(l)\) \(O(j)\)
insertAfter(k,k',L) \(O(l)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\)
delete(k,L) \(O(l)\) \(O(l)\) \(O(1)\)

We assume to have a pointer to the end of the list here.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <table> <tbody><tr> <th>Operation</th> <th>Array</th> <th>Singly Linked List</th> <th>Doubly Linked List</th> </tr> <tr> <td><code>insert(k,L)</code></td> <td>{{c1:: \(O(1)\)}}</td> <td>{{c2:: \(O(1)\)}}</td> <td>{{c3:: \(O(1)\)}}</td> </tr> <tr> <td><code>get(i,L)</code></td> <td>{{c4:: \(O(1)\)}}</td> <td>{{c5:: \(O(l)\)}}</td> <td>{{c6:: \(O(j)\)}}</td> </tr> <tr> <td><code>insertAfter(k,k',L)</code></td> <td>{{c7:: \(O(l)\)}}</td> <td>{{c8:: \(O(1)\)}}</td> <td>{{c9:: \(O(1)\)}}</td> </tr> <tr> <td><code>delete(k,L)</code></td> <td>{{c10:: \(O(l)\)}}</td> <td>{{c11:: \(O(l)\)}}</td> <td>{{c12:: \(O(1)\)}}</td> </tr> <tr> <td><em><br>We assume to have a pointer to the end of the list here.</em></td> <td></td> <td></td> <td></td> </tr></tbody></table>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 268: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: s@rY_v*&u_
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph is bipartite if and only if it does not contain any cycles of odd length.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
A graph is bipartite if and only if it does not contain any cycles of odd length.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A graph is bipartite if and only if {{c1::it does not contain any cycles of odd length}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 269: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: sPqRN2wuHY
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DUPLICATE
How does Depth-first-search work and what is its runtime for the two implementations of a graph?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DUPLICATE
How does Depth-first-search work and what is its runtime for the two implementations of a graph?

a depth first search marks the vertices it visits, at each vertex it looks for a vertex it has not yet visited and if there are none, it tracks back to a vertex which still has some unvisited adjacent nodes

its runtime in an adjacency matrix is \(O(n^2)\) as it has to visit each vertex once and search through all \(n\) potential neighbors

implemented using adjacency lists, the runtime is \(O(n+m)\) as we still have to visit each vertex once but we only have to search through at most \(\text{deg}_{out}(u)\) vertices at each step, which adds up to searching through all the edges

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How does Depth-first-search work and what is its runtime for the two implementations of a graph?
Back a depth first search marks the vertices it visits, at each vertex it looks for a vertex it has not yet visited and if there are none, it tracks back to a vertex which still has some unvisited adjacent nodes<br><br>its runtime in an adjacency matrix is&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)&nbsp;as it has to visit each vertex once and search through all&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;potential neighbors<br><br>implemented using adjacency lists, the runtime is&nbsp;\(O(n+m)\)&nbsp;as we still have to visit each vertex once but we only have to search through at most&nbsp;\(\text{deg}_{out}(u)\)&nbsp;vertices at each step, which adds up to searching through all the edges
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 270: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: sS2;w|7M-!
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
What condition on the function \(T\) does the Master Theorem set?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
What condition on the function \(T\) does the Master Theorem set?

It only holds if \(n = 2^k\) or the function is increasing.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What condition on the function&nbsp;\(T\)&nbsp;does the Master Theorem set?
Back It only holds if&nbsp;\(n = 2^k\)&nbsp;or the function is <b>increasing</b>.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 271: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: sap]uaOK!q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(n^k) \leq O(k^n)\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(n^k) \leq O(k^n)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(n^k)}} \leq {{c2::O(k^n)}}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

Note 272: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: t/(N7FzdP}
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue
The ADT priorityQueue can be efficiently implemented using a  MaxHeap. This guarantees  \(O(\log n)\) for both operations.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue
The ADT priorityQueue can be efficiently implemented using a  MaxHeap. This guarantees  \(O(\log n)\) for both operations.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <div>The ADT&nbsp;<b>priorityQueue</b>&nbsp;can be efficiently implemented using a {{c1::&nbsp;<b>MaxHeap</b>}}. This guarantees {{c2::&nbsp;\(O(\log n)\)}} for both operations.</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue

Note 273: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: t:15}v~LmN
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
Runtime of Bellman-Ford?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
Runtime of Bellman-Ford?

\(O(|V| \cdot |E|)\) (uses DP)

We iterate over all edges in the "relaxation" thus the time complexity of that step is \(O(m)\) (the actual check is \(O(1)\)).
As we relax \(n - 1\) (or \(n\) for negative cycle check) times, the total runtime is \(O(n \cdot m)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Bellman-Ford
Runtime \(O(|V| \cdot |E|)\)&nbsp;(uses DP)<br><br>We iterate over all edges in the "relaxation" thus the time complexity of that step is \(O(m)\)&nbsp;(the actual check is \(O(1)\)).<br>As we relax&nbsp;\(n - 1\)&nbsp;(or&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;for negative cycle check) times, the total runtime is \(O(n \cdot m)\).
Requirements Negative-edges allowed (neg. cycles detected) in a directed, weighted graph.
Approach <ol> <li><b>Initialize</b>:<br>Set the distance to the source vertex as 0 and to all other vertices as infinity.</li> <li><b>Relax Edges</b>: <br>Repeat for V − 1 iterations (where V is the number of vertices):<br>For each edge, update the distance to its destination vertex if the distance through the edge is smaller than the current distance.</li> <li><b>Check for Negative Cycles</b>: <br>Check all edges to see if a shorter path can still be found. If so, the graph contains a negative-weight cycle.</li> <li><b>End</b>: <br>If no negative-weight cycle is found, the algorithm outputs the shortest paths.</li></ol><img src="paste-95017d19365697a9f94b52394c6bdb999dfc81d1.jpg"><br><br>(quicker to implement the edge-based approach, but there's also a vertex based approach)
Pseudocode <img src="paste-46ff4f85bab3ae924d9ef2c955277d49fc616cc6.jpg">
Use Case Find cheapest path in graphs with negative edges.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm

Note 274: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: tH)JXa7KfA
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
Worst case for search in a binary tree?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
Worst case for search in a binary tree?

Binary trees are not necessarily balanced, hence it is possible that \(h >> \log_2 n\).

Worst case example if inserted in ascending order:

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <b>Worst case</b> for <b>search</b> in a <b>binary tree</b>?
Back Binary trees are not necessarily&nbsp;<b>balanced</b>, hence it is&nbsp;possible that&nbsp;\(h &gt;&gt; \log_2 n\).<br><br>Worst case example if inserted in ascending order:<br><b></b><img src="paste-201c49e27928e7a814e89e8de667e07e5c7789ce.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees

Note 275: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: tYh57HT9#t
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::3._Jumpgame
Runtime of Jump Game?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::3._Jumpgame
Runtime of Jump Game?

\(O(n)\) (hyper-optimised version)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Jump Game
Runtime \(O(n)\)&nbsp;(hyper-optimised version)
Requirements Minimal jumps to get from beginning of array to the end.<br><br>Variable switch: cells which we can reach in&nbsp;\(k\)&nbsp;jumps. Solution is smallest&nbsp;\(k\)&nbsp;for which&nbsp;\(M[k] \geq n\).<br><br>We look at all&nbsp;\(i\)&nbsp;we can reach with exactly&nbsp;\(k-1\)&nbsp;jumps:<br><ul><li>Base Case:&nbsp;\(M[0] = A[0]\),&nbsp;\(M[1] = A[1] + 1\)</li><li>Recursion:&nbsp;\( M[k] = \max \{i + A[i] \ | \ M[k - 2] \leq i \leq M[k - 1]\} \)</li></ul><div>We look exactly once at every&nbsp;\(i\), thus&nbsp;\(O(n)\)</div>
Pseudocode <img src="paste-1f13db1cbb6b8d772fa2de2563b63627af8a038f.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::3._Jumpgame

Note 276: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: t]QH{.^=tP
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::2._Grade_School_Multiplication_and_Karatsuba_Algorithm
The Karatsuba algorithm provides an asymptotically faster way to multiply numbers.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::2._Grade_School_Multiplication_and_Karatsuba_Algorithm
The Karatsuba algorithm provides an asymptotically faster way to multiply numbers.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The&nbsp;<b>Karatsuba</b>&nbsp;algorithm provides an asymptotically faster way to {{c1::multiply numbers}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::2._Grade_School_Multiplication_and_Karatsuba_Algorithm

Note 277: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: u%cN;v|jjQ
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search PlsFix::DELETE
Runtime of
BFS

Runtime: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| + |V|) \)}}

Approach:

Uses:
?



Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>BFS</b></div><div><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| + |V|) \)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::First go through all direct successors of an edge, then move to a level deeper.}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::Shortest path in unweighted graphs, cycle detection, test if graph is bipartite, path finding}}</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search PlsFix::DELETE

Note 278: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: u)lmsqp*H!
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack
A stack is also called a LIFO queue.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack
A stack is also called a LIFO queue.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A stack is also called a {{c1:: LIFO}} queue.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack

Note 279: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: u2lDE>&5/e
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{j = 1}^{n} \sum_{k = \textbf{j} }^{n} 1\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::  \(\sum_{j = 1}^n (n - j + 1) = \frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\) }} 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{j = 1}^{n} \sum_{k = \textbf{j} }^{n} 1\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::  \(\sum_{j = 1}^n (n - j + 1) = \frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\) }} 

inner loop depends on outer

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{j = 1}^{n} \sum_{k = \textbf{j} }^{n} 1\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp; \(\sum_{j = 1}^n (n - j + 1) = \frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\)&nbsp;}}&nbsp;
Extra <i>inner loop depends on outer</i><br>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 280: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: uHC]1fZd$=
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
What is the tree condition for 2-3 Trees implementing a dictionary?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
What is the tree condition for 2-3 Trees implementing a dictionary?

Each node has 2 or 3 children and all leaves are on the same level.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <b>What is the tree condition</b>&nbsp;for&nbsp;<b>2-3 Trees</b>&nbsp;implementing a dictionary?
Back Each node has <b>2 or 3 children</b> and all leaves are <b>on the same level.</b>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

Note 281: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: ub(U6EB=d{
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
A topological ordering of vertices is an order such that for every edge \((u, v) \), \(u\) comes before \(v\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
A topological ordering of vertices is an order such that for every edge \((u, v) \), \(u\) comes before \(v\).

thus all arrows point rightwards.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A topological ordering of vertices is an order such that for every edge&nbsp;\((u, v) \), {{c1::\(u\)&nbsp;comes before&nbsp;\(v\)}}.
Extra thus all arrows point rightwards.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting

Note 282: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: uxhT]f%32k
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
Master Theorem: If  \(b = \log_2(a)\) then {{c2:: \(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2 a} \cdot \log n)\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
Master Theorem: If  \(b = \log_2(a)\) then {{c2:: \(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2 a} \cdot \log n)\)}}.

The recursive and non-recursive work is balanced.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Master Theorem: If {{c1::&nbsp;\(b = \log_2(a)\)}} then {{c2::&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2 a} \cdot \log n)\)}}.
Extra The recursive and non-recursive work is balanced.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 283: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: v%fJG/oUBR
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
How many edges does a tree with \(n\) vertices have?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
How many edges does a tree with \(n\) vertices have?

\(n-1\) edges

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How many edges does a tree with&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;vertices have?
Back \(n-1\)&nbsp;edges
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

Note 284: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: v,>nr{ym:e
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures
What is an ADT?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures
What is an ADT?

An abstract data type describes a wishlist for operations we want to perform on our data.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is an ADT?
Back An <b>abstract data type</b>&nbsp;describes a wishlist for operations we want to perform on our data.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures

Note 285: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: v7@jgp_hjT
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
How can we find a cross edge via DFS?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
How can we find a cross edge via DFS?

If we find vertex with both pre- and post-values set, there's a cross edge.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How can we find a cross edge via DFS?
Back If we find vertex with both pre- and post-values set, there's a cross edge.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

Note 286: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: vE[;wMoI5.
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths
What is the optimal substructure property of shortest paths?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths
What is the optimal substructure property of shortest paths?

Any subpath of a shortest path is itself the shortest path between its endpoints (requires no negative cycles).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the optimal substructure property of shortest paths?
Back Any subpath of a shortest path is itself the shortest path between its endpoints (requires no negative cycles).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths

Note 287: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: vQJH81Jg-1
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
For \(T(n) = 4T(n/2) + n\), which Master Theorem case applies?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
For \(T(n) = 4T(n/2) + n\), which Master Theorem case applies?

Because \(b = 1\) and \(\log_2(a) = \log_2 4 = 2 > b\), therefore \(T(n) = \Theta(n^2)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front For&nbsp;\(T(n) = 4T(n/2) + n\), which Master Theorem case applies?
Back Because&nbsp;\(b = 1\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(\log_2(a) = \log_2 4 = 2 &gt; b\),&nbsp;therefore&nbsp;\(T(n) = \Theta(n^2)\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 288: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: vSWG3t+7{<
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
\(e^{\ln c} =\) ?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
\(e^{\ln c} =\) ?

\(c\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front \(e^{\ln c} =\)&nbsp;?
Back \(c\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

Note 289: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: vfw3/~)/(m
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
Master Theorem: If  \(b > \log_2(a)\) then  \(T(n) \leq O(n^b)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
Master Theorem: If  \(b > \log_2(a)\) then  \(T(n) \leq O(n^b)\).

This is the case for which the work outside the recursion dominates.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Master Theorem: If {{c1::&nbsp;\(b &gt; \log_2(a)\)}}&nbsp;then {{c2::&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq O(n^b)\)}}.
Extra This is the case for which the work outside the recursion dominates.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 290: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: vgCb-fRsjm
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
How can we get the runtime of an algorithm based on it's DP table?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
How can we get the runtime of an algorithm based on it's DP table?

We use the number of entries * the time to compute them (usually \(O(1)\))

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How can we get the runtime of an algorithm based on it's DP table?
Back We use the number of entries * the time to compute them (usually&nbsp;\(O(1)\))
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming

Note 291: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: v{-8tJEW)=
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
What is the length of a walk?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
What is the length of a walk?

The length of a walk \((v_0, v_1, \dots, v_k)\) is \(k\), i.e. the number of vertices minus 1.

A walk of length \(l\) connects \(l + 1\) vertices.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the length of a walk?
Back The length of a walk&nbsp;\((v_0, v_1, \dots, v_k)\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(k\), i.e. the number of vertices minus 1.<br><br>A walk of length&nbsp;\(l\)&nbsp;connects&nbsp;\(l + 1\)&nbsp;vertices.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 292: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: v|.y5zi[:;
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
Prim's Algorithm Invariants:

The distances "d[.] = " in the distance array are the values of the vertices in the priority queue (see line decrease_key(H, v, d[v])).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
Prim's Algorithm Invariants:

The distances "d[.] = " in the distance array are the values of the vertices in the priority queue (see line decrease_key(H, v, d[v])).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Prim's Algorithm Invariants:<br><br><div>The distances "d[.] = " in the distance array are {{c1::the values of the vertices in the priority queue (see line decrease_key(H, v, d[v]))}}.</div>
Extra <img src="paste-c6f5e360bdfa85548214127036942fc80a2cde0e.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm

Note 293: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: w2#a}f;^-i
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
How many leaf nodes can a 2-3 tree of depth \(h\) have?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
How many leaf nodes can a 2-3 tree of depth \(h\) have?

\(2^h \leq n \leq 3^h\) with \(n\) representing the number of leaf nodes.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How many leaf nodes can a 2-3 tree of depth&nbsp;\(h\)&nbsp;have?
Back \(2^h \leq n \leq 3^h\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;representing the number of leaf nodes.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

Note 294: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: wD<:EQZU&2
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
Prim's Algorithm is similar to Dijkstra's with the difference that {{c1:: \(d[v] = \min \{d[v], w(v*, v)\}\) instead of \(d[v^*] + w(v^*, v)\) }}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
Prim's Algorithm is similar to Dijkstra's with the difference that {{c1:: \(d[v] = \min \{d[v], w(v*, v)\}\) instead of \(d[v^*] + w(v^*, v)\) }}.

Dijkstra's find the shortest distance to each vertex, thus it tracks the total distance.

Prim's needs to build the MST. Since we add vertex \(v\) to the MST in the loop, we now want to know the new least distance to the MST for each node.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <b>Prim's Algorithm</b>&nbsp;is similar to {{c1:: Dijkstra's}} with the difference that {{c1::&nbsp;\(d[v] = \min \{d[v], w(v*, v)\}\)&nbsp;instead of&nbsp;\(d[v^*] + w(v^*, v)\)&nbsp;}}.
Extra Dijkstra's find the shortest distance to each vertex, thus it tracks the total distance.<br><br>Prim's needs to build the MST. Since we add vertex&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;to the MST in the loop, we now want to know the new least distance to the MST for each node.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm

Note 295: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: wStzO9J_2Q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
If \(f \leq O(h)\) and \(g \leq O(h)\), then \(f + g \leq O(h)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
If \(f \leq O(h)\) and \(g \leq O(h)\), then \(f + g \leq O(h)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text If&nbsp;\(f \leq O(h)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(g \leq O(h)\), then&nbsp;\(f + g {{c1::\leq}} O(h)\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 296: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: wbdb9#fK:J
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
The height of a 2-3 Tree for \(n\) keys is \(\leq \log_2(n)\) thus \(h={{c2::O(\log(n))::\textbf{O-notation} }}\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
The height of a 2-3 Tree for \(n\) keys is \(\leq \log_2(n)\) thus \(h={{c2::O(\log(n))::\textbf{O-notation} }}\).

Note that for the case \(n = 1\) the root has one leaf with the key.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The height of a <b>2-3 Tree</b>&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;keys is {{c1::\(\leq \log_2(n)\)}} thus&nbsp;\(h={{c2::O(\log(n))::\textbf{O-notation} }}\).
Extra Note that for the case&nbsp;\(n = 1\)&nbsp;the root has one leaf with the key.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

Note 297: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: wxuX$c!)%k
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
A graph with this DP table from Floyd-Warshall:

contains ___ negative cycles.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
A graph with this DP table from Floyd-Warshall:

contains ___ negative cycles.

no (there is no diagonal \(< 0\))

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front A graph with this DP table from Floyd-Warshall:<br><img src="paste-deae0d6c4a31dc3e71c5f654f12387c82b186739.jpg"><br>contains ___ negative cycles.
Back <b>no</b>&nbsp;(there is no diagonal&nbsp;\(&lt; 0\))
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

Note 298: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: w{Q]%!`f&#
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
How do we need to manipulate a graph in order to create a closed Eulerian walk from a normal Eulerian walk?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
How do we need to manipulate a graph in order to create a closed Eulerian walk from a normal Eulerian walk?

Add an edge connecting the end to the start point (both of which have odd degrees).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How do we need to manipulate a graph in order to create a <b>closed </b>Eulerian walk from a normal Eulerian walk?
Back Add an edge connecting the end to the start point (both of which have odd degrees).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

Note 299: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: w|i$)J%}4f
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In graph theory, a Hamiltonian cycle (Hamiltonkreis) is a cycle that contains every vertex.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In graph theory, a Hamiltonian cycle (Hamiltonkreis) is a cycle that contains every vertex.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In graph theory, a {{c2::Hamiltonian cycle (<i>Hamiltonkreis</i>)}} is a {{c1::cycle that contains every vertex}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 300: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: x@F_EbzW}O
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
Prim's Algorithm Invariants: 

The priority queue \(H = V \setminus S\) (\(V\) set of all vertices, \(S\) vertices currently in the MST) never contains a vertex already in the MST.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
Prim's Algorithm Invariants: 

The priority queue \(H = V \setminus S\) (\(V\) set of all vertices, \(S\) vertices currently in the MST) never contains a vertex already in the MST.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Prim's Algorithm Invariants:&nbsp;<br><br>The priority queue \(H = V \setminus S\)&nbsp;(\(V\)&nbsp;set of all vertices,&nbsp;\(S\)&nbsp;vertices currently in the MST) {{c1::never contains a vertex already in the MST}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm

Note 301: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: xI`7oXbl[?
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
If \(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\) tends to {{c1::\(C \in \mathbb{R}^+\)}}, then \(f \leq O(g)\) and \(g \leq O(f) \Leftrightarrow f = \Theta(g)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
If \(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\) tends to {{c1::\(C \in \mathbb{R}^+\)}}, then \(f \leq O(g)\) and \(g \leq O(f) \Leftrightarrow f = \Theta(g)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text If&nbsp;\(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\)&nbsp;tends to {{c1::\(C \in \mathbb{R}^+\)}}, then {{c2::\(f \leq O(g)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(g \leq O(f) \Leftrightarrow f = \Theta(g)\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 302: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: xP1aIt[ejN
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
When \(f \geq \Omega(g)\), this means what exactly?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
When \(f \geq \Omega(g)\), this means what exactly?

\(\exists C \ge 0 \quad \forall n \in \mathbb{N} \quad f(n) \ge C\cdot g(n)\)

\(f\) grows asymptotically faster than \(g\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front When&nbsp;\(f \geq \Omega(g)\), this means what exactly?
Back \(\exists C \ge 0 \quad \forall n \in \mathbb{N} \quad f(n) \ge C\cdot g(n)\)<br><br>\(f\)&nbsp;grows asymptotically&nbsp;<b>faster</b>&nbsp;than&nbsp;\(g\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 303: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: xdGDHE`#zR
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures
A datastructure is the implementation of the wishlist of operations defined in our ADT.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures
A datastructure is the implementation of the wishlist of operations defined in our ADT.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A {{c1:: datastructure}} is the implementation of the wishlist of operations defined in our ADT.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures

Note 304: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: x{57Az=}b`
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
How can we say that the function \(f\) and \(g\) grow asymptotically at the same rate?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
How can we say that the function \(f\) and \(g\) grow asymptotically at the same rate?

\(f = \Theta(g)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How can we say that the function&nbsp;\(f\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(g\)&nbsp;grow asymptotically at the same rate?
Back \(f = \Theta(g)\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE

Note 305: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: y5w&L[iNjs
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
For \(T(n) = 2T(n/2) + n\), which Master Theorem case applies?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
For \(T(n) = 2T(n/2) + n\), which Master Theorem case applies?

Because \(b = 1\) and \(\log_2 a = \log_2 2 = 1 = b\), therefore \(T(n) = \Theta(n \log n)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front For&nbsp;\(T(n) = 2T(n/2) + n\), which Master Theorem case applies?
Back Because&nbsp;\(b = 1\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(\log_2 a = \log_2 2 = 1 = b\), therefore&nbsp;\(T(n) = \Theta(n \log n)\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

Note 306: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: y@l`JCIJ<4
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
Runtime of BFS (Breadth First Search)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
Runtime of BFS (Breadth First Search)?

\(O(|V|+|E|)\) (Adjacency List)

The runtime of BFS:
  1. each loop we take \(O(1 + \deg(u))\) time (go through the vertex \(u\)'s edges
  2. We loop a total of \(|V|\) times (we visit each edge max. 1 time)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name BFS (Breadth First Search)
Runtime \(O(|V|+|E|)\)&nbsp;(Adjacency List)
Requirements Directed Graph.<br><br>Note that (negative) cycles are accepted, as we are looking for the "shortest" (not cheapest) path.
Approach <b>BFS</b>&nbsp;looks for the shortest paths (not cheapest) in a graph.<br><ol><li><b>Initialisation:</b> <ul> <li>Set the distance to all vertices to \(\infty\) in the <code>d[v]</code> array. Set the <code>d[s] = 0</code>.</li> <li>Initialise a Queue \(Q\) with \(s\)</li> <li>Set the dictionary <code>parent = {}</code></li> </ul> </li> <li><b>Exploration:</b><ul> <li>Dequeue the first element in the queue \(v\)</li> <li>For all <em>adjacent nodes</em> \(u\) with distance \(= \infty\) (not visited yet):<ul> <li>Set the distance <code>d[u] = d[v] + 1</code></li> <li>add \(u\) to the queue</li> <li>Set the <code>parent[u] = v</code>.</li> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li><b>Return:</b> We return the distances and the <i>shortest path tree</i></li></ol>
Pseudocode <img src="paste-4fbaff6bb07ad8ff63a53ac2e179914e1c8cac2b.jpg">
Use Case Shortest Path in a directed graph, Bipartite test
Extra Info The runtime of BFS:<br><ol><li>each loop we take&nbsp;\(O(1 + \deg(u))\)&nbsp;time (go through the vertex&nbsp;\(u\)'s edges</li><li>We loop a total of&nbsp;\(|V|\)&nbsp;times (we visit each edge max. 1 time)</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

Note 307: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: yOa^MOZU`,
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(n) \leq O(\log(n!))\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(n) \leq O(\log(n!))\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(n)}} \leq {{c2::O(\log(n!))}}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

Note 308: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: yX`f0NZg((
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths
The triangle inequality in a weighted graph is \(d(u, v) \leq d(u, w) + d(w, v)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths
The triangle inequality in a weighted graph is \(d(u, v) \leq d(u, w) + d(w, v)\).

This holds, since if the path through \(w\) was actually cheaper, then \(d(u, v)\) would be wrong.

Does not hold in graphs with negative cycles.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The {{c1::<b>triangle inequality</b>}} in a weighted graph is {{c2::\(d(u, v) \leq d(u, w) + d(w, v)\)}}.
Extra This holds, since if the path through&nbsp;\(w\)&nbsp;was actually cheaper, then \(d(u, v)\)&nbsp;would be wrong.<br><br>Does not hold in graphs with negative cycles.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths

Note 309: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: y_NK5>_:x4
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In the edge \(e = \{u, v\}\), \(u\) and \(v\) are the endpoints of the edge.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In the edge \(e = \{u, v\}\), \(u\) and \(v\) are the endpoints of the edge.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In the edge&nbsp;\(e = \{u, v\}\),&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;are the {{c1::endpoints}} of the edge.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 310: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: yg-tkTB|,7
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\log(i)\)}}  \(\leq\) {{c2::\(\sum_{i = 1}^n n \log(n) = n^2 \log n\)::Sum}}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
{{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\log(i)\)}}  \(\leq\) {{c2::\(\sum_{i = 1}^n n \log(n) = n^2 \log n\)::Sum}}

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\log(i)\)}}&nbsp; \(\leq\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(\sum_{i = 1}^n n \log(n) = n^2 \log n\)::Sum}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

Note 311: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: yy3TxuBe~r
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue
A queue is also called FIFO.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue
A queue is also called FIFO.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A queue is also called {{c1:: FIFO}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue

Note 312: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: z4Nw/I#?J^
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In graph theory, a path (Pfad) is a walk in which all vertices are distinct.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
In graph theory, a path (Pfad) is a walk in which all vertices are distinct.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In graph theory, a {{c2::path (<i>Pfad</i>)}} is a {{c1::walk in which all vertices are distinct}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 313: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: z=SLl>>F5y
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
Simplify \(a^{log_b(n)} = \)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
Simplify \(a^{log_b(n)} = \)

\(n^{log_b(a)}\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Simplify&nbsp;\(a^{log_b(n)} = \)
Back \(n^{log_b(a)}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

Note 314: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: zBLkhwqevO
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(n \log(n)) \leq O(n^k)\) 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
Choose a tight bound!

\(O(n \log(n)) \leq O(n^k)\) 

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(n \log(n))}} \leq {{c2::O(n^k)}}\)&nbsp;
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

Note 315: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: zjEd=>WPZ?
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
The number of distinct paths in a complete graph grows  \(O(n!)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
The number of distinct paths in a complete graph grows  \(O(n!)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The number of distinct paths in a complete graph grows {{c1::&nbsp;\(O(n!)\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 316: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Algorithms
GUID: z{8WPibSbC
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm
Runtime of Dijkstra's Algorithm?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm
Runtime of Dijkstra's Algorithm?

\(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\) (or \(O(|V|^2)\)

The runtime is calculated from \(O(n + (\#\text{extract-min} + \#\text{decrease-key}) \cdot \log n)\)  which gives \(O((n + m) \cdot \log n)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Name Dijkstra's Algorithm
Runtime \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\)&nbsp;(or&nbsp;\(O(|V|^2)\)<br><br>The runtime is calculated from \(O(n + (\#\text{extract-min} + \#\text{decrease-key}) \cdot \log n)\)&nbsp; which gives \(O((n + m) \cdot \log n)\).
Requirements No negative edge-weights (to make sure that we don't need to go back)
Approach Vertices are considered in&nbsp;<i>increasing</i>&nbsp;order of their distances from the source.<br><br>Recurrence:\[ d(s, v_k) = \min_{(v_i, v_k) \in E, i &lt; k} \{ d(s, v_i) + c(v_i, v_k) \} \]<br><ol><li>Add start vertex&nbsp;\(s\)&nbsp;to prioqueue with dist 0 and set all other dists to&nbsp;\(\infty\)</li><li>Pop Cheapest Vertex&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;from Priority Queue</li><li>For each neighbour&nbsp;\(u\): if distance (= current_distance +&nbsp;\(w(v\rightarrow u)\)) &lt; distance to&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;then overwrite and push new distance to queue.<br>Current vertex is marked as visited and not revisited again.</li></ol>
Pseudocode <img src="paste-38d6665cd236d4094cec91025d07594c2e082538.jpg">
Use Case Cheapest path in weighted graph with non-negative edge costs.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm

Note 317: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: |%{-v*KE>
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
The standard notation for \(|V|\) is \(n\) and for \(|E|\) is \(m\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
The standard notation for \(|V|\) is \(n\) and for \(|E|\) is \(m\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The standard notation for&nbsp;\(|V|\)&nbsp;is {{c1::\(n\)}} and for&nbsp;\(|E|\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: \(m\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

Note 318: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: %-v5b-!x=
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
\( \neg (A \lor B) \)  \( \equiv \) \( \neg A \land \neg B\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
\( \neg (A \lor B) \)  \( \equiv \) \( \neg A \land \neg B\)

de Morgan rules

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::\( \neg (A \lor B) \)&nbsp;}} \( \equiv \)&nbsp;{{c2::\( \neg A \land \neg B\)}}<br>
Extra de Morgan rules
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

Note 319: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: .@%aS+kuV
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
In any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\), and for all \(a, b \in R\) \(a0 =\) \(0a = 0\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
In any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\), and for all \(a, b \in R\) \(a0 =\) \(0a = 0\).

The zero (neutral of additive group) pulls all other elements to 0 by multiplication.

\(0a=(0-0)a=0a-0a=0\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In&nbsp;any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\),&nbsp;and for all \(a, b \in R\)&nbsp;\(a0 =\)&nbsp;{{c1::\(0a = 0\)}}.
Extra The zero (neutral of additive group) pulls all other elements to 0 by multiplication.<br><br>\(0a=(0-0)a=0a-0a=0\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

Note 320: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: .H2xW-FA|
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
Which of the following are countable: \(\mathbb{N}\), \(\mathbb{Z}\), \(\mathbb{Q}\), \(\mathbb{R}\), \(\{0,1\}^*\), \(\{0,1\}^{\infty}\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
Which of the following are countable: \(\mathbb{N}\), \(\mathbb{Z}\), \(\mathbb{Q}\), \(\mathbb{R}\), \(\{0,1\}^*\), \(\{0,1\}^{\infty}\)?

Countable: \(\mathbb{N}\), \(\mathbb{Z}\), \(\mathbb{Q}\), \(\{0,1\}^*\) Uncountable: \(\mathbb{R}\), \(\{0,1\}^{\infty}\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Which of the following are countable: \(\mathbb{N}\), \(\mathbb{Z}\), \(\mathbb{Q}\), \(\mathbb{R}\), \(\{0,1\}^*\), \(\{0,1\}^{\infty}\)?
Back <strong>Countable</strong>: \(\mathbb{N}\), \(\mathbb{Z}\), \(\mathbb{Q}\), \(\{0,1\}^*\) <strong>Uncountable</strong>: \(\mathbb{R}\), \(\{0,1\}^{\infty}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets

Note 321: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: .d,WRJq.}
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

A subset \(H \subseteq G\) of a group is called a subgroup if \(H\) is closed with respect to all operations (operation, neutral, inverse).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

A subset \(H \subseteq G\) of a group is called a subgroup if \(H\) is closed with respect to all operations (operation, neutral, inverse).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>A subset \(H \subseteq G\) of a group is called a {{c1::subgroup}} if \(H\) is {{c2::closed with respect to all operations (operation, neutral, inverse)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

Note 322: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: 6o/GG^(~_
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

In a group, the left cancellation law states: \(a = b\) \(\Leftrightarrow\) \(ca = cb\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

In a group, the left cancellation law states: \(a = b\) \(\Leftrightarrow\) \(ca = cb\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>In a group, the {{c1::left cancellation}} law states: \(a = b\) {{c2::\(\Leftrightarrow\)}} {{c3::\(ca = cb\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Note 323: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: A+Li^bwkLL
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
Is this a lattice?

 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
Is this a lattice?

 

No, as \(\{b, c\}\) does not have a greatest lower bound. Both \(a\) and \(e\) would fit, but there isn't a greatest one.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Is this a lattice?<br><br>&nbsp;<img src="paste-055f63c858350a5edd9d53fae73e8b5c5e237b32.jpg">
Back No, as&nbsp;\(\{b, c\}\)&nbsp;does not have a greatest lower bound. Both&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(e\)&nbsp;would fit, but there isn't a&nbsp;<b>greatest</b>&nbsp;one.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices

Note 324: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: A0$~M#^-(C
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::5._Logical_Formulas_vs._Mathematical_Statements::2._Mathematical_Statements_about_Formulas
If \(F \models G\) in predicate logic, what can we conclude via validity?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::5._Logical_Formulas_vs._Mathematical_Statements::2._Mathematical_Statements_about_Formulas
If \(F \models G\) in predicate logic, what can we conclude via validity?

If \(F\) is valid, then \(G\) is also valid. (Logical consequence preserves validity)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front If \(F \models G\) in predicate logic, what can we conclude via validity?
Back If \(F\) is valid, then \(G\) is also valid. (Logical consequence preserves validity)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::5._Logical_Formulas_vs._Mathematical_Statements::2._Mathematical_Statements_about_Formulas

Note 325: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: A9?srsv3Y:
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

What is the \((n, k)\)-error correcting code over the alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) with \(|\mathcal{A}| = q\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

What is the \((n, k)\)-error correcting code over the alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) with \(|\mathcal{A}| = q\)?


It's a subset of \(\mathcal{A}^n\) of cardinality \(q^k\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>What is the \((n, k)\)-error correcting code over the alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) with \(|\mathcal{A}| = q\)?</p>
Back <p>It's a subset of \(\mathcal{A}^n\) of cardinality \(q^k\).</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

Note 326: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: A>Qb$tT})[
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
Is the interval \([0, 1]\) countable or uncountable? What does this imply for \(\mathbb{R}\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
Is the interval \([0, 1]\) countable or uncountable? What does this imply for \(\mathbb{R}\)?

The interval is uncountable by Cantor's diagonal argument, thus \(\mathbb{R}\) is too.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Is the interval&nbsp;\([0, 1]\)&nbsp;countable or uncountable? What does this imply for&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}\)?
Back The interval is uncountable by Cantor's diagonal argument, thus&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}\)&nbsp;is too.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

Note 327: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: AFt:;I:*/e
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders PlsFix::DELETE
\(a \mod m\) is the same as \(R_m(a)\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders PlsFix::DELETE
\(a \mod m\) is the same as \(R_m(a)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::\(a \mod m\)}} is the same as&nbsp;{{c2::\(R_m(a)\)}}<br>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders PlsFix::DELETE

Note 328: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: AOBg=yO4_)
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
Are the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) countable?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
Are the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) countable?

Yes, the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) are countable. They correspond to (a, b) tuples which can be mapped bijectively to the natural numbers.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Are the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) countable?
Back Yes, the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) are <strong>countable</strong>. They correspond to (a, b) tuples which can be mapped bijectively to the natural numbers.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets

Note 329: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: AR?8CyMux0
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

What is a polynomial over a commutative ring?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

What is a polynomial over a commutative ring?


A polynomial \(a(x)\) over a commutative ring \(R\) in the indeterminate \(x\) is a formal expression of the form: \[ a(x) = a_d x^d + a_{d-1}x^{d-1} + \cdots + a_1 x + a_0 = \sum_{i=0}^d a_i x^i \] for some non-negative integer \(d\), with \(a_i \in R\).

The set of polynomials in \(x\) over \(R\) is denoted \(R[x]\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>What is a polynomial over a commutative ring?</p>
Back <p>A polynomial \(a(x)\) over a commutative ring \(R\) in the indeterminate \(x\) is a formal expression of the form: \[ a(x) = a_d x^d + a_{d-1}x^{d-1} + \cdots + a_1 x + a_0 = \sum_{i=0}^d a_i x^i \] for some non-negative integer \(d\), with \(a_i \in R\).</p> <p>The set of polynomials in \(x\) over \(R\) is denoted&nbsp;\(R[x]\).</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

Note 330: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ak;RI/ADAm
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms PlsFix::DUPLICATE
To prove an isomorphism \(\phi: G \rightarrow H\), we need to prove:
  1. Well-definedness
  2. The image of \(\phi\) lies entirely within \(H\)
  3. The homomorphism-property \(\phi(g_1 \cdot g_2) = \phi(g_1) \cdot \phi(g_2)\) holds
  4. Injectivity
  5. Surjectivity

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms PlsFix::DUPLICATE
To prove an isomorphism \(\phi: G \rightarrow H\), we need to prove:
  1. Well-definedness
  2. The image of \(\phi\) lies entirely within \(H\)
  3. The homomorphism-property \(\phi(g_1 \cdot g_2) = \phi(g_1) \cdot \phi(g_2)\) holds
  4. Injectivity
  5. Surjectivity

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text To prove an isomorphism&nbsp;\(\phi: G \rightarrow H\), we need to prove:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Well-definedness}}</li><li>{{c2::The image of&nbsp;\(\phi\)&nbsp;lies entirely within&nbsp;\(H\)}}<br></li><li>{{c3::The homomorphism-property&nbsp;\(\phi(g_1 \cdot g_2) = \phi(g_1) \cdot \phi(g_2)\)&nbsp;holds}}<br></li><li>{{c4::Injectivity}}</li><li>{{c5::Surjectivity}}</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 331: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: AluZ0L@#]a
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
What does it mean for a function \(f: A \to B\) to be injective?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
What does it mean for a function \(f: A \to B\) to be injective?

For \(a \neq a'\) we have \(f(a) \neq f(a')\).

No two distinct values are mapped to the same function value (no "collisions"). This is also called "one-to-one".

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What does it mean for a function \(f: A \to B\) to be injective?
Back For \(a \neq a'\) we have \(f(a) \neq f(a')\). <br><br>No two distinct values are mapped to the same function value (no "collisions"). This is also called "one-to-one".
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 332: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Am`UxH.Oyx
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors
\(a \mid b\) means that {{c1::\(a\) divides \(b\), that is, there exists a \(c \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that \(b = ac\)}}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors
\(a \mid b\) means that {{c1::\(a\) divides \(b\), that is, there exists a \(c \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that \(b = ac\)}}

\(\forall a \ne 0 \rightarrow a \mid 0\) and \(\forall a \quad 1 \mid a \land -1 \mid a\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text \(a \mid b\) means that {{c1::\(a\) divides \(b\), that is, there exists a&nbsp;\(c \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that&nbsp;\(b = ac\)}}<br>
Extra \(\forall a \ne 0 \rightarrow a \mid 0\) and&nbsp;\(\forall a \quad 1 \mid a \land -1 \mid a\)<br>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors

Note 333: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Amp7wwZ8FK
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
For a poset \((A;\preceq)\), two elements \(a,b\) are comparable if \(a \preceq b\) or \(b \preceq a\), otherwise they are incomparable

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
For a poset \((A;\preceq)\), two elements \(a,b\) are comparable if \(a \preceq b\) or \(b \preceq a\), otherwise they are incomparable

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text For a poset&nbsp;\((A;\preceq)\), two elements&nbsp;\(a,b\)&nbsp;are&nbsp;<b>comparable</b>&nbsp;if {{c1::\(a \preceq b\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(b \preceq a\),}} otherwise they are <b>incomparable</b>.&nbsp;
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

Note 334: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Au5Kz9Rp2H
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules
\(F\)  \(\vdash\) \(F \lor G\) and \(F \vdash G \lor F\) are valid derivation rules.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules
\(F\)  \(\vdash\) \(F \lor G\) and \(F \vdash G \lor F\) are valid derivation rules.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::\(F\)&nbsp;}}&nbsp;\(\vdash\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(F \lor G\)}}&nbsp;and {{c2::\(F \vdash G \lor F\)}} are valid derivation rules.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules

Note 335: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Auz&g~bS8q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
What is \(\lnot \forall x P(x)\) equivalent to?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
What is \(\lnot \forall x P(x)\) equivalent to?

\(\lnot \forall x P(x) \equiv \exists x \lnot P(x)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is \(\lnot \forall x P(x)\) equivalent to?
Back \(\lnot \forall x P(x) \equiv \exists x \lnot P(x)\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules

Note 336: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Av3Ww9Kn5Y
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
For any \(i\) and \(k\), if \(t_1, \dots, t_k\) are terms, then {{c1::\(P_i^{(k)}(t_1, \dots, t_k)\) is a formula}}, called an atomic formula.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
For any \(i\) and \(k\), if \(t_1, \dots, t_k\) are terms, then {{c1::\(P_i^{(k)}(t_1, \dots, t_k)\) is a formula}}, called an atomic formula.

A formula in 1st order logic with no logical connectives (like \(\lnot, \land, \lor, \rightarrow \)) and no quantifiers (\(\forall, \exists\))

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text For any&nbsp;\(i\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(k\), if&nbsp;\(t_1, \dots, t_k\)&nbsp;are terms, then {{c1::\(P_i^{(k)}(t_1, \dots, t_k)\)&nbsp;is a formula}}, called an {{c2::<i>atomic formula</i>}}.
Extra A formula in 1st order logic with&nbsp;<b>no logical connectives</b> (like&nbsp;\(\lnot, \land, \lor, \rightarrow \)) and <b>no quantifiers</b> (\(\forall, \exists\))
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

Note 337: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: B)Cal)+#sy
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws PlsFix::DUPLICATE
What are De Morgan's laws?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws PlsFix::DUPLICATE
What are De Morgan's laws?

  • \(\lnot(A \land B) \equiv \lnot A \lor \lnot B\)
  • \(\lnot(A \lor B) \equiv \lnot A \land \lnot B\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What are De Morgan's laws?
Back <ul> <li>\(\lnot(A \land B) \equiv \lnot A \lor \lnot B\)</li> <li>\(\lnot(A \lor B) \equiv \lnot A \land \lnot B\)</li> </ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 338: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: B/hV
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
A poset \((A;\preceq)\) is well-ordered if it is totally ordered and every non-empty subset has a least element.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
A poset \((A;\preceq)\) is well-ordered if it is totally ordered and every non-empty subset has a least element.

Every totally ordered finite poset \(\rightarrow\) well-ordered
Infinite example: \((\mathbb{N}; \le)\)
Infinite counterexample \((\mathbb{Z}; \le)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A poset&nbsp;\((A;\preceq)\) is <b>well-ordered </b>if {{c1::it is totally ordered and every non-empty subset has a least element.}}
Extra Every totally ordered finite poset&nbsp;\(\rightarrow\) well-ordered<div>Infinite example: \((\mathbb{N}; \le)\)<br>Infinite counterexample&nbsp;\((\mathbb{Z}; \le)\)</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 339: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: B7%
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::2._Description_of_RSA
Describe the RSA protocol:
  1. Alice generates primes \(p\) and \(q\)
  2. Set \(n = pq\) and \(f = \varphi(n) = (p - 1)(q - 1)\) 
  3. {{c3:: Select \(e\): \(d \equiv_f e^{-1}\) the modular inverse (decryption)}}
  4. Send \(n\) and \(e\) to Bob
  5. {{c5:: Bob encrypts the plaintext \(m \in \{1, \dots, n -1 \}\) (unique modulo \(n\)) \(c = R_n(m^e)\) and sends it}}
  6. Alice decrypts using \(m = R_n(c^d)\) 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::2._Description_of_RSA
Describe the RSA protocol:
  1. Alice generates primes \(p\) and \(q\)
  2. Set \(n = pq\) and \(f = \varphi(n) = (p - 1)(q - 1)\) 
  3. {{c3:: Select \(e\): \(d \equiv_f e^{-1}\) the modular inverse (decryption)}}
  4. Send \(n\) and \(e\) to Bob
  5. {{c5:: Bob encrypts the plaintext \(m \in \{1, \dots, n -1 \}\) (unique modulo \(n\)) \(c = R_n(m^e)\) and sends it}}
  6. Alice decrypts using \(m = R_n(c^d)\) 

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Describe the RSA protocol:<br><ol><li>{{c1:: Alice generates primes&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(q\)}}</li><li>{{c2:: Set&nbsp;\(n = pq\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(f = \varphi(n) = (p - 1)(q - 1)\)&nbsp;}}</li><li>{{c3:: Select&nbsp;\(e\):&nbsp;\(d \equiv_f e^{-1}\)&nbsp;the modular inverse (decryption)}}</li><li>{{c4:: Send&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(e\)&nbsp;to Bob}}</li><li>{{c5:: Bob encrypts the plaintext&nbsp;\(m \in \{1, \dots, n -1 \}\)&nbsp;(unique modulo \(n\))&nbsp;\(c = R_n(m^e)\)&nbsp;and sends it}}</li><li>{{c6:: Alice decrypts using&nbsp;\(m = R_n(c^d)\)}}&nbsp;</li></ol>
Extra <img src="paste-51654d52fdf3ebde0362a99bba97fcc8dc604e13.jpg">
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::2._Description_of_RSA

Note 340: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: B7f%iVC#KH
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

What does it mean intuitively for two groups to be isomorphic?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

What does it mean intuitively for two groups to be isomorphic?


Two groups are isomorphic if they have the same structure - they "behave identically" even if they look different.

Analogy: Like two jigsaw puzzles that look completely different, but use the same cutout pattern. The same piece goes into the same place on both puzzles.

The bijection between them preserves all group operations and relationships.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>What does it mean intuitively for two groups to be isomorphic?</p>
Back <p>Two groups are isomorphic if they have the <strong>same structure</strong> - they "behave identically" even if they look different.</p> <p><strong>Analogy</strong>: Like two jigsaw puzzles that look completely different, but use the same cutout pattern. The same piece goes into the same place on both puzzles.</p> <p>The bijection between them preserves all group operations and relationships.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

Note 341: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: BA!Uj{h&4e
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

For a homomorphism \(h: G \rightarrow H\), the {{c1::image \(\text{Im} (h)\)}} is the set of all elements in \(H\) that are mapped to by some element in \(G\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

For a homomorphism \(h: G \rightarrow H\), the {{c1::image \(\text{Im} (h)\)}} is the set of all elements in \(H\) that are mapped to by some element in \(G\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>For a homomorphism \(h: G \rightarrow H\), the {{c1::image \(\text{Im} (h)\)}} is the {{c2::set of all elements in \(H\) that are mapped to by some element in \(G\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

Note 342: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: BCPARdin7?
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction
What is the logical principle behind case distinction?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction
What is the logical principle behind case distinction?

For every \(k\) we have: \[(A_1 \lor \dots \lor A_k) \land (A_1 \rightarrow B) \land \dots \land (A_k \rightarrow B) \models B\]
(If at least one case occurs, and all cases imply \(B\), then \(B\) holds)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the logical principle behind case distinction?
Back For every \(k\) we have: \[(A_1 \lor \dots \lor A_k) \land (A_1 \rightarrow B) \land \dots \land (A_k \rightarrow B) \models B\] <br> (If at least one case occurs, and all cases imply \(B\), then \(B\) holds)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction

Note 343: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: BG+yKyLb,^
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DELETE
Ein Körper ist eine Menge {{c1::\( \mathbb{K}\) mit Operationen \(+ , *\)}} mit folgenden Eigenschaften:
{{c2::
- \( (\mathbb{K}, +)\) ist eine abelsche Gruppe
- \( (\mathbb{K} \backslash \{0\}, *)\) ist eine abelsche Gruppe
- Distributivität: \( a * (b+c) = a*b + a*c\)
}}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DELETE
Ein Körper ist eine Menge {{c1::\( \mathbb{K}\) mit Operationen \(+ , *\)}} mit folgenden Eigenschaften:
{{c2::
- \( (\mathbb{K}, +)\) ist eine abelsche Gruppe
- \( (\mathbb{K} \backslash \{0\}, *)\) ist eine abelsche Gruppe
- Distributivität: \( a * (b+c) = a*b + a*c\)
}}

Beispiel: \( \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::Ein Körper}} ist eine Menge&nbsp;{{c1::\( \mathbb{K}\) mit Operationen&nbsp;\(+ , *\)}} mit folgenden Eigenschaften:<div>{{c2::<div>-&nbsp;\( (\mathbb{K}, +)\) ist eine abelsche Gruppe</div><div>-&nbsp;\( (\mathbb{K} \backslash \{0\}, *)\) ist eine abelsche Gruppe</div><div>- Distributivität:&nbsp;\( a * (b+c) = a*b + a*c\)</div>}}<br></div>
Extra Beispiel:&nbsp;\( \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DELETE

Note 344: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: BMW]cGxx90
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
Give the formal definition of a greatest common divisor \(d\) of integers \(a\) and \(b\) (not both 0).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
Give the formal definition of a greatest common divisor \(d\) of integers \(a\) and \(b\) (not both 0).

\[d \mid a \land d \mid b \land \forall c \ ((c \mid a \land c \mid b) \rightarrow c \mid d)\] \(d\) divides both \(a\) and \(b\), AND every common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) divides \(d\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Give the formal definition of a greatest common divisor \(d\) of integers \(a\) and \(b\) (not both 0).
Back \[d \mid a \land d \mid b \land \forall c \ ((c \mid a \land c \mid b) \rightarrow c \mid d)\] \(d\) divides both \(a\) and \(b\), AND every common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) divides \(d\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

Note 345: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: BQ.+C9_=de
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
The symbol \(\perp\) denotes unsatisfiability.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
The symbol \(\perp\) denotes unsatisfiability.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The symbol {{c1::\(\perp\)}} denotes {{c2:: unsatisfiability}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

Note 346: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: BTm~S%al=(
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
The {{c1::set of statements  \(\mathcal{S}\)}} is a subset of the finite bit strings  \(\Sigma^*\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
The {{c1::set of statements  \(\mathcal{S}\)}} is a subset of the finite bit strings  \(\Sigma^*\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The {{c1::set of statements&nbsp; \(\mathcal{S}\)}}&nbsp;is {{c2:: a subset of the finite bit strings&nbsp; \(\Sigma^*\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

Note 347: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: BYs?C)>Q^q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
A proof system is sound if no false statement has a proof: \(\phi(s, p) = 1 \implies \tau(s) = 1\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
A proof system is sound if no false statement has a proof: \(\phi(s, p) = 1 \implies \tau(s) = 1\).

Note that the use of \(\implies\)is not the correct formalism.

For all \(s \in \mathcal{S}\) for which there exists a \(p \in \mathcal{P}\) with \(\phi(s, p) = 1\), we have \(\tau(s) = 1\) is the correct formal definition.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A proof system is {{c2::<b>sound</b>}} if {{c1:: no false statement has a proof:&nbsp;\(\phi(s, p) = 1 \implies \tau(s) = 1\)}}.
Extra <i>Note that the use of&nbsp;</i>\(\implies\)<i>is not the correct formalism.<br></i><br>For all \(s \in \mathcal{S}\)&nbsp;for which there exists a&nbsp;\(p \in \mathcal{P}\)&nbsp;with \(\phi(s, p) = 1\), we have \(\tau(s) = 1\)&nbsp;is the correct formal definition.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

Note 348: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Bd%?U@FpLL
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates
What is a \(k\)-ary predicate on universe \(U\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates
What is a \(k\)-ary predicate on universe \(U\)?

A function \(U^k \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\) that assigns each element of \(U^k\) to a truth value.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is a \(k\)-ary predicate on universe \(U\)?
Back A function \(U^k \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\) that assigns each element of \(U^k\) to a truth value.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates

Note 349: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Bg7Ck0wym~
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction
What is the logical rule for proof by contradiction?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction
What is the logical rule for proof by contradiction?

  • \((\lnot A \rightarrow B) \land \lnot B \models A\)
  • Alternative: \((A \lor B) \land \lnot B \models A\)

(If assuming \(\lnot A\) leads to something false, then \(A\) must be true)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the logical rule for proof by contradiction?
Back <ul> <li>\((\lnot A \rightarrow B) \land \lnot B \models A\)</li> <li>Alternative: \((A \lor B) \land \lnot B \models A\)</li> </ul> <br> (If assuming \(\lnot A\) leads to something false, then \(A\) must be true)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction

Note 350: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Bn4Qy6Kl8M
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
If \(F\) and \(G\) are formulas, then:
  •  \(\lnot F\)
  • \((F \land G)\)
  • \((F \lor G)\)
are formulas.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
If \(F\) and \(G\) are formulas, then:
  •  \(\lnot F\)
  • \((F \land G)\)
  • \((F \lor G)\)
are formulas.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text If&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;are formulas, then:<br><ul><li>&nbsp;{{c1::\(\lnot F\)}}</li><li>{{c2::\((F \land G)\)}}</li><li>{{c3::\((F \lor G)\)}}</li></ul>are formulas.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

Note 351: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Bq7Kx4Mp9L
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
An interpretation is suitable for a formula \(F\) if it assigns a value to all symbols \(\beta \in \Lambda\) occurring free in \(F\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
An interpretation is suitable for a formula \(F\) if it assigns a value to all symbols \(\beta \in \Lambda\) occurring free in \(F\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text An interpretation is {{c1::<i>suitable</i>}} for a formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;if it {{c2::assigns a value to all symbols&nbsp;\(\beta \in \Lambda\)&nbsp;occurring free in&nbsp;\(F\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation

Note 352: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Bv3Yw9Rn5Z
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
The CNF or DNF forms are NOT unique!

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
The CNF or DNF forms are NOT unique!

We can construct many equivalent ones.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The CNF or DNF forms are {{c1::<b>NOT</b>}}&nbsp;unique!
Extra We can construct many equivalent ones.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

Note 353: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Bv6Pw3Tn8L
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules
Derivation rule of modus ponens:

{{c1::\(\{F, F \rightarrow G\}\)}} \( \vdash\)  \( G\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules
Derivation rule of modus ponens:

{{c1::\(\{F, F \rightarrow G\}\)}} \( \vdash\)  \( G\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Derivation rule of modus ponens:<br><br>{{c1::\(\{F, F \rightarrow G\}\)}}&nbsp;\( \vdash\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp;\( G\)}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules

Note 354: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Bw5Ww4Kp8Z
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
\(\forall x \, \forall y \, F\)\(\equiv\)\(\forall y \, \forall x \, F\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
\(\forall x \, \forall y \, F\)\(\equiv\)\(\forall y \, \forall x \, F\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::\(\forall x \, \forall y \, F\)}}\(\equiv\){{c2::\(\forall y \, \forall x \, F\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers

Note 355: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: By5dw(#>1%
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::2._The_Division_Property_in_F[x]

How is Euclidian division of polynomials in a field defined?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::2._The_Division_Property_in_F[x]

How is Euclidian division of polynomials in a field defined?


Theorem 5.25: Let \(F\) be a field. For any \(a(x)\) and \(b(x) \neq 0\) in \(F[x]\), there exists a unique \(q(x)\) (quotient) and unique \(r(x)\) (remainder) such that: \[ a(x) = b(x) \cdot q(x) + r(x) \quad \text{and} \quad \deg(r(x)) < \deg(b(x)) \]

This is analogous to integer division with remainder.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>How is Euclidian division of polynomials in a field defined?</p>
Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.25</strong>: Let \(F\) be a field. For any \(a(x)\) and \(b(x) \neq 0\) in \(F[x]\), there exists a <strong>unique</strong> \(q(x)\) (quotient) and <strong>unique</strong> \(r(x)\) (remainder) such that: \[ a(x) = b(x) \cdot q(x) + r(x) \quad \text{and} \quad \deg(r(x)) &lt; \deg(b(x)) \]</p> <p>This is analogous to integer division with remainder.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::2._The_Division_Property_in_F[x]

Note 356: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Byvb`08=9%
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
partial function \(A \to B\) is a relation from \(A\) to \(B\) such that {{c1::\(\forall a \in A \; \forall b,b' \in B \; (a \mathop{f} b \land a\mathop{f} b' \to b = b')\) (well-defined).}}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
partial function \(A \to B\) is a relation from \(A\) to \(B\) such that {{c1::\(\forall a \in A \; \forall b,b' \in B \; (a \mathop{f} b \land a\mathop{f} b' \to b = b')\) (well-defined).}}

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A&nbsp;<b>partial function&nbsp;</b>\(A \to B\)&nbsp;is a relation from&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(B\)&nbsp;such that {{c1::\(\forall a \in A \; \forall b,b' \in B \; (a \mathop{f} b \land a\mathop{f} b' \to b = b')\)&nbsp;(well-defined).}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

Note 357: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: B|?G*=z[c4
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation

Why is a polynomial of degree \(d\) uniquely determined by \(d + 1\) values of \(a(x)\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation

Why is a polynomial of degree \(d\) uniquely determined by \(d + 1\) values of \(a(x)\)?


This \(a(x)\) is unique since if there was another \(a'(x)\) then \(a(x) - a'(x)\) would have at most degree \(d\) and thus at most \(d\) roots. But since \(a(x) - a'(x)\) has the same \(d + 1\) roots, it's \(0 \implies a(x) = a'(x)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>Why is a polynomial of degree \(d\) <strong>uniquely</strong> determined by \(d + 1\) values of \(a(x)\)?</p>
Back <p>This \(a(x)\) is unique since if there was another \(a'(x)\) then \(a(x) - a'(x)\) would have at most degree \(d\) and thus at most \(d\) roots. But since \(a(x) - a'(x)\) has the same \(d + 1\) roots, it's \(0 \implies a(x) = a'(x)\).</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation

Note 358: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: C$zk7TjRBE
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation

A polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) of degree at most \(d\) is uniquely determined by:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation

A polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) of degree at most \(d\) is uniquely determined by:


By any \(d + 1\) values of \(a(x)\), i.e., by \(a(\alpha_1), \dots, a(\alpha_{d+1})\) for any distinct \(\alpha_1, \dots, \alpha_{d+1} \in F\).

This is the basis for polynomial interpolation.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>A polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) of degree <strong>at most \(d\)</strong> is <strong>uniquely determined</strong> by:</p>
Back <p>By any \(d + 1\) values of \(a(x)\), i.e., by \(a(\alpha_1), \dots, a(\alpha_{d+1})\) for any <strong>distinct</strong> \(\alpha_1, \dots, \alpha_{d+1} \in F\).</p> <p>This is the basis for polynomial interpolation.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation

Note 359: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: C%dvo%-J^R
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
Is \(\mathbb{N}\) well-ordered by \(\leq\)? What about \(\mathbb{Z}\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
Is \(\mathbb{N}\) well-ordered by \(\leq\)? What about \(\mathbb{Z}\)?

  • \(\mathbb{N}\): YES (every non-empty subset has a least element)
  • \(\mathbb{Z}\): NO (e.g., \(\mathbb{Z}\) itself has no least element)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Is \(\mathbb{N}\) well-ordered by \(\leq\)? What about \(\mathbb{Z}\)?
Back <ul> <li><strong>\(\mathbb{N}\)</strong>: YES (every non-empty subset has a least element)</li> <li><strong>\(\mathbb{Z}\)</strong>: NO (e.g., \(\mathbb{Z}\) itself has no least element)</li> </ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

Note 360: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: C&Xw,j%hGf
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Group axiom G3 states that {{c1::every element \(a\) in \(G\) has an inverse element \(\widehat{a}\) such that \(a * \widehat{a} = \widehat{a} * a = e\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Group axiom G3 states that {{c1::every element \(a\) in \(G\) has an inverse element \(\widehat{a}\) such that \(a * \widehat{a} = \widehat{a} * a = e\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>Group axiom {{c2::<strong>G3</strong>}} states that {{c1::every element \(a\) in \(G\) has an inverse element \(\widehat{a}\) such that \(a * \widehat{a} = \widehat{a} * a = e\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Note 361: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: C*B}W{!59&
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
Give the formal definition of the inverse \(\hat{\rho}\) of a relation \(\rho \subseteq A \times B\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
Give the formal definition of the inverse \(\hat{\rho}\) of a relation \(\rho \subseteq A \times B\).

\[\hat{\rho} \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{(b,a) \ | \ (a, b) \in \rho\} \subseteq B \times A\]

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Give the formal definition of the inverse \(\hat{\rho}\) of a relation \(\rho \subseteq A \times B\).
Back \[\hat{\rho} \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{(b,a) \ | \ (a, b) \in \rho\} \subseteq B \times A\]
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation

Note 362: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: C+
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets
How are ordered pairs \((a, b)\) formally defined in set theory?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets
How are ordered pairs \((a, b)\) formally defined in set theory?

\[(a, b) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{\{a\}, \{a, b\}\}\]

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How are ordered pairs \((a, b)\) formally defined in set theory?
Back \[(a, b) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{\{a\}, \{a, b\}\}\]
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets

Note 363: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: C-&-kW&(OI
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::1._The_Density_of_Primes
What is the prime counting function \(\pi(x)\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::1._The_Density_of_Primes
What is the prime counting function \(\pi(x)\)?

\[\pi : \mathbb{R} \rightarrow \mathbb{N}\] For any real \(x\), \(\pi(x)\) is the number of primes \(\leq x\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the prime counting function \(\pi(x)\)?
Back \[\pi : \mathbb{R} \rightarrow \mathbb{N}\] For any real \(x\), \(\pi(x)\) is the number of primes \(\leq x\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::1._The_Density_of_Primes

Note 364: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: C18gm]huq&
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
In a group:

{{c1:: \(\widehat{a * b}\) }} = {{c2:: \(\widehat{b} * \widehat{a}\)}} 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
In a group:

{{c1:: \(\widehat{a * b}\) }} = {{c2:: \(\widehat{b} * \widehat{a}\)}} 

This is a property from a Lemma.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In a group: <br><br>{{c1:: \(\widehat{a * b}\) }} = {{c2:: \(\widehat{b} * \widehat{a}\)}}&nbsp;
Extra This is a property from a Lemma.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Note 365: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: C5}BF3R%Qa
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
When are two integers \(a\) and \(b\) called relatively prime (or coprime)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
When are two integers \(a\) and \(b\) called relatively prime (or coprime)?

When \(\text{gcd}(a, b) = 1\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front When are two integers \(a\) and \(b\) called relatively prime (or coprime)?
Back When \(\text{gcd}(a, b) = 1\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

Note 366: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: C6/[-jy07I
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures
In an algebra \(\langle S, \Omega \rangle\), how is S usually called?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures
In an algebra \(\langle S, \Omega \rangle\), how is S usually called?

carrier (of the algebra)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front In an algebra \(\langle S, \Omega \rangle\), how is S usually called?
Back carrier (of the algebra)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures

Note 367: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: C8cvZ0}Mn#
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

Give an example of a group homomorphism involving the logarithm function.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

Give an example of a group homomorphism involving the logarithm function.


The logarithm function is a group homomorphism from \(\langle \mathbb{R}^{>0}; \cdot \rangle\) to \(\langle \mathbb{R}; + \rangle\) because: \[\log(a \cdot b) = \log a + \log b\]

It's also an isomorphism because the logarithm is bijective on positive reals.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>Give an example of a group homomorphism involving the logarithm function.</p>
Back <p>The logarithm function is a group homomorphism from \(\langle \mathbb{R}^{&gt;0}; \cdot \rangle\) to \(\langle \mathbb{R}; + \rangle\) because: \[\log(a \cdot b) = \log a + \log b\]</p> <p>It's also an <strong>isomorphism</strong> because the logarithm is bijective on positive reals.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

Note 368: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: C:,kb=SDJG
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
How does the inverse of a relation appear in matrix and graph representations?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
How does the inverse of a relation appear in matrix and graph representations?

  • Matrix: The transpose of the matrix
  • Graph: Reversing the direction of all edges

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How does the inverse of a relation appear in matrix and graph representations?
Back <ul> <li><strong>Matrix</strong>: The transpose of the matrix</li> <li><strong>Graph</strong>: Reversing the direction of all edges</li> </ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation

Note 369: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: C;65zxNGcG
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
The definition of an inverse relation is \( a \ \rho \ b \iff{{c1:: b \ \hat{\rho} \ a}}\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
The definition of an inverse relation is \( a \ \rho \ b \iff{{c1:: b \ \hat{\rho} \ a}}\).

Example: Inverse of parent relation is childhood relation. Also written as \( \rho^{-1}\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The definition of {{c2::an inverse relation}} is&nbsp;\( a \ \rho \ b \iff{{c1:: b \ \hat{\rho} \ a}}\).
Extra Example: Inverse of parent relation is childhood relation. Also written as&nbsp;\( \rho^{-1}\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation

Note 370: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Cx
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*
In a Euclidean domain every element can be factored uniquely into irreducible elements (up to associates)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*
In a Euclidean domain every element can be factored uniquely into irreducible elements (up to associates)

\(a, b\) associates (\(a \sim b\)) if \(a = ub\) for some unit \(u\).

Proof sketch:
  1. Consider a nonzero, nonunit \(a \in R\).
  2. If a is irreducible, we are done.
  3. Otherwise, \(a = bc\) with both \(b,c\) nonunits.
  4. By the Euclidean property, we may assume 
    \(\delta(b), \delta(c) < \delta(a)\).
  5. If either factor is reducible, factor it further.
  6. This process must terminate, since \(\delta\) takes values in \(\mathbb{N}\) and strictly decreases.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In a Euclidean domain every element can be {{c1:: factored uniquely into irreducible elements (up to associates)}}
Extra \(a, b\)&nbsp;associates (\(a \sim b\)) if&nbsp;\(a = ub\)&nbsp;for some unit&nbsp;\(u\).<br><br><b>Proof sketch:<br></b><div><ol><li> <div>Consider a nonzero, nonunit&nbsp;\(a \in R\).</div> </li><li> <div>If a is irreducible, we are done.</div> </li><li> <div>Otherwise,&nbsp;\(a = bc\)&nbsp;with both&nbsp;\(b,c\)&nbsp;nonunits.</div> </li><li> <div>By the Euclidean property, we may assume&nbsp;</div>\(\delta(b), \delta(c) &lt; \delta(a)\).</li><li> <div>If either factor is reducible, factor it further.</div> </li><li> <div>This process <b>must terminate</b>, since&nbsp;\(\delta\)&nbsp;takes values in&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;and strictly decreases.</div></li></ol></div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*

Note 371: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: CCL,(oU]OH
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
How many equivalence classes does \(\equiv_m\) have, and what are they?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
How many equivalence classes does \(\equiv_m\) have, and what are they?

There are \(m\) equivalence classes: \([0], [1], \dots, [m-1]\).
The set \(\mathbb{Z}_m = \{0, 1, \dots, m-1\}\) contains the canonical representative from each class.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How many equivalence classes does \(\equiv_m\) have, and what are they?
Back There are \(m\) equivalence classes: \([0], [1], \dots, [m-1]\). <br> The set \(\mathbb{Z}_m = \{0, 1, \dots, m-1\}\) contains the canonical representative from each class.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic

Note 372: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: CL8*F@7NV5
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

For any group \(G\), there exist two trivial subgroups:

  1. {{c2::The set \(\{e\}\) (containing only the neutral element)}}
  2. \(G\) itself

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

For any group \(G\), there exist two trivial subgroups:

  1. {{c2::The set \(\{e\}\) (containing only the neutral element)}}
  2. \(G\) itself

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <!-- Card 38: Trivial Subgroups (Cloze) --> <p>For any group \(G\), there exist two trivial subgroups:<br></p><ol><li>{{c2::The set \(\{e\}\) (containing only the neutral element)}}</li><li>{{c3::\(G\) itself}}</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

Note 373: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: COIPD#JUBC
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
When are two sets \(A\) and \(B\) equinumerous (\(A \sim B\))?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
When are two sets \(A\) and \(B\) equinumerous (\(A \sim B\))?

When there exists a bijection \(A \to B\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front When are two sets \(A\) and \(B\) equinumerous (\(A \sim B\))?
Back When there exists a <strong>bijection</strong> \(A \to B\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 374: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: CQ?58^>q$U
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::5._Interpretation_of_Formulas
What happens when a formula in predicate logic has a free variable (no quantifier)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::5._Interpretation_of_Formulas
What happens when a formula in predicate logic has a free variable (no quantifier)?

The variable must be replaced by a specific constant from the universe for any interpretation. Without a quantifier, \(x\) is not bound and requires a concrete value.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What happens when a formula in predicate logic has a free variable (no quantifier)?
Back The variable must be replaced by a <strong>specific constant</strong> from the universe for any interpretation. Without a quantifier, \(x\) is not bound and requires a concrete value.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::5._Interpretation_of_Formulas

Note 375: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: CX)J6e_z}-
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

\(F[x]_{m(x)} =\) {{c2::\(F[x]_{m(x)}^* \cup \{0\}\)}} iff \(m(x)\) is irreducible.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

\(F[x]_{m(x)} =\) {{c2::\(F[x]_{m(x)}^* \cup \{0\}\)}} iff \(m(x)\) is irreducible.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>\(F[x]_{m(x)} =\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(F[x]_{m(x)}^* \cup \{0\}\)}} iff {{c1:: \(m(x)\) is irreducible}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

Note 376: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Cug/az1F}r
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
Uncountability Proof by Complement (with example \([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q}\)):

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
Uncountability Proof by Complement (with example \([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q}\)):

  • Find \(B\) uncountable such that \(A \subseteq B\).
  • Show that \(B \backslash A\) countable which proves that \(A\) uncountable.
  • You have to prove this implication in the exam:
    • Assume \(A\) is countable towards contradiction.
    • We have shown that \(B \ \backslash \ A\) is countable.
    • Thus \(A \cup (B \ \backslash \ A)\) also countable (Theorem 3.22: Union of countable is countable).
    • But \(A \cup (B \ \backslash \ A) \supseteq B\), which is uncountable - contradiction!

Verwende \(\mathbb{R}\) oder \([0,1]\) statt \(\{0, 1\}^\infty\) falls einfacher.

Beispiel mit \([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q}\):
  • We know \([0,1]\) is uncountable.
  • By definition \([0, 1] \setminus \mathbb{Q} \subseteq [0,1]\) and \([0,1] \setminus ([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q})\) which is equal to \(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1]\). Thus \(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] \subseteq \mathbb{Q}\) and by Lemma 3.15 \(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] \preceq \mathbb{Q}\) (subset is dominated). 
  • Hence \(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] \preceq \mathbb{N}\) (by transitivity). 
  • Therefore \(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] = [0,1] \setminus ([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q})\) countable and thus \([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q}\) uncountable (by complement trick).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Uncountability Proof by Complement (with example&nbsp;\([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q}\)):
Back <ul> <li>Find \(B\) uncountable such that \(A \subseteq B\).</li> <li>Show that \(B \backslash A\) <b>countable</b> which proves that \(A\) <b>uncountable</b>.</li></ul><ul> <li>You have to <b>prove this implication</b> in the exam:<ul> <li>Assume \(A\) is <b>countable</b> towards contradiction.</li> <li>We have shown that \(B \ \backslash \ A\) is <b>countable</b>.</li> <li>Thus \(A \cup (B \ \backslash \ A)\) also countable (Theorem 3.22: Union of countable is countable).</li> <li>But \(A \cup (B \ \backslash \ A) \supseteq B\), which is <b>uncountable</b> - <b>contradiction</b>! </li> </ul> </li></ul> <div><br></div> Verwende \(\mathbb{R}\) oder \([0,1]\) statt \(\{0, 1\}^\infty\) falls einfacher.<br><br>Beispiel mit&nbsp;\([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q}\):<br><ul><li>We know&nbsp;\([0,1]\)&nbsp;is uncountable.</li><li>By definition&nbsp;\([0, 1] \setminus \mathbb{Q} \subseteq [0,1]\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\([0,1] \setminus ([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q})\)&nbsp;which is equal to&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1]\). Thus&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] \subseteq \mathbb{Q}\)&nbsp;and by Lemma 3.15&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] \preceq \mathbb{Q}\)&nbsp;(subset is dominated).&nbsp;</li><li>Hence&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] \preceq \mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;(by transitivity).&nbsp;</li><li>Therefore&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] = [0,1] \setminus ([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q})\)&nbsp;countable and thus&nbsp;\([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q}\)&nbsp;uncountable (by complement trick).</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

Note 377: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Cw4Jx2Tn6L
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
{{c1::\(F \lor \top\) :: \(F \lor \text{or } \land \dots\)}} \(\equiv\) \( \top\) and {{c1::\(F \land \top\)::\(F \lor \text{or } \land \dots\)}} \(\equiv\) \(F\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
{{c1::\(F \lor \top\) :: \(F \lor \text{or } \land \dots\)}} \(\equiv\) \( \top\) and {{c1::\(F \land \top\)::\(F \lor \text{or } \land \dots\)}} \(\equiv\) \(F\).

(tautology rules)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::\(F \lor \top\)&nbsp;::&nbsp;\(F \lor \text{or } \land \dots\)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\){{c2::&nbsp;\( \top\)}}&nbsp;and {{c1::\(F \land \top\)::\(F \lor \text{or } \land \dots\)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(F\)}}.
Extra (tautology rules)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

Note 378: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Cw7Qx4Vm9M
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules
Derivation rule of case distinction:

{{c1::\(\{F \lor G, F \rightarrow H, G \rightarrow H\}\)}} \(\vdash\) \(H\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules
Derivation rule of case distinction:

{{c1::\(\{F \lor G, F \rightarrow H, G \rightarrow H\}\)}} \(\vdash\) \(H\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Derivation rule of case distinction:<br><br>{{c1::\(\{F \lor G, F \rightarrow H, G \rightarrow H\}\)}}&nbsp;\(\vdash\){{c2::&nbsp;\(H\)}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules

Note 379: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Cx5Zv7Tn9A
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
If \(F\) is a formula in predicate logic, then for any \(i\):
  • \(\forall x_i F\)
  • \(\exists x_i F\) 
are formulas.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
If \(F\) is a formula in predicate logic, then for any \(i\):
  • \(\forall x_i F\)
  • \(\exists x_i F\) 
are formulas.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text If&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is a formula in predicate logic, then for any&nbsp;\(i\):<br><ul><li>{{c1::\(\forall x_i F\)}}</li><li>{{c2::\(\exists x_i F\)}}&nbsp;</li></ul>are formulas.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

Note 380: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Cx9Xy3Rn5A
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
\(\exists x \, \exists y \, F \)\(\equiv\)\(\exists y \, \exists x \, F\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
\(\exists x \, \exists y \, F \)\(\equiv\)\(\exists y \, \exists x \, F\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::\(\exists x \, \exists y \, F \)}}\(\equiv\){{c2::\(\exists y \, \exists x \, F\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers

Note 381: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Cz5Pn8Jt3Y
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
The notation {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \models F\)}} means that {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}\) is a model for \(F\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
The notation {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \models F\)}} means that {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}\) is a model for \(F\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The notation {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \models F\)}} means that {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}\)&nbsp;is a model for&nbsp;\(F\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model

Note 382: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: C}sy0oyJ5m
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Lemma about uniqueness of the inverse:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Lemma about uniqueness of the inverse:


Lemma 5.2: In a monoid \(\langle M; *, e \rangle\), if \(a \in M\) has a left inverse and a right inverse, then they are equal. In particular, \(a\) has at most one inverse.

Proof: \(L\) left inverse, \(R\) right inverse.

\(L = L * e = L * (a * R) \) \(= (L * a) * R = e * R = R\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>Lemma about uniqueness of the inverse:</p>
Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.2</strong>: In a monoid \(\langle M; *, e \rangle\), if \(a \in M\) has a left inverse and a right inverse, then they are <strong>equal</strong>. In particular, \(a\) has <strong>at most one inverse</strong>.</p><p><b>Proof:&nbsp;</b>\(L\)&nbsp;left inverse,&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;right inverse.</p><p>\(L = L * e = L * (a * R) \)&nbsp;\(= (L * a) * R = e * R = R\)</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Note 383: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: C~9^NhSK^q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
State Bézout's identity (Corollary 4.5).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
State Bézout's identity (Corollary 4.5).

For \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}\) (not both 0), there exist \(u, v \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that: \[\text{gcd}(a, b) = ua + vb\] The GCD can be expressed as an integer linear combination.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front State Bézout's identity (Corollary 4.5).
Back For \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}\) (not both 0), there exist \(u, v \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that: \[\text{gcd}(a, b) = ua + vb\] The GCD can be expressed as an integer linear combination.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

Note 384: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: D0bP}6KO$]
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
How does antisymmetry appear in graph representation?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
How does antisymmetry appear in graph representation?

There is not a single cycle of length 2 (no edge from \(a\) to \(b\) AND from \(b\) to \(a\)).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How does antisymmetry appear in graph representation?
Back There is not a single cycle of length 2 (no edge from \(a\) to \(b\) AND from \(b\) to \(a\)).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

Note 385: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: D0k7OAp
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements
What happens if there is a left and right neutral element in a group?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements
What happens if there is a left and right neutral element in a group?

Lemma 5.1: If \(\langle S; * \rangle\) has both a left and a right neutral element, then they are equal.

\(e * e' = e\) (\(e'\) right inverse)

\(e * e' = e'\) (\(e\) left inverse)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What happens if there is a left and right neutral element in a group?
Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.1</strong>: If \(\langle S; * \rangle\) has both a left and a right neutral element, then they are <strong>equal</strong>.</p><p>\(e * e' = e\)&nbsp;(\(e'\)&nbsp;right inverse)</p><p>\(e * e' = e'\)&nbsp;(\(e\)&nbsp;left inverse)</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

Note 386: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: D5|(#{I..o
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
What is the double negation law?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
What is the double negation law?

\(\lnot \lnot A \equiv A\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the double negation law?
Back \(\lnot \lnot A \equiv A\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

Note 387: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: D8=8u.)-}S
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set
What is the power set \(\mathcal{P}(A)\) of a set \(A\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set
What is the power set \(\mathcal{P}(A)\) of a set \(A\)?

\[\mathcal{P}(A) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{S \ | \ S \subseteq A\}\] The set of all subsets of \(A\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the power set \(\mathcal{P}(A)\) of a set \(A\)?
Back \[\mathcal{P}(A) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{S \ | \ S \subseteq A\}\] The set of all subsets of \(A\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set

Note 388: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: D:fQHHFS8g
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

State Corollary 5.9 about the relationship between element order and group order for a finite group \(G\). (Proof included)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

State Corollary 5.9 about the relationship between element order and group order for a finite group \(G\). (Proof included)


Corollary 5.9: For a finite group \(G\), the order of every element divides the group order, i.e., \(\text{ord}(a)\) divides \(|G|\) for every \(a \in G\).

Proof: \(\langle a \rangle\) is a subgroup of \(G\) of order \(\text{ord}(a)\), which by Lagrange's Theorem must divide \(|G|\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>State Corollary 5.9 about the relationship between element order and group order for a finite group \(G\).&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i></p>
Back <p><strong>Corollary 5.9</strong>: For a finite group \(G\), the order of every element <strong>divides</strong> the group order, i.e., \(\text{ord}(a)\) divides \(|G|\) for every \(a \in G\).</p> <p><strong>Proof</strong>: \(\langle a \rangle\) is a subgroup of \(G\) of order \(\text{ord}(a)\), which by Lagrange's Theorem must divide \(|G|\).</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

Note 389: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: D=/jeb&[,)
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

When is a polynomial of degree \(2\) or \(3\) irreducible?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

When is a polynomial of degree \(2\) or \(3\) irreducible?


Corollary 5.30: A polynomial \(a(x)\) of degree \(2\) or \(3\) over a field \(F\) is irreducible if and only if it has no root.

Important: This doesn't work for polynomials of higher degrees! A degree \(4\) polynomial might be the product of two irreducible degree \(2\) polynomials, each with no roots.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>When is a polynomial of degree \(2\) or \(3\) irreducible?</p>
Back <p><strong>Corollary 5.30</strong>: A polynomial \(a(x)\) of degree \(2\) or \(3\) over a field \(F\) is irreducible <strong>if and only if</strong> it has <strong>no root</strong>.</p> <p><strong>Important</strong>: This doesn't work for polynomials of higher degrees! A degree \(4\) polynomial might be the product of two irreducible degree \(2\) polynomials, each with no roots.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

Note 390: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: DPl{@]cnAw
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

In a group, the right cancellation law states: \(a = b\) \(\Leftrightarrow\) \(ac = bc\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

In a group, the right cancellation law states: \(a = b\) \(\Leftrightarrow\) \(ac = bc\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>In a group, the {{c1::right cancellation}} law states: \(a = b\) {{c2::\(\Leftrightarrow\)}} {{c3::\(ac = bc\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Note 391: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: D`/l5%ja#*
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\) and \( S \subseteq A\).

\(a \in A\) is a lower (upper) bound of \(S\) if \(a \preceq b\) (\(a \succeq b) \) for all \(b \in S\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\) and \( S \subseteq A\).

\(a \in A\) is a lower (upper) bound of \(S\) if \(a \preceq b\) (\(a \succeq b) \) for all \(b \in S\)

Note that a is not necessarily in the subset S (difference to the least and greatest elements).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Consider the poset&nbsp;\((A; \preceq)\) and&nbsp;\( S \subseteq A\).<br><br><div>\(a \in A\) is a {{c1::<b>lower (upper) bound</b>&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(S\)}}&nbsp;if {{c2::\(a \preceq b\) (\(a \succeq b) \) for all&nbsp;\(b \in S\)}}</div>
Extra Note that a is not necessarily in the subset S (difference to the least and greatest elements).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

Note 392: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Dm5Ty7Wn2K
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
A formula \(F\) is called a tautology or valid if it is true for every suitable interpretation.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
A formula \(F\) is called a tautology or valid if it is true for every suitable interpretation.

Symbol: \(\top\)
Also written as \(\models F\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is called a {{c1::<i>tautology</i>&nbsp;or&nbsp;<i>valid</i>}} if it is {{c2::true for every suitable interpretation}}.
Extra Symbol:&nbsp;\(\top\)<br>Also written as&nbsp;\(\models F\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

Note 393: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Do3{r5T{`.
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
Diffie-Hellman is used to securely create a shared secret between two parties over a public channel.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
Diffie-Hellman is used to securely create a shared secret between two parties over a public channel.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Diffie-Hellman is used to {{c1::securely create a shared secret between two parties over a public channel::do what?}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement

Note 394: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Dx5Yw7Kn9B
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
A clause is a set of literals.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
A clause is a set of literals.

Example: \(\{A, \lnot B, \lnot D\}\) is a clause. The empty set \(\emptyset\) is also a clause.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A {{c1::<i>clause</i>}} is a {{c2::set of literals}}.
Extra Example:&nbsp;\(\{A, \lnot B, \lnot D\}\)&nbsp;is a clause. The empty set&nbsp;\(\emptyset\)&nbsp;is also a clause.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

Note 395: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Dx8Ry5Wn3P
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::5._Derivations_from_Assumptions
If in a sound calculus \(K\) one can derive \(G\) from the set of formulas \(F\) (\(F \vdash_K G\)), then one has proved that \(F \rightarrow G\) is a tautology and thus that \(F \models G\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::5._Derivations_from_Assumptions
If in a sound calculus \(K\) one can derive \(G\) from the set of formulas \(F\) (\(F \vdash_K G\)), then one has proved that \(F \rightarrow G\) is a tautology and thus that \(F \models G\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text If in a sound calculus&nbsp;\(K\)&nbsp;one can <i>derive</i>&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;from the set of formulas&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;(\(F \vdash_K G\)), then one has proved that {{c1::\(F \rightarrow G\)&nbsp;is a <i>tautology</i>&nbsp;and thus that&nbsp;\(F \models G\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::5._Derivations_from_Assumptions

Note 396: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Dx9Pv7Wm3K
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
\(F \lor \bot\) \(\equiv\) \(F\) and \(F \land \bot\) \(\equiv\) \(\bot\) (unsatisfiability rules).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
\(F \lor \bot\) \(\equiv\) \(F\) and \(F \land \bot\) \(\equiv\) \(\bot\) (unsatisfiability rules).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::\(F \lor \bot\)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\){{c2::&nbsp;\(F\)}}&nbsp;and {{c1::\(F \land \bot\)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\){{c2::&nbsp;\(\bot\)}}&nbsp;(<b>unsatisfiability</b> rules).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

Note 397: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Dy6Zv8Tp2B
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
For formulas \(F\) and \(H\), where \(x\) does not occur free in \(H\), we have:
  1. \((\forall x \, F) \land H\) \( \equiv\) \( \forall x \, (F \land H)\)
  2. \((\forall x \, F) \lor H \) \(\equiv\) \(\forall x \, (F \lor H)\)
  3. \((\exists x \, F) \land H \) \(\equiv\)  \(\exists x \, (F \land H)\)
  4. \((\exists x \, F) \lor H\) \(\equiv\)  \(\exists x \, (F \lor H)\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
For formulas \(F\) and \(H\), where \(x\) does not occur free in \(H\), we have:
  1. \((\forall x \, F) \land H\) \( \equiv\) \( \forall x \, (F \land H)\)
  2. \((\forall x \, F) \lor H \) \(\equiv\) \(\forall x \, (F \lor H)\)
  3. \((\exists x \, F) \land H \) \(\equiv\)  \(\exists x \, (F \land H)\)
  4. \((\exists x \, F) \lor H\) \(\equiv\)  \(\exists x \, (F \lor H)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text For formulas&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(H\), where&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;<b>does not occur free</b> in&nbsp;\(H\), we have:<br><ol><li>{{c1::\((\forall x \, F) \land H\)}}&nbsp;\( \equiv\)&nbsp;{{c2::\( \forall x \, (F \land H)\)}}</li><li>{{c3::\((\forall x \, F) \lor H \)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\)&nbsp;{{c4::\(\forall x \, (F \lor H)\)}}</li><li>{{c5::\((\exists x \, F) \land H \)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\)&nbsp;{{c6::&nbsp;\(\exists x \, (F \land H)\)}}</li><li>{{c7::\((\exists x \, F) \lor H\)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\)&nbsp;{{c8::&nbsp;\(\exists x \, (F \lor H)\)}}</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers

Note 398: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Dz7Kx9Tn5L
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
\(F \leftrightarrow G\) stands for \((F \land G) \lor (\lnot F \land \lnot G)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
\(F \leftrightarrow G\) stands for \((F \land G) \lor (\lnot F \land \lnot G)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text \(F \leftrightarrow G\)&nbsp;stands for {{c1::\((F \land G) \lor (\lnot F \land \lnot G)\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

Note 399: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: E,Vbly-9X8
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
A proof system \(\Pi\) is {{c1:: a quadruple \(\Pi = (\mathcal{S, P}, \tau, \phi)\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
A proof system \(\Pi\) is {{c1:: a quadruple \(\Pi = (\mathcal{S, P}, \tau, \phi)\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A proof system&nbsp;\(\Pi\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: a quadruple&nbsp;\(\Pi = (\mathcal{S, P}, \tau, \phi)\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

Note 400: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: E3nG0q}H>n
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

Is \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) a monoid, group, ring, field?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

Is \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) a monoid, group, ring, field?


Lemma 5.35: \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) is a commutative ring with respect to addition and multiplication modulo \(m(x)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>Is \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) a monoid, group, ring, field?</p>
Back <p><b>Lemma 5.35</b>: \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) is a <b>commutative ring</b> with respect to addition and multiplication modulo \(m(x)\).</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

Note 401: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: E6{tZ_2cBJ
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
For a subset \(T\) of \(B\), the {{c1::preimage (in Linalg: Urbild) of \(T\), denoted \(f^{-1}(T)\)}}, is the set of values in \(A\) that map into \(T\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
For a subset \(T\) of \(B\), the {{c1::preimage (in Linalg: Urbild) of \(T\), denoted \(f^{-1}(T)\)}}, is the set of values in \(A\) that map into \(T\).

Example: \(f(x) = x^2\), the preimage of \([4,9]\) is \([-3,-2] \cup [2,3]\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text For a subset&nbsp;\(T\) of&nbsp;\(B\), the {{c1::<b>preimage </b>(in Linalg: Urbild) of&nbsp;\(T\), denoted&nbsp;\(f^{-1}(T)\)}}, is {{c2::the set of values in&nbsp;\(A\) that map into&nbsp;\(T\).}}
Extra Example:&nbsp;\(f(x) = x^2\), the preimage of&nbsp;\([4,9]\) is&nbsp;\([-3,-2] \cup [2,3]\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

Note 402: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: E7<;U^~bFt
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
Reduce \(R_{11}(9^{2024})\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
Reduce \(R_{11}(9^{2024})\)

As \(9^{10} \equiv_{11} 1\) (see Fermat little theorem and 11 prime), we can reduce the exponent modulo 10 (see Lagrange's theorem in chapter 5). Thus \(R_{11}(9^{2024}) = R_{11}(9^{4}) = R_{11}(-2^{4}) = 5\).

For this to work however, we need the number and the order of the group (modulo remainder) to be coprime, i.e. \(\gcd(9, 11) = 1\).

If the modulus itself is prime then it always works and the order of the element can be used to reduce the exponent as \(9^{11-1} = 1\) by Fermat's little theorem.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Reduce&nbsp;\(R_{11}(9^{2024})\)
Back As \(9^{10} \equiv_{11} 1\)&nbsp;(see Fermat little theorem and 11 prime), we can reduce the exponent modulo 10 (see Lagrange's theorem in chapter 5). Thus \(R_{11}(9^{2024}) = R_{11}(9^{4}) = R_{11}(-2^{4}) = 5\).<br><br>For this to work however, we need the <b>number and the order of the group</b> (modulo remainder) to be <i>coprime</i>, i.e.&nbsp;\(\gcd(9, 11) = 1\).<br><br><div>If the modulus itself is prime then it always works and the order of the element can be used to reduce the exponent as&nbsp;\(9^{11-1} = 1\)&nbsp;by Fermat's little theorem.</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

Note 403: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: E8|8/h)Gv3
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
Predicate logic: A formula in prenex form has all quantifiers in front and none afterwards. 

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
Predicate logic: A formula in prenex form has all quantifiers in front and none afterwards. 

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Predicate logic: A formula in {{c2::prenex form}} has {{c1::all quantifiers in front and none afterwards.&nbsp;}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

Note 404: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: ED/iJI~Uhm
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
Do uncomputable functions exist?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
Do uncomputable functions exist?

Yes, there exist uncomputable functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\).
Proof idea: Programs are finite bitstrings (\(\{0,1\}^*\) is countable), but functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0,1\}\) are uncountable.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Do uncomputable functions exist?
Back Yes, there exist <strong>uncomputable</strong> functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\). <br> <strong>Proof idea</strong>: Programs are finite bitstrings (\(\{0,1\}^*\) is countable), but functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0,1\}\) are uncountable.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions

Note 405: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: EDPL:,`:xZ
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

The group\(\langle \mathbb{Z}; +, -, 0 \rangle\) is generated by  \(1, -1\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

The group\(\langle \mathbb{Z}; +, -, 0 \rangle\) is generated by  \(1, -1\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>The group\(\langle \mathbb{Z}; +, -, 0 \rangle\)&nbsp;is generated by {{c1::&nbsp;\(1, -1\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

Note 406: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: EE&#dBK8n>
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
Disjunction

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
Disjunction

\(\lor\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <b>Disjunction</b>
Back \(\lor\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

Note 407: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: EL>#%*1JZ?
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
Sketch step-by-step how Cantor's diagonalization argument can be used to prove that the set \(\{0,1\}^\infty\) is uncountable.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
Sketch step-by-step how Cantor's diagonalization argument can be used to prove that the set \(\{0,1\}^\infty\) is uncountable.

  • Proof by contradiction: Assume a bijection to \(\mathbb{N}\) exists.
  • That means there exists for each \(n\in \mathbb{N}\) a corresponding sequence of 0 and 1s, and vice-versa.
  • We now construct a new sequence \(\alpha\) of 0s and 1s, by always taking the \(i\)-th bit from the \(i\)-th sequence, and inverting it.
  • This new sequence does not agree with every existing sequence in at least one place.
  • However, there is no \(n\in\mathbb{N}\) such that \(\alpha = f(n)\) since \(\alpha\) disagrees with every \(f(n)\) in at least one place.
  • Thus, no bijection to \(\mathbb{N}\) exists, which means \(\{0,1\}^\infty\) is uncountable.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Sketch step-by-step how <b>Cantor's diagonalization argument</b>&nbsp;can be used to prove that the set&nbsp;\(\{0,1\}^\infty\)&nbsp;is uncountable.
Back <ul><li>Proof by contradiction: Assume a bijection to&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;exists.</li><li>That means there exists for each&nbsp;\(n\in \mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;a corresponding sequence of 0 and 1s, and vice-versa.</li><li>We now construct a new sequence&nbsp;\(\alpha\)&nbsp;of 0s and 1s, by always taking the&nbsp;\(i\)-th bit from the&nbsp;\(i\)-th sequence, and inverting it.</li><li>This new sequence does not agree with every existing sequence in at least one place.</li><li>However, there is no&nbsp;\(n\in\mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(\alpha = f(n)\)&nbsp;since&nbsp;\(\alpha\)&nbsp;disagrees with every&nbsp;\(f(n)\)&nbsp;in at least one place.</li><li>Thus, no bijection to&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;exists, which means&nbsp;\(\{0,1\}^\infty\)&nbsp;is uncountable.</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

Note 408: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: EOU=o(/Tm!
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields
ring has the following properties:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields
ring has the following properties:

Additive Group:
  • closure
  • associativity
  • identity
  • inverse
  • commutative
Multiplicative group:
  • closure
  • associativity
  • identity
  • distributivity

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front A&nbsp;<b>ring</b> has the following properties:
Back Additive Group:<br><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>identity</li><li>inverse</li><li>commutative</li></ul><div>Multiplicative group:</div><div></div><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>identity</li><li><b>distributivity</b></li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields

Note 409: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: EXrM_MIDyC
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

Let \(a(x) \in R[x]\). An element \(\alpha \in R\) for which \(a(\alpha) = 0\) is called a root of \(a(x)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

Let \(a(x) \in R[x]\). An element \(\alpha \in R\) for which \(a(\alpha) = 0\) is called a root of \(a(x)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>Let \(a(x) \in R[x]\). An element \(\alpha \in R\) for which {{c1::\(a(\alpha) = 0\) is called a root of \(a(x)\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

Note 410: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ey5Ht8Nq4M
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
\(F \lor \neg F\) \(\equiv\) \( \top\) and \(F \land \neg F\) \(\equiv\) \( \bot\). (\(F\), \(\lnot F\) involved)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
\(F \lor \neg F\) \(\equiv\) \( \top\) and \(F \land \neg F\) \(\equiv\) \( \bot\). (\(F\), \(\lnot F\) involved)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::\(F \lor \neg F\)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\){{c2::&nbsp;\( \top\)}}&nbsp;and {{c1::\(F \land \neg F\)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\){{c2::&nbsp;\( \bot\)}}. (\(F\),&nbsp;\(\lnot F\)&nbsp;involved)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

Note 411: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ey9Sz2Kp7Q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::5._Derivations_from_Assumptions
If \(F \vdash_K G\) in a calculus \(K\), one could extend the calculus by the new derivation \(F \rightarrow G\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::5._Derivations_from_Assumptions
If \(F \vdash_K G\) in a calculus \(K\), one could extend the calculus by the new derivation \(F \rightarrow G\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text If&nbsp;\(F \vdash_K G\)&nbsp;in a calculus&nbsp;\(K\), one could {{c1::<i>extend the calculus</i> by the new derivation&nbsp;\(F \rightarrow G\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::5._Derivations_from_Assumptions

Note 412: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ey9Zv4Rp6C
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
The empty set \(\emptyset\) is a clause.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
The empty set \(\emptyset\) is a clause.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The {{c1::empty set&nbsp;\(\emptyset\)}} is a {{c2::clause}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

Note 413: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Ez3Ww5Kn9C
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
Does quantifier order matter?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
Does quantifier order matter?

YES! Quantifier order matters for nested variables.

\(\exists x \forall y P(x, y)\) is NOT equivalent to \(\forall y \exists x P(x, y)\)!

Example: \(\exists x \forall y (x < y)\) means "there exists a smallest element", while \(\forall y \exists x (x < y)\) means "for every element, there exists a smaller one".

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Does quantifier order matter?
Back <b>YES!</b> Quantifier order matters for <b>nested</b> <b>variables</b>.<br><br>\(\exists x \forall y P(x, y)\)&nbsp;is <b>NOT</b> equivalent to&nbsp;\(\forall y \exists x P(x, y)\)!<br><br>Example:&nbsp;\(\exists x \forall y (x &lt; y)\)&nbsp;means "there exists a smallest element", while&nbsp;\(\forall y \exists x (x &lt; y)\)&nbsp;means "for every element, there exists a smaller one".
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers

Note 414: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ez6Xy8Rn7C
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
\(\forall\) is called the universal quantifier.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
\(\forall\) is called the universal quantifier.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::\(\forall\)}} is called the {{c2::<i>universal quantifier</i>}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

Note 415: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: F2
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::3._Example:_Definition_of_the_Rational_Numbers
How are the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) defined using equivalence relations?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::3._Example:_Definition_of_the_Rational_Numbers
How are the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) defined using equivalence relations?

Let \(A = \mathbb{Z} \times (\mathbb{Z} \setminus \{0\})\) and \((a, b) \sim (c,d) \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} ad = bc\)

 Then: \(\mathbb{Q} \overset{\text{def}}{=} (\mathbb{Z} \times (\mathbb{Z} \setminus \{0\})) / \sim\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How are the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) defined using equivalence relations?
Back Let \(A = \mathbb{Z} \times (\mathbb{Z} \setminus \{0\})\) and \((a, b) \sim (c,d) \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} ad = bc\) <br><br>&nbsp;Then: \(\mathbb{Q} \overset{\text{def}}{=} (\mathbb{Z} \times (\mathbb{Z} \setminus \{0\})) / \sim\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::3._Example:_Definition_of_the_Rational_Numbers

Note 416: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: F5|a$AQwO,
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups

Give an example of a direct product of groups and explain its structure.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups

Give an example of a direct product of groups and explain its structure.


The group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_5; \oplus \rangle \times \langle \mathbb{Z}_7; \oplus \rangle\):
- Carrier: \(\mathbb{Z}_5 \times \mathbb{Z}_7\)
- Neutral element: \((0, 0)\)
- Operation is component-wise: \((a, b) \star (c, d) = (a \oplus_5 c, b \oplus_7 d)\)

By the Chinese Remainder Theorem, this group is isomorphic to \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_{35}; \oplus \rangle\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>Give an example of a direct product of groups and explain its structure.</p>
Back <p>The group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_5; \oplus \rangle \times \langle \mathbb{Z}_7; \oplus \rangle\):<br> - Carrier: \(\mathbb{Z}_5 \times \mathbb{Z}_7\)<br> - Neutral element: \((0, 0)\)<br> - Operation is component-wise: \((a, b) \star (c, d) = (a \oplus_5 c, b \oplus_7 d)\)</p> <p>By the <strong>Chinese Remainder Theorem</strong>, this group is isomorphic to \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_{35}; \oplus \rangle\).</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups

Note 417: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: F6#_)#wBbP
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field
For a field \(F\), the polynomial extension \(F[x]\) is an integral domain.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field
For a field \(F\), the polynomial extension \(F[x]\) is an integral domain.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text For a field&nbsp;\(F\), the polynomial extension&nbsp;\(F[x]\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: an integral domain::(name most constrained property)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field

Note 418: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: F:9iVjG>$B
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\) and \( S \subseteq A\).

\(a \in A\) is a minimal (maximal) element of \(A\) if there exists no \(b \in A\) with \(b \prec a\) (\(b \succ a \) )

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\) and \( S \subseteq A\).

\(a \in A\) is a minimal (maximal) element of \(A\) if there exists no \(b \in A\) with \(b \prec a\) (\(b \succ a \) )

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Consider the poset&nbsp;\((A; \preceq)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\( S \subseteq A\).<br><br><div>\(a \in A\) is a {{c1::<b>minimal (maximal) element</b> of&nbsp;\(A\)}}&nbsp;if {{c2::there exists no&nbsp;\(b \in A\) with&nbsp;\(b \prec a\) (\(b \succ a \) )}}<br></div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

Note 419: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: F:~PC*C^u=
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::08._Existence_Proofs_via_the_Pigeonhole_Principle
What is the Pigeonhole Principle?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::08._Existence_Proofs_via_the_Pigeonhole_Principle
What is the Pigeonhole Principle?

If a set of \(n\) objects is partitioned into \(k < n\) sets, then at least one of those sets contains at least \(\lceil \frac{n}{k} \rceil\) objects.

(If you have more pigeons than holes, at least one hole must contain multiple pigeons)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the Pigeonhole Principle?
Back If a set of \(n\) objects is partitioned into \(k &lt; n\) sets, then at least one of those sets contains at least \(\lceil \frac{n}{k} \rceil\) objects. <br><br> (If you have more pigeons than holes, at least one hole must contain multiple pigeons)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::08._Existence_Proofs_via_the_Pigeonhole_Principle

Note 420: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: FAcYlLV)Q#
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
What are the absorption laws for sets?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
What are the absorption laws for sets?

  • \(A \cap (A \cup B) = A\)
  • \(A \cup (A \cap B) = A\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What are the absorption laws for sets?
Back <ul> <li>\(A \cap (A \cup B) = A\)</li> <li>\(A \cup (A \cap B) = A\)</li> </ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

Note 421: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: FBp54}[I*C
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
\(\models F\) means that \(F\) is a tautology.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
\(\models F\) means that \(F\) is a tautology.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text \(\models F\)&nbsp;means that&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is a {{c1::tautology}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability

Note 422: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: FDfn]bHyB6
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates
What is the universe in predicate logic?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates
What is the universe in predicate logic?

The non-empty set that we work within.

Examples: \( \mathbb{N}, \mathbb{R}, \{ 0,1,2,3,6 \} \)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the universe in predicate logic?
Back The non-empty set that we work within. <br><br>Examples:&nbsp;\( \mathbb{N}, \mathbb{R}, \{ 0,1,2,3,6 \} \)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates

Note 423: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: FMdIN{F>5c
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

Is the projection of points from \(\mathbb{R}^3\) to \(\mathbb{R}^2\) a homomorphism? Is it an isomorphism?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

Is the projection of points from \(\mathbb{R}^3\) to \(\mathbb{R}^2\) a homomorphism? Is it an isomorphism?


The projection is a homomorphism (it preserves the group operation of vector addition).

However, it is not an isomorphism because it's not a bijection (not injective - many 3D points project to the same 2D point).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>Is the projection of points from \(\mathbb{R}^3\) to \(\mathbb{R}^2\) a homomorphism? Is it an isomorphism?</p>
Back <p>The projection is a <strong>homomorphism</strong> (it preserves the group operation of vector addition).</p> <p>However, it is <strong>not an isomorphism</strong> because it's not a bijection (not injective - many 3D points project to the same 2D point).</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

Note 424: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: FQ(ROCHF--
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DELETE

Inverse in a group:

  • Addition \(-a\)
  • Multiplication {{c1::\(a^{-1}\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DELETE

Inverse in a group:

  • Addition \(-a\)
  • Multiplication {{c1::\(a^{-1}\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>Inverse in a group:</p><ul><li><b>Addition&nbsp;</b>{{c1::\(-a\)}}</li><li><b>Multiplication&nbsp;</b>{{c1::\(a^{-1}\)}}.</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DELETE

Note 425: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: FSUY[I=V>]
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

State Fermat's Little Theorem (Corollary 5.14) (both totient and prime):

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

State Fermat's Little Theorem (Corollary 5.14) (both totient and prime):


Corollary 5.14 (Fermat's Little Theorem): For all \(m \geq 2\) and all \(a\) with \(\gcd(a, m) = 1\): \[a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m 1\]

In particular, for every prime \(p\) and every \(a\) not divisible by \(p\): \[a^{p-1} \equiv_p 1\]

Proof: This follows from Corollary 5.10 (\(a^{|G|} = e\)). Since \(\gcd(a, m)=1\), it is an element of  \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) and thus an element of a group. \(\langle a \rangle\) therefore must be a subgroup with an order that divides \(\mathbb{Z}_m^* = \varphi(m)\)\(\iff \varphi(m) = \operatorname{ord}(a) \cdot k\) (Lagrange's) .

\(\implies (a^{\operatorname{ord}(a)})^k = a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m 1\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>State Fermat's Little Theorem (Corollary 5.14) (both totient and prime):</p>
Back <p><strong>Corollary 5.14 (Fermat's Little Theorem)</strong>: For all \(m \geq 2\) and all \(a\) with \(\gcd(a, m) = 1\): \[a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m 1\]</p> <p>In particular, for every prime \(p\) and every \(a\) not divisible by \(p\): \[a^{p-1} \equiv_p 1\]</p> <p><strong>Proof</strong>: This follows from Corollary 5.10 (\(a^{|G|} = e\)). Since&nbsp;\(\gcd(a, m)=1\), it&nbsp;is an element of&nbsp;&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)&nbsp;and thus an element of a group.&nbsp;\(\langle a \rangle\)&nbsp;therefore must be a subgroup with an order that divides&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_m^* = \varphi(m)\)\(\iff \varphi(m) = \operatorname{ord}(a) \cdot k\)&nbsp;(Lagrange's) .</p><p>\(\implies (a^{\operatorname{ord}(a)})^k = a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m 1\)</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

Note 426: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: FZV7*~vSAW
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Group axiom G2 states that \(e\) is a neutral element: \(a * e = e * a = a\) for all \(a\) in \(G\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Group axiom G2 states that \(e\) is a neutral element: \(a * e = e * a = a\) for all \(a\) in \(G\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>Group axiom <strong>G2</strong> states that {{c1::\(e\) is a neutral element: \(a * e = e * a = a\)}} for all \(a\) in \(G\).</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Note 427: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Fa&qY%lL0q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams
In a poset \( ( A; \preceq )\), \(b\) covers \(a\) if \(a \prec b\) and there does not exist a \(c\) with \(a \prec c \land c \prec b \), so no elements are between \(a\) and \(b\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams
In a poset \( ( A; \preceq )\), \(b\) covers \(a\) if \(a \prec b\) and there does not exist a \(c\) with \(a \prec c \land c \prec b \), so no elements are between \(a\) and \(b\).

Example: direct superior in a company

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In a poset&nbsp;\( ( A; \preceq )\),&nbsp;\(b\) <b>covers</b>&nbsp;\(a\) if&nbsp;{{c1::\(a \prec b\) and there does not exist a&nbsp;\(c\) with&nbsp;\(a \prec c \land c \prec b \), so no elements are between&nbsp;\(a\) and&nbsp;\(b\).}}
Extra Example: direct superior in a company
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams

Note 428: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Fa3Zv5Tp4D
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
\(\exists\) is called the existential quantifier.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
\(\exists\) is called the existential quantifier.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::\(\exists\)}} is called the {{c2::<i>existential quantifier</i>}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

Note 429: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Fa8Xy2Rp4D
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
If one replaces a sub-formula \(G\) of a formula \(F\) by an equivalent (to \(G\)) formula \(H\), then the resulting formula is equivalent to \(F\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
If one replaces a sub-formula \(G\) of a formula \(F\) by an equivalent (to \(G\)) formula \(H\), then the resulting formula is equivalent to \(F\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text If one replaces a sub-formula&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;of a formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;by an equivalent (to&nbsp;\(G\)) formula&nbsp;\(H\), then {{c2::the resulting formula is equivalent to&nbsp;\(F\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers

Note 430: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Fb9Yx1Dk3Q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::2._Syntax PlsFix::DUPLICATE
What does the syntax of a logic define?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::2._Syntax PlsFix::DUPLICATE
What does the syntax of a logic define?

The syntax defines:
1. An alphabet \(\Lambda\) of allowed symbols
2. Which strings in \(\Lambda^*\) are valid formulas (syntactically correct)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What does the syntax of a logic define?
Back The syntax defines:<br>1. An alphabet&nbsp;\(\Lambda\)&nbsp;of allowed symbols<br>2. Which strings in&nbsp;\(\Lambda^*\)&nbsp;are valid formulas (syntactically correct)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::2._Syntax PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 431: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Fh4R-ccO%^
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
The equation \(ax \equiv_m 1\) has a unique solution \(x \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) if and only if \(\gcd(a,m) = 1\). This \(x\) is then called the multiplicative inverse of \(a \mod m\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
The equation \(ax \equiv_m 1\) has a unique solution \(x \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) if and only if \(\gcd(a,m) = 1\). This \(x\) is then called the multiplicative inverse of \(a \mod m\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The equation&nbsp;\(ax \equiv_m 1\) has a unique solution&nbsp;\(x \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) if and only if&nbsp;{{c1::\(\gcd(a,m) = 1\).}} This \(x\) is then called the {{c2::multiplicative inverse of&nbsp;\(a \mod m\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses

Note 432: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: FjP~)Df]`o
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

All polynomials in \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) have {{c1:: degree \(< \text{deg}(m(x))\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

All polynomials in \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) have {{c1:: degree \(< \text{deg}(m(x))\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>All polynomials in \(F[x]_{m(x)}\)&nbsp;have {{c1:: degree \(&lt; \text{deg}(m(x))\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

Note 433: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Fl3HSpM`6f
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups
When proving \(H\) is a subgroup, we have to prove the closure of \(H\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups
When proving \(H\) is a subgroup, we have to prove the closure of \(H\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text When proving&nbsp;\(H\)&nbsp;is {{c2:: a subgroup}}, we have to prove the {{c1::<b>closure</b>&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(H\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

Note 434: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Fz2Lv6Km9P
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability
A formula \(F\) is a tautology if and only if \(\lnot F\) is unsatisfiable.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability
A formula \(F\) is a tautology if and only if \(\lnot F\) is unsatisfiable.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A formula&nbsp;{{c1::\(F\)&nbsp;is a tautology}} if and only if {{c2::\(\lnot F\)&nbsp;is unsatisfiable}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability

Note 435: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Fz3Wv7Kn2B
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::1._Syntax
In propositional logic, an atomic formula is {{c2::a symbol of the form \(A_i\), with \(i \in \mathbb{N}\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::1._Syntax
In propositional logic, an atomic formula is {{c2::a symbol of the form \(A_i\), with \(i \in \mathbb{N}\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In propositional logic, an {{c1::<i>atomic</i> formula}} is {{c2::a symbol of the form \(A_i\), with&nbsp;\(i \in \mathbb{N}\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::1._Syntax

Note 436: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Fz6Ww3Tn2D
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
The set of clauses associated with a formula \[F = (L_{11} \lor \dots \lor L_{1m_1}) \land \dots \land (L_{n1} \lor \dots \lor L_{nm_n})\] in CNF, denoted as {{c1::\(\mathcal{K}(F)\)}}, is the set {{c2::\[{{c1::\mathcal{K}(F)}} = \{\{L_{11}, \dots, L_{1m_1}\}, \dots, \{L_{n1}, \dots, L_{nm_n}\}\}\]}}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
The set of clauses associated with a formula \[F = (L_{11} \lor \dots \lor L_{1m_1}) \land \dots \land (L_{n1} \lor \dots \lor L_{nm_n})\] in CNF, denoted as {{c1::\(\mathcal{K}(F)\)}}, is the set {{c2::\[{{c1::\mathcal{K}(F)}} = \{\{L_{11}, \dots, L_{1m_1}\}, \dots, \{L_{n1}, \dots, L_{nm_n}\}\}\]}}

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The set of clauses associated with a formula \[F = (L_{11} \lor \dots \lor L_{1m_1}) \land \dots \land (L_{n1} \lor \dots \lor L_{nm_n})\] in CNF, denoted as {{c1::\(\mathcal{K}(F)\)}}, is the set {{c2::\[{{c1::\mathcal{K}(F)}} = \{\{L_{11}, \dots, L_{1m_1}\}, \dots, \{L_{n1}, \dots, L_{nm_n}\}\}\]}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

Note 437: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: F}3e(}*Ue#
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
What are the absorption laws in propositional logic?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
What are the absorption laws in propositional logic?

  • \(A \land (A \lor B) \equiv A\)
  • \(A \lor (A \land B) \equiv A\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What are the absorption laws in propositional logic?
Back <ul> <li>\(A \land (A \lor B) \equiv A\)</li> <li>\(A \lor (A \land B) \equiv A\)</li> </ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

Note 438: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: G#]T4?!iZs
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

In a group, for \(n \geq 1\), the positive power is defined recursively: {{c1::\(a^n = a \cdot a^{n-1}\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

In a group, for \(n \geq 1\), the positive power is defined recursively: {{c1::\(a^n = a \cdot a^{n-1}\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>In a group, for \(n \geq 1\), the positive power is defined recursively: {{c1::\(a^n = a \cdot a^{n-1}\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

Note 439: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: G&Y|dtr7^k
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

If the prime factorization of \(m\) is \(m = \prod_{i=1}^r p_i^{e_i}\) then \(\varphi(m)\) is?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

If the prime factorization of \(m\) is \(m = \prod_{i=1}^r p_i^{e_i}\) then \(\varphi(m)\) is?


\[\varphi(m) = \prod_{i=1}^r (p_i - 1)p_i^{e_i - 1}\]
Explanation:
For primes: a number is not coprime to \(p^e\) \(\iff\) it contains a factor of \(p\). These are \(p, 2p, 3p, \ldots, p^{e-1}p\) (exactly \(p^{e-1}\) numbers) \(\implies\)\(\varphi(p^e) = p^e - p^{e - 1} = (p-1)p^{e-1}\)
For all numbers: \(\varphi(mn)=\varphi(m)\varphi(n)\) if \(m\) and \(n\) are coprime, so we end up w/ a product.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>If the prime factorization of \(m\) is \(m = \prod_{i=1}^r p_i^{e_i}\) then \(\varphi(m)\) is?</p>
Back \[\varphi(m) = \prod_{i=1}^r (p_i - 1)p_i^{e_i - 1}\]<br><b>Explanation:<br></b><i>For primes:</i> a number is not coprime to&nbsp;\(p^e\)&nbsp;\(\iff\)&nbsp;it contains a factor of&nbsp;\(p\). These are&nbsp;\(p, 2p, 3p, \ldots, p^{e-1}p\)&nbsp;(exactly&nbsp;\(p^{e-1}\)&nbsp;numbers)&nbsp;\(\implies\)\(\varphi(p^e) = p^e - p^{e - 1} = (p-1)p^{e-1}\)<br><i>For all numbers:</i>&nbsp;\(\varphi(mn)=\varphi(m)\varphi(n)\)&nbsp;if&nbsp;\(m\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;are coprime, so we end up w/ a product.<br>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

Note 440: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: G)?a@}6F-&
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
The idea of universal instantiation is that if a statement is true for all elements, it is also true for a particular element, so \(\forall x F \models F[x/t]\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
The idea of universal instantiation is that if a statement is true for all elements, it is also true for a particular element, so \(\forall x F \models F[x/t]\).

Example: All elements in \(\mathbb{R}\) are invertible. Thus, 2 is also invertible.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The idea of {{c2::universal instantiation}} is that {{c1::if a statement is true for all elements, it is also true for a particular element, so&nbsp;\(\forall x F \models F[x/t]\).}}
Extra Example: All elements in&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}\) are invertible. Thus, 2 is also invertible.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE

Note 441: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: G.~PQ_U#Td
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::2._The_Concept_of_a_Proof::5._An_Informal_Understanding_of_the_Proof_Concept
An axiom or postulate is a statement that is taken to be true.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::2._The_Concept_of_a_Proof::5._An_Informal_Understanding_of_the_Proof_Concept
An axiom or postulate is a statement that is taken to be true.

Example: All right angles are equal to each other.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text An <i>axiom</i> or <i>postulate</i> is {{c1::a statement that is taken to be true}}.
Extra Example: All right angles are equal to each other.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::2._The_Concept_of_a_Proof::5._An_Informal_Understanding_of_the_Proof_Concept

Note 442: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: G2]R~8h{q4
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
Which operations preserve countability?

Let \(A\) and \(A_i\) for \(i \in \mathbb{N}\) be countable sets. Then: 
  1. \(A^n\) (\(n\)-tuples) is countable
  2. {{c2::\(\bigcup_{i\in \mathbb{N} } A_i\) (countable union) is countable}}
  3. \(A^*\) (finite sequences) is countable

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
Which operations preserve countability?

Let \(A\) and \(A_i\) for \(i \in \mathbb{N}\) be countable sets. Then: 
  1. \(A^n\) (\(n\)-tuples) is countable
  2. {{c2::\(\bigcup_{i\in \mathbb{N} } A_i\) (countable union) is countable}}
  3. \(A^*\) (finite sequences) is countable

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Which operations preserve countability?<br><br>Let&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(A_i\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(i \in \mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;be countable sets. Then:&nbsp;<div><ol><li>{{c1::\(A^n\)&nbsp;(\(n\)-tuples) is countable }}</li><li>{{c2::\(\bigcup_{i\in \mathbb{N} } A_i\)&nbsp;(countable union) is countable}}</li><li>{{c3::\(A^*\)&nbsp;(finite sequences) is countable}}</li></ol></div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets

Note 443: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: G3,dI)){d{
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

Which elements generate \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)? How can this be proven?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

Which elements generate \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)? How can this be proven?


\(\mathbb{Z}_n\) is generated by all \(a \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) for which \(\gcd(a, n) = 1\) (all elements coprime to \(n\)).

Proof:

\(a\) generator \(\implies\)\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\)
\(\mathbb{Z}_n = \langle a \rangle\)
\(\implies\)\(1 \in \langle a \rangle\)
\(\implies\)\(a^u = au \equiv_n 1\) for some \(u\)
\(\implies\)\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\) (\(\gcd\) must divide both \(au-qn\) and 1).

\(\gcd(a, n) = 1 \implies\)\(a\) generator
\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\)
\(\implies\)\(ua + un = 1\) for some \(u, n\) (Bézout)
\(\implies\)\(ua = a^u \equiv_n 1\)
\(\implies\)for every element \(b\), \(\exists c\) s.t. \(b = c \cdot u \cdot a = (a^u)^c = a^{u \cdot c}\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>Which elements generate \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)? How can this be proven?</p>
Back <p>\(\mathbb{Z}_n\) is generated by <strong>all \(a \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) for which \(\gcd(a, n) = 1\)</strong> (all elements coprime to \(n\)).</p> <p><strong>Proof:</strong></p><p>\(a\)&nbsp;generator&nbsp;\(\implies\)\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\)<br>\(\mathbb{Z}_n = \langle a \rangle\)<br>\(\implies\)\(1 \in \langle a \rangle\)<br>\(\implies\)\(a^u = au \equiv_n 1\) for some \(u\)<br>\(\implies\)\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\)&nbsp;(\(\gcd\)&nbsp;must divide both&nbsp;\(au-qn\)&nbsp;and 1).</p>\(\gcd(a, n) = 1 \implies\)\(a\)&nbsp;generator<br>\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\)<br>\(\implies\)\(ua + un = 1\)&nbsp;for some&nbsp;\(u, n\)&nbsp;(Bézout)<br>\(\implies\)\(ua = a^u \equiv_n 1\)<br>\(\implies\)for every element&nbsp;\(b\), \(\exists c\)&nbsp;s.t.&nbsp;\(b = c \cdot u \cdot a = (a^u)^c = a^{u \cdot c}\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

Note 444: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: G3^gV5vRZ#
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::01._Composition_of_Implications
What is the principle behind the proof step of composing implications?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::01._Composition_of_Implications
What is the principle behind the proof step of composing implications?

If \(S \Rightarrow T\) and \(T \Rightarrow U\) are both true, then \(S \Rightarrow U\) is also true (transitivity of implication).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the principle behind the proof step of composing implications?
Back If \(S \Rightarrow T\) and \(T \Rightarrow U\) are both true, then \(S \Rightarrow U\) is also true (transitivity of implication).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::01._Composition_of_Implications

Note 445: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: GE_=q.pKz`
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Group axiom G1 states that the operation \(*\) is associative

\(a * (b * c) = (a * b) * c\) for all \(a, b, c\) in \(G\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Group axiom G1 states that the operation \(*\) is associative

\(a * (b * c) = (a * b) * c\) for all \(a, b, c\) in \(G\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>Group axiom <strong>G1</strong> states that the operation \(*\) is {{c1::associative}}:&nbsp;</p><p>{{c2::\(a * (b * c) = (a * b) * c\)}} for all \(a, b, c\) in \(G\).</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Note 446: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: GJW/OqN_%q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

Two codewords in a polynomial code with degree \(k-1\) cannot agree at \(k\) positions (else they'd be equal), so they disagree in at least \(n - k + 1\) positions.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

Two codewords in a polynomial code with degree \(k-1\) cannot agree at \(k\) positions (else they'd be equal), so they disagree in at least \(n - k + 1\) positions.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>Two codewords in a <em>polynomial code</em> with degree \(k-1\) cannot agree at {{c1:: \(k\) positions (else they'd be equal)}}, so they disagree in {{c2:: at least \(n - k + 1\) positions}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

Note 447: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: GO/(AI35~Q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

If we want to use roots to check that a polynomial is irreducible, it has to have?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

If we want to use roots to check that a polynomial is irreducible, it has to have?


Degree \(2\) or \(3\).

Important: This doesn't work for polynomials of higher degrees! A degree \(4\) polynomial might be the product of two irreducible degree \(2\) polynomials, each with no roots.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>If we want to use roots to check that a polynomial is irreducible, it has to have?</p>
Back <p>Degree \(2\) or \(3\).</p> <p><strong>Important</strong>: This doesn't work for polynomials of higher degrees! A degree \(4\) polynomial might be the product of two irreducible degree \(2\) polynomials, each with no roots.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

Note 448: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: GV.6~{1l[p
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition
What is the quotient set \(A / \theta\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition
What is the quotient set \(A / \theta\)?

\[A / \theta \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{[a]_{\theta} \ | \ a \in A\}\] The set of all equivalence classes of \(\theta\) on \(A\) (also called "\(A\) modulo \(\theta\)" or "\(A\) mod \(\theta\)").

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the quotient set \(A / \theta\)?
Back \[A / \theta \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{[a]_{\theta} \ | \ a \in A\}\] The set of all equivalence classes of \(\theta\) on \(A\) (also called "\(A\) modulo \(\theta\)" or "\(A\) mod \(\theta\)").
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition

Note 449: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: GVPq@0w6qO
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

For \(a, b\) in a commutative ring \(R\), we say that \(a\) divides \(b\), denoted \(a \ | \ b\), if there exists a \(c \in R\) such that \(b = ac\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

For \(a, b\) in a commutative ring \(R\), we say that \(a\) divides \(b\), denoted \(a \ | \ b\), if there exists a \(c \in R\) such that \(b = ac\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>For \(a, b\) in a <strong>commutative</strong> ring \(R\), we say that {{c1::\(a\) divides \(b\), denoted \(a \ | \ b\)}}, if {{c2:: there exists a \(c \in R\) such that \(b = ac\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

Note 450: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ga3Xy8Kp9E
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
The set of clauses associated with a set \(M = \{F_1, \dots, F_k\}\) of formulas is: {{c1::\[\mathcal{K}(M) = \bigcup_{i=1}^k \mathcal{K}(F_i)\]}}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
The set of clauses associated with a set \(M = \{F_1, \dots, F_k\}\) of formulas is: {{c1::\[\mathcal{K}(M) = \bigcup_{i=1}^k \mathcal{K}(F_i)\]}}

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The set of clauses associated with a set&nbsp;\(M = \{F_1, \dots, F_k\}\)&nbsp;of formulas is: {{c1::\[\mathcal{K}(M) = \bigcup_{i=1}^k \mathcal{K}(F_i)\]}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

Note 451: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ga7Wx4Cv5Q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability
The following three statements are equivalent:
  1. {{c1::\(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\} \models G\)}}
  2. \((F_1 \land F_2 \land \dots F_k) \rightarrow G\) is a tautology
  3. {{c3::\(\{F_1, F_2, \dots, F_k, \lnot G\}\) is unsatisfiable}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability
The following three statements are equivalent:
  1. {{c1::\(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\} \models G\)}}
  2. \((F_1 \land F_2 \land \dots F_k) \rightarrow G\) is a tautology
  3. {{c3::\(\{F_1, F_2, \dots, F_k, \lnot G\}\) is unsatisfiable}}.

This is important for resolution calculus!

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The following three statements are equivalent:<br><ol><li>{{c1::\(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\} \models G\)}}</li><li>{{c2::\((F_1 \land F_2 \land \dots F_k) \rightarrow G\)&nbsp;is a tautology}}</li><li>{{c3::\(\{F_1, F_2, \dots, F_k, \lnot G\}\)&nbsp;is unsatisfiable}}.</li></ol>
Extra This is important for resolution calculus!
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability

Note 452: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ga8Ty4Rl9M
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::1._Syntax
A formula in propositional logic is defined recursively:
  1. An atomic formula is a formula
  2. If \(F\) and \(G\) are formulas, then also \(\lnot F\), \(F \lor G\), \(F \land G\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::1._Syntax
A formula in propositional logic is defined recursively:
  1. An atomic formula is a formula
  2. If \(F\) and \(G\) are formulas, then also \(\lnot F\), \(F \lor G\), \(F \land G\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A formula in propositional logic is defined recursively:<br><ol><li>{{c2::An atomic formula is a formula}}</li><li>If&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;are formulas, then also {{c3::\(\lnot F\), \(F \lor G\), \(F \land G\)}}.</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::1._Syntax

Note 453: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Gb5Zv7Tn8E
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables
The name of a bound variable carries no semantic meaning and can be replaced.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables
The name of a bound variable carries no semantic meaning and can be replaced.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The {{c1::<i>name</i>&nbsp;of a bound variable}}&nbsp;{{c2::carries no semantic meaning and can be <i>replaced</i>}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables

Note 454: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Gb8Ww2Kn9E
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
Every occurrence of a variable in a formula is either bound or free.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
Every occurrence of a variable in a formula is either bound or free.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Every occurrence of a variable in a formula is either {{c1::<i>bound</i>}} or {{c1::<i>free</i>}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution

Note 455: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Gdk~1PL`6=
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

A cyclic group can have more than one generator.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

A cyclic group can have more than one generator.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>A cyclic group can have {{c1::more than one}} {{c2::generator}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

Note 456: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: GoF!ZP7[i!
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
How can we test whether a relation is transitive using composition?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
How can we test whether a relation is transitive using composition?

A relation \(\rho\) is transitive if and only if \(\rho^2 \subseteq \rho\).
(If all two-step paths are already direct edges, the relation is transitive)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How can we test whether a relation is transitive using composition?
Back A relation \(\rho\) is transitive <strong>if and only if</strong> \(\rho^2 \subseteq \rho\). <br> (If all two-step paths are already direct edges, the relation is transitive)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

Note 457: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Gt)<8bFII>
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

Which of the following are fields: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_5, \mathbb{Z}_6, R[x]\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

Which of the following are fields: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_5, \mathbb{Z}_6, R[x]\)?


Fields: \(\mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_5\) (where \(5\) is prime)

Not fields:
- \(\mathbb{Z}\) (not all nonzero elements have multiplicative inverse, e.g., \(2\))
- \(\mathbb{Z}_6\) (since \(6\) is not prime, e.g., \(2\) has no inverse)
- \(R[x]\) for any ring \(R\) (polynomials don't have multiplicative inverses)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>Which of the following are fields: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_5, \mathbb{Z}_6, R[x]\)?</p>
Back <p><strong>Fields</strong>: \(\mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_5\) (where \(5\) is prime)</p> <p><strong>Not fields</strong>:<br> - \(\mathbb{Z}\) (not all nonzero elements have multiplicative inverse, e.g., \(2\))<br> - \(\mathbb{Z}_6\) (since \(6\) is not prime, e.g., \(2\) has no inverse)<br> - \(R[x]\) for any ring \(R\) (polynomials don't have multiplicative inverses)</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

Note 458: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Gv8Tm4Np5W
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics
The semantics of a logic defines a function \(free\) which assigns to each formula \(F = (f_1, f_2, \dots, f_k) \in \Lambda^*\) a subset \({{c1(F) \subseteq \{1, \dots, k\}\) of the indices}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics
The semantics of a logic defines a function \(free\) which assigns to each formula \(F = (f_1, f_2, \dots, f_k) \in \Lambda^*\) a subset \({{c1(F) \subseteq \{1, \dots, k\}\) of the indices}}.

If \(i \in free(F)\), then the symbol is said to occur free in \(F\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The {{c3::<i>semantics</i>}} of a logic defines a function {{c1::\(free\)}} which {{c2::assigns to each formula&nbsp;\(F = (f_1, f_2, \dots, f_k) \in \Lambda^*\)&nbsp;a subset&nbsp;\({{c1::free}}(F) \subseteq \{1, \dots, k\}\)&nbsp;of the indices}}.
Extra If&nbsp;\(i \in free(F)\), then the symbol is said to occur <i>free</i> in&nbsp;\(F\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics

Note 459: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Gw~6}3;R1[
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
Consider the poset \((A;\preceq)\).

If \(\{a,b\}\) have a greatest lower bound, then it is called the meet of \(a\) and \(b\) (also denoted \(a \land b\)).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
Consider the poset \((A;\preceq)\).

If \(\{a,b\}\) have a greatest lower bound, then it is called the meet of \(a\) and \(b\) (also denoted \(a \land b\)).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Consider the poset&nbsp;\((A;\preceq)\). <br><br>If&nbsp;\(\{a,b\}\) have a {{c2::greatest lower bound}}, then it is called the {{c1::<b>meet </b>of&nbsp;\(a\) and&nbsp;\(b\) (also denoted&nbsp;\(a \land b\)).}}<br>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices

Note 460: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Gx(I9$%V&{
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
The notation {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \not \models F\)}} means that {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}\) is not a model for \(F\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
The notation {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \not \models F\)}} means that {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}\) is not a model for \(F\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The notation {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \not \models F\)}} means that {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}\)&nbsp;is not a model for&nbsp;\(F\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model

Note 461: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: G|6fl[78G`
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::4._(Non-)minimality_of_the_Group_Axioms

To prove \(\langle G; * \rangle\) is a group, you need to prove three axioms:

  1. G1 (associativity)
  2. G2 (neutral element) G2' -> you only need to prove existence of a right neutral element (not a full two-sided neutral).
  3. G3 (inverse) G3' -> you only need to prove the existence of a right inverse

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::4._(Non-)minimality_of_the_Group_Axioms

To prove \(\langle G; * \rangle\) is a group, you need to prove three axioms:

  1. G1 (associativity)
  2. G2 (neutral element) G2' -> you only need to prove existence of a right neutral element (not a full two-sided neutral).
  3. G3 (inverse) G3' -> you only need to prove the existence of a right inverse

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>To prove \(\langle G; * \rangle\) is a group, you need to prove three axioms:</p><ol><li>{{c2::G1 (associativity)}}</li><li>{{c3::G2 (neutral element) G2' -&gt; you only need to prove existence of a right neutral element (not a full two-sided neutral).}}</li><li>{{c4::G3 (inverse) G3' -&gt; you only need to prove the existence of a right inverse}}</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::4._(Non-)minimality_of_the_Group_Axioms

Note 462: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: H!j|tU4T~6
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
A relation is transitive if \((a \ \rho \ b \wedge b \ \rho \ c) \implies a \ \rho \ c \) is true.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
A relation is transitive if \((a \ \rho \ b \wedge b \ \rho \ c) \implies a \ \rho \ c \) is true.

Examples: \( \le, \ge, <, |, \equiv_m\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A relation is {{c1::transitive}} if&nbsp;{{c2::\((a \ \rho \ b \wedge b \ \rho \ c) \implies a \ \rho \ c \) is true.}}
Extra Examples:&nbsp;\( \le, \ge, &lt;, |, \equiv_m\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

Note 463: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: H*J4QbU35P
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
What exponentiation operation is valid in modular arithmetic?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
What exponentiation operation is valid in modular arithmetic?

This is allowed:
  • \(a \equiv_n b\) and then \(a^x \equiv_n b^x\)
But this on the other hand is illegal:
  • \(a \equiv_n b\) and \(c \equiv_n d\) and then doing \(a^c \equiv_n b^d\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What exponentiation operation is valid in modular arithmetic?
Back This is allowed:<br><ul><li>\(a \equiv_n b\)&nbsp;and then&nbsp;\(a^x \equiv_n b^x\)<br></li></ul><div>But this on the other hand is illegal:</div><div><ul><li>\(a \equiv_n b\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(c \equiv_n d\)&nbsp;and then doing&nbsp;\(a^c \equiv_n b^d\)</li></ul></div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic

Note 464: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: H*rUl{%/Iu
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

We denote the group generated by \(a\) as \(\langle a \rangle\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

We denote the group generated by \(a\) as \(\langle a \rangle\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>We denote the {{c2:: group generated}} by \(a\) as {{c1:: \(\langle a \rangle\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

Note 465: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: H+<9!8uj.@
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring
The set of units of \(R\) is denoted by \(R^*\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring
The set of units of \(R\) is denoted by \(R^*\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The set of units of \(R\) is denoted by&nbsp;{{c1::\(R^*\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

Note 466: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: H5-[+SLX3[
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::1._An_Intuitive_Understanding_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Cardinality of a set

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::1._An_Intuitive_Understanding_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
Cardinality of a set

The number of elements in the set, written as \( |A| \).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Cardinality of a set
Back The number of elements in the set, written as&nbsp;\( |A| \).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::1._An_Intuitive_Understanding_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 467: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: H
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
Transform a formula to prenex form:
  1. Rectify the formula (rename all bound occurrences clashing with free variables)
  2. Equivalences in Lemma 6.7 to move up all quantifiers in the tree

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
Transform a formula to prenex form:
  1. Rectify the formula (rename all bound occurrences clashing with free variables)
  2. Equivalences in Lemma 6.7 to move up all quantifiers in the tree

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Transform a formula to <b>prenex</b> form:<br><ol><li>{{c1::R<b>ectify</b>&nbsp;the formula (rename all bound occurrences clashing with free variables)}}</li><li>{{c2::Equivalences in Lemma 6.7 to&nbsp;<b>move up all quantifiers</b>&nbsp;in the tree}}</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

Note 468: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: H?B
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
A function \(f:\mathbb{N}\to\{0,1\}\) is called computable if {{c1::there is a computer program that, for every \(n\in\mathbb{N}\), when given \(n\) as input, outputs \(f(n)\).}}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
A function \(f:\mathbb{N}\to\{0,1\}\) is called computable if {{c1::there is a computer program that, for every \(n\in\mathbb{N}\), when given \(n\) as input, outputs \(f(n)\).}}

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A function&nbsp;\(f:\mathbb{N}\to\{0,1\}\)&nbsp;is called&nbsp;<b>computable</b>&nbsp;if {{c1::there is a computer program that, for every&nbsp;\(n\in\mathbb{N}\), when given&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;as input, outputs&nbsp;\(f(n)\).}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions

Note 469: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: HI{+|nsE+a
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

The order \(\text{ord}(e)\) of \(e \in G\) is 1 by definition.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

The order \(\text{ord}(e)\) of \(e \in G\) is 1 by definition.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>The order \(\text{ord}(e)\) of \(e \in G\) is {{c1:: 1 by definition}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

Note 470: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: HM@g5s7n?R
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has an {{c1::inverse \(f^{-1}\)}} if and only if \(f\) is bijective.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has an {{c1::inverse \(f^{-1}\)}} if and only if \(f\) is bijective.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has an {{c1::inverse&nbsp;\(f^{-1}\)}} if and only if \(f\) is {{c2::bijective}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Note 471: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: HR>/;ZN2^c
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic
List all types of symbols meaning implication:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic
List all types of symbols meaning implication:

Implications
  • \(\models\) (formula→statement)
  • \(\rightarrow\) (formula→formula)
  • \(\Rightarrow\) (statement→statement)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front List all types of symbols meaning implication:
Back <b>Implications</b><br><ul><li>\(\models\) (formula→statement)</li><li>\(\rightarrow\) (formula→formula)</li><li>\(\Rightarrow\) (statement→statement)</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic

Note 472: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: HTIS
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
What are the two trivial equivalence relations on a set \(A\)?
  1.  Complete relation \(A \times A\) → single equivalence class \(A\)
  2. {{c2:: Identity relation → equivalence classes are all singletons \(\{a\}\)}}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
What are the two trivial equivalence relations on a set \(A\)?
  1.  Complete relation \(A \times A\) → single equivalence class \(A\)
  2. {{c2:: Identity relation → equivalence classes are all singletons \(\{a\}\)}}

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text What are the two trivial equivalence relations on a set \(A\)?<br><ol><li>{{c1::&nbsp;<strong>Complete relation</strong>&nbsp;\(A \times A\)&nbsp;→ single equivalence class&nbsp;\(A\)}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;<strong>Identity relation</strong>&nbsp;→ equivalence classes are all singletons&nbsp;\(\{a\}\)}}</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations

Note 473: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: HV{[!>wU0*
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability PlsFix::DUPLICATE
What is a tautology?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability PlsFix::DUPLICATE
What is a tautology?

A formula F (propositional logic) is a tautology/valid if it is true for all truth combinations of the involved symbols, so if it is always true. Symbol: \( \top \)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is a tautology?
Back A formula F (propositional logic) is a tautology/valid if it is true for all truth combinations of the involved symbols, so if it is always true. Symbol:&nbsp;\( \top \)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 474: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: HZ}7IYAhX9
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
How can we use the CRT to decompose remainders like \(R_{77}(n)\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
How can we use the CRT to decompose remainders like \(R_{77}(n)\)?

We can decompose \(77 = 11 \cdot 7\) and then calculate:
  • \(R_7(n) = 3\)
  • \(R_{11}(n) = 5\)
Then to find the result mod 77, we use the CRT.
  1. Find \(11^{-1} \pmod{7} = 2\) (since \(11 \cdot 2 = 22 \equiv 1 \pmod{7}\))
  2. Find \(7^{-1} \pmod{11} = 8\) (since \(7 \cdot 8 = 56 \equiv 1 \pmod{11}\))
  3. Calculate: \(x = 3 \cdot 11 \cdot 2 + 5 \cdot 7 \cdot 8 = 66 + 280 = 346 \equiv 38 \pmod{77}\)
  4. Therefore \(R_{77}(n) = 38\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How can we use the CRT to decompose remainders like&nbsp;\(R_{77}(n)\)?
Back We can decompose&nbsp;\(77 = 11 \cdot 7\)&nbsp;and then calculate:<br><ul><li>\(R_7(n) = 3\)</li><li>\(R_{11}(n) = 5\)</li></ul>Then to find the result mod 77, we use the CRT.<br><ol><li>Find&nbsp;\(11^{-1} \pmod{7} = 2\)&nbsp;(since&nbsp;\(11 \cdot 2 = 22 \equiv 1 \pmod{7}\))</li><li>Find&nbsp;\(7^{-1} \pmod{11} = 8\)&nbsp;(since&nbsp;\(7 \cdot 8 = 56 \equiv 1 \pmod{11}\))</li><li>Calculate:&nbsp;\(x = 3 \cdot 11 \cdot 2 + 5 \cdot 7 \cdot 8 = 66 + 280 = 346 \equiv 38 \pmod{77}\)</li><li>Therefore \(R_{77}(n) = 38\)</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem

Note 475: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Hb8Ny2Pl6R
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability
Why is Lemma 6.3 (the equivalence between \(F \models G\) and unsatisfiability of \(\{F, \lnot G\}\)) important for the resolution calculus?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability
Why is Lemma 6.3 (the equivalence between \(F \models G\) and unsatisfiability of \(\{F, \lnot G\}\)) important for the resolution calculus?

The fact that \(F \models G\) is equivalent to \(\{F, \lnot G\}\) being unsatisfiable makes the resolution calculus powerful enough to also show implications, not just unsatisfiability.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Why is Lemma 6.3 (the equivalence between&nbsp;\(F \models G\)&nbsp;and unsatisfiability of&nbsp;\(\{F, \lnot G\}\)) important for the resolution calculus?
Back The fact that&nbsp;\(F \models G\)&nbsp;is equivalent to&nbsp;\(\{F, \lnot G\}\)&nbsp;being unsatisfiable makes the resolution calculus powerful enough to also show implications, not just unsatisfiability.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability

Note 476: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Hb8Zv5Rn4F
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
A clause stands for the disjunction of its literals. It's thus only satisfied if one of its literals evaluates to true.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
A clause stands for the disjunction of its literals. It's thus only satisfied if one of its literals evaluates to true.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A clause stands for the {{c1::<i>disjunction</i> of its literals}}. It's thus only satisfied if {{c2::one of its literals evaluates to true}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

Note 477: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: HbBihH#d!&
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups

The direct product of \(n\) groups \(\langle G_1; *_1 \rangle, \dots, \langle G_n; *_n \rangle\) is the algebra \(\langle G_1 \times \dots \times G_n; \star \rangle\) where the operation \(\star\) is component-wise.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups

The direct product of \(n\) groups \(\langle G_1; *_1 \rangle, \dots, \langle G_n; *_n \rangle\) is the algebra \(\langle G_1 \times \dots \times G_n; \star \rangle\) where the operation \(\star\) is component-wise.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>The {{c1::direct product}} of \(n\) groups \(\langle G_1; *_1 \rangle, \dots, \langle G_n; *_n \rangle\) is the algebra {{c2::\(\langle G_1 \times \dots \times G_n; \star \rangle\)}} where the operation \(\star\) is {{c3::component-wise}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups

Note 478: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Hc9Ww4Kp5F
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables
For a formula \(G\) in which \(y\) does not occur, we have:
  • \(\forall x G\)\(\equiv\)\(\forall y G[x/y]\)
  • \(\exists x G\)\(\equiv\)\(\exists y G[x/y]\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables
For a formula \(G\) in which \(y\) does not occur, we have:
  • \(\forall x G\)\(\equiv\)\(\forall y G[x/y]\)
  • \(\exists x G\)\(\equiv\)\(\exists y G[x/y]\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text For a formula&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;in which&nbsp;\(y\)&nbsp;does not occur, we have:<br><ul><li>{{c1::\(\forall x G\)}}\(\equiv\){{c2::\(\forall y G[x/y]\):: Substitution}}</li><li>{{c3::\(\exists x G\)}}\(\equiv\){{c4::\(\exists y G[x/y]\):: Substitution}}</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables

Note 479: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: HhPtl[(/Am
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
When does set \(B\) dominate set \(A\) (denoted \(A \preceq B\))?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
When does set \(B\) dominate set \(A\) (denoted \(A \preceq B\))?

When \(A \sim C\) for some subset \(C \subseteq B\), or equivalently, when there exists an injection \(A \to B\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front When does set \(B\) dominate set \(A\) (denoted \(A \preceq B\))?
Back When \(A \sim C\) for some subset \(C \subseteq B\), or equivalently, when there exists an <strong>injection</strong> \(A \to B\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

Note 480: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: HhW@G6`v-^
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
If \(a \equiv_m b\) and \(c \equiv_m d\), what operations are preserved? (Lemma 4.14)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
If \(a \equiv_m b\) and \(c \equiv_m d\), what operations are preserved? (Lemma 4.14)

\[a + c \equiv_m b + d \quad \text{and} \quad ac \equiv_m bd\] Both addition and multiplication are preserved under congruence.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front If \(a \equiv_m b\) and \(c \equiv_m d\), what operations are preserved? (Lemma 4.14)
Back \[a + c \equiv_m b + d \quad \text{and} \quad ac \equiv_m bd\] Both addition and multiplication are preserved under congruence.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences

Note 481: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ho{|wl$$tb
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::1._Mathematical_Statements::1._The_Concept_of_a_Mathematical_Statement
A mathematical statement (also proposition) is a statement that is true or false in a mathematical sense.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::1._Mathematical_Statements::1._The_Concept_of_a_Mathematical_Statement
A mathematical statement (also proposition) is a statement that is true or false in a mathematical sense.

Example: 5 is a prime number.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A <i>mathematical statement</i>&nbsp;(also&nbsp;<i>proposition</i>) is {{c1::a statement that is true or false in a mathematical sense}}.
Extra Example: 5 is a prime number.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::1._Mathematical_Statements::1._The_Concept_of_a_Mathematical_Statement

Note 482: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Hq7Bm3Xc9T
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::1._The_General_Goal_of_Logic
A logic is defined by the syntax and semantics.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::1._The_General_Goal_of_Logic
A logic is defined by the syntax and semantics.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A <i>logic</i> is defined by the {{c1::syntax}} and {{c2::semantics}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::1._The_General_Goal_of_Logic

Note 483: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Ht7Vw2Cz9Q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
What does \(F \models \emptyset\) mean?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
What does \(F \models \emptyset\) mean?

\(F \models \emptyset\) means that \(F\) is unsatisfiable, as the empty set cannot be made true under any interpretation (it has no literals to set to true).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What does&nbsp;\(F \models \emptyset\)&nbsp;mean?
Back \(F \models \emptyset\)&nbsp;means that&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is <b>unsatisfiable</b>, as the empty set cannot be made true under any interpretation (it has no literals to set to true).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

Note 484: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: I#?[mJ!qfu
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

How can you check if a polynomial of degree \(d\) is irreducible?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

How can you check if a polynomial of degree \(d\) is irreducible?


To check if a polynomial of degree \(d\) is irreducible, check all monic irreducible polynomials of degree \(\leq d/2\) as possible divisors.

Why \(d/2\)? If \(a(x) = b(x) \cdot c(x)\) where \(b\) and \(c\) are non-constant, then \(\deg(b) + \deg(c) = \deg(a) = d\). So at least one of \(b\) or \(c\) has degree \(\leq d/2\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>How can you check if a polynomial of degree \(d\) is irreducible?</p>
Back <p>To check if a polynomial of degree \(d\) is irreducible, check all <strong>monic irreducible</strong> polynomials of degree \(\leq d/2\) as possible divisors.</p> <p><strong>Why \(d/2\)?</strong> If \(a(x) = b(x) \cdot c(x)\) where \(b\) and \(c\) are non-constant, then \(\deg(b) + \deg(c) = \deg(a) = d\). So at least one of \(b\) or \(c\) has degree \(\leq d/2\).</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

Note 485: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: I*>`1t?wD%
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings
For a commutative ring \(R\), \(R[x]\) is a commutative ring.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings
For a commutative ring \(R\), \(R[x]\) is a commutative ring.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text For a commutative ring&nbsp;\(R\),&nbsp;\(R[x]\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: a commutative ring}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

Note 486: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: I+oWgzW/bK
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
A poset in which every pair of elements has a meet and a join is called a lattice.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
A poset in which every pair of elements has a meet and a join is called a lattice.

Examples: \((\mathbb{N}; \le), \ (\mathcal{P}(S); \subseteq)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A poset in which {{c2::every pair of elements has a meet and a join}} is called a {{c1::lattice}}.
Extra Examples:&nbsp;\((\mathbb{N}; \le), \ (\mathcal{P}(S); \subseteq)\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices

Note 487: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: I1&*hbv&c,
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
An integral domain is a commutative ring without zerodivisors (\( \forall a \ \forall b \quad ab = 0 \rightarrow a = 0 \lor b = 0\) ).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
An integral domain is a commutative ring without zerodivisors (\( \forall a \ \forall b \quad ab = 0 \rightarrow a = 0 \lor b = 0\) ).

A domain of elements behaving like integers.

Examples: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{R}\)
Counterexample: \(\mathbb{Z}_m, m\) not prime

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text An {{c1::integral domain}} is a {{c2::commutative ring without zerodivisors (\( \forall a \ \forall b \quad ab = 0 \rightarrow a = 0 \lor b = 0\) ).}}
Extra <div><i>A domain of elements behaving like integers.</i></div><br>Examples:&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{R}\)<div>Counterexample:&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_m, m\) not prime</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

Note 488: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: IAwcb*
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction
A proof of \(S\) by case distinction has three steps:
  1. Find a finite list \(R_1,\ldots,R_k\) of mathematical statements, the cases.
  2. Prove that at least one of the \(R_i\) is true (at least one case occurs).
  3. Prove \(R_i \implies S\) for \(i = 1,\ldots,k\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction
A proof of \(S\) by case distinction has three steps:
  1. Find a finite list \(R_1,\ldots,R_k\) of mathematical statements, the cases.
  2. Prove that at least one of the \(R_i\) is true (at least one case occurs).
  3. Prove \(R_i \implies S\) for \(i = 1,\ldots,k\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A proof of&nbsp;\(S\)&nbsp;by <i>case distinction</i> has three steps:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Find a finite list&nbsp;\(R_1,\ldots,R_k\)&nbsp;of mathematical statements, the cases.}}<br></li><li>{{c2::Prove that at least one of the&nbsp;\(R_i\)&nbsp;is true (at least one case occurs).}}<br></li><li>{{c3::Prove&nbsp;\(R_i \implies S\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(i = 1,\ldots,k\).}}<br></li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction

Note 489: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: IH=>J8$0Y%
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::2._Representations_of_Relations
What are the three ways to represent a relation on finite sets?
  1.  Set notation (subset of \(A \times B\))
  2.  Boolean matrix (1 if \((a,b) \in \rho\), 0 otherwise)
  3.  Directed graph (nodes are elements, edges are relations)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::2._Representations_of_Relations
What are the three ways to represent a relation on finite sets?
  1.  Set notation (subset of \(A \times B\))
  2.  Boolean matrix (1 if \((a,b) \in \rho\), 0 otherwise)
  3.  Directed graph (nodes are elements, edges are relations)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text What are the three ways to represent a relation on finite sets?<br><ol><li>{{c1::&nbsp;<strong>Set notation</strong>&nbsp;(subset of&nbsp;\(A \times B\))}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;<strong>Boolean matrix</strong>&nbsp;(1 if&nbsp;\((a,b) \in \rho\), 0 otherwise)}}</li><li>{{c3::&nbsp;<strong>Directed graph</strong>&nbsp;(nodes are elements, edges are relations)}}</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::2._Representations_of_Relations

Note 490: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: IL*Um}/|aF
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

A ring is called commutative if multiplication is commutative: 

\(ab = ba\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

A ring is called commutative if multiplication is commutative: 

\(ab = ba\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>A ring is called {{c1::commutative}} if {{c2::multiplication is commutative:}}&nbsp;</p><p>{{c2::\(ab = ba\)}}</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

Note 491: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: IL3~+k+|$5
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
A set together with a partial order \(\preceq\) is called a partially ordered set or simply poset.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
A set together with a partial order \(\preceq\) is called a partially ordered set or simply poset.

Denoted \((A; \preceq)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A set together with a partial order&nbsp;\(\preceq\) is called {{c1::a partially ordered set or simply poset.}}
Extra Denoted&nbsp;\((A; \preceq)\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

Note 492: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: IMA[MEvc,-
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
The set of all functions \(A\to B\) is denoted as \(B^A\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
The set of all functions \(A\to B\) is denoted as \(B^A\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The set of all functions&nbsp;\(A\to B\)&nbsp;is denoted as {{c1::\(B^A\).}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 493: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: INFuk<;]fv
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
An integer greater than \(1\) that is not a prime is called composite.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
An integer greater than \(1\) that is not a prime is called composite.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text An integer greater than&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;that is not a prime is called {{c1::composite}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic

Note 494: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: IW0P%oipLx
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
What are the equivalence classes of \(\equiv_3\) on \(\mathbb{Z}\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
What are the equivalence classes of \(\equiv_3\) on \(\mathbb{Z}\)?

  • \([0] = \{\ldots, -6, -3, 0, 3, 6, \ldots\}\)
  • \([1] = \{\ldots, -5, -2, 1, 4, 7, \ldots\}\)
  • \([2] = \{\ldots, -4, -1, 2, 5, 8, \ldots\}\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What are the equivalence classes of \(\equiv_3\) on \(\mathbb{Z}\)?
Back <ul> <li>\([0] = \{\ldots, -6, -3, 0, 3, 6, \ldots\}\)</li> <li>\([1] = \{\ldots, -5, -2, 1, 4, 7, \ldots\}\)</li> <li>\([2] = \{\ldots, -4, -1, 2, 5, 8, \ldots\}\)</li> </ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations

Note 495: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: IY+[tV3KDj
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

State Lemma 5.18 about the units of a ring and the property their set satisfies? (Proof included)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

State Lemma 5.18 about the units of a ring and the property their set satisfies? (Proof included)


Lemma 5.18: For a ring \(R\), \(R^*\) is a group (the multiplicative group of units of \(R\)).

Proof idea: Every element of \(R^*\) has an inverse by definition, so axiom G3 holds. The other group axioms (associativity, neutral element) are inherited from the ring.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>State Lemma 5.18 about the units of a ring and the property their set satisfies?&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i></p>
Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.18</strong>: For a ring \(R\), \(R^*\) is a <strong>group</strong> (the multiplicative group of units of \(R\)).</p> <p><strong>Proof idea</strong>: Every element of \(R^*\) has an inverse by definition, so axiom <strong>G3</strong> holds. The other group axioms (associativity, neutral element) are inherited from the ring.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

Note 496: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ic5Kv9Wm3S
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories
An axiom \(A\) is a statement taken as true in a theory. Theorems are the statements which follow from .

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories
An axiom \(A\) is a statement taken as true in a theory. Theorems are the statements which follow from .

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text An {{c1::<i>axiom</i>&nbsp;\(A\)}} is a {{c2::statement taken as true in a theory}}. {{c3::<i>Theorems</i>}} are the statements which {{c4::follow from {{c1::these axioms}} (\(A \models T\))}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories

Note 497: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ic5Ww2Tp7G
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
A set of clauses stands for the conjunction of the clauses, it's only satisfied if every clause within the set is satisfied.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
A set of clauses stands for the conjunction of the clauses, it's only satisfied if every clause within the set is satisfied.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A set of clauses stands for the {{c1::<i>conjunction</i>}} of the clauses, it's only satisfied if {{c2::every clause within the set is satisfied}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

Note 498: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ic9Vx7Wn4Q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
In propositional logic, the free symbols of a formula are all the atomic formulas.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
In propositional logic, the free symbols of a formula are all the atomic formulas.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In propositional logic, the {{c1::<i>free symbols</i>&nbsp;of a formula}}&nbsp;are {{c2::all the <i>atomic formulas</i>}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics

Note 499: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Id9Zv4Tn8G
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
A formula is closed if it contains no free variables.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
A formula is closed if it contains no free variables.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A formula is {{c1::<i>closed</i>}} if it {{c2::contains no free variables}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution

Note 500: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: IhW:&11Iid
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
The set \(B\) dominates (denoted \(A \preceq B\)) if there exists an injective function \(A \rightarrow B\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
The set \(B\) dominates (denoted \(A \preceq B\)) if there exists an injective function \(A \rightarrow B\).

Example: \(f(x): \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R} = x\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The set&nbsp;\(B\) {{c1::<b>dominates</b> (denoted&nbsp;\(A \preceq B\))}} if {{c2::there exists an injective function&nbsp;\(A \rightarrow B\).}}
Extra Example:&nbsp;\(f(x): \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R} = x\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

Note 501: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: I}5HhmCO#y
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set
What is the cardinality of the power set of a finite set with cardinality \(k\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set
What is the cardinality of the power set of a finite set with cardinality \(k\)?

\(|\mathcal{P}(A)| = 2^k\) (hence the alternative notation \(2^A\))

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the cardinality of the power set of a finite set with cardinality \(k\)?
Back \(|\mathcal{P}(A)| = 2^k\) (hence the alternative notation \(2^A\))
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set

Note 502: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: I~OaC$m;X=
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets
Give the formal definition of set equality.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets
Give the formal definition of set equality.

\[A = B \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} \forall x (x \in A \leftrightarrow x \in B)\]

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Give the formal definition of set equality.
Back \[A = B \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} \forall x (x \in A \leftrightarrow x \in B)\]
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets

Note 503: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: J!)tsK,]3<
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields
A field (Körper) is {{c2::a nontrivial commutative ring \(F\) in which every nonzero element is a unit, so \(F^* = F \backslash \{0\}\)}}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields
A field (Körper) is {{c2::a nontrivial commutative ring \(F\) in which every nonzero element is a unit, so \(F^* = F \backslash \{0\}\)}}

Example: \(\mathbb{R}\), but not \(\mathbb{Z}\)

Non-trivial: {0} is not a field. In particular, 1 = 0 (neutral element of mult. = neutral element of add.) causes trouble.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A {{c1::field (<i>Körper</i>)}}&nbsp;is {{c2::a nontrivial commutative ring&nbsp;\(F\) in which every nonzero element is a unit, so&nbsp;\(F^* = F \backslash \{0\}\)}}
Extra <b>Example:</b>&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}\), but not&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}\)<br><br><b>Non-trivial:</b> {0} is not a field. In particular, 1 = 0 (neutral element of mult. = neutral element of add.) causes trouble.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

Note 504: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: J!|K;g5R$4
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates PlsFix::DUPLICATE
What is a predicate?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates PlsFix::DUPLICATE
What is a predicate?

A k-ary predicate on \( U \) is a function \( U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\).
It's like a function that takes any number of arguments, but only returns boolean results.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is a predicate?
Back A k-ary predicate on&nbsp;\( U \) is a function&nbsp;\( U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\).<div>It's like a function that takes any number of arguments, but only returns boolean results.</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 505: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: J*162N]zbU
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

State Theorem 5.31 about the number of roots a polynomial can have.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

State Theorem 5.31 about the number of roots a polynomial can have.


Theorem 5.31: For a field \(F\), a nonzero polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) of degree \(d\) has at most \(d\) roots.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>State Theorem 5.31 about the number of roots a polynomial can have.</p>
Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.31</strong>: For a field \(F\), a nonzero polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) of degree \(d\) has <strong>at most \(d\) roots</strong>.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

Note 506: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: JOM4&m6Z&$
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

What is a cyclic group of order \(n\) isomorphic to?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

What is a cyclic group of order \(n\) isomorphic to?


Theorem 5.7: A cyclic group of order \(n\) is isomorphic to \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) (and hence abelian).

This means all cyclic groups of the same order have the same structure.

Explanation: 
You can easily create an isomophism. For any\([a], [b] \in \mathbb{Z}_n\),

\(\varphi([a] + [b]) = \varphi([a+b])\)\(= g^{a+b} = g^a g^b = \varphi([a]) \varphi([b]).\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>What is a cyclic group of order \(n\) isomorphic to?</p>
Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.7</strong>: A cyclic group of order \(n\) is <strong>isomorphic</strong> to \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) (and hence <strong>abelian</strong>).</p> <p>This means all cyclic groups of the same order have the same structure.</p><p><b>Explanation:</b>&nbsp;<br>You can easily create an isomophism.&nbsp;For any\([a], [b] \in \mathbb{Z}_n\),</p><p>\(\varphi([a] + [b]) = \varphi([a+b])\)\(= g^{a+b} = g^a g^b = \varphi([a]) \varphi([b]).\)</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

Note 507: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Jd6Wy2Kp8H
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
In propositional logic an interpretation is called a truth assignment.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
In propositional logic an interpretation is called a truth assignment.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In {{c2::propositional logic}} an interpretation is called a {{c1::<b>truth assignment</b>}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics

Note 508: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Jd9Rx7Tn4T
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories
A theorem is a statement that follows from axioms \(A\): \(A \models T\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories
A theorem is a statement that follows from axioms \(A\): \(A \models T\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A theorem is a statement that {{c1::follows from axioms&nbsp;\(A\):&nbsp;\(A \models T\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories

Note 509: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Jd9Xy7Kn3H
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
The empty clause \(\emptyset\) (formula with no literals) corresponds to an unsatisfiable formula.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
The empty clause \(\emptyset\) (formula with no literals) corresponds to an unsatisfiable formula.

A disjunction with no disjuncts is false.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The {{c1::empty clause&nbsp;\(\emptyset\)&nbsp;(formula with no literals)}}&nbsp;corresponds to an {{c2::<i>unsatisfiable formula</i>}}.
Extra A disjunction with no disjuncts is false.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

Note 510: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Je6Ww9Kp5H
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
Can the same variable occur both bound and free in a formula?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
Can the same variable occur both bound and free in a formula?

YES! The same variable can occur both bound in one place and free in another.

We can then replace all occurrences of the bound variable with another letter without changing the meaning.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Can the same variable occur both bound and free in a formula?
Back <b>YES!</b> The same variable can occur both bound in one place and free in another.<br><br>We can then replace all occurrences of the bound variable with another letter without changing the meaning.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution

Note 511: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: JjXfbTUxG|
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
Is the set of infinite binary sequences countable?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
Is the set of infinite binary sequences countable?

No, the set \(\{0,1\}^{\infty}\) is uncountable.
(Proven by Cantor's diagonalization argument)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Is the set of infinite binary sequences countable?
Back No, the set \(\{0,1\}^{\infty}\) is <strong>uncountable</strong>. <br> (Proven by Cantor's diagonalization argument)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

Note 512: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Joth6W.E([
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
How many distinct relations are possible on a finite set \(A\) with \(|A|\) elements?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
How many distinct relations are possible on a finite set \(A\) with \(|A|\) elements?

\(2^{|A \times A|} = 2^{|A|^2}\) (because \(\rho \subseteq A \times A\))

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How many distinct relations are possible on a finite set \(A\) with \(|A|\) elements?
Back \(2^{|A \times A|} = 2^{|A|^2}\) (because \(\rho \subseteq A \times A\))
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept

Note 513: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Jt5Wm9Nq3R
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
What are the restrictions on the universe \(U\) of an interpretation?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
What are the restrictions on the universe \(U\) of an interpretation?

  • cannot be empty
  • not necessarily a set (can be the universe of all sets, which is a proper class, for example)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What are the restrictions on the universe&nbsp;\(U\)&nbsp;of an interpretation?
Back <ul><li><b>cannot be empty</b></li><li>not necessarily a&nbsp;<i>set&nbsp;</i>(can be the universe of all sets, which is a proper class, for example)</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation

Note 514: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Jv8Hm2Ny4P
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
\(F \rightarrow G\) stands for \(\lnot F \lor G\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
\(F \rightarrow G\) stands for \(\lnot F \lor G\).

This is a notational convention.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text \(F \rightarrow G\)&nbsp;stands for {{c1::\(\lnot F \lor G\)}}.
Extra This is a notational convention.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

Note 515: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: JwxvW*##[%
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors
Give the formal definition of "\(a\) divides \(b\)" (denoted \(a \mid b\)).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors
Give the formal definition of "\(a\) divides \(b\)" (denoted \(a \mid b\)).

\[a \mid b \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} \exists c \in \mathbb{Z} \ b = ac\] \(a\) is a divisor of \(b\), \(b\) is a multiple of \(a\), and \(c\) is the quotient.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Give the formal definition of "\(a\) divides \(b\)" (denoted \(a \mid b\)).
Back \[a \mid b \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} \exists c \in \mathbb{Z} \ b = ac\] \(a\) is a divisor of \(b\), \(b\) is a multiple of \(a\), and \(c\) is the quotient.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors

Note 516: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Jyob1i~-v!
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields
commutative ring has the following properties:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields
commutative ring has the following properties:

Additive Group:
  • closure
  • associativity
  • identity
  • inverse
  • commutativity
Multiplicative group:
  • closure
  • associativity
  • identity
  • distributivity
  • commutativity

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front A&nbsp;<b>commutative ring</b>&nbsp;has the following properties:
Back Additive Group:<br><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>identity</li><li>inverse</li><li>commutativity</li></ul><div>Multiplicative group:</div><div></div><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>identity</li><li>distributivity</li><li><b>commutativity</b></li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields

Note 517: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: K$Y):x!SG=
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

What is the characteristic of \(\mathbb{Z}_m\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

What is the characteristic of \(\mathbb{Z}_m\)?


The characteristic of \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) is \(m\).

Explanation: The characteristic is the order of \(1\) in the additive group. In \(\mathbb{Z}_m\), adding \(1\) to itself \(m\) times gives: \[\underbrace{1 + 1 + \cdots + 1}_{m \text{ times}} = m \equiv_m 0\]

So \(\text{ord}(1) = m\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>What is the characteristic of \(\mathbb{Z}_m\)?</p>
Back <p>The characteristic of \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) is <strong>\(m\)</strong>.</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: The characteristic is the order of \(1\) in the additive group. In \(\mathbb{Z}_m\), adding \(1\) to itself \(m\) times gives: \[\underbrace{1 + 1 + \cdots + 1}_{m \text{ times}} = m \equiv_m 0\]</p> <p>So \(\text{ord}(1) = m\).</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

Note 518: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: K(.[83d?32
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
Is the set \(\{0,1\}^\infty\) (semi-infinite binary sequences) countable?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
Is the set \(\{0,1\}^\infty\) (semi-infinite binary sequences) countable?

No. This can be proven by Cantor's diagonalization argument.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Is the set&nbsp;\(\{0,1\}^\infty\) (semi-infinite binary sequences) countable?
Back No. This can be proven by Cantor's diagonalization argument.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

Note 519: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: K,;}YIg:-h
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
relation \(\rho\) from a set \(A\) to a set \(B\) (also called an \((A,B)\)-relation) is a subset of \(A\times B\). 

If \(A = B\), then \(\rho\) is called a relation on \(A\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
relation \(\rho\) from a set \(A\) to a set \(B\) (also called an \((A,B)\)-relation) is a subset of \(A\times B\). 

If \(A = B\), then \(\rho\) is called a relation on \(A\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A&nbsp;<b>relation&nbsp;</b>\(\rho\)&nbsp;from a set&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;to a set&nbsp;\(B\)&nbsp;(also called an&nbsp;\((A,B)\)-relation) is a {{c1::subset}} of {{c1::\(A\times B\).}}&nbsp;<br><br>If&nbsp;\(A = B\), then&nbsp;\(\rho\)&nbsp;is called {{c1::a <i>relation on</i>&nbsp;\(A\).}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept

Note 520: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: K.T&n8s7:q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
A group or monoid \(\langle G;* \rangle\) is called commutative or abelian if \(a * b = b * a\) for all \(a,b \in G\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
A group or monoid \(\langle G;* \rangle\) is called commutative or abelian if \(a * b = b * a\) for all \(a,b \in G\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A group or monoid \(\langle G;* \rangle\) is called <i>commutative</i> or <i>abelian</i> if {{c1::\(a * b = b * a\) for all \(a,b \in G\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Note 521: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: K4Ll=rR|5+
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
\(a \equiv_m b \stackrel{\text{def}}{\iff}\) \(m \mid (a-b)\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
\(a \equiv_m b \stackrel{\text{def}}{\iff}\) \(m \mid (a-b)\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text \(a \equiv_m b \stackrel{\text{def}}{\iff}\)&nbsp;{{c1::\(m \mid (a-b)\)}}<br>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences

Note 522: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: K5psNfU-&?
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::4._Proof_Systems_in_Theoretical_Computer_Science_*
\( L = \{s \ | \ \tau(s) = 1\} \) is a set of strings called a formal language. It defines a predicate \(\tau\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::4._Proof_Systems_in_Theoretical_Computer_Science_*
\( L = \{s \ | \ \tau(s) = 1\} \) is a set of strings called a formal language. It defines a predicate \(\tau\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text \( L = \{s \ | \ \tau(s) = 1\} \)&nbsp;is a set of strings called a {{c1:: formal language}}. It defines a {{c2:: predicate&nbsp;\(\tau\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::4._Proof_Systems_in_Theoretical_Computer_Science_*

Note 523: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: K>1Kv;vQr=
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
Why is \((\mathcal{P}(\{1,2,3\}); \subseteq)\) NOT totally ordered?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
Why is \((\mathcal{P}(\{1,2,3\}); \subseteq)\) NOT totally ordered?

Because \(\{2, 3\} \not\subseteq \{3, 1\}\) and \(\{3, 1\} \not\subseteq \{2, 3\}\) (they are incomparable).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Why is \((\mathcal{P}(\{1,2,3\}); \subseteq)\) NOT totally ordered?
Back Because \(\{2, 3\} \not\subseteq \{3, 1\}\) and \(\{3, 1\} \not\subseteq \{2, 3\}\) (they are incomparable).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

Note 524: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: KE]BoQ-4oe
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

The neutral element is always in \(\langle g \rangle\) because \(g^0 = e\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

The neutral element is always in \(\langle g \rangle\) because \(g^0 = e\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>The {{c1::neutral element}} is always in \(\langle g \rangle\) because {{c1::\(g^0 = e\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

Note 525: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: K]-MS+TT
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::2._Remarks_on_Primality_Testing
What shortcut exists for testing whether \(n\) is prime? (Lemma 4.12)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::2._Remarks_on_Primality_Testing
What shortcut exists for testing whether \(n\) is prime? (Lemma 4.12)

Every composite integer \(n\) has a prime divisor \(\leq \sqrt{n}\) (since you need at least two primes for a composite integer, and \(n = \sqrt{n} \cdot \sqrt{n}\)).
Therefore, to test if \(n\) is prime, we only need to check divisibility by primes up to \(\sqrt{n}\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What shortcut exists for testing whether \(n\) is prime? (Lemma 4.12)
Back Every composite integer \(n\) has a prime divisor \(\leq \sqrt{n}\)&nbsp;(since you need at least two primes for a composite integer, and&nbsp;\(n = \sqrt{n} \cdot \sqrt{n}\)).<br> Therefore, to test if \(n\) is prime, we only need to check divisibility by primes up to \(\sqrt{n}\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::2._Remarks_on_Primality_Testing

Note 526: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Ka?d&yqaWX
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
What is a computable function \(f: \mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
What is a computable function \(f: \mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\)?

A function for which there exists a program that, for every \(n \in \mathbb{N}\), when given \(n\) as input, outputs \(f(n)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is a computable function \(f: \mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\)?
Back A function for which there exists a program that, for every \(n \in \mathbb{N}\), when given \(n\) as input, outputs \(f(n)\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions

Note 527: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ke4Xz9Rl3T
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
For a set \(Z\) of atomic formulas, a {{c1::truth assignment \(\mathcal{A}\)}} is {{c2::a function \(\mathcal{A}: Z \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
For a set \(Z\) of atomic formulas, a {{c1::truth assignment \(\mathcal{A}\)}} is {{c2::a function \(\mathcal{A}: Z \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\)}}.

A truth assignment \(\mathcal{A}\) is suitable for a formula \(F\) if it contains all atomic formulas appearing in \(F\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text For a set&nbsp;\(Z\)&nbsp;of atomic formulas, a {{c1::<i>truth assignment</i>&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}\)}} is {{c2::a function \(\mathcal{A}: Z \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\)}}.
Extra A truth assignment&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}\)&nbsp;is suitable for a formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;if it contains all atomic formulas appearing in&nbsp;\(F\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics

Note 528: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ke6Tz2Pv8U
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories
If a theorem follows from the empty set of axioms \(\emptyset\), then it's a tautology.

This means that it's a theorem in any theory!

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories
If a theorem follows from the empty set of axioms \(\emptyset\), then it's a tautology.

This means that it's a theorem in any theory!

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text If a theorem follows from the {{c1::empty set of axioms&nbsp;\(\emptyset\)}}, then it's a {{c2::<i>tautology</i>}}. <br><br>This means that {{c3::it's a theorem in any theory!}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories

Note 529: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ke6Zv4Rp8I
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
The {{c1::empty clause set \(\{\}\) (or \(\emptyset\))}} corresponds to a tautology.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
The {{c1::empty clause set \(\{\}\) (or \(\emptyset\))}} corresponds to a tautology.

There are no clauses to satisfy.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The {{c1::empty clause set&nbsp;\(\{\}\)&nbsp;(or&nbsp;\(\emptyset\))}} corresponds to a {{c2::<i>tautology</i>}}.
Extra There are no clauses to satisfy.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

Note 530: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Kf3Xy2Rn9I
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
For a formula \(F\), a variable \(x\) and a term \(t\), \(F[x/t]\) denotes the formula obtained from \(F\) by substituting every free occurrence of \(x\) by \(t\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
For a formula \(F\), a variable \(x\) and a term \(t\), \(F[x/t]\) denotes the formula obtained from \(F\) by substituting every free occurrence of \(x\) by \(t\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text For a formula&nbsp;\(F\), a variable&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;and a term&nbsp;\(t\),&nbsp;{{c1::\(F[x/t]\)}} denotes {{c2::the formula obtained from&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;by substituting every free occurrence of&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;by&nbsp;\(t\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution

Note 531: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Kf8Ww5Kn7I
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
Quantifier order matters in prenex form!

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
Quantifier order matters in prenex form!

For example, \(\exists x \forall y P(x, y)\) is not equivalent to \(\forall y \exists x P(x, y)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Quantifier order {{c1::matters}} in prenex form!
Extra For example,&nbsp;\(\exists x \forall y P(x, y)\)&nbsp;is <b>not</b> equivalent to&nbsp;\(\forall y \exists x P(x, y)\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

Note 532: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Kq8Nx5Rm3J
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
If \(F\) is a tautology one also writes \(\models F\). If is unsatisfiable it can be written as \(F \models \perp\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
If \(F\) is a tautology one also writes \(\models F\). If is unsatisfiable it can be written as \(F \models \perp\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text If&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is a tautology one also writes {{c1::\(\models F\)}}. If is unsatisfiable it can be written as {{c2::\(F \models \perp\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

Note 533: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Ks+2SPij4{
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::03._Indirect_Proof_of_an_Implication
How does an indirect proof of \(S \Rightarrow T\) work?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::03._Indirect_Proof_of_an_Implication
How does an indirect proof of \(S \Rightarrow T\) work?

An indirect proof assumes that \(T\) is false and proves that \(S\) is false under this assumption. This works because \(\lnot B \rightarrow \lnot A \models A \rightarrow B\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How does an indirect proof of \(S \Rightarrow T\) work?
Back An indirect proof assumes that \(T\) is <strong>false</strong> and proves that \(S\) is <strong>false</strong> under this assumption. This works because \(\lnot B \rightarrow \lnot A \models A \rightarrow B\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::03._Indirect_Proof_of_an_Implication

Note 534: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Kw9Rh6Pn2D
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
What is the relationship between \(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\) and \(\mathcal{A}(F)\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
What is the relationship between \(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\) and \(\mathcal{A}(F)\)?

They are the same! In logic, one often writes \(\mathcal{A}(F)\) instead of \(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\) and calls \(\mathcal{A}(F)\) the truth value of \(F\) under interpretation \(\mathcal{A}\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the relationship between&nbsp;\(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}(F)\)?
Back They are the same! In logic, one often writes&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}(F)\)&nbsp;instead of&nbsp;\(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\)&nbsp;and calls&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}(F)\)&nbsp;the <i>truth value of&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;under interpretation&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}\)</i>.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation

Note 535: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Kz0bW-z|V:
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors
What are the trivial divisors that apply to all integers?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors
What are the trivial divisors that apply to all integers?

1 and \(-1\) are divisors of every integer.

Note also that every non-zero integer is a divisor of \(0\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What are the trivial divisors that apply to all integers?
Back 1 and \(-1\) are divisors of every integer.<br><br>Note also that every non-zero integer is a divisor of&nbsp;\(0\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors

Note 536: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: L,+=h7*qew
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite
A set \(A\) is called countable if and only if {{c1::it is finite or\(A \sim \mathbb{N}\)}}, and uncountable otherwise.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite
A set \(A\) is called countable if and only if {{c1::it is finite or\(A \sim \mathbb{N}\)}}, and uncountable otherwise.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A set&nbsp;\(A\) is called <b>countable </b>if and only if {{c1::it is finite or\(A \sim \mathbb{N}\)}}, and <b>uncountable</b> otherwise.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite

Note 537: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: L41@,Ff0ne
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

What are the units of \(\mathbb{Z}\) and \(\mathbb{R}\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

What are the units of \(\mathbb{Z}\) and \(\mathbb{R}\)?


  • Units of \(\mathbb{Z}\): \(\mathbb{Z}^* = \{-1, 1\}\) (only elements with multiplicative inverse in \(\mathbb{Z}\))
  • Units of \(\mathbb{R}\): \(\mathbb{R}^* = \mathbb{R} \setminus \{0\}\) (all non-zero reals have multiplicative inverse)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>What are the units of \(\mathbb{Z}\) and \(\mathbb{R}\)?</p>
Back <ul> <li><strong>Units of \(\mathbb{Z}\)</strong>: \(\mathbb{Z}^* = \{-1, 1\}\) (only elements with multiplicative inverse in \(\mathbb{Z}\))</li> <li><strong>Units of \(\mathbb{R}\)</strong>: \(\mathbb{R}^* = \mathbb{R} \setminus \{0\}\) (all non-zero reals have multiplicative inverse)</li> </ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

Note 538: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: L;:^L}E1n*
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
What is the set \(\{0, 1\}^{\infty}\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
What is the set \(\{0, 1\}^{\infty}\)?

The set of semi-infinite binary sequences, or equivalently, the set of functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0,1\}\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the set \(\{0, 1\}^{\infty}\)?
Back The set of semi-infinite binary sequences, or equivalently, the set of functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0,1\}\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

Note 539: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: LBWc+/kB&L
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
Give the formal definition of set difference \(B \setminus A\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
Give the formal definition of set difference \(B \setminus A\).

\[B \setminus A \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{x \in B \ | \ x \not\in A\}\] (Elements in \(B\) that are not in \(A\))

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Give the formal definition of set difference \(B \setminus A\).
Back \[B \setminus A \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{x \in B \ | \ x \not\in A\}\] (Elements in \(B\) that are not in \(A\))
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

Note 540: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: LFnfauD_]7
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
A group \(G = \langle g \rangle\) generated by an element \(g \in G\) is called cyclic, and \(g\) is called a generator of \(G\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
A group \(G = \langle g \rangle\) generated by an element \(g \in G\) is called cyclic, and \(g\) is called a generator of \(G\).

Examples:
\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n;\oplus\rangle\) (cyclic for every \(n\), 1 is a generator)
\(\langle\mathbb{Z}_n; +,-,0\rangle\) (infinite cyclic group with generators 1 and -1)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A group&nbsp;\(G = \langle g \rangle\) generated by an element&nbsp;\(g \in G\) is called {{c1::cyclic}}, and&nbsp;\(g\) is called {{c1::a <b>generator</b> of&nbsp;\(G\)}}.
Extra Examples:<br>\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n;\oplus\rangle\)&nbsp;(cyclic for every&nbsp;\(n\), 1 is a generator)<br>\(\langle\mathbb{Z}_n; +,-,0\rangle\)&nbsp;(infinite cyclic group with generators 1 and -1)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

Note 541: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: LM9=
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
The Diffie-Hellman Key-Agreement selects two public values:
  1. a large prime \(p\)
  2. a basis \(g\), which is then exponentiated

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
The Diffie-Hellman Key-Agreement selects two public values:
  1. a large prime \(p\)
  2. a basis \(g\), which is then exponentiated

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The Diffie-Hellman Key-Agreement selects two public values:<br><ol><li>{{c1:: a large prime&nbsp;\(p\)}}</li><li>{{c2:: a basis&nbsp;\(g\),&nbsp;which is then exponentiated}}</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement

Note 542: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: LTXK//3RaH
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition
What important property do equivalence classes have?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition
What important property do equivalence classes have?

The set \(A / \theta\) of equivalence classes of an equivalence relation \(\theta\) on \(A\) is a partition of \(A\).
(Equivalence classes are disjoint and cover the entire set)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What important property do equivalence classes have?
Back The set \(A / \theta\) of equivalence classes of an equivalence relation \(\theta\) on \(A\) is a partition of \(A\). <br> (Equivalence classes are disjoint and cover the entire set)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition

Note 543: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: LWf)m2..vK
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
What are the three properties of an equivalence relation?
  1. Reflexivity
  2. Symmetry
  3. Transitivity

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
What are the three properties of an equivalence relation?
  1. Reflexivity
  2. Symmetry
  3. Transitivity

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text What are the three properties of an equivalence relation?<br><ol><li>{{c1::Reflexivity}}<br></li><li>{{c2::Symmetry}}<br></li><li>{{c3::Transitivity}}<br></li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations

Note 544: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: LXd]$6O4Sv
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)
What is the transitivity property of implication?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)
What is the transitivity property of implication?

\((A \rightarrow B) \land (B \rightarrow C) \models A \rightarrow C\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the transitivity property of implication?
Back \((A \rightarrow B) \land (B \rightarrow C) \models A \rightarrow C\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)

Note 545: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: L[2O7285Lj
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules
What is the definition of universal instantiation?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules
What is the definition of universal instantiation?

For any formula \(F\) and any term \(t\) we have: \[\forall x F \models F[x/t]\]

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <b>What is the definition of universal instantiation?</b>
Back For any formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and any term&nbsp;\(t\)&nbsp;we have:&nbsp;\[\forall x F \models F[x/t]\]
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules

Note 546: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: LdYCF$3P>i
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
Is \(\mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N}\) countable?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
Is \(\mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N}\) countable?

Yes, the set \(\mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N}\) (= \(\mathbb{N}^2\)) of ordered pairs of natural numbers is countable.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Is \(\mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N}\) countable?
Back Yes, the set \(\mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N}\) (= \(\mathbb{N}^2\)) of ordered pairs of natural numbers is <strong>countable</strong>.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets

Note 547: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Lf4Wq7Zn9B
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::1._Introduction
A well defined set of rules for manipulating formulas (the syntactic objects) is called a calculus.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::1._Introduction
A well defined set of rules for manipulating formulas (the syntactic objects) is called a calculus.

There are also calculi in which more complex objects are manipulated.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A well defined {{c1::<i>set of rules</i>&nbsp;for manipulating formulas (the syntactic objects)}}&nbsp;is called a {{c2::<i>calculus</i>}}.
Extra There are also calculi in which more complex objects are manipulated.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::1._Introduction

Note 548: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Lf7Yw5Vn2P
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
The semantics of propositional logic are defined as:
  • {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = \mathcal{A}(A_i)\) for any atomic formula \(A_i\)}}
for \(\land, \lor, \lnot\) the semantics are identical to before.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
The semantics of propositional logic are defined as:
  • {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = \mathcal{A}(A_i)\) for any atomic formula \(A_i\)}}
for \(\land, \lor, \lnot\) the semantics are identical to before.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The semantics of propositional logic are defined as:<br><ul><li>{{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = \mathcal{A}(A_i)\)&nbsp;for any atomic formula&nbsp;\(A_i\)}}</li></ul>for&nbsp;\(\land, \lor, \lnot\)&nbsp;the semantics are identical to before.<br>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics

Note 549: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Lfk_~v/e2Q
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
Two sets \(A, B\) are equinumerous (denoted \(A \sim B\)) if there exists a bijection \(A \rightarrow B\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
Two sets \(A, B\) are equinumerous (denoted \(A \sim B\)) if there exists a bijection \(A \rightarrow B\).

Example: \(f: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{Z} = (-1)^n \lceil n/2 \rceil\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Two sets&nbsp;\(A, B\) are {{c1::<b>equinumerous </b>(denoted&nbsp;\(A \sim B\))}}&nbsp;if {{c2::there exists a bijection&nbsp;\(A \rightarrow B\).}}
Extra Example:&nbsp;\(f: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{Z} = (-1)^n \lceil n/2 \rceil\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

Note 550: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Lg8Zv7Tp4J
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
An interpretation or structure in predicate logic is a tuple \(\mathcal{A} = (U, \phi, \psi, \xi)\) where:
  1. \(U\) is a non-empty universe
  2. \(\phi\) (phi) assigns function symbols to functions \(U^k \rightarrow U\)
  3. {{c3::\(\psi\) (psi) assigns predicate symbols to functions \(U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)}}
  4. \(\xi\) (xi) assigns variable symbols to values in \(U\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
An interpretation or structure in predicate logic is a tuple \(\mathcal{A} = (U, \phi, \psi, \xi)\) where:
  1. \(U\) is a non-empty universe
  2. \(\phi\) (phi) assigns function symbols to functions \(U^k \rightarrow U\)
  3. {{c3::\(\psi\) (psi) assigns predicate symbols to functions \(U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)}}
  4. \(\xi\) (xi) assigns variable symbols to values in \(U\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text An <i>interpretation</i> or <i>structure</i> in predicate logic is a tuple&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A} = (U, \phi, \psi, \xi)\)&nbsp;where:<br><ol><li>{{c1::\(U\)&nbsp;is a <b>non-empty</b> universe}}</li><li>{{c2::\(\phi\)&nbsp;(phi)&nbsp;assigns function symbols to functions&nbsp;\(U^k \rightarrow U\)}}</li><li>{{c3::\(\psi\)&nbsp;(psi)&nbsp;assigns predicate symbols to functions&nbsp;\(U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)}}</li><li>{{c4::\(\xi\)&nbsp;(xi) assigns variable symbols to values in&nbsp;\(U\)}}</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics

Note 551: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: LkLLT.l%2!
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders
State the Euclidean Division Theorem.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders
State the Euclidean Division Theorem.

For all integers \(a\) and \(d \neq 0\), there exist unique integers \(q\) and \(r\) satisfying: \[a = dq + r \quad \text{and} \quad 0 \leq r < |d|\] (\(r\) is the remainder, \(q\) is the quotient)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front State the Euclidean Division Theorem.
Back For all integers \(a\) and \(d \neq 0\), there exist <strong>unique</strong> integers \(q\) and \(r\) satisfying: \[a = dq + r \quad \text{and} \quad 0 \leq r &lt; |d|\] (\(r\) is the remainder, \(q\) is the quotient)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders

Note 552: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Llw?`Jb)R)
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
We require that the proof verification function \(\phi\) is efficiently computable, otherwise the proof system is not useful.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
We require that the proof verification function \(\phi\) is efficiently computable, otherwise the proof system is not useful.

A proof system is useless if verification is infeasible.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text We require that the proof verification function&nbsp;\(\phi\)&nbsp;is {{c1::efficiently computable}}, otherwise the proof system is not useful.
Extra A proof system is useless if verification is infeasible.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

Note 553: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Lm6Pv9Ty4W
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
A set of formulas \(M\) can be interpreted as the conjunction (AND) of all formulas in \(M\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
A set of formulas \(M\) can be interpreted as the conjunction (AND) of all formulas in \(M\).

Thus \(\{F_1, \dots, F_n\}\) is equivalent to \(F_1 \land \dots \land F_n\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A set of formulas&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;can be interpreted as the {{c1::<i>conjunction</i> (AND) of all formulas in&nbsp;\(M\)}}.
Extra Thus&nbsp;\(\{F_1, \dots, F_n\}\)&nbsp;is equivalent to&nbsp;\(F_1 \land \dots \land F_n\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

Note 554: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Lp6Jy9Ht2V
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics
The same symbol can occur free in one place and unfree (bound) in another.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics
The same symbol can occur free in one place and unfree (bound) in another.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The same symbol can occur {{c1::free}} in one place and {{c2::unfree (bound)}} in another.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics

Note 555: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: L}28Y2#qgD
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic
What's the difference between \(\equiv\), \(\leftrightarrow\), and \(\Leftrightarrow\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic
What's the difference between \(\equiv\), \(\leftrightarrow\), and \(\Leftrightarrow\)?

  • \(\equiv\): links formulas to statements (not part of PL itself)
  • \(\leftrightarrow\): formula → formula (part of PL)
  • \(\Leftrightarrow\): statement → statement

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What's the difference between \(\equiv\), \(\leftrightarrow\), and \(\Leftrightarrow\)?
Back <ul> <li>\(\equiv\): links formulas to statements (not part of PL itself)</li> <li>\(\leftrightarrow\): formula → formula (part of PL)</li> <li>\(\Leftrightarrow\): statement → statement</li> </ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic

Note 556: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: L~%b?8X(+<
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

The polynomial \(0\) (all \(a_i\) are \(0\)) is defined to have degree \(-\infty\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

The polynomial \(0\) (all \(a_i\) are \(0\)) is defined to have degree \(-\infty\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>The polynomial {{c1::\(0\) (all \(a_i\) are \(0\))}} is defined to have degree {{c2::\(-\infty\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

Note 557: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: M,heUX>`7o
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders
What is \(R_m(x)\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders
What is \(R_m(x)\)?

The smallest non-negative integer \(n \in \mathbb{N}\) for which \(x \equiv_m n\). Equivalently, the remainder when \(x\) is divided by \(m\) (so \(0 \leq R_m(x) < m\)).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is \(R_m(x)\)?
Back The smallest <strong>non-negative</strong> integer \(n \in \mathbb{N}\) for which \(x \equiv_m n\). Equivalently, the remainder when \(x\) is divided by \(m\) (so \(0 \leq R_m(x) &lt; m\)).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders

Note 558: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: M035/^ZEJ$
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
What is the number of subgroups of \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
What is the number of subgroups of \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)?

The number of divisors of \(n\) (as the order of each subgroup divides the group order (which is n here) by Lagrange). 

If \(n\) is written \(n = p_1^{e_1} \cdot p_2^{e_2} \cdots p_k^{e_k}\) then it is \(\prod_{i=1}^k (e_i+1)\).

Note: This only holds because \(\mathbb{Z}_n\) is cyclic and therefore the subgroups are unique.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the number of subgroups of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_n\)?
Back The number of divisors of&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;(as the order of each subgroup divides the group order (which is n here) by Lagrange).&nbsp;<br><br>If&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;is written&nbsp;\(n = p_1^{e_1} \cdot p_2^{e_2} \cdots p_k^{e_k}\)&nbsp;then it is&nbsp;\(\prod_{i=1}^k (e_i+1)\).<br><br><i>Note:</i> This only holds because&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_n\)&nbsp;is cyclic and therefore the subgroups are unique.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

Note 559: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: M0~Ds$fs16
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::4._Logic::HS24
Can a formula be both in CNF and DNF?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::4._Logic::HS24
Can a formula be both in CNF and DNF?

Yes, for example \(A \land B\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Can a formula be both in CNF and DNF?
Back Yes, for example&nbsp;\(A \land B\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::4._Logic::HS24

Note 560: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: M
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
What are the idempotence laws for sets?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
What are the idempotence laws for sets?

  • \(A \cap A = A\)
  • \(A \cup A = A\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What are the idempotence laws for sets?
Back <ul> <li>\(A \cap A = A\)</li> <li>\(A \cup A = A\)</li> </ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

Note 561: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: MUE8!)s%
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

Lemma 5.5(ii): A group homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) maps 

  • {{c1::inverses to inverses: \(\psi(\widehat{a}) = \widetilde{\psi(a)}\)}} for all \(a\).
  • neutral to neutral: \(\psi(e_G) = e_h\)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

Lemma 5.5(ii): A group homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) maps 

  • {{c1::inverses to inverses: \(\psi(\widehat{a}) = \widetilde{\psi(a)}\)}} for all \(a\).
  • neutral to neutral: \(\psi(e_G) = e_h\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p><strong>Lemma 5.5(ii)</strong>: A group homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) maps&nbsp;</p><ul><li>{{c1::inverses to inverses: \(\psi(\widehat{a}) = \widetilde{\psi(a)}\)}} for all \(a\).</li><li>{{c1::neutral to neutral:&nbsp;\(\psi(e_G) = e_h\)}}</li></ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

Note 562: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: MZ}brx(2+L
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
To prove equivalence between formulas \(F\) and \(G\) we have to prove that  \(F \models G \ \ \land \ \ G \models F\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
To prove equivalence between formulas \(F\) and \(G\) we have to prove that  \(F \models G \ \ \land \ \ G \models F\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text To prove equivalence between formulas&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;we have to prove that {{c1::&nbsp;\(F \models G \ \ \land \ \ G \models F\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

Note 563: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ma#P3o/Xx{
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DUPLICATE

A group is an algebra \(\langle G; *, \widehat{\ \ }, e \rangle\) satisfying three axioms: G1 (associativity), G2 (neutral element), and G3 (inverse elements).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DUPLICATE

A group is an algebra \(\langle G; *, \widehat{\ \ }, e \rangle\) satisfying three axioms: G1 (associativity), G2 (neutral element), and G3 (inverse elements).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>A {{c1::group}} is an algebra \(\langle G; *, \widehat{\ \ }, e \rangle\) satisfying {{c2::three}} axioms: {{c3::G1 (associativity)}}, {{c4::G2 (neutral element)}}, and {{c5::G3 (inverse elements)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 564: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Mc|AR7cj;b
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

A polynomial \(a(x)\) is called monic if the leading coefficient is \(1\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

A polynomial \(a(x)\) is called monic if the leading coefficient is \(1\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>A polynomial \(a(x)\) is called {{c1::monic}} if the {{c2::leading coefficient is \(1\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

Note 565: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Mg4Zv3Tp9K
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::3._Brief_Discussion_of_General_Logic_Concepts
Two formulas \(F\) and \(G\) are equivalent if their truth tables (function tables) are equivalent.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::3._Brief_Discussion_of_General_Logic_Concepts
Two formulas \(F\) and \(G\) are equivalent if their truth tables (function tables) are equivalent.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Two formulas&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;are {{c1::equivalent}} if their {{c2::<i>truth tables</i> (function tables) are equivalent}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::3._Brief_Discussion_of_General_Logic_Concepts

Note 566: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Mg8Vt2Kp5X
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::1._Introduction
There is a trade-off in calculi between simplicity (which makes proving soundness easier) and versatility (which makes the calculus more complete).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::1._Introduction
There is a trade-off in calculi between simplicity (which makes proving soundness easier) and versatility (which makes the calculus more complete).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text There is a trade-off in calculi between {{c1::simplicity (which makes proving soundness easier)}} and {{c1::versatility (which makes the calculus more complete)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::1._Introduction

Note 567: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Mg8Xy2Kp6K
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
A clause \(K\) is resolvent of clauses \(K_1\) and \(K_2\) if there is a literal \(L\) such that \(L \in K_1\), \(\lnot L \in K_2\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
A clause \(K\) is resolvent of clauses \(K_1\) and \(K_2\) if there is a literal \(L\) such that \(L \in K_1\), \(\lnot L \in K_2\).

 \[K = (K_1 \setminus \{L\}) \cup (K_2 \setminus \{\lnot L\})\]

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A clause&nbsp;\(K\)&nbsp;is {{c1::<i>resolvent</i>}} of clauses&nbsp;\(K_1\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(K_2\)&nbsp;if {{c2::there is a literal&nbsp;\(L\)&nbsp;such that \(L \in K_1\), \(\lnot L \in K_2\)}}.
Extra &nbsp;\[K = (K_1 \setminus \{L\}) \cup (K_2 \setminus \{\lnot L\})\]<br>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

Note 568: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Mn5Cx7Rp2J
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::2._Syntax
The syntax of a logic defines an alphabet \(\Lambda\) (of allowed symbols) and specifies which strings in \(\Lambda^*\) are formulas (i.e. syntactically correct).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::2._Syntax
The syntax of a logic defines an alphabet \(\Lambda\) (of allowed symbols) and specifies which strings in \(\Lambda^*\) are formulas (i.e. syntactically correct).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The {{c1::<i>syntax</i>}} of a logic defines {{c2::an alphabet&nbsp;\(\Lambda\)&nbsp;(of allowed symbols)}} and specifies {{c2::which strings in&nbsp;\(\Lambda^*\)&nbsp;are formulas (i.e. syntactically correct)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::2._Syntax

Note 569: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Mqpm#lUsGl
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has a right inverse if and only if \(f\) is surjective (not in script).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has a right inverse if and only if \(f\) is surjective (not in script).


We can create a function \(g\) that outputs a unique value in \(A\) for every input \(b\). We can then revert it with \(f\). Therefore, \(\forall (f \circ g) b = b \iff f \circ g = \text{id}_B\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has a {{c1::right inverse}} if and only if \(f\) is {{c2::surjective}} (not in script).</p>
Extra We can create a function&nbsp;\(g\)&nbsp;that outputs a unique value in&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;for every input&nbsp;\(b\). We can then revert it with&nbsp;\(f\). Therefore,&nbsp;\(\forall (f \circ g) b = b \iff f \circ g = \text{id}_B\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

Note 570: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Mz.H046~kk
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

To verify the homomorphism property, check that: 

\(\psi(g_1 \cdot g_2) = \psi(g_1) + \psi(g_2)\) for all \(g_1, g_2\) in \(G\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

To verify the homomorphism property, check that: 

\(\psi(g_1 \cdot g_2) = \psi(g_1) + \psi(g_2)\) for all \(g_1, g_2\) in \(G\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>To verify the {{c1::homomorphism property}}, check that:&nbsp;</p><p>{{c2::\(\psi(g_1 \cdot g_2) = \psi(g_1) + \psi(g_2)\)}} for all \(g_1, g_2\) in \(G\).</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

Note 571: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: N$(b/mcC}}
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids
A monoid is an algebra \( \langle S; *, e \rangle\) where \(*\) is associative and \(e\) is the neutral element.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids
A monoid is an algebra \( \langle S; *, e \rangle\) where \(*\) is associative and \(e\) is the neutral element.

Difference to group: Absence of inverse

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c1::A <b>monoid</b>}}<b>&nbsp;</b>is an algebra&nbsp;{{c2::\( \langle S; *, e \rangle\) where&nbsp;\(*\) is associative and&nbsp;\(e\) is the neutral element.}}
Extra Difference to group: Absence of inverse
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

Note 572: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: N*:u1Dw&:/
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
For \(F \vdash_K G\), what is \(F\) called in a calculus?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
For \(F \vdash_K G\), what is \(F\) called in a calculus?

The premises or preconditions.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front For&nbsp;\(F \vdash_K G\), what is&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;called in a calculus?
Back The premises or preconditions.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi

Note 573: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: N,%,xCUm($
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

What is the group generated by a, denoted \(\langle a \rangle\) defined as?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

What is the group generated by a, denoted \(\langle a \rangle\) defined as?


For a group \(G\) and \(a \in G\), the group generated by \(a\), denoted \(\langle a \rangle\), is defined as: \[\langle a \rangle \ \overset{\text{def}}{=} \ \{a^n \ | \ n \in \mathbb{Z}\}\]

This is a group, the smallest subgroup of \(G\) containing the element \(a\).

For finite groups: \(\langle a \rangle = \{e, a, a^2, \dots, a^{\text{ord}(a)-1}\}\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>What is the group <em>generated by a</em>, denoted \(\langle a \rangle\) defined as?</p>
Back <p>For a group \(G\) and \(a \in G\), the group generated by \(a\), denoted \(\langle a \rangle\), is defined as: \[\langle a \rangle \ \overset{\text{def}}{=} \ \{a^n \ | \ n \in \mathbb{Z}\}\]</p> <p>This is a group, the smallest subgroup of \(G\) containing the element \(a\).</p> <p>For finite groups: \(\langle a \rangle = \{e, a, a^2, \dots, a^{\text{ord}(a)-1}\}\).</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

Note 574: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: N-`M!,:KwP
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
Can a relation be both symmetric and antisymmetric?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
Can a relation be both symmetric and antisymmetric?

YES - the identity relation is both symmetric and antisymmetric. The properties are independent, not mutually exclusive.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Can a relation be both symmetric and antisymmetric?
Back <strong>YES</strong> - the identity relation is both symmetric and antisymmetric. The properties are <strong>independent</strong>, not mutually exclusive.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

Note 575: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: N2+?o9|%9:
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)
In propositional logic, a formula \(G\) is a logical consequence of a formula \(F\)  if for all truth assignments to the propositional symbols appearing in \(F\) or \(G\), the truth value of \(G\) is \(1\) if the truth value of \(F\) is \(1\). This is denoted with \(F \models G\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)
In propositional logic, a formula \(G\) is a logical consequence of a formula \(F\)  if for all truth assignments to the propositional symbols appearing in \(F\) or \(G\), the truth value of \(G\) is \(1\) if the truth value of \(F\) is \(1\). This is denoted with \(F \models G\).

Example: \(A \land B \models A \lor B\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In&nbsp;<b>propositional logic</b>, a formula&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is a&nbsp;<i>logical consequence</i>&nbsp;of a formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp; if {{c1:: for all truth assignments to the propositional symbols appearing in&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(G\), the truth value of&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;if the truth value of&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(1\)}}. This is denoted with&nbsp;\(F \models G\).
Extra Example:&nbsp;\(A \land B \models A \lor B\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)

Note 576: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: N9}Teh]+={
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups
For \(H\) to be a subgroup, it must have closure under {{c1::inverses: 

\(\widehat{a} \in H\) for all \(a \in H\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups
For \(H\) to be a subgroup, it must have closure under {{c1::inverses: 

\(\widehat{a} \in H\) for all \(a \in H\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text For \(H\) to be a subgroup, it must have closure under {{c1::inverses:&nbsp;<br><br>\(\widehat{a} \in H\) for all \(a \in H\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

Note 577: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: N>8-!q7YcU
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
How is the composition \(g \circ f\) of functions \(f: A \to B\) and \(g: B \to C\) defined?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
How is the composition \(g \circ f\) of functions \(f: A \to B\) and \(g: B \to C\) defined?

\[(g \circ f)(a) = g(f(a))\] Critical: \(f\) is applied FIRST, then \(g\) (read right to left!)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How is the composition \(g \circ f\) of functions \(f: A \to B\) and \(g: B \to C\) defined?
Back \[(g \circ f)(a) = g(f(a))\] <strong>Critical</strong>: \(f\) is applied <strong>FIRST</strong>, then \(g\) (read right to left!)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

Note 578: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: NJ8=)_1qP|
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

An \((n,k)\)-encoding function \(E\) is an {{c2::injective function \(E: \mathcal{A}^k \rightarrow \mathcal{A}^n\) where \(n > k\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

An \((n,k)\)-encoding function \(E\) is an {{c2::injective function \(E: \mathcal{A}^k \rightarrow \mathcal{A}^n\) where \(n > k\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>An {{c1::\((n,k)\)-encoding function}} \(E\) is an {{c2::injective function \(E: \mathcal{A}^k \rightarrow \mathcal{A}^n\) where \(n &gt; k\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

Note 579: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: NVr>F0}H_D
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*
How do we construct a field \(GF(p^q)\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*
How do we construct a field \(GF(p^q)\)?

We take the field \(GF(p)[x]_{m(x)}\) where \(m(x)\) is an irreducible polynomial of degree \(q\).

Then \(GF(p)[x]_{m(x)}\) has \({|F|}^q\) polynomials in it, as all of degree less than \(q\) are coprime to \(m(x)\), by definition of irreducible.
And this field is isomorphic to \(GF(p^q)\).

Example: The field \(GF(2)[x]\) \({x^2 + x + 1}\) is isomorphic to \(GF(2^2 = 4)\). 
We can see this is the case as \(GF(2)[x]_{x^2 + x + 1}\) has \(4\) elements, \(\{0, 1, x, x + 1\}\), which we can basically map to \(GF(4)\) as \(\{0, 1, 2, 3\}\).

Indeed \(1 + x = x + 1\) in \(GF(2)[x]_{x^2 + 1 + 1}\) and \(1 + 2 = 3\) which is \(x + 1\) in the isomorphism.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How do we construct a field&nbsp;\(GF(p^q)\)?
Back We take the field&nbsp;\(GF(p)[x]_{m(x)}\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(m(x)\)&nbsp;is an irreducible polynomial of degree&nbsp;\(q\).<br><br>Then \(GF(p)[x]_{m(x)}\)&nbsp;has&nbsp;\({|F|}^q\)&nbsp;polynomials in it, as all of degree less than&nbsp;\(q\)&nbsp;are coprime to&nbsp;\(m(x)\), by definition of irreducible. <br>And this field is isomorphic to&nbsp;\(GF(p^q)\).<br><br><div> <strong>Example</strong>: The field&nbsp;\(GF(2)[x]\) \({x^2 + x + 1}\) is isomorphic to \(GF(2^2 = 4)\).&nbsp;</div><div>We can see this is the case as \(GF(2)[x]_{x^2 + x + 1}\) has \(4\) elements, \(\{0, 1, x, x + 1\}\), which we can basically map to \(GF(4)\) as \(\{0, 1, 2, 3\}\).</div><div><br></div><div>Indeed \(1 + x = x + 1\) in \(GF(2)[x]_{x^2 + 1 + 1}\) and \(1 + 2 = 3\) which is \(x + 1\) in the isomorphism.</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

Note 580: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: NfXydu*6p1
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures
An operation on a set \(S\) is a function \(S^n \to S\), where \(n \ge 0\) is called the arity of the operation.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures
An operation on a set \(S\) is a function \(S^n \to S\), where \(n \ge 0\) is called the arity of the operation.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text An&nbsp;<i>operation</i>&nbsp;on a set&nbsp;\(S\)&nbsp;is {{c1::a function&nbsp;\(S^n \to S\), where&nbsp;\(n \ge 0\)&nbsp;is called the <i>arity</i> of the operation::what (include arity)?}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures

Note 581: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Nh5Zv7Rn9L
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
Can the resolution calculus remove two complementary literals at once?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
Can the resolution calculus remove two complementary literals at once?

NO! The resolution calculus doesn't allow removing two complementary literals at once.

The derivation \(\{A, \lnot B\}, \{\lnot A, B\} \vdash_{\text{res}} \emptyset\) is wrong and illegal!

For \(A = 1\), \(B = 1\) both clauses are true, so this would derive unsatisfiability from satisfiable clauses.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Can the resolution calculus remove two complementary literals at once?
Back <b>NO!</b> The resolution calculus <b>doesn't allow</b> removing two complementary literals at once.<br><br>The derivation&nbsp;\(\{A, \lnot B\}, \{\lnot A, B\} \vdash_{\text{res}} \emptyset\)&nbsp;is <b>wrong and illegal!</b><br><br>For&nbsp;\(A = 1\),&nbsp;\(B = 1\)&nbsp;both clauses are true, so this would derive unsatisfiability from satisfiable clauses.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

Note 582: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Nh8Wx6Kn4L
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::3._Brief_Discussion_of_General_Logic_Concepts
\(F \models G\) in propositional logic means that the function table (truth table) of \(G\) contains a \(1\) for at least all arguments for which the function table of \(F\) contains a \(1\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::3._Brief_Discussion_of_General_Logic_Concepts
\(F \models G\) in propositional logic means that the function table (truth table) of \(G\) contains a \(1\) for at least all arguments for which the function table of \(F\) contains a \(1\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text {{c2::\(F \models G\)}}&nbsp;in propositional logic means that {{c1::the function table (truth table) of&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;contains a&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;for at least all arguments for which the function table of&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;contains a&nbsp;\(1\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::3._Brief_Discussion_of_General_Logic_Concepts

Note 583: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ni(5U1m?zz
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::2._Russell's_Paradox
Russell's Paradox proposes the (problematic) set \(R=\) {{c1::\(R = \{ A \mid A \notin A \}\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::2._Russell's_Paradox
Russell's Paradox proposes the (problematic) set \(R=\) {{c1::\(R = \{ A \mid A \notin A \}\)}}.

  1. Assume R contains itself
    Then R should not contain itself (because R only contains sets that do not contain themselves).
    ➜ Contradiction.
  2. Assume R does not contain itself
    Then it does meet the rule for membership in R, so it should contain itself.
    ➜ Contradiction.
A barber that shaves all and only those men who do not shave themselves. Does he shave himself?

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Russell's Paradox proposes the (problematic) set&nbsp;\(R=\)&nbsp;{{c1::\(R = \{ A \mid A \notin A \}\)}}.
Extra <div><ol><li> <div><b>Assume R contains itself</b><b></b></div> <div>Then R should <i>not</i> contain itself (because R only contains sets that do not contain themselves).</div> <div>➜ Contradiction.</div> </li><li> <div><b>Assume R does not contain itself</b><b></b></div> <div>Then it <i>does</i> meet the rule for membership in R, so it should contain itself.</div> <div>➜ Contradiction.</div></li></ol></div><i>A barber that shaves all and only those men who do not shave themselves. Does he shave himself?</i><br>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::2._Russell's_Paradox

Note 584: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ni9Xy4Rp5L
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
In predicate logic interpretation, \(\phi\) assigns function symbols \(f\) to functions, \(\phi(f)\) is a function \(U^k \rightarrow U\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
In predicate logic interpretation, \(\phi\) assigns function symbols \(f\) to functions, \(\phi(f)\) is a function \(U^k \rightarrow U\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In predicate logic interpretation, {{c1::\(\phi\)}} assigns {{c2::<b>function</b> symbols&nbsp;\(f\)&nbsp;to functions,&nbsp;\(\phi(f)\)&nbsp;is a function \(U^k \rightarrow U\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics

Note 585: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: O?~Mb}~!3:
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens
Proof method: "Modus Ponens"

1. Find a suitable statement \(R\).
2.  Prove \(R\).
3.  Prove \(R \implies S\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens
Proof method: "Modus Ponens"

1. Find a suitable statement \(R\).
2.  Prove \(R\).
3.  Prove \(R \implies S\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Proof method: "Modus Ponens"<br><br>1. {{c1:: Find a suitable statement&nbsp;\(R\).}}<div>2. {{c2::&nbsp;Prove&nbsp;\(R\).}}</div><div>3. {{c3::&nbsp;Prove&nbsp;\(R \implies S\).}}</div>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens

Note 586: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: OAo>])E_~&
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
State the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic (Theorem 4.6).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
State the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic (Theorem 4.6).

Every positive integer can be written uniquely (up to the order of factors) as the product of primes: \[x = \prod p_i^{e_i}\]

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front State the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic (Theorem 4.6).
Back Every positive integer can be written <strong>uniquely</strong> (up to the order of factors) as the product of primes: \[x = \prod p_i^{e_i}\]
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic

Note 587: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: OR;0HVwMqM
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::2._Description_of_RSA
Both RSA and Diffie-Hellman use modular exponentiation for their main operation.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::2._Description_of_RSA
Both RSA and Diffie-Hellman use modular exponentiation for their main operation.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Both RSA and Diffie-Hellman use {{c1::modular exponentiation}} for their main operation.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::2._Description_of_RSA

Note 588: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: OZ:K%_?#ON
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring
\(0\) is not in \(A^*\) where {{c2::\(A\) is a multiplicative algebra like \(\mathbb{Z}_{25}\)}}. Justification Included

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring
\(0\) is not in \(A^*\) where {{c2::\(A\) is a multiplicative algebra like \(\mathbb{Z}_{25}\)}}. Justification Included

\(\gcd(0, n) = n\) and not \(1\)!

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text \(0\)&nbsp;is {{c1::not}} in&nbsp;\(A^*\)&nbsp;where {{c2::\(A\)&nbsp;is a multiplicative algebra like&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_{25}\)}}.&nbsp;<i>Justification Included</i>
Extra \(\gcd(0, n) = n\)&nbsp;and not&nbsp;\(1\)!
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

Note 589: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: O[H(W]T@Fv
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
When is the lexicographic order on \(A \times B\) totally ordered?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
When is the lexicographic order on \(A \times B\) totally ordered?

When both \((A; \preceq)\) and \((B; \sqsubseteq)\) are totally ordered.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front When is the lexicographic order on \(A \times B\) totally ordered?
Back When <strong>both</strong> \((A; \preceq)\) and \((B; \sqsubseteq)\) are totally ordered.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order

Note 590: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Od*A$z}#*`
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms
For two groups \(\langle G;*;\widehat{};e\rangle\)and \(\langle H;\star;\sim;e'\rangle\), a function \(\psi: G\to H\) is called a group homomorphism if for all \(a\) and \(b\):

\(\psi(a*b) = \psi(a)\star\psi(b)\).

If \(\psi\) is a bijection from \(G\) to \(H\), then it is called an isomorphism.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms
For two groups \(\langle G;*;\widehat{};e\rangle\)and \(\langle H;\star;\sim;e'\rangle\), a function \(\psi: G\to H\) is called a group homomorphism if for all \(a\) and \(b\):

\(\psi(a*b) = \psi(a)\star\psi(b)\).

If \(\psi\) is a bijection from \(G\) to \(H\), then it is called an isomorphism.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text For two groups&nbsp;\(\langle G;*;\widehat{};e\rangle\)and&nbsp;\(\langle H;\star;\sim;e'\rangle\), a function&nbsp;\(\psi: G\to H\)&nbsp;is called a <i>group homomorphism</i>&nbsp;if for all&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(b\):<br><br>{{c1::\(\psi(a*b) = \psi(a)\star\psi(b)\)}}.<br><br>If&nbsp;\(\psi\)&nbsp;is {{c2::a bijection from&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(H\)}}, then it is called an <i>isomorphism</i>.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

Note 591: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: OdIrp%Y_=t
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm
Given prime factorizations \(a = \prod_i p_i^{e_i}\) and \(b = \prod_i p_i^{f_i}\), express \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\) and \(\text{lcm}(a,b)\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm
Given prime factorizations \(a = \prod_i p_i^{e_i}\) and \(b = \prod_i p_i^{f_i}\), express \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\) and \(\text{lcm}(a,b)\).

\[\text{gcd}(a,b) = \prod_i p_i^{\min(e_i, f_i)}\] \[\text{lcm}(a,b) = \prod_i p_i^{\max(e_i, f_i)}\]

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Given prime factorizations \(a = \prod_i p_i^{e_i}\) and \(b = \prod_i p_i^{f_i}\), express \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\) and \(\text{lcm}(a,b)\).
Back \[\text{gcd}(a,b) = \prod_i p_i^{\min(e_i, f_i)}\] \[\text{lcm}(a,b) = \prod_i p_i^{\max(e_i, f_i)}\]
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm

Note 592: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Oi5Ty2Rp7M
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
A literal is an atomic formula or the negation of an atomic formula.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
A literal is an atomic formula or the negation of an atomic formula.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A {{c1::<i>literal</i>}} is {{c2::an atomic formula or the negation of an atomic formula}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

Note 593: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Oi6Kx4Tn8L
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
Derivation/inference rule: 
{{c1::\(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\} \vdash_R G\)::Notation}} if {{c2:: \(G\) can be derived from the set \(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\}\) by rule \(R\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
Derivation/inference rule: 
{{c1::\(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\} \vdash_R G\)::Notation}} if {{c2:: \(G\) can be derived from the set \(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\}\) by rule \(R\)}}.

Formally, a derivation rule \(R\) is a relation from the power set of the set of formulas to the set of formulas.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <i>Derivation/</i><i>inference</i>&nbsp;rule:&nbsp;<br>{{c1::\(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\} \vdash_R G\)::Notation}} if {{c2::&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;can be derived from the set&nbsp;\(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\}\)&nbsp;by rule&nbsp;\(R\)}}.
Extra Formally, a derivation rule&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;is a relation from the power set of the set of formulas to the set of formulas.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi

Note 594: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Oj3Xy8Rn2M
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
Skolem normal form has no existence quantifiers.
It is equisatisfiable (not equivalent!) to the original formula.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
Skolem normal form has no existence quantifiers.
It is equisatisfiable (not equivalent!) to the original formula.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Skolem normal form has {{c1::no existence quantifiers}}.<br>It is {{c2::<i>equisatisfiable</i> (not equivalent!)}} to the original formula.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

Note 595: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Oj6Zv8Tn2M
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
In predicate logic interpretation, \(\psi\) assigns {{c2::predicate symbols \(P\) to functions, \(\psi(P)\) is a function \(U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
In predicate logic interpretation, \(\psi\) assigns {{c2::predicate symbols \(P\) to functions, \(\psi(P)\) is a function \(U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In predicate logic interpretation, {{c1::\(\psi\)}} assigns {{c2::<b>predicate</b> symbols&nbsp;\(P\)&nbsp;to functions,&nbsp;\(\psi(P)\)&nbsp;is a function \(U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics

Note 596: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: OkpH]*vEZ%
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎ PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

What are the equivalence classes modulo \(m(x)\) in a polynomial field?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎ PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

What are the equivalence classes modulo \(m(x)\) in a polynomial field?


Lemma 5.33: Congruence modulo \(m(x)\) is an equivalence relation on \(F[x]\), and each equivalence class has a unique representation of degree less than \(\deg(m(x))\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>What are the equivalence classes modulo \(m(x)\) in a polynomial field?</p>
Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.33</strong>: Congruence modulo \(m(x)\) is an <strong>equivalence relation</strong> on \(F[x]\), and each equivalence class has a <strong>unique representation</strong> of degree less than \(\deg(m(x))\).</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎ PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

Note 597: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ot[i#kJ>s<
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms PlsFix::DUPLICATE
If for two groups \(G\) and \(H\) there is a function \(\psi: G\to H\) which is an isomorphism, then we say that \(G\) and \(H\) are isomorphic and we write this as \(G \simeq H\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms PlsFix::DUPLICATE
If for two groups \(G\) and \(H\) there is a function \(\psi: G\to H\) which is an isomorphism, then we say that \(G\) and \(H\) are isomorphic and we write this as \(G \simeq H\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text If for two groups&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(H\)&nbsp;there is a function&nbsp;\(\psi: G\to H\)&nbsp;which is an isomorphism, then we say that {{c1::\(G\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(H\)&nbsp;are&nbsp;<i>isomorphic</i>}}&nbsp;and we write this as {{c1::\(G \simeq H\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 598: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: OzF|Oem
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
What kind of relation is \(\equiv_m\)? (Lemma 4.13)

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
What kind of relation is \(\equiv_m\)? (Lemma 4.13)

For any \(m > 1\), \(\equiv_m\) is an equivalence relation on \(\mathbb{Z}\) (reflexive, symmetric, and transitive).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What kind of relation is \(\equiv_m\)? (Lemma 4.13)
Back For any \(m &gt; 1\), \(\equiv_m\) is an <strong>equivalence relation</strong> on \(\mathbb{Z}\) (reflexive, symmetric, and transitive).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences

Note 599: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: P-/!|^T*.(
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
What is a partial function \(A \to B\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
What is a partial function \(A \to B\)?

A relation from \(A\) to \(B\) that satisfies only the well-defined property (condition 2), NOT necessarily totally defined.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is a partial function \(A \to B\)?
Back A relation from \(A\) to \(B\) that satisfies only the <strong>well-defined</strong> property (condition 2), NOT necessarily totally defined.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

Note 600: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: P.B9cv;^*B
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
What is the image \(f(S)\) of a subset \(S \subseteq A\) under function \(f: A \to B\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
What is the image \(f(S)\) of a subset \(S \subseteq A\) under function \(f: A \to B\)?

\[f(S) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{f(a) \ | \ a \in S\}\]

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the image \(f(S)\) of a subset \(S \subseteq A\) under function \(f: A \to B\)?
Back \[f(S) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{f(a) \ | \ a \in S\}\]
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

Note 601: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: P02nk|&p.d
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
What are the idempotence laws in propositional logic?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
What are the idempotence laws in propositional logic?

  • \(A \land A \equiv A\)
  • \(A \lor A \equiv A\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What are the idempotence laws in propositional logic?
Back <ul> <li>\(A \land A \equiv A\)</li> <li>\(A \lor A \equiv A\)</li> </ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

Note 602: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: P1
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::07._Existence_Proofs
What is the difference between a constructive and non-constructive existence proof?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::07._Existence_Proofs
What is the difference between a constructive and non-constructive existence proof?

  • Constructive: Exhibits an explicit \(a\) for which \(S_a\) is true
  • Non-constructive: Proves existence without constructing a specific example

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the difference between a constructive and non-constructive existence proof?
Back <ul> <li><strong>Constructive</strong>: Exhibits an explicit \(a\) for which \(S_a\) is true</li> <li><strong>Non-constructive</strong>: Proves existence without constructing a specific example</li> </ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::07._Existence_Proofs

Note 603: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: PI2pek)9t%
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

In a group, \(a^0\) is defined as the identity element \(e\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

In a group, \(a^0\) is defined as the identity element \(e\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>In a group, \({{c1::a^0}}\) is defined as the {{c2::identity element&nbsp;\(e\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

Note 604: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: PLw>#T/cN`
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups
Lagrange's theorem: If \(G\) is a finite group and \(H\) is a subgroup, then the order of \(H\) divides the order of \(G\), i.e. \(|H|\) divides \(|G|\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups
Lagrange's theorem: If \(G\) is a finite group and \(H\) is a subgroup, then the order of \(H\) divides the order of \(G\), i.e. \(|H|\) divides \(|G|\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Lagrange's theorem: If&nbsp;\(G\) is a finite group and&nbsp;\(H\) is a subgroup, then {{c1::the order of&nbsp;\(H\) divides the order of&nbsp;\(G\), i.e.&nbsp;\(|H|\) divides&nbsp;\(|G|\).}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

Note 605: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: PU}Z|agcHs
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

For a finite group \(G\), \(|G|\) is called the order of \(G\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

For a finite group \(G\), \(|G|\) is called the order of \(G\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text <p>For a finite group \(G\), {{c1::\(|G|\)}} is called the {{c2::order of \(G\)}}.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

Note 606: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Pg13FEy@4+
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns PlsFix::DELETE
What are the 7 main proof patterns covered in the course?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns PlsFix::DELETE
What are the 7 main proof patterns covered in the course?

1. Direct proof 2. Indirect proof (contraposition) 3. Modus ponens 4. Case distinction 5. Contradiction 6. Existence proof 7. Induction

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What are the 7 main proof patterns covered in the course?
Back 1. Direct proof 2. Indirect proof (contraposition) 3. Modus ponens 4. Case distinction 5. Contradiction 6. Existence proof 7. Induction
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns PlsFix::DELETE

Note 607: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Pi%FwZEpJz
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
For any formulas \(F\) and \(G\), \(F \rightarrow G\) is a tautology if and only if \(F \models G\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
For any formulas \(F\) and \(G\), \(F \rightarrow G\) is a tautology if and only if \(F \models G\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text For any formulas&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\), {{c1::\(F \rightarrow G\)}}&nbsp;is a tautology&nbsp;<strong>if and only if</strong>&nbsp;{{c2::\(F \models G\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability

Note 608: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Pj+hP=zmjl
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

\(\alpha \in F\) is a root of \(a(x)\) if and only if:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

\(\alpha \in F\) is a root of \(a(x)\) if and only if:


\((x - \alpha)\) divides \(a(x)\).

Corollary: An irreducible polynomial of degree \(\geq 2\) has no roots.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>\(\alpha \in F\) is a root of \(a(x)\) <em>if and only if</em>:</p>
Back <p>\((x - \alpha)\) divides \(a(x)\).</p> <p><strong>Corollary</strong>: An <strong>irreducible</strong> polynomial of degree \(\geq 2\) has <strong>no roots</strong>.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

Note 609: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Pj6Xy8Kn7N
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
The resolution calculus is sound, i.e. if {{c2::\(\mathcal{K} \vdash_{Res} K\)}}, then {{c2::\(\mathcal{K} \models K\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
The resolution calculus is sound, i.e. if {{c2::\(\mathcal{K} \vdash_{Res} K\)}}, then {{c2::\(\mathcal{K} \models K\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The resolution calculus is {{c1::<i>sound</i>}}, i.e. if {{c2::\(\mathcal{K} \vdash_{Res} K\)}}, then {{c2::\(\mathcal{K} \models K\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

Note 610: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Pj9Uz7Wm3N
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
A formula is in conjunctive normal form (CNF) if it is a {{c2::conjunction of disjunctions of literals: \[(L_{11} \lor \dots \lor L_{1m_1}) \land \dots \land (L_{n1} \lor \dots \lor L_{nm_n})\]}}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
A formula is in conjunctive normal form (CNF) if it is a {{c2::conjunction of disjunctions of literals: \[(L_{11} \lor \dots \lor L_{1m_1}) \land \dots \land (L_{n1} \lor \dots \lor L_{nm_n})\]}}

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A formula is in {{c1::<i>conjunctive normal form</i> (CNF)}} if it is a {{c2::conjunction of disjunctions of literals: \[(L_{11} \lor \dots \lor L_{1m_1}) \land \dots \land (L_{n1} \lor \dots \lor L_{nm_n})\]}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

Note 611: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: PjfIvXynOi
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

Which group operations work for \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) and \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

Which group operations work for \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) and \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)?


\(\mathbb{Z}_m\) \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)
\(\oplus\) Yes (forms a group) No
\(\odot\) No Yes (forms a group)

Key point: \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) with addition \(\oplus\) is a group. \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) (coprime elements) with multiplication \(\odot\) is a group.

\(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) is not a group under addition b/c it doesn't contain the neutral element 0.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>Which group operations work for \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) and \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)?</p>
Back <table> <thead> <tr> <th></th> <th>\(\mathbb{Z}_m\)</th> <th>\(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)</th> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td>\(\oplus\)</td> <td><strong>Yes</strong> (forms a group)</td> <td>No</td> </tr> <tr> <td>\(\odot\)</td> <td>No</td> <td><strong>Yes</strong> (forms a group)</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <p><strong>Key point</strong>: \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) with addition \(\oplus\) is a group. \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) (coprime elements) with multiplication \(\odot\) is a group.</p><p>\(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)&nbsp;is not a group under addition b/c&nbsp;it doesn't contain the neutral element 0.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

Note 612: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Pk2Wn8Yv4L
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::1._The_General_Goal_of_Logic
The goal of logic is to provide a specific proof system with which we can express a very large class of mathematical statements in \(\mathcal{S}\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::1._The_General_Goal_of_Logic
The goal of logic is to provide a specific proof system with which we can express a very large class of mathematical statements in \(\mathcal{S}\).

However, it's never possible to create a proof system that captures all such statements, especially self-referential statements.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The goal of logic is to provide a {{c1::specific proof system}} with which we can express {{c2::a very large class of mathematical statements}} in&nbsp;\(\mathcal{S}\).
Extra However, it's never possible to create a proof system that captures <i>all</i> such statements, especially self-referential statements.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::1._The_General_Goal_of_Logic

Note 613: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Pk3Ww5Kp9N
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
In predicate logic interpretation, \(\xi\) assigns variable symbols to values in \(U\): \(\xi : Z \rightarrow U\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
In predicate logic interpretation, \(\xi\) assigns variable symbols to values in \(U\): \(\xi : Z \rightarrow U\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In predicate logic interpretation, {{c1::\(\xi\)}} assigns {{c2::<b>variable</b> symbols to values in&nbsp;\(U\): \(\xi : Z \rightarrow U\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics

Note 614: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Pk8Zv5Tp9N
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
The Skolem transformation works by replacing all variables bound to an \(\exists\) by a function whose arguments are the universally quantified variables that precede it.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
The Skolem transformation works by replacing all variables bound to an \(\exists\) by a function whose arguments are the universally quantified variables that precede it.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The Skolem transformation works by {{c1::replacing all variables <i>bound to an&nbsp;\(\exists\)</i> by a function}} whose arguments are {{c2::the universally quantified variables that precede it}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

Note 615: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Pm0iLHpE%M
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
The symbol  \(\top\) denotes tautology.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
The symbol  \(\top\) denotes tautology.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The symbol {{c1::&nbsp;\(\top\)}} denotes {{c2:: tautology}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

Note 616: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Pmsd]lM3W/
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
In any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\), and for all \(a, b \in R\) \((-a)(-b) = \) \(ab\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
In any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\), and for all \(a, b \in R\) \((-a)(-b) = \) \(ab\).

\((−a)(−b)=−(a(−b))=−(−(ab))=ab\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text In&nbsp;any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\),&nbsp;and for all \(a, b \in R\)&nbsp;\((-a)(-b) = \)&nbsp;{{c1::\(ab\)}}.
Extra \((−a)(−b)=−(a(−b))=−(−(ab))=ab\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

Note 617: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Po:;E1|!W;
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

A polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) with degree at least \(1\) is called irreducible if it is divisible only by:

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

A polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) with degree at least \(1\) is called irreducible if it is divisible only by:


  • Constant polynomials (\(\deg = 0\))
  • Constant multiples \(a(x)\) (itself)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>A polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) with degree at least \(1\) is called irreducible if it is divisible only by:</p>
Back <ul> <li>Constant polynomials (\(\deg = 0\))</li> <li>Constant multiples \(a(x)\) (itself)</li> </ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

Note 618: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Pq[u}J3gBK
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
A ring is called commutative if \(ab = ba\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
A ring is called commutative if \(ab = ba\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A ring is called {{c1::commutative}} if&nbsp;{{c2::\(ab = ba\).}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

Note 619: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Pw8Zq3Bn5V
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
A formula \(F\) (or a set \(M\)) is called satisfiable if there exists a model for \(F\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
A formula \(F\) (or a set \(M\)) is called satisfiable if there exists a model for \(F\).

It's unsatisfiable otherwise: denoted \(\perp\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;(or a set&nbsp;\(M\)) is called {{c1::<i>satisfiable</i>}} if {{c2::there exists a model for&nbsp;\(F\)}}.
Extra It's <b>unsatisfiable</b> otherwise: denoted&nbsp;\(\perp\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

Note 620: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Pz>]O?kRm)
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
It follows from the respective definitions that \(\gcd(a,b) \cdot \text{lcm}(a,b) =\)  \(ab\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
It follows from the respective definitions that \(\gcd(a,b) \cdot \text{lcm}(a,b) =\)  \(ab\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text It follows from the respective definitions that&nbsp;\(\gcd(a,b) \cdot \text{lcm}(a,b) =\)&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(ab\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 621: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Q,]Hshe7A7
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
How is the direct product \((A; \preceq) \times (B; \sqsubseteq)\) defined?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
How is the direct product \((A; \preceq) \times (B; \sqsubseteq)\) defined?

The set \(A \times B\) with relation \(\leq\) defined by: \[(a_1, b_1) \leq (a_2, b_2) \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} a_1 \preceq a_2 \land b_1 \sqsubseteq b_2\]

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How is the direct product \((A; \preceq) \times (B; \sqsubseteq)\) defined?
Back The set \(A \times B\) with relation \(\leq\) defined by: \[(a_1, b_1) \leq (a_2, b_2) \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} a_1 \preceq a_2 \land b_1 \sqsubseteq b_2\]
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order

Note 622: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Q9H=Tu9vHf
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

For any commutative ring \(R\), \(R[x]\) is a?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

For any commutative ring \(R\), \(R[x]\) is a?


Theorem 5.21: For any commutative ring \(R\), \(R[x]\) is a commutative ring.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>For any <em>commutative ring</em> \(R\), \(R[x]\) is a?</p>
Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.21</strong>: For any <strong>commutative</strong> ring \(R\), \(R[x]\) is a <strong>commutative ring</strong>.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

Note 623: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Q;AJBWzP3u
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
A formula is unsatisfiable if it is never true under any truth assignment. Denoted as \(\perp\).

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
A formula is unsatisfiable if it is never true under any truth assignment. Denoted as \(\perp\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A formula is {{c1:: unsatisfiable}} if it {{c2:: is&nbsp;<strong>never</strong>&nbsp;true under any truth assignment. Denoted as&nbsp;\(\perp\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

Note 624: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: QHq8d__[K&
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
How is composition of relations represented in matrix and graph form?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
How is composition of relations represented in matrix and graph form?

  • Matrix: Matrix multiplication
  • Graph: Natural composition - there's a path from \(a\) to \(c\) if there's a path \(a \to b\) in graph 1 and \(b \to c\) in graph 2

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front How is composition of relations represented in matrix and graph form?
Back <ul> <li><strong>Matrix</strong>: Matrix multiplication</li> <li><strong>Graph</strong>: Natural composition - there's a path from \(a\) to \(c\) if there's a path \(a \to b\) in graph 1 and \(b \to c\) in graph 2</li> </ul>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations

Note 625: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: QJpd=j`ODU
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
What is the image (or range) of a function \(f: A \to B\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
What is the image (or range) of a function \(f: A \to B\)?

The subset \(f(A)\) of \(B\), also denoted \(\text{Im}(f)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the image (or range) of a function \(f: A \to B\)?
Back The subset \(f(A)\) of \(B\), also denoted \(\text{Im}(f)\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE

Note 626: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: QJze`vq8.0
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

Which of the following are integral domains: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_6, \mathbb{Z}_7\)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

Which of the following are integral domains: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_6, \mathbb{Z}_7\)?


Integral domains: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_7\) (where \(7\) is prime)

Not integral domains: \(\mathbb{Z}_6\) (since \(6\) is not prime)

Explanation: \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) is an integral domain if and only if \(m\) is prime. For \(\mathbb{Z}_6\), we have \(2 \cdot 3 \equiv_6 0\), so \(2\) and \(3\) are zerodivisors.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>Which of the following are integral domains: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_6, \mathbb{Z}_7\)?</p>
Back <p><strong>Integral domains</strong>: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_7\) (where \(7\) is prime)</p> <p><strong>Not integral domains</strong>: \(\mathbb{Z}_6\) (since \(6\) is not prime)</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) is an integral domain if and only if \(m\) is prime. For \(\mathbb{Z}_6\), we have \(2 \cdot 3 \equiv_6 0\), so \(2\) and \(3\) are zerodivisors.</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

Note 627: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: QS$4YdV.SM
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring
An element \(u\) of a ring is called a unit if \(u\) {{c2::is invertible, so \(uu^{-1} = u^{-1}u = 1\).}}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring
An element \(u\) of a ring is called a unit if \(u\) {{c2::is invertible, so \(uu^{-1} = u^{-1}u = 1\).}}

Example: Units of \(\mathbb{Z}\) are \(-1, 1\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text An element \(u\) of a ring is called a {{c1::unit}} if&nbsp;\(u\) {{c2::is invertible, so&nbsp;\(uu^{-1} = u^{-1}u = 1\).}}
Extra Example: Units of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}\) are&nbsp;\(-1, 1\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

Note 628: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: QUR}wUg]J-
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

State Theorem 5.23 about when \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

State Theorem 5.23 about when \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field.


Theorem 5.23: \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field if and only if \(p\) is prime.

Explanation: When \(p\) is prime, every non-zero element is coprime to \(p\) and thus has a multiplicative inverse. When \(p\) is composite, there exist elements without inverses (the factors of \(p\)).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front <p>State Theorem 5.23 about when \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field.</p>
Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.23</strong>: \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field <strong>if and only if</strong> \(p\) is prime.</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: When \(p\) is prime, every non-zero element is coprime to \(p\) and thus has a multiplicative inverse. When \(p\) is composite, there exist elements without inverses (the factors of \(p\)).</p>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

Note 629: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Qk3Zv5Rp4O
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
What is the proof idea for the soundness of the resolution calculus (Lemma 6.5)?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
What is the proof idea for the soundness of the resolution calculus (Lemma 6.5)?

If \(\mathcal{A}\) models the set \(K_1, K_2\) then it makes at least one literal in both true.

Case distinction:
- If \(\mathcal{A}(L) = 1\), then \(K_2\) (which has \(\lnot L\)) must have at least one other literal that evaluates to true, so the union (resolvent) is also true
- Similarly for \(\mathcal{A}(L) = 0\)

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front What is the proof idea for the soundness of the resolution calculus (Lemma 6.5)?
Back If&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}\)&nbsp;models the set&nbsp;\(K_1, K_2\)&nbsp;then it makes at least one literal in both true. <br><br>Case distinction:<br>- If&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}(L) = 1\), then&nbsp;\(K_2\)&nbsp;(which has&nbsp;\(\lnot L\)) must have at least one other literal that evaluates to true, so the union (resolvent) is also true<br>- Similarly for&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}(L) = 0\)
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

Note 630: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Qk6Vx4Tn8O
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
A formula is in disjunctive normal form (DNF) if it is a {{c2::disjunction of conjunctions of literals: \[(L_{11} \land \dots \land L_{1m_1}) \lor \dots \lor (L_{n1} \land \dots \land L_{nm_n})\]}}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
A formula is in disjunctive normal form (DNF) if it is a {{c2::disjunction of conjunctions of literals: \[(L_{11} \land \dots \land L_{1m_1}) \lor \dots \lor (L_{n1} \land \dots \land L_{nm_n})\]}}

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text A formula is in {{c1::<i>disjunctive normal form</i> (DNF)}} if it is a {{c2::disjunction of conjunctions of literals: \[(L_{11} \land \dots \land L_{1m_1}) \lor \dots \lor (L_{n1} \land \dots \land L_{nm_n})\]}}
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

Note 631: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Qk9Nz5Bw4H
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
The application of a derivation rule \(R\) to a set \(M\) of formulas means:
  1. Select a subset \(N\) of \(M\) such that \(N \vdash_R G\) for some formula \(G\)
  2. {{c2::Add \(G\) to the set \(M\) (i.e., replace \(M\) by \(M \cup \{G\}\))}}

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
The application of a derivation rule \(R\) to a set \(M\) of formulas means:
  1. Select a subset \(N\) of \(M\) such that \(N \vdash_R G\) for some formula \(G\)
  2. {{c2::Add \(G\) to the set \(M\) (i.e., replace \(M\) by \(M \cup \{G\}\))}}

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text The <i>application of a derivation rule</i>&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;to a set&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;of formulas means:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Select a subset&nbsp;\(N\)&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(N \vdash_R G\)&nbsp;for some formula&nbsp;\(G\)}}</li><li>{{c2::Add&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;to the set&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;(i.e., replace&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;by&nbsp;\(M \cup \{G\}\))}}</li></ol>
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi

Note 632: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Classic
GUID: Ql5Ww2Kn4O
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
Why do we replace \(\exists x\) in \(\exists x f(x)\) with a constant \(a\) in Skolem normal form?

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
Why do we replace \(\exists x\) in \(\exists x f(x)\) with a constant \(a\) in Skolem normal form?

If the \(\exists\) is the first quantifier in the formula, then it doesn't depend on anything, and we can just replace it by a constant function \(a\) that always returns the \(x\) for which our formula is true: \(\exists x f(x) \equiv f(a)\).

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Front Why do we replace&nbsp;\(\exists x\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(\exists x f(x)\)&nbsp;with a constant&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;in Skolem normal form?
Back If the&nbsp;\(\exists\)&nbsp;is the first quantifier in the formula, then it <b>doesn't depend on anything</b>, and we can just replace it by a constant function&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;that always returns the&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;for which our formula is true:&nbsp;\(\exists x f(x) \equiv f(a)\).
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

Note 633: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Ql8Xy2Rn4O
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
Under interpretation \(P, U, x, f\) become {{c1:: \(P^\mathcal{A}\), \(U^\mathcal{A}\), \(x^\mathcal{A} = \xi(x)\) and \(f^\mathcal{A}\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
Under interpretation \(P, U, x, f\) become {{c1:: \(P^\mathcal{A}\), \(U^\mathcal{A}\), \(x^\mathcal{A} = \xi(x)\) and \(f^\mathcal{A}\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Under interpretation&nbsp;\(P, U, x, f\)&nbsp;become {{c1::&nbsp;\(P^\mathcal{A}\),&nbsp;\(U^\mathcal{A}\),&nbsp;\(x^\mathcal{A} = \xi(x)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(f^\mathcal{A}\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics

Note 634: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Qm3Pv6Wt8N
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
Semantics Prop. Logic: {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}((F \land G)) = 1\) }} if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\) and \(\mathcal{A}(G) = 1\)}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
Semantics Prop. Logic: {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}((F \land G)) = 1\) }} if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\) and \(\mathcal{A}(G) = 1\)}}.

Current

Note has been deleted

Field-by-field Comparison
Field Before After
Text Semantics Prop. Logic:&nbsp;{{c2::\(\mathcal{A}((F \land G)) = 1\)&nbsp;}} if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\)&nbsp;<i>and</i> \(\mathcal{A}(G) = 1\)}}.
Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

Note 635: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
Note Type: Horvath Cloze
GUID: Qn4Vs7Ck2H
deleted

Deleted Note

Front

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
An interpretation consists of {{c1::a set \(\mathcal{Z} \subseteq \Lambda\) of \(\Lambda\)}}, {{c2::a domain (a set of possible values) for each symbol in \(\mathcal{Z}\)}}, and {{c3::a function that assigns to each symbol in \(\mathcal{Z}\) a value in the associated domain}}.

Back

ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
An interpretation consists of {{c1::a set \(\mathcal{Z} \subseteq \Lambda\) of \(\Lambda\)}}, {{c2::a domain (a set of possible values) for each symbol in \(\mathcal{Z}\)}}, and {{c3::a function that assigns to each symbol in \(\mathcal{Z}\) a value in the associated domain}}.

  1. A set of symbols \(\mathcal{Z} \subseteq \Lambda\)
    • \(\Lambda\) is the "alphabet" or collection of all available symbols
    • \(\mathcal{Z}\) is the subset of symbols we're actually interpreting
  2. A domain for each symbol
    • For each symbol in \(\mathcal{Z}\), there's a set of possible values it could take
    • Often the domain is defined in terms of the universe \(U\) where a symbol can be a function, predicate or element of \(U\).
    • An assignment function
      • For each symbol in \(\mathcal{Z}\), the function picks one specific value from its domain
      • This gives meaning to each symbol
    An interpretation can be described either as
    • one big assignment function over typed symbols, or
    • a structured tuple that spells out those assignments separately.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An <i>interpretation</i> consists of {{c1::a set&nbsp;\(\mathcal{Z} \subseteq \Lambda\)&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(\Lambda\)}}, {{c2::a domain&nbsp;(a set of possible values) for each symbol in&nbsp;\(\mathcal{Z}\)}}, and {{c3::a function that assigns to each symbol in&nbsp;\(\mathcal{Z}\)&nbsp;a value in the associated domain}}.
    Extra <ol><li><b>A set of symbols</b> \(\mathcal{Z} \subseteq \Lambda\)<ul> <li>\(\Lambda\)&nbsp;is the "alphabet" or collection of all available symbols </li> <li>\(\mathcal{Z}\)&nbsp;is the subset of symbols we're actually interpreting </li> </ul> </li> <li><b>A domain for each symbol</b> <ul> <li>For each symbol in&nbsp;\(\mathcal{Z}\), there's a set of possible values it could take </li> <li>Often the domain is defined in terms of the&nbsp;<i>universe</i>&nbsp;\(U\)&nbsp;where a symbol can be a function, predicate or element of&nbsp;\(U\).<br><ol></ol></li> </ul> </li> <li><b>An assignment function</b> </li><ul> <li>For each symbol in \(\mathcal{Z}\), the function picks one specific value from its domain </li> <li>This gives meaning to each symbol</li></ul></ol><b>An interpretation can be described either as</b><br><ul><li>one big assignment function over typed symbols,<b> or</b><br></li><li>a structured tuple that spells out those assignments separately.</li></ul><ol> <h2></h2></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation

    Note 636: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Qzp().;[`~
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) symmetric?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) symmetric?

    When \(a \ \rho \ b \Longleftrightarrow b \ \rho \ a\) for all \(a, b \in A\), i.e., \(\rho = \hat{\rho}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) symmetric?
    Back When \(a \ \rho \ b \Longleftrightarrow b \ \rho \ a\) for all \(a, b \in A\), i.e., \(\rho = \hat{\rho}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

    Note 637: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Q{f*UJkPmo
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Relations::FS24
    Relation and function composition is associative.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Relations::FS24
    Relation and function composition is associative.

    This is important as \((\rho \circ \tau) \circ (\rho \circ \tau) = \rho \circ (\tau \circ \rho) \circ \tau\) is really useful in some exercises.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Relation and function composition is {{c1::associative}}.
    Extra This is important as&nbsp;\((\rho \circ \tau) \circ (\rho \circ \tau) = \rho \circ (\tau \circ \rho) \circ \tau\)&nbsp;is really useful in some exercises.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Relations::FS24

    Note 638: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Q~CcPI;l0U
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    In a cyclic group, the inverse of \(a^n\) is {{c2::\(a^{-n}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    In a cyclic group, the inverse of \(a^n\) is {{c2::\(a^{-n}\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>In a cyclic group, the {{c1::inverse}} of \(a^n\) is {{c2::\(a^{-n}\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    Note 639: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Rl3Wy9Kp5P
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    Every formula is equivalent to a formula in CNF and also to a formula in DNF.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    Every formula is equivalent to a formula in CNF and also to a formula in DNF.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Every formula is {{c1::equivalent}} to a formula in {{c2::CNF and also to a formula in DNF}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

    Note 640: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Rl7Hx3Cp6T
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
    A (logical) calculus \(K\) is a {{c2::finite set of derivation rules: \(K = \{R_1, \dots, R_m\}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
    A (logical) calculus \(K\) is a {{c2::finite set of derivation rules: \(K = \{R_1, \dots, R_m\}\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A (logical) {{c1::<i>calculus</i>&nbsp;\(K\)}} is a {{c2::finite set of derivation rules: \(K = \{R_1, \dots, R_m\}\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi

    Note 641: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Rl8Ww2Tn9P
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    A set \(M\) of formulas is unsatisfiable if and only if {{c2::\(\mathcal{K}(M) \vdash_{Res} \emptyset\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    A set \(M\) of formulas is unsatisfiable if and only if {{c2::\(\mathcal{K}(M) \vdash_{Res} \emptyset\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A set&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;of formulas is {{c1::unsatisfiable}} if and only if {{c2::\(\mathcal{K}(M) \vdash_{Res} \emptyset\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

    Note 642: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Rm9Xy7Rp8P
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    What is the Skolem transformation of \(\forall s \exists t \forall x \forall y \exists z F(s, t, x, y, z)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    What is the Skolem transformation of \(\forall s \exists t \forall x \forall y \exists z F(s, t, x, y, z)\)?

    \[\forall s \forall x \forall y F(s, f(s), x, y, g(s, x, y))\]

    The \(t\) depends only on \(s\), so it becomes \(f(s)\). The \(z\) depends on \(s\), \(x\), and \(y\), so it becomes \(g(s, x, y)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the Skolem transformation of&nbsp;\(\forall s \exists t \forall x \forall y \exists z F(s, t, x, y, z)\)?
    Back \[\forall s \forall x \forall y F(s, f(s), x, y, g(s, x, y))\]<br><br>The&nbsp;\(t\)&nbsp;depends only on&nbsp;\(s\), so it becomes&nbsp;\(f(s)\). The&nbsp;\(z\)&nbsp;depends on&nbsp;\(s\),&nbsp;\(x\), and&nbsp;\(y\), so it becomes&nbsp;\(g(s, x, y)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

    Note 643: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Rn8Lt4Cv2K
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    Semantics Prop. Logic: {{c2:: \(\mathcal{A}((F \lor G)) = 1\)}} if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\) or \(\mathcal{A}(G) = 1\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    Semantics Prop. Logic: {{c2:: \(\mathcal{A}((F \lor G)) = 1\)}} if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\) or \(\mathcal{A}(G) = 1\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Semantics Prop. Logic: {{c2::&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}((F \lor G)) = 1\)}}&nbsp;if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\)&nbsp;<i>or</i> \(\mathcal{A}(G) = 1\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

    Note 644: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Rt6Kv4Nx8Q
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    A formula \(G\) is a logical consequence of a formula \(F\) (or a set \(M\)), denoted \(F \models G\), if every interpretation suitable for both \(F\) and \(G\) which is a model for \(F\) is also a model for \(G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    A formula \(G\) is a logical consequence of a formula \(F\) (or a set \(M\)), denoted \(F \models G\), if every interpretation suitable for both \(F\) and \(G\) which is a model for \(F\) is also a model for \(G\).

    \(F\) model for \(G\) means:  \(\mathcal{A} \models F \implies \mathcal{A} \models G\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A formula&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is a {{c1::<i>logical consequence</i>}} of a formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;(or a set&nbsp;\(M\)), denoted {{c1::\(F \models G\)}}, if {{c2::every interpretation suitable for both&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;which is a model for&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is also a model for&nbsp;\(G\)}}.
    Extra \(F\)&nbsp;model for&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;means:&nbsp;&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A} \models F \implies \mathcal{A} \models G\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

    Note 645: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: S^AYekncO
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    We use {{c1::\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\)}} as our standard notation for cyclic groups of order \(n\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    We use {{c1::\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\)}} as our standard notation for cyclic groups of order \(n\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>We use {{c1::\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\)}} as our standard notation for cyclic groups of order \(n\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 646: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Sm4Wv8Ry9M
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
    A derivation of a formula \(G\) from a set \(M\) of formulas in a calculus \(K\) is a finite sequence (of some length \(n\)) of applications of rules in \(K\), leading to \(G\) denoted  \(M \vdash_K G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
    A derivation of a formula \(G\) from a set \(M\) of formulas in a calculus \(K\) is a finite sequence (of some length \(n\)) of applications of rules in \(K\), leading to \(G\) denoted  \(M \vdash_K G\).

    More precisely: \(M_0 := M\), \(M_i := M_{i-1} \cup \{G_i\}\) for \(1 \leq i \leq n\), where \(N \vdash_R G_i\) for some \(N \subseteq M_{i-1}\) and for some \(R_j \in K\), and where \(G_n = G\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A <i>derivation</i> of a formula&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;from a set&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;of formulas in a calculus&nbsp;\(K\)&nbsp;is a {{c1::finite sequence (of some length&nbsp;\(n\)) of applications of rules in&nbsp;\(K\), leading to&nbsp;\(G\)}} denoted {{c2::&nbsp;\(M \vdash_K G\)}}.
    Extra More precisely: \(M_0 := M\), \(M_i := M_{i-1} \cup \{G_i\}\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(1 \leq i \leq n\), where&nbsp;\(N \vdash_R G_i\)&nbsp;for some&nbsp;\(N \subseteq M_{i-1}\)&nbsp;and for some&nbsp;\(R_j \in K\), and where&nbsp;\(G_n = G\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi

    Note 647: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Sm5Xy7Kp3Q
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    Proof Idea Resolution Calculus complete (regard to unsatisfiability):

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    Proof Idea Resolution Calculus complete (regard to unsatisfiability):

    Proof by induction on \(n\) literals:
    • Base case (n=1): Only one unsatisfiable set for 1 literal: \(\{\{A_1\}, \{\lnot A_1\}\}\)
    • Inductive step: Remove \(A_{n+1}\)/\(\lnot A_{n+1}\) from all formulas, producing two sets \(\mathcal{K}_1\)/\(\mathcal{K}_0\)
    • Apply I.H. to derive \(\emptyset\) in each (if unsatisfiable)
    • Add literals back: get derivations for \(\{A_{n+1}\}\) and \(\{\lnot A_{n+1}\}\), which resolve to \(\emptyset\)
    • (It could also be that we didn't use the literals in the derivations, then we're done immediately)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Proof Idea Resolution Calculus complete (regard to unsatisfiability):
    Back <b>Proof by induction on&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;literals:</b><br><ul><li><b>Base case (n=1):</b> Only one unsatisfiable set for 1 literal:&nbsp;\(\{\{A_1\}, \{\lnot A_1\}\}\)</li><li><b>Inductive step:</b> Remove&nbsp;\(A_{n+1}\)/\(\lnot A_{n+1}\)&nbsp;from all formulas, producing two sets&nbsp;\(\mathcal{K}_1\)/\(\mathcal{K}_0\)</li><li>Apply I.H. to derive&nbsp;\(\emptyset\)&nbsp;in each (if unsatisfiable)</li><li>Add literals back: get derivations for&nbsp;\(\{A_{n+1}\}\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(\{\lnot A_{n+1}\}\), which resolve to&nbsp;\(\emptyset\)</li><li>(It could also be that we didn't use the literals in the derivations, then we're done immediately)</li></ul><br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

    Note 648: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Sm8Xz2Vn4Q
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
    How do you construct a CNF formula from a truth table?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
    How do you construct a CNF formula from a truth table?

    For every row evaluating to 0:
    1. Take the disjunction of \(n\) literals
    2. If \(A_i = 0\) in the row, take \(A_i\)
    3. If \(A_i = 1\) in the row, take \(\lnot A_i\)
    4. Then take the conjunction of all these rows

    This works because \(F\) is \(0\) exactly if every single disjunction is true, which is the case by construction.

    ---

    \(F\) should evaluate to true if we don't have the first zero row, not the second zero row, and so on. De Morgan flips the conjunction of the literals to a disjunction and adds the negation.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do you construct a CNF formula from a truth table?
    Back For every row evaluating to <b>0</b>:<br>1. Take the <i>disjunction</i> of&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;literals<br>2. If&nbsp;\(A_i = 0\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(A_i\)<br>3. If&nbsp;\(A_i = 1\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(\lnot A_i\)<br>4. Then take the <i>conjunction</i> of all these rows<br><br>This works because&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(0\)&nbsp;exactly if every single disjunction is true, which is the case by construction.<br><br>---<br><br>\(F\)&nbsp;should evaluate to true if we don't have the first zero row,&nbsp;not the second zero row, and so on. De Morgan flips the conjunction of the literals to a disjunction and adds the negation.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE

    Note 649: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Sv5Wz7Jq9Y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    Semantics Prop. Logic: {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}(\lnot F) = 1\)}} if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 0\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    Semantics Prop. Logic: {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}(\lnot F) = 1\)}} if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 0\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Semantics Prop. Logic:&nbsp;{{c2::\(\mathcal{A}(\lnot F) = 1\)}}&nbsp;if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 0\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

    Note 650: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Tn2Bx6Km4H
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    \(F \land F\)  \(\equiv\)  \( F\) and \(F \lor F\)  \(\equiv\)  \( F\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    \(F \land F\)  \(\equiv\)  \( F\) and \(F \lor F\)  \(\equiv\)  \( F\).

    (idempotence)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(F \land F\)&nbsp;::<i>idempotence</i>}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp;\( F\)}}&nbsp;and {{c1::\(F \lor F\)&nbsp;::<i>idempotence</i>}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp;\( F\)}}.
    Extra (idempotence)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

    Note 651: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Tn5Yw7Rp3R
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    For CNF construction from truth table, which rows do you use?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    For CNF construction from truth table, which rows do you use?

    Rows evaluating to 0.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front For CNF construction from truth table, which rows do you use?
    Back Rows evaluating to <b>0</b>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

    Note 652: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Tn5Zq2Lw7P
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
    We write \(M \vdash_K G\) if there is a derivation of \(G\) from \(M\) in the calculus \(K\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
    We write \(M \vdash_K G\) if there is a derivation of \(G\) from \(M\) in the calculus \(K\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We write {{c1::\(M \vdash_K G\)}} if there is a {{c2::<i>derivation</i> of&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;from&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;in the calculus&nbsp;\(K\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi

    Note 653: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Tn9Zv4Rn8R
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    How do you prove \(M \models F\) using the resolution calculus?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    How do you prove \(M \models F\) using the resolution calculus?

    Show that \(M \cup \{\lnot F\} \vdash_{\text{res}} \emptyset\).

    This works by Lemma 6.3: \(M \models F\) is equivalent to \(M \cup \{\lnot F\}\) being unsatisfiable.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do you prove&nbsp;\(M \models F\)&nbsp;using the resolution calculus?
    Back Show that&nbsp;\(M \cup \{\lnot F\} \vdash_{\text{res}} \emptyset\).<br><br>This works by Lemma 6.3:&nbsp;\(M \models F\)&nbsp;is equivalent to&nbsp;\(M \cup \{\lnot F\}\)&nbsp;being unsatisfiable.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

    Note 654: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: To3Ww9Kp2R
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules
    Why does universal instantiation work?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules
    Why does universal instantiation work?

    We can eliminate the quantifier by replacing \(x\) by one specific \(t\). As \(F\) is true for all \(x\), this holds for the free variable \(t\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Why does universal instantiation work?
    Back We can eliminate the quantifier by replacing&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;by one specific&nbsp;\(t\). As&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is true for all&nbsp;\(x\), this holds for the free variable&nbsp;\(t\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules

    Note 655: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Uo6Xt9Km4N
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    Rule: \(\{F \land G\} \vdash_R F\) can be instantiated with ... in a derivation rule:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    Rule: \(\{F \land G\} \vdash_R F\) can be instantiated with ... in a derivation rule:

    more complex formulas, ex: \(\{(A \lor B) \land (C \lor B)\} \vdash_R A \lor B\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Rule:&nbsp;\(\{F \land G\} \vdash_R F\)&nbsp;can be instantiated with ... in a derivation rule:
    Back more&nbsp;<b>complex formulas</b>, ex:&nbsp;\(\{(A \lor B) \land (C \lor B)\} \vdash_R A \lor B\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 656: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Uo9Xv4Km8S
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    For CNF construction, how do you form literals from a row in the truth table?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    For CNF construction, how do you form literals from a row in the truth table?

    - If \(A_i = 0\) in the row, take \(A_i\)
    - If \(A_i = 1\) in the row, take \(\lnot A_i\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front For CNF construction, how do you form literals from a row in the truth table?
    Back - If&nbsp;\(A_i = 0\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(A_i\)<br>- If&nbsp;\(A_i = 1\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(\lnot A_i\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

    Note 657: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Up7Wv9Kn2S
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    Propositional logic is (in relation to predicate logic):

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    Propositional logic is (in relation to predicate logic):

    embedded into predicate logic as a special case.
    We extend it by the concept of predicates.

    Predicates of the form \(P()\) act as propositional symbols.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Propositional logic is (in relation to predicate logic):
    Back <i>embedded</i>&nbsp;into predicate logic as a <i>special case</i>. <br>We extend it by the concept of <b>predicates</b>.<br><br>Predicates of the form&nbsp;\(P()\)&nbsp;act as propositional symbols.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

    Note 658: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Vp6Yw9Tn5T
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    For CNF construction, how do you combine literals within and across rows?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    For CNF construction, how do you combine literals within and across rows?

    - Within a row: disjunction (\(\lor\))
    - Across rows: conjunction (\(\land\))

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front For CNF construction, how do you combine literals within and across rows?
    Back - Within a row: <i>disjunction</i> (\(\lor\))<br>- Across rows: <i>conjunction</i> (\(\land\))
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

    Note 659: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Vq2Wr7Km4H
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
    For a set \(M\) of formulas, a (suitable) interpretation for which all formulas are true is called a model for \(M\) denoted as {{c2::\(\mathcal{A} \models M\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
    For a set \(M\) of formulas, a (suitable) interpretation for which all formulas are true is called a model for \(M\) denoted as {{c2::\(\mathcal{A} \models M\)}}.

    If \(\mathcal{A}\) is not a model for \(M\) one writes \(\mathcal{A} \not\models M\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For a set&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;of formulas, a {{c3:: (suitable) interpretation for which all formulas are true}} is called a {{c2::<i>model</i> for&nbsp;\(M\)}} denoted as {{c2::\(\mathcal{A} \models M\)}}.
    Extra If&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}\)&nbsp;is not a model for&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;one writes&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A} \not\models M\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model

    Note 660: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Vq4Xy3Rp8T
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    A variable symbol is of the form {{c2::\(x_i\) with \(i \in \mathbb{N}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    A variable symbol is of the form {{c2::\(x_i\) with \(i \in \mathbb{N}\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A {{c1::<i>variable symbol</i>}} is of the form {{c2::\(x_i\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(i \in \mathbb{N}\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

    Note 661: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Wq3Zx7Vp2U
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
    How do you construct a DNF formula from a truth table?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
    How do you construct a DNF formula from a truth table?

    For every row evaluating to 1:
    1. Take the conjunction of \(n\) literals
    2. If \(A_i = 0\) in the row, take \(\lnot A_i\)
    3. If \(A_i = 1\) in the row, take \(A_i\)
    4. Then take the disjunction of all these rows

    This works because \(F\) is \(1\) exactly if one of the rows is \(1\), which is the case by construction.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do you construct a DNF formula from a truth table?
    Back For every row evaluating to <b>1</b>:<br>1. Take the <i>conjunction</i> of&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;literals<br>2. If&nbsp;\(A_i = 0\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(\lnot A_i\)<br>3. If&nbsp;\(A_i = 1\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(A_i\)<br>4. Then take the <i>disjunction</i> of all these rows<br><br>This works because&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;exactly if one of the rows is&nbsp;\(1\), which is the case by construction.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE

    Note 662: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Wq8Bz5Tm2V
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus
    A derivation rule \(R\) is correct if for every set \(M\) of formulas and every formula \(F\), \(M \vdash_R F\) implies \(M \models F\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus
    A derivation rule \(R\) is correct if for every set \(M\) of formulas and every formula \(F\), \(M \vdash_R F\) implies \(M \models F\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A derivation rule&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;is {{c1::<i>correct</i>}} if for every set&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;of formulas and every formula&nbsp;\(F\), {{c2::\(M \vdash_R F\)&nbsp;implies&nbsp;\(M \models F\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus

    Note 663: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Wr3Zk5Bq8M
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
    What does the semantics of a logic define?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
    What does the semantics of a logic define?

    The semantics defines:
    1. A function \(free\) that assigns to each formula which symbols occur free
    2. A function \(\sigma\) that assigns truth values to formulas under interpretations
    3. The meaning and behavior of logical operators

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does the semantics of a logic define?
    Back The semantics defines:<br>1. A function&nbsp;\(free\)&nbsp;that assigns to each formula which symbols occur free<br>2. A function&nbsp;\(\sigma\)&nbsp;that assigns truth values to formulas under interpretations<br>3. The meaning and behavior of logical operators
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE

    Note 664: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Wr5Xy7Rn3U
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
    \(F\) of the form \(\forall x G\) or \(\exists x G\) semantics:
    • \(\mathcal{A}(\forall x G) = 1\) if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}(G) = 1\) for all \(u\) in \(U\)}}
    • \(\mathcal{A}(\exists x G) = 1\) if {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}(G) = 1\) for some \(u\) in \(U\)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
    \(F\) of the form \(\forall x G\) or \(\exists x G\) semantics:
    • \(\mathcal{A}(\forall x G) = 1\) if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}(G) = 1\) for all \(u\) in \(U\)}}
    • \(\mathcal{A}(\exists x G) = 1\) if {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}(G) = 1\) for some \(u\) in \(U\)}}

    \(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}\) for \(u\) in \(U\) is the same structure as \(\mathcal{A}\), except that \(\xi(x)\) is overwritten by \(u\): \(\xi(x) = u\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(F\)&nbsp;of the form&nbsp;\(\forall x G\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(\exists x G\)&nbsp;semantics:<br><ul><li>\(\mathcal{A}(\forall x G) = 1\)&nbsp;if&nbsp;{{c1::\(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}(G) = 1\)&nbsp;for all&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(U\)}}</li><li>\(\mathcal{A}(\exists x G) = 1\)&nbsp;if {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}(G) = 1\)&nbsp;for some&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(U\)}}</li></ul>
    Extra <div>\(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(U\)&nbsp;is the same structure as&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}\), except that&nbsp;\(\xi(x)\)&nbsp;is overwritten by&nbsp;\(u\): \(\xi(x) = u\).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics

    Note 665: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Wr8Zv5Tn4U
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    A function symbol is of the form {{c2::\(f_i^{(k)}\) with \(i, k \in \mathbb{N}\)}}, where \(k\) denotes the number of arguments (the arity) of the function.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    A function symbol is of the form {{c2::\(f_i^{(k)}\) with \(i, k \in \mathbb{N}\)}}, where \(k\) denotes the number of arguments (the arity) of the function.

    Function symbols for \(k = 0\) are called constants.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A {{c1::<i>function symbol</i>}} is of the form {{c2::\(f_i^{(k)}\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(i, k \in \mathbb{N}\)}}, where {{c2::\(k\)&nbsp;denotes the number of arguments (the <i>arity</i>) of the function}}.
    Extra Function symbols for&nbsp;\(k = 0\)&nbsp;are called <i>constants</i>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

    Note 666: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Xm7Lt4Vq9P
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
    A {{c2:: (suitable) interpretation \(\mathcal{A}\) for which a formula \(F\) is true (i.e. \(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\))}} is called a model for \(F\) and one also writes {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \models F\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
    A {{c2:: (suitable) interpretation \(\mathcal{A}\) for which a formula \(F\) is true (i.e. \(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\))}} is called a model for \(F\) and one also writes {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \models F\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A {{c2:: (suitable) interpretation&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}\)&nbsp;for which a formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is true (i.e.&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\))}} is called a {{c1::<i>model</i>}} for&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and one also writes {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \models F\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model

    Note 667: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Xr4Hv6Pn9W
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus
    A calculus \(K\) is
    • sound or correct if \(M \vdash_K F\) implies \(M \models F\).
    • complete if \(M \models F\) implies \(M \vdash_K F\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus
    A calculus \(K\) is
    • sound or correct if \(M \vdash_K F\) implies \(M \models F\).
    • complete if \(M \models F\) implies \(M \vdash_K F\).

    Hence, it's sound and complete if \(M \vdash_K F \Leftrightarrow M \models F\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A calculus&nbsp;\(K\)&nbsp;is <br><ul><li>{{c1::<i>sound</i>&nbsp;or&nbsp;<i>correct</i>}} if {{c2::\(M \vdash_K F\)&nbsp;implies&nbsp;\(M \models F\)}}.</li><li>{{c3::<i>complete</i>}} if {{c4::\(M \models F\)&nbsp;implies&nbsp;\(M \vdash_K F\)}}.</li></ul>
    Extra Hence, it's <b>sound and complete</b> if&nbsp;\(M \vdash_K F \Leftrightarrow M \models F\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus

    Note 668: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Xr8Yw4Kn9V
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    For DNF construction from truth table, which rows do you use?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    For DNF construction from truth table, which rows do you use?

    Rows evaluating to 1.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front For DNF construction from truth table, which rows do you use?
    Back Rows evaluating to <b>1</b>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

    Note 669: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Xs5Ww2Kp9V
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    Function symbols \(f^{(k)}_i\) for \(k = 0\) are called constants.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    Function symbols \(f^{(k)}_i\) for \(k = 0\) are called constants.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Function symbols&nbsp;\(f^{(k)}_i\)&nbsp;for {{c1::\(k = 0\)}} are called {{c2::<i>constants</i>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

    Note 670: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Xs9Zv4Tp8V
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
    \(\neg(\forall x \, F)\)\(\equiv\)\(\exists x \, \neg F\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
    \(\neg(\forall x \, F)\)\(\equiv\)\(\exists x \, \neg F\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(\neg(\forall x \, F)\)}}\(\equiv\){{c2::\(\exists x \, \neg F\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers

    Note 671: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Y4t
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    What does it mean for a function \(f: A \to B\) to be surjective (onto)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    What does it mean for a function \(f: A \to B\) to be surjective (onto)?

    \(f(A) = B\), i.e., for every \(b \in B\), \(b = f(a)\) for some \(a \in A\). Every value in the codomain is taken on.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does it mean for a function \(f: A \to B\) to be surjective (onto)?
    Back \(f(A) = B\), i.e., for every \(b \in B\), \(b = f(a)\) for some \(a \in A\). Every value in the codomain is taken on.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 672: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Ys5Zv2Rp6W
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    For DNF construction, how do you form literals from a row?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    For DNF construction, how do you form literals from a row?

    - If \(A_i = 0\) in the row, take \(\lnot A_i\)
    - If \(A_i = 1\) in the row, take \(A_i\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front For DNF construction, how do you form literals from a row?
    Back - If&nbsp;\(A_i = 0\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(\lnot A_i\)<br>- If&nbsp;\(A_i = 1\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(A_i\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

    Note 673: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ys9Lw3Kq7C
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus
    A calculus is sound if and only if every rule itself is correct.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus
    A calculus is sound if and only if every rule itself is correct.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A calculus is {{c1::sound}} if and only if {{c2::every <i>rule</i> itself is correct}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus

    Note 674: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Yt6Ww9Kn5W
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
    \(\neg(\exists x \, F)\)\(\equiv\)\(\forall x \, \neg F\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
    \(\neg(\exists x \, F)\)\(\equiv\)\(\forall x \, \neg F\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(\neg(\exists x \, F)\)}}\(\equiv\){{c2::\(\forall x \, \neg F\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers

    Note 675: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Yt9Xy7Rn3W
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    A predicate symbol is of the form {{c2::\(P_i^{(k)}\) with \(i, k \in \mathbb{N}\)}}, where \(k\) denotes the number of arguments of the predicate (the arity).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    A predicate symbol is of the form {{c2::\(P_i^{(k)}\) with \(i, k \in \mathbb{N}\)}}, where \(k\) denotes the number of arguments of the predicate (the arity).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A {{c1::<i>predicate symbol</i>}} is of the form {{c2::\(P_i^{(k)}\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(i, k \in \mathbb{N}\)}}, where {{c2::\(k\)&nbsp;denotes the number of arguments of the predicate (the arity)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

    Note 676: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Yv3Tn8Zw5C
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
    The semantics of a logic defines a function \(\sigma\) {{c1::assigning to each formula \(F\) and each interpretation \(\mathcal{A}\) suitable for \(F\) a truth value \(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\) in \(\{0, 1\}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
    The semantics of a logic defines a function \(\sigma\) {{c1::assigning to each formula \(F\) and each interpretation \(\mathcal{A}\) suitable for \(F\) a truth value \(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\) in \(\{0, 1\}\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The <i>semantics</i> of a logic defines a function \(\sigma\)&nbsp;{{c1::assigning to each formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and each interpretation \(\mathcal{A}\)&nbsp;suitable for&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;a truth value&nbsp;\(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(\{0, 1\}\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation

    Note 677: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Zt9Ww7Tn3X
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    For DNF construction, how do you combine literals within and across rows?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    For DNF construction, how do you combine literals within and across rows?

    - Within a row: conjunction (\(\land\))
    - Across rows: disjunction (\(\lor\))

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front For DNF construction, how do you combine literals within and across rows?
    Back - Within a row: <i>conjunction</i> (\(\land\))<br>- Across rows: <i>disjunction</i> (\(\lor\))
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

    Note 678: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Zu6Zv4Tp8X
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    A term is defined inductively:
    • A variable is a term
    • if \((t_1, \dots, t_k)\) are terms, then {{c3::\(f^{(k)}(t_1, \dots, t_k)\) is a term}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    A term is defined inductively:
    • A variable is a term
    • if \((t_1, \dots, t_k)\) are terms, then {{c3::\(f^{(k)}(t_1, \dots, t_k)\) is a term}}.

    For \(k = 0\) one writes no parentheses (constants).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A <b>term</b> is defined inductively: <br><ul><li>{{c1::A variable}}&nbsp;is a term</li><li>if {{c2::\((t_1, \dots, t_k)\)&nbsp;are terms}}, then {{c3::\(f^{(k)}(t_1, \dots, t_k)\)&nbsp;is a term}}.</li></ul>
    Extra For&nbsp;\(k = 0\)&nbsp;one writes no parentheses (constants).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

    Note 679: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Zv3Ht8Lp2N
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    Two formulas \(F\) and \(G\) are equivalent, denoted \(F \equiv G\), if every interpretation suitable for both \(F\) and \(G\) yields the same truth value.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    Two formulas \(F\) and \(G\) are equivalent, denoted \(F \equiv G\), if every interpretation suitable for both \(F\) and \(G\) yields the same truth value.

    Each one is a logical consequence of the other: \(F \models G\) and \(G \models F\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Two formulas&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;are {{c1::<i>equivalent</i>}}, denoted {{c1::\(F \equiv G\)}}, if {{c2::every interpretation suitable for both&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;yields the same truth value}}.
    Extra Each one is a logical consequence of the other:&nbsp;\(F \models G\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G \models F\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

    Note 680: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: b$)[z:.0@q
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    {{c2::\(\mathcal{P} \subseteq \Sigma^*\)}} is the set of (syntactic representations of) proof strings

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    {{c2::\(\mathcal{P} \subseteq \Sigma^*\)}} is the set of (syntactic representations of) proof strings

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c2::\(\mathcal{P} \subseteq \Sigma^*\)}} is the set of {{c1:: (syntactic representations of) proof strings}}.&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

    Note 681: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: b75u`Hl{|J
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
    If a variable \(x\) occurs in a (sub-)formula of the form \(\forall x G\) or \(\exists x G\) then it is bound, otherwise it is free.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
    If a variable \(x\) occurs in a (sub-)formula of the form \(\forall x G\) or \(\exists x G\) then it is bound, otherwise it is free.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If a variable&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;occurs {{c1::in a (sub-)formula of the form&nbsp;\(\forall x G\)&nbsp;or \(\exists x G\)}}&nbsp;then it is {{c2::<b>bound</b>, otherwise it is <b>free</b>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution

    Note 682: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: bDWd}.?.!o
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
    How does \(\forall\) distribute over \(\land\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
    How does \(\forall\) distribute over \(\land\)?

    \(\forall x P(x) \land \forall x Q(x) \equiv \forall x (P(x) \land Q(x))\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How does \(\forall\) distribute over \(\land\)?
    Back \(\forall x P(x) \land \forall x Q(x) \equiv \forall x (P(x) \land Q(x))\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules

    Note 683: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: bx_roOuYn/
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    The Hamming weight of a string in a finite alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) is the number of positions at which the string is non-zero.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    The Hamming weight of a string in a finite alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) is the number of positions at which the string is non-zero.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The {{c1::Hamming weight}} of a string in a finite alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) is the {{c2::number of positions at which the string is non-zero}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    Note 684: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: bzpi*}NRv1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Does every homomorphism have to be injective?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Does every homomorphism have to be injective?


    No, homomorphisms do not need to be injective.

    Example: We could map all elements of \(G\) to the neutral element \(e'\) in \(H\). This satisfies the homomorphism property: \[\psi(a * b) = e' = e' \star e' = \psi(a) \star \psi(b)\] but it clearly is not injective.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Does every homomorphism have to be injective?</p>
    Back <p><strong>No</strong>, homomorphisms do not need to be injective.</p> <p><strong>Example</strong>: We could map all elements of \(G\) to the neutral element \(e'\) in \(H\). This satisfies the homomorphism property: \[\psi(a * b) = e' = e' \star e' = \psi(a) \star \psi(b)\] but it clearly is not injective.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Note 685: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: c.BJE1FC)A
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

    A binary operation \(*\) on a set \(S\) is associative if \(a * (b * c) = (a * b) * c\) for all \(a, b, c\) in \(S\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

    A binary operation \(*\) on a set \(S\) is associative if \(a * (b * c) = (a * b) * c\) for all \(a, b, c\) in \(S\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>A binary operation \(*\) on a set \(S\) is {{c1::associative}} if {{c2::\(a * (b * c) = (a * b) * c\)}} for all \(a, b, c\) in \(S\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

    Note 686: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: c/L6mH(n[?
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
    In any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\), and for all \(a, b \in R\) \((-a)b =\) \(-(ab)\)(Proof included)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
    In any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\), and for all \(a, b \in R\) \((-a)b =\) \(-(ab)\)(Proof included)

    Proof: \(ab+(−a)b=(a+(−a))b=0⋅b=0\)

    Since \((−a)b\) satisfies \(ab+(−a)b=0\), we have \((−a)b=−(ab\)). 

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In&nbsp;any ring&nbsp;\(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\),&nbsp;and for all&nbsp;\(a, b \in R\)&nbsp;\((-a)b =\)&nbsp;{{c1::\(-(ab)\)}}.&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i>
    Extra Proof:&nbsp;\(ab+(−a)b=(a+(−a))b=0⋅b=0\)<br><br><div>Since&nbsp;\((−a)b\)&nbsp;satisfies&nbsp;\(ab+(−a)b=0\),&nbsp;we have&nbsp;\((−a)b=−(ab\)).&nbsp;</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

    Note 687: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: c
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    For which order is every group cyclic?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    For which order is every group cyclic?


    If the order of the group is prime, it is cyclic!

    Every element has order 1 or \(|G|\) (Lagrange). Therefore, it is either the neutral element or a generator of the entire group.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>For which order is every group cyclic?</p>
    Back <p>If the <strong>order of the group</strong> is <strong>prime</strong>, it is cyclic!</p><p>Every element has order 1 or&nbsp;\(|G|\)&nbsp;(Lagrange). Therefore, it is either the neutral element or a generator of the entire group.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    Note 688: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: cAOL5`!9R2
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set
    \(2^A\) is an alternatively used notation that denotes {{c1::the power set of \(A\), so \(\mathcal{P}(A))\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set
    \(2^A\) is an alternatively used notation that denotes {{c1::the power set of \(A\), so \(\mathcal{P}(A))\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(2^A\)&nbsp;is an alternatively used notation that denotes {{c1::the power set of&nbsp;\(A\), so&nbsp;\(\mathcal{P}(A))\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set

    Note 689: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: cAat^jY(>E
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    The set of units of \(R\) is denoted by \(R^*\) and it is a group. This holds as we can easily see that every element of \(R^*\) has an inverse by definition. Thus the axiom \(G3\) holds .

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    The set of units of \(R\) is denoted by \(R^*\) and it is a group. This holds as we can easily see that every element of \(R^*\) has an inverse by definition. Thus the axiom \(G3\) holds .

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The {{c1::set of units}} of \(R\) is denoted by {{c1::\(R^*\)}} and it is a&nbsp;{{c3::group. This holds as we can easily see that every element of \(R^*\) has an inverse by definition. Thus the axiom \(G3\) holds :: Monoid/Group and why?}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 690: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: cAb(&A1O)c
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets
    Is the Cartesian product associative? Give an example.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets
    Is the Cartesian product associative? Give an example.

    No, it's NOT associative.
    • \(\bigtimes_{i=1}^3 A_i\) gives \((a_1, a_2, a_3)\)
    • \((A_1 \times A_2) \times A_3\) gives \(((a_1, a_2), a_3)\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is the Cartesian product associative? Give an example.
    Back <strong>No</strong>, it's NOT associative. <ul> <li>\(\bigtimes_{i=1}^3 A_i\) gives \((a_1, a_2, a_3)\)</li> <li>\((A_1 \times A_2) \times A_3\) gives \(((a_1, a_2), a_3)\)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets

    Note 691: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: cCH0IEV{bD
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
    What is \(\equiv_5 \cap \equiv_3\) (as equivalence relations on \(\mathbb{Z}\))?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
    What is \(\equiv_5 \cap \equiv_3\) (as equivalence relations on \(\mathbb{Z}\))?

    \(\equiv_{15}\) (equivalence modulo 15)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is \(\equiv_5 \cap \equiv_3\) (as equivalence relations on \(\mathbb{Z}\))?
    Back \(\equiv_{15}\) (equivalence modulo 15)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations

    Note 692: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: cF5:Gfp+}y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What is the preimage \(f^{-1}(T)\) of a subset \(T \subseteq B\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What is the preimage \(f^{-1}(T)\) of a subset \(T \subseteq B\)?

    \[f^{-1}(T) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{a \in A \ | \ f(a) \in T\}\] The set of values in \(A\) that map into \(T\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the preimage \(f^{-1}(T)\) of a subset \(T \subseteq B\)?
    Back \[f^{-1}(T) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{a \in A \ | \ f(a) \in T\}\] The set of values in \(A\) that map into \(T\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 693: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: cI`JIkx,*[
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    What are the associativity laws for sets?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    What are the associativity laws for sets?

    • \(A \cap (B \cap C) = (A \cap B) \cap C\)
    • \(A \cup (B \cup C) = (A \cup B) \cup C\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are the associativity laws for sets?
    Back <ul> <li>\(A \cap (B \cap C) = (A \cap B) \cap C\)</li> <li>\(A \cup (B \cup C) = (A \cup B) \cup C\)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

    Note 694: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: cMp-bYX->s
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) reflexive?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) reflexive?

    When \(a \ \rho \ a\) is true for all \(a \in A\), i.e., \(\text{id} \subseteq \rho\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) reflexive?
    Back When \(a \ \rho \ a\) is true for all \(a \in A\), i.e., \(\text{id} \subseteq \rho\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

    Note 695: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: cV1b,==V*(
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    Provide an example of an element with infinite order.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    Provide an example of an element with infinite order.


    In the group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}; + \rangle\), any integer \(a \neq 0\) has infinite order.

    Explanation: The carrier \(\mathbb{Z}\) is infinite, and we never "loop around" to reach \(0\) by repeatedly adding a non-zero integer. For any \(n \geq 1\), we have \(na \neq 0\) if \(a \neq 0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Provide an example of an element with infinite order.</p>
    Back <p>In the group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}; + \rangle\), any integer \(a \neq 0\) has <strong>infinite order</strong>.</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: The carrier \(\mathbb{Z}\) is infinite, and we never "loop around" to reach \(0\) by repeatedly adding a non-zero integer. For any \(n \geq 1\), we have \(na \neq 0\) if \(a \neq 0\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    Note 696: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: c]m^c+1P3C
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
    When does \(ax \equiv_m 1\) have a solution? (Lemma 4.18)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
    When does \(ax \equiv_m 1\) have a solution? (Lemma 4.18)

    The equation \(ax \equiv_m 1\) has a unique solution \(x \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) if and only if \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = 1\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When does \(ax \equiv_m 1\) have a solution? (Lemma 4.18)
    Back The equation \(ax \equiv_m 1\) has a <strong>unique</strong> solution \(x \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) <strong>if and only if</strong> \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = 1\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses

    Note 697: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: c_0QUK~Q5x
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
    If \(\phi\) is the parenthood relation on the set \(H\) of all humans, what is \(\phi^2\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
    If \(\phi\) is the parenthood relation on the set \(H\) of all humans, what is \(\phi^2\)?

    The grand-parenthood relation.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front If \(\phi\) is the parenthood relation on the set \(H\) of all humans, what is \(\phi^2\)?
    Back The grand-parenthood relation.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations

    Note 698: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: cl$26mU5(,
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
    What is a zerodivisor and in which structure do they exist?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
    What is a zerodivisor and in which structure do they exist?

    zerodivisor is an element \(a \neq 0\) in a commutative ring for which there exists a \(b \neq 0\) such that \(ab = 0\).

    This is commonly encountered for the polynomial rings formed over \(\text{GF}[x]_{m(x)}\) with \(m(x)\) not irreducible (i.e. it's not a field).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a zerodivisor and in which structure do they exist?
    Back A&nbsp;<b>zerodivisor</b>&nbsp;is an element&nbsp;\(a \neq 0\)&nbsp;in a&nbsp;<b>commutative ring</b>&nbsp;for which there exists a&nbsp;\(b \neq 0\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(ab = 0\).<br><br>This is commonly encountered for the polynomial rings formed over&nbsp;\(\text{GF}[x]_{m(x)}\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(m(x)\)&nbsp;not irreducible (i.e. it's not a field).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    Note 699: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: clQ8TG-]Z`
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    The truth function \(\tau : \mathcal{S} \rightarrow \{0,1\}\) defines the meaning or semantics in \(\mathcal{S}\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    The truth function \(\tau : \mathcal{S} \rightarrow \{0,1\}\) defines the meaning or semantics in \(\mathcal{S}\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The truth function&nbsp;\(\tau : \mathcal{S} \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)&nbsp;defines the {{c1:: meaning or&nbsp;<i>semantics</i>}} in&nbsp;\(\mathcal{S}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

    Note 700: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: cm^dke)Enb
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    What's the difference between a minimal element and the least element in a poset?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    What's the difference between a minimal element and the least element in a poset?

    • Minimal: No \(b\) exists with \(b \prec a\) (could be multiple minimal elements)
    • Least: \(a \preceq b\) for all \(b \in A\) (unique if it exists)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What's the difference between a minimal element and the least element in a poset?
    Back <ul> <li><strong>Minimal</strong>: No \(b\) exists with \(b \prec a\) (could be multiple minimal elements)</li> <li><strong>Least</strong>: \(a \preceq b\) for <strong>all</strong> \(b \in A\) (unique if it exists)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

    Note 701: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: cxm4}mrmBE
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Describe the three steps of a modus ponens proof of statement \(S\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Describe the three steps of a modus ponens proof of statement \(S\).

    1. Find a suitable mathematical statement \(R\)
    2. Prove \(R\)
    3. Prove \(R \Rightarrow S\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Describe the three steps of a modus ponens proof of statement \(S\).
    Back 1. Find a suitable mathematical statement \(R\) <br>2. Prove \(R\) <br>3. Prove \(R \Rightarrow S\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 702: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: d7Vy2Qw5Hn
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::3._Discussion
    A proof system is always restricted to a certain type of mathematical statement.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::3._Discussion
    A proof system is always restricted to a certain type of mathematical statement.

    There is no universal proof system.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A proof system is always {{c1::restricted to a certain type of mathematical statement}}.
    Extra There is no universal proof system.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::3._Discussion

    Note 703: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: d:5GF4yFOm
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    What is \(\text{gcd}(a, b)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    What is \(\text{gcd}(a, b)\)?

    The unique positive greatest common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is \(\text{gcd}(a, b)\)?
    Back The <strong>unique positive</strong> greatest common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

    Note 704: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: dJ#.`ol9+u
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    How are the ideals \((a, b)\) and \((a)\) defined?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    How are the ideals \((a, b)\) and \((a)\) defined?

    \[(a, b) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{ ua + vb \ | \ u, v \in \mathbb{Z}\}\] and \[(a) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{ ua \ | \ u \in \mathbb{Z}\}\] The set of all integer linear combinations of \(a\) and \(b\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How are the ideals&nbsp;\((a, b)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\((a)\)&nbsp;defined?
    Back \[(a, b) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{ ua + vb \ | \ u, v \in \mathbb{Z}\}\] and \[(a) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{ ua \ | \ u \in \mathbb{Z}\}\] The set of all integer linear combinations of \(a\) and \(b\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

    Note 705: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: dK0`$S[9VD
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic
    List all types of symbols meaning equivalence:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic
    List all types of symbols meaning equivalence:

    Equivalences
    • \(\equiv\)  (formula→statement)
    • \(\leftrightarrow\) (formula→formula)
    • \(\Leftrightarrow\) (statement→statement)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front List all types of symbols meaning equivalence:
    Back <b>Equivalences</b><br><ul><li>\(\equiv\)&nbsp; (formula→statement)</li><li>\(\leftrightarrow\) (formula→formula)</li><li>\(\Leftrightarrow\) (statement→statement)</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic

    Note 706: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: dN@QTW15&g
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
    Are we allowed to assume that the inverse of the inverse of a relation is simply the relation itself?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
    Are we allowed to assume that the inverse of the inverse of a relation is simply the relation itself?

    No, we need to prove it every time.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Are we allowed to assume that the inverse of the inverse of a relation is simply the relation itself?
    Back No, we need to prove it every time.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation

    Note 707: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: dNOrR*l4!S
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
    A formula \(F\) is satisfiable if it is true for at least one truth assignment of the involved propositional symbols.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
    A formula \(F\) is satisfiable if it is true for at least one truth assignment of the involved propositional symbols.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: satisfiable}} if it {{c2:: is true for&nbsp;<strong>at least one</strong>&nbsp;truth assignment of the involved propositional symbols}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability

    Note 708: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: dQBgAq4%4R
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    What is the key difference between a partial order and an equivalence relation?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    What is the key difference between a partial order and an equivalence relation?

    Replace the symmetry condition with an antisymmetry condition.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the key difference between a partial order and an equivalence relation?
    Back Replace the <strong>symmetry</strong> condition with an <strong>antisymmetry</strong> condition.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

    Note 709: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: dU/F
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    The set \(\mathcal{C} = {{c1::\text{Im}(E)}}\) is called the set of codewords.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    The set \(\mathcal{C} = {{c1::\text{Im}(E)}}\) is called the set of codewords.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The set \(\mathcal{C} = {{c1::\text{Im}(E)}}\) is called the {{c2::set of codewords}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    Note 710: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: d_Wm7Nf:G2
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
    What do we need to state before using the decomposition of an \(n \in \mathbb{Z}\) into prime factors?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
    What do we need to state before using the decomposition of an \(n \in \mathbb{Z}\) into prime factors?

    That this is allowed by the fundamental theorem of arithmetic.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What do we need to state before using the decomposition of an&nbsp;\(n \in \mathbb{Z}\)&nbsp;into prime factors?
    Back That this is allowed by the fundamental theorem of arithmetic.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic

    Note 711: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: do;Stqp
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    An \((n,k)\)-error-correcting code over the alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) with \(|\mathcal{A}| = q\) is a subset of \(\mathcal{A}^n\) of cardinality \(q^k\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    An \((n,k)\)-error-correcting code over the alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) with \(|\mathcal{A}| = q\) is a subset of \(\mathcal{A}^n\) of cardinality \(q^k\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>An \((n,k)\)-error-correcting code over the alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) with \(|\mathcal{A}| = q\) is a subset of \(\mathcal{A}^n\) of cardinality {{c1::\(q^k\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    Note 712: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: dr%1xX~#D@
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
    How does satisfiability differ between propositional logic and predicate logic?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
    How does satisfiability differ between propositional logic and predicate logic?

    • Propositional Logic: About truth assignments to symbols
    • Predicate Logic: About interpretations (universe, predicates, and constants)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How does satisfiability differ between propositional logic and predicate logic?
    Back <ul> <li><strong>Propositional Logic</strong>: About truth assignments to symbols</li> <li><strong>Predicate Logic</strong>: About interpretations (universe, predicates, and constants)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability

    Note 713: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: dt/TXCWYbv
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    A function is bijective (one-to-one correspondence) if it is both injective and surjective.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    A function is bijective (one-to-one correspondence) if it is both injective and surjective.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A function is {{c1::bijective (one-to-one correspondence)}} if it is {{c2::both injective and surjective.}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 714: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: dy9U=xZ%`c
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::1._Polynomial_Evaluation

    What does polynomial evaluation preserve?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::1._Polynomial_Evaluation

    What does polynomial evaluation preserve?


    Lemma 5.28: Polynomial evaluation is compatible with the ring operations:
    - If \(c(x) = a(x) + b(x)\) then \(c(\alpha) = a(\alpha) + b(\alpha)\) for any \(\alpha\)
    - If \(c(x) = a(x) \cdot b(x)\) then \(c(\alpha) = a(\alpha) \cdot b(\alpha)\) for any \(\alpha\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What does polynomial evaluation preserve?</p>
    Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.28</strong>: Polynomial evaluation is compatible with the ring operations:<br> - If \(c(x) = a(x) + b(x)\) then \(c(\alpha) = a(\alpha) + b(\alpha)\) for any \(\alpha\)<br> - If \(c(x) = a(x) \cdot b(x)\) then \(c(\alpha) = a(\alpha) \cdot b(\alpha)\) for any \(\alpha\)</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::1._Polynomial_Evaluation

    Note 715: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: e#X:3>sc!d
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
    What is the meet of elements \(a\) and \(b\) in a poset?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
    What is the meet of elements \(a\) and \(b\) in a poset?

    Meet (\(a \land b\)): The greatest lower bound of \(\{a, b\}\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the <b>meet</b> of elements \(a\) and \(b\) in a poset?
    Back <div><strong>Meet</strong> (\(a \land b\)): The greatest lower bound of \(\{a, b\}\).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices

    Note 716: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: e+8V~0_GeE
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    How does one show the injectivity of a function?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    How does one show the injectivity of a function?

    Assume \(a \not= b\) and show that\(f(a) \neq f(b)\). Equivalently (by contrapositive), assume \(f(a) = f(b)\) and show that \(a = b\).

    Example: \(f(x) = 2x\), if \(f(a) = f(b)\), then \(2a = 2b\), which implies \(a = b\). Hence \(f\) is injective.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How does one show the injectivity of a function?
    Back Assume&nbsp;\(a \not= b\)&nbsp;and show that\(f(a) \neq f(b)\). Equivalently (by contrapositive), assume&nbsp;\(f(a) = f(b)\)&nbsp;and show that&nbsp;\(a = b\).<br><br><b>Example:&nbsp;</b>\(f(x) = 2x\), if&nbsp;\(f(a) = f(b)\),&nbsp;then&nbsp;\(2a = 2b\), which implies&nbsp;\(a = b\). Hence&nbsp;\(f\)&nbsp;is injective.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 717: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: e=ty%{6vg!
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What is the join of elements \(a\) and \(b\) in a poset?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What is the join of elements \(a\) and \(b\) in a poset?

    Join (\(a \lor b\)): The least upper bound of \(\{a, b\}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the join of elements \(a\) and \(b\) in a poset?
    Back <strong>Join</strong> (\(a \lor b\)): The least upper bound of \(\{a, b\}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 718: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: eApiqwS~J~
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
    State the Chinese Remainder Theorem (Theorem 4.19).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
    State the Chinese Remainder Theorem (Theorem 4.19).

    Let \(m_1, m_2, \dots, m_r\) be pairwise relatively prime integers and let \(M = \prod_{i=1}^{r} m_i\). For every list \(a_1, \dots, a_r\) with \(0 \leq a_i < m_i\), the system \[\begin{align} x &\equiv_{m_1} a_1 \\ x &\equiv_{m_2} a_2 \\ &\vdots \\ x &\equiv_{m_r} a_r \end{align}\] has a unique solution \(x\) satisfying \(0 \leq x < M\).

    Why unique: 
    If there are two solutions, then, for all \(i\):
    \(x \equiv_{m_i} a_i\) and \(x' \equiv_{m_i} a_i\) 
    \(\implies m_i \mid (x - x')\) for all \(i\)
    \(\implies M = \prod_{i=1}^{r} m_i \mid (x - x')\) since the \(m_i\) are pairwise coprime
    \(\implies\) any two solutions differ by a multiple of \(M\)  (so there is at most one solution with \(0 \le x < M\)).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front State the Chinese Remainder Theorem (Theorem 4.19).
    Back Let \(m_1, m_2, \dots, m_r\) be <b>pairwise relatively prime</b> integers and let \(M = \prod_{i=1}^{r} m_i\). For every list \(a_1, \dots, a_r\) with \(0 \leq a_i &lt; m_i\), the system \[\begin{align} x &amp;\equiv_{m_1} a_1 \\ x &amp;\equiv_{m_2} a_2 \\ &amp;\vdots \\ x &amp;\equiv_{m_r} a_r \end{align}\] has a <b>unique solution</b> \(x\) satisfying \(0 \leq x &lt; M\).<br><br><b>Why unique:</b>&nbsp;<br>If there are two solutions, then, for all&nbsp;\(i\):<br>\(x \equiv_{m_i} a_i\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(x' \equiv_{m_i} a_i\)&nbsp;<br>\(\implies m_i \mid (x - x')\) for all \(i\)<br>\(\implies M = \prod_{i=1}^{r} m_i \mid (x - x')\) since the \(m_i\) are pairwise coprime<br>\(\implies\) any two solutions differ by a multiple of&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp; (so there is at most one solution with \(0 \le x &lt; M\)).<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem

    Note 719: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: eGuh+*a7
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    Is the "dominates" relation (\(\preceq\)) transitive?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    Is the "dominates" relation (\(\preceq\)) transitive?

    Yes: \(A \preceq B \land B \preceq C \Rightarrow A \preceq C\)
    (If \(A\) injects into \(B\) and \(B\) injects into \(C\), then \(A\) injects into \(C\))

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is the "dominates" relation (\(\preceq\)) transitive?
    Back Yes: \(A \preceq B \land B \preceq C \Rightarrow A \preceq C\) <br> (If \(A\) injects into \(B\) and \(B\) injects into \(C\), then \(A\) injects into \(C\))
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

    Note 720: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: eJRzdkys-%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
    What is a composite number?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
    What is a composite number?

    An integer greater than 1 that is not prime (i.e., it has divisors other than 1 and itself).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a composite number?
    Back An integer greater than 1 that is <strong>not prime</strong> (i.e., it has divisors other than 1 and itself).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic

    Note 721: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: eJwT]j&5OY
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Why do we need \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) for multiplication, rather than just using \(\mathbb{Z}_m\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Why do we need \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) for multiplication, rather than just using \(\mathbb{Z}_m\)?


    \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) (with \(\oplus\)) is not a group with respect to multiplication modulo \(m\) because elements that are not coprime to \(m\) don't have a multiplicative inverse.

    For example, in \(\mathbb{Z}_6\), the element \(2\) has no multiplicative inverse because \(\gcd(2, 6) = 2 \neq 1\).

    Thus we need \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) (elements coprime to \(m\)) to form a group with \(\odot\) (multiplication mod \(m\)).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Why do we need \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) for multiplication, rather than just using \(\mathbb{Z}_m\)?</p>
    Back <p>\(\mathbb{Z}_m\) (with \(\oplus\)) is <strong>not a group</strong> with respect to multiplication modulo \(m\) because elements that are <strong>not coprime</strong> to \(m\) don't have a <strong>multiplicative inverse</strong>.</p> <p>For example, in \(\mathbb{Z}_6\), the element \(2\) has no multiplicative inverse because \(\gcd(2, 6) = 2 \neq 1\).</p> <p>Thus we need \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) (elements coprime to \(m\)) to form a group with \(\odot\) (multiplication mod&nbsp;\(m\)).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 722: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: eMixId]]vy
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    How can we characterize the subset relation using union and intersection?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    How can we characterize the subset relation using union and intersection?

    \[A \subseteq B \iff A \cap B = A \iff A \cup B = B\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we characterize the subset relation using union and intersection?
    Back \[A \subseteq B \iff A \cap B = A \iff A \cup B = B\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

    Note 723: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: eQKQ_hr,6l
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    We have {{c1::the order \(\text{ord}(a)\)}} = \(|\langle a \rangle|\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    We have {{c1::the order \(\text{ord}(a)\)}} = \(|\langle a \rangle|\)


    The order of a also divides the group order according to Lagranges.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>We have {{c1::the order&nbsp;\(\text{ord}(a)\)}} = {{c2::\(|\langle a \rangle|\)::Subgroup definition}}.&nbsp;</p>
    Extra The order of a also divides the group order according to Lagranges.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 724: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: eS{U|$mPp_
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    What is a special property of the group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) for all \(n\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    What is a special property of the group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) for all \(n\)?


    It is abelian!

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What is a special property of the group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) for all \(n\)?</p>
    Back <p>It is <strong>abelian</strong>!</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 725: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: edP*JP.YY1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets
    Is the subset relation transitive?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets
    Is the subset relation transitive?

    Yes: \[(A \subseteq B) \land (B \subseteq C) \Rightarrow A \subseteq C\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is the subset relation transitive?
    Back Yes: \[(A \subseteq B) \land (B \subseteq C) \Rightarrow A \subseteq C\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets

    Note 726: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: exf+nqtlh=
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
    What is \(\lnot \exists x P(x)\) equivalent to?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
    What is \(\lnot \exists x P(x)\) equivalent to?

    \(\lnot \exists x P(x) \equiv \forall x \lnot P(x)\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is \(\lnot \exists x P(x)\) equivalent to?
    Back \(\lnot \exists x P(x) \equiv \forall x \lnot P(x)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules

    Note 727: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: f-!N^|LEoU
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    If two sets each dominate the other, what can we conclude?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    If two sets each dominate the other, what can we conclude?

    For sets \(A\) and \(B\): \[A \preceq B \land B \preceq A \quad \Rightarrow \quad A \sim B\] If there's an injection \(f: A \to B\) and an injection \(g: B \to A\), then there's a bijection between \(A\) and \(B\).

    Bernstein-Schröder Theorem

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front If two sets each dominate the other, what can we conclude?
    Back For sets \(A\) and \(B\): \[A \preceq B \land B \preceq A \quad \Rightarrow \quad A \sim B\] If there's an injection \(f: A \to B\) and an injection \(g: B \to A\), then there's a bijection between \(A\) and \(B\).<div><br></div><div>Bernstein-Schröder Theorem</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

    Note 728: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: f1r3O.O4h,
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    What is the GCD in a polynomial field?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    What is the GCD in a polynomial field?


    The monic polynomial \(g(x)\) of largest degree such that \(g(x) \ | \ a(x)\) and \(g(x) \ | \ b(x)\) is called the greatest common divisor of \(a(x)\) and \(b(x)\), denoted \(\gcd(a(x), b(x))\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What is the GCD in a polynomial field?</p>
    Back <p>The <em>monic</em> polynomial \(g(x)\) of <em>largest degree</em> such that \(g(x) \ | \ a(x)\) and \(g(x) \ | \ b(x)\) is called the <em>greatest common divisor</em> of \(a(x)\) and \(b(x)\), denoted \(\gcd(a(x), b(x))\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    Note 729: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: f2h|0dA&t[
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm
    What is the relationship between \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\), \(\text{lcm}(a,b)\), and \(ab\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm
    What is the relationship between \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\), \(\text{lcm}(a,b)\), and \(ab\)?

    \[\text{gcd}(a,b) \cdot \text{lcm}(a,b) = ab\] This follows from \(\min(e_i, f_i) + \max(e_i, f_i) = e_i + f_i\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the relationship between \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\), \(\text{lcm}(a,b)\), and \(ab\)?
    Back \[\text{gcd}(a,b) \cdot \text{lcm}(a,b) = ab\] This follows from \(\min(e_i, f_i) + \max(e_i, f_i) = e_i + f_i\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm

    Note 730: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: f?mV5JRdT{
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    A relation \(ρ\) on a set \(A\) is called reflexive if {{c2::\( a \ \rho \ a\) is true for all \( a \in A\), i.e. if \( \text{id} \subseteq \rho\).}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    A relation \(ρ\) on a set \(A\) is called reflexive if {{c2::\( a \ \rho \ a\) is true for all \( a \in A\), i.e. if \( \text{id} \subseteq \rho\).}}

    Example: \( \ge, \le \) are reflexive, while \( <, > \) are not.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A relation&nbsp;\(ρ\)&nbsp;on a set&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is called {{c1::reflexive}} if&nbsp;{{c2::\( a \ \rho \ a\) is true for all&nbsp;\( a \in A\), i.e. if&nbsp;\( \text{id} \subseteq \rho\).}}
    Extra Example:&nbsp;\( \ge, \le \) are reflexive, while&nbsp;\( &lt;, &gt; \) are not.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

    Note 731: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: fDaa%yb|#1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    A proof system is complete if every true statement has a proof: \(\phi(s, p) = 1 \Longleftarrow \tau(s) = 1\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    A proof system is complete if every true statement has a proof: \(\phi(s, p) = 1 \Longleftarrow \tau(s) = 1\).

    Note that the use of  \(\Longleftarrow\) is not the correct formalism.
    For all \(s \in \mathcal{S}\) with \(\tau(s) = 1\) there exists a \(p \in \mathcal{P}\) such that \(\phi(s, p) = 1\), is the correct formal definition.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A proof system is {{c2::<b>complete</b>}} if {{c1:: every true statement has a proof:&nbsp;\(\phi(s, p) = 1 \Longleftarrow \tau(s) = 1\)}}.
    Extra <i>Note that the use of&nbsp;</i> \(\Longleftarrow\)&nbsp;<i>is not the correct formalism.</i><br>For all \(s \in \mathcal{S}\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(\tau(s) = 1\)&nbsp;there exists a&nbsp;\(p \in \mathcal{P}\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(\phi(s, p) = 1\), is the correct formal definition.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

    Note 732: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: fIw1$@c
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
    Give the formal definition of a prime number \(p\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
    Give the formal definition of a prime number \(p\).

    \[p \ \text{prime} \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} p > 1 \land \forall d \ ((d > 1) \land (d \mid p) \rightarrow d = p)\] A prime is greater than 1 and its only positive divisors are 1 and itself.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give the formal definition of a prime number \(p\).
    Back \[p \ \text{prime} \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} p &gt; 1 \land \forall d \ ((d &gt; 1) \land (d \mid p) \rightarrow d = p)\] A prime is greater than 1 and its only positive divisors are 1 and itself.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic

    Note 733: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: fYNR0,>|4R
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    What does \(F \models G\) mean (logical consequence)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    What does \(F \models G\) mean (logical consequence)?

    \(G\) is a logical consequence of \(F\) if for all truth assignments where \(F\) evaluates to \(1\), \(G\) also evaluates to \(1\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does \(F \models G\) mean (logical consequence)?
    Back \(G\) is a logical consequence of \(F\) if for all truth assignments where \(F\) evaluates to \(1\), \(G\) also evaluates to \(1\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

    Note 734: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: f[+}!o@v9|
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    When does a function have an inverse function?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    When does a function have an inverse function?

    When the function is bijective. The inverse (as a relation) is called the inverse function, denoted \(f^{-1}\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When does a function have an inverse function?
    Back When the function is <strong>bijective</strong>. The inverse (as a relation) is called the inverse function, denoted \(f^{-1}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 735: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: f_%oe]V2X6
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    State Corollary 5.10 about raising elements to the power of the group order. (Proof included)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    State Corollary 5.10 about raising elements to the power of the group order. (Proof included)


    Corollary 5.10: Let \(G\) be a finite group. Then \(a^{|G|} = e\) for every \(a \in G\).

    Proof: By Corollary 5.9, \(|G| = k \cdot \text{ord}(a)\) for some \(k\). Thus: \[a^{|G|} = a^{k \cdot \text{ord}(a)} = (a^{\text{ord}(a)})^k = e^k = e\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>State Corollary 5.10 about raising elements to the power of the group order.&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i></p>
    Back <p><strong>Corollary 5.10</strong>: Let \(G\) be a finite group. Then \(a^{|G|} = e\) for every \(a \in G\).</p> <p><strong>Proof</strong>: By Corollary 5.9, \(|G| = k \cdot \text{ord}(a)\) for some \(k\). Thus: \[a^{|G|} = a^{k \cdot \text{ord}(a)} = (a^{\text{ord}(a)})^k = e^k = e\]</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    Note 736: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: fd?4%T(3|z
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    A function is injective (or one-to-one) if for \(a \ne b\) we have \(f(a) \ne f(b)\), i.e. no "collisions".

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    A function is injective (or one-to-one) if for \(a \ne b\) we have \(f(a) \ne f(b)\), i.e. no "collisions".

    Example: \(f(x) = x\), counterexample: \(f(x) = x^2, x \in \mathbb{R}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A function is {{c1::injective (or one-to-one)}} if {{c2::for&nbsp;\(a \ne b\) we have&nbsp;\(f(a) \ne f(b)\), i.e. no "collisions"}}.
    Extra Example:&nbsp;\(f(x) = x\), counterexample:&nbsp;\(f(x) = x^2, x \in \mathbb{R}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 737: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: flg:zgN+=`
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    Uncountability Proof by Diagonalisation

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    Uncountability Proof by Diagonalisation

    1. Assume countable: Suppose \(f: \mathbb{N} \to A\) is a bijection. Therefore we can enumerate elements of \(A\): \(a_1, a_2, a_3, \ldots\)
    2. Represent elements: Let \(a_{i,j} \) represent the \(j\)-th number in the \(i\)-th element.
    3. Construct diagonal element \(b\): Define \(b\) by setting each element
      • We need to have: \(b_i \neq a_{i,i}\) for all \(i\) 
      • \(b_i = 1 - a_{i,i}\) (flip the bit) or \(b_i = \begin{cases} 4 & \text{if } a_{i,i} \neq 4 \\ 5 & \text{if } a_{i,i} = 4 \end{cases}\) (simply change element)
    4. Show \(b\) not in list: For any \(i\), we have \(b_i \neq a_{i,i}\)
      • Therefore \(b \neq a_i\) for all \(i\)
    5. Contradiction: But \(b \in A\), yet \(b \notin \{a_1, a_2, \ldots\}\)
      • So \(f\) is not surjective → no bijection exists → \(A\) uncountable

    Key idea: \(b\) differs from the \(n\)-th element in the \(n\)-th position, so it "escapes" any enumeration.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Uncountability Proof by Diagonalisation
    Back <ol> <li><strong>Assume countable:</strong> Suppose \(f: \mathbb{N} \to A\) is a bijection. Therefore we can enumerate elements of&nbsp;\(A\): \(a_1, a_2, a_3, \ldots\)</li> <li><strong>Represent elements:</strong>&nbsp;Let&nbsp;\(a_{i,j} \)&nbsp;represent the&nbsp;\(j\)-th number in the&nbsp;\(i\)-th element.<ul> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Construct diagonal element \(b\):</strong> Define \(b\) by setting each element<ul> <li>We need to have:&nbsp;\(b_i \neq a_{i,i}\) for all \(i\)&nbsp;</li> <li>\(b_i = 1 - a_{i,i}\)&nbsp;(flip the bit)&nbsp;or \(b_i = \begin{cases} 4 &amp; \text{if } a_{i,i} \neq 4 \\ 5 &amp; \text{if } a_{i,i} = 4 \end{cases}\)&nbsp;(simply change element)</li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Show \(b\) not in list:</strong> For any \(i\), we have \(b_i \neq a_{i,i}\) <ul> <li>Therefore \(b \neq a_i\) for all \(i\)</li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Contradiction:</strong> But \(b \in A\), yet \(b \notin \{a_1, a_2, \ldots\}\) <ul> <li>So \(f\) is not surjective → no bijection exists → \(A\) uncountable</li> </ul> </li> </ol> <p><strong>Key idea:</strong> \(b\) differs from the \(n\)-th element in the \(n\)-th position, so it "escapes" any enumeration.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

    Note 738: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: fll?FK2HQW
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
    How does the inverse of a composition of relations behave?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
    How does the inverse of a composition of relations behave?

    Let \(\rho: A \to B\) and \(\sigma: B \to C\). Then: \[\widehat{\rho \sigma} = \hat{\sigma}\hat{\rho}\] (The inverse of a composition reverses the order)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How does the inverse of a composition of relations behave?
    Back Let \(\rho: A \to B\) and \(\sigma: B \to C\). Then: \[\widehat{\rho \sigma} = \hat{\sigma}\hat{\rho}\] (The inverse of a composition reverses the order)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations

    Note 739: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: fs1LiNLiNF
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    What are the commutativity laws for \(\land\) and \(\lor\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    What are the commutativity laws for \(\land\) and \(\lor\)?

    • \(A \land B \equiv B \land A\)
    • \(A \lor B \equiv B \lor A\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are the commutativity laws for \(\land\) and \(\lor\)?
    Back <ul> <li>\(A \land B \equiv B \land A\)</li> <li>\(A \lor B \equiv B \lor A\)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

    Note 740: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: g#t(8{VF+8
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    Is the divisibility relation \(|\) antisymmetric on \(\mathbb{N}\)? On \(\mathbb{Z}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    Is the divisibility relation \(|\) antisymmetric on \(\mathbb{N}\)? On \(\mathbb{Z}\)?

    • On \(\mathbb{N}\): YES (if \(a \mid b\) and \(b \mid a\), then \(a = b\))
    • On \(\mathbb{Z}\): NO (e.g., \(2 \mid -2\) and \(-2 \mid 2\) but \(2 \neq -2\))

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is the divisibility relation \(|\) antisymmetric on \(\mathbb{N}\)? On \(\mathbb{Z}\)?
    Back <ul> <li><strong>On \(\mathbb{N}\)</strong>: YES (if \(a \mid b\) and \(b \mid a\), then \(a = b\))</li> <li><strong>On \(\mathbb{Z}\)</strong>: NO (e.g., \(2 \mid -2\) and \(-2 \mid 2\) but \(2 \neq -2\))</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

    Note 741: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: g)zJH(^4f3
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    In a finite group of order \(|G|\), for \(x^e = y\), \(d\) is the inverse such that \(y^d = x\) iff: (Proof included)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    In a finite group of order \(|G|\), for \(x^e = y\), \(d\) is the inverse such that \(y^d = x\) iff: (Proof included)

    \(ed \equiv_{|G|} 1\), i.e. \(d\) is the multiplicative inverse of \(e\) modulo \(|G|\).

    Proof
    1. \(ed = k \cdot |G| + 1\) (multiplicative inverse)
    2. \((x^e)^d = x^{ed} = x^{k\cdot |G| + 1}\)
    3. \((x^{|G|})^k \cdot x = 1^k \cdot x = x\)
    Thus this returns \(x\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front In a finite group of order&nbsp;\(|G|\), for&nbsp;\(x^e = y\),&nbsp;\(d\)&nbsp;is the inverse such that&nbsp;\(y^d = x\)&nbsp;iff:&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i>
    Back \(ed \equiv_{|G|} 1\), i.e.&nbsp;\(d\)&nbsp;is the multiplicative inverse of&nbsp;\(e\)&nbsp;modulo&nbsp;\(|G|\).<br><br><b>Proof</b><br><ol><li>\(ed = k \cdot |G| + 1\)&nbsp;(multiplicative inverse)</li><li>\((x^e)^d = x^{ed} = x^{k\cdot |G| + 1}\)</li><li>\((x^{|G|})^k \cdot x = 1^k \cdot x = x\)</li></ol><div>Thus this returns \(x\).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 742: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: gJ{V;%|BlB
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::7._A_Construction_of_the_Natural_Numbers
    How can we construct the first few natural numbers using only the empty set?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::7._A_Construction_of_the_Natural_Numbers
    How can we construct the first few natural numbers using only the empty set?

    • \(\mathbf{0} = \emptyset\)
    • \(\mathbf{1} = \{\emptyset\}\)
    • \(\mathbf{2} = \{\emptyset, \{\emptyset\}\}\)
    • Successor: \(s(\mathbf{n}) = \mathbf{n} \cup \{\mathbf{n}\}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we construct the first few natural numbers using only the empty set?
    Back <ul> <li>\(\mathbf{0} = \emptyset\)</li> <li>\(\mathbf{1} = \{\emptyset\}\)</li> <li>\(\mathbf{2} = \{\emptyset, \{\emptyset\}\}\)</li> <li>Successor: \(s(\mathbf{n}) = \mathbf{n} \cup \{\mathbf{n}\}\)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::7._A_Construction_of_the_Natural_Numbers

    Note 743: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: gK5yW[0/~7
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
    Is composition of relations associative?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
    Is composition of relations associative?

    Yes: \(\rho \circ (\sigma \circ \phi) = (\rho \circ \sigma) \circ \phi\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is composition of relations associative?
    Back Yes: \(\rho \circ (\sigma \circ \phi) = (\rho \circ \sigma) \circ \phi\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations

    Note 744: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: gQ[WUgT90D
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    In the composition \(g \circ f\), which function is applied first?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    In the composition \(g \circ f\), which function is applied first?

    \(f\) is applied FIRST, then \(g\). The order of letters (left to right) is OPPOSITE to the order of application (right to left).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front In the composition \(g \circ f\), which function is applied first?
    Back \(f\) is applied FIRST, then \(g\). The order of letters (left to right) is <strong>OPPOSITE</strong> to the order of application (right to left).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 745: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: gY:3x2q3Co
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
    For \(D\) integral domain, \(D[x]\) is an integral domain.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
    For \(D\) integral domain, \(D[x]\) is an integral domain.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For&nbsp;\(D\)&nbsp;integral domain,&nbsp;\(D[x]\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: an integral domain}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    Note 746: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: gYg{Yu8NW0
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
    Are no roots equivalent to irreducibility for a polynomial extension?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
    Are no roots equivalent to irreducibility for a polynomial extension?

    No, the factors could all be irreducible polynomials.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Are no roots equivalent to irreducibility for a polynomial extension?
    Back No, the factors could all be irreducible polynomials.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    Note 747: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: gZmXpTb$!?
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
    There are uncomputable functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\) because {{c1::the set of functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\) is uncountable (Cantor's diagonalization argument), but the set of programs \(\{0, 1\}^*\) computing them is countable.}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
    There are uncomputable functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\) because {{c1::the set of functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\) is uncountable (Cantor's diagonalization argument), but the set of programs \(\{0, 1\}^*\) computing them is countable.}}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text There are <i>uncomputable functions</i>&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\)&nbsp;because {{c1::the set of functions&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\)&nbsp;is uncountable (<i>Cantor's diagonalization argument</i>), but the set of programs&nbsp;\(\{0, 1\}^*\)&nbsp;computing them is countable.}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions

    Note 748: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: g^6j,^Okg0
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    When is a poset \((A; \preceq)\) well-ordered?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    When is a poset \((A; \preceq)\) well-ordered?

    When it is totally ordered AND every non-empty subset of \(A\) has a least element.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When is a poset \((A; \preceq)\) well-ordered?
    Back When it is <strong>totally ordered</strong> AND every non-empty subset of \(A\) has a <strong>least element</strong>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

    Note 749: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: gg+,r$i,o
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    For what \(m\) is \(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\) cyclic? (Theorem 5.15)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    For what \(m\) is \(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\) cyclic? (Theorem 5.15)

    The group \(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\) is cyclic if and only if:
    • \(m = 2\)
    • \(m = 4\)
    • \(m = p^e\) (where p is an odd prime and \(e ≥ 1\))
    • \(m = 2p^e\) (where p is an odd prime and \(e ≥ 1\))

    Example: Is \(\mathbb{Z}^*_{19}\) cyclic? What is a generator? Yes, \(\mathbb{Z}^*_{19}\) is cyclic (since \(19\) is an odd prime).
    • 2 is a generator.
    • Powers of 2: 2, 4, 8, 16, 13, 7, 14, 9, 18, 17, 15, 11, 3, 6, 12, 5, 10, 1
    • Other generators: 3, 10, 13, 14, 15
    Why it doesn't contradict that every group of prime order is cyclic, with every element except the neutral element being a generator: \(\{2\} \cup [\text{all odd primes}]\)\(= [\text{all primes}]\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front For what&nbsp;\(m\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\)&nbsp;cyclic? (Theorem 5.15)
    Back The group&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\)&nbsp;is cyclic if and only if:<br>•&nbsp;\(m = 2\)<br>•&nbsp;\(m = 4\)<br>•&nbsp;\(m = p^e\)&nbsp;(where p is an odd prime and&nbsp;\(e ≥ 1\))<br>•&nbsp;\(m = 2p^e\)&nbsp;(where p is an odd prime and&nbsp;\(e ≥ 1\)) <br><br><b>Example:</b> Is&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}^*_{19}\)&nbsp;cyclic? What is a generator? Yes,&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}^*_{19}\)&nbsp;is cyclic (since&nbsp;\(19\)&nbsp;is an odd prime). <br><ul><li>2 is a generator.</li><li>Powers of 2: 2, 4, 8, 16, 13, 7, 14, 9, 18, 17, 15, 11, 3, 6, 12, 5, 10, 1</li><li>Other generators: 3, 10, 13, 14, 15</li></ul><div><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><b>Why it doesn't contradict&nbsp;</b>that&nbsp;every group of&nbsp;prime order&nbsp;is cyclic, with&nbsp;every element except the neutral element being a generator:&nbsp;</span>\(\{2\} \cup [\text{all odd primes}]\)\(= [\text{all primes}]\)</div><div><br></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 750: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: grVf##]DMH
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

    If a ring \(R\) is non-trivial (has more than one element), then \(1 \neq 0\). (Proof in Extra)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

    If a ring \(R\) is non-trivial (has more than one element), then \(1 \neq 0\). (Proof in Extra)


    Proof: Assume \(1 = 0\) for contradiction. For any \(a \in R\)
    1. \(a = a \cdot 1\)
    2. \(a = a \cdot 0\) (by assumption)
    3. \(a = 0\)
    4. Thus there is only the zero element, which is a contradiction to the non-triviality.
    Lemma 5.17(4)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>If a ring \(R\) is {{c1::non-trivial (has more than one element)}}, then {{c2::\(1 \neq 0\)}}. <i>(Proof in Extra)</i></p>
    Extra Proof: Assume&nbsp;\(1 = 0\)&nbsp;for contradiction. For any&nbsp;\(a \in R\)<br><ol><li>\(a = a \cdot 1\)</li><li>\(a = a \cdot 0\)&nbsp;(by assumption)</li><li>\(a = 0\)</li><li>Thus there is only the zero element, which is a contradiction to the non-triviality.</li></ol><div><strong>Lemma 5.17(4)</strong><br></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

    Note 751: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: grl{%W],MK
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
    An element \(a\ne0\) of a commutative ring \(R\) is called a zerodivisor if  \(ab=0\) for some \(b\ne0\) in \(R\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
    An element \(a\ne0\) of a commutative ring \(R\) is called a zerodivisor if  \(ab=0\) for some \(b\ne0\) in \(R\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An element&nbsp;\(a\ne0\)&nbsp;of a commutative ring&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;is called a&nbsp;<i>zerodivisor</i>&nbsp;if {{c1::&nbsp;\(ab=0\)&nbsp;for some&nbsp;\(b\ne0\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(R\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    Note 752: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: gyJPNg>H@A
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups
    The direct product of \(n\) groups \(\langle G_1; *_1 \rangle, \ldots, \langle G_n; *_n \rangle\) is the algebra \(\langle G_1 \times \cdots \times G_n; \star\rangle\). The operation \(\star\) is component-wise.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups
    The direct product of \(n\) groups \(\langle G_1; *_1 \rangle, \ldots, \langle G_n; *_n \rangle\) is the algebra \(\langle G_1 \times \cdots \times G_n; \star\rangle\). The operation \(\star\) is component-wise.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The direct product of&nbsp;\(n\) groups&nbsp;\(\langle G_1; *_1 \rangle, \ldots, \langle G_n; *_n \rangle\) is {{c1::the algebra&nbsp;\(\langle G_1 \times \cdots \times G_n; \star\rangle\)}}. The operation&nbsp;\(\star\) is component-wise.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups

    Note 753: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: g|p?@3JwCd
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
    Why does \(ax \equiv_m 1\) have no solution when \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = d > 1\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
    Why does \(ax \equiv_m 1\) have no solution when \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = d > 1\)?

    We can rewrite \(ax \equiv_m 1\) as \(ax - 1 = km \Leftrightarrow ax - km = 1\). Now since, \(d \mid a\) and \(d \mid m\), then \(d \mid ax\) and \(d \mid km\) for any \(x\).
    Thus \(d \mid (ax - km)\), and \(ax - km = 1\).

    But \(d \nmid 1 \implies d \nmid (ax - km)\), which is a contradiction. Thus \(ax\) can never be congruent to \(1\) modulo \(m\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Why does \(ax \equiv_m 1\) have no solution when \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = d &gt; 1\)?
    Back We can rewrite&nbsp;\(ax \equiv_m 1\)&nbsp;as&nbsp;\(ax - 1 = km \Leftrightarrow ax - km = 1\). Now since,&nbsp;\(d \mid a\)&nbsp;and \(d \mid m\), then \(d \mid ax\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(d \mid km\)&nbsp;for any \(x\).<br>Thus&nbsp;\(d \mid (ax - km)\), and&nbsp;\(ax - km = 1\).<br><br>But \(d \nmid 1 \implies d \nmid (ax - km)\), which is a contradiction. Thus&nbsp;\(ax\) can never be congruent to \(1\) modulo \(m\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses

    Note 754: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: h3KTs;Sad%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::2._Decoding

    A code \(\mathcal{C}\) with minimum distance \(d\) is \(t\)-error correcting if and only if:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::2._Decoding

    A code \(\mathcal{C}\) with minimum distance \(d\) is \(t\)-error correcting if and only if:


    \(d \geq 2t + 1\).

    Intuition: To correct \(t\) errors, codewords must be at least \(2t + 1\) apart (so that even with \(t\) errors, the received word is closer to the correct codeword than to any other).

    If they were only \(2t\) apart for each codeword, then there would be a tie.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>A code \(\mathcal{C}\) with minimum distance \(d\) is \(t\)-error correcting if and only if:</p>
    Back <p>\(d \geq 2t + 1\).</p> <p><strong>Intuition</strong>: To correct \(t\) errors, codewords must be at least \(2t + 1\) apart (so that even with \(t\) errors, the received word is closer to the correct codeword than to any other).</p> <p>If they were only \(2t\) apart for each codeword, then there would be a <strong>tie</strong>.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::2._Decoding

    Note 755: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: h:Z}faoBcQ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
    We can reduce the exponent \(a^m\) modulo \(n\) by {{c1::the \(\text{ord}(a)\)}} iff. \(\gcd(a, n) = 1\), i.e. \(a\) and \(n\) are coprime.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
    We can reduce the exponent \(a^m\) modulo \(n\) by {{c1::the \(\text{ord}(a)\)}} iff. \(\gcd(a, n) = 1\), i.e. \(a\) and \(n\) are coprime.

    \((a^{\operatorname{ord}(a)})^q \cdot a^r \equiv_n a^r\)

    This is because if \(\gcd(a, n) = 1\) then there exists an \(m\) for which \(a^m = e\) (same as for the mult. inverse since \(a^{m-1}\) is the inverse). 

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We can reduce the exponent&nbsp;\(a^m\)&nbsp;modulo&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;by {{c1::the&nbsp;\(\text{ord}(a)\)}}&nbsp;iff. {{c2::\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\), i.e.&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;are coprime}}.
    Extra \((a^{\operatorname{ord}(a)})^q \cdot a^r \equiv_n a^r\)<br><br>This is because if&nbsp;\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\)&nbsp;then there exists an&nbsp;\(m\)&nbsp;for which&nbsp;\(a^m = e\)&nbsp;(same as for the mult. inverse since&nbsp;\(a^{m-1}\)&nbsp;<i>is</i>&nbsp;the inverse).&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 756: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: hAzQO,E_+E
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    What property do the orders of elements in finite groups have?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    What property do the orders of elements in finite groups have?


    Lemma 5.6: In a finite group \(G\), every element has a finite order.

    (This doesn't hold for infinite groups - elements can have infinite order.)

    Proof: Since the order is finite, elements must repeat. That means, there exist \(m > n \geq 0\) s.t. \(g^m = g^n\)
    \(\implies g^{m-n} = e\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What property do the orders of elements in finite groups have?</p>
    Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.6</strong>: In a <strong>finite group</strong> \(G\), every element has a <strong>finite order</strong>.</p> <p>(This doesn't hold for infinite groups - elements can have infinite order.)</p><p><b>Proof:</b>&nbsp;Since the order is finite, elements must repeat. That means, there exist \(m &gt; n \geq 0\)&nbsp;s.t.&nbsp;\(g^m = g^n\)<br>\(\implies g^{m-n} = e\)<br></p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    Note 757: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: hJb:YVj|nK
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    If {{c2:: the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a \in G\) is 2}}, a is it's own self-inverse.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    If {{c2:: the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a \in G\) is 2}}, a is it's own self-inverse.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>If {{c2:: the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a \in G\) is 2}}, {{c1:: a is it's own self-inverse}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    Note 758: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: hU:-C(Wl{v
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    The Euler function \(\varphi: \mathbb{Z}^+ \rightarrow \mathbb{Z}^+\) (also called Euler's totient function) is defined as {{c1::the cardinality of \(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\).}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    The Euler function \(\varphi: \mathbb{Z}^+ \rightarrow \mathbb{Z}^+\) (also called Euler's totient function) is defined as {{c1::the cardinality of \(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\).}}

    Example: \(\mathbb{Z}_{18}^* = \{1,5,7,11,13,17\}\), so \(\varphi(18) = 6\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The Euler function&nbsp;\(\varphi: \mathbb{Z}^+ \rightarrow \mathbb{Z}^+\)&nbsp;(also called Euler's totient function) is defined as {{c1::the cardinality of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\).}}
    Extra Example:&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_{18}^* = \{1,5,7,11,13,17\}\), so&nbsp;\(\varphi(18) = 6\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 759: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: hYntlvvIQu
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    What are the commutativity laws for sets?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    What are the commutativity laws for sets?

    • \(A \cap B = B \cap A\)
    • \(A \cup B = B \cup A\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are the commutativity laws for sets?
    Back <ul> <li>\(A \cap B = B \cap A\)</li> <li>\(A \cup B = B \cup A\)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

    Note 760: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: hgLWI9eF!L
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    Why is closure important when verifying that \(H\) is a subgroup of \(G\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    Why is closure important when verifying that \(H\) is a subgroup of \(G\)?


    Closure ensures that when you apply operations within \(H\), you stay within \(H\).

    Without closure:
    - \(a * b\) might not be in \(H\) (operation closure)
    - \(\widehat{a}\) might not be in \(H\) (inverse closure)
    - The neutral element \(e\) might not be in \(H\)

    If \(H\) lacks closure, it cannot form a group on its own.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Why is closure important when verifying that \(H\) is a subgroup of \(G\)?</p>
    Back <p>Closure ensures that when you apply operations within \(H\), you <strong>stay within</strong> \(H\).</p> <p>Without closure:<br> - \(a * b\) might not be in \(H\) (operation closure)<br> - \(\widehat{a}\) might not be in \(H\) (inverse closure)<br> - The neutral element \(e\) might not be in \(H\)</p> <p>If \(H\) lacks closure, it cannot form a group on its own.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    Note 761: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: hnJOhm[6,3
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::7._Transitive_Closure
    The transitive closure of a relation \(\rho\) on a set \(A\), denoted \(\rho^*\), is defined as {{c1::\(\rho^* = \bigcup_{n\in\mathbb{N}\setminus \{0\} } \rho^n\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::7._Transitive_Closure
    The transitive closure of a relation \(\rho\) on a set \(A\), denoted \(\rho^*\), is defined as {{c1::\(\rho^* = \bigcup_{n\in\mathbb{N}\setminus \{0\} } \rho^n\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The&nbsp;<b>transitive closure&nbsp;</b>of a relation&nbsp;\(\rho\)&nbsp;on a set&nbsp;\(A\), denoted&nbsp;\(\rho^*\), is defined as {{c1::\(\rho^* = \bigcup_{n\in\mathbb{N}\setminus \{0\} } \rho^n\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::7._Transitive_Closure

    Note 762: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: hsa`$jP&p8
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    What are the associativity laws for \(\land\) and \(\lor\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    What are the associativity laws for \(\land\) and \(\lor\)?

    • \((A \land B) \land C \equiv A \land (B \land C)\)
    • \((A \lor B) \lor C \equiv A \lor (B \lor C)\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are the associativity laws for \(\land\) and \(\lor\)?
    Back <ul> <li>\((A \land B) \land C \equiv A \land (B \land C)\)</li> <li>\((A \lor B) \lor C \equiv A \lor (B \lor C)\)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

    Note 763: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: hx=y:u%$sF
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    By what can we reduce the exponent of an element in a finite order group?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    By what can we reduce the exponent of an element in a finite order group?


    In a group \(G\) of finite order, for \(a \in G\): \[a^m = a^{R_{\text{ord}(a)}(m)}\]This holds because:

     \(a^m = a^{m + \text{ord}(a)}\)

    \( = a^m \cdot a^{\text{ord}(a)}\)

    \( = a^m \cdot e = a^m\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>By what can we reduce the exponent of an element in a <strong>finite order</strong>&nbsp;group?</p>
    Back <p>In a group \(G\) of finite order, for \(a \in G\): \[a^m = a^{R_{\text{ord}(a)}(m)}\]This holds because:</p><p>&nbsp;\(a^m = a^{m + \text{ord}(a)}\)</p><p>\( = a^m \cdot a^{\text{ord}(a)}\)</p><p>\( = a^m \cdot e = a^m\)</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 764: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: i!A>I-](&
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    The Fermat-Euler theorem states that for all \(m\ge 2\) and all \(a\) with \(\gcd(a,m) = 1\),{{c1:: \[a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m 1\]and so in particular, for every prime \(p\) and every \(a\) not divisible by \(p\): \(a^{p-1} \equiv_p 1\).}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    The Fermat-Euler theorem states that for all \(m\ge 2\) and all \(a\) with \(\gcd(a,m) = 1\),{{c1:: \[a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m 1\]and so in particular, for every prime \(p\) and every \(a\) not divisible by \(p\): \(a^{p-1} \equiv_p 1\).}}

    We know \(a^{\operatorname{order}(a)} \equiv_m 1\). Since \(\operatorname{order}(a)\) divides \(| \mathbb{Z}_m^* | = \varphi(m)\) (Lagrange's), \(a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m a^{k \cdot \operatorname{order}(a)} \equiv_m (a^{\operatorname{order}(a)})^k \equiv_m 1^k \equiv_m 1\)

    This theorem is used for RSA.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The Fermat-Euler theorem states that for all&nbsp;\(m\ge 2\)&nbsp;and all&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(\gcd(a,m) = 1\),{{c1::&nbsp;\[a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m 1\]and so in particular, for every prime&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;and every&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;not divisible by&nbsp;\(p\):&nbsp;\(a^{p-1} \equiv_p 1\).}}
    Extra We know&nbsp;\(a^{\operatorname{order}(a)} \equiv_m 1\). Since&nbsp;\(\operatorname{order}(a)\)&nbsp;divides&nbsp;\(| \mathbb{Z}_m^* | = \varphi(m)\)&nbsp;(Lagrange's),&nbsp;\(a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m a^{k \cdot \operatorname{order}(a)} \equiv_m (a^{\operatorname{order}(a)})^k \equiv_m 1^k \equiv_m 1\)<br><br>This theorem is used for RSA.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 765: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: i!L>3&eKRo
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    function \(f: A\to B\) from a domain \(A\) to a codomain \(B\) is a relation from \(A\) to \(B\) with the special properties:
    {{c1::1. (totally defined) \(\forall a\in A \; \exists b \in B \quad a \mathop{f} b\)
    2. (well-defined) \(\forall a\in A \; \forall b, b' \in B \quad (a \mathop{f} b \land a\mathop{f}b' \to b = b')\)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    function \(f: A\to B\) from a domain \(A\) to a codomain \(B\) is a relation from \(A\) to \(B\) with the special properties:
    {{c1::1. (totally defined) \(\forall a\in A \; \exists b \in B \quad a \mathop{f} b\)
    2. (well-defined) \(\forall a\in A \; \forall b, b' \in B \quad (a \mathop{f} b \land a\mathop{f}b' \to b = b')\)}}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A&nbsp;<b>function</b>&nbsp;\(f: A\to B\)&nbsp;from a&nbsp;<i>domain</i>&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;to a <i>codomain</i>&nbsp;\(B\)&nbsp;is {{c1::a relation from&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(B\)}}&nbsp;with the special properties:<br>{{c1::1. (totally defined)&nbsp;\(\forall a\in A \; \exists b \in B \quad a \mathop{f} b\)<br>2. (well-defined)&nbsp;\(\forall a\in A \; \forall b, b' \in B \quad (a \mathop{f} b \land a\mathop{f}b' \to b = b')\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 766: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: i;]362(]mf
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets
    If two singleton sets are equal, what can we conclude about their elements?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets
    If two singleton sets are equal, what can we conclude about their elements?

    For any sets \(a\) and \(b\), \(\{a\} = \{b\} \Longrightarrow a = b\)

    (A singleton is a set with one element.)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front If two singleton sets are equal, what can we conclude about their elements?
    Back For any sets \(a\) and \(b\), \(\{a\} = \{b\} \Longrightarrow a = b\)<br><br>(A singleton is a set with one element.)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets

    Note 767: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: i
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups
    monoid has the following properties:
    1. Closure
    2. Associativity
    3. Identity

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups
    monoid has the following properties:
    1. Closure
    2. Associativity
    3. Identity

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A&nbsp;<b>monoid</b>&nbsp;has the following properties:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Closure}}</li><li>{{c2::Associativity}}</li><li>{{c3::Identity}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups

    Note 768: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: iQE!&/N&9W
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
    How do polynomials behave under modular reduction? (Corollary 4.15)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
    How do polynomials behave under modular reduction? (Corollary 4.15)

    Let \(f(x_1, \dots, x_k)\) be a polynomial with integer coefficients, and let \(m \geq 1\).

    If \(a_i \equiv_m b_i\) for  all \(i \in \{1, ..., k\}\), then: \[f(a_1, \dots, a_k) \equiv_m f(b_1, \dots, b_k)\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do polynomials behave under modular reduction? (Corollary 4.15)
    Back Let \(f(x_1, \dots, x_k)\) be a polynomial with integer coefficients, and let \(m \geq 1\). <br><br>If \(a_i \equiv_m b_i\) for&nbsp; all&nbsp;\(i \in \{1, ..., k\}\), then: \[f(a_1, \dots, a_k) \equiv_m f(b_1, \dots, b_k)\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences

    Note 769: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: iYX;e6S}74
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    The Hasse diagram of a poset \((A; \preceq)\) is defined as the directed graph whose vertices are the elements of \(A\) and where there is an edge from \(a\) to \(b\) if and only if \(b\) covers \(a\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    The Hasse diagram of a poset \((A; \preceq)\) is defined as the directed graph whose vertices are the elements of \(A\) and where there is an edge from \(a\) to \(b\) if and only if \(b\) covers \(a\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The&nbsp;<i>Hasse diagram</i>&nbsp;of a poset&nbsp;\((A; \preceq)\)&nbsp;is defined as {{c1::the directed graph whose vertices are the elements of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;and where there is an edge from&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;if and only if&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;covers&nbsp;\(a\).}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 770: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ih~tka$0AQ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::09._Proofs_by_Counterexample PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Proof method: Proofs by counterexample

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::09._Proofs_by_Counterexample PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Proof method: Proofs by counterexample

    Special case of constructive existence proofs. By finding a counter example \( x\) such that \(S_x\) is not true, we can prove that \( S_i \) isn't always true.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Proof method: Proofs by counterexample
    Back Special case of constructive existence proofs. By finding a counter example&nbsp;\( x\) such that&nbsp;\(S_x\) is not true, we can prove that&nbsp;\( S_i \) isn't always true.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::09._Proofs_by_Counterexample PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 771: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ik]315@gR<
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    \(F = \forall x ( P(x, y) \rightarrow \exists y (Q(z, y) \land (\forall z R(y, z)))\) to prenex

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    \(F = \forall x ( P(x, y) \rightarrow \exists y (Q(z, y) \land (\forall z R(y, z)))\) to prenex

    \(\forall x \exists k \forall l (P (x, y) \rightarrow (Q(z, k) \land R(k, l)))\)
    We rename \(y \rightarrow k\) and \(z \rightarrow l\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front \(F = \forall x ( P(x, y) \rightarrow \exists y (Q(z, y) \land (\forall z R(y, z)))\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;<b>prenex</b>
    Back \(\forall x \exists k \forall l (P (x, y) \rightarrow (Q(z, k) \land R(k, l)))\)<br>We rename&nbsp;\(y \rightarrow k\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(z \rightarrow l\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

    Note 772: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: iltVkN7$2X
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    A right inverse element of \(a\) in \(\langle S; *, e \rangle\) is an element \(b\) such that \(a * b = e\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    A right inverse element of \(a\) in \(\langle S; *, e \rangle\) is an element \(b\) such that \(a * b = e\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>A {{c1::right inverse element}} of \(a\) in \(\langle S; *, e \rangle\) is {{c2::an element \(b\) such that \(a * b = e\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 773: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ivOfI913lL
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Is \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) a group?. (Proof included)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Is \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) a group?. (Proof included)


    Theorem 5.13: \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_m^*; \odot, \text{ }^{-1}, 1 \rangle\) is a group.

    Proof idea: For \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}_m^*\), if \(\gcd(a, m) = 1\) and \(\gcd(b, m) = 1\), then \(\gcd(ab, m) = 1\). Thus the group is closed under multiplication.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Is \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) a group?.&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i></p>
    Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.13</strong>: \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_m^*; \odot, \text{ }^{-1}, 1 \rangle\) is a <strong>group</strong>.</p> <p><strong>Proof idea</strong>: For \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}_m^*\), if \(\gcd(a, m) = 1\) and \(\gcd(b, m) = 1\), then \(\gcd(ab, m) = 1\). Thus the group is closed under multiplication.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 774: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: j0f>T
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Proof method: "Case Distinction"

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Proof method: "Case Distinction"

    1. Find a finite list \( R_1, \ldots, R_k\) of statements (cases)
    2. Prove that one case applies for the situation (prove one \(R_i\))
    3. Prove \( R_i \implies S\) for \(i = 1, \ldots, k\)

    Basically, show for all cases that they are correct.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Proof method: "Case Distinction"
    Back 1. Find a finite list&nbsp;\( R_1, \ldots, R_k\) of statements (cases)<div>2. Prove that one case applies for the situation (prove one \(R_i\))</div><div>3. Prove&nbsp;\( R_i \implies S\) for&nbsp;\(i = 1, \ldots, k\)</div><div><br></div><div>Basically, show for all cases that they are correct.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 775: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: j5a}0B}`Qc
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    The group \(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\) contains all numbers \(a \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) that are coprime to \(m\), that is, \(\gcd(a,m) = 1\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    The group \(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\) contains all numbers \(a \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) that are coprime to \(m\), that is, \(\gcd(a,m) = 1\).

    As they are coprime, they are invertible. Thus its the set of units.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The group&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\) contains all numbers&nbsp;\(a \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) that are {{c1::coprime to&nbsp;\(m\), that is,&nbsp;\(\gcd(a,m) = 1\).}}
    Extra As they are coprime, they are invertible. Thus its the set of units.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 776: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: jAR2Tu9;l8
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
    When is writing \(\top\) or \(\perp\) allowed in formulas (proof steps for example)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
    When is writing \(\top\) or \(\perp\) allowed in formulas (proof steps for example)?

    We are not allowed to use \(\top\) or \(\perp\) in formulas, to replace statement that are true or false under our interpretation.

    It's only allowed when the formula is actually a tautology (or unsatisfiable), i.e. true or false under all interpretations!

    For example, in \(U = \mathbb{N}\), \(x \geq 0 \land x = 5 \implies \top \land x = 5 \implies x = 5\) but this is wrong as \(x \geq 0\) is only equivalent to \(\top\) in this specific universe. We instead can just write the implication directly.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When is writing&nbsp;\(\top\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(\perp\)&nbsp;allowed in formulas (proof steps for example)?
    Back We are not allowed to use \(\top\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(\perp\)&nbsp;in formulas, to replace statement that are <b>true</b>&nbsp;or <b>false</b>&nbsp;under our interpretation.<br><br>It's only allowed when the formula is actually a tautology (or unsatisfiable), i.e. true or false under <b>all</b>&nbsp;interpretations!<br><br>For example, in \(U = \mathbb{N}\),&nbsp;\(x \geq 0 \land x = 5 \implies \top \land x = 5 \implies x = 5\)&nbsp;but this is wrong as&nbsp;\(x \geq 0\)&nbsp;is only equivalent to&nbsp;\(\top\)&nbsp;in this specific universe. We instead can just write the implication directly.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability

    Note 777: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: jGU1:k0?
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::FS23 Niklas_Skill_Issue
    Can we reduce \(R_9(5^{123})\) by doing \(R_9(123) = 6\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::FS23 Niklas_Skill_Issue
    Can we reduce \(R_9(5^{123})\) by doing \(R_9(123) = 6\)?

    No! The order of \(5\) in \(\mathbb{Z}_9\) is \(\varphi(9) = 6\). Thus we reduce by \(R_6(123)\)!

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Can we reduce&nbsp;\(R_9(5^{123})\)&nbsp;by doing&nbsp;\(R_9(123) = 6\)?
    Back No! The order of&nbsp;\(5\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_9\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(\varphi(9) = 6\). Thus we reduce by&nbsp;\(R_6(123)\)!
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::FS23 Niklas_Skill_Issue

    Note 778: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: jTx~;>i=Aw
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    An encoding function maps \(k\) information symbols to \(n\) encoded symbols.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    An encoding function maps \(k\) information symbols to \(n\) encoded symbols.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>An encoding function maps {{c1::\(k\) information symbols}} to {{c3::\(n\)&nbsp;encoded symbols}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    Note 779: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: jYfc^7cMcd
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::2._Decoding

    When is a decoding function \(t\)-error correcting?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::2._Decoding

    When is a decoding function \(t\)-error correcting?


    A decoding function \(D\) is \(t\)-error-correcting for encoding function \(E\) if for any \((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})\): \[D((r_0, \dots, r_{n-1})) = (a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})\] for any \((r_0, \dots, r_{n-1})\) with Hamming distance at most \(t\) from \(E((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1}))\).

    In other words, every codeword with a maximum of \(t\) errors, is correctly decoded.

    A code is \(t\)-error-correcting if there exists \(E\) and \(D\) with \(C = Im(D)\) where \(D\) is \(t\)-error-correcting.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>When is a decoding function \(t\)-error correcting?</p>
    Back <p>A decoding function \(D\) is \(t\)-error-correcting for encoding function \(E\) if for any \((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})\): \[D((r_0, \dots, r_{n-1})) = (a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})\] for any \((r_0, \dots, r_{n-1})\) with Hamming distance at most \(t\) from \(E((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1}))\).</p> <p><em>In other words</em>, every codeword with a maximum of \(t\) errors, is correctly decoded.</p> <p>A code is \(t\)-error-correcting if there exists \(E\) and \(D\) with \(C = Im(D)\) where \(D\) is \(t\)-error-correcting.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::2._Decoding

    Note 780: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: jZ$Sm[y:;|
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::1._An_Intuitive_Understanding_of_Sets
    What is the cardinality of a finite set \(A\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::1._An_Intuitive_Understanding_of_Sets
    What is the cardinality of a finite set \(A\)?

    The number of elements of \(A\), denoted \(|A|\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the cardinality of a finite set \(A\)?
    Back The number of elements of \(A\), denoted \(|A|\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::1._An_Intuitive_Understanding_of_Sets

    Note 781: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: j]Gy^>$7h+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    For \(H\) to be a subgroup, the neutral element must be in \(H\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    For \(H\) to be a subgroup, the neutral element must be in \(H\).


    \(e \in H\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>For \(H\) to be a subgroup, the {{c1::neutral element}} must be in \(H\).</p>
    Extra \(e \in H\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    Note 782: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: j`(x0/xzRV
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    If \(b(x)\) divides \(a(x)\), then so does:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    If \(b(x)\) divides \(a(x)\), then so does:


    \(v \cdot b(x)\) for any nonzero \(v \in F\).

    This holds because if \(a(x) = b(x) \cdot c(x)\), then \(a(x) = vb(x) \cdot (v^{-1} c(x))\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>If \(b(x)\) divides \(a(x)\), then so does:</p>
    Back <p>\(v \cdot b(x)\) for any nonzero \(v \in F\).</p> <p>This holds because if \(a(x) = b(x) \cdot c(x)\), then \(a(x) = vb(x) \cdot (v^{-1} c(x))\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 783: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: jaM!qS&))E
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
    What does "unique up to order" mean in the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
    What does "unique up to order" mean in the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic?

    Every integer has exactly one prime factorization if we don't care about the order of factors.

    For example, \(12 = 2^2 \cdot 3 = 3 \cdot 2 \cdot 2 = 2 \cdot 3 \cdot 2\) are all the same factorization, just written differently.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does "unique up to order" mean in the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic?
    Back Every integer has exactly one prime factorization if we don't care about the order of factors. <br><br>For example, \(12 = 2^2 \cdot 3 = 3 \cdot 2 \cdot 2 = 2 \cdot 3 \cdot 2\) are all the same factorization, just written differently.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic

    Note 784: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: jbk$(]c7J_
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    What is the order of \(\text{ord}(a)\) for \(a \in G\) in a group?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    What is the order of \(\text{ord}(a)\) for \(a \in G\) in a group?


    Let \(G\) be a group and let \(a\) be an element of \(G\). The order of \(a\), denoted \(\text{ord}(a)\), is the least \(m \geq 1\) such that \(a^m = e\), if such an \(m\) exists: \[\text{ord}(a) = \min \{n \geq 1 \ | \ a^n = e\} \cup \{\infty\}\]

    If no such \(m\) exists, \(\text{ord}(a)\) is said to be infinite, written \(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What is the order of \(\text{ord}(a)\) for \(a \in G\) in a group?</p>
    Back <p>Let \(G\) be a group and let \(a\) be an element of \(G\). The order of \(a\), denoted \(\text{ord}(a)\), is the least \(m \geq 1\) such that \(a^m = e\), if such an \(m\) exists: \[\text{ord}(a) = \min \{n \geq 1 \ | \ a^n = e\} \cup \{\infty\}\]</p> <p>If no such \(m\) exists, \(\text{ord}(a)\) is said to be infinite, written \(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 785: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: jlIbESSBdv
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    The degree of the product of two polynomials is at most the sum of their degrees.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    The degree of the product of two polynomials is at most the sum of their degrees.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The degree of the {{c1::product}} of two polynomials is {{c2::at most the sum}} of their degrees.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    Note 786: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: jngIBgkHz<
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    State Corollary 5.11 about groups of prime order (what property, what does each element satisfy). (Proof Included)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    State Corollary 5.11 about groups of prime order (what property, what does each element satisfy). (Proof Included)


    Corollary 5.11: Every group of prime order is cyclic, and in such a group every element except the neutral element is a generator.

    Proof: Only \(1 \mid p\) and \(p \mid p\) for \(p\) prime. So for \(a \in G\), either \(\text{ord}(a) = 1\) (meaning \(a = e\)) or \(\text{ord}(a) = p\) (meaning \(a\) generates the whole group; Lagrange).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>State Corollary 5.11 about groups of prime order (what property, what does each element satisfy). <i>(Proof Included)</i></p>
    Back <p><strong>Corollary 5.11</strong>: Every group of <strong>prime order</strong> is cyclic, and in such a group <strong>every element except the neutral element is a generator</strong>.</p> <p><strong>Proof</strong>: Only \(1 \mid p\) and \(p \mid p\) for \(p\) prime. So for \(a \in G\), either \(\text{ord}(a) = 1\) (meaning \(a = e\)) or \(\text{ord}(a) = p\) (meaning \(a\) generates the whole group; Lagrange).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    Note 787: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: juXB+9W`+)
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    Does \( p \mid a \land q \mid a \land \gcd(p, q) = 1 \implies pq \mid a \) hold? (Proof included)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    Does \( p \mid a \land q \mid a \land \gcd(p, q) = 1 \implies pq \mid a \) hold? (Proof included)

    Yes, but this has to be reproven before using.

    The proof technique is important. Replacing a neutral element by something it's equal to often is a smart move.

    Proof: This is an important result for the exam:
    \[p \mid a \land q \mid a \land \gcd(p, q) = 1 \implies pq \mid a\]
    Which is the same as saying \(\exists k \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that \(a = pq \cdot k\).
    Since \(p \mid a\) and \(q \mid a\), we have:
    \[\exists k, k' \in \mathbb{Z} \text{ such that } a = pk \land a = qk'\]
    Since \(\gcd(p, q) = 1\), by Bézout's identity:
    \[\exists u, v \in \mathbb{Z} \text{ such that } 1 = pu + qv\]
    Now we can write:
    \[\begin{align} a &= 1 \cdot a \\ &= a \cdot (pu + qv) \\ &= pua + qva \\ &= pu \cdot qk' + qv \cdot pk \\ &= pq(uk' + vk') \end{align}\]
    Thus \(pq \mid a\). \(\square\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Does&nbsp;\( p \mid a \land q \mid a \land \gcd(p, q) = 1 \implies pq \mid a \)&nbsp;hold?&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i>
    Back Yes, but this has to be reproven before using.<br><br>The proof technique is important. Replacing a neutral element by something it's equal to often is a smart move.<br><br> <b>Proof:</b> This is an important result for the exam: <div>\[p \mid a \land q \mid a \land \gcd(p, q) = 1 \implies pq \mid a\]</div> Which is the same as saying \(\exists k \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that \(a = pq \cdot k\). <br> Since \(p \mid a\) and \(q \mid a\), we have: <div>\[\exists k, k' \in \mathbb{Z} \text{ such that } a = pk \land a = qk'\]</div> Since \(\gcd(p, q) = 1\), by Bézout's identity: <div>\[\exists u, v \in \mathbb{Z} \text{ such that } 1 = pu + qv\]</div> Now we can write: <div>\[\begin{align} a &amp;= 1 \cdot a \\ &amp;= a \cdot (pu + qv) \\ &amp;= pua + qva \\ &amp;= pu \cdot qk' + qv \cdot pk \\ &amp;= pq(uk' + vk') \end{align}\]</div> Thus \(pq \mid a\). \(\square\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

    Note 788: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: jyS*[vJ/iH
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    When does an element of \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) have an inverse?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    When does an element of \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) have an inverse?


    Lemma 5.36: The congruence equation \[a(x)b(x) \equiv_{m(x)} 1\] for a given \(a(x)\) has a solution \(b(x) \in F[x]_{m(x)}\) if and only if \(\gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1\). The solution is unique.

    In other words: \[ F[x]_{m(x)}^* = \{a(x) \in F[x]_{m(x)} \ | \ \gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1\} \]

    This is analogous to \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>When does an element of \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) have an inverse?</p>
    Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.36</strong>: The congruence equation \[a(x)b(x) \equiv_{m(x)} 1\] for a given \(a(x)\) has a solution \(b(x) \in F[x]_{m(x)}\) <strong>if and only if</strong> \(\gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1\). The solution is <strong>unique</strong>.</p> <p>In other words: \[ F[x]_{m(x)}^* = \{a(x) \in F[x]_{m(x)} \ | \ \gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1\} \]</p> <p>This is analogous to \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    Note 789: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: k!rp`Yn=#B
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
    Can we apply the CRT to this system? \[\begin{align*} x \equiv_{10} 3 \\ x \equiv_{2} 1 \\ x \equiv_3 2 \end{align*}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
    Can we apply the CRT to this system? \[\begin{align*} x \equiv_{10} 3 \\ x \equiv_{2} 1 \\ x \equiv_3 2 \end{align*}\]

    Yes we can, even though \(\gcd(10, 2) = 2\), as we can decompose \(x \equiv_{10} 3\) into \(x \equiv_5 3\) and \(x \equiv_2 3 \equiv_2 1\) which matches the other equation.

    Thus the solution is still unique.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Can we apply the CRT to this system?&nbsp;\[\begin{align*} x \equiv_{10} 3 \\ x \equiv_{2} 1 \\ x \equiv_3 2 \end{align*}\]
    Back Yes we can, even though&nbsp;\(\gcd(10, 2) = 2\), as we can decompose&nbsp;\(x \equiv_{10} 3\)&nbsp;into&nbsp;\(x \equiv_5 3\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(x \equiv_2 3 \equiv_2 1\)&nbsp;which matches the other equation. <br><br>Thus the solution is still unique.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem

    Note 790: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: k3`On,s-[c
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    The generators of \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) are all \(g \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) for which \(\gcd(g, n) = 1\)(i.e., \(g\) is coprime to \(n\)).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    The generators of \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) are all \(g \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) for which \(\gcd(g, n) = 1\)(i.e., \(g\) is coprime to \(n\)).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The generators of \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) are all \(g \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) for which {{c1::\(\gcd(g, n) = 1\)(i.e., \(g\) is coprime to \(n\))}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 791: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: kC`G6X,/]b
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    \(\gcd(a, 0) = \) \(|a|\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    \(\gcd(a, 0) = \) \(|a|\)

    This is why \(0\) isn't in \(Z_m^* \) and \(F[x]^*_{m(x)}\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(\gcd(a, 0) = \)&nbsp;{{c1::\(|a|\)}}
    Extra This is why&nbsp;\(0\)&nbsp;isn't in&nbsp;\(Z_m^* \)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(F[x]^*_{m(x)}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

    Note 792: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: kH8u]Z~QoA
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    What is the definition of the prenex form?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    What is the definition of the prenex form?

    A formula of the form \[Q_1 x_1 \ Q_2 x_2 \ \dots \ Q_n x_n G\]where the \(Q_i\) are arbitrary quantifiers and \(G\) is a formula free of quantifiers.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>What is the definition of the prenex form?</b>
    Back A formula of the form \[Q_1 x_1 \ Q_2 x_2 \ \dots \ Q_n x_n G\]where the \(Q_i\)&nbsp;are arbitrary quantifiers and \(G\)&nbsp;is a formula free of quantifiers.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

    Note 793: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: kJ1TdT+N(|
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots
    Why does RSA work, i.e. why can't we break it?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots
    Why does RSA work, i.e. why can't we break it?

    Finding the \(e\)-th root is a hard problem (we have to try all possibilities) as long as we don't know the group order \(|G|\).

    If we do, we can find d using the extended euclidean algorithm.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Why does RSA work, i.e. why can't we break it?
    Back Finding the&nbsp;\(e\)-th root is a hard problem (we have to try all possibilities)&nbsp;<b>as long as we don't know the group order&nbsp;</b>\(|G|\).<br><br>If we do, we can find d using the extended euclidean algorithm.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots

    Note 794: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: kK>xp?~?KO
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    In \((\{2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9\}; |)\), what is the glb of \(\{4, 6, 8\}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    In \((\{2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9\}; |)\), what is the glb of \(\{4, 6, 8\}\)?

    \(2\) is a lower bound (and the greatest lower bound/glb) of \(\{4, 6, 8\}\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front In \((\{2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9\}; |)\), what is the glb of \(\{4, 6, 8\}\)?
    Back \(2\) is a lower bound (and the greatest lower bound/glb) of \(\{4, 6, 8\}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

    Note 795: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: kfsN#[8n@)
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    \( \neg (A \land B) \) \( \equiv \) \( \neg A \lor \neg B \)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    \( \neg (A \land B) \) \( \equiv \) \( \neg A \lor \neg B \)

    de Morgan rules

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\( \neg (A \land B) \)}} \( \equiv \)&nbsp;{{c2::\( \neg A \lor \neg B \)}}<br>
    Extra de Morgan rules
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

    Note 796: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: k}1~03snwg
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

    In a ring, \(d\) is a gcd of \(a\) and \(b\) if:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

    In a ring, \(d\) is a gcd of \(a\) and \(b\) if:


    For any ring elements \(a\) and \(b\) in \(R\) (not both \(0\)), a ring element \(d\) is called a greatest common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) if:
    - \(d\) divides both \(a\) and \(b\)
    - Every common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) divides \(d\) 

    Formally:\[d \ | \ a \ \land \ d \ | \ b \ \land \ \forall c ((c \ | \ a \ \land \ c \ | \ b) \rightarrow c \ | \ d)\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>In a ring, \(d\) is a gcd of \(a\) and \(b\) if:</p>
    Back <p>For any ring elements \(a\) and \(b\) in \(R\) (not both \(0\)), a ring element \(d\) is called a greatest common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) if:<br> - \(d\) divides both \(a\) and&nbsp;\(b\)<br> - Every common divisor of \(a\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;divides&nbsp;\(d\)&nbsp;</p><p>Formally:\[d \ | \ a \ \land \ d \ | \ b \ \land \ \forall c ((c \ | \ a \ \land \ c \ | \ b) \rightarrow c \ | \ d)\]<br></p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

    Note 797: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: l&wZTwi1Sq
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) irreflexive?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) irreflexive?

    When \(a \ \not\rho \ a\) is true for all \(a \in A\), i.e., \(\rho \cap \text{id} = \emptyset\).

    Note that irreflexive is NOT the negation of reflexive!

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) irreflexive?
    Back When \(a \ \not\rho \ a\) is true for all \(a \in A\), i.e., \(\rho \cap \text{id} = \emptyset\).<br><br>Note that irreflexive is NOT the negation of reflexive!
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

    Note 798: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: l.
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields
    \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field if and only if \(p\) is prime.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields
    \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field if and only if \(p\) is prime.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field if and only if&nbsp;{{c1::\(p\) is prime.}}<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    Note 799: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: l7;;$C9=2
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
    What is the meaning of the multiplicative inverse of some number \(a\) modulo \(m\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
    What is the meaning of the multiplicative inverse of some number \(a\) modulo \(m\)?

    It is the unique solution \(x \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) to the congruence equation \(ax \equiv_m 1\), where \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = 1\). Denoted \(a^{-1} \pmod{m}\) or \(1/a \pmod{m}\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the meaning of the multiplicative inverse of some number&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;modulo \(m\)?
    Back It is the unique solution \(x \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) to the congruence equation \(ax \equiv_m 1\), where \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = 1\). Denoted \(a^{-1} \pmod{m}\) or \(1/a \pmod{m}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses

    Note 800: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: lLOgs0U=^u
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
    Is the set \(\{0,1\}^*\) (finite binary sequences) countable?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
    Is the set \(\{0,1\}^*\) (finite binary sequences) countable?

    Yes. A possible injection to \(\mathbb{N}\) is to add a "1" at the beginning of each sequence and interpret it in binary.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is the set&nbsp;\(\{0,1\}^*\) (finite binary sequences) countable?
    Back Yes. A possible injection to \(\mathbb{N}\) is to add a "1" at the beginning of each sequence and interpret it in binary.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets

    Note 801: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: lN0x
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    If \((A; \preceq)\) is well-ordered, is every subset of \(A\) also well-ordered?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    If \((A; \preceq)\) is well-ordered, is every subset of \(A\) also well-ordered?

    YES, any subset of a well-ordered set is well-ordered (by the same relation).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front If \((A; \preceq)\) is well-ordered, is every subset of \(A\) also well-ordered?
    Back <strong>YES</strong>, any subset of a well-ordered set is well-ordered (by the same relation).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

    Note 802: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: lNUw/[p~+9
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
    A formula \(F\) is a tautology (or valid) if it is true for all truth assignments of the involved propositional symbols.

    Denoted as  \(\models F\) or \(\top\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
    A formula \(F\) is a tautology (or valid) if it is true for all truth assignments of the involved propositional symbols.

    Denoted as  \(\models F\) or \(\top\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is a {{c1:: tautology (or valid)}} if it {{c2:: is true for&nbsp;<strong>all</strong>&nbsp;truth assignments of the involved propositional symbols}}. <br><br>Denoted as {{c3::&nbsp;\(\models F\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(\top\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability

    Note 803: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: lU;|P?yhpq
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets
    The Cartesian product \(A \times B\) of sets \(A, B\) is {{c1::the set of all ordered pairs with the first component from \(A\) and the second component from \(B\): \(A\times B = \{(a,b)\mid a\in A \land b \in B\}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets
    The Cartesian product \(A \times B\) of sets \(A, B\) is {{c1::the set of all ordered pairs with the first component from \(A\) and the second component from \(B\): \(A\times B = \{(a,b)\mid a\in A \land b \in B\}\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The&nbsp;<b>Cartesian product&nbsp;</b>\(A \times B\)&nbsp;of sets&nbsp;\(A, B\)&nbsp;is {{c1::the set of all ordered pairs with the first component from&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;and the second component from&nbsp;\(B\):&nbsp;\(A\times B = \{(a,b)\mid a\in A \land b \in B\}\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets

    Note 804: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: lY*59pTngJ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
    What is the relationship between \(\exists x (P(x) \land Q(x))\) and \(\exists x P(x) \land \exists x Q(x)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
    What is the relationship between \(\exists x (P(x) \land Q(x))\) and \(\exists x P(x) \land \exists x Q(x)\)?

    \(\exists x (P(x) \land Q(x)) \models \exists x P(x) \land \exists x Q(x)\)

    (Note: This is logical consequence, NOT equivalence. The reverse doesn't hold!)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the relationship between \(\exists x (P(x) \land Q(x))\) and \(\exists x P(x) \land \exists x Q(x)\)?
    Back \(\exists x (P(x) \land Q(x)) \models \exists x P(x) \land \exists x Q(x)\)<br> <br> (Note: This is logical consequence, NOT equivalence. The reverse doesn't hold!)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules

    Note 805: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: l];xKGd{%I
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    A function \( f: A \rightarrow B\) is surjective (or onto) if \( \forall b \ \exists a \ , b = f(a)\), i.e. every value is taken

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    A function \( f: A \rightarrow B\) is surjective (or onto) if \( \forall b \ \exists a \ , b = f(a)\), i.e. every value is taken

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A function&nbsp;\( f: A \rightarrow B\) is {{c1::surjective (or onto)}} if&nbsp;{{c2::\( \forall b \ \exists a \ , b = f(a)\), i.e. every value is taken}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 806: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: l]y7c-.I]L
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group
    The order of an element \(a\) in a group (denoted \(\text{ord}(a)\)) is {{c1::the smallest \(m \ge 1\) such that \(a^m = e\). If such an \(m\) does not exist, \(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group
    The order of an element \(a\) in a group (denoted \(\text{ord}(a)\)) is {{c1::the smallest \(m \ge 1\) such that \(a^m = e\). If such an \(m\) does not exist, \(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\)}}

    \(\text{ord}(e) = 1\) in any group

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The order of an element&nbsp;\(a\) in a group (denoted&nbsp;\(\text{ord}(a)\)) is {{c1::the smallest&nbsp;\(m \ge 1\) such that&nbsp;\(a^m = e\). If such an&nbsp;\(m\) does not exist,&nbsp;\(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\)}}
    Extra \(\text{ord}(e) = 1\) in any group<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    Note 807: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: l^=&ux},*9
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
    Every polynomial of degree 2 is either irreducible or the product of two polynomials degree 1.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
    Every polynomial of degree 2 is either irreducible or the product of two polynomials degree 1.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Every polynomial of degree {{c1:: 2}} is either {{c2:: irreducible or the product of two polynomials degree 1}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    Note 808: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: lq:b}[Y<9t
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation PlsFix

    How is Lagrange interpolation for polynomials in a field defined?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation PlsFix

    How is Lagrange interpolation for polynomials in a field defined?


    Let \(\beta_i = a(\alpha_i)\) for \(i = 1, \dots, d+1\) where \(\alpha_i\) distinct for all \(i.\)


    \(a(x)\) is given by Lagrange's Interpolation formula: \[a(x) = \sum_{i=1}^{d+1} \beta_i u_i(x)\] where the polynomial \(u_i(x)\) is: \[u_i(x) = \frac{(x - \alpha_1) \cdots (x - \alpha_{i-1})(x - \alpha_{i+1}) \cdots (x - \alpha_{d+1})}{(\alpha_i - \alpha_1) \cdots (\alpha_i - \alpha_{i-1})(\alpha_i - \alpha_{i+1}) \cdots (\alpha_i - \alpha_{d+1})}\]

    Note that for \(u_i(x)\) to be well-defined, all constant terms \(\alpha_i - \alpha_j\) in the denominator must be invertible. This is guaranteed in a field since \(\alpha_i - \alpha_j \neq 0\) for \(i \neq j\) (as they are all distinct).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>How is Lagrange interpolation for polynomials in a field defined?</p>
    Back <p>Let \(\beta_i = a(\alpha_i)\) for \(i = 1, \dots, d+1\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(\alpha_i\)&nbsp;distinct for all&nbsp;\(i.\)</p><p><br>\(a(x)\) is given by Lagrange's Interpolation formula: \[a(x) = \sum_{i=1}^{d+1} \beta_i u_i(x)\] where the polynomial \(u_i(x)\) is: \[u_i(x) = \frac{(x - \alpha_1) \cdots (x - \alpha_{i-1})(x - \alpha_{i+1}) \cdots (x - \alpha_{d+1})}{(\alpha_i - \alpha_1) \cdots (\alpha_i - \alpha_{i-1})(\alpha_i - \alpha_{i+1}) \cdots (\alpha_i - \alpha_{d+1})}\]</p> <p>Note that for \(u_i(x)\) to be well-defined, all constant terms \(\alpha_i - \alpha_j\) in the denominator must be invertible. This is guaranteed in a field since \(\alpha_i - \alpha_j \neq 0\) for \(i \neq j\) (as they are all distinct).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation PlsFix

    Note 809: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: lvTl-y(g+[
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    Uncountability proof using \(\{0,1\}^\infty\) (4 steps):

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    Uncountability proof using \(\{0,1\}^\infty\) (4 steps):

    • Injektion finden: Konstruiere \(f : {0, 1}^\infty \rightarrow A\), sodass \(b \not = b’ \ \implies f(b) \not = f(b’)\).
    • Funktion verifizieren: Zeige dass \(f\) well-defined und total ist, und \(f(b) \in A\) für alle \(b\).
    • Injektivität beweisen: Zeige \(f(b) = f(b’) \ \implies b = b’\) oder direkt \(b \not = b’ \ \implies \ f(b) \not = f(b’)\).
    • Schluss: We now know \(\{0, 1\}^\infty \preceq A\) as there's an injection.
      Annahme \(A \preceq \mathbb{N} \implies \{0, 1\}^\infty \preceq \mathbb{N}\) via transitivity -> Contradiction. Thus \(A\) is uncountable: \(\lnot (A \preceq\mathbb{N})\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Uncountability proof using&nbsp;\(\{0,1\}^\infty\)&nbsp;(4 steps):
    Back <ul> <li><em>Injektion finden</em>: Konstruiere \(f : {0, 1}^\infty \rightarrow A\), sodass&nbsp;\(b \not = b’ \ \implies f(b) \not = f(b’)\).</li> <li><em>Funktion verifizieren</em>: Zeige dass \(f\) <em>well-defined</em> und <em>total</em> ist, und \(f(b) \in A\) für alle \(b\).</li> <li><em>Injektivität beweisen</em>: Zeige \(f(b) = f(b’) \ \implies b = b’\) oder direkt \(b \not = b’ \ \implies \ f(b) \not = f(b’)\).</li> <li><em>Schluss</em>: We now know \(\{0, 1\}^\infty \preceq A\) as there's an injection.<br>Annahme \(A \preceq \mathbb{N} \implies \{0, 1\}^\infty \preceq \mathbb{N}\) via transitivity -&gt; Contradiction. Thus \(A\) is uncountable: \(\lnot (A \preceq\mathbb{N})\).</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

    Note 810: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: lx/&=nJI{d
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Neutral Element of a group:

    • For Addition: \(0\)
    • For Multiplication: \(1\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Neutral Element of a group:

    • For Addition: \(0\)
    • For Multiplication: \(1\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>Neutral Element of a group:</p><ul><li><b>For Addition:</b>&nbsp;{{c1::\(0\)}}</li><li><b>For Multiplication:</b>&nbsp;{{c2::\(1\)}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 811: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: lzYGHiH>1u
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

    Give an example of a binary operation that is not associative and demonstrate why.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

    Give an example of a binary operation that is not associative and demonstrate why.


    Exponentiation on the integers is not associative.

    Example:
    - \((2^3)^2 = 8^2 = 64\)
    - \(2^{(3^2)} = 2^9 = 512\)

    Since \((2^3)^2 \neq 2^{(3^2)}\), exponentiation is not associative.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Give an example of a binary operation that is <strong>not</strong> associative and demonstrate why.</p>
    Back <p><strong>Exponentiation</strong> on the integers is not associative.</p> <p><strong>Example</strong>:<br> - \((2^3)^2 = 8^2 = 64\)<br> - \(2^{(3^2)} = 2^9 = 512\)</p> <p>Since \((2^3)^2 \neq 2^{(3^2)}\), exponentiation is not associative.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

    Note 812: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: m+a(a1n4{R
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    State Lagrange's Theorem (Theorem 5.8).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    State Lagrange's Theorem (Theorem 5.8).


    Theorem 5.8 (Lagrange's Theorem): Let \(G\) be a finite group and let \(H\) be a subgroup of \(G\). Then the order of \(H\) divides the order of \(G\), i.e., \(|H|\) divides \(|G|\).

    Written: \(|H| \ | \ |G|\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>State Lagrange's Theorem (Theorem 5.8).</p>
    Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.8 (Lagrange's Theorem)</strong>: Let \(G\) be a finite group and let \(H\) be a subgroup of \(G\). Then the order of \(H\) <strong>divides</strong> the order of \(G\), i.e., \(|H|\) divides \(|G|\).</p> <p>Written: \(|H| \ | \ |G|\)</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    Note 813: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: m4Zf%s#mN4
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    What important property do ideals in \(\mathbb{Z}\) have? (Lemma 4.3)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    What important property do ideals in \(\mathbb{Z}\) have? (Lemma 4.3)

    For \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}\), there exists \(d \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that \((a, b) = (d)\).
    Every ideal can be generated by a single integer.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What important property do ideals in \(\mathbb{Z}\) have? (Lemma 4.3)
    Back For \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}\), there exists \(d \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that \((a, b) = (d)\). <br> <strong>Every ideal</strong> can be generated by a <strong>single integer</strong>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

    Note 814: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: m5H0_vW**A
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Compute \(\varphi(60)\) using the prime factorization method.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Compute \(\varphi(60)\) using the prime factorization method.


    First, find the prime factorization: \(60 = 2^2 \cdot 3 \cdot 5\)

    \[\varphi(60) = \varphi(2^2) \cdot \varphi(3) \cdot \varphi(5)\]

    \[= 2^{2-1}(2-1) \cdot 3^{1-1}(3-1) \cdot 5^{1-1}(5-1)\]

    \[= 2 \cdot 1 \cdot 1 \cdot 2 \cdot 1 \cdot 4 = 2 \cdot 2 \cdot 4 = 16\]

    So \(\varphi(60) = 16\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Compute \(\varphi(60)\) using the prime factorization method.</p>
    Back <p>First, find the prime factorization: \(60 = 2^2 \cdot 3 \cdot 5\)</p> <p>\[\varphi(60) = \varphi(2^2) \cdot \varphi(3) \cdot \varphi(5)\]</p> <p>\[= 2^{2-1}(2-1) \cdot 3^{1-1}(3-1) \cdot 5^{1-1}(5-1)\]</p> <p>\[= 2 \cdot 1 \cdot 1 \cdot 2 \cdot 1 \cdot 4 = 2 \cdot 2 \cdot 4 = 16\]</p> <p>So \(\varphi(60) = 16\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 815: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: m=x|N12mNI
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    If {{c2:: the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a \in G\) is \(|G|\)}}, it has "volle Ordung".

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    If {{c2:: the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a \in G\) is \(|G|\)}}, it has "volle Ordung".

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>If {{c2:: the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a \in G\) is \(|G|\)}}, {{c1:: it has "volle Ordung"}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    Note 816: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: m?%j+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots
    A root (also: zero) of \(a(x) \in \mathbb{R}[x]\) is {{c2::an element \(y \in \mathbb{R}\) for which \(a(y) = 0\).}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots
    A root (also: zero) of \(a(x) \in \mathbb{R}[x]\) is {{c2::an element \(y \in \mathbb{R}\) for which \(a(y) = 0\).}}

    Example: \(x^4 + x^3 + x + 1\) in GF(2)\([x]\) has root 1.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A {{c1::root (also: zero)}} of&nbsp;\(a(x) \in \mathbb{R}[x]\) is {{c2::an element&nbsp;\(y \in \mathbb{R}\) for which&nbsp;\(a(y) = 0\).}}
    Extra Example: \(x^4 + x^3 + x + 1\) in GF(2)\([x]\) has root 1.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    Note 817: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: mA6Xn.z1Ap
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
    How does \(\mathbb{Z}_m = \{0, 1, \dots, m-1\}\) relate to equivalence classes of modulo?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
    How does \(\mathbb{Z}_m = \{0, 1, \dots, m-1\}\) relate to equivalence classes of modulo?

    \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) is the set of canonical representatives from \(\mathbb{Z} / \equiv_m\). Each element of \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) represents one of the \(m\) equivalence classes of integers congruent modulo \(m\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How does \(\mathbb{Z}_m = \{0, 1, \dots, m-1\}\) relate to equivalence classes of modulo?
    Back \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) is the set of <strong>canonical representatives</strong> from \(\mathbb{Z} / \equiv_m\). Each element of \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) represents one of the \(m\) equivalence classes of integers congruent modulo \(m\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic

    Note 818: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: mH2hUq)MAg
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Lemma 5.5(i): A group homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) maps the neutral element to the neutral element: \(\psi(e) = e'\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Lemma 5.5(i): A group homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) maps the neutral element to the neutral element: \(\psi(e) = e'\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p><strong>Lemma 5.5(i)</strong>: A group homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) maps the neutral element to {{c1::the neutral element: \(\psi(e) = e'\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Note 819: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: mIeYx_[A>*
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    What notation denotes the set of all functions \(A \to B\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    What notation denotes the set of all functions \(A \to B\)?

    \(B^A\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What notation denotes the set of all functions \(A \to B\)?
    Back \(B^A\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 820: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: mT06zMA!$%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    The Hamming distance between two strings of equal length over a finite alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) is the number of positions at which the two strings differ.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    The Hamming distance between two strings of equal length over a finite alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) is the number of positions at which the two strings differ.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The {{c1::Hamming distance}} between two strings of equal length over a finite alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) is the {{c2::number of positions at which the two strings differ}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    Note 821: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: mW<[l@|LPN
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::03._Indirect_Proof_of_an_Implication PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Proof method: "Indirect Proof of an Implication"

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::03._Indirect_Proof_of_an_Implication PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Proof method: "Indirect Proof of an Implication"

    Indirect proof of \( S \implies T \): Assume T is false, prove that S is false.

    Follows from \( (\neg B \to \neg A) \models (A \to B) \)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <i>Proof method:</i> "Indirect Proof of an Implication"
    Back Indirect proof of&nbsp;\( S \implies T \): Assume T is false, prove that S is false.<div><br></div><div>Follows from&nbsp;\( (\neg B \to \neg A) \models (A \to B) \)</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::03._Indirect_Proof_of_an_Implication PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 822: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: mYt/;(B,2|
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    How is the countability of the power set of any set related to the countability of that set?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    How is the countability of the power set of any set related to the countability of that set?

    \[\mathbb{N} \prec \mathcal{P}(\mathbb{N}) \prec \mathcal{P}(\mathcal{P}(\mathbb{N}))\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How is the countability of the power set of any set related to the countability of that set?
    Back \[\mathbb{N} \prec \mathcal{P}(\mathbb{N}) \prec \mathcal{P}(\mathcal{P}(\mathbb{N}))\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

    Note 823: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: n,]J2Y;mka
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
    Why is Bézout's identity useful for finding modular inverses?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
    Why is Bézout's identity useful for finding modular inverses?

    If \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = 1\), then \(ua + vm = 1\) for some \(u, v\). This means \(ua = 1 - vm\), so \(ua \equiv_m 1\), making \(u\) the multiplicative inverse of \(a\) modulo \(m\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Why is Bézout's identity useful for finding modular inverses?
    Back If \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = 1\), then \(ua + vm = 1\) for some \(u, v\). This means \(ua = 1 - vm\), so \(ua \equiv_m 1\), making \(u\) the multiplicative inverse of \(a\) modulo \(m\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses

    Note 824: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: nGeB*S%`!e
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    What is really important for the prenex form due to the binding of quantifiers?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    What is really important for the prenex form due to the binding of quantifiers?

    We need to wrap the entire expression in parentheses \(\forall \exists (...)\) otherwise, it's not prenex!

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is really important for the prenex form due to the binding of quantifiers?
    Back We need to wrap the entire expression in parentheses&nbsp;\(\forall \exists (...)\)&nbsp;otherwise, it's not prenex!
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

    Note 825: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: nIuNPsEb_k
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

    State Theorem 5.37 about when \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) is a field.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

    State Theorem 5.37 about when \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) is a field.


    Theorem 5.37: The ring \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) is a field if and only if \(m(x)\) is irreducible.

    Explanation: If \(m(x)\) is irreducible, then \(\gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1\) for all non-zero \(a(x)\) in \(F[x]_{m(x)}\), so all elements (except \(0\)) are units.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>State Theorem 5.37 about when \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) is a field.</p>
    Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.37</strong>: The ring \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) is a field <strong>if and only if</strong> \(m(x)\) is <strong>irreducible</strong>.</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: If \(m(x)\) is irreducible, then \(\gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1\) for all non-zero \(a(x)\) in \(F[x]_{m(x)}\), so all elements (except \(0\)) are units.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

    Note 826: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: nNq&rzbEm:
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    Every statement \(s \in \mathcal{S}\) is either true or false as assigned by the {{c2:: truth function \(\tau : \mathcal{S} \rightarrow \{0,1\}\) which assigns to each statement it's truth value}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    Every statement \(s \in \mathcal{S}\) is either true or false as assigned by the {{c2:: truth function \(\tau : \mathcal{S} \rightarrow \{0,1\}\) which assigns to each statement it's truth value}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Every statement&nbsp;\(s \in \mathcal{S}\)&nbsp;is either {{c1::true or false}} as assigned by the {{c2:: truth function&nbsp;\(\tau : \mathcal{S} \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)&nbsp;which assigns to each statement it's&nbsp;<b>truth value</b>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

    Note 827: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: n_mr4ry^xv
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite
    What are the two types of countable sets?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite
    What are the two types of countable sets?

    \(A\) is countable if and only if \(A \sim \mathbb{N}\) or \(A \sim \mathbf{n}\) for some \(n \in \mathbb{N}\) (i.e., \(A\) is finite or equinumerous with \(\mathbb{N}\)).
    Conclusion: No cardinality level exists between finite and countably infinite.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are the two types of countable sets?
    Back \(A\) is countable <strong>if and only if</strong> \(A \sim \mathbb{N}\) or \(A \sim \mathbf{n}\) for some \(n \in \mathbb{N}\) (i.e., \(A\) is finite or equinumerous with \(\mathbb{N}\)). <br> <strong>Conclusion</strong>: No cardinality level exists between finite and countably infinite.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite

    Note 828: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: nf).~SMKa%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

    If \(uv = vu = 1\) for some \(v \in R\) (we write \(v = u^{-1}\)), then \(u\) is a?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

    If \(uv = vu = 1\) for some \(v \in R\) (we write \(v = u^{-1}\)), then \(u\) is a?


    Unit.

    Example The units of \(\mathbb{Z}\) are \(-1\) and \(1\). Therefore \(\mathbb{Z}^* = \{-1, 1\}\). In contrast, \(\mathbb{R}^* = \mathbb{R} \backslash \{0\}\), as we can divide any two numbers.

    The set of units of \(R\) is denoted by \(R^*\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>If \(uv = vu = 1\) for some \(v \in R\) (we write \(v = u^{-1}\)), then \(u\) is a?</p>
    Back <p>Unit.</p> <p><strong>Example</strong> The units of \(\mathbb{Z}\) are \(-1\) and \(1\). Therefore \(\mathbb{Z}^* = \{-1, 1\}\). In contrast, \(\mathbb{R}^* = \mathbb{R} \backslash \{0\}\), as we can divide any two numbers.</p> <p>The set of units of \(R\) is denoted by \(R^*\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

    Note 829: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: nizWAJt?$u
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
    What are the two key properties of the remainder function \(R_m\)? (Lemma 4.16)

    (i)  \(a \equiv_m R_m(a)\) (the remainder represents the equivalence class)
    (ii)  \(a \equiv_m b \Longleftrightarrow R_m(a) = R_m(b)\) (congruence iff same remainder)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
    What are the two key properties of the remainder function \(R_m\)? (Lemma 4.16)

    (i)  \(a \equiv_m R_m(a)\) (the remainder represents the equivalence class)
    (ii)  \(a \equiv_m b \Longleftrightarrow R_m(a) = R_m(b)\) (congruence iff same remainder)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text What are the two key properties of the remainder function \(R_m\)? (Lemma 4.16)<br><br><strong>(i)</strong>&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(a \equiv_m R_m(a)\)&nbsp;(the remainder represents the equivalence class)}}<br><b>(ii)</b>&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp;\(a \equiv_m b \Longleftrightarrow R_m(a) = R_m(b)\)&nbsp;(congruence iff same remainder)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic

    Note 830: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: np*2077JVj
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    The minimum distance of an error-correcting code \(\mathcal{C}\), denoted \(d_{\min}(\mathcal{C})\), is the minimum Hamming distance between any two codewords.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    The minimum distance of an error-correcting code \(\mathcal{C}\), denoted \(d_{\min}(\mathcal{C})\), is the minimum Hamming distance between any two codewords.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The minimum distance of an error-correcting code \(\mathcal{C}\), denoted \(d_{\min}(\mathcal{C})\), is the {{c3::minimum Hamming distance}} between any two codewords.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    Note 831: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: n{BL(`.1n2
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) antisymmetric?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) antisymmetric?

    When \(a \ \rho \ b \land b \ \rho \ a \Longleftrightarrow a = b\) for all \(a, b \in A\), i.e., \(\rho \cap \hat{\rho} \subseteq \text{id}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) antisymmetric?
    Back When \(a \ \rho \ b \land b \ \rho \ a \Longleftrightarrow a = b\) for all \(a, b \in A\), i.e., \(\rho \cap \hat{\rho} \subseteq \text{id}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

    Note 832: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: n|SJ_Z2SP!
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

    What is the minimum distance of two codewords in a polynomial code?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

    What is the minimum distance of two codewords in a polynomial code?


    The code has minimum distance \(d_{\min} = n - k + 1\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What is the minimum distance of two codewords in a polynomial code?</p>
    Back <p>The code has minimum distance \(d_{\min} = n - k + 1\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

    Note 833: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: o(Dzb)&qjz
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::1._The_Density_of_Primes
    How many primes exist? (Theorem 4.9)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::1._The_Density_of_Primes
    How many primes exist? (Theorem 4.9)

    There are infinitely many primes.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How many primes exist? (Theorem 4.9)
    Back There are <strong>infinitely many</strong> primes.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::1._The_Density_of_Primes

    Note 834: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: o(LvZ=h%lv
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    What is the greatest lower bound (glb) of a subset \(S\) in a poset?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    What is the greatest lower bound (glb) of a subset \(S\) in a poset?

    The greatest element (by the relation, not just integer ordering) of the set of all lower bounds of \(S\). Also called the infimum.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the greatest lower bound (glb) of a subset \(S\) in a poset?
    Back The <strong>greatest element</strong>&nbsp;(by the relation, not just integer ordering) of the set of all lower bounds of \(S\). Also called the <strong>infimum</strong>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

    Note 835: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: o)+^3Q.5-H
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

    When does an irreducible polynomial exist in \(\text{GF}(p)[x]\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

    When does an irreducible polynomial exist in \(\text{GF}(p)[x]\)?


    For every prime \(p\) and every \(d > 1\), there exists an irreducible polynomial of degree \(d\) in \(\text{GF}(p)[x]\).

    Result: we can construct a finite field with \(p^d\) elements by using an irreducible polynomial of degree \(d\)  to cap the number of coefficients at \(d\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>When does an irreducible polynomial exist in \(\text{GF}(p)[x]\)?</p>
    Back <p>For every prime \(p\) and every \(d &gt; 1\), there exists an <strong>irreducible polynomial</strong> of degree \(d\) in \(\text{GF}(p)[x]\).</p> <p><b>Result:</b> we can construct a <strong>finite field</strong> with \(p^d\) elements by using an irreducible polynomial of degree&nbsp;\(d\)  to cap the number of coefficients at&nbsp;\(d\)</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

    Note 836: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: o1a(R_.1]i
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group
    For a finite group \(G\), we call \(|G|\) the order of \(G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group
    For a finite group \(G\), we call \(|G|\) the order of \(G\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For a finite group&nbsp;\(G\), we call&nbsp;\(|G|\) the {{c1::order of&nbsp;\(G\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    Note 837: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: o>U!Pt@-U1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
    Every polynomial of degree 3 is either irreducible, or it has at least a factor of degree 1.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
    Every polynomial of degree 3 is either irreducible, or it has at least a factor of degree 1.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Every polynomial of degree {{c1:: 3}} is {{c2:: either irreducible, or it has at least a factor of degree 1}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    Note 838: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oFF!4

    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    A group \(\langle G; * \rangle\) (or monoid) is called commutative or abelian if \(a * b = b * a\) for all \(a, b \in G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    A group \(\langle G; * \rangle\) (or monoid) is called commutative or abelian if \(a * b = b * a\) for all \(a, b \in G\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>A group \(\langle G; * \rangle\) (or monoid) is called {{c1::commutative}} or {{c1::abelian}} if {{c2::\(a * b = b * a\)}} for all \(a, b \in G\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 839: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oIQZcTr*H#
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    For two groups \(\langle G; *, \widehat{\ \ }, e \rangle\) and \(\langle H; \star, \tilde{\ \ }, e' \rangle\), a function \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) is called a group homomorphism if for all \(a\) and \(b\): \[\psi(a * b) = \psi(a) \star \psi(b)\]

    This means the operation can be applied before or after the function with the same result.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    For two groups \(\langle G; *, \widehat{\ \ }, e \rangle\) and \(\langle H; \star, \tilde{\ \ }, e' \rangle\), a function \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) is called a group homomorphism if for all \(a\) and \(b\): \[\psi(a * b) = \psi(a) \star \psi(b)\]

    This means the operation can be applied before or after the function with the same result.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>For two groups \(\langle G; *, \widehat{\ \ }, e \rangle\) and \(\langle H; \star, \tilde{\ \ }, e' \rangle\), a function \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) is called a {{c1::group homomorphism}} if {{c2:: for all \(a\) and \(b\): \[\psi(a * b) = \psi(a) \star \psi(b)\]}}</p><p>This means the operation can be applied {{c3::before or after}} the function with the same result.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Note 840: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oKjV}w*z+.
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots
    In a finite group the function \(x \rightarrow x^e\) is a bijection if \(e\) coprime to \(|G|\).

    For \(x^e = y\), the inverse of \(y\) is {{c3:: the unique \(e\)-th root \(x = y^d\), with \(de \equiv_{|G|} 1\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots
    In a finite group the function \(x \rightarrow x^e\) is a bijection if \(e\) coprime to \(|G|\).

    For \(x^e = y\), the inverse of \(y\) is {{c3:: the unique \(e\)-th root \(x = y^d\), with \(de \equiv_{|G|} 1\)}}.

    Proof:
    We have \(ed = k \cdot |G| + 1\) for some \(k\). Thus, for any \(x \in G\) we have\[(x^e)^d = x^{ed} = x^{k \cdot |G| + 1} = \underbrace{(x^{|G|})^k}_{=1} \cdot x = x\]which means that the function \(y \mapsto y^d\) is the inverse function of the function \(x \mapsto x^e\) (which is hence a bijection). The under-braced term is equal to 1 because the order of \(x\) must divide the order of \(G\) (Lagrange).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a finite group the function&nbsp;\(x \rightarrow x^e\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: a bijection}} if {{c2::\(e\)&nbsp;coprime to&nbsp;\(|G|\)}}.<br><br>For&nbsp;\(x^e = y\), the inverse of&nbsp;\(y\)&nbsp;is {{c3:: the <b>unique</b>&nbsp;\(e\)-th root&nbsp;\(x = y^d\), with&nbsp;\(de \equiv_{|G|} 1\)}}.
    Extra <b>Proof:<br></b><div>We have&nbsp;\(ed = k \cdot |G| + 1\)&nbsp;for some&nbsp;\(k\). Thus, for any&nbsp;\(x \in G\)&nbsp;we have\[(x^e)^d = x^{ed} = x^{k \cdot |G| + 1} = \underbrace{(x^{|G|})^k}_{=1} \cdot x = x\]which means that the function&nbsp;\(y \mapsto y^d\)&nbsp;is the inverse function of the function&nbsp;\(x \mapsto x^e\)&nbsp;(which is hence a bijection). The under-braced term is equal to 1 because the order of \(x\)&nbsp;must divide the order of&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;(Lagrange).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots

    Note 841: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oPaK;$.R2B
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    An irreducible polynomial has no roots in the field. It has to have degree \(\geq 2\)(Proof included)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    An irreducible polynomial has no roots in the field. It has to have degree \(\geq 2\)(Proof included)


    Note that this is not a sufficient condition (no roots does not imply irreducible)!

    Proof
    : If it had a root \(\alpha\), then \((x - \alpha)\) would divide it by Lemma 5.29, contradicting irreducibility.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>An {{c1::irreducible}} polynomial has {{c3::no roots}} in the field. It has to have {{c2::degree \(\geq 2\)}}.&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i></p>
    Extra <strong>Note that this is not a sufficient condition (no roots does not imply irreducible)!<br><br>Proof</strong>: If it had a root&nbsp;\(\alpha\), then&nbsp;\((x - \alpha)\)&nbsp;would divide it by Lemma 5.29, contradicting irreducibility.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    Note 842: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: o[h]hYy%u}
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::5._The_Empty_Set
    What is the relationship between the empty set and all other sets?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::5._The_Empty_Set
    What is the relationship between the empty set and all other sets?

    \(\forall A (\emptyset \subseteq A)\) - The empty set is a subset of every set.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the relationship between the empty set and all other sets?
    Back \(\forall A (\emptyset \subseteq A)\) - The empty set is a subset of every set.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::5._The_Empty_Set

    Note 843: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: oafmfH$<;[
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
    If two sets are countable, what about their Cartesian product?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
    If two sets are countable, what about their Cartesian product?

    The Cartesian product \(A \times B\) of two countable sets is also countable: \[A \preceq \mathbb{N} \land B \preceq \mathbb{N} \Rightarrow A \times B \preceq \mathbb{N}\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front If two sets are countable, what about their Cartesian product?
    Back The Cartesian product \(A \times B\) of two countable sets is also countable: \[A \preceq \mathbb{N} \land B \preceq \mathbb{N} \Rightarrow A \times B \preceq \mathbb{N}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets

    Note 844: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oh?4Rvv7tZ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    If \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) is a bijection and a homomorphism, then it is called an isomorphism, and we say that \(G\) and \(H\) are isomorphic and write \(G \simeq H\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    If \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) is a bijection and a homomorphism, then it is called an isomorphism, and we say that \(G\) and \(H\) are isomorphic and write \(G \simeq H\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>If \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) is a {{c1::bijection}} and a homomorphism, then it is called an {{c2::isomorphism}}, and we say that \(G\) and \(H\) are {{c2::isomorphic}} and write {{c2::\(G \simeq H\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Note 845: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: om)==wk?k1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    An integral domain \(D\) is a (nontrivial, \(0 \neq 1\)) commutative ring without zerodivisors (\(ab = 0 \implies a = 0 \lor b = 0\))

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    An integral domain \(D\) is a (nontrivial, \(0 \neq 1\)) commutative ring without zerodivisors (\(ab = 0 \implies a = 0 \lor b = 0\))

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>An {{c1::integral domain \(D\)}} is a {{c2::(nontrivial, \(0 \neq 1\)) commutative ring}} without {{c3::zerodivisors (\(ab = 0 \implies a = 0 \lor b = 0\))}}</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    Note 846: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: omy86HKbVn
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Is \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) abelian (commutative)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Is \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) abelian (commutative)?


    Yes, \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) is abelian because addition modulo \(n\) is commutative: \[a \oplus b = (a + b) \bmod n = (b + a) \bmod n = b \oplus a\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Is \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) abelian (commutative)?</p>
    Back <p><strong>Yes</strong>, \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) is <strong>abelian</strong> because addition modulo \(n\) is commutative: \[a \oplus b = (a + b) \bmod n = (b + a) \bmod n = b \oplus a\]</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 847: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: oo(x.D7C(:
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
    What is the left cancellation law in a group?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
    What is the left cancellation law in a group?

    Left cancellation law: \(a * b = a * c \ \implies \ b = c\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the left cancellation law in a group?
    Back Left cancellation law:&nbsp;\(a * b = a * c \ \implies \ b = c\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 848: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: oo]q?8DZqo
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets
    How can we prove two sets are equal using subsets?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets
    How can we prove two sets are equal using subsets?

    \[A = B \Longleftrightarrow (A \subseteq B) \land (B \subseteq A)\]
    (To prove equality, show mutual subset inclusion)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we prove two sets are equal using subsets?
    Back \[A = B \Longleftrightarrow (A \subseteq B) \land (B \subseteq A)\] <br> (To prove equality, show mutual subset inclusion)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets

    Note 849: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: op#z.)
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition
    What is a partition of a set \(A\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition
    What is a partition of a set \(A\)?

    A set \(\{S_i \ | \ i \in \mathcal{I}\}\) of mutually disjoint subsets that cover \(A\):
    • \(S_i \cap S_j = \emptyset\) for \(i \neq j\)
    • \(\bigcup_{i \in \mathcal{I}} S_i = A\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a partition of a set \(A\)?
    Back A set \(\{S_i \ | \ i \in \mathcal{I}\}\) of mutually disjoint subsets that cover \(A\): <ul> <li>\(S_i \cap S_j = \emptyset\) for \(i \neq j\)</li> <li>\(\bigcup_{i \in \mathcal{I}} S_i = A\)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition

    Note 850: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: op}IVwoXF>
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    A group \(G = \) \(\langle g \rangle\) generated by an element \(g\) is called cyclic.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    A group \(G = \) \(\langle g \rangle\) generated by an element \(g\) is called cyclic.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>A group \(G = \) {{c2:: \(\langle g \rangle\) generated by an element}} \(g\) is called {{c1::cyclic}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 851: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: otWm4$@-u8
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
    Consider the poset \((A;\preceq)\).

    If \(\{a,b\}\) has a least upper bound, then it is called the join of \(a\) and \(b\) (also denoted \(a \lor b\)).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
    Consider the poset \((A;\preceq)\).

    If \(\{a,b\}\) has a least upper bound, then it is called the join of \(a\) and \(b\) (also denoted \(a \lor b\)).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Consider the poset&nbsp;\((A;\preceq)\). <br><br>If&nbsp;\(\{a,b\}\) has a {{c2::least upper bound}}, then it is called the {{c1::<b>join&nbsp;</b>of&nbsp;\(a\) and&nbsp;\(b\) (also denoted&nbsp;\(a \lor b\)).}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices

    Note 852: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ox}#N|#u(e
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Describe the three steps of a proof by contradiction of statement \(S\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Describe the three steps of a proof by contradiction of statement \(S\).

    1. Find a suitable statement \(T\)
    2. Prove that \(T\) is false
    3. Assume \(S\) is false and prove that \(T\) is true (a contradiction)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Describe the three steps of a proof by contradiction of statement \(S\).
    Back 1. Find a suitable statement \(T\) <br>2. Prove that \(T\) is false <br>3. Assume \(S\) is false and prove that \(T\) is true (a contradiction)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 853: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: p$?:uS#|X
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    In a homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\), does it matter whether you apply the operation before or after applying the function?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    In a homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\), does it matter whether you apply the operation before or after applying the function?


    No, it doesn't matter! That's exactly what defines a homomorphism:

    \[\psi(a *_G b) = \psi(a) *_H \psi(b)\]

    You get the same result whether you:
    - First operate in \(G\), then map to \(H\), OR
    - First map both elements to \(H\), then operate in \(H\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>In a homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\), does it matter whether you apply the operation before or after applying the function?</p>
    Back <p><strong>No</strong>, it doesn't matter! That's exactly what defines a homomorphism:</p> <p>\[\psi(a *_G b) = \psi(a) *_H \psi(b)\]</p> <p>You get the same result whether you:<br> - First operate in \(G\), then map to \(H\), OR<br> - First map both elements to \(H\), then operate in \(H\)</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Note 854: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: p$|niq~.{F
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    Why does Euclid's algorithm work? (Based on Lemma 4.2)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    Why does Euclid's algorithm work? (Based on Lemma 4.2)

    Because \(\text{gcd}(m, n) = \text{gcd}(m, R_m(n))\).

    We repeatedly replace the larger number with its remainder when divided by the smaller, preserving the GCD while reducing the problem size. Eventually we reach \(\text{gcd}(d, 0) = d\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Why does Euclid's algorithm work? (Based on Lemma 4.2)
    Back Because \(\text{gcd}(m, n) = \text{gcd}(m, R_m(n))\). <br><br>We repeatedly replace the larger number with its remainder when divided by the smaller, preserving the GCD while reducing the problem size. Eventually we reach \(\text{gcd}(d, 0) = d\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

    Note 855: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: p/iwJ8wlG.
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    Why must every common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) also divide \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    Why must every common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) also divide \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\)?

    This is part of the definition of GCD - it's not just the largest common divisor by magnitude, but also the one that is divisible by all other common divisors. This makes it "greatest" in the divisibility ordering, not just in size.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Why must every common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) also divide \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\)?
    Back This is part of the definition of GCD - it's not just the largest common divisor by magnitude, but also the one that is divisible by all other common divisors. This makes it "greatest" in the divisibility ordering, not just in size.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

    Note 856: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: p1NkGJ>_F5
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
    The characteristic of a ring is the order of \(1\) in the additive group if it is finite, and 0 if it is infinite.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
    The characteristic of a ring is the order of \(1\) in the additive group if it is finite, and 0 if it is infinite.

    Example: the characteristic of \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_m;\oplus,\ominus,0,\odot,1\rangle\)is \(m\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The <i>characteristic</i>&nbsp;of a ring is&nbsp;{{c1::the order of&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;in the additive group if it is finite, and 0 if it is infinite.}}
    Extra Example: the characteristic of&nbsp;\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_m;\oplus,\ominus,0,\odot,1\rangle\)is&nbsp;\(m\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

    Note 857: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: p9^,`U1Fb;
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    The degree of the product of two polynomials is equal to the sum of their degrees if \(R\) is an integral domain.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    The degree of the product of two polynomials is equal to the sum of their degrees if \(R\) is an integral domain.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The degree of the product of two polynomials is {{c1::equal to the sum of their degrees}} if \(R\) is an {{c2::integral domain}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    Note 858: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: pD<6]f{)8D
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
    What is the number of generators of \(\mathbb{Z}_{25}^* \)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
    What is the number of generators of \(\mathbb{Z}_{25}^* \)?

    \(\varphi(\varphi(25)) = |\mathbb{Z}_{\varphi(25)}| = |\mathbb{Z}_{20}| = 8\) 

    ( 1, 3, 7, 9, 11, 13, 17, 19 )

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the number of generators of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_{25}^* \)?
    Back \(\varphi(\varphi(25)) = |\mathbb{Z}_{\varphi(25)}| = |\mathbb{Z}_{20}| = 8\)&nbsp;<br><br>( 1, 3, 7, 9, 11, 13, 17, 19 )
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 859: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: pGj91UD)+)
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    The degree of \(a(x)\), denoted \(\deg(a(x))\), is the greatest \(i\) for which \(a_i \neq 0\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    The degree of \(a(x)\), denoted \(\deg(a(x))\), is the greatest \(i\) for which \(a_i \neq 0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The {{c1::degree of \(a(x)\), denoted \(\deg(a(x))\)}}, is the {{c3::greatest \(i\) for which \(a_i \neq 0\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    Note 860: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: pI:![>}CgZ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
    Give the formal definition of  "\(a\) is congruent to \(b\) modulo \(m\)".

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
    Give the formal definition of  "\(a\) is congruent to \(b\) modulo \(m\)".

    \[a \equiv_m b \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} m \mid (a - b)\] Also written as \(a \equiv b \pmod{m}\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give the formal definition of&nbsp; "\(a\) is congruent to \(b\) modulo \(m\)".
    Back \[a \equiv_m b \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} m \mid (a - b)\] Also written as \(a \equiv b \pmod{m}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences

    Note 861: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: pL8pp7+)x{
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    For a homomorphism \(h: G \rightarrow H\), the kernel \(\ker(h)\) is the set of all elements mapped to the neutral element (essentially the nullspace).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    For a homomorphism \(h: G \rightarrow H\), the kernel \(\ker(h)\) is the set of all elements mapped to the neutral element (essentially the nullspace).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>For a homomorphism \(h: G \rightarrow H\), the {{c1::kernel \(\ker(h)\)}} is the set of all elements mapped to the {{c2::neutral element}} (essentially the {{c2::nullspace}}).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Note 862: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: pL:[)Gqs`_
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    For \(f: \mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{R}\) with \(f(x) = x^2\), what are:
    1. Range: {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^{\geq 0}\) (non-negative reals)}}
    2. Preimage of \([4, 9]\): \([-3, -2] \cup [2, 3]\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    For \(f: \mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{R}\) with \(f(x) = x^2\), what are:
    1. Range: {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^{\geq 0}\) (non-negative reals)}}
    2. Preimage of \([4, 9]\): \([-3, -2] \cup [2, 3]\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For \(f: \mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{R}\) with \(f(x) = x^2\), what are: <br>1.&nbsp;<strong>Range</strong>: {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^{\geq 0}\)&nbsp;(non-negative reals)}}<br>2.&nbsp;<strong>Preimage of&nbsp;\([4, 9]\)</strong>: {{c2::\([-3, -2] \cup [2, 3]\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 863: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: pVXp%#QpPg
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors
    In any commutative ring, if \(a \ | \ b\) and \(a \ | \ c\), then  \(a \ | \ (b + c)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors
    In any commutative ring, if \(a \ | \ b\) and \(a \ | \ c\), then  \(a \ | \ (b + c)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In any commutative ring, if&nbsp;\(a \ | \ b\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(a \ | \ c\), then {{c1::&nbsp;\(a \ | \ (b + c)\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

    Note 864: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: pZ<5~uzq9f
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
    Is the set of all finite binary sequences countable?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
    Is the set of all finite binary sequences countable?

    Yes, the set \(\{0, 1\}^* = \{\epsilon, 0, 1, 00, 01, 10, 11, 000, \ldots\}\) of finite binary sequences is countable.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is the set of all finite binary sequences countable?
    Back Yes, the set \(\{0, 1\}^* = \{\epsilon, 0, 1, 00, 01, 10, 11, 000, \ldots\}\) of finite binary sequences is <strong>countable</strong>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets

    Note 865: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: pa$vtGEA[j
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*
    What's the definition of an Euclidean domain?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*
    What's the definition of an Euclidean domain?

    A euclidean domain is an integral domain  \(D\) together with a degree function \(d: D \setminus {0} \rightarrow \mathbb{N}\) such that:
    • For every \(a\) and \(b \neq 0\) in \(D\) there exist \(q\) and \(r\) such that \(a = bq + r\) and \(d(r) < d(b)\) or \(r = 0\)
    • For all nonzero \(a\) and \(b\) in \(D\), \(d(a) \leq d(ab)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What's the definition of an Euclidean domain?
    Back <div>A euclidean domain is an integral domain  \(D\) together with a degree function \(d: D \setminus {0} \rightarrow \mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;such that:</div><ul><li>For every \(a\) and \(b \neq 0\) in \(D\) there exist \(q\) and \(r\) such that \(a = bq + r\) and \(d(r) &lt; d(b)\) or \(r = 0\)</li><li>For all nonzero \(a\) and \(b\) in \(D\), \(d(a) \leq d(ab)\).</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*

    Note 866: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: pgge?~JRZ-
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    Lemma 5.22(2): In \(D[x]\) where \(D\) is an integral domain, the degree of the product of two polynomials is?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    Lemma 5.22(2): In \(D[x]\) where \(D\) is an integral domain, the degree of the product of two polynomials is?


    The degree of their product is exactly the sum (not just at most) of their degrees.

    This holds because \(ab \neq 0\) for all \(a,b \neq 0\) in an integral domain (no zerodivisors).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p><strong>Lemma 5.22(2)</strong>: In \(D[x]\) where \(D\) is an integral domain, the degree of the product of two polynomials is?</p>
    Back <p>The degree of their product is exactly the sum (not just at most) of their degrees.</p> <p>This holds because \(ab \neq 0\) for all \(a,b \neq 0\) in an integral domain (no zerodivisors).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    Note 867: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: pjd-vCXMX,
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    Consider the poset \((\{2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9\}; |)\).
    • Minimal elements:  \(2, 3, 5, 7\) (primes)
    • Maximal elements:  \(5, 6, 7, 8, 9\)
    • Least or greatest element:  There is none (not all elements comparable)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    Consider the poset \((\{2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9\}; |)\).
    • Minimal elements:  \(2, 3, 5, 7\) (primes)
    • Maximal elements:  \(5, 6, 7, 8, 9\)
    • Least or greatest element:  There is none (not all elements comparable)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Consider the poset \((\{2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9\}; |)\).<br><ul><li><strong>Minimal elements</strong>: {{c1::&nbsp;\(2, 3, 5, 7\)&nbsp;(primes)}}</li><li><strong>Maximal elements</strong>: {{c2::&nbsp;\(5, 6, 7, 8, 9\)}}</li><li><strong>Least or greatest element:&nbsp;</strong>{{c3:: There is none (not all elements comparable)}}</li></ul><div><img src="paste-1d2f8dcd3adedbac7c91aff60842c9ece732a3a8.jpg"></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

    Note 868: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: pmg@X@cPde
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
    How can we simplify \(R_m(f(a_1, \dots, a_k))\) for a polynomial \(f\)? (Corollary 4.17)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
    How can we simplify \(R_m(f(a_1, \dots, a_k))\) for a polynomial \(f\)? (Corollary 4.17)

    \[R_m(f(a_1, \dots, a_k)) = R_m(f(R_m(a_1), \dots, R_m(a_k)))\] We can first reduce each argument modulo \(m\), then evaluate the polynomial.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we simplify \(R_m(f(a_1, \dots, a_k))\) for a polynomial \(f\)? (Corollary 4.17)
    Back \[R_m(f(a_1, \dots, a_k)) = R_m(f(R_m(a_1), \dots, R_m(a_k)))\] We can first reduce each argument modulo \(m\), then evaluate the polynomial.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic

    Note 869: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: px2&&RIh%e
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    In any non-trivial ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\) \(1 \neq 0\) holds.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    In any non-trivial ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\) \(1 \neq 0\) holds.

    If \(1=0\), then for all \(a \in R\) : \(a=1⋅a=0⋅a=0\)

    So the ring would be trivial (only contains 0). 

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In&nbsp;any non-trivial ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\){{c1::&nbsp;\(1 \neq 0\)}} holds.
    Extra <div>If&nbsp;\(1=0\), then for all&nbsp;\(a \in R\)&nbsp;:&nbsp;\(a=1⋅a=0⋅a=0\)</div><div><br></div><div>So the ring would be trivial (only contains 0).&nbsp;</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 870: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: p|78(#x<7
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) transitive?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) transitive?

    When \(a \ \rho \ b \land b \ \rho \ c \Rightarrow a \ \rho \ c\) for all \(a, b, c \in A\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) transitive?
    Back When \(a \ \rho \ b \land b \ \rho \ c \Rightarrow a \ \rho \ c\) for all \(a, b, c \in A\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

    Note 871: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: p~hk22.~%D
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
    What is the relationship between tautologies and unsatisfiable formulas?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
    What is the relationship between tautologies and unsatisfiable formulas?

    A formula \(F\) is a tautology if and only if \(\lnot F\) is unsatisfiable.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the relationship between tautologies and unsatisfiable formulas?
    Back A formula \(F\) is a tautology <strong>if and only if</strong> \(\lnot F\) is unsatisfiable.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability

    Note 872: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: q%i_)pDyvo
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
    A prominent example for an uncomputable function is the Halting problem.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
    A prominent example for an uncomputable function is the Halting problem.

    Given as input a program (encoded as a bit-string or natural number) together with an input (to the program), determine whether the program will eventually stop (function value 1) or loop forever (function value 0) on that input.

    This function is uncomputable. If a halting-decider existed, one could build a program that uses it to do the opposite of what the decider predicts about itself, creating a contradiction: it halts if the halting program returns 0, and does not halt if it returns 1.

    This is usually stated as: The Halting problem is undecidable.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A prominent example for an uncomputable function is {{c1::the&nbsp;<i>Halting problem</i>}}<i>.</i>
    Extra Given as input a program (encoded as a bit-string or natural number) together with an input (to the program), determine whether the program will eventually stop (function value 1) or loop forever (function value 0) on that input. <br><br>This function is uncomputable. If a halting-decider existed, one could build a program that uses it to do the <i>opposite</i> of what the decider predicts about itself, creating a contradiction: it halts if the halting program returns 0, and does not halt if it returns 1.<br><br>This is usually stated as: The Halting problem is undecidable.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions

    Note 873: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: q+.5DlE?)<
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Give the formal definition of Cartesian product \(A \times B\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Give the formal definition of Cartesian product \(A \times B\).

    \[A \times B = \{(a, b) \ | \ a \in A \land b \in B\}\] The set of all ordered pairs with first component from \(A\) and second from \(B\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give the formal definition of Cartesian product \(A \times B\).
    Back \[A \times B = \{(a, b) \ | \ a \in A \land b \in B\}\] The set of all ordered pairs with first component from \(A\) and second from \(B\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 874: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: q+Di!TuDdT
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    How many divisors does \(n\) expressed as a factor of prime numbers \(n = \prod_{i = 1}^m p_i^{e_i}\) have?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    How many divisors does \(n\) expressed as a factor of prime numbers \(n = \prod_{i = 1}^m p_i^{e_i}\) have?

    \(n\) has  \(\# _ {\text{div}(n)} = \prod_{i = 1}^m (e_i + 1)\) divisors.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How many divisors does&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;expressed as a factor of prime numbers&nbsp;\(n = \prod_{i = 1}^m p_i^{e_i}\)&nbsp;have?
    Back \(n\)&nbsp;has&nbsp;&nbsp;\(\# _ {\text{div}(n)} = \prod_{i = 1}^m (e_i + 1)\)&nbsp;divisors.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 875: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: q={`z2{i#x
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    We can transform every formula into:
    • Prenex
    • CNF
    • DNF
    • Skolem

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    We can transform every formula into:
    • Prenex
    • CNF
    • DNF
    • Skolem

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We can transform every formula into:<br><ul><li>{{c1::P<b>renex</b>}}<br></li><li>{{c2::<b>CNF</b>}}<br></li><li>{{c3::<b>DNF</b>}}</li><li>{{c4::<b>Skolem</b>}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

    Note 876: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: q?95w$fJDO
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    What is \(F[x]_{m(x)}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    What is \(F[x]_{m(x)}\)?


    Let \(m(x)\) be a polynomial of degree \(d\) over \(F\). Then: \[F[x]_{m(x)} \ \overset{\text{def}}{=} \ \{a(x) \in F[x] \ | \ \deg(a(x)) < d\}\]

    This is the set of all polynomials over \(F\) with degree strictly less than \(d\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What is \(F[x]_{m(x)}\)?</p>
    Back <p>Let \(m(x)\) be a polynomial of degree \(d\) over \(F\). Then: \[F[x]_{m(x)} \ \overset{\text{def}}{=} \ \{a(x) \in F[x] \ | \ \deg(a(x)) &lt; d\}\]</p> <p>This is the set of all polynomials over \(F\) with <strong>degree strictly less than \(d\)</strong>.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    Note 877: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: qAyHDnFN7L
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
    What is the number of generators of \(\mathbb{Z}_n^*\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
    What is the number of generators of \(\mathbb{Z}_n^*\)?

    1. Verify that \(\mathbb{Z}_n^*\)is cyclic (iff n = 2, 4, \(p^e\), \(2p^e\), with \(e \ge 1\) and \(p\) is an odd prime)
    2. If \(\mathbb{Z}_n^*\) is cyclic then it is isomorphic to \(\mathbb{Z}_{\varphi(n)}^+\) (by Lemma) 
    3. The number of generators of \(\mathbb{Z}_{\varphi(n)}^+\) is \(\varphi(\varphi(n))\) as it is the number of elements coprime to the group order.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the number of generators of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_n^*\)?
    Back 1. Verify that&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_n^*\)is cyclic (iff n = 2, 4,&nbsp;\(p^e\),&nbsp;\(2p^e\), with&nbsp;\(e \ge 1\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;is an odd prime)<br>2. If&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_n^*\)&nbsp;is cyclic then it is isomorphic to&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_{\varphi(n)}^+\)&nbsp;(by Lemma)&nbsp;<br>3. The number of generators of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_{\varphi(n)}^+\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(\varphi(\varphi(n))\)&nbsp;as it is the number of elements coprime to the group order.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 878: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: qFQ3yDTc>-
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

    An element \(u\) of a ring \(R\) is called a unit if \(u\) is invertible.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

    An element \(u\) of a ring \(R\) is called a unit if \(u\) is invertible.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>An element \(u\) of a ring \(R\) is called a {{c1::unit}} if \(u\) is {{c2::invertible}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

    Note 879: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: qFYoZgCSMu
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::4._Proof_Systems_in_Theoretical_Computer_Science_*
    The predicate \(\tau\) defines the set {{c1::of strings \(L \subseteq \{0, 1\}\) that correspond to true statements}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::4._Proof_Systems_in_Theoretical_Computer_Science_*
    The predicate \(\tau\) defines the set {{c1::of strings \(L \subseteq \{0, 1\}\) that correspond to true statements}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The predicate&nbsp;\(\tau\)&nbsp;defines the set {{c1::of strings&nbsp;\(L \subseteq \{0, 1\}\)&nbsp;that correspond to true statements}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::4._Proof_Systems_in_Theoretical_Computer_Science_*

    Note 880: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: qScQPkEg%q
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::5._Logical_Formulas_vs._Mathematical_Statements
    A logical formula is generally not a mathematical statement, because the truth value depends on the interpretation of the symbols.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::5._Logical_Formulas_vs._Mathematical_Statements
    A logical formula is generally not a mathematical statement, because the truth value depends on the interpretation of the symbols.

    (so we can't prove/disprove it)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A logical formula is generally <i>not</i> a mathematical statement, because {{c1::the truth value depends on the interpretation of the symbols}}.
    Extra (so we can't prove/disprove it)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::5._Logical_Formulas_vs._Mathematical_Statements

    Note 881: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: q[i&,qVWc9
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    What is modular congruence in a polynomial field?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    What is modular congruence in a polynomial field?


    \[a(x) \equiv_{m(x)} b(x) \quad \overset{\text{def}}{\Leftrightarrow} \quad m(x) \ | \ (a(x) - b(x))\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What is modular congruence in a polynomial field?</p>
    Back <p>\[a(x) \equiv_{m(x)} b(x) \quad \overset{\text{def}}{\Leftrightarrow} \quad m(x) \ | \ (a(x) - b(x))\]</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    Note 882: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: q]nbKvbP{^
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    In a field, you can:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    In a field, you can:


    • add
    • subtract
    • multiply
    • divide by any nonzero element.

    You can divide, because in a field the multiplicative monoid is also a group (without \(0\), thus \(0\) cannot be divided by - no inverse).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>In a field, you can:</p>
    Back <ul> <li>add</li> <li>subtract</li> <li>multiply</li> <li><em>divide</em> by any nonzero element.</li> </ul> <p>You can divide, because in a field the multiplicative monoid is also a <em>group</em> (without \(0\), thus \(0\) cannot be divided by - no inverse).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    Note 883: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: q_~/j+G,$p
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
    What is the fundamental theorem of arithmetic?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
    What is the fundamental theorem of arithmetic?

    Every positive integer can be written uniquely as the product of primes.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the&nbsp;<i>fundamental theorem of arithmetic</i>?
    Back Every positive integer can be written uniquely as the product of primes.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic

    Note 884: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: qi1M.
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

    When an operation is associative, \(a_1 * a_2 * \dots * a_n\) is independent of the order of execution.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

    When an operation is associative, \(a_1 * a_2 * \dots * a_n\) is independent of the order of execution.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>When an operation is associative, \(a_1 * a_2 * \dots * a_n\) is {{c1::independent of the order of execution}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

    Note 885: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: qnpI?yoaky
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    What are the three properties of a partial order relation?
    1.  Reflexivity
    2.  Antisymmetry
    3.  Transitivity

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    What are the three properties of a partial order relation?
    1.  Reflexivity
    2.  Antisymmetry
    3.  Transitivity

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text What are the three properties of a partial order relation?<br><ol><li>{{c1::&nbsp;<b>Reflexivity</b>}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;<b>Antisymmetry</b>}}</li><li>{{c3::&nbsp;<b>Transitivity</b>}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

    Note 886: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: qo:})x5a6`
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    In a group, the equations \(a * x = b\) and \(x * a = b\) have unique solutions for all \(a, b\) (property G3(v)).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    In a group, the equations \(a * x = b\) and \(x * a = b\) have unique solutions for all \(a, b\) (property G3(v)).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>In a group, the equations {{c1::\(a * x = b\)}} and {{c2::\(x * a = b\)}}&nbsp;have {{c3::unique solutions}} for all \(a, b\) (property G3(v)).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 887: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: qx(`A-^(T{
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Definition of irreflexive

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Definition of irreflexive

    A relation \(\rho\) on a set A is called irreflexive if \(a \ \not \rho \ a\) for all a ∈ A, i.e., if \(\rho \ \cap \ \text{id} = \emptyset\).

    Not that this is not the negation of reflexive!

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Definition of irreflexive
    Back A relation&nbsp;\(\rho\)&nbsp;on a set A is called <b>irreflexive</b> if&nbsp;\(a \ \not \rho \ a\)&nbsp;for all a ∈ A, i.e., if&nbsp;\(\rho \ \cap \ \text{id} = \emptyset\).<br><br>Not that this is not the negation of reflexive!
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 888: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: q|}rXYFly~
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    Euler's totient function \(\varphi: \mathbb{Z}^+ \rightarrow \mathbb{Z}^+\) is defined as {{c2::the cardinality of \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\): \[\varphi(m) = |\mathbb{Z}_m^*|\]}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    Euler's totient function \(\varphi: \mathbb{Z}^+ \rightarrow \mathbb{Z}^+\) is defined as {{c2::the cardinality of \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\): \[\varphi(m) = |\mathbb{Z}_m^*|\]}}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::Euler's totient function::Name?}} \(\varphi: \mathbb{Z}^+ \rightarrow \mathbb{Z}^+\) is defined as {{c2::the cardinality of \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\): \[\varphi(m) = |\mathbb{Z}_m^*|\]}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 889: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: r.P@LlU$vR
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::4._Least_Common_Multiples
    Give the formal definition of the least common multiple \(\text{lcm}(a, b)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::4._Least_Common_Multiples
    Give the formal definition of the least common multiple \(\text{lcm}(a, b)\).

    \[a \mid l \land b \mid l \land \forall m \ ((a \mid m \land b \mid m) \rightarrow l \mid m)\] \(l\) is a common multiple of \(a\) and \(b\) which divides every common multiple of \(a\) and \(b\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give the formal definition of the least common multiple \(\text{lcm}(a, b)\).
    Back \[a \mid l \land b \mid l \land \forall m \ ((a \mid m \land b \mid m) \rightarrow l \mid m)\] \(l\) is a common multiple of \(a\) and \(b\) which divides every common multiple of \(a\) and \(b\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::4._Least_Common_Multiples

    Note 890: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: r3)589~fN6
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    What is the cardinality of \(F[x]_{m(x)}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    What is the cardinality of \(F[x]_{m(x)}\)?


    Lemma 5.34: Let \(F\) be a finite field with \(q\) elements and let \(m(x)\) be a polynomial of degree \(d\) over \(F\). Then: \[|F[x]_{m(x)}| = q^d\]

    Explanation: Each polynomial of \(\deg d - 1\) has \(d\) coefficients (from \(0, \dots, d - 1\)), and each coefficient can be any of  \(q\) elements from \(F\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What is the cardinality of \(F[x]_{m(x)}\)?</p>
    Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.34</strong>: Let \(F\) be a finite field with \(q\) elements and let \(m(x)\) be a polynomial of degree \(d\) over \(F\). Then: \[|F[x]_{m(x)}| = q^d\]</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: Each polynomial of \(\deg d - 1\) has \(d\) coefficients (from&nbsp;\(0, \dots, d - 1\)), and each coefficient can be any of  \(q\) elements from&nbsp;\(F\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    Note 891: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: rI[60?4iFu
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
    group has the following properties:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
    group has the following properties:

    • Closure
    • Associativity
    • Identity
    • Inverse

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front A&nbsp;<b>group</b>&nbsp;has the following properties:
    Back <ul><li>Closure</li><li>Associativity</li><li>Identity</li><li>Inverse</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 892: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rMrK0z!nVO
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    In a cyclic group \(\langle g \rangle\), associativity is inherited from the parent group \(G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    In a cyclic group \(\langle g \rangle\), associativity is inherited from the parent group \(G\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>In a cyclic group \(\langle g \rangle\), {{c1::associativity}} is {{c2::inherited from the parent group \(G\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 893: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rU5OFOfB=/
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors
    In any commutative ring, if \(a \ | \ b\) then  \(a \ | \ bc\) for all \(c\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors
    In any commutative ring, if \(a \ | \ b\) then  \(a \ | \ bc\) for all \(c\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>In any commutative ring, if&nbsp;\(a \ | \ b\)&nbsp;then {{c1::&nbsp;\(a \ | \ bc\)}}&nbsp;for all \(c\).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

    Note 894: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rkyD`Rw*Nl
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    We are allowed to swap quantifier order in a formula if:
    • they are of the same type
    • the variables never appear in the same predicate

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    We are allowed to swap quantifier order in a formula if:
    • they are of the same type
    • the variables never appear in the same predicate

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We are allowed to swap quantifier order in a formula if:<br><ul><li>{{c1:: they are of the same type}}</li><li>{{c2:: the variables never appear in the same predicate}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

    Note 895: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: rz^&c?ddI>
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)
    G is a logical conseqence of F. What does that mean?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)
    G is a logical conseqence of F. What does that mean?

    \( F \models G\) if G is always true if F is true, but not necessarily false when F is false. (No causality!)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front G is a <i>logical conse</i><i>qence </i>of F. What does that mean?
    Back \( F \models G\) if G is always true if F is true, but not necessarily false when F is false. (No causality!)<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)

    Note 896: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s$,Xim%,O5
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    Lemma 5.22(3): The units of \(D[x]\) are the constant polynomials that are units of \(D\): \(D[x]^* = D^*\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    Lemma 5.22(3): The units of \(D[x]\) are the constant polynomials that are units of \(D\): \(D[x]^* = D^*\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p><strong>Lemma 5.22(3)</strong>: The {{c1::units of \(D[x]\)}} are the {{c2::constant polynomials that are units of \(D\): \(D[x]^* = D^*\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    Note 897: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s&thqL60qD
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
    For \(a,b,m\in\mathbb{Z}\) with \(m\ge1\), we say that \(a\) is congruent to \(b\) modulo \(m\) if  \(m\) divides \(a-b\).

    Written as an expression: \(a\equiv_mb \iff m \mid (a-b)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
    For \(a,b,m\in\mathbb{Z}\) with \(m\ge1\), we say that \(a\) is congruent to \(b\) modulo \(m\) if  \(m\) divides \(a-b\).

    Written as an expression: \(a\equiv_mb \iff m \mid (a-b)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For&nbsp;\(a,b,m\in\mathbb{Z}\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(m\ge1\), we say that&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;<i>congruent to&nbsp;</i>\(b\)&nbsp;<i>modulo&nbsp;</i>\(m\)&nbsp;if {{c1::&nbsp;\(m\)&nbsp;divides&nbsp;\(a-b\)}}. <br><br>Written as an expression:{{c1::&nbsp;\(a\equiv_mb \iff m \mid (a-b)\).}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences

    Note 898: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s(DE`)q*(T
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    A partial order on a set \(A\) is a relation that is:
    1. reflexive
    2. antisymmetric
    3. transitive

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    A partial order on a set \(A\) is a relation that is:
    1. reflexive
    2. antisymmetric
    3. transitive

    Examples: \(\leq, \geq\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::A partial order}} on a set&nbsp;\(A\) is a relation that is:<div><ol><li>{{c2::reflexive}}</li><li>{{c3::antisymmetric}}</li><li>{{c4::transitive}}</li></ol></div>
    Extra Examples:&nbsp;\(\leq, \geq\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 899: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s*8T*K?3f=
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has a left inverse if and only if \(f\) is injective (not in script).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has a left inverse if and only if \(f\) is injective (not in script).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has a {{c1::left inverse}} if and only if \(f\) is {{c2::injective}} (not in script).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 900: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s2,pAWT0;U
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    An irreducible polynomial of degree \(\geq 2\) has no roots.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    An irreducible polynomial of degree \(\geq 2\) has no roots.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>An <strong>irreducible</strong> polynomial of degree \(\geq 2\) has {{c1:: <strong>no roots</strong>}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    Note 901: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s4qU[:Rl0m
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    A poset \((A; \preceq)\) is called totally ordered (also: linearly ordered) by \(\preceq\) if any two elements of the poset are comparable.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    A poset \((A; \preceq)\) is called totally ordered (also: linearly ordered) by \(\preceq\) if any two elements of the poset are comparable.

    Example: \((\mathbb{Z}; \ge)\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A poset&nbsp;\((A; \preceq)\) is called {{c2::<b>totally ordered</b>&nbsp;(also: linearly ordered) by&nbsp;\(\preceq\)}}&nbsp;if {{c1::any two elements of the poset are comparable.}}
    Extra Example:&nbsp;\((\mathbb{Z}; \ge)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

    Note 902: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: s7*HAj`,kR
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
    Name four examples for (binary) relations as defined in discrete mathematics.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
    Name four examples for (binary) relations as defined in discrete mathematics.

    \(=, \ne, \le, \ge, <, >, \mid, \dots\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Name four examples for (binary) relations as defined in discrete mathematics.
    Back \(=, \ne, \le, \ge, &lt;, &gt;, \mid, \dots\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept

    Note 903: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: s>%Mz^.26_
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    Name a zerodivisor in a ring.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    Name a zerodivisor in a ring.


    \(2\) is a zerodivisor of \(\mathbb{Z}_4\), as \(2*2 = 0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Name a zerodivisor in a ring.</p>
    Back <p>\(2\) is a zerodivisor of \(\mathbb{Z}_4\), as \(2*2 = 0\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    Note 904: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: s?tB!9azRK
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups
    An abelian group has the following properties:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups
    An abelian group has the following properties:

    • closure
    • associativity
    • identity
    • inverse
    • commutative

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front An <b>abelian group</b>&nbsp;has the following properties:
    Back <ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>identity</li><li>inverse</li><li>commutative</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups

    Note 905: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: sQoa!PVGy1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) is more useful than \(\mathbb{Z}_m\), because {{c1::\(\mathbb{Z}_m\)is not a group with respect to multiplication modulo \(m\), which we would need for RSA}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) is more useful than \(\mathbb{Z}_m\), because {{c1::\(\mathbb{Z}_m\)is not a group with respect to multiplication modulo \(m\), which we would need for RSA}}.

    Not all elements in \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) have an inverse, something which \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) on the other hand guarantees via Bézout.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)&nbsp;is more useful than&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_m\),&nbsp;because {{c1::\(\mathbb{Z}_m\)is not a group with respect to multiplication modulo&nbsp;\(m\), which we would need for RSA}}.
    Extra Not all elements in&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_m\)&nbsp;have an inverse, something which&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)&nbsp;on the other hand&nbsp;guarantees via Bézout.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 906: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: sXwCtB@o/s
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
    What \(a \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) generate \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
    What \(a \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) generate \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)?

    All \(a \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) such that \(\gcd(a, n) = 1\).
    • If \(\gcd(a,n) = d > 1\), then all multiples of a are divisible by d, so you only hit every d-th residue mod n.
    • If \(\gcd(a,n) = 1\), then multiples of a eventually hit every residue class mod n.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What&nbsp;\(a \in \mathbb{Z}_n\)&nbsp;generate&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_n\)?
    Back All&nbsp;\(a \in \mathbb{Z}_n\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\).<br><div><ul><li> <div>If&nbsp;\(\gcd(a,n) = d &gt; 1\), then all multiples of a are divisible by d, so you only hit every d-th residue mod n.</div> </li><li> <div>If&nbsp;\(\gcd(a,n) = 1\), then multiples of a eventually hit <b>every</b> residue class mod n.</div></li></ul></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 907: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s[Y-0E4#sz
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
    A ring \(\langle R, +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\) is an algebra with the properties that
    • \(\langle R, +, -, 0 \rangle\) is a commutative group
    • \(\langle R, \cdot, 1 \rangle\) is a monoid
    • \( a(b+c) = (ab) + (ac), (b+c)a = (ba) + (ca)\) (left and right distributive laws)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
    A ring \(\langle R, +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\) is an algebra with the properties that
    • \(\langle R, +, -, 0 \rangle\) is a commutative group
    • \(\langle R, \cdot, 1 \rangle\) is a monoid
    • \( a(b+c) = (ab) + (ac), (b+c)a = (ba) + (ca)\) (left and right distributive laws)

    Examples: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{R}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::A ring&nbsp;\(\langle R, +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\)}} is an algebra with the properties that<br><ul><li>{{c2::\(\langle R, +, -, 0 \rangle\)&nbsp;is a commutative group}}<br></li><li>{{c3::\(\langle R, \cdot, 1 \rangle\)&nbsp;is a monoid}}</li><li>{{c4::\( a(b+c) = (ab) + (ac), (b+c)a = (ba) + (ca)\)&nbsp;(left and right distributive laws)}}</li></ul>
    Extra Examples:&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{R}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

    Note 908: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s[dJ]w
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    A relation \(ρ\) on a set \(A\) is called antisymmetric if {{c1::\( a \ \rho \ b \wedge b \ \rho \ a \implies a = b\) is true, i.e. if \( \rho \cap \hat{\rho} \subseteq \text{id}\)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    A relation \(ρ\) on a set \(A\) is called antisymmetric if {{c1::\( a \ \rho \ b \wedge b \ \rho \ a \implies a = b\) is true, i.e. if \( \rho \cap \hat{\rho} \subseteq \text{id}\)}}

    Example: \( \le, \ge\) and the division relation: \( a \mid b \wedge b \mid a \implies a = b\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A relation&nbsp;\(ρ\)&nbsp;on a set&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is called {{c2::antisymmetric}} if&nbsp;{{c1::\( a \ \rho \ b \wedge b \ \rho \ a \implies a = b\) is true, i.e. if&nbsp;\( \rho \cap \hat{\rho} \subseteq \text{id}\)}}
    Extra Example:&nbsp;\( \le, \ge\) and the division relation:&nbsp;\( a \mid b \wedge b \mid a \implies a = b\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

    Note 909: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: s]+I0[)5QL
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    Show that \(\mathbb{Z}\) is countable by exhibiting a bijection with \(\mathbb{N}\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    Show that \(\mathbb{Z}\) is countable by exhibiting a bijection with \(\mathbb{N}\).

    The function \(f(n) = (-1)^n \lceil n/2 \rceil\) is a bijection \(\mathbb{N} \to \mathbb{Z}\).
    Maps: \(0 \mapsto 0, 1 \mapsto 1, 2 \mapsto -1, 3 \mapsto 2, 4 \mapsto -2, \ldots\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Show that \(\mathbb{Z}\) is countable by exhibiting a bijection with \(\mathbb{N}\).
    Back The function \(f(n) = (-1)^n \lceil n/2 \rceil\) is a bijection \(\mathbb{N} \to \mathbb{Z}\). <br> Maps: \(0 \mapsto 0, 1 \mapsto 1, 2 \mapsto -1, 3 \mapsto 2, 4 \mapsto -2, \ldots\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

    Note 910: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s`dg
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    If both \(b * a = e\) and \(a * b = e\), then \(b\) is simply called an inverse of \(a\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    If both \(b * a = e\) and \(a * b = e\), then \(b\) is simply called an inverse of \(a\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>If both {{c1::\(b * a = e\)}} and {{c2::\(a * b = e\)}}, then \(b\) is {{c4::simply called an inverse of \(a\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 911: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: sjn:t.?:uH
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::10._Proofs_by_Induction
    What are the two steps of a proof by induction?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::10._Proofs_by_Induction
    What are the two steps of a proof by induction?

    1. Basis Step: Prove \(P(0)\) (or \(P(1)\) or \(P(k)\) depending on universe)
    2. Induction Step: Prove that for any arbitrary \(n\), \(P(n) \Rightarrow P(n+1)\) (assuming \(P(n)\) as the induction hypothesis)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are the two steps of a proof by induction?
    Back 1. <strong>Basis Step</strong>: Prove \(P(0)\) (or \(P(1)\) or \(P(k)\) depending on universe) <br>2. <strong>Induction Step</strong>: Prove that for any arbitrary \(n\), \(P(n) \Rightarrow P(n+1)\) (assuming \(P(n)\) as the induction hypothesis)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::10._Proofs_by_Induction

    Note 912: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: sxW-Trt$`+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) is defined as?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) is defined as?


    \[ \overset{\text{def}}{=} \ \{a \in \mathbb{Z}_m \ | \ \gcd(a, m) = 1\} \]


    This is the set of all elements in \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) that are coprime to \(m\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>\(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) is defined as?</p>
    Back <p>\[ \overset{\text{def}}{=} \ \{a \in \mathbb{Z}_m \ | \ \gcd(a, m) = 1\} \]</p><br><p>This is the set of all elements in \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) that are coprime to \(m\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 913: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: t$?o*APa?u
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    We denote the field with \(p\) elements (where \(p\) is prime) by {{c2::\(\text{GF}(p)\) rather than \(\mathbb{Z}_p\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    We denote the field with \(p\) elements (where \(p\) is prime) by {{c2::\(\text{GF}(p)\) rather than \(\mathbb{Z}_p\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>We denote the {{c1:: field with \(p\) elements (where \(p\) is prime)}} by {{c2::\(\text{GF}(p)\) rather than \(\mathbb{Z}_p\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    Note 914: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: t4rUQSlGPE
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    For what types of posets is well-ordering primarily of interest?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    For what types of posets is well-ordering primarily of interest?

    Infinite posets.

    (Every totally ordered finite poset is automatically well-ordered)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front For what types of posets is well-ordering primarily of interest?
    Back <strong>Infinite posets</strong>. <br><br>(Every totally ordered finite poset is automatically well-ordered)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

    Note 915: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: tBd|.5x#E:
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
    How is the lexicographic order \(\leq_{\text{lex}}\) on \(A \times B\) defined?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
    How is the lexicographic order \(\leq_{\text{lex}}\) on \(A \times B\) defined?

    \[(a_1, b_1) \leq_{\text{lex}} (a_2, b_2) \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} a_1 \prec a_2 \lor (a_1 = a_2 \land b_1 \sqsubseteq b_2)\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How is the lexicographic order \(\leq_{\text{lex}}\) on \(A \times B\) defined?
    Back \[(a_1, b_1) \leq_{\text{lex}} (a_2, b_2) \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} a_1 \prec a_2 \lor (a_1 = a_2 \land b_1 \sqsubseteq b_2)\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order

    Note 916: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: tNw~Zi`Up.
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors
    In any commutative ring:  If \(a \ | \ b\) and \(b \ | \ c\) then  \(a \ | \ c\), i.e. the relation | is transitive.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors
    In any commutative ring:  If \(a \ | \ b\) and \(b \ | \ c\) then  \(a \ | \ c\), i.e. the relation | is transitive.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>In any commutative ring:&nbsp; If&nbsp;\(a \ | \ b\)&nbsp;and \(b \ | \ c\)&nbsp;then {{c1::&nbsp;\(a \ | \ c\), i.e. the relation | is transitive}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

    Note 917: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: tXnVRUZ1r.
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    To show that a newly defined operator can be used to express any formula, we show that:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    To show that a newly defined operator can be used to express any formula, we show that:

     \(\lnot F\), \(F \lor G\) and \(F \land G\) can be rewritten only in terms of it.

    For example NOT, AND, OR can be expressed in NAND form, thus we can rewritten in CNF (or DNF) then NANDs (by simply replacing). As we can write every formula in CNF (or DNF) this prooves it.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front To show that a newly defined operator can be used to express any formula, we show that:
    Back &nbsp;\(\lnot F\),&nbsp;\(F \lor G\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(F \land G\)&nbsp;can be rewritten&nbsp;<b>only</b>&nbsp;in terms of it.<br><br>For example NOT, AND, OR can be expressed in NAND form, thus we can rewritten in <b>CNF</b> (or DNF) then NANDs (by simply replacing). As we can write every formula in CNF (or DNF) this prooves it.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

    Note 918: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: tg<_s~pb{P
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::01._Composition_of_Implications
    Proof method: "Composition of Implications"

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::01._Composition_of_Implications
    Proof method: "Composition of Implications"

    Idea: If \( S \implies T \) and \( T \implies U \) are both true, then \( S \implies U \) is also true.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Proof method: "Composition of Implications"
    Back Idea: If&nbsp;\( S \implies T \) and&nbsp;\( T \implies U \) are both true, then&nbsp;\( S \implies U \) is also true.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::01._Composition_of_Implications

    Note 919: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: tm%60;MTzw
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::09._Proofs_by_Counterexample
    What is a proof by counterexample?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::09._Proofs_by_Counterexample
    What is a proof by counterexample?

    A proof that \(S_x\) is not true for all \(x \in X\) by exhibiting an \(a\) (called a counterexample) such that \(S_a\) is false.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a proof by counterexample?
    Back A proof that \(S_x\) is <strong>not</strong> true for all \(x \in X\) by exhibiting an \(a\) (called a counterexample) such that \(S_a\) is <strong>false</strong>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::09._Proofs_by_Counterexample

    Note 920: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: tm=T&mwo5w
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    The group denoted by \(\mathbb{Z}_n\) is always meant in conjunction with the operation \(\oplus\) modulo \(n\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    The group denoted by \(\mathbb{Z}_n\) is always meant in conjunction with the operation \(\oplus\) modulo \(n\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The group denoted by \(\mathbb{Z}_n\) is always meant in conjunction with the operation {{c2::\(\oplus\) modulo \(n\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 921: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: tmXe!J(6@%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    Is antisymmetric the negation of symmetric?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    Is antisymmetric the negation of symmetric?

    NO! Antisymmetry is NOT the negation of symmetry. They are independent properties.

    A relation is both symmetric and antisymmetric if and only if it's a subset of the identity relation (i.e., \(R \subseteq \{(a, a) : a \in A\}\)). This includes the empty relation \(R = \emptyset\) as a degenerate case.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is antisymmetric the negation of symmetric?
    Back <strong>NO!</strong> Antisymmetry is NOT the negation of symmetry. They are independent properties.<br><br>A relation is both symmetric and antisymmetric if and only if it's a subset of the identity relation (i.e.,&nbsp;\(R \subseteq \{(a, a) : a \in A\}\)). This includes the empty relation&nbsp;\(R = \emptyset\)&nbsp;as a degenerate case.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

    Note 922: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: tpZRO@D#F:
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
    Every polynomial of degree 4 is either irreducible or it has a factor of degree 1 or irreducible factor of degree 2.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
    Every polynomial of degree 4 is either irreducible or it has a factor of degree 1 or irreducible factor of degree 2.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Every polynomial of degree {{c1:: 4}} is {{c2:: either irreducible or it has a factor of degree 1 or irreducible factor of degree 2}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    Note 923: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: tuHe#n^N^#
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
    The Diffie-Hellman Key-Agreement works because?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
    The Diffie-Hellman Key-Agreement works because?

    The discrete logarithm problem is hard!

    That is, it's hard to find \(x_A\) from \(g^{x_A} \mod p\), knowing \(g\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front The Diffie-Hellman Key-Agreement works because?
    Back The&nbsp;<b>discrete logarithm</b>&nbsp;problem is hard!<br><br>That is, it's hard to find&nbsp;\(x_A\)&nbsp;from&nbsp;\(g^{x_A} \mod p\), knowing&nbsp;\(g\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement

    Note 924: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: tz7t=t1v7n
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field
     \(F[x]\) is an integral domain.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field
     \(F[x]\) is an integral domain.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text &nbsp;\(F[x]\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: an integral domain}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field

    Note 925: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: u${[$*iYrd
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::5._Some_Examples_of_Groups

    Does the uniqueness of the neutral element imply that a group is abelian (commutative)?

    I.e. does \(a*e = e*a\) mean \(G\) is abelian?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::5._Some_Examples_of_Groups

    Does the uniqueness of the neutral element imply that a group is abelian (commutative)?

    I.e. does \(a*e = e*a\) mean \(G\) is abelian?

    No! The uniqueness of the neutral element does not imply commutativity.

    Counterexample: The identity matrix \(I_3\) is the unique neutral element for the group of \(3 \times 3\) invertible real matrices under multiplication. We have \(A \cdot I_3 = I_3 \cdot A\) for all matrices \(A\), even though matrix multiplication is not commutative in general.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Does the uniqueness of the neutral element imply that a group is abelian (commutative)?</p>I.e. does&nbsp;\(a*e = e*a\)&nbsp;mean&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is abelian?
    Back <p><strong>No!</strong> The uniqueness of the neutral element does <strong>not</strong> imply commutativity.</p><p><strong>Counterexample</strong>: The identity matrix \(I_3\) is the unique neutral element for the group of&nbsp;\(3 \times 3\)&nbsp;<i>invertible</i> real matrices under multiplication. We have \(A \cdot I_3 = I_3 \cdot A\) for all matrices \(A\), even though matrix multiplication is <strong>not commutative</strong> in general.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::5._Some_Examples_of_Groups

    Note 926: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: u%LA!tL]Sb
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

    What is a polynomial based encoding function?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

    What is a polynomial based encoding function?


    Theorem 5.42: Let \(\mathcal{A} = \text{GF}(q)\) and let \(\alpha_0, \dots, \alpha_{n-1}\) be arbitrary distinct elements of \(\text{GF}(q)\). Encode by polynomial evaluation: \[E((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})) = (a(\alpha_0), \dots, a(\alpha_{n-1}))\] where \(a(x)\) is the polynomial with coefficients \((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})\).

    The code has minimum distance \(d_{\min} = n - k + 1\).

    Key property: The polynomial can be interpolated from any \(k\) values by Lagrangian interpolation (b/c  \(k\) coefficients = degree \(k-1\) due to the constant part of the polynomial). Two codewords cannot agree at \(k\) positions (else they'd be equal), i.e. they agree at most at \(k-1\) positions, so they disagree in at least \(n - k + 1\) positions.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What is a polynomial based encoding function?</p>
    Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.42</strong>: Let \(\mathcal{A} = \text{GF}(q)\) and let \(\alpha_0, \dots, \alpha_{n-1}\) be arbitrary distinct elements of \(\text{GF}(q)\). Encode by polynomial evaluation: \[E((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})) = (a(\alpha_0), \dots, a(\alpha_{n-1}))\] where \(a(x)\) is the polynomial with coefficients \((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})\).</p> <p>The code has minimum distance \(d_{\min} = n - k + 1\).</p> <p><strong>Key property</strong>: The polynomial can be interpolated from any \(k\) values by Lagrangian interpolation (b/c  \(k\)&nbsp;coefficients = degree&nbsp;\(k-1\)&nbsp;due to the constant part of the polynomial). Two codewords cannot agree at&nbsp;\(k\) positions (else they'd be equal), i.e. they agree at most at&nbsp;\(k-1\)&nbsp;positions,&nbsp;so they disagree in at least&nbsp;\(n - k + 1\) positions.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

    Note 927: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: u*{HjaX,5R
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
    In the lattice \((\{1,2,3,4,5,6,8,12,24\}; |)\), what are the meet and join for 6 and 8?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
    In the lattice \((\{1,2,3,4,5,6,8,12,24\}; |)\), what are the meet and join for 6 and 8?

    Meet: \(6 \land 8 = 2\) (gcd)
    Join: \(6 \lor 8 = 24\) (lcm)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front In the lattice \((\{1,2,3,4,5,6,8,12,24\}; |)\), what are the meet and join for 6 and 8?
    Back <div>Meet:&nbsp;\(6 \land 8 = 2\)&nbsp;(gcd)</div><div>Join:&nbsp;\(6 \lor 8 = 24\)&nbsp;(lcm)</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices

    Note 928: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: u1$>B^csAD
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::2._The_Division_Property_in_F[x]

    How do you perform polynomial division when the divisor is not monic (e.g., in \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\))?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::2._The_Division_Property_in_F[x]

    How do you perform polynomial division when the divisor is not monic (e.g., in \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\))?


    If dividing by a non-monic polynomial like \(4x + 2\) in \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\):

    1. Find the multiplicative inverse of the leading coefficient in the field
    2. For \(4\) in \(\text{GF}(7)\): \(4 \cdot 2 \equiv_7 1\), so \(4^{-1} = 2\)
    3. Multiply the polynomial by this inverse to make it monic
    4. \(2 \cdot (4x + 2) = 8x + 4 \equiv_7 x + 4\)
    5. Now divide by the monic polynomial

    Example: \(3x^2 + 6x + 5\) divided by \(4x + 2\) becomes \(3x^2 + 6x + 5\) divided by \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\)0 (after multiplying by \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\)1).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>How do you perform polynomial division when the divisor is not monic (e.g., in \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\))?</p>
    Back <p>If dividing by a non-monic polynomial like \(4x + 2\) in \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\):</p> <ol> <li>Find the multiplicative inverse of the leading coefficient in the field</li> <li>For \(4\) in \(\text{GF}(7)\): \(4 \cdot 2 \equiv_7 1\), so \(4^{-1} = 2\)</li> <li>Multiply the polynomial by this inverse to make it monic</li> <li>\(2 \cdot (4x + 2) = 8x + 4 \equiv_7 x + 4\)</li> <li>Now divide by the monic polynomial</li> </ol> <p><strong>Example</strong>: \(3x^2 + 6x + 5\) divided by \(4x + 2\) becomes \(3x^2 + 6x + 5\) divided by \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\)0 (after multiplying by \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\)1).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::2._The_Division_Property_in_F[x]

    Note 929: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: u3RL+}XGYF
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    The {{c2::power set of a set \(A\), denoted \(\mathcal{P}(A)\)}}, is the set of all subsets of \(A\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    The {{c2::power set of a set \(A\), denoted \(\mathcal{P}(A)\)}}, is the set of all subsets of \(A\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c2::power set of a set&nbsp;\(A\), denoted&nbsp;\(\mathcal{P}(A)\)}}, is {{c1::the set of all subsets of&nbsp;\(A\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 930: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: u7I279IY#p
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

    When is there a finite field with \(q\) elements?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

    When is there a finite field with \(q\) elements?


    \(\text{GF}(q)\) is only finite if and only if \(q\) is a power of a prime, i.e. \(q = p^k\) for \(p\) prime.

    Any two fields of the same size \(q\) are isomorphic.


    Why: to construct an extension field, use \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) for coefficients. To be a field, \(p\) must be prime. In a polynomial with degree \(k-1\), each coefficient can take any of the \(p\) values from the coefficient field.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>When is there a finite field with \(q\) elements?</p>
    Back <p>\(\text{GF}(q)\) is only finite <em>if and only if</em> \(q\) is a <em>power</em> of a prime, i.e. \(q = p^k\) for \(p\) prime.</p> <p>Any two fields of the same size \(q\) are isomorphic.</p><p><br></p><p><b>Why:</b>&nbsp;to construct an extension field, use \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) for coefficients. To be a field,&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;must be prime. In a polynomial with degree&nbsp;\(k-1\), each coefficient can take any of the&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;values from the coefficient field.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

    Note 931: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: u8U)|c~>_!
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    The degree of the sum of two polynomials is at most the maximum (can be smaller if the biggest coefficients cancel) of their degrees.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    The degree of the sum of two polynomials is at most the maximum (can be smaller if the biggest coefficients cancel) of their degrees.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The degree of the sum of two polynomials is {{c2::at most the maximum (can be smaller if the biggest coefficients cancel)}} of their degrees.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    Note 932: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: uBR/x3yn=f
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::10._Proofs_by_Induction
    What is the principle of mathematical induction?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::10._Proofs_by_Induction
    What is the principle of mathematical induction?

    For the universe \(\mathbb{N}\) and an arbitrary unary predicate \(P\): \[P(0) \land \forall n (P(n) \rightarrow P(n+1)) \Rightarrow \forall n P(n)\]
    (If the base case holds and the induction step holds, then the property holds for all natural numbers)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the principle of mathematical induction?
    Back For the universe \(\mathbb{N}\) and an arbitrary unary predicate \(P\): \[P(0) \land \forall n (P(n) \rightarrow P(n+1)) \Rightarrow \forall n P(n)\] <br> (If the base case holds and the induction step holds, then the property holds for all natural numbers)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::10._Proofs_by_Induction

    Note 933: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: uCGhOduc{_
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement PlsFix::DELETE
    Explain the mechanical analog of the Diffie-Hellman protocol.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement PlsFix::DELETE
    Explain the mechanical analog of the Diffie-Hellman protocol.

    A padlock without a key.

    Alice and Bob can exchange their locks (closed) and keep a copy in the open state. Then they can both generate the same configuration, namely the two locks interlocked. For the adversary, this is impossible without breaking open one of the locks.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Explain the mechanical analog of the Diffie-Hellman protocol.
    Back A padlock without a key.<br><br>Alice and Bob can exchange their locks (closed) and keep a copy in the open state. Then they can both generate the same configuration, namely the two locks interlocked.&nbsp;For the adversary, this is impossible without breaking open one of the locks.<br><br><img src="paste-39931b24c512906843c903f461b7c1cc9f5a6685.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 934: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: uFE6t!4Hr%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields
    field has the following properties:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields
    field has the following properties:

    Additive Group:
    • closure
    • associativity
    • identity
    • inverse
    • commutative
    Multiplicative group:
    • closure
    • associativity
    • distributivity
    • identity
    • no zero-divisor
    • inverse

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front A&nbsp;<b>field</b>&nbsp;has the following properties:
    Back Additive Group:<br><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>identity</li><li>inverse</li><li>commutative</li></ul><div>Multiplicative group:</div><div></div><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>distributivity</li><li>identity</li><li>no zero-divisor</li><li><b>inverse</b></li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    Note 935: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: uFN2l+&cfr
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

    Can there be more than one neutral element?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

    Can there be more than one neutral element?


    No, \(\langle S; * \rangle\) can have at most one neutral element.

    There can be a distinct left and right neutral though. 
    Example: \(3 \times 4\) matrices

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Can there be more than one neutral element?</p>
    Back No,&nbsp;\(\langle S; * \rangle\) can have <strong>at most one neutral element</strong>.<br><br>There can be a distinct left and right neutral though.&nbsp;<br>Example:&nbsp;\(3 \times 4\) matrices
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

    Note 936: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: uK|j,XZw5[
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
    For Diffie-Hellman key agreement, both Alice and Bob choose \(x_A, x_B\) (their private keys) at random.

    They then compute {{c2:: \(y_A := R_p(g^{x_A})\) and \(y_B\) analogously, which are their public keys}} which is sent over the network to their partner.

    The other {{c3:: then exponentiates by their private key to get the shared key \(k_{AB} \equiv_p y_B^{x_A} \equiv_p g^{x_B \cdot x_A} \equiv_p y_A^{x_B}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
    For Diffie-Hellman key agreement, both Alice and Bob choose \(x_A, x_B\) (their private keys) at random.

    They then compute {{c2:: \(y_A := R_p(g^{x_A})\) and \(y_B\) analogously, which are their public keys}} which is sent over the network to their partner.

    The other {{c3:: then exponentiates by their private key to get the shared key \(k_{AB} \equiv_p y_B^{x_A} \equiv_p g^{x_B \cdot x_A} \equiv_p y_A^{x_B}\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For Diffie-Hellman key agreement, both Alice and Bob {{c1:: choose&nbsp;\(x_A, x_B\)&nbsp;(their private keys) at random}}.<br><br>They then compute {{c2::&nbsp;\(y_A := R_p(g^{x_A})\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(y_B\)&nbsp;analogously, which are their public keys}} which is {{c2:: sent over the network to their partner}}.<br><br>The other {{c3:: then exponentiates by their private key to get the shared key&nbsp;\(k_{AB} \equiv_p y_B^{x_A} \equiv_p g^{x_B \cdot x_A} \equiv_p y_A^{x_B}\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement

    Note 937: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: uO0tm0+UFa
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::08._Existence_Proofs_via_the_Pigeonhole_Principle PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Proof method: Pigeonhole Principle

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::08._Existence_Proofs_via_the_Pigeonhole_Principle PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Proof method: Pigeonhole Principle

    If a set of \( n \) objects is divided into \( k < n\) sets, then at least one of the sets contains at least \( \left \lceil{\frac{n}{k}}\right \rceil\) objects.

    Informally: If there are more objects than sets, there is a set with more than one object in it.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Proof method: Pigeonhole Principle
    Back If a set of&nbsp;\( n \) objects is divided into&nbsp;\( k &lt; n\) sets, then at least one of the sets contains at least&nbsp;\( \left \lceil{\frac{n}{k}}\right \rceil\) objects.<div><br></div><div>Informally: If there are more objects than sets, there is a set with more than one object in it.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::08._Existence_Proofs_via_the_Pigeonhole_Principle PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 938: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: uO>&}CGJV*
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    In a group's operation table, every row and every column must contain every element exactly once.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    In a group's operation table, every row and every column must contain every element exactly once.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>In a group's operation table, every {{c1::row}} and every {{c1::column}} must contain {{c2::every element exactly once}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 939: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: u`Y+W
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    A left inverse element of \(a\) in \(\langle S; *, e \rangle\) is an element \(b\) such that \(b * a = e\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    A left inverse element of \(a\) in \(\langle S; *, e \rangle\) is an element \(b\) such that \(b * a = e\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>A {{c1::left inverse element}} of \(a\) in \(\langle S; *, e \rangle\) is an element \(b\) such that {{c2::\(b * a = e\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 940: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: uaVso1SVrk
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    If no \(m>0\) exists, such that \(a^m = e\) in a group, the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a\) is {{c1:: said to be infinite, written \(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    If no \(m>0\) exists, such that \(a^m = e\) in a group, the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a\) is {{c1:: said to be infinite, written \(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>If {{c2:: no \(m&gt;0\) exists, such that \(a^m = e\) in a group}}, the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a\) is {{c1:: said to be infinite, written \(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    Note 941: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ucznaYpcB%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    What does it mean for a function to be bijective?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    What does it mean for a function to be bijective?

    It is both injective and surjective.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does it mean for a function to be bijective?
    Back It is both <strong>injective</strong> and <strong>surjective</strong>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 942: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: udpmH`a[=Y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    The subset \(f(A)\) of \(B\) is called the image (also: range) of \(f\) and is also denoted \(Im(f)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    The subset \(f(A)\) of \(B\) is called the image (also: range) of \(f\) and is also denoted \(Im(f)\).

    Example: \(f(x) = x^2\), the range of \(f\) is \(\mathbb{R}^{\ge 0}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c2::subset&nbsp;\(f(A)\) of&nbsp;\(B\)}} is called the {{c1::<b>image</b> (also: range) of&nbsp;\(f\)}}&nbsp;and is also denoted&nbsp;{{c1::\(Im(f)\)}}.
    Extra Example:&nbsp;\(f(x) = x^2\), the range of&nbsp;\(f\) is&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^{\ge 0}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 943: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ui6=/w5,Pi
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    An element \(p \in \mathcal{P}\) is either a valid proof for a statement \(s \in \mathcal{S}\) or it's not. This is defined by the {{c1::verification function \(\phi : \mathcal{S} \times \mathcal{P} \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    An element \(p \in \mathcal{P}\) is either a valid proof for a statement \(s \in \mathcal{S}\) or it's not. This is defined by the {{c1::verification function \(\phi : \mathcal{S} \times \mathcal{P} \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\)}}.

    \(\phi(s, p) = 1\) means that \(p\) is a valid proof for \(s\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An element&nbsp;\(p \in \mathcal{P}\)&nbsp;is either a valid proof for a statement&nbsp;\(s \in \mathcal{S}\)&nbsp;or it's not. This is defined by the {{c1::<b>verification function</b>&nbsp;\(\phi : \mathcal{S} \times \mathcal{P} \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\)}}.
    Extra \(\phi(s, p) = 1\)&nbsp;means that&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;is a valid proof for&nbsp;\(s\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

    Note 944: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ujCuoEmotl
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::2._Proof_of_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic_*
    If \(p\) is a prime which divides the product \(x_1 x_2 \dots x_n\) of some integers, then \(p\) divides at least one of them: \[p | (x_1 x_2 \dots x_n) \Rightarrow \exists i \ p | x_i\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::2._Proof_of_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic_*
    If \(p\) is a prime which divides the product \(x_1 x_2 \dots x_n\) of some integers, then \(p\) divides at least one of them: \[p | (x_1 x_2 \dots x_n) \Rightarrow \exists i \ p | x_i\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;is a prime which divides the product&nbsp;\(x_1 x_2 \dots x_n\)&nbsp;of some integers, then&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;{{c1::divides at least one of them:&nbsp;\[p | (x_1 x_2 \dots x_n) \Rightarrow \exists i \ p | x_i\]}}<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::2._Proof_of_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic_*

    Note 945: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ujG*JDz|2[
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
    If we take the direct product of two posets, what do we get?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
    If we take the direct product of two posets, what do we get?

    \((A; \preceq) \times (B;\sqsubseteq)\) is also a poset.
    (The direct product preserves the poset structure)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front If we take the direct product of two posets, what do we get?
    Back \((A; \preceq) \times (B;\sqsubseteq)\) is also a poset. <br> (The direct product preserves the poset structure)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order

    Note 946: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ul?W)H}T|L
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::1._Logical_Constants,_Operators,_and_Formulas
    An expression using the propositional symbols \(A, B, C, \dots\) and logical operators \(\land, \lor, \lnot, \ldots\) is called a formula (of propositional logic).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::1._Logical_Constants,_Operators,_and_Formulas
    An expression using the propositional symbols \(A, B, C, \dots\) and logical operators \(\land, \lor, \lnot, \ldots\) is called a formula (of propositional logic).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An {{c2::expression using the propositional symbols&nbsp;\(A, B, C, \dots\)&nbsp;and logical operators&nbsp;\(\land, \lor, \lnot, \ldots\)}}&nbsp;is called a {{c1::<i>formula</i>&nbsp;(of propositional logic)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::1._Logical_Constants,_Operators,_and_Formulas

    Note 947: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: u}}Ht+=)aT
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams
    What does the Hasse diagram of a poset \((A; \preceq)\) look like?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams
    What does the Hasse diagram of a poset \((A; \preceq)\) look like?

    A directed graph whose vertices are labeled with elements of \(A\) and where there is an edge from \(a\) to \(b\) if and only if \(b\) covers \(a\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does the Hasse diagram of a poset \((A; \preceq)\)&nbsp;look like?
    Back A directed graph whose vertices are labeled with elements of \(A\) and where there is an edge from \(a\) to \(b\) <strong>if and only if</strong> \(b\) <strong>covers</strong> \(a\).<br><br><img src="paste-f73994d226c864f7b27dfb8150666efd3d3b8bf6.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams

    Note 948: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: v2<,m(`1YY
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    When are two elements \(a\) and \(b\) comparable in a poset \((A; \preceq)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    When are two elements \(a\) and \(b\) comparable in a poset \((A; \preceq)\)?

    When \(a \preceq b\) or \(b \preceq a\). Otherwise they are incomparable.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When are two elements \(a\) and \(b\) comparable in a poset \((A; \preceq)\)?
    Back When \(a \preceq b\) <strong>or</strong> \(b \preceq a\). Otherwise they are <strong>incomparable</strong>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

    Note 949: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: v9=<1hp!B8
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    What is a zerodivisor?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    What is a zerodivisor?


    A zerodivisor \(a \in R, a \neq 0\) in a commutative ring such that \(ab = ba = 0\) for \(b \neq 0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What is a zerodivisor?</p>
    Back <p>A zerodivisor \(a \in R, a \neq 0\) in a commutative ring such that \(ab = ba = 0\) for \(b \neq 0\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    Note 950: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: v
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What two properties must a relation \(f: A \to B\) have to be a function?
    1.  Total-definedness: \(\forall a \in A \ \exists b \in B : a \ f \ b\) 
    2.  Well-definedness: \(\forall a \in A \ \forall b, b' \in B : (a \ f \ b \land a \ f \ b' \rightarrow b = b')\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What two properties must a relation \(f: A \to B\) have to be a function?
    1.  Total-definedness: \(\forall a \in A \ \exists b \in B : a \ f \ b\) 
    2.  Well-definedness: \(\forall a \in A \ \forall b, b' \in B : (a \ f \ b \land a \ f \ b' \rightarrow b = b')\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text What two properties must a relation \(f: A \to B\) have to be a function?<br><ol><li>{{c1::&nbsp;<strong>Total-definedness</strong>:&nbsp;\(\forall a \in A \ \exists b \in B : a \ f \ b\)&nbsp;}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;<strong>Well-definedness</strong>:&nbsp;\(\forall a \in A \ \forall b, b' \in B : (a \ f \ b \land a \ f \ b' \rightarrow b = b')\)}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 951: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: vD12#kM5/-
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::HS24
    Number of subgroups of \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_m \times \mathbb{Z}_n \rangle\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::HS24
    Number of subgroups of \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_m \times \mathbb{Z}_n \rangle\)

    \(\sum_{a \mid m \land b \mid n} \gcd(a, b)\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Number of subgroups of&nbsp;\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_m \times \mathbb{Z}_n \rangle\)
    Back \(\sum_{a \mid m \land b \mid n} \gcd(a, b)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::HS24

    Note 952: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: vH;[>&}OXg
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    Conjunction

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    Conjunction

    \(\land\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>Conjunction</b>
    Back \(\land\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

    Note 953: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: vHNwBT2PnJ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::7._Transitive_Closure
    What is the transitive closure \(\rho^*\) of a relation \(\rho\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::7._Transitive_Closure
    What is the transitive closure \(\rho^*\) of a relation \(\rho\)?

    \[\rho^{*} = \bigcup_{n \in \mathbb{N} \setminus \{0\}} \rho^n\] The "reachability relation" - \((a,b) \in \rho^*\) iff there's a path of finite length from \(a\) to \(b\) in \(\rho\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the transitive closure \(\rho^*\) of a relation \(\rho\)?
    Back \[\rho^{*} = \bigcup_{n \in \mathbb{N} \setminus \{0\}} \rho^n\] The "reachability relation" - \((a,b) \in \rho^*\) iff there's a path of finite length from \(a\) to \(b\) in \(\rho\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::7._Transitive_Closure

    Note 954: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: vKeo,n,kS
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
    The group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) is cyclic for every \(n\), where  1 is always a generator.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
    The group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) is cyclic for every \(n\), where  1 is always a generator.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The group&nbsp;\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\)&nbsp;is {{c2::cyclic for every&nbsp;\(n\)}}, where {{c3:: 1}} is always a generator.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 955: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: vRto[%;el{
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    The smallest subgroup of a group \(G\) containing \(a \in G\) is the group generated by \(a\), \(\langle a \rangle\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    The smallest subgroup of a group \(G\) containing \(a \in G\) is the group generated by \(a\), \(\langle a \rangle\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The {{c2:: smallest}} subgroup of a group \(G\) containing \(a \in G\) is {{c1:: the group <em>generated by \(a\)</em>, \(\langle a \rangle\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 956: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: v[{@yotn>*
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots
    In a field F, \(y \in F\) is a root of \(a(x)\) if and only if \(x - y\) divides \(a(x)\) or \(a(y) = 0\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots
    In a field F, \(y \in F\) is a root of \(a(x)\) if and only if \(x - y\) divides \(a(x)\) or \(a(y) = 0\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a field F,&nbsp;\(y \in F\) is a root of&nbsp;\(a(x)\) if and only if&nbsp;{{c1::\(x - y\) divides&nbsp;\(a(x)\) or \(a(y) = 0\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    Note 957: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: v]O5De@N,S
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    How is the GCD related to ideals? (Lemma 4.4)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    How is the GCD related to ideals? (Lemma 4.4)

    Let \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}\) (not both 0).

    If \((a, b) = (d)\), then \(d\) is a greatest common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How is the GCD related to ideals? (Lemma 4.4)
    Back Let \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}\) (not both 0). <br><br>If \((a, b) = (d)\), then \(d\) is a greatest common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

    Note 958: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: vi7xPhAi#`
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

    If \(e * a = a * e = a\) for all \(a \in S\), then \(e\) is simply called a neutral element or identity element.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

    If \(e * a = a * e = a\) for all \(a \in S\), then \(e\) is simply called a neutral element or identity element.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>If {{c2::\(e * a = a * e = a\)}} for all \(a \in S\), then \(e\) is simply called a {{c1::neutral element or identity element}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

    Note 959: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: vnO
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Equivalence relation is a relation on a set \(A\) that is
    * reflexive
    * symmetric
    * transitive

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Equivalence relation is a relation on a set \(A\) that is
    * reflexive
    * symmetric
    * transitive


    Example: \(\equiv_m \)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::Equivalence relation}} is a relation on a set&nbsp;\(A\) that is<div>{{c2::<div>* reflexive</div><div>* symmetric</div><div>* transitive</div>}}<br></div>
    Extra Example:&nbsp;\(\equiv_m \)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 960: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: vpgCC{U)O3
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
     A cyclic group of order \(n\) {{c1::is isomorphic to \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n,\oplus)\), and hence commutative.::has which useful property?}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
     A cyclic group of order \(n\) {{c1::is isomorphic to \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n,\oplus)\), and hence commutative.::has which useful property?}}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text &nbsp;A cyclic group of order&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;{{c1::is isomorphic to&nbsp;\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n,\oplus)\), and hence commutative.::has which useful property?}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 961: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: vt:Wqzxx@@
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups
    A subgroup \(H\) of a group \(G\) is a subset \(H \subseteq G\) which is a group in itself (closed with respect to all operations, includes neutral element, inverses exist).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups
    A subgroup \(H\) of a group \(G\) is a subset \(H \subseteq G\) which is a group in itself (closed with respect to all operations, includes neutral element, inverses exist).

    Trivial subgroups: \(\{e\}, G\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A subgroup \(H\) of a group&nbsp;\(G\) is {{c1::a subset&nbsp;\(H \subseteq G\) which is a group in itself (closed with respect to all operations, includes neutral element,&nbsp;<b>inverses</b> exist).}}
    Extra Trivial subgroups:&nbsp;\(\{e\}, G\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    Note 962: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: vx[#sC8q?V
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

    What property does every finite field \(\text{GF}(q)\) have (and what does \(q\) satisfy)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

    What property does every finite field \(\text{GF}(q)\) have (and what does \(q\) satisfy)?


    Theorem 5.40: The multiplicative group of every finite field \(\text{GF}(q)\) is cyclic (as \(q\) is a power of a prime, if \(\text{GF}(q)\) is cyclic).

    This group has order \(q - 1\) and \(\varphi(q-1)\) generators.

    Note that even though q is not prime thus not every integer is coprime, GF(q) is not Z_q.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What property does every finite field \(\text{GF}(q)\) have (and what does \(q\) satisfy)?</p>
    Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.40</strong>: The multiplicative group of every finite field \(\text{GF}(q)\) is cyclic (as \(q\) is a power of a prime, if \(\text{GF}(q)\) is cyclic).</p> <p>This group has order \(q - 1\) and \(\varphi(q-1)\) generators.</p><p><i>Note that even though q is not prime thus not every integer is coprime, GF(q) is <b>not</b>&nbsp;Z_q.</i></p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

    Note 963: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: w%|YnPf>o2
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    When is a poset \((A; \preceq)\) totally ordered (linearly ordered)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    When is a poset \((A; \preceq)\) totally ordered (linearly ordered)?

    When any two elements of \(A\) are comparable.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When is a poset \((A; \preceq)\) totally ordered (linearly ordered)?
    Back When <strong>any two elements</strong> of \(A\) are comparable.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

    Note 964: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: w99%AgTdDZ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables
    Rectified form:
    • no variable occurs both as a bound and as a free variable
    • all quantifiers use distinct variable names

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables
    Rectified form:
    • no variable occurs both as a bound and as a free variable
    • all quantifiers use distinct variable names

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>Rectified</b>&nbsp;form:<br><ul><li>{{c1::<b>no</b>&nbsp;variable occurs&nbsp;<b>both as a bound and as a free</b>&nbsp;variable}}</li><li>{{c2::<b>all</b><b>&nbsp;quantifiers</b>&nbsp;use distinct variable names}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables

    Note 965: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: wJ,ON3lFCv
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

    Give an example of an extension field constructed from polynomials.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

    Give an example of an extension field constructed from polynomials.


    \(\mathbb{R}[x]_{x^2+1}\) is a field, isomorphic to \(\mathbb{C}\) (the complex numbers).

    Explanation: \(x^2 + 1\) is irreducible over \(\mathbb{R}\) (no real roots). Elements of \(\mathbb{R}[x]_{x^2+1}\) are of the form \(a + bx\) where \(x^2 = -1\), which corresponds exactly to complex numbers \(a + bi\).

    Every proper finite extension field of \(\mathbb{R}\) is isomorphic to \(\mathbb{C}\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Give an example of an extension field constructed from polynomials.</p>
    Back <p>\(\mathbb{R}[x]_{x^2+1}\) is a field, <strong>isomorphic to \(\mathbb{C}\)</strong> (the complex numbers).</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: \(x^2 + 1\) is irreducible over \(\mathbb{R}\) (no real roots). Elements of \(\mathbb{R}[x]_{x^2+1}\) are of the form \(a + bx\) where \(x^2 = -1\), which corresponds exactly to complex numbers \(a + bi\).</p> <p>Every proper finite extension field of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}\) is isomorphic to \(\mathbb{C}\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

    Note 966: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: wJPBh5aLN<
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field
    \(F[x]^*_{(m(x))}\) is a field.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field
    \(F[x]^*_{(m(x))}\) is a field.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(F[x]^*_{(m(x))}\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: a field.::which type of algebra?}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field

    Note 967: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: wN=e)I[rpJ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials PlsFix::DELETE
    Every polynomial of degree 1 is irreducible.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials PlsFix::DELETE
    Every polynomial of degree 1 is irreducible.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Every polynomial of degree {{c1:: 1}} is {{c2:: irreducible}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 968: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: wV8=4Xrwg1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎
    \(F[x]_{m(x)}^*\) is defined as:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎
    \(F[x]_{m(x)}^*\) is defined as:

    \[\{ a(x) \in F[x]_{m(x)} \ | \ \gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1 \}\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front \(F[x]_{m(x)}^*\)&nbsp;is defined as:
    Back \[\{ a(x) \in F[x]_{m(x)} \ | \ \gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1 \}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    Note 969: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: wV8Y&j0xY.
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::1._Logical_Constants,_Operators,_and_Formulas
    Name the binding strengths of PL tokens in order:
    1. unary operators (NOT)
    2.  quantifiers (for all and exists)
    3.  operators (AND, OR)
    4.  Implication

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::1._Logical_Constants,_Operators,_and_Formulas
    Name the binding strengths of PL tokens in order:
    1. unary operators (NOT)
    2.  quantifiers (for all and exists)
    3.  operators (AND, OR)
    4.  Implication

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Name the binding strengths of PL tokens in order:<br><ol><li>{{c1:: unary operators (NOT)}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;quantifiers (for all and exists)}}</li><li>{{c3::&nbsp;operators (AND, OR)}}</li><li>{{c4::&nbsp;Implication}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::1._Logical_Constants,_Operators,_and_Formulas

    Note 970: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: wY#5P^[
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    State Lemma 5.20 about division in integral domains: (The quotient has what property?)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    State Lemma 5.20 about division in integral domains: (The quotient has what property?)


    Lemma 5.20: In an integral domain, if \(a \mid b\) (i.e., \(b = ac\) for some \(c\)), then \(c\) is unique and is denoted by \(c = b/a\) (the quotient).

    Explanation: If \(b = ac_1\) and \(b = ac_2\), then \(a(c_1 - c_2) = 0\). Since \(a \neq 0\) in an integral domain, we must have \(c_1 - c_2 = 0\)\(\implies c_1 = c_2\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>State Lemma 5.20 about division in integral domains: (The quotient has what property?)</p>
    Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.20</strong>: In an integral domain, if \(a \mid b\) (i.e., \(b = ac\) for some \(c\)), then \(c\) is <strong>unique</strong> and is denoted by \(c = b/a\) (the quotient).</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: If \(b = ac_1\) and \(b = ac_2\), then \(a(c_1 - c_2) = 0\). Since \(a \neq 0\) in an integral domain, we must have \(c_1 - c_2 = 0\)\(\implies c_1 = c_2\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    Note 971: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: wv2_);uy$2
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    When is \(a \in A\) a lower bound of subset \(S \subseteq A\) in poset \((A; \preceq)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    When is \(a \in A\) a lower bound of subset \(S \subseteq A\) in poset \((A; \preceq)\)?

    When \(a \preceq b\) for all \(b \in S\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When is \(a \in A\) a lower bound of subset \(S \subseteq A\) in poset \((A; \preceq)\)?
    Back When \(a \preceq b\) for <strong>all</strong> \(b \in S\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

    Note 972: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: wxOSFQju/Y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    For any prime \(p\), the Euler totient function \(\varphi(p)\) is equal to \(p-1\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    For any prime \(p\), the Euler totient function \(\varphi(p)\) is equal to \(p-1\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For any prime&nbsp;\(p\), the Euler totient function&nbsp;\(\varphi(p)\)&nbsp;is equal to {{c1::\(p-1\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 973: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: x-z%Jc>A>g
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    How does the GCD change when we subtract a multiple? (Lemma 4.2)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    How does the GCD change when we subtract a multiple? (Lemma 4.2)

    Not at all.

    For any integers \(m, n\) and \(q\): \[\text{gcd}(m, n - qm) = \text{gcd}(m, n)\] This is the key property for Euclid's algorithm: \[\text{gcd}(m, R_m(n)) = \text{gcd}(m, n)\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How does the GCD change when we subtract a multiple? (Lemma 4.2)
    Back Not at all.<br><br>For any integers \(m, n\) and \(q\): \[\text{gcd}(m, n - qm) = \text{gcd}(m, n)\] This is the key property for Euclid's algorithm: \[\text{gcd}(m, R_m(n)) = \text{gcd}(m, n)\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

    Note 974: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: x/&wX)sTYn
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures
    An algebra (also: algebraic structure, \( \Omega\)-algebra) is a pair \(\langle S, \Omega \rangle\) where S is a set and \(\Omega = (\omega_1, \ldots, \omega_n)\) is a list of operations on S.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures
    An algebra (also: algebraic structure, \( \Omega\)-algebra) is a pair \(\langle S, \Omega \rangle\) where S is a set and \(\Omega = (\omega_1, \ldots, \omega_n)\) is a list of operations on S.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::An algebra (also: algebraic structure,&nbsp;\( \Omega\)-algebra)}} is a pair&nbsp;\(\langle S, \Omega \rangle\) {{c2::where S is a set and&nbsp;\(\Omega = (\omega_1, \ldots, \omega_n)\) is a list of operations on S.}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures

    Note 975: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: x9H_WtVg+E
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    Is function composition associative?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    Is function composition associative?

    Yes: \((h \circ g) \circ f = h \circ (g \circ f)\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is function composition associative?
    Back Yes: \((h \circ g) \circ f = h \circ (g \circ f)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 976: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: x9yn[)SlRq
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets
    What is the cardinality of \(A \times B\) for finite sets?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets
    What is the cardinality of \(A \times B\) for finite sets?

    \(|A \times B| = |A| \cdot |B|\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the cardinality of \(A \times B\) for finite sets?
    Back \(|A \times B| = |A| \cdot |B|\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets

    Note 977: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: xDDC{82KOB
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction
    Proof method: Proof by Contradiction

    1. Find a suitable statement \( T\).
    2.  Prove that \( T \) is false.
    3.  Assume that \( S \) is false and prove that \( T \) is true (-> contradiction).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction
    Proof method: Proof by Contradiction

    1. Find a suitable statement \( T\).
    2.  Prove that \( T \) is false.
    3.  Assume that \( S \) is false and prove that \( T \) is true (-> contradiction).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Proof method: Proof by Contradiction<br><br>1. {{c1:: Find a suitable statement&nbsp;\( T\).}}<div>2. {{c2::&nbsp;Prove that&nbsp;\( T \)&nbsp;is false.}}</div><div>3. {{c3::&nbsp;Assume that&nbsp;\( S \)&nbsp;is false and prove that&nbsp;\( T \)&nbsp;is true (-&gt; contradiction).}}</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction

    Note 978: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: xH`d$W-97_
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    In a Group:

    \(\widehat{(\widehat{a})} =\) \(a\) (inverse of inverse is the original element)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    In a Group:

    \(\widehat{(\widehat{a})} =\) \(a\) (inverse of inverse is the original element)


    This is a property from Lemma 5.3.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>In a Group:</p><p> \(\widehat{(\widehat{a})} =\){{c1:: \(a\)&nbsp;(inverse of inverse is the original element)}}.&nbsp;</p>
    Extra This is a property from Lemma 5.3.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 979: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: xWhw%ncc|4
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
    Verify that \(\equiv_m\) is reflexive, symmetric, and transitive.
    • Reflexive:  \(a \equiv_m a\) since \(m \mid (a - a) = 0\) ✓
    • Symmetric \(a \equiv_m b \Rightarrow m \mid (a-b) \Rightarrow m \mid (b-a) \Rightarrow b \equiv_m a\) ✓
    • Transitive: If \(m \mid (a-b)\) and \(m \mid (b-c)\), then \(m \mid (a-b+b-c) = (a-c)\) ✓

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
    Verify that \(\equiv_m\) is reflexive, symmetric, and transitive.
    • Reflexive:  \(a \equiv_m a\) since \(m \mid (a - a) = 0\) ✓
    • Symmetric \(a \equiv_m b \Rightarrow m \mid (a-b) \Rightarrow m \mid (b-a) \Rightarrow b \equiv_m a\) ✓
    • Transitive: If \(m \mid (a-b)\) and \(m \mid (b-c)\), then \(m \mid (a-b+b-c) = (a-c)\) ✓

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Verify that \(\equiv_m\) is reflexive, symmetric, and transitive.<br><ul><li><strong>Reflexive</strong>: {{c1::&nbsp;\(a \equiv_m a\)&nbsp;since&nbsp;\(m \mid (a - a) = 0\)&nbsp;✓}}</li><li><strong>Symmetric</strong>:&nbsp;{{c2:: \(a \equiv_m b \Rightarrow m \mid (a-b) \Rightarrow m \mid (b-a) \Rightarrow b \equiv_m a\)&nbsp;✓}}</li><li><strong>Transitive</strong>: {{c3:: If&nbsp;\(m \mid (a-b)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(m \mid (b-c)\), then&nbsp;\(m \mid (a-b+b-c) = (a-c)\)&nbsp;✓}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences

    Note 980: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: xZLvO#5j~[
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams
    When does element \(b\) cover element \(a\) in a poset \((A; \preceq)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams
    When does element \(b\) cover element \(a\) in a poset \((A; \preceq)\)?

    When \(a \prec b\) and there exists no \(c\) with \(a \prec c \prec b\) (i.e., \(b\) is the direct successor of \(a\)).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When does element \(b\) <strong>cover</strong> element \(a\) in a poset \((A; \preceq)\)?
    Back When \(a \prec b\) and there exists <strong>no</strong> \(c\) with \(a \prec c \prec b\) (i.e., \(b\) is the direct successor of \(a\)).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams

    Note 981: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: x^Wv3;n[%Q
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
    What is the equivalence class \([a]_\theta\) of element \(a\) under equivalence relation \(\theta\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
    What is the equivalence class \([a]_\theta\) of element \(a\) under equivalence relation \(\theta\)?

    \[[a]_{\theta} \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{b \in A \ | \ b \ \theta \ a\}\] The set of all elements equivalent to \(a\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the equivalence class \([a]_\theta\) of element \(a\) under equivalence relation \(\theta\)?
    Back \[[a]_{\theta} \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{b \in A \ | \ b \ \theta \ a\}\] The set of all elements equivalent to \(a\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations

    Note 982: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: x`!R>+ily=
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
    What is a lattice?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
    What is a lattice?

    A poset \((A; \preceq)\) in which every pair of elements has a meet and join.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a lattice?
    Back A poset \((A; \preceq)\) in which <strong>every pair</strong> of elements has a meet and join.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices

    Note 983: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: xelDz|Gp*?
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements
    A right (left) neutral element is an element such that for all \(a \in G\),  \(a*e = a\) (\(e*a = a\)).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements
    A right (left) neutral element is an element such that for all \(a \in G\),  \(a*e = a\) (\(e*a = a\)).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>A {{c1::right (left) neutral element}} is an element such that for all&nbsp;\(a \in G\), {{c2::&nbsp;\(a*e = a\)&nbsp;(\(e*a = a\))}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

    Note 984: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: xkr{;Hl0wh
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*

    How do you find the GCD of two polynomials?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*

    How do you find the GCD of two polynomials?


    To find \(\gcd(a(x), b(x))\):

    1. Find a common factor \((x - \alpha)\) using the roots method:
    2. Try all possible elements of the field to find roots
    3. If \(\alpha\) is a root of both, then \((x - \alpha)\) is a common factor
    4. Use division with remainder to reduce to smaller polynomials
    5. Repeat the process on the smaller polynomials
    6. After they have no roots anymore, try all monic polynomials up to degree d/2 to find irreducible factors.
    7. Important: Don't just find all roots and multiply! A root might be repeated (e.g., \((x+1)^2\)), and you'd miss the higher multiplicity

    Example: For \(a(x) = (x+1)(x+1)(x+2)\), the GCD with another polynomial might be \((x+1)^2\), not just \((x+1)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>How do you find the GCD of two polynomials?</p>
    Back <p>To find \(\gcd(a(x), b(x))\):</p> <ol> <li>Find a common factor \((x - \alpha)\) using the <strong>roots method</strong>:</li> <li>Try all possible elements of the field to find roots</li> <li>If \(\alpha\) is a root of both, then \((x - \alpha)\) is a common factor</li> <li>Use <strong>division with remainder</strong> to reduce to smaller polynomials</li> <li>Repeat the process on the smaller polynomials</li><li>After they have no roots anymore, try all monic polynomials up to degree d/2 to find irreducible factors.</li> <li><strong>Important</strong>: Don't just find all roots and multiply! A root might be repeated (e.g., \((x+1)^2\)), and you'd miss the higher multiplicity</li> </ol> <p><strong>Example</strong>: For \(a(x) = (x+1)(x+1)(x+2)\), the GCD with another polynomial might be \((x+1)^2\), not just \((x+1)\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*

    Note 985: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: xp_U|[rM*4
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    List all subgroups of \(\mathbb{Z}_{12}\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    List all subgroups of \(\mathbb{Z}_{12}\).


    The subgroups of \(\mathbb{Z}_{12}\) are:
    - \(\{0\}\) (trivial subgroup)
    - \(\{0, 6\}\)
    - \(\{0, 4, 8\}\)
    - \(\{0, 3, 6, 9\}\)
    - \(\{0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10\}\)
    - \(\mathbb{Z}_{12}\) (trivial subgroup - the whole group)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>List all subgroups of \(\mathbb{Z}_{12}\).</p>
    Back <p>The subgroups of \(\mathbb{Z}_{12}\) are:<br> - \(\{0\}\) (trivial subgroup)<br> - \(\{0, 6\}\)<br> - \(\{0, 4, 8\}\)<br> - \(\{0, 3, 6, 9\}\)<br> - \(\{0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10\}\)<br> - \(\mathbb{Z}_{12}\) (trivial subgroup - the whole group)</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    Note 986: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: y&2ryUB}aI
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    A ring \(R\) is a field if and only if {{c1:: \(\langle R \setminus \{0\}; \cdot, \text{ }^{-1}, 1 \rangle\) is an abelian group}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    A ring \(R\) is a field if and only if {{c1:: \(\langle R \setminus \{0\}; \cdot, \text{ }^{-1}, 1 \rangle\) is an abelian group}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>A ring \(R\) is a field if and only if {{c1:: \(\langle R \setminus \{0\}; \cdot, \text{ }^{-1}, 1 \rangle\) is an abelian group}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    Note 987: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: y)
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::02._Direct_Proof_of_an_Implication
    Proof method: "Direct Proof of an Implication"

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::02._Direct_Proof_of_an_Implication
    Proof method: "Direct Proof of an Implication"

    Assume \(S\) and prove \(T\) under that assumption.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Proof method: "Direct Proof of an Implication"
    Back Assume&nbsp;\(S\)&nbsp;and prove&nbsp;\(T\)&nbsp;under that assumption.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::02._Direct_Proof_of_an_Implication

    Note 988: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: y+%Du@ss=x
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
    If we intersect two equivalence relations, what do we get?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
    If we intersect two equivalence relations, what do we get?

    Another equivalence relation.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front If we intersect two equivalence relations, what do we get?
    Back Another equivalence relation.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations

    Note 989: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: y+DFM]G]@{
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::07._Existence_Proofs
    Proof method: Existence Proof

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::07._Existence_Proofs
    Proof method: Existence Proof

    We just want to prove that there exists a \( x \) such that a statement \( S_x \) is true. (e.g. There exists a prime number such that \( n - 10\) and \( n + 10\) are also prime.) 

    constructive: We know the x.
    non-constructive: We know that x has to exist, but we don't know its value.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Proof method: Existence Proof
    Back We just want to prove that there exists a&nbsp;\( x \) such that a statement&nbsp;\( S_x \) is true. (e.g. There exists a prime number such that&nbsp;\( n - 10\) and&nbsp;\( n + 10\) are also prime.)&nbsp;<div><br></div><div><i>constructive: </i>We know the x.</div><div><i>non-constructive: </i>We know that x has to exist, but we don't know its value.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::07._Existence_Proofs

    Note 990: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: y,yASV&n3a
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    What kind of relation is equinumerosity (\(\sim\))?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    What kind of relation is equinumerosity (\(\sim\))?

    The relation \(\sim\) (equinumerous) is an equivalence relation.
    (It is reflexive, symmetric, and transitive)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What kind of relation is equinumerosity (\(\sim\))?
    Back The relation \(\sim\) (equinumerous) is an <strong>equivalence relation</strong>. <br> (It is reflexive, symmetric, and transitive)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

    Note 991: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: y4s0XCy@A
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\).

    \(a \in A\) is the least (greatest) element of \(A\) if \(a \preceq b\) (\(a \succeq b) \) for all \(b \in A\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\).

    \(a \in A\) is the least (greatest) element of \(A\) if \(a \preceq b\) (\(a \succeq b) \) for all \(b \in A\)

    Note that a least or a greatest element need not exist. However, there can be at most one least element, as suggested by the word “the” in the definition.

    This follows directly from the antisymmetry of \(\preceq\). If there were two least elements, they would be mutually comparable, and hence must be equal.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Consider the poset&nbsp;\((A; \preceq)\).<br><br><div>\(a \in A\) is the {{c1::<b>least (greatest)&nbsp;element</b>&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(A\)}}&nbsp;if {{c2::\(a \preceq b\) (\(a \succeq b) \) for all&nbsp;\(b \in A\)}}</div>
    Extra Note that a least or a greatest element need not exist.&nbsp;However, there can be at most one least element, as suggested by the word “the” in the definition. <br><br>This follows directly from the antisymmetry of&nbsp;\(\preceq\). If there were two least elements, they would be mutually comparable, and hence must be equal.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

    Note 992: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: y7i@2u]aPf
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    What properties does the relation \(=\) satisfy?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    What properties does the relation \(=\) satisfy?

    • Reflexivity
    • Symmetry
    • Antisymmetry
    • Transitivity
    Thus, it's both an equivalence and a partial order relation!

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What properties does the relation&nbsp;\(=\)&nbsp;satisfy?
    Back <ul><li>Reflexivity</li><li>Symmetry</li><li>Antisymmetry</li><li>Transitivity</li></ul><div>Thus, it's both an <b>equivalence and a partial order relation!</b></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

    Note 993: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: y;`2Cs<0nK
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens
    What is the modus ponens logical rule?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens
    What is the modus ponens logical rule?

    \(A \land (A \rightarrow B) \models B\)
    (If \(A\) is true and \(A\) implies \(B\), then \(B\) is true)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the modus ponens logical rule?
    Back \(A \land (A \rightarrow B) \models B\) <br> (If \(A\) is true and \(A\) implies \(B\), then \(B\) is true)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens

    Note 994: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: yAP=DE#~t<
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups
    An abelian group has the following properties:
    1. Closure
    2. Associativity
    3. Identity
    4. Inverse
    5. Commutativity

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups
    An abelian group has the following properties:
    1. Closure
    2. Associativity
    3. Identity
    4. Inverse
    5. Commutativity

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An <b>abelian group</b>&nbsp;has the following properties:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Closure}}</li><li>{{c2::Associativity}}</li><li>{{c3::Identity}}</li><li>{{c4::Inverse}}</li><li>{{c5::Commutativity}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups

    Note 995: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: yBtcC{e:]{
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    What does it mean for a set \(A\) to be countable?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    What does it mean for a set \(A\) to be countable?

    \(A \preceq \mathbb{N}\) (i.e., there exists an injection \(A \to \mathbb{N}\))

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does it mean for a set \(A\) to be countable?
    Back \(A \preceq \mathbb{N}\) (i.e., there exists an injection \(A \to \mathbb{N}\))
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

    Note 996: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: yF7brLJQxE
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\) and \( S \subseteq A\).

    \(a \in A\) is the greatest lower (least upper) bound of \(S\) if \(a\) is the greatest (least) element of the set of all lower (upper) bounds of \(S\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\) and \( S \subseteq A\).

    \(a \in A\) is the greatest lower (least upper) bound of \(S\) if \(a\) is the greatest (least) element of the set of all lower (upper) bounds of \(S\).

    Note that greatest (least) refers to the operation \(\preceq\) and not to order by \(>\) or \(<\) (smaller, bigger).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Consider the poset&nbsp;\((A; \preceq)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\( S \subseteq A\).<br><br><div>\(a \in A\) is the {{c1::<b>greatest&nbsp;lower (least upper) bound</b>&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(S\)}}&nbsp;if {{c2::\(a\) is the greatest (least) element of the set of all lower (upper) bounds of&nbsp;\(S\). }}</div>
    Extra Note that greatest (least) refers to the operation&nbsp;\(\preceq\)&nbsp;and not to order by&nbsp;\(&gt;\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(&lt;\)&nbsp;(smaller, bigger).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

    Note 997: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: yIRK71/G/r
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::1._Mathematical_Statements::1._The_Concept_of_a_Mathematical_Statement
    A mathematical statement not known, but believed, to be true or false is called a conjecture.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::1._Mathematical_Statements::1._The_Concept_of_a_Mathematical_Statement
    A mathematical statement not known, but believed, to be true or false is called a conjecture.

    Example: Collatz conjecture.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A mathematical statement not known, but believed, to be true or false is called a {{c1::<i>conjecture</i>}}.
    Extra Example: Collatz conjecture.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::1._Mathematical_Statements::1._The_Concept_of_a_Mathematical_Statement

    Note 998: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: yJ}kX&Y9Od
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    A relation ρ on a set A is called symmetric if {{c2::\( a \ \rho \ b \iff b \ \rho \ a\) is true, i.e. if \( \rho = \hat{\rho}\)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    A relation ρ on a set A is called symmetric if {{c2::\( a \ \rho \ b \iff b \ \rho \ a\) is true, i.e. if \( \rho = \hat{\rho}\)}}

    Examples: \( \equiv_m\), marriage

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A relation&nbsp;ρ on a set A is called {{c1::symmetric}} if&nbsp;{{c2::\( a \ \rho \ b \iff b \ \rho \ a\) is true, i.e. if&nbsp;\( \rho = \hat{\rho}\)}}
    Extra Examples:&nbsp;\( \equiv_m\), marriage
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

    Note 999: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: yK:4+{Du_V
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

    A codeword \(c\) of length \(n\) in a polynomial code with degree \(k-1\) can be interpolated from any \(k\) values by Lagrangian interpolation.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

    A codeword \(c\) of length \(n\) in a polynomial code with degree \(k-1\) can be interpolated from any \(k\) values by Lagrangian interpolation.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>A codeword \(c\) of length \(n\) in a <em>polynomial code</em> with degree \(k-1\) can be interpolated from {{c1:: <em>any \(k\) values</em> by Lagrangian interpolation}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

    Note 1000: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: yYxXL_?YQ>
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
    Why does the Chinese Remainder Theorem require \(m_1, \dots, m_r\) to be pairwise relatively prime?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
    Why does the Chinese Remainder Theorem require \(m_1, \dots, m_r\) to be pairwise relatively prime?

    If \(\text{gcd}(m_i, m_j) = d > 1\), then the system could be inconsistent (e.g., \(x \equiv 0 \pmod{6}\) and \(x \equiv 1 \pmod{4}\) has no solution) or have multiple solutions (destroying uniqueness).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Why does the Chinese Remainder Theorem require \(m_1, \dots, m_r\) to be <strong>pairwise relatively prime</strong>?
    Back If \(\text{gcd}(m_i, m_j) = d &gt; 1\), then the system could be <strong>inconsistent</strong> (e.g., \(x \equiv 0 \pmod{6}\) and \(x \equiv 1 \pmod{4}\) has no solution) or have <strong>multiple solutions</strong> (destroying uniqueness).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem

    Note 1001: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: y`5($Q$d37
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DELETE
    Eine Gruppe ist eine Menge \(G\) mit Operation \( * \) mit folgenden Eigenschaften:
      {{c2::
    • Assoziativität: \((a * b) * c = a * (b*c)\)
    • Neutrales Element existiert: \( a * e = e * a = a \)
    • Jedes Element \(a\in G\) hat eine Inverse: \( a * a^{-1} = a^{-1} * a = e\)
    • }}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DELETE
    Eine Gruppe ist eine Menge \(G\) mit Operation \( * \) mit folgenden Eigenschaften:
      {{c2::
    • Assoziativität: \((a * b) * c = a * (b*c)\)
    • Neutrales Element existiert: \( a * e = e * a = a \)
    • Jedes Element \(a\in G\) hat eine Inverse: \( a * a^{-1} = a^{-1} * a = e\)
    • }}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::Eine Gruppe}} ist eine {{c1::Menge \(G\) mit Operation&nbsp;\( * \)}} mit folgenden Eigenschaften:<ul>{{c2::<li> Assoziativität:&nbsp;\((a * b) * c = a * (b*c)\)</li><li>Neutrales Element existiert:&nbsp;\( a * e = e * a = a \)</li><li>Jedes Element \(a\in G\) hat eine Inverse:&nbsp;\( a * a^{-1} = a^{-1} * a = e\)</li>}}<br></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1002: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ykM`*q&]Lu
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    \(F \equiv G\) means F and G are equivalent, i.e., their truth values are equal for all truth assignments to the propositional symbols appearing in \(F\) or \(G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    \(F \equiv G\) means F and G are equivalent, i.e., their truth values are equal for all truth assignments to the propositional symbols appearing in \(F\) or \(G\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c2::\(F \equiv G\)}}&nbsp;means {{c1::F and G are equivalent}}, i.e., {{c3:: their truth values are equal for&nbsp;<strong>all</strong>&nbsp;truth assignments to the propositional symbols appearing in&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(G\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

    Note 1003: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: yl]2udZDYh
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What is a binary relation from set \(A\) to set \(B\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What is a binary relation from set \(A\) to set \(B\)?

    A subset of \(A \times B\). If \(A = B\), then \(\rho\) is called a relation on \(A\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a binary relation from set \(A\) to set \(B\)?
    Back A subset of \(A \times B\). If \(A = B\), then \(\rho\) is called a relation <strong>on</strong> \(A\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1004: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ymyo>YcM?L
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    If \(D\) is an integral domain, then \(D[x]\) also is an integral domain.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    If \(D\) is an integral domain, then \(D[x]\) also is an integral domain.


    Lemma 5.22(1)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>If \(D\) is an {{c1::integral domain}}, then&nbsp;\(D[x]\)&nbsp;{{c2::also is an integral domain}}.</p>
    Extra <strong>Lemma 5.22(1)</strong>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    Note 1005: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: yvfeO9PXGk
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    How does symmetry of a relation appear in matrix representation?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    How does symmetry of a relation appear in matrix representation?

    The matrix is symmetric (equals its own transpose).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How does symmetry of a relation appear in matrix representation?
    Back The matrix is symmetric (equals its own transpose).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

    Note 1006: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: y|z>._M[it
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
    An integral domain has the following properties:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
    An integral domain has the following properties:

    Additive Group:
    • closure
    • associativity
    • identity
    • inverse
    • commutative
    Multiplicative group:
    • closure
    • associativity
    • distributivity
    • identity
    • commutative
    • no zero-divisors

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front An&nbsp;<b>integral domain</b>&nbsp;has the following properties:
    Back Additive Group:<br><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>identity</li><li>inverse</li><li>commutative</li></ul><div>Multiplicative group:</div><div></div><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>distributivity</li><li>identity</li><li><b>commutative</b></li><li><b>no zero-divisors</b></li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    Note 1007: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: z&#Z_j.A(t
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
    What is the definition of the identity relation \(\text{id}_A\) on set \(A\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
    What is the definition of the identity relation \(\text{id}_A\) on set \(A\)?

    \[\text{id}_A = \{(a, a) \ | \ a \in A\}\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the definition of the identity relation \(\text{id}_A\) on set \(A\)?
    Back \[\text{id}_A = \{(a, a) \ | \ a \in A\}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept

    Note 1008: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: z(I@k-aq<%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    Why is \((\mathbb{N}; |)\) NOT totally ordered?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    Why is \((\mathbb{N}; |)\) NOT totally ordered?

    Because \(2 \nmid 3\) and \(3 \nmid 2\) (they are incomparable).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Why is \((\mathbb{N}; |)\) NOT totally ordered?
    Back Because \(2 \nmid 3\) and \(3 \nmid 2\) (they are incomparable).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

    Note 1009: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: z)u:>M_Ael
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    The {{c2::output \((c_0, \dots, c_{n-1})\)}} of an encoding function is called a codeword.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    The {{c2::output \((c_0, \dots, c_{n-1})\)}} of an encoding function is called a codeword.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The {{c2::output \((c_0, \dots, c_{n-1})\)}} of an encoding function is called a {{c1::codeword}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    Note 1010: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: z8F6Pa3U/=
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates
    A \(k\)-ary predicate \(P\) on \(U\) is a {{c1::function \(U^k \to \{0, 1\}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates
    A \(k\)-ary predicate \(P\) on \(U\) is a {{c1::function \(U^k \to \{0, 1\}\)}}.

    Example: \(\text{prime}(x)=\begin{cases}1 & \text{if } x \text{ is prime}\\0 & \text{else}\end{cases}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A&nbsp;\(k\)-ary&nbsp;<i>predicate</i>&nbsp;\(P\)&nbsp;on&nbsp;\(U\)&nbsp;is a {{c1::function&nbsp;\(U^k \to \{0, 1\}\)}}.
    Extra Example:&nbsp;\(\text{prime}(x)=\begin{cases}1 &amp; \text{if } x \text{ is prime}\\0 &amp; \text{else}\end{cases}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates

    Note 1011: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: z;jp`Lcv<(
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic
    What is the difference between propositional and predicate logic?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic
    What is the difference between propositional and predicate logic?

    propositional: only values of \(\{0,1\}\), finite
    predicate: any values in our universe, infinite

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the difference between propositional and predicate logic?
    Back propositional: only values of \(\{0,1\}\), finite<div>predicate: any values in our universe, infinite</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic

    Note 1012: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: z>oucv;uc6
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    What are both distributive laws in propositional logic?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    What are both distributive laws in propositional logic?

    • \(A \land (B \lor C) \equiv (A \land B) \lor (A \land C)\) (distributing \(\land\) over \(\lor\))
    • \(A \lor (B \land C) \equiv (A \lor B) \land (A \lor C)\) (distributing \(\lor\) over \(\land\))

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are both distributive laws in propositional logic?
    Back <ul> <li>\(A \land (B \lor C) \equiv (A \land B) \lor (A \land C)\) (distributing \(\land\) over \(\lor\))</li> <li>\(A \lor (B \land C) \equiv (A \lor B) \land (A \lor C)\) (distributing \(\lor\) over \(\land\))</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

    Note 1013: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: z?HLQ7,LxY
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets
    Give the formal definition of subset (\(A \subseteq B\)).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets
    Give the formal definition of subset (\(A \subseteq B\)).

    \[A \subseteq B \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} \forall x (x \in A \rightarrow x \in B)\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give the formal definition of subset (\(A \subseteq B\)).
    Back \[A \subseteq B \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} \forall x (x \in A \rightarrow x \in B)\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets

    Note 1014: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: zDSrp9w@De
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
    In a group, the equation \(a * x = b\) (and \(x*a = b\)) has a unique solution \(x\) for any \(a\) and \(b\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
    In a group, the equation \(a * x = b\) (and \(x*a = b\)) has a unique solution \(x\) for any \(a\) and \(b\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a group, the equation&nbsp;\(a * x = b\)&nbsp;(and&nbsp;\(x*a = b\)) has {{c1:: a unique solution&nbsp;\(x\)}}&nbsp;for any&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(b\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 1015: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: zK!1=,UI{i
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    All generators of {{c2:: \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\)}} are coprime to \(n\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    All generators of {{c2:: \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\)}} are coprime to \(n\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>All generators of {{c2:: \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\)}} are {{c1:: <strong>coprime</strong> to \(n\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 1016: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: zK&m+p6p[M
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    Give the formal definitions of union and intersection.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    Give the formal definitions of union and intersection.

    • \(A \cup B \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{x \ | \ x \in A \lor x \in B\}\)
    • \(A \cap B \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{x \ | \ x \in A \land x \in B\}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give the formal definitions of union and intersection.
    Back <ul> <li>\(A \cup B \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{x \ | \ x \in A \lor x \in B\}\)</li> <li>\(A \cap B \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{x \ | \ x \in A \land x \in B\}\)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

    Note 1017: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: zKQ!xV
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite
    What fundamental property distinguishes finite from infinite sets regarding proper subsets?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite
    What fundamental property distinguishes finite from infinite sets regarding proper subsets?

    A finite set never has the same cardinality as one of its proper subsets. An infinite set can (e.g., \(\mathbb{N} \sim \mathbb{O}\) where \(\mathbb{O}\) is the set of odd numbers).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What fundamental property distinguishes finite from infinite sets regarding proper subsets?
    Back A <strong>finite</strong> set never has the same cardinality as one of its proper subsets. An <strong>infinite</strong> set can (e.g., \(\mathbb{N} \sim \mathbb{O}\) where \(\mathbb{O}\) is the set of odd numbers).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite

    Note 1018: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: zKcmqH!B|+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    To prove \(\phi: G \rightarrow H\) is an isomorphism, you must verify two main properties:

    1. \(\phi\) is a homomorphism
    2. \(\phi\) is a bijection.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    To prove \(\phi: G \rightarrow H\) is an isomorphism, you must verify two main properties:

    1. \(\phi\) is a homomorphism
    2. \(\phi\) is a bijection.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>To prove \(\phi: G \rightarrow H\) is an {{c2:: isomorphism}}, you must verify two main properties:<br></p><ol><li>\(\phi\) is a {{c1::homomorphism}}</li><li>\(\phi\) is a {{c2::bijection}}.</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Note 1019: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: zRN1V|E{mK
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
    Give the formal definition of composition \(\rho \circ \sigma\) where \(\rho: A \to B\) and \(\sigma: B \to C\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
    Give the formal definition of composition \(\rho \circ \sigma\) where \(\rho: A \to B\) and \(\sigma: B \to C\).

    \[\rho \circ \sigma \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{(a, c) \ | \ \exists b ((a, b) \in \rho \land (b, c) \in \sigma)\}\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give the formal definition of composition \(\rho \circ \sigma\) where \(\rho: A \to B\) and \(\sigma: B \to C\).
    Back \[\rho \circ \sigma \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{(a, c) \ | \ \exists b ((a, b) \in \rho \land (b, c) \in \sigma)\}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations

    Note 1020: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: zT<$3-%Ev[
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::FS23
    We can solve \(R_a(b^c)\) by using the fact that {{c1:: \(R_a(b^c) = R_a(b^{R_{\varphi(a)}(c)})\)}} if \(a, b\) coprime.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::FS23
    We can solve \(R_a(b^c)\) by using the fact that {{c1:: \(R_a(b^c) = R_a(b^{R_{\varphi(a)}(c)})\)}} if \(a, b\) coprime.

    Note that we can't simply reduce by \(a\)!

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We can solve&nbsp;\(R_a(b^c)\)&nbsp;by using the fact that {{c1::&nbsp;\(R_a(b^c) = R_a(b^{R_{\varphi(a)}(c)})\)}} if&nbsp;\(a, b\)&nbsp;coprime.
    Extra Note that we can't simply reduce by&nbsp;\(a\)!
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::FS23

    Note 1021: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: zX4AzKz1,)
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    What are the distributive laws for sets?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    What are the distributive laws for sets?

    • \(A \cap (B \cup C) = (A \cap B) \cup (A \cap C)\)
    • \(A \cup (B \cap C) = (A \cup B) \cap (A \cup C)\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are the distributive laws for sets?
    Back <ul> <li>\(A \cap (B \cup C) = (A \cap B) \cup (A \cap C)\)</li> <li>\(A \cup (B \cap C) = (A \cup B) \cap (A \cup C)\)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

    Note 1022: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: z`P{~ta];p
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings
    The degree of the polynomial \(0\) is defined as \(-\infty\).  

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings
    The degree of the polynomial \(0\) is defined as \(-\infty\).  

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The degree of the polynomial&nbsp;\(0\)&nbsp;is defined as&nbsp;{{c1::\(-\infty\)}}.&nbsp;&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    Note 1023: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: zic@0yO~I[
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    When is a field an integral domain? (Proof included)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    When is a field an integral domain? (Proof included)


    Theorem 5.24: A field is always an integral domain.

    Proof idea: If \(ab = 0\) in a field and \(a \neq 0\), then \(a\) has an inverse \(a^{-1}\). Multiplying both sides by \(a^{-1}\) gives \(b = a^{-1} \cdot 0 = 0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>When is a field an integral domain?&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i></p>
    Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.24</strong>: A field is <strong>always</strong> an <strong>integral domain</strong>.</p> <p><strong>Proof idea</strong>: If \(ab = 0\) in a field and \(a \neq 0\), then \(a\) has an inverse \(a^{-1}\). Multiplying both sides by \(a^{-1}\) gives \(b = a^{-1} \cdot 0 = 0\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    Note 1024: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: zjw2>4!xI
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    \(\mathbb{Z}_m^* \stackrel{\text{def}}{=}\)  {{c1::\(\{a\in \mathbb{Z}_m \mid \gcd(a,m) = 1\}\)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    \(\mathbb{Z}_m^* \stackrel{\text{def}}{=}\)  {{c1::\(\{a\in \mathbb{Z}_m \mid \gcd(a,m) = 1\}\)}}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(\mathbb{Z}_m^* \stackrel{\text{def}}{=}\)&nbsp;&nbsp;{{c1::\(\{a\in \mathbb{Z}_m \mid \gcd(a,m) = 1\}\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 1025: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: zkj+2s}Km%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    The gcd does not change if we subract a multiple of the first number from the second.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    The gcd does not change if we subract a multiple of the first number from the second.

    \(\text{gcd}(m, n - qm) = \text{gcd}(m,n) \), which is why reduction modulo \(m\) preserves the gcd, which is what makes Euclid's algorithm work.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The gcd does <b>not</b>&nbsp;change if we {{c1:: subract a multiple of the first number from the second}}.
    Extra \(\text{gcd}(m, n - qm) = \text{gcd}(m,n) \), which is why reduction modulo&nbsp;\(m\)&nbsp;preserves the gcd, which is what makes Euclid's algorithm work.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

    Note 1026: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: zqVqxXe~xC
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    The group \(\mathbb{Z}_n\) only contains {{c3::the positive numbers up to \(n\) \(\{0, 1, 2, \dots, n-1\}\), as the negatives \(\{-n+1, \dots, -2, -1\}\) are equal to a positive number \(\equiv_n\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    The group \(\mathbb{Z}_n\) only contains {{c3::the positive numbers up to \(n\) \(\{0, 1, 2, \dots, n-1\}\), as the negatives \(\{-n+1, \dots, -2, -1\}\) are equal to a positive number \(\equiv_n\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The group \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)&nbsp;only contains {{c3::the positive numbers up to&nbsp;\(n\) \(\{0, 1, 2, \dots, n-1\}\), as the negatives \(\{-n+1, \dots, -2, -1\}\) are equal to a positive number \(\equiv_n\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 1027: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ztTfjE7<>>
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Inverse in a group:

    • Addition \(-a\)
    • Multiplication {{c2::\(a^{-1}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Inverse in a group:

    • Addition \(-a\)
    • Multiplication {{c2::\(a^{-1}\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>Inverse in a group:</p><ul><li><b>Addition&nbsp;</b>{{c1::\(-a\)}}</li><li><b>Multiplication&nbsp;</b>{{c2::\(a^{-1}\)}}.</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 1028: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: 9]9*I[U_/
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); i++) {
        list.remove(i);
    }

    evaluates to ???

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); i++) {
        list.remove(i);
    }

    evaluates to ???

    It's fine, as the i < list.size() condition is evaluated every loop and thus it stops if it would remove something out of range.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>for (int i = 0; i &lt; list.size(); i++) {<br>&nbsp; &nbsp; list.remove(i);<br>}<br></b><br>evaluates to ???
    Back It's fine, as the i &lt; list.size() condition is evaluated every loop and thus it stops if it would remove something out of range.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1029: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ap->IRX#;C
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
    If "String obj = null" then "obj instanceof String" returns false (never an exception).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
    If "String obj = null" then "obj instanceof String" returns false (never an exception).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div><code><span style="font-family: &quot;Liberation Sans&quot;;">If "String&nbsp;</span>obj = null"</code> then "<code>obj instanceof String"</code> returns {{c1::false (never an exception)}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of

    Note 1030: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: A{O/tsn?N%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Upcasting is automatic.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Upcasting is automatic.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Upcasting is {{c1:: automatic}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1031: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: B/KY8#269=
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms
    EBNF: Optional literal can be expressed using:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms
    EBNF: Optional literal can be expressed using:

    • Option [ E1 ]
    • Selection E1 | \(\epsilon\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front EBNF: Optional literal can be expressed using:
    Back <ul><li>Option&nbsp;<b>[ E1 ]</b></li><li>Selection&nbsp;<b>E1 |&nbsp;</b>\(\epsilon\)<br></li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms

    Note 1032: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: BNF`UuyO%Q
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
    var is the keyword for a type inferred variable in Java.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
    var is the keyword for a type inferred variable in Java.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1:: var}} is the keyword for a type inferred variable in Java.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values

    Note 1033: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Bx0~E*k+P5
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching
    Does this code snippet work?

    a != 0 && b / a == 3

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching
    Does this code snippet work?

    a != 0 && b / a == 3

    Yes, since if a == 0, it shortcircuits and simply returns false.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <div><b>Does this code snippet work?</b></div><div><b><br></b></div><div><b>a != 0 &amp;&amp; b / a == 3</b></div>
    Back Yes, since if&nbsp;<b>a == 0,&nbsp;</b>it shortcircuits and simply returns false.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching

    Note 1034: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: C)hi{ye`0-
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
    An interface defines a set of methods that any class that implements it has to have. We use class Test implements Tester {}; to define such a relationship.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
    An interface defines a set of methods that any class that implements it has to have. We use class Test implements Tester {}; to define such a relationship.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>An <code>interface</code> defines {{c1::a set of methods that any class that implements it has to have}}. We use <code>class Test implements Tester {};</code> to define such a relationship.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces

    Note 1035: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: CGEw,Tn>.Y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    The static type is the type that the compiler sees as assigned to the variable. The dynamic type is the runtime type.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    The static type is the type that the compiler sees as assigned to the variable. The dynamic type is the runtime type.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c1::static}} type is the type that the compiler sees as assigned to the variable. The {{c2::dynamic}} type is the runtime type.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1036: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Image Occlusion-73a2c
    GUID: CQXH/$kZu4
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    image-occlusion:rect:left=.2281:top=.3427:width=.0814:height=.2045:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.3053:top=.345:width=.1142:height=.2067:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.1625:top=.5221:width=.0693:height=.2181:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.1625:top=.713:width=.0711:height=.2135:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.2312:top=.7107:width=.0778:height=.2135:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.3016:top=.5426:width=.1185:height=.1954:oi=1

    Back

    image-occlusion:rect:left=.2281:top=.3427:width=.0814:height=.2045:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.3053:top=.345:width=.1142:height=.2067:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.1625:top=.5221:width=.0693:height=.2181:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.1625:top=.713:width=.0711:height=.2135:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.2312:top=.7107:width=.0778:height=.2135:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.3016:top=.5426:width=.1185:height=.1954:oi=1

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Occlusion {{c1::image-occlusion:rect:left=.2281:top=.3427:width=.0814:height=.2045:oi=1}}<br>{{c2::image-occlusion:rect:left=.3053:top=.345:width=.1142:height=.2067:oi=1}}<br>{{c3::image-occlusion:rect:left=.1625:top=.5221:width=.0693:height=.2181:oi=1}}<br>{{c4::image-occlusion:rect:left=.1625:top=.713:width=.0711:height=.2135:oi=1}}<br>{{c5::image-occlusion:rect:left=.2312:top=.7107:width=.0778:height=.2135:oi=1}}<br>{{c6::image-occlusion:rect:left=.3016:top=.5426:width=.1185:height=.1954:oi=1}}<br>
    Image <img src="paste-e9606f101c8e2adbf392dcd088db8df642e4aa4e.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::4._Casting

    Note 1037: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: CRW*pWI6~N
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
    Associativity of +, *, /, %: left-associative

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
    Associativity of +, *, /, %: left-associative

    "X op Y op Z" is equivalent to  "(X op Y) op Z"

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Associativity of&nbsp;<b>+, *, /, %</b>: {{c1:: left-associative}}
    Extra <div>"X op Y op Z" is equivalent to&nbsp; "(X op Y) op Z"</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity

    Note 1038: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: D,hN!b[~0a
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Dog[] dogs = new Dog[5];
    Animal[] animals = dogs; // Allowed! (upcasting)
    animals[0] = new Cat(); // Compiles but ArrayStoreException at runtime!

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Dog[] dogs = new Dog[5];
    Animal[] animals = dogs; // Allowed! (upcasting)
    animals[0] = new Cat(); // Compiles but ArrayStoreException at runtime!

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <code>Dog[] dogs = new Dog[5]; <br>Animal[] animals = dogs; // {{c1::Allowed! (upcasting)}} <br>animals[0] = new Cat(); // {{c2::Compiles but ArrayStoreException at runtime!}} </code>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1039: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: D3~R~/O`**
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
    instanceof tests whether an instance has a same dynamic type or if it implements an interface.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
    instanceof tests whether an instance has a same dynamic type or if it implements an interface.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div><code>instanceof</code> tests whether {{c1::an instance has a same <b>dynamic type</b>}} or {{c1::if it implements an <b>interface</b>}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of

    Note 1040: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: DL*jz,QL[w
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
    The weakest precondition for an empty program with postcondition false is false.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
    The weakest precondition for an empty program with postcondition false is false.

    As only false implies false.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The weakest precondition for an empty program with postcondition false is {{c1::false}}.
    Extra As only false implies false.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

    Note 1041: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Dz$MyXFn=-
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
    Casting like (double) binds stronger than +, -, /, %, *, etc...

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
    Casting like (double) binds stronger than +, -, /, %, *, etc...

    As it's unary.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Casting like&nbsp;<b>(double)</b>&nbsp;binds {{c1:: stronger}} than&nbsp;<b>+, -, /, %, *</b>, etc...
    Extra As it's unary.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity

    Note 1042: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: D{XXurJu$`
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::3._Variable_Declaration_and_Initialization
    short, int, float, double, long can be initialized using hexadecimal.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::3._Variable_Declaration_and_Initialization
    short, int, float, double, long can be initialized using hexadecimal.

    possibly also other types but definitely not boolean and char

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1:: short, int, float, double, long}} can be initialized using {{c2:: hexadecimal}}.
    Extra possibly also other types but definitely not boolean and char
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::3._Variable_Declaration_and_Initialization

    Note 1043: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: E(5s[CJXSQ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Casting to an interface only leads to a compile error for final classes.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Casting to an interface only leads to a compile error for final classes.

    Then no subclass could implement the interface.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Casting to an interface only leads to a compile error for {{c1::final classes}}.
    Extra Then no subclass could implement the interface.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1044: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: EYTdZt3/*5
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
    Checked exceptions have to be announced or handled directly.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
    Checked exceptions have to be announced or handled directly.

    public void throwsStuff() throws CheckedException {
        throws CheckedException(); // Allowed
    }
    public void throwsStuff() {
        try {
            throwsStuff();
        } catch (Exception e) { }; // Allowed
    }
    

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Checked exceptions have to be {{c1:: announced or handled directly}}.
    Extra <pre><code>public void throwsStuff() throws CheckedException { throws CheckedException(); // Allowed } public void throwsStuff() { try { throwsStuff(); } catch (Exception e) { }; // Allowed } </code></pre>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions

    Note 1045: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: E_A@gwOm;?
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
    The Arrays class has helper methods that make simple operations quicker:
    • Arrays.equals(a, b) to compare arrays
    • Arrays.copyOf(arr, l) that returns a new copied array of length l
    • Sorting using Arrays.sort(arr)
    • toString() and deepToString()

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
    The Arrays class has helper methods that make simple operations quicker:
    • Arrays.equals(a, b) to compare arrays
    • Arrays.copyOf(arr, l) that returns a new copied array of length l
    • Sorting using Arrays.sort(arr)
    • toString() and deepToString()

    Arrays.deepToString() converts a nested/multidimensional array to a readable string representation, recursively handling inner arrays.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The Arrays class has helper methods that make simple operations quicker:<br><ul><li>{{c1::<b>Arrays.equals(a, b)</b>&nbsp;to compare arrays::Compare}}<br></li><li>{{c2::<b>Arrays.copyOf(arr, l)</b>&nbsp;that returns a new copied array of length l::Transfer values}}</li><li>{{c3::Sorting using&nbsp;<b>Arrays.sort(arr)::Order</b>}}</li><li>{{c4::<b>toString()</b> and <b>deepToString()</b>::Print}}</li></ul>
    Extra Arrays.deepToString() converts a nested/multidimensional array to a readable string representation, recursively handling inner arrays.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences

    Note 1046: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: E_rcts7/^g
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
    while (i < n) {
        result = result * k;
        i = i + 1;
    }

    For the loop invariant, what bounds hold for i?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
    while (i < n) {
        result = result * k;
        i = i + 1;
    }

    For the loop invariant, what bounds hold for i?

    i <= n (the equality holds as we execute + 1 after the final execution)

    In general: x < n becomes x <= n and x <= n becomes x <= n + 1

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front while (i &lt; n) {<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; result = result * k;<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; i = i + 1;<br>}<br><br>For the loop invariant, what bounds hold for i?
    Back <div><code>i &lt;= n</code> (the equality holds as we execute <code>+ 1</code> after the final execution)<br><br><div>In general: x &lt; n becomes x &lt;= n and x &lt;= n becomes x &lt;= n + 1</div></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

    Note 1047: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: El$[?h8w;k
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    Attribute access modifiers:
    • default: package scoped, only available in same package.
    • public: by everyone
    • private: only accessible from within the object itself (not shared with other instances, unlike static)
    • static: no initialisation needed, can be accessed through Math.PI
    • final: prevents overwriting, like const
    • protected: only by this class and subclasses

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    Attribute access modifiers:
    • default: package scoped, only available in same package.
    • public: by everyone
    • private: only accessible from within the object itself (not shared with other instances, unlike static)
    • static: no initialisation needed, can be accessed through Math.PI
    • final: prevents overwriting, like const
    • protected: only by this class and subclasses

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Attribute access modifiers:<br><ul><li>default: {{c1:: package scoped, only available in same package.}}</li><li>public: {{c2:: by everyone}}</li><li>private: {{c3:: only accessible from within the object itself (not shared with other instances, unlike static)}}</li><li>static: {{c4:: no initialisation needed, can be accessed through&nbsp;<b>Math.PI</b>}}<br></li><li>final: {{c5:: prevents overwriting, like const}}</li><li>protected: {{c6:: only by this class and subclasses}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

    Note 1048: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: E|{Z<-t*y@
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    Private attributes are accessible by all objects of this class.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    Private attributes are accessible by all objects of this class.

    public class Rational {
        private int x;
    
        // Copy constructor
        public Rational(Rational other) {
            this.x = other.x; // We CAN access another objects private attributes
        }
    }
    

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Private attributes are accessible by {{c1:: all objects of this class}}.
    Extra <pre><code>public class Rational { private int x; // Copy constructor public Rational(Rational other) { this.x = other.x; // We CAN access another objects private attributes } } </code></pre>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

    Note 1049: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: F$o5lV^z=H
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
    Note that a class can implement multiple interfaces.
    If a method is defined in multiple of those interfaces, it of course has to be implemented only once.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
    Note that a class can implement multiple interfaces.
    If a method is defined in multiple of those interfaces, it of course has to be implemented only once.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Note that a class can<b> </b>{{c1::<b>implement multiple interfaces</b>}}.</div><div>If a method is defined in {{c1::multiple of those interfaces}}, it {{c1::of course has to be implemented only once}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces

    Note 1050: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: F405hHI@j2
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
    A Java name is called an identifier.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
    A Java name is called an identifier.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A Java name is called an {{c1:: identifier}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output

    Note 1051: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: FXUR__;!h6
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    When a function is called in dynamic dispatch, the attributes of the type in which the actual function is executed will be used.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    When a function is called in dynamic dispatch, the attributes of the type in which the actual function is executed will be used.

    class T {
     int data = 50;
     public void s2() {
      System.out.println("T " + data);
     }
    }

    class S extends T {
     int data = 100;
     public void s2() {           System.out.println(this.data);
     }
    }

    class R extends S {
     int data = 200;
    }

    T r = new R();
    r.s2(); // Prints "100"

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text When a function is called in dynamic dispatch, the attributes of {{c1::the type in which the actual function is executed}} will be used.
    Extra <code> class T { <br>&nbsp;int data = 50; <br>&nbsp;public void s2() { <br>&nbsp; System.out.println("T " + data); <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>class S extends T { <br>&nbsp;int data = 100; <br>&nbsp;public void s2() {&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;System.out.println(this.data); <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>class R extends S { <br>&nbsp;int data = 200; <br>} <br><br>T r = new R(); <br>r.s2(); // Prints "100" </code>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1052: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: FwBjd_dmb+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
    Constructors are not inherited by subclasses.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
    Constructors are not inherited by subclasses.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Constructors are {{c1:: not inherited}} by subclasses.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance

    Note 1053: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: G#$#7KW!b}
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
    instanceof can result in a Compile-/Runtime-/No error?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
    instanceof can result in a Compile-/Runtime-/No error?

    instanceof never throws an exception, just compile errors.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front instanceof can result in a Compile-/Runtime-/No error?
    Back <div><code>instanceof</code> never throws an exception, just <b>compile</b> errors.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of

    Note 1054: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: G&=W~#L|H<
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
    There are checked and unchecked exceptions.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
    There are checked and unchecked exceptions.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text There are {{c1:: checked}} and {{c1:: unchecked}} exceptions.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions

    Note 1055: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: G]t&7SvtKp
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    In a dynamic dispatch, the "this"-keyword still refers to the dynamic type, thus even if the method is in a superclass, it will always try to use the "most overriden" method.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    In a dynamic dispatch, the "this"-keyword still refers to the dynamic type, thus even if the method is in a superclass, it will always try to use the "most overriden" method.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a dynamic dispatch, the "this"-keyword still refers to the dynamic type, thus {{c1:: even if the method is in a superclass, it will always try to use the "most overriden" method}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1056: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: H%0Tkaz:@S
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
    Interfaces don't define behaviour, only method signatures.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
    Interfaces don't define behaviour, only method signatures.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Interfaces don't define behaviour, only {{c1:: method signatures}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces

    Note 1057: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: H=AHLUgZxW
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
    Java double can be initialised with
    •  32.300 "." seperated numbers
    •  1e-2 exponentials

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
    Java double can be initialised with
    •  32.300 "." seperated numbers
    •  1e-2 exponentials

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Java double can be initialised with <br><ul><li>{{c1::&nbsp;<b>32.300</b>&nbsp;"." seperated numbers}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;<b>1e-2</b>&nbsp;exponentials}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types

    Note 1058: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: HI3~1]W{fH
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    if we have final Cat c = new Cat() the reference is immutable but the attributes of the class are not.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    if we have final Cat c = new Cat() the reference is immutable but the attributes of the class are not.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text if we have <b>final Cat c = new Cat()</b>&nbsp;the {{c1::reference}} is immutable but {{c2:: the attributes of the class are not}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1059: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: HNxps|u:&w
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects::2._Enums
    How are enums initialized?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects::2._Enums
    How are enums initialized?

    public enum Status {
        SUBMITTED,
        PAID,
        ...
    }

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How are enums initialized?
    Back public enum Status {<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SUBMITTED,<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PAID,<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ...<br>}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects::2._Enums

    Note 1060: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: HY!(CO](X8
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Private methods are not inherited from the superclass and cannot be called (same as for private attributes).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Private methods are not inherited from the superclass and cannot be called (same as for private attributes).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Private methods are {{c1::not inherited}} from the superclass and {{c1::cannot be called (same as for private attributes)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1061: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Hf&j3}sSGT
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
    == and <, etc... have higher precedence than boolean comparison operators like &&, ||

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
    == and <, etc... have higher precedence than boolean comparison operators like &&, ||

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>==</b>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<b>&lt;</b>, etc... have {{c1:: higher}} precedence than boolean comparison operators like&nbsp;<b>&amp;&amp;, ||</b>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity

    Note 1062: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Hz_:Sp*X(y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    class A {  
        public int x = 5;
    }  
    
    class B extends A {  
        public int y = 6;
        public int test() { return 0; }
    public B(int i) {
    super();
    }
    }
    A a1 = new B(1);
    a1.y; // leads to a compile error, as A doesn't have x
    a1.test(); //
    leads to a compile error, as A doesn't have test()

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    class A {  
        public int x = 5;
    }  
    
    class B extends A {  
        public int y = 6;
        public int test() { return 0; }
    public B(int i) {
    super();
    }
    }
    A a1 = new B(1);
    a1.y; // leads to a compile error, as A doesn't have x
    a1.test(); //
    leads to a compile error, as A doesn't have test()

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <pre><code>class A { public int x = 5; } class B extends A { public int y = 6; public int test() { return 0; }</code></pre><pre><code><div> public B(int i) {<br> super();<br> }</div></code></pre><pre><span style="font-family: &quot;Liberation Sans&quot;;">}</span><br></pre><code> A a1 = new B(1); <br>a1.y; // {{c1:: leads to a compile error, as A doesn't have x}} <br>a1.test(); // </code>{{c2:: leads to a compile error, as A doesn't have test()}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1063: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: I0s;#,Wh%?
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

    Compile/Runtime/No Error

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

    Compile/Runtime/No Error

    No error, valid for loop.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <img src="paste-f485e58a003acd0f29903efd63e9440b14068a5c.jpg"><br>Compile/Runtime/No Error
    Back No error, valid for loop.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

    Note 1064: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: IKMb!{98`
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

    Compile/Runtime/No Error?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

    Compile/Runtime/No Error?

    Valid for-loop.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <img src="paste-e33a7d35e8694abacbdbd499304129858fb8fe03.jpg"><br>Compile/Runtime/No Error?
    Back Valid for-loop.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

    Note 1065: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: IQ4$mZs7/D
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
    The 8 primitve types of Java are:
    1. byte
    2. char
    3. short
    4. int
    5. long
    6. float
    7. double
    8. boolean

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
    The 8 primitve types of Java are:
    1. byte
    2. char
    3. short
    4. int
    5. long
    6. float
    7. double
    8. boolean

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The 8 primitve types of Java are:<br><ol><li>{{c1:: byte}}</li><li>{{c2:: char}}</li><li>{{c3:: short}}</li><li>{{c4:: int}}</li><li>{{c5:: long}}</li><li>{{c6:: float}}</li><li>{{c7:: double}}</li><li>{{c8:: boolean}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values

    Note 1066: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Image Occlusion-73a2c
    GUID: IdA(dVgMPN
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    image-occlusion:rect:left=.8594:top=.1808:width=.1308:height=.1517:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.8584:top=.3622:width=.1308:height=.1369:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.8603:top=.5139:width=.127:height=.1295:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.8603:top=.6582:width=.1232:height=.1332:oi=1

    Back

    image-occlusion:rect:left=.8594:top=.1808:width=.1308:height=.1517:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.8584:top=.3622:width=.1308:height=.1369:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.8603:top=.5139:width=.127:height=.1295:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.8603:top=.6582:width=.1232:height=.1332:oi=1

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Occlusion {{c1::image-occlusion:rect:left=.8594:top=.1808:width=.1308:height=.1517:oi=1}}<br>{{c2::image-occlusion:rect:left=.8584:top=.3622:width=.1308:height=.1369:oi=1}}<br>{{c3::image-occlusion:rect:left=.8603:top=.5139:width=.127:height=.1295:oi=1}}<br>{{c4::image-occlusion:rect:left=.8603:top=.6582:width=.1232:height=.1332:oi=1}}<br>
    Image <img src="paste-717272a5d9a6b814701d81c48dd95ec99a540e2e.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::1._Visibility

    Note 1067: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ih(!XjbZQJ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::4._Derivations
    Die Sprache einer EBNF-Beschreibung ist die Menge aller legalen Zeichenfolgen.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::4._Derivations
    Die Sprache einer EBNF-Beschreibung ist die Menge aller legalen Zeichenfolgen.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Die Sprache einer EBNF-Beschreibung ist {{c1:: die Menge aller legalen Zeichenfolgen}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::4._Derivations

    Note 1068: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: J#D+xVYd4z
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
    (double) 3 / 2 evaluates to?
    (double) (3 / 2) evaluates to?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
    (double) 3 / 2 evaluates to?
    (double) (3 / 2) evaluates to?

    1.5
    1.0
    As casting has stronger precedence.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>(double) 3 / 2</b>&nbsp;evaluates to?<br><b>(double) (3 / 2)</b>&nbsp;evaluates to?
    Back <b>1.5<br>1.0<br></b>As casting has stronger precedence.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity

    Note 1069: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: J)-A!rQ/Od
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
    int[][] b = new int[3][0]
    int[] c = new int[3] 
     b[0] = c

    Is this fine?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
    int[][] b = new int[3][0]
    int[] c = new int[3] 
     b[0] = c

    Is this fine?

    Yes, it works fine as we just set the pointer of b[0] to c. Java does not typecheck array dimensions.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <code>int[][] b = new int[3][0]</code><br><code>int[] c = new int[3]</code>&nbsp;<br>&nbsp;<code>b[0] = c<br></code><br>Is this fine?
    Back Yes, it works fine as we just set the pointer of b[0] to c. Java does not typecheck array dimensions.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values

    Note 1070: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: JX37U6@Pja
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement
    ++x does what?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement
    ++x does what?

    Pre-Increment: increments x then returns it's value

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front ++x does what?
    Back Pre-Increment: increments x then returns it's value
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement

    Note 1071: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: J`K7cc2By_
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    List<Dog> dogs = new ArrayList<>();
    List<Animal> animals = (List<Animal>) dogs; // Unchecked cast warning

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    List<Dog> dogs = new ArrayList<>();
    List<Animal> animals = (List<Animal>) dogs; // Unchecked cast warning

    No Error because of type erasure here.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <code>List&lt;Dog&gt; dogs = new ArrayList&lt;&gt;(); <br>List&lt;Animal&gt; animals = (List&lt;Animal&gt;) dogs; // {{c1::Unchecked cast warning}}</code>
    Extra No Error because of type erasure here.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1072: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: KZF4,Q[f&D
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
    We can catch exceptions using: 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
    We can catch exceptions using: 

    try { } catch (ExceptionName e) { };

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front We can catch exceptions using:&nbsp;
    Back <div><code>try { } catch (ExceptionName e) { };</code></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions

    Note 1073: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: K]ZyP_vxG;
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    Inside a class (except static functions) we have access to special variable this and super.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    Inside a class (except static functions) we have access to special variable this and super.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Inside a class (except static functions) we have access to special variable {{c1::<b>this</b>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<b>super</b>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

    Note 1074: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: KhTp)`Z~|8
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
    Strings are immutable.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
    Strings are immutable.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Strings are {{c1::<b>immutable</b>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences

    Note 1075: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: KnKuMTM<[8
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    A protected attribute can also be accessed by subclasses.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    A protected attribute can also be accessed by subclasses.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A protected attribute can also be accessed by {{c1:: subclasses}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

    Note 1076: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: LHfofYY0cF
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
    Can we use ++ and -- on floats and doubles?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
    Can we use ++ and -- on floats and doubles?

    Yes, that is allowed and increments by 1.0.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Can we use&nbsp;<b>++</b>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<b>--</b>&nbsp;on floats and doubles?
    Back Yes, that is allowed and increments by 1.0.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types

    Note 1077: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: LdyT3WH.QQ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Casting to an interface (if not implemented) leads to a runtime error.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Casting to an interface (if not implemented) leads to a runtime error.

    The compiler always assumes a subtype could implement the class.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Casting to an interface (if not implemented) leads to a {{c1:: runtime error}}.
    Extra The compiler always assumes a subtype could implement the class.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1078: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: MQ0U{K
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    We can access the parent's attribute of a subclass by casting to the static type of the parent.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    We can access the parent's attribute of a subclass by casting to the static type of the parent.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We can access the parent's attribute of a subclass by {{c1:: casting to the static type of the parent}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1079: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: MlNjJv:07k
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    String s1 = "test";
    String s2 = "test";
    s1 == s2
    returns?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    String s1 = "test";
    String s2 = "test";
    s1 == s2
    returns?

    Usually false, as we compare references. To compare strings we should use .equals().

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>String s1 = "test";<br>String s2 = "test";<br>s1 == s2</b> returns?
    Back Usually false, as we compare references. To compare strings we should use&nbsp;<b>.equals().</b>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1080: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: MpWDjk%Tfz
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
    Instance of returns true if:
    • Implements the interface
    • Is of the same dynamic type
    • Is a subtype of the dynamic type

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
    Instance of returns true if:
    • Implements the interface
    • Is of the same dynamic type
    • Is a subtype of the dynamic type

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Instance of returns true if:<br><ul><li>{{c1::Implements the interface}}</li><li>{{c2::Is of the same dynamic type}}</li><li>{{c3::Is a subtype of the dynamic type}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of

    Note 1081: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: MqC&7Qly55
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    class A {
     public int x = 5;
     public void fct1() {
      System.out.println(this.x);
     }
    }

    class B extends A {
     public B() {
      super.x = 10;
     }
     public B(int a) {
      super.x = a;
     }
    }

    A a1 = new B(1);
    A a2 = new B(12); // As these are different instances, their attributes are separate
    B b1 = new B(1);
    B b2 = new B(12);
    a1.fct1(); // 1 -> Even though static type is A
    a2.fct1(); // 12 -> Different output as a2's instance of A has 12
    b1.fct1(); // 1 -> same here, even though it dynamic dispatches
    b2.fct1(); // 12

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    class A {
     public int x = 5;
     public void fct1() {
      System.out.println(this.x);
     }
    }

    class B extends A {
     public B() {
      super.x = 10;
     }
     public B(int a) {
      super.x = a;
     }
    }

    A a1 = new B(1);
    A a2 = new B(12); // As these are different instances, their attributes are separate
    B b1 = new B(1);
    B b2 = new B(12);
    a1.fct1(); // 1 -> Even though static type is A
    a2.fct1(); // 12 -> Different output as a2's instance of A has 12
    b1.fct1(); // 1 -> same here, even though it dynamic dispatches
    b2.fct1(); // 12

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <code>class A { <br>&nbsp;public int x = 5; <br>&nbsp;public void fct1() { <br>&nbsp; System.out.println(this.x); <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>class B extends A { <br>&nbsp;public B() { <br>&nbsp; super.x = 10; <br>&nbsp;} <br>&nbsp;public B(int a) { <br>&nbsp; super.x = a; <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>A a1 = new B(1); <br>A a2 = new B(12); // As these are different instances, their attributes are separate <br>B b1 = new B(1); <br>B b2 = new B(12); <br>a1.fct1(); // {{c1::1 -&gt; Even though static type is A}} <br>a2.fct1(); // {{c1:: 12 -&gt; Different output as a2's instance of A has 12}} <br>b1.fct1(); // {{c1::1 -&gt; same here, even though it dynamic dispatches}} <br>b2.fct1(); // {{c1::12}} </code>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1082: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: N,~U9>@HR@
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
    How do we implement a subtype in Java?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
    How do we implement a subtype in Java?

    public class Lorenz extends Students {
     @Override public void someMethod() { ...
      super.someMethod(); // Can call super's implementation of this
     }
    }

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we implement a subtype in Java?
    Back <code>public class Lorenz extends Students { <br>&nbsp;@Override public void someMethod() { ... <br>&nbsp; super.someMethod(); // Can call super's implementation of this <br>&nbsp;} <br>} </code>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance

    Note 1083: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: N/)4j!wS3C
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
    Which of the following is (or are) NOT a Java keyword? 

    - volatile
    - mod
    - strictfp
    - loop
    - transient
    - do
    - use

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
    Which of the following is (or are) NOT a Java keyword? 

    - volatile
    - mod
    - strictfp
    - loop
    - transient
    - do
    - use

    loop, use and mod

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Which of the following is (or are) NOT a Java keyword?&nbsp;<br><br>- volatile<br>- mod<br>- strictfp<br>- loop<br>- transient<br>- do<br>- use
    Back loop, use and mod
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output

    Note 1084: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Nz^YQRPVQ2
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    Properties of classes declared as public int x; are set to their default values (0, null, false, etc...).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    Properties of classes declared as public int x; are set to their default values (0, null, false, etc...).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Properties of classes declared as&nbsp;<b>public int x;</b>&nbsp;are set to {{c1::their default values (0, null, false, etc...)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

    Note 1085: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: O:PCKgyN)+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Java uses dynamic dispatch for function calls, we therefore get the method of the dynamic type.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Java uses dynamic dispatch for function calls, we therefore get the method of the dynamic type.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Java uses {{c1:: dynamic dispatch}} for function calls, we therefore get the method of the {{c1:: dynamic type}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1086: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: O@-k%ZU440
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
    Accessing the parent's parent's variables in Java is not allowed.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
    Accessing the parent's parent's variables in Java is not allowed.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Accessing the parent's parent's variables in Java is {{c1:: not allowed}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance

    Note 1087: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: OGFJDr03D}
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
    super.super.xxx, or x.super.xxx are not allowed an give a compile error.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
    super.super.xxx, or x.super.xxx are not allowed an give a compile error.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div><code>super.super.xxx</code>, or <code>x.super.xxx</code>&nbsp;are not allowed an give a {{c1:: compile error}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance

    Note 1088: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: OGFye&*Y@Y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    The compiler uses the static type to get attributes.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    The compiler uses the static type to get attributes.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The compiler uses the {{c1::static}} type to get attributes.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1089: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: OJ16/M<6a6
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::2._Decision
    An option in EBNF can be written as [ E ] or E | \(\epsilon\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::2._Decision
    An option in EBNF can be written as [ E ] or E | \(\epsilon\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An option in EBNF can be written as {{c1::[ E ]}} or {{c2::E |&nbsp;\(\epsilon\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::2._Decision

    Note 1090: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: P6>K30cX4E
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    How could someone modify a private variable (aliasing)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    How could someone modify a private variable (aliasing)?

    public class AliasingProblem {
     private Point center; // Problematic - exposes internal reference
     public Point getCenter() {
      return center; // Returns alias to internal object
     }
    }

    main() {
     Point center = new AliasingProblem().getCenter();
     center.setX(2); // Changes private attribute!!
    }


    If we get a reference to a private object, we can indeed change it's values!

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How could someone modify a private variable (aliasing)?
    Back <code>public class AliasingProblem { <br>&nbsp;private Point center; // Problematic - exposes internal reference <br>&nbsp;public Point getCenter() { <br>&nbsp; return center; // Returns alias to internal object <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>main() { <br>&nbsp;Point center = new AliasingProblem().getCenter(); <br>&nbsp;center.setX(2); // Changes private attribute!! <br>}</code> <br><br>If we get a reference to a private object, we can indeed change it's values!
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

    Note 1091: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: PReOU!^g*#
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::2._Do_While
    do {
        // body
    } while (test);
    statement;


    Does what?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::2._Do_While
    do {
        // body
    } while (test);
    statement;


    Does what?

    First the body is executed at least a single time, then the condition evaluated.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>do {<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; // body<br>} while (test);<br>statement;</b><br><br>Does what?
    Back First the body is&nbsp;<b>executed at least a single time</b>, then the condition evaluated.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::2._Do_While

    Note 1092: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Pi]A?I0a.)
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
    In a subclass, we can access the parent's methods and attributes using super.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
    In a subclass, we can access the parent's methods and attributes using super.

    You cannot use super.super.xxx, nor x.super.xxx to access super methods or attributes. This gives a compile error.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a subclass, we can access the parent's methods and attributes using {{c1:: super}}.
    Extra <div>You cannot use <code>super.super.xxx</code>, nor <code>x.super.xxx</code> to access super methods or attributes. This gives a <strong>compile</strong> error.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance

    Note 1093: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Q=BFp=(vY3
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching
    The ternary operator has the following syntax:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching
    The ternary operator has the following syntax:

    test ? valueTrue : valueFalse

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front The ternary operator has the following syntax:
    Back test ? valueTrue : valueFalse
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching

    Note 1094: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: QEMy5L&
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    class A { int x; }
    class B extends A { boolean x; }

    A a = new A();
    a.x = 6; // OK
    a.x = true; // Compile error, type mismatch

    A a = new B();
    a.x = 6; // OK
    a.x = true; // Compile error, type mismatch because static type is used

    B b = new B();
    b.x = 6; // Type Error
    b.x = true; // OK!

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    class A { int x; }
    class B extends A { boolean x; }

    A a = new A();
    a.x = 6; // OK
    a.x = true; // Compile error, type mismatch

    A a = new B();
    a.x = 6; // OK
    a.x = true; // Compile error, type mismatch because static type is used

    B b = new B();
    b.x = 6; // Type Error
    b.x = true; // OK!

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <code>class A { int x; } <br>class B extends A { boolean x; } <br><br>A a = new A(); <br>a.x = 6; // {{c1:: OK}} <br>a.x = true; // {{c1:: Compile error, type mismatch}} <br><br>A a = new B(); <br>a.x = 6; // {{c2:: OK}} <br>a.x = true; // {{c2:: Compile error, type mismatch because static type is used}} <br><br>B b = new B(); <br>b.x = 6; // {{c3::Type Error}} <br>b.x = true; // {{c3::OK!}} </code>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1095: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: bxDOHVL#p]
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
    The cases where instanceof causes a compile error:
    1. Primitives - instanceof only works with reference types
    2. Generics - type erasure means List<String> becomes just List at runtime, so the check is impossible
          t instanceof List<String>
        
    3. Unrelated types:
          Animal -> Dog and Animal -> Cat.
               Check for animal instanceof Dog/Cat allowed, but dog = new Dog(); dog instanceof Cat throws compile error.
    4. Final class - if a class is final and doesn't implement an interface, no subclass could ever implement it, so the check is provably always false.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
    The cases where instanceof causes a compile error:
    1. Primitives - instanceof only works with reference types
    2. Generics - type erasure means List<String> becomes just List at runtime, so the check is impossible
          t instanceof List<String>
        
    3. Unrelated types:
          Animal -> Dog and Animal -> Cat.
               Check for animal instanceof Dog/Cat allowed, but dog = new Dog(); dog instanceof Cat throws compile error.
    4. Final class - if a class is final and doesn't implement an interface, no subclass could ever implement it, so the check is provably always false.

    However:
    Animal a = getanimal() could get a Dog which might implement List thus a instanceof List is not a compile error.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The cases where instanceof causes a compile error:<br><ol><li>{{c1::<b>Primitives - instanceof only works with reference types</b>}}</li><li>{{c2::Generics - type erasure means List&lt;String&gt; becomes just List at runtime, so the check is impossible<br><code>&nbsp; &nbsp; t instanceof List&lt;String&gt;</code>}}&nbsp;&nbsp;</li><li>{{c3::Unrelated types:<br><div><code>&nbsp; &nbsp; Animal -&gt; Dog</code> and <code>Animal -&gt; Cat</code>. <br>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Check for <code>animal instanceof Dog/Cat</code> allowed, but <code>dog = new Dog(); dog instanceof Cat</code> throws compile error.</div>}}</li><li><div>{{c4::Final class - if a class is final and doesn't implement an interface, no subclass could ever implement it, so the check is provably always false.}}</div></li></ol>
    Extra However:<br><code>Animal a = getanimal()</code>&nbsp;could get a&nbsp;<code>Dog</code>&nbsp;which might&nbsp;<code>implement List</code>&nbsp;thus&nbsp;<code>a instanceof List</code>&nbsp;is not a compile error.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of

    Note 1096: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: c>xF]nJjL8
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Animal cat = null; 
    (Cat) cat; 
    Leads to a no error, this is always allowed.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Animal cat = null; 
    (Cat) cat; 
    Leads to a no error, this is always allowed.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div><code>Animal cat = null;&nbsp;</code></div><div><code>(Cat) cat;</code>&nbsp;</div><div>Leads to a {{c1:: no error, this is always allowed}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1097: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: cT=vzGuBpg
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    5 == 5 || String.yourStupidAss() evaluates to ???

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    5 == 5 || String.yourStupidAss() evaluates to ???

    Compile Error, even if it shortcircuits.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>5 == 5 || String.yourStupidAss()</b>&nbsp;evaluates to ???
    Back Compile Error, even if it shortcircuits.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1098: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: dBkAd*&?D6
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    The dynamic type is always a subtype of the static type.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    The dynamic type is always a subtype of the static type.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>The dynamic type is {{c1::<strong>always a subtype of the static type}}</strong>.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1099: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: dE4W+,!/H<
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    5++ evaluates to ???

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    5++ evaluates to ???

    compile error, 5 is not a variable.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>5++</b>&nbsp;evaluates to ???
    Back compile error, 5 is not a variable.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1100: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: dW?TP?RI{A
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    The dynamic type of a variable can be changed by reassigning the reference to another instance.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    The dynamic type of a variable can be changed by reassigning the reference to another instance.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The dynamic type of a variable can be changed by {{c1:: reassigning the reference to another instance}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1101: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: e>j3maYE+y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
    Every primitive variable must be both declared and initialized before being used.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
    Every primitive variable must be both declared and initialized before being used.

    This is only true for local variables! Instance variables can be left uninitialised.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Every primitive variable must be {{c1:: both declared and initialized}} before being used.
    Extra This is only true for&nbsp;<b>local</b>&nbsp;variables! Instance variables can be left uninitialised.<br><br><img src="paste-a119684222f3e74cbbcfa0830461d164b54afb9a.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values

    Note 1102: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: eEx@10sK[?
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement
    What is the difference between i++ and ++i in Java?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement
    What is the difference between i++ and ++i in Java?

    i++ returns the current value of i and then increments i by 1

    ++i  first increments value of i by 1 and then returns the value

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the difference between i++ and ++i in Java?
    Back i++ returns the current value of i and then increments i by 1<br><br>++i&nbsp; first increments value of i by 1 and then returns the value
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement

    Note 1103: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: f2vR,E9IiI
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
    Unary operators bind stronger than binary ones.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
    Unary operators bind stronger than binary ones.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Unary operators bind {{c1:: stronger}} than {{c2:: binary ones}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity

    Note 1104: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: f3eqMn1(f/
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Trying to access a method or attribute on a class with a different dynamic than static type leads to a compile error if the static type doesn't define that attribute or method.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Trying to access a method or attribute on a class with a different dynamic than static type leads to a compile error if the static type doesn't define that attribute or method.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Trying to access a method or attribute on a class with a different dynamic than static type leads to a compile error if {{c1:: the static type doesn't define that attribute or method}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1105: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: fJL&tF*QW&
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

    Compile/Runtime/no Error

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

    Compile/Runtime/no Error

    No error, valid for loop

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <img src="paste-e0cbcc8d646d0785d63ce579c103d7fcfead5a58.jpg"><br>Compile/Runtime/no Error
    Back No error, valid for loop
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

    Note 1106: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: fx//I5}Q?7
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Runtime Errors for Casting:
    1. (Husky) dog; Casting further down than dynamic type
    2. (Cat) dog;  Casting into sibling type

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Runtime Errors for Casting:
    1. (Husky) dog; Casting further down than dynamic type
    2. (Cat) dog;  Casting into sibling type

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Runtime Errors for Casting:<br><ol> <li><code>{{c1::(Husky) dog;&nbsp;</code>Casting further down than dynamic type}}</li> <li><code>{{c2:: (Cat) dog;</code>&nbsp; Casting into sibling type}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1107: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: g%YZ@`35DU
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::1._Visibility
    In a subclass, we can only make methods more visible .

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::1._Visibility
    In a subclass, we can only make methods more visible .

    • protected -> public is okay
    • private -> public okay
    public to default  or default to private are not possible.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a subclass, we can only make methods {{c1:: more visible :: access modifiers}}.
    Extra <ul><li>protected -&gt; public is okay</li><li>private -&gt; public okay</li></ul><div>public to default&nbsp; or default to private are not possible.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::1._Visibility

    Note 1108: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: g
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::2._Decision
    A selection from several elements is written as A | B | C.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::2._Decision
    A selection from several elements is written as A | B | C.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A selection from several elements is written as {{c1:: A | B | C}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::2._Decision

    Note 1109: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: gAXH/(0;9S
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
    Class Cat should be declared in the file Cat.java.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
    Class Cat should be declared in the file Cat.java.

    But it does not HAVE TO be declared there, as long as it is not declared as public.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Class Cat {{c1:: should}} be declared in the file Cat.java.
    Extra But it does not HAVE TO be declared there, as long as it is not declared as public.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output

    Note 1110: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: gK8R,r`Ne1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations
    How is a % b defined in Java?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations
    How is a % b defined in Java?

    (a / b) * b + (a % b) = a     (with a / b being division with rest)

    In general, if the a is negative, the result is negative.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How is a % b defined in Java?
    Back <div>(a / b) * b + (a % b) = a&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;(with a / b being division with rest)</div><div><br></div><div><div><b>In general, if the a is negative, the result is negative.</b></div></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations

    Note 1111: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: g_DbKK.&&1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Downcasting like (B) A will lead to runtime errors if A is not of type or subtype B.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Downcasting like (B) A will lead to runtime errors if A is not of type or subtype B.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Downcasting like <b>(B) A</b>&nbsp;will lead to {{c1:: runtime errors}} if {{c2::A is not of type or subtype B}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1112: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: gc|oK]2yr^
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    We cannot override attributes inside a subclass, they are shadowed.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    We cannot override attributes inside a subclass, they are shadowed.

    class Animal {
      String name = "Animal";
      String getName() {
        return "Animal";
      }
    }

    class Dog extends Animal {
      String name = "Dog"; // Shadows Animal.name (doesn't override it)
      @Override String getName() { return Dog"; } // Overrides Animal.getName()
    }

    Animal a = new Dog();
    System.out.println(a.name); // "Animal" — field access uses static type
    System.out.println(a.getName()); // "Dog" — method call uses dynamic type

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We cannot override {{c1::attributes inside a subclass}}, they are {{c1::shadowed}}.
    Extra class Animal { <br>&nbsp; String name = "Animal"; <br>&nbsp; String getName() { <br>&nbsp; &nbsp; return "Animal"; <br>&nbsp; } <br>} <br><br>class Dog extends Animal { <br>&nbsp; String name = "Dog"; <span style="font-style: italic;">// Shadows Animal.name (doesn't override it)</span> <br>&nbsp; @Override String getName() {&nbsp;return Dog";&nbsp;} <span style="font-style: italic;">// Overrides Animal.getName()</span> <br>}<br><br>Animal a = new Dog(); <br>System.out.println(a.name); <span style="font-style: italic;">// "Animal" — field access uses static type</span> <br>System.out.println(a.getName()); <span style="font-style: italic;">// "Dog" — method call uses dynamic type</span>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1113: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Image Occlusion-73a2c
    GUID: gef_5DD5?n
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    image-occlusion:rect:left=.1151:top=.2639:width=.8709:height=.3659
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.0974:top=.7498:width=.7647:height=.2279
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.1151:top=.018:width=.6997:height=.126

    Back

    image-occlusion:rect:left=.1151:top=.2639:width=.8709:height=.3659
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.0974:top=.7498:width=.7647:height=.2279
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.1151:top=.018:width=.6997:height=.126

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Occlusion {{c2::image-occlusion:rect:left=.1151:top=.2639:width=.8709:height=.3659}}<br>{{c3::image-occlusion:rect:left=.0974:top=.7498:width=.7647:height=.2279}}<br>{{c1::image-occlusion:rect:left=.1151:top=.018:width=.6997:height=.126}}<br>
    Image <img src="paste-f5e348f4bdf7f6aad53a5c374e67b394f92a5e44.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

    Note 1114: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: go.nl_(PCT
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
    The weakest precondition is true since true only implies true.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
    The weakest precondition is true since true only implies true.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>The weakest precondition is {{c1::<code>true</code> since <code>true</code> only implies <code>true</code>}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

    Note 1115: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: h8y9Gj^3Oz
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
    Operator precedence in Java for *, /, %, +, -

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
    Operator precedence in Java for *, /, %, +, -

    *, /, % bind stronger than +, -

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Operator precedence in Java for&nbsp;<b>*, /, %, +, -</b>
    Back <div>*, /, % bind stronger than +, -</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity

    Note 1116: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: i2g|!nNV|m
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops
    We can omit everything but the semicolons in a for-loop.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops
    We can omit everything but the semicolons in a for-loop.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We can omit everything but {{c1::the semicolons}} in a for-loop.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

    Note 1117: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: io,]_+ZcUp
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::99._Shadowing
    What is the result of:

    void test(Integer k) {
        k = Integer.valueOf(1);  This only changes it locally! (Shadowing)
    //
        k.value = 1;   This changes the value for the caller as well
    }

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::99._Shadowing
    What is the result of:

    void test(Integer k) {
        k = Integer.valueOf(1);  This only changes it locally! (Shadowing)
    //
        k.value = 1;   This changes the value for the caller as well
    }

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text What is the result of:<br><br><b>void test(Integer k) {</b><br>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<b>k = Integer.valueOf(1);&nbsp;</b>{{c1:: This only changes it locally! (Shadowing)}}<br>//<br>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<b>k.value = 1;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b>{{c1:: This changes the value for the caller as well}}<br><b>}</b>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::99._Shadowing

    Note 1118: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: iyK[p{ZDF+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    A a = new B() when calling a.test we get A’s test attribute.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    A a = new B() when calling a.test we get A’s test attribute.

    The compiler uses the static type to get attributes.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div><code>A a = new B()</code> when calling <code>a.test</code> we get {{c1::<code>A}}</code>’s test attribute.</div>
    Extra The compiler uses the static type to get attributes.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1119: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: iz]M]${2
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects::2._Enums
    Enums have some convenient features:
    • can compare using ==
    • use .name() to get string representation
    • go from string to enum using Status.valueOf("PAID")
    • Ordering using order in declaration Status.SUBMITTED < Status.PAID

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects::2._Enums
    Enums have some convenient features:
    • can compare using ==
    • use .name() to get string representation
    • go from string to enum using Status.valueOf("PAID")
    • Ordering using order in declaration Status.SUBMITTED < Status.PAID

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Enums have some convenient features:<br><ul><li>{{c1::can compare using <code>==::compare}}</code></li> <li>{{c2::use <code>.name()</code> to get string representation::string}}</li> <li>{{c3::go from string to enum using <code>Status.valueOf("PAID")::string conversion}}</code></li> <li>{{c4:: Ordering using order in declaration <code>Status.SUBMITTED &lt; Status.PAID::order</code>}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects::2._Enums

    Note 1120: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: j>`+}@t/`y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    class T {
     int data = 50;
     public void s2() {
      System.out.println("T " + data);
     }
    }

    class S extends T {
     int data = 100;
     public void s2() {
      System.out.println(this.data);
     }
    }

    class R extends S {
     int data = 200;
    }

    T r = new R();
    r.s2(); // Prints "100"

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    class T {
     int data = 50;
     public void s2() {
      System.out.println("T " + data);
     }
    }

    class S extends T {
     int data = 100;
     public void s2() {
      System.out.println(this.data);
     }
    }

    class R extends S {
     int data = 200;
    }

    T r = new R();
    r.s2(); // Prints "100"

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <code>class T { <br>&nbsp;int data = 50; <br>&nbsp;public void s2() { <br>&nbsp; System.out.println("T " + data); <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>class S extends T { <br>&nbsp;int data = 100; <br>&nbsp;public void s2() { <br>&nbsp; System.out.println(this.data); <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>class R extends S { <br>&nbsp;int data = 200; <br>} <br><br>T r = new R(); <br>r.s2(); // Prints {{c1::"100"}} </code>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1121: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: jPX[=ewS~@
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion
    EBNF Recursion: Every recursion needs a stop condition.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion
    EBNF Recursion: Every recursion needs a stop condition.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text EBNF Recursion: Every recursion needs a {{c1:: stop condition}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion

    Note 1122: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: m%x4[`&]1%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::3._Methods
    Only names and input types determine the signature of a method in Java.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::3._Methods
    Only names and input types determine the signature of a method in Java.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Only {{c1:: names and input types }} determine the signature of a method in Java.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::3._Methods

    Note 1123: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: m)$PxVQ^IS
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::4._Derivations
    Zwei EBNF-Beschreibungen sind äquivalent falls ihre Sprachen gleich sind.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::4._Derivations
    Zwei EBNF-Beschreibungen sind äquivalent falls ihre Sprachen gleich sind.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Zwei EBNF-Beschreibungen sind äquivalent falls {{c1:: ihre Sprachen gleich sind.}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::4._Derivations

    Note 1124: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: m5.*#}3,2{
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Possible casting problems:
    • String s = (String) new Integer(5); Casting between unrelated classes
    • Animal a2 = new Cat(); Dog d2 = (Dog) a2; ClassCastException!

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Possible casting problems:
    • String s = (String) new Integer(5); Casting between unrelated classes
    • Animal a2 = new Cat(); Dog d2 = (Dog) a2; ClassCastException!

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Possible casting problems:<br><ul><li>{{c1::String s = (String) new Integer(5); Casting between unrelated classes }}</li><li>{{c2::Animal a2 = new Cat(); Dog d2 = (Dog) a2; ClassCastException!}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1125: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: mxWnHn=6?K
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
    Unchecked exceptions can but don't have to be caught.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
    Unchecked exceptions can but don't have to be caught.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Unchecked exceptions {{c1:: can but don't have to be}} caught.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions

    Note 1126: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: m{lpYbESok
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg
    If we set the reference to an array to null inside a function, the caller still has the reference, as it's copied.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg
    If we set the reference to an array to null inside a function, the caller still has the reference, as it's copied.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If we set the reference to an array to&nbsp;<b>null</b>&nbsp;inside a function, the caller {{c1:: still has the reference, as it's copied}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg

    Note 1127: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: o!E/h>2m7B
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::1._Visibility
    Private attributes cannot be accessed in subclasses, but we can still access them as a user through non-overriden methods.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::1._Visibility
    Private attributes cannot be accessed in subclasses, but we can still access them as a user through non-overriden methods.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Private attributes cannot be accessed in subclasses, but we can still access them as a user through {{c1:: non-overriden methods}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::1._Visibility

    Note 1128: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: o#o/7wH;E.
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::1._Sequencing
    The convention for EBNF is that the rule being considered is written last.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::1._Sequencing
    The convention for EBNF is that the rule being considered is written last.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The convention for EBNF is that the rule being considered is written {{c1::last}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::1._Sequencing

    Note 1129: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: o2_oVlzFE[
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
    To compare two strings (or any non-primite type) we use  .equals() .

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
    To compare two strings (or any non-primite type) we use  .equals() .

    == compares the references, not the values.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text To compare two strings (or any non-primite type) we use {{c1::&nbsp;<b>.equals()</b>&nbsp;}}.
    Extra == compares the references, not the values.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences

    Note 1130: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: o5fc<3#h._
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations
    What does  5 % 0 produce in Java?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations
    What does  5 % 0 produce in Java?

    Runtime error, division by 0

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does&nbsp;<b>&nbsp;5 % 0</b>&nbsp;produce in Java?
    Back Runtime error, division by 0
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations

    Note 1131: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: oCoi_,?<4<
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement
    x++ does what?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement
    x++ does what?

    Returns x then increments by one.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front x++ does what?
    Back Returns&nbsp;<b>x</b>&nbsp;then increments by one.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement

    Note 1132: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oE~TL)}ZNN
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
    In Java a class cannot inherit from multiple super-classes.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
    In Java a class cannot inherit from multiple super-classes.

    This works only for interfaces.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In Java a class cannot inherit from {{c1:: multiple super-classes}}.
    Extra This works only for interfaces.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance

    Note 1133: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oWLG{z90=/
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
    To initialise an array directly we use int[] test = {{c1:: {1, 2, 3 ...};}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
    To initialise an array directly we use int[] test = {{c1:: {1, 2, 3 ...};}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text To initialise an array directly we use&nbsp;<b>int[] test =&nbsp;</b>{{c1:: {1, 2, 3 ...};}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences

    Note 1134: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: osPOmm:i4.
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

    Compile/Runtime/No Error

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

    Compile/Runtime/No Error

    No error, valid for-loop.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <img src="paste-6451454cfb845d5c319df053e0bf4d13f446b8b5.jpg"><br>Compile/Runtime/No Error
    Back No error, valid for-loop.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

    Note 1135: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: p$+y{A-`_b
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
    Casts from int to long and double can always be implicit.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
    Casts from int to long and double can always be implicit.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Casts from {{c1:: int}} to long and double can {{c2::always::never/sometimes/always}} be implicit.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types

    Note 1136: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: p,3.jh@oZC
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    Shadowing is when an inner scope variable makes an outer scope one inaccessible.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    Shadowing is when an inner scope variable makes an outer scope one inaccessible.

    public class Person {
        private String name;  // instance variable

        public void setName(String name) {  // parameter shadows instance variable
            this.name = name;  // use 'this' to access the instance variable
        }
    }

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Shadowing is when an {{c1:: inner scope variable makes an outer scope one inaccessible}}.
    Extra public class Person {<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; private String name;&nbsp; // instance variable<br><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; public void setName(String name) {&nbsp; // parameter shadows instance variable<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; this.name = name;&nbsp; // use 'this' to access the instance variable<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; }<br>}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

    Note 1137: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: p1.Wet4$5I
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::2._Casting
    If we see "((C) D).something()" as a cast we can assume that D is a subtype of C.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::2._Casting
    If we see "((C) D).something()" as a cast we can assume that D is a subtype of C.

    This is relevant for EProg theory exercises in which we have to reconstruct a class hierarchy.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If we see "((C) D).something()" as a cast we can assume that {{c1::D is a subtype of C}}.
    Extra This is relevant for EProg theory exercises in which we have to reconstruct a class hierarchy.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::2._Casting

    Note 1138: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: p9%v,4EY(!
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::3._Methods
    Values given to a method in Java are always copied.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::3._Methods
    Values given to a method in Java are always copied.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Values given to a method in Java are always {{c1::copied}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::3._Methods

    Note 1139: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: pD;qk4geEz
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
    The output of this code snippet is:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
    The output of this code snippet is:

    3
    0
    0

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front The output of this code snippet is:<br><img src="Screenshot 2025-12-12 at 22.32.55.png">
    Back 3<br>0<br>0
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types

    Note 1140: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: pycoxP)lJk
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
    10 / -2 in Java gives the result or -5?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
    10 / -2 in Java gives the result or -5?

    -5 as integer division also supports negatives.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>10 / -2</b>&nbsp;in Java gives the result&nbsp;<b>5&nbsp;</b>or&nbsp;<b>-5</b>?
    Back <b>-5</b>&nbsp;as integer division also supports negatives.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types

    Note 1141: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: q+A$0CHp#W
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    If we override an attribute inherited from the parentclass, it will override the parents attribute.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    If we override an attribute inherited from the parentclass, it will override the parents attribute.

    class A {
     public int x = 5;
     public void fct1() {
      System.out.println(this.x);
     }
    }

    class B extends A {
     public B() {
      super.x = 10;
     }
     public B(int a) {
      super.x = a;
     }
    }

    A a1 = new B(1);
    A a2 = new B(12); // As these are different instances, their attributes are separate
    B b1 = new B(1);
    B b2 = new B(12);

    a1.fct1(); // 1 -> Even though static type is A
    a2.fct1(); // 12 -> Different output as a2's instance of A has 12
    b1.fct1(); // 1 -> same here, even though it dynamic dispatches
    b2.fct1(); // 12

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If we override an attribute inherited from the parentclass, it will {{c1::override}} the parents attribute.
    Extra <code>class A { <br>&nbsp;public int x = 5; <br>&nbsp;public void fct1() { <br>&nbsp; System.out.println(this.x); <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>class B extends A { <br>&nbsp;public B() { <br>&nbsp; super.x = 10; <br>&nbsp;} <br>&nbsp;public B(int a) { <br>&nbsp; super.x = a; <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>A a1 = new B(1); <br>A a2 = new B(12); // As these are different instances, their attributes are separate <br>B b1 = new B(1); <br>B b2 = new B(12); <br><br>a1.fct1(); // 1 -&gt; Even though static type is A <br>a2.fct1(); // 12 -&gt; Different output as a2's instance of A has 12 <br>b1.fct1(); // 1 -&gt; same here, even though it dynamic dispatches <br>b2.fct1(); // 12 </code>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1142: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: qj}+Vy$^iX
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
    In an interface: 
    • All methods are public (doesn’t have to be explicit).
    • Any attributes must be public and final.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
    In an interface: 
    • All methods are public (doesn’t have to be explicit).
    • Any attributes must be public and final.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>In an i<b>nterface:</b>&nbsp;</div><div><ul><li>All methods are {{c1::public (doesn’t have to be explicit).}}</li><li>Any attributes {{c2::<b>must be public and final</b>.}}</li></ul></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces

    Note 1143: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: q|N{Bb]-?+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
    // {P}
    if (a) {
        S1;
    } else {
        S2;
    }
    // {Q}
    
    How can the precondition be found?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
    // {P}
    if (a) {
        S1;
    } else {
        S2;
    }
    // {Q}
    
    How can the precondition be found?

    Man muss zwei Fälle checken:
    • \(P \land a \implies Q\) when S1; is executed.
    • \(P \land \lnot a \implies Q\) when S2; is executed. 
    Dann kann man mit einem || beide Fälle in der Precondition verbinden: a && precondition1 OR !a && precondition2

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <pre><code>// {P} if (a) { S1; } else { S2; } // {Q}</code> </pre>How can the precondition be found?
    Back Man muss zwei Fälle checken:<br><ul><li>\(P \land a \implies Q\)&nbsp;when S1; is executed.</li><li>\(P \land \lnot a \implies Q\)&nbsp;when S2; is executed.&nbsp;</li></ul>Dann kann man mit einem&nbsp;<b>||</b>&nbsp;beide Fälle in der Precondition verbinden:&nbsp;<code>a &amp;&amp; precondition1</code>&nbsp;OR&nbsp;<code>!a &amp;&amp; precondition2</code>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

    Note 1144: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rcu~6HwhWg
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    Static methods can only access static attributes.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    Static methods can only access static attributes.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Static methods can only access {{c1:: static}} attributes.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

    Note 1145: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rd5%P7v`6L
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
    If P_1 implies P_2 then we can say that P_1 is a stronger precondition than P_2.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
    If P_1 implies P_2 then we can say that P_1 is a stronger precondition than P_2.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>If <code>P_1</code>&nbsp;{{c1::implies}}&nbsp;<code>P_2</code> then we can say that <code>P_1</code> is {{c2::a stronger precondition}} than <code>P_2</code>.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

    Note 1146: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rz>>y0Yl@}
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
    An unchecked exception extends RuntimeException and does not need to be announced nor caught.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
    An unchecked exception extends RuntimeException and does not need to be announced nor caught.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An unchecked exception extends {{c1:: RuntimeException}} and {{c2:: does not need to be announced nor caught}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions

    Note 1147: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: s*V3JSYg7q
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms
    Name the EBNF Precedence rules

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms
    Name the EBNF Precedence rules

    1. selection / option / repetition
    2. sequence (weaker than everything else)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Name the EBNF Precedence rules
    Back <ol><li>selection / option / repetition</li><li>sequence (weaker than everything else)</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms

    Note 1148: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: sC;1?2R2yM
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
    String s = "test"; to acces the first character we use s.charAt(0).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
    String s = "test"; to acces the first character we use s.charAt(0).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text String s = "test"; to acces the first character we use s{{c1::.charAt(0)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences

    Note 1149: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: sV73UB+t=%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
    An interface can extend another interface.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
    An interface can extend another interface.

    Note that it extends not implements it.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An interface can {{c1:: extend}} another interface.
    Extra Note that it extends not implements it.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces

    Note 1150: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s[]2mb-kIp
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    We can change the static type of a variable by casting.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    We can change the static type of a variable by casting.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We can change the static type of a variable by {{c1:: casting}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1151: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: t;7tcil{&|
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition
    An EBNF rule is defined by writing a variable name wrapped in < >.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition
    An EBNF rule is defined by writing a variable name wrapped in < >.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An EBNF rule is defined by writing a variable name wrapped in {{c1::&lt; &gt;}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition

    Note 1152: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: t=MANr.EfE
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
    What is the weakest precondition for an empty program with postcondition true?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
    What is the weakest precondition for an empty program with postcondition true?

    true.

    Everything implies true and true implies true.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <div>What is the weakest precondition for an empty program with postcondition <code>true</code>?</div> <div><strong></strong></div>
    Back true.<br><br>Everything implies true and true implies true.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

    Note 1153: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: tja~6C@vsv
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
    Does Java enforce array dimensions using type- or runtime-checks?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
    Does Java enforce array dimensions using type- or runtime-checks?

    No, this is fine:

    int[][] b = new int[3][0];
    int[] c = new int[3]; 
     b[0] = c;

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Does Java enforce array dimensions using type- or runtime-checks?
    Back No, this is fine:<br><br><code>int[][] b = new int[3][0];</code><br><code>int[] c = new int[3];</code>&nbsp;<br>&nbsp;<code>b[0] = c;</code>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values

    Note 1154: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: uD7<2m5W}k
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching
    Java has short circuiting for the && and || operators.

    This means that if the left of 
    • && is false then the right isn't even executed
    • || is true then the right isn't even executed
    Keep this in mind if there's a runtime error on the right.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching
    Java has short circuiting for the && and || operators.

    This means that if the left of 
    • && is false then the right isn't even executed
    • || is true then the right isn't even executed
    Keep this in mind if there's a runtime error on the right.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Java has short circuiting for the &amp;&amp; and || operators.<br><br><div>This means that if the left of&nbsp;</div><div><ul><li><b>{{c1:: &amp;&amp;</b>&nbsp;is&nbsp;<b>false}}</b>&nbsp;then the right isn't even executed<br></li><li><b>{{c2:: ||</b>&nbsp;is&nbsp;<b>true}}</b>&nbsp;then the right isn't even executed<br></li></ul><div>Keep this in mind if there's a&nbsp;<b>runtime</b>&nbsp;error on the right.</div></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching

    Note 1155: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: uG5r)XSwb;
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
    Java "=" is right-associative

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
    Java "=" is right-associative

    a = b = c = 5 means all are equal to 5.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Java "<b>=</b>" is {{c1:: right-associative}}
    Extra <div>a = b = c = 5 means all are equal to 5.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity

    Note 1156: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: v:4|0s-7ML
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
    All implementations of an interface using implements must instantiate all methods declared by the interface , otherwise we get a compiler error.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
    All implementations of an interface using implements must instantiate all methods declared by the interface , otherwise we get a compiler error.

    (except if the class is abstract, then we don't have to implement them)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>All implementations of an interface using <code>implements</code> must instantiate {{c1::<strong>all</strong> methods}} declared by the interface , otherwise we get {{c1::a <strong>compiler error}}</strong>.</div>
    Extra (except if the class is abstract, then we don't have to implement them)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces

    Note 1157: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: v]c0VE0GBF
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::4._Casting
    1 + "" results in "1" in Java.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::4._Casting
    1 + "" results in "1" in Java.

    + "" will cast anything via .toString().

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>1 + ""</b>&nbsp;results in {{c1:: <b>"1"</b>}} in Java.
    Extra + "" will cast anything via .toString().
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::4._Casting

    Note 1158: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: vzp2j2|98!
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition
    Order of EBNF rules does not matter.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition
    Order of EBNF rules does not matter.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Order of EBNF rules {{c1:: does not }} matter.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition

    Note 1159: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: w3Z$4;rQou
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    We cannot instantiate abstract classes and interfaces.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    We cannot instantiate abstract classes and interfaces.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We cannot instantiate {{c1:: abstract classes}} and {{c2:: interfaces}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1160: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: w5QXs;%q{4
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition
    Ein Symbol (auf der RHS) wie z.B. 1, a, A in EBNF wird Terminal oder auch Literal gennant.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition
    Ein Symbol (auf der RHS) wie z.B. 1, a, A in EBNF wird Terminal oder auch Literal gennant.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Ein Symbol (auf der RHS) wie z.B. 1, a, A in EBNF wird {{c1::Terminal}} oder auch {{c1::Literal}} gennant.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition

    Note 1161: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: wT:
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion
    In EBNF we can write a recursive rule by writing the rule name on both sides e.g. <A> \(\leftarrow\) A[<A>] or by writing a series of rules that result in the same.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion
    In EBNF we can write a recursive rule by writing the rule name on both sides e.g. <A> \(\leftarrow\) A[<A>] or by writing a series of rules that result in the same.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In EBNF we can write a recursive rule by {{c1:: writing the rule name on both sides e.g. &lt;A&gt;&nbsp;\(\leftarrow\)&nbsp;A[&lt;A&gt;]}} or by {{c1:: writing a series of rules that result in the same}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion

    Note 1162: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: xnz4`TH(j}
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
    What methods cannot be overriden in a subclass:
    • static
    • final
    • private are not inherited either
    • constructors

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
    What methods cannot be overriden in a subclass:
    • static
    • final
    • private are not inherited either
    • constructors

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text What methods cannot be overriden in a subclass:<br><ul><li><code>{{c1::static}}</code></li> <li><code>{{c2::final}}</code></li> <li><code>{{c3::private</code> are not inherited either}}</li> <li><code>{{c4::constructors}}</code></li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance

    Note 1163: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: x}m)l,UDD1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    int x = 2;
    ++x + x++;


    evaluates to ???

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    int x = 2;
    ++x + x++;


    evaluates to ???

    x = 6

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>int x = 2;<br>++x + x++;</b><br><br>evaluates to ???
    Back x = 6
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1164: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: yNOkeWyJB3
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
    The strongest precondition is false since it implies everything.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
    The strongest precondition is false since it implies everything.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>The strongest precondition is {{c1::<code>false&nbsp;</code>since it implies everything}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

    Note 1165: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: yf1!;I`$7~
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations
    What does -11 % 4 evaluate to in Java?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations
    What does -11 % 4 evaluate to in Java?

    -3

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does&nbsp;<b>-11 % 4</b>&nbsp;evaluate to in Java?
    Back <b>-3</b>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations

    Note 1166: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: yj/5Ksg%P1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    A static attribute is unique amongst all imports. If we don't make it final it can be changed globally.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    A static attribute is unique amongst all imports. If we don't make it final it can be changed globally.

    This means someone could change Math.PI for example.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A static attribute is {{c1::unique amongst all imports::property}}. If we don't make it {{c2::final}} it can {{c2::be changed globally}}.
    Extra This means someone could change Math.PI for example.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

    Note 1167: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: yrm.]7QjhX
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    A static method cannot access this or other non-static class methods.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
    A static method cannot access this or other non-static class methods.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A static method cannot {{c1:: access this or other non-static class methods}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

    Note 1168: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: y}<[=^7@`S
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
    interface B {
     Object getValue();
     void process() throws IOException;
    }

    interface A extends B {
     // 1. Covariant return type - more specific than Object
     String getValue();
     // Valid override
     // 2. Can reduce or eliminate exceptions
     void process();
     // Valid - removes IOException
     // 3. Can add default implementation
     default String getValue() { return "default"; }
    }

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
    interface B {
     Object getValue();
     void process() throws IOException;
    }

    interface A extends B {
     // 1. Covariant return type - more specific than Object
     String getValue();
     // Valid override
     // 2. Can reduce or eliminate exceptions
     void process();
     // Valid - removes IOException
     // 3. Can add default implementation
     default String getValue() { return "default"; }
    }

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <code>interface B { <br>&nbsp;Object getValue(); <br>&nbsp;void process() throws IOException; <br>} <br><br>interface A extends B { <br>&nbsp;// {{c1::1. Covariant return type - more specific than Object}} <br>&nbsp;String getValue(); <br>&nbsp;// {{c1::Valid override}} <br>&nbsp;// {{c2::2. Can reduce or eliminate exceptions}} <br>&nbsp;void process(); <br>&nbsp;// {{c2::Valid - removes IOException}} <br>&nbsp;// {{c3::3. Can add default implementation}} <br>&nbsp;{{c3::default}} String getValue() { return "default"; } <br>} </code>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces

    Note 1169: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: z*_4p
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    The Object type defines:
    • .equals(Object o)
    • .toString()

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    The Object type defines:
    • .equals(Object o)
    • .toString()

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The&nbsp;<b>Object</b>&nbsp;type defines:<br><ul><li>{{c1::<b>.equals(Object o)</b>}}</li><li>{{c2::<b>.toString()</b>}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1170: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: z3M|&J1r.r
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion
    Not every EBNF language (Sprache) can be described just with repetition (Wiederholung).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion
    Not every EBNF language (Sprache) can be described just with repetition (Wiederholung).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Not every EBNF language (Sprache) can be described just with{{c2:: repetition (Wiederholung)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion

    Note 1171: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: z=94+q]*#%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Any type is a subtype of the Object type.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
    Any type is a subtype of the Object type.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Any type is a subtype of the {{c1::<b>Object</b>}} type.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

    Note 1172: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: zCPO7,.L4T
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
    A Java identifier can only include lower- and uppercase letters and digits and may never start with digits.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
    A Java identifier can only include lower- and uppercase letters and digits and may never start with digits.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A Java identifier can only include {{c1:: lower- and uppercase letters and digits}} and may never start with {{c2:: digits}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output

    Note 1173: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: (scS~v1D#
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose
    \((AB)^{\top}=\)\(B^\top A^\top\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose
    \((AB)^{\top}=\)\(B^\top A^\top\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \((AB)^{\top}=\){{c1::\(B^\top A^\top\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose

    Note 1174: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: (wR19U.@d
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
    What is the result of \(\textbf{0} \cdot \textbf{v}\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
    What is the result of \(\textbf{0} \cdot \textbf{v}\)

    It is 0, thus 0 is orthogonal to all vectors.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the result of&nbsp;\(\textbf{0} \cdot \textbf{v}\)
    Back It is 0, thus 0 is orthogonal to all vectors.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles

    Note 1175: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: A.Z_4&Nx-g
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Given \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) we say \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) is an eigenvalue of \(A\) and \(v \in \mathbb{C}^{n} \setminus \{0\}\) is an eigenvector of \(A\) associated with the eigenvalue \(\lambda\) when the following holds: \[ Av = \lambda v \]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Given \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) we say \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) is an eigenvalue of \(A\) and \(v \in \mathbb{C}^{n} \setminus \{0\}\) is an eigenvector of \(A\) associated with the eigenvalue \(\lambda\) when the following holds: \[ Av = \lambda v \]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Given \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) we say \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) is an {{c2::<b>eigenvalue</b>}} of \(A\) and \(v \in \mathbb{C}^{n} \setminus \{0\}\) is an {{c2::<b>eigenvector</b>&nbsp;of \(A\) associated with the eigenvalue \(\lambda\)}}&nbsp;when the following holds: \[{{c1:: Av = \lambda v }}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1176: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: A7le9*7QY+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    The eigenvectors of \(A^{-1}\) are the same as those of \(A\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    The eigenvectors of \(A^{-1}\) are the same as those of \(A\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The eigenvectors of&nbsp;\(A^{-1}\)&nbsp;are {{c1::the same}} as those of&nbsp;\(A\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

    Note 1177: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: AA?D}V$bUJ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
    The output of Gauss-Jordan on a matrix \(A\) is unique.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
    The output of Gauss-Jordan on a matrix \(A\) is unique.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The output of Gauss-Jordan on a matrix&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is {{c1::<b>unique::property?</b>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition

    Note 1178: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: AG3+NsB]T%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
    \(\mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) is not actually a new vector space, it is isomorphic to {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^{m \cdot n}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
    \(\mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) is not actually a new vector space, it is isomorphic to {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^{m \cdot n}\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(\mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\)&nbsp;is not actually a new vector space, it is isomorphic to {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^{m \cdot n}\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces

    Note 1179: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: AN(F>bO#!5
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    The matrix \(A^k\) has EW-EV pair \(\lambda^k\) and \(v\) if \(A\) has \(\lambda, v\) as an EW-EV pair.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    The matrix \(A^k\) has EW-EV pair \(\lambda^k\) and \(v\) if \(A\) has \(\lambda, v\) as an EW-EV pair.

    Intuitively, \(A\) on \(v\) scales it by \(\lambda\). Then scaling that already scaled \(\lambda v\) by \(A\) again gives us \(\lambda^2 v\), etc...

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The matrix&nbsp;\(A^k\)&nbsp;has EW-EV pair {{c1::\(\lambda^k\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)}} if&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;has&nbsp;\(\lambda, v\)&nbsp;as an EW-EV pair.
    Extra <i>Intuitively</i>, \(A\) on \(v\) scales it by \(\lambda\). Then scaling that already scaled \(\lambda v\) by \(A\) again gives us \(\lambda^2 v\), etc...
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

    Note 1180: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: AR!ygs@:}2
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
    The error vector is orthogonal to the projection.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
    The error vector is orthogonal to the projection.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The error vector is {{c1:: orthogonal}} to the projection.
    Extra <img src="paste-b0586de8e9fbbc92ec4c1018ba0a291f195140b5.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case

    Note 1181: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: AXk(.4O|pc
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    Why is \(R\) upper triangular in the QR decomposition?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    Why is \(R\) upper triangular in the QR decomposition?

    \(R\) is upper triangular because each \(q_k\) is orthogonal to every \(a_i\) for \(i < k\) (all after it), thus they are \(0\).

    You can see here, since \(q_2, \dots, q_m\) are by construction orthogonal to \(q_1\) thus \(a_1\), all entries below \(1\) in the first column are \(0\). The same goes for all entries below \(2\) in the second column.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Why is&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;upper triangular in the QR decomposition?
    Back \(R\) is upper triangular because each \(q_k\) is orthogonal to every \(a_i\) for \(i &lt; k\) (all after it), thus they are&nbsp;\(0\).<br><img src="paste-b807a5bb84b633acb85aab843fa9b2ac8f0e5cdf.jpg"><br>You can see here, since \(q_2, \dots, q_m\) are by construction orthogonal to \(q_1\) thus \(a_1\), all entries below \(1\) in the first column are \(0\). The same goes for all entries below \(2\) in the second column.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

    Note 1182: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: AZx@62[!CP
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    Let \(A\) be an invertible matrix. If \(\lambda\) and \(v\) are an EW-EV pair, then {{c1:: \(\frac{1}{\lambda}\) and \(v\)}} are an EW-EV pair of the matrix \(A^{-1}\). Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    Let \(A\) be an invertible matrix. If \(\lambda\) and \(v\) are an EW-EV pair, then {{c1:: \(\frac{1}{\lambda}\) and \(v\)}} are an EW-EV pair of the matrix \(A^{-1}\). Proof Included

    Proof: We have \(Av = \lambda v\) thus \(A^{-1}Av = \lambda A^{-1}v\) thus \(\frac{1}{\lambda} v = \frac{1}{\lambda} \lambda A^{-1}v\) and we get \(A^{-1}v = \frac{1}{\lambda} v\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(A\) be an invertible matrix. If \(\lambda\) and \(v\) are an EW-EV pair, then {{c1::&nbsp;\(\frac{1}{\lambda}\) and \(v\)}} are an EW-EV pair of the matrix \(A^{-1}\).&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
    Extra <div><b>Proof:</b> We have \(Av = \lambda v\) thus \(A^{-1}Av = \lambda A^{-1}v\) thus \(\frac{1}{\lambda} v = \frac{1}{\lambda} \lambda A^{-1}v\) and we get \(A^{-1}v = \frac{1}{\lambda} v\).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

    Note 1183: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: A[sn#o|@++
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
     A vector space \(V\) over a field \(F\) is a set with vector addition (\(V \times V \mapsto V)\) and scalar multiplication (\(F \times V \mapsto V\)) being defined. The elements of \(V\) are then usually called vectors and the elements of \(F\) scalars.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
     A vector space \(V\) over a field \(F\) is a set with vector addition (\(V \times V \mapsto V)\) and scalar multiplication (\(F \times V \mapsto V\)) being defined. The elements of \(V\) are then usually called vectors and the elements of \(F\) scalars.

    Example: \(\mathbb{R}^2\) with the usual definitions of \(+, \cdot\) (cartesian vectors)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text &nbsp;A&nbsp;<i>vector space</i>&nbsp;\(V\)&nbsp;over a field&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is {{c1::a set with vector addition (\(V \times V \mapsto V)\)&nbsp;and scalar multiplication (\(F \times V \mapsto V\)) being defined}}. The elements of&nbsp;\(V\)&nbsp;are then usually called {{c1::vectors}}&nbsp;and the elements of&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;{{c1::scalars}}<i>.</i>
    Extra Example:&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^2\)&nbsp;with the usual definitions of&nbsp;\(+, \cdot\)&nbsp;(cartesian vectors)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1184: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Ai8Yhc45CL
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::1._Column_Space
    How do we compute a basis for \(C(A)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::1._Column_Space
    How do we compute a basis for \(C(A)\)?

    The independent columns in the RREF form of matrix \(A\) are a basis of the column space and in particular: \(\dim(\textbf{C}(A)) = \textbf{rank}(A) = r\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we compute a basis for&nbsp;\(C(A)\)?
    Back The independent columns in the RREF form of matrix \(A\) are a basis of the column space and in particular: \(\dim(\textbf{C}(A)) = \textbf{rank}(A) = r\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::1._Column_Space

    Note 1185: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ap,1=OrtVQ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    \[ P(z) = (-1)^n \det(A - z I) = \det(z I - A) = (z - \lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \dots (z - \lambda_n) \]
    The polynomial \(P(z)\) is called the characteristic polynomial of the matrix \(A\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    \[ P(z) = (-1)^n \det(A - z I) = \det(z I - A) = (z - \lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \dots (z - \lambda_n) \]
    The polynomial \(P(z)\) is called the characteristic polynomial of the matrix \(A\).

    The eigenvalues \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) as they show up in the polynomial are not all distinct in general.

    The number of times an eigenvalue shows up is called the algebraic multiplicity of the eigenvalue.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>\[ P(z) = {{c22:: (-1)^n \det(A - z I) = \det(z I - A) = (z - \lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \dots (z - \lambda_n) }}\]</div><div>The polynomial \(P(z)\) is called {{c1::the characteristic polynomial of the matrix \(A\)}}.</div>
    Extra <div>The eigenvalues \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) as they show up in the polynomial are <b>not all distinct</b> in general.</div><div><br></div><div>The number of times an eigenvalue shows up is called the <b>algebraic multiplicity</b> of the eigenvalue.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

    Note 1186: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ar}c<-r5#~
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Orthogonal matrices preserve the norm and inner product of vectors.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Orthogonal matrices preserve the norm and inner product of vectors.

    In other words, if \(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is orthogonal, then, for all \(x, y \in \mathbb{R}^n\):

    \[ ||Qx|| = ||x|| \text{ and } (Qx)^\top(Qy) = x^\top y \]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Orthogonal matrices preserve the {{c1::norm}} and {{c1::inner product}} of vectors.
    Extra In other words, if \(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is orthogonal, then, for all \(x, y \in \mathbb{R}^n\):<br><br>\[ ||Qx|| = ||x|| \text{ and } (Qx)^\top(Qy) = x^\top y \]<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

    Note 1187: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Az@K^QzYw.
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite
    A symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is positive semidefinite if and only if {{c2::\(x^\top A x \geq 0\) for all \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite
    A symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is positive semidefinite if and only if {{c2::\(x^\top A x \geq 0\) for all \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is {{c1::positive semidefinite}} if and only if {{c2::\(x^\top A x \geq 0\) for all \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite

    Note 1188: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: B6tpB{LW9<
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
    \(A\), \(B\) invertible matrices \(m \times m\).

    Then \(AB\) is also invertible and \[ (AB)^{-1} = {{c1::B^{-1}A^{-1} }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
    \(A\), \(B\) invertible matrices \(m \times m\).

    Then \(AB\) is also invertible and \[ (AB)^{-1} = {{c1::B^{-1}A^{-1} }}\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(A\), \(B\) invertible matrices \(m \times m\). <br><br>Then \(AB\) is also invertible and \[ (AB)^{-1} = {{c1::B^{-1}A^{-1} }}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties

    Note 1189: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: B:N,l}NO-6
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
    The rank of \(A\) is \(0\) if and only if \(A\) is the zero matrix.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
    The rank of \(A\) is \(0\) if and only if \(A\) is the zero matrix.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The rank of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is {{c2::\(0\)}}&nbsp;if and only if {{c1::\(A\)&nbsp;is the zero matrix}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank

    Note 1190: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: BU!`Y!K.>R
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
    What is the sign of \(\pi\), defined as \(\pi(1) = 1\), \(\pi(2) = 3\) , \(\pi(3) = 2\) , \(\pi(4) = 4\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
    What is the sign of \(\pi\), defined as \(\pi(1) = 1\), \(\pi(2) = 3\) , \(\pi(3) = 2\) , \(\pi(4) = 4\)?

    We have the pairs \((1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (2, 3), (2, 4), (3, 4)\) for \(i < j\).
    For all these pairs \((i, j)\), \(\pi(i) < \pi(j)\) except for \((2, 3)\) which gives \((\pi(2), \pi(3)) = (3, 2)\).
    Thus \(\text{sgn}(\pi) = -1\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the sign of \(\pi\), defined as \(\pi(1) = 1\), \(\pi(2) = 3\) , \(\pi(3) = 2\) , \(\pi(4) = 4\)?
    Back We have the pairs \((1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (2, 3), (2, 4), (3, 4)\) for \(i &lt; j\).<br>For all these pairs \((i, j)\), \(\pi(i) &lt; \pi(j)\) except for \((2, 3)\) which gives \((\pi(2), \pi(3)) = (3, 2)\). <br>Thus \(\text{sgn}(\pi) = -1\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations

    Note 1191: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Br>vM#El56
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
    For the co-factor formula for the determinant what's the pattern of signs to multiply by?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
    For the co-factor formula for the determinant what's the pattern of signs to multiply by?

    \(\begin{bmatrix} + & - & + & - & + & \dots \\ - & + & - & + & - & \dots \\ + & - & + & - & + & \dots \\ \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \end{bmatrix}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front For the&nbsp;<b>co-factor</b>&nbsp;formula for the determinant what's the pattern of signs to multiply by?
    Back \(\begin{bmatrix} + &amp; - &amp; + &amp; - &amp; + &amp; \dots \\ - &amp; + &amp; - &amp; + &amp; - &amp; \dots \\ + &amp; - &amp; + &amp; - &amp; + &amp; \dots \\ \vdots &amp; \vdots &amp; \vdots &amp; \vdots &amp; \vdots &amp; \vdots &amp; \end{bmatrix}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond

    Note 1192: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Bs.wqkt>9r
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
    Every set of \(n\) linearly independent vectors spans {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^n\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
    Every set of \(n\) linearly independent vectors spans {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^n\)}}.

    This is from the script.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Every set of&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;{{c1::linearly independent}} vectors spans {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^n\)}}.
    Extra <i>This is from the script.</i>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases

    Note 1193: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Bxm
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::1._RREF
    Notation: A matrix \(R\) in \(\text{RREF}(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r)\) has independent columns \(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r\) and therefore rank  \(r\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::1._RREF
    Notation: A matrix \(R\) in \(\text{RREF}(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r)\) has independent columns \(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r\) and therefore rank  \(r\).

    Here the \(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r\) are the indices of the independent columns. 

    Example: The identity matrix is in \(\text{RREF}(1, 2, \dots, m)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>Notation</b>: A matrix&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;in \(\text{RREF}(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r)\) has independent columns {{c1::\(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r\)}} and therefore rank {{c1::&nbsp;\(r\)}}.
    Extra <div>Here the \(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r\) are the indices of the independent columns.&nbsp;</div><div><br></div><div>Example: The identity matrix is in \(\text{RREF}(1, 2, \dots, m)\).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::1._RREF

    Note 1194: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: B~w={<:u.n
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) we have \(\det(\lambda A) = \lambda^n \det(A) \).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) we have \(\det(\lambda A) = \lambda^n \det(A) \).

    Each row is scaled by \(\lambda\) and by multi-linearity we have to take it out of each one (n times).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) we have \(\det(\lambda A) = {{c1:: \lambda^n \det(A) }}\).
    Extra Each row is scaled by&nbsp;\(\lambda\)&nbsp;and by multi-linearity we have to take it out of each one (n times).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1195: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: C%s}g6HGxU
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    The algebraic multiplicity of a root is the number of times it appears in the factorisation \(P(z) = a_n (z-\lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \dots (z - \lambda_n)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    The algebraic multiplicity of a root is the number of times it appears in the factorisation \(P(z) = a_n (z-\lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \dots (z - \lambda_n)\).

    Example: If the algebraic multiplicity of \(\lambda_2\) is \(3\) then \((z - \lambda_2)^3 \ | \ P(z)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c1::algebraic multiplicity of a&nbsp;<i>root</i>}} is {{c2:: the number of times it appears in the factorisation \(P(z) = a_n (z-\lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \dots (z - \lambda_n)\)}}.
    Extra <div><strong>Example:</strong> If the algebraic multiplicity of \(\lambda_2\) is \(3\) then \((z - \lambda_2)^3 \ | \ P(z)\).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

    Note 1196: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: C0VH)T^.1n
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    Using SVD we can decompose any matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) into \(A =\) \(U \Sigma V^\top\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    Using SVD we can decompose any matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) into \(A =\) \(U \Sigma V^\top\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Using SVD we can decompose {{c1::any}} matrix&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\)&nbsp;into&nbsp;\(A =\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(U \Sigma V^\top\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

    Note 1197: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: CPAR6ayFL2
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) needs to {{c1:: have \(n\) eigenvectors that form a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)}} to be diagonalisable.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) needs to {{c1:: have \(n\) eigenvectors that form a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)}} to be diagonalisable.

    \[ A = V \Lambda V^{-1} \]where \(\Lambda\) is a diagonal matrix with \(\Lambda_{ii} = \lambda_i\) (and \(\Lambda_{ij} = 0\) for all \(i \neq j\)).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) needs to {{c1:: have \(n\) eigenvectors that form a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)}} to be diagonalisable.
    Extra \[ A = V \Lambda V^{-1} \]where \(\Lambda\) is a <b>diagonal</b> matrix with \(\Lambda_{ii} = \lambda_i\) (and \(\Lambda_{ij} = 0\) for all \(i \neq j\)).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1198: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: CXkeb-2S`g
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    Let \(T : \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m\) be a linear transformation. There is a?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    Let \(T : \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m\) be a linear transformation. There is a?

    There is a unique \(m \times n\) matrix A such that \(T = T_A\) meaning that \(T(x) = T_A(x) = Ax\) for all \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Let \(T : \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m\)&nbsp;be a linear transformation. There is a?
    Back There is a unique \(m \times n\)&nbsp;matrix A such that&nbsp;\(T = T_A\)&nbsp;meaning that&nbsp;\(T(x) = T_A(x) = Ax\)&nbsp;for all&nbsp;\(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1199: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: C_tB}#%6?a
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Fundamental Subspaces:
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). \[ N(A^\top) = C(A)^\perp\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Fundamental Subspaces:
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). \[ N(A^\top) = C(A)^\perp\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Fundamental Subspaces:<br>Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). \[{{c1:: N(A^\top) }} = {{c2::C(A)}}^\perp\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1200: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Cgr<-cSai|
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
    Which element is in all subspaces?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
    Which element is in all subspaces?

    \(0 \in U\) is always true.

    This is because for \(\lambda = 0\), \(\lambda v = 0\cdot v = 0 \in U\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Which element is in all subspaces?
    Back \(0 \in U\)&nbsp;is always true.<br><br>This is because for&nbsp;\(\lambda = 0\),&nbsp;\(\lambda v = 0\cdot v = 0 \in U\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces

    Note 1201: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: D&_[T~I?f`
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
    Which vector is always in the nullspace of \(A\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
    Which vector is always in the nullspace of \(A\)?

    The zero vector \(0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Which vector is always in the nullspace of&nbsp;\(A\)?
    Back The zero vector&nbsp;\(0\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace

    Note 1202: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: DKXF70U5i$
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Let \(Q\) be an orthogonal matrix. If \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) is an eigenvalue of \(Q\) then \(|\lambda| =\)\(1\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Let \(Q\) be an orthogonal matrix. If \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) is an eigenvalue of \(Q\) then \(|\lambda| =\)\(1\).

    The possible values for \(\lambda\) are then \(1, -1\) and all conjugate complex values with modulus \(1\) for example \(i, -i\).

    This makes sense as \(Q\) orthogonal only turns and doesn't scale.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(Q\) be an orthogonal matrix. If \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) is an eigenvalue of \(Q\) then \(|\lambda| =\){{c1::\(1\)}}.</div>
    Extra The possible values for&nbsp;\(\lambda\)&nbsp;are then&nbsp;\(1, -1\)&nbsp;and all conjugate complex values with modulus&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;for example&nbsp;\(i, -i\).<br><br>This makes sense as \(Q\) orthogonal only turns and doesn't scale.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1203: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Dd-0>Kd049
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication
    The columns of \(A\) are independent if and only if \(x = 0\) is the only vector for which \(Ax = 0\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication
    The columns of \(A\) are independent if and only if \(x = 0\) is the only vector for which \(Ax = 0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The columns of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;are independent if and only if {{c1::\(x = 0\)&nbsp;is the only vector for which&nbsp;\(Ax = 0\)::Linear combination view}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication

    Note 1204: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: DnDRP_uA~N
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    \(\overline{z_1 + z_2} = {{c1:: \overline{z_1} + \overline{z_2} }}\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    \(\overline{z_1 + z_2} = {{c1:: \overline{z_1} + \overline{z_2} }}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(\overline{z_1 + z_2} = {{c1:: \overline{z_1} + \overline{z_2} }}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

    Note 1205: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Dst?W?YSO^
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
    A matrix \(A\) that is not invertible is called singular.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
    A matrix \(A\) that is not invertible is called singular.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A matrix&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;that is not invertible is called {{c1:: singular}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties

    Note 1206: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: DzlMCHq[Im
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    Prove some \(x \in \mathbb{C}\) is actually in \(\mathbb{R}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    Prove some \(x \in \mathbb{C}\) is actually in \(\mathbb{R}\)?

    Show that \(x = \overline{x} \implies x \in \mathbb{R}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <div>Prove some \(x \in \mathbb{C}\) is actually in \(\mathbb{R}\)?</div>
    Back Show that \(x = \overline{x} \implies x \in \mathbb{R}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

    Note 1207: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: D|B,=vwf}e
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties
    For matrices \(A\), \(B\), \(C\):

    \(A(B+C)=AB + AC\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties
    For matrices \(A\), \(B\), \(C\):

    \(A(B+C)=AB + AC\)

    (Distributivity)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For matrices&nbsp;\(A\),&nbsp;\(B\),&nbsp;\(C\):<br><br>\(A(B+C)={{c1::AB + AC}}\)
    Extra (Distributivity)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties

    Note 1208: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: E.Y/B(ySb^
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude
    What is the pseudoinverse in the case where \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) has neither full column nor full row rank?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude
    What is the pseudoinverse in the case where \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) has neither full column nor full row rank?

    We have to solve both projecting and finding \(||x||^2\) with the smallest norm at once.

    We decompose \(A = CR'\) where \(C\) has full column and \(R'\) full row-rank.
    Then \(A^\dagger = R^\dagger C^\dagger\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the pseudoinverse in the case where&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\)&nbsp;has neither full column nor full row rank?
    Back We have to solve both projecting and finding&nbsp;\(||x||^2\)&nbsp;with the smallest norm at once.<br><br>We decompose&nbsp;\(A = CR'\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(C\)&nbsp;has full column and&nbsp;\(R'\)&nbsp;full row-rank.<br>Then&nbsp;\(A^\dagger = R^\dagger C^\dagger\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude

    Note 1209: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: E0@|nN|Yt
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::6._Computing_a_vector_space
    Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space. Let \(G \subseteq V\) be a finite subset of size \(|G| < \dim(V)\). Then {{c1::\(\textbf{Span}(G) \neq V\)}}.

    Using this lemma we can now state that computing a vector space means finding a basis.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::6._Computing_a_vector_space
    Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space. Let \(G \subseteq V\) be a finite subset of size \(|G| < \dim(V)\). Then {{c1::\(\textbf{Span}(G) \neq V\)}}.

    Using this lemma we can now state that computing a vector space means finding a basis.

    No smaller set of vectors can fully describe a vector space.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space. Let \(G \subseteq V\) be a finite subset of size \(|G| &lt; \dim(V)\). Then {{c1::\(\textbf{Span}(G) \neq V\)}}.<br><br>Using this lemma we can now state that <i>computing a vector space</i>&nbsp;means {{c1::finding a basis}}.
    Extra No smaller set of vectors can fully describe a vector space.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::6._Computing_a_vector_space

    Note 1210: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: EH@<57]j
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
    The eigenvalues of \(AB\) and \(BA\) are not correlated.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
    The eigenvalues of \(AB\) and \(BA\) are not correlated.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The eigenvalues of \(AB\) and \(BA\) are {{c1::not correlated}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings

    Note 1211: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ET+-y#7t6G
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
    For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

    \(N(A^\top) = \) Not preserved! :P

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
    For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

    \(N(A^\top) = \) Not preserved! :P

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>For&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;a matrix and&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;an invertible matrix:</div><div><br></div>\(N(A^\top) = \)&nbsp;{{c1::N<b>ot preserved! :P</b>}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations

    Note 1212: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ET4.27ur]h
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    What is special about the characteristic polynomial?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    What is special about the characteristic polynomial?

    The characteristic polynomial is always monic.

    The polynomial \(\det(A - zI)\) has a leading \((-1)\) if the degree is odd. Therefore working with the characteristic one is easier.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is special about the characteristic polynomial?
    Back The characteristic polynomial is always <b>monic</b>.<br><br>The polynomial \(\det(A - zI)\) has a leading \((-1)\) if the degree is odd. Therefore working with the characteristic one is easier.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

    Note 1213: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: EVK,*aoX3m
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    The eigenvectors of an eigenvalue are those and exactly those vectors \(v \neq 0\) in \(v \in N(A - \lambda I)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    The eigenvectors of an eigenvalue are those and exactly those vectors \(v \neq 0\) in \(v \in N(A - \lambda I)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The <b>eigenvectors</b> of an eigenvalue are <b>those and exactly those</b> vectors {{c1::\(v \neq 0\)}}&nbsp;in&nbsp;{{c1::\(v \in N(A - \lambda I)\)::subspace}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

    Note 1214: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: EWg`h{&V?F
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    The orthogonal complement of a subspace is also a subspace.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    The orthogonal complement of a subspace is also a subspace.

    Thus we can decompose the space \(\mathbb{R}^n\) into subspace and complement.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The orthogonal complement of a subspace is {{c1:: also a subspace}}.
    Extra Thus we can decompose the space&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^n\)&nbsp;into subspace and complement.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1215: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: E^P>,?epi|
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    If \(Q\) orthogonal is not square does:
    • \(Q^\top Q = I\) hold? Yes.
    • \(QQ^\top = I\) hold? No, the identity has holes on the diagonal.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    If \(Q\) orthogonal is not square does:
    • \(Q^\top Q = I\) hold? Yes.
    • \(QQ^\top = I\) hold? No, the identity has holes on the diagonal.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;orthogonal is not square does:<br><ul><li>\(Q^\top Q = I\)&nbsp;hold? {{c1:: Yes.}}</li><li>\(QQ^\top = I\)&nbsp;hold? {{c2:: No, the identity has holes on the diagonal.}}</li></ul>
    Extra <img src="paste-5917d1d13aed88925584a659bf8dc0f47273bc4c.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

    Note 1216: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ep]9V3~H?2
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). Then \(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A)\). Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). Then \(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A)\). Proof Included

    \(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A)\) holds because:
    • if \(x \in C(A^\top A)\) then let \(\exists y \ A^\top Ay = x\) and if we set \(z = Ay\) then \(A^\top z = x\) thus \(x \in C(A^\top)\).
    • \(C(A^\top) = N(A)^\bot = N(A^\top A )^\bot\) as (\(N(A^\top A) = N(A)\)).
      Then \(N(A^\top A)^\bot = C((A^\top A)^\top)\) (by \(N(B)^\bot = C(B^\top)\))
      and \((A^\top A)^\top = A^\top A\) thus \(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). Then \(C(A^\top) = {{c1::C(A^\top A)}}\).&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
    Extra <div>\(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A)\) holds because:</div><div><ul><li>if \(x \in C(A^\top A)\) then let \(\exists y \ A^\top Ay = x\) and if we set \(z = Ay\) then \(A^\top z = x\) thus \(x \in C(A^\top)\).</li></ul><ul><li>\(C(A^\top) = N(A)^\bot = N(A^\top A )^\bot\) as (\(N(A^\top A) = N(A)\)). <br>Then \(N(A^\top A)^\bot = C((A^\top A)^\top)\) (by \(N(B)^\bot = C(B^\top)\)) <br>and \((A^\top A)^\top = A^\top A\) thus \(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A)\).</li></ul></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1217: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Eq^?6E3]XJ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    The rank of a real symmetric matrix \(A\) is the number of non-zero eigenvalues (counting repetitions).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    The rank of a real symmetric matrix \(A\) is the number of non-zero eigenvalues (counting repetitions).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The rank of a real symmetric matrix \(A\) is the number of {{c1::non-zero eigenvalues (counting repetitions)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

    Note 1218: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: F@!OqZ7#Kb
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
    For Least Squares, \(A\) needs to have linearly independent columns which they are if \(t_i = t_j\) for all \(i \not = j\) .

    This is guaranteed if all datapoints are unique in time.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
    For Least Squares, \(A\) needs to have linearly independent columns which they are if \(t_i = t_j\) for all \(i \not = j\) .

    This is guaranteed if all datapoints are unique in time.

    Otherwise the projection is not defined, i.e. there's no unique solution to the normal equations.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For Least Squares,&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;needs to have {{c1:: linearly independent columns ::what property and also why? }} which they are if {{c1:: \(t_i = t_j\) for all \(i \not = j\) }}.<br><br>This is guaranteed if all {{c2:: datapoints are unique in time}}.
    Extra Otherwise the projection is not defined, i.e. there's no unique solution to the normal equations.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation

    Note 1219: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: FAD$sgwJY?
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\). If \((\lambda, v)\) is an eigenvalue, eigenvector pair, then {{c1::\((\overline{\lambda}, \overline{v})\) }} is an eigenvalue, eigenvector pair.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\). If \((\lambda, v)\) is an eigenvalue, eigenvector pair, then {{c1::\((\overline{\lambda}, \overline{v})\) }} is an eigenvalue, eigenvector pair.

    The conjugate is always also an EW, EV pair.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\). If \((\lambda, v)\) is an eigenvalue, eigenvector pair, then {{c1::\((\overline{\lambda}, \overline{v})\)&nbsp;}} is an eigenvalue, eigenvector pair.
    Extra The conjugate is always also an EW, EV pair.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1220: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: FTH7rOs5Fz
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    Every polynomial \(P(z) = a_n z^n + a_{n - 1} z^{n - 1} + \dots + a_1 z + a_0\) with \(a_n \neq 0\) has {{c1:: a zero \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C} \)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    Every polynomial \(P(z) = a_n z^n + a_{n - 1} z^{n - 1} + \dots + a_1 z + a_0\) with \(a_n \neq 0\) has {{c1:: a zero \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C} \)}}.

    Fundamental theorem of algebra

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Every polynomial&nbsp;\(P(z) = a_n z^n + a_{n - 1} z^{n - 1} + \dots + a_1 z + a_0\) with \(a_n \neq 0\) has {{c1:: a zero&nbsp;\(\lambda \in \mathbb{C} \)}}.
    Extra Fundamental theorem of algebra
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

    Note 1221: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: FX{E
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    SVD from rank 1 matrices with \(\sigma_1, \dots, \sigma_r\) be the non-zero singular values of \(A\), \(u_1, \dots, u_r\) the corresponding left singular vectors and \(v_1, \dots, v_r\) the corresponding right singular vectors.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    SVD from rank 1 matrices with \(\sigma_1, \dots, \sigma_r\) be the non-zero singular values of \(A\), \(u_1, \dots, u_r\) the corresponding left singular vectors and \(v_1, \dots, v_r\) the corresponding right singular vectors.

    We have:\[ A = \sum_{k = 1}^r \sigma_k u_k v_k^\top \]
    This follows directly from the compact SVD:

    \[A = U_r \Sigma_r V_r^T = \begin{bmatrix} | & & | \\ \mathbf{u}_1 & \cdots & \mathbf{u}_r \\ | & & | \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \sigma_1 & & \\ & \ddots & \\ & & \sigma_r \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} - & \mathbf{v}_1^T & - \\ & \vdots & \\ - & \mathbf{v}_r^T & - \end{bmatrix}\]
    Expanding the matrix multiplication, we get: 
    \[A = \sigma_1 \mathbf{u}_1 \mathbf{v}_1^T + \sigma_2 \mathbf{u}_2 \mathbf{v}_2^T + \dots + \sigma_r \mathbf{u}_r \mathbf{v}_r^T = \sum_{i=1}^r \sigma_i \mathbf{u}_i \mathbf{v}_i^T\]
    Each term \(\sigma_i \mathbf{u}_i \mathbf{v}_i^T\) is a rank-1 matrix because it is the outer product of two vectors, \(\mathbf{u}_i\) and \(\mathbf{v}_i\), scaled by the singular value \(\sigma_i\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front SVD from rank 1 matrices with \(\sigma_1, \dots, \sigma_r\) be the non-zero singular values of \(A\), \(u_1, \dots, u_r\) the corresponding left singular vectors and \(v_1, \dots, v_r\) the corresponding right singular vectors.
    Back We have:\[ A = \sum_{k = 1}^r \sigma_k u_k v_k^\top \]<br>This follows directly from the compact SVD:<br><br>\[A = U_r \Sigma_r V_r^T = \begin{bmatrix} | &amp; &amp; | \\ \mathbf{u}_1 &amp; \cdots &amp; \mathbf{u}_r \\ | &amp; &amp; | \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \sigma_1 &amp; &amp; \\ &amp; \ddots &amp; \\ &amp; &amp; \sigma_r \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} - &amp; \mathbf{v}_1^T &amp; - \\ &amp; \vdots &amp; \\ - &amp; \mathbf{v}_r^T &amp; - \end{bmatrix}\]<br>Expanding the matrix multiplication, we get:&nbsp;<br>\[A = \sigma_1 \mathbf{u}_1 \mathbf{v}_1^T + \sigma_2 \mathbf{u}_2 \mathbf{v}_2^T + \dots + \sigma_r \mathbf{u}_r \mathbf{v}_r^T = \sum_{i=1}^r \sigma_i \mathbf{u}_i \mathbf{v}_i^T\]<br>Each term \(\sigma_i \mathbf{u}_i \mathbf{v}_i^T\) is a rank-1 matrix because it is the outer product of two vectors, \(\mathbf{u}_i\) and \(\mathbf{v}_i\), scaled by the singular value \(\sigma_i\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

    Note 1222: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: F]H_)uK%+@
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1,9._Closed_Form_Recursion_(Fibonacci)
    Express the Fibonacci formula \(f_n = f_{n - 1} + f_{n - 2}\) as a matrix equation?
    1. {{c1::Let  \(\mathbf{g}_{n+1} = M\mathbf{g}_n\), where \(M = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 \\ 1 & 0 \end{bmatrix} \)(matrix version of the recursion)}}
    2. {{c2::The eigenvalues \(\lambda_1 = \frac{1+\sqrt{5} }{2}\) (golden ratio \(\phi\)) and \(\lambda_2 = \frac{1-\sqrt{5} }{2}\) are found, along with their eigenvectors \(v_1 = \begin{pmatrix} \lambda_1 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\) and \(v_2 = \begin{pmatrix} \lambda_2 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\) . These eigenvectors are independent since \(\lambda_1 \neq \lambda_2\) and thus they form a basis for \(\mathbb{R}^2\).}}
    3. {{c3::The initial state \(\mathbf{g}_0\) is written as a linear combination of eigenvectors with coefficients \(\pm\frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }\): \(g_0 = \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }v_1 - \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }v_2\).}}
    4. {{c4::Since \(M^n\mathbf{v}_i = \lambda_i^n\mathbf{v}_i\), we get the closed form: \[F_n = \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} } \left[\left(\frac{1+\sqrt{5} } {2}\right)^n - \left(\frac{1-\sqrt{5} } {2}\right)^n\right] \] }}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1,9._Closed_Form_Recursion_(Fibonacci)
    Express the Fibonacci formula \(f_n = f_{n - 1} + f_{n - 2}\) as a matrix equation?
    1. {{c1::Let  \(\mathbf{g}_{n+1} = M\mathbf{g}_n\), where \(M = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 \\ 1 & 0 \end{bmatrix} \)(matrix version of the recursion)}}
    2. {{c2::The eigenvalues \(\lambda_1 = \frac{1+\sqrt{5} }{2}\) (golden ratio \(\phi\)) and \(\lambda_2 = \frac{1-\sqrt{5} }{2}\) are found, along with their eigenvectors \(v_1 = \begin{pmatrix} \lambda_1 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\) and \(v_2 = \begin{pmatrix} \lambda_2 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\) . These eigenvectors are independent since \(\lambda_1 \neq \lambda_2\) and thus they form a basis for \(\mathbb{R}^2\).}}
    3. {{c3::The initial state \(\mathbf{g}_0\) is written as a linear combination of eigenvectors with coefficients \(\pm\frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }\): \(g_0 = \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }v_1 - \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }v_2\).}}
    4. {{c4::Since \(M^n\mathbf{v}_i = \lambda_i^n\mathbf{v}_i\), we get the closed form: \[F_n = \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} } \left[\left(\frac{1+\sqrt{5} } {2}\right)^n - \left(\frac{1-\sqrt{5} } {2}\right)^n\right] \] }}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Express the Fibonacci formula \(f_n = f_{n - 1} + f_{n - 2}\) as a matrix equation?<br><ol><li>{{c1::Let&nbsp;&nbsp;\(\mathbf{g}_{n+1} = M\mathbf{g}_n\), where&nbsp;\(M = \begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; 1 \\ 1 &amp; 0 \end{bmatrix} \)(matrix version of the recursion)}}</li><li>{{c2::The eigenvalues&nbsp;\(\lambda_1 = \frac{1+\sqrt{5} }{2}\)&nbsp;(golden ratio&nbsp;\(\phi\)) and&nbsp;\(\lambda_2 = \frac{1-\sqrt{5} }{2}\)&nbsp;are found, along with their eigenvectors&nbsp;\(v_1 = \begin{pmatrix} \lambda_1 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v_2 = \begin{pmatrix} \lambda_2 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\)&nbsp;. These eigenvectors are independent since&nbsp;\(\lambda_1 \neq \lambda_2\)&nbsp;and thus they form a basis for&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^2\).}}</li><li>{{c3::The initial state&nbsp;\(\mathbf{g}_0\)&nbsp;is written as a linear combination of eigenvectors with coefficients&nbsp;\(\pm\frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }\):&nbsp;\(g_0 = \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }v_1 - \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }v_2\).}}</li><li>{{c4::Since&nbsp;\(M^n\mathbf{v}_i = \lambda_i^n\mathbf{v}_i\), we get the closed form:&nbsp;\[F_n = \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} } \left[\left(\frac{1+\sqrt{5} } {2}\right)^n - \left(\frac{1-\sqrt{5} } {2}\right)^n\right] \]&nbsp;}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1,9._Closed_Form_Recursion_(Fibonacci)

    Note 1223: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Fb-7Ek~j3;
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    The eigenvalues of \(A^{-1}\) are  \(1/\lambda_i\)  if \(\lambda_i\)'s are the eigenvalues of \(A\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    The eigenvalues of \(A^{-1}\) are  \(1/\lambda_i\)  if \(\lambda_i\)'s are the eigenvalues of \(A\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The eigenvalues of&nbsp;\(A^{-1}\)&nbsp;are {{c1::&nbsp;\(1/\lambda_i\)&nbsp;}} if&nbsp;\(\lambda_i\)'s&nbsp;are the eigenvalues of&nbsp;\(A\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

    Note 1224: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Fdf#%+wdU#
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    In the SVD the diagonal elements of \(\Sigma\), \(\sigma_i = \Sigma_{ii}\) are called the singular values of \(A\) and are {{c1:: ordered as \(\sigma_1 \geq \dots \sigma_{\min\{m, n\} }\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    In the SVD the diagonal elements of \(\Sigma\), \(\sigma_i = \Sigma_{ii}\) are called the singular values of \(A\) and are {{c1:: ordered as \(\sigma_1 \geq \dots \sigma_{\min\{m, n\} }\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In the SVD the diagonal elements of \(\Sigma\), \(\sigma_i = \Sigma_{ii}\) are called {{c1::the singular values}} of \(A\) and are {{c1:: ordered as \(\sigma_1 \geq \dots \sigma_{\min\{m, n\} }\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

    Note 1225: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: FjSbP7PsTQ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
    \(A^\dagger A\) is the projection matrix onto \(C(A^\top)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
    \(A^\dagger A\) is the projection matrix onto \(C(A^\top)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(A^\dagger A\) is the projection matrix onto&nbsp;{{c1::\(C(A^\top)\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties

    Note 1226: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Fp:$8m1l7(
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
    A vector space \(V\) is called finitely generated if {{c2::there exists a finite subset \(G \subseteq V\) with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
    A vector space \(V\) is called finitely generated if {{c2::there exists a finite subset \(G \subseteq V\) with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A vector space \(V\) is called {{c1::finitely generated}} if {{c2::there exists a finite subset \(G \subseteq V\) with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases

    Note 1227: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: F{P9Py-@Ws
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    The singular values are the square-root of the eigenvalues of \(A^\top A\) (or \(AA^\top\))Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    The singular values are the square-root of the eigenvalues of \(A^\top A\) (or \(AA^\top\))Proof Included

    Note that \(A^\top A\) and \(AA^\top\) share all non-zero eigenvalues. This can be seen easily as \(A^\top A\) is symmetric thus \(A^\top A = V^\top \Lambda V V(\Sigma^\top \Sigma) V^\top\) which implies that \(\Lambda = \Sigma^\top \Sigma\) and thus \(\lambda_i = \sigma_i^2\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The singular values are the {{c1::square-root}} of the {{c2::eigenvalues of&nbsp;\(A^\top A\)&nbsp;(or&nbsp;\(AA^\top\))}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
    Extra Note that&nbsp;\(A^\top A\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(AA^\top\)&nbsp;share all non-zero eigenvalues. This can be seen easily as \(A^\top A\) is symmetric thus \(A^\top A = V^\top \Lambda V V(\Sigma^\top \Sigma) V^\top\) which implies that \(\Lambda = \Sigma^\top \Sigma\) and thus \(\lambda_i = \sigma_i^2\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

    Note 1228: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: F~GapB(@u;
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions
    If \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has rank \(r = m\), then \(Ax = b\) has a solution for {{c1::every \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) (equivalent to saying that \(\textbf{C}(A) = \mathbb{R}^m\))}}.

    We call \(A\) solvable (invertible \(A\) is a special case of this).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions
    If \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has rank \(r = m\), then \(Ax = b\) has a solution for {{c1::every \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) (equivalent to saying that \(\textbf{C}(A) = \mathbb{R}^m\))}}.

    We call \(A\) solvable (invertible \(A\) is a special case of this).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has rank \(r = m\), then \(Ax = b\) has a solution for {{c1::every \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) (equivalent to saying that \(\textbf{C}(A) = \mathbb{R}^m\))}}.<br><br>We call \(A\)&nbsp;{{c1::solvable (invertible \(A\) is a special case of this)::name and special case}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions

    Note 1229: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: G(7.sQ=i_?
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::1._Rayleigh_Quotient
    Proof that the Rayleigh Quotient has it's maximum and minimum at the largest/smallest EWs?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::1._Rayleigh_Quotient
    Proof that the Rayleigh Quotient has it's maximum and minimum at the largest/smallest EWs?

    It is easy to see that \(R(v_{\max}) = \lambda_{\max}\) and \(R(v_{\min}) = \lambda_{\min}\). 

    See: 
    \(R(v_{\text{max}}) = \frac{v_{\text{max}}^\top A v_{\text{max}}}{v_{\text{max}}^\top v_{\text{max}}} = \frac{v_{\text{max}}^\top (\lambda_{\text{max}} v_{\text{max}})}{v_{\text{max}}^\top v_{\text{max}}} = \lambda_{\text{max}}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Proof that the Rayleigh Quotient has it's maximum and minimum at the largest/smallest EWs?
    Back <div>It is easy to see that \(R(v_{\max}) = \lambda_{\max}\) and \(R(v_{\min}) = \lambda_{\min}\).&nbsp;</div><div><br></div><div>See:&nbsp;</div><div>\(R(v_{\text{max}}) = \frac{v_{\text{max}}^\top A v_{\text{max}}}{v_{\text{max}}^\top v_{\text{max}}} = \frac{v_{\text{max}}^\top (\lambda_{\text{max}} v_{\text{max}})}{v_{\text{max}}^\top v_{\text{max}}} = \lambda_{\text{max}}\)</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::1._Rayleigh_Quotient

    Note 1230: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: G1|bG=ffVu
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Let \(Q\) be the \(m \times n\) matrix whose columns are an orthonormal basis of \(C(A)\).

    Then the projection matrix that projects to \(C(A)\) is given by \(QQ^\top\)Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Let \(Q\) be the \(m \times n\) matrix whose columns are an orthonormal basis of \(C(A)\).

    Then the projection matrix that projects to \(C(A)\) is given by \(QQ^\top\)Proof Included

    \(Q^\top Q\) simplifies to \(I\) in the case where our \(Q\) is orthogonal.

    Thus \(P = Q (Q^\top Q)^{-1} Q^\top\) simplifies to \(P = QQ^\top\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(Q\) be the \(m \times n\) matrix whose columns are an orthonormal basis of \(C(A)\).</div><div><br></div><div>Then the projection matrix that projects to \(C(A)\) is given by {{c1::\(QQ^\top\)}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i></div>
    Extra \(Q^\top Q\) simplifies to \(I\) in the case where our \(Q\) is orthogonal. <br><br>Thus \(P = Q (Q^\top Q)^{-1} Q^\top\) simplifies to \(P = QQ^\top\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

    Note 1231: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: G2Hf{n(RiQ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    How do we get the \(QR\) decomposition for \(A\) with linearly independent columns?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    How do we get the \(QR\) decomposition for \(A\) with linearly independent columns?

    1. \(Q\) is the result of Gram-Schmidt on \(A\)
    2. \(R = Q^\top A\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we get the&nbsp;\(QR\)&nbsp;decomposition for&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;with linearly independent columns?
    Back <ol><li>\(Q\)&nbsp;is the result of Gram-Schmidt on&nbsp;\(A\)</li><li>\(R = Q^\top A\)</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

    Note 1232: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: G9![k&wZRU
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::1._Rayleigh_Quotient
    Given a symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) the Rayleigh Quotient defined for \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus {0}\), as \[ R(x) = {{c1::\frac{x^\top Ax}{x^\top x} }}\]attains it’s
    • maximum at {{c2::\(R(v_{\text{max} }) = \lambda_{\text{max} }\)}}
    • minimum at {{c2::\(R(v_{\text{min} }) = \lambda_{\text{min} } \)}}
    where {{c2::\(\lambda_{\text{max} }\) and \(\lambda_{\text{min} }\) are respectively the largest and smallest eigenvalues of \(A\) and \(v_{\text{max} }\) and \(v_{\text{min} }\) their associated eigenvectors}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::1._Rayleigh_Quotient
    Given a symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) the Rayleigh Quotient defined for \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus {0}\), as \[ R(x) = {{c1::\frac{x^\top Ax}{x^\top x} }}\]attains it’s
    • maximum at {{c2::\(R(v_{\text{max} }) = \lambda_{\text{max} }\)}}
    • minimum at {{c2::\(R(v_{\text{min} }) = \lambda_{\text{min} } \)}}
    where {{c2::\(\lambda_{\text{max} }\) and \(\lambda_{\text{min} }\) are respectively the largest and smallest eigenvalues of \(A\) and \(v_{\text{max} }\) and \(v_{\text{min} }\) their associated eigenvectors}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Given a symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) the Rayleigh Quotient defined for \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus {0}\), as \[ R(x) = {{c1::\frac{x^\top Ax}{x^\top x} }}\]attains it’s</div><div><ul><li>maximum at&nbsp;{{c2::\(R(v_{\text{max} }) = \lambda_{\text{max} }\)}}</li><li>minimum at&nbsp;{{c2::\(R(v_{\text{min} }) = \lambda_{\text{min} } \)}}</li></ul><div>where {{c2::\(\lambda_{\text{max} }\) and \(\lambda_{\text{min} }\) are respectively the largest and smallest eigenvalues of \(A\) and \(v_{\text{max} }\) and \(v_{\text{min} }\) their associated eigenvectors}}.</div></div><blockquote><ul> </ul></blockquote>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::1._Rayleigh_Quotient

    Note 1233: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: G^)Gmk^Z%6
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    Every matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has an SVD decomposition. In other words:
    Every linear transformation is diagonal when viewed in the bases of the singular vectors.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    Every matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has an SVD decomposition. In other words:
    Every linear transformation is diagonal when viewed in the bases of the singular vectors.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Every matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has an SVD decomposition. In other words:</div><div>{{c1::Every linear transformation is diagonal when viewed in the bases of the singular vectors.}}</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

    Note 1234: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Gp{ARt+OX,
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    If you have some expression \(x_1 + i x_2 = y_1 + i y_2\) we can separate this into?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    If you have some expression \(x_1 + i x_2 = y_1 + i y_2\) we can separate this into?

    1. \(x_1 = y_1\)
    2. \(x_2 = y_2\)
    because of the \(i\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front If you have some expression \(x_1 + i x_2 = y_1 + i y_2\) we can separate this into?
    Back <ol><li>\(x_1 = y_1\)</li><li>\(x_2 = y_2\)</li></ol>because of the \(i\)<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

    Note 1235: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: HM?p0`y8nB
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::1._RREF
    A matrix \(R\) is in RREF if:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::1._RREF
    A matrix \(R\) is in RREF if:

    1. For every \(i \in [r]\), column \(j_i\) of \(R\) is the standard unit vector \(e_i\)
    2. All entries \(r_{ij}\) “below the staircase” are \(0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front A matrix&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;is in RREF if:
    Back <ol> <li>For every \(i \in [r]\), column \(j_i\) of \(R\) is the standard unit vector \(e_i\)</li><li>All entries \(r_{ij}\) “below the staircase” are \(0\).</li></ol><div><img src="paste-68d858bb3f866342909dc81c609228626cb1c514.jpg"></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::1._RREF

    Note 1236: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: HO&p/zi-tL
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
    How is the scalar product defined on an angle?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
    How is the scalar product defined on an angle?

    \(\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{w} = ||\textbf{v}|| \ ||\textbf{w}|| \cdot \cos(\alpha)\).

    If v and w are unit vectors, we don't need to divide by their norms, see the definition of a scalar product geometrically.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How is the scalar product defined on an angle?
    Back \(\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{w} = ||\textbf{v}|| \ ||\textbf{w}|| \cdot \cos(\alpha)\).<br><br>If v and w are unit vectors, we don't need to divide by their norms, see the definition of a scalar product geometrically.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles

    Note 1237: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: HVb7^Pa98H
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    All eigenvalues are exactly the roots of the polynomial \(\det(A - \lambda I)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    All eigenvalues are exactly the roots of the polynomial \(\det(A - \lambda I)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>All eigenvalues are {{c1::exactly the roots of the polynomial \(\det(A - \lambda I)\)::in terms of polynomial}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1238: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Hept`QKpE8
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
    What is the Kronecker delta?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
    What is the Kronecker delta?

    A function which is described as follows:

    \(\delta_{i, j} = \begin{cases} \text{0} &\quad\text{if }i \neq j \\ \text{1} &\quad\text{if }i = j \end{cases}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the&nbsp;<b>Kronecker delta?</b>
    Back A function which is described as follows:<br><br>\(\delta_{i, j} = \begin{cases} \text{0} &amp;\quad\text{if }i \neq j \\ \text{1} &amp;\quad\text{if }i = j \end{cases}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations

    Note 1239: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: HgRNZ)7~Q=
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace
    Dimension of the nullspace \(\dim(N(A)) = \) {{c1:: \(n - r = n - \textbf{rank}(A)\)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace
    Dimension of the nullspace \(\dim(N(A)) = \) {{c1:: \(n - r = n - \textbf{rank}(A)\)}}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Dimension of the nullspace&nbsp;\(\dim(N(A)) = \)&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(n - r = n - \textbf{rank}(A)\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace

    Note 1240: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: HnqZA9P|@G
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    Given a triangular (either upper or lower) matrix \(T \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), we have \[ \det(T) = {{c1:: \prod_{k = 1}^n T_{kk} }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    Given a triangular (either upper or lower) matrix \(T \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), we have \[ \det(T) = {{c1:: \prod_{k = 1}^n T_{kk} }}\]

    For a triangular matrix, if we choose an element off the diagonal, we are then forced to choose one in the \(0\)s thus making that factor \(0\). The only valid permutation is thus the \(\text{id}\), which means we just multiply the diagonals.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Given a <b>triangular</b> (either upper or lower) matrix \(T \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), we have \[ \det(T) = {{c1:: \prod_{k = 1}^n T_{kk} }}\]
    Extra For a triangular matrix, if we choose an element off the diagonal, we are then forced to choose one in the \(0\)s thus making that factor \(0\). The only valid permutation is thus the \(\text{id}\), which means we just multiply the diagonals.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1241: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: I5WrW!E]G<
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
    The determinant expressed in terms of co-factors is: \[\det(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{j = 1}^n A_{ij}C_{ij} }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
    The determinant expressed in terms of co-factors is: \[\det(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{j = 1}^n A_{ij}C_{ij} }}\]

    in which we multiply the cofactor of every element by the element itself, as is clear in the example for a 3x3.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The determinant expressed in terms of <b>co-factors</b>&nbsp;is:&nbsp;\[\det(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{j = 1}^n A_{ij}C_{ij} }}\]<br>
    Extra in which we multiply the cofactor of every element by the element itself, as is clear in the example for a 3x3.<br><img src="paste-5b306ce2f1c5340a372c470f868d00a247f2c566.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond

    Note 1242: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ICEre
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
    What does \(N(A) = \mathbb{R}^n\) mean?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
    What does \(N(A) = \mathbb{R}^n\) mean?

    it means \(A = \boldsymbol{0}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does&nbsp;\(N(A) = \mathbb{R}^n\)&nbsp;mean?
    Back it means&nbsp;\(A = \boldsymbol{0}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace

    Note 1243: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: IX@x0?}8bL
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 \\ 0 & 1 \end{bmatrix}\) is invertible but not diagonalisable since the EW \(1\) has algebraic multiplicity 2 but geometric multiplicity 1.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 \\ 0 & 1 \end{bmatrix}\) is invertible but not diagonalisable since the EW \(1\) has algebraic multiplicity 2 but geometric multiplicity 1.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; 1 \\ 0 &amp; 1 \end{bmatrix}\)&nbsp;is invertible but not {{c1::diagonalisable}} since {{c1::the EW \(1\) has algebraic multiplicity 2 but geometric multiplicity 1}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1244: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: I`-{jhD?WK
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    If \(Av = \lambda v\) and \(\lambda\) and \(v\) are an EW-EV pair we know \(v \neq 0\) .

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    If \(Av = \lambda v\) and \(\lambda\) and \(v\) are an EW-EV pair we know \(v \neq 0\) .

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If&nbsp;\(Av = \lambda v\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(\lambda\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;are an EW-EV pair we know {{c1::\(v \neq 0\)&nbsp;::property of&nbsp;\(v\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1245: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Ie1sVs`1ap
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::1._2x2_Matrices
    What is the inverse of \(A = \begin{bmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{bmatrix}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::1._2x2_Matrices
    What is the inverse of \(A = \begin{bmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{bmatrix}\)?

    \[A^{-1} = \frac{1}{ad - bc} \begin{bmatrix} d & -c \\ -b & a \end{bmatrix}\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the inverse of&nbsp;\(A = \begin{bmatrix} a &amp; b \\ c &amp; d \end{bmatrix}\)?
    Back \[A^{-1} = \frac{1}{ad - bc} \begin{bmatrix} d &amp; -c \\ -b &amp; a \end{bmatrix}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::1._2x2_Matrices

    Note 1246: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ixx.9h)R+>
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Give two examples of orthogonal matrices:
    • 2x2 rotation matrices
    • Permutation matrices

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Give two examples of orthogonal matrices:
    • 2x2 rotation matrices
    • Permutation matrices

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Give two examples of orthogonal matrices:<br><ul><li>{{c1:: 2x2 rotation matrices}}</li><li>{{c2:: Permutation matrices}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

    Note 1247: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: J,}qfri4M=
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    Was ist eine unitäre Matrix?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    Was ist eine unitäre Matrix?

    Für eine unitäre Matrix gilt \( \mathbf{A^H A = I}_n\), d.h. die komplex-transponierte von A ist die Inverse von A. 
    Unitär = regulär & quadratisch 

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Was ist eine <b>unitäre</b> Matrix?
    Back Für eine unitäre Matrix gilt&nbsp;\( \mathbf{A^H A = I}_n\), d.h. die komplex-transponierte von A ist die Inverse von A.&nbsp;<div>Unitär = regulär &amp; quadratisch&nbsp;</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1248: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: J0-A1[(zwf
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    We know that \(\forall x \in \mathbb{R}^n\), there exist \(x_0 \in N(A)\) and \(x_1 \in R(A)\) such that \(x = x_0 + x_1 \) and \(x_1^\top x_0 = 0\) as \(N(A) = C(A^\top)^\perp\) are orthogonal complements.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    We know that \(\forall x \in \mathbb{R}^n\), there exist \(x_0 \in N(A)\) and \(x_1 \in R(A)\) such that \(x = x_0 + x_1 \) and \(x_1^\top x_0 = 0\) as \(N(A) = C(A^\top)^\perp\) are orthogonal complements.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We know that \(\forall x \in \mathbb{R}^n\), there exist {{c1::\(x_0 \in N(A)\)}} and {{c1::\(x_1 \in R(A)\)}} such that \(x = {{c2:: x_0 + x_1 }}\) and {{c3::\(x_1^\top x_0 = 0\)}} as {{c3::\(N(A) = C(A^\top)^\perp\)&nbsp;are orthogonal complements}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

    Note 1249: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: J1MYsJ:|-Q
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    An linear combination of  \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\) is convex if

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    An linear combination of  \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\) is convex if

    it is both affine and conic

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front An linear combination of&nbsp; \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;<b>convex</b> if
    Back it is both <b>affine</b> and <b>conic<br></b><img src="paste-6c996ea28a45b085265e7aac3501d25ba5b1728c.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1250: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: J<060JA%BR
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
    Can a nilpotent matrix have an inverse?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
    Can a nilpotent matrix have an inverse?

    No, as the \(0\) matrix does not have an inverse.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Can a nilpotent matrix have an inverse?
    Back No, as the&nbsp;\(0\)&nbsp;matrix&nbsp;does not have an inverse.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations

    Note 1251: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: JAn~&+e&|!
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
    The determinant is linear in each row (or each column). In other words for any \(a_0, a_1, a_2, \dots, a_n \in \mathbb{R}^n\) and \(\alpha_0, \alpha_1 \in \mathbb{R}\) we have: (Two linearity properties)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
    The determinant is linear in each row (or each column). In other words for any \(a_0, a_1, a_2, \dots, a_n \in \mathbb{R}^n\) and \(\alpha_0, \alpha_1 \in \mathbb{R}\) we have: (Two linearity properties)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front The determinant is linear in each row (or each <i>column</i>). In other words for any \(a_0, a_1, a_2, \dots, a_n \in \mathbb{R}^n\) and \(\alpha_0, \alpha_1 \in \mathbb{R}\) we have: (<i>Two linearity properties)</i>
    Back <img src="paste-b0314843c81b23252762fd0a50059644aa1dfffe.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond

    Note 1252: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: JG.Pzp,r%b
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
    Wenn \(A,B\) invertierbar sind, dann ist es {{c1::\((AB)^{-1}=B^{-1}A^{-1}\)}} auch.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
    Wenn \(A,B\) invertierbar sind, dann ist es {{c1::\((AB)^{-1}=B^{-1}A^{-1}\)}} auch.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Wenn&nbsp;\(A,B\)&nbsp;invertierbar sind, dann ist es {{c1::\((AB)^{-1}=B^{-1}A^{-1}\)}}&nbsp;auch.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties

    Note 1253: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: JIi?26WP]C
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::5._Triangle_inequality
    What is the triangle inequality?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::5._Triangle_inequality
    What is the triangle inequality?


    This follows from the geometric interpretation in two dimensions, generalised.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the triangle inequality?
    Back <img src="paste-92db18f438c2c25573711f4ed4db61a644962214.jpg"><br>This follows from the geometric interpretation in two dimensions, generalised.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::5._Triangle_inequality

    Note 1254: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: JlD}ITLxEy
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation
    What is the composition of two linear transformations \(T_A \circ T_B\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation
    What is the composition of two linear transformations \(T_A \circ T_B\)?

    \(T_A \circ T_B = T_{AB}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the composition of two linear transformations&nbsp;\(T_A \circ T_B\)?
    Back \(T_A \circ T_B = T_{AB}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation

    Note 1255: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: JmsF:FMC~D
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces.

    Then \(V \cap W = \) {{c1:: \(\{0\}\) (as all subspaces contain the \(0\) vector)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces.

    Then \(V \cap W = \) {{c1:: \(\{0\}\) (as all subspaces contain the \(0\) vector)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces.</div><div><br></div><div>Then \(V \cap W = \) {{c1:: \(\{0\}\) (as all subspaces contain the \(0\) vector)}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1256: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: K-XRXZqOV,
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    If \(AB = BA\), then \(A,B\) share an EV.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    If \(AB = BA\), then \(A,B\) share an EV.

    Assume \(AB = BA\).

    If \(\lambda, v\) an EW-EV pair of \(A\) then \(A(Bv) = (AB)v = B(Av) = \lambda Bv\) thus \(Bv\) is an eigenvector of \(A\).

    Then \(Bv\) is a multiple of some \(v\) of that EW \(\lambda\) (easiest to see for \(A\) complete set of real EVs) \(\implies\) \(Bv = \lambda'v\) thus that \(v\) is also an EV of \(B\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If&nbsp;\(AB = BA\),&nbsp;then {{c1::\(A,B\)&nbsp;share an EV::EVs of A, B}}.
    Extra Assume \(AB = BA\).<br><br>If \(\lambda, v\) an EW-EV pair of \(A\) then \(A(Bv) = (AB)v = B(Av) = \lambda Bv\) thus \(Bv\) is an eigenvector of \(A\).<br><br>Then \(Bv\) is a multiple of some \(v\) of that EW \(\lambda\) (easiest to see for \(A\) complete set of real EVs) \(\implies\) \(Bv = \lambda'v\) thus that \(v\) is also an EV of \(B\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

    Note 1257: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: K4@L>.#ir<
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose
    For all matrices \(A\): 

    \((A^\top)^\top = \)\(A\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose
    For all matrices \(A\): 

    \((A^\top)^\top = \)\(A\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For all matrices&nbsp;\(A\):&nbsp;<br><br>\((A^\top)^\top = \){{c1::\(A\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose

    Note 1258: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: K9{>JhFX!.
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
    \((A^\top)^\dagger = (A^\dagger)^\top \)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
    \((A^\top)^\dagger = (A^\dagger)^\top \)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \((A^\top)^\dagger = {{c1:: (A^\dagger)^\top }}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties

    Note 1259: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: K=a-HUOVwC
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::1._Undoing_matrix_transformations
    Three equivalent statements:
    1. {{c1::\(T_A : \mathbb{R}^m \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m\) is bijective.::Transformation}}
    2. There is an \(m \times m\) matrix \(B\) such that \(BA = I\).
    3. The columns of \(A\) are linearly independent.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::1._Undoing_matrix_transformations
    Three equivalent statements:
    1. {{c1::\(T_A : \mathbb{R}^m \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m\) is bijective.::Transformation}}
    2. There is an \(m \times m\) matrix \(B\) such that \(BA = I\).
    3. The columns of \(A\) are linearly independent.

    The third one can be derived from the fact that if \(BA = I\), there  is only a single \(x \in \mathbb{R}^m\) such that \(A \textbf{x} = 0\).

    It is also intuitively clear that if not all columns were linearly independent, we'd actually have a tall linear transformation and would be losing information.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Three equivalent statements:<br><ol><li>{{c1::\(T_A : \mathbb{R}^m \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m\) is bijective.::Transformation}}</li><li>{{c2::There is an \(m \times m\) matrix&nbsp;\(B\)&nbsp;such that \(BA = I\).}}</li><li>{{c3::The columns of \(A\) are linearly independent.}}</li></ol>
    Extra The third one can be derived from the fact that if \(BA = I\), there&nbsp; is only a single \(x \in \mathbb{R}^m\) such that \(A \textbf{x} = 0\).<br><br>It is also intuitively clear that if not all columns were linearly independent, we'd actually have a tall linear transformation and would be losing information.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::1._Undoing_matrix_transformations

    Note 1260: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: KAa7x3sA#0
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
    The eigenvalues of \(A + B\) are not correlated

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
    The eigenvalues of \(A + B\) are not correlated

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The eigenvalues of \(A + B\) are {{c1::<b>not</b>&nbsp;correlated}}.&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings

    Note 1261: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: KUMMEUP]kH
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::1._Definition_and_examples
    In a vector space \(V\) three important properties hold:
    • \(0v = 0\) for all \(v\)
    • there is only one \(0\)
    • one unique inverse \(-v\) for all \(v\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::1._Definition_and_examples
    In a vector space \(V\) three important properties hold:
    • \(0v = 0\) for all \(v\)
    • there is only one \(0\)
    • one unique inverse \(-v\) for all \(v\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a vector space&nbsp;\(V\)&nbsp;three important properties hold:<br><ul><li>{{c1::\(0v = 0\)&nbsp;for all&nbsp;\(v\)}}</li><li>{{c2:: there is only one&nbsp;\(0\)}}</li><li>{{c3:: one unique inverse&nbsp;\(-v\)&nbsp;for all&nbsp;\(v\)}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::1._Definition_and_examples

    Note 1262: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: KW-&%*&l;g
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    Was ist eine reguläre Matrix?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    Was ist eine reguläre Matrix?

    Eine Matrix \( A \) mit \(\text{Rang}(A) = n\). 
    regulär \( \iff \) invertierbar

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Was ist eine <b>reguläre</b> Matrix?
    Back Eine Matrix \( A \) mit&nbsp;\(\text{Rang}(A) = n\).&nbsp;<div>regulär&nbsp;\( \iff \) invertierbar</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1263: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: KZs-,vID&:
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::4._Kernel_and_Image
    What are kernel and image of a linear transformation?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::4._Kernel_and_Image
    What are kernel and image of a linear transformation?

    The kernel is the nullspace and the image the column space.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are kernel and image of a linear transformation?
    Back The <b>kernel</b> is the <b>nullspace</b> and the <b>image</b> the <b>column space</b>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::4._Kernel_and_Image

    Note 1264: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: KvqIdKEm_e
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    What happens if \(A\) itself is invertible for the projection matrix?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    What happens if \(A\) itself is invertible for the projection matrix?

    Since \(A\) is invertible, it spans \(\mathbb{R}^m\) and any projection is simply the point itself.

    This is beautifully reflected in the fact that if we simplify \(P = A A^{-1} (A^\top)^{-1} A^\top\) then we simply get \(P = I\).

    In general it may look like we can simplify the expression for the projection matrix \(P\), this is however not the case, UNLESS \(A\) is invertible:

    \((A^\top A)^{-1} = A^{-1} (A^\top)^{-1}\) 

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What happens if&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;itself is invertible for the projection matrix?
    Back Since&nbsp;\(A\) is <b>invertible</b>, it spans \(\mathbb{R}^m\)&nbsp;and any projection is simply the point itself.<br><br>This is <i>beautifully reflected</i>&nbsp;in the fact that if we simplify \(P = A A^{-1} (A^\top)^{-1} A^\top\) then we simply get \(P = I\).<br><br>In general it may look like we can simplify the expression for the projection matrix&nbsp;\(P\), this is however not the case, UNLESS&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is invertible:<br><br>\((A^\top A)^{-1} = A^{-1} (A^\top)^{-1}\)&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

    Note 1265: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: LEJ$Uw{FC{
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b
    Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix and \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\).
    The set \[ \textbf{Sol}(A, b) := \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n : Ax = b\} \subseteq \mathbb{R}^n \] is the solution space of \(Ax = b\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b
    Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix and \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\).
    The set \[ \textbf{Sol}(A, b) := \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n : Ax = b\} \subseteq \mathbb{R}^n \] is the solution space of \(Ax = b\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix and \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\).<br>The set \[ \textbf{Sol}(A, b) := \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n : Ax = b\} \subseteq \mathbb{R}^n \] is {{c1:: the <i>solution space</i>&nbsp;of \(Ax = b\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b

    Note 1266: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: LIjab7I=97
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
    Let \(V\) be a vector space. A nonempty set \(U \subseteq V\) is called a subspace of \(V\) if the following two axioms of a subspace are true for all \(v, w \in U\) and all \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\):
    • \(v + w \in U\) (closure addition)
    • \(\lambda v \in U\) (closure multiplication)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
    Let \(V\) be a vector space. A nonempty set \(U \subseteq V\) is called a subspace of \(V\) if the following two axioms of a subspace are true for all \(v, w \in U\) and all \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\):
    • \(v + w \in U\) (closure addition)
    • \(\lambda v \in U\) (closure multiplication)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(V\) be a vector space. A nonempty set \(U \subseteq V\) is called a subspace of \(V\) if the following two axioms of a subspace are true for all \(v, w \in U\) and all \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\):</div><div><ul><li>{{c2::\(v + w \in U\) (closure addition)}}</li><li>{{c3::\(\lambda v \in U\) (closure multiplication)}}</li></ul></div><blockquote><ul> </ul></blockquote>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces

    Note 1267: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: LR3$8)Rp9r
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    How can we make projections easier using orthogonality?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    How can we make projections easier using orthogonality?

    We use Gram-Schmid to convert \(A\) into \(Q\) (the column spaces are equal).
    We then project using \(QQ^\top\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we make projections easier using orthogonality?
    Back We use Gram-Schmid to convert&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;into&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;(the column spaces are equal).<br>We then project using&nbsp;\(QQ^\top\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

    Note 1268: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: LR~EpRNX@l
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
    Intuition on the projection formula (in 2d):

    • Assume \(\mathbf{a} \perp \mathbf{e}\) \(\implies\) \(\mathbf{a} \perp (\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p})\) (define error vector \(\mathbf{e} = \mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}\)).
    • We can write \(\mathbf{p} = \lambda\mathbf{a}, \lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) since we know {{c1::the projection vector is on the line spanned by \(\mathbf{a}\) and hence \(\mathbf{p}\) is a scalar multiple of \(\textbf{a}\)}}.
    • \[ \begin{align} \mathbf{a} \perp (\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}) &\iff {{c1:: \mathbf{a}^\top(\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}) = 0 \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top(\mathbf{b} - \lambda\mathbf{a}) = 0 \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{a}^\top\lambda\mathbf{a} = 0 \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} = \mathbf{a}^\top\lambda\mathbf{a} \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} = \lambda\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{a} \\ &\iff \lambda = \frac{\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} }{\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{a} } }} \end{align} \]
    • Where we first used \(\mathbf{v} \perp \mathbf{u} \iff \mathbf{v}^\top\mathbf{u} = 0\), then plugged in for \(\lambda a\) for \(p\), then used the distributivity of the vector multiplication.
    • We can divide by \(a^\top a\)(\(a\) is a nonzero real number, as is a nonzero vector)
    We can then plug in \(\lambda\) into \(p = \lambda \mathbf{a}\) to get the projection vector \[ \mathbf{p} = \frac{a^\top b}{a^\top a}a = \frac{aa^\top}{a^\top a} b \]We can do this since \(a^\top b\) is a scalar so \((a^\top b)a = a(a^\top b) = (a a^\top) b\) (commute and associativity).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
    Intuition on the projection formula (in 2d):

    • Assume \(\mathbf{a} \perp \mathbf{e}\) \(\implies\) \(\mathbf{a} \perp (\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p})\) (define error vector \(\mathbf{e} = \mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}\)).
    • We can write \(\mathbf{p} = \lambda\mathbf{a}, \lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) since we know {{c1::the projection vector is on the line spanned by \(\mathbf{a}\) and hence \(\mathbf{p}\) is a scalar multiple of \(\textbf{a}\)}}.
    • \[ \begin{align} \mathbf{a} \perp (\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}) &\iff {{c1:: \mathbf{a}^\top(\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}) = 0 \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top(\mathbf{b} - \lambda\mathbf{a}) = 0 \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{a}^\top\lambda\mathbf{a} = 0 \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} = \mathbf{a}^\top\lambda\mathbf{a} \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} = \lambda\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{a} \\ &\iff \lambda = \frac{\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} }{\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{a} } }} \end{align} \]
    • Where we first used \(\mathbf{v} \perp \mathbf{u} \iff \mathbf{v}^\top\mathbf{u} = 0\), then plugged in for \(\lambda a\) for \(p\), then used the distributivity of the vector multiplication.
    • We can divide by \(a^\top a\)(\(a\) is a nonzero real number, as is a nonzero vector)
    We can then plug in \(\lambda\) into \(p = \lambda \mathbf{a}\) to get the projection vector \[ \mathbf{p} = \frac{a^\top b}{a^\top a}a = \frac{aa^\top}{a^\top a} b \]We can do this since \(a^\top b\) is a scalar so \((a^\top b)a = a(a^\top b) = (a a^\top) b\) (commute and associativity).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Intuition on the projection formula (in 2d):<br><br><ul><li>Assume \(\mathbf{a} \perp \mathbf{e}\) \(\implies\) \(\mathbf{a} \perp (\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p})\) (define error vector \(\mathbf{e} = \mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}\)).</li><li>We can write \(\mathbf{p} = \lambda\mathbf{a}, \lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) since we know {{c1::the projection vector is on the line spanned by \(\mathbf{a}\) and hence \(\mathbf{p}\) is a scalar multiple of \(\textbf{a}\)}}.</li><li>\[ \begin{align} \mathbf{a} \perp (\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}) &amp;\iff {{c1:: \mathbf{a}^\top(\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}) = 0 \\ &amp;\iff \mathbf{a}^\top(\mathbf{b} - \lambda\mathbf{a}) = 0 \\ &amp;\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{a}^\top\lambda\mathbf{a} = 0 \\ &amp;\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} = \mathbf{a}^\top\lambda\mathbf{a} \\ &amp;\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} = \lambda\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{a} \\ &amp;\iff \lambda = \frac{\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} }{\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{a} } }} \end{align} \]</li><li>Where we first used&nbsp;\(\mathbf{v} \perp \mathbf{u} \iff \mathbf{v}^\top\mathbf{u} = 0\), then plugged in for&nbsp;\(\lambda a\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(p\), then used the distributivity of the vector multiplication.</li><li>We can divide by&nbsp;\(a^\top a\)(\(a\)&nbsp;is a nonzero real number, as is a nonzero vector)</li></ul>We can then plug in \(\lambda\) into \(p = \lambda \mathbf{a}\) to get the projection vector \[ \mathbf{p} = \frac{a^\top b}{a^\top a}a = \frac{aa^\top}{a^\top a} b \]We can do this since \(a^\top b\) is a scalar so \((a^\top b)a = a(a^\top b) = (a a^\top) b\) (commute and associativity).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case

    Note 1269: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: LXx2V/%q~V
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::4._Success_and_Failure
    For a system \(Ax = b\) Gauss-elimination fails only if \(A\) has linearly dependent columns.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::4._Success_and_Failure
    For a system \(Ax = b\) Gauss-elimination fails only if \(A\) has linearly dependent columns.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For a system&nbsp;\(Ax = b\)&nbsp;Gauss-elimination fails only if {{c1::\(A\)&nbsp;has linearly dependent columns}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::4._Success_and_Failure

    Note 1270: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: LiA<-d|o$6
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    For all \(x\) and an orthogonal matrix \(Q\) we have \((Qx)^\top(Qy) = x^\top y\) Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    For all \(x\) and an orthogonal matrix \(Q\) we have \((Qx)^\top(Qy) = x^\top y\) Proof Included

    \((Qx)^\top (Qy) = x^\top Q^\top Q y = x^\top I y = x^\top y\). since \(Q^\top Q = I\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For all&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;and an orthogonal matrix&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;we have&nbsp;\((Qx)^\top(Qy) = {{c1::x^\top y}}\)&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
    Extra \((Qx)^\top (Qy) = x^\top Q^\top Q y = x^\top I y = x^\top y\). since \(Q^\top Q = I\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

    Note 1271: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Lr(&c[;1SI
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    A linear combination of  \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\) is conic if

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    A linear combination of  \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\) is conic if

    \(\lambda_j \geq 0\) for \(j = 1, 2, \dots, n\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front A linear combination of&nbsp; \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;<b>conic</b> if
    Back \(\lambda_j \geq 0\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(j = 1, 2, \dots, n\)<br><img src="paste-f42edd0023b883599f6573655cce46ef46a6cf2d.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1272: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: LvFIoMB!0)
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    By the spectral theorem, for any symmetric \(A\) we can write: 

    \[ A = V \Lambda V^\top \]where \(\Lambda \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is a diagonal matrix with the eigenvalues of \(A\) in it's diagonal, and \(V\) orthogonal matrix containing the eigenvectors \(V^\top V = I\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    By the spectral theorem, for any symmetric \(A\) we can write: 

    \[ A = V \Lambda V^\top \]where \(\Lambda \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is a diagonal matrix with the eigenvalues of \(A\) in it's diagonal, and \(V\) orthogonal matrix containing the eigenvectors \(V^\top V = I\).

    This decomposition is called an eigen-decomposition.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text By the spectral theorem, for any symmetric&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;we can write:&nbsp;<br><br>\[ A = {{c1::V \Lambda V^\top }}\]where \(\Lambda \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is {{c2::a diagonal matrix with the eigenvalues of \(A\) in it's diagonal}}, and&nbsp;\(V\)&nbsp;{{c2::orthogonal matrix containing the eigenvectors&nbsp;\(V^\top V = I\)}}.
    Extra This decomposition is called an eigen-decomposition.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

    Note 1273: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Lxg{aBX]%>
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces
    Let \(\{v_1, \dots, v_m\}\) be a basis of \(V\). For each \(v \in V\), there are unique scalars \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) such that \[ v = \sum_{j = 1}^{m} \lambda_j v_j \]This means that in a basis each vector can be written as a unique linear combination.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces
    Let \(\{v_1, \dots, v_m\}\) be a basis of \(V\). For each \(v \in V\), there are unique scalars \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) such that \[ v = \sum_{j = 1}^{m} \lambda_j v_j \]This means that in a basis each vector can be written as a unique linear combination.

    This holds as all basis vectors are linearly independent by definition.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(\{v_1, \dots, v_m\}\) be a basis of \(V\). For each \(v \in V\), there are unique scalars \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) such that \[ v = \sum_{j = 1}^{m} \lambda_j v_j \]This means that {{c1::in a basis each vector can be written as a&nbsp;<b>unique</b>&nbsp;linear combination}}.
    Extra This holds as all basis vectors are linearly independent by definition.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces

    Note 1274: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: L|Y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    Let \(A\) and \(v_1, \dots, v_k \in \mathbb{R}^n\) be the EVs of \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_k \in \mathbb{R}^n\).
    If the \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_k\)s are all distinct then the EVs \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) are all linearly independent.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    Let \(A\) and \(v_1, \dots, v_k \in \mathbb{R}^n\) be the EVs of \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_k \in \mathbb{R}^n\).
    If the \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_k\)s are all distinct then the EVs \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) are all linearly independent.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(A\) and \(v_1, \dots, v_k \in \mathbb{R}^n\) be the EVs of \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_k \in \mathbb{R}^n\).</div><div>If the \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_k\)s are all distinct then {{c1::the EVs \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) are all linearly independent}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

    Note 1275: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: M527x=(6av
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
    The euclidian norm of \(\textbf{v}\) is defined as?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
    The euclidian norm of \(\textbf{v}\) is defined as?

    \(|| \textbf{v} || := \sqrt{\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{v}}\)

    This is also called the 2-norm.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front The euclidian norm of&nbsp;\(\textbf{v}\)&nbsp;is defined as?
    Back \(|| \textbf{v} || := \sqrt{\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{v}}\)<br><br>This is also called the 2-norm.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm

    Note 1276: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: M54hx*$}FT
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
    We can adapt least squares to do more than just linear regression, we could also fit a parabola (or anything else) by changing the entries in \(A\) to match the coefficients of our formula.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
    We can adapt least squares to do more than just linear regression, we could also fit a parabola (or anything else) by changing the entries in \(A\) to match the coefficients of our formula.

    We could have \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & t_1 & t_1^2 \\ 1 & t_2 & t_2^2 \\ \vdots & \vdots & \vdots \\ 1 & t_m & t_m^2 \end{bmatrix}\) for a parabola.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We can adapt least squares to do more than just linear regression, we could also fit a parabola (or anything else) by {{c1:: changing the entries in&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;to match the coefficients of our formula}}.
    Extra We could have&nbsp;\(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; t_1 &amp; t_1^2 \\ 1 &amp; t_2 &amp; t_2^2 \\ \vdots &amp; \vdots &amp; \vdots \\ 1 &amp; t_m &amp; t_m^2 \end{bmatrix}\)&nbsp;for a parabola.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation

    Note 1277: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: M;:>m2mzC#
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). Then \(N(A) = {{c1::N(A^\top A)::\text{another nullspace} }}\). Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). Then \(N(A) = {{c1::N(A^\top A)::\text{another nullspace} }}\). Proof Included

    \(N(A) = N(A^\top A)\) holds because:
    • if \(x \in N(A)\) then \(Ax = 0 \implies A^\top Ax = A \cdot 0 \implies A^\top A x = 0\).
    • if \(x \in N(A^\top A)\) then \(A^\top A x = 0\), which means \[ 0 = x^\top 0 = x^\top A^\top Ax = (Ax)^\top(Ax) = ||Ax||^2 \implies Ax = 0 \]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). Then \(N(A) = {{c1::N(A^\top A)::\text{another nullspace} }}\).&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
    Extra <div>\(N(A) = N(A^\top A)\) holds because:</div><div><ul><li>if \(x \in N(A)\) then \(Ax = 0 \implies A^\top Ax = A \cdot 0 \implies A^\top A x = 0\).</li><li>if \(x \in N(A^\top A)\) then \(A^\top A x = 0\), which means \[ 0 = x^\top 0 = x^\top A^\top Ax = (Ax)^\top(Ax) = ||Ax||^2 \implies Ax = 0 \]</li></ul></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1278: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: M`sU@`yo=O
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::1._Definition_and_examples
    Was ist ein Unterraum?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::1._Definition_and_examples
    Was ist ein Unterraum?

    Ein Unterraum ist eine Teilmenge \( U \subseteq \mathbb{V}\) falls \( U \) auch die Eigenschaften eines Vektorraums hat (d.h. abgeschlossen bezüglich Vektoraddition & Skalarmultiplikation).

    Beispiel: Ebene in \(\mathbb{R}^3\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Was ist ein Unterraum?
    Back Ein Unterraum ist eine Teilmenge&nbsp;\( U \subseteq \mathbb{V}\) falls&nbsp;\( U \) auch die Eigenschaften eines Vektorraums hat (d.h. abgeschlossen bezüglich Vektoraddition &amp; Skalarmultiplikation). <br><br>Beispiel: Ebene in&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^3\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::1._Definition_and_examples

    Note 1279: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Md-#o7w$ub
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = m\), the pseudo-inverse \(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) is a right inverse of \(A\): \[ A A^\dagger = I \]Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = m\), the pseudo-inverse \(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) is a right inverse of \(A\): \[ A A^\dagger = I \]Proof Included

    Proof Since \(A^\top\) has full column rank, \(((A^\top)^\top A^\top) = AA^\top\) is invertible: \(AA^\dagger = AA^\top(A A^\top)^{-1} = I\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = m\), the <b>pseudo-inverse</b>&nbsp;\(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) is {{c1::a right inverse}} of \(A\): \[ {{c1:: A A^\dagger = I }}\]<i>Proof Included</i>
    Extra <div><b>Proof</b> Since \(A^\top\) has full column rank, \(((A^\top)^\top A^\top) = AA^\top\) is invertible: \(AA^\dagger = AA^\top(A A^\top)^{-1} = I\).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

    Note 1280: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: My,;4A;?fH
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
    If the columns of \(A\) are pairwise orthogonal, we get \(A^\top A\) a diagonal matrix which is very easy to invert, i.e. makes Least Squares easier.

    We can convert any \(A\) to have orthogonal columns by making sure that the sum of all the \(t_k = 0\), which can be achieved by shifting the graph on the x-axis.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
    If the columns of \(A\) are pairwise orthogonal, we get \(A^\top A\) a diagonal matrix which is very easy to invert, i.e. makes Least Squares easier.

    We can convert any \(A\) to have orthogonal columns by making sure that the sum of all the \(t_k = 0\), which can be achieved by shifting the graph on the x-axis.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>If the columns of \(A\) are pairwise orthogonal, we get \(A^\top A\) a diagonal matrix which is very easy to invert, i.e. makes Least Squares easier.</div><div><br></div><div>We can convert any \(A\) to have orthogonal columns by {{c1:: making sure that the sum of all the \(t_k = 0\), which can be achieved by shifting the graph on the x-axis}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation

    Note 1281: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: M~F%.[]]Xl
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    The projection of a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to the subspace \(S = C(A)\) is well-defined.

    It can be written as \(proj_S(b) = A\hat{x}\) where \(\hat{x}\) satisfies the normal equations{{c1:: \(A^\top A \hat{x} = A^\top b\) }}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    The projection of a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to the subspace \(S = C(A)\) is well-defined.

    It can be written as \(proj_S(b) = A\hat{x}\) where \(\hat{x}\) satisfies the normal equations{{c1:: \(A^\top A \hat{x} = A^\top b\) }}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The projection of a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to the subspace \(S = C(A)\) is well-defined. <br><br>It can be written as&nbsp;\(proj_S(b) = A\hat{x}\)&nbsp;where \(\hat{x}\) satisfies the&nbsp;<b>normal equations</b>{{c1::&nbsp;\(A^\top A \hat{x} = A^\top b\)&nbsp;}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

    Note 1282: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: NJVswNKOd~
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
    For a permutation \(\sigma\), if \(\sigma(i) \neq i\) then there exists a \(j\) such that \(\sigma(j) \neq j\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
    For a permutation \(\sigma\), if \(\sigma(i) \neq i\) then there exists a \(j\) such that \(\sigma(j) \neq j\).

    We're going to have to venture off the diagonal for at least one other element.

    If we have a matrix \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 1 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{bmatrix}\), the only permutation that doesn't produce a \(0\) product is the \(\text{id}\) permutation.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For a permutation&nbsp;\(\sigma\), if&nbsp;\(\sigma(i) \neq i\)&nbsp;then {{c1:: there exists a&nbsp;\(j\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(\sigma(j) \neq j\)}}.
    Extra We're going to have to venture off the diagonal for at least one other element.<br><br>If we have a matrix \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; 0 &amp; 0 \\ 0 &amp; 1 &amp; 0 \\ 0 &amp; 0 &amp; 1 \end{bmatrix}\), the only permutation that doesn't produce a \(0\) product is the \(\text{id}\) permutation.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations

    Note 1283: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: NL]}dmlAJJ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
    How do we find the inverse of \(A\) using Gauss-Jordan?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
    How do we find the inverse of \(A\) using Gauss-Jordan?

    We do \(\text{RREF}(A, I)\) which gives us \((R, j_1, \dots, j_r, M)\) where in the case that \(A\) is invertible:
    • \(R\) is \(I\) and \(r = n\)
    • \(M = A^{-1}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <div>How do we find the inverse of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;using Gauss-Jordan?</div>
    Back We do&nbsp;\(\text{RREF}(A, I)\)&nbsp;which gives us&nbsp;\((R, j_1, \dots, j_r, M)\)&nbsp;where in the case that&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is invertible:<br><ul><li>\(R\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(I\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(r = n\)</li><li>\(M = A^{-1}\)</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition

    Note 1284: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Nj:Z@^])GP
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite
    If we take \(A, B\) PSD (or PD) then \(A + B\) is also PSD (or PD).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite
    If we take \(A, B\) PSD (or PD) then \(A + B\) is also PSD (or PD).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If we take \(A, B\) PSD (or PD) then {{c1::\(A + B\)}} is also {{c2::PSD (or PD)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite

    Note 1285: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Nu?3UH(7q
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    Given \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) (can have any rank) and a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\), the unique solution to \[ \min_{x \in \mathbb{R}^n} ||x||^2 \] such that \(A^\top Ax = A^\top b\) is given by {{c2::\(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    Given \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) (can have any rank) and a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\), the unique solution to \[ \min_{x \in \mathbb{R}^n} ||x||^2 \] such that \(A^\top Ax = A^\top b\) is given by {{c2::\(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Given \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\)&nbsp;(can have any rank) and a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\), the {{c1::<b>unique</b>}}<b>&nbsp;</b>solution to \[ \min_{x \in \mathbb{R}^n} ||x||^2 \] such that {{c1::\(A^\top Ax = A^\top b\)}} is given by {{c2::\(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

    Note 1286: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ny?NMfTURP
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
     \(A^\top A\) has full rank when \(A\) has full column rankProof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
     \(A^\top A\) has full rank when \(A\) has full column rankProof Included

    If \(A^\top A x = 0\), then \(x^\top A^\top A x = ||Ax||^2 = 0\), so \(Ax = 0\). If A has full column rank  \(N(A) = \{0\}\), thus \(x = 0\), proving \(A^\top A\) is invertible - full rank (as \(A^\top A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text &nbsp;\(A^\top A\)&nbsp;has full rank when&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;has {{c1::full column rank}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
    Extra <div>If \(A^\top A x = 0\), then \(x^\top A^\top A x = ||Ax||^2 = 0\), so \(Ax = 0\). If A has full column rank  \(N(A) = \{0\}\), thus&nbsp;\(x = 0\), proving \(A^\top A\) is invertible - full rank (as \(A^\top A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)).</div><div><br></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1287: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: O&ZK/$p?2n
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(V\) be a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). We define the orthogonal complement of \(V\) as: \[ V^\perp = {{c2:: \{ w \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ w^\top v = 0 \ \text{for all } v \in V \} }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(V\) be a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). We define the orthogonal complement of \(V\) as: \[ V^\perp = {{c2:: \{ w \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ w^\top v = 0 \ \text{for all } v \in V \} }}\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(V\) be a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). We define the {{c1::orthogonal complement}} of \(V\) as:&nbsp;\[{{c1:: V^\perp }} = {{c2:: \{ w \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ w^\top v = 0 \ \text{for all } v \in V \} }}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1288: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: O7M|kGyh}1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    Let \(A\) with \(n\) distinct real eigenvalues (meaning that the zeros of \(\det(A- \lambda I)\) as described in Corollary 8.1.3 are all distinct, algebraic multiplicity \(1\)), then {{c2::there is a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\) made up of EVs of \(A\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    Let \(A\) with \(n\) distinct real eigenvalues (meaning that the zeros of \(\det(A- \lambda I)\) as described in Corollary 8.1.3 are all distinct, algebraic multiplicity \(1\)), then {{c2::there is a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\) made up of EVs of \(A\)}}.

    We also call this the Eigenbasis or a complete set of real EVs, which will come in handy later for Diagonalisation.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(A\) with \(n\)&nbsp;{{c1::distinct real eigenvalues (meaning that the zeros of \(\det(A- \lambda I)\) as described in Corollary 8.1.3 are all distinct, algebraic multiplicity \(1\))::property and in terms of algebraic}}, then {{c2::there is a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\) made up of EVs of \(A\)}}.</div>
    Extra <div>We also call this the <b>Eigenbasis</b> or a <b>complete set of real EVs</b>, which will come in handy later for Diagonalisation.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

    Note 1289: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: O?@!`_xk3T
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    In a triangular matrix, if one of the diagonals is zero, the determinant is \(0\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    In a triangular matrix, if one of the diagonals is zero, the determinant is \(0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a <b>triangular matrix</b>, if {{c2::one of the diagonals is zero}}, the determinant is {{c1::\(0\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1290: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: OB6+3`~vyx
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
    Wann ist eine Matrix skew-symmetric (schiefsymmetrisch)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
    Wann ist eine Matrix skew-symmetric (schiefsymmetrisch)?

    Falls \( \mathbf{A}^\top = -\mathbf{A}\)

    Beispiel:
    \( \begin{pmatrix} 0 & -3 & 5 \\ 3 & 0 & -4 \\ -5 & 4 & 0 \end{pmatrix}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Wann ist eine Matrix <b>skew-symmetric&nbsp;</b>(schiefsymmetrisch)?
    Back Falls&nbsp;\( \mathbf{A}^\top = -\mathbf{A}\)<div><br></div><div>Beispiel:</div><div>\( \begin{pmatrix} 0 &amp; -3 &amp; 5 \\ 3 &amp; 0 &amp; -4 \\ -5 &amp; 4 &amp; 0 \end{pmatrix}\)<br></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations

    Note 1291: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: OCoZf~cQ!r
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::3._Steinitz_Exchange_Lemma
    Two bases \(B, B'\) of \(V\) (finitely generated) satisfy \(|B| = |B'|\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::3._Steinitz_Exchange_Lemma
    Two bases \(B, B'\) of \(V\) (finitely generated) satisfy \(|B| = |B'|\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Two bases \(B, B'\) of \(V\) (finitely generated) satisfy {{c1::\(|B| = |B'|\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::3._Steinitz_Exchange_Lemma

    Note 1292: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: OE;g^EoLnT
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    The \(R\) in QR-decomposition is upper triangular and invertible.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    The \(R\) in QR-decomposition is upper triangular and invertible.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;in QR-decomposition is {{c1::<i>upper triangular</i>}} and {{c1::<i>invertible</i>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

    Note 1293: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: OKnhmW;U.)
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    Multilinearity of the determinant:\[\begin{vmatrix} a + a' & b + b' \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} = {{c1:: \begin{vmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} + \begin{vmatrix} a' & b' \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    Multilinearity of the determinant:\[\begin{vmatrix} a + a' & b + b' \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} = {{c1:: \begin{vmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} + \begin{vmatrix} a' & b' \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} }}\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Multilinearity of the determinant:\[\begin{vmatrix} a + a' &amp; b + b' \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} = {{c1:: \begin{vmatrix} a &amp; b \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} + \begin{vmatrix} a' &amp; b' \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} }}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1294: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: OYJ^1jnB1-
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    Real antisymmetric matrices always have imaginary (or zero) eigenvalues.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    Real antisymmetric matrices always have imaginary (or zero) eigenvalues.

    Antisymmetric means \(A^T=-A\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Real antisymmetric matrices always have {{c1::imaginary (or zero) eigenvalues}}.</div>
    Extra Antisymmetric means&nbsp;\(A^T=-A\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

    Note 1295: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Oc
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties
    Gilt für zwei Matrizen \( \mathbf{A}\) und \( \mathbf{B}\), dass {{c2::\( \mathbf{AB} = \mathbf{BA}\)}}, dann kommutieren diese Matrizen. 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties
    Gilt für zwei Matrizen \( \mathbf{A}\) und \( \mathbf{B}\), dass {{c2::\( \mathbf{AB} = \mathbf{BA}\)}}, dann kommutieren diese Matrizen. 

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Gilt für zwei Matrizen&nbsp;\( \mathbf{A}\) und&nbsp;\( \mathbf{B}\), dass&nbsp;{{c2::\( \mathbf{AB} = \mathbf{BA}\)}}, dann {{c1::kommutieren}} diese Matrizen.&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties

    Note 1296: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: OnRIjN~][B
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
    For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

    \(\textbf{R}(A) = C(A^\top) = \){{c1::\(\textbf{R}(MA)\) (row-space is the same)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
    For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

    \(\textbf{R}(A) = C(A^\top) = \){{c1::\(\textbf{R}(MA)\) (row-space is the same)}}

    We only add/substract or exchange rows, i.e. take linear combinations of them.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>For&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;a matrix and&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;an invertible matrix:</div><div><br></div>\(\textbf{R}(A) = C(A^\top) = \){{c1::\(\textbf{R}(MA)\)&nbsp;(row-space is the same)}}
    Extra We only add/substract or exchange rows, i.e. take linear combinations of them.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations

    Note 1297: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Oow<}IKdC,
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    Given a matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), then:
     \[ \det(A) = \det(A^\top) \]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    Given a matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), then:
     \[ \det(A) = \det(A^\top) \]

    This follows from the fact that the inverse of a permutation has the same sign, and transposing is the same as doing the inverse permutation.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Given a matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), then:<br>&nbsp;\[ {{c1::\det(A)}} = \det(A^\top) \]
    Extra This follows from the fact that the inverse of a permutation has the same sign, and transposing is the same as doing the inverse permutation.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1298: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: P#%%1.];o:
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    How could we use the certificate of no solution to show that a vector \(b\) is linearly independent from a set of vectors \(a_1, \dots, a_n\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    How could we use the certificate of no solution to show that a vector \(b\) is linearly independent from a set of vectors \(a_1, \dots, a_n\)?

    We just put them into the matrix equation \(Ax = b\). If there is no solution, \(b\) is independent.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How could we use the certificate of no solution to show that a vector&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;is linearly independent from a set of vectors&nbsp;\(a_1, \dots, a_n\)?
    Back We just put them into the matrix equation \(Ax = b\). If there is no solution, \(b\) is independent.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

    Note 1299: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: P+IBIpS^<+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
    \(A^\dagger A\) is symmetric.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
    \(A^\dagger A\) is symmetric.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(A^\dagger A\)&nbsp;is {{c1::symmetric::property?}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties

    Note 1300: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: P/y(FM1x:V
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    Why is the pseudoinverse (for \(A\) with full row-rank) \(A^\top (AA^\top)^{-1}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    Why is the pseudoinverse (for \(A\) with full row-rank) \(A^\top (AA^\top)^{-1}\)?

    It uses the multiplication by \(A^\top\) to choose an \(\hat{x}\) that lies in the row-space, thus minimising the norm.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Why is the pseudoinverse (for&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;with full row-rank)&nbsp;\(A^\top (AA^\top)^{-1}\)?
    Back It uses the multiplication by&nbsp;\(A^\top\)&nbsp;to choose an&nbsp;\(\hat{x}\)&nbsp;that lies in the row-space, thus minimising the norm.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

    Note 1301: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: P0)~~JgL|z
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    Given matrices \(A, B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), we have \[ \det(AB) = \det(A) \cdot \det(B) \]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    Given matrices \(A, B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), we have \[ \det(AB) = \det(A) \cdot \det(B) \]

    If we multiply first by \(A\) then \(B\) the unit cube will be stretched the same way as if we did both at once.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Given matrices \(A, B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), we have \[ \det(AB) = {{c1:: \det(A) \cdot \det(B) }}\]
    Extra If we multiply first by \(A\) then \(B\) the unit cube will be stretched the same way as if we did both at once.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1302: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: PCBMoNL{vn
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
    The nullspace of \(N(A) \) is equal to the nullspace of \(N(A^\dagger)\)Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
    The nullspace of \(N(A) \) is equal to the nullspace of \(N(A^\dagger)\)Proof Included

    Intuitively this holds as \(A^\dagger\) projects onto the \(C(A)\).

    Thus anything in \(C(A)^\bot = N(A^\top)\) is projected to \(0\).
    In other words, \(\forall x \in C(A^\top)^\bot = N(A^\top)\) we have \(A^\dagger x = 0\).
    We conclude that \(N(A) = C(A^\top)^\bot = N(A^\dagger)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The <b>nullspace of&nbsp;</b>\(N(A) \)&nbsp;is equal to {{c1:: the nullspace of&nbsp;\(N(A^\dagger)\)::Pseudoinverse}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
    Extra Intuitively this holds as \(A^\dagger\) projects onto the \(C(A)\).<br><br>Thus anything in \(C(A)^\bot = N(A^\top)\) is projected to \(0\). <br>In other words, \(\forall x \in C(A^\top)^\bot = N(A^\top)\) we have \(A^\dagger x = 0\).<br>We conclude that \(N(A) = C(A^\top)^\bot = N(A^\dagger)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties

    Note 1303: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: PDdrc~!V)N
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    \(AA^\top\) has full rank when \(A\) has full row rank.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    \(AA^\top\) has full rank when \(A\) has full row rank.

    \(AA^\top x = 0\) implies \(x^\top AA^\top x = 0 \implies ||A^\top x||^2 = 0\) thus \(x \in N(A^\top)\). And for \(A\) full row rank, \(N(A^\top) = \{0\}\). Thus \(x = 0\) and \(AA^\top \) has full rank - invertible.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(AA^\top\)&nbsp;has full rank when&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;has {{c1::full row rank}}.
    Extra \(AA^\top x = 0\)&nbsp;implies&nbsp;\(x^\top AA^\top x = 0 \implies ||A^\top x||^2 = 0\)&nbsp;thus&nbsp;\(x \in N(A^\top)\). And for&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;full row rank,&nbsp;\(N(A^\top) = \{0\}\). Thus&nbsp;\(x = 0\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(AA^\top \)&nbsp;has full rank - invertible.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1304: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: PK*1xpYhw8
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    Komplexer Kehrwert: {{c1::\( \frac{1}{z}\)}} \( = \) {{c2::\( \frac{x - iy}{x^2 + y^2}\)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    Komplexer Kehrwert: {{c1::\( \frac{1}{z}\)}} \( = \) {{c2::\( \frac{x - iy}{x^2 + y^2}\)}}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Komplexer Kehrwert: {{c1::\( \frac{1}{z}\)}}&nbsp;\( = \)&nbsp;{{c2::\( \frac{x - iy}{x^2 + y^2}\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

    Note 1305: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Pa)fnn7&WJ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) arbitrary non-symmetric has rank  \(n - \dim(N(A))\) so it's \(n\) minus the geometric multiplicity of \(\lambda = 0\) .

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) arbitrary non-symmetric has rank  \(n - \dim(N(A))\) so it's \(n\) minus the geometric multiplicity of \(\lambda = 0\) .

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)&nbsp;arbitrary non-symmetric&nbsp;has rank {{c1::&nbsp;\(n - \dim(N(A))\) so it's \(n\) minus the geometric multiplicity of \(\lambda = 0\)&nbsp;::in terms of multiplicities}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

    Note 1306: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Pf1R]`4ql<
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
    How can we find the CR-Decomposition from RREF?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
    How can we find the CR-Decomposition from RREF?

    For \(R\) result of RREF on \(A\), \(R\) in \(\text{RREF}(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r)\) where \(R = \begin{bmatrix} R’ \in r \times n \\ 0 \in (m - r) \times n \end{bmatrix}\).
    1. This \(R’\) is the \(R’\) from the CR decomposition (non-zero rows).
    2. And \(C\) is the submatrix taking only \(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r\) (independent columns).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we find the CR-Decomposition from RREF?
    Back <div>For \(R\) result of RREF on \(A\), \(R\) in \(\text{RREF}(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r)\) where \(R = \begin{bmatrix} R’ \in r \times n \\ 0 \in (m - r) \times n \end{bmatrix}\).</div><div><ol><li>This \(R’\) is the \(R’\) from the CR decomposition (non-zero rows).</li><li>And \(C\) is the submatrix taking only \(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r\) (independent columns).</li></ol><div><img src="paste-f744be89c3e7bb54b2aac0d9dbf4595e8ec7ec7e.jpg"></div></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition

    Note 1307: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: PtQN)*utrU
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(V, W\) be orthogonal subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Then the following statements are equivalent:
    1. \(W = V^\perp\)
    2. \(\dim(V) + \dim(W) = n\)
    3. {{c3::Every \(u \in \mathbb{R}^n\) can be written as \(u = v + w\) with unique vectors \(v \in V\), \(w \in W\)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(V, W\) be orthogonal subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Then the following statements are equivalent:
    1. \(W = V^\perp\)
    2. \(\dim(V) + \dim(W) = n\)
    3. {{c3::Every \(u \in \mathbb{R}^n\) can be written as \(u = v + w\) with unique vectors \(v \in V\), \(w \in W\)}}

    In words, this means that we can combine two orthogonal subspaces and create a new subspace, whose dimension is the sum of the two dimensions.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(V, W\) be orthogonal subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Then the following statements are equivalent:</div><div><ol><li>{{c1::\(W = V^\perp\)}}</li><li>{{c2::\(\dim(V) + \dim(W) = n\)}}</li><li>{{c3::Every \(u \in \mathbb{R}^n\) can be written as \(u = v + w\) with unique vectors \(v \in V\), \(w \in W\)}}</li></ol></div><blockquote><ul> </ul></blockquote>
    Extra <i>In words, this means that</i> we can combine two orthogonal subspaces and create a new subspace, whose dimension is the sum of the two dimensions.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1308: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Q!k}HCQCjt
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
    For all \(n \geq 2\), exactly half of the permutations have sign \(1\) and the rest have sign \(-1\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
    For all \(n \geq 2\), exactly half of the permutations have sign \(1\) and the rest have sign \(-1\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For all \(n \geq 2\), {{c1::exactly half}} of the permutations {{c1::have sign \(1\) and the rest have sign \(-1\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations

    Note 1309: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Q&0Jp*eAqN
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    How can we use Gauss-Jordan to simplify the determinant calculations?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    How can we use Gauss-Jordan to simplify the determinant calculations?

    We can use Gauss-Jordan to make any matrix upper triangular (then the determinant is the product of the diagonals).

    We are allowed to use:
    • Row addition / substraction
    • Exchanging rows (change sign)
    • Multiply rows (multiply the determinant at the end)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we use Gauss-Jordan to simplify the determinant calculations?
    Back We can use Gauss-Jordan to make any matrix upper triangular (then the determinant is the product of the diagonals).<br><br>We are allowed to use:<br><ul><li>Row addition / substraction</li><li>Exchanging rows (change sign)</li><li>Multiply rows (multiply the determinant at the end)</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1310: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Q:@axRgARJ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
    Given a square matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the determinant \(\det(A)\) is defined as: \[ \det(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{\sigma \in \Pi_n} \text{sgn}(\sigma) \prod_{i = 1}^n A_{i, \sigma(j)} }}\] where  \(\Pi_n\) is the set of all permutations of \(n\) elements (of which there are \(n!\)).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
    Given a square matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the determinant \(\det(A)\) is defined as: \[ \det(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{\sigma \in \Pi_n} \text{sgn}(\sigma) \prod_{i = 1}^n A_{i, \sigma(j)} }}\] where  \(\Pi_n\) is the set of all permutations of \(n\) elements (of which there are \(n!\)).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Given a square matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the determinant \(\det(A)\) is defined as: \[ \det(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{\sigma \in \Pi_n} \text{sgn}(\sigma) \prod_{i = 1}^n A_{i, \sigma(j)} }}\] where {{c1::&nbsp;\(\Pi_n\) is the set of all permutations of \(n\) elements (of which there are \(n!\))}}.
    Extra <img src="paste-a41e2697c2c07c96ba3233f9bb39ac96e7d8e214.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations

    Note 1311: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Q<9{&+m4lf
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
    For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

    \(C(A) = \) {{c1::Not equal to \(\textbf{C}(MA)\), the column space changes!}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
    For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

    \(C(A) = \) {{c1::Not equal to \(\textbf{C}(MA)\), the column space changes!}}

    \(\begin{bmatrix} 1 & 2 \\ 2 & 4 \end{bmatrix}\) after RREF is \(\begin{bmatrix} 1 & 2 \\ 0 & 0 \end{bmatrix}\) which spans a completely different line.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>For&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;a matrix and&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;an invertible matrix:</div><div><br></div>\(C(A) = \)&nbsp;{{c1::N<b>ot equal to&nbsp;</b>\(\textbf{C}(MA)\), the column space changes!}}
    Extra \(\begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; 2 \\ 2 &amp; 4 \end{bmatrix}\) after RREF is \(\begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; 2 \\ 0 &amp; 0 \end{bmatrix}\) which spans a completely different line.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations

    Note 1312: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: QGIRdw&4iR
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = n\), the pseudoinverse \(A^\dagger\) is a left inverse of \(A\), meaning: \[ A^\dagger A = I \]Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = n\), the pseudoinverse \(A^\dagger\) is a left inverse of \(A\), meaning: \[ A^\dagger A = I \]Proof Included

    Proof: Since \(A\) has full column rank, \(A^\top A\) invertible and then \(A^\dagger A = ((A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top)A\) \(= (A^\top A)^{-1} (A^\top A) = I\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = n\), the pseudoinverse \(A^\dagger\) is {{c1::a left inverse}} of \(A\), meaning:&nbsp;\[{{c1:: A^\dagger A = I }}\]<i>Proof Included</i>
    Extra <b>Proof: </b>Since \(A\) has full column rank, \(A^\top A\) invertible and then \(A^\dagger A = ((A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top)A\) \(= (A^\top A)^{-1} (A^\top A) = I\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

    Note 1313: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: QM2twywAT5
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
    Do the rank or independent columns change if we re-order the columns?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
    Do the rank or independent columns change if we re-order the columns?

    The independent columns change, but not their number and thus not the rank.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Do the rank or independent columns change if we re-order the columns?
    Back The independent columns change, but not their number and thus not the rank.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank

    Note 1314: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: QlPn|vP;}Y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix
    The Gram matrix of \(V \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is \(G = V^\top V\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix
    The Gram matrix of \(V \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is \(G = V^\top V\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The Gram matrix of&nbsp;\(V \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)&nbsp;is {{c1::\(G = V^\top V\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix

    Note 1315: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Qn=Bf?WQ4E
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace
    Dimension of the left-nullspace \(\dim(\textbf{N}(A^\top)) = \){{c1::\(m - r = m - \textbf{rank}(A)\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace
    Dimension of the left-nullspace \(\dim(\textbf{N}(A^\top)) = \){{c1::\(m - r = m - \textbf{rank}(A)\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Dimension of the left-nullspace&nbsp;\(\dim(\textbf{N}(A^\top)) = \){{c1::\(m - r = m - \textbf{rank}(A)\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace

    Note 1316: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Qp5sodd?T?
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
    When is a function considered to be a linear transformation or a linear functional?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
    When is a function considered to be a linear transformation or a linear functional?

    If the linearity axiom holds for it:

    \(T(\lambda_1x_1 + \lambda_2x_2) = \lambda_1T(x_1) + \lambda_2T(x_2)\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When is a function considered to be a linear transformation or a linear functional?
    Back If the&nbsp;<b>linearity axiom</b>&nbsp;holds for it:<br><b><br></b>\(T(\lambda_1x_1 + \lambda_2x_2) = \lambda_1T(x_1) + \lambda_2T(x_2)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals

    Note 1317: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Z|WywzzA)
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    We can get the unit vector for every single vector \(\textbf{v}\) by

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    We can get the unit vector for every single vector \(\textbf{v}\) by

    dividing by the norm of the vector: \(\frac{\textbf{v}}{||\textbf{v}||}\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front We can get the unit vector for every single vector&nbsp;\(\textbf{v}\)&nbsp;by
    Back dividing by the norm of the vector:&nbsp;\(\frac{\textbf{v}}{||\textbf{v}||}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1318: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: b$)8Q]2TlG
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
    \(A\) is invertible if and only if there exists \(B\) such that \(AB = BA = I\),

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
    \(A\) is invertible if and only if there exists \(B\) such that \(AB = BA = I\),

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(A\)&nbsp;is invertible if and only if there exists&nbsp;{{c1::\(B\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(AB = BA = I\)}},
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties

    Note 1319: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: b-hsvze>Y9
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = n\), we define the pseudo-inverse \(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) as \[ A^\dagger = {{c1::(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = n\), we define the pseudo-inverse \(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) as \[ A^\dagger = {{c1::(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top }}\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = n\), we define the <b>pseudo-inverse</b>&nbsp;\(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) as \[ A^\dagger = {{c1::(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top }}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

    Note 1320: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: b84e;HsPv=
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    A real valued matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has real or complex valued eigenvalues.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    A real valued matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has real or complex valued eigenvalues.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>A real valued matrix&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)&nbsp;has {{c1::real&nbsp;<b>or&nbsp;</b>complex}} valued eigenvalues.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1321: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: bE;:bQU7h5
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions
    If \(Ax = b\) has a solution, then \(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)\) has dimension \(n - r\), where \[ \dim(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)) := {{c1::\dim(\textbf{N}(A)) }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions
    If \(Ax = b\) has a solution, then \(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)\) has dimension \(n - r\), where \[ \dim(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)) := {{c1::\dim(\textbf{N}(A)) }}\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If \(Ax = b\) has a solution, then \(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)\) has dimension {{c1::\(n - r\)}}, where \[ \dim(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)) := {{c1::\dim(\textbf{N}(A)) }}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions

    Note 1322: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: bERVf5Y&x?
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
    Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space and let \(G \subseteq V\) be a finite subset with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\).

    Then \(V\) has a basis \(B \subseteq G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
    Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space and let \(G \subseteq V\) be a finite subset with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\).

    Then \(V\) has a basis \(B \subseteq G\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space and let \(G \subseteq V\) be a finite subset with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\). <br><br>Then \(V\)&nbsp;{{c1::has a basis \(B \subseteq G\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases

    Note 1323: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: bJ-+lUD,dW
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Because \(R(A) = C(A^\top)\) and \(N(A)\) are orthogonal, we can decompose any vector \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\) into  \(x = x_r + x_n\) where \(x_r \in R(A) \) is unique and \(x_n \in N(A)\) can be any value.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Because \(R(A) = C(A^\top)\) and \(N(A)\) are orthogonal, we can decompose any vector \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\) into  \(x = x_r + x_n\) where \(x_r \in R(A) \) is unique and \(x_n \in N(A)\) can be any value.

    We can take any \(x_n \in N(A)\) because when doing \(Ax = Ax_r + Ax_n = Ax_r\) as \(Ax_n = 0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Because&nbsp;\(R(A) = C(A^\top)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(N(A)\)&nbsp;are orthogonal, we can decompose any vector&nbsp;\(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\)&nbsp;into {{c1::&nbsp;\(x = x_r + x_n\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(x_r \in R(A) \)&nbsp;is unique and&nbsp;\(x_n \in N(A)\)&nbsp;can be any value}}.
    Extra We can take any&nbsp;\(x_n \in N(A)\)&nbsp;because when doing&nbsp;\(Ax = Ax_r + Ax_n = Ax_r\)&nbsp;as&nbsp;\(Ax_n = 0\).<br><img src="paste-528b4c56a915a99153a081b8b57edb99a74f759c.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1324: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: cUvvD`tlgp
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    What happens in the case of linearly dependent vectors in \(A\) during Gram-Schmidt?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    What happens in the case of linearly dependent vectors in \(A\) during Gram-Schmidt?

    Since in a linearly dependent set of vectors one of them is a linear combination of the previous ones, you'd get \(0\) in the subtraction step for it. By excluding those \(0\)'s you'd still get an orthonormal basis.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What happens in the case of linearly dependent vectors in&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;during Gram-Schmidt?
    Back Since in a linearly dependent set of vectors one of them is a linear combination of the previous ones, you'd get \(0\) in the subtraction step for it. By excluding those \(0\)'s you'd still get an orthonormal basis.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

    Note 1325: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: cX#._>C>2&
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    Certificate of no solutions:\[ \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} = \emptyset\]is equivalent to:

    \[{{c1:: \{z \in \mathbb{R}^m \ | \ A^\top z = 0, b^\top z = 1 \} \not = \emptyset }}\]
    Note that we don’t need it to be  \(1\), it just has to be \(\neq 0\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    Certificate of no solutions:\[ \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} = \emptyset\]is equivalent to:

    \[{{c1:: \{z \in \mathbb{R}^m \ | \ A^\top z = 0, b^\top z = 1 \} \not = \emptyset }}\]
    Note that we don’t need it to be  \(1\), it just has to be \(\neq 0\).

    In words: our LSE \(Ax = b\) does not have any solutions if and only if there exists a vector \(z\) that is orthogonal to all columns of \(A\) but not orthogonal to \(b\).


    The blue vector \(z\) is orthogonal to all in \(C(A)\), the blue subspace.
    If \(b\) is not orthogonal to \(z\), this means that it cannot possibly be in the subspace, it must be slightly above/below it. Therefore \(b \not \in C(A)\) and thus there's no solution.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div><b>Certificate</b> of no solutions:\[ \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} = \emptyset\]is&nbsp;<b>equivalent to:</b></div><br>\[{{c1:: \{z \in \mathbb{R}^m \ | \ A^\top z = 0, b^\top z = 1 \} \not = \emptyset }}\]<div>Note that we don’t need it to be &nbsp;\(1\), it just has to be \(\neq 0\).</div>
    Extra <i>In words</i>: our LSE \(Ax = b\) does not have any solutions if and only if there exists a vector \(z\) that is orthogonal to all columns of \(A\) but not orthogonal to \(b\).<br><br><img src="paste-ec06b0f642f6f657a4c518d3e69158b4b6efec24.jpg"><br>The blue vector \(z\) is orthogonal to all in \(C(A)\), the blue subspace.<br>If \(b\) is not orthogonal to \(z\), this means that it cannot possibly be in the subspace, it must be slightly above/below it. Therefore \(b \not \in C(A)\) and thus there's no solution.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

    Note 1326: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: col^b$YzMt
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
    \(v^\top v = \) \(||v||^2\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
    \(v^\top v = \) \(||v||^2\)

    as \(||v|| = \sqrt{v^\top v}\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(v^\top v = \){{c1::&nbsp;\(||v||^2\)}}
    Extra as&nbsp;\(||v|| = \sqrt{v^\top v}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm

    Note 1327: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: d4<]X?O^},
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
    When is \(0 \in \textbf{Span}(\{v_1, \dots, v_n\})\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
    When is \(0 \in \textbf{Span}(\{v_1, \dots, v_n\})\)?

    \(0\) is in the span of any vectors, even in the span of the empty set.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When is&nbsp;\(0 \in \textbf{Span}(\{v_1, \dots, v_n\})\)?
    Back \(0\)&nbsp;is in the span of any vectors, even in the span of the empty set.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors

    Note 1328: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: d8[ROk!
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
    To compute the CR decomposition, we:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
    To compute the CR decomposition, we:

    Compute the RREF of \(A\)
    1. Get \(C\) by taking the independent columns of \(A\) (those corresponding to the pivot columns in RREF)
    2. Get \(R'\) by removing the \(0\) rows of the RREF form of \(A\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front To compute the CR decomposition, we:
    Back <div>Compute the RREF of&nbsp;\(A\)</div><ol><li>Get&nbsp;\(C\)&nbsp;by taking the independent columns of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;(those corresponding to the pivot columns in RREF)</li><li>Get&nbsp;\(R'\)&nbsp;by removing the&nbsp;\(0\)&nbsp;rows of the RREF form of&nbsp;\(A\).</li></ol><div><img src="paste-6d1e5417f3fb9c6ffbcbc63fa2de4c554a3315b1.jpg"></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition

    Note 1329: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: d8bL*1FU!1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space
    For \(A\) an \(m \times n\) matrix, we have:

    \( \textbf{rank}(A) = \textbf{rank}(A^\top) \)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space
    For \(A\) an \(m \times n\) matrix, we have:

    \( \textbf{rank}(A) = \textbf{rank}(A^\top) \)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For \(A\) an \(m \times n\) matrix, we have:<br><br>\( \textbf{rank}(A) = \textbf{rank}({{c1::A^\top}}) \)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space

    Note 1330: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: d9#?3c)V#_
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) be an eigenvalue of \(A\), then {{c1::\(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\)::property of the EW}}. Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) be an eigenvalue of \(A\), then {{c1::\(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\)::property of the EW}}. Proof Included

    Proof \(v \in \mathbb{C}^n\) be EV of \(\lambda\). Thus we have \(Av = \lambda v\). Since \(A\) is symmetric we have \(A^ = A\). \[\begin{align} \overline{\lambda}||v||^2 &= \overline{\lambda} v^*v \\ &= (\lambda v)^*v \\ &= (Av)^*v = v^*A^*v \\ &= v^* Av \text{ (uses } A^* = A \text{) } \\ &= v^*\lambda v \\ &= \lambda ||v||^2 \end{align}\]Since \(v \neq 0\), then \(||v|| \neq 0\) and so \(\lambda = \overline{\lambda}\) thus \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) be an eigenvalue of \(A\), then {{c1::\(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\)::property of the EW}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
    Extra <div><strong>Proof</strong>&nbsp;\(v \in \mathbb{C}^n\) be EV of \(\lambda\). Thus we have \(Av = \lambda v\). Since \(A\) is symmetric we have \(A^ = A\). \[\begin{align} \overline{\lambda}||v||^2 &amp;= \overline{\lambda} v^*v \\ &amp;= (\lambda v)^*v \\ &amp;= (Av)^*v = v^*A^*v \\ &amp;= v^* Av \text{ (uses } A^* = A \text{) } \\ &amp;= v^*\lambda v \\ &amp;= \lambda ||v||^2 \end{align}\]Since&nbsp;\(v \neq 0\), then \(||v|| \neq 0\) and so \(\lambda = \overline{\lambda}\) thus \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

    Note 1331: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: d?+tf|$hUH
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::5._Computing_Inverse_Matrices
    \(A\) is invertible if and only if for \(\text{RREF}(A,I) = (R, M)\) we have \(R = I\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::5._Computing_Inverse_Matrices
    \(A\) is invertible if and only if for \(\text{RREF}(A,I) = (R, M)\) we have \(R = I\)

    Since we have \(R = MA\), \(M\) is the inverse of \(A\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(A\)&nbsp;is invertible <b>if and only if </b>for&nbsp;\(\text{RREF}(A,I) = (R, M)\)&nbsp;we have {{c1::\(R = I\)}}.&nbsp;
    Extra Since we have&nbsp;\(R = MA\),&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;is the inverse of \(A\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::5._Computing_Inverse_Matrices

    Note 1332: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: dET3O3a8?c
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
    A minimiser of \(\min_{\hat{x} \in \mathbb{R}^n} || A\hat{x} - b||^2\) is also a solution of \(A^\top A \hat{x} = A^\top b\).

    When \(A\) has independent columns the unique minimiser of \(\hat{x}\) is given by: \[ \hat{x} = {{c2::(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top b }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
    A minimiser of \(\min_{\hat{x} \in \mathbb{R}^n} || A\hat{x} - b||^2\) is also a solution of \(A^\top A \hat{x} = A^\top b\).

    When \(A\) has independent columns the unique minimiser of \(\hat{x}\) is given by: \[ \hat{x} = {{c2::(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top b }}\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>A minimiser of \(\min_{\hat{x} \in \mathbb{R}^n} || A\hat{x} - b||^2\) is also a solution of \(A^\top A \hat{x} = A^\top b\).</div><div><br></div><div>When \(A\) has {{c1::<b>independent columns</b>}} the {{c1::<b>unique</b>}} minimiser of \(\hat{x}\) is given by:&nbsp;\[ \hat{x} = {{c2::(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top b }}\]</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation

    Note 1333: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: dZ)aTr>2eb
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    Given a real matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the non-zero eigenvalues of \(A^\top A\) are the same ones as of \(AA^\top\)Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    Given a real matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the non-zero eigenvalues of \(A^\top A\) are the same ones as of \(AA^\top\)Proof Included

    Shared EWs: For \((A^\top A)v_k = \lambda_k v_k\) we get \(AA^\top A v_k = \lambda_k Av_k\) and thus \(Av_k\) EV and \(\lambda_k\) is an EW of \(AA^\top\).

    Orthogonality: For \(j \neq k\) we have \((Av_j)^\top (Av_k) = v_j^\top A^\top Av_k = v_j^\top \lambda_k v_k = \lambda_k v_j^\top v_k = 0\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Given a real matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the {{c1::non-zero eigenvalues}} of {{c2::\(A^\top A\)}} are the same ones as of {{c2::\(AA^\top\)}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i></div>
    Extra <b>Shared EWs:</b> For \((A^\top A)v_k = \lambda_k v_k\) we get \(AA^\top A v_k = \lambda_k Av_k\) and thus \(Av_k\) EV and \(\lambda_k\) is an EW of \(AA^\top\).<br><br><b>Orthogonality:</b> For \(j \neq k\) we have \((Av_j)^\top (Av_k) = v_j^\top A^\top Av_k = v_j^\top \lambda_k v_k = \lambda_k v_j^\top v_k = 0\)<div></div><div></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1334: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: d[`]Ch#J!c
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    What is the fundamental theorem of algebra?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    What is the fundamental theorem of algebra?

    Any degree \(n\) polynomial \(P(z) = a_n z^n + a_{n-1} z^{n-1} + \dots + a_1 z + a_0\) (with \(n \geq 1\) and \(a_n \neq 0\)) has at least one zero \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) such that \(P(\lambda) = 0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the fundamental theorem of algebra?
    Back <div>Any degree \(n\) polynomial \(P(z) = a_n z^n + a_{n-1} z^{n-1} + \dots + a_1 z + a_0\) (with \(n \geq 1\) and \(a_n \neq 0\)) has at least one zero \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) such that \(P(\lambda) = 0\).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

    Note 1335: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: db7R/9=X)q
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    Suppose that \(\{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} \not = \emptyset\). Then \[ \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} = x_1 + N(A) \] where  \(x_1 \in R(A)\) is unique such that \(Ax_1 = b\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    Suppose that \(\{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} \not = \emptyset\). Then \[ \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} = x_1 + N(A) \] where  \(x_1 \in R(A)\) is unique such that \(Ax_1 = b\).

    This means that if there's more than one solution to the system (i.e. the nullspace is not \(= \{0\}\)), then the set of all solutions is a specific solution + the entire nullspace.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Suppose that \(\{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} \not = \emptyset\). Then \[ \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} = {{c1::x_1 + N(A) }}\] where {{c1::&nbsp;\(x_1 \in R(A)\) is unique such that \(Ax_1 = b\)}}.
    Extra This means that if there's more than one solution to the system (i.e. the nullspace is not \(= \{0\}\)), then the set of all solutions is a specific solution + the entire nullspace.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

    Note 1336: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: dkbvj2%i-%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    A real EV always has a real EW associated with it.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    A real EV always has a real EW associated with it.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::A real EV}} always has {{c2::a real EW}} associated with it.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1337: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: dle9WT5o|g
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude
    What is the pseudoinverse in the case where \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) has independent rows?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude
    What is the pseudoinverse in the case where \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) has independent rows?

    Because \(rank(A) = r = m\) and thus \(n \geq m\)
    • \(C(A)\) spans \(\mathbb{R}^m\) (columns span the space)
    • \(R(A) \subseteq\) \(\mathbb{R}^n\)
    There could be multiple \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\) that map to \(T_A(x) = b\). We pick the one with the smallest norm \(||x||^2\).

    We know \(x = x_r + x_n\) for \(x_r \in R(A)\) and \(x_n \in N(A)\) thus we pick \(x = x_r + 0\) to get the smallest norm.

      

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the pseudoinverse in the case where&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\)&nbsp;has independent rows?
    Back Because&nbsp;\(rank(A) = r = m\)&nbsp;and thus&nbsp;\(n \geq m\)<ul><li>\(C(A)\)&nbsp;spans&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^m\)&nbsp;(columns span the space)</li><li>\(R(A) \subseteq\)&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^n\)</li></ul>There could be multiple&nbsp;\(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\)&nbsp;that map to&nbsp;\(T_A(x) = b\). We pick the one with the smallest norm&nbsp;\(||x||^2\).<br><br>We know&nbsp;\(x = x_r + x_n\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(x_r \in R(A)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(x_n \in N(A)\)&nbsp;thus we pick&nbsp;\(x = x_r + 0\)&nbsp;to get the smallest norm.<br><br><div> &nbsp;<img src="paste-4707a6f9abbe720721f1a4ab781ab8c8fda3c76a.jpg"></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude

    Note 1338: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: dmvZr9zGs8
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    A diagonal matrix has it's EWs on the diagonal.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    A diagonal matrix has it's EWs on the diagonal.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A diagonal matrix has it's EWs {{c1:: on the diagonal}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1339: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: doaX+*9B4:
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    For an eigenvalue \(\lambda\) of \(M\), \(\lambda + c\) is a real eigenvalue of the matrix \(M + cI\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    For an eigenvalue \(\lambda\) of \(M\), \(\lambda + c\) is a real eigenvalue of the matrix \(M + cI\).

    Intuitively this makes sense as by adding \(cI\) we're increasing the values on the diagonal, meaning we have to increase the value of \(\lambda\) by the same amount so that we get \(0\) again.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For an eigenvalue \(\lambda\) of \(M\), {{c1::\(\lambda + c\)}} is a real eigenvalue of the matrix {{c2::\(M + cI\)}}.
    Extra Intuitively this makes sense as by adding \(cI\) we're increasing the values on the diagonal, meaning we have to increase the value of \(\lambda\) by the same amount so that we get&nbsp;\(0\) again.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

    Note 1340: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: dsS2q:x~S{
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    Why does \(QR\) give \(A\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    Why does \(QR\) give \(A\)?

    \(QQ^\top\) is the projection on the span of the \(q_i\)'s and thus also on the \(a_i\)'s (\(C(Q) = C(A)\)).

    Thus \(QQ^\top A = A\) and therefore \(QR = QQ^\top A = A\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Why does&nbsp;\(QR\)&nbsp;give&nbsp;\(A\)?
    Back \(QQ^\top\) is the projection on the span of the \(q_i\)'s and thus also on the \(a_i\)'s (\(C(Q) = C(A)\)).<br><br>Thus \(QQ^\top A = A\) and therefore \(QR = QQ^\top A = A\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

    Note 1341: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: e#C4kgY#N_
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b
    If \(b \neq 0\), \(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)\) is {{c1::not a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b
    If \(b \neq 0\), \(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)\) is {{c1::not a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)}}.

    Because it doesn't contain the zero vector!

    If \(b \neq 0\), the the solution space is "shifted" off the origin:

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If {{c2::\(b \neq 0\)}}, \(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)\) is {{c1::not a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)}}.
    Extra Because it doesn't contain the zero vector!<br><br>If \(b \neq 0\), the the solution space is "shifted" off the origin:<br><img src="paste-6a57d261438b0237aa2afbd05a1cb6e451fd99f1.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b

    Note 1342: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: e?j,2#~.l4
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    Let \(S\) be a subspace in \(\mathbb{R}^m\) and \(A\) a matrix whose columns are a basis of \(S\).

    The projection matrix \(P\) to a matrix \(A\) is given by: {{c1::\(P = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top\)}}

    The projection of \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to \(S\) is given by \(\text{proj}_S(b) = Pb\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    Let \(S\) be a subspace in \(\mathbb{R}^m\) and \(A\) a matrix whose columns are a basis of \(S\).

    The projection matrix \(P\) to a matrix \(A\) is given by: {{c1::\(P = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top\)}}

    The projection of \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to \(S\) is given by \(\text{proj}_S(b) = Pb\).

    Note the condition for the columns to be a basis - this forces them to be independent, which means \(A^\top A\) invertible by Lemma 5.2.4.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(S\) be a subspace in \(\mathbb{R}^m\) and \(A\) a matrix whose <b>columns</b> are a <b>basis</b> of \(S\).<br><br>The projection matrix&nbsp;\(P\)&nbsp;to a matrix&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is given by: {{c1::\(P = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top\)}}<br><br>The projection of \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to \(S\) is given by&nbsp;\(\text{proj}_S(b) = Pb\).
    Extra Note the condition for the columns to be a basis - this forces them to be independent, which means \(A^\top A\) invertible by Lemma 5.2.4.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

    Note 1343: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: eGgKwc!Y>B
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Was ist eine orthogonale Matrix?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Was ist eine orthogonale Matrix?

    Für eine orthogonale Matrix gilt \( \mathbf{A^\top A = I}_n\), d.h. die Inverse von A ist A transponiert. Orthogonal = reell, quadratisch, regulär

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Was ist eine <b>orthogonale</b> Matrix?
    Back Für eine orthogonale Matrix gilt&nbsp;\( \mathbf{A^\top A = I}_n\), d.h. die Inverse von A ist A transponiert. Orthogonal = reell, quadratisch, regulär
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

    Note 1344: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: eUCQYkiYf@
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
    What is a property that always holds for linear transformations?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
    What is a property that always holds for linear transformations?

    \(T(0) = 0\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a property that always holds for linear transformations?
    Back \(T(0) = 0\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals

    Note 1345: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: eY$X2~xJ5/
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions
    Name the three definitions for linear independence:
    1. None of the vectors is a linear combination of the other ones.
    2. {{c2::There are no scalars  \(\lambda_1, ..., \lambda_n\) besides 0, 0, ..., 0 such that \(\sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i = \mathbf{0}\). (\(\mathbf{0}\) can only be written as a trivial combination of the vectors.)}}
    3. None of the vectors is a linear combination of the previous ones.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions
    Name the three definitions for linear independence:
    1. None of the vectors is a linear combination of the other ones.
    2. {{c2::There are no scalars  \(\lambda_1, ..., \lambda_n\) besides 0, 0, ..., 0 such that \(\sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i = \mathbf{0}\). (\(\mathbf{0}\) can only be written as a trivial combination of the vectors.)}}
    3. None of the vectors is a linear combination of the previous ones.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Name the three definitions for linear independence:<br><ol><li>{{c1::None of the vectors is a linear combination of the other ones.}}</li><li>{{c2::There are no scalars&nbsp;&nbsp;\(\lambda_1, ..., \lambda_n\)&nbsp;besides 0, 0, ..., 0 such that&nbsp;\(\sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i = \mathbf{0}\). (\(\mathbf{0}\)&nbsp;can only be written as a trivial combination of the vectors.)}}<br></li><li>{{c3::None of the vectors is a linear combination of the previous ones.}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions

    Note 1346: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: e`7dX^~/:X
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
    For a function \(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m / \ T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\) the linearity axiom is:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
    For a function \(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m / \ T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\) the linearity axiom is:

    \(T(\lambda_1x_1 + \lambda_2x_2) = \lambda_1T(x_1) + \lambda_2T(x_2)\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front For a function&nbsp;\(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m / \ T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\)&nbsp;the linearity axiom is:
    Back \(T(\lambda_1x_1 + \lambda_2x_2) = \lambda_1T(x_1) + \lambda_2T(x_2)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals

    Note 1347: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: eb|cwXEzx`
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication
    A \(m\times 1\) matrix is called a column vector.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication
    A \(m\times 1\) matrix is called a column vector.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A&nbsp;\(m\times 1\)&nbsp;matrix is called a {{c1::column vector}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication

    Note 1348: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: er&wX,XKn1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix
    Every symmetric PSD matrix \(M\) is a Gram matrix of an upper triangular matrix \(C\).

    \(M = C^\top C\) is known as the Cholesky decomposition.
    Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix
    Every symmetric PSD matrix \(M\) is a Gram matrix of an upper triangular matrix \(C\).

    \(M = C^\top C\) is known as the Cholesky decomposition.
    Proof Included

    Thus all PSD matrices are decomposable as \(C^\top C\) with \(C\) upper triangular!

    Proof: Since \(M\) is symmetric PSD, we can say \(M = V \Lambda V^\top\) with \(\Lambda\) diagonal matrix with EWs in the diagonal. 
    • Since \(M\) is PSD, the eigenvalues (the diagonals) of \(\Lambda\) are \(\geq 0\) (non-negative) and thus we can build \(\Lambda^{1/2}\) by taking the square root of each diagonal entry.
    • To make them be upper triangular, we take the QR-decomposition (\(V\Lambda^{1/2}\) has linearly independent columns) \((V \Lambda^{1/2})^\top = QR\) with \(Q\) such that \(Q^\top Q = I\) and \(R\) upper triangular. 
    • We then have \(M = (V \Lambda^{1/2})(V \Lambda^{1/2})^\top\)\( = (QR)^\top (QR) = \)\(R^\top Q^\top Q R = R^\top R\) 
    Taking  \(C = R\) we get \(M = C^\top C\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Every symmetric PSD matrix \(M\) is a {{c1::Gram matrix of an upper triangular matrix}}&nbsp;\(C\).<br><br>\(M = {{c2::C^\top C}}\)&nbsp;is known as the {{c2::Cholesky decomposition}}.<br><i>Proof Included</i>
    Extra Thus all PSD matrices are decomposable as \(C^\top C\) with \(C\) upper triangular!<br><br><div><b>Proof:</b> Since \(M\) is symmetric PSD, we can say \(M = V \Lambda V^\top\) with \(\Lambda\) diagonal matrix with EWs in the diagonal.&nbsp;</div><div><ul><li>Since \(M\) is PSD, the eigenvalues (the diagonals) of \(\Lambda\) are \(\geq 0\) (non-negative) and thus we can build \(\Lambda^{1/2}\) by taking the square root of each diagonal entry.</li><li>To make them be upper triangular, we take the QR-decomposition (\(V\Lambda^{1/2}\) has linearly independent columns) \((V \Lambda^{1/2})^\top = QR\) with \(Q\) such that \(Q^\top Q = I\) and \(R\) upper triangular.&nbsp;</li><li>We then have \(M = (V \Lambda^{1/2})(V \Lambda^{1/2})^\top\)\( = (QR)^\top (QR) = \)\(R^\top Q^\top Q R = R^\top R\)&nbsp;</li></ul></div><div>Taking &nbsp;\(C = R\) we get \(M = C^\top C\).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix

    Note 1349: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: eybQSQ#Ama
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    The eigenvectors of \(A\) are not the same as those of \(A^\top\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    The eigenvectors of \(A\) are not the same as those of \(A^\top\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The eigenvectors of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;are {{c1::<b>not the same</b>}} as those of&nbsp;\(A^\top\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

    Note 1350: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: f&MFQatooW
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    The \(\det\) of \(U\) upper (or lower) triangular is \(\det U = {{c1:: (u_{11})(u_{22}) \dots (u_{nn}) }}\). Intuition included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    The \(\det\) of \(U\) upper (or lower) triangular is \(\det U = {{c1:: (u_{11})(u_{22}) \dots (u_{nn}) }}\). Intuition included

    (The product of the diagonal entries.)

    This is because any permutation except the \(\text{id}\) permutation chooses a \(0\) at least once.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The \(\det\) of \(U\) upper (or lower) triangular is \(\det U = {{c1:: (u_{11})(u_{22}) \dots (u_{nn}) }}\).&nbsp;<i>Intuition included</i>
    Extra (The product of the diagonal entries.)<br><br>This is because any permutation except the&nbsp;\(\text{id}\)&nbsp;permutation chooses a&nbsp;\(0\)&nbsp;at least once.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1351: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: f3K7#O4X*v
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
    Is the empty set of vectors linearly dependent or independent?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
    Is the empty set of vectors linearly dependent or independent?

    It is linearly independent by definition, since there is no vector it could be a combination of.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is the empty set of vectors linearly dependent or independent?
    Back It is linearly independent by definition, since there is no vector it could be a combination of.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors

    Note 1352: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: f9O^%9R1}/
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
    When are two vectors orthogonal?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
    When are two vectors orthogonal?

    When their scalar product is equal to 0.

    This means that the projection of v onto w results in a vector v of 0 length.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When are two vectors orthogonal?
    Back When their scalar product is equal to 0.<br><br>This means that the projection of v onto w results in a vector v of 0 length.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles

    Note 1353: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: f>Z/u`5f-r
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
    What does \(N(A) = \{0\}\) mean?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
    What does \(N(A) = \{0\}\) mean?

    That all the columns of the matrix are independent.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does&nbsp;\(N(A) = \{0\}\)&nbsp;mean?
    Back That all the columns of the matrix are independent.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace

    Note 1354: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: f?EhyxxJ04
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    Rewrite \(A^\dagger = R^\dagger C^\dagger\) in terms of \(A\), \(R\), \(C\):

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    Rewrite \(A^\dagger = R^\dagger C^\dagger\) in terms of \(A\), \(R\), \(C\):

    \(\begin{aligned} A^\dagger &= R^\top (RR^\top)^{-1} (C^\top C)^{-1} C^\top \\ &= R^\top (C^\top C R R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \\ &= R^\top (C^\top A R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \end{aligned}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Rewrite&nbsp;\(A^\dagger = R^\dagger C^\dagger\)&nbsp;in terms of&nbsp;\(A\),&nbsp;\(R\),&nbsp;\(C\):
    Back \(\begin{aligned} A^\dagger &amp;= R^\top (RR^\top)^{-1} (C^\top C)^{-1} C^\top \\ &amp;= R^\top (C^\top C R R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \\ &amp;= R^\top (C^\top A R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \end{aligned}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

    Note 1355: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: f?VIJc~!G|
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Assume \(Q\) is orthogonal and square. Then:
    • \(QQ^\top = I\)
    • {{c2::\(Q^{-1} = Q^\top\)}}
    • {{c3::The columns form an orthonormal basis for \(\mathbb{R}^n\).}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Assume \(Q\) is orthogonal and square. Then:
    • \(QQ^\top = I\)
    • {{c2::\(Q^{-1} = Q^\top\)}}
    • {{c3::The columns form an orthonormal basis for \(\mathbb{R}^n\).}}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Assume \(Q\)&nbsp;is orthogonal and <b>square</b>. Then:</div><div><ul><li>{{c1::\(QQ^\top = I\)}}</li><li>{{c2::\(Q^{-1} = Q^\top\)}}</li><li>{{c3::The columns form an orthonormal basis for \(\mathbb{R}^n\).}}</li></ul></div><blockquote><ul> </ul></blockquote>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

    Note 1356: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: fILs=r`j+*
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    Spectral Theorem: Any symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has \(n\) real eigenvalues and {{c1::an orthonormal basis of \(\mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) consisting of it's eigenvectors::EV}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    Spectral Theorem: Any symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has \(n\) real eigenvalues and {{c1::an orthonormal basis of \(\mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) consisting of it's eigenvectors::EV}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>Spectral Theorem:&nbsp;</b>Any symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has {{c1::\(n\) real eigenvalues::EW}} and {{c1::an orthonormal basis of \(\mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) consisting of it's eigenvectors::EV}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

    Note 1357: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: fTGz~gZIJt
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    If \(A^T A\) is invertible, we have a unique solution \(\hat{x}\) that satisfies the equation: \[ p = A\hat{x} = {{c1:: A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top b }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    If \(A^T A\) is invertible, we have a unique solution \(\hat{x}\) that satisfies the equation: \[ p = A\hat{x} = {{c1:: A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top b }}\]

    From \(A^\top A \mathbf{\hat{x}} = A^\top \mathbf{b}\) we can construct a formula for \(\mathbf{p}\):

        \((A^\top A)^{-1}(A^\top A) \mathbf{\hat{x}} = (A^\top A)^{-1}A^\top \mathbf{b}\)

    (\(A^\top A\) invertible if the columns of \(A\) are independent), which gives us:

        \(A \mathbf{\hat{x}} = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top \mathbf{b} = \mathbf{p}\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>If \(A^T A\) is invertible, we have a unique solution \(\hat{x}\) that satisfies the equation: \[ p = A\hat{x} = {{c1:: A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top b }}\]</div>
    Extra From \(A^\top A \mathbf{\hat{x}} = A^\top \mathbf{b}\) we can construct a formula for \(\mathbf{p}\): <br><br>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;\((A^\top A)^{-1}(A^\top A) \mathbf{\hat{x}} = (A^\top A)^{-1}A^\top \mathbf{b}\) <br><br>(\(A^\top A\) invertible if the columns of \(A\) are independent), which gives us:<br><br>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;\(A \mathbf{\hat{x}} = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top \mathbf{b} = \mathbf{p}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

    Note 1358: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ft&0@=!%Zq
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
    What property holds for \(T(\lambda X)?\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
    What property holds for \(T(\lambda X)?\)

    \(=\lambda T(X)\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What property holds for&nbsp;\(T(\lambda X)?\)
    Back \(=\lambda T(X)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals

    Note 1359: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: f}{64fa3|!
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    A projection matrix is always symmetric (note that this needs to be reproven in the exam, proof included)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    A projection matrix is always symmetric (note that this needs to be reproven in the exam, proof included)

    \(P^\top = (A(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top)^\top =\) \((A^\top)^\top {(A^\top A)^{-1}}^\top A^\top = A(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top = P\)
    We use the fact that for invertible matrices \({M^{-1}}^\top = {M^\top}^{-1}\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A projection matrix is always {{c1:: symmetric ::property?}} (<i>note that this needs to be reproven in the exam, proof included)</i>
    Extra \(P^\top = (A(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top)^\top =\) \((A^\top)^\top {(A^\top A)^{-1}}^\top A^\top = A(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top = P\)<br>We use the fact that for invertible matrices \({M^{-1}}^\top = {M^\top}^{-1}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

    Note 1360: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: g/|!95
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    \(\frac{1}{z} = {{c1:: \frac{\overline{z} }{|z|^2} :: \text{in terms of z} }}\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    \(\frac{1}{z} = {{c1:: \frac{\overline{z} }{|z|^2} :: \text{in terms of z} }}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(\frac{1}{z} = {{c1:: \frac{\overline{z} }{|z|^2} :: \text{in terms of z} }}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

    Note 1361: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: g<1au-}>bh
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
    What is a linear functional?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
    What is a linear functional?

    A function \(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\), for which the linearity axiom holds.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a linear functional?
    Back A function&nbsp;\(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\),&nbsp;for which the linearity axiom holds.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals

    Note 1362: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: gC,90MH_~p
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    Was ist eine konjugiert-transponierte (auch: Hermitesch-transponierte) Matrix?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    Was ist eine konjugiert-transponierte (auch: Hermitesch-transponierte) Matrix?

    \( \mathbf{A}^* = (\overline{\mathbf{A}})^\top = \overline{\mathbf{A}^\top}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Was ist eine <b>konjugiert-transponierte</b> (auch: Hermitesch-transponierte) Matrix?
    Back \( \mathbf{A}^* = (\overline{\mathbf{A}})^\top = \overline{\mathbf{A}^\top}\)<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

    Note 1363: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: gRXLRWq0n1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix with linearly independent columns. The QR decomposition is given by: \[ A = QR \]where
    • \(Q\) is an \(m \times n\) matrix with orthonormal columns (they are the output of Gram-Schmidt)
    • \(R\) is an upper triangular matrix given by \(R = Q^\top A\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix with linearly independent columns. The QR decomposition is given by: \[ A = QR \]where
    • \(Q\) is an \(m \times n\) matrix with orthonormal columns (they are the output of Gram-Schmidt)
    • \(R\) is an upper triangular matrix given by \(R = Q^\top A\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix with {{c1::<b>linearly independent</b>}}<b> </b>columns. The QR decomposition is given by:&nbsp;\[ A = QR \]where</div><div><ul><li>\(Q\) is {{c1::an \(m \times n\) matrix with orthonormal columns (they are the output of Gram-Schmidt) }}</li><li>\(R\) is {{c2:: an upper triangular matrix given by \(R = Q^\top A\)}}.</li></ul></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

    Note 1364: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: gU%jisb2z3
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::2._Scalar_multiplication
    Scalar product properties: \(u, v, w \in \mathbb{R}^m\) be vectors and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) a scalar.
    1. \(v \cdot w = w \cdot v\) (symmetry / commutatitivity
    2.  \((\lambda v) \cdot w = \lambda (v \cdot w)\) (scalars move freely)
    3.  \(u \cdot (v + w) = u \cdot v + u \cdot w\) and \((u + v) \cdot w = u\cdot w + v \cdot w\) (distributivity)
    4.  \(v \cdot v \geq 0\) with equality if and only if \(v = 0\) (positive definiteness

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::2._Scalar_multiplication
    Scalar product properties: \(u, v, w \in \mathbb{R}^m\) be vectors and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) a scalar.
    1. \(v \cdot w = w \cdot v\) (symmetry / commutatitivity
    2.  \((\lambda v) \cdot w = \lambda (v \cdot w)\) (scalars move freely)
    3.  \(u \cdot (v + w) = u \cdot v + u \cdot w\) and \((u + v) \cdot w = u\cdot w + v \cdot w\) (distributivity)
    4.  \(v \cdot v \geq 0\) with equality if and only if \(v = 0\) (positive definiteness

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Scalar product properties:&nbsp;\(u, v, w \in \mathbb{R}^m\)&nbsp;be vectors and&nbsp;\(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\)&nbsp;a scalar.<br><ol><li>{{c1::\(v \cdot w = w \cdot v\)&nbsp;(symmetry / commutatitivity}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;\((\lambda v) \cdot w = \lambda (v \cdot w)\)&nbsp;(scalars move freely)}}</li><li>{{c3::&nbsp;\(u \cdot (v + w) = u \cdot v + u \cdot w\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\((u + v) \cdot w = u\cdot w + v \cdot w\)&nbsp;(distributivity)}}</li><li>{{c4::&nbsp;\(v \cdot v \geq 0\)&nbsp;with equality if and only if&nbsp;\(v = 0\)&nbsp;(positive definiteness}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::2._Scalar_multiplication

    Note 1365: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: g[av;3n%%l
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    Wann ist eine Matrix hermitesch?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    Wann ist eine Matrix hermitesch?

    Falls \( \mathbf{A}^* = A\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Wann ist eine Matrix <b>hermitesch</b>?
    Back Falls&nbsp;\( \mathbf{A}^* = A\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

    Note 1366: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: gdRJD#kpm3
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
    \((A^{-1})^{-1}\) =  \(A\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
    \((A^{-1})^{-1}\) =  \(A\)

    This can be used without proof.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \((A^{-1})^{-1}\)&nbsp;= {{c1::&nbsp;\(A\)}}
    Extra <i>This can be used without proof.</i>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties

    Note 1367: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: glVCl00~J+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
    The column space, row space and nullspaces (left and right) are subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^m\)/\(\mathbb{R}^n\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
    The column space, row space and nullspaces (left and right) are subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^m\)/\(\mathbb{R}^n\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c1::column space, row space and nullspaces (left and right)::fundamental subspaces}} are subspaces of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^m\)/\(\mathbb{R}^n\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces

    Note 1368: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: gmHrq^j=e&
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
     \(QQ^\top A = A\) because \(QQ^\top \) is the projection onto \(A\), and \(C(Q) = C(A)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
     \(QQ^\top A = A\) because \(QQ^\top \) is the projection onto \(A\), and \(C(Q) = C(A)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text &nbsp;\(QQ^\top A = {{c1::A}}\)&nbsp;because {{c1::\(QQ^\top \)&nbsp;is the projection onto&nbsp;\(A\), and&nbsp;\(C(Q) = C(A)\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

    Note 1369: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: g|NuPS1+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices
    Give the definition of a 2x2 rotation matrix.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices
    Give the definition of a 2x2 rotation matrix.

    \[A = \begin{bmatrix} \cos \theta & -\sin \theta \\ \sin \theta & \cos \theta \end{bmatrix}\]where \(\theta\) is the rotation angle.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give the definition of a 2x2 rotation matrix.
    Back \[A = \begin{bmatrix} \cos \theta &amp; -\sin \theta \\ \sin \theta &amp; \cos \theta \end{bmatrix}\]where&nbsp;\(\theta\)&nbsp;is the rotation angle.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices

    Note 1370: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: h8vM!D=]5*
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
    Was ist der rank einer full rank matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
    Was ist der rank einer full rank matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\)?

    \( r \le m, r \le n\), also ist der full / maximal Rank \( r = \text{min}(m,n)\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Was ist der rank einer full rank matrix&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\)?
    Back \( r \le m, r \le n\), also ist der full / maximal Rank&nbsp;\( r = \text{min}(m,n)\)<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank

    Note 1371: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: h>+Ms3X6
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
    When doing Least Squares we represent our data as \(A\) and \(b\) which are?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
    When doing Least Squares we represent our data as \(A\) and \(b\) which are?

    \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & t_1 \\ 1 & t_2 \\ \vdots & \vdots \\ 1 & t_{m-1} \\ 1 & t_m \end{bmatrix}\) is a matrix containing the coefficients for \(\alpha_0\) and \(\alpha_1\) in our fitting equation, so here \(\alpha_1 t + \alpha_0\).

    \(b = \begin{pmatrix} b_1 \\ b_2 \\ \vdots \\ b_m \end{pmatrix}\) is the vector with the result of each equation (the datapoints).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When doing Least Squares we represent our data as&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;which are?
    Back \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; t_1 \\ 1 &amp; t_2 \\ \vdots &amp; \vdots \\ 1 &amp; t_{m-1} \\ 1 &amp; t_m \end{bmatrix}\)&nbsp;is a matrix containing the coefficients for&nbsp;\(\alpha_0\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(\alpha_1\)&nbsp;in our fitting equation, so here&nbsp;\(\alpha_1 t + \alpha_0\).<br><br>\(b = \begin{pmatrix} b_1 \\ b_2 \\ \vdots \\ b_m \end{pmatrix}\)&nbsp;is the vector with the result of each equation (the datapoints).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation

    Note 1372: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: hA*w;Q$Ce1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) and \(x, y \in C(A^\top)\).

    We have: \[ Ax = Ay \Leftrightarrow x = y \]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) and \(x, y \in C(A^\top)\).

    We have: \[ Ax = Ay \Leftrightarrow x = y \]

    This is because \(x, y\) have unique decompositions into the two fundamental subspaces. \[ Ax = Ay \Leftrightarrow x - y \in N(A) \Leftrightarrow \](this holds as \(\implies A(x - y) = 0\)).

    \[x^\top(x - y) = 0 = y^\top(x - y) \Leftrightarrow\]because of orthogonality of the subspaces\[ (x - y)^\top(x - y) = 0 \]and from this follows that \(||x - y||^2 = 0 \implies x - y = 0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(x, y \in C(A^\top)\). <br><br>We have:&nbsp;\[ {{c1::Ax = Ay}} \Leftrightarrow {{c2:: x = y }}\]
    Extra This is because \(x, y\) have unique decompositions into the two fundamental subspaces. \[ Ax = Ay \Leftrightarrow x - y \in N(A) \Leftrightarrow \](this holds as \(\implies A(x - y) = 0\)).<br><br>\[x^\top(x - y) = 0 = y^\top(x - y) \Leftrightarrow\]because of orthogonality of the subspaces\[ (x - y)^\top(x - y) = 0 \]and from this follows that \(||x - y||^2 = 0 \implies x - y = 0\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

    Note 1373: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: hy_&_By5dp
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    1. \(\det(A) = \det(A^T)\)
    2. \(\det(I) = 1\)
    3. \(\det(A) = 0\) if linearly dependent columns.
    4. Exchanging two rows flips the sign of the determinant.
    5. Subtracting two rows does not change the \(\det\). (we can use Gauss-Jordan (only row substractions) to simplify calculations…)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    1. \(\det(A) = \det(A^T)\)
    2. \(\det(I) = 1\)
    3. \(\det(A) = 0\) if linearly dependent columns.
    4. Exchanging two rows flips the sign of the determinant.
    5. Subtracting two rows does not change the \(\det\). (we can use Gauss-Jordan (only row substractions) to simplify calculations…)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <ol> <li>{{c1::\(\det(A) = \det(A^T)\)}}</li><li>\(\det(I) = {{c2::1}}\)</li><li>\(\det(A) = 0\) if {{c3::linearly dependent columns.}}</li><li>{{c4::Exchanging two rows flips the sign of the determinant.::Effect of row exchange?}}</li><li>{{c5::Subtracting two rows does not change the \(\det\). (we can use Gauss-Jordan (only row substractions) to simplify calculations…)::Subtraction}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1374: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: i$=u%lLqUM
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    All the eigenvectors for \(\lambda_i\) are the vectors \(v \neq 0\), \(v \in N(A - \lambda_i I)\), in the nullspace.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    All the eigenvectors for \(\lambda_i\) are the vectors \(v \neq 0\), \(v \in N(A - \lambda_i I)\), in the nullspace.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>All the eigenvectors for \(\lambda_i\) are {{c1::the vectors \(v \neq 0\), \(v \in N(A - \lambda_i I)\), in the nullspace::subspace}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1375: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: i+.VTwVf&Z
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) its \(n\) eigenvalues. Then \[ \det(A) = {{c1:: \prod_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i :: \text{in terms of EWs} }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) its \(n\) eigenvalues. Then \[ \det(A) = {{c1:: \prod_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i :: \text{in terms of EWs} }}\]

    Be careful to include each eigenvalue as often as their algebraic multiplicity in these sums/products. You can use this to double check calculations.

    Intuition: The eigenvalues describe how much each eigenvector is scaled. Thus by multiplying the scaling of each dimension, we can figure out the volume of the unit cube which is the determinant.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) its \(n\) eigenvalues. Then \[ \det(A) = {{c1:: \prod_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i :: \text{in terms of EWs} }}\]
    Extra <div><strong>Be careful</strong> to include each eigenvalue as often as their <em>algebraic multiplicity</em> in these sums/products. You can use this to double check calculations.</div><div><br></div><div><i>Intuition:</i> The eigenvalues describe how much each eigenvector is scaled. Thus by multiplying the scaling of each dimension, we can figure out the <i>volume of the unit cube</i>&nbsp;which is the determinant.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

    Note 1376: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: i8+^S+3p7v
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation::2._Similar_Matrices
    \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) are similar matrices. The matrix \(A\) has a complete set of real eigenvectors if and only if \(B\) does Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation::2._Similar_Matrices
    \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) are similar matrices. The matrix \(A\) has a complete set of real eigenvectors if and only if \(B\) does Proof Included

    Proof \(\lambda, v\) EW, EV pair for matrix \(A\) iff \(Av = \lambda v \Leftrightarrow \lambda S^{-1}v = S^{-1}Av = S^{-1}ASS^{-1}v = B(S^{-1}v)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) are similar matrices. The matrix \(A\) has {{c1::a complete set of real eigenvectors if and only if&nbsp;\(B\) does :: EVs}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
    Extra <div><b>Proof </b>\(\lambda, v\) EW, EV pair for matrix \(A\) iff \(Av = \lambda v \Leftrightarrow \lambda S^{-1}v = S^{-1}Av = S^{-1}ASS^{-1}v = B(S^{-1}v)\)<b>.</b></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation::2._Similar_Matrices

    Note 1377: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: iGUn`^!2(+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b
    Express \(\text{Sol}(A, b)\) in standard form:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b
    Express \(\text{Sol}(A, b)\) in standard form:

    \(\textbf{Sol}(A, 0) = \textbf{N}(A)\) as we search for the zeros. We thus first find the nullspace, and then shift it by an arbitrary solution of \(Ax = b\).
    Let \(s\) be some solution of \(Ax = b\). Then \[ \textbf{Sol}(A, b) = \{s + x : x \in \textbf{N}(A)\} \]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Express&nbsp;\(\text{Sol}(A, b)\)&nbsp;in standard form:
    Back \(\textbf{Sol}(A, 0) = \textbf{N}(A)\) as we search for the zeros. We thus first find the nullspace, and then shift it by an arbitrary solution of \(Ax = b\).<br>Let \(s\) be some solution of \(Ax = b\). Then \[ \textbf{Sol}(A, b) = \{s + x : x \in \textbf{N}(A)\} \]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b

    Note 1378: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: iwDw^,XMof
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
    For any two arbitrary subspaces \(U, W \) of \(V\), we have {{c1::\(\{0\}\)}} \(\subseteq U \cap W\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
    For any two arbitrary subspaces \(U, W \) of \(V\), we have {{c1::\(\{0\}\)}} \(\subseteq U \cap W\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For any two arbitrary subspaces&nbsp;\(U, W \)&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(V\), we have {{c1::\(\{0\}\)}}&nbsp;\(\subseteq U \cap W\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces

    Note 1379: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: i{$l0w=V}b
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    \(\text{Tr}(AB) = {{c1:: \text{Tr}(BA) }}\) and \(\text{Tr}(ABC) = {{c1:: \text{Tr}(CBA) = \text{Tr}(BAC) }}\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    \(\text{Tr}(AB) = {{c1:: \text{Tr}(BA) }}\) and \(\text{Tr}(ABC) = {{c1:: \text{Tr}(CBA) = \text{Tr}(BAC) }}\)

    The trace is commutative.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(\text{Tr}(AB) = {{c1:: \text{Tr}(BA) }}\) and \(\text{Tr}(ABC) = {{c1:: \text{Tr}(CBA) = \text{Tr}(BAC) }}\)
    Extra The trace is commutative.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

    Note 1380: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: i{D+8us!vH
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    Given a matrix \(A\) such that \(\det(A) \neq 0\) then \(A\) is invertible and \[ \det(A^{-1}) = {{c1:: \frac{1}{\det(A)} }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    Given a matrix \(A\) such that \(\det(A) \neq 0\) then \(A\) is invertible and \[ \det(A^{-1}) = {{c1:: \frac{1}{\det(A)} }}\]

    If \(A\) shrinks the unit cube and \(A^{-1}\) inflates it back to the unit dimensions then the ratio of the changes is \(1\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Given a matrix \(A\) such that \(\det(A) \neq 0\) then \(A\) is <b>invertible</b> and \[ \det(A^{-1}) = {{c1:: \frac{1}{\det(A)} }}\]
    Extra If \(A\) shrinks the unit cube and \(A^{-1}\) inflates it back to the unit dimensions then the ratio of the changes is \(1\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1381: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: j+k13A`QMX
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    What does \(A\) need to satisfy for \(QR\) decomposition? 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    What does \(A\) need to satisfy for \(QR\) decomposition? 

    \(A\) needs to have linearly independent columns.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;need to satisfy for&nbsp;\(QR\)&nbsp;decomposition?&nbsp;
    Back \(A\)&nbsp;needs to have linearly independent columns.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

    Note 1382: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: j0~h}Ph2E;
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
    What does the linearity axiom say and how can it be interpreted for a function \(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m / \ T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\):

    i)  \(T(x+x') = T(x) + T(x')\)
    ii)  \(T(\lambda x) = \lambda T(x)\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
    What does the linearity axiom say and how can it be interpreted for a function \(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m / \ T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\):

    i)  \(T(x+x') = T(x) + T(x')\)
    ii)  \(T(\lambda x) = \lambda T(x)\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text What does the linearity axiom say and how can it be interpreted for a function&nbsp;\(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m / \ T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\):<br><br>i) {{c1::&nbsp;\(T(x+x') = T(x) + T(x')\)}}<br>ii) {{c2::&nbsp;\(T(\lambda x) = \lambda T(x)\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals

    Note 1383: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: j1Gn[Gf;7=
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case
    The determinant can be (informally) understood as the signed volume of the unit cube.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case
    The determinant can be (informally) understood as the signed volume of the unit cube.

    It can be stretched, squished or be reduced to a zero-volume point/plane (non-invertible matrix).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The determinant can be (informally) understood as the {{c1::signed volume of the unit cube}}.
    Extra It can be stretched, squished or be reduced to a zero-volume point/plane (non-invertible matrix).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case

    Note 1384: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: j:UFFCa:sM
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    Using QR decomposition the normal equations \(A^\top A x = A^\top b\) simplify to:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    Using QR decomposition the normal equations \(A^\top A x = A^\top b\) simplify to:

    \(A^\top A = (QR)^\top (QR) = R^\top Q^\top Q R= R^\top R\) and thus we get:\[ R^\top R \hat{x} = R^\top Q^\top b \]Since \(R\) is invertible we simplify to: \[ R\hat{x} = Q^\top b \]which can efficiently be solved by back substitution since \(R\) is a triangular matrix.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Using QR decomposition the normal equations&nbsp;\(A^\top A x = A^\top b\)&nbsp;simplify to:
    Back \(A^\top A = (QR)^\top (QR) = R^\top Q^\top Q R= R^\top R\)&nbsp;and thus we get:\[ R^\top R \hat{x} = R^\top Q^\top b \]Since&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;is invertible we simplify to:&nbsp;\[ R\hat{x} = Q^\top b \]which can efficiently be solved by back substitution since \(R\) is a triangular matrix.<br><img src="paste-bba0016ef7ccad1dad42a31c02e8c787f3e3dea9.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

    Note 1385: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: jGly4b:5@T
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces
    Let \(T :V \rightarrow W\) be a bijective linear transformation between vector spaces \(V\) and \(W\) . Let \(B = {v1, v2, . . . , v_l} \subseteq V\) be a finite set of size \(l\), and let \[ T(B) = {T(v_1), T(v_2), \dots, T(v_l)} \subseteq Q \] be the transformed set.

    Then \(|T(B)| = |B|\). Moreover, \(B\) is a basis of \(V\) if and only if \(T(B)\) is a basis of \(W\). We therefore also have \(\dim(V) = \dim(W)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces
    Let \(T :V \rightarrow W\) be a bijective linear transformation between vector spaces \(V\) and \(W\) . Let \(B = {v1, v2, . . . , v_l} \subseteq V\) be a finite set of size \(l\), and let \[ T(B) = {T(v_1), T(v_2), \dots, T(v_l)} \subseteq Q \] be the transformed set.

    Then \(|T(B)| = |B|\). Moreover, \(B\) is a basis of \(V\) if and only if \(T(B)\) is a basis of \(W\). We therefore also have \(\dim(V) = \dim(W)\).

    This holds because of the bijectivity of the linear transformation.

    Further, if there is one such bijective transformation, then we call the vector spaces isomorphic and \(T\) an isomorphism between \(V\) and \(W\) (Definition 4.28).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(T :V \rightarrow W\) be a bijective linear transformation between vector spaces \(V\) and \(W\) . Let \(B = {v1, v2, . . . , v_l} \subseteq V\) be a finite set of size \(l\), and let \[ T(B) = {T(v_1), T(v_2), \dots, T(v_l)} \subseteq Q \] be the transformed set.</div><div><br></div><div>Then {{c1::\(|T(B)| = |B|\)::cardinality comparison}}. Moreover, \(B\) is a basis of \(V\) if and only if {{c1::\(T(B)\) is a basis of \(W\)}}. We therefore also have {{c1::\(\dim(V) = \dim(W)\)}}.</div>
    Extra This holds because of the bijectivity of the linear transformation.<br><br>Further, if there is one such bijective transformation, then we call the vector spaces <i>isomorphic</i>&nbsp;and \(T\) an <i>isomorphism</i> between \(V\) and \(W\) (Definition 4.28).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces

    Note 1386: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: je3$vwu2Z6
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Subspaces are orthogonal if their basis-vectors are orthogonal.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Subspaces are orthogonal if their basis-vectors are orthogonal.

    We can determine if two subspaces are orthogonal by only comparing their basis vectors, since if they are orthogonal, all their linear combinations will be as well.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Subspaces are orthogonal if {{c1::their basis-vectors are orthogonal::in terms of basis}}.
    Extra <div>We can determine if two <strong>subspaces are orthogonal by only comparing their basis vectors</strong>, since if they are orthogonal, all their linear combinations will be as well.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1387: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: jfWTLC-Hb%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    Multilinearity of the determinant:\[ \begin{vmatrix} ta & tb \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} = {{c1:: t \cdot \begin{vmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    Multilinearity of the determinant:\[ \begin{vmatrix} ta & tb \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} = {{c1:: t \cdot \begin{vmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} }}\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Multilinearity of the determinant:\[ \begin{vmatrix} ta &amp; tb \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} = {{c1:: t \cdot \begin{vmatrix} a &amp; b \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} }}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1388: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: jn6
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda_1,\lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\) be two distinct eigenvalues of \(A\) with corresponding eigenvectors \(v_1, v_2\):

    \(v_1\) and \(v_2\) are orthogonalProof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda_1,\lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\) be two distinct eigenvalues of \(A\) with corresponding eigenvectors \(v_1, v_2\):

    \(v_1\) and \(v_2\) are orthogonalProof Included

    Proof \(\lambda_1 v_1 ^\top v_2 = (Av_1)^\top v_2 = v_1^\top A ^\top v_2 = v_1^\top (Av_2) = \lambda_2 v_1^\top v_2\) Thus \(v_1^\top v_2\) must be \(0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda_1,\lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\) be two {{c2::distinct}} eigenvalues of \(A\) with corresponding eigenvectors \(v_1, v_2\):</div><div><br></div><div>\(v_1\) and \(v_2\) are {{c1::orthogonal:: property}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i></div>
    Extra <div><b>Proof</b> \(\lambda_1 v_1 ^\top v_2 = (Av_1)^\top v_2 = v_1^\top A ^\top v_2 = v_1^\top (Av_2) = \lambda_2 v_1^\top v_2\) Thus \(v_1^\top v_2\) must be \(0\).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

    Note 1389: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: jo;...VEEI
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    A matrix has a complete set of real eigenvectors if all its eigenvalues are real and the geometric multiplicities are the same as the algebraic multiplicities of all it's eigenvalues.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    A matrix has a complete set of real eigenvectors if all its eigenvalues are real and the geometric multiplicities are the same as the algebraic multiplicities of all it's eigenvalues.

    Example \(I\) has eigenvalue \(1\) with geometric multiplicity \(n\) (\(\dim(N(I - 1 \cdot I)) = n\)) and algebraic multiplicity \(n\) (As the characteristic polynomial of \(I\), \(P(z) = (z - 1)(z - 1) \dots (z - 1)\) with that repeated \(n\) times).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A matrix has a <b>complete set of real eigenvectors</b> if {{c1::all its eigenvalues are real and the geometric multiplicities are the same as the algebraic multiplicities of all it's eigenvalues::in terms of multiplicities}}.
    Extra <div><strong>Example</strong>&nbsp;\(I\) has eigenvalue \(1\) with geometric multiplicity \(n\) (\(\dim(N(I - 1 \cdot I)) = n\)) and algebraic multiplicity \(n\) (As the characteristic polynomial of \(I\), \(P(z) = (z - 1)(z - 1) \dots (z - 1)\) with that repeated \(n\) times).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1390: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ju
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Let \(Q\) be the \(m \times n\) matrix whose columns are an orthonormal basis of \(A\).

    Then the least squares solution \(Qx = b\)  is given by {{c1:: \(\hat{x} = Q^\top b\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Let \(Q\) be the \(m \times n\) matrix whose columns are an orthonormal basis of \(A\).

    Then the least squares solution \(Qx = b\)  is given by {{c1:: \(\hat{x} = Q^\top b\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;be the&nbsp;\(m \times n\)&nbsp;matrix whose columns are an orthonormal basis of&nbsp;\(A\).</div><div><br></div><div>Then the least squares solution&nbsp;\(Qx = b\)  is given by {{c1::&nbsp;\(\hat{x} = Q^\top b\)}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

    Note 1391: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: juIW6&N76+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
    For RREF on \(A, I\) we get \(R, M\) with the property that \(R = MA\) and \(M\) invertible.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
    For RREF on \(A, I\) we get \(R, M\) with the property that \(R = MA\) and \(M\) invertible.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For RREF on&nbsp;\(A, I\)&nbsp;we get&nbsp;\(R, M\)&nbsp;with the property that {{c1::\(R = MA\)::equation}} and {{c1::\(M\)&nbsp;invertible:: property of M}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition

    Note 1392: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: kDU~f+!zJB
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    Certificate of no solutions:
    Given \(P = \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \mid Ax = b \}\) we have: 

    \(P = \left\{ x \in \mathbb{R}^3 \;\middle|\; \begin{aligned} x_1 + 2x_2 - x_3 &= 1 \\ 2x_1 + 4x_2 - 2x_3 &= 0 \end{aligned} \right\}\)

    Provide the system \(D\) and the answer.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    Certificate of no solutions:
    Given \(P = \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \mid Ax = b \}\) we have: 

    \(P = \left\{ x \in \mathbb{R}^3 \;\middle|\; \begin{aligned} x_1 + 2x_2 - x_3 &= 1 \\ 2x_1 + 4x_2 - 2x_3 &= 0 \end{aligned} \right\}\)

    Provide the system \(D\) and the answer.

    The system \(D = \{ z \in \mathbb{R}^m | A^\top z = 0, b^\top z = 1 \}\) then is: \[D = \left\{ z \in \mathbb{R}^2 \;\middle|\; \begin{aligned} z_1 + 2z_2 &= 0 \\ 2z_1 + 4z_2 &= 0 \\ -z_1 - 2z_2 &= 0 \\ z_1 &= 1 \end{aligned} \right\}\]One equation per each column of \(A\).
    \(P = \emptyset\) and \(D \neq \emptyset\) because \(z = (1, -\frac{1}{2})^\top \in D\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>Certificate</b>&nbsp;of no solutions:<br>Given&nbsp;\(P = \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \mid Ax = b \}\)&nbsp;we have:&nbsp;<br><br>\(P = \left\{ x \in \mathbb{R}^3 \;\middle|\; \begin{aligned} x_1 + 2x_2 - x_3 &amp;= 1 \\ 2x_1 + 4x_2 - 2x_3 &amp;= 0 \end{aligned} \right\}\)<br><br>Provide the system&nbsp;\(D\)&nbsp;and the answer.
    Back The system&nbsp;\(D = \{ z \in \mathbb{R}^m | A^\top z = 0, b^\top z = 1 \}\)&nbsp;then is:&nbsp;\[D = \left\{ z \in \mathbb{R}^2 \;\middle|\; \begin{aligned} z_1 + 2z_2 &amp;= 0 \\ 2z_1 + 4z_2 &amp;= 0 \\ -z_1 - 2z_2 &amp;= 0 \\ z_1 &amp;= 1 \end{aligned} \right\}\]One equation per each column of&nbsp;\(A\).<br>\(P = \emptyset\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(D \neq \emptyset\)&nbsp;because&nbsp;\(z = (1, -\frac{1}{2})^\top \in D\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

    Note 1393: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: kRJ}a-S?@*
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles PlsFix::DELETE
    Formula for the cosine of the angle between vectors v and w

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles PlsFix::DELETE
    Formula for the cosine of the angle between vectors v and w



    If v and w are unit vectors, we don't need to divide by their norms, see the definition of a scalar product geometrically.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Formula for the cosine of the angle between vectors v and w
    Back <img src="paste-f59da43aa9991b8ecc2f19c7a1f37d6e4e44107c.jpg"><br><br>If v and w are unit vectors, we don't need to divide by their norms, see the definition of a scalar product geometrically.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1394: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: kUcA5;!CKY
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Give an example of a matrix with complex valued EWs:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Give an example of a matrix with complex valued EWs:

    Eigenvalues of the \(90^\circ\) degree counterclockwise rotation matrix \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 0 & -1 \\ 1 & 0 \end{bmatrix}\).

    The solutions to \(0 = \det(A - \lambda I) = -\lambda \cdot -\lambda - 1 \cdot (-1) = \lambda^2 + 1\) which are \(\lambda_1 = i\) and \(\lambda_2 = -i\). The eigenvectors are given by \(v_1 = \begin{pmatrix} i \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\) \(v_2 = \begin{pmatrix} -i \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\).

    This makes sense because the only vector staying on it's axis in a 2d rotation of a plane by \(90^\circ\) is the vector pointing straight up, out from the plane.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give an example of a matrix with complex valued EWs:
    Back Eigenvalues of the \(90^\circ\) degree counterclockwise rotation matrix \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 0 &amp; -1 \\ 1 &amp; 0 \end{bmatrix}\).<br><br>The solutions to \(0 = \det(A - \lambda I) = -\lambda \cdot -\lambda - 1 \cdot (-1) = \lambda^2 + 1\) which are \(\lambda_1 = i\) and \(\lambda_2 = -i\). The eigenvectors are given by \(v_1 = \begin{pmatrix} i \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\) \(v_2 = \begin{pmatrix} -i \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\).<br><br>This makes sense because the only vector staying on it's axis in a 2d rotation of a plane by \(90^\circ\) is the vector pointing straight up, out from the plane.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1395: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: k_E{8UgRT{
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
    The dimensions of a hyperplane \(H\) through the origin in \(\mathbb{R}^m\) is  \(m - 1\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
    The dimensions of a hyperplane \(H\) through the origin in \(\mathbb{R}^m\) is  \(m - 1\).

    See assignment 6 proof.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The dimensions of a hyperplane&nbsp;\(H\)&nbsp;through the origin in&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^m\)&nbsp;is {{c1::&nbsp;\(m - 1\)}}.
    Extra See assignment 6&nbsp;proof.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles

    Note 1396: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: krdY1rh*f]
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    If \(AB = BA\) then they share an EV and thus \(A + B\) also has that EV.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    If \(AB = BA\) then they share an EV and thus \(A + B\) also has that EV.

    If both \(A\) and \(B\) share an EV:
    \((A + B)v = Av + Bv = \lambda v + \lambda' v = (\lambda + \lambda')v\) then \(A + B\) also has that EV.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If&nbsp;\(AB = BA\)&nbsp;{{c1::then they share an EV and thus&nbsp;\(A + B\)&nbsp;also has that EV::sum}}.
    Extra If both \(A\) and \(B\) share an EV:<br>\((A + B)v = Av + Bv = \lambda v + \lambda' v = (\lambda + \lambda')v\) then \(A + B\) also has that EV.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

    Note 1397: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ku_5}q!4@#
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    A linear combination of  \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\) is affine if

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    A linear combination of  \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\) is affine if

    \(\lambda_1 + \lambda_2 + \dots + \lambda_n = 1\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front A linear combination of&nbsp; \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;<b>affine</b>&nbsp;if
    Back \(\lambda_1 + \lambda_2 + \dots + \lambda_n = 1\)<br><img src="paste-588afe223c53749c81ee174038f4ecea73e37601.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1398: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: l4%P|7pgCb
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse
    What are the four Moore-Penrose conditions?
    1. \(AA^\dagger A = A\)
    2. \(A^\dagger A A^\dagger = A^\dagger\)
    3. \((AA^\dagger )^\top = AA^\dagger \)
    4. \((A^\dagger A)^\top = A^\dagger A\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse
    What are the four Moore-Penrose conditions?
    1. \(AA^\dagger A = A\)
    2. \(A^\dagger A A^\dagger = A^\dagger\)
    3. \((AA^\dagger )^\top = AA^\dagger \)
    4. \((A^\dagger A)^\top = A^\dagger A\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text What are the four Moore-Penrose conditions?<br><ol><li>{{c1::\(AA^\dagger A = A\)}}<br></li><li>{{c2::\(A^\dagger A A^\dagger = A^\dagger\)}}<br></li><li>{{c3::\((AA^\dagger )^\top = AA^\dagger \)}}</li><li>{{c4::\((A^\dagger A)^\top = A^\dagger A\)}}<br></li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse

    Note 1399: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: l
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::6._Solving_Ax=b
    How do we solve \(Ax = b\) using RREF?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::6._Solving_Ax=b
    How do we solve \(Ax = b\) using RREF?

    We run \(\text{RREF}(A, b)\) and solve the resulting equation using back-substitution.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we solve&nbsp;\(Ax = b\)&nbsp;using RREF?
    Back We run&nbsp;\(\text{RREF}(A, b)\)&nbsp;and solve the resulting equation using&nbsp;<b>back-substitution</b>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::6._Solving_Ax=b

    Note 1400: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: l?,e(>h5cQ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    We say that \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) are similar matrices if {{c2::there exists an invertible matrix \(S\) such that \(B = S^{-1}AS\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    We say that \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) are similar matrices if {{c2::there exists an invertible matrix \(S\) such that \(B = S^{-1}AS\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We say that \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) are {{c1::similar matrices}} if {{c2::there exists an invertible matrix \(S\) such that \(B = S^{-1}AS\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1401: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: l@6E)FW9<^
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) its \(n\) eigenvalues. Then  \[ \text{Tr}(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i :: \text{in terms of EWs} }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) its \(n\) eigenvalues. Then  \[ \text{Tr}(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i :: \text{in terms of EWs} }}\]

    Quite surprising, since the determinant and trace are \(\in \mathbb{R}\) where the eigenvalues in general must not be?
    It holds because complex eigenvalues \(z_1, z_2\) always show up in pairs: \(z_1 = \overline{z_2}\). And because \(z_1 \cdot \overline{z_1} = a^2 + b^2\) and \(z_1 + \overline{z_1} = 2a\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) its \(n\) eigenvalues. Then&nbsp; \[ \text{Tr}(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i :: \text{in terms of EWs} }}\]
    Extra Quite surprising, since the determinant and trace are \(\in \mathbb{R}\) where the eigenvalues in general must not be?<br>It holds because complex eigenvalues \(z_1, z_2\) always show up in pairs: \(z_1 = \overline{z_2}\). And because \(z_1 \cdot \overline{z_1} = a^2 + b^2\) and \(z_1 + \overline{z_1} = 2a\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

    Note 1402: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: lG3L]2Sq+d
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    Was ist der Rang eines LGS?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    Was ist der Rang eines LGS?

    Die Anzahl Pivotelemente bzw. die Anzahl Zeilen, welche nicht Nullzeilen sind.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Was ist der Rang eines LGS?
    Back Die Anzahl Pivotelemente bzw. die Anzahl Zeilen, welche nicht Nullzeilen sind.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1403: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: lK,rOhy|Tw
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    If we have \(A\) with eigenvalues \(0, 1, 2\) then \(I + A^2\) has eigenvalues?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    If we have \(A\) with eigenvalues \(0, 1, 2\) then \(I + A^2\) has eigenvalues?

    We have \(\lambda^2\) eigenvalues of \(A^2\) by lemma script. Thus \(0, 1, 4\) are EWs.
    Then \(1 + \lambda^2\) are the eigenvalues of \(I + A^2\) thus \(1, 2, 5\) are the EWs.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front If we have \(A\) with eigenvalues \(0, 1, 2\) then \(I + A^2\) has eigenvalues?
    Back We have \(\lambda^2\) eigenvalues of \(A^2\) by lemma script. Thus \(0, 1, 4\) are EWs.<br>Then \(1 + \lambda^2\) are the eigenvalues of \(I + A^2\) thus \(1, 2, 5\) are the EWs.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

    Note 1404: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: lO6]X2n6eN
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
    Let \(A\) be an \(m \times m\) invertible matrix.

    Then the transpose \(A^T\) is also invertible and: \( (A^T)^{-1} = \) {{c1:: \((A^{-1})^T \)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
    Let \(A\) be an \(m \times m\) invertible matrix.

    Then the transpose \(A^T\) is also invertible and: \( (A^T)^{-1} = \) {{c1:: \((A^{-1})^T \)}}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(A\) be an \(m \times m\) invertible matrix.<br><br>Then the transpose \(A^T\) is also invertible and: \( (A^T)^{-1} = \) {{c1:: \((A^{-1})^T \)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties

    Note 1405: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: lZ8TNAe;8y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    How do we get from \(\det(A - zI)\) to \(\det(zI - A)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    How do we get from \(\det(A - zI)\) to \(\det(zI - A)\)?

    We can transform \(\det(A - zI) =\) \((-1)^n \det((-1)(A - zI))\) \(= (-1)^n \det(zI - A)\) because \(\det(\lambda A) = \lambda^n \det(A)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we get from&nbsp;\(\det(A - zI)\) to \(\det(zI - A)\)?
    Back We can transform \(\det(A - zI) =\) \((-1)^n \det((-1)(A - zI))\) \(= (-1)^n \det(zI - A)\) because \(\det(\lambda A) = \lambda^n \det(A)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

    Note 1406: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: l[e7/3<
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    If columns \(v_1, v_2, ..., v_n\) of \(A\) are linearly independent and \(A\lambda = A\mu = x\) are two ways of writing vector x as a linear combination of the vectors v then:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    If columns \(v_1, v_2, ..., v_n\) of \(A\) are linearly independent and \(A\lambda = A\mu = x\) are two ways of writing vector x as a linear combination of the vectors v then:

    \(\lambda \ \text{and} \ \mu\) are the exact same vector of coefficients.

    Linear combinations are unique if all vectors are independent.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front If columns&nbsp;\(v_1, v_2, ..., v_n\)&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;are linearly independent and&nbsp;\(A\lambda = A\mu = x\)&nbsp;are two ways of writing vector x as a linear combination of the vectors v then:
    Back \(\lambda \ \text{and} \ \mu\)&nbsp;are the exact same vector of coefficients.<div><br></div><div>Linear combinations are unique if all vectors are independent.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1407: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: l_;^0p%n!C
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
    Every matrix transformation is a linear transformation.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
    Every matrix transformation is a linear transformation.

    The inverse is also true.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Every matrix transformation is a {{c1:: linear transformation}}.
    Extra The inverse is also true.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals

    Note 1408: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: lgnIL]HR}%
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication
    What can we use to speed up long matrix multiplications, for example \(w^\intercal (vw^\intercal) v\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication
    What can we use to speed up long matrix multiplications, for example \(w^\intercal (vw^\intercal) v\)?

    We can use associativity: \(w^\intercal (vw^\intercal) v = (w^\intercal v)(w^\intercal v)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What can we use to speed up long matrix multiplications, for example&nbsp;\(w^\intercal (vw^\intercal) v\)?
    Back We can use associativity:&nbsp;\(w^\intercal (vw^\intercal) v = (w^\intercal v)(w^\intercal v)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication

    Note 1409: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: lh.Ty3ypWO
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space
    How do we find a basis for the row space \(R(A) = C(A^\top)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space
    How do we find a basis for the row space \(R(A) = C(A^\top)\)?

    The first \(r\) columns of \(R^\top\) where \(R\) is the RREF of \(A\) form a basis of the row space (the non-zero rows). In particular \(\dim(\textbf{R}(A)) = r\)

    This works because as noted before, multiplying by an invertible matrix \(M\) does not change the row-space of \(MA\) on the left.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we find a basis for the row space&nbsp;\(R(A) = C(A^\top)\)?
    Back The first \(r\) columns of \(R^\top\) where \(R\) is the RREF of \(A\) form a basis of the row space (the non-zero rows). In particular \(\dim(\textbf{R}(A)) = r\)<br><br><div>This works because as noted before, multiplying by an invertible matrix \(M\) does not change the row-space of \(MA\) on the left.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space

    Note 1410: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ltjw8T1j7K
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    The span \(\textbf{Span}(\emptyset)\) is:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    The span \(\textbf{Span}(\emptyset)\) is:

    \(\{0\}\) only the zero vector, as the empty sum = 0.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front The span&nbsp;\(\textbf{Span}(\emptyset)\)&nbsp;is:
    Back \(\{0\}\)&nbsp;only the zero vector, as the empty sum = 0.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1411: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: m!}r_v/6N8
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    The eigenvalues of \(A\) are the same ones as those of \(A^\top\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    The eigenvalues of \(A\) are the same ones as those of \(A^\top\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c1::eigenvalues}} of \(A\) are the same ones as those of \(A^\top\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

    Note 1412: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: m)DHqZ}2Ss
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions
    Give the three definitions of linear dependence:
    1. At least one of the vectors is a linear combination of the other ones.
    2. {{c2::There are scalars \(\lambda_1, ..., \lambda_n\) besides 0, 0, ..., 0 such that \(\sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i = \mathbf{0}\). \(\mathbf{0}\) is a nontrivial combination of the vectors.}}
    3. At least one of the vectors is a linear combination of the previous ones.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions
    Give the three definitions of linear dependence:
    1. At least one of the vectors is a linear combination of the other ones.
    2. {{c2::There are scalars \(\lambda_1, ..., \lambda_n\) besides 0, 0, ..., 0 such that \(\sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i = \mathbf{0}\). \(\mathbf{0}\) is a nontrivial combination of the vectors.}}
    3. At least one of the vectors is a linear combination of the previous ones.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Give the three definitions of linear dependence:<br><ol><li>{{c1::At least one of the vectors is a linear combination of the other ones.}}</li><li>{{c2::There are scalars&nbsp;\(\lambda_1, ..., \lambda_n\)&nbsp;besides 0, 0, ..., 0 such that&nbsp;\(\sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i = \mathbf{0}\).&nbsp;\(\mathbf{0}\)&nbsp;is a nontrivial combination of the vectors.}}<br></li><li>{{c3::At least one of the vectors is a linear combination of the previous ones.}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions

    Note 1413: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: m:%R_Tln*C
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(V\) be a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Then \(V = (V^\perp)^\perp\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(V\) be a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Then \(V = (V^\perp)^\perp\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(V\) be a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Then \({{c1::V}} = (V^\perp)^\perp\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1414: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: m=XX+5;W*i
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Two subspaces \(V\) and \(W\) are orthogonal if for all \(v \in V\) and \(w \in W\), the vectors \(v\) and \(w\) are orthogonal.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Two subspaces \(V\) and \(W\) are orthogonal if for all \(v \in V\) and \(w \in W\), the vectors \(v\) and \(w\) are orthogonal.

    Two vectors \(v, w \in \mathbb{R}^n\) are called orthogonal if \(v^\top w = \sum_{i = 1}^n v_i w_i = 0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Two subspaces \(V\) and \(W\) are orthogonal if {{c1::for all \(v \in V\) and \(w \in W\), the vectors \(v\) and \(w\) are orthogonal}}.
    Extra Two vectors \(v, w \in \mathbb{R}^n\) are called orthogonal if \(v^\top w = \sum_{i = 1}^n v_i w_i = 0\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1415: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: mP8DeYC`=|
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    A vector \(v \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus \{0\}\) is an eigenvector associated with the eigenvalue \(\lambda\) if and only if \(v \in N(A - \lambda I)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    A vector \(v \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus \{0\}\) is an eigenvector associated with the eigenvalue \(\lambda\) if and only if \(v \in N(A - \lambda I)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A vector \(v \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus \{0\}\) is {{c1::an eigenvector associated with the eigenvalue \(\lambda\)}} if and only if {{c2::\(v \in N(A - \lambda I)\)::subspace}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1416: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: mdTBSy$[M4
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Vectors \(q_1, \dots, q_n \in \mathbb{R}^m\) are orthonormal if they are orthogonal and have norm \(1\).

    In other words, for all \(i, j \in \{1, \dots, n\}\): \[ q_i^\top q_j = {{c1::\delta_{ij} }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Vectors \(q_1, \dots, q_n \in \mathbb{R}^m\) are orthonormal if they are orthogonal and have norm \(1\).

    In other words, for all \(i, j \in \{1, \dots, n\}\): \[ q_i^\top q_j = {{c1::\delta_{ij} }}\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Vectors \(q_1, \dots, q_n \in \mathbb{R}^m\) are orthonormal if {{c1::they are orthogonal and have norm \(1\)}}. <br><br>In other words, for all \(i, j \in \{1, \dots, n\}\): \[ q_i^\top q_j = {{c1::\delta_{ij} }}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

    Note 1417: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: moUy5DUi0d
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
    What is the definition of a hyperplane?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
    What is the definition of a hyperplane?

    given a vector \(\mathbf{d} \in \mathbb{R}^n\) \(\mathbf{d} \neq \mathbf{0}\), \(H_{\mathbf{d}} = \{\mathbf{v} \in \mathbb{R}^n : \mathbf{v} \cdot \mathbf{d} = \mathbf{0} \}\)  
    or in other words, it is the set of vectors orthogonal to a given vector

    Since 0 is orthogonal to every vector \(0 \in H_d\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the definition of a hyperplane?
    Back given a vector&nbsp;\(\mathbf{d} \in \mathbb{R}^n\)&nbsp;\(\mathbf{d} \neq \mathbf{0}\),&nbsp;\(H_{\mathbf{d}} = \{\mathbf{v} \in \mathbb{R}^n : \mathbf{v} \cdot \mathbf{d} = \mathbf{0} \}\)&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>or in other words, it is the set of vectors orthogonal to a given vector<br><br>Since 0 is orthogonal to every vector&nbsp;\(0 \in H_d\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles

    Note 1418: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: mqSXu9R3oO
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    The LU (Lower-Upper, also sometimes called LR) decomposition factors a matrix \(A\) as the product of a lower triangular matrix \(L\) and an upper triangular matrix \(U\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    The LU (Lower-Upper, also sometimes called LR) decomposition factors a matrix \(A\) as the product of a lower triangular matrix \(L\) and an upper triangular matrix \(U\).

    (so \(A = LU\))

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The LU ({{c1::Lower-Upper}}, also sometimes called {{c1::LR}}) decomposition factors a matrix&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;as {{c2::the product of a lower triangular matrix&nbsp;\(L\)&nbsp;and an upper triangular matrix&nbsp;\(U\)}}.
    Extra (so&nbsp;\(A = LU\))
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1419: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: n.vpbl!(Kk
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
    For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = r\), let {{c1:: \(S \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times r}\) and \(T \in \mathbb{R}^{r \times n}\)}} such that \(A = ST\).  Then \[ A^\dagger = T^\dagger S^\dagger \]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
    For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = r\), let {{c1:: \(S \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times r}\) and \(T \in \mathbb{R}^{r \times n}\)}} such that \(A = ST\).  Then \[ A^\dagger = T^\dagger S^\dagger \]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = r\), let {{c1::&nbsp;\(S \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times r}\) and \(T \in \mathbb{R}^{r \times n}\)}} such that \(A = ST\).&nbsp; Then \[ A^\dagger ={{c2:: T^\dagger S^\dagger }}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties

    Note 1420: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: n060vly>1q
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::3._Cauchy-Schwarz_inequality PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    The Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality tells us that for \(\textbf{v}, \textbf{w} \in \mathbb{R}^m\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::3._Cauchy-Schwarz_inequality PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    The Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality tells us that for \(\textbf{v}, \textbf{w} \in \mathbb{R}^m\)

    \(|\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{w}| \leq ||\textbf{v}|| \ ||\textbf{w}||\).

    This equality holds exactly if one vector is the scalar multiple of the other.

    This essentially means that: the length of the projecton of v onto w is smaller than the both of their lengths multiplied.
    This explains the equality part: if they are already aligned, their projection doesn't lose any length...

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front The Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality tells us that for&nbsp;\(\textbf{v}, \textbf{w} \in \mathbb{R}^m\)
    Back \(|\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{w}| \leq ||\textbf{v}|| \ ||\textbf{w}||\).<br><br>This equality holds exactly if one vector is the scalar multiple of the other.<br><br><i>This essentially means that: the length of the projecton of v onto w is smaller than the both of their lengths multiplied.<br>This explains the equality part: if they are already aligned, their projection doesn't lose any length...</i>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::3._Cauchy-Schwarz_inequality PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1421: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: n6JsTlECEy
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces. If \(\dim(V) = k\) and \(\dim(W) = l\), then:

    \(\dim(V + W) = k + l \leq n\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces. If \(\dim(V) = k\) and \(\dim(W) = l\), then:

    \(\dim(V + W) = k + l \leq n\).

    \(\dim(V + W) = \dim(V)+\dim(W)- \dim(V∩W) \)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces. If \(\dim(V) = k\) and \(\dim(W) = l\), then:</div><div><br></div><div></div><div></div><div></div><div>\(\dim(V + W) = {{c1::k + l}} \leq {{c1::n}}\).<br></div>
    Extra \(\dim(V + W) = \dim(V)+\dim(W)- \dim(V∩W) \)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1422: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: nCym|+n@l+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication
    We can view the matrix-vector product \(Ax\) in two ways:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication
    We can view the matrix-vector product \(Ax\) in two ways:

    • Row view: The result is a vector where each entry is the scalar product of row \(i\) of \(A\) with \(x\): \((Ax)_{i} = A_i^\top x\).
    • Column view: The resulting vector is a linear combination of the columns of \(A\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front We can view the matrix-vector product&nbsp;\(Ax\)&nbsp;in two ways:
    Back <ul><li>Row view: The result is a vector where each entry is the scalar product of row&nbsp;\(i\)&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(x\):&nbsp;\((Ax)_{i} = A_i^\top x\).</li><li>Column view: The resulting vector is a linear combination of the columns of&nbsp;\(A\).</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication

    Note 1423: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: nECE)EKh&n
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
    When solving Least Squares (asking for a minimiser of \(||Ax - b||^2\)) we are asking \(Ax\) to be the projection of \(b\) onto \(C(A)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
    When solving Least Squares (asking for a minimiser of \(||Ax - b||^2\)) we are asking \(Ax\) to be the projection of \(b\) onto \(C(A)\).

    Least Squares is basically projection without multiplying by \(A\) at the end.

    It's also basically the Pseudoinverse.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text When solving Least Squares (asking for a minimiser of&nbsp;\(||Ax - b||^2\)) we are asking {{c1::\(Ax\)&nbsp;to be the projection of&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;onto&nbsp;\(C(A)\)}}.
    Extra Least Squares is basically projection without multiplying by&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;at the end.<br><br>It's also basically the Pseudoinverse.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation

    Note 1424: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ng]r$T$54^
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    By multilinearity, \(\det(\alpha A) = \)  \(\alpha^n \det(A)\) Intuition included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    By multilinearity, \(\det(\alpha A) = \)  \(\alpha^n \det(A)\) Intuition included

    the scaling affects all rows equally, thus the unit cube is scaled in all dimensions (power of n).

    In other words, we have to extract \(\alpha\) from each row using multilinearity.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text By multilinearity,&nbsp;\(\det(\alpha A) = \)&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(\alpha^n \det(A)\)}}&nbsp;<i>Intuition included</i>
    Extra the scaling affects all rows equally, thus the unit cube is scaled in all dimensions (power of n).<br><br>In other words, we have to extract&nbsp;\(\alpha\)&nbsp;from each row using <b>multilinearity</b>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1425: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: nkL&a6|Q;d
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    The span of m linearly independent vectors is {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^m\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    The span of m linearly independent vectors is {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^m\)}}.

    This also means that a matrix in \(\mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) with rank(A) = n spans the entire space.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The span of m linearly independent vectors is {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^m\)}}.
    Extra This also means that a matrix in&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)&nbsp;with rank(A) = n spans the entire space.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1426: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: nkw:=NZ1ua
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::2._Scalar_multiplication
    The scalar product of \(\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{v}\) is \(\leq or \geq\) to what?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::2._Scalar_multiplication
    The scalar product of \(\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{v}\) is \(\leq or \geq\) to what?

    \(\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{v} \geq 0\) with equality exactly if \(\textbf{v} = \textbf{0}\).

    This is because we essentially square the entries and thus can't get negatives.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front The <b>scalar product</b>&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{v}\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(\leq or \geq\)&nbsp;to what?
    Back \(\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{v} \geq 0\)&nbsp;with equality exactly if&nbsp;\(\textbf{v} = \textbf{0}\).<br><br>This is because we essentially square the entries and thus can't get negatives.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::2._Scalar_multiplication

    Note 1427: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: nte!7ERw=M
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Gram-Schmidt Algorithm:
    1. {{c2::Normalise \(a_1\) to get \(q_1 = \frac{a_1}{||a_1||}\)}}.
    2. For \(k = 2, \dots, n\) set {{c1:: \[\begin{align*} q'_k =& a_k - \sum_{i = 1}^{k - 1} (a_k^\top q_i)q_i \\ q_k =& \frac{q_k'}{||q'_k} \end{align*}\]}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    Gram-Schmidt Algorithm:
    1. {{c2::Normalise \(a_1\) to get \(q_1 = \frac{a_1}{||a_1||}\)}}.
    2. For \(k = 2, \dots, n\) set {{c1:: \[\begin{align*} q'_k =& a_k - \sum_{i = 1}^{k - 1} (a_k^\top q_i)q_i \\ q_k =& \frac{q_k'}{||q'_k} \end{align*}\]}}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Gram-Schmidt Algorithm:<br><ol><li>{{c2::Normalise \(a_1\) to get \(q_1 = \frac{a_1}{||a_1||}\)}}.</li><li>For \(k = 2, \dots, n\) set {{c1::&nbsp;\[\begin{align*} q'_k =&amp; a_k - \sum_{i = 1}^{k - 1} (a_k^\top q_i)q_i \\ q_k =&amp; \frac{q_k'}{||q'_k} \end{align*}\]}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

    Note 1428: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: o!YxXMzDp4
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
    For \(A\) and \(MA\) (\(M\) invertible) they have:
    • the independent columns at the same indices
    • the same rank

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
    For \(A\) and \(MA\) (\(M\) invertible) they have:
    • the independent columns at the same indices
    • the same rank

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(MA\)&nbsp;(\(M\)&nbsp;invertible) they have:<br><ul><li>the independent columns {{c1:: at the same indices}}</li><li>the same {{c1::rank}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations

    Note 1429: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: o#.FGP:Yyu
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    An EW can have many EVs associated with it.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    An EW can have many EVs associated with it.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An EW can have {{c1::many::quantity}} EVs associated with it.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1430: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: o1l!C8m&a8
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
    Theorem: A matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) of rank \(r\) can be written as the matrix-matrix product \[ A = C R’ \] where \(C\) is the \(m \times r\) submatrix containing the independent columns and the unique \(R’ \in \mathbb{R}^{r \times n}\) matrix.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
    Theorem: A matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) of rank \(r\) can be written as the matrix-matrix product \[ A = C R’ \] where \(C\) is the \(m \times r\) submatrix containing the independent columns and the unique \(R’ \in \mathbb{R}^{r \times n}\) matrix.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div><b>Theorem</b>: A matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) of rank \(r\) can be written as the matrix-matrix product \[ A = C R’ \] where \(C\) is the \(m \times r\) submatrix containing {{c1:: the independent columns}} and the <b>unique</b> \(R’ \in \mathbb{R}^{r \times n}\)&nbsp;matrix.</div>
    Extra <img src="paste-1eae5cfe1078a8e76f9ab10123fc5d2a1da553ab.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition

    Note 1431: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: o43^1:-/Cw
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
    What is the rank of a matrix?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
    What is the rank of a matrix?

    it is the number of independent columns, where independence is defined such that given a column vector \(v_j\) then \(v_j\) is not a linear combination of \(v_1, v_2 ... v_{j-1}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the rank of a matrix?
    Back it is the number of independent columns, where independence is defined such that given a column vector&nbsp;\(v_j\)&nbsp;then&nbsp;\(v_j\)&nbsp;is not a linear combination of&nbsp;\(v_1, v_2 ... v_{j-1}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank

    Note 1432: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: o5s2_Ks)ET
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
    Give an example of a non-finitely generated vector space:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
    Give an example of a non-finitely generated vector space:

    \(\mathbb{R}[x]\) is not finitely generated for example.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give an example of a non-finitely generated vector space:
    Back \(\mathbb{R}[x]\) is not finitely generated for example.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases

    Note 1433: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: o:UCmI*%e|
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\).
    \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) is a real eigenvalue of \(A\) if and only if \(\det(A - \lambda I) = 0\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\).
    \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) is a real eigenvalue of \(A\) if and only if \(\det(A - \lambda I) = 0\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\).</div><div>\(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) is a {{c1::real eigenvalue}} of \(A\) if and only if {{c2::\(\det(A - \lambda I) = 0\)}}.&nbsp;</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1434: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oKlE5w/*RH
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    If \(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is an orthogonal matrix then \(\det(Q) = \)  \(1\) or \(-1\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    If \(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is an orthogonal matrix then \(\det(Q) = \)  \(1\) or \(-1\).

    As \(Q\) is orthogonal, we don't scale (preserves \(\top\)) thus the unit cube is just turned, not scaled.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If \(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is an <i>orthogonal</i>&nbsp;matrix then \(\det(Q) = \)&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(-1\)}}.
    Extra As \(Q\) is orthogonal, we don't scale (preserves \(\top\)) thus the unit cube is just turned, not scaled.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1435: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oNA@igJ,T/
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    \(A\) has a complete set of real eigenvectors if {{c2::we can build a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\) with the eigenvectors}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    \(A\) has a complete set of real eigenvectors if {{c2::we can build a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\) with the eigenvectors}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(A\) has {{c1::a complete set of real eigenvectors}} if {{c2::we can build a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\) with the eigenvectors}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1436: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oSLQnuRv!X
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Every matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has an eigenvalue (perhaps complex-valued).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Every matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has an eigenvalue (perhaps complex-valued).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Every matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has {{c1::an eigenvalue (perhaps <i>complex</i>-valued)::due to fundamental theorem of algebra}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1437: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oVmXrU@C,D
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
    The span of a set of vectors is the set of all possible linear combinations of them.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
    The span of a set of vectors is the set of all possible linear combinations of them.

    The span is a linear subspace.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The&nbsp;<i>span</i>&nbsp;of a set of vectors is {{c1::the set of all possible linear combinations of them}}.
    Extra The span is a linear subspace.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors

    Note 1438: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oX/3/jm{Ku
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    For a full row rank matrix \(A\), the unique solution to\[{{c1:: \min_{x \in \mathbb{R}^n} ||x||^2 \text{ s.t. } Ax = b}}\] is given by the vector \(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\). This \(\hat{x}\) is in  \(C(A^\top)\)Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    For a full row rank matrix \(A\), the unique solution to\[{{c1:: \min_{x \in \mathbb{R}^n} ||x||^2 \text{ s.t. } Ax = b}}\] is given by the vector \(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\). This \(\hat{x}\) is in  \(C(A^\top)\)Proof Included

    Proof 
    By Lemma 6.4.5 we only need to show that \(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\) satisfies \(A \hat{x} = b\) and that \(\hat{x} \in C(A^\top)\).
    • \(A\hat{x} = AA^\dagger b = AA^\top (AA^\top)^{-1}b = b\) 
    • \(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b = A^\top ((AA^\top)^{-1} b) = A^\top y\) for some \(y\) thus \(x \in C(A^\top)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>For a <b>full row rank</b> matrix \(A\), the unique solution to\[{{c1:: \min_{x \in \mathbb{R}^n} ||x||^2 \text{ s.t. } Ax = b}}\]&nbsp;is given by the vector&nbsp;\(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\). This&nbsp;\(\hat{x}\)&nbsp;is in {{c1::&nbsp;\(C(A^\top)\)}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i></div>
    Extra <div><strong>Proof</strong>&nbsp;</div><div>By Lemma 6.4.5 we only need to show that \(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\) satisfies \(A \hat{x} = b\) and that \(\hat{x} \in C(A^\top)\).</div><div><ul><li>\(A\hat{x} = AA^\dagger b = AA^\top (AA^\top)^{-1}b = b\)&nbsp;</li><li>\(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b = A^\top ((AA^\top)^{-1} b) = A^\top y\) for some \(y\) thus \(x \in C(A^\top)\).</li></ul></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

    Note 1439: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oXvW^EH?&l
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    An important difference between a field \(F\) and a vector space \(V\) is that multiplication in the field is \(F\times F\mapsto F\), whereas it is \(F\times V\mapsto V\) in the vector space.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    An important difference between a field \(F\) and a vector space \(V\) is that multiplication in the field is \(F\times F\mapsto F\), whereas it is \(F\times V\mapsto V\) in the vector space.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An important difference between a field&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and a vector space&nbsp;\(V\)&nbsp;is that {{c1::multiplication in the field is&nbsp;\(F\times F\mapsto F\), whereas it is&nbsp;\(F\times V\mapsto V\)&nbsp;in the vector space}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1440: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: os3Z8p7:x,
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    We can compute the pseudoinverse from the any full rank (not just CR) factorisation of \(A\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    We can compute the pseudoinverse from the any full rank (not just CR) factorisation of \(A\).

    Note to Lorenz: Leave the "the" in, it's for maximum confusion .

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We can compute the pseudoinverse from the {{c1:: any full rank (not just CR)}} factorisation of&nbsp;\(A\).
    Extra <i>Note to Lorenz</i>: Leave the "<i>the</i>" in, it's for maximum confusion .
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

    Note 1441: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: p(}O&|&j}p
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
    The eigenvalues of \(AB\) and \(BA\) are the same.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
    The eigenvalues of \(AB\) and \(BA\) are the same.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The eigenvalues of \(AB\) and \(BA\) are {{c1::the same}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings

    Note 1442: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: p,i>w2r!)Y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
    A matrix \(A\) is nilpotent if {{c1:: there is a \(k \in \mathbb{N}\) such that \(A^k = 0\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
    A matrix \(A\) is nilpotent if {{c1:: there is a \(k \in \mathbb{N}\) such that \(A^k = 0\)}}.

    In this case, \(A\) cannot have an inverse.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A matrix&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is {{c2::nilpotent}} if {{c1:: there is a&nbsp;\(k \in \mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(A^k = 0\)}}.
    Extra In this case,&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;cannot have an inverse.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations

    Note 1443: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: p6e6T6[HIy
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose
    Was ist eine transponierte Matrix?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose
    Was ist eine transponierte Matrix?

    Eine entlang der Hauptdiagonale gespiegelte Matrix \(\mathbf{A}^\top\), d.h. \( (\mathbf{A}^\top)_{ij} = (\mathbf{A})_{ji} \)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Was ist eine <b>transponierte</b> Matrix?
    Back Eine entlang der Hauptdiagonale gespiegelte Matrix \(\mathbf{A}^\top\), d.h.&nbsp;\( (\mathbf{A}^\top)_{ij} = (\mathbf{A})_{ji} \)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose

    Note 1444: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: p:TgRlDdKr
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude
    What is the pseudoinverse in the case where \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) has independent columns?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude
    What is the pseudoinverse in the case where \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) has independent columns?

    Because \(rank(A) = r = n\) and thus \(m \geq n\)
    • \(R(A)\) spans \(\mathbb{R}^n\)(rows span the space)
    • \(C(A) \subseteq\) \(\mathbb{R}^m\) (as \(A\) is not necessarily square)
    We therefore first project \(b\) into \(C(A)\) and then invert, which is Least Squares.

      

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the pseudoinverse in the case where&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\)&nbsp;has independent columns?
    Back Because&nbsp;\(rank(A) = r = n\)&nbsp;and thus&nbsp;\(m \geq n\)<br><ul><li>\(R(A)\)&nbsp;spans&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^n\)(rows span the space)</li><li>\(C(A) \subseteq\)&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^m\)&nbsp;(as&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is not necessarily square)</li></ul><div>We therefore first project&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;into&nbsp;\(C(A)\)&nbsp;and then invert, which is&nbsp;<b>Least Squares.</b></div><br><div> &nbsp;<img src="paste-455009459e5a5c70fa5574bdbcedcfb838341523.jpg"></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude

    Note 1445: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: p>awtIqE5t
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::4._Dimension
    Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space.

    Then \(\dim(V)\) the dimension of \(V\) is the size of an arbitrary basis \(B\) of \(V\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::4._Dimension
    Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space.

    Then \(\dim(V)\) the dimension of \(V\) is the size of an arbitrary basis \(B\) of \(V\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space.<br><br>Then {{c2::\(\dim(V)\) the dimension of \(V\)}} is {{c1::the size of an arbitrary basis \(B\) of \(V\)::given by which basis property?}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::4._Dimension

    Note 1446: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: pK()_=6$f)
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Let \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) be a basis of subspace \(V\). Let \(w_1, \dots, w_l\) be a basis of subspace \(W\).

    The set of vectors \({v_1, \dots, v_k, w_1, \dots, w_l}\) is linearly independent.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Let \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) be a basis of subspace \(V\). Let \(w_1, \dots, w_l\) be a basis of subspace \(W\).

    The set of vectors \({v_1, \dots, v_k, w_1, \dots, w_l}\) is linearly independent.

    As all vectors are pairwise linearly independent, their union is also linearly independent. Therefore the union of two bases is still a basis of the sum of their subspaces:

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Let \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) be a basis of subspace \(V\). Let \(w_1, \dots, w_l\) be a basis of subspace \(W\).</div><div><br></div><div>The set of vectors \({v_1, \dots, v_k, w_1, \dots, w_l}\)&nbsp;is {{c1::linearly independent}}.</div>
    Extra As all vectors are pairwise linearly independent, their <i>union is also linearly independent</i>. Therefore the <i>union of two bases is still a basis</i>&nbsp;of the sum of their subspaces:
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1447: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: pQ2lENdIXM
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    Let \(S^\perp\) be the orthogonal complement of \(S\) and \(P\) the projection matrix onto \(S\).

    Then \(I - P\) is the projection matrix that maps {{c2::\(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to \(\text{proj}_{S^\perp}(b)\)}}.

    Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    Let \(S^\perp\) be the orthogonal complement of \(S\) and \(P\) the projection matrix onto \(S\).

    Then \(I - P\) is the projection matrix that maps {{c2::\(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to \(\text{proj}_{S^\perp}(b)\)}}.

    Proof Included

    Since \(b = e + \text{proj}_S(b) = e + Pb\) with \(e \in S^\perp\) Thus \[ (I - P)b = b - Pb = e = \text{proj}_{S^\perp}(b) \]This is true, since it holds that indeed \(I - P\) is also idempotent: \((I - P)^2 = I - 2P + P^2 = I -P - P + P= I - P\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(S^\perp\) be the orthogonal complement of \(S\) and \(P\) the projection matrix onto \(S\).</div><div><br></div><div>Then {{c1::\(I - P\)}} is the projection matrix that maps {{c2::\(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to \(\text{proj}_{S^\perp}(b)\)}}.<br><br><i>Proof Included</i><br></div>
    Extra Since \(b = e + \text{proj}_S(b) = e + Pb\) with \(e \in S^\perp\) Thus \[ (I - P)b = b - Pb = e = \text{proj}_{S^\perp}(b) \]This is true, since it holds that indeed \(I - P\) is also idempotent: \((I - P)^2 = I - 2P + P^2 = I -P - P + P= I - P\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

    Note 1448: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: pY4k_Hm,xQ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
    The basis of {{c2::\(\{0\}\)}} is \(\emptyset\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
    The basis of {{c2::\(\{0\}\)}} is \(\emptyset\).

    Since there is no vector, \(\emptyset\) is vacously independent and \(\textbf{Span}(\emptyset) = \{0\}\) since an empty sum yields \(0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The basis of {{c2::\(\{0\}\)}} is {{c1::\(\emptyset\)}}.
    Extra Since there is no vector, \(\emptyset\) is vacously independent and \(\textbf{Span}(\emptyset) = \{0\}\) since an empty sum yields \(0\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases

    Note 1449: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: pbk1h$cWtn
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{3 \times 3}\) be symmetric with eigenvalues \(−2, 1, 3\).
    What are the singular values of \(A\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{3 \times 3}\) be symmetric with eigenvalues \(−2, 1, 3\).
    What are the singular values of \(A\)?

    The singular values are the square roots of the eigenvalues of \(A^\top A\)(or \(AA^\top\)).

    As \(A^\top = A \), we have the eigenvalues \(\lambda^2\) for \(A^\top A = A^2\). Thus we have \(\sigma_i = \sqrt{\lambda_i^2}\) which is \(2, 1, 3\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Let&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{3 \times 3}\)&nbsp;be symmetric with eigenvalues&nbsp;\(−2, 1, 3\).<br>What are the singular values of&nbsp;\(A\)?
    Back The singular values are the <b>square roots</b>&nbsp;of the eigenvalues of&nbsp;\(A^\top A\)(or&nbsp;\(AA^\top\)).<br><br>As&nbsp;\(A^\top = A \), we have the eigenvalues&nbsp;\(\lambda^2\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(A^\top A = A^2\). Thus we have&nbsp;\(\sigma_i = \sqrt{\lambda_i^2}\)&nbsp;which is&nbsp;\(2, 1, 3\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1450: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: pdv(<_+/|h
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    Given a permutation matrix \(P \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) corresponding to a permutation \(\sigma\), then \(\det(P) = {{c1::\text{sgn}(\sigma)}}\) 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    Given a permutation matrix \(P \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) corresponding to a permutation \(\sigma\), then \(\det(P) = {{c1::\text{sgn}(\sigma)}}\) 

    (this is as \(P\) is also an orthogonal matrix, see 3.). We sometimes write \(\text{sgn}(P)\).

    For the permutation matrix, each row contains only one entry: a \(1\). Thus the only permutation \(\sigma\) in the product that doesn't have a \(0\) factor is the permutation corresponding to the matrix \(P\) itself. The product is \(1 \cdot 1 \dots \cdot 1\) thus we get \(\text{sgn}(\sigma) = \text{sgn}(P)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Given a permutation matrix \(P \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) corresponding to a permutation \(\sigma\), then \(\det(P) = {{c1::\text{sgn}(\sigma)}}\)&nbsp;
    Extra (this is as&nbsp;\(P\)&nbsp;is also an orthogonal matrix, see 3.). We sometimes write&nbsp;\(\text{sgn}(P)\).<br><br>For the permutation matrix, each row contains only one entry: a \(1\). Thus the only permutation \(\sigma\) in the product that doesn't have a \(0\) factor is the permutation corresponding to the matrix \(P\) itself. The product is \(1 \cdot 1 \dots \cdot 1\) thus we get \(\text{sgn}(\sigma) = \text{sgn}(P)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1451: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: pk}0Q0,75,
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    The trace is commutative.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
    The trace is commutative.

    This makes sense as addition is element-wise.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The trace is {{c1::commutative::property}}.
    Extra This makes sense as&nbsp;<b>addition</b>&nbsp;is&nbsp;<b>element-wise</b>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

    Note 1452: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: pskZUSUMW=
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    Applications of the certificate of no solutions:

    Assume \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has linearly independent rows.

    Since the rows are linearly independent, the only solution to \(z^\top A = 0\) is \(z = 0\). Hence \(z^\top b = 0 \neq 1\).

    Thus \(P\) always contains a solution.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    Applications of the certificate of no solutions:

    Assume \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has linearly independent rows.

    Since the rows are linearly independent, the only solution to \(z^\top A = 0\) is \(z = 0\). Hence \(z^\top b = 0 \neq 1\).

    Thus \(P\) always contains a solution.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Applications of the certificate of no solutions:<br><br>Assume&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has <b>linearly independent rows</b>.<br><br>Since {{c1::the rows are linearly independent}}, the only solution to \(z^\top A = 0\) is {{c2::\(z = 0\)}}. Hence {{c2::\(z^\top b = 0 \neq 1\)}}.<br><br>Thus {{c3::\(P\)&nbsp;always contains a solution}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

    Note 1453: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: pvT-hzO|2S
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    PlsFix::DELETE
    What is a hyperplane through the origin?

    Back

    PlsFix::DELETE
    What is a hyperplane through the origin?


    Is called a hyperplane through the origin.

    Since 0 is orthogonal to every vector \(0 \in H_d\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a hyperplane through the origin?
    Back <img src="paste-668e9356fe68198a22a939d45f03e5d4e9db8bdd.jpg"><br>Is called a hyperplane through the origin.<br><br>Since 0 is orthogonal to every vector&nbsp;\(0 \in H_d\).
    Tags: PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1454: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: p}G;kCHD5f
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    Give an example of the compact form of the SVD for \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{4 \times 5}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = 3\): (name the dimensions)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    Give an example of the compact form of the SVD for \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{4 \times 5}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = 3\): (name the dimensions)

    \[A = U_3 \Sigma_3 V_3^T = \begin{bmatrix} | & | & | \\ \mathbf{u}_1 & \mathbf{u}_2 & \mathbf{u}_3 \\ | & | & | \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \sigma_1 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & \sigma_2 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & \sigma_3 \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} - & \mathbf{v}_1^T & - \\ - & \mathbf{v}_2^T & - \\ - & \mathbf{v}_3^T & - \end{bmatrix}\]
    where \(U_3\) is \(4 \times 3\), \(\Sigma_3\) is \(3 \times 3\), and \(V_3^T\) is \(3 \times 5\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give an example of the <b>compact form</b>&nbsp;of the SVD for&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{4 \times 5}\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(\text{rank}(A) = 3\): (name the dimensions)
    Back \[A = U_3 \Sigma_3 V_3^T = \begin{bmatrix} | &amp; | &amp; | \\ \mathbf{u}_1 &amp; \mathbf{u}_2 &amp; \mathbf{u}_3 \\ | &amp; | &amp; | \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \sigma_1 &amp; 0 &amp; 0 \\ 0 &amp; \sigma_2 &amp; 0 \\ 0 &amp; 0 &amp; \sigma_3 \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} - &amp; \mathbf{v}_1^T &amp; - \\ - &amp; \mathbf{v}_2^T &amp; - \\ - &amp; \mathbf{v}_3^T &amp; - \end{bmatrix}\]<br>where \(U_3\) is \(4 \times 3\), \(\Sigma_3\) is \(3 \times 3\), and \(V_3^T\) is \(3 \times 5\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

    Note 1455: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: q(~wo+WDQg
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
    The set of independent columns of \(A\) is {{c2::a basis of the column space \(\textbf{C}(A)\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
    The set of independent columns of \(A\) is {{c2::a basis of the column space \(\textbf{C}(A)\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c1::set of independent columns of \(A\)}} is {{c2::a basis of the column space \(\textbf{C}(A)\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases

    Note 1456: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: q+.VNuw?7g
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    Pseudoinverse from the SVD: \(A = U \Sigma V^\top\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    Pseudoinverse from the SVD: \(A = U \Sigma V^\top\)

    \(A^\dagger = V \Sigma^\dagger U^\top\)where \(\Sigma^\dagger\) is obtained from \(\Sigma\) by taking the reciprocal (\(\frac{1}{\sigma_i}\)) of each non-zero singular value, leaving the zeros in place, and transposing the matrix.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Pseudoinverse from the SVD:&nbsp;\(A = U \Sigma V^\top\)
    Back \(A^\dagger = V \Sigma^\dagger U^\top\)where \(\Sigma^\dagger\) is obtained from \(\Sigma\) by taking the reciprocal (\(\frac{1}{\sigma_i}\)) of each non-zero singular value, leaving the zeros in place, and transposing the matrix.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

    Note 1457: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: q/j)Fn1TO1
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    Intuition on where the normal equations \(A^\top A\hat{x} = A^\top b\) come from:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    Intuition on where the normal equations \(A^\top A\hat{x} = A^\top b\) come from:

    In the previous case, we had \(\mathbf{e} = (\mathbf{b} - proj_S(\mathbf{b})) \ \bot \ \mathbf{a}\). Here, the same orthogonality condition holds for all columns of \(A\) (that we are projecting on).

    This is the same as stating \(A^\top (\mathbf{b} - proj_S(\mathbf{b})) = 0\) which by substituting \(proj_S(b) = \mathbf{p} = A \mathbf{\hat{x}}\) gives \(A^\top \mathbf{b} - A^\top A\mathbf{\hat{x}} = 0\) which we can restate as \(A^\top A \mathbf{\hat{x}} = A^\top \mathbf{b}\), which is the normal equation.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Intuition on where the normal equations&nbsp;\(A^\top A\hat{x} = A^\top b\)&nbsp;come from:
    Back <div>In the previous case, we had \(\mathbf{e} = (\mathbf{b} - proj_S(\mathbf{b})) \ \bot \ \mathbf{a}\). Here, the same orthogonality condition holds for all columns of \(A\) (that we are projecting on).</div><div><br></div><div>This is the same as stating \(A^\top (\mathbf{b} - proj_S(\mathbf{b})) = 0\) which by substituting \(proj_S(b) = \mathbf{p} = A \mathbf{\hat{x}}\) gives \(A^\top \mathbf{b} - A^\top A\mathbf{\hat{x}} = 0\) which we can restate as \(A^\top A \mathbf{\hat{x}} = A^\top \mathbf{b}\), which is the normal equation.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

    Note 1458: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: q089%#d~nh
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    For all \(x\) and an orthogonal matrix \(Q\) we have \(||Qx|| = ||x||\) Proof included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    For all \(x\) and an orthogonal matrix \(Q\) we have \(||Qx|| = ||x||\) Proof included

    \(||Qx||^2 = (Qx)^\top(Qx) = x^\top x = ||x||^2\) and note that \(||Qx|| \geq 0\) and \(||x|| \geq 0\) thus it suffices to show that the squares are equal.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For all&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;and an orthogonal matrix&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;we have&nbsp;\(||Qx|| = {{c1::||x||}}\)&nbsp;<i>Proof included</i>
    Extra \(||Qx||^2 = (Qx)^\top(Qx) = x^\top x = ||x||^2\)&nbsp;and note that&nbsp;\(||Qx|| \geq 0\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(||x|| \geq 0\)&nbsp;thus it suffices to show that the squares are equal.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

    Note 1459: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: qGI8y.9F)Z
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    If I add vector v, which is a linear combination of \(v_1, v_2, ..., v_n\) to the span it does not change

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    If I add vector v, which is a linear combination of \(v_1, v_2, ..., v_n\) to the span it does not change

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If I add vector v, which is a linear combination of&nbsp;\(v_1, v_2, ..., v_n\)&nbsp;to the span it {{c1::does not change}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1460: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: qUNEYA9<2E
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    The determinant preserves “multilinearity”. This means that changing only a single row will preserve the rest of the determinant (it’s linear for each row).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    The determinant preserves “multilinearity”. This means that changing only a single row will preserve the rest of the determinant (it’s linear for each row).

    \[ \begin{vmatrix} ta & tb \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} = t \cdot \begin{vmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} \]
    \[ \begin{vmatrix} a + a’ & b + b’ \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} = \begin{vmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} + \begin{vmatrix} a’ & b’ \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} \]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>The determinant preserves “multilinearity”. This means that {{c1::changing only a single row will preserve the rest of the determinant (it’s <em>linear for each row)}}.</em></div>
    Extra <div>\[ \begin{vmatrix} ta &amp; tb \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} = t \cdot \begin{vmatrix} a &amp; b \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} \]</div><div>\[ \begin{vmatrix} a + a’ &amp; b + b’ \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} = \begin{vmatrix} a &amp; b \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} + \begin{vmatrix} a’ &amp; b’ \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} \]</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1461: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: qn2vol8}8V
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    Every symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has a real eigenvalue \(\lambda\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    Every symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has a real eigenvalue \(\lambda\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Every symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has {{c1::a real eigenvalue \(\lambda\)::existence}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

    Note 1462: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: qr+Ln*lsd_
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    Any symmetric matrix has only real eigenvalues.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    Any symmetric matrix has only real eigenvalues.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Any symmetric matrix has {{c1::only real eigenvalues::fact about the EWs}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

    Note 1463: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: qs3_-P{w4Q
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation::2._Similar_Matrices
    Similar matrices \(A\) and \(B = S^{-1}AS\) have the same eigenvalues.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation::2._Similar_Matrices
    Similar matrices \(A\) and \(B = S^{-1}AS\) have the same eigenvalues.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Similar matrices \(A\) and \(B = S^{-1}AS\) have {{c1::the same eigenvalues::shared property}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation::2._Similar_Matrices

    Note 1464: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: q})&,~7vB&
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    What does Gram-Schmidt actually do? Why do we substract \(\sum^{k - 1}_{i = 1} (a_k^\top q_i) q_i\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    What does Gram-Schmidt actually do? Why do we substract \(\sum^{k - 1}_{i = 1} (a_k^\top q_i) q_i\)?

    For each new vector, Gram-Schmidt projects it onto our current orthogonal basis.

    We then substract the components that overlap for each of those basis vectors, to get a \(q_i'\) that is linearly independent. We then normalise it and add it to the basis.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does Gram-Schmidt actually do? Why do we substract&nbsp;\(\sum^{k - 1}_{i = 1} (a_k^\top q_i) q_i\)?
    Back For each new vector, Gram-Schmidt projects it onto our current orthogonal basis.<br><br>We then substract the components that overlap for each of those basis vectors, to get a&nbsp;\(q_i'\)&nbsp;that is linearly independent. We then normalise it and add it to the basis.<br><br><img src="paste-b6b55f36e78516fa3cd2e3dcf1fc622ee3a4fd8f.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

    Note 1465: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: r,m&
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Fundamental Subspaces:
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). \[ N(A) = C(A^\top)^\perp\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Fundamental Subspaces:
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). \[ N(A) = C(A^\top)^\perp\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Fundamental Subspaces:<br>Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). \[{{c1:: N(A) }} = {{c2::C(A^\top)}}^\perp\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1466: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rV0)C5{8PB
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
    For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:
    \(\textbf{N}(A) = \){{c1::\(\textbf{N}(MA)\) (nullspace is the same)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
    For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:
    \(\textbf{N}(A) = \){{c1::\(\textbf{N}(MA)\) (nullspace is the same)}}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:</div>\(\textbf{N}(A) = \){{c1::\(\textbf{N}(MA)\) (nullspace is the same)}}<blockquote><ol> </ol></blockquote>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations

    Note 1467: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rX
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces
    Let \(V, W\) be two vector spaces. A function \(T: V \rightarrow W\) is called a linear transformation between vector spaces if the following linearity axiom holds for all \(x_1, x_2 \in V\) and all \(\lambda_1, \lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\): \[ T(\lambda_1 x_1 + \lambda_2 x_2) = \lambda_1 T(x_1) + \lambda_2 T(x_2) \]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces
    Let \(V, W\) be two vector spaces. A function \(T: V \rightarrow W\) is called a linear transformation between vector spaces if the following linearity axiom holds for all \(x_1, x_2 \in V\) and all \(\lambda_1, \lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\): \[ T(\lambda_1 x_1 + \lambda_2 x_2) = \lambda_1 T(x_1) + \lambda_2 T(x_2) \]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(V, W\) be two vector spaces. A function \(T: V \rightarrow W\) is called a <i>linear transformation between vector spaces</i>&nbsp;if the following {{c1::linearity}} axiom holds for all \(x_1, x_2 \in V\) and all \(\lambda_1, \lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\): \[ {{c1:: T(\lambda_1 x_1 + \lambda_2 x_2) = \lambda_1 T(x_1) + \lambda_2 T(x_2) }}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces

    Note 1468: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: re^L]
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    We can decompose \(\mathbb{R}^n = {{c1:: V + V^\bot = \{v + w \mid v \in V, w \in V^\bot\} }}\) using a Minkowsky sum.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    We can decompose \(\mathbb{R}^n = {{c1:: V + V^\bot = \{v + w \mid v \in V, w \in V^\bot\} }}\) using a Minkowsky sum.

    We can also write \(\mathbb{R}^n = V^\bot + (V^\bot)^\bot\), it's symmetric.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We can decompose \(\mathbb{R}^n = {{c1:: V + V^\bot = \{v + w \mid v \in V, w \in V^\bot\} }}\) using a Minkowsky sum.
    Extra We can also write \(\mathbb{R}^n = V^\bot + (V^\bot)^\bot\), it's symmetric.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1469: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rj{~]5a9g*
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
    Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix and \(M\) an invertible \(m \times m\) matrix.

    Then the two systems \(Ax = b\) and \(MAx = Mb\) have the same solutions \(x\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
    Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix and \(M\) an invertible \(m \times m\) matrix.

    Then the two systems \(Ax = b\) and \(MAx = Mb\) have the same solutions \(x\).

    This is why Gauss-Jordan Elimination works.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix and \(M\) an invertible \(m \times m\) matrix.<br><br>Then the two systems \(Ax = b\) and \(MAx = Mb\) have the {{c1::same solutions \(x\)}}.
    Extra This is why Gauss-Jordan Elimination works.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations

    Note 1470: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rn`#u|JmN0
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
    For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

    \(A\) has linearly independent columns if and only if \(MA\) has linearly independent colums.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
    For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

    \(A\) has linearly independent columns if and only if \(MA\) has linearly independent colums.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>For&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;a matrix and&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;an invertible matrix:</div><div><br></div>\(A\)&nbsp;has {{c1::linearly independent columns}} if and only if {{c1::\(MA\)&nbsp;has linearly independent colums}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations

    Note 1471: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rnuwKzI%R.
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) be a basis of subspace \(V\). Let \(w_1, \dots, w_l\) be a basis of subspace \(W\).

    \(V\) and \(W\) are orthogonal if and only if {{c1::\(v_i\) and \(w_j\) are orthogonal for all \(i \in \{1, \dots, k\}\) and \(j \in \{1, \dots, l\}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
    Let \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) be a basis of subspace \(V\). Let \(w_1, \dots, w_l\) be a basis of subspace \(W\).

    \(V\) and \(W\) are orthogonal if and only if {{c1::\(v_i\) and \(w_j\) are orthogonal for all \(i \in \{1, \dots, k\}\) and \(j \in \{1, \dots, l\}\)}}.

    Subspaces are orthogonal if their basis-vectors are orthogonal.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) be a basis of subspace \(V\). Let \(w_1, \dots, w_l\) be a basis of subspace \(W\).<br><br>\(V\) and \(W\) are orthogonal <i>if and only if</i>&nbsp;{{c1::\(v_i\) and \(w_j\) are orthogonal for all \(i \in \{1, \dots, k\}\) and \(j \in \{1, \dots, l\}\)}}.
    Extra Subspaces are orthogonal if their basis-vectors are orthogonal.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

    Note 1472: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rs*|Dcb_E|
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
    For \(A\) written in CR-Decomposition \(A = CR'\), \(R'\) is unique.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
    For \(A\) written in CR-Decomposition \(A = CR'\), \(R'\) is unique.

    \(R'\) is unique because the \(C\) is linearly independent and there's only one way to write a vector (the columns of \(A\)) as the linear combination of independent vectors.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;written in CR-Decomposition&nbsp;\(A = CR'\),&nbsp;\(R'\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: unique::property? and why proof?}}.
    Extra \(R'\)&nbsp;is unique because the&nbsp;\(C\)&nbsp;is linearly independent and there's only one way to write a vector (the columns of&nbsp;\(A\)) as the linear combination of independent vectors.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition

    Note 1473: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rvqzRY-*GX
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    A diagonal matrix \(D\) has eigenvalues which are the diagonals and a full set of eigenvectors \(e_1, \dots, e_n\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    A diagonal matrix \(D\) has eigenvalues which are the diagonals and a full set of eigenvectors \(e_1, \dots, e_n\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A diagonal matrix&nbsp;\(D\)&nbsp;has eigenvalues {{c1::which are the diagonals::where are they?}} and {{c1::a full set of eigenvectors&nbsp;\(e_1, \dots, e_n\)::EVs?}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1474: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s!I_p%w(=W
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    Any degree \(n\) polynomial \(P(z)\) (with \(n \geq 1\)) has {{c1::\(n\) zeros \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n \in \mathbb{C}\)}}, possibly with repetitions, such that \[P(z) = a_n (z-\lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \cdots (z - \lambda_n)\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    Any degree \(n\) polynomial \(P(z)\) (with \(n \geq 1\)) has {{c1::\(n\) zeros \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n \in \mathbb{C}\)}}, possibly with repetitions, such that \[P(z) = a_n (z-\lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \cdots (z - \lambda_n)\]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Any degree \(n\) polynomial \(P(z)\) (with \(n \geq 1\)) has {{c1::\(n\) zeros \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n \in \mathbb{C}\)}}, {{c1::possibly with repetitions}}, such that \[P(z) = a_n (z-\lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \cdots (z - \lambda_n)\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

    Note 1475: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s(K/=VnA_Y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    We can write \(A\) as the sum of rank \(1\) matrices: \[A = {{c2::\sum_{k = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i v_i^\top}}\]where  \(v_1, \dots, v_n\) are an orthonormal basis of eigenvectors (the \(V\) in diagonalisation) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) the associated eigenvectors.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
    We can write \(A\) as the sum of rank \(1\) matrices: \[A = {{c2::\sum_{k = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i v_i^\top}}\]where  \(v_1, \dots, v_n\) are an orthonormal basis of eigenvectors (the \(V\) in diagonalisation) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) the associated eigenvectors.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We can write&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;as the sum of {{c1::rank&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;matrices}}:&nbsp;\[A = {{c2::\sum_{k = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i v_i^\top}}\]where {{c2::&nbsp;\(v_1, \dots, v_n\)&nbsp;are an orthonormal basis of eigenvectors (the&nbsp;\(V\)&nbsp;in diagonalisation) and&nbsp;\(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\)&nbsp;the associated eigenvectors}}.<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

    Note 1476: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s,(|c|R^[@
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions
    1. If \(m = n\) (\(A\) is square), the system \(Ax = b\) is called square. Typically solvable. 
    2. If \(m < n\) (A is a wide matrix), the system \(Ax = b\) is called underdetermined. These are typically solvable
    3. If \(m > n\) (A is a tall matrix) the system \(Ax = b\) is called overdetermined. Typically not solvable.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions
    1. If \(m = n\) (\(A\) is square), the system \(Ax = b\) is called square. Typically solvable. 
    2. If \(m < n\) (A is a wide matrix), the system \(Ax = b\) is called underdetermined. These are typically solvable
    3. If \(m > n\) (A is a tall matrix) the system \(Ax = b\) is called overdetermined. Typically not solvable.

    (Undetermined because there are more variables than equations.)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <ol><li>If \(m = n\) (\(A\) is square), the system \(Ax = b\) is called square. Typically solvable.&nbsp;</li><li>If \(m &lt; n\) (A is a wide matrix), the system \(Ax = b\) is called {{c1::underdetermined}}. These are {{c1::typically solvable::solvability}}.&nbsp;</li><li>If \(m &gt; n\) (A is a tall matrix) the system \(Ax = b\) is called {{c2::overdetermined}}. Typically {{c2::not solvable::solvability}}.</li></ol>
    Extra (Undetermined because there are more variables than equations.)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions

    Note 1477: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s-`w^:1S}3
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix
    Given \(n\) vectors \(v_1, \dots, v_n \in \mathbb{R}^n\) we call their Gram matrix the {{c2::\(n \times n\) matrix of inner products  \(G_{ij} = v_i^\top v_j\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix
    Given \(n\) vectors \(v_1, \dots, v_n \in \mathbb{R}^n\) we call their Gram matrix the {{c2::\(n \times n\) matrix of inner products  \(G_{ij} = v_i^\top v_j\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Given \(n\) vectors \(v_1, \dots, v_n \in \mathbb{R}^n\) we call their {{c1::Gram matrix}} the {{c2::\(n \times n\) matrix of inner products &nbsp;\(G_{ij} = v_i^\top v_j\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix

    Note 1478: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: s1Oa?:={wu
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Does \(Av = v\) mean \(1\) is an eigenvalue of \(A\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Does \(Av = v\) mean \(1\) is an eigenvalue of \(A\)?

    No, we need to have \(v \neq 0\) to have that relationship hold!

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Does&nbsp;\(Av = v\)&nbsp;mean&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;is an eigenvalue of&nbsp;\(A\)?
    Back <b>No</b>, we need to have&nbsp;\(v \neq 0\)&nbsp;to have that relationship hold!
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1479: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: s@:duB;6%y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::1._Definition_and_examples
    What special conditions (other than the 3 basic conditions) make a set of vectors linearly dependent?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::1._Definition_and_examples
    What special conditions (other than the 3 basic conditions) make a set of vectors linearly dependent?

    If:
    • one of the vectors is 0
    • one vector \(\textbf{v}\) is contained twice

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What special conditions (other than the 3 basic conditions) make a set of vectors linearly dependent?
    Back If:<br><ul><li>one of the vectors is 0</li><li>one vector&nbsp;\(\textbf{v}\)&nbsp;is contained twice</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::1._Definition_and_examples

    Note 1480: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: sH/[5Mikuh
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
    If \(A\) is a matrix and \(P\) is a permutation that swaps two elements (i.e. \(\text{sgn}(P) = -1\)): \[\det(PA) = - \det(A) \]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
    If \(A\) is a matrix and \(P\) is a permutation that swaps two elements (i.e. \(\text{sgn}(P) = -1\)): \[\det(PA) = - \det(A) \]

    \(PA\) corresponds to swapping two rows of \(A\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If \(A\) is a matrix and \(P\) is a permutation that <i>swaps two elements</i>&nbsp;(i.e. \(\text{sgn}(P) = -1\)):&nbsp;\[\det(PA) = {{c1:: - \det(A) }}\]<br>
    Extra \(PA\)&nbsp;corresponds to swapping two rows of&nbsp;\(A\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond

    Note 1481: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: sQOMX5~Sf=
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties
    Matrix multiplication is not commutative most of the time.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties
    Matrix multiplication is not commutative most of the time.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Matrix multiplication is {{c1::not}} commutative most of the time.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties

    Note 1482: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: s`o%{8yLJx
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace
    How do we find a basis for the nullspace of \(A\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace
    How do we find a basis for the nullspace of \(A\)?

    1. Compute the RREF form \(R\) of \(A\) (\(MA\) has the same nullspace as \(A\): \(\textbf{N}(A) = \textbf{N}(MA)\))
    2. Remove any zero rows (because \(0^\top x = 0\) regardless of \(x\))
    3. Solve for \(Rx = 0\):

    4. We seperate the matrix into the identity and the "rest". Note that for this we take columns 1 and 2 as they form the 2x2 identity.
    5. Which becomes 
    6. We reduce this to a system of equations:

      We choose two special solutions (independent) and then plug in the values into our equations to find the rest. This gives us a basis of the nullspace as we get two linearly independent vectors in there and it has dimension 2. We call these particular solutions.
    Final nullspace:

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we find a basis for the nullspace of&nbsp;\(A\)?
    Back <ol><li>Compute the RREF form&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;(\(MA\) has the same nullspace as \(A\): \(\textbf{N}(A) = \textbf{N}(MA)\))<br><img src="paste-c7b63bea7d24d14a38bb7424b8db516858fabcf0.jpg"></li><li>Remove any zero rows (because&nbsp;\(0^\top x = 0\)&nbsp;regardless of&nbsp;\(x\))</li><li>Solve for&nbsp;\(Rx = 0\):<br><img src="paste-202adab412a02f3505cdc07a23c10560126d62b6.jpg"><br></li><li>We seperate the matrix into the identity and the "rest". Note that for this we take columns 1 and 2 as they form the 2x2 identity.<br><img src="paste-d1c60625d9e82f7d7e03e5e589fa3aadb665dcc3.jpg"></li><li>Which becomes&nbsp;<br><img src="paste-d411074ad0d64bb267df9e809e480d6930a8d42f.jpg"></li><li>We reduce this to a system of equations:<br><img src="paste-d836e1ad674f83289a6c984addc347470f0dc213.jpg"><br><div>We choose two special solutions (independent) and then plug in the values into our equations to find the rest. This gives us a basis of the nullspace as we get two linearly independent vectors in there and it has dimension 2. We call these <strong>particular solutions</strong>.</div></li></ol><div>Final nullspace:</div><div><img src="paste-d862ea45eee333d57256e4b8635e0a0b714ae57a.jpg"></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace

    Note 1483: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: smJ/avn#*y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    \(A^\top A\) is invertible if and only if \(A\) has linearly independent columns.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    \(A^\top A\) is invertible if and only if \(A\) has linearly independent columns.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(A^\top A\) is invertible <i>if and only if</i>&nbsp;{{c1::\(A\) has linearly independent columns}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

    Note 1484: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: sp}Iuo:,06
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
    How do we express the unit vectors of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
    How do we express the unit vectors of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)?

    \(\{e_1, e_2, ... e_n\}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we express the unit vectors of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^n\)?
    Back \(\{e_1, e_2, ... e_n\}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm

    Note 1485: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s},fJ+;VIc
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    \(A\) has an EW \(0\) \(\Longleftrightarrow\)\(A\) is not invertible Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    \(A\) has an EW \(0\) \(\Longleftrightarrow\)\(A\) is not invertible Proof Included

    We know the EVs are in the \(N(A - \lambda I)\) because they solve the formula \(Av = \lambda v \implies Av - \lambda v \)\(= 0 \implies (A - \lambda I)v = 0\). Thus  \(v\) is in the nullspace of \((A - \lambda I)\).

    If \(A\) is not invertible, then it will have an EV of \(0\), which means that there is an EV solving \((A - 0 \cdot I)v = 0 \implies Av = 0\). Thus \(v \neq 0\)  is in the nullspace of \(A\), i.e. the nullspace is not empty.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(A\)&nbsp;has an EW&nbsp;\(0\)::EW}}&nbsp;\(\Longleftrightarrow\){{c2::\(A\)&nbsp;is not invertible}}<i>&nbsp;Proof Included</i>
    Extra <div>We know the EVs are in the \(N(A - \lambda I)\) because they solve the formula \(Av = \lambda v \implies Av - \lambda v \)\(= 0 \implies (A - \lambda I)v = 0\). Thus &nbsp;\(v\) is in the nullspace of \((A - \lambda I)\).</div><div><br></div><div>If \(A\) is not invertible, then it will have an EV of \(0\), which means that there is an EV solving \((A - 0 \cdot I)v = 0 \implies Av = 0\). Thus \(v \neq 0\)&nbsp; is in the nullspace of \(A\), i.e. the nullspace is not empty.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

    Note 1486: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: t2:)I`&X*~
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
    The projection of a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) onto a subspace \(S\) (of \(\mathbb{R}^m\)) is the point in \(S\) that is closest to \(b\). In other words \[ \text{proj}_S(b) = {{c1:: \text{argmin}_{p \in S} ||b - p|| }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
    The projection of a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) onto a subspace \(S\) (of \(\mathbb{R}^m\)) is the point in \(S\) that is closest to \(b\). In other words \[ \text{proj}_S(b) = {{c1:: \text{argmin}_{p \in S} ||b - p|| }}\]

    Where \(b = p + e \implies b - p = e\), with \(e\) the error.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The projection of a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) onto a subspace \(S\) (of \(\mathbb{R}^m\)) is the point in \(S\)&nbsp;{{c1::that is closest to \(b\)}}. In other words \[ \text{proj}_S(b) = {{c1:: \text{argmin}_{p \in S} ||b - p|| }}\]
    Extra Where \(b = p + e \implies b - p = e\), with \(e\) the error.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case

    Note 1487: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: t8F!:>0%NQ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    The \(QR\) decomposition of an \(A\) with linearly independent columns is  \(A = QR\) with \(Q\) orthogonal and \(R\) upper triangular.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    The \(QR\) decomposition of an \(A\) with linearly independent columns is  \(A = QR\) with \(Q\) orthogonal and \(R\) upper triangular.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The&nbsp;\(QR\)&nbsp;decomposition of an&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;with linearly independent columns is {{c1::&nbsp;\(A = QR\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;orthogonal and&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;upper triangular}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

    Note 1488: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: tQtZJZ|Ls+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    Given a real matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the non-zero eigenvalues of \(A^\top A\) are the same ones as of \(AA^\top\).

    Both matrices are symmetric and PSD.
    Proof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    Given a real matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the non-zero eigenvalues of \(A^\top A\) are the same ones as of \(AA^\top\).

    Both matrices are symmetric and PSD.
    Proof Included

    Proof \(G = AA^\top\) and \(G = A^\top A\) are PSD.
    •   \(x^\top G x = x^\top (A^\top A ) x = (Ax)^\top (Ax) = ||Ax||^2 \geq 0\)
    • \(x^\top G x = x^\top AA^\top x = (A^\top x)^\top (A^\top x) = ||A^\top x||^2 \geq 0\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Given a real matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the non-zero eigenvalues of&nbsp;\(A^\top A\) are the same ones as of \(AA^\top\).</div><div><br></div><div>Both matrices are {{c3::<em>symmetric</em> and <i>PSD</i>}}.</div><div><i>Proof Included</i><br></div>
    Extra <div><b>Proof</b> \(G = AA^\top\) and \(G = A^\top A\) are PSD.</div><div><ul><li>&nbsp; \(x^\top G x = x^\top (A^\top A ) x = (Ax)^\top (Ax) = ||Ax||^2 \geq 0\) </li><li>\(x^\top G x = x^\top AA^\top x = (A^\top x)^\top (A^\top x) = ||A^\top x||^2 \geq 0\)</li></ul></div><div><br></div><div></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1489: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: tR&oOKzisO
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
    A matrix decomposition is a factorization of a single matrix into a product of ones with useful properties.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
    A matrix decomposition is a factorization of a single matrix into a product of ones with useful properties.

    Example: LU decomposition (\(A=LU\))

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A matrix decomposition is {{c1::a factorization of a single matrix into a product of ones with useful properties}}.
    Extra Example: LU decomposition (\(A=LU\))
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition

    Note 1490: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: tX5`w6cN=$
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
    Let \(a \in \mathbb{R}^m \ \backslash \ \{0\}\). 

    The projection of \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) on \(S = \{\lambda a \ | \ \lambda \in \mathbb{R} \} = C(a)\) is given by: \[ \text{proj}_S(b) = {{c1:: \frac{aa^\top}{a^\top a}b }}\]
    This minimiser is unique.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
    Let \(a \in \mathbb{R}^m \ \backslash \ \{0\}\). 

    The projection of \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) on \(S = \{\lambda a \ | \ \lambda \in \mathbb{R} \} = C(a)\) is given by: \[ \text{proj}_S(b) = {{c1:: \frac{aa^\top}{a^\top a}b }}\]
    This minimiser is unique.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(a \in \mathbb{R}^m \ \backslash \ \{0\}\).&nbsp;</div><div><br></div><div>The projection of \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) on&nbsp;\(S = \{\lambda a \ | \ \lambda \in \mathbb{R} \} = C(a)\) is given by:&nbsp;\[ \text{proj}_S(b) = {{c1:: \frac{aa^\top}{a^\top a}b }}\]</div><div>This minimiser is unique.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case

    Note 1491: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: tjub=34aze
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
    \(AA^\dagger\) is symmetric.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
    \(AA^\dagger\) is symmetric.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(AA^\dagger\) is {{c1::symmetric::property?}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties

    Note 1492: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: tr&k>HpzdT
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension
    A basis is not always a set of vectors, it could also be a set of matrices.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension
    A basis is not always a set of vectors, it could also be a set of matrices.

    Thus for the subspace of diagonal matrices \(D_m\), the basis is made up of diagonal matrices.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A basis is not always a set of {{c1:: vectors, it could also be a set of matrices}}.
    Extra Thus for the subspace of diagonal matrices \(D_m\), the basis is made up of <i>diagonal matrices</i>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension

    Note 1493: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: u8Qxy,>bCQ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times m}\). \(A\) is invertible if:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times m}\). \(A\) is invertible if:

    There is a \(m \times m\) matrix \(B\) such that \(BA = I\).

    Exists only if \(A\) has linearly independent columns.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <div>Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times m}\).&nbsp;\(A\) is invertible if:</div>
    Back There is a&nbsp;\(m \times m\)&nbsp;matrix&nbsp;\(B\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(BA = I\).<br><br><i>Exists only if&nbsp;</i>\(A\)<i>&nbsp;has linearly independent columns.</i>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1494: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: u9EK]1)kgH
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    We have \(C(Q) =\) \(C(A)\) for \(Q\) the result of Gram-Schmidt on \(A\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    We have \(C(Q) =\) \(C(A)\) for \(Q\) the result of Gram-Schmidt on \(A\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We have&nbsp;\(C(Q) =\)&nbsp;{{c1::\(C(A)\)}} for&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;the result of Gram-Schmidt on&nbsp;\(A\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

    Note 1495: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: u:|nk(8Sda
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
    The co-factors of \(A\) are \( C_{ij} = {{c1:: (-1)^{i + j} \det(\mathcal{A}_{ij}) }}\) where \(\mathcal{A}_{ij}\) is the \((n - 1)\times (n-1)\) matrix without row \(i\) and column \(j\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
    The co-factors of \(A\) are \( C_{ij} = {{c1:: (-1)^{i + j} \det(\mathcal{A}_{ij}) }}\) where \(\mathcal{A}_{ij}\) is the \((n - 1)\times (n-1)\) matrix without row \(i\) and column \(j\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The c<b>o-factors</b> of \(A\) are&nbsp;\( C_{ij} = {{c1:: (-1)^{i + j} \det(\mathcal{A}_{ij}) }}\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}_{ij}\)&nbsp;is the&nbsp;\((n - 1)\times (n-1)\)&nbsp;matrix without row&nbsp;\(i\)&nbsp;and column&nbsp;\(j\).
    Extra <img src="paste-5380635095a8a7665119ccf8d988a2ee74964ad3.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond

    Note 1496: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: uCC
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
    The \(\text{sgn}(\sigma)\) where \(\sigma\) is a permutation is {{c1::the parity of the number of elements that are out of order (inversions: \( i < j \text{ and } \sigma(i) > \sigma( j)\)) after applying the permutation::inversions}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
    The \(\text{sgn}(\sigma)\) where \(\sigma\) is a permutation is {{c1::the parity of the number of elements that are out of order (inversions: \( i < j \text{ and } \sigma(i) > \sigma( j)\)) after applying the permutation::inversions}}.

    \((1, 3, 2)\) has one inversion.

    \(\text{sgn}(\sigma)=(−1)^k\) where \(k\) is the number of transpositions (swaps) needed to obtain \(σ\) from the identity.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The&nbsp;\(\text{sgn}(\sigma)\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(\sigma\)&nbsp;is a permutation is {{c1::the parity of the number of elements that are out of order (inversions:&nbsp;\( i &lt; j \text{ and } \sigma(i) &gt; \sigma( j)\)) after applying the permutation::inversions}}.
    Extra \((1, 3, 2)\)&nbsp;has one inversion.<br><br>\(\text{sgn}(\sigma)=(−1)^k\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(k\)&nbsp;is the number of transpositions (swaps) needed to obtain&nbsp;\(σ\)&nbsp;from the identity.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations

    Note 1497: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: uWwT2a*Vb[
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
    What is the nullspace of a matrix?  

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
    What is the nullspace of a matrix?  

    The set of vectors that give the 0-vector when multiplied with the given matrix.

    \(N(A) := \{x\in \mathbb{R} : Ax = \boldsymbol{0} \}\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the&nbsp;<b>nullspace&nbsp;</b>of a matrix?<b>&nbsp;&nbsp;</b>
    Back The set of vectors that give the 0-vector&nbsp;when multiplied with the given matrix.<br><br>\(N(A) := \{x\in \mathbb{R} : Ax = \boldsymbol{0} \}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace

    Note 1498: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: u^,*N^?pR/
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite
    A symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is positive definite if and only if {{c2::\(x^\top Ax > 0\) for all \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus \{0\}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite
    A symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is positive definite if and only if {{c2::\(x^\top Ax > 0\) for all \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus \{0\}\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is {{c1::positive definite}} if and only if {{c2::\(x^\top Ax &gt; 0\) for all \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus \{0\}\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite

    Note 1499: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: uamL=`piJf
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
    The sign of a permutation is multiplicative:

    \(\text{sgn}(\sigma \circ \lambda) = {{c1:: \text{sgn}(\sigma) \cdot \text{sgn}(\lambda)}}\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
    The sign of a permutation is multiplicative:

    \(\text{sgn}(\sigma \circ \lambda) = {{c1:: \text{sgn}(\sigma) \cdot \text{sgn}(\lambda)}}\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The sign of a permutation is {{c1::multiplicative::property}}: <br><br>\(\text{sgn}(\sigma \circ \lambda) = {{c1:: \text{sgn}(\sigma) \cdot \text{sgn}(\lambda)}}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations

    Note 1500: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: uo#Gn+y8bD
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Für alle Vektorpaare \( \mathbf{x,y} \in \mathbb{E}^n \) gilt die Cauchy-Schwarz-Ungleichung: {{c1::\( | \langle \mathbf{x, y} \rangle | \le ||\mathbf{x}|| \ ||\mathbf{y}||\)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Für alle Vektorpaare \( \mathbf{x,y} \in \mathbb{E}^n \) gilt die Cauchy-Schwarz-Ungleichung: {{c1::\( | \langle \mathbf{x, y} \rangle | \le ||\mathbf{x}|| \ ||\mathbf{y}||\)}}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Für alle Vektorpaare&nbsp;\( \mathbf{x,y} \in \mathbb{E}^n \) gilt die Cauchy-Schwarz-Ungleichung:&nbsp;{{c1::\( | \langle \mathbf{x, y} \rangle | \le ||\mathbf{x}|| \ ||\mathbf{y}||\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1501: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: uodougE6kh
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    The determinant exists only for square matrices.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    The determinant exists only for square matrices.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The determinant exists only for {{c1::square}} matrices.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1502: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: uqAA$|?Lip
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda_1 \neq \lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\) two distinct eigenvalues of \(A\) with corresponding eigenvectors \(v_1, v_2\).
    Then \(v_1\) and \(v_2\) are orthogonalProof Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
    Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda_1 \neq \lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\) two distinct eigenvalues of \(A\) with corresponding eigenvectors \(v_1, v_2\).
    Then \(v_1\) and \(v_2\) are orthogonalProof Included

    \(\lambda_1 v_1 ^\top v_2 = (Av_1)^\top v_2\) \( = v_1^\top A ^\top v_2 = \) \(v_1^\top (Av_2)\) \( = \lambda_2 v_1^\top v_2\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda_1 {{c2::\neq}} \lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\)&nbsp;two {{c2::distinct}} eigenvalues of \(A\) with corresponding eigenvectors \(v_1, v_2\).</div><div>Then \(v_1\) and \(v_2\)&nbsp;{{c1::are orthogonal}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i></div>
    Extra \(\lambda_1 v_1 ^\top v_2 = (Av_1)^\top v_2\)&nbsp;\( = v_1^\top A ^\top v_2 = \)&nbsp;\(v_1^\top (Av_2)\)&nbsp;\( = \lambda_2 v_1^\top v_2\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

    Note 1503: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: v#FTBh.m{S
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    Ein LGS heisst homogen, wenn die rechte Seite Null ist.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    Ein LGS heisst homogen, wenn die rechte Seite Null ist.

    Besitzt immer triviale Lösung (alles 0).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Ein LGS heisst {{c1::homogen}}, wenn {{c2::die rechte Seite Null ist}}.
    Extra Besitzt immer triviale Lösung (alles 0).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1504: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: v>PZpE,mn~
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::3._Steinitz_Exchange_Lemma
    Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space, \(F \subseteq V\) a finite set of linearly independent vectors (note that \(F\) does not need to span \(V\)) and \(G \subseteq V\) a finite set of vectors with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\) (but they don't all need to be independent). Then the following two statements hold:
    1. \(|F| \leq |G|\)
    2. {{c2::There exists a subset \(E \subseteq G\) of size \(|G| - |F|\) such that \(\textbf{Span}(F \cup E) = V\).}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::3._Steinitz_Exchange_Lemma
    Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space, \(F \subseteq V\) a finite set of linearly independent vectors (note that \(F\) does not need to span \(V\)) and \(G \subseteq V\) a finite set of vectors with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\) (but they don't all need to be independent). Then the following two statements hold:
    1. \(|F| \leq |G|\)
    2. {{c2::There exists a subset \(E \subseteq G\) of size \(|G| - |F|\) such that \(\textbf{Span}(F \cup E) = V\).}}

    We can use the lemma to argue that there can't be more than \(n\) independent vectors in a space of dimension \(n\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space, \(F \subseteq V\) a finite set of linearly independent vectors (note that \(F\) does not need to span \(V\)) and \(G \subseteq V\) a finite set of vectors with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\) (but they don't all need to be independent). Then the following two statements hold:</div><div><ol><li>{{c1::\(|F| \leq |G|\)}}</li><li>{{c2::There exists a subset \(E \subseteq G\) of size \(|G| - |F|\) such that \(\textbf{Span}(F \cup E) = V\).}}</li></ol></div><blockquote><ol> </ol></blockquote>
    Extra We can use the lemma to argue that there can't be more than \(n\) independent vectors in a space of dimension \(n\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::3._Steinitz_Exchange_Lemma

    Note 1505: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: vA(v{*KZt+
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    In QR decomposition \(R\)  is invertible because?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
    In QR decomposition \(R\)  is invertible because?

    \(N(A) = \{0\}\) since \(A\) has independent columns and thus \(N(R) = \{0\}\):
    • \(Rx = 0\) then \(Ax = QRx = 0\) thus \(Q\cdot 0 = 0\)
    • Thus \(x \in N(A) \implies x = 0\)
    Thus \(R \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) (square) must be invertible.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front In QR decomposition&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp; is invertible because?
    Back \(N(A) = \{0\}\) since \(A\) has independent columns and thus \(N(R) = \{0\}\):<br><ul><li>\(Rx = 0\)&nbsp;then&nbsp;\(Ax = QRx = 0\)&nbsp;thus&nbsp;\(Q\cdot 0 = 0\)</li><li>Thus&nbsp;\(x \in N(A) \implies x = 0\)</li></ul>Thus \(R \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) (square) must be invertible.<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

    Note 1506: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: vFzsuS+[?6
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
    What is the columnspace of a matrix?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
    What is the columnspace of a matrix?

    The span of all column-vectors.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the columnspace of a matrix?
    Back The span of all column-vectors.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank

    Note 1507: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: vMw:@b$pAy
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    How to recover a matrix \(A\) from it's eigenvectors and eigenvalues (complete set)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    How to recover a matrix \(A\) from it's eigenvectors and eigenvalues (complete set)?

    \(V\) the matrix with the eigenvectors of \(A\), orthogonal. Then we know \(AV = VD\) (\(Av_i = \lambda_i v_i\) in matrix form), with \(D = \Lambda\) the matrix with the eigenvalues on the diagonal.

    Thus \(AVV^\top = VDV^\top \implies A = VDV^\top\) .

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How to recover a matrix&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;from it's eigenvectors and eigenvalues (complete set)?
    Back \(V\)&nbsp;the matrix with the eigenvectors of&nbsp;\(A\), orthogonal. Then we know&nbsp;\(AV = VD\)&nbsp;(\(Av_i = \lambda_i v_i\)&nbsp;in matrix form), with&nbsp;\(D = \Lambda\)&nbsp;the matrix with the eigenvalues on the diagonal.<br><br>Thus&nbsp;\(AVV^\top = VDV^\top \implies A = VDV^\top\)&nbsp;.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1508: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: v`BTz<1Q{~
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::1._Undoing_matrix_transformations
    Wann ist eine Matrix invertierbar?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::1._Undoing_matrix_transformations
    Wann ist eine Matrix invertierbar?

    Falls eine Matrix \( \mathbf{X} \) existiert, sodass \( \mathbf{AX} = \mathbf{XA} = \mathbf{I_n}\)

    Beispiel: \( \begin{pmatrix} 1 & 2 \\ 0 & 3 \end{pmatrix} * \begin{pmatrix} 1 & -\frac{2}{3} \\ 0 & \frac{1}{3} \end{pmatrix} = \mathbf{I_2}\) 

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Wann ist eine Matrix <b>invertierbar</b>?
    Back Falls eine Matrix&nbsp;\( \mathbf{X} \) existiert, sodass&nbsp;\( \mathbf{AX} = \mathbf{XA} = \mathbf{I_n}\)<div><br></div><div>Beispiel:&nbsp;\( \begin{pmatrix} 1 &amp; 2 \\ 0 &amp; 3 \end{pmatrix} * \begin{pmatrix} 1 &amp; -\frac{2}{3} \\ 0 &amp; \frac{1}{3} \end{pmatrix} = \mathbf{I_2}\)&nbsp;</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::1._Undoing_matrix_transformations

    Note 1509: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ve7Q_/^p1y
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = m\), we define the pseudo-inverse \(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) as:\[ A^\dagger = {{c1::A^\top (A A^\top)^{-1} }}\]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = m\), we define the pseudo-inverse \(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) as:\[ A^\dagger = {{c1::A^\top (A A^\top)^{-1} }}\]

    For an \(A\) with full column-rank, we basically define, \(A^\dagger\) as the transpose of the pseudoinverse of the transpose:


    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = m\), we define the <b>pseudo-inverse</b>&nbsp;\(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) as:\[ A^\dagger = {{c1::A^\top (A A^\top)^{-1} }}\]
    Extra For an \(A\) with full column-rank, we basically define, \(A^\dagger\) as the transpose of the pseudoinverse of the transpose:<br><img src="paste-ea3dc98b302c74b79fb2bafc8b144f36da289e16.jpg"><br><br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

    Note 1510: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ve95W6~[iY
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    For a projection to exist using our formula \(P = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top\) we need \(A\) to have independent columns, i.e. they form a basis for \(C(A)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    For a projection to exist using our formula \(P = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top\) we need \(A\) to have independent columns, i.e. they form a basis for \(C(A)\).

    Otherwise the projection is not unique.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For a projection to exist using our formula&nbsp;\(P = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top\)&nbsp;we need {{c1:: \(A\)&nbsp;to have independent columns, i.e. they form a basis for&nbsp;\(C(A)\)}}.
    Extra Otherwise the projection is not unique.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

    Note 1511: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: vlkuMD-Ica
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    Was ist eine konjugiert-komplexe Matrix?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    Was ist eine konjugiert-komplexe Matrix?

    Wenn \(\mathbf{A}\) eine komplexe Matrix ist, dann ist \(\overline{\mathbf{A}}\) mit \( (\overline{\mathbf{A}})_{ij} = \overline{(\mathbf{A})_{ij}}\) die konjugiert-komplexe Matrix.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Was ist eine <b>konjugiert-komplexe </b>Matrix?
    Back Wenn&nbsp;\(\mathbf{A}\) eine komplexe Matrix ist, dann ist&nbsp;\(\overline{\mathbf{A}}\) mit&nbsp;\( (\overline{\mathbf{A}})_{ij} = \overline{(\mathbf{A})_{ij}}\) die konjugiert-komplexe Matrix.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

    Note 1512: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: vo=
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
    What is a property of symmetrical matrices?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
    What is a property of symmetrical matrices?

    \(A^T = A\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a property of symmetrical matrices?
    Back \(A^T = A\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations

    Note 1513: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: vp8-Q1S6eI
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::1._Matrix_transformations
    What holds for \(T(X+Y)?\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::1._Matrix_transformations
    What holds for \(T(X+Y)?\)

    \(= T(X) + T(Y)\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What holds for&nbsp;\(T(X+Y)?\)
    Back \(= T(X) + T(Y)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::1._Matrix_transformations

    Note 1514: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: v~twgkx^)U
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = r\) and CR decomposition \(A = CR\), we define the pseudoinverse \(A^\dagger\) as: \[ A^\dagger = R^\dagger C^\dagger \]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
    For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = r\) and CR decomposition \(A = CR\), we define the pseudoinverse \(A^\dagger\) as: \[ A^\dagger = R^\dagger C^\dagger \]

    We can rewrite this as:

    \(\begin{aligned} A^\dagger &= R^\top (RR^\top)^{-1} (C^\top C)^{-1} C^\top \\ &= R^\top (C^\top C R R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \\ &= R^\top (C^\top A R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \end{aligned}\) 

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = r\) and CR decomposition \(A = CR\), we define the pseudoinverse \(A^\dagger\) as:&nbsp;\[ A^\dagger = {{c1::R^\dagger C^\dagger }}\]
    Extra We can rewrite this as:<br><br>\(\begin{aligned} A^\dagger &amp;= R^\top (RR^\top)^{-1} (C^\top C)^{-1} C^\top \\ &amp;= R^\top (C^\top C R R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \\ &amp;= R^\top (C^\top A R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \end{aligned}\)&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

    Note 1515: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: w49b;wY}uY
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication
    The {{c2::rank of a matrix \(\textbf{rank}(A), A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) is a number between 0 and n}} which counts the number of independent columns.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication
    The {{c2::rank of a matrix \(\textbf{rank}(A), A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) is a number between 0 and n}} which counts the number of independent columns.

    A column is independent if it is not the linear combination of the previous ones (or the next ones, if you do it the other way round).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c2::rank of a matrix \(\textbf{rank}(A), A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\)&nbsp;is a number between 0 and n}} which {{c1::counts the number of independent columns}}.
    Extra <div>A column is independent if it is not the linear combination of the <b>previous ones</b> (or the <b>next ones</b>, if you do it the other way round).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication

    Note 1516: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: w6-9Dxu?
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::1._Affine_Subspaces
    We call the solution space of \(Ax = b\) an affine subspace if \(b \neq 0\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::1._Affine_Subspaces
    We call the solution space of \(Ax = b\) an affine subspace if \(b \neq 0\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We call the solution space of \(Ax = b\) an {{c1::<i>affine subspace</i>}}&nbsp;if {{c2::\(b \neq 0\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::1._Affine_Subspaces

    Note 1517: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: w7_|F6Nt!U
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::5._Triangle_inequality
    The triangle inequality \(||v|| + ||w|| \geq ||v+w||\) holds exactly if \(w = \lambda v\) for some \(\lambda\geq0\) (i.e., they point in the same direction).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::5._Triangle_inequality
    The triangle inequality \(||v|| + ||w|| \geq ||v+w||\) holds exactly if \(w = \lambda v\) for some \(\lambda\geq0\) (i.e., they point in the same direction).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The triangle inequality&nbsp;\(||v|| + ||w|| \geq ||v+w||\)&nbsp;holds exactly if {{c1::\(w = \lambda v\)&nbsp;for some&nbsp;\(\lambda\geq0\)&nbsp;(i.e., they point in the same direction)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::5._Triangle_inequality

    Note 1518: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: w9]Tx{V20J
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    For a complex vector \(v\) we have \(||v|| =\) {{c1:: \(v^*v = \overline{v}^\top v = \sum_{i = 1}^n \overline{v_i}v_i = \sum_{i = 1}^n |v_i|^2\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    For a complex vector \(v\) we have \(||v|| =\) {{c1:: \(v^*v = \overline{v}^\top v = \sum_{i = 1}^n \overline{v_i}v_i = \sum_{i = 1}^n |v_i|^2\)}}.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For a complex vector&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;we have&nbsp;\(||v|| =\)&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(v^*v = \overline{v}^\top v = \sum_{i = 1}^n \overline{v_i}v_i = \sum_{i = 1}^n |v_i|^2\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

    Note 1519: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: w;_;AaM4pf
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    Was ist eine symmetrische Matrix?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    Was ist eine symmetrische Matrix?

    Eine symmetrische Matrix erfüllt \(A^\top = A\) (d.h. eine "Spiegelachse" an der Hauptdiagonale). Hauptdiagonale selber unwichtig!
    Beispiel:
    \( \begin{pmatrix} 0 & 5 & 1 \\ 5 & 2 & 4 \\ 1 & 4 & 0 \end{pmatrix} \)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Was ist eine <b>symmetrische</b> Matrix?
    Back Eine symmetrische Matrix erfüllt&nbsp;\(A^\top = A\)&nbsp;(d.h. eine "Spiegelachse" an der Hauptdiagonale). Hauptdiagonale selber unwichtig!<div>Beispiel:</div><div>\( \begin{pmatrix} 0 &amp; 5 &amp; 1 \\ 5 &amp; 2 &amp; 4 \\ 1 &amp; 4 &amp; 0 \end{pmatrix} \)<br></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1520: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: wGNTPZMph;
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
    The \(\text{sgn}(\sigma)\) where \(\sigma\) is a permutation is the parity of the number of row swaps necessary to get back to the identity .

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
    The \(\text{sgn}(\sigma)\) where \(\sigma\) is a permutation is the parity of the number of row swaps necessary to get back to the identity .

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The&nbsp;\(\text{sgn}(\sigma)\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(\sigma\)&nbsp;is a permutation is {{c1:: the parity of the number of row swaps necessary to get back to the identity ::swaps}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations

    Note 1521: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: wl,mf){>,^
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
    What is the 1-norm of a vector?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
    What is the 1-norm of a vector?

    Given a vector \(\mathbf{v} = (v_1, v_2, ..., v_n)^\top\):
     
    \(||\mathbf{v}||_1 = \sum_{i=1}^n |v_i|\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the 1-norm of a vector?
    Back Given a vector&nbsp;\(\mathbf{v} = (v_1, v_2, ..., v_n)^\top\):<br>&nbsp;<br>\(||\mathbf{v}||_1 = \sum_{i=1}^n |v_i|\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm

    Note 1522: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: wn-OubLttB
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
    Is a basis for a vector space unique?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
    Is a basis for a vector space unique?

    No, there are typically many bases for a vector space.

    Every set \(B = \{v_1, v_2, \dots, v_m\} \subseteq \mathbb{R}^m\) of linearly independent vectors is a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^m\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is a basis for a vector space unique?
    Back No, there are typically many bases for a vector space.<br><br>Every set \(B = \{v_1, v_2, \dots, v_m\} \subseteq \mathbb{R}^m\) of linearly independent vectors is a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^m\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases

    Note 1523: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: wsmlD&i>fV
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    Projection is idempotent:  \(PPb = Pb\) i.e. \(P^2 = P\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
    Projection is idempotent:  \(PPb = Pb\) i.e. \(P^2 = P\).

    When we project a vector already in the subspace, we simply get the same vector out.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Projection is idempotent: {{c1::&nbsp;\(PPb = Pb\)&nbsp;i.e.&nbsp;\(P^2 = P\)}}.
    Extra When we project a vector already in the subspace, we simply get the same vector out.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

    Note 1524: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ww{@M/WDmP
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
    \(A\) and \(A^\top\) share eigenvalues not eigenvectors.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
    \(A\) and \(A^\top\) share eigenvalues not eigenvectors.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>\(A\) and \(A^\top\) share {{c1::eigenvalues <b>not eigenvectors</b>::EWs, EVs}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings

    Note 1525: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: w{ro)4tDv:
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    Pseudoinverse of \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 3 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 2 & 0 \end{bmatrix}\)?

    Hint: It's already in SVD-form.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    Pseudoinverse of \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 3 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 2 & 0 \end{bmatrix}\)?

    Hint: It's already in SVD-form.

    Already in “SVD form” with \(U = I_2\), \(V = I_3\), and \(\Sigma = \begin{pmatrix} 3 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 2 & 0 \end{pmatrix}\). 
    The pseudoinverse is: \[A^\dagger = \begin{pmatrix} \frac{1}{3} & 0 \\ 0 & \frac{1}{2} \\ 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix}\] Notice:
    • Shape flipped: \(A\) is \(2\times3\), so \(A^\dagger\) is \(3\times2\)
    • Nonzero values inverted: \(3 \to \frac{1}{3}\), \(2 \to \frac{1}{2}\) 
    • Zeros stay zero

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Pseudoinverse of&nbsp;\(A = \begin{bmatrix} 3 &amp; 0 &amp; 0 \\ 0 &amp; 2 &amp; 0 \end{bmatrix}\)?<br><br>Hint: It's already in SVD-form.
    Back <div>Already in “SVD form” with \(U = I_2\), \(V = I_3\), and \(\Sigma = \begin{pmatrix} 3 &amp; 0 &amp; 0 \\ 0 &amp; 2 &amp; 0 \end{pmatrix}\).&nbsp;</div><div>The pseudoinverse is: \[A^\dagger = \begin{pmatrix} \frac{1}{3} &amp; 0 \\ 0 &amp; \frac{1}{2} \\ 0 &amp; 0 \end{pmatrix}\] Notice:</div><div><ul><li>Shape flipped: \(A\) is \(2\times3\), so \(A^\dagger\) is \(3\times2\)</li><li>Nonzero values inverted: \(3 \to \frac{1}{3}\), \(2 \to \frac{1}{2}\)&nbsp;</li><li>Zeros stay zero</li></ul></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

    Note 1526: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: x4{!d?wKd.
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
    What is the span of a set of vectors?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
    What is the span of a set of vectors?

    The span is defined as the set of all linear combinations:

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the span of a set of vectors?
    Back The span is defined as the set of all linear combinations:<br><img src="paste-36e53d12d56d7d813cefc55621f3b75e1d7eac63.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors

    Note 1527: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: x5dCNKqS
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    Does a diagonalisable / diagonalised matrix have to be invertible? 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    Does a diagonalisable / diagonalised matrix have to be invertible? 

    No it can have \(0\) eigenvalues.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Does a diagonalisable / diagonalised matrix have to be invertible?&nbsp;
    Back No&nbsp;it can have \(0\) eigenvalues.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1528: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: xBE,c~;Xop
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication
    A \(1\times n\) matrix is called row vector or, in other contexts, tuple.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication
    A \(1\times n\) matrix is called row vector or, in other contexts, tuple.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A&nbsp;\(1\times n\)&nbsp;matrix is called {{c1::row vector}} or, in other contexts, {{c1::tuple}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication

    Note 1529: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: xFvw{LdP48
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    In the SVD:
    1. \(\Sigma \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) is {{c1::a diagonal matrix (in the sense that \(\Sigma_{ij} = 0\) when \(i \neq j\) and the diagonal values are non-negative and ordered in descending order)}}.
    2. \(U^\top U = I\) and \(V^\top V = I\) (\(U, V\) are orthogonal).
    3. The columns \(u_1, \dots, u_m\) of \(U\) are called the left-singular vectors of \(A\) and are orthonormal.
    4. The columns \(v_1, \dots, v_n\) of \(V\) are called the right-singular vectors of \(A\) and are orthonormal.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
    In the SVD:
    1. \(\Sigma \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) is {{c1::a diagonal matrix (in the sense that \(\Sigma_{ij} = 0\) when \(i \neq j\) and the diagonal values are non-negative and ordered in descending order)}}.
    2. \(U^\top U = I\) and \(V^\top V = I\) (\(U, V\) are orthogonal).
    3. The columns \(u_1, \dots, u_m\) of \(U\) are called the left-singular vectors of \(A\) and are orthonormal.
    4. The columns \(v_1, \dots, v_n\) of \(V\) are called the right-singular vectors of \(A\) and are orthonormal.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In the SVD:<br><ol><li>\(\Sigma \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) is {{c1::a diagonal matrix (in the sense that \(\Sigma_{ij} = 0\) when \(i \neq j\) and the diagonal values are non-negative and ordered in descending order)}}.</li><li>{{c2::\(U^\top U = I\) and \(V^\top V = I\) (\(U, V\) are orthogonal)::Property of V and U}}.</li><li>The columns \(u_1, \dots, u_m\) of \(U\) are called {{c3::the left-singular vectors of \(A\) and are orthonormal}}.</li><li>The columns \(v_1, \dots, v_n\) of \(V\) are called {{c3::the right-singular vectors of \(A\) and are orthonormal}}.</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

    Note 1530: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: xK>u_ueFdY
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
    Gaussian Elimination does not preserve EWs or EVs. 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
    Gaussian Elimination does not preserve EWs or EVs. 

    This means the EVs and EWs depend on the representation of the matrix, not on the subspaces they define.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Gaussian Elimination does {{c1::<b>not</b>}} preserve EWs or EVs.&nbsp;</div>
    Extra This means the EVs and EWs depend on the representation of the matrix, not on the subspaces they define.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings

    Note 1531: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: xn@gm`7I_o
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    Eine Linearkombination (LK) der Vektoren \( a_1, \ldots, a_n\) ist {{c2::ein Ausdruck der Form \( \alpha_1 a_1 + \cdots + \alpha_n a_n\) wobei \( \alpha_1, \ldots, \alpha_n \in \mathbb{R}\)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    Eine Linearkombination (LK) der Vektoren \( a_1, \ldots, a_n\) ist {{c2::ein Ausdruck der Form \( \alpha_1 a_1 + \cdots + \alpha_n a_n\) wobei \( \alpha_1, \ldots, \alpha_n \in \mathbb{R}\)}}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Eine {{c1::Linearkombination (LK)}} der Vektoren&nbsp;\( a_1, \ldots, a_n\) ist {{c2::ein Ausdruck der Form&nbsp;\( \alpha_1 a_1 + \cdots + \alpha_n a_n\) wobei&nbsp;\( \alpha_1, \ldots, \alpha_n \in \mathbb{R}\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1532: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: xs#S^-Mehy
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case
    \(\det (A^{-1}) =\) {{c1::\((\det (A))^{-1}\)}} 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case
    \(\det (A^{-1}) =\) {{c1::\((\det (A))^{-1}\)}} 

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(\det (A^{-1}) =\)&nbsp;{{c1::\((\det (A))^{-1}\)}}&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case

    Note 1533: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: x|?8Eu84o6
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
    \(AA^\dagger\) is the projection matrix on \(C(A)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
    \(AA^\dagger\) is the projection matrix on \(C(A)\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(AA^\dagger\) is the projection matrix on&nbsp;{{c1::\(C(A)\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties

    Note 1534: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: y$qWe[?^:_
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    Suppose that \(\{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} \not = \emptyset\).

    Then there exists a unique vector \(x_1 \in C(A^\top A)\) such that \(Ax_1 = b\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
    Suppose that \(\{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} \not = \emptyset\).

    Then there exists a unique vector \(x_1 \in C(A^\top A)\) such that \(Ax_1 = b\).

    This holds because \(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A )\) holds.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Suppose that \(\{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} \not = \emptyset\).<br><br>Then {{c1::there exists a <b>unique</b> vector \(x_1 \in C(A^\top A)\) such that \(Ax_1 = b\)}}.
    Extra This holds because&nbsp;\(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A )\)&nbsp;holds.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

    Note 1535: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: y9BDY!a~h?
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    Given a matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and an eigenvalue \(\lambda\) of \(A\) we call the dimension \(\dim(N(A - \lambda I))\) the geometric multiplicity of \(\lambda\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    Given a matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and an eigenvalue \(\lambda\) of \(A\) we call the dimension \(\dim(N(A - \lambda I))\) the geometric multiplicity of \(\lambda\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Given a matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and an eigenvalue \(\lambda\) of \(A\) we call {{c2::the dimension \(\dim(N(A - \lambda I))\)}} the {{c1::geometric multiplicity}} of \(\lambda\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1536: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: y;U[Cn>&)o
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    Let \(P\) be the projection matrix onto the subspace \(U \subset \mathbb{R}^n\). Then \(P\) has two eigenvalues, \(0\) and \(1\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    Let \(P\) be the projection matrix onto the subspace \(U \subset \mathbb{R}^n\). Then \(P\) has two eigenvalues, \(0\) and \(1\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Let \(P\) be the <i>projection matrix</i>&nbsp;onto the subspace \(U \subset \mathbb{R}^n\). Then \(P\) has {{c1::two eigenvalues, \(0\) and \(1\)::EW, EVs, and a complete set of real eigenvectors}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1537: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: yIi4+D4X>;
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    The LU decomposition is useful because (among other things) it is computationally more efficient when solving multiple \(Ax = b\) having the same \(A\) and different \(b\) 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
    The LU decomposition is useful because (among other things) it is computationally more efficient when solving multiple \(Ax = b\) having the same \(A\) and different \(b\) 

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The LU decomposition is useful because (among other things) {{c1::it is computationally more efficient when solving multiple&nbsp;\(Ax = b\)&nbsp;having the same&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;and different&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;}}.&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1538: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: yN#xD80(rp
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    Give an example of a non-diagonalisable matrix that does not have a full set of eigenvectors but still is invertible.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
    Give an example of a non-diagonalisable matrix that does not have a full set of eigenvectors but still is invertible.

    \[ A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 \\ 0 & 1 \end{bmatrix} \]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give an example of a non-diagonalisable matrix that does&nbsp;<b>not</b>&nbsp;have a full set of eigenvectors but still is invertible.
    Back \[ A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; 1 \\ 0 &amp; 1 \end{bmatrix} \]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

    Note 1539: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ykjbHKfbW]
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    Real symmetric matrices always have real eigenvalues.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
    Real symmetric matrices always have real eigenvalues.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Real symmetric matrices always have {{c1::real eigenvalues}}.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

    Note 1540: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: zC(mt0fx<^
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    \(z\overline{z} = |z|^2 \)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
    \(z\overline{z} = |z|^2 \)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(z\overline{z} = {{c1:: |z|^2 }} \)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

    Note 1541: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: zWR<9*,:U.
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::3._Eliminiation
    Permitted Operations in Gauss-Jordan-Elimination:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::3._Eliminiation
    Permitted Operations in Gauss-Jordan-Elimination:

    • Swap rows
    • Substract / Add rows
    • Divide Rows (which you can't in Gauss-Elimination)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Permitted Operations in Gauss-Jordan-Elimination:
    Back <ul><li>Swap rows</li><li>Substract / Add rows</li><li>Divide Rows (which you can't in Gauss-Elimination)</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::3._Eliminiation

    Note 1542: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: zXO6NKX&n3
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space
    Prove that the row space of \(A\) and \(MA\) is the same for \(M\) invertible!

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space
    Prove that the row space of \(A\) and \(MA\) is the same for \(M\) invertible!

    \(\textbf{R}(A) = \textbf{C}(A^\top) \overset{!}{=} \textbf{C}(A^\top M^\top) = \textbf{C}((MA)^\top) = \textbf{R}(MA)\)

    where ! holds because:

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Prove that the row space of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(MA\)&nbsp;is the same for&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;invertible!
    Back \(\textbf{R}(A) = \textbf{C}(A^\top) \overset{!}{=} \textbf{C}(A^\top M^\top) = \textbf{C}((MA)^\top) = \textbf{R}(MA)\)<br><br>where ! holds because:<br><img src="paste-ea957f48d3c85a5f248b4d58e27c47fa9a822af3.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space

    Note 1543: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: z[vF=azkGx
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
    The inverse matrix is unique and can be denoted \(A^{-1}\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
    The inverse matrix is unique and can be denoted \(A^{-1}\).

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The inverse matrix is {{c1::<b>unique</b>}} and can be denoted&nbsp;\(A^{-1}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties

    Note 1544: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: zh2KTU;saW
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    A matrix \(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is orthogonal when \(Q^\top Q = I\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
    A matrix \(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is orthogonal when \(Q^\top Q = I\)

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A matrix&nbsp;\(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)&nbsp;is orthogonal when&nbsp;{{c1::\(Q^\top Q = I\)}}.&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

    Note 1545: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: zz.w6i^0.V
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    A matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)  is invertible if and only if \[ \det(A) \neq 0 \]

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
    A matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)  is invertible if and only if \[ \det(A) \neq 0 \]

    If the unit cube collapses to have 0 volume (i.e. \(\det(A) = 0\)) then we lost a dimension and \(A\) cannot be invertible.

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)&nbsp; is <i>invertible</i>&nbsp;if and only if \[ \det(A) {{c1:: \neq 0 }}\]
    Extra If the unit cube collapses to have 0 volume (i.e. \(\det(A) = 0\)) then we lost a dimension and \(A\) cannot be invertible.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

    Note 1546: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: z{mV]q!JSS
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation
    How do we find the matrix \(A\) associated with a linear transformation \(T_A\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation
    How do we find the matrix \(A\) associated with a linear transformation \(T_A\)?

    For \(e_1, e_2, \dots, e_n\) we calculate \(T_A(e_k)\) to find the \(k\)-th column of \(A\): \[ A = \begin{bmatrix} | & | & \text{} & | \\ T(e_1) & T(e_2) & \dots & T(e_n) \\ | & | & \text{ } & | \end{bmatrix} \]

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we find the matrix&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;associated with a linear transformation&nbsp;\(T_A\)?
    Back For&nbsp;\(e_1, e_2, \dots, e_n\)&nbsp;we calculate&nbsp;\(T_A(e_k)\)&nbsp;to find the&nbsp;\(k\)-th column of&nbsp;\(A\):&nbsp;\[ A = \begin{bmatrix} | &amp; | &amp; \text{} &amp; | \\ T(e_1) &amp; T(e_2) &amp; \dots &amp; T(e_n) \\ | &amp; | &amp; \text{ } &amp; | \end{bmatrix} \]<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation

    Note 1547: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: z~{N,b0:-A
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
    The independent columns of \(A\), {{c1::span the column space \(\textbf{C}(A)\) of \(A\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
    The independent columns of \(A\), {{c1::span the column space \(\textbf{C}(A)\) of \(A\)}}.

    Proven by induction, adding elements that are a linear combination of other ones doesn't change span, thus we can iteratively remove the dependent columns.

    Lemma 2.11

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c2::independent}} columns of&nbsp;\(A\),&nbsp;{{c1::span the column space&nbsp;\(\textbf{C}(A)\)&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(A\)}}.
    Extra Proven by induction, adding elements that are a linear combination of other ones doesn't change span, thus we can iteratively remove the dependent columns.<br><br>Lemma 2.11
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank

    Note 1548: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: }ovjsBoRZ
    deleted

    Deleted Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension
    Let \(V\) be a vector space. A subset \(B \subseteq V\) is called a basis of \(V\) if 
    • \(B\) is linearly independent
    • {{c1::\(\textbf{Span}(B) = V\).}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension
    Let \(V\) be a vector space. A subset \(B \subseteq V\) is called a basis of \(V\) if 
    • \(B\) is linearly independent
    • {{c1::\(\textbf{Span}(B) = V\).}}

    Current

    Note has been deleted

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>Let \(V\) be a vector space. A subset \(B \subseteq V\) is called a basis of \(V\) if&nbsp;</div><div><ul><li>{{c1::\(B\) is linearly independent}}</li><li>{{c1::\(\textbf{Span}(B) = V\).}}</li></ul></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension

    Note 1549: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: A!-/#G=){
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    \(g \geq \Omega(f)\) \( \Leftrightarrow\) \( f \leq O(g)\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    \(g \geq \Omega(f)\) \( \Leftrightarrow\) \( f \leq O(g)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c2::\(g \geq \Omega(f)\)}}&nbsp;\( \Leftrightarrow\)&nbsp;{{c1::\( f \leq O(g)\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1550: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: A+lafWP/s]
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    In a directed graph we call a (\(\epsilon\)/Eulerian/Hamiltonian) walk/closed walk/path/cycle a directed (gerichtet) (\(\epsilon\)/Eulerian/Hamiltonian) walk/closed walk/path/cycle.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    In a directed graph we call a (\(\epsilon\)/Eulerian/Hamiltonian) walk/closed walk/path/cycle a directed (gerichtet) (\(\epsilon\)/Eulerian/Hamiltonian) walk/closed walk/path/cycle.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a directed graph we call a (\(\epsilon\)/Eulerian/Hamiltonian) walk/closed walk/path/cycle a {{c1::directed (<i>gerichtet</i>)}} (\(\epsilon\)/Eulerian/Hamiltonian) walk/closed walk/path/cycle.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

    Note 1551: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Reverso
    GUID: A1y[0:/g)f
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Closed Walk

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Closed Walk

    Zyklus
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Closed Walk
    Back Zyklus
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1552: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: A8P;P^G,v4
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms
    Runtime of sorting an array containing only \(1, 0\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms
    Runtime of sorting an array containing only \(1, 0\)?

    Using bucketsort, we can achieve \(O(n)\).

    We go through the array once, counting occurences of \(0\) as x. We then add \(x\) zeros in the beginning and fill the rest with 1s.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Runtime of sorting an array containing only&nbsp;\(1, 0\)?
    Back Using bucketsort, we can achieve&nbsp;\(O(n)\). <br><br>We go through the array once, counting occurences of&nbsp;\(0\)&nbsp;as x. We then add&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;zeros in the beginning and fill the rest with 1s.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms

    Note 1553: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: AJT5T7qaW3
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    Runtime of Find Closed Eulerian Path?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    Runtime of Find Closed Eulerian Path?

    \(O(n+m)\)

    In an Adjacency Matrix: runtime is \(O(n^2)\) as looping over all edges is \(O(n)\).

    In an Adjacency List: we loop \(n\) times over \(O(1 + \deg(u))\).
    Using the handshake lemma: \(\sum_{u \in V} (1 + \deg(u)) = n + \sum_{u \in V} \deg(u) = n + 2m\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Find Closed Eulerian Path
    Runtime \(O(n+m)\)
    Approach We want to be able to find closed walks in a graph. We can then merge them together to form a single closed walk, by exploiting shared vertices.<br><br>Algo:<br><ol><li>Start at vertex&nbsp;\(u_0\)&nbsp;arbitrary</li><li>For loop over edges. If not marked, mark and recurse.</li><li>Append vertex to list after execution</li></ol>&nbsp;Returns a list of vertices in order of a closed walk if there is one.<br><br>Example:<br><img src="paste-a669de30c7bc4a38d788fb96b6b5551a4781ec71.jpg"><br>Output:<br><img src="paste-b453826818903aa4da2ac10897e9dc0e177229b6.jpg">
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-b2cbbb1cb599a09a77bcc0e991ec4bcb83c586fb.jpg"><br><img src="paste-c82a6519899f9b1f1f49c932a2b252ff64a2184a.jpg">
    Extra Info In an Adjacency Matrix: runtime is&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)&nbsp;as looping over all edges is&nbsp;\(O(n)\).<br><br>In an Adjacency List: we loop&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;times over&nbsp;\(O(1 + \deg(u))\).<br>Using the handshake lemma:&nbsp;\(\sum_{u \in V} (1 + \deg(u)) = n + \sum_{u \in V} \deg(u) = n + 2m\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

    Note 1554: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: AQQfmx,sQF
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is acyclic (azyklisch) if it has no cycles (Kreise).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is acyclic (azyklisch) if it has no cycles (Kreise).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is {{c1::acyclic (<i>azyklisch</i>)}} if it {{c2::has no cycles (<i>Kreise</i>)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1555: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: AS{7LiImd:
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is bipartite if {{c2:: it's possible to partition the vertices into two sets \(V_1\) and \(V_2\) that are disjoint and cover the graph. Any edge \(\{u, v\}\) has to have one endpoint in \(V_1\) and the other in \(V_2\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is bipartite if {{c2:: it's possible to partition the vertices into two sets \(V_1\) and \(V_2\) that are disjoint and cover the graph. Any edge \(\{u, v\}\) has to have one endpoint in \(V_1\) and the other in \(V_2\)}}.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is {{c1::<b>bipartite</b>}} if {{c2:: it's possible to partition the vertices into two sets&nbsp;\(V_1\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(V_2\)&nbsp;that are disjoint and cover the graph. Any edge&nbsp;\(\{u, v\}\)&nbsp;has to have one endpoint in&nbsp;\(V_1\)&nbsp;and the other in&nbsp;\(V_2\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1556: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: AY}!l[d)1z
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Name the impossible cases in DFS pre/post ordering for edge \((u, v)\):
    • Overlapping but not nested intervals: 
    • {{c2:: \(\text{pre}(u)<\text{pre}(v)<\text{post}(u)<\text{post}(v)\): As visit(u) would call visit(v) before the recursive call ends.  }}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Name the impossible cases in DFS pre/post ordering for edge \((u, v)\):
    • Overlapping but not nested intervals: 
    • {{c2:: \(\text{pre}(u)<\text{pre}(v)<\text{post}(u)<\text{post}(v)\): As visit(u) would call visit(v) before the recursive call ends.  }}
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Name the impossible cases in DFS pre/post ordering for edge&nbsp;\((u, v)\):<br><ul><li>{{c1::Overlapping but not nested intervals:&nbsp;<img src="paste-b7976dbbff12de2b44594553e0c91633f59e9c05.jpg">}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;\(\text{pre}(u)&lt;\text{pre}(v)&lt;\text{post}(u)&lt;\text{post}(v)\):&nbsp;As visit(u)&nbsp;would call visit(v) before the recursive call ends.&nbsp;<img src="paste-a6fc070f96de8bd2b8148e3891cf956fd611a0a2.jpg">&nbsp;}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

    Note 1557: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: Ah4U@kYYNJ
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::1._Linear_Search
    Runtime of Linear Search?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::1._Linear_Search
    Runtime of Linear Search?

    \(\Theta(n)\) as we go through the entire list once.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Linear Search
    Runtime \(\Theta(n)\)&nbsp;as we go through the entire list once.
    Requirements Linear search does <i>not</i> require a sorted array, it will perform the same on any array.
    Approach Go through the entire list and compare the current element to the one we are looking for.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::1._Linear_Search

    Note 1558: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ah6X9iA&#j
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack
    The ADT stack has the following operations:
    • push(k, S): push a new object k to the top of the stack S
    • pop(S): remove and return the top element of the stack S
    • top(S): get the top element of the stack S without deleting it

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack
    The ADT stack has the following operations:
    • push(k, S): push a new object k to the top of the stack S
    • pop(S): remove and return the top element of the stack S
    • top(S): get the top element of the stack S without deleting it

    Other operations might be isEmpty or emptystack which produces and emtpy stack.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The ADT&nbsp;<b>stack</b>&nbsp;has the following operations:<br><ul><li><b>push(k, S)</b>: {{c1:: push a new object&nbsp;<b>k</b>&nbsp;to the top of the stack&nbsp;<b>S</b>}}</li><li><b>pop(S)</b>: {{c2:: remove and return the top element of the stack&nbsp;<b>S</b>}}</li><li><b>top(S)</b>: {{c3:: get the top element of the stack&nbsp;<b>S</b>&nbsp;without deleting it}}</li></ul>
    Extra Other operations might be&nbsp;<b>isEmpty</b>&nbsp;or&nbsp;<b>emptystack</b>&nbsp;which produces and emtpy stack.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack

    Note 1559: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: AqQ}Ty8GRj
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort
    How do we fix the Quicksort worst-case runtime?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort
    How do we fix the Quicksort worst-case runtime?

    Chose a random element as the pivot.

    Median of medians algo ideal but too complex to implement.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we fix the Quicksort worst-case runtime?
    Back Chose a random element as the pivot.<br><br>Median of medians algo ideal but too complex to implement.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort

    Note 1560: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Au,kdh[/@(
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    A safe edge is an edge that is included in at all MSTs.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    A safe edge is an edge that is included in at all MSTs.

    all, If the edge-weights are distinct, which means there is one unique MST.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A {{c1::<b>safe edge</b>}} is an {{c2:: edge that is included in at <i>all</i>&nbsp;MSTs}}.
    Extra <div><i>all,&nbsp;</i>If the edge-weights are distinct, which means there is one unique MST.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

    Note 1561: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Auw]yKf@xT
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

    \(\text{pre}(u) < \text{pre}(v) < \text{post}(v) < \text{post}(u)\), but not tree edge: Forward edge

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

    \(\text{pre}(u) < \text{pre}(v) < \text{post}(v) < \text{post}(u)\), but not tree edge: Forward edge
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge&nbsp;\((u, v)\):<br><br>\(\text{pre}(u) &lt; \text{pre}(v) &lt; \text{post}(v) &lt; \text{post}(u)\), but <b>not tree edge</b>: {{c1:: Forward edge}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

    Note 1562: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: B#Jj9:E=8j
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    Cut and Paste Proof of Cut-Property:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    Cut and Paste Proof of Cut-Property:

    Let \((S, V \setminus S)\) be any cut of a graph \(G\).

    Let \(e = (u,v)\) be the minimal edge crossing this cut. 
    We want to show that \(e \in T\). 

    1. Assume \(e \not \in T\) for contradiction.
    2. Since \(T\) is a spanning tree, \(T \cup {u}\) contains a cycle, crossing the cut at least twice (once via \(e\) and once via another edge \(e’\).)
    3. We now construct \(T’= (T \cup {e}) \setminus {e’}\) which breaks the cycle but keeps the MST property.
    4. Since \(w(e) < w(e’)\), \(w(T’) < w(T)\) and thus \(T\) is not an MST.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Cut and Paste Proof of <b>Cut-Property</b>:
    Back <div>Let \((S, V \setminus S)\)&nbsp;be any cut of a graph \(G\).</div><div><br></div><div>Let&nbsp;\(e = (u,v)\)&nbsp;be the minimal edge crossing this cut.&nbsp;</div><div>We want to show that&nbsp;\(e \in T\).&nbsp;</div><div><br></div><div><ol><li>Assume&nbsp;\(e \not \in T\)&nbsp;for contradiction.</li><li>Since&nbsp;\(T\)&nbsp;is a spanning tree, \(T \cup {u}\)&nbsp;contains a cycle, crossing the cut at least twice (once via&nbsp;\(e\)&nbsp;and once via another edge&nbsp;\(e’\).)</li><li>We now construct&nbsp;\(T’= (T \cup {e}) \setminus {e’}\)&nbsp;which breaks the cycle but keeps the MST property.</li><li>Since&nbsp;\(w(e) &lt; w(e’)\),&nbsp;\(w(T’) &lt; w(T)\)&nbsp;and thus&nbsp;\(T\)&nbsp;is not an MST.</li></ol></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

    Note 1563: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: B)ghZbgf?6
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
    Describe the steps of Prim's Algorithm:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
    Describe the steps of Prim's Algorithm:

    Prim’s algorithm starts with a single vertex and grows the MST outwards from that seed.
    1. Initialisation:
      • Select and arbitrary starting vertex \(s\) and empty set \(F\)
      • Set \(S = {s}\) tracks the vertices in the MST
      • Each vertex gets a key[v] = representing the cheapest known connection cost to \(v\):
        • \(\infty\) if no edge connects \(s\) to \(v\)
        • \(w(s, v)\) if edge \((s, v)\) exists
      • Use a priority queue \(Q\) (Min-Heap) to store the vertices, in order of lowest key cost
    2. Iteration:
      • Select and add Extract the vertex \(u\) with the minimum key from \(Q\). This is the cheapest to connected to the current MST. Add \(u\) to \(S\).
      • Update Neighbours For each neighbour \(v\) of \(u\) not in \(S\):
        • If \(w(u, v) < \text{key}[v]\) update key[v] = w(u, v) and update the priority in $Q$.
          • This discovers potentially cheaper connections to vertices outside the current MST. If a cheaper edge to \(v\) is found, the current value in key[v] cannot be part of the MST
    3. Termination: When \(Q\) is empty, all vertices are in \(S\) and connected, and the edges chosen are in the MST (tracked in the set \(F\) through updates).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Describe the steps of&nbsp;<b>Prim's Algorithm</b>:
    Back <div>Prim’s algorithm starts with a single vertex and grows the MST outwards from that seed.</div> <ol> <li><strong>Initialisation:</strong><ul> <li>Select and arbitrary starting vertex&nbsp;\(s\)&nbsp;and empty set&nbsp;\(F\)</li> <li>Set&nbsp;\(S = {s}\)&nbsp;tracks the vertices in the MST</li> <li>Each vertex gets a <code>key[v] =</code> representing the cheapest known connection cost to&nbsp;\(v\):<ul> <li>\(\infty\)&nbsp;if no edge connects&nbsp;\(s\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(v\)</li> <li>\(w(s, v)\)&nbsp;if edge&nbsp;\((s, v)\)&nbsp;exists</li> </ul> </li> <li>Use a priority queue&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;(<em>Min-Heap</em>) to store the vertices, in order of lowest <code>key</code> cost</li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Iteration:</strong><ul> <li><em>Select and add</em> Extract the vertex&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;with the minimum <code>key</code> from&nbsp;\(Q\). This is the cheapest to connected to the current MST. Add&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(S\).</li> <li><em>Update Neighbours</em> For each neighbour&nbsp;<b>\(v\)&nbsp;</b>of&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;<em>not</em> in&nbsp;\(S\):<ul> <li>If&nbsp;\(w(u, v) &lt; \text{key}[v]\)&nbsp;update <code>key[v] = w(u, v)</code> and update the priority in $Q$.<ul> <li>This discovers potentially cheaper connections to vertices outside the current MST. If a <em>cheaper edge</em> to&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;is found, the current value in <code>key[v]</code> cannot be part of the MST</li> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Termination:</strong> When&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;is empty, all vertices are in&nbsp;\(S\)&nbsp;and connected, and the edges chosen are in the MST (tracked in the set&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;through updates).</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1564: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Reverso
    GUID: B+m&Yt;~bM
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Path

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Path

    Pfad
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Path
    Back Pfad
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1565: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: B/7aNL0zYE
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Boruvka's Algorithm has a runtime of  \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Boruvka's Algorithm has a runtime of  \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\).

    During each iteration, we examine all edges to find the cheapest one: \(O(|V| + |E|)\):
    1. Run DFS to find the connected components: \(O(|V| + |E|)\)
    2. Find the cheapest one \(O(|E|)\)
    We iterate a total of \(\log_2 |V|\) times as each iteration halves the number of connected components.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>Boruvka's Algorithm</b>&nbsp;has a runtime of {{c1::&nbsp;\(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\)}}.
    Extra During each iteration, we examine all edges to find the cheapest one:&nbsp;\(O(|V| + |E|)\):<br><ol><li>Run DFS to find the connected components:&nbsp;\(O(|V| + |E|)\)</li><li>Find the cheapest one&nbsp;\(O(|E|)\)</li></ol>We iterate a total of&nbsp;\(\log_2 |V|\)&nbsp;times as each iteration halves the number of connected components.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1566: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: B9BorfLC*u
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\)::Sum}} \(\leq\) \(O(n^2)\) 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\)::Sum}} \(\leq\) \(O(n^2)\) 
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\)::Sum}}&nbsp;\(\leq\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(O(n^2)\)}}&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1567: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: BRmyi3>lm%
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DELETE
    Runtime of
    DFS

    Runtime: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| + |V|) \)}}

    Approach:

    Uses:
    ?



    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>DFS</b></div><div><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| + |V|) \)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::Explore as far as possible along each branch before backtracking. Potentially keep track of pre- / post-numbers to make edge classifications.}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::Detect cycles (if backward edge), <b>topological sorting </b>(reverse post-ordering), test if bipartite, mazes, ...}}</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1568: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Bb-m%-jtI|
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

    \(\text{pre}(v) < \text{post}(v) < \text{pre}(u) < \text{post}(u)\): Cross edge, \(u, v\) in different subtrees

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

    \(\text{pre}(v) < \text{post}(v) < \text{pre}(u) < \text{post}(u)\): Cross edge, \(u, v\) in different subtrees
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge&nbsp;\((u, v)\):<br><br>\(\text{pre}(v) &lt; \text{post}(v) &lt; \text{pre}(u) &lt; \text{post}(u)\): {{c1:: Cross edge,&nbsp;\(u, v\)&nbsp;in different subtrees}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

    Note 1569: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Bgd/GP4-Fq
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is a tree if it is connected and has no cycles (Kreise).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is a tree if it is connected and has no cycles (Kreise).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is a {{c1::tree}} if it is {{c2::connected and has no cycles (<i>Kreise</i>)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1570: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Bq5(?)1v6(
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
    What does \(\prod_{i=1}^n a_i\) mean?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
    What does \(\prod_{i=1}^n a_i\) mean?

    it is the product of all numbers between \(i\) and \(n\), in this specific case it is \(n!\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does&nbsp;\(\prod_{i=1}^n a_i\)&nbsp;mean?
    Back it is the product of all numbers between&nbsp;\(i\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(n\), in this specific case it is&nbsp;\(n!\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction

    Note 1571: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Br&58pkCU{
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    We start counting the height of a tree at \(0\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    We start counting the height of a tree at \(0\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We start counting the height of a tree at {{c1::\(0\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

    Note 1572: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: BvQCv]T&c0
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(\log(n!))\leq O(n \log(n))\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(\log(n!))\leq O(n \log(n))\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(\log(n!))}}\leq {{c2::O(n \log(n))}}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

    Note 1573: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: BwR)%}KG6h
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Boruvka's Algorithm requires an undirected, connected, weighted Graph.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Boruvka's Algorithm requires an undirected, connected, weighted Graph.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>Boruvka's Algorithm</b>&nbsp;requires an {{c1:: undirected, connected, weighted}} Graph.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1574: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Bz)mOB:[n-
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    2-3 Tree: The runtime of search, insertion and deletion is \(O(\log n)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    2-3 Tree: The runtime of search, insertion and deletion is \(O(\log n)\).

    This is because the tree is now forced to be balanced and \(h \leq \log_2 n\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>2-3 Tree</b>: The runtime of search, insertion and deletion is{{c1::&nbsp;\(O(\log n)\)}}.
    Extra This is because the tree is now forced to be balanced and&nbsp;\(h \leq \log_2 n\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

    Note 1575: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: C$#TvbwG_l
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::8._Longest_Ascending_Subsequence
    Runtime of Longest Ascending Subsequence (Längste Aufsteigende Teilfolge)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::8._Longest_Ascending_Subsequence
    Runtime of Longest Ascending Subsequence (Längste Aufsteigende Teilfolge)?

    \(\Theta(n \log n)\)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Longest Ascending Subsequence (Längste Aufsteigende Teilfolge)
    Runtime \(\Theta(n \log n)\)
    Approach For an array A[1..n]&nbsp;<b>longest</b>&nbsp;subsequence (non-continuous) that is ascending.<br><br>DP Table with entry&nbsp;\(M(l) = a\)&nbsp;where a ist the smallest possible ending of a LAT with length&nbsp;\(l\).<br><ul><li>Base Cases:&nbsp;&nbsp;\(M[*] = \infty\)</li><li>Recursion: set&nbsp;\(M[k]\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(A[i]\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(k\)&nbsp;is the index of the next smallest + 1 in&nbsp;\(M\).</li></ul>We can find the smaller with binary search, thus&nbsp;\(\log n \)&nbsp;search for&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;elements -&gt;&nbsp;\(\Theta(n \log n)\).<br><img src="paste-1b9069bf0a881a3cd3900a4de699cac89f0498b8.jpg"><br>
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-0cd3692a4a909acf7f7ae0540eb6d714fc346b41.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::8._Longest_Ascending_Subsequence

    Note 1576: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: C1$vvwFoR0
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    In graph theory, a closed Eulerian walk (Eulerzyklus) is an Eulerian walk (Eulerweg) that ends at the start vertex.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    In graph theory, a closed Eulerian walk (Eulerzyklus) is an Eulerian walk (Eulerweg) that ends at the start vertex.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In graph theory, a&nbsp;{{c2::closed Eulerian walk (Eulerzyklus)}} is an {{c1::Eulerian walk (Eulerweg) that ends at the start vertex}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

    Note 1577: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: C5BRbDI3JL
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::4._Exact_Calls
    j = 1
    while j <= n do
        j = 2j
        f()
    Sum form of exact calls of f()?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::4._Exact_Calls
    j = 1
    while j <= n do
        j = 2j
        f()
    Sum form of exact calls of f()?

    \[\sum_{j = 0}^{\lfloor \log_2 n \rfloor}\]
    We go from \(0\) to \(\lfloor \log_2 n \rfloor\) not from \(1\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <pre><code>j = 1 while j &lt;= n do j = 2j f()<br></code></pre> Sum form of exact calls of f()?
    Back <div></div><div>\[\sum_{j = 0}^{\lfloor \log_2 n \rfloor}\]</div><div>We go from \(0\) to \(\lfloor \log_2 n \rfloor\) not from \(1\).</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::4._Exact_Calls

    Note 1578: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: C9v-$JhadV
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    If \(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\) tends to 0, then \(f \leq O(g)\) and \(f \neq \Theta(g)\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    If \(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\) tends to 0, then \(f \leq O(g)\) and \(f \neq \Theta(g)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If&nbsp;\(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\)&nbsp;tends to {{c1:: 0}}, then {{c2::\(f \leq O(g)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(f \neq \Theta(g)\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1579: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: CJsa&>C5sO
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm
    Can Kruskal's Algorithm be executed in \(O(|E| + |V|\log|V|)\) time?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm
    Can Kruskal's Algorithm be executed in \(O(|E| + |V|\log|V|)\) time?

    No, we need to sort the edges which takes at least \(|E| \log |E|\) time.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Can Kruskal's Algorithm be executed in&nbsp;\(O(|E| + |V|\log|V|)\)&nbsp;time?
    Back No, we need to sort the edges which takes at least&nbsp;\(|E| \log |E|\)&nbsp;time.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm

    Note 1580: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: CaRvZ82Z-e
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}}  \(=\)   \(n^3\) 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}}  \(=\)   \(n^3\) 
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp; \(n^3\)}}&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1581: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ceyt5d#^?A
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    \( g = \Theta(f)\) \(\Leftrightarrow\) {{c1:: \(g \leq O(f) \text{ and } f \leq O(g)\)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    \( g = \Theta(f)\) \(\Leftrightarrow\) {{c1:: \(g \leq O(f) \text{ and } f \leq O(g)\)}}
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c2::\( g = \Theta(f)\)}}&nbsp;\(\Leftrightarrow\)&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(g \leq O(f) \text{ and } f \leq O(g)\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1582: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Cnkg?3]K
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort
    Quicksort space complexity?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort
    Quicksort space complexity?

    \(O(n)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Quicksort space complexity?
    Back \(O(n)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort

    Note 1583: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Cz/kys?.PN
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Every undirected graph that contains a Hamilton path also contains an eulerian walk?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Every undirected graph that contains a Hamilton path also contains an eulerian walk?

    No.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Every undirected graph that contains a Hamilton path also contains an eulerian walk?
    Back No.<br><img alt="" src="paste.png">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1584: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: C}:U@+B*;Q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^3\)::Sum}}  \(\leq\) \(O(n^4)\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^3\)::Sum}}  \(\leq\) \(O(n^4)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^3\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(\leq\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(O(n^4)\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1585: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: D!4=n6GM2_
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::3._Doubly_Linked_List
    In a doubly linked list, we store a pointer to the previous and next element for each key.

    This increases memory usage as a trade-off for speed.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::3._Doubly_Linked_List
    In a doubly linked list, we store a pointer to the previous and next element for each key.

    This increases memory usage as a trade-off for speed.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a&nbsp;<b>doubly linked list</b>, we store a pointer to the {{c1:: previous and next element}} for each key.<br><br>This increases {{c2::memory usage}} as a trade-off for {{c2:: speed}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::3._Doubly_Linked_List

    Note 1586: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: D%cpEp.*I3
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    What is l'Hôpital's Rule?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    What is l'Hôpital's Rule?

    If \(\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x) = \lim_{x \to \infty} g(x) = \infty\) (or both \(=0\)), and \(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\) exists (or is \(\pm\infty\)), then:

    \(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f(x)}{g(x)} = \lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is l'Hôpital's Rule?
    Back <div>If \(\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x) = \lim_{x \to \infty} g(x) = \infty\)&nbsp;(or both \(=0\)), and \(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\)&nbsp;exists (or is \(\pm\infty\)), then:<br></div><div><br></div> <div>\(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f(x)}{g(x)} = \lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\)</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1587: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: D2>~h
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue
    The ADT queue has the following operations:
    • enqueue(k, S): append at the end of the queue
    • dequeue(S): remove and return the first element of the queue

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue
    The ADT queue has the following operations:
    • enqueue(k, S): append at the end of the queue
    • dequeue(S): remove and return the first element of the queue
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The ADT&nbsp;<b>queue</b>&nbsp;has the following operations:<br><ul><li><b>enqueue(k, S)</b>: {{c2:: append at the end of the queue}}</li><li><b>dequeue(S)</b>: {{c4:: remove and return the first element of the queue}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue

    Note 1588: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: D9:.N,D17I
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is called a directed acyclic graph (DAG) (gerichteter azyklischer Graph) if there is no directed cycles (gerichteter Kreis).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is called a directed acyclic graph (DAG) (gerichteter azyklischer Graph) if there is no directed cycles (gerichteter Kreis).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is called a {{c1::directed acyclic graph (DAG) (<i>gerichteter azyklischer Graph</i>)}} if there is {{c2::no directed cycles (<i>gerichteter Kreis</i>)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

    Note 1589: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: DD]dBe%Sn|
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::2._Binary_Search
    Runtime of Binary Search?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::2._Binary_Search
    Runtime of Binary Search?

    \(O(\log(n))\) (optimal)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Binary Search
    Runtime \(O(\log(n))\)&nbsp;(optimal)
    Requirements Sorted Array
    Approach Start in the middle of the array.&nbsp;<br><br>If the middle element is the target element, return the current index.<br><br>Else if the middle elment is larger (smaller) than the target element, continue recursively on the left (right) half of the array.
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-c63669116a3e862cbe19f556da7b184c6cecc888.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::2._Binary_Search

    Note 1590: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: D]]~[I)jx9
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::5._Lower_Bound_for_Sorting
    What is the lower limit for sorting algorithms?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::5._Lower_Bound_for_Sorting
    What is the lower limit for sorting algorithms?

    \(\Omega(n \log n)\) cannot be improved upon.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the lower limit for sorting algorithms?
    Back \(\Omega(n \log n)\)&nbsp;cannot be improved upon.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::5._Lower_Bound_for_Sorting

    Note 1591: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Dc@O2/=Azj
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    The number of edges in an MST are  \(|V| - 1\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    The number of edges in an MST are  \(|V| - 1\).

    Otherwise we could remove one and it would still span the edges, thus the cost is not minimal.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The number of edges in an MST are {{c1::&nbsp;\(|V| - 1\)}}.
    Extra Otherwise we could remove one and it would still span the edges, thus the cost is not minimal.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

    Note 1592: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: DeJ!2ph{Al
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
    Runtime of Johnson's Algorithm?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
    Runtime of Johnson's Algorithm?

    \(O(|V| \cdot (|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\) (running dijkstra's n times, but allows negatives)


    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Johnson's Algorithm
    Runtime \(O(|V| \cdot (|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\)&nbsp;(running dijkstra's n times, but allows negatives)<br><img src="paste-b0103885454d02688fec99eb8383f57710d89f68.jpg">
    Requirements No negative cycles
    Approach <ol><li><b>Add a New Vertex:</b><ul><li>Add a new vertex s to the graph and connect it to all vertices with zero-weight edges.&nbsp;</li> </ul></li><li><b>Run Bellman-Ford</b>:<ul><li>Use the Bellman-Ford algorithm starting from s to compute the shortest distance h[v] from s to each vertex v.</li><li>If a negative-weight cycle is detected, stop.</li></ul></li><li><b>Reweight Edges</b>: <ul><li>For each edge u → v with weight w(u, v), reweight it as: w′(u, v) = w(u, v) + h[u] − h[v]</li><li>This ensures all edge weights are non-negative.</li> </ul> </li><li><b>Run Dijkstra’s Algorithm:</b><ul><li>For each vertex v, use Dijkstra’s algorithm to compute the shortest paths to all other vertices.</li> </ul></li><li><b>Adjust Back</b>:<ul><li>Convert the distances back to the original weights using: d′(u, v) = d′(u, v) − h[u] + h[v]</li> </ul></li><li><b>End:</b></li><ul><li>The resulting shortest path distances between all pairs of vertices are valid.</li></ul></ol><div>The overall higher cost allows us to run pre-computation steps like Bellman-Ford for "free".</div>
    Use Case All Pairs Shortest Path
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm

    Note 1593: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: DhNROhdDaL
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    A Minimum Spanning Tree is a subgraph of a connected, undirected, weighted graph that fullfills:
    • spanning, it connects all vertices
    • acylic, it's a tree
    • minimal, the sum of all edge weights in the Tree is minimal

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    A Minimum Spanning Tree is a subgraph of a connected, undirected, weighted graph that fullfills:
    • spanning, it connects all vertices
    • acylic, it's a tree
    • minimal, the sum of all edge weights in the Tree is minimal
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A <b>Minimum Spanning Tree</b>&nbsp;is a subgraph of a {{c1:: connected, undirected, weighted}} graph that fullfills:<br><ul><li>{{c2:: spanning, it connects all vertices}}</li><li>{{c3:: acylic, it's a tree}}</li><li>{{c4:: minimal, the sum of all edge weights in the Tree is minimal}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

    Note 1594: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: DkT;0O|rUB
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
    What is \(\log x\) in AuD classes?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
    What is \(\log x\) in AuD classes?

    \(\log_2 x\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is&nbsp;\(\log x\) in AuD classes?
    Back \(\log_2 x\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction

    Note 1595: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Dkf-+^.Z}
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
    What does the Master theorem state when it comes to the upper bound on the asymptotic runtime of a function?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
    What does the Master theorem state when it comes to the upper bound on the asymptotic runtime of a function?

    Let \(a, C > 0\) and \(b \geq 0\) be constants and let \(T: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\) a function such that for all even \(n \in \mathbb{N}\)
    \(T(n) \leq aT(\frac{n}{2}) + Cn^b\). 
    Then for all \(n = 2^k\) the following statements hold:
    1. if \(b > \log_2a\), \(T(n) \leq O(n^b)\)
    2. if \(b = \log_2a\), \(T(n) \leq O(n^{log_2a}\log n)\)
    3. if \(b < \log_2a\), \(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2a})\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does the Master theorem state when it comes to the upper bound on the asymptotic runtime of a function?
    Back Let&nbsp;\(a, C &gt; 0\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(b \geq 0\)&nbsp;be constants and let&nbsp;\(T: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)&nbsp;a function such that for all even&nbsp;\(n \in \mathbb{N}\)<br>\(T(n) \leq aT(\frac{n}{2}) + Cn^b\).&nbsp;<br>Then for all&nbsp;\(n = 2^k\)&nbsp;the following statements hold:<br>1. if&nbsp;\(b &gt; \log_2a\),&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq O(n^b)\)<br>2. if&nbsp;\(b = \log_2a\),&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq O(n^{log_2a}\log n)\)<br>3. if&nbsp;\(b &lt; \log_2a\),&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2a})\)<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1596: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Dn~?XXlS(X
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    We can run DFS in \(O(m)\) if we know the graph is connected, i.e. \(m \geq n - 1\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    We can run DFS in \(O(m)\) if we know the graph is connected, i.e. \(m \geq n - 1\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We can run DFS in&nbsp;\(O(m)\)&nbsp;if {{c1:: we know the graph is connected, i.e.&nbsp;\(m \geq n - 1\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

    Note 1597: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: D{#5DM:PFn
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(1) \leq O(\log(n))\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(1) \leq O(\log(n))\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(1)}} \leq {{c2::O(\log(n))}}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

    Note 1598: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: E%2HyUMa`
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is connected (Zusammenhängend) if it has one connected component.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is connected (Zusammenhängend) if it has one connected component.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is {{c1::connected (<i>Zusammenhängend</i>)}} if it has {{c2::one connected component}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1599: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: E>+A_WABT2
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^3\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::\(\frac{n^2(n + 1)^2}{4}\)}} 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^3\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::\(\frac{n^2(n + 1)^2}{4}\)}} 
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^3\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(\frac{n^2(n + 1)^2}{4}\)}}&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1600: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Image Occlusion-73a2c
    GUID: EE{ugGOkjL
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    Back-, forward- or cross-edge?
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.5722:top=.7727:width=.2045:height=.0564:oi=1
    image-occlusion:text:left=.2943:top=.1886:angle=993:text=B←F:scale=.7864:fs=.1133:oi=1
    image-occlusion:text:left=.6445:top=.7008:text=G←H:scale=.5385:fs=.1133:oi=1
    image-occlusion:text:left=.2618:top=.5681:angle=989:text=E→G:scale=.6858:fs=.1133:oi=1
    image-occlusion:polygon:left=.1879:top=.2465:points=.1883,.2528 .2183,.2471 .2906,.3622 .4248,.4067 .4267,.4432 .3206,.4409 .2165,.3417:oi=1
    image-occlusion:polygon:left=.1513:top=.5749:points=.1517,.5846 .177,.5755 .2653,.7123 .4032,.791 .4023,.8377 .3,.8161 .1968,.7169:oi=1

    Back

    Back-, forward- or cross-edge?
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.5722:top=.7727:width=.2045:height=.0564:oi=1
    image-occlusion:text:left=.2943:top=.1886:angle=993:text=B←F:scale=.7864:fs=.1133:oi=1
    image-occlusion:text:left=.6445:top=.7008:text=G←H:scale=.5385:fs=.1133:oi=1
    image-occlusion:text:left=.2618:top=.5681:angle=989:text=E→G:scale=.6858:fs=.1133:oi=1
    image-occlusion:polygon:left=.1879:top=.2465:points=.1883,.2528 .2183,.2471 .2906,.3622 .4248,.4067 .4267,.4432 .3206,.4409 .2165,.3417:oi=1
    image-occlusion:polygon:left=.1513:top=.5749:points=.1517,.5846 .177,.5755 .2653,.7123 .4032,.791 .4023,.8377 .3,.8161 .1968,.7169:oi=1
    Magenta: Back
    Turquoise: Forward
    Yellow: Cross
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Occlusion {{c2::image-occlusion:rect:left=.5722:top=.7727:width=.2045:height=.0564:oi=1}}<br>{{c0::image-occlusion:text:left=.2943:top=.1886:angle=993:text=B←F:scale=.7864:fs=.1133:oi=1}}<br>{{c0::image-occlusion:text:left=.6445:top=.7008:text=G←H:scale=.5385:fs=.1133:oi=1}}<br>{{c0::image-occlusion:text:left=.2618:top=.5681:angle=989:text=E→G:scale=.6858:fs=.1133:oi=1}}<br>{{c1::image-occlusion:polygon:left=.1879:top=.2465:points=.1883,.2528 .2183,.2471 .2906,.3622 .4248,.4067 .4267,.4432 .3206,.4409 .2165,.3417:oi=1}}<br>{{c3::image-occlusion:polygon:left=.1513:top=.5749:points=.1517,.5846 .177,.5755 .2653,.7123 .4032,.791 .4023,.8377 .3,.8161 .1968,.7169:oi=1}}<br>
    Image <img src="paste-92fb45dcbaee894af9f32d9c2de935b1985dd979.jpg">
    Header Back-, forward- or cross-edge?
    Back Extra Magenta: Back<br>Turquoise: Forward<br>Yellow: Cross
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

    Note 1601: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ew6/RqtSN]
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    The {{c1::in-degree \(\deg_{\text{in} }(v)\) (Eingangsgrad)}} of a vertex in a directed graph is the number of edges that have \(v\) as the end-vertex.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    The {{c1::in-degree \(\deg_{\text{in} }(v)\) (Eingangsgrad)}} of a vertex in a directed graph is the number of edges that have \(v\) as the end-vertex.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c1::in-degree&nbsp;\(\deg_{\text{in} }(v)\)&nbsp;(<i>Eingangsgrad</i>)}} of a vertex in a directed graph is the {{c2::number of edges that have&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;as the end-vertex}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

    Note 1602: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: F*Z7jn}vxk
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List
    The ADT List defines the following operations:
    • insert(k, L): insert the key K at the end of the list L
    • get(i, L): return the memory address of the i-th key in list L
    • delete(k, L): remove the key k from the list L
    • insertAfter(k, k', L): inserts the key k' after the key k in the list L

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List
    The ADT List defines the following operations:
    • insert(k, L): insert the key K at the end of the list L
    • get(i, L): return the memory address of the i-th key in list L
    • delete(k, L): remove the key k from the list L
    • insertAfter(k, k', L): inserts the key k' after the key k in the list L
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The ADT <b>List</b> defines the following operations:<br><ul><li><b>insert(k, L)</b>: {{c1:: insert the key&nbsp;<b>K</b>&nbsp;at the end of the list&nbsp;<b>L</b>}}</li><li><b>get(i, L)</b>: {{c2:: return the memory address of the i-th key in list&nbsp;<b>L</b>}}</li><li><b>delete(k, L)</b>: {{c3:: remove the key <b>k</b>&nbsp;from the list&nbsp;<b>L</b>}}</li><li><b>insertAfter(k, k', L)</b>: {{c4:: inserts the key&nbsp;<b>k'</b>&nbsp;after the key&nbsp;<b>k</b>&nbsp;in the list&nbsp;<b>L</b>}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List

    Note 1603: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: FAEpag8L6e
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    Runtime Determine if Hamiltonian path exists?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    Runtime Determine if Hamiltonian path exists?

    Hamiltonian walk - exponential, we have to brute-force
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>Runtime</b>&nbsp;Determine if <b>Hamiltonian path</b>&nbsp;exists?
    Back Hamiltonian walk - <b>exponential</b>, we have to brute-force
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

    Note 1604: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: FG1IbvZ*6[
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::2._Binary_Search
    The depth \(h\) of a seach tree of any comparison-based algorithm satisfies which bound?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::2._Binary_Search
    The depth \(h\) of a seach tree of any comparison-based algorithm satisfies which bound?

    \(h \geq \Omega(\log n)\) this is information theoretically the least amount of comparisons necessary.

    Note that \(h \not \leq O(n)\) necessarily as we could have a really stupid algorithm that compares thrice for example.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front The depth&nbsp;\(h\)&nbsp;of a seach tree of any comparison-based algorithm satisfies which bound?
    Back \(h \geq \Omega(\log n)\)&nbsp;this is information theoretically the least amount of comparisons necessary.<br><br>Note that&nbsp;\(h \not \leq O(n)\)&nbsp;necessarily as we could have a really stupid algorithm that compares thrice for example.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::2._Binary_Search

    Note 1605: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: FS|421SN1o
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
    Explain how union works in the optimised Union-Find:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
    Explain how union works in the optimised Union-Find:

    Arrays:
    • rep, where rep[v] gives the representative of \(v\).
    • members, where members[rep[v]] which contains all members of the ZHK of \(v\)
    • rank, where rank[rep[v]] contains the size of the ZHK of \(v\).
    We always merge the smaller ZHK into the bigger to minimise updates.

    We update the reps, then the membership lists and finally the size.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Explain how union works in the optimised&nbsp;<b>Union-Find:</b>
    Back Arrays:<br><ul><li><b>rep</b>, where&nbsp;<b>rep[v]</b>&nbsp;gives the representative of \(v\).</li><li><b>members</b>, where&nbsp;<b>members[rep[v]]&nbsp;</b>which contains all members of the ZHK of&nbsp;\(v\)<br></li><li><b>rank</b>, where&nbsp;<b>rank[rep[v]]</b>&nbsp;contains the size of the ZHK of \(v\).</li></ul><div>We always merge the smaller ZHK into the bigger to minimise updates.</div><img src="paste-5129796b3ae6c46edebbaae726a47f0c892c2435.jpg"><br>We update the reps, then the membership lists and finally the size.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find

    Note 1606: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: FYr.:eNxT,
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    Types of 2-3 Tree nodes:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    Types of 2-3 Tree nodes:

    Keys in left (middle, right) sub-tree \(l\) (\(m, r\) respect.ively):
    1. 2 children: 1 separator \(s\) s.t. for  \(l \leq s < r\).
    2. 3 children: 2 separators \(s_1, s_2\) s.t. \(l \leq s_1 < m \leq s_2 < r\)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Types of&nbsp;<b>2-3 Tree</b>&nbsp;nodes:
    Back Keys in left (middle, right) sub-tree&nbsp;\(l\)&nbsp;(\(m, r\)&nbsp;respect.ively):<br><ol><li>2 children: 1 separator&nbsp;\(s\)&nbsp;s.t. for &nbsp;\(l \leq s &lt; r\).</li><li>3 children: 2 separators&nbsp;\(s_1, s_2\)&nbsp;s.t.&nbsp;\(l \leq s_1 &lt; m \leq s_2 &lt; r\)</li></ol><img src="paste-099f4518906c93c69e397c80221d3fd5535c17e2.jpg"><br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

    Note 1607: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: F^&OZQURkx
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue
    The ADT queue can be efficiently implemented using a singly linked list with a pointer to the end:
    • push:   \(O(1)\) insert at the end, with pointer to the end
    • pop:   \(O(1)\) remove the first element like in a stack

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue
    The ADT queue can be efficiently implemented using a singly linked list with a pointer to the end:
    • push:   \(O(1)\) insert at the end, with pointer to the end
    • pop:   \(O(1)\) remove the first element like in a stack
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The ADT&nbsp;<b>queue</b>&nbsp;can be efficiently implemented using a {{c1::<b>singly linked list with a pointer to the end</b>}}:<br><ul><li><b>push</b>: {{c2::&nbsp; \(O(1)\)&nbsp;insert at the end, with pointer to the end}}<br></li><li><b>pop</b>: {{c3::&nbsp; \(O(1)\)&nbsp;remove the first element like in a stack}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue

    Note 1608: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: F^nhYx>fXl
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
    Runtime of
    Boruvka

    Runtime:

    Approach: Add all vertices to the set of components (so every vertex has its own component). As long as the size of the components set is greater than 1, connect each component to the one with the cheapest edge.

    Uses: Find MST in weighted, undirected graph
    ?



    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>Boruvka</b></div><div><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: </div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: Add all vertices to the set of components (so every vertex has its own component). As long as the size of the components set is greater than 1, connect each component to the one with the cheapest edge.</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: Find MST in weighted, undirected graph</div>
    Approach <ol><li>For Boruvka, we start with the set of edges&nbsp;\(F = \emptyset\). We treat each of the&nbsp;<em>isolated vertices</em>&nbsp;of the graph as it’s&nbsp;<em>own connected component</em>.</li><li>Each vertex marks it’s cheapest outgoing edge as a&nbsp;<em>safe edge</em>&nbsp;(making use of the cut property). We add these to&nbsp;\(F\).</li></ol><ul><li>Note that some of the edges might be chosen by both adjacent vertices, we still only add them once.<br><img src="paste-053ccf0acc6d560628bd8518b928a0d6c2687cb1.jpg"></li></ul><ol><li>Now, repeat by finding the cheapest outgoing edge for each component. Do this until all are connected.</li><li>\(F\)&nbsp;constitutes the edges of the MST.</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1609: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Fn+W}!cgj0
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
    If we know that shortest paths have a length of max \(h\), runtime of algo to find them?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
    If we know that shortest paths have a length of max \(h\), runtime of algo to find them?

    We can find them in \(O(h|E|)\) using Bellman-Ford since we only need to relax \(h\) times.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front If we know that shortest paths have a length of max&nbsp;\(h\), runtime of algo to find them?
    Back We can find them in&nbsp;\(O(h|E|)\)&nbsp;using Bellman-Ford since we only need to relax&nbsp;\(h\)&nbsp;times.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm

    Note 1610: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Fzt_!E{2Xk
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    Master Theorem: In \(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\),   \(Cn^b\) is the work done outside the recursive calls (\(\geq 0\)).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    Master Theorem: In \(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\),   \(Cn^b\) is the work done outside the recursive calls (\(\geq 0\)).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Master Theorem: In&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\),&nbsp; &nbsp;\(Cn^b\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: the work done outside the recursive calls (\(\geq 0\))}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1611: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: F{a&v[Q@_W
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Let \(W\) be a walk and let \(u\) be a vertex, what is \(\text{deg}_W(u)\)? (generally)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Let \(W\) be a walk and let \(u\) be a vertex, what is \(\text{deg}_W(u)\)? (generally)

    The number of edges incident to \(u\) which are part of \(W\) but repetitions are included, therefore it is possible that \(\text{deg}(u) < \text{deg}_W(u)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Let&nbsp;\(W\)&nbsp;be a walk and let&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;be a vertex, what is&nbsp;\(\text{deg}_W(u)\)? (generally)
    Back The number of edges incident to&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;which are part of&nbsp;\(W\)&nbsp;but&nbsp;<b>repetitions are included</b>, therefore it is possible that&nbsp;\(\text{deg}(u) &lt; \text{deg}_W(u)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1612: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: G9Xwk@MZZb
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    What does \(f \leq O(h)\) mean exactly?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    What does \(f \leq O(h)\) mean exactly?

    \(\forall C > 0\) we have \(c \cdot f \leq O(h)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does&nbsp;\(f \leq O(h)\)&nbsp;mean exactly?
    Back \(\forall C &gt; 0\)&nbsp;we have&nbsp;\(c \cdot f \leq O(h)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1613: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: G<9txw#|QX
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    The {{c1::out-degree \(\deg_{\text{out} }(v)\) (Ausgangsgrad)}} of a vertex in a directed graph is the number of edges that have \(v\) as the start-vertex.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    The {{c1::out-degree \(\deg_{\text{out} }(v)\) (Ausgangsgrad)}} of a vertex in a directed graph is the number of edges that have \(v\) as the start-vertex.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c1::out-degree&nbsp;\(\deg_{\text{out} }(v)\)&nbsp;(<i>Ausgangsgrad</i>)}} of a vertex in a directed graph is the {{c2::number of edges that have&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;as the start-vertex}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

    Note 1614: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: G?trbZc%;
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
    What is a sufficient condition to show that \(f = \Theta(g)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
    What is a sufficient condition to show that \(f = \Theta(g)\)?

    Let   \(N\) be an infinite subset of \(\mathbb{N}\) and \(f: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)  and \(g: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)
    then \(\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty} \frac{f(n)}{g(n)} = C \in \mathbb{R}^+\) then \(f = \Theta(g)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a sufficient condition to show that&nbsp;\(f = \Theta(g)\)?
    Back Let   \(N\)&nbsp;be an infinite subset of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(f: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\) &nbsp;and&nbsp;\(g: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)<br>then&nbsp;\(\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty} \frac{f(n)}{g(n)} = C \in \mathbb{R}^+\)&nbsp;then&nbsp;\(f = \Theta(g)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1615: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: GA*(aETcmb
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Which datastructure is best for DFS?

    In a sparse graph an adjacency list is better, in a dense graph an adjacency matrix is better.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Which datastructure is best for DFS?

    In a sparse graph an adjacency list is better, in a dense graph an adjacency matrix is better.

    \(|E| \geq |V|^2 / 10\), then DFS has the same runtime in the worst-case using adjacency matrices or lists as \(|V| + |E| \leq |V| + |V|^2 \)which is \(O(n^2)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Which datastructure is best for DFS?<br><br>In a sparse graph {{c1:: an adjacency list is better}}, in a dense graph {{c1:: an adjacency matrix is better}}.
    Extra \(|E| \geq |V|^2 / 10\), then DFS has the same runtime in the worst-case using adjacency matrices or lists as&nbsp;\(|V| + |E| \leq |V| + |V|^2 \)which is&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

    Note 1616: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Image Occlusion-73a2c
    GUID: GKG~Tp?e4l
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    Note that the key parameter of insertAfter and delete in lists refers to the actual node, not it's value.
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.592:top=.4403:width=.0786:height=.0963:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.5847:top=.571:width=.0859:height=.0963:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.444:top=.6983:width=.0786:height=.0963:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.313:width=.0859:height=.1101:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.5884:top=.313:width=.0822:height=.1032:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.4404:top=.5641:width=.0932:height=.1032:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.5779:width=.0859:height=.0894:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.4367:top=.3061:width=.0895:height=.117:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.4367:top=.4472:width=.0895:height=.0963:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.7839:top=.6983:width=.0968:height=.0963:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.5879:top=.6944:width=.0749:height=.1042:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.4403:width=.0822:height=.1101:oi=1

    Back

    Note that the key parameter of insertAfter and delete in lists refers to the actual node, not it's value.
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.592:top=.4403:width=.0786:height=.0963:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.5847:top=.571:width=.0859:height=.0963:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.444:top=.6983:width=.0786:height=.0963:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.313:width=.0859:height=.1101:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.5884:top=.313:width=.0822:height=.1032:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.4404:top=.5641:width=.0932:height=.1032:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.5779:width=.0859:height=.0894:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.4367:top=.3061:width=.0895:height=.117:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.4367:top=.4472:width=.0895:height=.0963:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.7839:top=.6983:width=.0968:height=.0963:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.5879:top=.6944:width=.0749:height=.1042:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.4403:width=.0822:height=.1101:oi=1
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Occlusion {{c5::image-occlusion:rect:left=.592:top=.4403:width=.0786:height=.0963:oi=1}}<br>{{c10::image-occlusion:rect:left=.5847:top=.571:width=.0859:height=.0963:oi=1}}<br>{{c12::image-occlusion:rect:left=.444:top=.6983:width=.0786:height=.0963:oi=1}}<br>{{c3::image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.313:width=.0859:height=.1101:oi=1}}<br>{{c2::image-occlusion:rect:left=.5884:top=.313:width=.0822:height=.1032:oi=1}}<br>{{c11::image-occlusion:rect:left=.4404:top=.5641:width=.0932:height=.1032:oi=1}}<br>{{c7::image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.5779:width=.0859:height=.0894:oi=1}}<br>{{c1::image-occlusion:rect:left=.4367:top=.3061:width=.0895:height=.117:oi=1}}<br>{{c4::image-occlusion:rect:left=.4367:top=.4472:width=.0895:height=.0963:oi=1}}<br>{{c8::image-occlusion:rect:left=.7839:top=.6983:width=.0968:height=.0963:oi=1}}<br>{{c9::image-occlusion:rect:left=.5879:top=.6944:width=.0749:height=.1042:oi=1}}<br>{{c6::image-occlusion:rect:left=.7912:top=.4403:width=.0822:height=.1101:oi=1}}<br>
    Image <img src="paste-23c061cb30ffed672306e15e86915df3f8b7d353.jpg">
    Header Note that the key parameter of insertAfter and delete in lists refers to the actual node, not it's value.<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List

    Note 1617: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Gr6wW?Nt0R
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
    How is a binary tree stored in memory? What are the indices of the children for a parent index \(k\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
    How is a binary tree stored in memory? What are the indices of the children for a parent index \(k\)?

    The children of a node k in a tree are at \(2k\) and \(2k + 1\).
    This means that the tree is stored in memory by levels.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How is a binary tree stored in memory? What are the indices of the children for a parent index&nbsp;\(k\)?
    Back The children of a node k in a tree are at&nbsp;\(2k\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(2k + 1\). <br>This means that the tree is stored in memory <b>by levels</b>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees

    Note 1618: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: GsU2XikyZ:
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths
    We use Johnsons over Floyd-Warshall, when the graph is sparse, like in a tree.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths
    We use Johnsons over Floyd-Warshall, when the graph is sparse, like in a tree.

    Then the \(|E|\) doesn't matter much in comparison to Floyd-Warshall's \(|V|^3\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We use <b>Johnsons</b>&nbsp;over&nbsp;<b>Floyd-Warshall</b>, when the graph is {{c1:: sparse, like in a tree}}.
    Extra Then the&nbsp;\(|E|\)&nbsp;doesn't matter much in comparison to Floyd-Warshall's&nbsp;\(|V|^3\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths

    Note 1619: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Gt4c53(i;/
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In graph theory, a Hamiltonian path (Hamiltonpfad) is a path (Pfad) that contains every vertex (every vertex exactly once as it's a path).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In graph theory, a Hamiltonian path (Hamiltonpfad) is a path (Pfad) that contains every vertex (every vertex exactly once as it's a path).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In graph theory, a {{c2::Hamiltonian path (<i>Hamiltonpfad</i>)}} is a {{c1::path (<i>Pfad</i>) that contains every vertex (every vertex exactly once as it's a path)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1620: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: H0^#YREe-o
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    The 2-3 Trees we are covering in this course are external search-trees.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    The 2-3 Trees we are covering in this course are external search-trees.

    This means that the values are stored in the leaves only. The nodes are for "navigation".
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The&nbsp;<b>2-3 Trees </b>we are covering in this course are {{c1::external}} search-trees.
    Extra This means that the values are stored in the leaves only. The nodes are for "navigation".
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

    Note 1621: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: H>#zg]RQy9
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    Do we need positive edges for an MST?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    Do we need positive edges for an MST?

    No, the algorithms can handle negative edges as there are no distances to compute.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Do we need positive edges for an MST?
    Back No, the algorithms can handle negative edges as there are no distances to compute.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

    Note 1622: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: H?Cs9sT6&{
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    2-3 Tree: Insertion steps:
    1. Search for the correct node under which the key is inserted: \(O(\log_2 n)\)
    2. Insert the new key value (or that of another child, as works) as a separator
    3. Rebalance (if necessary, i.e. more than 3 keys)
    • split node into two nodes (each gets 2 children and 1 seps)
    • the middle sep is pushed to the parent level (and propagate)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    2-3 Tree: Insertion steps:
    1. Search for the correct node under which the key is inserted: \(O(\log_2 n)\)
    2. Insert the new key value (or that of another child, as works) as a separator
    3. Rebalance (if necessary, i.e. more than 3 keys)
    • split node into two nodes (each gets 2 children and 1 seps)
    • the middle sep is pushed to the parent level (and propagate)

    The rebalancing being recursively pushed to the parent limits the operations at the height \(h\) thus we get \(O(\log n)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>2-3 Tree</b>: Insertion steps:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Search for the correct node under which the key is inserted:&nbsp;\(O(\log_2 n)\)}}</li><li>{{c2::Insert the new key value (or that of another child, as works) as a&nbsp;<b>separator</b>}}</li><li>{{c3::<b>Rebalance</b>&nbsp;(if necessary, i.e. more than 3 keys)<br></li></ol><ul><li>split node into two nodes (each gets 2 children and 1 seps)</li><li>the middle sep is pushed to the parent level (and propagate)}}</li></ul>
    Extra The rebalancing being recursively pushed to the parent limits the operations at the height&nbsp;\(h\)&nbsp;thus we get&nbsp;\(O(\log n)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

    Note 1623: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: HNA(>OC%7u
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::1._Array
    In an array we can:
    • Insert in  \(O(1)\) as we know the first empty cell in the array and can just write the key there
    • Get in \(O(1)\) as we know the offset for each key
    • InsertAfter in \(\Theta(l)\), since we have to shift the entire contents of the array behind the newly inserted element by 1.
    • Delete in \(\Theta(l)\) as in the worst case (Delete first element) we need to shift all to the left by 1.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::1._Array
    In an array we can:
    • Insert in  \(O(1)\) as we know the first empty cell in the array and can just write the key there
    • Get in \(O(1)\) as we know the offset for each key
    • InsertAfter in \(\Theta(l)\), since we have to shift the entire contents of the array behind the newly inserted element by 1.
    • Delete in \(\Theta(l)\) as in the worst case (Delete first element) we need to shift all to the left by 1.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In an array we can:<br><ul><li><b>Insert</b> in {{c1::&nbsp;\(O(1)\)&nbsp;as we know the first empty cell in the array and can just write the key there}}</li><li><b>Get</b> in {{c2::\(O(1)\)&nbsp;as we know the offset for each key}}</li><li><b>InsertAfter</b>&nbsp;in {{c3::\(\Theta(l)\), since we have to shift the entire contents of the array behind the newly inserted element by 1.}}<br></li><li><b>Delete</b>&nbsp;in {{c4::\(\Theta(l)\)&nbsp;as in the worst case (Delete first element) we need to shift all to the left by 1.}}<br></li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::1._Array

    Note 1624: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: HVQq>1?_s&
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
    What is an Invariant?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
    What is an Invariant?

    An invariant holds before, for each iteration and after. We use it to prove an algorithm preserves a certain property.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>What is an Invariant?</b>
    Back An invariant holds before, for each iteration and after. We use it to prove an algorithm preserves a certain property.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction

    Note 1625: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Hw9:{9d7k0
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    How do we derive a lower limit for a sum? 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    How do we derive a lower limit for a sum? 

    Take a limited number of terms, which is then automatically lower than the sum.
    \[ \frac{n^4}{2^4} = \frac{n}{2} \cdot (\frac{n}{2})^3 = \sum_{i = \frac{n}{2}}^n (\frac{n}{2})^3 \leq \sum_{i = 1}^n i^3 = 1^3 + \ ... \ + (\frac{n}{2})^3 + \ ... \ + n^3 \]
    Here we take only the n/2 term.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we derive a <b>lower</b>&nbsp;limit for a sum?&nbsp;
    Back Take a <b>limited number of terms</b>, which is then automatically <b>lower</b> than the sum.<br>\[ \frac{n^4}{2^4} = \frac{n}{2} \cdot (\frac{n}{2})^3 = \sum_{i = \frac{n}{2}}^n (\frac{n}{2})^3 \leq \sum_{i = 1}^n i^3 = 1^3 + \ ... \ + (\frac{n}{2})^3 + \ ... \ + n^3 \]<br>Here we take only the n/2 term.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1626: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: H{hvq(0Rc-
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    Sei \(G\) ein ungerichteter, gewichteter und zusammenhängender Graph.

    Nehmen Sie an, dass es eine eindeutige Kante mit Gewicht \(1\) gibt und, dass das Gewicht aller anderen Kanten strikt größer als \(1\) ist.

    Dann enthält jeder minimale Spannbaum von \(G\) die Kante \(e\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    Sei \(G\) ein ungerichteter, gewichteter und zusammenhängender Graph.

    Nehmen Sie an, dass es eine eindeutige Kante mit Gewicht \(1\) gibt und, dass das Gewicht aller anderen Kanten strikt größer als \(1\) ist.

    Dann enthält jeder minimale Spannbaum von \(G\) die Kante \(e\).

    True

    Wir wählen immer die Kante \(e\), weil sie die günstigste Art die ZHK's zu verbinden ist.

    Siehe Cut Property.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Sei&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;ein ungerichteter, gewichteter und zusammenhängender Graph. <br><br>Nehmen Sie an, dass es eine eindeutige Kante mit Gewicht&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;gibt und, dass das Gewicht aller anderen Kanten strikt größer als&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;ist.<br><br><div>Dann enthält jeder minimale Spannbaum von&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;die Kante \(e\).</div>
    Back True<br><br>Wir wählen immer die Kante&nbsp;\(e\), weil sie die günstigste Art die ZHK's zu verbinden ist.<br><br>Siehe Cut Property.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

    Note 1627: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: I&{k}F8qaf
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    What edges cannot appear in a graph?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    What edges cannot appear in a graph?

    • Self-loops (\(\{v, v\} \in V\))
    • Multigraphs, i.e. same edge twice in the same graph
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What edges cannot appear in a graph?
    Back <ul><li>Self-loops (\(\{v, v\} \in V\))</li><li>Multigraphs, i.e. same edge twice in the same graph</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1628: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: IE=7&p8[(7
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In an undirected graph, what is special about pre/post-ordering:
    • back-edges = forward-edges
    • cross edges are not possible

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In an undirected graph, what is special about pre/post-ordering:
    • back-edges = forward-edges
    • cross edges are not possible
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In an undirected graph, what is special about pre/post-ordering:<br><ul><li><div>{{c2::back-edges = forward-edges}}</div></li><li><div><div>cross edges {{c1::are not possible}}</div></div></li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1629: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: IV81kgA3~6
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
    Prim's Algorithm Invariants:
    \(\forall v \not \in S, v \neq s\), \(d[v] = \) {{c1:: \(\min \{ w(u, v) \ | \ (u, v) \in E, u \in S \}\)(\(\infty\) if no such edge exists)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
    Prim's Algorithm Invariants:
    \(\forall v \not \in S, v \neq s\), \(d[v] = \) {{c1:: \(\min \{ w(u, v) \ | \ (u, v) \in E, u \in S \}\)(\(\infty\) if no such edge exists)}}.

    The 3rd invariant \[d[v] = \begin{cases} 0, & \text{if } v = s \text{ (the starting vertex)} \\ \min_{(u,v) \in E : u \in S} {w(u,v)}, & \text{if } v \in V \setminus S \text{ and } \exists (u,v) \in E \text{ with } u \in S \\ \infty, & \text{if } v \in V \setminus S \text{ and } \nexists (u,v) \in E \text{ with } u \in S \end{cases}\]ensures that d[v] always reflects the minimum cost to reach vertex v from the current MST.

    We always want to add the vertex with the cheapest edge connecting it to the MST, thus this invariant has to hold in order for the algorithm to be correct.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Prim's Algorithm Invariants:<br>\(\forall v \not \in S, v \neq s\),&nbsp;\(d[v] = \)&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(\min \{ w(u, v) \ | \ (u, v) \in E, u \in S \}\)(\(\infty\)&nbsp;if no such edge exists)}}.
    Extra <div>The 3rd invariant&nbsp;\[d[v] = \begin{cases} 0, &amp; \text{if } v = s \text{ (the starting vertex)} \\ \min_{(u,v) \in E : u \in S} {w(u,v)}, &amp; \text{if } v \in V \setminus S \text{ and } \exists (u,v) \in E \text{ with } u \in S \\ \infty, &amp; \text{if } v \in V \setminus S \text{ and } \nexists (u,v) \in E \text{ with } u \in S \end{cases}\]ensures that d[v] always reflects the minimum cost to reach vertex v from the current MST.</div><div><br></div> <div>We always want to add the vertex with the cheapest edge connecting it to the MST, thus this invariant has to hold in order for the algorithm to be correct.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm

    Note 1630: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: IXC|=r,qdR
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    The distance \(d(u, v)\) in a directed graph is defined as shortest length of a walk from \(u\) to \(v\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    The distance \(d(u, v)\) in a directed graph is defined as shortest length of a walk from \(u\) to \(v\).

    Keep in mind in a weighted graph, this might mean the cheapest, which refers to cost not length.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The distance&nbsp;\(d(u, v)\)&nbsp;in a directed graph is defined as {{c1:: shortest length of a walk from&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(v\)}}.
    Extra Keep in mind in a weighted graph, this might mean the&nbsp;<b>cheapest</b>, which refers to&nbsp;<b>cost</b>&nbsp;not length.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

    Note 1631: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Ip_w|jj[VT
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    How can we quickly check whether an Eulerian walk exists?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    How can we quickly check whether an Eulerian walk exists?

    We can check the degrees of the vertices, an Eulerian walk exists only if at most 2 vertices have an odd degree

    This is because if a vertex has an odd degree, it must either be the start point or the endpoint as otherwise we would not be able to leave from it
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we quickly check whether an Eulerian walk exists?
    Back We can check the degrees of the vertices, an Eulerian walk exists only if at most 2 vertices have an odd degree<br><br>This is because if a vertex has an odd degree, it must either be the start point or the endpoint as otherwise we would not be able to leave from it
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

    Note 1632: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: J!K^!6M$e^
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
    Differences between Subarray vs. Subsequence vs. Subset:
    • Subarray: continous partition of the original
    • Subsequence: non-continous partition
    • Subset: any subset (order does not matter)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
    Differences between Subarray vs. Subsequence vs. Subset:
    • Subarray: continous partition of the original
    • Subsequence: non-continous partition
    • Subset: any subset (order does not matter)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Differences between Subarray vs. Subsequence vs. Subset:<br><ul><li><b>Subarray</b>: {{c1:: continous partition of the original}}</li><li><b>Subsequence</b>: {{c2:: non-continous partition}}</li><li><b>Subset:</b> {{c3:: any subset (order does not matter)}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming

    Note 1633: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: J%Ue&}vC`>
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    In a directed graph, for the edge \(e = (u, v)\), \(u\) is the direct predecessor (Vorgänger) of \(v\) and \(v\) the direct successor (Nachfolger of \(u\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    In a directed graph, for the edge \(e = (u, v)\), \(u\) is the direct predecessor (Vorgänger) of \(v\) and \(v\) the direct successor (Nachfolger of \(u\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a directed graph, for the edge&nbsp;\(e = (u, v)\),&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;is the {{c1::direct predecessor (<i>Vorgänger</i>)}} of&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;the {{c1::direct successor (<i>Nachfolger</i>}} of&nbsp;\(u\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

    Note 1634: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: J5#2&7I#l3
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A vertex with {{c1::\(\deg_{\text{out} }(v) = 0\)}} is called a sink (Senke).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A vertex with {{c1::\(\deg_{\text{out} }(v) = 0\)}} is called a sink (Senke).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A vertex with {{c1::\(\deg_{\text{out} }(v) = 0\)}} is called a {{c2::sink (<i>Senke</i>)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1635: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: J5>uyKCn19
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary
    The ADT Dictionary implements the following methods:
    • search(x, W) returns the position of the key x in memory
    • insert(x, W) Insert the key x into W, as long as it’s not saved there yet
    • delete(x, W) find and delete the key x from W

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary
    The ADT Dictionary implements the following methods:
    • search(x, W) returns the position of the key x in memory
    • insert(x, W) Insert the key x into W, as long as it’s not saved there yet
    • delete(x, W) find and delete the key x from W
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The ADT Dictionary implements the following methods:<br><ul><li>{{c1::<b>search(x, W)</b> returns the position of the key x in memory}}</li><li>{{c2::<b>insert(x, W)</b> Insert the key <b>x</b> into <b>W</b>, as long as it’s not saved there yet}}<br></li><li>{{c3::<b>delete(x, W)</b> find and delete the key <b>x</b> from <b>W</b>}}<br></li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary

    Note 1636: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Jm.C(wC@Lp
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^2\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::\(\frac{n(n + 1)(2n + 1)}{6}\)}} 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^2\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::\(\frac{n(n + 1)(2n + 1)}{6}\)}} 
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^2\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(\frac{n(n + 1)(2n + 1)}{6}\)}}&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1637: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Jm{y&aYo^p
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    For \(u, v \in V\) we say that \(u\) reaches \(v\) (erreicht) if there is a walk with endpoints \(u\) and \(v\) (or a path).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    For \(u, v \in V\) we say that \(u\) reaches \(v\) (erreicht) if there is a walk with endpoints \(u\) and \(v\) (or a path).

    Reachability is an equivalence relation.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For&nbsp;\(u, v \in V\)&nbsp;we say that {{c1::\(u\)&nbsp;<b>reaches</b>&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;(<i>erreicht</i>)}} if {{c2::there is a walk with endpoints&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;(or a path)}}.
    Extra Reachability is an <b>equivalence relation</b>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1638: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Jp{gN:I7yh
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \log(i)\)::Sum}}  \(=\) \(\log(n!)\) 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \log(i)\)::Sum}}  \(=\) \(\log(n!)\) 
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \log(i)\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(\log(n!)\)}}&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1639: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: K(FaD(&[!I
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    In an undirected graph, what does \(E\) contain?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    In an undirected graph, what does \(E\) contain?

    \(E\) is the set of all edges, which are unordered pairs \(e = \{u, v\}\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front In an undirected graph, what does&nbsp;\(E\)&nbsp;contain?
    Back \(E\)&nbsp;is the set of all edges, which are unordered pairs&nbsp;\(e = \{u, v\}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

    Note 1640: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: KCjL6r:?jQ
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph with more than \(n-1\) edges has a cycle if it is undirected.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph with more than \(n-1\) edges has a cycle if it is undirected.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A graph with more than&nbsp;\(n-1\)&nbsp;edges has {{c1::a cycle}} if it is {{c1::undirected}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1641: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: KD23pBO,?%
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
    Runtime of
    Johnson

    Runtime: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| \cdot |V| + |V|^2 \cdot \log|V|)\)}}

    Approach:

    Uses:
    ?



    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>Johnson</b></div><div><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| \cdot |V| + |V|^2 \cdot \log|V|)\)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::Idea: Make all edges positive and then perform Dijkstra  \(n\)&nbsp;times. To do this, create an additional node that is linked to each node with edge weight 0 and store for each node a height&nbsp;\(h(x)\), where&nbsp;\(h(x)\)&nbsp;is equal to the shortest path from the new node n to the node x (might be negative). The new weights are calculated with&nbsp;\(w'(u,v) = w(u,v) + h(u) - h(v)\).}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::All-to-all shortest paths in directed graphs without negative cycles.}}</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1642: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: KgqO:Z_iT+
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(\sqrt n \leq O(n)\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(\sqrt n \leq O(n)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\(\sqrt n \leq {{c1::O(n)}}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

    Note 1643: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Image Occlusion-73a2c
    GUID: KoR^|Dl^:[
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    image-occlusion:rect:left=.0993:top=.1668:width=.1045:height=.5974
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.2342:top=.1117:width=.0565:height=.6158
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.3241:top=.1209:width=.1087:height=.625
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.4651:top=.0933:width=.1252:height=.6709
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.6206:top=.0933:width=.0687:height=.6618
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.7196:top=.1393:width=.0656:height=.6158
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.8101:top=.1393:width=.068:height=.579
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.908:top=.1393:width=.0711:height=.5515

    Back

    image-occlusion:rect:left=.0993:top=.1668:width=.1045:height=.5974
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.2342:top=.1117:width=.0565:height=.6158
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.3241:top=.1209:width=.1087:height=.625
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.4651:top=.0933:width=.1252:height=.6709
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.6206:top=.0933:width=.0687:height=.6618
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.7196:top=.1393:width=.0656:height=.6158
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.8101:top=.1393:width=.068:height=.579
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.908:top=.1393:width=.0711:height=.5515
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Occlusion {{c1::image-occlusion:rect:left=.0993:top=.1668:width=.1045:height=.5974}}<br>{{c2::image-occlusion:rect:left=.2342:top=.1117:width=.0565:height=.6158}}<br>{{c3::image-occlusion:rect:left=.3241:top=.1209:width=.1087:height=.625}}<br>{{c4::image-occlusion:rect:left=.4651:top=.0933:width=.1252:height=.6709}}<br>{{c5::image-occlusion:rect:left=.6206:top=.0933:width=.0687:height=.6618}}<br>{{c6::image-occlusion:rect:left=.7196:top=.1393:width=.0656:height=.6158}}<br>{{c7::image-occlusion:rect:left=.8101:top=.1393:width=.068:height=.579}}<br>{{c8::image-occlusion:rect:left=.908:top=.1393:width=.0711:height=.5515}}<br>
    Image <img src="paste-89cdffb68fa0e6c27975c01b222032a46336dc8d.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1644: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: L#@+crYi2-
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    Bipartite Test with BFS:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    Bipartite Test with BFS:

    We substitute bipartite for two-colourable. 

    While traversing the tree, in each layer, we colour all vertices with the same. If we then encounter a vertex with the same colour during traversal, it's not two-colourable.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Bipartite Test with BFS:
    Back We substitute bipartite for two-colourable.&nbsp;<br><br>While traversing the tree, <b>in each layer</b>, we <b>colour all vertices with the same</b>. If we then <b>encounter </b>a vertex with the<b> same colour</b> during traversal, it's <b>not two-colourable</b>.<br><br><img src="paste-c8749f8e54bcf6eb4c7cd1ac37ca03ea43e15fd6.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

    Note 1645: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: L4[cTT%fZ]
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::3._Induction
    Provide the outline of an induction proof.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::3._Induction
    Provide the outline of an induction proof.

    We want to prove that ... for \(n \geq 5\)

    Base Case: Let \(n = 5\) .... So the property holds for \(n = 5\).
    Induction Hypothesis: We assume the property is true for some \(k \geq 5\)
    Induction Step: We must show that the property holds for \(k + 1\).

    By the principle of mathematical induction ... is true for all \(n \geq 5\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Provide the outline of an induction proof.
    Back We want to prove that ... for&nbsp;\(n \geq 5\)<br><br><b>Base Case:&nbsp;</b>Let&nbsp;\(n = 5\)&nbsp;.... So the property holds for&nbsp;\(n = 5\).<br><b>Induction Hypothesis:</b>&nbsp;We assume the property is true for some&nbsp;\(k \geq 5\)<br><b>Induction Step:</b>&nbsp;We must show that the property holds for \(k + 1\).<br><br>By the principle of mathematical induction ... is true for all&nbsp;\(n \geq 5\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::3._Induction

    Note 1646: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: LGV&:!
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Prim's Algorithm requires an undirected, connected, weighted Graph.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Prim's Algorithm requires an undirected, connected, weighted Graph.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>Prim's Algorithm</b>&nbsp;requires an {{c1:: undirected, connected, weighted}} Graph.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1647: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: L`3Iw:nx:Z
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::6._Subset_Sum
    Runtime of Subset Sum (Teilsummenproblem)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::6._Subset_Sum
    Runtime of Subset Sum (Teilsummenproblem)?

    \(\Theta(n \cdot b)\) (Pseudo-Polynomial)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Subset Sum (Teilsummenproblem)
    Runtime \(\Theta(n \cdot b)\)&nbsp;(Pseudo-Polynomial)
    Requirements We want to find the subset \(I \subseteq \{1, \dots, n\}\)&nbsp;such that \(\sum_{i \in I} A[i] = b\)&nbsp;(must not exist for all \(b\)).<br><br>\(T(i,s)\)&nbsp;is 1 if there exists a subset from 1 to i that sums to s<br><ul><li>Base Case: T(0, 0) = 1 as we can use&nbsp;</li><li>Recursion:&nbsp;\( T(i, s) = T(i - 1, s) \ \lor \ T(i - 1, s - A[i]) \)</li></ul><div>Either we use A[i] or we don't.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::6._Subset_Sum

    Note 1648: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ld,vXkta~C
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue
    The ADT priorityQueue has the following operations:
    • insert: insert with priority p
    • extractMax: removes and returns element with highest priority.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue
    The ADT priorityQueue has the following operations:
    • insert: insert with priority p
    • extractMax: removes and returns element with highest priority.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The ADT <b>priorityQueue</b>&nbsp;has the following operations:<br><ul><li><b>insert</b>: {{c1::insert with priority&nbsp;<b>p}}</b><br></li><li><b>extractMax:</b>&nbsp;{{c2::removes and returns element with highest priority.}}<br></li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue

    Note 1649: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: LqP`8lU$&o
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort
    Runtime of Insertion Sort?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort
    Runtime of Insertion Sort?

    Best Case: \(O(n \log n)\)
    Worst Case: \(O(n^2)\)


    This insertion is not in constant time! We have to swap with each previous element!
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Insertion Sort
    Runtime <div>Best Case:&nbsp;\(O(n \log n)\)</div><div>Worst Case:&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)</div>
    Approach For insertion sort, we start at the left-side and create our sorted array there. We take the next element from the unsorted ones and insert it at the correct place in our sorted array.<br><img src="paste-5c36171852af92d3caae178195f26449be038802.jpg"><br>Insertion sort is slowly sorting in the elements from the right side into the left side sorted array.<br><br><i>This insertion is not constant time! We have to swap it with each previous element!</i>
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-2783fa7cf7c57ffca0fb1baaff2d11ebe0379621.jpg">
    Extra Info <i>This insertion is not in constant time! We have to swap with each previous element!</i>
    Invariant Nach&nbsp;\(j\)&nbsp;Durchläufen der äusseren Schleife ist das Teilarray \(A[1, \dots, j]\)&nbsp;sortiert (es enthält aber nicht zwangsläufig die&nbsp;\(j\)&nbsp;kleinsten Elemente des Arrays)
    Worst Case Scenario Array sorted in reverse order.
    Attributes In-Place<br>Stable
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort

    Note 1650: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: L~wgr~ELJV
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack
    Runtime of Knapsack Problem (Rucksackproblem)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack
    Runtime of Knapsack Problem (Rucksackproblem)?

    \(\Theta(n\cdot W)\) or \(\Theta(n \cdot P)\) (Pseudopolynomial)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Knapsack Problem (Rucksackproblem)
    Runtime \(\Theta(n\cdot W)\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(\Theta(n \cdot P)\)&nbsp;(Pseudopolynomial)
    Approach Subset problem choosing the maximum staying under a weight&nbsp;\(W\).<br>The greedy algorithm fails as a local optimum is not global here.<br><br>Base Cases:&nbsp;\(dp[0][w] = 0, \quad dp[i][0] = 0\)<br>If item weight&nbsp; &gt; max allowed left, don't take it. Otherwise get the max from using it or not:<br>\(dp[i][w] = \begin{cases} dp[i-1][w], &amp; w_i &gt; w \\ \max(dp[i-1][w], dp[i-1][w-w_i] + v_i), &amp; \text{sonst} \end{cases}\)
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-dfd5963f4f4fabfa2ea13e840d1530b8d7fe1a4a.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack

    Note 1651: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: M,7!v0F$PQ
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A connected component of \(G\) is a equivalence class of the relation defined as follows: \(u = v\) if \(u\) reaches \(v\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A connected component of \(G\) is a equivalence class of the relation defined as follows: \(u = v\) if \(u\) reaches \(v\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A {{c1::connected component}} of&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is a {{c2::equivalence class of the relation defined as follows:&nbsp;\(u = v\)&nbsp;if&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;reaches&nbsp;\(v\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1652: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: M,?u9cw(S%
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\log(i)\)::Sum}}  \(\leq\) \(O(n \log(n))\) 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\log(i)\)::Sum}}  \(\leq\) \(O(n \log(n))\) 
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\log(i)\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(\leq\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(O(n \log(n))\)::O-notation}}&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1653: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: M11/nZaHIu
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary
    Search   Insertion   Deletion
    Non-sorted array   \(O(n)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(n)\)
    Sorted array \(O(\log n)\)  \(O(n)\) \(O(n)\)
    Doubly linked list   \(O(n)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary
    Search   Insertion   Deletion
    Non-sorted array   \(O(n)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(n)\)
    Sorted array \(O(\log n)\)  \(O(n)\) \(O(n)\)
    Doubly linked list   \(O(n)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b></b><b></b><b></b><b></b><table> <tbody><tr> <td></td> <td><b>Search&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></td> <td><b>Insertion&nbsp;&nbsp;</b></td> <td><b>Deletion</b></td> </tr> <tr> <td>Non-sorted array&nbsp;&nbsp;</td> <td>{{c1::\(O(n)\)}}</td> <td>{{c2::\(O(1)\)}}</td> <td>{{c3::\(O(n)\)}}</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Sorted array</td> <td>{{c4::\(O(\log n)\)}}&nbsp;</td> <td>{{c5::\(O(n)\)}}</td> <td>{{c6::\(O(n)\)}}</td> </tr> <tr> <td>Doubly linked list&nbsp;&nbsp;</td> <td>{{c7::\(O(n)\)}}</td> <td>{{c8::\(O(1)\)}}</td> <td>{{c9::\(O(1)\)}}</td> </tr> </tbody></table>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary

    Note 1654: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: M?qP8s.,s4
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    How can we represent a graph?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    How can we represent a graph?

    1. Adjacency matrix
    2.
    Adjacency lists
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we represent a graph?
    Back <b>1. </b>Adjacency<b> matrix<br>2. </b>Adjacency<b> lists</b>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1655: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: MFFs/r0>#}
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    Can (g, h) ever be in an MST? Prove it:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    Can (g, h) ever be in an MST? Prove it:

    No, because it's the heaviest edge in the cycle.
    If there was an MST containing it, we could remove it and replace it by another edge in the cycle.
    Then we preserve the tree property yet it's weight is strictly lower.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Can (g, h) ever be in an MST? Prove it:<br><img src="paste-0451663ce9f1137e81a00020ee38fb0a96908565.jpg">
    Back No, because it's the heaviest edge in the cycle.<br>If there was an MST containing it, we could remove it and replace it by another edge in the cycle.<br>Then we preserve the tree property yet it's weight is strictly lower.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

    Note 1656: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: M^6zMs=8ah
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction PlsFix::DELETE
    What is the sum of all natural numbers between 1 and \(n\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction PlsFix::DELETE
    What is the sum of all natural numbers between 1 and \(n\)?

    \(= \frac{n(n+1)}{2}\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the sum of all natural numbers between 1 and&nbsp;\(n\)?
    Back \(= \frac{n(n+1)}{2}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1657: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Mv|.Tnx#vx
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    A graph with distinct edge weights has one single unique MST.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    A graph with distinct edge weights has one single unique MST.

    There is one unique safe-edge.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A graph with {{c1::distinct edge weights}} has {{c2::one single unique MST}}.
    Extra There is one unique safe-edge.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

    Note 1658: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: N9}LnE{]~X
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In an edge \(e = \{u, v\}\), we call \(u\) adjacent (adjazent oder benachbart) to \(v\) (and the other way around) and \(e\) incident (inzident oder anliegend) to \(u, v\). 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In an edge \(e = \{u, v\}\), we call \(u\) adjacent (adjazent oder benachbart) to \(v\) (and the other way around) and \(e\) incident (inzident oder anliegend) to \(u, v\). 
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In an edge&nbsp;\(e = \{u, v\}\), we call&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;{{c1::adjacent (a<i>djazent</i>&nbsp;oder b<i>enachbart</i>)}} to&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;(and the other way around) and&nbsp;\(e\)&nbsp;{{c2::incident (i<i>nzident</i> oder a<i>nliegend</i>)}} to&nbsp;\(u, v\).&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1659: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: N@-]h|e+xG
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Runtime: Operations in an Adjacency List:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Runtime: Operations in an Adjacency List:

    1. Check if \(uv \in E \): \(O(1 + \min\{\text{deg}(u), \text{deg}(v) \})\) (we have to check the smaller of the two adjacency lists
    2. Vertex \(u\), find all adjacent vertices: \(O(1+\text{deg}(u) )\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>Runtime</b>: Operations in an Adjacency&nbsp;<b>List</b>:
    Back 1. Check if&nbsp;\(uv \in E \):&nbsp;\(O(1 + \min\{\text{deg}(u), \text{deg}(v) \})\)&nbsp;(we have to check the smaller of the two adjacency lists<br>2. Vertex&nbsp;\(u\), find all adjacent vertices:&nbsp;\(O(1+\text{deg}(u) )\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1660: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: NAHrkHd^ik
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::4._Merge_Sort
    Runtime of Merge Sort?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::4._Merge_Sort
    Runtime of Merge Sort?

    Best Case: \(O(n \log n)\)
    Worst Case: \(O(n \log n)\)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Merge Sort
    Runtime Best Case:&nbsp;\(O(n \log n)\)<br>Worst Case:&nbsp;\(O(n \log n)\)
    Approach Merge sort works by divide-and-conquering the array into smaller chunks. it then merges them together slowly.<br><br>The merging works by having two indices showing the current position in the left and right array that we are merging.<br>We then compare the elements at the indices and take the smaller one. We then increase the counter on that array, while the other stays the same.<br><br>As soon as one array has been merged in completely, we can just append the second one (as it's already sorted).<br><br><img src="merge-sort-example_0.png">
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-12189c9effe95e34aad497b476fcf9df9bd9d780.jpg"><br><img src="paste-763eaed89740e506f95db48e31e94b234ca72af2.jpg">
    Invariant <div>For all&nbsp;\(n &lt; r - l + 1\)&nbsp;merge sort correctly sorts any sub-array of length n.</div><div><br></div><div>Assuming the invariant holds, the two recursive calls return sorted halves.&nbsp;</div><div><br></div><div>It remains to show that merge correctly combines two sorted halves into a sorted whole.</div>
    Worst Case Scenario The worst-case scenario for Mergesort is an array that has alternating small and big elements, thus they will always have to be compared during the merge.
    Attributes Not in place, thus the space complexity is&nbsp;\(K(n)\). (Though it can be implemented as such)<br><b>Stable</b>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::4._Merge_Sort

    Note 1661: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: NDIo0EK5KX
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    If \(T(n) \geq aT(n/ 2) + Cn^b\), then the O-Notation gives \(T(n) \geq \) \(\Omega(...)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    If \(T(n) \geq aT(n/ 2) + Cn^b\), then the O-Notation gives \(T(n) \geq \) \(\Omega(...)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If&nbsp;\(T(n) \geq aT(n/ 2) + Cn^b\),&nbsp;then the O-Notation gives&nbsp;\(T(n) \geq \)&nbsp;{{c1::\(\Omega(...)\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1662: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: NGdgt3D+pd
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    We can ignore the base of a logarithm only if it's not in the exponent.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    We can ignore the base of a logarithm only if it's not in the exponent.

    \(e^{\log_2 n} \neq \Theta(e^{\log_3 n})\) as \(e^{\log_2 n - \log_3 n} = e^{\ln n (\frac{1}{\ln(2)} - \frac{1}{\ln(3)})}\) goes to \(\infty\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We can ignore the base of a logarithm only if {{c1::it's not in the exponent}}.
    Extra \(e^{\log_2 n} \neq \Theta(e^{\log_3 n})\)&nbsp;as&nbsp;\(e^{\log_2 n - \log_3 n} = e^{\ln n (\frac{1}{\ln(2)} - \frac{1}{\ln(3)})}\)&nbsp;goes to&nbsp;\(\infty\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1663: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: NR^|^~o+xa
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
    How do we get a topological sorting from DFS?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
    How do we get a topological sorting from DFS?

    Reversed post order
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we get a topological sorting from DFS?
    Back Reversed post order
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting

    Note 1664: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: NU;6ob<^n3
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{k = 1}^{\textbf{i} } 1\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::  \(\sum_{i = 1}^n i = \frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\)}} 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{k = 1}^{\textbf{i} } 1\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::  \(\sum_{i = 1}^n i = \frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\)}} 

    inner loop depends on outer
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{k = 1}^{\textbf{i} } 1\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp; \(\sum_{i = 1}^n i = \frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\)}}&nbsp;
    Extra inner loop depends on outer
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1665: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Nl}2-%ar31
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
    What is a maxHeap?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
    What is a maxHeap?

    A datastructure that stores the values in a tree form, with the largest element always as the root.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a maxHeap?
    Back A datastructure that stores the values in a tree form, with the largest element always as the root.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort

    Note 1666: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: O%OM.97hp$
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
    \(\exists\) back edge \(\Longleftrightarrow\)\(\exists\) directed closed walk

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
    \(\exists\) back edge \(\Longleftrightarrow\)\(\exists\) directed closed walk
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(\exists\)&nbsp;back edge}}&nbsp;\(\Longleftrightarrow\){{c2::\(\exists\)&nbsp;directed closed walk}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting

    Note 1667: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: O5ty{6nA_*
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    The degree (Knotengrad) \(\deg(v)\) of a vertex \(v\) is the number of edges that are incident to \(v\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    The degree (Knotengrad) \(\deg(v)\) of a vertex \(v\) is the number of edges that are incident to \(v\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c1::degree (<i>Knotengrad</i>)&nbsp;\(\deg(v)\)}} of a vertex&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;is the number of edges that are {{c2::incident}} to&nbsp;\(v\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1668: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: O>N2*/v~`q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    If a vertex has degree 0, what do we call it?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    If a vertex has degree 0, what do we call it?

    It is an isolated vertex.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front If a vertex has degree 0, what do we call it?
    Back It is an&nbsp;<b>isolated vertex</b>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1669: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: OGBoPi1aY*
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures
    The ADTs stack and queue behave similarly to a list, but with more constrained operations that allow more efficient computation.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures
    The ADTs stack and queue behave similarly to a list, but with more constrained operations that allow more efficient computation.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The ADTs {{c2::<b>stack</b> and <b>queue</b>}} behave similarly to a {{c1:: list}}, but with {{c3:: more constrained operations that allow more efficient computation}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures

    Note 1670: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: OIsr/vHbhR
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::3._Induction
    What do we have to pay attention to in the I.H. and the I.S. in an induction proof?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::3._Induction
    What do we have to pay attention to in the I.H. and the I.S. in an induction proof?

    We should change the variable name from \(n\) to \(k\) (for example) as not to confuse it.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What do we have to pay attention to in the I.H. and the I.S. in an induction proof?
    Back We should change the variable name from&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(k\)&nbsp;(for example)&nbsp;as not to confuse it.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::3._Induction

    Note 1671: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Reverso
    GUID: OW(TL-EP^P
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Cycle

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Cycle

    Kreis
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Cycle
    Back Kreis
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1672: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: OY@2Ay+>4p
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    2-3 Tree: Deletion steps:
    1. Search for the correct node under which the key is inserted: \(O(\log_2 n)\)
    2. Remove the leaf with the value and one separator
    3. Rebalance (if necessary, i.e. now 1 key)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    2-3 Tree: Deletion steps:
    1. Search for the correct node under which the key is inserted: \(O(\log_2 n)\)
    2. Remove the leaf with the value and one separator
    3. Rebalance (if necessary, i.e. now 1 key)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>2-3 Tree</b>: Deletion steps:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Search for the correct node under which the key is inserted:&nbsp;\(O(\log_2 n)\)}}</li><li>{{c2::Remove the leaf with the value and one separator}}</li><li>{{c3::<b>Rebalance</b>&nbsp;(if necessary, i.e. now 1 key)}}</li></ol>
    Extra <img src="paste-7d452d931b0485669156a2669de65234617e5eb6.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

    Note 1673: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: OeCuLqI!|5
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
    Extra memory requirements of Heapsort?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
    Extra memory requirements of Heapsort?

    \(O(1)\) as we simply arrange the array into a heap.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Extra memory requirements of Heapsort?
    Back \(O(1)\)&nbsp;as we simply arrange the array into a heap.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort

    Note 1674: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Otnyr;#TD1
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    Simplify \(\frac{a^{kn}}{b^{k'n}} =\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    Simplify \(\frac{a^{kn}}{b^{k'n}} =\)

    \(\frac{e^{\ln(a^{kn})}}{e^{\ln(b^{k'n})}} = e^{kn \cdot \ln(a) - k'n \cdot ln(b)}\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Simplify&nbsp;\(\frac{a^{kn}}{b^{k'n}} =\)
    Back \(\frac{e^{\ln(a^{kn})}}{e^{\ln(b^{k'n})}} = e^{kn \cdot \ln(a) - k'n \cdot ln(b)}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1675: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: O||9vPX+Y`
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    When \(f = \Theta(g)\), this means?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    When \(f = \Theta(g)\), this means?

    \(\exists C_1,C_2 \ge 0 \quad \forall n \in \mathbb{N}\)  \(C_1 \cdot g(n) \leq f(n) \leq C_2 \cdot g(n)\)

    \(f\) grows asymptotically the same as \(g\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When&nbsp;\(f = \Theta(g)\),&nbsp;this means?
    Back \(\exists C_1,C_2 \ge 0 \quad \forall n \in \mathbb{N}\) &nbsp;\(C_1 \cdot g(n) \leq f(n) \leq C_2 \cdot g(n)\)<br><br>\(f\)&nbsp;grows asymptotically the <b>same</b> as&nbsp;\(g\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1676: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: P<,uu+Hu
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    The shortest walk in a directed, weighted graph is always a path.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    The shortest walk in a directed, weighted graph is always a path.

    If it's a walk, we can remove all edges between the first occurence of the repeated vertex and the last occurence.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The shortest walk in a directed, weighted graph is always a {{c1::<b>path</b>}}.
    Extra If it's a walk, we can remove all edges between the first occurence of the repeated vertex and the last occurence.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

    Note 1677: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: P
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A vertex in a connected graph is a cut vertex if the subgraph obtained after removing it and all it's incident edges is disconnected.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A vertex in a connected graph is a cut vertex if the subgraph obtained after removing it and all it's incident edges is disconnected.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A vertex in a connected graph is a {{c1::cut vertex}}&nbsp;if {{c2::the subgraph obtained after removing it and all it's incident edges is&nbsp;<b>disconnected</b>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1678: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: PF|EmWOMd:
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths
    Cost of a walk in a weighted graph \(G = (V, E, c)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths
    Cost of a walk in a weighted graph \(G = (V, E, c)\)?

    Sum of the weight of it's edges: \(\sum_{i = 0}^{l - 1} c(v_i, v_{i+1})\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Cost of a walk in a weighted graph&nbsp;\(G = (V, E, c)\)?
    Back Sum of the weight of it's edges:&nbsp;\(\sum_{i = 0}^{l - 1} c(v_i, v_{i+1})\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths

    Note 1679: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: PU(5RRppkP
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    When can the condition \(n = 2^k\) be dropped in the Master Theorem?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    When can the condition \(n = 2^k\) be dropped in the Master Theorem?

    When the function \(T\) is increasing (monotonically non-decreasing).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When can the condition&nbsp;\(n = 2^k\)&nbsp;be dropped in the Master Theorem?
    Back When the function&nbsp;\(T\)&nbsp;is increasing (monotonically non-decreasing).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1680: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Pf|C9|^n[w
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::2._Linked_List
    In a singly and doubly linked list, the operation:
    • Insert is \(\Theta(1)\) as we know the memory address of the final element in the list and just have to set the null pointer to the new keys address. Without this pointer it's \(\Theta(l)\).
    • Get is \(\Theta(i)\) very slow as we need to traverse the entire list up to i
    • insertAfter is  \(O(1)\) if we get the memory address of the element to insert after.
    • delete is:
            SLL: \(\Theta(l)\) as we need to find the previous element and change it's pointer.
            DLL:  \(O(1)\) we know the address of the previous element and then just edit it's pointer.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::2._Linked_List
    In a singly and doubly linked list, the operation:
    • Insert is \(\Theta(1)\) as we know the memory address of the final element in the list and just have to set the null pointer to the new keys address. Without this pointer it's \(\Theta(l)\).
    • Get is \(\Theta(i)\) very slow as we need to traverse the entire list up to i
    • insertAfter is  \(O(1)\) if we get the memory address of the element to insert after.
    • delete is:
            SLL: \(\Theta(l)\) as we need to find the previous element and change it's pointer.
            DLL:  \(O(1)\) we know the address of the previous element and then just edit it's pointer.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a&nbsp;<b>singly</b>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<b>doubly linked list</b>, the operation:<br><ul><li><b>Insert</b>&nbsp;is {{c1::\(\Theta(1)\)&nbsp;as we know the memory address of the final element in the list and just have to set the null pointer to the new keys address. Without this pointer it's&nbsp;\(\Theta(l)\). }}<br></li><li><b>Get</b>&nbsp;is {{c2::\(\Theta(i)\)&nbsp;very slow as we need to traverse the entire list up to&nbsp;<b>i</b>}}<br></li><li><b>insertAfter</b>&nbsp;is {{c3::&nbsp;\(O(1)\)&nbsp;if we get the memory address of the element to insert after.}}<br></li><li><b>delete</b>&nbsp;is:<br>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; SLL: {{c4::\(\Theta(l)\)&nbsp;as we need to find the previous element and change it's pointer.}}<br>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; DLL: {{c5::&nbsp;\(O(1)\)&nbsp;we know the address of the previous element and then just edit it's pointer.}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::2._Linked_List

    Note 1681: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: PhZTjS+XL8
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    If \(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\) tends to \(\infty+\), then \(f \nleq O(g)\) and \(g \leq O(f)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    If \(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\) tends to \(\infty+\), then \(f \nleq O(g)\) and \(g \leq O(f)\).

    \(f \geq \Omega(g)\) but \(f \neq \Theta(g)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If \(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\)&nbsp;tends to {{c1::\(\infty+\)}}, then {{c2::\(f \nleq O(g)\)&nbsp;and \(g \leq O(f)\)}}.
    Extra \(f \geq \Omega(g)\)&nbsp;but&nbsp;\(f \neq \Theta(g)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1682: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: PvmYSo9Bj_
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In the edge \(e = (u, v)\), we call \(u\) the start vertex and \(v\) the end vertex.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In the edge \(e = (u, v)\), we call \(u\) the start vertex and \(v\) the end vertex.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In the edge&nbsp;\(e = (u, v)\), we call&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;the {{c1::start}} vertex and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;the {{c1::end}} vertex.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1683: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Q3:!A9V`D,
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
    Steps of giving a DP solution:
    1. Define the DP table (dimensions, index, range; meaning of entry): ex: DP[1..n+1][1..k+1]
    2. Computation of entries (Base case, recursive formula, pay attention to bounds!)
    3. Order of calculation (what depends on what entries, what variable incremented first)
    4. Extracting the solution
    5. Runtime

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
    Steps of giving a DP solution:
    1. Define the DP table (dimensions, index, range; meaning of entry): ex: DP[1..n+1][1..k+1]
    2. Computation of entries (Base case, recursive formula, pay attention to bounds!)
    3. Order of calculation (what depends on what entries, what variable incremented first)
    4. Extracting the solution
    5. Runtime

    SMIROST (Size, Meaning, Initialisation, Recursive Relation, Order, Solution, Time)


    Smiling Monkey In Red Overall Steals Tacos
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Steps of giving a DP solution:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Define the DP table (dimensions, index, range; meaning of entry): ex:&nbsp;<b>DP[1..n+1][1..k+1]</b>}}</li><li>{{c2::Computation of entries (Base case, recursive formula, pay attention to bounds!)}}</li><li>{{c3::Order of calculation (what depends on what entries, what variable incremented first)}}</li><li>{{c4::Extracting the solution}}</li><li>{{c5::Runtime}}</li></ol>
    Extra SMIROST (Size, Meaning, Initialisation, Recursive Relation, Order, Solution, Time)<br><br><img alt="" src="https://chatgpt.com/backend-api/estuary/content?id=file_00000000b144722fb24d37aefc63a244&amp;ts=490704&amp;p=fs&amp;cid=1&amp;sig=9139f521032b1f527f402bd9e46aa4fc98c1c346920ce78fa1198c460ce702b0&amp;v=0"><img src="b8ad5128-8b94-4df8-a395-8fcd177c0ef6.png"><br><strong>S</strong>miling <strong>M</strong>onkey <strong>I</strong>n <strong>R</strong>ed <strong>O</strong>verall&nbsp;<strong>S</strong>teals <strong>T</strong>acos<img alt="" src="https://chatgpt.com/backend-api/estuary/content?id=file_00000000b144722fb24d37aefc63a244&amp;ts=490704&amp;p=fs&amp;cid=1&amp;sig=9139f521032b1f527f402bd9e46aa4fc98c1c346920ce78fa1198c460ce702b0&amp;v=0">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming

    Note 1684: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: QA~(,/7jXV
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(k^n) \leq O(n!)\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(k^n) \leq O(n!)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(k^n)}} \leq {{c2::O(n!)}}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

    Note 1685: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: QBdl=YAmG|
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    How can we check for cycles via DFS?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    How can we check for cycles via DFS?

    During the recursive call, if we find an adjacent vertex without a post-number, there's a back-edge (\(\implies\)the recursive call for that edge is still active...).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we check for cycles via DFS?
    Back During the recursive call, if we find an adjacent vertex <b>without a post-number</b>, there's a back-edge (\(\implies\)the recursive call for that edge is still active...).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

    Note 1686: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Image Occlusion-73a2c
    GUID: QGU[QMk!u8
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.1517:width=.4676:height=.1291:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.3156:width=.4709:height=.1018:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.4472:width=.472:height=.1043:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.2662:top=.5764:width=.5576:height=.1067:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.2662:top=.713:width=.4577:height=.1042:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.2695:top=.8446:width=.5401:height=.1018:oi=1

    Back

    image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.1517:width=.4676:height=.1291:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.3156:width=.4709:height=.1018:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.4472:width=.472:height=.1043:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.2662:top=.5764:width=.5576:height=.1067:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.2662:top=.713:width=.4577:height=.1042:oi=1
    image-occlusion:rect:left=.2695:top=.8446:width=.5401:height=.1018:oi=1
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Occlusion {{c1::image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.1517:width=.4676:height=.1291:oi=1}}<br>{{c2::image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.3156:width=.4709:height=.1018:oi=1}}<br>{{c3::image-occlusion:rect:left=.264:top=.4472:width=.472:height=.1043:oi=1}}<br>{{c4::image-occlusion:rect:left=.2662:top=.5764:width=.5576:height=.1067:oi=1}}<br>{{c5::image-occlusion:rect:left=.2662:top=.713:width=.4577:height=.1042:oi=1}}<br>{{c6::image-occlusion:rect:left=.2695:top=.8446:width=.5401:height=.1018:oi=1}}<br>
    Image <img src="paste-2824bd050db962505cb0923d86f13e3e696d2efb.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms

    Note 1687: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: QJ{Y%?s>+w
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
    When writing a recursion which accesses an index that could go out of bounds, make sure to return a neutral value instead of crashing.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
    When writing a recursion which accesses an index that could go out of bounds, make sure to return a neutral value instead of crashing.

    Example: Subset Sum

    Recursion: \(DP[i][B] = DP[i-1][B] \lor DP[i-1][B - b_i]\)

    The term \(B - b_i\) can become negative. Instead of accessing an invalid index, return "false" (the neutral element for OR), since you can't achieve a negative sum.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text When writing a recursion which accesses an index that could go out of bounds, make sure to {{c1::return a neutral value instead of crashing}}.
    Extra Example: Subset Sum<br><br>Recursion: \(DP[i][B] = DP[i-1][B] \lor DP[i-1][B - b_i]\)<br><br>The term \(B - b_i\)&nbsp;can become negative. Instead of accessing an invalid index, return "false" (the neutral element for OR), since you can't achieve a negative sum.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming

    Note 1688: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Qv/bX3RU0v
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm
    How does the number of ZHK's change in Boruvka's for each round?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm
    How does the number of ZHK's change in Boruvka's for each round?

    The number of components halves in each round, thus \(\log |V|\) iterations worst case.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How does the number of ZHK's change in Boruvka's for each round?
    Back The number of components halves in each round, thus&nbsp;\(\log |V|\)&nbsp;iterations&nbsp;worst case.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm

    Note 1689: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Q|AEYAPg!l
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
    What is a sufficient condition to show that \(f \geq \Omega(g)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
    What is a sufficient condition to show that \(f \geq \Omega(g)\)?

    Let \(N\) be an infinite subset of \(\mathbb{N}\) and \(f: N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\) and \(g: N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)
    then if \(\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty} \frac{f(n)}{g(n)} = \infty\), \(f \geq \Omega(g)\) but \(f \neq \Theta(g)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a sufficient condition to show that&nbsp;\(f \geq \Omega(g)\)?
    Back Let&nbsp;\(N\)&nbsp;be an infinite subset of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(f: N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(g: N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)<br>then if&nbsp;\(\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty} \frac{f(n)}{g(n)} = \infty\),&nbsp;\(f \geq \Omega(g)\)&nbsp;but&nbsp;\(f \neq \Theta(g)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1690: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Q}a3<1,J]C
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    2-3 Tree: We deleted a node and now it's sibling is an only child. What happens if it's neighbor has 2 keys?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    2-3 Tree: We deleted a node and now it's sibling is an only child. What happens if it's neighbor has 2 keys?

    1. The nodes \(u\) and \(v\) are merged to form one new node with 3 children.
    2. The separator from the parent node is pulled down to be the new \(s_2\).
    Parent may lose child -> rebalance there (can go up to the root).
    If root has 1 child -> root replaced by child.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front 2-3 Tree: We deleted a node and now it's sibling is an only child. What happens if it's neighbor has 2 keys?
    Back <ol><li>The nodes&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;are <b>merged</b> to form one new node with <b>3 children</b>.</li><li>The separator from the parent node is pulled down to be the new&nbsp;\(s_2\).</li></ol>Parent may lose child -&gt; rebalance there (can go up to the root).<br>If root has 1 child -&gt; root replaced by child.<br><img src="paste-fcffee6f619138677fc86eb74beebfaa266c8cfe.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

    Note 1691: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: R<,pyG}zC
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(\log(n))\leq O(n)\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(\log(n))\leq O(n)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(\log(n))}}\leq {{c2::O(n)}}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

    Note 1692: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: T?I`@dy&K
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm
    Runtime of Kruskal's Algorithm?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm
    Runtime of Kruskal's Algorithm?

    \(O(|E| \log |E| + |V| \log |V|)\)

    Outer loop: Iterate \(|E|\) times at most:
    Inner loop: find and union take \(O(\log |V|)\) per call amortised, thus \(O(|V| \log |V|)\) total.

    This requires the Union Find datastructure.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Kruskal's Algorithm
    Runtime \(O(|E| \log |E| + |V| \log |V|)\)<br><br><b>Outer loop:&nbsp;</b>Iterate&nbsp;\(|E|\)&nbsp;times at most:<br><b>Inner loop:&nbsp;</b>find and union take&nbsp;\(O(\log |V|)\)&nbsp;per call <b>amortised</b>, thus&nbsp;\(O(|V| \log |V|)\)&nbsp;total.
    Requirements Undirected, weighted and connected graph.
    Approach <ol><li><b>Initialisation</b>: Start with an empty set \(F = \emptyset\)&nbsp;to represent the MST edges. Initially each vertex is it’s own seperate ZHK.&nbsp;</li><li><b>Iteration</b>: Sort all edges in the graphs by weight in increasing order. For each edge \((u, v)\)&nbsp;in sorted order: <br>If adding&nbsp;\((u, v)\)&nbsp;does not create a cycle (i.e.&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;in different ZHKs) <br>Add&nbsp;\((u, v)\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(F\). Merge the ZHKs of&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)</li><li>Stop: once we have&nbsp;\(n-1\)&nbsp;edges</li></ol><div>The operation of checking if there is no cycle can be done efficiently using the check of&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;being in different ZHKs.&nbsp;</div><div>This can be done efficiently using the <b>Union-Find datastructure</b>.</div>
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-4f95b1dbfefb25bbfd8327342ed84d0141d63587.jpg">
    Use Case Find MST
    Extra Info This requires the Union Find datastructure.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm

    Note 1693: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: bD%.s|4?hI
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

    \(\text{pre}(u) < \text{pre}(v) < \text{post}(v) < \text{post}(u)\): tree edge, as \(v\) is a descendant of \(u\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

    \(\text{pre}(u) < \text{pre}(v) < \text{post}(v) < \text{post}(u)\): tree edge, as \(v\) is a descendant of \(u\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge&nbsp;\((u, v)\):<br><br>\(\text{pre}(u) &lt; \text{pre}(v) &lt; \text{post}(v) &lt; \text{post}(u)\): {{c1:: tree edge, as&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;is a descendant of&nbsp;\(u\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

    Note 1694: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: bE2IXoJWO/
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    Master Theorem: In \(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\), \(a\) is the number of recursive subproblems (must be \(> 0\)).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    Master Theorem: In \(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\), \(a\) is the number of recursive subproblems (must be \(> 0\)).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Master Theorem: In&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\),&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;is {{c1::the number of <b>recursive subproblems</b> (must be&nbsp;\(&gt; 0\))}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1695: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: bNHf:CUBWH
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
    Bellman-Ford optimisation in a DAG?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
    Bellman-Ford optimisation in a DAG?

    In an acyclic graph, topological sorting is already an algorithm that gives us the most-efficient order to calculate the cost in.

    Because we can be sure that any predecessors already have the correct \(l\)-good bound distance (guaranteed by topo-sort, no backedges), we can simply relax once.

    Thus we can compute the correct cheapest path in one "relaxation": \(O(|E|)\).
    Therefore with toposort: \(O(|V| + |E|)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Bellman-Ford optimisation in a DAG?
    Back In an acyclic graph, <b>topological sorting</b> is already an algorithm that gives us the most-efficient order to <b>calculate the cost in</b>.<br><br>Because we can be sure that any predecessors already have the correct&nbsp;\(l\)-good bound distance (guaranteed by topo-sort, no backedges), we can simply relax once.<br><br>Thus we can compute the correct cheapest path in one "relaxation":&nbsp;\(O(|E|)\).<br>Therefore with toposort:&nbsp;\(O(|V| + |E|)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm

    Note 1696: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: bS
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    What does the Handshake lemma say?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    What does the Handshake lemma say?

    It describes the relationship between the number of vertices and edges in a graph:

    \(\sum_{v\in V} \text{deg}(v) = 2|E|\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does the Handshake lemma say?
    Back It describes the relationship between the number of vertices and edges in a graph:<br><br>\(\sum_{v\in V} \text{deg}(v) = 2|E|\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1697: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: baz0GGlXM[
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
    Why does naively adding the lowest-edge weight not work for Johnson's?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
    Why does naively adding the lowest-edge weight not work for Johnson's?

    We need the cost of the paths to stay the same relative to each other.

    If we add a constant to each edge, long (length-wise) paths are penalised more. This means that the ordering of all paths by cost changes.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Why does naively adding the lowest-edge weight not work for Johnson's?
    Back We need the cost of the paths to stay the same relative to each other.<br><br>If we add a constant to each edge, long (length-wise) paths are penalised more. This means that the ordering of all paths by cost changes.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm

    Note 1698: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: bxHH*AJqWb
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
    To find the cheapest walk in a directed, weighted graph, we use  Dijkstra's Algorithm.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
    To find the cheapest walk in a directed, weighted graph, we use  Dijkstra's Algorithm.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text To find the&nbsp;<b>cheapest walk</b>&nbsp;in a directed, weighted graph, we use {{c1::&nbsp;<b>Dijkstra's Algorithm</b>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1699: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: c&0A&-=*J^
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1::\(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}} \(=\)  \(n\) 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1::\(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}} \(=\)  \(n\) 
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}}&nbsp;\(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp;\(n\)}}&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1700: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: c*5:,uoi3s
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    An edge in a connected graph is a cut edge if the subgraph obtained after removing it (keeping the vertices) is disconnected.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    An edge in a connected graph is a cut edge if the subgraph obtained after removing it (keeping the vertices) is disconnected.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An edge in a connected graph is a {{c1::cut edge}}&nbsp;if {{c2::the subgraph obtained after removing it (keeping the vertices) is&nbsp;<b>disconnected</b>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1701: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: c-L/EL~rI8
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::4._Exact_Calls
    A while loop that doesn't increase constantly but goes from i = 1 and increases by i = 2*i for example, can be modelled as a sum from 0 to  \(\log_2 n\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::4._Exact_Calls
    A while loop that doesn't increase constantly but goes from i = 1 and increases by i = 2*i for example, can be modelled as a sum from 0 to  \(\log_2 n\)?

    Note that we start from 0, as \(2 = 1^0\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A while loop that doesn't increase constantly but goes from&nbsp;<b>i = 1</b>&nbsp;and increases by&nbsp;<b>i = 2*i</b>&nbsp;for example, can be modelled as a sum from {{c1::0}} to {{c2::&nbsp;\(\log_2 n\)}}?
    Extra Note that we start from 0, as&nbsp;\(2 = 1^0\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::4._Exact_Calls

    Note 1702: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: c1d=kD*#nb
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs::1._Handshake_Lemma
    How do we prove/disprove such a statement?

    "There exists at least one undirected graph with 7 vertices in which all vertices have degree 3."

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs::1._Handshake_Lemma
    How do we prove/disprove such a statement?

    "There exists at least one undirected graph with 7 vertices in which all vertices have degree 3."

    We use the handshake Lemma: \(\sum \deg(v) = 7 \cdot 3 = 2 |E|\) but 21 is not even. Thus this cannot be true.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we prove/disprove such a statement?<br><br>"There exists at least one undirected graph with 7 vertices in which all vertices have degree 3."
    Back We use the handshake Lemma:&nbsp;\(\sum \deg(v) = 7 \cdot 3 = 2 |E|\)&nbsp;but 21 is not even. Thus this cannot be true.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs::1._Handshake_Lemma

    Note 1703: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: c9U$4,GAT:
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
    What is telescoping?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction
    What is telescoping?

    By plugging in previous terms into a recursive definition we can get a feel for it's asymptotic runtime. This is only for intuiton, not a proof. 

    \(M(n + 1) = 3 \cdot M(n)\) turns into \(M(n + 1) = 3 \cdot (3 \cdot M(n - 1))\) and so on and so forth.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is telescoping?
    Back By plugging in previous terms into a recursive definition we can get a feel for it's asymptotic runtime.&nbsp;<i>This is only for intuiton, not a proof.</i>&nbsp;<br><br>\(M(n + 1) = 3 \cdot M(n)\)&nbsp;turns into&nbsp;\(M(n + 1) = 3 \cdot (3 \cdot M(n - 1))\)&nbsp;and so on and so forth.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction

    Note 1704: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: c?99yQ/?;v
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
    How do we create a maxHeap?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
    How do we create a maxHeap?

    Insert the node \(v\) at the next free space in the tree, i.e. first to the left, then right (to conserve the tree structure).

    Then we restore the heap condition by reverse-“versickern” the element until it’s restored.

    Swap it with it’s parent nodes until the condition is restored.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we create a maxHeap?
    Back <div>Insert the node&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;at the next free space in the tree, i.e. first to the left, then right (to conserve the tree structure).</div><div><br></div> <div>Then we restore the heap condition by reverse-“<b>versickern</b>” the element until it’s restored.</div><div><br></div><div>Swap it with it’s parent nodes until the condition is restored.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort

    Note 1705: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: cF,b)K]Ha!
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^2\)::Sum}}  \(\leq\) \(O(n^3)\) 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^2\)::Sum}}  \(\leq\) \(O(n^3)\) 
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i^2\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(\leq\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(O(n^3)\)}}&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1706: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: cKo%p6:M08
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Runtime of
    Prim

    Runtime: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}((|E| + |V|) \cdot \log|V|)\)}}

    Approach:

    Uses: Runtime: {{c1::
    \( \mathcal{O}((|E| + |V|) \cdot \log|V|)\)}}

    Approach:

    Uses:
    ?



    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>Prim</b></div><div><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}((|E| + |V|) \cdot \log|V|)\)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::We start at a given vertex. To this subtree we add one-by-one the cheapest edge connecting the subtree to another component until all vertices are connected. The implementation is very similar to Dijkstra.}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::Find MST in weighted, undirected graph}}<b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::</div><div>\( \mathcal{O}((|E| + |V|) \cdot \log|V|)\)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::We start at a given vertex. To this subtree we add one-by-one the cheapest edge connecting the subtree to another component until all vertices are connected. The implementation is very similar to Dijkstra.}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::Find MST in weighted, undirected graph}}</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1707: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ch>ShkzK.z
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    What is the form of the recursive equations solved by the Master Theorem?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    What is the form of the recursive equations solved by the Master Theorem?

    \(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\)
    where \(a\), \(C > 0\) and \(b \geq 0\) are constants.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the form of the recursive equations solved by the Master Theorem?
    Back \(T(n) \leq aT(n/2) + Cn^b\)<br>where&nbsp;\(a\),&nbsp;\(C &gt; 0\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(b \geq 0\)&nbsp;are constants.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1708: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: chQ&(3]SWg
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    When is a closed Eulerian walk possible? 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    When is a closed Eulerian walk possible? 

    If and only if all vertex degrees are even.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When is a <b>closed</b> Eulerian walk possible?&nbsp;
    Back If and only if all vertex degrees are even.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

    Note 1709: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: d
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort
    Runtime of Quicksort?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort
    Runtime of Quicksort?

    Best Case: \(O(n \log n)\)
    Worst Case: \(O(n^2)\)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Quicksort
    Runtime Best Case:&nbsp;\(O(n \log n)\)<br>Worst Case:&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)
    Approach Quicksort works by taking an element as the "pivot". We then split the array in to two parts: one smaller than the pivot and the other bigger.<br><br>We then swap the pivot into the middle of that.<br><br>Repeat for each of the smaller subdivisions, until you arrive at single-array elements.
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-9d0bc0c9f693d82c223eeddd72313afb51429323.jpg">
    Invariant Elemente links des Pivots sind kleiner und Elemente rechts des Pivots sind größer als das Pivot-Element selbst.
    Worst Case Scenario <div>Already sorted array.</div><div>We usually choose the <b>last element</b> (element r) as the pivot. Then we only split the array into one part, with size&nbsp;\(n-1\).</div><div>If we instead randomly choose the pivot, we avoid the worst-case pitfalls.</div><div><br></div><div>In the best case the pivot is exactly in the middle and we can perfectly recurse with&nbsp;\(\log(n)\).</div>
    Attributes Not in-place (but can be implemented as such)<br>Not stable
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::6._Quicksort

    Note 1710: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: dYrUA*(KY7
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
     \(\exists\) toposort \(\Longleftrightarrow\)  \(\lnot \exists\) directed closed walk

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
     \(\exists\) toposort \(\Longleftrightarrow\)  \(\lnot \exists\) directed closed walk
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::&nbsp;\(\exists\)&nbsp;toposort}}&nbsp;\(\Longleftrightarrow\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp;\(\lnot \exists\)&nbsp;directed closed walk}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting

    Note 1711: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: dl`?#
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm
    Runtime of Boruvka's Algorithm?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm
    Runtime of Boruvka's Algorithm?

    \(O((|V| + |E|) \cdot \log |V|)\)

    During each iteration, we examine all edges to find the cheapest one: \(O(|V| + |E|)\):
    1. Run DFS to find the connected components: \(O(|V| + |E|)\)
    2. Find the cheapest one \(O(|E|)\)
    We iterate a total of \(\log_2 |V|\) times as each iteration halves the number of connected components.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Boruvka's Algorithm
    Runtime \(O((|V| + |E|) \cdot \log |V|)\)<br><br>During each iteration, we examine all edges to find the cheapest one:&nbsp;\(O(|V| + |E|)\):<br><ol><li>Run DFS to find the connected components:&nbsp;\(O(|V| + |E|)\)</li><li>Find the cheapest one&nbsp;\(O(|E|)\)</li></ol>We iterate a total of&nbsp;\(\log_2 |V|\)&nbsp;times as each iteration halves the number of connected components.
    Requirements Undirected, connected and weighted graph.
    Approach <ol><li>For Boruvka, we start with the set of edges&nbsp;\(F = \emptyset\). We treat each of the&nbsp;<em>isolated vertices</em>&nbsp;of the graph as it’s&nbsp;<em>own connected component</em>.</li><li>Each vertex marks it’s cheapest outgoing edge as a&nbsp;<em>safe edge</em>&nbsp;(making use of the cut property). We add these to&nbsp;\(F\).</li></ol><ul><li>Note that some of the edges might be chosen by both adjacent vertices, we still only add them once.<br><img src="paste-053ccf0acc6d560628bd8518b928a0d6c2687cb1.jpg"></li></ul><ol><li>Now, repeat by finding the cheapest outgoing edge for each component. Do this until all are connected.</li><li>\(F\)&nbsp;constitutes the edges of the MST.</li></ol>
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-7f2fe108c849a581658c052b210a79e0897f8fe0.jpg">
    Use Case Find an MST
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm

    Note 1712: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: e=wgvK*bB^
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    The shortest walk is always a path.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    The shortest walk is always a path.

    This is due to the triangle inequality, given that no negative cycles exist.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The shortest walk is always {{c1::a path}}.
    Extra This is due to the triangle inequality, given that no negative cycles exist.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

    Note 1713: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: eGQw>urFaH
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
    Runtime of
    Dijkstra

    Runtime: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}((|E| + |V|) \cdot \log|V|) \)}}

    Approach:

    Uses:
    ?



    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>Dijkstra</b></div><div><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}((|E| + |V|) \cdot \log|V|) \)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::Put the starting node into the queue, take it out, and set the distance for all adjacent nodes and put them into the queue. Repeat (we always take cheapest vertex from the queue first, min heap), update distances and only put nodes into the queue if they weren't visited before.}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::Minimal-cost paths in non-negative weighted directed graphs}}</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1714: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: eP)-7WD~tP
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    Runtime to determine whether an Eulerian walk exists?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    Runtime to determine whether an Eulerian walk exists?

    Eulerian path - \(O(n+m)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>Runtime</b>&nbsp;to determine whether an Eulerian walk exists?
    Back Eulerian path -&nbsp;\(O(n+m)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

    Note 1715: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ePS|dQ=3Ic
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm
    Floyd-Warshall implementation java, use 10000 or other high values but not Integer.MAX_VALUE.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm
    Floyd-Warshall implementation java, use 10000 or other high values but not Integer.MAX_VALUE.

    Otherwise you might get an overflow.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>Floyd-Warshall</b>&nbsp;implementation java, use {{c1::10000 or other high values but not&nbsp;<b>Integer.MAX_VALUE</b>}}.
    Extra Otherwise you might get an overflow.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm

    Note 1716: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ea8^2Vp8-y
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
    Union-Find datastructure methods:
    • make(u, v) creates the DS for \(F = \emptyset\)
    • same(u,v) test  if \(u, v\) in the same component
    • union(u,v) merge ZHKs of \(u, v\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
    Union-Find datastructure methods:
    • make(u, v) creates the DS for \(F = \emptyset\)
    • same(u,v) test  if \(u, v\) in the same component
    • union(u,v) merge ZHKs of \(u, v\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>Union-Find</b>&nbsp;datastructure methods:<br><ul><li>{{c1::<b>make(u, v)</b>&nbsp;creates the DS for&nbsp;\(F = \emptyset\)}}<br></li><li>{{c2::<b>same(u,v)&nbsp;</b>test&nbsp; if \(u, v\)&nbsp;in the same component}}</li><li>{{c3::<b>union(u,v)</b>&nbsp;merge ZHKs of&nbsp;\(u, v\)}}<br></li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find

    Note 1717: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: el_z)Xd5YD
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DELETE
    What can we learn by running DFS on a directed graph?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DELETE
    What can we learn by running DFS on a directed graph?

    while running DFS we can keep a counter and each time we visit a vertex we denote the current counter value as the PRE value for that vertex and once we finish the recursive call on that vertex and return we denote the current counter as the POST value for that vertex.

    This way we are able to reconstruct how the recursive calls overlap and construct the recursion call tree (also the depth-search tree/forest). Also, by reverse-sorting the nodes by their POST-value we get a topological sort. 
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What can we learn by running DFS on a directed graph?
    Back while running DFS we can keep a counter and each time we visit a vertex we denote the current counter value as the PRE value for that vertex and once we finish the recursive call on that vertex and return we denote the current counter as the POST value for that vertex.<br><br>This way we are able to reconstruct how the recursive calls overlap and construct the recursion call tree (also the depth-search tree/forest). Also, by reverse-sorting the nodes by their POST-value we get a topological sort.&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1718: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: eoess%f:7$
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
    How does Bellman-Ford detect negative cycles?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
    How does Bellman-Ford detect negative cycles?

    We relax the edges one more time after \(n-1\) times. If the distance to an edge decreased, there's a negative cycle reachable from \(s\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How does Bellman-Ford detect negative cycles?
    Back We relax the edges one more time after&nbsp;\(n-1\)&nbsp;times. If the distance to an edge decreased, there's a negative cycle reachable from&nbsp;\(s\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm

    Note 1719: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: f2x>M=+L9d
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
    \(\forall\) not back-edge \((u,v) \in E\),  \( \text{post}(u)\) \(\geq\) \(\text{post}(v) \)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
    \(\forall\) not back-edge \((u,v) \in E\),  \( \text{post}(u)\) \(\geq\) \(\text{post}(v) \)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(\forall\) not back-edge \((u,v) \in E\),&nbsp;&nbsp;\( \text{post}(u)\) {{c1::\(\geq\)}} \(\text{post}(v) \)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting

    Note 1720: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: fL_XS]3izz
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
    How does extract_max work for a maxHeap?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
    How does extract_max work for a maxHeap?

    The extract max operation works by taking the root node, the biggest element in the heap by it’s definition and restoring the heap condition.

    We remove the root and replace it by the element that is most to the right (last element in the array storing the heap).

    Then we "versickern" this small element, until the heap condition is restored. We swap it with the larger of the child nodes, until it's bigger than both of it's children. 

    This takes \(O(\log(n))\) time as the tree has maximum \(O(\log(n))\) levels.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How does&nbsp;<b>extract_max</b>&nbsp;work for a maxHeap?
    Back <div>The extract max operation works by taking the root node, the biggest element in the heap by it’s definition and restoring the <b>heap condition</b>.</div><div><br></div><div>We remove the root and replace it by the element that is most to the right (last element in the array storing the heap).</div><div><br>Then we "versickern" this small element, until the heap condition is restored. We <i>swap it with the larger of the child nodes</i>,&nbsp;until it's bigger than both of it's children.&nbsp;</div><div><br></div><div>This takes \(O(\log(n))\)&nbsp;time as the tree has maximum&nbsp;\(O(\log(n))\)&nbsp;levels.</div><div><br></div><div><img src="paste-bbcbf147dcbf6bb7fed164a5949034f0184f9017.jpg"></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort

    Note 1721: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: fT7%2bq&hL
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    In BFS enter/leave ordering for all \(v\), enter[v] < leave[v].

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    In BFS enter/leave ordering for all \(v\), enter[v] < leave[v].

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In&nbsp;<b>BFS</b>&nbsp;enter/leave ordering for all&nbsp;\(v\), enter[v] {{c1:: &lt;}} leave[v].
    Extra <img src="paste-c9b5b7b50fe725bc637971579e3dbf01f1fcf04e.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

    Note 1722: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: fa/9a*g+D.
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    How can one get a lower bound for the function \(n!\) ?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    How can one get a lower bound for the function \(n!\) ?

    One could simply take only the largest 90% of elements: \(n! \geq 1 \cdot 2 \cdot ... \cdot n \geq n/10 \cdot ... \cdot n\)
    \(\geq (n/10)^{0.9n}\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can one get a lower bound for the function&nbsp;\(n!\)&nbsp;?
    Back One could simply take only the largest 90% of elements:&nbsp;\(n! \geq 1 \cdot 2 \cdot ... \cdot n \geq n/10 \cdot ... \cdot n\)<div>\(\geq (n/10)^{0.9n}\)</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1723: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: g$?N5#OWTc
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    How do we know if  a walk \(W=(v_0, ..., v_n)\) is closed using the degree of \(v_n\) in \(W\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    How do we know if  a walk \(W=(v_0, ..., v_n)\) is closed using the degree of \(v_n\) in \(W\)?

    it is closed if and only if \(\text{deg}_W(v_n)\) is even

    every occurrence of \(v_n\) within the walk increases its degree by 2, so it does not affect parity so if the degree is even then \(v_n\) is both the first and the last node
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we know if&nbsp; a walk&nbsp;\(W=(v_0, ..., v_n)\)&nbsp;is closed using the degree of&nbsp;\(v_n\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(W\)?
    Back it is closed if and only if&nbsp;\(\text{deg}_W(v_n)\)&nbsp;is even<br><br>every occurrence of&nbsp;\(v_n\)&nbsp;within the walk increases its degree by 2, so it does not affect parity so if the degree is even then&nbsp;\(v_n\)&nbsp;is both the first and the last node
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1724: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: gCxT2!W2sa
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Runtime of DFS with matrix vs list:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Runtime of DFS with matrix vs list:

    \(n\) calls to visit. Each takes:
    • Matrix: \(O(n)\) as we loop edges gives \(n \cdot O(n) = O(n^2)\)
    • List: \(O(1 + \deg_{out}(u))\) gives \(n \cdot O(1 + \deg_{out}(v) = |V| + |E|\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Runtime of DFS with matrix vs list:
    Back \(n\)&nbsp;calls to visit. Each takes:<br><ul><li>Matrix:&nbsp;\(O(n)\)&nbsp;as we loop edges gives&nbsp;\(n \cdot O(n) = O(n^2)\)</li><li>List:&nbsp;\(O(1 + \deg_{out}(u))\)&nbsp;gives&nbsp;\(n \cdot O(1 + \deg_{out}(v) = |V| + |E|\)</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

    Note 1725: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: gE_4/z}oud
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::5._Edit_Distance
    Runtime of Edit Distance?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::5._Edit_Distance
    Runtime of Edit Distance?

    \(\Theta(n \cdot m)\)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Edit Distance
    Runtime \(\Theta(n \cdot m)\)
    Approach Minimum amount of edits (insert, delete, replace) to go from s1 to s2 -&gt; LGT gives us the ED.<br><br>Three cases for&nbsp;\(a_i\)&nbsp;last char of&nbsp;\(a\):<br><ul><li>deleted:&nbsp;\(ED(i, j) = 1 + ED(i - 1, j)\)&nbsp;(if deleted, it doesn't matter when)<br><img src="paste-254e45a17676954472f6aebe7c8c4f0517b3d6b5.jpg"></li><li>ends up in&nbsp;\(1, \dots, j-1\): no char&nbsp;\(a_k, k &lt; i\)&nbsp;can be behind&nbsp;\(a_i\)&nbsp;(suboptimal as it would cost 2):&nbsp;\(E1+ ED(i, j -1)\)<br><img src="paste-fae70ea53a12531dc9ac1ac30b00512b6f0c150e.jpg"></li><li>ends up at&nbsp;\(b_j\): cannot insert char behind&nbsp;\(a_i\)&nbsp;thus:&nbsp;\(ED(i-1, j -1) \)&nbsp;if&nbsp;\(a_i = b_j\)&nbsp;else&nbsp;\(1 + ED(i-1, k-1)\)&nbsp;<br><img src="paste-3027dc66600e0cb2f8e3a1b12c8a1be248f13f5c.jpg">&nbsp;</li></ul>
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-1a255e78854ef70231b746a53228cd5420abeee8.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::5._Edit_Distance

    Note 1726: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: gW55x`wH1(
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A vertex with {{c1::\(\deg_{\text{in} }(v) = 0\)}} is called a source (Quelle).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A vertex with {{c1::\(\deg_{\text{in} }(v) = 0\)}} is called a source (Quelle).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A vertex with {{c1::\(\deg_{\text{in} }(v) = 0\)}} is called a {{c2::source (<i>Quelle</i>)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1727: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ge[wn7-Qb.
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::2._Maximum_Subarray_Sum PlsFix::DELETE
    Kadane's algorithm solves the Maximum Subarray Sum (MSS) problem in {{c2::linear (\(\mathcal{O}(n)\))}} time.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::2._Maximum_Subarray_Sum PlsFix::DELETE
    Kadane's algorithm solves the Maximum Subarray Sum (MSS) problem in {{c2::linear (\(\mathcal{O}(n)\))}} time.

    This is the optimal solution for MSS.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>Kadane's</b>&nbsp;<b>algorithm</b>&nbsp;solves the {{c1::Maximum Subarray Sum (MSS)}} problem in {{c2::linear (\(\mathcal{O}(n)\))}} time.
    Extra This is the optimal solution for MSS.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::2._Maximum_Subarray_Sum PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1728: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: gm7WcQEU/C
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm
    When do we want Dijkstra's with an array?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm
    When do we want Dijkstra's with an array?

    In very dense graphs\(|E| > \frac{|V|^2}{\log |V|}\), Dijkstra's is faster on an array than in a minHeap.

    Extract_min takes \(O(|V|)\) with an array (\(O(\log |V|)\) in a MinHeap) -> array implementation runtime: \(O(|V|^2 + |E|) = O(|V|^2)\) for \(|E| = \Theta(|V|^2)\) (there are at most \(|V|^2\) edges in a graph).

    If we plug in |E| > ... into the log runtime we see it's faster.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When do we want Dijkstra's with an array?
    Back In very dense graphs\(|E| &gt; \frac{|V|^2}{\log |V|}\), Dijkstra's is <b>faster on an array than in a minHeap</b>.<br><br><div>Extract_min takes \(O(|V|)\) with an array (\(O(\log |V|)\) in a MinHeap) -&gt; array implementation runtime:&nbsp;\(O(|V|^2 + |E|) = O(|V|^2)\) for \(|E| = \Theta(|V|^2)\) (there are at most \(|V|^2\) edges in a graph).</div><div><br></div><div>If we plug in |E| &gt; ... into the log runtime we see it's faster.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm

    Note 1729: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: g}Fn_v+#@3
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    What is the Cut-Property (Schnittprinzip)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    What is the Cut-Property (Schnittprinzip)?

    To join a set of disjoint connected components, we need to use an edge to join two of their vertices. The idea is that the cheapest such edge is always a safe edge.

    This is true only for distinct edge weights!
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the Cut-Property (Schnittprinzip)?
    Back To join a set of disjoint connected components, we need to use an edge to join two of their vertices. The idea is that the <i>cheapest</i>&nbsp;such edge is always a <i>safe edge.</i><div><i><br></i></div><div><b>This is true only for distinct edge weights!</b></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

    Note 1730: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: hL7UB-)y6N
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm
    Runtime of Floyd-Warshall?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm
    Runtime of Floyd-Warshall?

    \(O(|V|^3)\)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Floyd-Warshall
    Runtime \(O(|V|^3)\)
    Requirements No negative cycles.
    Approach <ol><li><b>Initialise</b>: distance matrix D D[i][j] is the weight of the edge from&nbsp;\(i \rightarrow j\)&nbsp;if it exists,&nbsp;\(\infty\)&nbsp;otherwise<br></li><li><b>Iterate over intermediate</b>: for each vertex&nbsp;\(k\)&nbsp;update D[i][j] = min(D[i][j], D[i][k] + D[k][j]). for all intermediate k from 1, ..., n</li></ol><div><br></div><div>The final distance matrix D contains the shortest path from any i to j.</div><div><br></div><div><i>Note that this can also be done using a 3d DP table, the 2d is just optimised.</i><br></div>
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-f6965d427f4a2df5b61ba8dd2ee9c0f0a90baaf6.jpg"><br><div><b>Important</b>: Use a value like 10000 instead of Integer.MAX_VALUE in Java, as you get <b>overflows</b> otherwise.</div>
    Use Case All pairs shortest path
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm

    Note 1731: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: hsaD+h{~n8
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
    Reweighting in Johnson's algorithm:
    1. We add a vertex \(s\) and add a 0 cost edge from it to all vertices.
    2. We then run Bellman-Ford which determines the height of each vertex by the d[v] from start vertex \(s\) 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
    Reweighting in Johnson's algorithm:
    1. We add a vertex \(s\) and add a 0 cost edge from it to all vertices.
    2. We then run Bellman-Ford which determines the height of each vertex by the d[v] from start vertex \(s\) 
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Reweighting in Johnson's algorithm:<br><ol><li>We {{c1::add a vertex&nbsp;\(s\)}} and {{c1::add a 0 cost edge from it to all vertices}}.</li><li>We then {{c2::run Bellman-Ford which determines the height of each vertex by the d[v] from start vertex&nbsp;\(s\)}}&nbsp;</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm

    Note 1732: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: hv)-{h!@?x
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
    The amortised runtime of union in the Union-Find datastructure is  \(O(|V| \log |V|)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
    The amortised runtime of union in the Union-Find datastructure is  \(O(|V| \log |V|)\).

    Union takes \(\Theta(\min \{ |ZHK(u)| , |ZHK(v)| \}\). In the worst case, the minimum is \(|V| / 2\) as both have the same size.

    Therefore over all loops, this would take \(O(|V| \log |V|)\) time, as on average we only take \(O(\log |V|)\) time.
    The graph stays worst case, this is the average of the calls in the worst case.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The amortised runtime of&nbsp;<b>union</b>&nbsp;in the Union-Find datastructure is {{c1::&nbsp;\(O(|V| \log |V|)\)}}.
    Extra Union takes \(\Theta(\min \{ |ZHK(u)| , |ZHK(v)| \}\). In the worst case, the minimum is \(|V| / 2\)&nbsp;as both have the same size.<br><br>Therefore over all loops, this would take \(O(|V| \log |V|)\)&nbsp;time, as&nbsp;<i>on average</i>&nbsp;we only take&nbsp;\(O(\log |V|)\)&nbsp;time.<br><i>The graph stays worst case, this is the average of the calls in the worst case.</i>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find

    Note 1733: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: i3K1KB$5&t
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1::\(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}} \(=\)  \(n^2\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1::\(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}} \(=\)  \(n^2\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} \sum_{i = 1}^{n} 1\)::Sum}}&nbsp;\(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp;\(n^2\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1734: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: i6hHee%a$O
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(n!) \leq O(n^n)\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(n!) \leq O(n^n)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(n!)}} \leq {{c2::O(n^n)}}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

    Note 1735: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: iFt.dzS26%
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is transitive when for {{c2::any two edges \(\{u, v\} \text{ and } \{v, w\}\) in \(E\), the edge \(\{u, w\}\) is also in \(E\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is transitive when for {{c2::any two edges \(\{u, v\} \text{ and } \{v, w\}\) in \(E\), the edge \(\{u, w\}\) is also in \(E\)}}.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is {{c1::<b>transitive</b>}} when for&nbsp;{{c2::any two edges&nbsp;\(\{u, v\} \text{ and } \{v, w\}\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(E\), the edge&nbsp;\(\{u, w\}\)&nbsp;is also in&nbsp;\(E\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1736: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: iHlSvEEQPk
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is complete when it's set of edges is {{c2::\(\{\{u, v\} \ | \ u, v \in V, u \neq v\}\) }}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is complete when it's set of edges is {{c2::\(\{\{u, v\} \ | \ u, v \in V, u \neq v\}\) }}.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is {{c1::<b>complete</b>}} when it's set of edges is {{c2::\(\{\{u, v\} \ | \ u, v \in V, u \neq v\}\)&nbsp;}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1737: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: i`Yd8WTI?B
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    There's no MST if the graph is disconnected.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    There's no MST if the graph is disconnected.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text There's no MST if the graph is {{c1:: disconnected}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

    Note 1738: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ij#NQ.@u}5
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
    Is it possible to use the master theorem to get \(\Theta(f)\)? How?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
    Is it possible to use the master theorem to get \(\Theta(f)\)? How?

    for a recursive function if both the Master theorem for the upper bound on the runtime and the lower bound on the runtime hold, then \(T(n) = \Theta(n^b), \Theta(n^{\log_2 a}\log n), \Theta(n^{\log_2 a})\) respectively for the three cases
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is it possible to use the master theorem to get&nbsp;\(\Theta(f)\)? How?
    Back for a recursive function if both the Master theorem for the upper bound on the runtime and the lower bound on the runtime hold, then&nbsp;\(T(n) = \Theta(n^b), \Theta(n^{\log_2 a}\log n), \Theta(n^{\log_2 a})\)&nbsp;respectively for the three cases
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1739: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: i|cJp0X3s*
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is connected (Zusammenhängend) if for every two vertices \(u, v \in V\) \(u\) reaches \(v\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph \(G\) is connected (Zusammenhängend) if for every two vertices \(u, v \in V\) \(u\) reaches \(v\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A graph&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is {{c1::connected (<i>Zusammenhängend</i>)}} if {{c2::for every two vertices&nbsp;\(u, v \in V\)&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;reaches&nbsp;\(v\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1740: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: i~[|jYI|rt
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
    What is "backtracking" in DP problems?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
    What is "backtracking" in DP problems?

    Once the DP table is filled, backtracking reconstructs the actual solution (not just the optimal value) by tracing which choices led to each cell.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is "backtracking" in DP problems?
    Back Once the DP table is filled, backtracking reconstructs the actual solution (not just the optimal value) by tracing which choices led to each cell.<br><br><img src="paste-c186a33203c3cb874cfeb7870ee1a4c5d52bf205.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming

    Note 1741: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: j#w5w>dS6
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
    Runtime of
    Bellman-Ford

    Runtime: :\( \mathcal{O}(|E| \cdot |V|)\)}}

    Approach: Initiate all distances with  \(\infty\) . Then go \(|V| - 1\) times through every edge, and test for all (u,v) in E if \(\text{dist}[v] > \text{dist}[u] + w(u,v)\). If yes, update the distance. If after \(|V| - 1\) iterations an edge can still be relaxed (in a last iteration), then there exists a negative cycle

    Uses: Detect negative cycles, find minimal-cost paths in weighted graphs with negative weights}}
    ?



    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>Bellman-Ford</b></div><div style="text-align: center; "><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: :\( \mathcal{O}(|E| \cdot |V|)\)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: Initiate all distances with  \(\infty\) . Then go&nbsp;\(|V| - 1\)&nbsp;times through every edge, and test for all (u,v) in E if&nbsp;\(\text{dist}[v] &gt; \text{dist}[u] + w(u,v)\). If yes, update the distance. If after&nbsp;\(|V| - 1\)&nbsp;iterations an edge can still be relaxed (in a last iteration), then there exists a negative cycle</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: Detect negative cycles, find minimal-cost paths in weighted graphs with negative weights}}</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1742: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: j+9WeY4$!x
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
    Explain why reweighting in Johnson's algorithm works:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
    Explain why reweighting in Johnson's algorithm works:

    Assigns a height \(h(v)\) to each vertex. The new cost is then \(\hat{c}(u, v) = c(u, v) + h(u) - h(v)\).

    For a path \(P = (s, v_1, v_2, \dots, v_n, t)\) the cost \(\hat{c}(P) = \hat{c}(s, v_1) + \hat{c}(v_1, v_2) + \dots + \hat{c}(v_n, t)\) the costs cancel out in pairs: \(c(s, v_1) + h(s) - h(v_1) + c(v_1, v_2) + h(v_1) - h(v_2) + \dots + c(v_n, t) + h(v_n) - h(t)\) gives \(= c(P) + h(s) - h(t)\), which satisfies our requirements that the ordering stay the same.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Explain <b>why</b> reweighting in Johnson's algorithm works:
    Back Assigns a height&nbsp;\(h(v)\)&nbsp;to each vertex. The new cost is then \(\hat{c}(u, v) = c(u, v) + h(u) - h(v)\).<br><br>For a path \(P = (s, v_1, v_2, \dots, v_n, t)\) the cost \(\hat{c}(P) = \hat{c}(s, v_1) + \hat{c}(v_1, v_2) + \dots + \hat{c}(v_n, t)\) the costs cancel out in pairs: \(c(s, v_1) + h(s) - h(v_1) + c(v_1, v_2) + h(v_1) - h(v_2) + \dots + c(v_n, t) + h(v_n) - h(t)\) gives \(= c(P) + h(s) - h(t)\), which satisfies our requirements that the ordering stay the same.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm

    Note 1743: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: jBru?ce!L0
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths
    We use Floyd-Warshall over Johnsons, when the graph is very dense \(|E| = \Theta(|V|^2)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths
    We use Floyd-Warshall over Johnsons, when the graph is very dense \(|E| = \Theta(|V|^2)\).

    Then the \(n \cdot (n + m) \) becomes \(n \cdot (n + n^2)\) which is \(O(n^3)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We use&nbsp;<b>Floyd-Warshall</b>&nbsp;over&nbsp;<b>Johnsons</b>, when the graph is {{c1:: very dense&nbsp;\(|E| = \Theta(|V|^2)\)}}.
    Extra Then the&nbsp;\(n \cdot (n + m) \)&nbsp;becomes&nbsp;\(n \cdot (n + n^2)\)&nbsp;which is&nbsp;\(O(n^3)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths

    Note 1744: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: jcougdQ#0G
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Runtime of
    Kruskal

    Runtime: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| \log |E| + |E| \log|V|)\)}}

    Approach:

    Uses:
    ?



    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>Kruskal</b></div><div><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| \log |E| + |E| \log|V|)\)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::Sort the edges by weight and add them one-by-one as long as they are in different components (which can be checked efficiently with Union Find).}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::Find MST in weighted, undirected graph}}</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1745: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: jj%LAs_%qo
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    Pre- and Postordering in BFS:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    Pre- and Postordering in BFS:

    Same as with pre-/postordering, we can use enter-/leave-ordering here: 
    • enter step at which vertex \(v\) is first encountered.
    • leave step at which vertex \(v\) is dequeued
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Pre- and Postordering in BFS:
    Back <div>Same as with <strong>pre-/postordering</strong>, we can use <strong>enter-/leave-ordering</strong> here:&nbsp;</div><div><ul><li><code>enter</code> step at which vertex&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;is first encountered.</li><li><code>leave</code> step at which vertex&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;is dequeued<br></li></ul><div><img src="paste-19431b32f9a8ad33704854b76596be9edd8629d5.jpg"></div></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

    Note 1746: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: jp(fyg:?5N
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    What is the mathematical definition of a graph?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    What is the mathematical definition of a graph?

    \(G = (V, E)\) with \(V\) the set of all vertices (Knotenmenge) and \(E\) the set of all edges (Kantenmenge).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the mathematical definition of a graph?
    Back \(G = (V, E)\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(V\)&nbsp;the set of all vertices (<i>Knotenmenge</i>) and&nbsp;\(E\)&nbsp;the set of all edges (<i>Kantenmenge</i>).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1747: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: k#~pL>w{_$
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    What are the prerequisites for \(f\) and \(g\) to apply l'Hôpital's?
    1. \(f, g\) are differentiable (for sufficiently large \(x\))
    2. {{c2::\(\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x) = \lim_{x \to \infty} g(x) = \infty\) (or both \(= 0\))}}
    3. \(g'(x) \neq 0\) for sufficiently large \(x\)
    4. {{c4::\(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\) exists (or is \(\pm \infty\))}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    What are the prerequisites for \(f\) and \(g\) to apply l'Hôpital's?
    1. \(f, g\) are differentiable (for sufficiently large \(x\))
    2. {{c2::\(\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x) = \lim_{x \to \infty} g(x) = \infty\) (or both \(= 0\))}}
    3. \(g'(x) \neq 0\) for sufficiently large \(x\)
    4. {{c4::\(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\) exists (or is \(\pm \infty\))}}

    Then: \(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f(x)}{g(x)} = \lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text What are the prerequisites for&nbsp;\(f\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(g\)&nbsp;to apply l'Hôpital's?<ol><li>{{c1::\(f, g\)&nbsp;are differentiable (for sufficiently large \(x\))}}<br></li><li>{{c2::\(\lim_{x \to \infty} f(x) = \lim_{x \to \infty} g(x) = \infty\)&nbsp;(or both \(= 0\))}}<br></li><li>{{c3::\(g'(x) \neq 0\)&nbsp;for sufficiently large \(x\)}}<br></li><li>{{c4::\(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\)&nbsp;exists (or is \(\pm \infty\))}}<br></li></ol>
    Extra Then: \(\lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f(x)}{g(x)} = \lim_{x \to \infty} \frac{f'(x)}{g'(x)}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1748: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: k%duL(GzS|
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    In every connected graph \(G\), when executing Kruskal using Union-Find, the representative repr[u] changes \(O(\dots)\) times:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    In every connected graph \(G\), when executing Kruskal using Union-Find, the representative repr[u] changes \(O(\dots)\) times:

    \(O(\log_2 |V|)\), as we always at least double the size of the representative (we merge smaller into bigger, and repr[u] changes if it's the smaller one).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front In every connected graph&nbsp;\(G\), when executing Kruskal using Union-Find, the representative&nbsp;<b>repr[u]</b>&nbsp;changes&nbsp;\(O(\dots)\)&nbsp;times:
    Back \(O(\log_2 |V|)\), as we always at least double the size of the representative (we merge smaller into bigger, and repr[u] changes if it's the smaller one).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1749: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: kCvO2]PU.a
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
     \(\ln(1)= {{c1:: 0::\text{Number} }}\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
     \(\ln(1)= {{c1:: 0::\text{Number} }}\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text &nbsp;\(\ln(1)= {{c1:: 0::\text{Number} }}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1750: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: kR-q@1!eo3
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
    The runtime of search in a binary tree is \(O(h)\), where \(h\) is the height.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
    The runtime of search in a binary tree is \(O(h)\), where \(h\) is the height.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The runtime of&nbsp;<b>search</b>&nbsp;in a binary tree is {{c1::\(O(h)\),&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(h\)&nbsp;is the height}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees

    Note 1751: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: kXVME,u35.
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::4._Merge_Sort
    What's the space complexity of merge sort?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::4._Merge_Sort
    What's the space complexity of merge sort?

    \(O(n)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What's the space complexity of merge sort?
    Back \(O(n)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::4._Merge_Sort

    Note 1752: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: kn@H8`z>0t
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Runtime of DFS (Depth First Search)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Runtime of DFS (Depth First Search)?

    \( \mathcal{O}(|E| + |V|) \) (using Adjacency List)

    Can be efficiently implemented using a stack.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name DFS (Depth First Search)
    Runtime \( \mathcal{O}(|E| + |V|) \)&nbsp;(using Adjacency List)
    Approach Explore as far as possible along each branch before backtracking. Potentially keep track of pre- / post-numbers to make edge classifications.<br><br>We want to find a sink, add it to the list, then backtrack and find the next one.<br><br>The reversed post-order then gives us a toposort.<br><br>Example output:<br><img src="paste-f6163ccea9c72dbfdc9cb9045b600a5a41b8aa6b.jpg">
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-5537480f9880c9630a43556e85ee2212f7e13193.jpg"><br><img src="paste-41e2f022754e20c752ede867ac0cee31b182479f.jpg">
    Use Case Find connected components, Toposort
    Extra Info Can be efficiently implemented using a stack.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

    Note 1753: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Reverso
    GUID: l2vPmFwTj!
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
    Subsequence

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
    Subsequence

    Teilfolge
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Subsequence
    Back Teilfolge
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming

    Note 1754: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: l`x
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    \(\ln(2) - 1 < 0\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    \(\ln(2) - 1 < 0\)

    We have \(\ln(2) \sim 0.67\) thus it's negative.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(\ln(2) - 1 {{c1::&lt; :: relation}} 0\)
    Extra We have&nbsp;\(\ln(2) \sim 0.67\)&nbsp;thus it's negative.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1755: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: lg2TVeS_j]
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    How can I find the asymptotic behavior of a sum like \(\sum_{i = 1}^{^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil}} \sqrt{i}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    How can I find the asymptotic behavior of a sum like \(\sum_{i = 1}^{^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil}} \sqrt{i}\)?

    Sum and integral have the same asymptotic behavior (not covered in lecture)!

    \[\begin{align} \sum_{i=1}^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil} \sqrt{i} &\sim \int_1^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil} \sqrt{x}\,dx \\ &= \left[\frac{2}{3}x^{3/2}\right]_1^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil} \\ &= \frac{2}{3}\bigl(\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil^{3/2} - 1\bigr) \\ &\sim \frac{2}{3}\bigl(n^{1/2}\bigr)^{3/2} \\ &= \Theta(n^{3/4}). \end{align}\]
    (We use \(\sim\) to denote asympotic equivalence. Correct but verbose would be to wrap everything in \(\Theta\))
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can I find the asymptotic behavior of a sum like \(\sum_{i = 1}^{^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil}} \sqrt{i}\)?
    Back Sum and integral have the same asymptotic behavior (not covered in lecture)!<br><br>\[\begin{align} \sum_{i=1}^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil} \sqrt{i} &amp;\sim \int_1^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil} \sqrt{x}\,dx \\ &amp;= \left[\frac{2}{3}x^{3/2}\right]_1^{\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil} \\ &amp;= \frac{2}{3}\bigl(\lceil \sqrt{n} \rceil^{3/2} - 1\bigr) \\ &amp;\sim \frac{2}{3}\bigl(n^{1/2}\bigr)^{3/2} \\ &amp;= \Theta(n^{3/4}). \end{align}\]<br> (We use&nbsp;\(\sim\)&nbsp;to denote asympotic equivalence. Correct but verbose would be to wrap everything in&nbsp;\(\Theta\))
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1756: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ll$H=f;!5
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    Which functions \(f(n)\) have \(\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty} f(n)\) undefined?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    Which functions \(f(n)\) have \(\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty} f(n)\) undefined?

    Typically functions that oscilate as they approach infinity such as \(f(n) = \sin n\) or \(f(n) = (-1)^n\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Which functions&nbsp;\(f(n)\)&nbsp;have&nbsp;\(\lim_{n\rightarrow \infty} f(n)\)&nbsp;undefined?
    Back Typically functions that oscilate as they approach infinity such as&nbsp;\(f(n) = \sin n\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(f(n) = (-1)^n\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1757: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: m3`Qbb~x?c
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    2-3 Tree: We deleted a node and now it's sibling is an only child. What happens if it's neighbor has 3 keys?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    2-3 Tree: We deleted a node and now it's sibling is an only child. What happens if it's neighbor has 3 keys?

    Our current node adopts one of the children. The separators have to be updated by “rotating them”. The parent sep moves with the adopted and the left sep becomes the new parent).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>2-3 Tree</b>: We deleted a node and now it's sibling is an only child. What happens if it's neighbor has 3 keys?
    Back Our current node adopts one of the children. The separators have to be updated by “rotating them”. The parent sep moves with the adopted and the left sep becomes the new parent).<br><br><img src="paste-bd8f4c10d3d0aaa08619b4e358673f9ff6b134a0.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

    Note 1758: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: m5TC:^C`Y9
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
    How to speed up array access for a DP-array

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
    How to speed up array access for a DP-array

    Row-Major vs. Column Major Access:

    Set the inner loop variable to be the array's inner variable:

    for j in ...:
      for i in ...:
        DP[j][i]

    Otherwise we have to jump DP[i].length elements each time we want to access the next element.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How to speed up array access for a DP-array
    Back <b>Row-Major</b> vs. <b>Column Major</b> Access:<br><br>Set the inner loop variable to be the array's inner variable:<br><br>for j in ...:<br>&nbsp; for i in ...:<br>&nbsp; &nbsp; DP[j][i]<br><br>Otherwise we have to jump DP[i].length elements each time we want to access the next element.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming

    Note 1759: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: m@n![^u6MY
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    Two vertices are strongly connected in a directed graph if there exists both a path from u to v and v to u.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    Two vertices are strongly connected in a directed graph if there exists both a path from u to v and v to u.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Two vertices are {{c1::<b>strongly connected</b>}} in a directed graph if there exists {{c2:: both a path from u to v and v to u}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

    Note 1760: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: mBd+!cdp:/
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In graph theory, a walk (Weg) is a series of connected vertices.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In graph theory, a walk (Weg) is a series of connected vertices.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In graph theory, a {{c1::walk (<i>Weg</i>)}} is a {{c2::series of connected vertices}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1761: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: mE_HQ.Ipi8
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
    What is the heap condition for a maxHeap?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
    What is the heap condition for a maxHeap?

    All children are smaller than their parents.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the heap condition for a&nbsp;<b>maxHeap</b>?
    Back All children are smaller than their parents.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort

    Note 1762: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: mLAF6cI?#i
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Runtime of initialising an adjacency list:  \(O(n + m)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Runtime of initialising an adjacency list:  \(O(n + m)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Runtime of initialising an adjacency list: {{c1::&nbsp;\(O(n + m)\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1763: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: mMw-t6k&nH
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Describe the steps of Boruvka's Algorithm:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Describe the steps of Boruvka's Algorithm:


    1. For Boruvka, we start with the set of edges \(F = \emptyset\). We treat each of the isolated vertices of the graph as it’s own connected component.
    2. Each vertex marks it’s cheapest outgoing edge as a safe edge (making use of the cut property). We add these to \(F\).
    • Note that some of the edges might be chosen by both adjacent vertices, we still only add them once.
    1. Now, repeat by finding the cheapest outgoing edge for each component. Do this until all are connected.
    2. \(F\) constitutes the edges of the MST.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Describe the steps of&nbsp;<b>Boruvka's Algorithm</b>:
    Back <ol><br><li>For Boruvka, we start with the set of edges&nbsp;\(F = \emptyset\). We treat each of the <em>isolated vertices</em> of the graph as it’s <em>own connected component</em>.</li><li>Each vertex marks it’s cheapest outgoing edge as a <em>safe edge</em> (making use of the cut property). We add these to&nbsp;\(F\).</li></ol><ul><li>Note that some of the edges might be chosen by both adjacent vertices, we still only add them once.<br><img src="paste-053ccf0acc6d560628bd8518b928a0d6c2687cb1.jpg"></li></ul><ol><li>Now, repeat by finding the cheapest outgoing edge for each component. Do this until all are connected.</li><li>\(F\)&nbsp;constitutes the edges of the MST.</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::1._Boruvka's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1764: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: m`oj
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
    Runtime of Prim's Algorithm?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
    Runtime of Prim's Algorithm?

    \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\) (Adjacency List, otherwise \(\Theta(|V|^2)\) like Dijkstra's)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Prim's Algorithm
    Runtime \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\)&nbsp;(Adjacency List, otherwise&nbsp;\(\Theta(|V|^2)\)&nbsp;like Dijkstra's)
    Requirements Undirected, connected and weighted graph.
    Approach <div>Prim’s algorithm starts with a single vertex and grows the MST outwards from that seed.</div> <ol> <li><strong>Initialisation:</strong><ul> <li>Select and arbitrary starting vertex&nbsp;\(s\)&nbsp;and empty set&nbsp;\(F\)</li> <li>Set&nbsp;\(S = {s}\)&nbsp;tracks the vertices in the MST</li> <li>Each vertex gets a <code>key[v] =</code> representing the cheapest known connection cost to&nbsp;\(v\):<ul> <li>\(\infty\)&nbsp;if no edge connects&nbsp;\(s\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(v\)</li> <li>\(w(s, v)\)&nbsp;if edge&nbsp;\((s, v)\)&nbsp;exists</li> </ul> </li> <li>Use a priority queue&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;(<em>Min-Heap</em>) to store the vertices, in order of lowest <code>key</code> cost</li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Iteration:</strong><ul> <li><em>Select and add</em> Extract the vertex&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;with the minimum <code>key</code> from&nbsp;\(Q\). This is the cheapest to connected to the current MST. Add&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(S\).</li> <li><em>Update Neighbours</em> For each neighbour&nbsp;<b>\(v\)&nbsp;</b>of&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;<em>not</em> in&nbsp;\(S\):<ul> <li>If&nbsp;\(w(u, v) &lt; \text{key}[v]\)&nbsp;update <code>key[v] = w(u, v)</code> and update the priority in&nbsp;\(Q\).<ul> <li>This discovers potentially cheaper connections to vertices outside the current MST. If a <em>cheaper edge</em> to&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;is found, the current value in <code>key[v]</code> cannot be part of the MST</li> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Termination:</strong> When&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;is empty, all vertices are in&nbsp;\(S\)&nbsp;and connected, and the edges chosen are in the MST (tracked in the set&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;through updates).</li></ol>
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-7d28e852262c66f4efd97974921c1a6120b2c2a1.jpg">
    Use Case Find MST
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm

    Note 1765: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: mabS@W|F#G
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
    Explain how to find a topological order (high-level):

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
    Explain how to find a topological order (high-level):

    We can build one backwards, by always finding a vertex which has no succeeding vertices, removing it from the graph and adding it to the front of our topologically sorted list.

    This is not possible if there is a directed cycle in the graph.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Explain how to find a topological order (high-level):
    Back We can build one backwards, by always finding a vertex which has no succeeding vertices, removing it from the graph and adding it to the front of our topologically sorted list.<br><br>This is not possible if there is a directed cycle in the graph.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting

    Note 1766: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: mhrX@w|*.`
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    In graph theory, an Eulerian walk (Eulerweg) is a walk that contains every edge of the graph exactly once.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    In graph theory, an Eulerian walk (Eulerweg) is a walk that contains every edge of the graph exactly once.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In graph theory, an {{c2::Eulerian walk (Eulerweg)}} is a {{c1::walk that contains every edge of the graph exactly once}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

    Note 1767: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ms|2]oAD;M
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    If  \(T(n) = aT(n/ 2) + Cn^b\), then we get which type of O-Notation?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    If  \(T(n) = aT(n/ 2) + Cn^b\), then we get which type of O-Notation?

    \(T(n) = \Theta(...)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front If&nbsp;&nbsp;\(T(n) = aT(n/ 2) + Cn^b\),&nbsp;then we get which type of O-Notation?
    Back \(T(n) = \Theta(...)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1768: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: m{e.+pS,Zn
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    How can you find the upper bound of a geometric series like \(T = 7^1, 7^2, \ldots, 7^n\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    How can you find the upper bound of a geometric series like \(T = 7^1, 7^2, \ldots, 7^n\)?

    Use the multiply-subract trick.
    1. Mutliply the series by its base: \(7T\)
    2. Subtract: \(7T - T = 7^{n+1} - 7^1\) (middle terms cancel)
    3. Factor: \(T(7-1) = 7^{n+1} - 7^1\)
    4. Divide: \(T = \frac{7^{n+1} - 7^1}{6}\)
    This trick works even if every term has a constant coefficient.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can you find the upper bound of a geometric series like&nbsp;\(T = 7^1, 7^2, \ldots, 7^n\)?
    Back Use the multiply-subract trick.<br><ol><li>Mutliply the series by its base:&nbsp;\(7T\)</li><li>Subtract:&nbsp;\(7T - T = 7^{n+1} - 7^1\)&nbsp;(middle terms cancel)</li><li>Factor:&nbsp;\(T(7-1) = 7^{n+1} - 7^1\)</li><li>Divide:&nbsp;\(T = \frac{7^{n+1} - 7^1}{6}\)</li></ol><div>This trick works even if every term has a constant coefficient.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1769: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: n!`Y!GEmVs
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::\(\frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\)}} 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::\(\frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\)}} 
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(\frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\)}}&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1770: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: n/PBpw~:i9
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
    We can use a binary search tree to implement the dictionary.

    The tree-condition is for every node, all keys in the left child are smaller than those in the right child.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
    We can use a binary search tree to implement the dictionary.

    The tree-condition is for every node, all keys in the left child are smaller than those in the right child.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We can use a binary search tree to implement the dictionary. <br><br>The tree-condition is {{c1::for every node, all keys in the left child are smaller than those in the right child}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees

    Note 1771: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: n=wUJ;@Xl(
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    In BFS enter/leave ordering, the FIFO queue guarantees that the enter order equals the leave order within a given level.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    In BFS enter/leave ordering, the FIFO queue guarantees that the enter order equals the leave order within a given level.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In BFS enter/leave ordering, the FIFO queue guarantees that {{c1:: the&nbsp;<b>enter</b>&nbsp;order equals the&nbsp;<b>leave</b>&nbsp;order}} within a given level.
    Extra <img src="paste-c9b5b7b50fe725bc637971579e3dbf01f1fcf04e.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

    Note 1772: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: nK{)v6I%zc
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack
    The ADT stack can be efficiently implemented using a singly linked list:
    • push:  \(\Theta(1)\)
    • pop:  \(\Theta(1)\) as this removes the first element. This means we just copy the pointer next from the first element to be the first pointer of the list.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack
    The ADT stack can be efficiently implemented using a singly linked list:
    • push:  \(\Theta(1)\)
    • pop:  \(\Theta(1)\) as this removes the first element. This means we just copy the pointer next from the first element to be the first pointer of the list.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The ADT&nbsp;<b>stack</b>&nbsp;can be efficiently implemented using a {{c1::<b>singly linked list</b>}}:<br><ul><li><b>push</b>: {{c2::&nbsp;\(\Theta(1)\)}}<br></li><li><b>pop</b>: {{c3::&nbsp;\(\Theta(1)\)&nbsp;as this removes the first element. This means we just copy the pointer next from the first element to be the first pointer of the list.}}<br></li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack

    Note 1773: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: nb9;e*.#MD
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort
    Runtime of Heapsort?



    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Heapsort
    Approach <div>Heapsort works like selection sort by always selecting the largest element and placing it at the end of the sorted array, but instead of having to do an expensive linear search for the largest element, we make it \(O(\log(n))\).</div><div><br></div> <div>This is done by converting the array into a <b>MaxHeap</b> before sorting.</div><div>This Heap is a tree that has the property that children are always smaller than their parents.</div>
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-c3c90bd522d914043899edd053866ac14fa0391e.jpg">
    Invariant <div>The heap property is correct for the maxHeap. Then the biggest element will always be on top.</div>
    Attributes Is in place, we re-organise the array into a heap.<br>Not Stable
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::7._Heapsort

    Note 1774: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: nfdJ7OmBdJ
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE
    Runtime of
    Floyd-Warshall

    Runtime: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|V|^3)\)}}

    Approach:

    Uses:
    ?



    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>Floyd-Warshall</b></div><div style="text-align: center; "><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|V|^3)\)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::3D DP: It is based on a triple-nested <code>for</code>-loop with the following recursion:&nbsp;\(d[u][v] = \min(d[u][v], d[u][i] + d[i][v])\).}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::All-to-all shortest path in directed graph without negative cycles.}}</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1775: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: nmO79UYMKA
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    DFS Pseudocode needs to include a for loop over all unmarked nodes, when we're not sure whether the graph is connected.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    DFS Pseudocode needs to include a for loop over all unmarked nodes, when we're not sure whether the graph is connected.

    Otherwise we aren't visiting ZHKs that aren't connected to our chosen first node.
    DFS(g):
        all vertices unmarked
        for u unmarked:
            visit(u)
    
    visit(u):
        mark u
        for v adjacent to u:
    

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text DFS Pseudocode needs to include {{c1:: a for loop over all unmarked nodes}}, when we're not sure whether the graph is connected.
    Extra Otherwise we aren't visiting ZHKs that aren't connected to our chosen first node.<pre><code>DFS(g): all vertices unmarked for u unmarked: visit(u) visit(u): mark u for v adjacent to u: </code></pre><pre><code><br></code></pre>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

    Note 1776: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: nveI`k>WMt
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::3._Lower_Bound_for_Searching
    What is the lower bound for any search algorithm?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::3._Lower_Bound_for_Searching
    What is the lower bound for any search algorithm?

    No search algorithm can be faster than \(\log n\) as that is the minimum number of comparisons needed to have "seen all elements".
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the lower bound for any search algorithm?
    Back No search algorithm can be faster than&nbsp;\(\log n\)&nbsp;as that is the minimum number of comparisons needed to have "seen all elements".
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::03._Searching_Algorithms::3._Lower_Bound_for_Searching

    Note 1777: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: nzfDv_KLH2
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::1._Bubble_Sort
    Runtime of Bubble Sort?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::1._Bubble_Sort
    Runtime of Bubble Sort?

    Best Case: \(O(n^2)\) (\(O(n)\) if checking for swaps and aborting early)
    Worst Case: \(O(n^2)\) 

    We use \(\Theta(n^2)\) comparisons and \(O(n^2)\) switches.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Bubble Sort
    Runtime Best Case:&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)&nbsp;(\(O(n)\)&nbsp;if checking for swaps and aborting early)<br>Worst Case:&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)&nbsp;
    Approach It goes through the array&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;times, each time "bubbling up" the biggest element to the end, by swapping it.<br><br>During each inner iteration, high elements are swapped with their right neighbours until they hit a higher one. The algorithm then continues after that.<br><img src="paste-77ff59065d5ea6786b5452097dc4c319413d239e.jpg">
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-b6704232ae2ec9073bbdb5b301db58d064bf7963.jpg">
    Extra Info We use&nbsp;\(\Theta(n^2)\)&nbsp;comparisons and \(O(n^2)\)&nbsp;switches.
    Invariant Nach&nbsp;\(j\)&nbsp;Durchläufen der äusseren Schleife sind die&nbsp;\(j\)&nbsp;grössten Elemente am richtigen Ort.
    Worst Case Scenario Array sorted in descending order
    Attributes In-Place<br>Stable<br><div><br></div> <div>An algorithm is in-place if it uses only a constant amount of extra memory (i.e., O(1) additional space), beyond the input itself. It modifies the input data structure directly rather than creating a copy.&nbsp;</div><div><br></div><div>An algorithm is <em>stable</em> if it preserves the relative order of elements with equal keys. If two elements have the same value, they appear in the same order in the output as they did in the input.<br></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::1._Bubble_Sort

    Note 1778: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: nzhNF&3(!D
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    What is the handshake lemma in directed graphs?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    What is the handshake lemma in directed graphs?

    \[ \sum_{v \in V} \deg_{out}(v) = \sum_{v \in V} \deg_{in}(v) = |E| \]
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the handshake lemma in directed graphs?
    Back \[ \sum_{v \in V} \deg_{out}(v) = \sum_{v \in V} \deg_{in}(v) = |E| \]<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

    Note 1779: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: o-3hRLI()p
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::4._Longest_Common_Subsequence
    Runtime of Longest Common Subsequence?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::4._Longest_Common_Subsequence
    Runtime of Longest Common Subsequence?

    \(\Theta(n \cdot m)\)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Longest Common Subsequence
    Runtime \(\Theta(n \cdot m)\)
    Approach <div>DP-Table: <code>DP[0..n][0..m]</code> for&nbsp;\(n, m\)&nbsp;lengths of the strings</div><div><br></div><div><div>longest common subsequence that two strings share. For example TIGER and ZIEGE share IGE as a LGT.</div></div><div><br></div><div> <div>This gives us the following recursion:&nbsp;&nbsp;\[L(i,j) = \begin{cases} 0, &amp; i = 0 \text{ oder } j = 0 \\ L(i-1, j-1) + 1, &amp; X_i = Y_j \\ \max(L(i-1,j), L(i,j-1)), &amp; X_i \neq Y_j \end{cases}\]</div></div>
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-5d0d1e2b1030b40ef6fce29f1fe1bd0e71105b03.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::4._Longest_Common_Subsequence

    Note 1780: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: o3QNr=]FF`
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    What is contracting an edge?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    What is contracting an edge?

    We contract \(\{v, w\}\) by:
    1. Replacing \(v\) and \(w\) by a single vertex \(vw\)
    2. Replacing any edge \(\{v,x\}\) or \(\{w, x\}\) by \(\{vw, x\}\).
    3. Set the weights to their previous ones, and the minimum if there was more than one.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is&nbsp;<b>contracting</b>&nbsp;an edge?
    Back We contract&nbsp;\(\{v, w\}\)&nbsp;by:<br><ol><li>Replacing&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(w\)&nbsp;by a single vertex&nbsp;\(vw\)</li><li>Replacing any edge&nbsp;\(\{v,x\}\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(\{w, x\}\)&nbsp;by&nbsp;\(\{vw, x\}\).</li><li>Set the weights to their previous ones, and the minimum if there was more than one.</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1781: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: o5O]N!`p|^
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm
    Floyd-Warshall, when is there a negative cycle?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm
    Floyd-Warshall, when is there a negative cycle?

    There exists a negative cycle \(\Leftrightarrow \exists v \in V \ : \ d^n_{v \rightarrow v} < 0\)

    In words: If there exists a path from a vertex to itself with negative weight (passing through any other vertex, i.e.  \(n\)th iteration of the outer loop), then there exists a negative cycle that contains this vertex.

    We can perform a negative cycle check at the end, by going over all diagonals.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Floyd-Warshall, when is there a negative cycle?
    Back <div>There exists a negative cycle \(\Leftrightarrow \exists v \in V \ : \ d^n_{v \rightarrow v} &lt; 0\)</div><div><br></div> <div>In words: If there exists a path from a vertex to itself with negative weight (passing through any other vertex, i.e.  \(n\)th iteration of the outer loop), then there exists a negative cycle that contains this vertex.</div><br><div>We can perform a negative cycle check at the end, by going over all diagonals.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm

    Note 1782: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: o5tDbHBc7i
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    In a directed Graph, what does \(E\) contain?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    In a directed Graph, what does \(E\) contain?

    \(E\) is the set of all edges which contains tuples \(e = (u, v)\). The edge has a direction.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front In a directed Graph, what does&nbsp;\(E\)&nbsp;contain?
    Back \(E\)&nbsp;is the set of all edges which contains tuples&nbsp;\(e = (u, v)\). The edge has a direction.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

    Note 1783: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: o82ycSuD=_
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    How do we derive an upper limit for a sum?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    How do we derive an upper limit for a sum?

    The upper limit can be expressed as the highest term, times the amount of terms:\[ \sum_{i = 1}^n i^3 = 1^3 + 2^3 + 3^3 + \ ... \ + n^3 \leq n \cdot \sum_{i = 1}^n n^3 = n^4 \]
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we derive an upper limit for a sum?
    Back The upper limit can be expressed as the <b>highest term</b>, times the <b>amount of terms</b>:\[ \sum_{i = 1}^n i^3 = 1^3 + 2^3 + 3^3 + \ ... \ + n^3 \leq n \cdot \sum_{i = 1}^n n^3 = n^4 \]<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1784: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: o>e0u7Qnuv
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack
    What is pseudo-polynomial time?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack
    What is pseudo-polynomial time?

    Runtime dependent on a number \(W\) (like in knapsack) which is not correlated polynomially to input length but exponentially.

    The DP-table get's 10x for \(W = 10 \rightarrow 100\) but the input size (binary) only grows from \(\log_2(10) \approx 3 \rightarrow \approx 6\) so x2.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is pseudo-polynomial time?
    Back Runtime dependent on a number&nbsp;\(W\)&nbsp;(like in knapsack) which is not correlated polynomially to input length but exponentially.<br><br>The DP-table get's 10x for&nbsp;\(W = 10 \rightarrow 100\)&nbsp;but the input size (binary) only grows from&nbsp;\(\log_2(10) \approx 3 \rightarrow \approx 6\)&nbsp;so x2.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack

    Note 1785: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oFu
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Prim's Algorithm has a runtime of   \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Prim's Algorithm has a runtime of   \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>Prim's Algorithm</b>&nbsp;has a runtime of {{c1::&nbsp; \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1786: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: oIH*tMNYzG
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Number of edges in a Hamiltonian path

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Number of edges in a Hamiltonian path

    Any hamiltonian path has exactly \(n - 1\) edges, as it visits every vertex once.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Number of edges in a Hamiltonian path
    Back Any hamiltonian path has exactly&nbsp;\(n - 1\)&nbsp;edges, as it visits every vertex once.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1787: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oOY},#*:q]
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort
    In every iteration of insertion sort, we take the first element from the unsorted input and place it correctly in the sorted output.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort
    In every iteration of insertion sort, we take the first element from the unsorted input and place it correctly in the sorted output.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In every iteration of&nbsp;<b>insertion sort</b>, we {{c1::take the first element from the unsorted input and place it correctly in the sorted output}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort

    Note 1788: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oOvB8b@l_D
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    Master Theorem: If  \(b < \log_2(a)\) then {{c2:: \(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2 a})\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    Master Theorem: If  \(b < \log_2(a)\) then {{c2:: \(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2 a})\)}}.

    The recursive work dominates.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Master Theorem: If {{c1::&nbsp;\(b &lt; \log_2(a)\)}} then {{c2::&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2 a})\)}}.
    Extra The recursive work dominates.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1789: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oSKGiZq$
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In graph theory, a closed walk (Zyklus) is a walk where \(v_0 = v_n\) (start = end).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In graph theory, a closed walk (Zyklus) is a walk where \(v_0 = v_n\) (start = end).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In graph theory, a {{c2::closed walk (<i>Zyklus</i>)}} is a {{c1::walk where&nbsp;\(v_0 = v_n\) (start = end)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1790: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: oWyDyQ_9bL
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
    After adding \(x\) edges to the Union-Find datastructure, the repr array contains \(n-x\) components (different values).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find
    After adding \(x\) edges to the Union-Find datastructure, the repr array contains \(n-x\) components (different values).

    Each added edge removes one unconnected component.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text After adding&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;edges to the Union-Find datastructure, the&nbsp;<b>repr</b>&nbsp;array contains {{c1::\(n-x\)&nbsp;components (different values)}}.
    Extra Each added edge <i>removes one unconnected component</i>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::3._Kruskal's_Algorithm::1._Union_Find

    Note 1791: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: o[gwr|.}+m
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
    What is a relaxation in Bellman-Ford?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
    What is a relaxation in Bellman-Ford?

    We "relax" an edge when \(d[u] + c(u, v) < d[v]\). In other words, we currently say that there is a path from \(s \rightarrow u\) and \(u \rightarrow v\) such that it's shorter than \(s \rightarrow v\).

    This means that our current upper-bound for the shortest distance to \(v\) (\(d[v]\)), is too high as it violates the triangle inequality. Thus we updated ("relax") the edge.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a relaxation in Bellman-Ford?
    Back We "relax" an edge when \(d[u] + c(u, v) &lt; d[v]\). In other words, we currently say that there is a path from \(s \rightarrow u\) and \(u \rightarrow v\) such that it's shorter than \(s \rightarrow v\).<br><br>This means that our <b>current upper-bound</b> for the shortest distance to&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;(\(d[v]\)), is too high as it violates the triangle inequality. Thus we updated ("relax") the edge.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm

    Note 1792: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: pK&d|%vUW(
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack
    How can we make Knapsack polynomial using approximation?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack
    How can we make Knapsack polynomial using approximation?

    Round the profits and solve the Knapsack problem for those rounded profits:
    \(\overline{p_i} := K \cdot \lfloor \frac{p_i}{K} \rfloor\).

    We then only have to compute every K'th entry of the DP-table.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we make Knapsack polynomial using approximation?
    Back Round the profits and solve the Knapsack problem for those rounded profits:<br>\(\overline{p_i} := K \cdot \lfloor \frac{p_i}{K} \rfloor\). <br><br>We then only have to compute every K'th entry of the DP-table.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::7._Knapsack

    Note 1793: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: pN9u9bXAnD
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
    When trying to find if \(f \leq O(g)\), what is a sufficient but not necessary condition to show?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
    When trying to find if \(f \leq O(g)\), what is a sufficient but not necessary condition to show?

    Let  \(N\) be an infinite subset of \(\mathbb{N}\) and \(f:N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\) and \(g: N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)
    If \(\lim_{n \rightarrow \infty} \frac{f(n)}{g(n)} = 0\), \(f \leq O(g)\), but  \(f \neq \Theta(g)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When trying to find if&nbsp;\(f \leq O(g)\), what is a sufficient but not necessary condition to show?
    Back <div>Let  \(N\)&nbsp;be an infinite subset of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(f:N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(g: N \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)</div><div>If \(\lim_{n \rightarrow \infty} \frac{f(n)}{g(n)} = 0\), \(f \leq O(g)\), but&nbsp;&nbsp;\(f \neq \Theta(g)\)</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1794: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: pOtqbJPwg.
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::2._Selection_Sort
    Runtime of Selection Sort?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::2._Selection_Sort
    Runtime of Selection Sort?

    Best Case: \(O(n^2)\)
    Worst Case: \(O(n^2)\)


    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Selection Sort
    Runtime <div>Best Case:&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)</div><div>Worst Case:&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)</div>
    Approach Every iteration, selection sort goes through the "unsorted part" of the array, searches for the biggest element and puts it at the end.<br><br>Thus on the right-side (or left-side if inverted), we have a list of sorted integers slowly growing, while we only compare the unsorted ones to findest the next biggest to put at the beginning of the sorted list.<br><br><img src="paste-6a66b1206f7de5b79d25af683f5dd409004852c0.jpg">
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-e41e8fe78828c54643b03175043cfb7610ff04df.jpg"><div>(This has the sorted list at the start thus searches the smallest element)</div>
    Invariant Nach&nbsp;\(j\)&nbsp;Durchläufen der äusseren Schleife sind die \(j\)&nbsp;grössten Elemente am richtigen Ort. (Same as for Bubblesort)
    Attributes In place<br>Not stable
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::2._Selection_Sort

    Note 1795: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: pW,X*T|gC[
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
    How can we use the Master theorem to get a lower bound on the asymptotic runtime of a recursive function?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
    How can we use the Master theorem to get a lower bound on the asymptotic runtime of a recursive function?

    Let  \(a, C' > 0\) and  \(b \geq 0\) be constants and let  \(T: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\) a function such that for all even \(n \in \mathbb{N}\) 
     \(T(n) \geq aT(\frac{n}{2}) + C'n^b\) . 
    Then for all  \(n = 2^k\) the following statements hold:
    1. if  \(b > \log_2a\), \(T(n) \geq \Omega(n^b)\)
    2. if  \(b = \log_2a\),  \(T(n) \geq \Omega (n^{\log_2a}\log n)\)
    3. if  \(b < \log_2a\),  \(T(n) \geq \Omega(n^{\log_2 a})\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we use the Master theorem to get a lower bound on the asymptotic runtime of a recursive function?
    Back Let&nbsp; \(a, C' &gt; 0\)&nbsp;and&nbsp; \(b \geq 0\)&nbsp;be constants and let&nbsp; \(T: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^+\)&nbsp;a function such that for all even&nbsp;\(n \in \mathbb{N}\) <br> \(T(n) \geq aT(\frac{n}{2}) + C'n^b\) .&nbsp;<br>Then for all&nbsp; \(n = 2^k\)&nbsp;the following statements hold:<br>1. if&nbsp; \(b &gt; \log_2a\),&nbsp;\(T(n) \geq \Omega(n^b)\)<br>2. if&nbsp; \(b = \log_2a\),&nbsp; \(T(n) \geq \Omega (n^{\log_2a}\log n)\)<br>3. if&nbsp; \(b &lt; \log_2a\),&nbsp; \(T(n) \geq \Omega(n^{\log_2 a})\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1796: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ph8S[}`Eh]
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort
    Insertion Sort is used in practice for sorting small arrays.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort
    Insertion Sort is used in practice for sorting small arrays.

    Example: In gcc, for (sub)arrays with length \(\le 16\), insertion sort is used, because it is faster.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>Insertion Sort</b>&nbsp;is used in practice for {{c1::sorting small arrays}}.
    Extra Example: In gcc, for (sub)arrays with length&nbsp;\(\le 16\), insertion sort is used, because it is faster.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::04._Sorting_Algorithms::3._Insertion_Sort

    Note 1797: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: p{21Af5^Ae
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    If a vertex of degree \(\geq 2\) is not a cut vertex then it must lie on a cycle.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    If a vertex of degree \(\geq 2\) is not a cut vertex then it must lie on a cycle.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If a vertex of degree&nbsp;\(\geq 2\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;<b>not</b>&nbsp;a cut vertex then {{c1::it must lie on a cycle}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1798: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: q@6d+^{0gK
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm
    In Dijkstra's after visiting vertex \(v\), the distance \(d(v)\) is never updated anymore.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm
    In Dijkstra's after visiting vertex \(v\), the distance \(d(v)\) is never updated anymore.

    No negative edges means there's no shorter way (we consider in increasing distance order).

    With negative weights, a longer path through an unvisited vertex could later turn out to be shorter due to a negative edge.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In Dijkstra's after visiting vertex&nbsp;\(v\), the distance&nbsp;\(d(v)\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: never updated anymore}}.
    Extra No negative edges means there's no shorter way (we consider in increasing distance order).<br><br>With negative weights, a longer path through an unvisited vertex could later turn out to be shorter due to a negative edge.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm

    Note 1799: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: qBT+Ifr6uX
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::1._Array
    In what situation is the array the correct underlying datastructure for a list?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::1._Array
    In what situation is the array the correct underlying datastructure for a list?

    When we have a fixed upper bound for the size of the list.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front In what situation is the array the correct underlying datastructure for a list?
    Back When we have a fixed upper bound for the size of the list.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::1._Array

    Note 1800: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: qG4lf_?<~s
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    We find the shortest walk in a graph using BFS.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    We find the shortest walk in a graph using BFS.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We find the&nbsp;<b>shortest walk</b>&nbsp;in a graph using {{c1:: BFS}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

    Note 1801: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: qYjlu[L8wY
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Runtime of initialising an adjacency matrix:  \(O(n^2)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Runtime of initialising an adjacency matrix:  \(O(n^2)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Runtime of initialising an adjacency matrix: {{c1::&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1802: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Reverso
    GUID: r8fq,6tx}{
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Walk

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Walk

    Weg
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Walk
    Back Weg
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1803: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: r?O)Apht$a
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    What's the runtime of any MST algorithm in a connected graph?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    What's the runtime of any MST algorithm in a connected graph?

    The runtime is \(O(|E| \log |V|)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What's the runtime of any MST algorithm in a connected graph?
    Back The runtime is&nbsp;\(O(|E| \log |V|)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

    Note 1804: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: rK[r{Nqt?9
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    In a directed graph can we have \((u, v) \land (v, u) \in E\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs
    In a directed graph can we have \((u, v) \land (v, u) \in E\)?

    Yes.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front In a directed graph can we have&nbsp;\((u, v) \land (v, u) \in E\)?
    Back Yes.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Directed_Graphs

    Note 1805: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: rL+,fn.ulX
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    The shortest path tree output by BFS is:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    The shortest path tree output by BFS is:

    A tree from the start-vertex with levels, for each distance:

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front The shortest path tree output by BFS is:
    Back A tree from the start-vertex with levels, for each distance:<br><br><img src="paste-4c913ffd2f874833dce2fab6c179871903517c76.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

    Note 1806: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: rUd4]Y&$Fr
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::2._Maximum_Subarray_Sum
    Runtime of Maximum Subarray Sum?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::2._Maximum_Subarray_Sum
    Runtime of Maximum Subarray Sum?

    \(\Theta(n)\)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Maximum Subarray Sum
    Runtime \(\Theta(n)\)
    Approach Table: DP[1..n]<br>Define the "randmax":&nbsp;\( R_j := \max_{1 \leq i \leq j} \sum_{k = i}^j A[k] \)&nbsp;(maximale summe eines teilarrays das an j endet.<br><ul><li>Base Case:&nbsp;\(R_1 = A[1]\)</li><li>Recursion is&nbsp;\(R_j = \max \{ A[j], R_{j - 1} + A[j] \}\)<br>Thus either our current subarray contains the element at j, or not and we start with it again.</li></ul>
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-8b50441eb44313fbab2c817e37ae70bb89ab0449.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::2._Maximum_Subarray_Sum

    Note 1807: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ra?I5x|G>*
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Runtime of operations in an adjacency matrix?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    Runtime of operations in an adjacency matrix?

    1. Check if \(uv \in E\): \(O(1)\)
    2. Vertex \(u\) , find all adjacent vertices in:  \(O(n)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>Runtime of o</b>perations in an adjacency m<b>atrix?</b>
    Back 1. Check if&nbsp;\(uv \in E\):&nbsp;\(O(1)\)<br>2. Vertex&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;, find all adjacent vertices in:&nbsp;&nbsp;\(O(n)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1808: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rnACRB4[8n
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

    \(\text{pre}(v) < \text{pre}(u) < \text{post}(u) < \text{post}(v)\): back edge

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge \((u, v)\):

    \(\text{pre}(v) < \text{pre}(u) < \text{post}(u) < \text{post}(v)\): back edge

    exists a cycle!
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Pre-/Post-Ordering Classification for an edge&nbsp;\((u, v)\):<br><br>\(\text{pre}(v) &lt; \text{pre}(u) &lt; \text{post}(u) &lt; \text{post}(v)\): {{c1:: back edge}}
    Extra exists a cycle!
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

    Note 1809: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rp1#iPsvnq
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::2._Linked_List
    In a linked list, the keys don't appear in order in memory. They each contain a pointer to the next element in the list instead.

    We also have an extra pointer to the end.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::2._Linked_List
    In a linked list, the keys don't appear in order in memory. They each contain a pointer to the next element in the list instead.

    We also have an extra pointer to the end.

    The last pointer of the list is a null pointer to indicate the end.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a <b>linked list</b>, the keys {{c1::don't appear in order in memory}}. They each contain {{c2::a pointer to the next element in the list instead}}.<br><br>We also have {{c3::an extra pointer to the end}}.
    Extra The last pointer of the list is a null pointer to indicate the end.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::2._Linked_List

    Note 1810: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ruU|XgSe,e
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List
    What extra pointer does the ADT List store?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List
    What extra pointer does the ADT List store?

    It stores an extra pointer to the end of the list (in a LinkedList to the last node, in an array to delimit the last element).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What extra pointer does the ADT List store?
    Back It stores an extra pointer to the end of the list (in a LinkedList to the last node, in an array to delimit the last element).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List

    Note 1811: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: rx?y6g[CSG
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    Describe the steps in BFS:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    Describe the steps in BFS:

    BFS is a shortest path algorithm.
    1. Initialisation:
      • Set the distance to all vertices to \(\infty\) in the d[v] array. Set the d[s] = 0.
      • Initialise a Queue \(Q\) with \(s\)
      • Set the dictionary parent = {}
    2. Exploration:
      • Dequeue the first element in the queue $v$
      • For all adjacent nodes \(u\) with distance \(= \infty\) (not visited yet):
        • Set the distance d[u] = d[v] + 1
        • add \(u\) to the queue
        • Set the parent[u] = v.
    3. Return: We return the distances and the shortest path tree

    The queue ensures that we don't mix up the order.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Describe the steps in&nbsp;<b>BFS</b>:
    Back BFS is a&nbsp;<b>shortest path algorithm</b>.<br><ol><li><strong>Initialisation:</strong> <ul> <li>Set the distance to all vertices to&nbsp;\(\infty\)&nbsp;in the <code>d[v]</code> array. Set the <code>d[s] = 0</code>.</li> <li>Initialise a Queue&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(s\)</li> <li>Set the dictionary <code>parent = {}</code></li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Exploration:</strong><ul> <li>Dequeue the first element in the queue $v$</li> <li>For all <em>adjacent nodes</em>&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;with distance \(= \infty\)&nbsp;(not visited yet):<ul> <li>Set the distance <code>d[u] = d[v] + 1</code></li> <li>add&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;to the queue</li> <li>Set the <code>parent[u] = v</code>.</li> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Return:</strong> We return the distances and the <em>shortest path tree</em></li></ol><div><br></div><div>The queue ensures that we don't mix up the order.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

    Note 1812: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: rzX#2=8CU?
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In graph theory, a cycle (Kreis) is a closed walk without repeated vertices and at least three vertices.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In graph theory, a cycle (Kreis) is a closed walk without repeated vertices and at least three vertices.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In graph theory, a {{c2::cycle (<i>Kreis</i>)}} is a {{c1::closed walk without repeated vertices}} and {{c1::at least three vertices}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1813: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s++QypVica
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue
    PriorityQueue is like a queue, with the difference that every key is associated with a natural number which indicates the importance.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue
    PriorityQueue is like a queue, with the difference that every key is associated with a natural number which indicates the importance.

    The elements are then returned in the order of this importance.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A&nbsp;<b>PriorityQueue</b>&nbsp;is like a queue, with the difference that {{c1:: every key is associated with a natural number which indicates the importance}}.
    Extra The elements are then returned in the order of this importance.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue

    Note 1814: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s0knxb/
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
    The height \(h(v)\) in Johnson's Algorithm is always negative \(\leq 0\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm
    The height \(h(v)\) in Johnson's Algorithm is always negative \(\leq 0\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The height&nbsp;\(h(v)\)&nbsp;in Johnson's Algorithm is {{c1::always negative&nbsp;\(\leq 0\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::2._Johnson's_Algorithm

    Note 1815: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s6a5!K0P)L
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Operation Array Singly Linked List Doubly Linked List
    insert(k,L) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\)
    get(i,L) \(O(1)\) \(O(l)\) \(O(j)\)
    insertAfter(k,k',L) \(O(l)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\)
    delete(k,L) \(O(l)\) \(O(l)\) \(O(1)\)

    We assume to have a pointer to the end of the list here.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Operation Array Singly Linked List Doubly Linked List
    insert(k,L) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\)
    get(i,L) \(O(1)\) \(O(l)\) \(O(j)\)
    insertAfter(k,k',L) \(O(l)\) \(O(1)\) \(O(1)\)
    delete(k,L) \(O(l)\) \(O(l)\) \(O(1)\)

    We assume to have a pointer to the end of the list here.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <table> <tbody><tr> <th>Operation</th> <th>Array</th> <th>Singly Linked List</th> <th>Doubly Linked List</th> </tr> <tr> <td><code>insert(k,L)</code></td> <td>{{c1:: \(O(1)\)}}</td> <td>{{c2:: \(O(1)\)}}</td> <td>{{c3:: \(O(1)\)}}</td> </tr> <tr> <td><code>get(i,L)</code></td> <td>{{c4:: \(O(1)\)}}</td> <td>{{c5:: \(O(l)\)}}</td> <td>{{c6:: \(O(j)\)}}</td> </tr> <tr> <td><code>insertAfter(k,k',L)</code></td> <td>{{c7:: \(O(l)\)}}</td> <td>{{c8:: \(O(1)\)}}</td> <td>{{c9:: \(O(1)\)}}</td> </tr> <tr> <td><code>delete(k,L)</code></td> <td>{{c10:: \(O(l)\)}}</td> <td>{{c11:: \(O(l)\)}}</td> <td>{{c12:: \(O(1)\)}}</td> </tr> <tr> <td><em><br>We assume to have a pointer to the end of the list here.</em></td> <td></td> <td></td> <td></td> </tr></tbody></table>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1816: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: s@rY_v*&u_
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph is bipartite if and only if it does not contain any cycles of odd length.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    A graph is bipartite if and only if it does not contain any cycles of odd length.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A graph is bipartite if and only if {{c1::it does not contain any cycles of odd length}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1817: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: sPqRN2wuHY
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    How does Depth-first-search work and what is its runtime for the two implementations of a graph?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    How does Depth-first-search work and what is its runtime for the two implementations of a graph?

    a depth first search marks the vertices it visits, at each vertex it looks for a vertex it has not yet visited and if there are none, it tracks back to a vertex which still has some unvisited adjacent nodes

    its runtime in an adjacency matrix is \(O(n^2)\) as it has to visit each vertex once and search through all \(n\) potential neighbors

    implemented using adjacency lists, the runtime is \(O(n+m)\) as we still have to visit each vertex once but we only have to search through at most \(\text{deg}_{out}(u)\) vertices at each step, which adds up to searching through all the edges
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How does Depth-first-search work and what is its runtime for the two implementations of a graph?
    Back a depth first search marks the vertices it visits, at each vertex it looks for a vertex it has not yet visited and if there are none, it tracks back to a vertex which still has some unvisited adjacent nodes<br><br>its runtime in an adjacency matrix is&nbsp;\(O(n^2)\)&nbsp;as it has to visit each vertex once and search through all&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;potential neighbors<br><br>implemented using adjacency lists, the runtime is&nbsp;\(O(n+m)\)&nbsp;as we still have to visit each vertex once but we only have to search through at most&nbsp;\(\text{deg}_{out}(u)\)&nbsp;vertices at each step, which adds up to searching through all the edges
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1818: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: sS2;w|7M-!
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    What condition on the function \(T\) does the Master Theorem set?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    What condition on the function \(T\) does the Master Theorem set?

    It only holds if \(n = 2^k\) or the function is increasing.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What condition on the function&nbsp;\(T\)&nbsp;does the Master Theorem set?
    Back It only holds if&nbsp;\(n = 2^k\)&nbsp;or the function is <b>increasing</b>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1819: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: sap]uaOK!q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(n^k) \leq O(k^n)\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(n^k) \leq O(k^n)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(n^k)}} \leq {{c2::O(k^n)}}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

    Note 1820: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: t/(N7FzdP}
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue
    The ADT priorityQueue can be efficiently implemented using a  MaxHeap. This guarantees  \(O(\log n)\) for both operations.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue
    The ADT priorityQueue can be efficiently implemented using a  MaxHeap. This guarantees  \(O(\log n)\) for both operations.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <div>The ADT&nbsp;<b>priorityQueue</b>&nbsp;can be efficiently implemented using a {{c1::&nbsp;<b>MaxHeap</b>}}. This guarantees {{c2::&nbsp;\(O(\log n)\)}} for both operations.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::6._Priority_Queue

    Note 1821: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: t:15}v~LmN
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
    Runtime of Bellman-Ford?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm
    Runtime of Bellman-Ford?

    \(O(|V| \cdot |E|)\) (uses DP)

    We iterate over all edges in the "relaxation" thus the time complexity of that step is \(O(m)\) (the actual check is \(O(1)\)).
    As we relax \(n - 1\) (or \(n\) for negative cycle check) times, the total runtime is \(O(n \cdot m)\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Bellman-Ford
    Runtime \(O(|V| \cdot |E|)\)&nbsp;(uses DP)<br><br>We iterate over all edges in the "relaxation" thus the time complexity of that step is \(O(m)\)&nbsp;(the actual check is \(O(1)\)).<br>As we relax&nbsp;\(n - 1\)&nbsp;(or&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;for negative cycle check) times, the total runtime is \(O(n \cdot m)\).
    Requirements Negative-edges allowed (neg. cycles detected) in a directed, weighted graph.
    Approach <ol> <li><b>Initialize</b>:<br>Set the distance to the source vertex as 0 and to all other vertices as infinity.</li> <li><b>Relax Edges</b>: <br>Repeat for V − 1 iterations (where V is the number of vertices):<br>For each edge, update the distance to its destination vertex if the distance through the edge is smaller than the current distance.</li> <li><b>Check for Negative Cycles</b>: <br>Check all edges to see if a shorter path can still be found. If so, the graph contains a negative-weight cycle.</li> <li><b>End</b>: <br>If no negative-weight cycle is found, the algorithm outputs the shortest paths.</li></ol><img src="paste-95017d19365697a9f94b52394c6bdb999dfc81d1.jpg"><br><br>(quicker to implement the edge-based approach, but there's also a vertex based approach)
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-46ff4f85bab3ae924d9ef2c955277d49fc616cc6.jpg">
    Use Case Find cheapest path in graphs with negative edges.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::2._Bellman-Ford_Algorithm

    Note 1822: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: tH)JXa7KfA
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
    Worst case for search in a binary tree?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees
    Worst case for search in a binary tree?

    Binary trees are not necessarily balanced, hence it is possible that \(h >> \log_2 n\).

    Worst case example if inserted in ascending order:
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>Worst case</b> for <b>search</b> in a <b>binary tree</b>?
    Back Binary trees are not necessarily&nbsp;<b>balanced</b>, hence it is&nbsp;possible that&nbsp;\(h &gt;&gt; \log_2 n\).<br><br>Worst case example if inserted in ascending order:<br><b></b><img src="paste-201c49e27928e7a814e89e8de667e07e5c7789ce.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::1._Binary_Search_Trees

    Note 1823: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: tYh57HT9#t
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::3._Jumpgame
    Runtime of Jump Game?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::3._Jumpgame
    Runtime of Jump Game?

    \(O(n)\) (hyper-optimised version)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Jump Game
    Runtime \(O(n)\)&nbsp;(hyper-optimised version)
    Requirements Minimal jumps to get from beginning of array to the end.<br><br>Variable switch: cells which we can reach in&nbsp;\(k\)&nbsp;jumps. Solution is smallest&nbsp;\(k\)&nbsp;for which&nbsp;\(M[k] \geq n\).<br><br>We look at all&nbsp;\(i\)&nbsp;we can reach with exactly&nbsp;\(k-1\)&nbsp;jumps:<br><ul><li>Base Case:&nbsp;\(M[0] = A[0]\),&nbsp;\(M[1] = A[1] + 1\)</li><li>Recursion:&nbsp;\( M[k] = \max \{i + A[i] \ | \ M[k - 2] \leq i \leq M[k - 1]\} \)</li></ul><div>We look exactly once at every&nbsp;\(i\), thus&nbsp;\(O(n)\)</div>
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-1f13db1cbb6b8d772fa2de2563b63627af8a038f.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming::3._Jumpgame

    Note 1824: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: t]QH{.^=tP
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::2._Grade_School_Multiplication_and_Karatsuba_Algorithm
    The Karatsuba algorithm provides an asymptotically faster way to multiply numbers.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::2._Grade_School_Multiplication_and_Karatsuba_Algorithm
    The Karatsuba algorithm provides an asymptotically faster way to multiply numbers.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The&nbsp;<b>Karatsuba</b>&nbsp;algorithm provides an asymptotically faster way to {{c1::multiply numbers}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::2._Grade_School_Multiplication_and_Karatsuba_Algorithm

    Note 1825: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: u%cN;v|jjQ
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search PlsFix::DELETE
    Runtime of
    BFS

    Runtime: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| + |V|) \)}}

    Approach:

    Uses:
    ?



    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name <div style="text-align: center;"><b>BFS</b></div><div><br></div><div><b>Runtime</b>: {{c1::\( \mathcal{O}(|E| + |V|) \)}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Approach</b>: {{c2::First go through all direct successors of an edge, then move to a level deeper.}}</div><div><br></div><div><b>Uses</b>: {{c3::Shortest path in unweighted graphs, cycle detection, test if graph is bipartite, path finding}}</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1826: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: u)lmsqp*H!
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack
    A stack is also called a LIFO queue.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack
    A stack is also called a LIFO queue.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A stack is also called a {{c1:: LIFO}} queue.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::4._Stack

    Note 1827: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: u2lDE>&5/e
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{j = 1}^{n} \sum_{k = \textbf{j} }^{n} 1\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::  \(\sum_{j = 1}^n (n - j + 1) = \frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\) }} 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{j = 1}^{n} \sum_{k = \textbf{j} }^{n} 1\)::Sum}}  \(=\) {{c2::  \(\sum_{j = 1}^n (n - j + 1) = \frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\) }} 

    inner loop depends on outer
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{j = 1}^{n} \sum_{k = \textbf{j} }^{n} 1\)::Sum}}&nbsp; \(=\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp; \(\sum_{j = 1}^n (n - j + 1) = \frac{n(n + 1)}{2}\)&nbsp;}}&nbsp;
    Extra <i>inner loop depends on outer</i><br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1828: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: uHC]1fZd$=
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    What is the tree condition for 2-3 Trees implementing a dictionary?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    What is the tree condition for 2-3 Trees implementing a dictionary?

    Each node has 2 or 3 children and all leaves are on the same level.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>What is the tree condition</b>&nbsp;for&nbsp;<b>2-3 Trees</b>&nbsp;implementing a dictionary?
    Back Each node has <b>2 or 3 children</b> and all leaves are <b>on the same level.</b>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

    Note 1829: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: ub(U6EB=d{
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
    A topological ordering of vertices is an order such that for every edge \((u, v) \), \(u\) comes before \(v\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting
    A topological ordering of vertices is an order such that for every edge \((u, v) \), \(u\) comes before \(v\).

    thus all arrows point rightwards.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A topological ordering of vertices is an order such that for every edge&nbsp;\((u, v) \), {{c1::\(u\)&nbsp;comes before&nbsp;\(v\)}}.
    Extra thus all arrows point rightwards.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::08._Directed_Graphs::2._Topological_Sorting

    Note 1830: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: uxhT]f%32k
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    Master Theorem: If  \(b = \log_2(a)\) then {{c2:: \(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2 a} \cdot \log n)\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    Master Theorem: If  \(b = \log_2(a)\) then {{c2:: \(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2 a} \cdot \log n)\)}}.

    The recursive and non-recursive work is balanced.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Master Theorem: If {{c1::&nbsp;\(b = \log_2(a)\)}} then {{c2::&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq O(n^{\log_2 a} \cdot \log n)\)}}.
    Extra The recursive and non-recursive work is balanced.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1831: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: v%fJG/oUBR
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    How many edges does a tree with \(n\) vertices have?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees
    How many edges does a tree with \(n\) vertices have?

    \(n-1\) edges
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How many edges does a tree with&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;vertices have?
    Back \(n-1\)&nbsp;edges
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees

    Note 1832: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: v,>nr{ym:e
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures
    What is an ADT?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures
    What is an ADT?

    An abstract data type describes a wishlist for operations we want to perform on our data.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is an ADT?
    Back An <b>abstract data type</b>&nbsp;describes a wishlist for operations we want to perform on our data.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures

    Note 1833: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: v7@jgp_hjT
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    How can we find a cross edge via DFS?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search
    How can we find a cross edge via DFS?

    If we find vertex with both pre- and post-values set, there's a cross edge.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we find a cross edge via DFS?
    Back If we find vertex with both pre- and post-values set, there's a cross edge.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::1._Depth_First_Search

    Note 1834: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: vE[;wMoI5.
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths
    What is the optimal substructure property of shortest paths?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths
    What is the optimal substructure property of shortest paths?

    Any subpath of a shortest path is itself the shortest path between its endpoints (requires no negative cycles).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the optimal substructure property of shortest paths?
    Back Any subpath of a shortest path is itself the shortest path between its endpoints (requires no negative cycles).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths

    Note 1835: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: vQJH81Jg-1
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    For \(T(n) = 4T(n/2) + n\), which Master Theorem case applies?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    For \(T(n) = 4T(n/2) + n\), which Master Theorem case applies?

    Because \(b = 1\) and \(\log_2(a) = \log_2 4 = 2 > b\), therefore \(T(n) = \Theta(n^2)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front For&nbsp;\(T(n) = 4T(n/2) + n\), which Master Theorem case applies?
    Back Because&nbsp;\(b = 1\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(\log_2(a) = \log_2 4 = 2 &gt; b\),&nbsp;therefore&nbsp;\(T(n) = \Theta(n^2)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1836: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: vSWG3t+7{<
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    \(e^{\ln c} =\) ?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    \(e^{\ln c} =\) ?

    \(c\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front \(e^{\ln c} =\)&nbsp;?
    Back \(c\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::01._Introduction::1._Introduction PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1837: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: vfw3/~)/(m
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    Master Theorem: If  \(b > \log_2(a)\) then  \(T(n) \leq O(n^b)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    Master Theorem: If  \(b > \log_2(a)\) then  \(T(n) \leq O(n^b)\).

    This is the case for which the work outside the recursion dominates.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Master Theorem: If {{c1::&nbsp;\(b &gt; \log_2(a)\)}}&nbsp;then {{c2::&nbsp;\(T(n) \leq O(n^b)\)}}.
    Extra This is the case for which the work outside the recursion dominates.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1838: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: vgCb-fRsjm
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
    How can we get the runtime of an algorithm based on it's DP table?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming
    How can we get the runtime of an algorithm based on it's DP table?

    We use the number of entries * the time to compute them (usually \(O(1)\))
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we get the runtime of an algorithm based on it's DP table?
    Back We use the number of entries * the time to compute them (usually&nbsp;\(O(1)\))
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::06._Dynamic_Programming

    Note 1839: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: v{-8tJEW)=
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    What is the length of a walk?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    What is the length of a walk?

    The length of a walk \((v_0, v_1, \dots, v_k)\) is \(k\), i.e. the number of vertices minus 1.

    A walk of length \(l\) connects \(l + 1\) vertices.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the length of a walk?
    Back The length of a walk&nbsp;\((v_0, v_1, \dots, v_k)\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(k\), i.e. the number of vertices minus 1.<br><br>A walk of length&nbsp;\(l\)&nbsp;connects&nbsp;\(l + 1\)&nbsp;vertices.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1840: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: v|.y5zi[:;
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
    Prim's Algorithm Invariants:

    The distances "d[.] = " in the distance array are the values of the vertices in the priority queue (see line decrease_key(H, v, d[v])).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
    Prim's Algorithm Invariants:

    The distances "d[.] = " in the distance array are the values of the vertices in the priority queue (see line decrease_key(H, v, d[v])).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Prim's Algorithm Invariants:<br><br><div>The distances "d[.] = " in the distance array are {{c1::the values of the vertices in the priority queue (see line decrease_key(H, v, d[v]))}}.</div>
    Extra <img src="paste-c6f5e360bdfa85548214127036942fc80a2cde0e.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm

    Note 1841: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: w2#a}f;^-i
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    How many leaf nodes can a 2-3 tree of depth \(h\) have?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    How many leaf nodes can a 2-3 tree of depth \(h\) have?

    \(2^h \leq n \leq 3^h\) with \(n\) representing the number of leaf nodes.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How many leaf nodes can a 2-3 tree of depth&nbsp;\(h\)&nbsp;have?
    Back \(2^h \leq n \leq 3^h\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;representing the number of leaf nodes.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

    Note 1842: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: wD<:EQZU&2
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
    Prim's Algorithm is similar to Dijkstra's with the difference that {{c1:: \(d[v] = \min \{d[v], w(v*, v)\}\) instead of \(d[v^*] + w(v^*, v)\) }}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
    Prim's Algorithm is similar to Dijkstra's with the difference that {{c1:: \(d[v] = \min \{d[v], w(v*, v)\}\) instead of \(d[v^*] + w(v^*, v)\) }}.

    Dijkstra's find the shortest distance to each vertex, thus it tracks the total distance.

    Prim's needs to build the MST. Since we add vertex \(v\) to the MST in the loop, we now want to know the new least distance to the MST for each node.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <b>Prim's Algorithm</b>&nbsp;is similar to {{c1:: Dijkstra's}} with the difference that {{c1::&nbsp;\(d[v] = \min \{d[v], w(v*, v)\}\)&nbsp;instead of&nbsp;\(d[v^*] + w(v^*, v)\)&nbsp;}}.
    Extra Dijkstra's find the shortest distance to each vertex, thus it tracks the total distance.<br><br>Prim's needs to build the MST. Since we add vertex&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;to the MST in the loop, we now want to know the new least distance to the MST for each node.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm

    Note 1843: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: wStzO9J_2Q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    If \(f \leq O(h)\) and \(g \leq O(h)\), then \(f + g \leq O(h)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    If \(f \leq O(h)\) and \(g \leq O(h)\), then \(f + g \leq O(h)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If&nbsp;\(f \leq O(h)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(g \leq O(h)\), then&nbsp;\(f + g {{c1::\leq}} O(h)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1844: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: wbdb9#fK:J
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    The height of a 2-3 Tree for \(n\) keys is \(\leq \log_2(n)\) thus \(h={{c2::O(\log(n))::\textbf{O-notation} }}\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees
    The height of a 2-3 Tree for \(n\) keys is \(\leq \log_2(n)\) thus \(h={{c2::O(\log(n))::\textbf{O-notation} }}\).

    Note that for the case \(n = 1\) the root has one leaf with the key.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The height of a <b>2-3 Tree</b>&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;keys is {{c1::\(\leq \log_2(n)\)}} thus&nbsp;\(h={{c2::O(\log(n))::\textbf{O-notation} }}\).
    Extra Note that for the case&nbsp;\(n = 1\)&nbsp;the root has one leaf with the key.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::2._ADT_Dictionary::2._2-3_Trees

    Note 1845: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: wxuX$c!)%k
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    A graph with this DP table from Floyd-Warshall:

    contains ___ negative cycles.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    A graph with this DP table from Floyd-Warshall:

    contains ___ negative cycles.

    no (there is no diagonal \(< 0\))
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front A graph with this DP table from Floyd-Warshall:<br><img src="paste-deae0d6c4a31dc3e71c5f654f12387c82b186739.jpg"><br>contains ___ negative cycles.
    Back <b>no</b>&nbsp;(there is no diagonal&nbsp;\(&lt; 0\))
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::12._All-Pair_Shortest_Paths::1._Floyd-Warshall_Algorithm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1846: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: w{Q]%!`f&#
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    How do we need to manipulate a graph in order to create a closed Eulerian walk from a normal Eulerian walk?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks
    How do we need to manipulate a graph in order to create a closed Eulerian walk from a normal Eulerian walk?

    Add an edge connecting the end to the start point (both of which have odd degrees).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we need to manipulate a graph in order to create a <b>closed </b>Eulerian walk from a normal Eulerian walk?
    Back Add an edge connecting the end to the start point (both of which have odd degrees).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::2._Closed_Eulerian_Walks

    Note 1847: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: w|i$)J%}4f
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In graph theory, a Hamiltonian cycle (Hamiltonkreis) is a cycle that contains every vertex.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In graph theory, a Hamiltonian cycle (Hamiltonkreis) is a cycle that contains every vertex.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In graph theory, a {{c2::Hamiltonian cycle (<i>Hamiltonkreis</i>)}} is a {{c1::cycle that contains every vertex}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1848: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: x@F_EbzW}O
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
    Prim's Algorithm Invariants: 

    The priority queue \(H = V \setminus S\) (\(V\) set of all vertices, \(S\) vertices currently in the MST) never contains a vertex already in the MST.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm
    Prim's Algorithm Invariants: 

    The priority queue \(H = V \setminus S\) (\(V\) set of all vertices, \(S\) vertices currently in the MST) never contains a vertex already in the MST.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Prim's Algorithm Invariants:&nbsp;<br><br>The priority queue \(H = V \setminus S\)&nbsp;(\(V\)&nbsp;set of all vertices,&nbsp;\(S\)&nbsp;vertices currently in the MST) {{c1::never contains a vertex already in the MST}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::11._Minimum_Spanning_Trees::2._Prim's_Algorithm

    Note 1849: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: xI`7oXbl[?
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    If \(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\) tends to {{c1::\(C \in \mathbb{R}^+\)}}, then \(f \leq O(g)\) and \(g \leq O(f) \Leftrightarrow f = \Theta(g)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    If \(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\) tends to {{c1::\(C \in \mathbb{R}^+\)}}, then \(f \leq O(g)\) and \(g \leq O(f) \Leftrightarrow f = \Theta(g)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If&nbsp;\(\frac{f(n)}{g(n)}\)&nbsp;tends to {{c1::\(C \in \mathbb{R}^+\)}}, then {{c2::\(f \leq O(g)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(g \leq O(f) \Leftrightarrow f = \Theta(g)\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1850: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: xP1aIt[ejN
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    When \(f \geq \Omega(g)\), this means what exactly?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    When \(f \geq \Omega(g)\), this means what exactly?

    \(\exists C \ge 0 \quad \forall n \in \mathbb{N} \quad f(n) \ge C\cdot g(n)\)

    \(f\) grows asymptotically faster than \(g\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When&nbsp;\(f \geq \Omega(g)\), this means what exactly?
    Back \(\exists C \ge 0 \quad \forall n \in \mathbb{N} \quad f(n) \ge C\cdot g(n)\)<br><br>\(f\)&nbsp;grows asymptotically&nbsp;<b>faster</b>&nbsp;than&nbsp;\(g\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1851: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: xdGDHE`#zR
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures
    A datastructure is the implementation of the wishlist of operations defined in our ADT.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures
    A datastructure is the implementation of the wishlist of operations defined in our ADT.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A {{c1:: datastructure}} is the implementation of the wishlist of operations defined in our ADT.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures

    Note 1852: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: x{57Az=}b`
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
    How can we say that the function \(f\) and \(g\) grow asymptotically at the same rate?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE
    How can we say that the function \(f\) and \(g\) grow asymptotically at the same rate?

    \(f = \Theta(g)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we say that the function&nbsp;\(f\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(g\)&nbsp;grow asymptotically at the same rate?
    Back \(f = \Theta(g)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1853: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: y5w&L[iNjs
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    For \(T(n) = 2T(n/2) + n\), which Master Theorem case applies?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation
    For \(T(n) = 2T(n/2) + n\), which Master Theorem case applies?

    Because \(b = 1\) and \(\log_2 a = \log_2 2 = 1 = b\), therefore \(T(n) = \Theta(n \log n)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front For&nbsp;\(T(n) = 2T(n/2) + n\), which Master Theorem case applies?
    Back Because&nbsp;\(b = 1\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(\log_2 a = \log_2 2 = 1 = b\), therefore&nbsp;\(T(n) = \Theta(n \log n)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation

    Note 1854: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: y@l`JCIJ<4
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    Runtime of BFS (Breadth First Search)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search
    Runtime of BFS (Breadth First Search)?

    \(O(|V|+|E|)\) (Adjacency List)

    The runtime of BFS:
    1. each loop we take \(O(1 + \deg(u))\) time (go through the vertex \(u\)'s edges
    2. We loop a total of \(|V|\) times (we visit each edge max. 1 time)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name BFS (Breadth First Search)
    Runtime \(O(|V|+|E|)\)&nbsp;(Adjacency List)
    Requirements Directed Graph.<br><br>Note that (negative) cycles are accepted, as we are looking for the "shortest" (not cheapest) path.
    Approach <b>BFS</b>&nbsp;looks for the shortest paths (not cheapest) in a graph.<br><ol><li><b>Initialisation:</b> <ul> <li>Set the distance to all vertices to \(\infty\) in the <code>d[v]</code> array. Set the <code>d[s] = 0</code>.</li> <li>Initialise a Queue \(Q\) with \(s\)</li> <li>Set the dictionary <code>parent = {}</code></li> </ul> </li> <li><b>Exploration:</b><ul> <li>Dequeue the first element in the queue \(v\)</li> <li>For all <em>adjacent nodes</em> \(u\) with distance \(= \infty\) (not visited yet):<ul> <li>Set the distance <code>d[u] = d[v] + 1</code></li> <li>add \(u\) to the queue</li> <li>Set the <code>parent[u] = v</code>.</li> </ul> </li> </ul> </li> <li><b>Return:</b> We return the distances and the <i>shortest path tree</i></li></ol>
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-4fbaff6bb07ad8ff63a53ac2e179914e1c8cac2b.jpg">
    Use Case Shortest Path in a directed graph, Bipartite test
    Extra Info The runtime of BFS:<br><ol><li>each loop we take&nbsp;\(O(1 + \deg(u))\)&nbsp;time (go through the vertex&nbsp;\(u\)'s edges</li><li>We loop a total of&nbsp;\(|V|\)&nbsp;times (we visit each edge max. 1 time)</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::09._Graph_Search::2._Breadth_First_Search

    Note 1855: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: yOa^MOZU`,
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(n) \leq O(\log(n!))\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(n) \leq O(\log(n!))\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(n)}} \leq {{c2::O(\log(n!))}}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

    Note 1856: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: yX`f0NZg((
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths
    The triangle inequality in a weighted graph is \(d(u, v) \leq d(u, w) + d(w, v)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths
    The triangle inequality in a weighted graph is \(d(u, v) \leq d(u, w) + d(w, v)\).

    This holds, since if the path through \(w\) was actually cheaper, then \(d(u, v)\) would be wrong.

    Does not hold in graphs with negative cycles.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c1::<b>triangle inequality</b>}} in a weighted graph is {{c2::\(d(u, v) \leq d(u, w) + d(w, v)\)}}.
    Extra This holds, since if the path through&nbsp;\(w\)&nbsp;was actually cheaper, then \(d(u, v)\)&nbsp;would be wrong.<br><br>Does not hold in graphs with negative cycles.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths

    Note 1857: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: y_NK5>_:x4
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In the edge \(e = \{u, v\}\), \(u\) and \(v\) are the endpoints of the edge.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In the edge \(e = \{u, v\}\), \(u\) and \(v\) are the endpoints of the edge.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In the edge&nbsp;\(e = \{u, v\}\),&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;are the {{c1::endpoints}} of the edge.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1858: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: yg-tkTB|,7
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\log(i)\)}}  \(\leq\) {{c2::\(\sum_{i = 1}^n n \log(n) = n^2 \log n\)::Sum}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums
    {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\log(i)\)}}  \(\leq\) {{c2::\(\sum_{i = 1}^n n \log(n) = n^2 \log n\)::Sum}}
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1:: \(\sum_{i = 1}^{n} i\log(i)\)}}&nbsp; \(\leq\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(\sum_{i = 1}^n n \log(n) = n^2 \log n\)::Sum}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Sums

    Note 1859: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: yy3TxuBe~r
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue
    A queue is also called FIFO.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue
    A queue is also called FIFO.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A queue is also called {{c1:: FIFO}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::05._Data_Structures::1._ADT_List::5._Queue

    Note 1860: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: z4Nw/I#?J^
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In graph theory, a path (Pfad) is a walk in which all vertices are distinct.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    In graph theory, a path (Pfad) is a walk in which all vertices are distinct.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In graph theory, a {{c2::path (<i>Pfad</i>)}} is a {{c1::walk in which all vertices are distinct}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1861: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: z=SLl>>F5y
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    Simplify \(a^{log_b(n)} = \)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
    Simplify \(a^{log_b(n)} = \)

    \(n^{log_b(a)}\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Simplify&nbsp;\(a^{log_b(n)} = \)
    Back \(n^{log_b(a)}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 1862: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: zBLkhwqevO
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(n \log(n)) \leq O(n^k)\) 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering
    Choose a tight bound!

    \(O(n \log(n)) \leq O(n^k)\) 
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Choose a tight bound!<br><br>\({{c1::O(n \log(n))}} \leq {{c2::O(n^k)}}\)&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::02._Asymptotic_Notation::3._O-Notation::Ordering

    Note 1863: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: zjEd=>WPZ?
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    The number of distinct paths in a complete graph grows  \(O(n!)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    The number of distinct paths in a complete graph grows  \(O(n!)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The number of distinct paths in a complete graph grows {{c1::&nbsp;\(O(n!)\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1864: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Algorithms
    GUID: z{8WPibSbC
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm
    Runtime of Dijkstra's Algorithm?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm
    Runtime of Dijkstra's Algorithm?

    \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\) (or \(O(|V|^2)\)

    The runtime is calculated from \(O(n + (\#\text{extract-min} + \#\text{decrease-key}) \cdot \log n)\)  which gives \(O((n + m) \cdot \log n)\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Name Dijkstra's Algorithm
    Runtime \(O((|V| + |E|) \log |V|)\)&nbsp;(or&nbsp;\(O(|V|^2)\)<br><br>The runtime is calculated from \(O(n + (\#\text{extract-min} + \#\text{decrease-key}) \cdot \log n)\)&nbsp; which gives \(O((n + m) \cdot \log n)\).
    Requirements No negative edge-weights (to make sure that we don't need to go back)
    Approach Vertices are considered in&nbsp;<i>increasing</i>&nbsp;order of their distances from the source.<br><br>Recurrence:\[ d(s, v_k) = \min_{(v_i, v_k) \in E, i &lt; k} \{ d(s, v_i) + c(v_i, v_k) \} \]<br><ol><li>Add start vertex&nbsp;\(s\)&nbsp;to prioqueue with dist 0 and set all other dists to&nbsp;\(\infty\)</li><li>Pop Cheapest Vertex&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;from Priority Queue</li><li>For each neighbour&nbsp;\(u\): if distance (= current_distance +&nbsp;\(w(v\rightarrow u)\)) &lt; distance to&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;then overwrite and push new distance to queue.<br>Current vertex is marked as visited and not revisited again.</li></ol>
    Pseudocode <img src="paste-38d6665cd236d4094cec91025d07594c2e082538.jpg">
    Use Case Cheapest path in weighted graph with non-negative edge costs.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::10._Shortest_Paths::1._Dijkstra's_Algorithm

    Note 1865: ETH::1. Semester::A&D

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::A&D
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: |%{-v*KE>
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    The standard notation for \(|V|\) is \(n\) and for \(|E|\) is \(m\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs
    The standard notation for \(|V|\) is \(n\) and for \(|E|\) is \(m\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The standard notation for&nbsp;\(|V|\)&nbsp;is {{c1::\(n\)}} and for&nbsp;\(|E|\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: \(m\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::A&D::07._Graphs::1._Introduction_to_Graphs

    Note 1866: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: %-v5b-!x=
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    \( \neg (A \lor B) \)  \( \equiv \) \( \neg A \land \neg B\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    \( \neg (A \lor B) \)  \( \equiv \) \( \neg A \land \neg B\)

    de Morgan rules
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\( \neg (A \lor B) \)&nbsp;}} \( \equiv \)&nbsp;{{c2::\( \neg A \land \neg B\)}}<br>
    Extra de Morgan rules
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

    Note 1867: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: .@%aS+kuV
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
    In any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\), and for all \(a, b \in R\) \(a0 =\) \(0a = 0\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
    In any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\), and for all \(a, b \in R\) \(a0 =\) \(0a = 0\).

    The zero (neutral of additive group) pulls all other elements to 0 by multiplication.

    \(0a=(0-0)a=0a-0a=0\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In&nbsp;any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\),&nbsp;and for all \(a, b \in R\)&nbsp;\(a0 =\)&nbsp;{{c1::\(0a = 0\)}}.
    Extra The zero (neutral of additive group) pulls all other elements to 0 by multiplication.<br><br>\(0a=(0-0)a=0a-0a=0\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

    Note 1868: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: .H2xW-FA|
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
    Which of the following are countable: \(\mathbb{N}\), \(\mathbb{Z}\), \(\mathbb{Q}\), \(\mathbb{R}\), \(\{0,1\}^*\), \(\{0,1\}^{\infty}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
    Which of the following are countable: \(\mathbb{N}\), \(\mathbb{Z}\), \(\mathbb{Q}\), \(\mathbb{R}\), \(\{0,1\}^*\), \(\{0,1\}^{\infty}\)?

    Countable: \(\mathbb{N}\), \(\mathbb{Z}\), \(\mathbb{Q}\), \(\{0,1\}^*\) Uncountable: \(\mathbb{R}\), \(\{0,1\}^{\infty}\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Which of the following are countable: \(\mathbb{N}\), \(\mathbb{Z}\), \(\mathbb{Q}\), \(\mathbb{R}\), \(\{0,1\}^*\), \(\{0,1\}^{\infty}\)?
    Back <strong>Countable</strong>: \(\mathbb{N}\), \(\mathbb{Z}\), \(\mathbb{Q}\), \(\{0,1\}^*\) <strong>Uncountable</strong>: \(\mathbb{R}\), \(\{0,1\}^{\infty}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets

    Note 1869: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: .d,WRJq.}
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    A subset \(H \subseteq G\) of a group is called a subgroup if \(H\) is closed with respect to all operations (operation, neutral, inverse).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    A subset \(H \subseteq G\) of a group is called a subgroup if \(H\) is closed with respect to all operations (operation, neutral, inverse).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>A subset \(H \subseteq G\) of a group is called a {{c1::subgroup}} if \(H\) is {{c2::closed with respect to all operations (operation, neutral, inverse)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    Note 1870: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: 6o/GG^(~_
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    In a group, the left cancellation law states: \(a = b\) \(\Leftrightarrow\) \(ca = cb\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    In a group, the left cancellation law states: \(a = b\) \(\Leftrightarrow\) \(ca = cb\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>In a group, the {{c1::left cancellation}} law states: \(a = b\) {{c2::\(\Leftrightarrow\)}} {{c3::\(ca = cb\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 1871: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: A+Li^bwkLL
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
    Is this a lattice?

     

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
    Is this a lattice?

     

    No, as \(\{b, c\}\) does not have a greatest lower bound. Both \(a\) and \(e\) would fit, but there isn't a greatest one.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is this a lattice?<br><br>&nbsp;<img src="paste-055f63c858350a5edd9d53fae73e8b5c5e237b32.jpg">
    Back No, as&nbsp;\(\{b, c\}\)&nbsp;does not have a greatest lower bound. Both&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(e\)&nbsp;would fit, but there isn't a&nbsp;<b>greatest</b>&nbsp;one.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices

    Note 1872: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: A0$~M#^-(C
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::5._Logical_Formulas_vs._Mathematical_Statements::2._Mathematical_Statements_about_Formulas
    If \(F \models G\) in predicate logic, what can we conclude via validity?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::5._Logical_Formulas_vs._Mathematical_Statements::2._Mathematical_Statements_about_Formulas
    If \(F \models G\) in predicate logic, what can we conclude via validity?

    If \(F\) is valid, then \(G\) is also valid. (Logical consequence preserves validity)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front If \(F \models G\) in predicate logic, what can we conclude via validity?
    Back If \(F\) is valid, then \(G\) is also valid. (Logical consequence preserves validity)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::5._Logical_Formulas_vs._Mathematical_Statements::2._Mathematical_Statements_about_Formulas

    Note 1873: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: A9?srsv3Y:
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    What is the \((n, k)\)-error correcting code over the alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) with \(|\mathcal{A}| = q\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    What is the \((n, k)\)-error correcting code over the alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) with \(|\mathcal{A}| = q\)?


    It's a subset of \(\mathcal{A}^n\) of cardinality \(q^k\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What is the \((n, k)\)-error correcting code over the alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) with \(|\mathcal{A}| = q\)?</p>
    Back <p>It's a subset of \(\mathcal{A}^n\) of cardinality \(q^k\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    Note 1874: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: A>Qb$tT})[
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    Is the interval \([0, 1]\) countable or uncountable? What does this imply for \(\mathbb{R}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    Is the interval \([0, 1]\) countable or uncountable? What does this imply for \(\mathbb{R}\)?

    The interval is uncountable by Cantor's diagonal argument, thus \(\mathbb{R}\) is too.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is the interval&nbsp;\([0, 1]\)&nbsp;countable or uncountable? What does this imply for&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}\)?
    Back The interval is uncountable by Cantor's diagonal argument, thus&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}\)&nbsp;is too.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

    Note 1875: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: AFt:;I:*/e
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders PlsFix::DELETE
    \(a \mod m\) is the same as \(R_m(a)\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders PlsFix::DELETE
    \(a \mod m\) is the same as \(R_m(a)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(a \mod m\)}} is the same as&nbsp;{{c2::\(R_m(a)\)}}<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1876: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: AOBg=yO4_)
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
    Are the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) countable?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
    Are the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) countable?

    Yes, the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) are countable. They correspond to (a, b) tuples which can be mapped bijectively to the natural numbers.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Are the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) countable?
    Back Yes, the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) are <strong>countable</strong>. They correspond to (a, b) tuples which can be mapped bijectively to the natural numbers.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets

    Note 1877: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: AR?8CyMux0
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    What is a polynomial over a commutative ring?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    What is a polynomial over a commutative ring?


    A polynomial \(a(x)\) over a commutative ring \(R\) in the indeterminate \(x\) is a formal expression of the form: \[ a(x) = a_d x^d + a_{d-1}x^{d-1} + \cdots + a_1 x + a_0 = \sum_{i=0}^d a_i x^i \] for some non-negative integer \(d\), with \(a_i \in R\).

    The set of polynomials in \(x\) over \(R\) is denoted \(R[x]\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What is a polynomial over a commutative ring?</p>
    Back <p>A polynomial \(a(x)\) over a commutative ring \(R\) in the indeterminate \(x\) is a formal expression of the form: \[ a(x) = a_d x^d + a_{d-1}x^{d-1} + \cdots + a_1 x + a_0 = \sum_{i=0}^d a_i x^i \] for some non-negative integer \(d\), with \(a_i \in R\).</p> <p>The set of polynomials in \(x\) over \(R\) is denoted&nbsp;\(R[x]\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    Note 1878: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ak;RI/ADAm
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    To prove an isomorphism \(\phi: G \rightarrow H\), we need to prove:
    1. Well-definedness
    2. The image of \(\phi\) lies entirely within \(H\)
    3. The homomorphism-property \(\phi(g_1 \cdot g_2) = \phi(g_1) \cdot \phi(g_2)\) holds
    4. Injectivity
    5. Surjectivity

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    To prove an isomorphism \(\phi: G \rightarrow H\), we need to prove:
    1. Well-definedness
    2. The image of \(\phi\) lies entirely within \(H\)
    3. The homomorphism-property \(\phi(g_1 \cdot g_2) = \phi(g_1) \cdot \phi(g_2)\) holds
    4. Injectivity
    5. Surjectivity
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text To prove an isomorphism&nbsp;\(\phi: G \rightarrow H\), we need to prove:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Well-definedness}}</li><li>{{c2::The image of&nbsp;\(\phi\)&nbsp;lies entirely within&nbsp;\(H\)}}<br></li><li>{{c3::The homomorphism-property&nbsp;\(\phi(g_1 \cdot g_2) = \phi(g_1) \cdot \phi(g_2)\)&nbsp;holds}}<br></li><li>{{c4::Injectivity}}</li><li>{{c5::Surjectivity}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1879: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: AluZ0L@#]a
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What does it mean for a function \(f: A \to B\) to be injective?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What does it mean for a function \(f: A \to B\) to be injective?

    For \(a \neq a'\) we have \(f(a) \neq f(a')\).

    No two distinct values are mapped to the same function value (no "collisions"). This is also called "one-to-one".
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does it mean for a function \(f: A \to B\) to be injective?
    Back For \(a \neq a'\) we have \(f(a) \neq f(a')\). <br><br>No two distinct values are mapped to the same function value (no "collisions"). This is also called "one-to-one".
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1880: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Am`UxH.Oyx
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors
    \(a \mid b\) means that {{c1::\(a\) divides \(b\), that is, there exists a \(c \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that \(b = ac\)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors
    \(a \mid b\) means that {{c1::\(a\) divides \(b\), that is, there exists a \(c \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that \(b = ac\)}}

    \(\forall a \ne 0 \rightarrow a \mid 0\) and \(\forall a \quad 1 \mid a \land -1 \mid a\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(a \mid b\) means that {{c1::\(a\) divides \(b\), that is, there exists a&nbsp;\(c \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that&nbsp;\(b = ac\)}}<br>
    Extra \(\forall a \ne 0 \rightarrow a \mid 0\) and&nbsp;\(\forall a \quad 1 \mid a \land -1 \mid a\)<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors

    Note 1881: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Amp7wwZ8FK
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    For a poset \((A;\preceq)\), two elements \(a,b\) are comparable if \(a \preceq b\) or \(b \preceq a\), otherwise they are incomparable

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    For a poset \((A;\preceq)\), two elements \(a,b\) are comparable if \(a \preceq b\) or \(b \preceq a\), otherwise they are incomparable
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For a poset&nbsp;\((A;\preceq)\), two elements&nbsp;\(a,b\)&nbsp;are&nbsp;<b>comparable</b>&nbsp;if {{c1::\(a \preceq b\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(b \preceq a\),}} otherwise they are <b>incomparable</b>.&nbsp;
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

    Note 1882: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Au5Kz9Rp2H
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules
    \(F\)  \(\vdash\) \(F \lor G\) and \(F \vdash G \lor F\) are valid derivation rules.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules
    \(F\)  \(\vdash\) \(F \lor G\) and \(F \vdash G \lor F\) are valid derivation rules.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(F\)&nbsp;}}&nbsp;\(\vdash\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(F \lor G\)}}&nbsp;and {{c2::\(F \vdash G \lor F\)}} are valid derivation rules.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules

    Note 1883: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Auz&g~bS8q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
    What is \(\lnot \forall x P(x)\) equivalent to?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
    What is \(\lnot \forall x P(x)\) equivalent to?

    \(\lnot \forall x P(x) \equiv \exists x \lnot P(x)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is \(\lnot \forall x P(x)\) equivalent to?
    Back \(\lnot \forall x P(x) \equiv \exists x \lnot P(x)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules

    Note 1884: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Av3Ww9Kn5Y
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    For any \(i\) and \(k\), if \(t_1, \dots, t_k\) are terms, then {{c1::\(P_i^{(k)}(t_1, \dots, t_k)\) is a formula}}, called an atomic formula.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    For any \(i\) and \(k\), if \(t_1, \dots, t_k\) are terms, then {{c1::\(P_i^{(k)}(t_1, \dots, t_k)\) is a formula}}, called an atomic formula.

    A formula in 1st order logic with no logical connectives (like \(\lnot, \land, \lor, \rightarrow \)) and no quantifiers (\(\forall, \exists\))
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For any&nbsp;\(i\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(k\), if&nbsp;\(t_1, \dots, t_k\)&nbsp;are terms, then {{c1::\(P_i^{(k)}(t_1, \dots, t_k)\)&nbsp;is a formula}}, called an {{c2::<i>atomic formula</i>}}.
    Extra A formula in 1st order logic with&nbsp;<b>no logical connectives</b> (like&nbsp;\(\lnot, \land, \lor, \rightarrow \)) and <b>no quantifiers</b> (\(\forall, \exists\))
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

    Note 1885: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: B)Cal)+#sy
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What are De Morgan's laws?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What are De Morgan's laws?

    • \(\lnot(A \land B) \equiv \lnot A \lor \lnot B\)
    • \(\lnot(A \lor B) \equiv \lnot A \land \lnot B\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are De Morgan's laws?
    Back <ul> <li>\(\lnot(A \land B) \equiv \lnot A \lor \lnot B\)</li> <li>\(\lnot(A \lor B) \equiv \lnot A \land \lnot B\)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1886: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: B/hV
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    A poset \((A;\preceq)\) is well-ordered if it is totally ordered and every non-empty subset has a least element.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    A poset \((A;\preceq)\) is well-ordered if it is totally ordered and every non-empty subset has a least element.

    Every totally ordered finite poset \(\rightarrow\) well-ordered
    Infinite example: \((\mathbb{N}; \le)\)
    Infinite counterexample \((\mathbb{Z}; \le)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A poset&nbsp;\((A;\preceq)\) is <b>well-ordered </b>if {{c1::it is totally ordered and every non-empty subset has a least element.}}
    Extra Every totally ordered finite poset&nbsp;\(\rightarrow\) well-ordered<div>Infinite example: \((\mathbb{N}; \le)\)<br>Infinite counterexample&nbsp;\((\mathbb{Z}; \le)\)</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1887: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: B7%
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::2._Description_of_RSA
    Describe the RSA protocol:
    1. Alice generates primes \(p\) and \(q\)
    2. Set \(n = pq\) and \(f = \varphi(n) = (p - 1)(q - 1)\) 
    3. {{c3:: Select \(e\): \(d \equiv_f e^{-1}\) the modular inverse (decryption)}}
    4. Send \(n\) and \(e\) to Bob
    5. {{c5:: Bob encrypts the plaintext \(m \in \{1, \dots, n -1 \}\) (unique modulo \(n\)) \(c = R_n(m^e)\) and sends it}}
    6. Alice decrypts using \(m = R_n(c^d)\) 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::2._Description_of_RSA
    Describe the RSA protocol:
    1. Alice generates primes \(p\) and \(q\)
    2. Set \(n = pq\) and \(f = \varphi(n) = (p - 1)(q - 1)\) 
    3. {{c3:: Select \(e\): \(d \equiv_f e^{-1}\) the modular inverse (decryption)}}
    4. Send \(n\) and \(e\) to Bob
    5. {{c5:: Bob encrypts the plaintext \(m \in \{1, \dots, n -1 \}\) (unique modulo \(n\)) \(c = R_n(m^e)\) and sends it}}
    6. Alice decrypts using \(m = R_n(c^d)\) 

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Describe the RSA protocol:<br><ol><li>{{c1:: Alice generates primes&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(q\)}}</li><li>{{c2:: Set&nbsp;\(n = pq\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(f = \varphi(n) = (p - 1)(q - 1)\)&nbsp;}}</li><li>{{c3:: Select&nbsp;\(e\):&nbsp;\(d \equiv_f e^{-1}\)&nbsp;the modular inverse (decryption)}}</li><li>{{c4:: Send&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(e\)&nbsp;to Bob}}</li><li>{{c5:: Bob encrypts the plaintext&nbsp;\(m \in \{1, \dots, n -1 \}\)&nbsp;(unique modulo \(n\))&nbsp;\(c = R_n(m^e)\)&nbsp;and sends it}}</li><li>{{c6:: Alice decrypts using&nbsp;\(m = R_n(c^d)\)}}&nbsp;</li></ol>
    Extra <img src="paste-51654d52fdf3ebde0362a99bba97fcc8dc604e13.jpg">
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::2._Description_of_RSA

    Note 1888: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: B7f%iVC#KH
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    What does it mean intuitively for two groups to be isomorphic?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    What does it mean intuitively for two groups to be isomorphic?


    Two groups are isomorphic if they have the same structure - they "behave identically" even if they look different.

    Analogy: Like two jigsaw puzzles that look completely different, but use the same cutout pattern. The same piece goes into the same place on both puzzles.

    The bijection between them preserves all group operations and relationships.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What does it mean intuitively for two groups to be isomorphic?</p>
    Back <p>Two groups are isomorphic if they have the <strong>same structure</strong> - they "behave identically" even if they look different.</p> <p><strong>Analogy</strong>: Like two jigsaw puzzles that look completely different, but use the same cutout pattern. The same piece goes into the same place on both puzzles.</p> <p>The bijection between them preserves all group operations and relationships.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Note 1889: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: BA!Uj{h&4e
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    For a homomorphism \(h: G \rightarrow H\), the {{c1::image \(\text{Im} (h)\)}} is the set of all elements in \(H\) that are mapped to by some element in \(G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    For a homomorphism \(h: G \rightarrow H\), the {{c1::image \(\text{Im} (h)\)}} is the set of all elements in \(H\) that are mapped to by some element in \(G\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>For a homomorphism \(h: G \rightarrow H\), the {{c1::image \(\text{Im} (h)\)}} is the {{c2::set of all elements in \(H\) that are mapped to by some element in \(G\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Note 1890: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: BCPARdin7?
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction
    What is the logical principle behind case distinction?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction
    What is the logical principle behind case distinction?

    For every \(k\) we have: \[(A_1 \lor \dots \lor A_k) \land (A_1 \rightarrow B) \land \dots \land (A_k \rightarrow B) \models B\]
    (If at least one case occurs, and all cases imply \(B\), then \(B\) holds)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the logical principle behind case distinction?
    Back For every \(k\) we have: \[(A_1 \lor \dots \lor A_k) \land (A_1 \rightarrow B) \land \dots \land (A_k \rightarrow B) \models B\] <br> (If at least one case occurs, and all cases imply \(B\), then \(B\) holds)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction

    Note 1891: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: BG+yKyLb,^
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DELETE
    Ein Körper ist eine Menge {{c1::\( \mathbb{K}\) mit Operationen \(+ , *\)}} mit folgenden Eigenschaften:
    {{c2::
    - \( (\mathbb{K}, +)\) ist eine abelsche Gruppe
    - \( (\mathbb{K} \backslash \{0\}, *)\) ist eine abelsche Gruppe
    - Distributivität: \( a * (b+c) = a*b + a*c\)
    }}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DELETE
    Ein Körper ist eine Menge {{c1::\( \mathbb{K}\) mit Operationen \(+ , *\)}} mit folgenden Eigenschaften:
    {{c2::
    - \( (\mathbb{K}, +)\) ist eine abelsche Gruppe
    - \( (\mathbb{K} \backslash \{0\}, *)\) ist eine abelsche Gruppe
    - Distributivität: \( a * (b+c) = a*b + a*c\)
    }}

    Beispiel: \( \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::Ein Körper}} ist eine Menge&nbsp;{{c1::\( \mathbb{K}\) mit Operationen&nbsp;\(+ , *\)}} mit folgenden Eigenschaften:<div>{{c2::<div>-&nbsp;\( (\mathbb{K}, +)\) ist eine abelsche Gruppe</div><div>-&nbsp;\( (\mathbb{K} \backslash \{0\}, *)\) ist eine abelsche Gruppe</div><div>- Distributivität:&nbsp;\( a * (b+c) = a*b + a*c\)</div>}}<br></div>
    Extra Beispiel:&nbsp;\( \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1892: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: BMW]cGxx90
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    Give the formal definition of a greatest common divisor \(d\) of integers \(a\) and \(b\) (not both 0).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    Give the formal definition of a greatest common divisor \(d\) of integers \(a\) and \(b\) (not both 0).

    \[d \mid a \land d \mid b \land \forall c \ ((c \mid a \land c \mid b) \rightarrow c \mid d)\] \(d\) divides both \(a\) and \(b\), AND every common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) divides \(d\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give the formal definition of a greatest common divisor \(d\) of integers \(a\) and \(b\) (not both 0).
    Back \[d \mid a \land d \mid b \land \forall c \ ((c \mid a \land c \mid b) \rightarrow c \mid d)\] \(d\) divides both \(a\) and \(b\), AND every common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) divides \(d\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

    Note 1893: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: BQ.+C9_=de
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    The symbol \(\perp\) denotes unsatisfiability.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    The symbol \(\perp\) denotes unsatisfiability.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The symbol {{c1::\(\perp\)}} denotes {{c2:: unsatisfiability}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

    Note 1894: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: BTm~S%al=(
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    The {{c1::set of statements  \(\mathcal{S}\)}} is a subset of the finite bit strings  \(\Sigma^*\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    The {{c1::set of statements  \(\mathcal{S}\)}} is a subset of the finite bit strings  \(\Sigma^*\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c1::set of statements&nbsp; \(\mathcal{S}\)}}&nbsp;is {{c2:: a subset of the finite bit strings&nbsp; \(\Sigma^*\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

    Note 1895: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: BYs?C)>Q^q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    A proof system is sound if no false statement has a proof: \(\phi(s, p) = 1 \implies \tau(s) = 1\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    A proof system is sound if no false statement has a proof: \(\phi(s, p) = 1 \implies \tau(s) = 1\).

    Note that the use of \(\implies\)is not the correct formalism.

    For all \(s \in \mathcal{S}\) for which there exists a \(p \in \mathcal{P}\) with \(\phi(s, p) = 1\), we have \(\tau(s) = 1\) is the correct formal definition.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A proof system is {{c2::<b>sound</b>}} if {{c1:: no false statement has a proof:&nbsp;\(\phi(s, p) = 1 \implies \tau(s) = 1\)}}.
    Extra <i>Note that the use of&nbsp;</i>\(\implies\)<i>is not the correct formalism.<br></i><br>For all \(s \in \mathcal{S}\)&nbsp;for which there exists a&nbsp;\(p \in \mathcal{P}\)&nbsp;with \(\phi(s, p) = 1\), we have \(\tau(s) = 1\)&nbsp;is the correct formal definition.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

    Note 1896: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Bd%?U@FpLL
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates
    What is a \(k\)-ary predicate on universe \(U\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates
    What is a \(k\)-ary predicate on universe \(U\)?

    A function \(U^k \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\) that assigns each element of \(U^k\) to a truth value.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a \(k\)-ary predicate on universe \(U\)?
    Back A function \(U^k \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\) that assigns each element of \(U^k\) to a truth value.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates

    Note 1897: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Bg7Ck0wym~
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction
    What is the logical rule for proof by contradiction?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction
    What is the logical rule for proof by contradiction?

    • \((\lnot A \rightarrow B) \land \lnot B \models A\)
    • Alternative: \((A \lor B) \land \lnot B \models A\)

    (If assuming \(\lnot A\) leads to something false, then \(A\) must be true)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the logical rule for proof by contradiction?
    Back <ul> <li>\((\lnot A \rightarrow B) \land \lnot B \models A\)</li> <li>Alternative: \((A \lor B) \land \lnot B \models A\)</li> </ul> <br> (If assuming \(\lnot A\) leads to something false, then \(A\) must be true)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction

    Note 1898: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Bn4Qy6Kl8M
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    If \(F\) and \(G\) are formulas, then:
    •  \(\lnot F\)
    • \((F \land G)\)
    • \((F \lor G)\)
    are formulas.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    If \(F\) and \(G\) are formulas, then:
    •  \(\lnot F\)
    • \((F \land G)\)
    • \((F \lor G)\)
    are formulas.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;are formulas, then:<br><ul><li>&nbsp;{{c1::\(\lnot F\)}}</li><li>{{c2::\((F \land G)\)}}</li><li>{{c3::\((F \lor G)\)}}</li></ul>are formulas.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

    Note 1899: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Bq7Kx4Mp9L
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
    An interpretation is suitable for a formula \(F\) if it assigns a value to all symbols \(\beta \in \Lambda\) occurring free in \(F\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
    An interpretation is suitable for a formula \(F\) if it assigns a value to all symbols \(\beta \in \Lambda\) occurring free in \(F\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An interpretation is {{c1::<i>suitable</i>}} for a formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;if it {{c2::assigns a value to all symbols&nbsp;\(\beta \in \Lambda\)&nbsp;occurring free in&nbsp;\(F\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation

    Note 1900: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Bv3Yw9Rn5Z
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    The CNF or DNF forms are NOT unique!

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    The CNF or DNF forms are NOT unique!

    We can construct many equivalent ones.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The CNF or DNF forms are {{c1::<b>NOT</b>}}&nbsp;unique!
    Extra We can construct many equivalent ones.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

    Note 1901: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Bv6Pw3Tn8L
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules
    Derivation rule of modus ponens:

    {{c1::\(\{F, F \rightarrow G\}\)}} \( \vdash\)  \( G\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules
    Derivation rule of modus ponens:

    {{c1::\(\{F, F \rightarrow G\}\)}} \( \vdash\)  \( G\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Derivation rule of modus ponens:<br><br>{{c1::\(\{F, F \rightarrow G\}\)}}&nbsp;\( \vdash\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp;\( G\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules

    Note 1902: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Bw5Ww4Kp8Z
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
    \(\forall x \, \forall y \, F\)\(\equiv\)\(\forall y \, \forall x \, F\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
    \(\forall x \, \forall y \, F\)\(\equiv\)\(\forall y \, \forall x \, F\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(\forall x \, \forall y \, F\)}}\(\equiv\){{c2::\(\forall y \, \forall x \, F\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers

    Note 1903: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: By5dw(#>1%
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::2._The_Division_Property_in_F[x]

    How is Euclidian division of polynomials in a field defined?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::2._The_Division_Property_in_F[x]

    How is Euclidian division of polynomials in a field defined?


    Theorem 5.25: Let \(F\) be a field. For any \(a(x)\) and \(b(x) \neq 0\) in \(F[x]\), there exists a unique \(q(x)\) (quotient) and unique \(r(x)\) (remainder) such that: \[ a(x) = b(x) \cdot q(x) + r(x) \quad \text{and} \quad \deg(r(x)) < \deg(b(x)) \]

    This is analogous to integer division with remainder.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>How is Euclidian division of polynomials in a field defined?</p>
    Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.25</strong>: Let \(F\) be a field. For any \(a(x)\) and \(b(x) \neq 0\) in \(F[x]\), there exists a <strong>unique</strong> \(q(x)\) (quotient) and <strong>unique</strong> \(r(x)\) (remainder) such that: \[ a(x) = b(x) \cdot q(x) + r(x) \quad \text{and} \quad \deg(r(x)) &lt; \deg(b(x)) \]</p> <p>This is analogous to integer division with remainder.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::2._The_Division_Property_in_F[x]

    Note 1904: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Byvb`08=9%
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    partial function \(A \to B\) is a relation from \(A\) to \(B\) such that {{c1::\(\forall a \in A \; \forall b,b' \in B \; (a \mathop{f} b \land a\mathop{f} b' \to b = b')\) (well-defined).}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    partial function \(A \to B\) is a relation from \(A\) to \(B\) such that {{c1::\(\forall a \in A \; \forall b,b' \in B \; (a \mathop{f} b \land a\mathop{f} b' \to b = b')\) (well-defined).}}
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A&nbsp;<b>partial function&nbsp;</b>\(A \to B\)&nbsp;is a relation from&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(B\)&nbsp;such that {{c1::\(\forall a \in A \; \forall b,b' \in B \; (a \mathop{f} b \land a\mathop{f} b' \to b = b')\)&nbsp;(well-defined).}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 1905: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: B|?G*=z[c4
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation

    Why is a polynomial of degree \(d\) uniquely determined by \(d + 1\) values of \(a(x)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation

    Why is a polynomial of degree \(d\) uniquely determined by \(d + 1\) values of \(a(x)\)?


    This \(a(x)\) is unique since if there was another \(a'(x)\) then \(a(x) - a'(x)\) would have at most degree \(d\) and thus at most \(d\) roots. But since \(a(x) - a'(x)\) has the same \(d + 1\) roots, it's \(0 \implies a(x) = a'(x)\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Why is a polynomial of degree \(d\) <strong>uniquely</strong> determined by \(d + 1\) values of \(a(x)\)?</p>
    Back <p>This \(a(x)\) is unique since if there was another \(a'(x)\) then \(a(x) - a'(x)\) would have at most degree \(d\) and thus at most \(d\) roots. But since \(a(x) - a'(x)\) has the same \(d + 1\) roots, it's \(0 \implies a(x) = a'(x)\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation

    Note 1906: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: C$zk7TjRBE
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation

    A polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) of degree at most \(d\) is uniquely determined by:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation

    A polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) of degree at most \(d\) is uniquely determined by:


    By any \(d + 1\) values of \(a(x)\), i.e., by \(a(\alpha_1), \dots, a(\alpha_{d+1})\) for any distinct \(\alpha_1, \dots, \alpha_{d+1} \in F\).

    This is the basis for polynomial interpolation.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>A polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) of degree <strong>at most \(d\)</strong> is <strong>uniquely determined</strong> by:</p>
    Back <p>By any \(d + 1\) values of \(a(x)\), i.e., by \(a(\alpha_1), \dots, a(\alpha_{d+1})\) for any <strong>distinct</strong> \(\alpha_1, \dots, \alpha_{d+1} \in F\).</p> <p>This is the basis for polynomial interpolation.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation

    Note 1907: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: C%dvo%-J^R
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    Is \(\mathbb{N}\) well-ordered by \(\leq\)? What about \(\mathbb{Z}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    Is \(\mathbb{N}\) well-ordered by \(\leq\)? What about \(\mathbb{Z}\)?

    • \(\mathbb{N}\): YES (every non-empty subset has a least element)
    • \(\mathbb{Z}\): NO (e.g., \(\mathbb{Z}\) itself has no least element)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is \(\mathbb{N}\) well-ordered by \(\leq\)? What about \(\mathbb{Z}\)?
    Back <ul> <li><strong>\(\mathbb{N}\)</strong>: YES (every non-empty subset has a least element)</li> <li><strong>\(\mathbb{Z}\)</strong>: NO (e.g., \(\mathbb{Z}\) itself has no least element)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

    Note 1908: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: C&Xw,j%hGf
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Group axiom G3 states that {{c1::every element \(a\) in \(G\) has an inverse element \(\widehat{a}\) such that \(a * \widehat{a} = \widehat{a} * a = e\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Group axiom G3 states that {{c1::every element \(a\) in \(G\) has an inverse element \(\widehat{a}\) such that \(a * \widehat{a} = \widehat{a} * a = e\)}}.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>Group axiom {{c2::<strong>G3</strong>}} states that {{c1::every element \(a\) in \(G\) has an inverse element \(\widehat{a}\) such that \(a * \widehat{a} = \widehat{a} * a = e\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 1909: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: C*B}W{!59&
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
    Give the formal definition of the inverse \(\hat{\rho}\) of a relation \(\rho \subseteq A \times B\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
    Give the formal definition of the inverse \(\hat{\rho}\) of a relation \(\rho \subseteq A \times B\).

    \[\hat{\rho} \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{(b,a) \ | \ (a, b) \in \rho\} \subseteq B \times A\]
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give the formal definition of the inverse \(\hat{\rho}\) of a relation \(\rho \subseteq A \times B\).
    Back \[\hat{\rho} \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{(b,a) \ | \ (a, b) \in \rho\} \subseteq B \times A\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation

    Note 1910: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: C+
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets
    How are ordered pairs \((a, b)\) formally defined in set theory?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets
    How are ordered pairs \((a, b)\) formally defined in set theory?

    \[(a, b) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{\{a\}, \{a, b\}\}\]
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How are ordered pairs \((a, b)\) formally defined in set theory?
    Back \[(a, b) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{\{a\}, \{a, b\}\}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets

    Note 1911: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: C-&-kW&(OI
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::1._The_Density_of_Primes
    What is the prime counting function \(\pi(x)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::1._The_Density_of_Primes
    What is the prime counting function \(\pi(x)\)?

    \[\pi : \mathbb{R} \rightarrow \mathbb{N}\] For any real \(x\), \(\pi(x)\) is the number of primes \(\leq x\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the prime counting function \(\pi(x)\)?
    Back \[\pi : \mathbb{R} \rightarrow \mathbb{N}\] For any real \(x\), \(\pi(x)\) is the number of primes \(\leq x\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::1._The_Density_of_Primes

    Note 1912: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: C18gm]huq&
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
    In a group:

    {{c1:: \(\widehat{a * b}\) }} = {{c2:: \(\widehat{b} * \widehat{a}\)}} 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
    In a group:

    {{c1:: \(\widehat{a * b}\) }} = {{c2:: \(\widehat{b} * \widehat{a}\)}} 

    This is a property from a Lemma.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a group: <br><br>{{c1:: \(\widehat{a * b}\) }} = {{c2:: \(\widehat{b} * \widehat{a}\)}}&nbsp;
    Extra This is a property from a Lemma.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 1913: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: C5}BF3R%Qa
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    When are two integers \(a\) and \(b\) called relatively prime (or coprime)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    When are two integers \(a\) and \(b\) called relatively prime (or coprime)?

    When \(\text{gcd}(a, b) = 1\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When are two integers \(a\) and \(b\) called relatively prime (or coprime)?
    Back When \(\text{gcd}(a, b) = 1\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

    Note 1914: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: C6/[-jy07I
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures
    In an algebra \(\langle S, \Omega \rangle\), how is S usually called?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures
    In an algebra \(\langle S, \Omega \rangle\), how is S usually called?

    carrier (of the algebra)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front In an algebra \(\langle S, \Omega \rangle\), how is S usually called?
    Back carrier (of the algebra)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures

    Note 1915: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: C8cvZ0}Mn#
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Give an example of a group homomorphism involving the logarithm function.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Give an example of a group homomorphism involving the logarithm function.


    The logarithm function is a group homomorphism from \(\langle \mathbb{R}^{>0}; \cdot \rangle\) to \(\langle \mathbb{R}; + \rangle\) because: \[\log(a \cdot b) = \log a + \log b\]

    It's also an isomorphism because the logarithm is bijective on positive reals.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Give an example of a group homomorphism involving the logarithm function.</p>
    Back <p>The logarithm function is a group homomorphism from \(\langle \mathbb{R}^{&gt;0}; \cdot \rangle\) to \(\langle \mathbb{R}; + \rangle\) because: \[\log(a \cdot b) = \log a + \log b\]</p> <p>It's also an <strong>isomorphism</strong> because the logarithm is bijective on positive reals.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Note 1916: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: C:,kb=SDJG
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
    How does the inverse of a relation appear in matrix and graph representations?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
    How does the inverse of a relation appear in matrix and graph representations?

    • Matrix: The transpose of the matrix
    • Graph: Reversing the direction of all edges
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How does the inverse of a relation appear in matrix and graph representations?
    Back <ul> <li><strong>Matrix</strong>: The transpose of the matrix</li> <li><strong>Graph</strong>: Reversing the direction of all edges</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation

    Note 1917: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: C;65zxNGcG
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
    The definition of an inverse relation is \( a \ \rho \ b \iff{{c1:: b \ \hat{\rho} \ a}}\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
    The definition of an inverse relation is \( a \ \rho \ b \iff{{c1:: b \ \hat{\rho} \ a}}\).

    Example: Inverse of parent relation is childhood relation. Also written as \( \rho^{-1}\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The definition of {{c2::an inverse relation}} is&nbsp;\( a \ \rho \ b \iff{{c1:: b \ \hat{\rho} \ a}}\).
    Extra Example: Inverse of parent relation is childhood relation. Also written as&nbsp;\( \rho^{-1}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation

    Note 1918: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Cx
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*
    In a Euclidean domain every element can be factored uniquely into irreducible elements (up to associates)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*
    In a Euclidean domain every element can be factored uniquely into irreducible elements (up to associates)

    \(a, b\) associates (\(a \sim b\)) if \(a = ub\) for some unit \(u\).

    Proof sketch:
    1. Consider a nonzero, nonunit \(a \in R\).
    2. If a is irreducible, we are done.
    3. Otherwise, \(a = bc\) with both \(b,c\) nonunits.
    4. By the Euclidean property, we may assume 
      \(\delta(b), \delta(c) < \delta(a)\).
    5. If either factor is reducible, factor it further.
    6. This process must terminate, since \(\delta\) takes values in \(\mathbb{N}\) and strictly decreases.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a Euclidean domain every element can be {{c1:: factored uniquely into irreducible elements (up to associates)}}
    Extra \(a, b\)&nbsp;associates (\(a \sim b\)) if&nbsp;\(a = ub\)&nbsp;for some unit&nbsp;\(u\).<br><br><b>Proof sketch:<br></b><div><ol><li> <div>Consider a nonzero, nonunit&nbsp;\(a \in R\).</div> </li><li> <div>If a is irreducible, we are done.</div> </li><li> <div>Otherwise,&nbsp;\(a = bc\)&nbsp;with both&nbsp;\(b,c\)&nbsp;nonunits.</div> </li><li> <div>By the Euclidean property, we may assume&nbsp;</div>\(\delta(b), \delta(c) &lt; \delta(a)\).</li><li> <div>If either factor is reducible, factor it further.</div> </li><li> <div>This process <b>must terminate</b>, since&nbsp;\(\delta\)&nbsp;takes values in&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;and strictly decreases.</div></li></ol></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*

    Note 1919: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: CCL,(oU]OH
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
    How many equivalence classes does \(\equiv_m\) have, and what are they?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
    How many equivalence classes does \(\equiv_m\) have, and what are they?

    There are \(m\) equivalence classes: \([0], [1], \dots, [m-1]\).
    The set \(\mathbb{Z}_m = \{0, 1, \dots, m-1\}\) contains the canonical representative from each class.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How many equivalence classes does \(\equiv_m\) have, and what are they?
    Back There are \(m\) equivalence classes: \([0], [1], \dots, [m-1]\). <br> The set \(\mathbb{Z}_m = \{0, 1, \dots, m-1\}\) contains the canonical representative from each class.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic

    Note 1920: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: CL8*F@7NV5
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    For any group \(G\), there exist two trivial subgroups:

    1. {{c2::The set \(\{e\}\) (containing only the neutral element)}}
    2. \(G\) itself

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    For any group \(G\), there exist two trivial subgroups:

    1. {{c2::The set \(\{e\}\) (containing only the neutral element)}}
    2. \(G\) itself
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <!-- Card 38: Trivial Subgroups (Cloze) --> <p>For any group \(G\), there exist two trivial subgroups:<br></p><ol><li>{{c2::The set \(\{e\}\) (containing only the neutral element)}}</li><li>{{c3::\(G\) itself}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    Note 1921: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: COIPD#JUBC
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    When are two sets \(A\) and \(B\) equinumerous (\(A \sim B\))?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    When are two sets \(A\) and \(B\) equinumerous (\(A \sim B\))?

    When there exists a bijection \(A \to B\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When are two sets \(A\) and \(B\) equinumerous (\(A \sim B\))?
    Back When there exists a <strong>bijection</strong> \(A \to B\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1922: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: CQ?58^>q$U
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::5._Interpretation_of_Formulas
    What happens when a formula in predicate logic has a free variable (no quantifier)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::5._Interpretation_of_Formulas
    What happens when a formula in predicate logic has a free variable (no quantifier)?

    The variable must be replaced by a specific constant from the universe for any interpretation. Without a quantifier, \(x\) is not bound and requires a concrete value.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What happens when a formula in predicate logic has a free variable (no quantifier)?
    Back The variable must be replaced by a <strong>specific constant</strong> from the universe for any interpretation. Without a quantifier, \(x\) is not bound and requires a concrete value.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::5._Interpretation_of_Formulas

    Note 1923: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: CX)J6e_z}-
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    \(F[x]_{m(x)} =\) {{c2::\(F[x]_{m(x)}^* \cup \{0\}\)}} iff \(m(x)\) is irreducible.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    \(F[x]_{m(x)} =\) {{c2::\(F[x]_{m(x)}^* \cup \{0\}\)}} iff \(m(x)\) is irreducible.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>\(F[x]_{m(x)} =\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(F[x]_{m(x)}^* \cup \{0\}\)}} iff {{c1:: \(m(x)\) is irreducible}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    Note 1924: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Cug/az1F}r
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    Uncountability Proof by Complement (with example \([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q}\)):

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    Uncountability Proof by Complement (with example \([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q}\)):

    • Find \(B\) uncountable such that \(A \subseteq B\).
    • Show that \(B \backslash A\) countable which proves that \(A\) uncountable.
    • You have to prove this implication in the exam:
      • Assume \(A\) is countable towards contradiction.
      • We have shown that \(B \ \backslash \ A\) is countable.
      • Thus \(A \cup (B \ \backslash \ A)\) also countable (Theorem 3.22: Union of countable is countable).
      • But \(A \cup (B \ \backslash \ A) \supseteq B\), which is uncountable - contradiction!

    Verwende \(\mathbb{R}\) oder \([0,1]\) statt \(\{0, 1\}^\infty\) falls einfacher.

    Beispiel mit \([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q}\):
    • We know \([0,1]\) is uncountable.
    • By definition \([0, 1] \setminus \mathbb{Q} \subseteq [0,1]\) and \([0,1] \setminus ([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q})\) which is equal to \(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1]\). Thus \(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] \subseteq \mathbb{Q}\) and by Lemma 3.15 \(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] \preceq \mathbb{Q}\) (subset is dominated). 
    • Hence \(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] \preceq \mathbb{N}\) (by transitivity). 
    • Therefore \(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] = [0,1] \setminus ([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q})\) countable and thus \([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q}\) uncountable (by complement trick).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Uncountability Proof by Complement (with example&nbsp;\([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q}\)):
    Back <ul> <li>Find \(B\) uncountable such that \(A \subseteq B\).</li> <li>Show that \(B \backslash A\) <b>countable</b> which proves that \(A\) <b>uncountable</b>.</li></ul><ul> <li>You have to <b>prove this implication</b> in the exam:<ul> <li>Assume \(A\) is <b>countable</b> towards contradiction.</li> <li>We have shown that \(B \ \backslash \ A\) is <b>countable</b>.</li> <li>Thus \(A \cup (B \ \backslash \ A)\) also countable (Theorem 3.22: Union of countable is countable).</li> <li>But \(A \cup (B \ \backslash \ A) \supseteq B\), which is <b>uncountable</b> - <b>contradiction</b>! </li> </ul> </li></ul> <div><br></div> Verwende \(\mathbb{R}\) oder \([0,1]\) statt \(\{0, 1\}^\infty\) falls einfacher.<br><br>Beispiel mit&nbsp;\([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q}\):<br><ul><li>We know&nbsp;\([0,1]\)&nbsp;is uncountable.</li><li>By definition&nbsp;\([0, 1] \setminus \mathbb{Q} \subseteq [0,1]\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\([0,1] \setminus ([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q})\)&nbsp;which is equal to&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1]\). Thus&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] \subseteq \mathbb{Q}\)&nbsp;and by Lemma 3.15&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] \preceq \mathbb{Q}\)&nbsp;(subset is dominated).&nbsp;</li><li>Hence&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] \preceq \mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;(by transitivity).&nbsp;</li><li>Therefore&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Q} \cap [0,1] = [0,1] \setminus ([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q})\)&nbsp;countable and thus&nbsp;\([0,1] \setminus \mathbb{Q}\)&nbsp;uncountable (by complement trick).</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

    Note 1925: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Cw4Jx2Tn6L
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    {{c1::\(F \lor \top\) :: \(F \lor \text{or } \land \dots\)}} \(\equiv\) \( \top\) and {{c1::\(F \land \top\)::\(F \lor \text{or } \land \dots\)}} \(\equiv\) \(F\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    {{c1::\(F \lor \top\) :: \(F \lor \text{or } \land \dots\)}} \(\equiv\) \( \top\) and {{c1::\(F \land \top\)::\(F \lor \text{or } \land \dots\)}} \(\equiv\) \(F\).

    (tautology rules)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(F \lor \top\)&nbsp;::&nbsp;\(F \lor \text{or } \land \dots\)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\){{c2::&nbsp;\( \top\)}}&nbsp;and {{c1::\(F \land \top\)::\(F \lor \text{or } \land \dots\)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(F\)}}.
    Extra (tautology rules)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

    Note 1926: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Cw7Qx4Vm9M
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules
    Derivation rule of case distinction:

    {{c1::\(\{F \lor G, F \rightarrow H, G \rightarrow H\}\)}} \(\vdash\) \(H\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules
    Derivation rule of case distinction:

    {{c1::\(\{F \lor G, F \rightarrow H, G \rightarrow H\}\)}} \(\vdash\) \(H\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Derivation rule of case distinction:<br><br>{{c1::\(\{F \lor G, F \rightarrow H, G \rightarrow H\}\)}}&nbsp;\(\vdash\){{c2::&nbsp;\(H\)}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::4._Some_Derivation_Rules

    Note 1927: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Cx5Zv7Tn9A
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    If \(F\) is a formula in predicate logic, then for any \(i\):
    • \(\forall x_i F\)
    • \(\exists x_i F\) 
    are formulas.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    If \(F\) is a formula in predicate logic, then for any \(i\):
    • \(\forall x_i F\)
    • \(\exists x_i F\) 
    are formulas.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is a formula in predicate logic, then for any&nbsp;\(i\):<br><ul><li>{{c1::\(\forall x_i F\)}}</li><li>{{c2::\(\exists x_i F\)}}&nbsp;</li></ul>are formulas.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

    Note 1928: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Cx9Xy3Rn5A
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
    \(\exists x \, \exists y \, F \)\(\equiv\)\(\exists y \, \exists x \, F\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
    \(\exists x \, \exists y \, F \)\(\equiv\)\(\exists y \, \exists x \, F\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(\exists x \, \exists y \, F \)}}\(\equiv\){{c2::\(\exists y \, \exists x \, F\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers

    Note 1929: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Cz5Pn8Jt3Y
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
    The notation {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \models F\)}} means that {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}\) is a model for \(F\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
    The notation {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \models F\)}} means that {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}\) is a model for \(F\)}}.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The notation {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \models F\)}} means that {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}\)&nbsp;is a model for&nbsp;\(F\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model

    Note 1930: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: C}sy0oyJ5m
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Lemma about uniqueness of the inverse:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Lemma about uniqueness of the inverse:


    Lemma 5.2: In a monoid \(\langle M; *, e \rangle\), if \(a \in M\) has a left inverse and a right inverse, then they are equal. In particular, \(a\) has at most one inverse.

    Proof: \(L\) left inverse, \(R\) right inverse.

    \(L = L * e = L * (a * R) \) \(= (L * a) * R = e * R = R\)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Lemma about uniqueness of the inverse:</p>
    Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.2</strong>: In a monoid \(\langle M; *, e \rangle\), if \(a \in M\) has a left inverse and a right inverse, then they are <strong>equal</strong>. In particular, \(a\) has <strong>at most one inverse</strong>.</p><p><b>Proof:&nbsp;</b>\(L\)&nbsp;left inverse,&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;right inverse.</p><p>\(L = L * e = L * (a * R) \)&nbsp;\(= (L * a) * R = e * R = R\)</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 1931: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: C~9^NhSK^q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    State Bézout's identity (Corollary 4.5).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
    State Bézout's identity (Corollary 4.5).

    For \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}\) (not both 0), there exist \(u, v \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that: \[\text{gcd}(a, b) = ua + vb\] The GCD can be expressed as an integer linear combination.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front State Bézout's identity (Corollary 4.5).
    Back For \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}\) (not both 0), there exist \(u, v \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that: \[\text{gcd}(a, b) = ua + vb\] The GCD can be expressed as an integer linear combination.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

    Note 1932: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: D0bP}6KO$]
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    How does antisymmetry appear in graph representation?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    How does antisymmetry appear in graph representation?

    There is not a single cycle of length 2 (no edge from \(a\) to \(b\) AND from \(b\) to \(a\)).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How does antisymmetry appear in graph representation?
    Back There is not a single cycle of length 2 (no edge from \(a\) to \(b\) AND from \(b\) to \(a\)).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

    Note 1933: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: D0k7OAp
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements
    What happens if there is a left and right neutral element in a group?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements
    What happens if there is a left and right neutral element in a group?

    Lemma 5.1: If \(\langle S; * \rangle\) has both a left and a right neutral element, then they are equal.

    \(e * e' = e\) (\(e'\) right inverse)

    \(e * e' = e'\) (\(e\) left inverse)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What happens if there is a left and right neutral element in a group?
    Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.1</strong>: If \(\langle S; * \rangle\) has both a left and a right neutral element, then they are <strong>equal</strong>.</p><p>\(e * e' = e\)&nbsp;(\(e'\)&nbsp;right inverse)</p><p>\(e * e' = e'\)&nbsp;(\(e\)&nbsp;left inverse)</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

    Note 1934: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: D5|(#{I..o
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    What is the double negation law?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    What is the double negation law?

    \(\lnot \lnot A \equiv A\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the double negation law?
    Back \(\lnot \lnot A \equiv A\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

    Note 1935: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: D8=8u.)-}S
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set
    What is the power set \(\mathcal{P}(A)\) of a set \(A\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set
    What is the power set \(\mathcal{P}(A)\) of a set \(A\)?

    \[\mathcal{P}(A) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{S \ | \ S \subseteq A\}\] The set of all subsets of \(A\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the power set \(\mathcal{P}(A)\) of a set \(A\)?
    Back \[\mathcal{P}(A) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{S \ | \ S \subseteq A\}\] The set of all subsets of \(A\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set

    Note 1936: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: D:fQHHFS8g
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    State Corollary 5.9 about the relationship between element order and group order for a finite group \(G\). (Proof included)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    State Corollary 5.9 about the relationship between element order and group order for a finite group \(G\). (Proof included)


    Corollary 5.9: For a finite group \(G\), the order of every element divides the group order, i.e., \(\text{ord}(a)\) divides \(|G|\) for every \(a \in G\).

    Proof: \(\langle a \rangle\) is a subgroup of \(G\) of order \(\text{ord}(a)\), which by Lagrange's Theorem must divide \(|G|\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>State Corollary 5.9 about the relationship between element order and group order for a finite group \(G\).&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i></p>
    Back <p><strong>Corollary 5.9</strong>: For a finite group \(G\), the order of every element <strong>divides</strong> the group order, i.e., \(\text{ord}(a)\) divides \(|G|\) for every \(a \in G\).</p> <p><strong>Proof</strong>: \(\langle a \rangle\) is a subgroup of \(G\) of order \(\text{ord}(a)\), which by Lagrange's Theorem must divide \(|G|\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    Note 1937: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: D=/jeb&[,)
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    When is a polynomial of degree \(2\) or \(3\) irreducible?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    When is a polynomial of degree \(2\) or \(3\) irreducible?


    Corollary 5.30: A polynomial \(a(x)\) of degree \(2\) or \(3\) over a field \(F\) is irreducible if and only if it has no root.

    Important: This doesn't work for polynomials of higher degrees! A degree \(4\) polynomial might be the product of two irreducible degree \(2\) polynomials, each with no roots.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>When is a polynomial of degree \(2\) or \(3\) irreducible?</p>
    Back <p><strong>Corollary 5.30</strong>: A polynomial \(a(x)\) of degree \(2\) or \(3\) over a field \(F\) is irreducible <strong>if and only if</strong> it has <strong>no root</strong>.</p> <p><strong>Important</strong>: This doesn't work for polynomials of higher degrees! A degree \(4\) polynomial might be the product of two irreducible degree \(2\) polynomials, each with no roots.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    Note 1938: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: DPl{@]cnAw
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    In a group, the right cancellation law states: \(a = b\) \(\Leftrightarrow\) \(ac = bc\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    In a group, the right cancellation law states: \(a = b\) \(\Leftrightarrow\) \(ac = bc\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>In a group, the {{c1::right cancellation}} law states: \(a = b\) {{c2::\(\Leftrightarrow\)}} {{c3::\(ac = bc\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 1939: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: D`/l5%ja#*
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\) and \( S \subseteq A\).

    \(a \in A\) is a lower (upper) bound of \(S\) if \(a \preceq b\) (\(a \succeq b) \) for all \(b \in S\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\) and \( S \subseteq A\).

    \(a \in A\) is a lower (upper) bound of \(S\) if \(a \preceq b\) (\(a \succeq b) \) for all \(b \in S\)

    Note that a is not necessarily in the subset S (difference to the least and greatest elements).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Consider the poset&nbsp;\((A; \preceq)\) and&nbsp;\( S \subseteq A\).<br><br><div>\(a \in A\) is a {{c1::<b>lower (upper) bound</b>&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(S\)}}&nbsp;if {{c2::\(a \preceq b\) (\(a \succeq b) \) for all&nbsp;\(b \in S\)}}</div>
    Extra Note that a is not necessarily in the subset S (difference to the least and greatest elements).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

    Note 1940: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Dm5Ty7Wn2K
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    A formula \(F\) is called a tautology or valid if it is true for every suitable interpretation.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    A formula \(F\) is called a tautology or valid if it is true for every suitable interpretation.

    Symbol: \(\top\)
    Also written as \(\models F\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is called a {{c1::<i>tautology</i>&nbsp;or&nbsp;<i>valid</i>}} if it is {{c2::true for every suitable interpretation}}.
    Extra Symbol:&nbsp;\(\top\)<br>Also written as&nbsp;\(\models F\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

    Note 1941: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Do3{r5T{`.
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
    Diffie-Hellman is used to securely create a shared secret between two parties over a public channel.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
    Diffie-Hellman is used to securely create a shared secret between two parties over a public channel.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Diffie-Hellman is used to {{c1::securely create a shared secret between two parties over a public channel::do what?}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement

    Note 1942: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Dx5Yw7Kn9B
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    A clause is a set of literals.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    A clause is a set of literals.

    Example: \(\{A, \lnot B, \lnot D\}\) is a clause. The empty set \(\emptyset\) is also a clause.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A {{c1::<i>clause</i>}} is a {{c2::set of literals}}.
    Extra Example:&nbsp;\(\{A, \lnot B, \lnot D\}\)&nbsp;is a clause. The empty set&nbsp;\(\emptyset\)&nbsp;is also a clause.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

    Note 1943: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Dx8Ry5Wn3P
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::5._Derivations_from_Assumptions
    If in a sound calculus \(K\) one can derive \(G\) from the set of formulas \(F\) (\(F \vdash_K G\)), then one has proved that \(F \rightarrow G\) is a tautology and thus that \(F \models G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::5._Derivations_from_Assumptions
    If in a sound calculus \(K\) one can derive \(G\) from the set of formulas \(F\) (\(F \vdash_K G\)), then one has proved that \(F \rightarrow G\) is a tautology and thus that \(F \models G\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If in a sound calculus&nbsp;\(K\)&nbsp;one can <i>derive</i>&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;from the set of formulas&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;(\(F \vdash_K G\)), then one has proved that {{c1::\(F \rightarrow G\)&nbsp;is a <i>tautology</i>&nbsp;and thus that&nbsp;\(F \models G\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::5._Derivations_from_Assumptions

    Note 1944: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Dx9Pv7Wm3K
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    \(F \lor \bot\) \(\equiv\) \(F\) and \(F \land \bot\) \(\equiv\) \(\bot\) (unsatisfiability rules).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    \(F \lor \bot\) \(\equiv\) \(F\) and \(F \land \bot\) \(\equiv\) \(\bot\) (unsatisfiability rules).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(F \lor \bot\)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\){{c2::&nbsp;\(F\)}}&nbsp;and {{c1::\(F \land \bot\)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\){{c2::&nbsp;\(\bot\)}}&nbsp;(<b>unsatisfiability</b> rules).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

    Note 1945: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Dy6Zv8Tp2B
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
    For formulas \(F\) and \(H\), where \(x\) does not occur free in \(H\), we have:
    1. \((\forall x \, F) \land H\) \( \equiv\) \( \forall x \, (F \land H)\)
    2. \((\forall x \, F) \lor H \) \(\equiv\) \(\forall x \, (F \lor H)\)
    3. \((\exists x \, F) \land H \) \(\equiv\)  \(\exists x \, (F \land H)\)
    4. \((\exists x \, F) \lor H\) \(\equiv\)  \(\exists x \, (F \lor H)\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
    For formulas \(F\) and \(H\), where \(x\) does not occur free in \(H\), we have:
    1. \((\forall x \, F) \land H\) \( \equiv\) \( \forall x \, (F \land H)\)
    2. \((\forall x \, F) \lor H \) \(\equiv\) \(\forall x \, (F \lor H)\)
    3. \((\exists x \, F) \land H \) \(\equiv\)  \(\exists x \, (F \land H)\)
    4. \((\exists x \, F) \lor H\) \(\equiv\)  \(\exists x \, (F \lor H)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For formulas&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(H\), where&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;<b>does not occur free</b> in&nbsp;\(H\), we have:<br><ol><li>{{c1::\((\forall x \, F) \land H\)}}&nbsp;\( \equiv\)&nbsp;{{c2::\( \forall x \, (F \land H)\)}}</li><li>{{c3::\((\forall x \, F) \lor H \)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\)&nbsp;{{c4::\(\forall x \, (F \lor H)\)}}</li><li>{{c5::\((\exists x \, F) \land H \)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\)&nbsp;{{c6::&nbsp;\(\exists x \, (F \land H)\)}}</li><li>{{c7::\((\exists x \, F) \lor H\)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\)&nbsp;{{c8::&nbsp;\(\exists x \, (F \lor H)\)}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers

    Note 1946: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Dz7Kx9Tn5L
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    \(F \leftrightarrow G\) stands for \((F \land G) \lor (\lnot F \land \lnot G)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    \(F \leftrightarrow G\) stands for \((F \land G) \lor (\lnot F \land \lnot G)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(F \leftrightarrow G\)&nbsp;stands for {{c1::\((F \land G) \lor (\lnot F \land \lnot G)\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

    Note 1947: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: E,Vbly-9X8
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    A proof system \(\Pi\) is {{c1:: a quadruple \(\Pi = (\mathcal{S, P}, \tau, \phi)\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    A proof system \(\Pi\) is {{c1:: a quadruple \(\Pi = (\mathcal{S, P}, \tau, \phi)\)}}.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A proof system&nbsp;\(\Pi\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: a quadruple&nbsp;\(\Pi = (\mathcal{S, P}, \tau, \phi)\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

    Note 1948: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: E3nG0q}H>n
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    Is \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) a monoid, group, ring, field?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    Is \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) a monoid, group, ring, field?


    Lemma 5.35: \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) is a commutative ring with respect to addition and multiplication modulo \(m(x)\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Is \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) a monoid, group, ring, field?</p>
    Back <p><b>Lemma 5.35</b>: \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) is a <b>commutative ring</b> with respect to addition and multiplication modulo \(m(x)\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    Note 1949: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: E6{tZ_2cBJ
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    For a subset \(T\) of \(B\), the {{c1::preimage (in Linalg: Urbild) of \(T\), denoted \(f^{-1}(T)\)}}, is the set of values in \(A\) that map into \(T\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    For a subset \(T\) of \(B\), the {{c1::preimage (in Linalg: Urbild) of \(T\), denoted \(f^{-1}(T)\)}}, is the set of values in \(A\) that map into \(T\).

    Example: \(f(x) = x^2\), the preimage of \([4,9]\) is \([-3,-2] \cup [2,3]\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For a subset&nbsp;\(T\) of&nbsp;\(B\), the {{c1::<b>preimage </b>(in Linalg: Urbild) of&nbsp;\(T\), denoted&nbsp;\(f^{-1}(T)\)}}, is {{c2::the set of values in&nbsp;\(A\) that map into&nbsp;\(T\).}}
    Extra Example:&nbsp;\(f(x) = x^2\), the preimage of&nbsp;\([4,9]\) is&nbsp;\([-3,-2] \cup [2,3]\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 1950: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: E7<;U^~bFt
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    Reduce \(R_{11}(9^{2024})\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
    Reduce \(R_{11}(9^{2024})\)

    As \(9^{10} \equiv_{11} 1\) (see Fermat little theorem and 11 prime), we can reduce the exponent modulo 10 (see Lagrange's theorem in chapter 5). Thus \(R_{11}(9^{2024}) = R_{11}(9^{4}) = R_{11}(-2^{4}) = 5\).

    For this to work however, we need the number and the order of the group (modulo remainder) to be coprime, i.e. \(\gcd(9, 11) = 1\).

    If the modulus itself is prime then it always works and the order of the element can be used to reduce the exponent as \(9^{11-1} = 1\) by Fermat's little theorem.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Reduce&nbsp;\(R_{11}(9^{2024})\)
    Back As \(9^{10} \equiv_{11} 1\)&nbsp;(see Fermat little theorem and 11 prime), we can reduce the exponent modulo 10 (see Lagrange's theorem in chapter 5). Thus \(R_{11}(9^{2024}) = R_{11}(9^{4}) = R_{11}(-2^{4}) = 5\).<br><br>For this to work however, we need the <b>number and the order of the group</b> (modulo remainder) to be <i>coprime</i>, i.e.&nbsp;\(\gcd(9, 11) = 1\).<br><br><div>If the modulus itself is prime then it always works and the order of the element can be used to reduce the exponent as&nbsp;\(9^{11-1} = 1\)&nbsp;by Fermat's little theorem.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 1951: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: E8|8/h)Gv3
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    Predicate logic: A formula in prenex form has all quantifiers in front and none afterwards. 

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    Predicate logic: A formula in prenex form has all quantifiers in front and none afterwards. 
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Predicate logic: A formula in {{c2::prenex form}} has {{c1::all quantifiers in front and none afterwards.&nbsp;}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

    Note 1952: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: ED/iJI~Uhm
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
    Do uncomputable functions exist?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
    Do uncomputable functions exist?

    Yes, there exist uncomputable functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\).
    Proof idea: Programs are finite bitstrings (\(\{0,1\}^*\) is countable), but functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0,1\}\) are uncountable.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Do uncomputable functions exist?
    Back Yes, there exist <strong>uncomputable</strong> functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\). <br> <strong>Proof idea</strong>: Programs are finite bitstrings (\(\{0,1\}^*\) is countable), but functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0,1\}\) are uncountable.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions

    Note 1953: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: EDPL:,`:xZ
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    The group\(\langle \mathbb{Z}; +, -, 0 \rangle\) is generated by  \(1, -1\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    The group\(\langle \mathbb{Z}; +, -, 0 \rangle\) is generated by  \(1, -1\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The group\(\langle \mathbb{Z}; +, -, 0 \rangle\)&nbsp;is generated by {{c1::&nbsp;\(1, -1\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 1954: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: EE&#dBK8n>
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    Disjunction

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    Disjunction

    \(\lor\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>Disjunction</b>
    Back \(\lor\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

    Note 1955: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: EL>#%*1JZ?
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    Sketch step-by-step how Cantor's diagonalization argument can be used to prove that the set \(\{0,1\}^\infty\) is uncountable.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    Sketch step-by-step how Cantor's diagonalization argument can be used to prove that the set \(\{0,1\}^\infty\) is uncountable.

    • Proof by contradiction: Assume a bijection to \(\mathbb{N}\) exists.
    • That means there exists for each \(n\in \mathbb{N}\) a corresponding sequence of 0 and 1s, and vice-versa.
    • We now construct a new sequence \(\alpha\) of 0s and 1s, by always taking the \(i\)-th bit from the \(i\)-th sequence, and inverting it.
    • This new sequence does not agree with every existing sequence in at least one place.
    • However, there is no \(n\in\mathbb{N}\) such that \(\alpha = f(n)\) since \(\alpha\) disagrees with every \(f(n)\) in at least one place.
    • Thus, no bijection to \(\mathbb{N}\) exists, which means \(\{0,1\}^\infty\) is uncountable.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Sketch step-by-step how <b>Cantor's diagonalization argument</b>&nbsp;can be used to prove that the set&nbsp;\(\{0,1\}^\infty\)&nbsp;is uncountable.
    Back <ul><li>Proof by contradiction: Assume a bijection to&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;exists.</li><li>That means there exists for each&nbsp;\(n\in \mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;a corresponding sequence of 0 and 1s, and vice-versa.</li><li>We now construct a new sequence&nbsp;\(\alpha\)&nbsp;of 0s and 1s, by always taking the&nbsp;\(i\)-th bit from the&nbsp;\(i\)-th sequence, and inverting it.</li><li>This new sequence does not agree with every existing sequence in at least one place.</li><li>However, there is no&nbsp;\(n\in\mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(\alpha = f(n)\)&nbsp;since&nbsp;\(\alpha\)&nbsp;disagrees with every&nbsp;\(f(n)\)&nbsp;in at least one place.</li><li>Thus, no bijection to&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;exists, which means&nbsp;\(\{0,1\}^\infty\)&nbsp;is uncountable.</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

    Note 1956: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: EOU=o(/Tm!
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields
    ring has the following properties:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields
    ring has the following properties:

    Additive Group:
    • closure
    • associativity
    • identity
    • inverse
    • commutative
    Multiplicative group:
    • closure
    • associativity
    • identity
    • distributivity
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front A&nbsp;<b>ring</b> has the following properties:
    Back Additive Group:<br><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>identity</li><li>inverse</li><li>commutative</li></ul><div>Multiplicative group:</div><div></div><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>identity</li><li><b>distributivity</b></li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields

    Note 1957: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: EXrM_MIDyC
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    Let \(a(x) \in R[x]\). An element \(\alpha \in R\) for which \(a(\alpha) = 0\) is called a root of \(a(x)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    Let \(a(x) \in R[x]\). An element \(\alpha \in R\) for which \(a(\alpha) = 0\) is called a root of \(a(x)\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>Let \(a(x) \in R[x]\). An element \(\alpha \in R\) for which {{c1::\(a(\alpha) = 0\) is called a root of \(a(x)\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    Note 1958: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ey5Ht8Nq4M
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    \(F \lor \neg F\) \(\equiv\) \( \top\) and \(F \land \neg F\) \(\equiv\) \( \bot\). (\(F\), \(\lnot F\) involved)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    \(F \lor \neg F\) \(\equiv\) \( \top\) and \(F \land \neg F\) \(\equiv\) \( \bot\). (\(F\), \(\lnot F\) involved)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(F \lor \neg F\)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\){{c2::&nbsp;\( \top\)}}&nbsp;and {{c1::\(F \land \neg F\)}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\){{c2::&nbsp;\( \bot\)}}. (\(F\),&nbsp;\(\lnot F\)&nbsp;involved)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

    Note 1959: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ey9Sz2Kp7Q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::5._Derivations_from_Assumptions
    If \(F \vdash_K G\) in a calculus \(K\), one could extend the calculus by the new derivation \(F \rightarrow G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::5._Derivations_from_Assumptions
    If \(F \vdash_K G\) in a calculus \(K\), one could extend the calculus by the new derivation \(F \rightarrow G\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If&nbsp;\(F \vdash_K G\)&nbsp;in a calculus&nbsp;\(K\), one could {{c1::<i>extend the calculus</i> by the new derivation&nbsp;\(F \rightarrow G\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::5._Derivations_from_Assumptions

    Note 1960: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ey9Zv4Rp6C
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    The empty set \(\emptyset\) is a clause.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    The empty set \(\emptyset\) is a clause.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c1::empty set&nbsp;\(\emptyset\)}} is a {{c2::clause}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

    Note 1961: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Ez3Ww5Kn9C
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
    Does quantifier order matter?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
    Does quantifier order matter?

    YES! Quantifier order matters for nested variables.

    \(\exists x \forall y P(x, y)\) is NOT equivalent to \(\forall y \exists x P(x, y)\)!

    Example: \(\exists x \forall y (x < y)\) means "there exists a smallest element", while \(\forall y \exists x (x < y)\) means "for every element, there exists a smaller one".
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Does quantifier order matter?
    Back <b>YES!</b> Quantifier order matters for <b>nested</b> <b>variables</b>.<br><br>\(\exists x \forall y P(x, y)\)&nbsp;is <b>NOT</b> equivalent to&nbsp;\(\forall y \exists x P(x, y)\)!<br><br>Example:&nbsp;\(\exists x \forall y (x &lt; y)\)&nbsp;means "there exists a smallest element", while&nbsp;\(\forall y \exists x (x &lt; y)\)&nbsp;means "for every element, there exists a smaller one".
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers

    Note 1962: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ez6Xy8Rn7C
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    \(\forall\) is called the universal quantifier.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    \(\forall\) is called the universal quantifier.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(\forall\)}} is called the {{c2::<i>universal quantifier</i>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

    Note 1963: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: F2
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::3._Example:_Definition_of_the_Rational_Numbers
    How are the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) defined using equivalence relations?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::3._Example:_Definition_of_the_Rational_Numbers
    How are the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) defined using equivalence relations?

    Let \(A = \mathbb{Z} \times (\mathbb{Z} \setminus \{0\})\) and \((a, b) \sim (c,d) \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} ad = bc\)

     Then: \(\mathbb{Q} \overset{\text{def}}{=} (\mathbb{Z} \times (\mathbb{Z} \setminus \{0\})) / \sim\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How are the rational numbers \(\mathbb{Q}\) defined using equivalence relations?
    Back Let \(A = \mathbb{Z} \times (\mathbb{Z} \setminus \{0\})\) and \((a, b) \sim (c,d) \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} ad = bc\) <br><br>&nbsp;Then: \(\mathbb{Q} \overset{\text{def}}{=} (\mathbb{Z} \times (\mathbb{Z} \setminus \{0\})) / \sim\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::3._Example:_Definition_of_the_Rational_Numbers

    Note 1964: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: F5|a$AQwO,
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups

    Give an example of a direct product of groups and explain its structure.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups

    Give an example of a direct product of groups and explain its structure.


    The group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_5; \oplus \rangle \times \langle \mathbb{Z}_7; \oplus \rangle\):
    - Carrier: \(\mathbb{Z}_5 \times \mathbb{Z}_7\)
    - Neutral element: \((0, 0)\)
    - Operation is component-wise: \((a, b) \star (c, d) = (a \oplus_5 c, b \oplus_7 d)\)

    By the Chinese Remainder Theorem, this group is isomorphic to \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_{35}; \oplus \rangle\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Give an example of a direct product of groups and explain its structure.</p>
    Back <p>The group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_5; \oplus \rangle \times \langle \mathbb{Z}_7; \oplus \rangle\):<br> - Carrier: \(\mathbb{Z}_5 \times \mathbb{Z}_7\)<br> - Neutral element: \((0, 0)\)<br> - Operation is component-wise: \((a, b) \star (c, d) = (a \oplus_5 c, b \oplus_7 d)\)</p> <p>By the <strong>Chinese Remainder Theorem</strong>, this group is isomorphic to \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_{35}; \oplus \rangle\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups

    Note 1965: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: F6#_)#wBbP
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field
    For a field \(F\), the polynomial extension \(F[x]\) is an integral domain.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field
    For a field \(F\), the polynomial extension \(F[x]\) is an integral domain.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For a field&nbsp;\(F\), the polynomial extension&nbsp;\(F[x]\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: an integral domain::(name most constrained property)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field

    Note 1966: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: F:9iVjG>$B
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\) and \( S \subseteq A\).

    \(a \in A\) is a minimal (maximal) element of \(A\) if there exists no \(b \in A\) with \(b \prec a\) (\(b \succ a \) )

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
    Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\) and \( S \subseteq A\).

    \(a \in A\) is a minimal (maximal) element of \(A\) if there exists no \(b \in A\) with \(b \prec a\) (\(b \succ a \) )
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Consider the poset&nbsp;\((A; \preceq)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\( S \subseteq A\).<br><br><div>\(a \in A\) is a {{c1::<b>minimal (maximal) element</b> of&nbsp;\(A\)}}&nbsp;if {{c2::there exists no&nbsp;\(b \in A\) with&nbsp;\(b \prec a\) (\(b \succ a \) )}}<br></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

    Note 1967: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: F:~PC*C^u=
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::08._Existence_Proofs_via_the_Pigeonhole_Principle
    What is the Pigeonhole Principle?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::08._Existence_Proofs_via_the_Pigeonhole_Principle
    What is the Pigeonhole Principle?

    If a set of \(n\) objects is partitioned into \(k < n\) sets, then at least one of those sets contains at least \(\lceil \frac{n}{k} \rceil\) objects.

    (If you have more pigeons than holes, at least one hole must contain multiple pigeons)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the Pigeonhole Principle?
    Back If a set of \(n\) objects is partitioned into \(k &lt; n\) sets, then at least one of those sets contains at least \(\lceil \frac{n}{k} \rceil\) objects. <br><br> (If you have more pigeons than holes, at least one hole must contain multiple pigeons)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::08._Existence_Proofs_via_the_Pigeonhole_Principle

    Note 1968: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: FAcYlLV)Q#
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    What are the absorption laws for sets?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    What are the absorption laws for sets?

    • \(A \cap (A \cup B) = A\)
    • \(A \cup (A \cap B) = A\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are the absorption laws for sets?
    Back <ul> <li>\(A \cap (A \cup B) = A\)</li> <li>\(A \cup (A \cap B) = A\)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

    Note 1969: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: FBp54}[I*C
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
    \(\models F\) means that \(F\) is a tautology.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
    \(\models F\) means that \(F\) is a tautology.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(\models F\)&nbsp;means that&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is a {{c1::tautology}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability

    Note 1970: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: FDfn]bHyB6
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates
    What is the universe in predicate logic?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates
    What is the universe in predicate logic?

    The non-empty set that we work within.

    Examples: \( \mathbb{N}, \mathbb{R}, \{ 0,1,2,3,6 \} \)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the universe in predicate logic?
    Back The non-empty set that we work within. <br><br>Examples:&nbsp;\( \mathbb{N}, \mathbb{R}, \{ 0,1,2,3,6 \} \)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates

    Note 1971: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: FMdIN{F>5c
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Is the projection of points from \(\mathbb{R}^3\) to \(\mathbb{R}^2\) a homomorphism? Is it an isomorphism?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Is the projection of points from \(\mathbb{R}^3\) to \(\mathbb{R}^2\) a homomorphism? Is it an isomorphism?


    The projection is a homomorphism (it preserves the group operation of vector addition).

    However, it is not an isomorphism because it's not a bijection (not injective - many 3D points project to the same 2D point).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Is the projection of points from \(\mathbb{R}^3\) to \(\mathbb{R}^2\) a homomorphism? Is it an isomorphism?</p>
    Back <p>The projection is a <strong>homomorphism</strong> (it preserves the group operation of vector addition).</p> <p>However, it is <strong>not an isomorphism</strong> because it's not a bijection (not injective - many 3D points project to the same 2D point).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Note 1972: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: FQ(ROCHF--
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DELETE

    Inverse in a group:

    • Addition \(-a\)
    • Multiplication {{c1::\(a^{-1}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DELETE

    Inverse in a group:

    • Addition \(-a\)
    • Multiplication {{c1::\(a^{-1}\)}}.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>Inverse in a group:</p><ul><li><b>Addition&nbsp;</b>{{c1::\(-a\)}}</li><li><b>Multiplication&nbsp;</b>{{c1::\(a^{-1}\)}}.</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 1973: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: FSUY[I=V>]
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    State Fermat's Little Theorem (Corollary 5.14) (both totient and prime):

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    State Fermat's Little Theorem (Corollary 5.14) (both totient and prime):


    Corollary 5.14 (Fermat's Little Theorem): For all \(m \geq 2\) and all \(a\) with \(\gcd(a, m) = 1\): \[a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m 1\]

    In particular, for every prime \(p\) and every \(a\) not divisible by \(p\): \[a^{p-1} \equiv_p 1\]

    Proof: This follows from Corollary 5.10 (\(a^{|G|} = e\)). Since \(\gcd(a, m)=1\), it is an element of  \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) and thus an element of a group. \(\langle a \rangle\) therefore must be a subgroup with an order that divides \(\mathbb{Z}_m^* = \varphi(m)\)\(\iff \varphi(m) = \operatorname{ord}(a) \cdot k\) (Lagrange's) .

    \(\implies (a^{\operatorname{ord}(a)})^k = a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m 1\)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>State Fermat's Little Theorem (Corollary 5.14) (both totient and prime):</p>
    Back <p><strong>Corollary 5.14 (Fermat's Little Theorem)</strong>: For all \(m \geq 2\) and all \(a\) with \(\gcd(a, m) = 1\): \[a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m 1\]</p> <p>In particular, for every prime \(p\) and every \(a\) not divisible by \(p\): \[a^{p-1} \equiv_p 1\]</p> <p><strong>Proof</strong>: This follows from Corollary 5.10 (\(a^{|G|} = e\)). Since&nbsp;\(\gcd(a, m)=1\), it&nbsp;is an element of&nbsp;&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)&nbsp;and thus an element of a group.&nbsp;\(\langle a \rangle\)&nbsp;therefore must be a subgroup with an order that divides&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_m^* = \varphi(m)\)\(\iff \varphi(m) = \operatorname{ord}(a) \cdot k\)&nbsp;(Lagrange's) .</p><p>\(\implies (a^{\operatorname{ord}(a)})^k = a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m 1\)</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 1974: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: FZV7*~vSAW
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Group axiom G2 states that \(e\) is a neutral element: \(a * e = e * a = a\) for all \(a\) in \(G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Group axiom G2 states that \(e\) is a neutral element: \(a * e = e * a = a\) for all \(a\) in \(G\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>Group axiom <strong>G2</strong> states that {{c1::\(e\) is a neutral element: \(a * e = e * a = a\)}} for all \(a\) in \(G\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 1975: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Fa&qY%lL0q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams
    In a poset \( ( A; \preceq )\), \(b\) covers \(a\) if \(a \prec b\) and there does not exist a \(c\) with \(a \prec c \land c \prec b \), so no elements are between \(a\) and \(b\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams
    In a poset \( ( A; \preceq )\), \(b\) covers \(a\) if \(a \prec b\) and there does not exist a \(c\) with \(a \prec c \land c \prec b \), so no elements are between \(a\) and \(b\).

    Example: direct superior in a company
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In a poset&nbsp;\( ( A; \preceq )\),&nbsp;\(b\) <b>covers</b>&nbsp;\(a\) if&nbsp;{{c1::\(a \prec b\) and there does not exist a&nbsp;\(c\) with&nbsp;\(a \prec c \land c \prec b \), so no elements are between&nbsp;\(a\) and&nbsp;\(b\).}}
    Extra Example: direct superior in a company
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams

    Note 1976: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Fa3Zv5Tp4D
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    \(\exists\) is called the existential quantifier.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
    \(\exists\) is called the existential quantifier.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::\(\exists\)}} is called the {{c2::<i>existential quantifier</i>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

    Note 1977: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Fa8Xy2Rp4D
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
    If one replaces a sub-formula \(G\) of a formula \(F\) by an equivalent (to \(G\)) formula \(H\), then the resulting formula is equivalent to \(F\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
    If one replaces a sub-formula \(G\) of a formula \(F\) by an equivalent (to \(G\)) formula \(H\), then the resulting formula is equivalent to \(F\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If one replaces a sub-formula&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;of a formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;by an equivalent (to&nbsp;\(G\)) formula&nbsp;\(H\), then {{c2::the resulting formula is equivalent to&nbsp;\(F\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers

    Note 1978: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Fb9Yx1Dk3Q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::2._Syntax PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What does the syntax of a logic define?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::2._Syntax PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What does the syntax of a logic define?

    The syntax defines:
    1. An alphabet \(\Lambda\) of allowed symbols
    2. Which strings in \(\Lambda^*\) are valid formulas (syntactically correct)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does the syntax of a logic define?
    Back The syntax defines:<br>1. An alphabet&nbsp;\(\Lambda\)&nbsp;of allowed symbols<br>2. Which strings in&nbsp;\(\Lambda^*\)&nbsp;are valid formulas (syntactically correct)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::2._Syntax PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 1979: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Fh4R-ccO%^
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
    The equation \(ax \equiv_m 1\) has a unique solution \(x \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) if and only if \(\gcd(a,m) = 1\). This \(x\) is then called the multiplicative inverse of \(a \mod m\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
    The equation \(ax \equiv_m 1\) has a unique solution \(x \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) if and only if \(\gcd(a,m) = 1\). This \(x\) is then called the multiplicative inverse of \(a \mod m\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The equation&nbsp;\(ax \equiv_m 1\) has a unique solution&nbsp;\(x \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) if and only if&nbsp;{{c1::\(\gcd(a,m) = 1\).}} This \(x\) is then called the {{c2::multiplicative inverse of&nbsp;\(a \mod m\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses

    Note 1980: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: FjP~)Df]`o
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    All polynomials in \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) have {{c1:: degree \(< \text{deg}(m(x))\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    All polynomials in \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) have {{c1:: degree \(< \text{deg}(m(x))\)}}.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>All polynomials in \(F[x]_{m(x)}\)&nbsp;have {{c1:: degree \(&lt; \text{deg}(m(x))\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

    Note 1981: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Fl3HSpM`6f
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups
    When proving \(H\) is a subgroup, we have to prove the closure of \(H\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups
    When proving \(H\) is a subgroup, we have to prove the closure of \(H\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text When proving&nbsp;\(H\)&nbsp;is {{c2:: a subgroup}}, we have to prove the {{c1::<b>closure</b>&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(H\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    Note 1982: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Fz2Lv6Km9P
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability
    A formula \(F\) is a tautology if and only if \(\lnot F\) is unsatisfiable.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability
    A formula \(F\) is a tautology if and only if \(\lnot F\) is unsatisfiable.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A formula&nbsp;{{c1::\(F\)&nbsp;is a tautology}} if and only if {{c2::\(\lnot F\)&nbsp;is unsatisfiable}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability

    Note 1983: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Fz3Wv7Kn2B
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::1._Syntax
    In propositional logic, an atomic formula is {{c2::a symbol of the form \(A_i\), with \(i \in \mathbb{N}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::1._Syntax
    In propositional logic, an atomic formula is {{c2::a symbol of the form \(A_i\), with \(i \in \mathbb{N}\)}}.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In propositional logic, an {{c1::<i>atomic</i> formula}} is {{c2::a symbol of the form \(A_i\), with&nbsp;\(i \in \mathbb{N}\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::1._Syntax

    Note 1984: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Fz6Ww3Tn2D
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    The set of clauses associated with a formula \[F = (L_{11} \lor \dots \lor L_{1m_1}) \land \dots \land (L_{n1} \lor \dots \lor L_{nm_n})\] in CNF, denoted as {{c1::\(\mathcal{K}(F)\)}}, is the set {{c2::\[{{c1::\mathcal{K}(F)}} = \{\{L_{11}, \dots, L_{1m_1}\}, \dots, \{L_{n1}, \dots, L_{nm_n}\}\}\]}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    The set of clauses associated with a formula \[F = (L_{11} \lor \dots \lor L_{1m_1}) \land \dots \land (L_{n1} \lor \dots \lor L_{nm_n})\] in CNF, denoted as {{c1::\(\mathcal{K}(F)\)}}, is the set {{c2::\[{{c1::\mathcal{K}(F)}} = \{\{L_{11}, \dots, L_{1m_1}\}, \dots, \{L_{n1}, \dots, L_{nm_n}\}\}\]}}
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The set of clauses associated with a formula \[F = (L_{11} \lor \dots \lor L_{1m_1}) \land \dots \land (L_{n1} \lor \dots \lor L_{nm_n})\] in CNF, denoted as {{c1::\(\mathcal{K}(F)\)}}, is the set {{c2::\[{{c1::\mathcal{K}(F)}} = \{\{L_{11}, \dots, L_{1m_1}\}, \dots, \{L_{n1}, \dots, L_{nm_n}\}\}\]}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

    Note 1985: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: F}3e(}*Ue#
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    What are the absorption laws in propositional logic?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    What are the absorption laws in propositional logic?

    • \(A \land (A \lor B) \equiv A\)
    • \(A \lor (A \land B) \equiv A\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are the absorption laws in propositional logic?
    Back <ul> <li>\(A \land (A \lor B) \equiv A\)</li> <li>\(A \lor (A \land B) \equiv A\)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

    Note 1986: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: G#]T4?!iZs
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    In a group, for \(n \geq 1\), the positive power is defined recursively: {{c1::\(a^n = a \cdot a^{n-1}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    In a group, for \(n \geq 1\), the positive power is defined recursively: {{c1::\(a^n = a \cdot a^{n-1}\)}}.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>In a group, for \(n \geq 1\), the positive power is defined recursively: {{c1::\(a^n = a \cdot a^{n-1}\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    Note 1987: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: G&Y|dtr7^k
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    If the prime factorization of \(m\) is \(m = \prod_{i=1}^r p_i^{e_i}\) then \(\varphi(m)\) is?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    If the prime factorization of \(m\) is \(m = \prod_{i=1}^r p_i^{e_i}\) then \(\varphi(m)\) is?


    \[\varphi(m) = \prod_{i=1}^r (p_i - 1)p_i^{e_i - 1}\]
    Explanation:
    For primes: a number is not coprime to \(p^e\) \(\iff\) it contains a factor of \(p\). These are \(p, 2p, 3p, \ldots, p^{e-1}p\) (exactly \(p^{e-1}\) numbers) \(\implies\)\(\varphi(p^e) = p^e - p^{e - 1} = (p-1)p^{e-1}\)
    For all numbers: \(\varphi(mn)=\varphi(m)\varphi(n)\) if \(m\) and \(n\) are coprime, so we end up w/ a product.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>If the prime factorization of \(m\) is \(m = \prod_{i=1}^r p_i^{e_i}\) then \(\varphi(m)\) is?</p>
    Back \[\varphi(m) = \prod_{i=1}^r (p_i - 1)p_i^{e_i - 1}\]<br><b>Explanation:<br></b><i>For primes:</i> a number is not coprime to&nbsp;\(p^e\)&nbsp;\(\iff\)&nbsp;it contains a factor of&nbsp;\(p\). These are&nbsp;\(p, 2p, 3p, \ldots, p^{e-1}p\)&nbsp;(exactly&nbsp;\(p^{e-1}\)&nbsp;numbers)&nbsp;\(\implies\)\(\varphi(p^e) = p^e - p^{e - 1} = (p-1)p^{e-1}\)<br><i>For all numbers:</i>&nbsp;\(\varphi(mn)=\varphi(m)\varphi(n)\)&nbsp;if&nbsp;\(m\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;are coprime, so we end up w/ a product.<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 1988: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: G)?a@}6F-&
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
    The idea of universal instantiation is that if a statement is true for all elements, it is also true for a particular element, so \(\forall x F \models F[x/t]\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
    The idea of universal instantiation is that if a statement is true for all elements, it is also true for a particular element, so \(\forall x F \models F[x/t]\).

    Example: All elements in \(\mathbb{R}\) are invertible. Thus, 2 is also invertible.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The idea of {{c2::universal instantiation}} is that {{c1::if a statement is true for all elements, it is also true for a particular element, so&nbsp;\(\forall x F \models F[x/t]\).}}
    Extra Example: All elements in&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}\) are invertible. Thus, 2 is also invertible.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE

    Note 1989: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: G.~PQ_U#Td
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::2._The_Concept_of_a_Proof::5._An_Informal_Understanding_of_the_Proof_Concept
    An axiom or postulate is a statement that is taken to be true.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::2._The_Concept_of_a_Proof::5._An_Informal_Understanding_of_the_Proof_Concept
    An axiom or postulate is a statement that is taken to be true.

    Example: All right angles are equal to each other.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An <i>axiom</i> or <i>postulate</i> is {{c1::a statement that is taken to be true}}.
    Extra Example: All right angles are equal to each other.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::2._The_Concept_of_a_Proof::5._An_Informal_Understanding_of_the_Proof_Concept

    Note 1990: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: G2]R~8h{q4
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
    Which operations preserve countability?

    Let \(A\) and \(A_i\) for \(i \in \mathbb{N}\) be countable sets. Then: 
    1. \(A^n\) (\(n\)-tuples) is countable
    2. {{c2::\(\bigcup_{i\in \mathbb{N} } A_i\) (countable union) is countable}}
    3. \(A^*\) (finite sequences) is countable

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
    Which operations preserve countability?

    Let \(A\) and \(A_i\) for \(i \in \mathbb{N}\) be countable sets. Then: 
    1. \(A^n\) (\(n\)-tuples) is countable
    2. {{c2::\(\bigcup_{i\in \mathbb{N} } A_i\) (countable union) is countable}}
    3. \(A^*\) (finite sequences) is countable
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Which operations preserve countability?<br><br>Let&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(A_i\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(i \in \mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;be countable sets. Then:&nbsp;<div><ol><li>{{c1::\(A^n\)&nbsp;(\(n\)-tuples) is countable }}</li><li>{{c2::\(\bigcup_{i\in \mathbb{N} } A_i\)&nbsp;(countable union) is countable}}</li><li>{{c3::\(A^*\)&nbsp;(finite sequences) is countable}}</li></ol></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets

    Note 1991: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: G3,dI)){d{
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Which elements generate \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)? How can this be proven?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Which elements generate \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)? How can this be proven?


    \(\mathbb{Z}_n\) is generated by all \(a \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) for which \(\gcd(a, n) = 1\) (all elements coprime to \(n\)).

    Proof:

    \(a\) generator \(\implies\)\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\)
    \(\mathbb{Z}_n = \langle a \rangle\)
    \(\implies\)\(1 \in \langle a \rangle\)
    \(\implies\)\(a^u = au \equiv_n 1\) for some \(u\)
    \(\implies\)\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\) (\(\gcd\) must divide both \(au-qn\) and 1).

    \(\gcd(a, n) = 1 \implies\)\(a\) generator
    \(\gcd(a, n) = 1\)
    \(\implies\)\(ua + un = 1\) for some \(u, n\) (Bézout)
    \(\implies\)\(ua = a^u \equiv_n 1\)
    \(\implies\)for every element \(b\), \(\exists c\) s.t. \(b = c \cdot u \cdot a = (a^u)^c = a^{u \cdot c}\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Which elements generate \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)? How can this be proven?</p>
    Back <p>\(\mathbb{Z}_n\) is generated by <strong>all \(a \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) for which \(\gcd(a, n) = 1\)</strong> (all elements coprime to \(n\)).</p> <p><strong>Proof:</strong></p><p>\(a\)&nbsp;generator&nbsp;\(\implies\)\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\)<br>\(\mathbb{Z}_n = \langle a \rangle\)<br>\(\implies\)\(1 \in \langle a \rangle\)<br>\(\implies\)\(a^u = au \equiv_n 1\) for some \(u\)<br>\(\implies\)\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\)&nbsp;(\(\gcd\)&nbsp;must divide both&nbsp;\(au-qn\)&nbsp;and 1).</p>\(\gcd(a, n) = 1 \implies\)\(a\)&nbsp;generator<br>\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\)<br>\(\implies\)\(ua + un = 1\)&nbsp;for some&nbsp;\(u, n\)&nbsp;(Bézout)<br>\(\implies\)\(ua = a^u \equiv_n 1\)<br>\(\implies\)for every element&nbsp;\(b\), \(\exists c\)&nbsp;s.t.&nbsp;\(b = c \cdot u \cdot a = (a^u)^c = a^{u \cdot c}\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 1992: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: G3^gV5vRZ#
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::01._Composition_of_Implications
    What is the principle behind the proof step of composing implications?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::01._Composition_of_Implications
    What is the principle behind the proof step of composing implications?

    If \(S \Rightarrow T\) and \(T \Rightarrow U\) are both true, then \(S \Rightarrow U\) is also true (transitivity of implication).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the principle behind the proof step of composing implications?
    Back If \(S \Rightarrow T\) and \(T \Rightarrow U\) are both true, then \(S \Rightarrow U\) is also true (transitivity of implication).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::01._Composition_of_Implications

    Note 1993: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: GE_=q.pKz`
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Group axiom G1 states that the operation \(*\) is associative

    \(a * (b * c) = (a * b) * c\) for all \(a, b, c\) in \(G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Group axiom G1 states that the operation \(*\) is associative

    \(a * (b * c) = (a * b) * c\) for all \(a, b, c\) in \(G\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>Group axiom <strong>G1</strong> states that the operation \(*\) is {{c1::associative}}:&nbsp;</p><p>{{c2::\(a * (b * c) = (a * b) * c\)}} for all \(a, b, c\) in \(G\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 1994: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: GJW/OqN_%q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

    Two codewords in a polynomial code with degree \(k-1\) cannot agree at \(k\) positions (else they'd be equal), so they disagree in at least \(n - k + 1\) positions.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

    Two codewords in a polynomial code with degree \(k-1\) cannot agree at \(k\) positions (else they'd be equal), so they disagree in at least \(n - k + 1\) positions.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>Two codewords in a <em>polynomial code</em> with degree \(k-1\) cannot agree at {{c1:: \(k\) positions (else they'd be equal)}}, so they disagree in {{c2:: at least \(n - k + 1\) positions}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

    Note 1995: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: GO/(AI35~Q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

    If we want to use roots to check that a polynomial is irreducible, it has to have?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

    If we want to use roots to check that a polynomial is irreducible, it has to have?


    Degree \(2\) or \(3\).

    Important: This doesn't work for polynomials of higher degrees! A degree \(4\) polynomial might be the product of two irreducible degree \(2\) polynomials, each with no roots.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>If we want to use roots to check that a polynomial is irreducible, it has to have?</p>
    Back <p>Degree \(2\) or \(3\).</p> <p><strong>Important</strong>: This doesn't work for polynomials of higher degrees! A degree \(4\) polynomial might be the product of two irreducible degree \(2\) polynomials, each with no roots.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

    Note 1996: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: GV.6~{1l[p
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition
    What is the quotient set \(A / \theta\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition
    What is the quotient set \(A / \theta\)?

    \[A / \theta \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{[a]_{\theta} \ | \ a \in A\}\] The set of all equivalence classes of \(\theta\) on \(A\) (also called "\(A\) modulo \(\theta\)" or "\(A\) mod \(\theta\)").
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the quotient set \(A / \theta\)?
    Back \[A / \theta \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{[a]_{\theta} \ | \ a \in A\}\] The set of all equivalence classes of \(\theta\) on \(A\) (also called "\(A\) modulo \(\theta\)" or "\(A\) mod \(\theta\)").
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition

    Note 1997: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: GVPq@0w6qO
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

    For \(a, b\) in a commutative ring \(R\), we say that \(a\) divides \(b\), denoted \(a \ | \ b\), if there exists a \(c \in R\) such that \(b = ac\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

    For \(a, b\) in a commutative ring \(R\), we say that \(a\) divides \(b\), denoted \(a \ | \ b\), if there exists a \(c \in R\) such that \(b = ac\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>For \(a, b\) in a <strong>commutative</strong> ring \(R\), we say that {{c1::\(a\) divides \(b\), denoted \(a \ | \ b\)}}, if {{c2:: there exists a \(c \in R\) such that \(b = ac\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

    Note 1998: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ga3Xy8Kp9E
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    The set of clauses associated with a set \(M = \{F_1, \dots, F_k\}\) of formulas is: {{c1::\[\mathcal{K}(M) = \bigcup_{i=1}^k \mathcal{K}(F_i)\]}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    The set of clauses associated with a set \(M = \{F_1, \dots, F_k\}\) of formulas is: {{c1::\[\mathcal{K}(M) = \bigcup_{i=1}^k \mathcal{K}(F_i)\]}}
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The set of clauses associated with a set&nbsp;\(M = \{F_1, \dots, F_k\}\)&nbsp;of formulas is: {{c1::\[\mathcal{K}(M) = \bigcup_{i=1}^k \mathcal{K}(F_i)\]}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

    Note 1999: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ga7Wx4Cv5Q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability
    The following three statements are equivalent:
    1. {{c1::\(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\} \models G\)}}
    2. \((F_1 \land F_2 \land \dots F_k) \rightarrow G\) is a tautology
    3. {{c3::\(\{F_1, F_2, \dots, F_k, \lnot G\}\) is unsatisfiable}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability
    The following three statements are equivalent:
    1. {{c1::\(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\} \models G\)}}
    2. \((F_1 \land F_2 \land \dots F_k) \rightarrow G\) is a tautology
    3. {{c3::\(\{F_1, F_2, \dots, F_k, \lnot G\}\) is unsatisfiable}}.

    This is important for resolution calculus!
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The following three statements are equivalent:<br><ol><li>{{c1::\(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\} \models G\)}}</li><li>{{c2::\((F_1 \land F_2 \land \dots F_k) \rightarrow G\)&nbsp;is a tautology}}</li><li>{{c3::\(\{F_1, F_2, \dots, F_k, \lnot G\}\)&nbsp;is unsatisfiable}}.</li></ol>
    Extra This is important for resolution calculus!
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability

    Note 2000: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ga8Ty4Rl9M
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::1._Syntax
    A formula in propositional logic is defined recursively:
    1. An atomic formula is a formula
    2. If \(F\) and \(G\) are formulas, then also \(\lnot F\), \(F \lor G\), \(F \land G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::1._Syntax
    A formula in propositional logic is defined recursively:
    1. An atomic formula is a formula
    2. If \(F\) and \(G\) are formulas, then also \(\lnot F\), \(F \lor G\), \(F \land G\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A formula in propositional logic is defined recursively:<br><ol><li>{{c2::An atomic formula is a formula}}</li><li>If&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;are formulas, then also {{c3::\(\lnot F\), \(F \lor G\), \(F \land G\)}}.</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::1._Syntax

    Note 2001: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Gb5Zv7Tn8E
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables
    The name of a bound variable carries no semantic meaning and can be replaced.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables
    The name of a bound variable carries no semantic meaning and can be replaced.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c1::<i>name</i>&nbsp;of a bound variable}}&nbsp;{{c2::carries no semantic meaning and can be <i>replaced</i>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables

    Note 2002: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Gb8Ww2Kn9E
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
    Every occurrence of a variable in a formula is either bound or free.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
    Every occurrence of a variable in a formula is either bound or free.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Every occurrence of a variable in a formula is either {{c1::<i>bound</i>}} or {{c1::<i>free</i>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution

    Note 2003: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Gdk~1PL`6=
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    A cyclic group can have more than one generator.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    A cyclic group can have more than one generator.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>A cyclic group can have {{c1::more than one}} {{c2::generator}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 2004: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: GoF!ZP7[i!
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    How can we test whether a relation is transitive using composition?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    How can we test whether a relation is transitive using composition?

    A relation \(\rho\) is transitive if and only if \(\rho^2 \subseteq \rho\).
    (If all two-step paths are already direct edges, the relation is transitive)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we test whether a relation is transitive using composition?
    Back A relation \(\rho\) is transitive <strong>if and only if</strong> \(\rho^2 \subseteq \rho\). <br> (If all two-step paths are already direct edges, the relation is transitive)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

    Note 2005: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Gt)<8bFII>
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    Which of the following are fields: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_5, \mathbb{Z}_6, R[x]\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    Which of the following are fields: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_5, \mathbb{Z}_6, R[x]\)?


    Fields: \(\mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_5\) (where \(5\) is prime)

    Not fields:
    - \(\mathbb{Z}\) (not all nonzero elements have multiplicative inverse, e.g., \(2\))
    - \(\mathbb{Z}_6\) (since \(6\) is not prime, e.g., \(2\) has no inverse)
    - \(R[x]\) for any ring \(R\) (polynomials don't have multiplicative inverses)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Which of the following are fields: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_5, \mathbb{Z}_6, R[x]\)?</p>
    Back <p><strong>Fields</strong>: \(\mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_5\) (where \(5\) is prime)</p> <p><strong>Not fields</strong>:<br> - \(\mathbb{Z}\) (not all nonzero elements have multiplicative inverse, e.g., \(2\))<br> - \(\mathbb{Z}_6\) (since \(6\) is not prime, e.g., \(2\) has no inverse)<br> - \(R[x]\) for any ring \(R\) (polynomials don't have multiplicative inverses)</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    Note 2006: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Gv8Tm4Np5W
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics
    The semantics of a logic defines a function \(free\) which assigns to each formula \(F = (f_1, f_2, \dots, f_k) \in \Lambda^*\) a subset \({{c1(F) \subseteq \{1, \dots, k\}\) of the indices}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics
    The semantics of a logic defines a function \(free\) which assigns to each formula \(F = (f_1, f_2, \dots, f_k) \in \Lambda^*\) a subset \({{c1(F) \subseteq \{1, \dots, k\}\) of the indices}}.

    If \(i \in free(F)\), then the symbol is said to occur free in \(F\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c3::<i>semantics</i>}} of a logic defines a function {{c1::\(free\)}} which {{c2::assigns to each formula&nbsp;\(F = (f_1, f_2, \dots, f_k) \in \Lambda^*\)&nbsp;a subset&nbsp;\({{c1::free}}(F) \subseteq \{1, \dots, k\}\)&nbsp;of the indices}}.
    Extra If&nbsp;\(i \in free(F)\), then the symbol is said to occur <i>free</i> in&nbsp;\(F\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics

    Note 2007: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Gw~6}3;R1[
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
    Consider the poset \((A;\preceq)\).

    If \(\{a,b\}\) have a greatest lower bound, then it is called the meet of \(a\) and \(b\) (also denoted \(a \land b\)).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
    Consider the poset \((A;\preceq)\).

    If \(\{a,b\}\) have a greatest lower bound, then it is called the meet of \(a\) and \(b\) (also denoted \(a \land b\)).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Consider the poset&nbsp;\((A;\preceq)\). <br><br>If&nbsp;\(\{a,b\}\) have a {{c2::greatest lower bound}}, then it is called the {{c1::<b>meet </b>of&nbsp;\(a\) and&nbsp;\(b\) (also denoted&nbsp;\(a \land b\)).}}<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices

    Note 2008: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Gx(I9$%V&{
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
    The notation {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \not \models F\)}} means that {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}\) is not a model for \(F\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
    The notation {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \not \models F\)}} means that {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}\) is not a model for \(F\)}}.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The notation {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \not \models F\)}} means that {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}\)&nbsp;is not a model for&nbsp;\(F\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model

    Note 2009: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: G|6fl[78G`
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::4._(Non-)minimality_of_the_Group_Axioms

    To prove \(\langle G; * \rangle\) is a group, you need to prove three axioms:

    1. G1 (associativity)
    2. G2 (neutral element) G2' -> you only need to prove existence of a right neutral element (not a full two-sided neutral).
    3. G3 (inverse) G3' -> you only need to prove the existence of a right inverse

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::4._(Non-)minimality_of_the_Group_Axioms

    To prove \(\langle G; * \rangle\) is a group, you need to prove three axioms:

    1. G1 (associativity)
    2. G2 (neutral element) G2' -> you only need to prove existence of a right neutral element (not a full two-sided neutral).
    3. G3 (inverse) G3' -> you only need to prove the existence of a right inverse
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>To prove \(\langle G; * \rangle\) is a group, you need to prove three axioms:</p><ol><li>{{c2::G1 (associativity)}}</li><li>{{c3::G2 (neutral element) G2' -&gt; you only need to prove existence of a right neutral element (not a full two-sided neutral).}}</li><li>{{c4::G3 (inverse) G3' -&gt; you only need to prove the existence of a right inverse}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::4._(Non-)minimality_of_the_Group_Axioms

    Note 2010: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: H!j|tU4T~6
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    A relation is transitive if \((a \ \rho \ b \wedge b \ \rho \ c) \implies a \ \rho \ c \) is true.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    A relation is transitive if \((a \ \rho \ b \wedge b \ \rho \ c) \implies a \ \rho \ c \) is true.

    Examples: \( \le, \ge, <, |, \equiv_m\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A relation is {{c1::transitive}} if&nbsp;{{c2::\((a \ \rho \ b \wedge b \ \rho \ c) \implies a \ \rho \ c \) is true.}}
    Extra Examples:&nbsp;\( \le, \ge, &lt;, |, \equiv_m\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

    Note 2011: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: H*J4QbU35P
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
    What exponentiation operation is valid in modular arithmetic?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
    What exponentiation operation is valid in modular arithmetic?

    This is allowed:
    • \(a \equiv_n b\) and then \(a^x \equiv_n b^x\)
    But this on the other hand is illegal:
    • \(a \equiv_n b\) and \(c \equiv_n d\) and then doing \(a^c \equiv_n b^d\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What exponentiation operation is valid in modular arithmetic?
    Back This is allowed:<br><ul><li>\(a \equiv_n b\)&nbsp;and then&nbsp;\(a^x \equiv_n b^x\)<br></li></ul><div>But this on the other hand is illegal:</div><div><ul><li>\(a \equiv_n b\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(c \equiv_n d\)&nbsp;and then doing&nbsp;\(a^c \equiv_n b^d\)</li></ul></div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic

    Note 2012: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: H*rUl{%/Iu
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    We denote the group generated by \(a\) as \(\langle a \rangle\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    We denote the group generated by \(a\) as \(\langle a \rangle\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>We denote the {{c2:: group generated}} by \(a\) as {{c1:: \(\langle a \rangle\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 2013: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: H+<9!8uj.@
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring
    The set of units of \(R\) is denoted by \(R^*\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring
    The set of units of \(R\) is denoted by \(R^*\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The set of units of \(R\) is denoted by&nbsp;{{c1::\(R^*\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

    Note 2014: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: H5-[+SLX3[
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::1._An_Intuitive_Understanding_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Cardinality of a set

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::1._An_Intuitive_Understanding_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    Cardinality of a set

    The number of elements in the set, written as \( |A| \).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Cardinality of a set
    Back The number of elements in the set, written as&nbsp;\( |A| \).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::1._An_Intuitive_Understanding_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 2015: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: H
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    Transform a formula to prenex form:
    1. Rectify the formula (rename all bound occurrences clashing with free variables)
    2. Equivalences in Lemma 6.7 to move up all quantifiers in the tree

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    Transform a formula to prenex form:
    1. Rectify the formula (rename all bound occurrences clashing with free variables)
    2. Equivalences in Lemma 6.7 to move up all quantifiers in the tree
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Transform a formula to <b>prenex</b> form:<br><ol><li>{{c1::R<b>ectify</b>&nbsp;the formula (rename all bound occurrences clashing with free variables)}}</li><li>{{c2::Equivalences in Lemma 6.7 to&nbsp;<b>move up all quantifiers</b>&nbsp;in the tree}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

    Note 2016: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: H?B
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
    A function \(f:\mathbb{N}\to\{0,1\}\) is called computable if {{c1::there is a computer program that, for every \(n\in\mathbb{N}\), when given \(n\) as input, outputs \(f(n)\).}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
    A function \(f:\mathbb{N}\to\{0,1\}\) is called computable if {{c1::there is a computer program that, for every \(n\in\mathbb{N}\), when given \(n\) as input, outputs \(f(n)\).}}
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A function&nbsp;\(f:\mathbb{N}\to\{0,1\}\)&nbsp;is called&nbsp;<b>computable</b>&nbsp;if {{c1::there is a computer program that, for every&nbsp;\(n\in\mathbb{N}\), when given&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;as input, outputs&nbsp;\(f(n)\).}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions

    Note 2017: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: HI{+|nsE+a
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    The order \(\text{ord}(e)\) of \(e \in G\) is 1 by definition.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    The order \(\text{ord}(e)\) of \(e \in G\) is 1 by definition.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The order \(\text{ord}(e)\) of \(e \in G\) is {{c1:: 1 by definition}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    Note 2018: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: HM@g5s7n?R
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has an {{c1::inverse \(f^{-1}\)}} if and only if \(f\) is bijective.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has an {{c1::inverse \(f^{-1}\)}} if and only if \(f\) is bijective.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has an {{c1::inverse&nbsp;\(f^{-1}\)}} if and only if \(f\) is {{c2::bijective}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 2019: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: HR>/;ZN2^c
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic
    List all types of symbols meaning implication:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic
    List all types of symbols meaning implication:

    Implications
    • \(\models\) (formula→statement)
    • \(\rightarrow\) (formula→formula)
    • \(\Rightarrow\) (statement→statement)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front List all types of symbols meaning implication:
    Back <b>Implications</b><br><ul><li>\(\models\) (formula→statement)</li><li>\(\rightarrow\) (formula→formula)</li><li>\(\Rightarrow\) (statement→statement)</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic

    Note 2020: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: HTIS
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
    What are the two trivial equivalence relations on a set \(A\)?
    1.  Complete relation \(A \times A\) → single equivalence class \(A\)
    2. {{c2:: Identity relation → equivalence classes are all singletons \(\{a\}\)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
    What are the two trivial equivalence relations on a set \(A\)?
    1.  Complete relation \(A \times A\) → single equivalence class \(A\)
    2. {{c2:: Identity relation → equivalence classes are all singletons \(\{a\}\)}}
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text What are the two trivial equivalence relations on a set \(A\)?<br><ol><li>{{c1::&nbsp;<strong>Complete relation</strong>&nbsp;\(A \times A\)&nbsp;→ single equivalence class&nbsp;\(A\)}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;<strong>Identity relation</strong>&nbsp;→ equivalence classes are all singletons&nbsp;\(\{a\}\)}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations

    Note 2021: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: HV{[!>wU0*
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What is a tautology?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What is a tautology?

    A formula F (propositional logic) is a tautology/valid if it is true for all truth combinations of the involved symbols, so if it is always true. Symbol: \( \top \)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a tautology?
    Back A formula F (propositional logic) is a tautology/valid if it is true for all truth combinations of the involved symbols, so if it is always true. Symbol:&nbsp;\( \top \)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 2022: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: HZ}7IYAhX9
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
    How can we use the CRT to decompose remainders like \(R_{77}(n)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
    How can we use the CRT to decompose remainders like \(R_{77}(n)\)?

    We can decompose \(77 = 11 \cdot 7\) and then calculate:
    • \(R_7(n) = 3\)
    • \(R_{11}(n) = 5\)
    Then to find the result mod 77, we use the CRT.
    1. Find \(11^{-1} \pmod{7} = 2\) (since \(11 \cdot 2 = 22 \equiv 1 \pmod{7}\))
    2. Find \(7^{-1} \pmod{11} = 8\) (since \(7 \cdot 8 = 56 \equiv 1 \pmod{11}\))
    3. Calculate: \(x = 3 \cdot 11 \cdot 2 + 5 \cdot 7 \cdot 8 = 66 + 280 = 346 \equiv 38 \pmod{77}\)
    4. Therefore \(R_{77}(n) = 38\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How can we use the CRT to decompose remainders like&nbsp;\(R_{77}(n)\)?
    Back We can decompose&nbsp;\(77 = 11 \cdot 7\)&nbsp;and then calculate:<br><ul><li>\(R_7(n) = 3\)</li><li>\(R_{11}(n) = 5\)</li></ul>Then to find the result mod 77, we use the CRT.<br><ol><li>Find&nbsp;\(11^{-1} \pmod{7} = 2\)&nbsp;(since&nbsp;\(11 \cdot 2 = 22 \equiv 1 \pmod{7}\))</li><li>Find&nbsp;\(7^{-1} \pmod{11} = 8\)&nbsp;(since&nbsp;\(7 \cdot 8 = 56 \equiv 1 \pmod{11}\))</li><li>Calculate:&nbsp;\(x = 3 \cdot 11 \cdot 2 + 5 \cdot 7 \cdot 8 = 66 + 280 = 346 \equiv 38 \pmod{77}\)</li><li>Therefore \(R_{77}(n) = 38\)</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem

    Note 2023: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Hb8Ny2Pl6R
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability
    Why is Lemma 6.3 (the equivalence between \(F \models G\) and unsatisfiability of \(\{F, \lnot G\}\)) important for the resolution calculus?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability
    Why is Lemma 6.3 (the equivalence between \(F \models G\) and unsatisfiability of \(\{F, \lnot G\}\)) important for the resolution calculus?

    The fact that \(F \models G\) is equivalent to \(\{F, \lnot G\}\) being unsatisfiable makes the resolution calculus powerful enough to also show implications, not just unsatisfiability.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Why is Lemma 6.3 (the equivalence between&nbsp;\(F \models G\)&nbsp;and unsatisfiability of&nbsp;\(\{F, \lnot G\}\)) important for the resolution calculus?
    Back The fact that&nbsp;\(F \models G\)&nbsp;is equivalent to&nbsp;\(\{F, \lnot G\}\)&nbsp;being unsatisfiable makes the resolution calculus powerful enough to also show implications, not just unsatisfiability.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::7._Logical_Consequence_vs._Unsatisfiability

    Note 2024: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Hb8Zv5Rn4F
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    A clause stands for the disjunction of its literals. It's thus only satisfied if one of its literals evaluates to true.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    A clause stands for the disjunction of its literals. It's thus only satisfied if one of its literals evaluates to true.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A clause stands for the {{c1::<i>disjunction</i> of its literals}}. It's thus only satisfied if {{c2::one of its literals evaluates to true}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

    Note 2025: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: HbBihH#d!&
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups

    The direct product of \(n\) groups \(\langle G_1; *_1 \rangle, \dots, \langle G_n; *_n \rangle\) is the algebra \(\langle G_1 \times \dots \times G_n; \star \rangle\) where the operation \(\star\) is component-wise.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups

    The direct product of \(n\) groups \(\langle G_1; *_1 \rangle, \dots, \langle G_n; *_n \rangle\) is the algebra \(\langle G_1 \times \dots \times G_n; \star \rangle\) where the operation \(\star\) is component-wise.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The {{c1::direct product}} of \(n\) groups \(\langle G_1; *_1 \rangle, \dots, \langle G_n; *_n \rangle\) is the algebra {{c2::\(\langle G_1 \times \dots \times G_n; \star \rangle\)}} where the operation \(\star\) is {{c3::component-wise}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups

    Note 2026: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Hc9Ww4Kp5F
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables
    For a formula \(G\) in which \(y\) does not occur, we have:
    • \(\forall x G\)\(\equiv\)\(\forall y G[x/y]\)
    • \(\exists x G\)\(\equiv\)\(\exists y G[x/y]\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables
    For a formula \(G\) in which \(y\) does not occur, we have:
    • \(\forall x G\)\(\equiv\)\(\forall y G[x/y]\)
    • \(\exists x G\)\(\equiv\)\(\exists y G[x/y]\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For a formula&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;in which&nbsp;\(y\)&nbsp;does not occur, we have:<br><ul><li>{{c1::\(\forall x G\)}}\(\equiv\){{c2::\(\forall y G[x/y]\):: Substitution}}</li><li>{{c3::\(\exists x G\)}}\(\equiv\){{c4::\(\exists y G[x/y]\):: Substitution}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables

    Note 2027: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: HhPtl[(/Am
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    When does set \(B\) dominate set \(A\) (denoted \(A \preceq B\))?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    When does set \(B\) dominate set \(A\) (denoted \(A \preceq B\))?

    When \(A \sim C\) for some subset \(C \subseteq B\), or equivalently, when there exists an injection \(A \to B\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When does set \(B\) dominate set \(A\) (denoted \(A \preceq B\))?
    Back When \(A \sim C\) for some subset \(C \subseteq B\), or equivalently, when there exists an <strong>injection</strong> \(A \to B\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

    Note 2028: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: HhW@G6`v-^
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
    If \(a \equiv_m b\) and \(c \equiv_m d\), what operations are preserved? (Lemma 4.14)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
    If \(a \equiv_m b\) and \(c \equiv_m d\), what operations are preserved? (Lemma 4.14)

    \[a + c \equiv_m b + d \quad \text{and} \quad ac \equiv_m bd\] Both addition and multiplication are preserved under congruence.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front If \(a \equiv_m b\) and \(c \equiv_m d\), what operations are preserved? (Lemma 4.14)
    Back \[a + c \equiv_m b + d \quad \text{and} \quad ac \equiv_m bd\] Both addition and multiplication are preserved under congruence.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences

    Note 2029: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ho{|wl$$tb
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::1._Mathematical_Statements::1._The_Concept_of_a_Mathematical_Statement
    A mathematical statement (also proposition) is a statement that is true or false in a mathematical sense.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::1._Mathematical_Statements::1._The_Concept_of_a_Mathematical_Statement
    A mathematical statement (also proposition) is a statement that is true or false in a mathematical sense.

    Example: 5 is a prime number.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A <i>mathematical statement</i>&nbsp;(also&nbsp;<i>proposition</i>) is {{c1::a statement that is true or false in a mathematical sense}}.
    Extra Example: 5 is a prime number.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::1._Mathematical_Statements::1._The_Concept_of_a_Mathematical_Statement

    Note 2030: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Hq7Bm3Xc9T
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::1._The_General_Goal_of_Logic
    A logic is defined by the syntax and semantics.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::1._The_General_Goal_of_Logic
    A logic is defined by the syntax and semantics.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A <i>logic</i> is defined by the {{c1::syntax}} and {{c2::semantics}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::1._The_General_Goal_of_Logic

    Note 2031: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Ht7Vw2Cz9Q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    What does \(F \models \emptyset\) mean?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    What does \(F \models \emptyset\) mean?

    \(F \models \emptyset\) means that \(F\) is unsatisfiable, as the empty set cannot be made true under any interpretation (it has no literals to set to true).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What does&nbsp;\(F \models \emptyset\)&nbsp;mean?
    Back \(F \models \emptyset\)&nbsp;means that&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is <b>unsatisfiable</b>, as the empty set cannot be made true under any interpretation (it has no literals to set to true).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

    Note 2032: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: I#?[mJ!qfu
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    How can you check if a polynomial of degree \(d\) is irreducible?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    How can you check if a polynomial of degree \(d\) is irreducible?


    To check if a polynomial of degree \(d\) is irreducible, check all monic irreducible polynomials of degree \(\leq d/2\) as possible divisors.

    Why \(d/2\)? If \(a(x) = b(x) \cdot c(x)\) where \(b\) and \(c\) are non-constant, then \(\deg(b) + \deg(c) = \deg(a) = d\). So at least one of \(b\) or \(c\) has degree \(\leq d/2\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>How can you check if a polynomial of degree \(d\) is irreducible?</p>
    Back <p>To check if a polynomial of degree \(d\) is irreducible, check all <strong>monic irreducible</strong> polynomials of degree \(\leq d/2\) as possible divisors.</p> <p><strong>Why \(d/2\)?</strong> If \(a(x) = b(x) \cdot c(x)\) where \(b\) and \(c\) are non-constant, then \(\deg(b) + \deg(c) = \deg(a) = d\). So at least one of \(b\) or \(c\) has degree \(\leq d/2\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    Note 2033: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: I*>`1t?wD%
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings
    For a commutative ring \(R\), \(R[x]\) is a commutative ring.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings
    For a commutative ring \(R\), \(R[x]\) is a commutative ring.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For a commutative ring&nbsp;\(R\),&nbsp;\(R[x]\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: a commutative ring}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    Note 2034: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: I+oWgzW/bK
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
    A poset in which every pair of elements has a meet and a join is called a lattice.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
    A poset in which every pair of elements has a meet and a join is called a lattice.

    Examples: \((\mathbb{N}; \le), \ (\mathcal{P}(S); \subseteq)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A poset in which {{c2::every pair of elements has a meet and a join}} is called a {{c1::lattice}}.
    Extra Examples:&nbsp;\((\mathbb{N}; \le), \ (\mathcal{P}(S); \subseteq)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices

    Note 2035: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: I1&*hbv&c,
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
    An integral domain is a commutative ring without zerodivisors (\( \forall a \ \forall b \quad ab = 0 \rightarrow a = 0 \lor b = 0\) ).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
    An integral domain is a commutative ring without zerodivisors (\( \forall a \ \forall b \quad ab = 0 \rightarrow a = 0 \lor b = 0\) ).

    A domain of elements behaving like integers.

    Examples: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{R}\)
    Counterexample: \(\mathbb{Z}_m, m\) not prime
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An {{c1::integral domain}} is a {{c2::commutative ring without zerodivisors (\( \forall a \ \forall b \quad ab = 0 \rightarrow a = 0 \lor b = 0\) ).}}
    Extra <div><i>A domain of elements behaving like integers.</i></div><br>Examples:&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{R}\)<div>Counterexample:&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_m, m\) not prime</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    Note 2036: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: IAwcb*
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction
    A proof of \(S\) by case distinction has three steps:
    1. Find a finite list \(R_1,\ldots,R_k\) of mathematical statements, the cases.
    2. Prove that at least one of the \(R_i\) is true (at least one case occurs).
    3. Prove \(R_i \implies S\) for \(i = 1,\ldots,k\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction
    A proof of \(S\) by case distinction has three steps:
    1. Find a finite list \(R_1,\ldots,R_k\) of mathematical statements, the cases.
    2. Prove that at least one of the \(R_i\) is true (at least one case occurs).
    3. Prove \(R_i \implies S\) for \(i = 1,\ldots,k\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A proof of&nbsp;\(S\)&nbsp;by <i>case distinction</i> has three steps:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Find a finite list&nbsp;\(R_1,\ldots,R_k\)&nbsp;of mathematical statements, the cases.}}<br></li><li>{{c2::Prove that at least one of the&nbsp;\(R_i\)&nbsp;is true (at least one case occurs).}}<br></li><li>{{c3::Prove&nbsp;\(R_i \implies S\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(i = 1,\ldots,k\).}}<br></li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction

    Note 2037: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: IH=>J8$0Y%
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::2._Representations_of_Relations
    What are the three ways to represent a relation on finite sets?
    1.  Set notation (subset of \(A \times B\))
    2.  Boolean matrix (1 if \((a,b) \in \rho\), 0 otherwise)
    3.  Directed graph (nodes are elements, edges are relations)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::2._Representations_of_Relations
    What are the three ways to represent a relation on finite sets?
    1.  Set notation (subset of \(A \times B\))
    2.  Boolean matrix (1 if \((a,b) \in \rho\), 0 otherwise)
    3.  Directed graph (nodes are elements, edges are relations)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text What are the three ways to represent a relation on finite sets?<br><ol><li>{{c1::&nbsp;<strong>Set notation</strong>&nbsp;(subset of&nbsp;\(A \times B\))}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;<strong>Boolean matrix</strong>&nbsp;(1 if&nbsp;\((a,b) \in \rho\), 0 otherwise)}}</li><li>{{c3::&nbsp;<strong>Directed graph</strong>&nbsp;(nodes are elements, edges are relations)}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::2._Representations_of_Relations

    Note 2038: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: IL*Um}/|aF
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

    A ring is called commutative if multiplication is commutative: 

    \(ab = ba\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

    A ring is called commutative if multiplication is commutative: 

    \(ab = ba\)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>A ring is called {{c1::commutative}} if {{c2::multiplication is commutative:}}&nbsp;</p><p>{{c2::\(ab = ba\)}}</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

    Note 2039: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: IL3~+k+|$5
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    A set together with a partial order \(\preceq\) is called a partially ordered set or simply poset.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    A set together with a partial order \(\preceq\) is called a partially ordered set or simply poset.

    Denoted \((A; \preceq)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A set together with a partial order&nbsp;\(\preceq\) is called {{c1::a partially ordered set or simply poset.}}
    Extra Denoted&nbsp;\((A; \preceq)\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

    Note 2040: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: IMA[MEvc,-
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    The set of all functions \(A\to B\) is denoted as \(B^A\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    The set of all functions \(A\to B\) is denoted as \(B^A\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The set of all functions&nbsp;\(A\to B\)&nbsp;is denoted as {{c1::\(B^A\).}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 2041: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: INFuk<;]fv
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
    An integer greater than \(1\) that is not a prime is called composite.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
    An integer greater than \(1\) that is not a prime is called composite.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An integer greater than&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;that is not a prime is called {{c1::composite}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic

    Note 2042: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: IW0P%oipLx
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
    What are the equivalence classes of \(\equiv_3\) on \(\mathbb{Z}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
    What are the equivalence classes of \(\equiv_3\) on \(\mathbb{Z}\)?

    • \([0] = \{\ldots, -6, -3, 0, 3, 6, \ldots\}\)
    • \([1] = \{\ldots, -5, -2, 1, 4, 7, \ldots\}\)
    • \([2] = \{\ldots, -4, -1, 2, 5, 8, \ldots\}\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are the equivalence classes of \(\equiv_3\) on \(\mathbb{Z}\)?
    Back <ul> <li>\([0] = \{\ldots, -6, -3, 0, 3, 6, \ldots\}\)</li> <li>\([1] = \{\ldots, -5, -2, 1, 4, 7, \ldots\}\)</li> <li>\([2] = \{\ldots, -4, -1, 2, 5, 8, \ldots\}\)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations

    Note 2043: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: IY+[tV3KDj
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

    State Lemma 5.18 about the units of a ring and the property their set satisfies? (Proof included)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

    State Lemma 5.18 about the units of a ring and the property their set satisfies? (Proof included)


    Lemma 5.18: For a ring \(R\), \(R^*\) is a group (the multiplicative group of units of \(R\)).

    Proof idea: Every element of \(R^*\) has an inverse by definition, so axiom G3 holds. The other group axioms (associativity, neutral element) are inherited from the ring.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>State Lemma 5.18 about the units of a ring and the property their set satisfies?&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i></p>
    Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.18</strong>: For a ring \(R\), \(R^*\) is a <strong>group</strong> (the multiplicative group of units of \(R\)).</p> <p><strong>Proof idea</strong>: Every element of \(R^*\) has an inverse by definition, so axiom <strong>G3</strong> holds. The other group axioms (associativity, neutral element) are inherited from the ring.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

    Note 2044: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ic5Kv9Wm3S
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories
    An axiom \(A\) is a statement taken as true in a theory. Theorems are the statements which follow from .

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories
    An axiom \(A\) is a statement taken as true in a theory. Theorems are the statements which follow from .
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An {{c1::<i>axiom</i>&nbsp;\(A\)}} is a {{c2::statement taken as true in a theory}}. {{c3::<i>Theorems</i>}} are the statements which {{c4::follow from {{c1::these axioms}} (\(A \models T\))}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories

    Note 2045: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ic5Ww2Tp7G
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    A set of clauses stands for the conjunction of the clauses, it's only satisfied if every clause within the set is satisfied.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    A set of clauses stands for the conjunction of the clauses, it's only satisfied if every clause within the set is satisfied.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A set of clauses stands for the {{c1::<i>conjunction</i>}} of the clauses, it's only satisfied if {{c2::every clause within the set is satisfied}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

    Note 2046: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ic9Vx7Wn4Q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
    In propositional logic, the free symbols of a formula are all the atomic formulas.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
    In propositional logic, the free symbols of a formula are all the atomic formulas.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In propositional logic, the {{c1::<i>free symbols</i>&nbsp;of a formula}}&nbsp;are {{c2::all the <i>atomic formulas</i>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics

    Note 2047: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Id9Zv4Tn8G
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
    A formula is closed if it contains no free variables.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
    A formula is closed if it contains no free variables.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A formula is {{c1::<i>closed</i>}} if it {{c2::contains no free variables}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution

    Note 2048: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: IhW:&11Iid
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    The set \(B\) dominates (denoted \(A \preceq B\)) if there exists an injective function \(A \rightarrow B\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    The set \(B\) dominates (denoted \(A \preceq B\)) if there exists an injective function \(A \rightarrow B\).

    Example: \(f(x): \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R} = x\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The set&nbsp;\(B\) {{c1::<b>dominates</b> (denoted&nbsp;\(A \preceq B\))}} if {{c2::there exists an injective function&nbsp;\(A \rightarrow B\).}}
    Extra Example:&nbsp;\(f(x): \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{R} = x\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

    Note 2049: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: I}5HhmCO#y
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set
    What is the cardinality of the power set of a finite set with cardinality \(k\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set
    What is the cardinality of the power set of a finite set with cardinality \(k\)?

    \(|\mathcal{P}(A)| = 2^k\) (hence the alternative notation \(2^A\))
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the cardinality of the power set of a finite set with cardinality \(k\)?
    Back \(|\mathcal{P}(A)| = 2^k\) (hence the alternative notation \(2^A\))
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set

    Note 2050: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: I~OaC$m;X=
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets
    Give the formal definition of set equality.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets
    Give the formal definition of set equality.

    \[A = B \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} \forall x (x \in A \leftrightarrow x \in B)\]
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give the formal definition of set equality.
    Back \[A = B \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} \forall x (x \in A \leftrightarrow x \in B)\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets

    Note 2051: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: J!)tsK,]3<
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields
    A field (Körper) is {{c2::a nontrivial commutative ring \(F\) in which every nonzero element is a unit, so \(F^* = F \backslash \{0\}\)}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields
    A field (Körper) is {{c2::a nontrivial commutative ring \(F\) in which every nonzero element is a unit, so \(F^* = F \backslash \{0\}\)}}

    Example: \(\mathbb{R}\), but not \(\mathbb{Z}\)

    Non-trivial: {0} is not a field. In particular, 1 = 0 (neutral element of mult. = neutral element of add.) causes trouble.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A {{c1::field (<i>Körper</i>)}}&nbsp;is {{c2::a nontrivial commutative ring&nbsp;\(F\) in which every nonzero element is a unit, so&nbsp;\(F^* = F \backslash \{0\}\)}}
    Extra <b>Example:</b>&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}\), but not&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}\)<br><br><b>Non-trivial:</b> {0} is not a field. In particular, 1 = 0 (neutral element of mult. = neutral element of add.) causes trouble.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    Note 2052: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: J!|K;g5R$4
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What is a predicate?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What is a predicate?

    A k-ary predicate on \( U \) is a function \( U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\).
    It's like a function that takes any number of arguments, but only returns boolean results.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a predicate?
    Back A k-ary predicate on&nbsp;\( U \) is a function&nbsp;\( U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\).<div>It's like a function that takes any number of arguments, but only returns boolean results.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 2053: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: J*162N]zbU
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    State Theorem 5.31 about the number of roots a polynomial can have.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    State Theorem 5.31 about the number of roots a polynomial can have.


    Theorem 5.31: For a field \(F\), a nonzero polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) of degree \(d\) has at most \(d\) roots.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>State Theorem 5.31 about the number of roots a polynomial can have.</p>
    Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.31</strong>: For a field \(F\), a nonzero polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) of degree \(d\) has <strong>at most \(d\) roots</strong>.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

    Note 2054: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: JOM4&m6Z&$
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    What is a cyclic group of order \(n\) isomorphic to?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    What is a cyclic group of order \(n\) isomorphic to?


    Theorem 5.7: A cyclic group of order \(n\) is isomorphic to \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) (and hence abelian).

    This means all cyclic groups of the same order have the same structure.

    Explanation: 
    You can easily create an isomophism. For any\([a], [b] \in \mathbb{Z}_n\),

    \(\varphi([a] + [b]) = \varphi([a+b])\)\(= g^{a+b} = g^a g^b = \varphi([a]) \varphi([b]).\)

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What is a cyclic group of order \(n\) isomorphic to?</p>
    Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.7</strong>: A cyclic group of order \(n\) is <strong>isomorphic</strong> to \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) (and hence <strong>abelian</strong>).</p> <p>This means all cyclic groups of the same order have the same structure.</p><p><b>Explanation:</b>&nbsp;<br>You can easily create an isomophism.&nbsp;For any\([a], [b] \in \mathbb{Z}_n\),</p><p>\(\varphi([a] + [b]) = \varphi([a+b])\)\(= g^{a+b} = g^a g^b = \varphi([a]) \varphi([b]).\)</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 2055: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Jd6Wy2Kp8H
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
    In propositional logic an interpretation is called a truth assignment.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
    In propositional logic an interpretation is called a truth assignment.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In {{c2::propositional logic}} an interpretation is called a {{c1::<b>truth assignment</b>}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics

    Note 2056: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Jd9Rx7Tn4T
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories
    A theorem is a statement that follows from axioms \(A\): \(A \models T\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories
    A theorem is a statement that follows from axioms \(A\): \(A \models T\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A theorem is a statement that {{c1::follows from axioms&nbsp;\(A\):&nbsp;\(A \models T\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories

    Note 2057: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Jd9Xy7Kn3H
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    The empty clause \(\emptyset\) (formula with no literals) corresponds to an unsatisfiable formula.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    The empty clause \(\emptyset\) (formula with no literals) corresponds to an unsatisfiable formula.

    A disjunction with no disjuncts is false.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c1::empty clause&nbsp;\(\emptyset\)&nbsp;(formula with no literals)}}&nbsp;corresponds to an {{c2::<i>unsatisfiable formula</i>}}.
    Extra A disjunction with no disjuncts is false.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

    Note 2058: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Je6Ww9Kp5H
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
    Can the same variable occur both bound and free in a formula?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
    Can the same variable occur both bound and free in a formula?

    YES! The same variable can occur both bound in one place and free in another.

    We can then replace all occurrences of the bound variable with another letter without changing the meaning.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Can the same variable occur both bound and free in a formula?
    Back <b>YES!</b> The same variable can occur both bound in one place and free in another.<br><br>We can then replace all occurrences of the bound variable with another letter without changing the meaning.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution

    Note 2059: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: JjXfbTUxG|
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    Is the set of infinite binary sequences countable?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    Is the set of infinite binary sequences countable?

    No, the set \(\{0,1\}^{\infty}\) is uncountable.
    (Proven by Cantor's diagonalization argument)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is the set of infinite binary sequences countable?
    Back No, the set \(\{0,1\}^{\infty}\) is <strong>uncountable</strong>. <br> (Proven by Cantor's diagonalization argument)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

    Note 2060: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Joth6W.E([
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
    How many distinct relations are possible on a finite set \(A\) with \(|A|\) elements?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
    How many distinct relations are possible on a finite set \(A\) with \(|A|\) elements?

    \(2^{|A \times A|} = 2^{|A|^2}\) (because \(\rho \subseteq A \times A\))
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How many distinct relations are possible on a finite set \(A\) with \(|A|\) elements?
    Back \(2^{|A \times A|} = 2^{|A|^2}\) (because \(\rho \subseteq A \times A\))
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept

    Note 2061: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Jt5Wm9Nq3R
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
    What are the restrictions on the universe \(U\) of an interpretation?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
    What are the restrictions on the universe \(U\) of an interpretation?

    • cannot be empty
    • not necessarily a set (can be the universe of all sets, which is a proper class, for example)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are the restrictions on the universe&nbsp;\(U\)&nbsp;of an interpretation?
    Back <ul><li><b>cannot be empty</b></li><li>not necessarily a&nbsp;<i>set&nbsp;</i>(can be the universe of all sets, which is a proper class, for example)</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation

    Note 2062: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Jv8Hm2Ny4P
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    \(F \rightarrow G\) stands for \(\lnot F \lor G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    \(F \rightarrow G\) stands for \(\lnot F \lor G\).

    This is a notational convention.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(F \rightarrow G\)&nbsp;stands for {{c1::\(\lnot F \lor G\)}}.
    Extra This is a notational convention.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

    Note 2063: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: JwxvW*##[%
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors
    Give the formal definition of "\(a\) divides \(b\)" (denoted \(a \mid b\)).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors
    Give the formal definition of "\(a\) divides \(b\)" (denoted \(a \mid b\)).

    \[a \mid b \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} \exists c \in \mathbb{Z} \ b = ac\] \(a\) is a divisor of \(b\), \(b\) is a multiple of \(a\), and \(c\) is the quotient.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give the formal definition of "\(a\) divides \(b\)" (denoted \(a \mid b\)).
    Back \[a \mid b \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} \exists c \in \mathbb{Z} \ b = ac\] \(a\) is a divisor of \(b\), \(b\) is a multiple of \(a\), and \(c\) is the quotient.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors

    Note 2064: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Jyob1i~-v!
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields
    commutative ring has the following properties:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields
    commutative ring has the following properties:

    Additive Group:
    • closure
    • associativity
    • identity
    • inverse
    • commutativity
    Multiplicative group:
    • closure
    • associativity
    • identity
    • distributivity
    • commutativity
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front A&nbsp;<b>commutative ring</b>&nbsp;has the following properties:
    Back Additive Group:<br><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>identity</li><li>inverse</li><li>commutativity</li></ul><div>Multiplicative group:</div><div></div><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>identity</li><li>distributivity</li><li><b>commutativity</b></li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields

    Note 2065: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: K$Y):x!SG=
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

    What is the characteristic of \(\mathbb{Z}_m\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

    What is the characteristic of \(\mathbb{Z}_m\)?


    The characteristic of \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) is \(m\).

    Explanation: The characteristic is the order of \(1\) in the additive group. In \(\mathbb{Z}_m\), adding \(1\) to itself \(m\) times gives: \[\underbrace{1 + 1 + \cdots + 1}_{m \text{ times}} = m \equiv_m 0\]

    So \(\text{ord}(1) = m\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What is the characteristic of \(\mathbb{Z}_m\)?</p>
    Back <p>The characteristic of \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) is <strong>\(m\)</strong>.</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: The characteristic is the order of \(1\) in the additive group. In \(\mathbb{Z}_m\), adding \(1\) to itself \(m\) times gives: \[\underbrace{1 + 1 + \cdots + 1}_{m \text{ times}} = m \equiv_m 0\]</p> <p>So \(\text{ord}(1) = m\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

    Note 2066: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: K(.[83d?32
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    Is the set \(\{0,1\}^\infty\) (semi-infinite binary sequences) countable?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    Is the set \(\{0,1\}^\infty\) (semi-infinite binary sequences) countable?

    No. This can be proven by Cantor's diagonalization argument.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is the set&nbsp;\(\{0,1\}^\infty\) (semi-infinite binary sequences) countable?
    Back No. This can be proven by Cantor's diagonalization argument.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

    Note 2067: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: K,;}YIg:-h
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
    relation \(\rho\) from a set \(A\) to a set \(B\) (also called an \((A,B)\)-relation) is a subset of \(A\times B\). 

    If \(A = B\), then \(\rho\) is called a relation on \(A\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
    relation \(\rho\) from a set \(A\) to a set \(B\) (also called an \((A,B)\)-relation) is a subset of \(A\times B\). 

    If \(A = B\), then \(\rho\) is called a relation on \(A\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A&nbsp;<b>relation&nbsp;</b>\(\rho\)&nbsp;from a set&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;to a set&nbsp;\(B\)&nbsp;(also called an&nbsp;\((A,B)\)-relation) is a {{c1::subset}} of {{c1::\(A\times B\).}}&nbsp;<br><br>If&nbsp;\(A = B\), then&nbsp;\(\rho\)&nbsp;is called {{c1::a <i>relation on</i>&nbsp;\(A\).}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept

    Note 2068: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: K.T&n8s7:q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
    A group or monoid \(\langle G;* \rangle\) is called commutative or abelian if \(a * b = b * a\) for all \(a,b \in G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
    A group or monoid \(\langle G;* \rangle\) is called commutative or abelian if \(a * b = b * a\) for all \(a,b \in G\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A group or monoid \(\langle G;* \rangle\) is called <i>commutative</i> or <i>abelian</i> if {{c1::\(a * b = b * a\) for all \(a,b \in G\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 2069: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: K4Ll=rR|5+
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
    \(a \equiv_m b \stackrel{\text{def}}{\iff}\) \(m \mid (a-b)\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
    \(a \equiv_m b \stackrel{\text{def}}{\iff}\) \(m \mid (a-b)\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(a \equiv_m b \stackrel{\text{def}}{\iff}\)&nbsp;{{c1::\(m \mid (a-b)\)}}<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences

    Note 2070: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: K5psNfU-&?
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::4._Proof_Systems_in_Theoretical_Computer_Science_*
    \( L = \{s \ | \ \tau(s) = 1\} \) is a set of strings called a formal language. It defines a predicate \(\tau\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::4._Proof_Systems_in_Theoretical_Computer_Science_*
    \( L = \{s \ | \ \tau(s) = 1\} \) is a set of strings called a formal language. It defines a predicate \(\tau\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \( L = \{s \ | \ \tau(s) = 1\} \)&nbsp;is a set of strings called a {{c1:: formal language}}. It defines a {{c2:: predicate&nbsp;\(\tau\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::4._Proof_Systems_in_Theoretical_Computer_Science_*

    Note 2071: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: K>1Kv;vQr=
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    Why is \((\mathcal{P}(\{1,2,3\}); \subseteq)\) NOT totally ordered?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
    Why is \((\mathcal{P}(\{1,2,3\}); \subseteq)\) NOT totally ordered?

    Because \(\{2, 3\} \not\subseteq \{3, 1\}\) and \(\{3, 1\} \not\subseteq \{2, 3\}\) (they are incomparable).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Why is \((\mathcal{P}(\{1,2,3\}); \subseteq)\) NOT totally ordered?
    Back Because \(\{2, 3\} \not\subseteq \{3, 1\}\) and \(\{3, 1\} \not\subseteq \{2, 3\}\) (they are incomparable).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

    Note 2072: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: KE]BoQ-4oe
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    The neutral element is always in \(\langle g \rangle\) because \(g^0 = e\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    The neutral element is always in \(\langle g \rangle\) because \(g^0 = e\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The {{c1::neutral element}} is always in \(\langle g \rangle\) because {{c1::\(g^0 = e\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 2073: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: K]-MS+TT
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::2._Remarks_on_Primality_Testing
    What shortcut exists for testing whether \(n\) is prime? (Lemma 4.12)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::2._Remarks_on_Primality_Testing
    What shortcut exists for testing whether \(n\) is prime? (Lemma 4.12)

    Every composite integer \(n\) has a prime divisor \(\leq \sqrt{n}\) (since you need at least two primes for a composite integer, and \(n = \sqrt{n} \cdot \sqrt{n}\)).
    Therefore, to test if \(n\) is prime, we only need to check divisibility by primes up to \(\sqrt{n}\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What shortcut exists for testing whether \(n\) is prime? (Lemma 4.12)
    Back Every composite integer \(n\) has a prime divisor \(\leq \sqrt{n}\)&nbsp;(since you need at least two primes for a composite integer, and&nbsp;\(n = \sqrt{n} \cdot \sqrt{n}\)).<br> Therefore, to test if \(n\) is prime, we only need to check divisibility by primes up to \(\sqrt{n}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::2._Remarks_on_Primality_Testing

    Note 2074: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Ka?d&yqaWX
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
    What is a computable function \(f: \mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
    What is a computable function \(f: \mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\)?

    A function for which there exists a program that, for every \(n \in \mathbb{N}\), when given \(n\) as input, outputs \(f(n)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a computable function \(f: \mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\)?
    Back A function for which there exists a program that, for every \(n \in \mathbb{N}\), when given \(n\) as input, outputs \(f(n)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions

    Note 2075: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ke4Xz9Rl3T
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
    For a set \(Z\) of atomic formulas, a {{c1::truth assignment \(\mathcal{A}\)}} is {{c2::a function \(\mathcal{A}: Z \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
    For a set \(Z\) of atomic formulas, a {{c1::truth assignment \(\mathcal{A}\)}} is {{c2::a function \(\mathcal{A}: Z \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\)}}.

    A truth assignment \(\mathcal{A}\) is suitable for a formula \(F\) if it contains all atomic formulas appearing in \(F\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For a set&nbsp;\(Z\)&nbsp;of atomic formulas, a {{c1::<i>truth assignment</i>&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}\)}} is {{c2::a function \(\mathcal{A}: Z \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\)}}.
    Extra A truth assignment&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}\)&nbsp;is suitable for a formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;if it contains all atomic formulas appearing in&nbsp;\(F\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics

    Note 2076: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ke6Tz2Pv8U
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories
    If a theorem follows from the empty set of axioms \(\emptyset\), then it's a tautology.

    This means that it's a theorem in any theory!

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories
    If a theorem follows from the empty set of axioms \(\emptyset\), then it's a tautology.

    This means that it's a theorem in any theory!
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If a theorem follows from the {{c1::empty set of axioms&nbsp;\(\emptyset\)}}, then it's a {{c2::<i>tautology</i>}}. <br><br>This means that {{c3::it's a theorem in any theory!}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::8._Theorems_and_Theories

    Note 2077: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ke6Zv4Rp8I
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    The {{c1::empty clause set \(\{\}\) (or \(\emptyset\))}} corresponds to a tautology.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    The {{c1::empty clause set \(\{\}\) (or \(\emptyset\))}} corresponds to a tautology.

    There are no clauses to satisfy.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c1::empty clause set&nbsp;\(\{\}\)&nbsp;(or&nbsp;\(\emptyset\))}} corresponds to a {{c2::<i>tautology</i>}}.
    Extra There are no clauses to satisfy.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

    Note 2078: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Kf3Xy2Rn9I
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
    For a formula \(F\), a variable \(x\) and a term \(t\), \(F[x/t]\) denotes the formula obtained from \(F\) by substituting every free occurrence of \(x\) by \(t\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
    For a formula \(F\), a variable \(x\) and a term \(t\), \(F[x/t]\) denotes the formula obtained from \(F\) by substituting every free occurrence of \(x\) by \(t\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For a formula&nbsp;\(F\), a variable&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;and a term&nbsp;\(t\),&nbsp;{{c1::\(F[x/t]\)}} denotes {{c2::the formula obtained from&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;by substituting every free occurrence of&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;by&nbsp;\(t\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution

    Note 2079: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Kf8Ww5Kn7I
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    Quantifier order matters in prenex form!

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    Quantifier order matters in prenex form!

    For example, \(\exists x \forall y P(x, y)\) is not equivalent to \(\forall y \exists x P(x, y)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Quantifier order {{c1::matters}} in prenex form!
    Extra For example,&nbsp;\(\exists x \forall y P(x, y)\)&nbsp;is <b>not</b> equivalent to&nbsp;\(\forall y \exists x P(x, y)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

    Note 2080: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Kq8Nx5Rm3J
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    If \(F\) is a tautology one also writes \(\models F\). If is unsatisfiable it can be written as \(F \models \perp\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    If \(F\) is a tautology one also writes \(\models F\). If is unsatisfiable it can be written as \(F \models \perp\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is a tautology one also writes {{c1::\(\models F\)}}. If is unsatisfiable it can be written as {{c2::\(F \models \perp\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

    Note 2081: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Ks+2SPij4{
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::03._Indirect_Proof_of_an_Implication
    How does an indirect proof of \(S \Rightarrow T\) work?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::03._Indirect_Proof_of_an_Implication
    How does an indirect proof of \(S \Rightarrow T\) work?

    An indirect proof assumes that \(T\) is false and proves that \(S\) is false under this assumption. This works because \(\lnot B \rightarrow \lnot A \models A \rightarrow B\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How does an indirect proof of \(S \Rightarrow T\) work?
    Back An indirect proof assumes that \(T\) is <strong>false</strong> and proves that \(S\) is <strong>false</strong> under this assumption. This works because \(\lnot B \rightarrow \lnot A \models A \rightarrow B\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::03._Indirect_Proof_of_an_Implication

    Note 2082: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Kw9Rh6Pn2D
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
    What is the relationship between \(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\) and \(\mathcal{A}(F)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
    What is the relationship between \(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\) and \(\mathcal{A}(F)\)?

    They are the same! In logic, one often writes \(\mathcal{A}(F)\) instead of \(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\) and calls \(\mathcal{A}(F)\) the truth value of \(F\) under interpretation \(\mathcal{A}\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the relationship between&nbsp;\(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}(F)\)?
    Back They are the same! In logic, one often writes&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}(F)\)&nbsp;instead of&nbsp;\(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\)&nbsp;and calls&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}(F)\)&nbsp;the <i>truth value of&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;under interpretation&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}\)</i>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation

    Note 2083: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Kz0bW-z|V:
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors
    What are the trivial divisors that apply to all integers?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors
    What are the trivial divisors that apply to all integers?

    1 and \(-1\) are divisors of every integer.

    Note also that every non-zero integer is a divisor of \(0\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are the trivial divisors that apply to all integers?
    Back 1 and \(-1\) are divisors of every integer.<br><br>Note also that every non-zero integer is a divisor of&nbsp;\(0\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::1._Divisors

    Note 2084: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: L,+=h7*qew
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite
    A set \(A\) is called countable if and only if {{c1::it is finite or\(A \sim \mathbb{N}\)}}, and uncountable otherwise.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite
    A set \(A\) is called countable if and only if {{c1::it is finite or\(A \sim \mathbb{N}\)}}, and uncountable otherwise.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A set&nbsp;\(A\) is called <b>countable </b>if and only if {{c1::it is finite or\(A \sim \mathbb{N}\)}}, and <b>uncountable</b> otherwise.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite

    Note 2085: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: L41@,Ff0ne
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

    What are the units of \(\mathbb{Z}\) and \(\mathbb{R}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

    What are the units of \(\mathbb{Z}\) and \(\mathbb{R}\)?


    • Units of \(\mathbb{Z}\): \(\mathbb{Z}^* = \{-1, 1\}\) (only elements with multiplicative inverse in \(\mathbb{Z}\))
    • Units of \(\mathbb{R}\): \(\mathbb{R}^* = \mathbb{R} \setminus \{0\}\) (all non-zero reals have multiplicative inverse)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What are the units of \(\mathbb{Z}\) and \(\mathbb{R}\)?</p>
    Back <ul> <li><strong>Units of \(\mathbb{Z}\)</strong>: \(\mathbb{Z}^* = \{-1, 1\}\) (only elements with multiplicative inverse in \(\mathbb{Z}\))</li> <li><strong>Units of \(\mathbb{R}\)</strong>: \(\mathbb{R}^* = \mathbb{R} \setminus \{0\}\) (all non-zero reals have multiplicative inverse)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

    Note 2086: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: L;:^L}E1n*
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    What is the set \(\{0, 1\}^{\infty}\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
    What is the set \(\{0, 1\}^{\infty}\)?

    The set of semi-infinite binary sequences, or equivalently, the set of functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0,1\}\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the set \(\{0, 1\}^{\infty}\)?
    Back The set of semi-infinite binary sequences, or equivalently, the set of functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0,1\}\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

    Note 2087: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: LBWc+/kB&L
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    Give the formal definition of set difference \(B \setminus A\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    Give the formal definition of set difference \(B \setminus A\).

    \[B \setminus A \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{x \in B \ | \ x \not\in A\}\] (Elements in \(B\) that are not in \(A\))
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Give the formal definition of set difference \(B \setminus A\).
    Back \[B \setminus A \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{x \in B \ | \ x \not\in A\}\] (Elements in \(B\) that are not in \(A\))
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

    Note 2088: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: LFnfauD_]7
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
    A group \(G = \langle g \rangle\) generated by an element \(g \in G\) is called cyclic, and \(g\) is called a generator of \(G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
    A group \(G = \langle g \rangle\) generated by an element \(g \in G\) is called cyclic, and \(g\) is called a generator of \(G\).

    Examples:
    \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n;\oplus\rangle\) (cyclic for every \(n\), 1 is a generator)
    \(\langle\mathbb{Z}_n; +,-,0\rangle\) (infinite cyclic group with generators 1 and -1)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A group&nbsp;\(G = \langle g \rangle\) generated by an element&nbsp;\(g \in G\) is called {{c1::cyclic}}, and&nbsp;\(g\) is called {{c1::a <b>generator</b> of&nbsp;\(G\)}}.
    Extra Examples:<br>\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n;\oplus\rangle\)&nbsp;(cyclic for every&nbsp;\(n\), 1 is a generator)<br>\(\langle\mathbb{Z}_n; +,-,0\rangle\)&nbsp;(infinite cyclic group with generators 1 and -1)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 2089: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: LM9=
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
    The Diffie-Hellman Key-Agreement selects two public values:
    1. a large prime \(p\)
    2. a basis \(g\), which is then exponentiated

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
    The Diffie-Hellman Key-Agreement selects two public values:
    1. a large prime \(p\)
    2. a basis \(g\), which is then exponentiated
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The Diffie-Hellman Key-Agreement selects two public values:<br><ol><li>{{c1:: a large prime&nbsp;\(p\)}}</li><li>{{c2:: a basis&nbsp;\(g\),&nbsp;which is then exponentiated}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement

    Note 2090: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: LTXK//3RaH
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition
    What important property do equivalence classes have?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition
    What important property do equivalence classes have?

    The set \(A / \theta\) of equivalence classes of an equivalence relation \(\theta\) on \(A\) is a partition of \(A\).
    (Equivalence classes are disjoint and cover the entire set)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What important property do equivalence classes have?
    Back The set \(A / \theta\) of equivalence classes of an equivalence relation \(\theta\) on \(A\) is a partition of \(A\). <br> (Equivalence classes are disjoint and cover the entire set)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition

    Note 2091: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: LWf)m2..vK
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
    What are the three properties of an equivalence relation?
    1. Reflexivity
    2. Symmetry
    3. Transitivity

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
    What are the three properties of an equivalence relation?
    1. Reflexivity
    2. Symmetry
    3. Transitivity
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text What are the three properties of an equivalence relation?<br><ol><li>{{c1::Reflexivity}}<br></li><li>{{c2::Symmetry}}<br></li><li>{{c3::Transitivity}}<br></li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations

    Note 2092: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: LXd]$6O4Sv
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)
    What is the transitivity property of implication?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)
    What is the transitivity property of implication?

    \((A \rightarrow B) \land (B \rightarrow C) \models A \rightarrow C\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the transitivity property of implication?
    Back \((A \rightarrow B) \land (B \rightarrow C) \models A \rightarrow C\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)

    Note 2093: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: L[2O7285Lj
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules
    What is the definition of universal instantiation?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules
    What is the definition of universal instantiation?

    For any formula \(F\) and any term \(t\) we have: \[\forall x F \models F[x/t]\]
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <b>What is the definition of universal instantiation?</b>
    Back For any formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and any term&nbsp;\(t\)&nbsp;we have:&nbsp;\[\forall x F \models F[x/t]\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules

    Note 2094: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: LdYCF$3P>i
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
    Is \(\mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N}\) countable?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
    Is \(\mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N}\) countable?

    Yes, the set \(\mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N}\) (= \(\mathbb{N}^2\)) of ordered pairs of natural numbers is countable.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Is \(\mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N}\) countable?
    Back Yes, the set \(\mathbb{N} \times \mathbb{N}\) (= \(\mathbb{N}^2\)) of ordered pairs of natural numbers is <strong>countable</strong>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets

    Note 2095: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Lf4Wq7Zn9B
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::1._Introduction
    A well defined set of rules for manipulating formulas (the syntactic objects) is called a calculus.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::1._Introduction
    A well defined set of rules for manipulating formulas (the syntactic objects) is called a calculus.

    There are also calculi in which more complex objects are manipulated.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A well defined {{c1::<i>set of rules</i>&nbsp;for manipulating formulas (the syntactic objects)}}&nbsp;is called a {{c2::<i>calculus</i>}}.
    Extra There are also calculi in which more complex objects are manipulated.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::1._Introduction

    Note 2096: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Lf7Yw5Vn2P
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
    The semantics of propositional logic are defined as:
    • {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = \mathcal{A}(A_i)\) for any atomic formula \(A_i\)}}
    for \(\land, \lor, \lnot\) the semantics are identical to before.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics
    The semantics of propositional logic are defined as:
    • {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = \mathcal{A}(A_i)\) for any atomic formula \(A_i\)}}
    for \(\land, \lor, \lnot\) the semantics are identical to before.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The semantics of propositional logic are defined as:<br><ul><li>{{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = \mathcal{A}(A_i)\)&nbsp;for any atomic formula&nbsp;\(A_i\)}}</li></ul>for&nbsp;\(\land, \lor, \lnot\)&nbsp;the semantics are identical to before.<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::2._Semantics

    Note 2097: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Lfk_~v/e2Q
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    Two sets \(A, B\) are equinumerous (denoted \(A \sim B\)) if there exists a bijection \(A \rightarrow B\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
    Two sets \(A, B\) are equinumerous (denoted \(A \sim B\)) if there exists a bijection \(A \rightarrow B\).

    Example: \(f: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{Z} = (-1)^n \lceil n/2 \rceil\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Two sets&nbsp;\(A, B\) are {{c1::<b>equinumerous </b>(denoted&nbsp;\(A \sim B\))}}&nbsp;if {{c2::there exists a bijection&nbsp;\(A \rightarrow B\).}}
    Extra Example:&nbsp;\(f: \mathbb{N} \rightarrow \mathbb{Z} = (-1)^n \lceil n/2 \rceil\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

    Note 2098: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Lg8Zv7Tp4J
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
    An interpretation or structure in predicate logic is a tuple \(\mathcal{A} = (U, \phi, \psi, \xi)\) where:
    1. \(U\) is a non-empty universe
    2. \(\phi\) (phi) assigns function symbols to functions \(U^k \rightarrow U\)
    3. {{c3::\(\psi\) (psi) assigns predicate symbols to functions \(U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)}}
    4. \(\xi\) (xi) assigns variable symbols to values in \(U\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
    An interpretation or structure in predicate logic is a tuple \(\mathcal{A} = (U, \phi, \psi, \xi)\) where:
    1. \(U\) is a non-empty universe
    2. \(\phi\) (phi) assigns function symbols to functions \(U^k \rightarrow U\)
    3. {{c3::\(\psi\) (psi) assigns predicate symbols to functions \(U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)}}
    4. \(\xi\) (xi) assigns variable symbols to values in \(U\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An <i>interpretation</i> or <i>structure</i> in predicate logic is a tuple&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A} = (U, \phi, \psi, \xi)\)&nbsp;where:<br><ol><li>{{c1::\(U\)&nbsp;is a <b>non-empty</b> universe}}</li><li>{{c2::\(\phi\)&nbsp;(phi)&nbsp;assigns function symbols to functions&nbsp;\(U^k \rightarrow U\)}}</li><li>{{c3::\(\psi\)&nbsp;(psi)&nbsp;assigns predicate symbols to functions&nbsp;\(U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)}}</li><li>{{c4::\(\xi\)&nbsp;(xi) assigns variable symbols to values in&nbsp;\(U\)}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics

    Note 2099: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: LkLLT.l%2!
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders
    State the Euclidean Division Theorem.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders
    State the Euclidean Division Theorem.

    For all integers \(a\) and \(d \neq 0\), there exist unique integers \(q\) and \(r\) satisfying: \[a = dq + r \quad \text{and} \quad 0 \leq r < |d|\] (\(r\) is the remainder, \(q\) is the quotient)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front State the Euclidean Division Theorem.
    Back For all integers \(a\) and \(d \neq 0\), there exist <strong>unique</strong> integers \(q\) and \(r\) satisfying: \[a = dq + r \quad \text{and} \quad 0 \leq r &lt; |d|\] (\(r\) is the remainder, \(q\) is the quotient)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders

    Note 2100: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Llw?`Jb)R)
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    We require that the proof verification function \(\phi\) is efficiently computable, otherwise the proof system is not useful.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
    We require that the proof verification function \(\phi\) is efficiently computable, otherwise the proof system is not useful.

    A proof system is useless if verification is infeasible.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text We require that the proof verification function&nbsp;\(\phi\)&nbsp;is {{c1::efficiently computable}}, otherwise the proof system is not useful.
    Extra A proof system is useless if verification is infeasible.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

    Note 2101: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Lm6Pv9Ty4W
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    A set of formulas \(M\) can be interpreted as the conjunction (AND) of all formulas in \(M\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    A set of formulas \(M\) can be interpreted as the conjunction (AND) of all formulas in \(M\).

    Thus \(\{F_1, \dots, F_n\}\) is equivalent to \(F_1 \land \dots \land F_n\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A set of formulas&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;can be interpreted as the {{c1::<i>conjunction</i> (AND) of all formulas in&nbsp;\(M\)}}.
    Extra Thus&nbsp;\(\{F_1, \dots, F_n\}\)&nbsp;is equivalent to&nbsp;\(F_1 \land \dots \land F_n\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

    Note 2102: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Lp6Jy9Ht2V
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics
    The same symbol can occur free in one place and unfree (bound) in another.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics
    The same symbol can occur free in one place and unfree (bound) in another.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The same symbol can occur {{c1::free}} in one place and {{c2::unfree (bound)}} in another.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics

    Note 2103: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: L}28Y2#qgD
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic
    What's the difference between \(\equiv\), \(\leftrightarrow\), and \(\Leftrightarrow\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic
    What's the difference between \(\equiv\), \(\leftrightarrow\), and \(\Leftrightarrow\)?

    • \(\equiv\): links formulas to statements (not part of PL itself)
    • \(\leftrightarrow\): formula → formula (part of PL)
    • \(\Leftrightarrow\): statement → statement
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What's the difference between \(\equiv\), \(\leftrightarrow\), and \(\Leftrightarrow\)?
    Back <ul> <li>\(\equiv\): links formulas to statements (not part of PL itself)</li> <li>\(\leftrightarrow\): formula → formula (part of PL)</li> <li>\(\Leftrightarrow\): statement → statement</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic

    Note 2104: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: L~%b?8X(+<
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    The polynomial \(0\) (all \(a_i\) are \(0\)) is defined to have degree \(-\infty\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    The polynomial \(0\) (all \(a_i\) are \(0\)) is defined to have degree \(-\infty\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>The polynomial {{c1::\(0\) (all \(a_i\) are \(0\))}} is defined to have degree {{c2::\(-\infty\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    Note 2105: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: M,heUX>`7o
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders
    What is \(R_m(x)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders
    What is \(R_m(x)\)?

    The smallest non-negative integer \(n \in \mathbb{N}\) for which \(x \equiv_m n\). Equivalently, the remainder when \(x\) is divided by \(m\) (so \(0 \leq R_m(x) < m\)).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is \(R_m(x)\)?
    Back The smallest <strong>non-negative</strong> integer \(n \in \mathbb{N}\) for which \(x \equiv_m n\). Equivalently, the remainder when \(x\) is divided by \(m\) (so \(0 \leq R_m(x) &lt; m\)).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::2._Division_with_Remainders

    Note 2106: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: M035/^ZEJ$
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
    What is the number of subgroups of \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
    What is the number of subgroups of \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)?

    The number of divisors of \(n\) (as the order of each subgroup divides the group order (which is n here) by Lagrange). 

    If \(n\) is written \(n = p_1^{e_1} \cdot p_2^{e_2} \cdots p_k^{e_k}\) then it is \(\prod_{i=1}^k (e_i+1)\).

    Note: This only holds because \(\mathbb{Z}_n\) is cyclic and therefore the subgroups are unique.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the number of subgroups of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_n\)?
    Back The number of divisors of&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;(as the order of each subgroup divides the group order (which is n here) by Lagrange).&nbsp;<br><br>If&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;is written&nbsp;\(n = p_1^{e_1} \cdot p_2^{e_2} \cdots p_k^{e_k}\)&nbsp;then it is&nbsp;\(\prod_{i=1}^k (e_i+1)\).<br><br><i>Note:</i> This only holds because&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_n\)&nbsp;is cyclic and therefore the subgroups are unique.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 2107: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: M0~Ds$fs16
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::4._Logic::HS24
    Can a formula be both in CNF and DNF?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::4._Logic::HS24
    Can a formula be both in CNF and DNF?

    Yes, for example \(A \land B\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Can a formula be both in CNF and DNF?
    Back Yes, for example&nbsp;\(A \land B\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::4._Logic::HS24

    Note 2108: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: M
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    What are the idempotence laws for sets?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
    What are the idempotence laws for sets?

    • \(A \cap A = A\)
    • \(A \cup A = A\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are the idempotence laws for sets?
    Back <ul> <li>\(A \cap A = A\)</li> <li>\(A \cup A = A\)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

    Note 2109: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: MUE8!)s%
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Lemma 5.5(ii): A group homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) maps 

    • {{c1::inverses to inverses: \(\psi(\widehat{a}) = \widetilde{\psi(a)}\)}} for all \(a\).
    • neutral to neutral: \(\psi(e_G) = e_h\)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Lemma 5.5(ii): A group homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) maps 

    • {{c1::inverses to inverses: \(\psi(\widehat{a}) = \widetilde{\psi(a)}\)}} for all \(a\).
    • neutral to neutral: \(\psi(e_G) = e_h\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p><strong>Lemma 5.5(ii)</strong>: A group homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) maps&nbsp;</p><ul><li>{{c1::inverses to inverses: \(\psi(\widehat{a}) = \widetilde{\psi(a)}\)}} for all \(a\).</li><li>{{c1::neutral to neutral:&nbsp;\(\psi(e_G) = e_h\)}}</li></ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Note 2110: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: MZ}brx(2+L
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    To prove equivalence between formulas \(F\) and \(G\) we have to prove that  \(F \models G \ \ \land \ \ G \models F\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    To prove equivalence between formulas \(F\) and \(G\) we have to prove that  \(F \models G \ \ \land \ \ G \models F\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text To prove equivalence between formulas&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;we have to prove that {{c1::&nbsp;\(F \models G \ \ \land \ \ G \models F\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

    Note 2111: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ma#P3o/Xx{
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    A group is an algebra \(\langle G; *, \widehat{\ \ }, e \rangle\) satisfying three axioms: G1 (associativity), G2 (neutral element), and G3 (inverse elements).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    A group is an algebra \(\langle G; *, \widehat{\ \ }, e \rangle\) satisfying three axioms: G1 (associativity), G2 (neutral element), and G3 (inverse elements).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>A {{c1::group}} is an algebra \(\langle G; *, \widehat{\ \ }, e \rangle\) satisfying {{c2::three}} axioms: {{c3::G1 (associativity)}}, {{c4::G2 (neutral element)}}, and {{c5::G3 (inverse elements)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 2112: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Mc|AR7cj;b
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    A polynomial \(a(x)\) is called monic if the leading coefficient is \(1\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    A polynomial \(a(x)\) is called monic if the leading coefficient is \(1\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>A polynomial \(a(x)\) is called {{c1::monic}} if the {{c2::leading coefficient is \(1\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    Note 2113: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Mg4Zv3Tp9K
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::3._Brief_Discussion_of_General_Logic_Concepts
    Two formulas \(F\) and \(G\) are equivalent if their truth tables (function tables) are equivalent.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::3._Brief_Discussion_of_General_Logic_Concepts
    Two formulas \(F\) and \(G\) are equivalent if their truth tables (function tables) are equivalent.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Two formulas&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;are {{c1::equivalent}} if their {{c2::<i>truth tables</i> (function tables) are equivalent}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::3._Brief_Discussion_of_General_Logic_Concepts

    Note 2114: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Mg8Vt2Kp5X
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::1._Introduction
    There is a trade-off in calculi between simplicity (which makes proving soundness easier) and versatility (which makes the calculus more complete).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::1._Introduction
    There is a trade-off in calculi between simplicity (which makes proving soundness easier) and versatility (which makes the calculus more complete).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text There is a trade-off in calculi between {{c1::simplicity (which makes proving soundness easier)}} and {{c1::versatility (which makes the calculus more complete)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::1._Introduction

    Note 2115: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Mg8Xy2Kp6K
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    A clause \(K\) is resolvent of clauses \(K_1\) and \(K_2\) if there is a literal \(L\) such that \(L \in K_1\), \(\lnot L \in K_2\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    A clause \(K\) is resolvent of clauses \(K_1\) and \(K_2\) if there is a literal \(L\) such that \(L \in K_1\), \(\lnot L \in K_2\).

     \[K = (K_1 \setminus \{L\}) \cup (K_2 \setminus \{\lnot L\})\]
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A clause&nbsp;\(K\)&nbsp;is {{c1::<i>resolvent</i>}} of clauses&nbsp;\(K_1\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(K_2\)&nbsp;if {{c2::there is a literal&nbsp;\(L\)&nbsp;such that \(L \in K_1\), \(\lnot L \in K_2\)}}.
    Extra &nbsp;\[K = (K_1 \setminus \{L\}) \cup (K_2 \setminus \{\lnot L\})\]<br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

    Note 2116: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Mn5Cx7Rp2J
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::2._Syntax
    The syntax of a logic defines an alphabet \(\Lambda\) (of allowed symbols) and specifies which strings in \(\Lambda^*\) are formulas (i.e. syntactically correct).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::2._Syntax
    The syntax of a logic defines an alphabet \(\Lambda\) (of allowed symbols) and specifies which strings in \(\Lambda^*\) are formulas (i.e. syntactically correct).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The {{c1::<i>syntax</i>}} of a logic defines {{c2::an alphabet&nbsp;\(\Lambda\)&nbsp;(of allowed symbols)}} and specifies {{c2::which strings in&nbsp;\(\Lambda^*\)&nbsp;are formulas (i.e. syntactically correct)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::2._Syntax

    Note 2117: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Mqpm#lUsGl
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has a right inverse if and only if \(f\) is surjective (not in script).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has a right inverse if and only if \(f\) is surjective (not in script).


    We can create a function \(g\) that outputs a unique value in \(A\) for every input \(b\). We can then revert it with \(f\). Therefore, \(\forall (f \circ g) b = b \iff f \circ g = \text{id}_B\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has a {{c1::right inverse}} if and only if \(f\) is {{c2::surjective}} (not in script).</p>
    Extra We can create a function&nbsp;\(g\)&nbsp;that outputs a unique value in&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;for every input&nbsp;\(b\). We can then revert it with&nbsp;\(f\). Therefore,&nbsp;\(\forall (f \circ g) b = b \iff f \circ g = \text{id}_B\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

    Note 2118: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Mz.H046~kk
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    To verify the homomorphism property, check that: 

    \(\psi(g_1 \cdot g_2) = \psi(g_1) + \psi(g_2)\) for all \(g_1, g_2\) in \(G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    To verify the homomorphism property, check that: 

    \(\psi(g_1 \cdot g_2) = \psi(g_1) + \psi(g_2)\) for all \(g_1, g_2\) in \(G\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>To verify the {{c1::homomorphism property}}, check that:&nbsp;</p><p>{{c2::\(\psi(g_1 \cdot g_2) = \psi(g_1) + \psi(g_2)\)}} for all \(g_1, g_2\) in \(G\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Note 2119: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: N$(b/mcC}}
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids
    A monoid is an algebra \( \langle S; *, e \rangle\) where \(*\) is associative and \(e\) is the neutral element.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids
    A monoid is an algebra \( \langle S; *, e \rangle\) where \(*\) is associative and \(e\) is the neutral element.

    Difference to group: Absence of inverse
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c1::A <b>monoid</b>}}<b>&nbsp;</b>is an algebra&nbsp;{{c2::\( \langle S; *, e \rangle\) where&nbsp;\(*\) is associative and&nbsp;\(e\) is the neutral element.}}
    Extra Difference to group: Absence of inverse
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

    Note 2120: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: N*:u1Dw&:/
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
    For \(F \vdash_K G\), what is \(F\) called in a calculus?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
    For \(F \vdash_K G\), what is \(F\) called in a calculus?

    The premises or preconditions.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front For&nbsp;\(F \vdash_K G\), what is&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;called in a calculus?
    Back The premises or preconditions.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi

    Note 2121: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: N,%,xCUm($
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    What is the group generated by a, denoted \(\langle a \rangle\) defined as?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    What is the group generated by a, denoted \(\langle a \rangle\) defined as?


    For a group \(G\) and \(a \in G\), the group generated by \(a\), denoted \(\langle a \rangle\), is defined as: \[\langle a \rangle \ \overset{\text{def}}{=} \ \{a^n \ | \ n \in \mathbb{Z}\}\]

    This is a group, the smallest subgroup of \(G\) containing the element \(a\).

    For finite groups: \(\langle a \rangle = \{e, a, a^2, \dots, a^{\text{ord}(a)-1}\}\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What is the group <em>generated by a</em>, denoted \(\langle a \rangle\) defined as?</p>
    Back <p>For a group \(G\) and \(a \in G\), the group generated by \(a\), denoted \(\langle a \rangle\), is defined as: \[\langle a \rangle \ \overset{\text{def}}{=} \ \{a^n \ | \ n \in \mathbb{Z}\}\]</p> <p>This is a group, the smallest subgroup of \(G\) containing the element \(a\).</p> <p>For finite groups: \(\langle a \rangle = \{e, a, a^2, \dots, a^{\text{ord}(a)-1}\}\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

    Note 2122: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: N-`M!,:KwP
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    Can a relation be both symmetric and antisymmetric?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
    Can a relation be both symmetric and antisymmetric?

    YES - the identity relation is both symmetric and antisymmetric. The properties are independent, not mutually exclusive.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Can a relation be both symmetric and antisymmetric?
    Back <strong>YES</strong> - the identity relation is both symmetric and antisymmetric. The properties are <strong>independent</strong>, not mutually exclusive.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

    Note 2123: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: N2+?o9|%9:
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)
    In propositional logic, a formula \(G\) is a logical consequence of a formula \(F\)  if for all truth assignments to the propositional symbols appearing in \(F\) or \(G\), the truth value of \(G\) is \(1\) if the truth value of \(F\) is \(1\). This is denoted with \(F \models G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)
    In propositional logic, a formula \(G\) is a logical consequence of a formula \(F\)  if for all truth assignments to the propositional symbols appearing in \(F\) or \(G\), the truth value of \(G\) is \(1\) if the truth value of \(F\) is \(1\). This is denoted with \(F \models G\).

    Example: \(A \land B \models A \lor B\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In&nbsp;<b>propositional logic</b>, a formula&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is a&nbsp;<i>logical consequence</i>&nbsp;of a formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp; if {{c1:: for all truth assignments to the propositional symbols appearing in&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(G\), the truth value of&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;if the truth value of&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(1\)}}. This is denoted with&nbsp;\(F \models G\).
    Extra Example:&nbsp;\(A \land B \models A \lor B\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)

    Note 2124: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: N9}Teh]+={
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups
    For \(H\) to be a subgroup, it must have closure under {{c1::inverses: 

    \(\widehat{a} \in H\) for all \(a \in H\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups
    For \(H\) to be a subgroup, it must have closure under {{c1::inverses: 

    \(\widehat{a} \in H\) for all \(a \in H\)}}.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For \(H\) to be a subgroup, it must have closure under {{c1::inverses:&nbsp;<br><br>\(\widehat{a} \in H\) for all \(a \in H\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

    Note 2125: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: N>8-!q7YcU
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    How is the composition \(g \circ f\) of functions \(f: A \to B\) and \(g: B \to C\) defined?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    How is the composition \(g \circ f\) of functions \(f: A \to B\) and \(g: B \to C\) defined?

    \[(g \circ f)(a) = g(f(a))\] Critical: \(f\) is applied FIRST, then \(g\) (read right to left!)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How is the composition \(g \circ f\) of functions \(f: A \to B\) and \(g: B \to C\) defined?
    Back \[(g \circ f)(a) = g(f(a))\] <strong>Critical</strong>: \(f\) is applied <strong>FIRST</strong>, then \(g\) (read right to left!)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 2126: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: NJ8=)_1qP|
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    An \((n,k)\)-encoding function \(E\) is an {{c2::injective function \(E: \mathcal{A}^k \rightarrow \mathcal{A}^n\) where \(n > k\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    An \((n,k)\)-encoding function \(E\) is an {{c2::injective function \(E: \mathcal{A}^k \rightarrow \mathcal{A}^n\) where \(n > k\)}}.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>An {{c1::\((n,k)\)-encoding function}} \(E\) is an {{c2::injective function \(E: \mathcal{A}^k \rightarrow \mathcal{A}^n\) where \(n &gt; k\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

    Note 2127: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: NVr>F0}H_D
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*
    How do we construct a field \(GF(p^q)\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*
    How do we construct a field \(GF(p^q)\)?

    We take the field \(GF(p)[x]_{m(x)}\) where \(m(x)\) is an irreducible polynomial of degree \(q\).

    Then \(GF(p)[x]_{m(x)}\) has \({|F|}^q\) polynomials in it, as all of degree less than \(q\) are coprime to \(m(x)\), by definition of irreducible.
    And this field is isomorphic to \(GF(p^q)\).

    Example: The field \(GF(2)[x]\) \({x^2 + x + 1}\) is isomorphic to \(GF(2^2 = 4)\). 
    We can see this is the case as \(GF(2)[x]_{x^2 + x + 1}\) has \(4\) elements, \(\{0, 1, x, x + 1\}\), which we can basically map to \(GF(4)\) as \(\{0, 1, 2, 3\}\).

    Indeed \(1 + x = x + 1\) in \(GF(2)[x]_{x^2 + 1 + 1}\) and \(1 + 2 = 3\) which is \(x + 1\) in the isomorphism.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How do we construct a field&nbsp;\(GF(p^q)\)?
    Back We take the field&nbsp;\(GF(p)[x]_{m(x)}\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(m(x)\)&nbsp;is an irreducible polynomial of degree&nbsp;\(q\).<br><br>Then \(GF(p)[x]_{m(x)}\)&nbsp;has&nbsp;\({|F|}^q\)&nbsp;polynomials in it, as all of degree less than&nbsp;\(q\)&nbsp;are coprime to&nbsp;\(m(x)\), by definition of irreducible. <br>And this field is isomorphic to&nbsp;\(GF(p^q)\).<br><br><div> <strong>Example</strong>: The field&nbsp;\(GF(2)[x]\) \({x^2 + x + 1}\) is isomorphic to \(GF(2^2 = 4)\).&nbsp;</div><div>We can see this is the case as \(GF(2)[x]_{x^2 + x + 1}\) has \(4\) elements, \(\{0, 1, x, x + 1\}\), which we can basically map to \(GF(4)\) as \(\{0, 1, 2, 3\}\).</div><div><br></div><div>Indeed \(1 + x = x + 1\) in \(GF(2)[x]_{x^2 + 1 + 1}\) and \(1 + 2 = 3\) which is \(x + 1\) in the isomorphism.</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

    Note 2128: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: NfXydu*6p1
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures
    An operation on a set \(S\) is a function \(S^n \to S\), where \(n \ge 0\) is called the arity of the operation.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures
    An operation on a set \(S\) is a function \(S^n \to S\), where \(n \ge 0\) is called the arity of the operation.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An&nbsp;<i>operation</i>&nbsp;on a set&nbsp;\(S\)&nbsp;is {{c1::a function&nbsp;\(S^n \to S\), where&nbsp;\(n \ge 0\)&nbsp;is called the <i>arity</i> of the operation::what (include arity)?}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures

    Note 2129: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Nh5Zv7Rn9L
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    Can the resolution calculus remove two complementary literals at once?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    Can the resolution calculus remove two complementary literals at once?

    NO! The resolution calculus doesn't allow removing two complementary literals at once.

    The derivation \(\{A, \lnot B\}, \{\lnot A, B\} \vdash_{\text{res}} \emptyset\) is wrong and illegal!

    For \(A = 1\), \(B = 1\) both clauses are true, so this would derive unsatisfiability from satisfiable clauses.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Can the resolution calculus remove two complementary literals at once?
    Back <b>NO!</b> The resolution calculus <b>doesn't allow</b> removing two complementary literals at once.<br><br>The derivation&nbsp;\(\{A, \lnot B\}, \{\lnot A, B\} \vdash_{\text{res}} \emptyset\)&nbsp;is <b>wrong and illegal!</b><br><br>For&nbsp;\(A = 1\),&nbsp;\(B = 1\)&nbsp;both clauses are true, so this would derive unsatisfiability from satisfiable clauses.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

    Note 2130: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Nh8Wx6Kn4L
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::3._Brief_Discussion_of_General_Logic_Concepts
    \(F \models G\) in propositional logic means that the function table (truth table) of \(G\) contains a \(1\) for at least all arguments for which the function table of \(F\) contains a \(1\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::3._Brief_Discussion_of_General_Logic_Concepts
    \(F \models G\) in propositional logic means that the function table (truth table) of \(G\) contains a \(1\) for at least all arguments for which the function table of \(F\) contains a \(1\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text {{c2::\(F \models G\)}}&nbsp;in propositional logic means that {{c1::the function table (truth table) of&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;contains a&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;for at least all arguments for which the function table of&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;contains a&nbsp;\(1\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::3._Brief_Discussion_of_General_Logic_Concepts

    Note 2131: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ni(5U1m?zz
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::2._Russell's_Paradox
    Russell's Paradox proposes the (problematic) set \(R=\) {{c1::\(R = \{ A \mid A \notin A \}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::2._Russell's_Paradox
    Russell's Paradox proposes the (problematic) set \(R=\) {{c1::\(R = \{ A \mid A \notin A \}\)}}.

    1. Assume R contains itself
      Then R should not contain itself (because R only contains sets that do not contain themselves).
      ➜ Contradiction.
    2. Assume R does not contain itself
      Then it does meet the rule for membership in R, so it should contain itself.
      ➜ Contradiction.
    A barber that shaves all and only those men who do not shave themselves. Does he shave himself?
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Russell's Paradox proposes the (problematic) set&nbsp;\(R=\)&nbsp;{{c1::\(R = \{ A \mid A \notin A \}\)}}.
    Extra <div><ol><li> <div><b>Assume R contains itself</b><b></b></div> <div>Then R should <i>not</i> contain itself (because R only contains sets that do not contain themselves).</div> <div>➜ Contradiction.</div> </li><li> <div><b>Assume R does not contain itself</b><b></b></div> <div>Then it <i>does</i> meet the rule for membership in R, so it should contain itself.</div> <div>➜ Contradiction.</div></li></ol></div><i>A barber that shaves all and only those men who do not shave themselves. Does he shave himself?</i><br>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::2._Russell's_Paradox

    Note 2132: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ni9Xy4Rp5L
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
    In predicate logic interpretation, \(\phi\) assigns function symbols \(f\) to functions, \(\phi(f)\) is a function \(U^k \rightarrow U\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
    In predicate logic interpretation, \(\phi\) assigns function symbols \(f\) to functions, \(\phi(f)\) is a function \(U^k \rightarrow U\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In predicate logic interpretation, {{c1::\(\phi\)}} assigns {{c2::<b>function</b> symbols&nbsp;\(f\)&nbsp;to functions,&nbsp;\(\phi(f)\)&nbsp;is a function \(U^k \rightarrow U\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics

    Note 2133: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: O?~Mb}~!3:
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens
    Proof method: "Modus Ponens"

    1. Find a suitable statement \(R\).
    2.  Prove \(R\).
    3.  Prove \(R \implies S\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens
    Proof method: "Modus Ponens"

    1. Find a suitable statement \(R\).
    2.  Prove \(R\).
    3.  Prove \(R \implies S\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Proof method: "Modus Ponens"<br><br>1. {{c1:: Find a suitable statement&nbsp;\(R\).}}<div>2. {{c2::&nbsp;Prove&nbsp;\(R\).}}</div><div>3. {{c3::&nbsp;Prove&nbsp;\(R \implies S\).}}</div>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens

    Note 2134: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: OAo>])E_~&
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
    State the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic (Theorem 4.6).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
    State the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic (Theorem 4.6).

    Every positive integer can be written uniquely (up to the order of factors) as the product of primes: \[x = \prod p_i^{e_i}\]
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front State the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic (Theorem 4.6).
    Back Every positive integer can be written <strong>uniquely</strong> (up to the order of factors) as the product of primes: \[x = \prod p_i^{e_i}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic

    Note 2135: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: OR;0HVwMqM
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::2._Description_of_RSA
    Both RSA and Diffie-Hellman use modular exponentiation for their main operation.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::2._Description_of_RSA
    Both RSA and Diffie-Hellman use modular exponentiation for their main operation.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Both RSA and Diffie-Hellman use {{c1::modular exponentiation}} for their main operation.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::2._Description_of_RSA

    Note 2136: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: OZ:K%_?#ON
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring
    \(0\) is not in \(A^*\) where {{c2::\(A\) is a multiplicative algebra like \(\mathbb{Z}_{25}\)}}. Justification Included

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring
    \(0\) is not in \(A^*\) where {{c2::\(A\) is a multiplicative algebra like \(\mathbb{Z}_{25}\)}}. Justification Included

    \(\gcd(0, n) = n\) and not \(1\)!
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text \(0\)&nbsp;is {{c1::not}} in&nbsp;\(A^*\)&nbsp;where {{c2::\(A\)&nbsp;is a multiplicative algebra like&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_{25}\)}}.&nbsp;<i>Justification Included</i>
    Extra \(\gcd(0, n) = n\)&nbsp;and not&nbsp;\(1\)!
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

    Note 2137: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: O[H(W]T@Fv
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
    When is the lexicographic order on \(A \times B\) totally ordered?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
    When is the lexicographic order on \(A \times B\) totally ordered?

    When both \((A; \preceq)\) and \((B; \sqsubseteq)\) are totally ordered.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front When is the lexicographic order on \(A \times B\) totally ordered?
    Back When <strong>both</strong> \((A; \preceq)\) and \((B; \sqsubseteq)\) are totally ordered.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order

    Note 2138: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Od*A$z}#*`
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms
    For two groups \(\langle G;*;\widehat{};e\rangle\)and \(\langle H;\star;\sim;e'\rangle\), a function \(\psi: G\to H\) is called a group homomorphism if for all \(a\) and \(b\):

    \(\psi(a*b) = \psi(a)\star\psi(b)\).

    If \(\psi\) is a bijection from \(G\) to \(H\), then it is called an isomorphism.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms
    For two groups \(\langle G;*;\widehat{};e\rangle\)and \(\langle H;\star;\sim;e'\rangle\), a function \(\psi: G\to H\) is called a group homomorphism if for all \(a\) and \(b\):

    \(\psi(a*b) = \psi(a)\star\psi(b)\).

    If \(\psi\) is a bijection from \(G\) to \(H\), then it is called an isomorphism.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For two groups&nbsp;\(\langle G;*;\widehat{};e\rangle\)and&nbsp;\(\langle H;\star;\sim;e'\rangle\), a function&nbsp;\(\psi: G\to H\)&nbsp;is called a <i>group homomorphism</i>&nbsp;if for all&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(b\):<br><br>{{c1::\(\psi(a*b) = \psi(a)\star\psi(b)\)}}.<br><br>If&nbsp;\(\psi\)&nbsp;is {{c2::a bijection from&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(H\)}}, then it is called an <i>isomorphism</i>.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

    Note 2139: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: OdIrp%Y_=t
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm
    Given prime factorizations \(a = \prod_i p_i^{e_i}\) and \(b = \prod_i p_i^{f_i}\), express \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\) and \(\text{lcm}(a,b)\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm
    Given prime factorizations \(a = \prod_i p_i^{e_i}\) and \(b = \prod_i p_i^{f_i}\), express \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\) and \(\text{lcm}(a,b)\).

    \[\text{gcd}(a,b) = \prod_i p_i^{\min(e_i, f_i)}\] \[\text{lcm}(a,b) = \prod_i p_i^{\max(e_i, f_i)}\]
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Given prime factorizations \(a = \prod_i p_i^{e_i}\) and \(b = \prod_i p_i^{f_i}\), express \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\) and \(\text{lcm}(a,b)\).
    Back \[\text{gcd}(a,b) = \prod_i p_i^{\min(e_i, f_i)}\] \[\text{lcm}(a,b) = \prod_i p_i^{\max(e_i, f_i)}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm

    Note 2140: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Oi5Ty2Rp7M
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    A literal is an atomic formula or the negation of an atomic formula.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    A literal is an atomic formula or the negation of an atomic formula.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A {{c1::<i>literal</i>}} is {{c2::an atomic formula or the negation of an atomic formula}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

    Note 2141: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Oi6Kx4Tn8L
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
    Derivation/inference rule: 
    {{c1::\(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\} \vdash_R G\)::Notation}} if {{c2:: \(G\) can be derived from the set \(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\}\) by rule \(R\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
    Derivation/inference rule: 
    {{c1::\(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\} \vdash_R G\)::Notation}} if {{c2:: \(G\) can be derived from the set \(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\}\) by rule \(R\)}}.

    Formally, a derivation rule \(R\) is a relation from the power set of the set of formulas to the set of formulas.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <i>Derivation/</i><i>inference</i>&nbsp;rule:&nbsp;<br>{{c1::\(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\} \vdash_R G\)::Notation}} if {{c2::&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;can be derived from the set&nbsp;\(\{F_1, \dots, F_k\}\)&nbsp;by rule&nbsp;\(R\)}}.
    Extra Formally, a derivation rule&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;is a relation from the power set of the set of formulas to the set of formulas.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi

    Note 2142: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Oj3Xy8Rn2M
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    Skolem normal form has no existence quantifiers.
    It is equisatisfiable (not equivalent!) to the original formula.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    Skolem normal form has no existence quantifiers.
    It is equisatisfiable (not equivalent!) to the original formula.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Skolem normal form has {{c1::no existence quantifiers}}.<br>It is {{c2::<i>equisatisfiable</i> (not equivalent!)}} to the original formula.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

    Note 2143: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Oj6Zv8Tn2M
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
    In predicate logic interpretation, \(\psi\) assigns {{c2::predicate symbols \(P\) to functions, \(\psi(P)\) is a function \(U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
    In predicate logic interpretation, \(\psi\) assigns {{c2::predicate symbols \(P\) to functions, \(\psi(P)\) is a function \(U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)}}.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In predicate logic interpretation, {{c1::\(\psi\)}} assigns {{c2::<b>predicate</b> symbols&nbsp;\(P\)&nbsp;to functions,&nbsp;\(\psi(P)\)&nbsp;is a function \(U^k \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics

    Note 2144: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: OkpH]*vEZ%
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎ PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    What are the equivalence classes modulo \(m(x)\) in a polynomial field?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎ PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    What are the equivalence classes modulo \(m(x)\) in a polynomial field?


    Lemma 5.33: Congruence modulo \(m(x)\) is an equivalence relation on \(F[x]\), and each equivalence class has a unique representation of degree less than \(\deg(m(x))\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>What are the equivalence classes modulo \(m(x)\) in a polynomial field?</p>
    Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.33</strong>: Congruence modulo \(m(x)\) is an <strong>equivalence relation</strong> on \(F[x]\), and each equivalence class has a <strong>unique representation</strong> of degree less than \(\deg(m(x))\).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎ PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 2145: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ot[i#kJ>s<
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    If for two groups \(G\) and \(H\) there is a function \(\psi: G\to H\) which is an isomorphism, then we say that \(G\) and \(H\) are isomorphic and we write this as \(G \simeq H\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    If for two groups \(G\) and \(H\) there is a function \(\psi: G\to H\) which is an isomorphism, then we say that \(G\) and \(H\) are isomorphic and we write this as \(G \simeq H\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text If for two groups&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(H\)&nbsp;there is a function&nbsp;\(\psi: G\to H\)&nbsp;which is an isomorphism, then we say that {{c1::\(G\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(H\)&nbsp;are&nbsp;<i>isomorphic</i>}}&nbsp;and we write this as {{c1::\(G \simeq H\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 2146: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: OzF|Oem
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
    What kind of relation is \(\equiv_m\)? (Lemma 4.13)

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
    What kind of relation is \(\equiv_m\)? (Lemma 4.13)

    For any \(m > 1\), \(\equiv_m\) is an equivalence relation on \(\mathbb{Z}\) (reflexive, symmetric, and transitive).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What kind of relation is \(\equiv_m\)? (Lemma 4.13)
    Back For any \(m &gt; 1\), \(\equiv_m\) is an <strong>equivalence relation</strong> on \(\mathbb{Z}\) (reflexive, symmetric, and transitive).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences

    Note 2147: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: P-/!|^T*.(
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    What is a partial function \(A \to B\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    What is a partial function \(A \to B\)?

    A relation from \(A\) to \(B\) that satisfies only the well-defined property (condition 2), NOT necessarily totally defined.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is a partial function \(A \to B\)?
    Back A relation from \(A\) to \(B\) that satisfies only the <strong>well-defined</strong> property (condition 2), NOT necessarily totally defined.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 2148: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: P.B9cv;^*B
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    What is the image \(f(S)\) of a subset \(S \subseteq A\) under function \(f: A \to B\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
    What is the image \(f(S)\) of a subset \(S \subseteq A\) under function \(f: A \to B\)?

    \[f(S) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{f(a) \ | \ a \in S\}\]
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the image \(f(S)\) of a subset \(S \subseteq A\) under function \(f: A \to B\)?
    Back \[f(S) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{f(a) \ | \ a \in S\}\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

    Note 2149: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: P02nk|&p.d
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    What are the idempotence laws in propositional logic?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
    What are the idempotence laws in propositional logic?

    • \(A \land A \equiv A\)
    • \(A \lor A \equiv A\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are the idempotence laws in propositional logic?
    Back <ul> <li>\(A \land A \equiv A\)</li> <li>\(A \lor A \equiv A\)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

    Note 2150: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: P1
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::07._Existence_Proofs
    What is the difference between a constructive and non-constructive existence proof?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::07._Existence_Proofs
    What is the difference between a constructive and non-constructive existence proof?

    • Constructive: Exhibits an explicit \(a\) for which \(S_a\) is true
    • Non-constructive: Proves existence without constructing a specific example
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the difference between a constructive and non-constructive existence proof?
    Back <ul> <li><strong>Constructive</strong>: Exhibits an explicit \(a\) for which \(S_a\) is true</li> <li><strong>Non-constructive</strong>: Proves existence without constructing a specific example</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::07._Existence_Proofs

    Note 2151: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: PI2pek)9t%
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    In a group, \(a^0\) is defined as the identity element \(e\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    In a group, \(a^0\) is defined as the identity element \(e\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>In a group, \({{c1::a^0}}\) is defined as the {{c2::identity element&nbsp;\(e\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    Note 2152: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: PLw>#T/cN`
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups
    Lagrange's theorem: If \(G\) is a finite group and \(H\) is a subgroup, then the order of \(H\) divides the order of \(G\), i.e. \(|H|\) divides \(|G|\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups
    Lagrange's theorem: If \(G\) is a finite group and \(H\) is a subgroup, then the order of \(H\) divides the order of \(G\), i.e. \(|H|\) divides \(|G|\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Lagrange's theorem: If&nbsp;\(G\) is a finite group and&nbsp;\(H\) is a subgroup, then {{c1::the order of&nbsp;\(H\) divides the order of&nbsp;\(G\), i.e.&nbsp;\(|H|\) divides&nbsp;\(|G|\).}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

    Note 2153: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: PU}Z|agcHs
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    For a finite group \(G\), \(|G|\) is called the order of \(G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    For a finite group \(G\), \(|G|\) is called the order of \(G\).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text <p>For a finite group \(G\), {{c1::\(|G|\)}} is called the {{c2::order of \(G\)}}.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

    Note 2154: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Pg13FEy@4+
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns PlsFix::DELETE
    What are the 7 main proof patterns covered in the course?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns PlsFix::DELETE
    What are the 7 main proof patterns covered in the course?

    1. Direct proof 2. Indirect proof (contraposition) 3. Modus ponens 4. Case distinction 5. Contradiction 6. Existence proof 7. Induction
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What are the 7 main proof patterns covered in the course?
    Back 1. Direct proof 2. Indirect proof (contraposition) 3. Modus ponens 4. Case distinction 5. Contradiction 6. Existence proof 7. Induction
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns PlsFix::DELETE

    Note 2155: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Pi%FwZEpJz
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
    For any formulas \(F\) and \(G\), \(F \rightarrow G\) is a tautology if and only if \(F \models G\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
    For any formulas \(F\) and \(G\), \(F \rightarrow G\) is a tautology if and only if \(F \models G\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text For any formulas&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\), {{c1::\(F \rightarrow G\)}}&nbsp;is a tautology&nbsp;<strong>if and only if</strong>&nbsp;{{c2::\(F \models G\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability

    Note 2156: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Pj+hP=zmjl
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    \(\alpha \in F\) is a root of \(a(x)\) if and only if:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    \(\alpha \in F\) is a root of \(a(x)\) if and only if:


    \((x - \alpha)\) divides \(a(x)\).

    Corollary: An irreducible polynomial of degree \(\geq 2\) has no roots.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>\(\alpha \in F\) is a root of \(a(x)\) <em>if and only if</em>:</p>
    Back <p>\((x - \alpha)\) divides \(a(x)\).</p> <p><strong>Corollary</strong>: An <strong>irreducible</strong> polynomial of degree \(\geq 2\) has <strong>no roots</strong>.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

    Note 2157: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Pj6Xy8Kn7N
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    The resolution calculus is sound, i.e. if {{c2::\(\mathcal{K} \vdash_{Res} K\)}}, then {{c2::\(\mathcal{K} \models K\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    The resolution calculus is sound, i.e. if {{c2::\(\mathcal{K} \vdash_{Res} K\)}}, then {{c2::\(\mathcal{K} \models K\)}}.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The resolution calculus is {{c1::<i>sound</i>}}, i.e. if {{c2::\(\mathcal{K} \vdash_{Res} K\)}}, then {{c2::\(\mathcal{K} \models K\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

    Note 2158: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Pj9Uz7Wm3N
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    A formula is in conjunctive normal form (CNF) if it is a {{c2::conjunction of disjunctions of literals: \[(L_{11} \lor \dots \lor L_{1m_1}) \land \dots \land (L_{n1} \lor \dots \lor L_{nm_n})\]}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    A formula is in conjunctive normal form (CNF) if it is a {{c2::conjunction of disjunctions of literals: \[(L_{11} \lor \dots \lor L_{1m_1}) \land \dots \land (L_{n1} \lor \dots \lor L_{nm_n})\]}}
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A formula is in {{c1::<i>conjunctive normal form</i> (CNF)}} if it is a {{c2::conjunction of disjunctions of literals: \[(L_{11} \lor \dots \lor L_{1m_1}) \land \dots \land (L_{n1} \lor \dots \lor L_{nm_n})\]}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

    Note 2159: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: PjfIvXynOi
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Which group operations work for \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) and \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Which group operations work for \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) and \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)?


    \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)
    \(\oplus\) Yes (forms a group) No
    \(\odot\) No Yes (forms a group)

    Key point: \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) with addition \(\oplus\) is a group. \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) (coprime elements) with multiplication \(\odot\) is a group.

    \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) is not a group under addition b/c it doesn't contain the neutral element 0.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Which group operations work for \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) and \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)?</p>
    Back <table> <thead> <tr> <th></th> <th>\(\mathbb{Z}_m\)</th> <th>\(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)</th> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td>\(\oplus\)</td> <td><strong>Yes</strong> (forms a group)</td> <td>No</td> </tr> <tr> <td>\(\odot\)</td> <td>No</td> <td><strong>Yes</strong> (forms a group)</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> <p><strong>Key point</strong>: \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) with addition \(\oplus\) is a group. \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) (coprime elements) with multiplication \(\odot\) is a group.</p><p>\(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)&nbsp;is not a group under addition b/c&nbsp;it doesn't contain the neutral element 0.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

    Note 2160: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Pk2Wn8Yv4L
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::1._The_General_Goal_of_Logic
    The goal of logic is to provide a specific proof system with which we can express a very large class of mathematical statements in \(\mathcal{S}\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::1._The_General_Goal_of_Logic
    The goal of logic is to provide a specific proof system with which we can express a very large class of mathematical statements in \(\mathcal{S}\).

    However, it's never possible to create a proof system that captures all such statements, especially self-referential statements.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The goal of logic is to provide a {{c1::specific proof system}} with which we can express {{c2::a very large class of mathematical statements}} in&nbsp;\(\mathcal{S}\).
    Extra However, it's never possible to create a proof system that captures <i>all</i> such statements, especially self-referential statements.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::1._The_General_Goal_of_Logic

    Note 2161: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Pk3Ww5Kp9N
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
    In predicate logic interpretation, \(\xi\) assigns variable symbols to values in \(U\): \(\xi : Z \rightarrow U\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
    In predicate logic interpretation, \(\xi\) assigns variable symbols to values in \(U\): \(\xi : Z \rightarrow U\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In predicate logic interpretation, {{c1::\(\xi\)}} assigns {{c2::<b>variable</b> symbols to values in&nbsp;\(U\): \(\xi : Z \rightarrow U\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics

    Note 2162: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Pk8Zv5Tp9N
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    The Skolem transformation works by replacing all variables bound to an \(\exists\) by a function whose arguments are the universally quantified variables that precede it.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    The Skolem transformation works by replacing all variables bound to an \(\exists\) by a function whose arguments are the universally quantified variables that precede it.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The Skolem transformation works by {{c1::replacing all variables <i>bound to an&nbsp;\(\exists\)</i> by a function}} whose arguments are {{c2::the universally quantified variables that precede it}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

    Note 2163: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Pm0iLHpE%M
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    The symbol  \(\top\) denotes tautology.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    The symbol  \(\top\) denotes tautology.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The symbol {{c1::&nbsp;\(\top\)}} denotes {{c2:: tautology}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

    Note 2164: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Pmsd]lM3W/
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
    In any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\), and for all \(a, b \in R\) \((-a)(-b) = \) \(ab\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
    In any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\), and for all \(a, b \in R\) \((-a)(-b) = \) \(ab\).

    \((−a)(−b)=−(a(−b))=−(−(ab))=ab\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text In&nbsp;any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\),&nbsp;and for all \(a, b \in R\)&nbsp;\((-a)(-b) = \)&nbsp;{{c1::\(ab\)}}.
    Extra \((−a)(−b)=−(a(−b))=−(−(ab))=ab\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

    Note 2165: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Po:;E1|!W;
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    A polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) with degree at least \(1\) is called irreducible if it is divisible only by:

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    A polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) with degree at least \(1\) is called irreducible if it is divisible only by:


    • Constant polynomials (\(\deg = 0\))
    • Constant multiples \(a(x)\) (itself)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>A polynomial \(a(x) \in F[x]\) with degree at least \(1\) is called irreducible if it is divisible only by:</p>
    Back <ul> <li>Constant polynomials (\(\deg = 0\))</li> <li>Constant multiples \(a(x)\) (itself)</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

    Note 2166: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Pq[u}J3gBK
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
    A ring is called commutative if \(ab = ba\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
    A ring is called commutative if \(ab = ba\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A ring is called {{c1::commutative}} if&nbsp;{{c2::\(ab = ba\).}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

    Note 2167: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Pw8Zq3Bn5V
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    A formula \(F\) (or a set \(M\)) is called satisfiable if there exists a model for \(F\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    A formula \(F\) (or a set \(M\)) is called satisfiable if there exists a model for \(F\).

    It's unsatisfiable otherwise: denoted \(\perp\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;(or a set&nbsp;\(M\)) is called {{c1::<i>satisfiable</i>}} if {{c2::there exists a model for&nbsp;\(F\)}}.
    Extra It's <b>unsatisfiable</b> otherwise: denoted&nbsp;\(\perp\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

    Note 2168: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Pz>]O?kRm)
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    It follows from the respective definitions that \(\gcd(a,b) \cdot \text{lcm}(a,b) =\)  \(ab\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    It follows from the respective definitions that \(\gcd(a,b) \cdot \text{lcm}(a,b) =\)  \(ab\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text It follows from the respective definitions that&nbsp;\(\gcd(a,b) \cdot \text{lcm}(a,b) =\)&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(ab\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 2169: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Q,]Hshe7A7
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
    How is the direct product \((A; \preceq) \times (B; \sqsubseteq)\) defined?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
    How is the direct product \((A; \preceq) \times (B; \sqsubseteq)\) defined?

    The set \(A \times B\) with relation \(\leq\) defined by: \[(a_1, b_1) \leq (a_2, b_2) \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} a_1 \preceq a_2 \land b_1 \sqsubseteq b_2\]
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How is the direct product \((A; \preceq) \times (B; \sqsubseteq)\) defined?
    Back The set \(A \times B\) with relation \(\leq\) defined by: \[(a_1, b_1) \leq (a_2, b_2) \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} a_1 \preceq a_2 \land b_1 \sqsubseteq b_2\]
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order

    Note 2170: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Q9H=Tu9vHf
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    For any commutative ring \(R\), \(R[x]\) is a?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    For any commutative ring \(R\), \(R[x]\) is a?


    Theorem 5.21: For any commutative ring \(R\), \(R[x]\) is a commutative ring.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>For any <em>commutative ring</em> \(R\), \(R[x]\) is a?</p>
    Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.21</strong>: For any <strong>commutative</strong> ring \(R\), \(R[x]\) is a <strong>commutative ring</strong>.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

    Note 2171: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Q;AJBWzP3u
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    A formula is unsatisfiable if it is never true under any truth assignment. Denoted as \(\perp\).

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
    A formula is unsatisfiable if it is never true under any truth assignment. Denoted as \(\perp\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A formula is {{c1:: unsatisfiable}} if it {{c2:: is&nbsp;<strong>never</strong>&nbsp;true under any truth assignment. Denoted as&nbsp;\(\perp\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

    Note 2172: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: QHq8d__[K&
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
    How is composition of relations represented in matrix and graph form?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
    How is composition of relations represented in matrix and graph form?

    • Matrix: Matrix multiplication
    • Graph: Natural composition - there's a path from \(a\) to \(c\) if there's a path \(a \to b\) in graph 1 and \(b \to c\) in graph 2
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front How is composition of relations represented in matrix and graph form?
    Back <ul> <li><strong>Matrix</strong>: Matrix multiplication</li> <li><strong>Graph</strong>: Natural composition - there's a path from \(a\) to \(c\) if there's a path \(a \to b\) in graph 1 and \(b \to c\) in graph 2</li> </ul>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations

    Note 2173: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: QJpd=j`ODU
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What is the image (or range) of a function \(f: A \to B\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
    What is the image (or range) of a function \(f: A \to B\)?

    The subset \(f(A)\) of \(B\), also denoted \(\text{Im}(f)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the image (or range) of a function \(f: A \to B\)?
    Back The subset \(f(A)\) of \(B\), also denoted \(\text{Im}(f)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE

    Note 2174: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: QJze`vq8.0
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    Which of the following are integral domains: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_6, \mathbb{Z}_7\)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    Which of the following are integral domains: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_6, \mathbb{Z}_7\)?


    Integral domains: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_7\) (where \(7\) is prime)

    Not integral domains: \(\mathbb{Z}_6\) (since \(6\) is not prime)

    Explanation: \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) is an integral domain if and only if \(m\) is prime. For \(\mathbb{Z}_6\), we have \(2 \cdot 3 \equiv_6 0\), so \(2\) and \(3\) are zerodivisors.

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>Which of the following are integral domains: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_6, \mathbb{Z}_7\)?</p>
    Back <p><strong>Integral domains</strong>: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{Q}, \mathbb{R}, \mathbb{C}, \mathbb{Z}_7\) (where \(7\) is prime)</p> <p><strong>Not integral domains</strong>: \(\mathbb{Z}_6\) (since \(6\) is not prime)</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) is an integral domain if and only if \(m\) is prime. For \(\mathbb{Z}_6\), we have \(2 \cdot 3 \equiv_6 0\), so \(2\) and \(3\) are zerodivisors.</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

    Note 2175: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: QS$4YdV.SM
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring
    An element \(u\) of a ring is called a unit if \(u\) {{c2::is invertible, so \(uu^{-1} = u^{-1}u = 1\).}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring
    An element \(u\) of a ring is called a unit if \(u\) {{c2::is invertible, so \(uu^{-1} = u^{-1}u = 1\).}}

    Example: Units of \(\mathbb{Z}\) are \(-1, 1\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text An element \(u\) of a ring is called a {{c1::unit}} if&nbsp;\(u\) {{c2::is invertible, so&nbsp;\(uu^{-1} = u^{-1}u = 1\).}}
    Extra Example: Units of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}\) are&nbsp;\(-1, 1\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

    Note 2176: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: QUR}wUg]J-
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    State Theorem 5.23 about when \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    State Theorem 5.23 about when \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field.


    Theorem 5.23: \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field if and only if \(p\) is prime.

    Explanation: When \(p\) is prime, every non-zero element is coprime to \(p\) and thus has a multiplicative inverse. When \(p\) is composite, there exist elements without inverses (the factors of \(p\)).

    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front <p>State Theorem 5.23 about when \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field.</p>
    Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.23</strong>: \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field <strong>if and only if</strong> \(p\) is prime.</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: When \(p\) is prime, every non-zero element is coprime to \(p\) and thus has a multiplicative inverse. When \(p\) is composite, there exist elements without inverses (the factors of \(p\)).</p>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

    Note 2177: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Qk3Zv5Rp4O
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    What is the proof idea for the soundness of the resolution calculus (Lemma 6.5)?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
    What is the proof idea for the soundness of the resolution calculus (Lemma 6.5)?

    If \(\mathcal{A}\) models the set \(K_1, K_2\) then it makes at least one literal in both true.

    Case distinction:
    - If \(\mathcal{A}(L) = 1\), then \(K_2\) (which has \(\lnot L\)) must have at least one other literal that evaluates to true, so the union (resolvent) is also true
    - Similarly for \(\mathcal{A}(L) = 0\)
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front What is the proof idea for the soundness of the resolution calculus (Lemma 6.5)?
    Back If&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}\)&nbsp;models the set&nbsp;\(K_1, K_2\)&nbsp;then it makes at least one literal in both true. <br><br>Case distinction:<br>- If&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}(L) = 1\), then&nbsp;\(K_2\)&nbsp;(which has&nbsp;\(\lnot L\)) must have at least one other literal that evaluates to true, so the union (resolvent) is also true<br>- Similarly for&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}(L) = 0\)
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

    Note 2178: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Qk6Vx4Tn8O
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    A formula is in disjunctive normal form (DNF) if it is a {{c2::disjunction of conjunctions of literals: \[(L_{11} \land \dots \land L_{1m_1}) \lor \dots \lor (L_{n1} \land \dots \land L_{nm_n})\]}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
    A formula is in disjunctive normal form (DNF) if it is a {{c2::disjunction of conjunctions of literals: \[(L_{11} \land \dots \land L_{1m_1}) \lor \dots \lor (L_{n1} \land \dots \land L_{nm_n})\]}}
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text A formula is in {{c1::<i>disjunctive normal form</i> (DNF)}} if it is a {{c2::disjunction of conjunctions of literals: \[(L_{11} \land \dots \land L_{1m_1}) \lor \dots \lor (L_{n1} \land \dots \land L_{nm_n})\]}}
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

    Note 2179: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Qk9Nz5Bw4H
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
    The application of a derivation rule \(R\) to a set \(M\) of formulas means:
    1. Select a subset \(N\) of \(M\) such that \(N \vdash_R G\) for some formula \(G\)
    2. {{c2::Add \(G\) to the set \(M\) (i.e., replace \(M\) by \(M \cup \{G\}\))}}

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
    The application of a derivation rule \(R\) to a set \(M\) of formulas means:
    1. Select a subset \(N\) of \(M\) such that \(N \vdash_R G\) for some formula \(G\)
    2. {{c2::Add \(G\) to the set \(M\) (i.e., replace \(M\) by \(M \cup \{G\}\))}}
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text The <i>application of a derivation rule</i>&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;to a set&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;of formulas means:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Select a subset&nbsp;\(N\)&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(N \vdash_R G\)&nbsp;for some formula&nbsp;\(G\)}}</li><li>{{c2::Add&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;to the set&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;(i.e., replace&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;by&nbsp;\(M \cup \{G\}\))}}</li></ol>
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi

    Note 2180: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Classic
    GUID: Ql5Ww2Kn4O
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    Why do we replace \(\exists x\) in \(\exists x f(x)\) with a constant \(a\) in Skolem normal form?

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
    Why do we replace \(\exists x\) in \(\exists x f(x)\) with a constant \(a\) in Skolem normal form?

    If the \(\exists\) is the first quantifier in the formula, then it doesn't depend on anything, and we can just replace it by a constant function \(a\) that always returns the \(x\) for which our formula is true: \(\exists x f(x) \equiv f(a)\).
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Front Why do we replace&nbsp;\(\exists x\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(\exists x f(x)\)&nbsp;with a constant&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;in Skolem normal form?
    Back If the&nbsp;\(\exists\)&nbsp;is the first quantifier in the formula, then it <b>doesn't depend on anything</b>, and we can just replace it by a constant function&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;that always returns the&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;for which our formula is true:&nbsp;\(\exists x f(x) \equiv f(a)\).
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

    Note 2181: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Ql8Xy2Rn4O
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
    Under interpretation \(P, U, x, f\) become {{c1:: \(P^\mathcal{A}\), \(U^\mathcal{A}\), \(x^\mathcal{A} = \xi(x)\) and \(f^\mathcal{A}\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
    Under interpretation \(P, U, x, f\) become {{c1:: \(P^\mathcal{A}\), \(U^\mathcal{A}\), \(x^\mathcal{A} = \xi(x)\) and \(f^\mathcal{A}\)}}.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Under interpretation&nbsp;\(P, U, x, f\)&nbsp;become {{c1::&nbsp;\(P^\mathcal{A}\),&nbsp;\(U^\mathcal{A}\),&nbsp;\(x^\mathcal{A} = \xi(x)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(f^\mathcal{A}\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics

    Note 2182: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Qm3Pv6Wt8N
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    Semantics Prop. Logic: {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}((F \land G)) = 1\) }} if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\) and \(\mathcal{A}(G) = 1\)}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
    Semantics Prop. Logic: {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}((F \land G)) = 1\) }} if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\) and \(\mathcal{A}(G) = 1\)}}.
    Field-by-field Comparison
    Field Before After
    Text Semantics Prop. Logic:&nbsp;{{c2::\(\mathcal{A}((F \land G)) = 1\)&nbsp;}} if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\)&nbsp;<i>and</i> \(\mathcal{A}(G) = 1\)}}.
    Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

    Note 2183: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

    Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
    Note Type: Horvath Cloze
    GUID: Qn4Vs7Ck2H
    added

    Previous

    Note did not exist

    New Note

    Front

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
    An interpretation consists of {{c1::a set \(\mathcal{Z} \subseteq \Lambda\) of \(\Lambda\)}}, {{c2::a domain (a set of possible values) for each symbol in \(\mathcal{Z}\)}}, and {{c3::a function that assigns to each symbol in \(\mathcal{Z}\) a value in the associated domain}}.

    Back

    ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
    An interpretation consists of {{c1::a set \(\mathcal{Z} \subseteq \Lambda\) of \(\Lambda\)}}, {{c2::a domain (a set of possible values) for each symbol in \(\mathcal{Z}\)}}, and {{c3::a function that assigns to each symbol in \(\mathcal{Z}\) a value in the associated domain}}.

    1. A set of symbols \(\mathcal{Z} \subseteq \Lambda\)
      • \(\Lambda\) is the "alphabet" or collection of all available symbols
      • \(\mathcal{Z}\) is the subset of symbols we're actually interpreting
    2. A domain for each symbol
      • For each symbol in \(\mathcal{Z}\), there's a set of possible values it could take
      • Often the domain is defined in terms of the universe \(U\) where a symbol can be a function, predicate or element of \(U\).
      • An assignment function
        • For each symbol in \(\mathcal{Z}\), the function picks one specific value from its domain
        • This gives meaning to each symbol
      An interpretation can be described either as
      • one big assignment function over typed symbols, or
      • a structured tuple that spells out those assignments separately.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text An <i>interpretation</i> consists of {{c1::a set&nbsp;\(\mathcal{Z} \subseteq \Lambda\)&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(\Lambda\)}}, {{c2::a domain&nbsp;(a set of possible values) for each symbol in&nbsp;\(\mathcal{Z}\)}}, and {{c3::a function that assigns to each symbol in&nbsp;\(\mathcal{Z}\)&nbsp;a value in the associated domain}}.
      Extra <ol><li><b>A set of symbols</b> \(\mathcal{Z} \subseteq \Lambda\)<ul> <li>\(\Lambda\)&nbsp;is the "alphabet" or collection of all available symbols </li> <li>\(\mathcal{Z}\)&nbsp;is the subset of symbols we're actually interpreting </li> </ul> </li> <li><b>A domain for each symbol</b> <ul> <li>For each symbol in&nbsp;\(\mathcal{Z}\), there's a set of possible values it could take </li> <li>Often the domain is defined in terms of the&nbsp;<i>universe</i>&nbsp;\(U\)&nbsp;where a symbol can be a function, predicate or element of&nbsp;\(U\).<br><ol></ol></li> </ul> </li> <li><b>An assignment function</b> </li><ul> <li>For each symbol in \(\mathcal{Z}\), the function picks one specific value from its domain </li> <li>This gives meaning to each symbol</li></ul></ol><b>An interpretation can be described either as</b><br><ul><li>one big assignment function over typed symbols,<b> or</b><br></li><li>a structured tuple that spells out those assignments separately.</li></ul><ol> <h2></h2></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation

      Note 2184: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Qzp().;[`~
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) symmetric?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) symmetric?

      When \(a \ \rho \ b \Longleftrightarrow b \ \rho \ a\) for all \(a, b \in A\), i.e., \(\rho = \hat{\rho}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) symmetric?
      Back When \(a \ \rho \ b \Longleftrightarrow b \ \rho \ a\) for all \(a, b \in A\), i.e., \(\rho = \hat{\rho}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

      Note 2185: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Q{f*UJkPmo
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Relations::FS24
      Relation and function composition is associative.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Relations::FS24
      Relation and function composition is associative.

      This is important as \((\rho \circ \tau) \circ (\rho \circ \tau) = \rho \circ (\tau \circ \rho) \circ \tau\) is really useful in some exercises.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Relation and function composition is {{c1::associative}}.
      Extra This is important as&nbsp;\((\rho \circ \tau) \circ (\rho \circ \tau) = \rho \circ (\tau \circ \rho) \circ \tau\)&nbsp;is really useful in some exercises.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Relations::FS24

      Note 2186: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Q~CcPI;l0U
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      In a cyclic group, the inverse of \(a^n\) is {{c2::\(a^{-n}\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      In a cyclic group, the inverse of \(a^n\) is {{c2::\(a^{-n}\)}}.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>In a cyclic group, the {{c1::inverse}} of \(a^n\) is {{c2::\(a^{-n}\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      Note 2187: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Rl3Wy9Kp5P
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      Every formula is equivalent to a formula in CNF and also to a formula in DNF.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      Every formula is equivalent to a formula in CNF and also to a formula in DNF.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Every formula is {{c1::equivalent}} to a formula in {{c2::CNF and also to a formula in DNF}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

      Note 2188: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Rl7Hx3Cp6T
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
      A (logical) calculus \(K\) is a {{c2::finite set of derivation rules: \(K = \{R_1, \dots, R_m\}\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
      A (logical) calculus \(K\) is a {{c2::finite set of derivation rules: \(K = \{R_1, \dots, R_m\}\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A (logical) {{c1::<i>calculus</i>&nbsp;\(K\)}} is a {{c2::finite set of derivation rules: \(K = \{R_1, \dots, R_m\}\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi

      Note 2189: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Rl8Ww2Tn9P
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
      A set \(M\) of formulas is unsatisfiable if and only if {{c2::\(\mathcal{K}(M) \vdash_{Res} \emptyset\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
      A set \(M\) of formulas is unsatisfiable if and only if {{c2::\(\mathcal{K}(M) \vdash_{Res} \emptyset\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A set&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;of formulas is {{c1::unsatisfiable}} if and only if {{c2::\(\mathcal{K}(M) \vdash_{Res} \emptyset\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

      Note 2190: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Rm9Xy7Rp8P
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
      What is the Skolem transformation of \(\forall s \exists t \forall x \forall y \exists z F(s, t, x, y, z)\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
      What is the Skolem transformation of \(\forall s \exists t \forall x \forall y \exists z F(s, t, x, y, z)\)?

      \[\forall s \forall x \forall y F(s, f(s), x, y, g(s, x, y))\]

      The \(t\) depends only on \(s\), so it becomes \(f(s)\). The \(z\) depends on \(s\), \(x\), and \(y\), so it becomes \(g(s, x, y)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the Skolem transformation of&nbsp;\(\forall s \exists t \forall x \forall y \exists z F(s, t, x, y, z)\)?
      Back \[\forall s \forall x \forall y F(s, f(s), x, y, g(s, x, y))\]<br><br>The&nbsp;\(t\)&nbsp;depends only on&nbsp;\(s\), so it becomes&nbsp;\(f(s)\). The&nbsp;\(z\)&nbsp;depends on&nbsp;\(s\),&nbsp;\(x\), and&nbsp;\(y\), so it becomes&nbsp;\(g(s, x, y)\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

      Note 2191: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Rn8Lt4Cv2K
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
      Semantics Prop. Logic: {{c2:: \(\mathcal{A}((F \lor G)) = 1\)}} if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\) or \(\mathcal{A}(G) = 1\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
      Semantics Prop. Logic: {{c2:: \(\mathcal{A}((F \lor G)) = 1\)}} if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\) or \(\mathcal{A}(G) = 1\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Semantics Prop. Logic: {{c2::&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}((F \lor G)) = 1\)}}&nbsp;if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\)&nbsp;<i>or</i> \(\mathcal{A}(G) = 1\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

      Note 2192: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Rt6Kv4Nx8Q
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
      A formula \(G\) is a logical consequence of a formula \(F\) (or a set \(M\)), denoted \(F \models G\), if every interpretation suitable for both \(F\) and \(G\) which is a model for \(F\) is also a model for \(G\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
      A formula \(G\) is a logical consequence of a formula \(F\) (or a set \(M\)), denoted \(F \models G\), if every interpretation suitable for both \(F\) and \(G\) which is a model for \(F\) is also a model for \(G\).

      \(F\) model for \(G\) means:  \(\mathcal{A} \models F \implies \mathcal{A} \models G\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A formula&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is a {{c1::<i>logical consequence</i>}} of a formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;(or a set&nbsp;\(M\)), denoted {{c1::\(F \models G\)}}, if {{c2::every interpretation suitable for both&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;which is a model for&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is also a model for&nbsp;\(G\)}}.
      Extra \(F\)&nbsp;model for&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;means:&nbsp;&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A} \models F \implies \mathcal{A} \models G\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

      Note 2193: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: S^AYekncO
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      We use {{c1::\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\)}} as our standard notation for cyclic groups of order \(n\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      We use {{c1::\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\)}} as our standard notation for cyclic groups of order \(n\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>We use {{c1::\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\)}} as our standard notation for cyclic groups of order \(n\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Note 2194: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Sm4Wv8Ry9M
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
      A derivation of a formula \(G\) from a set \(M\) of formulas in a calculus \(K\) is a finite sequence (of some length \(n\)) of applications of rules in \(K\), leading to \(G\) denoted  \(M \vdash_K G\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
      A derivation of a formula \(G\) from a set \(M\) of formulas in a calculus \(K\) is a finite sequence (of some length \(n\)) of applications of rules in \(K\), leading to \(G\) denoted  \(M \vdash_K G\).

      More precisely: \(M_0 := M\), \(M_i := M_{i-1} \cup \{G_i\}\) for \(1 \leq i \leq n\), where \(N \vdash_R G_i\) for some \(N \subseteq M_{i-1}\) and for some \(R_j \in K\), and where \(G_n = G\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A <i>derivation</i> of a formula&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;from a set&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;of formulas in a calculus&nbsp;\(K\)&nbsp;is a {{c1::finite sequence (of some length&nbsp;\(n\)) of applications of rules in&nbsp;\(K\), leading to&nbsp;\(G\)}} denoted {{c2::&nbsp;\(M \vdash_K G\)}}.
      Extra More precisely: \(M_0 := M\), \(M_i := M_{i-1} \cup \{G_i\}\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(1 \leq i \leq n\), where&nbsp;\(N \vdash_R G_i\)&nbsp;for some&nbsp;\(N \subseteq M_{i-1}\)&nbsp;and for some&nbsp;\(R_j \in K\), and where&nbsp;\(G_n = G\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi

      Note 2195: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Sm5Xy7Kp3Q
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
      Proof Idea Resolution Calculus complete (regard to unsatisfiability):

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
      Proof Idea Resolution Calculus complete (regard to unsatisfiability):

      Proof by induction on \(n\) literals:
      • Base case (n=1): Only one unsatisfiable set for 1 literal: \(\{\{A_1\}, \{\lnot A_1\}\}\)
      • Inductive step: Remove \(A_{n+1}\)/\(\lnot A_{n+1}\) from all formulas, producing two sets \(\mathcal{K}_1\)/\(\mathcal{K}_0\)
      • Apply I.H. to derive \(\emptyset\) in each (if unsatisfiable)
      • Add literals back: get derivations for \(\{A_{n+1}\}\) and \(\{\lnot A_{n+1}\}\), which resolve to \(\emptyset\)
      • (It could also be that we didn't use the literals in the derivations, then we're done immediately)

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Proof Idea Resolution Calculus complete (regard to unsatisfiability):
      Back <b>Proof by induction on&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;literals:</b><br><ul><li><b>Base case (n=1):</b> Only one unsatisfiable set for 1 literal:&nbsp;\(\{\{A_1\}, \{\lnot A_1\}\}\)</li><li><b>Inductive step:</b> Remove&nbsp;\(A_{n+1}\)/\(\lnot A_{n+1}\)&nbsp;from all formulas, producing two sets&nbsp;\(\mathcal{K}_1\)/\(\mathcal{K}_0\)</li><li>Apply I.H. to derive&nbsp;\(\emptyset\)&nbsp;in each (if unsatisfiable)</li><li>Add literals back: get derivations for&nbsp;\(\{A_{n+1}\}\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(\{\lnot A_{n+1}\}\), which resolve to&nbsp;\(\emptyset\)</li><li>(It could also be that we didn't use the literals in the derivations, then we're done immediately)</li></ul><br>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

      Note 2196: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Sm8Xz2Vn4Q
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
      How do you construct a CNF formula from a truth table?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
      How do you construct a CNF formula from a truth table?

      For every row evaluating to 0:
      1. Take the disjunction of \(n\) literals
      2. If \(A_i = 0\) in the row, take \(A_i\)
      3. If \(A_i = 1\) in the row, take \(\lnot A_i\)
      4. Then take the conjunction of all these rows

      This works because \(F\) is \(0\) exactly if every single disjunction is true, which is the case by construction.

      ---

      \(F\) should evaluate to true if we don't have the first zero row, not the second zero row, and so on. De Morgan flips the conjunction of the literals to a disjunction and adds the negation.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How do you construct a CNF formula from a truth table?
      Back For every row evaluating to <b>0</b>:<br>1. Take the <i>disjunction</i> of&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;literals<br>2. If&nbsp;\(A_i = 0\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(A_i\)<br>3. If&nbsp;\(A_i = 1\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(\lnot A_i\)<br>4. Then take the <i>conjunction</i> of all these rows<br><br>This works because&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(0\)&nbsp;exactly if every single disjunction is true, which is the case by construction.<br><br>---<br><br>\(F\)&nbsp;should evaluate to true if we don't have the first zero row,&nbsp;not the second zero row, and so on. De Morgan flips the conjunction of the literals to a disjunction and adds the negation.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE

      Note 2197: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Sv5Wz7Jq9Y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
      Semantics Prop. Logic: {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}(\lnot F) = 1\)}} if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 0\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
      Semantics Prop. Logic: {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}(\lnot F) = 1\)}} if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 0\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Semantics Prop. Logic:&nbsp;{{c2::\(\mathcal{A}(\lnot F) = 1\)}}&nbsp;if and only if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 0\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

      Note 2198: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Tn2Bx6Km4H
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
      \(F \land F\)  \(\equiv\)  \( F\) and \(F \lor F\)  \(\equiv\)  \( F\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
      \(F \land F\)  \(\equiv\)  \( F\) and \(F \lor F\)  \(\equiv\)  \( F\).

      (idempotence)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c1::\(F \land F\)&nbsp;::<i>idempotence</i>}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp;\( F\)}}&nbsp;and {{c1::\(F \lor F\)&nbsp;::<i>idempotence</i>}}&nbsp;\(\equiv\)&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp;\( F\)}}.
      Extra (idempotence)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

      Note 2199: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Tn5Yw7Rp3R
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      For CNF construction from truth table, which rows do you use?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      For CNF construction from truth table, which rows do you use?

      Rows evaluating to 0.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front For CNF construction from truth table, which rows do you use?
      Back Rows evaluating to <b>0</b>.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

      Note 2200: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Tn5Zq2Lw7P
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
      We write \(M \vdash_K G\) if there is a derivation of \(G\) from \(M\) in the calculus \(K\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi
      We write \(M \vdash_K G\) if there is a derivation of \(G\) from \(M\) in the calculus \(K\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We write {{c1::\(M \vdash_K G\)}} if there is a {{c2::<i>derivation</i> of&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;from&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;in the calculus&nbsp;\(K\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi

      Note 2201: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Tn9Zv4Rn8R
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
      How do you prove \(M \models F\) using the resolution calculus?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic
      How do you prove \(M \models F\) using the resolution calculus?

      Show that \(M \cup \{\lnot F\} \vdash_{\text{res}} \emptyset\).

      This works by Lemma 6.3: \(M \models F\) is equivalent to \(M \cup \{\lnot F\}\) being unsatisfiable.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How do you prove&nbsp;\(M \models F\)&nbsp;using the resolution calculus?
      Back Show that&nbsp;\(M \cup \{\lnot F\} \vdash_{\text{res}} \emptyset\).<br><br>This works by Lemma 6.3:&nbsp;\(M \models F\)&nbsp;is equivalent to&nbsp;\(M \cup \{\lnot F\}\)&nbsp;being unsatisfiable.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::5._The_Resolution_Calculus_for_Propositional_Logic

      Note 2202: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: To3Ww9Kp2R
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules
      Why does universal instantiation work?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules
      Why does universal instantiation work?

      We can eliminate the quantifier by replacing \(x\) by one specific \(t\). As \(F\) is true for all \(x\), this holds for the free variable \(t\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Why does universal instantiation work?
      Back We can eliminate the quantifier by replacing&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;by one specific&nbsp;\(t\). As&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is true for all&nbsp;\(x\), this holds for the free variable&nbsp;\(t\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::8._Derivation_Rules

      Note 2203: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Uo6Xt9Km4N
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      Rule: \(\{F \land G\} \vdash_R F\) can be instantiated with ... in a derivation rule:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      Rule: \(\{F \land G\} \vdash_R F\) can be instantiated with ... in a derivation rule:

      more complex formulas, ex: \(\{(A \lor B) \land (C \lor B)\} \vdash_R A \lor B\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Rule:&nbsp;\(\{F \land G\} \vdash_R F\)&nbsp;can be instantiated with ... in a derivation rule:
      Back more&nbsp;<b>complex formulas</b>, ex:&nbsp;\(\{(A \lor B) \land (C \lor B)\} \vdash_R A \lor B\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::2._Hilbert-Style_Calculi PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2204: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Uo9Xv4Km8S
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      For CNF construction, how do you form literals from a row in the truth table?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      For CNF construction, how do you form literals from a row in the truth table?

      - If \(A_i = 0\) in the row, take \(A_i\)
      - If \(A_i = 1\) in the row, take \(\lnot A_i\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front For CNF construction, how do you form literals from a row in the truth table?
      Back - If&nbsp;\(A_i = 0\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(A_i\)<br>- If&nbsp;\(A_i = 1\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(\lnot A_i\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

      Note 2205: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Up7Wv9Kn2S
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
      Propositional logic is (in relation to predicate logic):

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
      Propositional logic is (in relation to predicate logic):

      embedded into predicate logic as a special case.
      We extend it by the concept of predicates.

      Predicates of the form \(P()\) act as propositional symbols.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Propositional logic is (in relation to predicate logic):
      Back <i>embedded</i>&nbsp;into predicate logic as a <i>special case</i>. <br>We extend it by the concept of <b>predicates</b>.<br><br>Predicates of the form&nbsp;\(P()\)&nbsp;act as propositional symbols.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

      Note 2206: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Vp6Yw9Tn5T
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      For CNF construction, how do you combine literals within and across rows?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      For CNF construction, how do you combine literals within and across rows?

      - Within a row: disjunction (\(\lor\))
      - Across rows: conjunction (\(\land\))
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front For CNF construction, how do you combine literals within and across rows?
      Back - Within a row: <i>disjunction</i> (\(\lor\))<br>- Across rows: <i>conjunction</i> (\(\land\))
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

      Note 2207: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Vq2Wr7Km4H
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
      For a set \(M\) of formulas, a (suitable) interpretation for which all formulas are true is called a model for \(M\) denoted as {{c2::\(\mathcal{A} \models M\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
      For a set \(M\) of formulas, a (suitable) interpretation for which all formulas are true is called a model for \(M\) denoted as {{c2::\(\mathcal{A} \models M\)}}.

      If \(\mathcal{A}\) is not a model for \(M\) one writes \(\mathcal{A} \not\models M\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For a set&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;of formulas, a {{c3:: (suitable) interpretation for which all formulas are true}} is called a {{c2::<i>model</i> for&nbsp;\(M\)}} denoted as {{c2::\(\mathcal{A} \models M\)}}.
      Extra If&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}\)&nbsp;is not a model for&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;one writes&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A} \not\models M\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model

      Note 2208: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Vq4Xy3Rp8T
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
      A variable symbol is of the form {{c2::\(x_i\) with \(i \in \mathbb{N}\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
      A variable symbol is of the form {{c2::\(x_i\) with \(i \in \mathbb{N}\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A {{c1::<i>variable symbol</i>}} is of the form {{c2::\(x_i\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(i \in \mathbb{N}\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

      Note 2209: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Wq3Zx7Vp2U
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
      How do you construct a DNF formula from a truth table?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
      How do you construct a DNF formula from a truth table?

      For every row evaluating to 1:
      1. Take the conjunction of \(n\) literals
      2. If \(A_i = 0\) in the row, take \(\lnot A_i\)
      3. If \(A_i = 1\) in the row, take \(A_i\)
      4. Then take the disjunction of all these rows

      This works because \(F\) is \(1\) exactly if one of the rows is \(1\), which is the case by construction.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How do you construct a DNF formula from a truth table?
      Back For every row evaluating to <b>1</b>:<br>1. Take the <i>conjunction</i> of&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;literals<br>2. If&nbsp;\(A_i = 0\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(\lnot A_i\)<br>3. If&nbsp;\(A_i = 1\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(A_i\)<br>4. Then take the <i>disjunction</i> of all these rows<br><br>This works because&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;exactly if one of the rows is&nbsp;\(1\), which is the case by construction.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE

      Note 2210: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Wq8Bz5Tm2V
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus
      A derivation rule \(R\) is correct if for every set \(M\) of formulas and every formula \(F\), \(M \vdash_R F\) implies \(M \models F\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus
      A derivation rule \(R\) is correct if for every set \(M\) of formulas and every formula \(F\), \(M \vdash_R F\) implies \(M \models F\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A derivation rule&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;is {{c1::<i>correct</i>}} if for every set&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;of formulas and every formula&nbsp;\(F\), {{c2::\(M \vdash_R F\)&nbsp;implies&nbsp;\(M \models F\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus

      Note 2211: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Wr3Zk5Bq8M
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
      What does the semantics of a logic define?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE
      What does the semantics of a logic define?

      The semantics defines:
      1. A function \(free\) that assigns to each formula which symbols occur free
      2. A function \(\sigma\) that assigns truth values to formulas under interpretations
      3. The meaning and behavior of logical operators
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What does the semantics of a logic define?
      Back The semantics defines:<br>1. A function&nbsp;\(free\)&nbsp;that assigns to each formula which symbols occur free<br>2. A function&nbsp;\(\sigma\)&nbsp;that assigns truth values to formulas under interpretations<br>3. The meaning and behavior of logical operators
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics MEANINGFUL_DUPLICATE

      Note 2212: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Wr5Xy7Rn3U
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
      \(F\) of the form \(\forall x G\) or \(\exists x G\) semantics:
      • \(\mathcal{A}(\forall x G) = 1\) if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}(G) = 1\) for all \(u\) in \(U\)}}
      • \(\mathcal{A}(\exists x G) = 1\) if {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}(G) = 1\) for some \(u\) in \(U\)}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics
      \(F\) of the form \(\forall x G\) or \(\exists x G\) semantics:
      • \(\mathcal{A}(\forall x G) = 1\) if {{c1::\(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}(G) = 1\) for all \(u\) in \(U\)}}
      • \(\mathcal{A}(\exists x G) = 1\) if {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}(G) = 1\) for some \(u\) in \(U\)}}

      \(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}\) for \(u\) in \(U\) is the same structure as \(\mathcal{A}\), except that \(\xi(x)\) is overwritten by \(u\): \(\xi(x) = u\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(F\)&nbsp;of the form&nbsp;\(\forall x G\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(\exists x G\)&nbsp;semantics:<br><ul><li>\(\mathcal{A}(\forall x G) = 1\)&nbsp;if&nbsp;{{c1::\(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}(G) = 1\)&nbsp;for all&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(U\)}}</li><li>\(\mathcal{A}(\exists x G) = 1\)&nbsp;if {{c2::\(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}(G) = 1\)&nbsp;for some&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(U\)}}</li></ul>
      Extra <div>\(\mathcal{A}_{[x \rightarrow u]}\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(u\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(U\)&nbsp;is the same structure as&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}\), except that&nbsp;\(\xi(x)\)&nbsp;is overwritten by&nbsp;\(u\): \(\xi(x) = u\).</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::3._Semantics

      Note 2213: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Wr8Zv5Tn4U
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
      A function symbol is of the form {{c2::\(f_i^{(k)}\) with \(i, k \in \mathbb{N}\)}}, where \(k\) denotes the number of arguments (the arity) of the function.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
      A function symbol is of the form {{c2::\(f_i^{(k)}\) with \(i, k \in \mathbb{N}\)}}, where \(k\) denotes the number of arguments (the arity) of the function.

      Function symbols for \(k = 0\) are called constants.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A {{c1::<i>function symbol</i>}} is of the form {{c2::\(f_i^{(k)}\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(i, k \in \mathbb{N}\)}}, where {{c2::\(k\)&nbsp;denotes the number of arguments (the <i>arity</i>) of the function}}.
      Extra Function symbols for&nbsp;\(k = 0\)&nbsp;are called <i>constants</i>.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

      Note 2214: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Xm7Lt4Vq9P
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
      A {{c2:: (suitable) interpretation \(\mathcal{A}\) for which a formula \(F\) is true (i.e. \(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\))}} is called a model for \(F\) and one also writes {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \models F\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model
      A {{c2:: (suitable) interpretation \(\mathcal{A}\) for which a formula \(F\) is true (i.e. \(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\))}} is called a model for \(F\) and one also writes {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \models F\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A {{c2:: (suitable) interpretation&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}\)&nbsp;for which a formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is true (i.e.&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}(F) = 1\))}} is called a {{c1::<i>model</i>}} for&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and one also writes {{c1::\(\mathcal{A} \models F\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Model

      Note 2215: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Xr4Hv6Pn9W
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus
      A calculus \(K\) is
      • sound or correct if \(M \vdash_K F\) implies \(M \models F\).
      • complete if \(M \models F\) implies \(M \vdash_K F\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus
      A calculus \(K\) is
      • sound or correct if \(M \vdash_K F\) implies \(M \models F\).
      • complete if \(M \models F\) implies \(M \vdash_K F\).

      Hence, it's sound and complete if \(M \vdash_K F \Leftrightarrow M \models F\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A calculus&nbsp;\(K\)&nbsp;is <br><ul><li>{{c1::<i>sound</i>&nbsp;or&nbsp;<i>correct</i>}} if {{c2::\(M \vdash_K F\)&nbsp;implies&nbsp;\(M \models F\)}}.</li><li>{{c3::<i>complete</i>}} if {{c4::\(M \models F\)&nbsp;implies&nbsp;\(M \vdash_K F\)}}.</li></ul>
      Extra Hence, it's <b>sound and complete</b> if&nbsp;\(M \vdash_K F \Leftrightarrow M \models F\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus

      Note 2216: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Xr8Yw4Kn9V
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      For DNF construction from truth table, which rows do you use?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      For DNF construction from truth table, which rows do you use?

      Rows evaluating to 1.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front For DNF construction from truth table, which rows do you use?
      Back Rows evaluating to <b>1</b>.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

      Note 2217: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Xs5Ww2Kp9V
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
      Function symbols \(f^{(k)}_i\) for \(k = 0\) are called constants.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
      Function symbols \(f^{(k)}_i\) for \(k = 0\) are called constants.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Function symbols&nbsp;\(f^{(k)}_i\)&nbsp;for {{c1::\(k = 0\)}} are called {{c2::<i>constants</i>}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

      Note 2218: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Xs9Zv4Tp8V
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
      \(\neg(\forall x \, F)\)\(\equiv\)\(\exists x \, \neg F\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
      \(\neg(\forall x \, F)\)\(\equiv\)\(\exists x \, \neg F\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c1::\(\neg(\forall x \, F)\)}}\(\equiv\){{c2::\(\exists x \, \neg F\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers

      Note 2219: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Y4t
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      What does it mean for a function \(f: A \to B\) to be surjective (onto)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      What does it mean for a function \(f: A \to B\) to be surjective (onto)?

      \(f(A) = B\), i.e., for every \(b \in B\), \(b = f(a)\) for some \(a \in A\). Every value in the codomain is taken on.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What does it mean for a function \(f: A \to B\) to be surjective (onto)?
      Back \(f(A) = B\), i.e., for every \(b \in B\), \(b = f(a)\) for some \(a \in A\). Every value in the codomain is taken on.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

      Note 2220: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Ys5Zv2Rp6W
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      For DNF construction, how do you form literals from a row?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      For DNF construction, how do you form literals from a row?

      - If \(A_i = 0\) in the row, take \(\lnot A_i\)
      - If \(A_i = 1\) in the row, take \(A_i\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front For DNF construction, how do you form literals from a row?
      Back - If&nbsp;\(A_i = 0\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(\lnot A_i\)<br>- If&nbsp;\(A_i = 1\)&nbsp;in the row, take&nbsp;\(A_i\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

      Note 2221: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Ys9Lw3Kq7C
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus
      A calculus is sound if and only if every rule itself is correct.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus
      A calculus is sound if and only if every rule itself is correct.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A calculus is {{c1::sound}} if and only if {{c2::every <i>rule</i> itself is correct}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::4._Logical_Calculi::3._Soundness_and_Completeness_of_a_Calculus

      Note 2222: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Yt6Ww9Kn5W
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
      \(\neg(\exists x \, F)\)\(\equiv\)\(\forall x \, \neg F\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers
      \(\neg(\exists x \, F)\)\(\equiv\)\(\forall x \, \neg F\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c1::\(\neg(\exists x \, F)\)}}\(\equiv\){{c2::\(\forall x \, \neg F\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::5._Some_Basic_Equivalences_Involving_Quantifiers

      Note 2223: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Yt9Xy7Rn3W
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
      A predicate symbol is of the form {{c2::\(P_i^{(k)}\) with \(i, k \in \mathbb{N}\)}}, where \(k\) denotes the number of arguments of the predicate (the arity).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
      A predicate symbol is of the form {{c2::\(P_i^{(k)}\) with \(i, k \in \mathbb{N}\)}}, where \(k\) denotes the number of arguments of the predicate (the arity).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A {{c1::<i>predicate symbol</i>}} is of the form {{c2::\(P_i^{(k)}\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(i, k \in \mathbb{N}\)}}, where {{c2::\(k\)&nbsp;denotes the number of arguments of the predicate (the arity)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

      Note 2224: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Yv3Tn8Zw5C
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
      The semantics of a logic defines a function \(\sigma\) {{c1::assigning to each formula \(F\) and each interpretation \(\mathcal{A}\) suitable for \(F\) a truth value \(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\) in \(\{0, 1\}\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation
      The semantics of a logic defines a function \(\sigma\) {{c1::assigning to each formula \(F\) and each interpretation \(\mathcal{A}\) suitable for \(F\) a truth value \(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\) in \(\{0, 1\}\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The <i>semantics</i> of a logic defines a function \(\sigma\)&nbsp;{{c1::assigning to each formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and each interpretation \(\mathcal{A}\)&nbsp;suitable for&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;a truth value&nbsp;\(\sigma(F, \mathcal{A})\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(\{0, 1\}\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::3._Semantics::Interpretation

      Note 2225: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Zt9Ww7Tn3X
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      For DNF construction, how do you combine literals within and across rows?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      For DNF construction, how do you combine literals within and across rows?

      - Within a row: conjunction (\(\land\))
      - Across rows: disjunction (\(\lor\))
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front For DNF construction, how do you combine literals within and across rows?
      Back - Within a row: <i>conjunction</i> (\(\land\))<br>- Across rows: <i>disjunction</i> (\(\lor\))
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

      Note 2226: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Zu6Zv4Tp8X
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
      A term is defined inductively:
      • A variable is a term
      • if \((t_1, \dots, t_k)\) are terms, then {{c3::\(f^{(k)}(t_1, \dots, t_k)\) is a term}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax
      A term is defined inductively:
      • A variable is a term
      • if \((t_1, \dots, t_k)\) are terms, then {{c3::\(f^{(k)}(t_1, \dots, t_k)\) is a term}}.

      For \(k = 0\) one writes no parentheses (constants).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A <b>term</b> is defined inductively: <br><ul><li>{{c1::A variable}}&nbsp;is a term</li><li>if {{c2::\((t_1, \dots, t_k)\)&nbsp;are terms}}, then {{c3::\(f^{(k)}(t_1, \dots, t_k)\)&nbsp;is a term}}.</li></ul>
      Extra For&nbsp;\(k = 0\)&nbsp;one writes no parentheses (constants).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::1._Syntax

      Note 2227: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Zv3Ht8Lp2N
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
      Two formulas \(F\) and \(G\) are equivalent, denoted \(F \equiv G\), if every interpretation suitable for both \(F\) and \(G\) yields the same truth value.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
      Two formulas \(F\) and \(G\) are equivalent, denoted \(F \equiv G\), if every interpretation suitable for both \(F\) and \(G\) yields the same truth value.

      Each one is a logical consequence of the other: \(F \models G\) and \(G \models F\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Two formulas&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;are {{c1::<i>equivalent</i>}}, denoted {{c1::\(F \equiv G\)}}, if {{c2::every interpretation suitable for both&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;yields the same truth value}}.
      Extra Each one is a logical consequence of the other:&nbsp;\(F \models G\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(G \models F\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

      Note 2228: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: b$)[z:.0@q
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
      {{c2::\(\mathcal{P} \subseteq \Sigma^*\)}} is the set of (syntactic representations of) proof strings

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
      {{c2::\(\mathcal{P} \subseteq \Sigma^*\)}} is the set of (syntactic representations of) proof strings
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c2::\(\mathcal{P} \subseteq \Sigma^*\)}} is the set of {{c1:: (syntactic representations of) proof strings}}.&nbsp;
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

      Note 2229: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: b75u`Hl{|J
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
      If a variable \(x\) occurs in a (sub-)formula of the form \(\forall x G\) or \(\exists x G\) then it is bound, otherwise it is free.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution
      If a variable \(x\) occurs in a (sub-)formula of the form \(\forall x G\) or \(\exists x G\) then it is bound, otherwise it is free.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If a variable&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;occurs {{c1::in a (sub-)formula of the form&nbsp;\(\forall x G\)&nbsp;or \(\exists x G\)}}&nbsp;then it is {{c2::<b>bound</b>, otherwise it is <b>free</b>}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::2._Free_Variables_and_Variable_Substitution

      Note 2230: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: bDWd}.?.!o
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
      How does \(\forall\) distribute over \(\land\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
      How does \(\forall\) distribute over \(\land\)?

      \(\forall x P(x) \land \forall x Q(x) \equiv \forall x (P(x) \land Q(x))\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How does \(\forall\) distribute over \(\land\)?
      Back \(\forall x P(x) \land \forall x Q(x) \equiv \forall x (P(x) \land Q(x))\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules

      Note 2231: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: bx_roOuYn/
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      The Hamming weight of a string in a finite alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) is the number of positions at which the string is non-zero.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      The Hamming weight of a string in a finite alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) is the number of positions at which the string is non-zero.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>The {{c1::Hamming weight}} of a string in a finite alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) is the {{c2::number of positions at which the string is non-zero}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      Note 2232: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: bzpi*}NRv1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      Does every homomorphism have to be injective?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      Does every homomorphism have to be injective?


      No, homomorphisms do not need to be injective.

      Example: We could map all elements of \(G\) to the neutral element \(e'\) in \(H\). This satisfies the homomorphism property: \[\psi(a * b) = e' = e' \star e' = \psi(a) \star \psi(b)\] but it clearly is not injective.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>Does every homomorphism have to be injective?</p>
      Back <p><strong>No</strong>, homomorphisms do not need to be injective.</p> <p><strong>Example</strong>: We could map all elements of \(G\) to the neutral element \(e'\) in \(H\). This satisfies the homomorphism property: \[\psi(a * b) = e' = e' \star e' = \psi(a) \star \psi(b)\] but it clearly is not injective.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      Note 2233: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: c.BJE1FC)A
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

      A binary operation \(*\) on a set \(S\) is associative if \(a * (b * c) = (a * b) * c\) for all \(a, b, c\) in \(S\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

      A binary operation \(*\) on a set \(S\) is associative if \(a * (b * c) = (a * b) * c\) for all \(a, b, c\) in \(S\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>A binary operation \(*\) on a set \(S\) is {{c1::associative}} if {{c2::\(a * (b * c) = (a * b) * c\)}} for all \(a, b, c\) in \(S\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

      Note 2234: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: c/L6mH(n[?
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
      In any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\), and for all \(a, b \in R\) \((-a)b =\) \(-(ab)\)(Proof included)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
      In any ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\), and for all \(a, b \in R\) \((-a)b =\) \(-(ab)\)(Proof included)

      Proof: \(ab+(−a)b=(a+(−a))b=0⋅b=0\)

      Since \((−a)b\) satisfies \(ab+(−a)b=0\), we have \((−a)b=−(ab\)). 
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text In&nbsp;any ring&nbsp;\(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\),&nbsp;and for all&nbsp;\(a, b \in R\)&nbsp;\((-a)b =\)&nbsp;{{c1::\(-(ab)\)}}.&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i>
      Extra Proof:&nbsp;\(ab+(−a)b=(a+(−a))b=0⋅b=0\)<br><br><div>Since&nbsp;\((−a)b\)&nbsp;satisfies&nbsp;\(ab+(−a)b=0\),&nbsp;we have&nbsp;\((−a)b=−(ab\)).&nbsp;</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

      Note 2235: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: c
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

      For which order is every group cyclic?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

      For which order is every group cyclic?


      If the order of the group is prime, it is cyclic!

      Every element has order 1 or \(|G|\) (Lagrange). Therefore, it is either the neutral element or a generator of the entire group.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>For which order is every group cyclic?</p>
      Back <p>If the <strong>order of the group</strong> is <strong>prime</strong>, it is cyclic!</p><p>Every element has order 1 or&nbsp;\(|G|\)&nbsp;(Lagrange). Therefore, it is either the neutral element or a generator of the entire group.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

      Note 2236: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: cAOL5`!9R2
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set
      \(2^A\) is an alternatively used notation that denotes {{c1::the power set of \(A\), so \(\mathcal{P}(A))\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set
      \(2^A\) is an alternatively used notation that denotes {{c1::the power set of \(A\), so \(\mathcal{P}(A))\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(2^A\)&nbsp;is an alternatively used notation that denotes {{c1::the power set of&nbsp;\(A\), so&nbsp;\(\mathcal{P}(A))\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set

      Note 2237: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: cAat^jY(>E
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      The set of units of \(R\) is denoted by \(R^*\) and it is a group. This holds as we can easily see that every element of \(R^*\) has an inverse by definition. Thus the axiom \(G3\) holds .

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      The set of units of \(R\) is denoted by \(R^*\) and it is a group. This holds as we can easily see that every element of \(R^*\) has an inverse by definition. Thus the axiom \(G3\) holds .

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>The {{c1::set of units}} of \(R\) is denoted by {{c1::\(R^*\)}} and it is a&nbsp;{{c3::group. This holds as we can easily see that every element of \(R^*\) has an inverse by definition. Thus the axiom \(G3\) holds :: Monoid/Group and why?}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2238: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: cAb(&A1O)c
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets
      Is the Cartesian product associative? Give an example.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets
      Is the Cartesian product associative? Give an example.

      No, it's NOT associative.
      • \(\bigtimes_{i=1}^3 A_i\) gives \((a_1, a_2, a_3)\)
      • \((A_1 \times A_2) \times A_3\) gives \(((a_1, a_2), a_3)\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Is the Cartesian product associative? Give an example.
      Back <strong>No</strong>, it's NOT associative. <ul> <li>\(\bigtimes_{i=1}^3 A_i\) gives \((a_1, a_2, a_3)\)</li> <li>\((A_1 \times A_2) \times A_3\) gives \(((a_1, a_2), a_3)\)</li> </ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets

      Note 2239: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: cCH0IEV{bD
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
      What is \(\equiv_5 \cap \equiv_3\) (as equivalence relations on \(\mathbb{Z}\))?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
      What is \(\equiv_5 \cap \equiv_3\) (as equivalence relations on \(\mathbb{Z}\))?

      \(\equiv_{15}\) (equivalence modulo 15)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is \(\equiv_5 \cap \equiv_3\) (as equivalence relations on \(\mathbb{Z}\))?
      Back \(\equiv_{15}\) (equivalence modulo 15)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations

      Note 2240: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: cF5:Gfp+}y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      What is the preimage \(f^{-1}(T)\) of a subset \(T \subseteq B\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      What is the preimage \(f^{-1}(T)\) of a subset \(T \subseteq B\)?

      \[f^{-1}(T) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{a \in A \ | \ f(a) \in T\}\] The set of values in \(A\) that map into \(T\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the preimage \(f^{-1}(T)\) of a subset \(T \subseteq B\)?
      Back \[f^{-1}(T) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{a \in A \ | \ f(a) \in T\}\] The set of values in \(A\) that map into \(T\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2241: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: cI`JIkx,*[
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
      What are the associativity laws for sets?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
      What are the associativity laws for sets?

      • \(A \cap (B \cap C) = (A \cap B) \cap C\)
      • \(A \cup (B \cup C) = (A \cup B) \cup C\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What are the associativity laws for sets?
      Back <ul> <li>\(A \cap (B \cap C) = (A \cap B) \cap C\)</li> <li>\(A \cup (B \cup C) = (A \cup B) \cup C\)</li> </ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

      Note 2242: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: cMp-bYX->s
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) reflexive?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) reflexive?

      When \(a \ \rho \ a\) is true for all \(a \in A\), i.e., \(\text{id} \subseteq \rho\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) reflexive?
      Back When \(a \ \rho \ a\) is true for all \(a \in A\), i.e., \(\text{id} \subseteq \rho\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

      Note 2243: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: cV1b,==V*(
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      Provide an example of an element with infinite order.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      Provide an example of an element with infinite order.


      In the group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}; + \rangle\), any integer \(a \neq 0\) has infinite order.

      Explanation: The carrier \(\mathbb{Z}\) is infinite, and we never "loop around" to reach \(0\) by repeatedly adding a non-zero integer. For any \(n \geq 1\), we have \(na \neq 0\) if \(a \neq 0\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>Provide an example of an element with infinite order.</p>
      Back <p>In the group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}; + \rangle\), any integer \(a \neq 0\) has <strong>infinite order</strong>.</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: The carrier \(\mathbb{Z}\) is infinite, and we never "loop around" to reach \(0\) by repeatedly adding a non-zero integer. For any \(n \geq 1\), we have \(na \neq 0\) if \(a \neq 0\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      Note 2244: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: c]m^c+1P3C
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
      When does \(ax \equiv_m 1\) have a solution? (Lemma 4.18)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
      When does \(ax \equiv_m 1\) have a solution? (Lemma 4.18)

      The equation \(ax \equiv_m 1\) has a unique solution \(x \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) if and only if \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = 1\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When does \(ax \equiv_m 1\) have a solution? (Lemma 4.18)
      Back The equation \(ax \equiv_m 1\) has a <strong>unique</strong> solution \(x \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) <strong>if and only if</strong> \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = 1\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses

      Note 2245: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: c_0QUK~Q5x
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
      If \(\phi\) is the parenthood relation on the set \(H\) of all humans, what is \(\phi^2\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
      If \(\phi\) is the parenthood relation on the set \(H\) of all humans, what is \(\phi^2\)?

      The grand-parenthood relation.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front If \(\phi\) is the parenthood relation on the set \(H\) of all humans, what is \(\phi^2\)?
      Back The grand-parenthood relation.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations

      Note 2246: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: cl$26mU5(,
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
      What is a zerodivisor and in which structure do they exist?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
      What is a zerodivisor and in which structure do they exist?

      zerodivisor is an element \(a \neq 0\) in a commutative ring for which there exists a \(b \neq 0\) such that \(ab = 0\).

      This is commonly encountered for the polynomial rings formed over \(\text{GF}[x]_{m(x)}\) with \(m(x)\) not irreducible (i.e. it's not a field).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is a zerodivisor and in which structure do they exist?
      Back A&nbsp;<b>zerodivisor</b>&nbsp;is an element&nbsp;\(a \neq 0\)&nbsp;in a&nbsp;<b>commutative ring</b>&nbsp;for which there exists a&nbsp;\(b \neq 0\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(ab = 0\).<br><br>This is commonly encountered for the polynomial rings formed over&nbsp;\(\text{GF}[x]_{m(x)}\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(m(x)\)&nbsp;not irreducible (i.e. it's not a field).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      Note 2247: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: clQ8TG-]Z`
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
      The truth function \(\tau : \mathcal{S} \rightarrow \{0,1\}\) defines the meaning or semantics in \(\mathcal{S}\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
      The truth function \(\tau : \mathcal{S} \rightarrow \{0,1\}\) defines the meaning or semantics in \(\mathcal{S}\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The truth function&nbsp;\(\tau : \mathcal{S} \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)&nbsp;defines the {{c1:: meaning or&nbsp;<i>semantics</i>}} in&nbsp;\(\mathcal{S}\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

      Note 2248: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: cm^dke)Enb
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      What's the difference between a minimal element and the least element in a poset?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      What's the difference between a minimal element and the least element in a poset?

      • Minimal: No \(b\) exists with \(b \prec a\) (could be multiple minimal elements)
      • Least: \(a \preceq b\) for all \(b \in A\) (unique if it exists)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What's the difference between a minimal element and the least element in a poset?
      Back <ul> <li><strong>Minimal</strong>: No \(b\) exists with \(b \prec a\) (could be multiple minimal elements)</li> <li><strong>Least</strong>: \(a \preceq b\) for <strong>all</strong> \(b \in A\) (unique if it exists)</li> </ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

      Note 2249: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: cxm4}mrmBE
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Describe the three steps of a modus ponens proof of statement \(S\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Describe the three steps of a modus ponens proof of statement \(S\).

      1. Find a suitable mathematical statement \(R\)
      2. Prove \(R\)
      3. Prove \(R \Rightarrow S\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Describe the three steps of a modus ponens proof of statement \(S\).
      Back 1. Find a suitable mathematical statement \(R\) <br>2. Prove \(R\) <br>3. Prove \(R \Rightarrow S\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2250: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: d7Vy2Qw5Hn
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::3._Discussion
      A proof system is always restricted to a certain type of mathematical statement.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::3._Discussion
      A proof system is always restricted to a certain type of mathematical statement.

      There is no universal proof system.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A proof system is always {{c1::restricted to a certain type of mathematical statement}}.
      Extra There is no universal proof system.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::3._Discussion

      Note 2251: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: d:5GF4yFOm
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      What is \(\text{gcd}(a, b)\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      What is \(\text{gcd}(a, b)\)?

      The unique positive greatest common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is \(\text{gcd}(a, b)\)?
      Back The <strong>unique positive</strong> greatest common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

      Note 2252: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: dJ#.`ol9+u
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      How are the ideals \((a, b)\) and \((a)\) defined?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      How are the ideals \((a, b)\) and \((a)\) defined?

      \[(a, b) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{ ua + vb \ | \ u, v \in \mathbb{Z}\}\] and \[(a) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{ ua \ | \ u \in \mathbb{Z}\}\] The set of all integer linear combinations of \(a\) and \(b\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How are the ideals&nbsp;\((a, b)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\((a)\)&nbsp;defined?
      Back \[(a, b) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{ ua + vb \ | \ u, v \in \mathbb{Z}\}\] and \[(a) \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{ ua \ | \ u \in \mathbb{Z}\}\] The set of all integer linear combinations of \(a\) and \(b\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

      Note 2253: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: dK0`$S[9VD
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic
      List all types of symbols meaning equivalence:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic
      List all types of symbols meaning equivalence:

      Equivalences
      • \(\equiv\)  (formula→statement)
      • \(\leftrightarrow\) (formula→formula)
      • \(\Leftrightarrow\) (statement→statement)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front List all types of symbols meaning equivalence:
      Back <b>Equivalences</b><br><ul><li>\(\equiv\)&nbsp; (formula→statement)</li><li>\(\leftrightarrow\) (formula→formula)</li><li>\(\Leftrightarrow\) (statement→statement)</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic

      Note 2254: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: dN@QTW15&g
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
      Are we allowed to assume that the inverse of the inverse of a relation is simply the relation itself?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation
      Are we allowed to assume that the inverse of the inverse of a relation is simply the relation itself?

      No, we need to prove it every time.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Are we allowed to assume that the inverse of the inverse of a relation is simply the relation itself?
      Back No, we need to prove it every time.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::4._The_Inverse_of_a_Relation

      Note 2255: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: dNOrR*l4!S
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
      A formula \(F\) is satisfiable if it is true for at least one truth assignment of the involved propositional symbols.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
      A formula \(F\) is satisfiable if it is true for at least one truth assignment of the involved propositional symbols.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: satisfiable}} if it {{c2:: is true for&nbsp;<strong>at least one</strong>&nbsp;truth assignment of the involved propositional symbols}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability

      Note 2256: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: dQBgAq4%4R
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
      What is the key difference between a partial order and an equivalence relation?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
      What is the key difference between a partial order and an equivalence relation?

      Replace the symmetry condition with an antisymmetry condition.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the key difference between a partial order and an equivalence relation?
      Back Replace the <strong>symmetry</strong> condition with an <strong>antisymmetry</strong> condition.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

      Note 2257: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: dU/F
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      The set \(\mathcal{C} = {{c1::\text{Im}(E)}}\) is called the set of codewords.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      The set \(\mathcal{C} = {{c1::\text{Im}(E)}}\) is called the set of codewords.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>The set \(\mathcal{C} = {{c1::\text{Im}(E)}}\) is called the {{c2::set of codewords}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      Note 2258: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: d_Wm7Nf:G2
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
      What do we need to state before using the decomposition of an \(n \in \mathbb{Z}\) into prime factors?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
      What do we need to state before using the decomposition of an \(n \in \mathbb{Z}\) into prime factors?

      That this is allowed by the fundamental theorem of arithmetic.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What do we need to state before using the decomposition of an&nbsp;\(n \in \mathbb{Z}\)&nbsp;into prime factors?
      Back That this is allowed by the fundamental theorem of arithmetic.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic

      Note 2259: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: do;Stqp
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      An \((n,k)\)-error-correcting code over the alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) with \(|\mathcal{A}| = q\) is a subset of \(\mathcal{A}^n\) of cardinality \(q^k\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      An \((n,k)\)-error-correcting code over the alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) with \(|\mathcal{A}| = q\) is a subset of \(\mathcal{A}^n\) of cardinality \(q^k\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>An \((n,k)\)-error-correcting code over the alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) with \(|\mathcal{A}| = q\) is a subset of \(\mathcal{A}^n\) of cardinality {{c1::\(q^k\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      Note 2260: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: dr%1xX~#D@
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
      How does satisfiability differ between propositional logic and predicate logic?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
      How does satisfiability differ between propositional logic and predicate logic?

      • Propositional Logic: About truth assignments to symbols
      • Predicate Logic: About interpretations (universe, predicates, and constants)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How does satisfiability differ between propositional logic and predicate logic?
      Back <ul> <li><strong>Propositional Logic</strong>: About truth assignments to symbols</li> <li><strong>Predicate Logic</strong>: About interpretations (universe, predicates, and constants)</li> </ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability

      Note 2261: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: dt/TXCWYbv
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      A function is bijective (one-to-one correspondence) if it is both injective and surjective.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      A function is bijective (one-to-one correspondence) if it is both injective and surjective.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A function is {{c1::bijective (one-to-one correspondence)}} if it is {{c2::both injective and surjective.}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

      Note 2262: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: dy9U=xZ%`c
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::1._Polynomial_Evaluation

      What does polynomial evaluation preserve?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::1._Polynomial_Evaluation

      What does polynomial evaluation preserve?


      Lemma 5.28: Polynomial evaluation is compatible with the ring operations:
      - If \(c(x) = a(x) + b(x)\) then \(c(\alpha) = a(\alpha) + b(\alpha)\) for any \(\alpha\)
      - If \(c(x) = a(x) \cdot b(x)\) then \(c(\alpha) = a(\alpha) \cdot b(\alpha)\) for any \(\alpha\)

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>What does polynomial evaluation preserve?</p>
      Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.28</strong>: Polynomial evaluation is compatible with the ring operations:<br> - If \(c(x) = a(x) + b(x)\) then \(c(\alpha) = a(\alpha) + b(\alpha)\) for any \(\alpha\)<br> - If \(c(x) = a(x) \cdot b(x)\) then \(c(\alpha) = a(\alpha) \cdot b(\alpha)\) for any \(\alpha\)</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::1._Polynomial_Evaluation

      Note 2263: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: e#X:3>sc!d
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
      What is the meet of elements \(a\) and \(b\) in a poset?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
      What is the meet of elements \(a\) and \(b\) in a poset?

      Meet (\(a \land b\)): The greatest lower bound of \(\{a, b\}\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the <b>meet</b> of elements \(a\) and \(b\) in a poset?
      Back <div><strong>Meet</strong> (\(a \land b\)): The greatest lower bound of \(\{a, b\}\).</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices

      Note 2264: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: e+8V~0_GeE
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      How does one show the injectivity of a function?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      How does one show the injectivity of a function?

      Assume \(a \not= b\) and show that\(f(a) \neq f(b)\). Equivalently (by contrapositive), assume \(f(a) = f(b)\) and show that \(a = b\).

      Example: \(f(x) = 2x\), if \(f(a) = f(b)\), then \(2a = 2b\), which implies \(a = b\). Hence \(f\) is injective.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How does one show the injectivity of a function?
      Back Assume&nbsp;\(a \not= b\)&nbsp;and show that\(f(a) \neq f(b)\). Equivalently (by contrapositive), assume&nbsp;\(f(a) = f(b)\)&nbsp;and show that&nbsp;\(a = b\).<br><br><b>Example:&nbsp;</b>\(f(x) = 2x\), if&nbsp;\(f(a) = f(b)\),&nbsp;then&nbsp;\(2a = 2b\), which implies&nbsp;\(a = b\). Hence&nbsp;\(f\)&nbsp;is injective.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

      Note 2265: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: e=ty%{6vg!
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      What is the join of elements \(a\) and \(b\) in a poset?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      What is the join of elements \(a\) and \(b\) in a poset?

      Join (\(a \lor b\)): The least upper bound of \(\{a, b\}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the join of elements \(a\) and \(b\) in a poset?
      Back <strong>Join</strong> (\(a \lor b\)): The least upper bound of \(\{a, b\}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2266: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: eApiqwS~J~
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
      State the Chinese Remainder Theorem (Theorem 4.19).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
      State the Chinese Remainder Theorem (Theorem 4.19).

      Let \(m_1, m_2, \dots, m_r\) be pairwise relatively prime integers and let \(M = \prod_{i=1}^{r} m_i\). For every list \(a_1, \dots, a_r\) with \(0 \leq a_i < m_i\), the system \[\begin{align} x &\equiv_{m_1} a_1 \\ x &\equiv_{m_2} a_2 \\ &\vdots \\ x &\equiv_{m_r} a_r \end{align}\] has a unique solution \(x\) satisfying \(0 \leq x < M\).

      Why unique: 
      If there are two solutions, then, for all \(i\):
      \(x \equiv_{m_i} a_i\) and \(x' \equiv_{m_i} a_i\) 
      \(\implies m_i \mid (x - x')\) for all \(i\)
      \(\implies M = \prod_{i=1}^{r} m_i \mid (x - x')\) since the \(m_i\) are pairwise coprime
      \(\implies\) any two solutions differ by a multiple of \(M\)  (so there is at most one solution with \(0 \le x < M\)).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front State the Chinese Remainder Theorem (Theorem 4.19).
      Back Let \(m_1, m_2, \dots, m_r\) be <b>pairwise relatively prime</b> integers and let \(M = \prod_{i=1}^{r} m_i\). For every list \(a_1, \dots, a_r\) with \(0 \leq a_i &lt; m_i\), the system \[\begin{align} x &amp;\equiv_{m_1} a_1 \\ x &amp;\equiv_{m_2} a_2 \\ &amp;\vdots \\ x &amp;\equiv_{m_r} a_r \end{align}\] has a <b>unique solution</b> \(x\) satisfying \(0 \leq x &lt; M\).<br><br><b>Why unique:</b>&nbsp;<br>If there are two solutions, then, for all&nbsp;\(i\):<br>\(x \equiv_{m_i} a_i\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(x' \equiv_{m_i} a_i\)&nbsp;<br>\(\implies m_i \mid (x - x')\) for all \(i\)<br>\(\implies M = \prod_{i=1}^{r} m_i \mid (x - x')\) since the \(m_i\) are pairwise coprime<br>\(\implies\) any two solutions differ by a multiple of&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp; (so there is at most one solution with \(0 \le x &lt; M\)).<br>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem

      Note 2267: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: eGuh+*a7
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
      Is the "dominates" relation (\(\preceq\)) transitive?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
      Is the "dominates" relation (\(\preceq\)) transitive?

      Yes: \(A \preceq B \land B \preceq C \Rightarrow A \preceq C\)
      (If \(A\) injects into \(B\) and \(B\) injects into \(C\), then \(A\) injects into \(C\))
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Is the "dominates" relation (\(\preceq\)) transitive?
      Back Yes: \(A \preceq B \land B \preceq C \Rightarrow A \preceq C\) <br> (If \(A\) injects into \(B\) and \(B\) injects into \(C\), then \(A\) injects into \(C\))
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

      Note 2268: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: eJRzdkys-%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
      What is a composite number?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
      What is a composite number?

      An integer greater than 1 that is not prime (i.e., it has divisors other than 1 and itself).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is a composite number?
      Back An integer greater than 1 that is <strong>not prime</strong> (i.e., it has divisors other than 1 and itself).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic

      Note 2269: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: eJwT]j&5OY
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Why do we need \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) for multiplication, rather than just using \(\mathbb{Z}_m\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Why do we need \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) for multiplication, rather than just using \(\mathbb{Z}_m\)?


      \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) (with \(\oplus\)) is not a group with respect to multiplication modulo \(m\) because elements that are not coprime to \(m\) don't have a multiplicative inverse.

      For example, in \(\mathbb{Z}_6\), the element \(2\) has no multiplicative inverse because \(\gcd(2, 6) = 2 \neq 1\).

      Thus we need \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) (elements coprime to \(m\)) to form a group with \(\odot\) (multiplication mod \(m\)).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>Why do we need \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) for multiplication, rather than just using \(\mathbb{Z}_m\)?</p>
      Back <p>\(\mathbb{Z}_m\) (with \(\oplus\)) is <strong>not a group</strong> with respect to multiplication modulo \(m\) because elements that are <strong>not coprime</strong> to \(m\) don't have a <strong>multiplicative inverse</strong>.</p> <p>For example, in \(\mathbb{Z}_6\), the element \(2\) has no multiplicative inverse because \(\gcd(2, 6) = 2 \neq 1\).</p> <p>Thus we need \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) (elements coprime to \(m\)) to form a group with \(\odot\) (multiplication mod&nbsp;\(m\)).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Note 2270: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: eMixId]]vy
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
      How can we characterize the subset relation using union and intersection?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
      How can we characterize the subset relation using union and intersection?

      \[A \subseteq B \iff A \cap B = A \iff A \cup B = B\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How can we characterize the subset relation using union and intersection?
      Back \[A \subseteq B \iff A \cap B = A \iff A \cup B = B\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

      Note 2271: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: eQKQ_hr,6l
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      We have {{c1::the order \(\text{ord}(a)\)}} = \(|\langle a \rangle|\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      We have {{c1::the order \(\text{ord}(a)\)}} = \(|\langle a \rangle|\)


      The order of a also divides the group order according to Lagranges.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>We have {{c1::the order&nbsp;\(\text{ord}(a)\)}} = {{c2::\(|\langle a \rangle|\)::Subgroup definition}}.&nbsp;</p>
      Extra The order of a also divides the group order according to Lagranges.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Note 2272: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: eS{U|$mPp_
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      What is a special property of the group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) for all \(n\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      What is a special property of the group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) for all \(n\)?


      It is abelian!

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>What is a special property of the group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) for all \(n\)?</p>
      Back <p>It is <strong>abelian</strong>!</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Note 2273: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: edP*JP.YY1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets
      Is the subset relation transitive?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets
      Is the subset relation transitive?

      Yes: \[(A \subseteq B) \land (B \subseteq C) \Rightarrow A \subseteq C\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Is the subset relation transitive?
      Back Yes: \[(A \subseteq B) \land (B \subseteq C) \Rightarrow A \subseteq C\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets

      Note 2274: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: exf+nqtlh=
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
      What is \(\lnot \exists x P(x)\) equivalent to?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
      What is \(\lnot \exists x P(x)\) equivalent to?

      \(\lnot \exists x P(x) \equiv \forall x \lnot P(x)\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is \(\lnot \exists x P(x)\) equivalent to?
      Back \(\lnot \exists x P(x) \equiv \forall x \lnot P(x)\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules

      Note 2275: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: f-!N^|LEoU
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
      If two sets each dominate the other, what can we conclude?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
      If two sets each dominate the other, what can we conclude?

      For sets \(A\) and \(B\): \[A \preceq B \land B \preceq A \quad \Rightarrow \quad A \sim B\] If there's an injection \(f: A \to B\) and an injection \(g: B \to A\), then there's a bijection between \(A\) and \(B\).

      Bernstein-Schröder Theorem
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front If two sets each dominate the other, what can we conclude?
      Back For sets \(A\) and \(B\): \[A \preceq B \land B \preceq A \quad \Rightarrow \quad A \sim B\] If there's an injection \(f: A \to B\) and an injection \(g: B \to A\), then there's a bijection between \(A\) and \(B\).<div><br></div><div>Bernstein-Schröder Theorem</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

      Note 2276: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: f1r3O.O4h,
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

      What is the GCD in a polynomial field?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

      What is the GCD in a polynomial field?


      The monic polynomial \(g(x)\) of largest degree such that \(g(x) \ | \ a(x)\) and \(g(x) \ | \ b(x)\) is called the greatest common divisor of \(a(x)\) and \(b(x)\), denoted \(\gcd(a(x), b(x))\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>What is the GCD in a polynomial field?</p>
      Back <p>The <em>monic</em> polynomial \(g(x)\) of <em>largest degree</em> such that \(g(x) \ | \ a(x)\) and \(g(x) \ | \ b(x)\) is called the <em>greatest common divisor</em> of \(a(x)\) and \(b(x)\), denoted \(\gcd(a(x), b(x))\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

      Note 2277: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: f2h|0dA&t[
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm
      What is the relationship between \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\), \(\text{lcm}(a,b)\), and \(ab\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm
      What is the relationship between \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\), \(\text{lcm}(a,b)\), and \(ab\)?

      \[\text{gcd}(a,b) \cdot \text{lcm}(a,b) = ab\] This follows from \(\min(e_i, f_i) + \max(e_i, f_i) = e_i + f_i\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the relationship between \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\), \(\text{lcm}(a,b)\), and \(ab\)?
      Back \[\text{gcd}(a,b) \cdot \text{lcm}(a,b) = ab\] This follows from \(\min(e_i, f_i) + \max(e_i, f_i) = e_i + f_i\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::3._Expressing_gcd_and_lcm

      Note 2278: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: f?mV5JRdT{
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      A relation \(ρ\) on a set \(A\) is called reflexive if {{c2::\( a \ \rho \ a\) is true for all \( a \in A\), i.e. if \( \text{id} \subseteq \rho\).}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      A relation \(ρ\) on a set \(A\) is called reflexive if {{c2::\( a \ \rho \ a\) is true for all \( a \in A\), i.e. if \( \text{id} \subseteq \rho\).}}

      Example: \( \ge, \le \) are reflexive, while \( <, > \) are not.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A relation&nbsp;\(ρ\)&nbsp;on a set&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is called {{c1::reflexive}} if&nbsp;{{c2::\( a \ \rho \ a\) is true for all&nbsp;\( a \in A\), i.e. if&nbsp;\( \text{id} \subseteq \rho\).}}
      Extra Example:&nbsp;\( \ge, \le \) are reflexive, while&nbsp;\( &lt;, &gt; \) are not.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

      Note 2279: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: fDaa%yb|#1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
      A proof system is complete if every true statement has a proof: \(\phi(s, p) = 1 \Longleftarrow \tau(s) = 1\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
      A proof system is complete if every true statement has a proof: \(\phi(s, p) = 1 \Longleftarrow \tau(s) = 1\).

      Note that the use of  \(\Longleftarrow\) is not the correct formalism.
      For all \(s \in \mathcal{S}\) with \(\tau(s) = 1\) there exists a \(p \in \mathcal{P}\) such that \(\phi(s, p) = 1\), is the correct formal definition.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A proof system is {{c2::<b>complete</b>}} if {{c1:: every true statement has a proof:&nbsp;\(\phi(s, p) = 1 \Longleftarrow \tau(s) = 1\)}}.
      Extra <i>Note that the use of&nbsp;</i> \(\Longleftarrow\)&nbsp;<i>is not the correct formalism.</i><br>For all \(s \in \mathcal{S}\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(\tau(s) = 1\)&nbsp;there exists a&nbsp;\(p \in \mathcal{P}\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(\phi(s, p) = 1\), is the correct formal definition.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

      Note 2280: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: fIw1$@c
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
      Give the formal definition of a prime number \(p\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
      Give the formal definition of a prime number \(p\).

      \[p \ \text{prime} \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} p > 1 \land \forall d \ ((d > 1) \land (d \mid p) \rightarrow d = p)\] A prime is greater than 1 and its only positive divisors are 1 and itself.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Give the formal definition of a prime number \(p\).
      Back \[p \ \text{prime} \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} p &gt; 1 \land \forall d \ ((d &gt; 1) \land (d \mid p) \rightarrow d = p)\] A prime is greater than 1 and its only positive divisors are 1 and itself.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic

      Note 2281: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: fYNR0,>|4R
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
      What does \(F \models G\) mean (logical consequence)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence
      What does \(F \models G\) mean (logical consequence)?

      \(G\) is a logical consequence of \(F\) if for all truth assignments where \(F\) evaluates to \(1\), \(G\) also evaluates to \(1\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What does \(F \models G\) mean (logical consequence)?
      Back \(G\) is a logical consequence of \(F\) if for all truth assignments where \(F\) evaluates to \(1\), \(G\) also evaluates to \(1\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::5._Satisfiability,_Tautology,_Consequence,_Equivalence

      Note 2282: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: f[+}!o@v9|
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      When does a function have an inverse function?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      When does a function have an inverse function?

      When the function is bijective. The inverse (as a relation) is called the inverse function, denoted \(f^{-1}\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When does a function have an inverse function?
      Back When the function is <strong>bijective</strong>. The inverse (as a relation) is called the inverse function, denoted \(f^{-1}\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

      Note 2283: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: f_%oe]V2X6
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

      State Corollary 5.10 about raising elements to the power of the group order. (Proof included)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

      State Corollary 5.10 about raising elements to the power of the group order. (Proof included)


      Corollary 5.10: Let \(G\) be a finite group. Then \(a^{|G|} = e\) for every \(a \in G\).

      Proof: By Corollary 5.9, \(|G| = k \cdot \text{ord}(a)\) for some \(k\). Thus: \[a^{|G|} = a^{k \cdot \text{ord}(a)} = (a^{\text{ord}(a)})^k = e^k = e\]

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>State Corollary 5.10 about raising elements to the power of the group order.&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i></p>
      Back <p><strong>Corollary 5.10</strong>: Let \(G\) be a finite group. Then \(a^{|G|} = e\) for every \(a \in G\).</p> <p><strong>Proof</strong>: By Corollary 5.9, \(|G| = k \cdot \text{ord}(a)\) for some \(k\). Thus: \[a^{|G|} = a^{k \cdot \text{ord}(a)} = (a^{\text{ord}(a)})^k = e^k = e\]</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

      Note 2284: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: fd?4%T(3|z
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      A function is injective (or one-to-one) if for \(a \ne b\) we have \(f(a) \ne f(b)\), i.e. no "collisions".

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      A function is injective (or one-to-one) if for \(a \ne b\) we have \(f(a) \ne f(b)\), i.e. no "collisions".

      Example: \(f(x) = x\), counterexample: \(f(x) = x^2, x \in \mathbb{R}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A function is {{c1::injective (or one-to-one)}} if {{c2::for&nbsp;\(a \ne b\) we have&nbsp;\(f(a) \ne f(b)\), i.e. no "collisions"}}.
      Extra Example:&nbsp;\(f(x) = x\), counterexample:&nbsp;\(f(x) = x^2, x \in \mathbb{R}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

      Note 2285: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: flg:zgN+=`
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
      Uncountability Proof by Diagonalisation

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
      Uncountability Proof by Diagonalisation

      1. Assume countable: Suppose \(f: \mathbb{N} \to A\) is a bijection. Therefore we can enumerate elements of \(A\): \(a_1, a_2, a_3, \ldots\)
      2. Represent elements: Let \(a_{i,j} \) represent the \(j\)-th number in the \(i\)-th element.
      3. Construct diagonal element \(b\): Define \(b\) by setting each element
        • We need to have: \(b_i \neq a_{i,i}\) for all \(i\) 
        • \(b_i = 1 - a_{i,i}\) (flip the bit) or \(b_i = \begin{cases} 4 & \text{if } a_{i,i} \neq 4 \\ 5 & \text{if } a_{i,i} = 4 \end{cases}\) (simply change element)
      4. Show \(b\) not in list: For any \(i\), we have \(b_i \neq a_{i,i}\)
        • Therefore \(b \neq a_i\) for all \(i\)
      5. Contradiction: But \(b \in A\), yet \(b \notin \{a_1, a_2, \ldots\}\)
        • So \(f\) is not surjective → no bijection exists → \(A\) uncountable

      Key idea: \(b\) differs from the \(n\)-th element in the \(n\)-th position, so it "escapes" any enumeration.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Uncountability Proof by Diagonalisation
      Back <ol> <li><strong>Assume countable:</strong> Suppose \(f: \mathbb{N} \to A\) is a bijection. Therefore we can enumerate elements of&nbsp;\(A\): \(a_1, a_2, a_3, \ldots\)</li> <li><strong>Represent elements:</strong>&nbsp;Let&nbsp;\(a_{i,j} \)&nbsp;represent the&nbsp;\(j\)-th number in the&nbsp;\(i\)-th element.<ul> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Construct diagonal element \(b\):</strong> Define \(b\) by setting each element<ul> <li>We need to have:&nbsp;\(b_i \neq a_{i,i}\) for all \(i\)&nbsp;</li> <li>\(b_i = 1 - a_{i,i}\)&nbsp;(flip the bit)&nbsp;or \(b_i = \begin{cases} 4 &amp; \text{if } a_{i,i} \neq 4 \\ 5 &amp; \text{if } a_{i,i} = 4 \end{cases}\)&nbsp;(simply change element)</li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Show \(b\) not in list:</strong> For any \(i\), we have \(b_i \neq a_{i,i}\) <ul> <li>Therefore \(b \neq a_i\) for all \(i\)</li> </ul> </li> <li><strong>Contradiction:</strong> But \(b \in A\), yet \(b \notin \{a_1, a_2, \ldots\}\) <ul> <li>So \(f\) is not surjective → no bijection exists → \(A\) uncountable</li> </ul> </li> </ol> <p><strong>Key idea:</strong> \(b\) differs from the \(n\)-th element in the \(n\)-th position, so it "escapes" any enumeration.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

      Note 2286: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: fll?FK2HQW
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
      How does the inverse of a composition of relations behave?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
      How does the inverse of a composition of relations behave?

      Let \(\rho: A \to B\) and \(\sigma: B \to C\). Then: \[\widehat{\rho \sigma} = \hat{\sigma}\hat{\rho}\] (The inverse of a composition reverses the order)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How does the inverse of a composition of relations behave?
      Back Let \(\rho: A \to B\) and \(\sigma: B \to C\). Then: \[\widehat{\rho \sigma} = \hat{\sigma}\hat{\rho}\] (The inverse of a composition reverses the order)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations

      Note 2287: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: fs1LiNLiNF
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
      What are the commutativity laws for \(\land\) and \(\lor\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
      What are the commutativity laws for \(\land\) and \(\lor\)?

      • \(A \land B \equiv B \land A\)
      • \(A \lor B \equiv B \lor A\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What are the commutativity laws for \(\land\) and \(\lor\)?
      Back <ul> <li>\(A \land B \equiv B \land A\)</li> <li>\(A \lor B \equiv B \lor A\)</li> </ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

      Note 2288: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: g#t(8{VF+8
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      Is the divisibility relation \(|\) antisymmetric on \(\mathbb{N}\)? On \(\mathbb{Z}\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      Is the divisibility relation \(|\) antisymmetric on \(\mathbb{N}\)? On \(\mathbb{Z}\)?

      • On \(\mathbb{N}\): YES (if \(a \mid b\) and \(b \mid a\), then \(a = b\))
      • On \(\mathbb{Z}\): NO (e.g., \(2 \mid -2\) and \(-2 \mid 2\) but \(2 \neq -2\))
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Is the divisibility relation \(|\) antisymmetric on \(\mathbb{N}\)? On \(\mathbb{Z}\)?
      Back <ul> <li><strong>On \(\mathbb{N}\)</strong>: YES (if \(a \mid b\) and \(b \mid a\), then \(a = b\))</li> <li><strong>On \(\mathbb{Z}\)</strong>: NO (e.g., \(2 \mid -2\) and \(-2 \mid 2\) but \(2 \neq -2\))</li> </ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

      Note 2289: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: g)zJH(^4f3
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      In a finite group of order \(|G|\), for \(x^e = y\), \(d\) is the inverse such that \(y^d = x\) iff: (Proof included)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      In a finite group of order \(|G|\), for \(x^e = y\), \(d\) is the inverse such that \(y^d = x\) iff: (Proof included)

      \(ed \equiv_{|G|} 1\), i.e. \(d\) is the multiplicative inverse of \(e\) modulo \(|G|\).

      Proof
      1. \(ed = k \cdot |G| + 1\) (multiplicative inverse)
      2. \((x^e)^d = x^{ed} = x^{k\cdot |G| + 1}\)
      3. \((x^{|G|})^k \cdot x = 1^k \cdot x = x\)
      Thus this returns \(x\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front In a finite group of order&nbsp;\(|G|\), for&nbsp;\(x^e = y\),&nbsp;\(d\)&nbsp;is the inverse such that&nbsp;\(y^d = x\)&nbsp;iff:&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i>
      Back \(ed \equiv_{|G|} 1\), i.e.&nbsp;\(d\)&nbsp;is the multiplicative inverse of&nbsp;\(e\)&nbsp;modulo&nbsp;\(|G|\).<br><br><b>Proof</b><br><ol><li>\(ed = k \cdot |G| + 1\)&nbsp;(multiplicative inverse)</li><li>\((x^e)^d = x^{ed} = x^{k\cdot |G| + 1}\)</li><li>\((x^{|G|})^k \cdot x = 1^k \cdot x = x\)</li></ol><div>Thus this returns \(x\).</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2290: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: gJ{V;%|BlB
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::7._A_Construction_of_the_Natural_Numbers
      How can we construct the first few natural numbers using only the empty set?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::7._A_Construction_of_the_Natural_Numbers
      How can we construct the first few natural numbers using only the empty set?

      • \(\mathbf{0} = \emptyset\)
      • \(\mathbf{1} = \{\emptyset\}\)
      • \(\mathbf{2} = \{\emptyset, \{\emptyset\}\}\)
      • Successor: \(s(\mathbf{n}) = \mathbf{n} \cup \{\mathbf{n}\}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How can we construct the first few natural numbers using only the empty set?
      Back <ul> <li>\(\mathbf{0} = \emptyset\)</li> <li>\(\mathbf{1} = \{\emptyset\}\)</li> <li>\(\mathbf{2} = \{\emptyset, \{\emptyset\}\}\)</li> <li>Successor: \(s(\mathbf{n}) = \mathbf{n} \cup \{\mathbf{n}\}\)</li> </ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::7._A_Construction_of_the_Natural_Numbers

      Note 2291: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: gK5yW[0/~7
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
      Is composition of relations associative?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
      Is composition of relations associative?

      Yes: \(\rho \circ (\sigma \circ \phi) = (\rho \circ \sigma) \circ \phi\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Is composition of relations associative?
      Back Yes: \(\rho \circ (\sigma \circ \phi) = (\rho \circ \sigma) \circ \phi\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations

      Note 2292: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: gQ[WUgT90D
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      In the composition \(g \circ f\), which function is applied first?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      In the composition \(g \circ f\), which function is applied first?

      \(f\) is applied FIRST, then \(g\). The order of letters (left to right) is OPPOSITE to the order of application (right to left).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front In the composition \(g \circ f\), which function is applied first?
      Back \(f\) is applied FIRST, then \(g\). The order of letters (left to right) is <strong>OPPOSITE</strong> to the order of application (right to left).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

      Note 2293: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: gY:3x2q3Co
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
      For \(D\) integral domain, \(D[x]\) is an integral domain.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
      For \(D\) integral domain, \(D[x]\) is an integral domain.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For&nbsp;\(D\)&nbsp;integral domain,&nbsp;\(D[x]\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: an integral domain}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      Note 2294: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: gYg{Yu8NW0
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
      Are no roots equivalent to irreducibility for a polynomial extension?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
      Are no roots equivalent to irreducibility for a polynomial extension?

      No, the factors could all be irreducible polynomials.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Are no roots equivalent to irreducibility for a polynomial extension?
      Back No, the factors could all be irreducible polynomials.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

      Note 2295: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: gZmXpTb$!?
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
      There are uncomputable functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\) because {{c1::the set of functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\) is uncountable (Cantor's diagonalization argument), but the set of programs \(\{0, 1\}^*\) computing them is countable.}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
      There are uncomputable functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\) because {{c1::the set of functions \(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\) is uncountable (Cantor's diagonalization argument), but the set of programs \(\{0, 1\}^*\) computing them is countable.}}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text There are <i>uncomputable functions</i>&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\)&nbsp;because {{c1::the set of functions&nbsp;\(\mathbb{N} \to \{0, 1\}\)&nbsp;is uncountable (<i>Cantor's diagonalization argument</i>), but the set of programs&nbsp;\(\{0, 1\}^*\)&nbsp;computing them is countable.}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions

      Note 2296: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: g^6j,^Okg0
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      When is a poset \((A; \preceq)\) well-ordered?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      When is a poset \((A; \preceq)\) well-ordered?

      When it is totally ordered AND every non-empty subset of \(A\) has a least element.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When is a poset \((A; \preceq)\) well-ordered?
      Back When it is <strong>totally ordered</strong> AND every non-empty subset of \(A\) has a <strong>least element</strong>.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

      Note 2297: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: gg+,r$i,o
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      For what \(m\) is \(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\) cyclic? (Theorem 5.15)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      For what \(m\) is \(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\) cyclic? (Theorem 5.15)

      The group \(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\) is cyclic if and only if:
      • \(m = 2\)
      • \(m = 4\)
      • \(m = p^e\) (where p is an odd prime and \(e ≥ 1\))
      • \(m = 2p^e\) (where p is an odd prime and \(e ≥ 1\))

      Example: Is \(\mathbb{Z}^*_{19}\) cyclic? What is a generator? Yes, \(\mathbb{Z}^*_{19}\) is cyclic (since \(19\) is an odd prime).
      • 2 is a generator.
      • Powers of 2: 2, 4, 8, 16, 13, 7, 14, 9, 18, 17, 15, 11, 3, 6, 12, 5, 10, 1
      • Other generators: 3, 10, 13, 14, 15
      Why it doesn't contradict that every group of prime order is cyclic, with every element except the neutral element being a generator: \(\{2\} \cup [\text{all odd primes}]\)\(= [\text{all primes}]\)

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front For what&nbsp;\(m\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\)&nbsp;cyclic? (Theorem 5.15)
      Back The group&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\)&nbsp;is cyclic if and only if:<br>•&nbsp;\(m = 2\)<br>•&nbsp;\(m = 4\)<br>•&nbsp;\(m = p^e\)&nbsp;(where p is an odd prime and&nbsp;\(e ≥ 1\))<br>•&nbsp;\(m = 2p^e\)&nbsp;(where p is an odd prime and&nbsp;\(e ≥ 1\)) <br><br><b>Example:</b> Is&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}^*_{19}\)&nbsp;cyclic? What is a generator? Yes,&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}^*_{19}\)&nbsp;is cyclic (since&nbsp;\(19\)&nbsp;is an odd prime). <br><ul><li>2 is a generator.</li><li>Powers of 2: 2, 4, 8, 16, 13, 7, 14, 9, 18, 17, 15, 11, 3, 6, 12, 5, 10, 1</li><li>Other generators: 3, 10, 13, 14, 15</li></ul><div><span style="color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><b>Why it doesn't contradict&nbsp;</b>that&nbsp;every group of&nbsp;prime order&nbsp;is cyclic, with&nbsp;every element except the neutral element being a generator:&nbsp;</span>\(\{2\} \cup [\text{all odd primes}]\)\(= [\text{all primes}]\)</div><div><br></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Note 2298: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: grVf##]DMH
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

      If a ring \(R\) is non-trivial (has more than one element), then \(1 \neq 0\). (Proof in Extra)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

      If a ring \(R\) is non-trivial (has more than one element), then \(1 \neq 0\). (Proof in Extra)


      Proof: Assume \(1 = 0\) for contradiction. For any \(a \in R\)
      1. \(a = a \cdot 1\)
      2. \(a = a \cdot 0\) (by assumption)
      3. \(a = 0\)
      4. Thus there is only the zero element, which is a contradiction to the non-triviality.
      Lemma 5.17(4)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>If a ring \(R\) is {{c1::non-trivial (has more than one element)}}, then {{c2::\(1 \neq 0\)}}. <i>(Proof in Extra)</i></p>
      Extra Proof: Assume&nbsp;\(1 = 0\)&nbsp;for contradiction. For any&nbsp;\(a \in R\)<br><ol><li>\(a = a \cdot 1\)</li><li>\(a = a \cdot 0\)&nbsp;(by assumption)</li><li>\(a = 0\)</li><li>Thus there is only the zero element, which is a contradiction to the non-triviality.</li></ol><div><strong>Lemma 5.17(4)</strong><br></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

      Note 2299: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: grl{%W],MK
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
      An element \(a\ne0\) of a commutative ring \(R\) is called a zerodivisor if  \(ab=0\) for some \(b\ne0\) in \(R\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
      An element \(a\ne0\) of a commutative ring \(R\) is called a zerodivisor if  \(ab=0\) for some \(b\ne0\) in \(R\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text An element&nbsp;\(a\ne0\)&nbsp;of a commutative ring&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;is called a&nbsp;<i>zerodivisor</i>&nbsp;if {{c1::&nbsp;\(ab=0\)&nbsp;for some&nbsp;\(b\ne0\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(R\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      Note 2300: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: gyJPNg>H@A
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups
      The direct product of \(n\) groups \(\langle G_1; *_1 \rangle, \ldots, \langle G_n; *_n \rangle\) is the algebra \(\langle G_1 \times \cdots \times G_n; \star\rangle\). The operation \(\star\) is component-wise.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups
      The direct product of \(n\) groups \(\langle G_1; *_1 \rangle, \ldots, \langle G_n; *_n \rangle\) is the algebra \(\langle G_1 \times \cdots \times G_n; \star\rangle\). The operation \(\star\) is component-wise.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The direct product of&nbsp;\(n\) groups&nbsp;\(\langle G_1; *_1 \rangle, \ldots, \langle G_n; *_n \rangle\) is {{c1::the algebra&nbsp;\(\langle G_1 \times \cdots \times G_n; \star\rangle\)}}. The operation&nbsp;\(\star\) is component-wise.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::1._Direct_Products_of_Groups

      Note 2301: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: g|p?@3JwCd
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
      Why does \(ax \equiv_m 1\) have no solution when \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = d > 1\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
      Why does \(ax \equiv_m 1\) have no solution when \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = d > 1\)?

      We can rewrite \(ax \equiv_m 1\) as \(ax - 1 = km \Leftrightarrow ax - km = 1\). Now since, \(d \mid a\) and \(d \mid m\), then \(d \mid ax\) and \(d \mid km\) for any \(x\).
      Thus \(d \mid (ax - km)\), and \(ax - km = 1\).

      But \(d \nmid 1 \implies d \nmid (ax - km)\), which is a contradiction. Thus \(ax\) can never be congruent to \(1\) modulo \(m\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Why does \(ax \equiv_m 1\) have no solution when \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = d &gt; 1\)?
      Back We can rewrite&nbsp;\(ax \equiv_m 1\)&nbsp;as&nbsp;\(ax - 1 = km \Leftrightarrow ax - km = 1\). Now since,&nbsp;\(d \mid a\)&nbsp;and \(d \mid m\), then \(d \mid ax\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(d \mid km\)&nbsp;for any \(x\).<br>Thus&nbsp;\(d \mid (ax - km)\), and&nbsp;\(ax - km = 1\).<br><br>But \(d \nmid 1 \implies d \nmid (ax - km)\), which is a contradiction. Thus&nbsp;\(ax\) can never be congruent to \(1\) modulo \(m\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses

      Note 2302: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: h3KTs;Sad%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::2._Decoding

      A code \(\mathcal{C}\) with minimum distance \(d\) is \(t\)-error correcting if and only if:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::2._Decoding

      A code \(\mathcal{C}\) with minimum distance \(d\) is \(t\)-error correcting if and only if:


      \(d \geq 2t + 1\).

      Intuition: To correct \(t\) errors, codewords must be at least \(2t + 1\) apart (so that even with \(t\) errors, the received word is closer to the correct codeword than to any other).

      If they were only \(2t\) apart for each codeword, then there would be a tie.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>A code \(\mathcal{C}\) with minimum distance \(d\) is \(t\)-error correcting if and only if:</p>
      Back <p>\(d \geq 2t + 1\).</p> <p><strong>Intuition</strong>: To correct \(t\) errors, codewords must be at least \(2t + 1\) apart (so that even with \(t\) errors, the received word is closer to the correct codeword than to any other).</p> <p>If they were only \(2t\) apart for each codeword, then there would be a <strong>tie</strong>.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::2._Decoding

      Note 2303: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: h:Z}faoBcQ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
      We can reduce the exponent \(a^m\) modulo \(n\) by {{c1::the \(\text{ord}(a)\)}} iff. \(\gcd(a, n) = 1\), i.e. \(a\) and \(n\) are coprime.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
      We can reduce the exponent \(a^m\) modulo \(n\) by {{c1::the \(\text{ord}(a)\)}} iff. \(\gcd(a, n) = 1\), i.e. \(a\) and \(n\) are coprime.

      \((a^{\operatorname{ord}(a)})^q \cdot a^r \equiv_n a^r\)

      This is because if \(\gcd(a, n) = 1\) then there exists an \(m\) for which \(a^m = e\) (same as for the mult. inverse since \(a^{m-1}\) is the inverse). 
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We can reduce the exponent&nbsp;\(a^m\)&nbsp;modulo&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;by {{c1::the&nbsp;\(\text{ord}(a)\)}}&nbsp;iff. {{c2::\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\), i.e.&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;are coprime}}.
      Extra \((a^{\operatorname{ord}(a)})^q \cdot a^r \equiv_n a^r\)<br><br>This is because if&nbsp;\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\)&nbsp;then there exists an&nbsp;\(m\)&nbsp;for which&nbsp;\(a^m = e\)&nbsp;(same as for the mult. inverse since&nbsp;\(a^{m-1}\)&nbsp;<i>is</i>&nbsp;the inverse).&nbsp;
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Note 2304: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: hAzQO,E_+E
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      What property do the orders of elements in finite groups have?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      What property do the orders of elements in finite groups have?


      Lemma 5.6: In a finite group \(G\), every element has a finite order.

      (This doesn't hold for infinite groups - elements can have infinite order.)

      Proof: Since the order is finite, elements must repeat. That means, there exist \(m > n \geq 0\) s.t. \(g^m = g^n\)
      \(\implies g^{m-n} = e\)

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>What property do the orders of elements in finite groups have?</p>
      Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.6</strong>: In a <strong>finite group</strong> \(G\), every element has a <strong>finite order</strong>.</p> <p>(This doesn't hold for infinite groups - elements can have infinite order.)</p><p><b>Proof:</b>&nbsp;Since the order is finite, elements must repeat. That means, there exist \(m &gt; n \geq 0\)&nbsp;s.t.&nbsp;\(g^m = g^n\)<br>\(\implies g^{m-n} = e\)<br></p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      Note 2305: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: hJb:YVj|nK
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      If {{c2:: the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a \in G\) is 2}}, a is it's own self-inverse.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      If {{c2:: the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a \in G\) is 2}}, a is it's own self-inverse.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>If {{c2:: the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a \in G\) is 2}}, {{c1:: a is it's own self-inverse}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      Note 2306: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: hU:-C(Wl{v
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      The Euler function \(\varphi: \mathbb{Z}^+ \rightarrow \mathbb{Z}^+\) (also called Euler's totient function) is defined as {{c1::the cardinality of \(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\).}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      The Euler function \(\varphi: \mathbb{Z}^+ \rightarrow \mathbb{Z}^+\) (also called Euler's totient function) is defined as {{c1::the cardinality of \(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\).}}

      Example: \(\mathbb{Z}_{18}^* = \{1,5,7,11,13,17\}\), so \(\varphi(18) = 6\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The Euler function&nbsp;\(\varphi: \mathbb{Z}^+ \rightarrow \mathbb{Z}^+\)&nbsp;(also called Euler's totient function) is defined as {{c1::the cardinality of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\).}}
      Extra Example:&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_{18}^* = \{1,5,7,11,13,17\}\), so&nbsp;\(\varphi(18) = 6\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Note 2307: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: hYntlvvIQu
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
      What are the commutativity laws for sets?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
      What are the commutativity laws for sets?

      • \(A \cap B = B \cap A\)
      • \(A \cup B = B \cup A\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What are the commutativity laws for sets?
      Back <ul> <li>\(A \cap B = B \cap A\)</li> <li>\(A \cup B = B \cup A\)</li> </ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

      Note 2308: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: hgLWI9eF!L
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

      Why is closure important when verifying that \(H\) is a subgroup of \(G\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

      Why is closure important when verifying that \(H\) is a subgroup of \(G\)?


      Closure ensures that when you apply operations within \(H\), you stay within \(H\).

      Without closure:
      - \(a * b\) might not be in \(H\) (operation closure)
      - \(\widehat{a}\) might not be in \(H\) (inverse closure)
      - The neutral element \(e\) might not be in \(H\)

      If \(H\) lacks closure, it cannot form a group on its own.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>Why is closure important when verifying that \(H\) is a subgroup of \(G\)?</p>
      Back <p>Closure ensures that when you apply operations within \(H\), you <strong>stay within</strong> \(H\).</p> <p>Without closure:<br> - \(a * b\) might not be in \(H\) (operation closure)<br> - \(\widehat{a}\) might not be in \(H\) (inverse closure)<br> - The neutral element \(e\) might not be in \(H\)</p> <p>If \(H\) lacks closure, it cannot form a group on its own.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

      Note 2309: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: hnJOhm[6,3
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::7._Transitive_Closure
      The transitive closure of a relation \(\rho\) on a set \(A\), denoted \(\rho^*\), is defined as {{c1::\(\rho^* = \bigcup_{n\in\mathbb{N}\setminus \{0\} } \rho^n\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::7._Transitive_Closure
      The transitive closure of a relation \(\rho\) on a set \(A\), denoted \(\rho^*\), is defined as {{c1::\(\rho^* = \bigcup_{n\in\mathbb{N}\setminus \{0\} } \rho^n\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The&nbsp;<b>transitive closure&nbsp;</b>of a relation&nbsp;\(\rho\)&nbsp;on a set&nbsp;\(A\), denoted&nbsp;\(\rho^*\), is defined as {{c1::\(\rho^* = \bigcup_{n\in\mathbb{N}\setminus \{0\} } \rho^n\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::7._Transitive_Closure

      Note 2310: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: hsa`$jP&p8
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
      What are the associativity laws for \(\land\) and \(\lor\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
      What are the associativity laws for \(\land\) and \(\lor\)?

      • \((A \land B) \land C \equiv A \land (B \land C)\)
      • \((A \lor B) \lor C \equiv A \lor (B \lor C)\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What are the associativity laws for \(\land\) and \(\lor\)?
      Back <ul> <li>\((A \land B) \land C \equiv A \land (B \land C)\)</li> <li>\((A \lor B) \lor C \equiv A \lor (B \lor C)\)</li> </ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

      Note 2311: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: hx=y:u%$sF
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      By what can we reduce the exponent of an element in a finite order group?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      By what can we reduce the exponent of an element in a finite order group?


      In a group \(G\) of finite order, for \(a \in G\): \[a^m = a^{R_{\text{ord}(a)}(m)}\]This holds because:

       \(a^m = a^{m + \text{ord}(a)}\)

      \( = a^m \cdot a^{\text{ord}(a)}\)

      \( = a^m \cdot e = a^m\)

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>By what can we reduce the exponent of an element in a <strong>finite order</strong>&nbsp;group?</p>
      Back <p>In a group \(G\) of finite order, for \(a \in G\): \[a^m = a^{R_{\text{ord}(a)}(m)}\]This holds because:</p><p>&nbsp;\(a^m = a^{m + \text{ord}(a)}\)</p><p>\( = a^m \cdot a^{\text{ord}(a)}\)</p><p>\( = a^m \cdot e = a^m\)</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Note 2312: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: i!A>I-](&
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      The Fermat-Euler theorem states that for all \(m\ge 2\) and all \(a\) with \(\gcd(a,m) = 1\),{{c1:: \[a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m 1\]and so in particular, for every prime \(p\) and every \(a\) not divisible by \(p\): \(a^{p-1} \equiv_p 1\).}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      The Fermat-Euler theorem states that for all \(m\ge 2\) and all \(a\) with \(\gcd(a,m) = 1\),{{c1:: \[a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m 1\]and so in particular, for every prime \(p\) and every \(a\) not divisible by \(p\): \(a^{p-1} \equiv_p 1\).}}

      We know \(a^{\operatorname{order}(a)} \equiv_m 1\). Since \(\operatorname{order}(a)\) divides \(| \mathbb{Z}_m^* | = \varphi(m)\) (Lagrange's), \(a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m a^{k \cdot \operatorname{order}(a)} \equiv_m (a^{\operatorname{order}(a)})^k \equiv_m 1^k \equiv_m 1\)

      This theorem is used for RSA.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The Fermat-Euler theorem states that for all&nbsp;\(m\ge 2\)&nbsp;and all&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(\gcd(a,m) = 1\),{{c1::&nbsp;\[a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m 1\]and so in particular, for every prime&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;and every&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;not divisible by&nbsp;\(p\):&nbsp;\(a^{p-1} \equiv_p 1\).}}
      Extra We know&nbsp;\(a^{\operatorname{order}(a)} \equiv_m 1\). Since&nbsp;\(\operatorname{order}(a)\)&nbsp;divides&nbsp;\(| \mathbb{Z}_m^* | = \varphi(m)\)&nbsp;(Lagrange's),&nbsp;\(a^{\varphi(m)} \equiv_m a^{k \cdot \operatorname{order}(a)} \equiv_m (a^{\operatorname{order}(a)})^k \equiv_m 1^k \equiv_m 1\)<br><br>This theorem is used for RSA.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Note 2313: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: i!L>3&eKRo
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      function \(f: A\to B\) from a domain \(A\) to a codomain \(B\) is a relation from \(A\) to \(B\) with the special properties:
      {{c1::1. (totally defined) \(\forall a\in A \; \exists b \in B \quad a \mathop{f} b\)
      2. (well-defined) \(\forall a\in A \; \forall b, b' \in B \quad (a \mathop{f} b \land a\mathop{f}b' \to b = b')\)}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      function \(f: A\to B\) from a domain \(A\) to a codomain \(B\) is a relation from \(A\) to \(B\) with the special properties:
      {{c1::1. (totally defined) \(\forall a\in A \; \exists b \in B \quad a \mathop{f} b\)
      2. (well-defined) \(\forall a\in A \; \forall b, b' \in B \quad (a \mathop{f} b \land a\mathop{f}b' \to b = b')\)}}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A&nbsp;<b>function</b>&nbsp;\(f: A\to B\)&nbsp;from a&nbsp;<i>domain</i>&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;to a <i>codomain</i>&nbsp;\(B\)&nbsp;is {{c1::a relation from&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(B\)}}&nbsp;with the special properties:<br>{{c1::1. (totally defined)&nbsp;\(\forall a\in A \; \exists b \in B \quad a \mathop{f} b\)<br>2. (well-defined)&nbsp;\(\forall a\in A \; \forall b, b' \in B \quad (a \mathop{f} b \land a\mathop{f}b' \to b = b')\)}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2314: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: i;]362(]mf
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets
      If two singleton sets are equal, what can we conclude about their elements?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets
      If two singleton sets are equal, what can we conclude about their elements?

      For any sets \(a\) and \(b\), \(\{a\} = \{b\} \Longrightarrow a = b\)

      (A singleton is a set with one element.)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front If two singleton sets are equal, what can we conclude about their elements?
      Back For any sets \(a\) and \(b\), \(\{a\} = \{b\} \Longrightarrow a = b\)<br><br>(A singleton is a set with one element.)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::2._Set_Equality_and_Constructing_Sets_From_Sets

      Note 2315: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: i
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups
      monoid has the following properties:
      1. Closure
      2. Associativity
      3. Identity

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups
      monoid has the following properties:
      1. Closure
      2. Associativity
      3. Identity
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A&nbsp;<b>monoid</b>&nbsp;has the following properties:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Closure}}</li><li>{{c2::Associativity}}</li><li>{{c3::Identity}}</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups

      Note 2316: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: iQE!&/N&9W
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
      How do polynomials behave under modular reduction? (Corollary 4.15)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
      How do polynomials behave under modular reduction? (Corollary 4.15)

      Let \(f(x_1, \dots, x_k)\) be a polynomial with integer coefficients, and let \(m \geq 1\).

      If \(a_i \equiv_m b_i\) for  all \(i \in \{1, ..., k\}\), then: \[f(a_1, \dots, a_k) \equiv_m f(b_1, \dots, b_k)\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How do polynomials behave under modular reduction? (Corollary 4.15)
      Back Let \(f(x_1, \dots, x_k)\) be a polynomial with integer coefficients, and let \(m \geq 1\). <br><br>If \(a_i \equiv_m b_i\) for&nbsp; all&nbsp;\(i \in \{1, ..., k\}\), then: \[f(a_1, \dots, a_k) \equiv_m f(b_1, \dots, b_k)\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences

      Note 2317: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: iYX;e6S}74
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      The Hasse diagram of a poset \((A; \preceq)\) is defined as the directed graph whose vertices are the elements of \(A\) and where there is an edge from \(a\) to \(b\) if and only if \(b\) covers \(a\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      The Hasse diagram of a poset \((A; \preceq)\) is defined as the directed graph whose vertices are the elements of \(A\) and where there is an edge from \(a\) to \(b\) if and only if \(b\) covers \(a\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The&nbsp;<i>Hasse diagram</i>&nbsp;of a poset&nbsp;\((A; \preceq)\)&nbsp;is defined as {{c1::the directed graph whose vertices are the elements of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;and where there is an edge from&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;if and only if&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;covers&nbsp;\(a\).}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2318: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: ih~tka$0AQ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::09._Proofs_by_Counterexample PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Proof method: Proofs by counterexample

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::09._Proofs_by_Counterexample PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Proof method: Proofs by counterexample

      Special case of constructive existence proofs. By finding a counter example \( x\) such that \(S_x\) is not true, we can prove that \( S_i \) isn't always true.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Proof method: Proofs by counterexample
      Back Special case of constructive existence proofs. By finding a counter example&nbsp;\( x\) such that&nbsp;\(S_x\) is not true, we can prove that&nbsp;\( S_i \) isn't always true.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::09._Proofs_by_Counterexample PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2319: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: ik]315@gR<
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
      \(F = \forall x ( P(x, y) \rightarrow \exists y (Q(z, y) \land (\forall z R(y, z)))\) to prenex

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
      \(F = \forall x ( P(x, y) \rightarrow \exists y (Q(z, y) \land (\forall z R(y, z)))\) to prenex

      \(\forall x \exists k \forall l (P (x, y) \rightarrow (Q(z, k) \land R(k, l)))\)
      We rename \(y \rightarrow k\) and \(z \rightarrow l\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front \(F = \forall x ( P(x, y) \rightarrow \exists y (Q(z, y) \land (\forall z R(y, z)))\)&nbsp;to&nbsp;<b>prenex</b>
      Back \(\forall x \exists k \forall l (P (x, y) \rightarrow (Q(z, k) \land R(k, l)))\)<br>We rename&nbsp;\(y \rightarrow k\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(z \rightarrow l\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

      Note 2320: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: iltVkN7$2X
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      A right inverse element of \(a\) in \(\langle S; *, e \rangle\) is an element \(b\) such that \(a * b = e\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      A right inverse element of \(a\) in \(\langle S; *, e \rangle\) is an element \(b\) such that \(a * b = e\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>A {{c1::right inverse element}} of \(a\) in \(\langle S; *, e \rangle\) is {{c2::an element \(b\) such that \(a * b = e\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Note 2321: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: ivOfI913lL
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Is \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) a group?. (Proof included)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Is \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) a group?. (Proof included)


      Theorem 5.13: \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_m^*; \odot, \text{ }^{-1}, 1 \rangle\) is a group.

      Proof idea: For \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}_m^*\), if \(\gcd(a, m) = 1\) and \(\gcd(b, m) = 1\), then \(\gcd(ab, m) = 1\). Thus the group is closed under multiplication.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>Is \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) a group?.&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i></p>
      Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.13</strong>: \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_m^*; \odot, \text{ }^{-1}, 1 \rangle\) is a <strong>group</strong>.</p> <p><strong>Proof idea</strong>: For \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}_m^*\), if \(\gcd(a, m) = 1\) and \(\gcd(b, m) = 1\), then \(\gcd(ab, m) = 1\). Thus the group is closed under multiplication.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Note 2322: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: j0f>T
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Proof method: "Case Distinction"

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Proof method: "Case Distinction"

      1. Find a finite list \( R_1, \ldots, R_k\) of statements (cases)
      2. Prove that one case applies for the situation (prove one \(R_i\))
      3. Prove \( R_i \implies S\) for \(i = 1, \ldots, k\)

      Basically, show for all cases that they are correct.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Proof method: "Case Distinction"
      Back 1. Find a finite list&nbsp;\( R_1, \ldots, R_k\) of statements (cases)<div>2. Prove that one case applies for the situation (prove one \(R_i\))</div><div>3. Prove&nbsp;\( R_i \implies S\) for&nbsp;\(i = 1, \ldots, k\)</div><div><br></div><div>Basically, show for all cases that they are correct.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::05._Case_Distinction PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2323: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: j5a}0B}`Qc
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      The group \(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\) contains all numbers \(a \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) that are coprime to \(m\), that is, \(\gcd(a,m) = 1\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      The group \(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\) contains all numbers \(a \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) that are coprime to \(m\), that is, \(\gcd(a,m) = 1\).

      As they are coprime, they are invertible. Thus its the set of units.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The group&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}^*_m\) contains all numbers&nbsp;\(a \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) that are {{c1::coprime to&nbsp;\(m\), that is,&nbsp;\(\gcd(a,m) = 1\).}}
      Extra As they are coprime, they are invertible. Thus its the set of units.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Note 2324: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: jAR2Tu9;l8
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
      When is writing \(\top\) or \(\perp\) allowed in formulas (proof steps for example)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
      When is writing \(\top\) or \(\perp\) allowed in formulas (proof steps for example)?

      We are not allowed to use \(\top\) or \(\perp\) in formulas, to replace statement that are true or false under our interpretation.

      It's only allowed when the formula is actually a tautology (or unsatisfiable), i.e. true or false under all interpretations!

      For example, in \(U = \mathbb{N}\), \(x \geq 0 \land x = 5 \implies \top \land x = 5 \implies x = 5\) but this is wrong as \(x \geq 0\) is only equivalent to \(\top\) in this specific universe. We instead can just write the implication directly.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When is writing&nbsp;\(\top\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(\perp\)&nbsp;allowed in formulas (proof steps for example)?
      Back We are not allowed to use \(\top\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(\perp\)&nbsp;in formulas, to replace statement that are <b>true</b>&nbsp;or <b>false</b>&nbsp;under our interpretation.<br><br>It's only allowed when the formula is actually a tautology (or unsatisfiable), i.e. true or false under <b>all</b>&nbsp;interpretations!<br><br>For example, in \(U = \mathbb{N}\),&nbsp;\(x \geq 0 \land x = 5 \implies \top \land x = 5 \implies x = 5\)&nbsp;but this is wrong as&nbsp;\(x \geq 0\)&nbsp;is only equivalent to&nbsp;\(\top\)&nbsp;in this specific universe. We instead can just write the implication directly.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability

      Note 2325: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: jGU1:k0?
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::FS23 Niklas_Skill_Issue
      Can we reduce \(R_9(5^{123})\) by doing \(R_9(123) = 6\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::FS23 Niklas_Skill_Issue
      Can we reduce \(R_9(5^{123})\) by doing \(R_9(123) = 6\)?

      No! The order of \(5\) in \(\mathbb{Z}_9\) is \(\varphi(9) = 6\). Thus we reduce by \(R_6(123)\)!
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Can we reduce&nbsp;\(R_9(5^{123})\)&nbsp;by doing&nbsp;\(R_9(123) = 6\)?
      Back No! The order of&nbsp;\(5\)&nbsp;in&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_9\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(\varphi(9) = 6\). Thus we reduce by&nbsp;\(R_6(123)\)!
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::FS23 Niklas_Skill_Issue

      Note 2326: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: jTx~;>i=Aw
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      An encoding function maps \(k\) information symbols to \(n\) encoded symbols.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      An encoding function maps \(k\) information symbols to \(n\) encoded symbols.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>An encoding function maps {{c1::\(k\) information symbols}} to {{c3::\(n\)&nbsp;encoded symbols}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      Note 2327: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: jYfc^7cMcd
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::2._Decoding

      When is a decoding function \(t\)-error correcting?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::2._Decoding

      When is a decoding function \(t\)-error correcting?


      A decoding function \(D\) is \(t\)-error-correcting for encoding function \(E\) if for any \((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})\): \[D((r_0, \dots, r_{n-1})) = (a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})\] for any \((r_0, \dots, r_{n-1})\) with Hamming distance at most \(t\) from \(E((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1}))\).

      In other words, every codeword with a maximum of \(t\) errors, is correctly decoded.

      A code is \(t\)-error-correcting if there exists \(E\) and \(D\) with \(C = Im(D)\) where \(D\) is \(t\)-error-correcting.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>When is a decoding function \(t\)-error correcting?</p>
      Back <p>A decoding function \(D\) is \(t\)-error-correcting for encoding function \(E\) if for any \((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})\): \[D((r_0, \dots, r_{n-1})) = (a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})\] for any \((r_0, \dots, r_{n-1})\) with Hamming distance at most \(t\) from \(E((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1}))\).</p> <p><em>In other words</em>, every codeword with a maximum of \(t\) errors, is correctly decoded.</p> <p>A code is \(t\)-error-correcting if there exists \(E\) and \(D\) with \(C = Im(D)\) where \(D\) is \(t\)-error-correcting.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::2._Decoding

      Note 2328: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: jZ$Sm[y:;|
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::1._An_Intuitive_Understanding_of_Sets
      What is the cardinality of a finite set \(A\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::1._An_Intuitive_Understanding_of_Sets
      What is the cardinality of a finite set \(A\)?

      The number of elements of \(A\), denoted \(|A|\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the cardinality of a finite set \(A\)?
      Back The number of elements of \(A\), denoted \(|A|\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::1._Introduction::1._An_Intuitive_Understanding_of_Sets

      Note 2329: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: j]Gy^>$7h+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

      For \(H\) to be a subgroup, the neutral element must be in \(H\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

      For \(H\) to be a subgroup, the neutral element must be in \(H\).


      \(e \in H\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>For \(H\) to be a subgroup, the {{c1::neutral element}} must be in \(H\).</p>
      Extra \(e \in H\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

      Note 2330: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: j`(x0/xzRV
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      If \(b(x)\) divides \(a(x)\), then so does:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      If \(b(x)\) divides \(a(x)\), then so does:


      \(v \cdot b(x)\) for any nonzero \(v \in F\).

      This holds because if \(a(x) = b(x) \cdot c(x)\), then \(a(x) = vb(x) \cdot (v^{-1} c(x))\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>If \(b(x)\) divides \(a(x)\), then so does:</p>
      Back <p>\(v \cdot b(x)\) for any nonzero \(v \in F\).</p> <p>This holds because if \(a(x) = b(x) \cdot c(x)\), then \(a(x) = vb(x) \cdot (v^{-1} c(x))\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2331: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: jaM!qS&))E
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
      What does "unique up to order" mean in the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
      What does "unique up to order" mean in the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic?

      Every integer has exactly one prime factorization if we don't care about the order of factors.

      For example, \(12 = 2^2 \cdot 3 = 3 \cdot 2 \cdot 2 = 2 \cdot 3 \cdot 2\) are all the same factorization, just written differently.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What does "unique up to order" mean in the Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic?
      Back Every integer has exactly one prime factorization if we don't care about the order of factors. <br><br>For example, \(12 = 2^2 \cdot 3 = 3 \cdot 2 \cdot 2 = 2 \cdot 3 \cdot 2\) are all the same factorization, just written differently.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic

      Note 2332: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: jbk$(]c7J_
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      What is the order of \(\text{ord}(a)\) for \(a \in G\) in a group?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      What is the order of \(\text{ord}(a)\) for \(a \in G\) in a group?


      Let \(G\) be a group and let \(a\) be an element of \(G\). The order of \(a\), denoted \(\text{ord}(a)\), is the least \(m \geq 1\) such that \(a^m = e\), if such an \(m\) exists: \[\text{ord}(a) = \min \{n \geq 1 \ | \ a^n = e\} \cup \{\infty\}\]

      If no such \(m\) exists, \(\text{ord}(a)\) is said to be infinite, written \(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>What is the order of \(\text{ord}(a)\) for \(a \in G\) in a group?</p>
      Back <p>Let \(G\) be a group and let \(a\) be an element of \(G\). The order of \(a\), denoted \(\text{ord}(a)\), is the least \(m \geq 1\) such that \(a^m = e\), if such an \(m\) exists: \[\text{ord}(a) = \min \{n \geq 1 \ | \ a^n = e\} \cup \{\infty\}\]</p> <p>If no such \(m\) exists, \(\text{ord}(a)\) is said to be infinite, written \(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2333: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: jlIbESSBdv
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      The degree of the product of two polynomials is at most the sum of their degrees.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      The degree of the product of two polynomials is at most the sum of their degrees.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>The degree of the {{c1::product}} of two polynomials is {{c2::at most the sum}} of their degrees.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      Note 2334: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: jngIBgkHz<
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

      State Corollary 5.11 about groups of prime order (what property, what does each element satisfy). (Proof Included)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

      State Corollary 5.11 about groups of prime order (what property, what does each element satisfy). (Proof Included)


      Corollary 5.11: Every group of prime order is cyclic, and in such a group every element except the neutral element is a generator.

      Proof: Only \(1 \mid p\) and \(p \mid p\) for \(p\) prime. So for \(a \in G\), either \(\text{ord}(a) = 1\) (meaning \(a = e\)) or \(\text{ord}(a) = p\) (meaning \(a\) generates the whole group; Lagrange).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>State Corollary 5.11 about groups of prime order (what property, what does each element satisfy). <i>(Proof Included)</i></p>
      Back <p><strong>Corollary 5.11</strong>: Every group of <strong>prime order</strong> is cyclic, and in such a group <strong>every element except the neutral element is a generator</strong>.</p> <p><strong>Proof</strong>: Only \(1 \mid p\) and \(p \mid p\) for \(p\) prime. So for \(a \in G\), either \(\text{ord}(a) = 1\) (meaning \(a = e\)) or \(\text{ord}(a) = p\) (meaning \(a\) generates the whole group; Lagrange).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

      Note 2335: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: juXB+9W`+)
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      Does \( p \mid a \land q \mid a \land \gcd(p, q) = 1 \implies pq \mid a \) hold? (Proof included)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      Does \( p \mid a \land q \mid a \land \gcd(p, q) = 1 \implies pq \mid a \) hold? (Proof included)

      Yes, but this has to be reproven before using.

      The proof technique is important. Replacing a neutral element by something it's equal to often is a smart move.

      Proof: This is an important result for the exam:
      \[p \mid a \land q \mid a \land \gcd(p, q) = 1 \implies pq \mid a\]
      Which is the same as saying \(\exists k \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that \(a = pq \cdot k\).
      Since \(p \mid a\) and \(q \mid a\), we have:
      \[\exists k, k' \in \mathbb{Z} \text{ such that } a = pk \land a = qk'\]
      Since \(\gcd(p, q) = 1\), by Bézout's identity:
      \[\exists u, v \in \mathbb{Z} \text{ such that } 1 = pu + qv\]
      Now we can write:
      \[\begin{align} a &= 1 \cdot a \\ &= a \cdot (pu + qv) \\ &= pua + qva \\ &= pu \cdot qk' + qv \cdot pk \\ &= pq(uk' + vk') \end{align}\]
      Thus \(pq \mid a\). \(\square\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Does&nbsp;\( p \mid a \land q \mid a \land \gcd(p, q) = 1 \implies pq \mid a \)&nbsp;hold?&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i>
      Back Yes, but this has to be reproven before using.<br><br>The proof technique is important. Replacing a neutral element by something it's equal to often is a smart move.<br><br> <b>Proof:</b> This is an important result for the exam: <div>\[p \mid a \land q \mid a \land \gcd(p, q) = 1 \implies pq \mid a\]</div> Which is the same as saying \(\exists k \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that \(a = pq \cdot k\). <br> Since \(p \mid a\) and \(q \mid a\), we have: <div>\[\exists k, k' \in \mathbb{Z} \text{ such that } a = pk \land a = qk'\]</div> Since \(\gcd(p, q) = 1\), by Bézout's identity: <div>\[\exists u, v \in \mathbb{Z} \text{ such that } 1 = pu + qv\]</div> Now we can write: <div>\[\begin{align} a &amp;= 1 \cdot a \\ &amp;= a \cdot (pu + qv) \\ &amp;= pua + qva \\ &amp;= pu \cdot qk' + qv \cdot pk \\ &amp;= pq(uk' + vk') \end{align}\]</div> Thus \(pq \mid a\). \(\square\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

      Note 2336: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: jyS*[vJ/iH
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      When does an element of \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) have an inverse?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      When does an element of \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) have an inverse?


      Lemma 5.36: The congruence equation \[a(x)b(x) \equiv_{m(x)} 1\] for a given \(a(x)\) has a solution \(b(x) \in F[x]_{m(x)}\) if and only if \(\gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1\). The solution is unique.

      In other words: \[ F[x]_{m(x)}^* = \{a(x) \in F[x]_{m(x)} \ | \ \gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1\} \]

      This is analogous to \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>When does an element of \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) have an inverse?</p>
      Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.36</strong>: The congruence equation \[a(x)b(x) \equiv_{m(x)} 1\] for a given \(a(x)\) has a solution \(b(x) \in F[x]_{m(x)}\) <strong>if and only if</strong> \(\gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1\). The solution is <strong>unique</strong>.</p> <p>In other words: \[ F[x]_{m(x)}^* = \{a(x) \in F[x]_{m(x)} \ | \ \gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1\} \]</p> <p>This is analogous to \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      Note 2337: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: k!rp`Yn=#B
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
      Can we apply the CRT to this system? \[\begin{align*} x \equiv_{10} 3 \\ x \equiv_{2} 1 \\ x \equiv_3 2 \end{align*}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
      Can we apply the CRT to this system? \[\begin{align*} x \equiv_{10} 3 \\ x \equiv_{2} 1 \\ x \equiv_3 2 \end{align*}\]

      Yes we can, even though \(\gcd(10, 2) = 2\), as we can decompose \(x \equiv_{10} 3\) into \(x \equiv_5 3\) and \(x \equiv_2 3 \equiv_2 1\) which matches the other equation.

      Thus the solution is still unique.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Can we apply the CRT to this system?&nbsp;\[\begin{align*} x \equiv_{10} 3 \\ x \equiv_{2} 1 \\ x \equiv_3 2 \end{align*}\]
      Back Yes we can, even though&nbsp;\(\gcd(10, 2) = 2\), as we can decompose&nbsp;\(x \equiv_{10} 3\)&nbsp;into&nbsp;\(x \equiv_5 3\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(x \equiv_2 3 \equiv_2 1\)&nbsp;which matches the other equation. <br><br>Thus the solution is still unique.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem

      Note 2338: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: k3`On,s-[c
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      The generators of \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) are all \(g \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) for which \(\gcd(g, n) = 1\)(i.e., \(g\) is coprime to \(n\)).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      The generators of \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) are all \(g \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) for which \(\gcd(g, n) = 1\)(i.e., \(g\) is coprime to \(n\)).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>The generators of \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) are all \(g \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) for which {{c1::\(\gcd(g, n) = 1\)(i.e., \(g\) is coprime to \(n\))}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2339: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: kC`G6X,/]b
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      \(\gcd(a, 0) = \) \(|a|\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      \(\gcd(a, 0) = \) \(|a|\)

      This is why \(0\) isn't in \(Z_m^* \) and \(F[x]^*_{m(x)}\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(\gcd(a, 0) = \)&nbsp;{{c1::\(|a|\)}}
      Extra This is why&nbsp;\(0\)&nbsp;isn't in&nbsp;\(Z_m^* \)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(F[x]^*_{m(x)}\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

      Note 2340: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: kH8u]Z~QoA
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
      What is the definition of the prenex form?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
      What is the definition of the prenex form?

      A formula of the form \[Q_1 x_1 \ Q_2 x_2 \ \dots \ Q_n x_n G\]where the \(Q_i\) are arbitrary quantifiers and \(G\) is a formula free of quantifiers.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <b>What is the definition of the prenex form?</b>
      Back A formula of the form \[Q_1 x_1 \ Q_2 x_2 \ \dots \ Q_n x_n G\]where the \(Q_i\)&nbsp;are arbitrary quantifiers and \(G\)&nbsp;is a formula free of quantifiers.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

      Note 2341: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: kJ1TdT+N(|
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots
      Why does RSA work, i.e. why can't we break it?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots
      Why does RSA work, i.e. why can't we break it?

      Finding the \(e\)-th root is a hard problem (we have to try all possibilities) as long as we don't know the group order \(|G|\).

      If we do, we can find d using the extended euclidean algorithm.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Why does RSA work, i.e. why can't we break it?
      Back Finding the&nbsp;\(e\)-th root is a hard problem (we have to try all possibilities)&nbsp;<b>as long as we don't know the group order&nbsp;</b>\(|G|\).<br><br>If we do, we can find d using the extended euclidean algorithm.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots

      Note 2342: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: kK>xp?~?KO
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      In \((\{2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9\}; |)\), what is the glb of \(\{4, 6, 8\}\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      In \((\{2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9\}; |)\), what is the glb of \(\{4, 6, 8\}\)?

      \(2\) is a lower bound (and the greatest lower bound/glb) of \(\{4, 6, 8\}\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front In \((\{2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9\}; |)\), what is the glb of \(\{4, 6, 8\}\)?
      Back \(2\) is a lower bound (and the greatest lower bound/glb) of \(\{4, 6, 8\}\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

      Note 2343: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: kfsN#[8n@)
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
      \( \neg (A \land B) \) \( \equiv \) \( \neg A \lor \neg B \)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
      \( \neg (A \land B) \) \( \equiv \) \( \neg A \lor \neg B \)

      de Morgan rules
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c1::\( \neg (A \land B) \)}} \( \equiv \)&nbsp;{{c2::\( \neg A \lor \neg B \)}}<br>
      Extra de Morgan rules
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

      Note 2344: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: k}1~03snwg
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

      In a ring, \(d\) is a gcd of \(a\) and \(b\) if:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

      In a ring, \(d\) is a gcd of \(a\) and \(b\) if:


      For any ring elements \(a\) and \(b\) in \(R\) (not both \(0\)), a ring element \(d\) is called a greatest common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) if:
      - \(d\) divides both \(a\) and \(b\)
      - Every common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) divides \(d\) 

      Formally:\[d \ | \ a \ \land \ d \ | \ b \ \land \ \forall c ((c \ | \ a \ \land \ c \ | \ b) \rightarrow c \ | \ d)\]

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>In a ring, \(d\) is a gcd of \(a\) and \(b\) if:</p>
      Back <p>For any ring elements \(a\) and \(b\) in \(R\) (not both \(0\)), a ring element \(d\) is called a greatest common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) if:<br> - \(d\) divides both \(a\) and&nbsp;\(b\)<br> - Every common divisor of \(a\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;divides&nbsp;\(d\)&nbsp;</p><p>Formally:\[d \ | \ a \ \land \ d \ | \ b \ \land \ \forall c ((c \ | \ a \ \land \ c \ | \ b) \rightarrow c \ | \ d)\]<br></p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

      Note 2345: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: l&wZTwi1Sq
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) irreflexive?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) irreflexive?

      When \(a \ \not\rho \ a\) is true for all \(a \in A\), i.e., \(\rho \cap \text{id} = \emptyset\).

      Note that irreflexive is NOT the negation of reflexive!
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) irreflexive?
      Back When \(a \ \not\rho \ a\) is true for all \(a \in A\), i.e., \(\rho \cap \text{id} = \emptyset\).<br><br>Note that irreflexive is NOT the negation of reflexive!
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

      Note 2346: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: l.
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields
      \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field if and only if \(p\) is prime.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields
      \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field if and only if \(p\) is prime.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) is a field if and only if&nbsp;{{c1::\(p\) is prime.}}<br>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

      Note 2347: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: l7;;$C9=2
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
      What is the meaning of the multiplicative inverse of some number \(a\) modulo \(m\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
      What is the meaning of the multiplicative inverse of some number \(a\) modulo \(m\)?

      It is the unique solution \(x \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) to the congruence equation \(ax \equiv_m 1\), where \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = 1\). Denoted \(a^{-1} \pmod{m}\) or \(1/a \pmod{m}\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the meaning of the multiplicative inverse of some number&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;modulo \(m\)?
      Back It is the unique solution \(x \in \mathbb{Z}_m\) to the congruence equation \(ax \equiv_m 1\), where \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = 1\). Denoted \(a^{-1} \pmod{m}\) or \(1/a \pmod{m}\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses

      Note 2348: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: lLOgs0U=^u
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
      Is the set \(\{0,1\}^*\) (finite binary sequences) countable?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
      Is the set \(\{0,1\}^*\) (finite binary sequences) countable?

      Yes. A possible injection to \(\mathbb{N}\) is to add a "1" at the beginning of each sequence and interpret it in binary.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Is the set&nbsp;\(\{0,1\}^*\) (finite binary sequences) countable?
      Back Yes. A possible injection to \(\mathbb{N}\) is to add a "1" at the beginning of each sequence and interpret it in binary.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets

      Note 2349: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: lN0x
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      If \((A; \preceq)\) is well-ordered, is every subset of \(A\) also well-ordered?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      If \((A; \preceq)\) is well-ordered, is every subset of \(A\) also well-ordered?

      YES, any subset of a well-ordered set is well-ordered (by the same relation).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front If \((A; \preceq)\) is well-ordered, is every subset of \(A\) also well-ordered?
      Back <strong>YES</strong>, any subset of a well-ordered set is well-ordered (by the same relation).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

      Note 2350: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: lNUw/[p~+9
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
      A formula \(F\) is a tautology (or valid) if it is true for all truth assignments of the involved propositional symbols.

      Denoted as  \(\models F\) or \(\top\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
      A formula \(F\) is a tautology (or valid) if it is true for all truth assignments of the involved propositional symbols.

      Denoted as  \(\models F\) or \(\top\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A formula&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is a {{c1:: tautology (or valid)}} if it {{c2:: is true for&nbsp;<strong>all</strong>&nbsp;truth assignments of the involved propositional symbols}}. <br><br>Denoted as {{c3::&nbsp;\(\models F\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(\top\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability

      Note 2351: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: lU;|P?yhpq
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets
      The Cartesian product \(A \times B\) of sets \(A, B\) is {{c1::the set of all ordered pairs with the first component from \(A\) and the second component from \(B\): \(A\times B = \{(a,b)\mid a\in A \land b \in B\}\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets
      The Cartesian product \(A \times B\) of sets \(A, B\) is {{c1::the set of all ordered pairs with the first component from \(A\) and the second component from \(B\): \(A\times B = \{(a,b)\mid a\in A \land b \in B\}\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The&nbsp;<b>Cartesian product&nbsp;</b>\(A \times B\)&nbsp;of sets&nbsp;\(A, B\)&nbsp;is {{c1::the set of all ordered pairs with the first component from&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;and the second component from&nbsp;\(B\):&nbsp;\(A\times B = \{(a,b)\mid a\in A \land b \in B\}\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets

      Note 2352: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: lY*59pTngJ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
      What is the relationship between \(\exists x (P(x) \land Q(x))\) and \(\exists x P(x) \land \exists x Q(x)\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules
      What is the relationship between \(\exists x (P(x) \land Q(x))\) and \(\exists x P(x) \land \exists x Q(x)\)?

      \(\exists x (P(x) \land Q(x)) \models \exists x P(x) \land \exists x Q(x)\)

      (Note: This is logical consequence, NOT equivalence. The reverse doesn't hold!)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the relationship between \(\exists x (P(x) \land Q(x))\) and \(\exists x P(x) \land \exists x Q(x)\)?
      Back \(\exists x (P(x) \land Q(x)) \models \exists x P(x) \land \exists x Q(x)\)<br> <br> (Note: This is logical consequence, NOT equivalence. The reverse doesn't hold!)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::8._Some_Useful_Rules

      Note 2353: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: l];xKGd{%I
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      A function \( f: A \rightarrow B\) is surjective (or onto) if \( \forall b \ \exists a \ , b = f(a)\), i.e. every value is taken

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      A function \( f: A \rightarrow B\) is surjective (or onto) if \( \forall b \ \exists a \ , b = f(a)\), i.e. every value is taken
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A function&nbsp;\( f: A \rightarrow B\) is {{c1::surjective (or onto)}} if&nbsp;{{c2::\( \forall b \ \exists a \ , b = f(a)\), i.e. every value is taken}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

      Note 2354: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: l]y7c-.I]L
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group
      The order of an element \(a\) in a group (denoted \(\text{ord}(a)\)) is {{c1::the smallest \(m \ge 1\) such that \(a^m = e\). If such an \(m\) does not exist, \(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\)}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group
      The order of an element \(a\) in a group (denoted \(\text{ord}(a)\)) is {{c1::the smallest \(m \ge 1\) such that \(a^m = e\). If such an \(m\) does not exist, \(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\)}}

      \(\text{ord}(e) = 1\) in any group
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The order of an element&nbsp;\(a\) in a group (denoted&nbsp;\(\text{ord}(a)\)) is {{c1::the smallest&nbsp;\(m \ge 1\) such that&nbsp;\(a^m = e\). If such an&nbsp;\(m\) does not exist,&nbsp;\(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\)}}
      Extra \(\text{ord}(e) = 1\) in any group<br>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      Note 2355: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: l^=&ux},*9
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
      Every polynomial of degree 2 is either irreducible or the product of two polynomials degree 1.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
      Every polynomial of degree 2 is either irreducible or the product of two polynomials degree 1.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Every polynomial of degree {{c1:: 2}} is either {{c2:: irreducible or the product of two polynomials degree 1}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

      Note 2356: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: lq:b}[Y<9t
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation PlsFix

      How is Lagrange interpolation for polynomials in a field defined?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation PlsFix

      How is Lagrange interpolation for polynomials in a field defined?


      Let \(\beta_i = a(\alpha_i)\) for \(i = 1, \dots, d+1\) where \(\alpha_i\) distinct for all \(i.\)


      \(a(x)\) is given by Lagrange's Interpolation formula: \[a(x) = \sum_{i=1}^{d+1} \beta_i u_i(x)\] where the polynomial \(u_i(x)\) is: \[u_i(x) = \frac{(x - \alpha_1) \cdots (x - \alpha_{i-1})(x - \alpha_{i+1}) \cdots (x - \alpha_{d+1})}{(\alpha_i - \alpha_1) \cdots (\alpha_i - \alpha_{i-1})(\alpha_i - \alpha_{i+1}) \cdots (\alpha_i - \alpha_{d+1})}\]

      Note that for \(u_i(x)\) to be well-defined, all constant terms \(\alpha_i - \alpha_j\) in the denominator must be invertible. This is guaranteed in a field since \(\alpha_i - \alpha_j \neq 0\) for \(i \neq j\) (as they are all distinct).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>How is Lagrange interpolation for polynomials in a field defined?</p>
      Back <p>Let \(\beta_i = a(\alpha_i)\) for \(i = 1, \dots, d+1\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(\alpha_i\)&nbsp;distinct for all&nbsp;\(i.\)</p><p><br>\(a(x)\) is given by Lagrange's Interpolation formula: \[a(x) = \sum_{i=1}^{d+1} \beta_i u_i(x)\] where the polynomial \(u_i(x)\) is: \[u_i(x) = \frac{(x - \alpha_1) \cdots (x - \alpha_{i-1})(x - \alpha_{i+1}) \cdots (x - \alpha_{d+1})}{(\alpha_i - \alpha_1) \cdots (\alpha_i - \alpha_{i-1})(\alpha_i - \alpha_{i+1}) \cdots (\alpha_i - \alpha_{d+1})}\]</p> <p>Note that for \(u_i(x)\) to be well-defined, all constant terms \(\alpha_i - \alpha_j\) in the denominator must be invertible. This is guaranteed in a field since \(\alpha_i - \alpha_j \neq 0\) for \(i \neq j\) (as they are all distinct).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::3._Polynomial_Interpolation PlsFix

      Note 2357: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: lvTl-y(g+[
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
      Uncountability proof using \(\{0,1\}^\infty\) (4 steps):

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
      Uncountability proof using \(\{0,1\}^\infty\) (4 steps):

      • Injektion finden: Konstruiere \(f : {0, 1}^\infty \rightarrow A\), sodass \(b \not = b’ \ \implies f(b) \not = f(b’)\).
      • Funktion verifizieren: Zeige dass \(f\) well-defined und total ist, und \(f(b) \in A\) für alle \(b\).
      • Injektivität beweisen: Zeige \(f(b) = f(b’) \ \implies b = b’\) oder direkt \(b \not = b’ \ \implies \ f(b) \not = f(b’)\).
      • Schluss: We now know \(\{0, 1\}^\infty \preceq A\) as there's an injection.
        Annahme \(A \preceq \mathbb{N} \implies \{0, 1\}^\infty \preceq \mathbb{N}\) via transitivity -> Contradiction. Thus \(A\) is uncountable: \(\lnot (A \preceq\mathbb{N})\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Uncountability proof using&nbsp;\(\{0,1\}^\infty\)&nbsp;(4 steps):
      Back <ul> <li><em>Injektion finden</em>: Konstruiere \(f : {0, 1}^\infty \rightarrow A\), sodass&nbsp;\(b \not = b’ \ \implies f(b) \not = f(b’)\).</li> <li><em>Funktion verifizieren</em>: Zeige dass \(f\) <em>well-defined</em> und <em>total</em> ist, und \(f(b) \in A\) für alle \(b\).</li> <li><em>Injektivität beweisen</em>: Zeige \(f(b) = f(b’) \ \implies b = b’\) oder direkt \(b \not = b’ \ \implies \ f(b) \not = f(b’)\).</li> <li><em>Schluss</em>: We now know \(\{0, 1\}^\infty \preceq A\) as there's an injection.<br>Annahme \(A \preceq \mathbb{N} \implies \{0, 1\}^\infty \preceq \mathbb{N}\) via transitivity -&gt; Contradiction. Thus \(A\) is uncountable: \(\lnot (A \preceq\mathbb{N})\).</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

      Note 2358: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: lx/&=nJI{d
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Neutral Element of a group:

      • For Addition: \(0\)
      • For Multiplication: \(1\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Neutral Element of a group:

      • For Addition: \(0\)
      • For Multiplication: \(1\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>Neutral Element of a group:</p><ul><li><b>For Addition:</b>&nbsp;{{c1::\(0\)}}</li><li><b>For Multiplication:</b>&nbsp;{{c2::\(1\)}}</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Note 2359: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: lzYGHiH>1u
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

      Give an example of a binary operation that is not associative and demonstrate why.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

      Give an example of a binary operation that is not associative and demonstrate why.


      Exponentiation on the integers is not associative.

      Example:
      - \((2^3)^2 = 8^2 = 64\)
      - \(2^{(3^2)} = 2^9 = 512\)

      Since \((2^3)^2 \neq 2^{(3^2)}\), exponentiation is not associative.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>Give an example of a binary operation that is <strong>not</strong> associative and demonstrate why.</p>
      Back <p><strong>Exponentiation</strong> on the integers is not associative.</p> <p><strong>Example</strong>:<br> - \((2^3)^2 = 8^2 = 64\)<br> - \(2^{(3^2)} = 2^9 = 512\)</p> <p>Since \((2^3)^2 \neq 2^{(3^2)}\), exponentiation is not associative.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

      Note 2360: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: m+a(a1n4{R
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

      State Lagrange's Theorem (Theorem 5.8).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

      State Lagrange's Theorem (Theorem 5.8).


      Theorem 5.8 (Lagrange's Theorem): Let \(G\) be a finite group and let \(H\) be a subgroup of \(G\). Then the order of \(H\) divides the order of \(G\), i.e., \(|H|\) divides \(|G|\).

      Written: \(|H| \ | \ |G|\)

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>State Lagrange's Theorem (Theorem 5.8).</p>
      Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.8 (Lagrange's Theorem)</strong>: Let \(G\) be a finite group and let \(H\) be a subgroup of \(G\). Then the order of \(H\) <strong>divides</strong> the order of \(G\), i.e., \(|H|\) divides \(|G|\).</p> <p>Written: \(|H| \ | \ |G|\)</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

      Note 2361: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: m4Zf%s#mN4
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      What important property do ideals in \(\mathbb{Z}\) have? (Lemma 4.3)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      What important property do ideals in \(\mathbb{Z}\) have? (Lemma 4.3)

      For \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}\), there exists \(d \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that \((a, b) = (d)\).
      Every ideal can be generated by a single integer.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What important property do ideals in \(\mathbb{Z}\) have? (Lemma 4.3)
      Back For \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}\), there exists \(d \in \mathbb{Z}\) such that \((a, b) = (d)\). <br> <strong>Every ideal</strong> can be generated by a <strong>single integer</strong>.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

      Note 2362: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: m5H0_vW**A
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Compute \(\varphi(60)\) using the prime factorization method.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Compute \(\varphi(60)\) using the prime factorization method.


      First, find the prime factorization: \(60 = 2^2 \cdot 3 \cdot 5\)

      \[\varphi(60) = \varphi(2^2) \cdot \varphi(3) \cdot \varphi(5)\]

      \[= 2^{2-1}(2-1) \cdot 3^{1-1}(3-1) \cdot 5^{1-1}(5-1)\]

      \[= 2 \cdot 1 \cdot 1 \cdot 2 \cdot 1 \cdot 4 = 2 \cdot 2 \cdot 4 = 16\]

      So \(\varphi(60) = 16\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>Compute \(\varphi(60)\) using the prime factorization method.</p>
      Back <p>First, find the prime factorization: \(60 = 2^2 \cdot 3 \cdot 5\)</p> <p>\[\varphi(60) = \varphi(2^2) \cdot \varphi(3) \cdot \varphi(5)\]</p> <p>\[= 2^{2-1}(2-1) \cdot 3^{1-1}(3-1) \cdot 5^{1-1}(5-1)\]</p> <p>\[= 2 \cdot 1 \cdot 1 \cdot 2 \cdot 1 \cdot 4 = 2 \cdot 2 \cdot 4 = 16\]</p> <p>So \(\varphi(60) = 16\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Note 2363: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: m=x|N12mNI
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

      If {{c2:: the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a \in G\) is \(|G|\)}}, it has "volle Ordung".

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

      If {{c2:: the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a \in G\) is \(|G|\)}}, it has "volle Ordung".

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>If {{c2:: the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a \in G\) is \(|G|\)}}, {{c1:: it has "volle Ordung"}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::7._The_Order_of_Subgroups

      Note 2364: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: m?%j+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots
      A root (also: zero) of \(a(x) \in \mathbb{R}[x]\) is {{c2::an element \(y \in \mathbb{R}\) for which \(a(y) = 0\).}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots
      A root (also: zero) of \(a(x) \in \mathbb{R}[x]\) is {{c2::an element \(y \in \mathbb{R}\) for which \(a(y) = 0\).}}

      Example: \(x^4 + x^3 + x + 1\) in GF(2)\([x]\) has root 1.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A {{c1::root (also: zero)}} of&nbsp;\(a(x) \in \mathbb{R}[x]\) is {{c2::an element&nbsp;\(y \in \mathbb{R}\) for which&nbsp;\(a(y) = 0\).}}
      Extra Example: \(x^4 + x^3 + x + 1\) in GF(2)\([x]\) has root 1.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

      Note 2365: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: mA6Xn.z1Ap
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
      How does \(\mathbb{Z}_m = \{0, 1, \dots, m-1\}\) relate to equivalence classes of modulo?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
      How does \(\mathbb{Z}_m = \{0, 1, \dots, m-1\}\) relate to equivalence classes of modulo?

      \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) is the set of canonical representatives from \(\mathbb{Z} / \equiv_m\). Each element of \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) represents one of the \(m\) equivalence classes of integers congruent modulo \(m\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How does \(\mathbb{Z}_m = \{0, 1, \dots, m-1\}\) relate to equivalence classes of modulo?
      Back \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) is the set of <strong>canonical representatives</strong> from \(\mathbb{Z} / \equiv_m\). Each element of \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) represents one of the \(m\) equivalence classes of integers congruent modulo \(m\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic

      Note 2366: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: mH2hUq)MAg
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      Lemma 5.5(i): A group homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) maps the neutral element to the neutral element: \(\psi(e) = e'\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      Lemma 5.5(i): A group homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) maps the neutral element to the neutral element: \(\psi(e) = e'\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p><strong>Lemma 5.5(i)</strong>: A group homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) maps the neutral element to {{c1::the neutral element: \(\psi(e) = e'\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      Note 2367: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: mIeYx_[A>*
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      What notation denotes the set of all functions \(A \to B\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      What notation denotes the set of all functions \(A \to B\)?

      \(B^A\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What notation denotes the set of all functions \(A \to B\)?
      Back \(B^A\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

      Note 2368: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: mT06zMA!$%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      The Hamming distance between two strings of equal length over a finite alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) is the number of positions at which the two strings differ.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      The Hamming distance between two strings of equal length over a finite alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) is the number of positions at which the two strings differ.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>The {{c1::Hamming distance}} between two strings of equal length over a finite alphabet \(\mathcal{A}\) is the {{c2::number of positions at which the two strings differ}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      Note 2369: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: mW<[l@|LPN
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::03._Indirect_Proof_of_an_Implication PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Proof method: "Indirect Proof of an Implication"

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::03._Indirect_Proof_of_an_Implication PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Proof method: "Indirect Proof of an Implication"

      Indirect proof of \( S \implies T \): Assume T is false, prove that S is false.

      Follows from \( (\neg B \to \neg A) \models (A \to B) \)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <i>Proof method:</i> "Indirect Proof of an Implication"
      Back Indirect proof of&nbsp;\( S \implies T \): Assume T is false, prove that S is false.<div><br></div><div>Follows from&nbsp;\( (\neg B \to \neg A) \models (A \to B) \)</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::03._Indirect_Proof_of_an_Implication PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2370: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: mYt/;(B,2|
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
      How is the countability of the power set of any set related to the countability of that set?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞
      How is the countability of the power set of any set related to the countability of that set?

      \[\mathbb{N} \prec \mathcal{P}(\mathbb{N}) \prec \mathcal{P}(\mathcal{P}(\mathbb{N}))\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How is the countability of the power set of any set related to the countability of that set?
      Back \[\mathbb{N} \prec \mathcal{P}(\mathbb{N}) \prec \mathcal{P}(\mathcal{P}(\mathbb{N}))\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::4._Uncountability_of_{0,_1}^∞

      Note 2371: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: n,]J2Y;mka
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
      Why is Bézout's identity useful for finding modular inverses?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses
      Why is Bézout's identity useful for finding modular inverses?

      If \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = 1\), then \(ua + vm = 1\) for some \(u, v\). This means \(ua = 1 - vm\), so \(ua \equiv_m 1\), making \(u\) the multiplicative inverse of \(a\) modulo \(m\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Why is Bézout's identity useful for finding modular inverses?
      Back If \(\text{gcd}(a, m) = 1\), then \(ua + vm = 1\) for some \(u, v\). This means \(ua = 1 - vm\), so \(ua \equiv_m 1\), making \(u\) the multiplicative inverse of \(a\) modulo \(m\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::3._Multiplicative_Inverses

      Note 2372: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: nGeB*S%`!e
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
      What is really important for the prenex form due to the binding of quantifiers?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
      What is really important for the prenex form due to the binding of quantifiers?

      We need to wrap the entire expression in parentheses \(\forall \exists (...)\) otherwise, it's not prenex!
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is really important for the prenex form due to the binding of quantifiers?
      Back We need to wrap the entire expression in parentheses&nbsp;\(\forall \exists (...)\)&nbsp;otherwise, it's not prenex!
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

      Note 2373: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: nIuNPsEb_k
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

      State Theorem 5.37 about when \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) is a field.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

      State Theorem 5.37 about when \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) is a field.


      Theorem 5.37: The ring \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) is a field if and only if \(m(x)\) is irreducible.

      Explanation: If \(m(x)\) is irreducible, then \(\gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1\) for all non-zero \(a(x)\) in \(F[x]_{m(x)}\), so all elements (except \(0\)) are units.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>State Theorem 5.37 about when \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) is a field.</p>
      Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.37</strong>: The ring \(F[x]_{m(x)}\) is a field <strong>if and only if</strong> \(m(x)\) is <strong>irreducible</strong>.</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: If \(m(x)\) is irreducible, then \(\gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1\) for all non-zero \(a(x)\) in \(F[x]_{m(x)}\), so all elements (except \(0\)) are units.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

      Note 2374: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: nNq&rzbEm:
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
      Every statement \(s \in \mathcal{S}\) is either true or false as assigned by the {{c2:: truth function \(\tau : \mathcal{S} \rightarrow \{0,1\}\) which assigns to each statement it's truth value}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
      Every statement \(s \in \mathcal{S}\) is either true or false as assigned by the {{c2:: truth function \(\tau : \mathcal{S} \rightarrow \{0,1\}\) which assigns to each statement it's truth value}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Every statement&nbsp;\(s \in \mathcal{S}\)&nbsp;is either {{c1::true or false}} as assigned by the {{c2:: truth function&nbsp;\(\tau : \mathcal{S} \rightarrow \{0,1\}\)&nbsp;which assigns to each statement it's&nbsp;<b>truth value</b>}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

      Note 2375: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: n_mr4ry^xv
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite
      What are the two types of countable sets?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite
      What are the two types of countable sets?

      \(A\) is countable if and only if \(A \sim \mathbb{N}\) or \(A \sim \mathbf{n}\) for some \(n \in \mathbb{N}\) (i.e., \(A\) is finite or equinumerous with \(\mathbb{N}\)).
      Conclusion: No cardinality level exists between finite and countably infinite.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What are the two types of countable sets?
      Back \(A\) is countable <strong>if and only if</strong> \(A \sim \mathbb{N}\) or \(A \sim \mathbf{n}\) for some \(n \in \mathbb{N}\) (i.e., \(A\) is finite or equinumerous with \(\mathbb{N}\)). <br> <strong>Conclusion</strong>: No cardinality level exists between finite and countably infinite.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite

      Note 2376: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: nf).~SMKa%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

      If \(uv = vu = 1\) for some \(v \in R\) (we write \(v = u^{-1}\)), then \(u\) is a?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

      If \(uv = vu = 1\) for some \(v \in R\) (we write \(v = u^{-1}\)), then \(u\) is a?


      Unit.

      Example The units of \(\mathbb{Z}\) are \(-1\) and \(1\). Therefore \(\mathbb{Z}^* = \{-1, 1\}\). In contrast, \(\mathbb{R}^* = \mathbb{R} \backslash \{0\}\), as we can divide any two numbers.

      The set of units of \(R\) is denoted by \(R^*\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>If \(uv = vu = 1\) for some \(v \in R\) (we write \(v = u^{-1}\)), then \(u\) is a?</p>
      Back <p>Unit.</p> <p><strong>Example</strong> The units of \(\mathbb{Z}\) are \(-1\) and \(1\). Therefore \(\mathbb{Z}^* = \{-1, 1\}\). In contrast, \(\mathbb{R}^* = \mathbb{R} \backslash \{0\}\), as we can divide any two numbers.</p> <p>The set of units of \(R\) is denoted by \(R^*\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

      Note 2377: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: nizWAJt?$u
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
      What are the two key properties of the remainder function \(R_m\)? (Lemma 4.16)

      (i)  \(a \equiv_m R_m(a)\) (the remainder represents the equivalence class)
      (ii)  \(a \equiv_m b \Longleftrightarrow R_m(a) = R_m(b)\) (congruence iff same remainder)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
      What are the two key properties of the remainder function \(R_m\)? (Lemma 4.16)

      (i)  \(a \equiv_m R_m(a)\) (the remainder represents the equivalence class)
      (ii)  \(a \equiv_m b \Longleftrightarrow R_m(a) = R_m(b)\) (congruence iff same remainder)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text What are the two key properties of the remainder function \(R_m\)? (Lemma 4.16)<br><br><strong>(i)</strong>&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(a \equiv_m R_m(a)\)&nbsp;(the remainder represents the equivalence class)}}<br><b>(ii)</b>&nbsp;{{c2::&nbsp;\(a \equiv_m b \Longleftrightarrow R_m(a) = R_m(b)\)&nbsp;(congruence iff same remainder)}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic

      Note 2378: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: np*2077JVj
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      The minimum distance of an error-correcting code \(\mathcal{C}\), denoted \(d_{\min}(\mathcal{C})\), is the minimum Hamming distance between any two codewords.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      The minimum distance of an error-correcting code \(\mathcal{C}\), denoted \(d_{\min}(\mathcal{C})\), is the minimum Hamming distance between any two codewords.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>The minimum distance of an error-correcting code \(\mathcal{C}\), denoted \(d_{\min}(\mathcal{C})\), is the {{c3::minimum Hamming distance}} between any two codewords.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      Note 2379: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: n{BL(`.1n2
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) antisymmetric?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) antisymmetric?

      When \(a \ \rho \ b \land b \ \rho \ a \Longleftrightarrow a = b\) for all \(a, b \in A\), i.e., \(\rho \cap \hat{\rho} \subseteq \text{id}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) antisymmetric?
      Back When \(a \ \rho \ b \land b \ \rho \ a \Longleftrightarrow a = b\) for all \(a, b \in A\), i.e., \(\rho \cap \hat{\rho} \subseteq \text{id}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

      Note 2380: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: n|SJ_Z2SP!
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

      What is the minimum distance of two codewords in a polynomial code?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

      What is the minimum distance of two codewords in a polynomial code?


      The code has minimum distance \(d_{\min} = n - k + 1\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>What is the minimum distance of two codewords in a polynomial code?</p>
      Back <p>The code has minimum distance \(d_{\min} = n - k + 1\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

      Note 2381: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: o(Dzb)&qjz
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::1._The_Density_of_Primes
      How many primes exist? (Theorem 4.9)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::1._The_Density_of_Primes
      How many primes exist? (Theorem 4.9)

      There are infinitely many primes.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How many primes exist? (Theorem 4.9)
      Back There are <strong>infinitely many</strong> primes.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::4._Some_Basic_Facts_About_Primes_*::1._The_Density_of_Primes

      Note 2382: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: o(LvZ=h%lv
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      What is the greatest lower bound (glb) of a subset \(S\) in a poset?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      What is the greatest lower bound (glb) of a subset \(S\) in a poset?

      The greatest element (by the relation, not just integer ordering) of the set of all lower bounds of \(S\). Also called the infimum.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the greatest lower bound (glb) of a subset \(S\) in a poset?
      Back The <strong>greatest element</strong>&nbsp;(by the relation, not just integer ordering) of the set of all lower bounds of \(S\). Also called the <strong>infimum</strong>.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

      Note 2383: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: o)+^3Q.5-H
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

      When does an irreducible polynomial exist in \(\text{GF}(p)[x]\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

      When does an irreducible polynomial exist in \(\text{GF}(p)[x]\)?


      For every prime \(p\) and every \(d > 1\), there exists an irreducible polynomial of degree \(d\) in \(\text{GF}(p)[x]\).

      Result: we can construct a finite field with \(p^d\) elements by using an irreducible polynomial of degree \(d\)  to cap the number of coefficients at \(d\)

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>When does an irreducible polynomial exist in \(\text{GF}(p)[x]\)?</p>
      Back <p>For every prime \(p\) and every \(d &gt; 1\), there exists an <strong>irreducible polynomial</strong> of degree \(d\) in \(\text{GF}(p)[x]\).</p> <p><b>Result:</b> we can construct a <strong>finite field</strong> with \(p^d\) elements by using an irreducible polynomial of degree&nbsp;\(d\)  to cap the number of coefficients at&nbsp;\(d\)</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

      Note 2384: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: o1a(R_.1]i
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group
      For a finite group \(G\), we call \(|G|\) the order of \(G\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group
      For a finite group \(G\), we call \(|G|\) the order of \(G\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For a finite group&nbsp;\(G\), we call&nbsp;\(|G|\) the {{c1::order of&nbsp;\(G\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      Note 2385: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: o>U!Pt@-U1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
      Every polynomial of degree 3 is either irreducible, or it has at least a factor of degree 1.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
      Every polynomial of degree 3 is either irreducible, or it has at least a factor of degree 1.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Every polynomial of degree {{c1:: 3}} is {{c2:: either irreducible, or it has at least a factor of degree 1}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

      Note 2386: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: oFF!4

      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      A group \(\langle G; * \rangle\) (or monoid) is called commutative or abelian if \(a * b = b * a\) for all \(a, b \in G\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      A group \(\langle G; * \rangle\) (or monoid) is called commutative or abelian if \(a * b = b * a\) for all \(a, b \in G\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>A group \(\langle G; * \rangle\) (or monoid) is called {{c1::commutative}} or {{c1::abelian}} if {{c2::\(a * b = b * a\)}} for all \(a, b \in G\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Note 2387: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: oIQZcTr*H#
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      For two groups \(\langle G; *, \widehat{\ \ }, e \rangle\) and \(\langle H; \star, \tilde{\ \ }, e' \rangle\), a function \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) is called a group homomorphism if for all \(a\) and \(b\): \[\psi(a * b) = \psi(a) \star \psi(b)\]

      This means the operation can be applied before or after the function with the same result.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      For two groups \(\langle G; *, \widehat{\ \ }, e \rangle\) and \(\langle H; \star, \tilde{\ \ }, e' \rangle\), a function \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) is called a group homomorphism if for all \(a\) and \(b\): \[\psi(a * b) = \psi(a) \star \psi(b)\]

      This means the operation can be applied before or after the function with the same result.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>For two groups \(\langle G; *, \widehat{\ \ }, e \rangle\) and \(\langle H; \star, \tilde{\ \ }, e' \rangle\), a function \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) is called a {{c1::group homomorphism}} if {{c2:: for all \(a\) and \(b\): \[\psi(a * b) = \psi(a) \star \psi(b)\]}}</p><p>This means the operation can be applied {{c3::before or after}} the function with the same result.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      Note 2388: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: oKjV}w*z+.
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots
      In a finite group the function \(x \rightarrow x^e\) is a bijection if \(e\) coprime to \(|G|\).

      For \(x^e = y\), the inverse of \(y\) is {{c3:: the unique \(e\)-th root \(x = y^d\), with \(de \equiv_{|G|} 1\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots
      In a finite group the function \(x \rightarrow x^e\) is a bijection if \(e\) coprime to \(|G|\).

      For \(x^e = y\), the inverse of \(y\) is {{c3:: the unique \(e\)-th root \(x = y^d\), with \(de \equiv_{|G|} 1\)}}.

      Proof:
      We have \(ed = k \cdot |G| + 1\) for some \(k\). Thus, for any \(x \in G\) we have\[(x^e)^d = x^{ed} = x^{k \cdot |G| + 1} = \underbrace{(x^{|G|})^k}_{=1} \cdot x = x\]which means that the function \(y \mapsto y^d\) is the inverse function of the function \(x \mapsto x^e\) (which is hence a bijection). The under-braced term is equal to 1 because the order of \(x\) must divide the order of \(G\) (Lagrange).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text In a finite group the function&nbsp;\(x \rightarrow x^e\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: a bijection}} if {{c2::\(e\)&nbsp;coprime to&nbsp;\(|G|\)}}.<br><br>For&nbsp;\(x^e = y\), the inverse of&nbsp;\(y\)&nbsp;is {{c3:: the <b>unique</b>&nbsp;\(e\)-th root&nbsp;\(x = y^d\), with&nbsp;\(de \equiv_{|G|} 1\)}}.
      Extra <b>Proof:<br></b><div>We have&nbsp;\(ed = k \cdot |G| + 1\)&nbsp;for some&nbsp;\(k\). Thus, for any&nbsp;\(x \in G\)&nbsp;we have\[(x^e)^d = x^{ed} = x^{k \cdot |G| + 1} = \underbrace{(x^{|G|})^k}_{=1} \cdot x = x\]which means that the function&nbsp;\(y \mapsto y^d\)&nbsp;is the inverse function of the function&nbsp;\(x \mapsto x^e\)&nbsp;(which is hence a bijection). The under-braced term is equal to 1 because the order of \(x\)&nbsp;must divide the order of&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;(Lagrange).</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::4._Application:_RSA_Public-Key_Encryption::1._eth_Roots

      Note 2389: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: oPaK;$.R2B
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

      An irreducible polynomial has no roots in the field. It has to have degree \(\geq 2\)(Proof included)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

      An irreducible polynomial has no roots in the field. It has to have degree \(\geq 2\)(Proof included)


      Note that this is not a sufficient condition (no roots does not imply irreducible)!

      Proof
      : If it had a root \(\alpha\), then \((x - \alpha)\) would divide it by Lemma 5.29, contradicting irreducibility.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>An {{c1::irreducible}} polynomial has {{c3::no roots}} in the field. It has to have {{c2::degree \(\geq 2\)}}.&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i></p>
      Extra <strong>Note that this is not a sufficient condition (no roots does not imply irreducible)!<br><br>Proof</strong>: If it had a root&nbsp;\(\alpha\), then&nbsp;\((x - \alpha)\)&nbsp;would divide it by Lemma 5.29, contradicting irreducibility.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

      Note 2390: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: o[h]hYy%u}
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::5._The_Empty_Set
      What is the relationship between the empty set and all other sets?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::5._The_Empty_Set
      What is the relationship between the empty set and all other sets?

      \(\forall A (\emptyset \subseteq A)\) - The empty set is a subset of every set.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the relationship between the empty set and all other sets?
      Back \(\forall A (\emptyset \subseteq A)\) - The empty set is a subset of every set.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::5._The_Empty_Set

      Note 2391: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: oafmfH$<;[
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
      If two sets are countable, what about their Cartesian product?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
      If two sets are countable, what about their Cartesian product?

      The Cartesian product \(A \times B\) of two countable sets is also countable: \[A \preceq \mathbb{N} \land B \preceq \mathbb{N} \Rightarrow A \times B \preceq \mathbb{N}\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front If two sets are countable, what about their Cartesian product?
      Back The Cartesian product \(A \times B\) of two countable sets is also countable: \[A \preceq \mathbb{N} \land B \preceq \mathbb{N} \Rightarrow A \times B \preceq \mathbb{N}\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets

      Note 2392: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: oh?4Rvv7tZ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      If \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) is a bijection and a homomorphism, then it is called an isomorphism, and we say that \(G\) and \(H\) are isomorphic and write \(G \simeq H\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      If \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) is a bijection and a homomorphism, then it is called an isomorphism, and we say that \(G\) and \(H\) are isomorphic and write \(G \simeq H\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>If \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\) is a {{c1::bijection}} and a homomorphism, then it is called an {{c2::isomorphism}}, and we say that \(G\) and \(H\) are {{c2::isomorphic}} and write {{c2::\(G \simeq H\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      Note 2393: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: om)==wk?k1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      An integral domain \(D\) is a (nontrivial, \(0 \neq 1\)) commutative ring without zerodivisors (\(ab = 0 \implies a = 0 \lor b = 0\))

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      An integral domain \(D\) is a (nontrivial, \(0 \neq 1\)) commutative ring without zerodivisors (\(ab = 0 \implies a = 0 \lor b = 0\))

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>An {{c1::integral domain \(D\)}} is a {{c2::(nontrivial, \(0 \neq 1\)) commutative ring}} without {{c3::zerodivisors (\(ab = 0 \implies a = 0 \lor b = 0\))}}</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      Note 2394: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: omy86HKbVn
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Is \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) abelian (commutative)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Is \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) abelian (commutative)?


      Yes, \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) is abelian because addition modulo \(n\) is commutative: \[a \oplus b = (a + b) \bmod n = (b + a) \bmod n = b \oplus a\]

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>Is \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) abelian (commutative)?</p>
      Back <p><strong>Yes</strong>, \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) is <strong>abelian</strong> because addition modulo \(n\) is commutative: \[a \oplus b = (a + b) \bmod n = (b + a) \bmod n = b \oplus a\]</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Note 2395: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: oo(x.D7C(:
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
      What is the left cancellation law in a group?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
      What is the left cancellation law in a group?

      Left cancellation law: \(a * b = a * c \ \implies \ b = c\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the left cancellation law in a group?
      Back Left cancellation law:&nbsp;\(a * b = a * c \ \implies \ b = c\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Note 2396: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: oo]q?8DZqo
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets
      How can we prove two sets are equal using subsets?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets
      How can we prove two sets are equal using subsets?

      \[A = B \Longleftrightarrow (A \subseteq B) \land (B \subseteq A)\]
      (To prove equality, show mutual subset inclusion)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How can we prove two sets are equal using subsets?
      Back \[A = B \Longleftrightarrow (A \subseteq B) \land (B \subseteq A)\] <br> (To prove equality, show mutual subset inclusion)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets

      Note 2397: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: op#z.)
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition
      What is a partition of a set \(A\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition
      What is a partition of a set \(A\)?

      A set \(\{S_i \ | \ i \in \mathcal{I}\}\) of mutually disjoint subsets that cover \(A\):
      • \(S_i \cap S_j = \emptyset\) for \(i \neq j\)
      • \(\bigcup_{i \in \mathcal{I}} S_i = A\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is a partition of a set \(A\)?
      Back A set \(\{S_i \ | \ i \in \mathcal{I}\}\) of mutually disjoint subsets that cover \(A\): <ul> <li>\(S_i \cap S_j = \emptyset\) for \(i \neq j\)</li> <li>\(\bigcup_{i \in \mathcal{I}} S_i = A\)</li> </ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::2._Equivalence_Classes_Form_a_Partition

      Note 2398: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: op}IVwoXF>
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      A group \(G = \) \(\langle g \rangle\) generated by an element \(g\) is called cyclic.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      A group \(G = \) \(\langle g \rangle\) generated by an element \(g\) is called cyclic.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>A group \(G = \) {{c2:: \(\langle g \rangle\) generated by an element}} \(g\) is called {{c1::cyclic}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Note 2399: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: otWm4$@-u8
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
      Consider the poset \((A;\preceq)\).

      If \(\{a,b\}\) has a least upper bound, then it is called the join of \(a\) and \(b\) (also denoted \(a \lor b\)).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
      Consider the poset \((A;\preceq)\).

      If \(\{a,b\}\) has a least upper bound, then it is called the join of \(a\) and \(b\) (also denoted \(a \lor b\)).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Consider the poset&nbsp;\((A;\preceq)\). <br><br>If&nbsp;\(\{a,b\}\) has a {{c2::least upper bound}}, then it is called the {{c1::<b>join&nbsp;</b>of&nbsp;\(a\) and&nbsp;\(b\) (also denoted&nbsp;\(a \lor b\)).}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices

      Note 2400: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: ox}#N|#u(e
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Describe the three steps of a proof by contradiction of statement \(S\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Describe the three steps of a proof by contradiction of statement \(S\).

      1. Find a suitable statement \(T\)
      2. Prove that \(T\) is false
      3. Assume \(S\) is false and prove that \(T\) is true (a contradiction)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Describe the three steps of a proof by contradiction of statement \(S\).
      Back 1. Find a suitable statement \(T\) <br>2. Prove that \(T\) is false <br>3. Assume \(S\) is false and prove that \(T\) is true (a contradiction)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2401: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: p$?:uS#|X
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      In a homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\), does it matter whether you apply the operation before or after applying the function?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      In a homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\), does it matter whether you apply the operation before or after applying the function?


      No, it doesn't matter! That's exactly what defines a homomorphism:

      \[\psi(a *_G b) = \psi(a) *_H \psi(b)\]

      You get the same result whether you:
      - First operate in \(G\), then map to \(H\), OR
      - First map both elements to \(H\), then operate in \(H\)

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>In a homomorphism \(\psi: G \rightarrow H\), does it matter whether you apply the operation before or after applying the function?</p>
      Back <p><strong>No</strong>, it doesn't matter! That's exactly what defines a homomorphism:</p> <p>\[\psi(a *_G b) = \psi(a) *_H \psi(b)\]</p> <p>You get the same result whether you:<br> - First operate in \(G\), then map to \(H\), OR<br> - First map both elements to \(H\), then operate in \(H\)</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      Note 2402: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: p$|niq~.{F
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      Why does Euclid's algorithm work? (Based on Lemma 4.2)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      Why does Euclid's algorithm work? (Based on Lemma 4.2)

      Because \(\text{gcd}(m, n) = \text{gcd}(m, R_m(n))\).

      We repeatedly replace the larger number with its remainder when divided by the smaller, preserving the GCD while reducing the problem size. Eventually we reach \(\text{gcd}(d, 0) = d\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Why does Euclid's algorithm work? (Based on Lemma 4.2)
      Back Because \(\text{gcd}(m, n) = \text{gcd}(m, R_m(n))\). <br><br>We repeatedly replace the larger number with its remainder when divided by the smaller, preserving the GCD while reducing the problem size. Eventually we reach \(\text{gcd}(d, 0) = d\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

      Note 2403: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: p/iwJ8wlG.
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      Why must every common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) also divide \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      Why must every common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) also divide \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\)?

      This is part of the definition of GCD - it's not just the largest common divisor by magnitude, but also the one that is divisible by all other common divisors. This makes it "greatest" in the divisibility ordering, not just in size.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Why must every common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\) also divide \(\text{gcd}(a,b)\)?
      Back This is part of the definition of GCD - it's not just the largest common divisor by magnitude, but also the one that is divisible by all other common divisors. This makes it "greatest" in the divisibility ordering, not just in size.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

      Note 2404: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: p1NkGJ>_F5
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
      The characteristic of a ring is the order of \(1\) in the additive group if it is finite, and 0 if it is infinite.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
      The characteristic of a ring is the order of \(1\) in the additive group if it is finite, and 0 if it is infinite.

      Example: the characteristic of \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_m;\oplus,\ominus,0,\odot,1\rangle\)is \(m\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The <i>characteristic</i>&nbsp;of a ring is&nbsp;{{c1::the order of&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;in the additive group if it is finite, and 0 if it is infinite.}}
      Extra Example: the characteristic of&nbsp;\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_m;\oplus,\ominus,0,\odot,1\rangle\)is&nbsp;\(m\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

      Note 2405: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: p9^,`U1Fb;
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      The degree of the product of two polynomials is equal to the sum of their degrees if \(R\) is an integral domain.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      The degree of the product of two polynomials is equal to the sum of their degrees if \(R\) is an integral domain.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>The degree of the product of two polynomials is {{c1::equal to the sum of their degrees}} if \(R\) is an {{c2::integral domain}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      Note 2406: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: pD<6]f{)8D
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
      What is the number of generators of \(\mathbb{Z}_{25}^* \)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
      What is the number of generators of \(\mathbb{Z}_{25}^* \)?

      \(\varphi(\varphi(25)) = |\mathbb{Z}_{\varphi(25)}| = |\mathbb{Z}_{20}| = 8\) 

      ( 1, 3, 7, 9, 11, 13, 17, 19 )
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the number of generators of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_{25}^* \)?
      Back \(\varphi(\varphi(25)) = |\mathbb{Z}_{\varphi(25)}| = |\mathbb{Z}_{20}| = 8\)&nbsp;<br><br>( 1, 3, 7, 9, 11, 13, 17, 19 )
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Note 2407: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: pGj91UD)+)
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      The degree of \(a(x)\), denoted \(\deg(a(x))\), is the greatest \(i\) for which \(a_i \neq 0\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      The degree of \(a(x)\), denoted \(\deg(a(x))\), is the greatest \(i\) for which \(a_i \neq 0\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>The {{c1::degree of \(a(x)\), denoted \(\deg(a(x))\)}}, is the {{c3::greatest \(i\) for which \(a_i \neq 0\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      Note 2408: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: pI:![>}CgZ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
      Give the formal definition of  "\(a\) is congruent to \(b\) modulo \(m\)".

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
      Give the formal definition of  "\(a\) is congruent to \(b\) modulo \(m\)".

      \[a \equiv_m b \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} m \mid (a - b)\] Also written as \(a \equiv b \pmod{m}\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Give the formal definition of&nbsp; "\(a\) is congruent to \(b\) modulo \(m\)".
      Back \[a \equiv_m b \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} m \mid (a - b)\] Also written as \(a \equiv b \pmod{m}\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences

      Note 2409: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: pL8pp7+)x{
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      For a homomorphism \(h: G \rightarrow H\), the kernel \(\ker(h)\) is the set of all elements mapped to the neutral element (essentially the nullspace).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      For a homomorphism \(h: G \rightarrow H\), the kernel \(\ker(h)\) is the set of all elements mapped to the neutral element (essentially the nullspace).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>For a homomorphism \(h: G \rightarrow H\), the {{c1::kernel \(\ker(h)\)}} is the set of all elements mapped to the {{c2::neutral element}} (essentially the {{c2::nullspace}}).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      Note 2410: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: pL:[)Gqs`_
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      For \(f: \mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{R}\) with \(f(x) = x^2\), what are:
      1. Range: {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^{\geq 0}\) (non-negative reals)}}
      2. Preimage of \([4, 9]\): \([-3, -2] \cup [2, 3]\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      For \(f: \mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{R}\) with \(f(x) = x^2\), what are:
      1. Range: {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^{\geq 0}\) (non-negative reals)}}
      2. Preimage of \([4, 9]\): \([-3, -2] \cup [2, 3]\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For \(f: \mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{R}\) with \(f(x) = x^2\), what are: <br>1.&nbsp;<strong>Range</strong>: {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^{\geq 0}\)&nbsp;(non-negative reals)}}<br>2.&nbsp;<strong>Preimage of&nbsp;\([4, 9]\)</strong>: {{c2::\([-3, -2] \cup [2, 3]\)}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

      Note 2411: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: pVXp%#QpPg
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors
      In any commutative ring, if \(a \ | \ b\) and \(a \ | \ c\), then  \(a \ | \ (b + c)\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors
      In any commutative ring, if \(a \ | \ b\) and \(a \ | \ c\), then  \(a \ | \ (b + c)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text In any commutative ring, if&nbsp;\(a \ | \ b\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(a \ | \ c\), then {{c1::&nbsp;\(a \ | \ (b + c)\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

      Note 2412: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: pZ<5~uzq9f
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
      Is the set of all finite binary sequences countable?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets
      Is the set of all finite binary sequences countable?

      Yes, the set \(\{0, 1\}^* = \{\epsilon, 0, 1, 00, 01, 10, 11, 000, \ldots\}\) of finite binary sequences is countable.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Is the set of all finite binary sequences countable?
      Back Yes, the set \(\{0, 1\}^* = \{\epsilon, 0, 1, 00, 01, 10, 11, 000, \ldots\}\) of finite binary sequences is <strong>countable</strong>.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::3._Important_Countable_Sets

      Note 2413: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: pa$vtGEA[j
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*
      What's the definition of an Euclidean domain?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*
      What's the definition of an Euclidean domain?

      A euclidean domain is an integral domain  \(D\) together with a degree function \(d: D \setminus {0} \rightarrow \mathbb{N}\) such that:
      • For every \(a\) and \(b \neq 0\) in \(D\) there exist \(q\) and \(r\) such that \(a = bq + r\) and \(d(r) < d(b)\) or \(r = 0\)
      • For all nonzero \(a\) and \(b\) in \(D\), \(d(a) \leq d(ab)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What's the definition of an Euclidean domain?
      Back <div>A euclidean domain is an integral domain  \(D\) together with a degree function \(d: D \setminus {0} \rightarrow \mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;such that:</div><ul><li>For every \(a\) and \(b \neq 0\) in \(D\) there exist \(q\) and \(r\) such that \(a = bq + r\) and \(d(r) &lt; d(b)\) or \(r = 0\)</li><li>For all nonzero \(a\) and \(b\) in \(D\), \(d(a) \leq d(ab)\).</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*

      Note 2414: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: pgge?~JRZ-
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      Lemma 5.22(2): In \(D[x]\) where \(D\) is an integral domain, the degree of the product of two polynomials is?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      Lemma 5.22(2): In \(D[x]\) where \(D\) is an integral domain, the degree of the product of two polynomials is?


      The degree of their product is exactly the sum (not just at most) of their degrees.

      This holds because \(ab \neq 0\) for all \(a,b \neq 0\) in an integral domain (no zerodivisors).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p><strong>Lemma 5.22(2)</strong>: In \(D[x]\) where \(D\) is an integral domain, the degree of the product of two polynomials is?</p>
      Back <p>The degree of their product is exactly the sum (not just at most) of their degrees.</p> <p>This holds because \(ab \neq 0\) for all \(a,b \neq 0\) in an integral domain (no zerodivisors).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      Note 2415: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: pjd-vCXMX,
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      Consider the poset \((\{2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9\}; |)\).
      • Minimal elements:  \(2, 3, 5, 7\) (primes)
      • Maximal elements:  \(5, 6, 7, 8, 9\)
      • Least or greatest element:  There is none (not all elements comparable)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      Consider the poset \((\{2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9\}; |)\).
      • Minimal elements:  \(2, 3, 5, 7\) (primes)
      • Maximal elements:  \(5, 6, 7, 8, 9\)
      • Least or greatest element:  There is none (not all elements comparable)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Consider the poset \((\{2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9\}; |)\).<br><ul><li><strong>Minimal elements</strong>: {{c1::&nbsp;\(2, 3, 5, 7\)&nbsp;(primes)}}</li><li><strong>Maximal elements</strong>: {{c2::&nbsp;\(5, 6, 7, 8, 9\)}}</li><li><strong>Least or greatest element:&nbsp;</strong>{{c3:: There is none (not all elements comparable)}}</li></ul><div><img src="paste-1d2f8dcd3adedbac7c91aff60842c9ece732a3a8.jpg"></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

      Note 2416: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: pmg@X@cPde
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
      How can we simplify \(R_m(f(a_1, \dots, a_k))\) for a polynomial \(f\)? (Corollary 4.17)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic
      How can we simplify \(R_m(f(a_1, \dots, a_k))\) for a polynomial \(f\)? (Corollary 4.17)

      \[R_m(f(a_1, \dots, a_k)) = R_m(f(R_m(a_1), \dots, R_m(a_k)))\] We can first reduce each argument modulo \(m\), then evaluate the polynomial.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How can we simplify \(R_m(f(a_1, \dots, a_k))\) for a polynomial \(f\)? (Corollary 4.17)
      Back \[R_m(f(a_1, \dots, a_k)) = R_m(f(R_m(a_1), \dots, R_m(a_k)))\] We can first reduce each argument modulo \(m\), then evaluate the polynomial.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::2._Modular_Arithmetic

      Note 2417: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: px2&&RIh%e
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      In any non-trivial ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\) \(1 \neq 0\) holds.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      In any non-trivial ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\) \(1 \neq 0\) holds.

      If \(1=0\), then for all \(a \in R\) : \(a=1⋅a=0⋅a=0\)

      So the ring would be trivial (only contains 0). 
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text In&nbsp;any non-trivial ring \(\langle R; +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\){{c1::&nbsp;\(1 \neq 0\)}} holds.
      Extra <div>If&nbsp;\(1=0\), then for all&nbsp;\(a \in R\)&nbsp;:&nbsp;\(a=1⋅a=0⋅a=0\)</div><div><br></div><div>So the ring would be trivial (only contains 0).&nbsp;</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2418: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: p|78(#x<7
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) transitive?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) transitive?

      When \(a \ \rho \ b \land b \ \rho \ c \Rightarrow a \ \rho \ c\) for all \(a, b, c \in A\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When is a relation \(\rho\) on set \(A\) transitive?
      Back When \(a \ \rho \ b \land b \ \rho \ c \Rightarrow a \ \rho \ c\) for all \(a, b, c \in A\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

      Note 2419: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: p~hk22.~%D
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
      What is the relationship between tautologies and unsatisfiable formulas?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability
      What is the relationship between tautologies and unsatisfiable formulas?

      A formula \(F\) is a tautology if and only if \(\lnot F\) is unsatisfiable.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the relationship between tautologies and unsatisfiable formulas?
      Back A formula \(F\) is a tautology <strong>if and only if</strong> \(\lnot F\) is unsatisfiable.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::6._Tautologies_and_Satisfiability

      Note 2420: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: q%i_)pDyvo
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
      A prominent example for an uncomputable function is the Halting problem.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions
      A prominent example for an uncomputable function is the Halting problem.

      Given as input a program (encoded as a bit-string or natural number) together with an input (to the program), determine whether the program will eventually stop (function value 1) or loop forever (function value 0) on that input.

      This function is uncomputable. If a halting-decider existed, one could build a program that uses it to do the opposite of what the decider predicts about itself, creating a contradiction: it halts if the halting program returns 0, and does not halt if it returns 1.

      This is usually stated as: The Halting problem is undecidable.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A prominent example for an uncomputable function is {{c1::the&nbsp;<i>Halting problem</i>}}<i>.</i>
      Extra Given as input a program (encoded as a bit-string or natural number) together with an input (to the program), determine whether the program will eventually stop (function value 1) or loop forever (function value 0) on that input. <br><br>This function is uncomputable. If a halting-decider existed, one could build a program that uses it to do the <i>opposite</i> of what the decider predicts about itself, creating a contradiction: it halts if the halting program returns 0, and does not halt if it returns 1.<br><br>This is usually stated as: The Halting problem is undecidable.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::5._Existence_of_Uncomputable_Functions

      Note 2421: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: q+.5DlE?)<
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Give the formal definition of Cartesian product \(A \times B\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Give the formal definition of Cartesian product \(A \times B\).

      \[A \times B = \{(a, b) \ | \ a \in A \land b \in B\}\] The set of all ordered pairs with first component from \(A\) and second from \(B\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Give the formal definition of Cartesian product \(A \times B\).
      Back \[A \times B = \{(a, b) \ | \ a \in A \land b \in B\}\] The set of all ordered pairs with first component from \(A\) and second from \(B\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2422: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: q+Di!TuDdT
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      How many divisors does \(n\) expressed as a factor of prime numbers \(n = \prod_{i = 1}^m p_i^{e_i}\) have?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      How many divisors does \(n\) expressed as a factor of prime numbers \(n = \prod_{i = 1}^m p_i^{e_i}\) have?

      \(n\) has  \(\# _ {\text{div}(n)} = \prod_{i = 1}^m (e_i + 1)\) divisors.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How many divisors does&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;expressed as a factor of prime numbers&nbsp;\(n = \prod_{i = 1}^m p_i^{e_i}\)&nbsp;have?
      Back \(n\)&nbsp;has&nbsp;&nbsp;\(\# _ {\text{div}(n)} = \prod_{i = 1}^m (e_i + 1)\)&nbsp;divisors.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Note 2423: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: q={`z2{i#x
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
      We can transform every formula into:
      • Prenex
      • CNF
      • DNF
      • Skolem

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
      We can transform every formula into:
      • Prenex
      • CNF
      • DNF
      • Skolem
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We can transform every formula into:<br><ul><li>{{c1::P<b>renex</b>}}<br></li><li>{{c2::<b>CNF</b>}}<br></li><li>{{c3::<b>DNF</b>}}</li><li>{{c4::<b>Skolem</b>}}</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

      Note 2424: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: q?95w$fJDO
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      What is \(F[x]_{m(x)}\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      What is \(F[x]_{m(x)}\)?


      Let \(m(x)\) be a polynomial of degree \(d\) over \(F\). Then: \[F[x]_{m(x)} \ \overset{\text{def}}{=} \ \{a(x) \in F[x] \ | \ \deg(a(x)) < d\}\]

      This is the set of all polynomials over \(F\) with degree strictly less than \(d\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>What is \(F[x]_{m(x)}\)?</p>
      Back <p>Let \(m(x)\) be a polynomial of degree \(d\) over \(F\). Then: \[F[x]_{m(x)} \ \overset{\text{def}}{=} \ \{a(x) \in F[x] \ | \ \deg(a(x)) &lt; d\}\]</p> <p>This is the set of all polynomials over \(F\) with <strong>degree strictly less than \(d\)</strong>.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      Note 2425: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: qAyHDnFN7L
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
      What is the number of generators of \(\mathbb{Z}_n^*\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
      What is the number of generators of \(\mathbb{Z}_n^*\)?

      1. Verify that \(\mathbb{Z}_n^*\)is cyclic (iff n = 2, 4, \(p^e\), \(2p^e\), with \(e \ge 1\) and \(p\) is an odd prime)
      2. If \(\mathbb{Z}_n^*\) is cyclic then it is isomorphic to \(\mathbb{Z}_{\varphi(n)}^+\) (by Lemma) 
      3. The number of generators of \(\mathbb{Z}_{\varphi(n)}^+\) is \(\varphi(\varphi(n))\) as it is the number of elements coprime to the group order.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the number of generators of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_n^*\)?
      Back 1. Verify that&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_n^*\)is cyclic (iff n = 2, 4,&nbsp;\(p^e\),&nbsp;\(2p^e\), with&nbsp;\(e \ge 1\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;is an odd prime)<br>2. If&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_n^*\)&nbsp;is cyclic then it is isomorphic to&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_{\varphi(n)}^+\)&nbsp;(by Lemma)&nbsp;<br>3. The number of generators of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_{\varphi(n)}^+\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(\varphi(\varphi(n))\)&nbsp;as it is the number of elements coprime to the group order.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Note 2426: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: qFQ3yDTc>-
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

      An element \(u\) of a ring \(R\) is called a unit if \(u\) is invertible.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

      An element \(u\) of a ring \(R\) is called a unit if \(u\) is invertible.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>An element \(u\) of a ring \(R\) is called a {{c1::unit}} if \(u\) is {{c2::invertible}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::2._Units_and_the_Multiplicative_Group_of_a_Ring

      Note 2427: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: qFYoZgCSMu
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::4._Proof_Systems_in_Theoretical_Computer_Science_*
      The predicate \(\tau\) defines the set {{c1::of strings \(L \subseteq \{0, 1\}\) that correspond to true statements}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::4._Proof_Systems_in_Theoretical_Computer_Science_*
      The predicate \(\tau\) defines the set {{c1::of strings \(L \subseteq \{0, 1\}\) that correspond to true statements}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The predicate&nbsp;\(\tau\)&nbsp;defines the set {{c1::of strings&nbsp;\(L \subseteq \{0, 1\}\)&nbsp;that correspond to true statements}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::4._Proof_Systems_in_Theoretical_Computer_Science_*

      Note 2428: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: qScQPkEg%q
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::5._Logical_Formulas_vs._Mathematical_Statements
      A logical formula is generally not a mathematical statement, because the truth value depends on the interpretation of the symbols.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::5._Logical_Formulas_vs._Mathematical_Statements
      A logical formula is generally not a mathematical statement, because the truth value depends on the interpretation of the symbols.

      (so we can't prove/disprove it)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A logical formula is generally <i>not</i> a mathematical statement, because {{c1::the truth value depends on the interpretation of the symbols}}.
      Extra (so we can't prove/disprove it)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::5._Logical_Formulas_vs._Mathematical_Statements

      Note 2429: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: q[i&,qVWc9
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      What is modular congruence in a polynomial field?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      What is modular congruence in a polynomial field?


      \[a(x) \equiv_{m(x)} b(x) \quad \overset{\text{def}}{\Leftrightarrow} \quad m(x) \ | \ (a(x) - b(x))\]

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>What is modular congruence in a polynomial field?</p>
      Back <p>\[a(x) \equiv_{m(x)} b(x) \quad \overset{\text{def}}{\Leftrightarrow} \quad m(x) \ | \ (a(x) - b(x))\]</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      Note 2430: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: q]nbKvbP{^
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

      In a field, you can:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

      In a field, you can:


      • add
      • subtract
      • multiply
      • divide by any nonzero element.

      You can divide, because in a field the multiplicative monoid is also a group (without \(0\), thus \(0\) cannot be divided by - no inverse).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>In a field, you can:</p>
      Back <ul> <li>add</li> <li>subtract</li> <li>multiply</li> <li><em>divide</em> by any nonzero element.</li> </ul> <p>You can divide, because in a field the multiplicative monoid is also a <em>group</em> (without \(0\), thus \(0\) cannot be divided by - no inverse).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

      Note 2431: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: q_~/j+G,$p
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
      What is the fundamental theorem of arithmetic?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic
      What is the fundamental theorem of arithmetic?

      Every positive integer can be written uniquely as the product of primes.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the&nbsp;<i>fundamental theorem of arithmetic</i>?
      Back Every positive integer can be written uniquely as the product of primes.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::1._Primes_and_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic

      Note 2432: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: qi1M.
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

      When an operation is associative, \(a_1 * a_2 * \dots * a_n\) is independent of the order of execution.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

      When an operation is associative, \(a_1 * a_2 * \dots * a_n\) is independent of the order of execution.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>When an operation is associative, \(a_1 * a_2 * \dots * a_n\) is {{c1::independent of the order of execution}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::2._Associativity_and_Monoids

      Note 2433: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: qnpI?yoaky
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
      What are the three properties of a partial order relation?
      1.  Reflexivity
      2.  Antisymmetry
      3.  Transitivity

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
      What are the three properties of a partial order relation?
      1.  Reflexivity
      2.  Antisymmetry
      3.  Transitivity
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text What are the three properties of a partial order relation?<br><ol><li>{{c1::&nbsp;<b>Reflexivity</b>}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;<b>Antisymmetry</b>}}</li><li>{{c3::&nbsp;<b>Transitivity</b>}}</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

      Note 2434: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: qo:})x5a6`
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      In a group, the equations \(a * x = b\) and \(x * a = b\) have unique solutions for all \(a, b\) (property G3(v)).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      In a group, the equations \(a * x = b\) and \(x * a = b\) have unique solutions for all \(a, b\) (property G3(v)).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>In a group, the equations {{c1::\(a * x = b\)}} and {{c2::\(x * a = b\)}}&nbsp;have {{c3::unique solutions}} for all \(a, b\) (property G3(v)).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Note 2435: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: qx(`A-^(T{
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Definition of irreflexive

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Definition of irreflexive

      A relation \(\rho\) on a set A is called irreflexive if \(a \ \not \rho \ a\) for all a ∈ A, i.e., if \(\rho \ \cap \ \text{id} = \emptyset\).

      Not that this is not the negation of reflexive!
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Definition of irreflexive
      Back A relation&nbsp;\(\rho\)&nbsp;on a set A is called <b>irreflexive</b> if&nbsp;\(a \ \not \rho \ a\)&nbsp;for all a ∈ A, i.e., if&nbsp;\(\rho \ \cap \ \text{id} = \emptyset\).<br><br>Not that this is not the negation of reflexive!
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2436: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: q|}rXYFly~
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      Euler's totient function \(\varphi: \mathbb{Z}^+ \rightarrow \mathbb{Z}^+\) is defined as {{c2::the cardinality of \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\): \[\varphi(m) = |\mathbb{Z}_m^*|\]}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      Euler's totient function \(\varphi: \mathbb{Z}^+ \rightarrow \mathbb{Z}^+\) is defined as {{c2::the cardinality of \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\): \[\varphi(m) = |\mathbb{Z}_m^*|\]}}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c1::Euler's totient function::Name?}} \(\varphi: \mathbb{Z}^+ \rightarrow \mathbb{Z}^+\) is defined as {{c2::the cardinality of \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\): \[\varphi(m) = |\mathbb{Z}_m^*|\]}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Note 2437: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: r.P@LlU$vR
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::4._Least_Common_Multiples
      Give the formal definition of the least common multiple \(\text{lcm}(a, b)\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::4._Least_Common_Multiples
      Give the formal definition of the least common multiple \(\text{lcm}(a, b)\).

      \[a \mid l \land b \mid l \land \forall m \ ((a \mid m \land b \mid m) \rightarrow l \mid m)\] \(l\) is a common multiple of \(a\) and \(b\) which divides every common multiple of \(a\) and \(b\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Give the formal definition of the least common multiple \(\text{lcm}(a, b)\).
      Back \[a \mid l \land b \mid l \land \forall m \ ((a \mid m \land b \mid m) \rightarrow l \mid m)\] \(l\) is a common multiple of \(a\) and \(b\) which divides every common multiple of \(a\) and \(b\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::4._Least_Common_Multiples

      Note 2438: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: r3)589~fN6
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      What is the cardinality of \(F[x]_{m(x)}\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      What is the cardinality of \(F[x]_{m(x)}\)?


      Lemma 5.34: Let \(F\) be a finite field with \(q\) elements and let \(m(x)\) be a polynomial of degree \(d\) over \(F\). Then: \[|F[x]_{m(x)}| = q^d\]

      Explanation: Each polynomial of \(\deg d - 1\) has \(d\) coefficients (from \(0, \dots, d - 1\)), and each coefficient can be any of  \(q\) elements from \(F\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>What is the cardinality of \(F[x]_{m(x)}\)?</p>
      Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.34</strong>: Let \(F\) be a finite field with \(q\) elements and let \(m(x)\) be a polynomial of degree \(d\) over \(F\). Then: \[|F[x]_{m(x)}| = q^d\]</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: Each polynomial of \(\deg d - 1\) has \(d\) coefficients (from&nbsp;\(0, \dots, d - 1\)), and each coefficient can be any of  \(q\) elements from&nbsp;\(F\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      Note 2439: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: rI[60?4iFu
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
      group has the following properties:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
      group has the following properties:

      • Closure
      • Associativity
      • Identity
      • Inverse
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front A&nbsp;<b>group</b>&nbsp;has the following properties:
      Back <ul><li>Closure</li><li>Associativity</li><li>Identity</li><li>Inverse</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Note 2440: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: rMrK0z!nVO
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      In a cyclic group \(\langle g \rangle\), associativity is inherited from the parent group \(G\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      In a cyclic group \(\langle g \rangle\), associativity is inherited from the parent group \(G\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>In a cyclic group \(\langle g \rangle\), {{c1::associativity}} is {{c2::inherited from the parent group \(G\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Note 2441: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: rU5OFOfB=/
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors
      In any commutative ring, if \(a \ | \ b\) then  \(a \ | \ bc\) for all \(c\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors
      In any commutative ring, if \(a \ | \ b\) then  \(a \ | \ bc\) for all \(c\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>In any commutative ring, if&nbsp;\(a \ | \ b\)&nbsp;then {{c1::&nbsp;\(a \ | \ bc\)}}&nbsp;for all \(c\).</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

      Note 2442: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: rkyD`Rw*Nl
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
      We are allowed to swap quantifier order in a formula if:
      • they are of the same type
      • the variables never appear in the same predicate

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms
      We are allowed to swap quantifier order in a formula if:
      • they are of the same type
      • the variables never appear in the same predicate
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We are allowed to swap quantifier order in a formula if:<br><ul><li>{{c1:: they are of the same type}}</li><li>{{c2:: the variables never appear in the same predicate}}</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::7._Normal_Forms

      Note 2443: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: rz^&c?ddI>
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)
      G is a logical conseqence of F. What does that mean?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)
      G is a logical conseqence of F. What does that mean?

      \( F \models G\) if G is always true if F is true, but not necessarily false when F is false. (No causality!)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front G is a <i>logical conse</i><i>qence </i>of F. What does that mean?
      Back \( F \models G\) if G is always true if F is true, but not necessarily false when F is false. (No causality!)<br>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::4._Logical_Consequence_(for_Propositional_Logic)

      Note 2444: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: s$,Xim%,O5
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      Lemma 5.22(3): The units of \(D[x]\) are the constant polynomials that are units of \(D\): \(D[x]^* = D^*\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      Lemma 5.22(3): The units of \(D[x]\) are the constant polynomials that are units of \(D\): \(D[x]^* = D^*\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p><strong>Lemma 5.22(3)</strong>: The {{c1::units of \(D[x]\)}} are the {{c2::constant polynomials that are units of \(D\): \(D[x]^* = D^*\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      Note 2445: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: s&thqL60qD
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
      For \(a,b,m\in\mathbb{Z}\) with \(m\ge1\), we say that \(a\) is congruent to \(b\) modulo \(m\) if  \(m\) divides \(a-b\).

      Written as an expression: \(a\equiv_mb \iff m \mid (a-b)\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
      For \(a,b,m\in\mathbb{Z}\) with \(m\ge1\), we say that \(a\) is congruent to \(b\) modulo \(m\) if  \(m\) divides \(a-b\).

      Written as an expression: \(a\equiv_mb \iff m \mid (a-b)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For&nbsp;\(a,b,m\in\mathbb{Z}\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(m\ge1\), we say that&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;<i>congruent to&nbsp;</i>\(b\)&nbsp;<i>modulo&nbsp;</i>\(m\)&nbsp;if {{c1::&nbsp;\(m\)&nbsp;divides&nbsp;\(a-b\)}}. <br><br>Written as an expression:{{c1::&nbsp;\(a\equiv_mb \iff m \mid (a-b)\).}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences

      Note 2446: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: s(DE`)q*(T
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      A partial order on a set \(A\) is a relation that is:
      1. reflexive
      2. antisymmetric
      3. transitive

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      A partial order on a set \(A\) is a relation that is:
      1. reflexive
      2. antisymmetric
      3. transitive

      Examples: \(\leq, \geq\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c1::A partial order}} on a set&nbsp;\(A\) is a relation that is:<div><ol><li>{{c2::reflexive}}</li><li>{{c3::antisymmetric}}</li><li>{{c4::transitive}}</li></ol></div>
      Extra Examples:&nbsp;\(\leq, \geq\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2447: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: s*8T*K?3f=
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has a left inverse if and only if \(f\) is injective (not in script).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has a left inverse if and only if \(f\) is injective (not in script).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>A function \(f: A \rightarrow B\) has a {{c1::left inverse}} if and only if \(f\) is {{c2::injective}} (not in script).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Note 2448: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: s2,pAWT0;U
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

      An irreducible polynomial of degree \(\geq 2\) has no roots.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

      An irreducible polynomial of degree \(\geq 2\) has no roots.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>An <strong>irreducible</strong> polynomial of degree \(\geq 2\) has {{c1:: <strong>no roots</strong>}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

      Note 2449: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: s4qU[:Rl0m
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
      A poset \((A; \preceq)\) is called totally ordered (also: linearly ordered) by \(\preceq\) if any two elements of the poset are comparable.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
      A poset \((A; \preceq)\) is called totally ordered (also: linearly ordered) by \(\preceq\) if any two elements of the poset are comparable.

      Example: \((\mathbb{Z}; \ge)\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A poset&nbsp;\((A; \preceq)\) is called {{c2::<b>totally ordered</b>&nbsp;(also: linearly ordered) by&nbsp;\(\preceq\)}}&nbsp;if {{c1::any two elements of the poset are comparable.}}
      Extra Example:&nbsp;\((\mathbb{Z}; \ge)\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

      Note 2450: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: s7*HAj`,kR
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
      Name four examples for (binary) relations as defined in discrete mathematics.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
      Name four examples for (binary) relations as defined in discrete mathematics.

      \(=, \ne, \le, \ge, <, >, \mid, \dots\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Name four examples for (binary) relations as defined in discrete mathematics.
      Back \(=, \ne, \le, \ge, &lt;, &gt;, \mid, \dots\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept

      Note 2451: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: s>%Mz^.26_
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      Name a zerodivisor in a ring.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      Name a zerodivisor in a ring.


      \(2\) is a zerodivisor of \(\mathbb{Z}_4\), as \(2*2 = 0\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>Name a zerodivisor in a ring.</p>
      Back <p>\(2\) is a zerodivisor of \(\mathbb{Z}_4\), as \(2*2 = 0\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      Note 2452: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: s?tB!9azRK
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups
      An abelian group has the following properties:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups
      An abelian group has the following properties:

      • closure
      • associativity
      • identity
      • inverse
      • commutative
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front An <b>abelian group</b>&nbsp;has the following properties:
      Back <ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>identity</li><li>inverse</li><li>commutative</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups

      Note 2453: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: sQoa!PVGy1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) is more useful than \(\mathbb{Z}_m\), because {{c1::\(\mathbb{Z}_m\)is not a group with respect to multiplication modulo \(m\), which we would need for RSA}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) is more useful than \(\mathbb{Z}_m\), because {{c1::\(\mathbb{Z}_m\)is not a group with respect to multiplication modulo \(m\), which we would need for RSA}}.

      Not all elements in \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) have an inverse, something which \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) on the other hand guarantees via Bézout.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)&nbsp;is more useful than&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_m\),&nbsp;because {{c1::\(\mathbb{Z}_m\)is not a group with respect to multiplication modulo&nbsp;\(m\), which we would need for RSA}}.
      Extra Not all elements in&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_m\)&nbsp;have an inverse, something which&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\)&nbsp;on the other hand&nbsp;guarantees via Bézout.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Note 2454: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: sXwCtB@o/s
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
      What \(a \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) generate \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
      What \(a \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) generate \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)?

      All \(a \in \mathbb{Z}_n\) such that \(\gcd(a, n) = 1\).
      • If \(\gcd(a,n) = d > 1\), then all multiples of a are divisible by d, so you only hit every d-th residue mod n.
      • If \(\gcd(a,n) = 1\), then multiples of a eventually hit every residue class mod n.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What&nbsp;\(a \in \mathbb{Z}_n\)&nbsp;generate&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}_n\)?
      Back All&nbsp;\(a \in \mathbb{Z}_n\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(\gcd(a, n) = 1\).<br><div><ul><li> <div>If&nbsp;\(\gcd(a,n) = d &gt; 1\), then all multiples of a are divisible by d, so you only hit every d-th residue mod n.</div> </li><li> <div>If&nbsp;\(\gcd(a,n) = 1\), then multiples of a eventually hit <b>every</b> residue class mod n.</div></li></ul></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Note 2455: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: s[Y-0E4#sz
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
      A ring \(\langle R, +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\) is an algebra with the properties that
      • \(\langle R, +, -, 0 \rangle\) is a commutative group
      • \(\langle R, \cdot, 1 \rangle\) is a monoid
      • \( a(b+c) = (ab) + (ac), (b+c)a = (ba) + (ca)\) (left and right distributive laws)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring
      A ring \(\langle R, +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\) is an algebra with the properties that
      • \(\langle R, +, -, 0 \rangle\) is a commutative group
      • \(\langle R, \cdot, 1 \rangle\) is a monoid
      • \( a(b+c) = (ab) + (ac), (b+c)a = (ba) + (ca)\) (left and right distributive laws)

      Examples: \(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{R}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c1::A ring&nbsp;\(\langle R, +, -, 0, \cdot, 1 \rangle\)}} is an algebra with the properties that<br><ul><li>{{c2::\(\langle R, +, -, 0 \rangle\)&nbsp;is a commutative group}}<br></li><li>{{c3::\(\langle R, \cdot, 1 \rangle\)&nbsp;is a monoid}}</li><li>{{c4::\( a(b+c) = (ab) + (ac), (b+c)a = (ba) + (ca)\)&nbsp;(left and right distributive laws)}}</li></ul>
      Extra Examples:&nbsp;\(\mathbb{Z}, \mathbb{R}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::1._Definition_of_a_Ring

      Note 2456: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: s[dJ]w
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      A relation \(ρ\) on a set \(A\) is called antisymmetric if {{c1::\( a \ \rho \ b \wedge b \ \rho \ a \implies a = b\) is true, i.e. if \( \rho \cap \hat{\rho} \subseteq \text{id}\)}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      A relation \(ρ\) on a set \(A\) is called antisymmetric if {{c1::\( a \ \rho \ b \wedge b \ \rho \ a \implies a = b\) is true, i.e. if \( \rho \cap \hat{\rho} \subseteq \text{id}\)}}

      Example: \( \le, \ge\) and the division relation: \( a \mid b \wedge b \mid a \implies a = b\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A relation&nbsp;\(ρ\)&nbsp;on a set&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is called {{c2::antisymmetric}} if&nbsp;{{c1::\( a \ \rho \ b \wedge b \ \rho \ a \implies a = b\) is true, i.e. if&nbsp;\( \rho \cap \hat{\rho} \subseteq \text{id}\)}}
      Extra Example:&nbsp;\( \le, \ge\) and the division relation:&nbsp;\( a \mid b \wedge b \mid a \implies a = b\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

      Note 2457: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: s]+I0[)5QL
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
      Show that \(\mathbb{Z}\) is countable by exhibiting a bijection with \(\mathbb{N}\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
      Show that \(\mathbb{Z}\) is countable by exhibiting a bijection with \(\mathbb{N}\).

      The function \(f(n) = (-1)^n \lceil n/2 \rceil\) is a bijection \(\mathbb{N} \to \mathbb{Z}\).
      Maps: \(0 \mapsto 0, 1 \mapsto 1, 2 \mapsto -1, 3 \mapsto 2, 4 \mapsto -2, \ldots\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Show that \(\mathbb{Z}\) is countable by exhibiting a bijection with \(\mathbb{N}\).
      Back The function \(f(n) = (-1)^n \lceil n/2 \rceil\) is a bijection \(\mathbb{N} \to \mathbb{Z}\). <br> Maps: \(0 \mapsto 0, 1 \mapsto 1, 2 \mapsto -1, 3 \mapsto 2, 4 \mapsto -2, \ldots\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

      Note 2458: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: s`dg
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      If both \(b * a = e\) and \(a * b = e\), then \(b\) is simply called an inverse of \(a\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      If both \(b * a = e\) and \(a * b = e\), then \(b\) is simply called an inverse of \(a\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>If both {{c1::\(b * a = e\)}} and {{c2::\(a * b = e\)}}, then \(b\) is {{c4::simply called an inverse of \(a\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Note 2459: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: sjn:t.?:uH
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::10._Proofs_by_Induction
      What are the two steps of a proof by induction?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::10._Proofs_by_Induction
      What are the two steps of a proof by induction?

      1. Basis Step: Prove \(P(0)\) (or \(P(1)\) or \(P(k)\) depending on universe)
      2. Induction Step: Prove that for any arbitrary \(n\), \(P(n) \Rightarrow P(n+1)\) (assuming \(P(n)\) as the induction hypothesis)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What are the two steps of a proof by induction?
      Back 1. <strong>Basis Step</strong>: Prove \(P(0)\) (or \(P(1)\) or \(P(k)\) depending on universe) <br>2. <strong>Induction Step</strong>: Prove that for any arbitrary \(n\), \(P(n) \Rightarrow P(n+1)\) (assuming \(P(n)\) as the induction hypothesis)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::10._Proofs_by_Induction

      Note 2460: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: sxW-Trt$`+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) is defined as?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      \(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) is defined as?


      \[ \overset{\text{def}}{=} \ \{a \in \mathbb{Z}_m \ | \ \gcd(a, m) = 1\} \]


      This is the set of all elements in \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) that are coprime to \(m\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>\(\mathbb{Z}_m^*\) is defined as?</p>
      Back <p>\[ \overset{\text{def}}{=} \ \{a \in \mathbb{Z}_m \ | \ \gcd(a, m) = 1\} \]</p><br><p>This is the set of all elements in \(\mathbb{Z}_m\) that are coprime to \(m\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2461: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: t$?o*APa?u
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

      We denote the field with \(p\) elements (where \(p\) is prime) by {{c2::\(\text{GF}(p)\) rather than \(\mathbb{Z}_p\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

      We denote the field with \(p\) elements (where \(p\) is prime) by {{c2::\(\text{GF}(p)\) rather than \(\mathbb{Z}_p\)}}.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>We denote the {{c1:: field with \(p\) elements (where \(p\) is prime)}} by {{c2::\(\text{GF}(p)\) rather than \(\mathbb{Z}_p\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

      Note 2462: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: t4rUQSlGPE
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      For what types of posets is well-ordering primarily of interest?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      For what types of posets is well-ordering primarily of interest?

      Infinite posets.

      (Every totally ordered finite poset is automatically well-ordered)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front For what types of posets is well-ordering primarily of interest?
      Back <strong>Infinite posets</strong>. <br><br>(Every totally ordered finite poset is automatically well-ordered)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

      Note 2463: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: tBd|.5x#E:
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
      How is the lexicographic order \(\leq_{\text{lex}}\) on \(A \times B\) defined?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
      How is the lexicographic order \(\leq_{\text{lex}}\) on \(A \times B\) defined?

      \[(a_1, b_1) \leq_{\text{lex}} (a_2, b_2) \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} a_1 \prec a_2 \lor (a_1 = a_2 \land b_1 \sqsubseteq b_2)\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How is the lexicographic order \(\leq_{\text{lex}}\) on \(A \times B\) defined?
      Back \[(a_1, b_1) \leq_{\text{lex}} (a_2, b_2) \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} a_1 \prec a_2 \lor (a_1 = a_2 \land b_1 \sqsubseteq b_2)\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order

      Note 2464: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: tNw~Zi`Up.
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors
      In any commutative ring:  If \(a \ | \ b\) and \(b \ | \ c\) then  \(a \ | \ c\), i.e. the relation | is transitive.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors
      In any commutative ring:  If \(a \ | \ b\) and \(b \ | \ c\) then  \(a \ | \ c\), i.e. the relation | is transitive.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>In any commutative ring:&nbsp; If&nbsp;\(a \ | \ b\)&nbsp;and \(b \ | \ c\)&nbsp;then {{c1::&nbsp;\(a \ | \ c\), i.e. the relation | is transitive}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::3._Divisors

      Note 2465: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: tXnVRUZ1r.
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      To show that a newly defined operator can be used to express any formula, we show that:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms
      To show that a newly defined operator can be used to express any formula, we show that:

       \(\lnot F\), \(F \lor G\) and \(F \land G\) can be rewritten only in terms of it.

      For example NOT, AND, OR can be expressed in NAND form, thus we can rewritten in CNF (or DNF) then NANDs (by simply replacing). As we can write every formula in CNF (or DNF) this prooves it.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front To show that a newly defined operator can be used to express any formula, we show that:
      Back &nbsp;\(\lnot F\),&nbsp;\(F \lor G\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(F \land G\)&nbsp;can be rewritten&nbsp;<b>only</b>&nbsp;in terms of it.<br><br>For example NOT, AND, OR can be expressed in NAND form, thus we can rewritten in <b>CNF</b> (or DNF) then NANDs (by simply replacing). As we can write every formula in CNF (or DNF) this prooves it.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::5._Propositional_Logic::4._Normal_Forms

      Note 2466: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: tg<_s~pb{P
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::01._Composition_of_Implications
      Proof method: "Composition of Implications"

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::01._Composition_of_Implications
      Proof method: "Composition of Implications"

      Idea: If \( S \implies T \) and \( T \implies U \) are both true, then \( S \implies U \) is also true.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Proof method: "Composition of Implications"
      Back Idea: If&nbsp;\( S \implies T \) and&nbsp;\( T \implies U \) are both true, then&nbsp;\( S \implies U \) is also true.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::01._Composition_of_Implications

      Note 2467: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: tm%60;MTzw
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::09._Proofs_by_Counterexample
      What is a proof by counterexample?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::09._Proofs_by_Counterexample
      What is a proof by counterexample?

      A proof that \(S_x\) is not true for all \(x \in X\) by exhibiting an \(a\) (called a counterexample) such that \(S_a\) is false.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is a proof by counterexample?
      Back A proof that \(S_x\) is <strong>not</strong> true for all \(x \in X\) by exhibiting an \(a\) (called a counterexample) such that \(S_a\) is <strong>false</strong>.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::09._Proofs_by_Counterexample

      Note 2468: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: tm=T&mwo5w
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      The group denoted by \(\mathbb{Z}_n\) is always meant in conjunction with the operation \(\oplus\) modulo \(n\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      The group denoted by \(\mathbb{Z}_n\) is always meant in conjunction with the operation \(\oplus\) modulo \(n\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>The group denoted by \(\mathbb{Z}_n\) is always meant in conjunction with the operation {{c2::\(\oplus\) modulo \(n\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Note 2469: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: tmXe!J(6@%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      Is antisymmetric the negation of symmetric?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      Is antisymmetric the negation of symmetric?

      NO! Antisymmetry is NOT the negation of symmetry. They are independent properties.

      A relation is both symmetric and antisymmetric if and only if it's a subset of the identity relation (i.e., \(R \subseteq \{(a, a) : a \in A\}\)). This includes the empty relation \(R = \emptyset\) as a degenerate case.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Is antisymmetric the negation of symmetric?
      Back <strong>NO!</strong> Antisymmetry is NOT the negation of symmetry. They are independent properties.<br><br>A relation is both symmetric and antisymmetric if and only if it's a subset of the identity relation (i.e.,&nbsp;\(R \subseteq \{(a, a) : a \in A\}\)). This includes the empty relation&nbsp;\(R = \emptyset\)&nbsp;as a degenerate case.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

      Note 2470: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: tpZRO@D#F:
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
      Every polynomial of degree 4 is either irreducible or it has a factor of degree 1 or irreducible factor of degree 2.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials
      Every polynomial of degree 4 is either irreducible or it has a factor of degree 1 or irreducible factor of degree 2.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Every polynomial of degree {{c1:: 4}} is {{c2:: either irreducible or it has a factor of degree 1 or irreducible factor of degree 2}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials

      Note 2471: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: tuHe#n^N^#
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
      The Diffie-Hellman Key-Agreement works because?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
      The Diffie-Hellman Key-Agreement works because?

      The discrete logarithm problem is hard!

      That is, it's hard to find \(x_A\) from \(g^{x_A} \mod p\), knowing \(g\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front The Diffie-Hellman Key-Agreement works because?
      Back The&nbsp;<b>discrete logarithm</b>&nbsp;problem is hard!<br><br>That is, it's hard to find&nbsp;\(x_A\)&nbsp;from&nbsp;\(g^{x_A} \mod p\), knowing&nbsp;\(g\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement

      Note 2472: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: tz7t=t1v7n
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field
       \(F[x]\) is an integral domain.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field
       \(F[x]\) is an integral domain.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text &nbsp;\(F[x]\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: an integral domain}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field

      Note 2473: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: u${[$*iYrd
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::5._Some_Examples_of_Groups

      Does the uniqueness of the neutral element imply that a group is abelian (commutative)?

      I.e. does \(a*e = e*a\) mean \(G\) is abelian?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::5._Some_Examples_of_Groups

      Does the uniqueness of the neutral element imply that a group is abelian (commutative)?

      I.e. does \(a*e = e*a\) mean \(G\) is abelian?

      No! The uniqueness of the neutral element does not imply commutativity.

      Counterexample: The identity matrix \(I_3\) is the unique neutral element for the group of \(3 \times 3\) invertible real matrices under multiplication. We have \(A \cdot I_3 = I_3 \cdot A\) for all matrices \(A\), even though matrix multiplication is not commutative in general.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>Does the uniqueness of the neutral element imply that a group is abelian (commutative)?</p>I.e. does&nbsp;\(a*e = e*a\)&nbsp;mean&nbsp;\(G\)&nbsp;is abelian?
      Back <p><strong>No!</strong> The uniqueness of the neutral element does <strong>not</strong> imply commutativity.</p><p><strong>Counterexample</strong>: The identity matrix \(I_3\) is the unique neutral element for the group of&nbsp;\(3 \times 3\)&nbsp;<i>invertible</i> real matrices under multiplication. We have \(A \cdot I_3 = I_3 \cdot A\) for all matrices \(A\), even though matrix multiplication is <strong>not commutative</strong> in general.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::5._Some_Examples_of_Groups

      Note 2474: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: u%LA!tL]Sb
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

      What is a polynomial based encoding function?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

      What is a polynomial based encoding function?


      Theorem 5.42: Let \(\mathcal{A} = \text{GF}(q)\) and let \(\alpha_0, \dots, \alpha_{n-1}\) be arbitrary distinct elements of \(\text{GF}(q)\). Encode by polynomial evaluation: \[E((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})) = (a(\alpha_0), \dots, a(\alpha_{n-1}))\] where \(a(x)\) is the polynomial with coefficients \((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})\).

      The code has minimum distance \(d_{\min} = n - k + 1\).

      Key property: The polynomial can be interpolated from any \(k\) values by Lagrangian interpolation (b/c  \(k\) coefficients = degree \(k-1\) due to the constant part of the polynomial). Two codewords cannot agree at \(k\) positions (else they'd be equal), i.e. they agree at most at \(k-1\) positions, so they disagree in at least \(n - k + 1\) positions.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>What is a polynomial based encoding function?</p>
      Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.42</strong>: Let \(\mathcal{A} = \text{GF}(q)\) and let \(\alpha_0, \dots, \alpha_{n-1}\) be arbitrary distinct elements of \(\text{GF}(q)\). Encode by polynomial evaluation: \[E((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})) = (a(\alpha_0), \dots, a(\alpha_{n-1}))\] where \(a(x)\) is the polynomial with coefficients \((a_0, \dots, a_{k-1})\).</p> <p>The code has minimum distance \(d_{\min} = n - k + 1\).</p> <p><strong>Key property</strong>: The polynomial can be interpolated from any \(k\) values by Lagrangian interpolation (b/c  \(k\)&nbsp;coefficients = degree&nbsp;\(k-1\)&nbsp;due to the constant part of the polynomial). Two codewords cannot agree at&nbsp;\(k\) positions (else they'd be equal), i.e. they agree at most at&nbsp;\(k-1\)&nbsp;positions,&nbsp;so they disagree in at least&nbsp;\(n - k + 1\) positions.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

      Note 2475: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: u*{HjaX,5R
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
      In the lattice \((\{1,2,3,4,5,6,8,12,24\}; |)\), what are the meet and join for 6 and 8?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
      In the lattice \((\{1,2,3,4,5,6,8,12,24\}; |)\), what are the meet and join for 6 and 8?

      Meet: \(6 \land 8 = 2\) (gcd)
      Join: \(6 \lor 8 = 24\) (lcm)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front In the lattice \((\{1,2,3,4,5,6,8,12,24\}; |)\), what are the meet and join for 6 and 8?
      Back <div>Meet:&nbsp;\(6 \land 8 = 2\)&nbsp;(gcd)</div><div>Join:&nbsp;\(6 \lor 8 = 24\)&nbsp;(lcm)</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices

      Note 2476: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: u1$>B^csAD
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::2._The_Division_Property_in_F[x]

      How do you perform polynomial division when the divisor is not monic (e.g., in \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\))?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::2._The_Division_Property_in_F[x]

      How do you perform polynomial division when the divisor is not monic (e.g., in \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\))?


      If dividing by a non-monic polynomial like \(4x + 2\) in \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\):

      1. Find the multiplicative inverse of the leading coefficient in the field
      2. For \(4\) in \(\text{GF}(7)\): \(4 \cdot 2 \equiv_7 1\), so \(4^{-1} = 2\)
      3. Multiply the polynomial by this inverse to make it monic
      4. \(2 \cdot (4x + 2) = 8x + 4 \equiv_7 x + 4\)
      5. Now divide by the monic polynomial

      Example: \(3x^2 + 6x + 5\) divided by \(4x + 2\) becomes \(3x^2 + 6x + 5\) divided by \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\)0 (after multiplying by \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\)1).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>How do you perform polynomial division when the divisor is not monic (e.g., in \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\))?</p>
      Back <p>If dividing by a non-monic polynomial like \(4x + 2\) in \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\):</p> <ol> <li>Find the multiplicative inverse of the leading coefficient in the field</li> <li>For \(4\) in \(\text{GF}(7)\): \(4 \cdot 2 \equiv_7 1\), so \(4^{-1} = 2\)</li> <li>Multiply the polynomial by this inverse to make it monic</li> <li>\(2 \cdot (4x + 2) = 8x + 4 \equiv_7 x + 4\)</li> <li>Now divide by the monic polynomial</li> </ol> <p><strong>Example</strong>: \(3x^2 + 6x + 5\) divided by \(4x + 2\) becomes \(3x^2 + 6x + 5\) divided by \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\)0 (after multiplying by \(\text{GF}(7)[x]\)1).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::2._The_Division_Property_in_F[x]

      Note 2477: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: u3RL+}XGYF
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      The {{c2::power set of a set \(A\), denoted \(\mathcal{P}(A)\)}}, is the set of all subsets of \(A\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      The {{c2::power set of a set \(A\), denoted \(\mathcal{P}(A)\)}}, is the set of all subsets of \(A\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The {{c2::power set of a set&nbsp;\(A\), denoted&nbsp;\(\mathcal{P}(A)\)}}, is {{c1::the set of all subsets of&nbsp;\(A\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::8._The_Power_Set_of_a_Set PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2478: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: u7I279IY#p
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

      When is there a finite field with \(q\) elements?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

      When is there a finite field with \(q\) elements?


      \(\text{GF}(q)\) is only finite if and only if \(q\) is a power of a prime, i.e. \(q = p^k\) for \(p\) prime.

      Any two fields of the same size \(q\) are isomorphic.


      Why: to construct an extension field, use \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) for coefficients. To be a field, \(p\) must be prime. In a polynomial with degree \(k-1\), each coefficient can take any of the \(p\) values from the coefficient field.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>When is there a finite field with \(q\) elements?</p>
      Back <p>\(\text{GF}(q)\) is only finite <em>if and only if</em> \(q\) is a <em>power</em> of a prime, i.e. \(q = p^k\) for \(p\) prime.</p> <p>Any two fields of the same size \(q\) are isomorphic.</p><p><br></p><p><b>Why:</b>&nbsp;to construct an extension field, use \(\mathbb{Z}_p\) for coefficients. To be a field,&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;must be prime. In a polynomial with degree&nbsp;\(k-1\), each coefficient can take any of the&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;values from the coefficient field.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

      Note 2479: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: u8U)|c~>_!
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      The degree of the sum of two polynomials is at most the maximum (can be smaller if the biggest coefficients cancel) of their degrees.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      The degree of the sum of two polynomials is at most the maximum (can be smaller if the biggest coefficients cancel) of their degrees.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>The degree of the sum of two polynomials is {{c2::at most the maximum (can be smaller if the biggest coefficients cancel)}} of their degrees.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      Note 2480: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: uBR/x3yn=f
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::10._Proofs_by_Induction
      What is the principle of mathematical induction?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::10._Proofs_by_Induction
      What is the principle of mathematical induction?

      For the universe \(\mathbb{N}\) and an arbitrary unary predicate \(P\): \[P(0) \land \forall n (P(n) \rightarrow P(n+1)) \Rightarrow \forall n P(n)\]
      (If the base case holds and the induction step holds, then the property holds for all natural numbers)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the principle of mathematical induction?
      Back For the universe \(\mathbb{N}\) and an arbitrary unary predicate \(P\): \[P(0) \land \forall n (P(n) \rightarrow P(n+1)) \Rightarrow \forall n P(n)\] <br> (If the base case holds and the induction step holds, then the property holds for all natural numbers)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::10._Proofs_by_Induction

      Note 2481: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: uCGhOduc{_
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement PlsFix::DELETE
      Explain the mechanical analog of the Diffie-Hellman protocol.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement PlsFix::DELETE
      Explain the mechanical analog of the Diffie-Hellman protocol.

      A padlock without a key.

      Alice and Bob can exchange their locks (closed) and keep a copy in the open state. Then they can both generate the same configuration, namely the two locks interlocked. For the adversary, this is impossible without breaking open one of the locks.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Explain the mechanical analog of the Diffie-Hellman protocol.
      Back A padlock without a key.<br><br>Alice and Bob can exchange their locks (closed) and keep a copy in the open state. Then they can both generate the same configuration, namely the two locks interlocked.&nbsp;For the adversary, this is impossible without breaking open one of the locks.<br><br><img src="paste-39931b24c512906843c903f461b7c1cc9f5a6685.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement PlsFix::DELETE

      Note 2482: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: uFE6t!4Hr%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields
      field has the following properties:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields
      field has the following properties:

      Additive Group:
      • closure
      • associativity
      • identity
      • inverse
      • commutative
      Multiplicative group:
      • closure
      • associativity
      • distributivity
      • identity
      • no zero-divisor
      • inverse
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front A&nbsp;<b>field</b>&nbsp;has the following properties:
      Back Additive Group:<br><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>identity</li><li>inverse</li><li>commutative</li></ul><div>Multiplicative group:</div><div></div><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>distributivity</li><li>identity</li><li>no zero-divisor</li><li><b>inverse</b></li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

      Note 2483: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: uFN2l+&cfr
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

      Can there be more than one neutral element?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

      Can there be more than one neutral element?


      No, \(\langle S; * \rangle\) can have at most one neutral element.

      There can be a distinct left and right neutral though. 
      Example: \(3 \times 4\) matrices
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>Can there be more than one neutral element?</p>
      Back No,&nbsp;\(\langle S; * \rangle\) can have <strong>at most one neutral element</strong>.<br><br>There can be a distinct left and right neutral though.&nbsp;<br>Example:&nbsp;\(3 \times 4\) matrices
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

      Note 2484: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: uK|j,XZw5[
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
      For Diffie-Hellman key agreement, both Alice and Bob choose \(x_A, x_B\) (their private keys) at random.

      They then compute {{c2:: \(y_A := R_p(g^{x_A})\) and \(y_B\) analogously, which are their public keys}} which is sent over the network to their partner.

      The other {{c3:: then exponentiates by their private key to get the shared key \(k_{AB} \equiv_p y_B^{x_A} \equiv_p g^{x_B \cdot x_A} \equiv_p y_A^{x_B}\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement
      For Diffie-Hellman key agreement, both Alice and Bob choose \(x_A, x_B\) (their private keys) at random.

      They then compute {{c2:: \(y_A := R_p(g^{x_A})\) and \(y_B\) analogously, which are their public keys}} which is sent over the network to their partner.

      The other {{c3:: then exponentiates by their private key to get the shared key \(k_{AB} \equiv_p y_B^{x_A} \equiv_p g^{x_B \cdot x_A} \equiv_p y_A^{x_B}\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For Diffie-Hellman key agreement, both Alice and Bob {{c1:: choose&nbsp;\(x_A, x_B\)&nbsp;(their private keys) at random}}.<br><br>They then compute {{c2::&nbsp;\(y_A := R_p(g^{x_A})\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(y_B\)&nbsp;analogously, which are their public keys}} which is {{c2:: sent over the network to their partner}}.<br><br>The other {{c3:: then exponentiates by their private key to get the shared key&nbsp;\(k_{AB} \equiv_p y_B^{x_A} \equiv_p g^{x_B \cdot x_A} \equiv_p y_A^{x_B}\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::6._Application:_Diffie-Hellman_Key-Agreement

      Note 2485: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: uO0tm0+UFa
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::08._Existence_Proofs_via_the_Pigeonhole_Principle PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Proof method: Pigeonhole Principle

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::08._Existence_Proofs_via_the_Pigeonhole_Principle PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Proof method: Pigeonhole Principle

      If a set of \( n \) objects is divided into \( k < n\) sets, then at least one of the sets contains at least \( \left \lceil{\frac{n}{k}}\right \rceil\) objects.

      Informally: If there are more objects than sets, there is a set with more than one object in it.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Proof method: Pigeonhole Principle
      Back If a set of&nbsp;\( n \) objects is divided into&nbsp;\( k &lt; n\) sets, then at least one of the sets contains at least&nbsp;\( \left \lceil{\frac{n}{k}}\right \rceil\) objects.<div><br></div><div>Informally: If there are more objects than sets, there is a set with more than one object in it.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::08._Existence_Proofs_via_the_Pigeonhole_Principle PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2486: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: uO>&}CGJV*
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      In a group's operation table, every row and every column must contain every element exactly once.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      In a group's operation table, every row and every column must contain every element exactly once.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>In a group's operation table, every {{c1::row}} and every {{c1::column}} must contain {{c2::every element exactly once}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Note 2487: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: u`Y+W
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      A left inverse element of \(a\) in \(\langle S; *, e \rangle\) is an element \(b\) such that \(b * a = e\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      A left inverse element of \(a\) in \(\langle S; *, e \rangle\) is an element \(b\) such that \(b * a = e\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>A {{c1::left inverse element}} of \(a\) in \(\langle S; *, e \rangle\) is an element \(b\) such that {{c2::\(b * a = e\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Note 2488: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: uaVso1SVrk
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      If no \(m>0\) exists, such that \(a^m = e\) in a group, the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a\) is {{c1:: said to be infinite, written \(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      If no \(m>0\) exists, such that \(a^m = e\) in a group, the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a\) is {{c1:: said to be infinite, written \(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\)}}.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>If {{c2:: no \(m&gt;0\) exists, such that \(a^m = e\) in a group}}, the order \(\text{ord}(a)\) of \(a\) is {{c1:: said to be infinite, written \(\text{ord}(a) = \infty\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::4._The_Order_of_Group_Elements_and_of_a_Group

      Note 2489: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: ucznaYpcB%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      What does it mean for a function to be bijective?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      What does it mean for a function to be bijective?

      It is both injective and surjective.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What does it mean for a function to be bijective?
      Back It is both <strong>injective</strong> and <strong>surjective</strong>.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

      Note 2490: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: udpmH`a[=Y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      The subset \(f(A)\) of \(B\) is called the image (also: range) of \(f\) and is also denoted \(Im(f)\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      The subset \(f(A)\) of \(B\) is called the image (also: range) of \(f\) and is also denoted \(Im(f)\).

      Example: \(f(x) = x^2\), the range of \(f\) is \(\mathbb{R}^{\ge 0}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The {{c2::subset&nbsp;\(f(A)\) of&nbsp;\(B\)}} is called the {{c1::<b>image</b> (also: range) of&nbsp;\(f\)}}&nbsp;and is also denoted&nbsp;{{c1::\(Im(f)\)}}.
      Extra Example:&nbsp;\(f(x) = x^2\), the range of&nbsp;\(f\) is&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^{\ge 0}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

      Note 2491: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: ui6=/w5,Pi
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
      An element \(p \in \mathcal{P}\) is either a valid proof for a statement \(s \in \mathcal{S}\) or it's not. This is defined by the {{c1::verification function \(\phi : \mathcal{S} \times \mathcal{P} \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition
      An element \(p \in \mathcal{P}\) is either a valid proof for a statement \(s \in \mathcal{S}\) or it's not. This is defined by the {{c1::verification function \(\phi : \mathcal{S} \times \mathcal{P} \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\)}}.

      \(\phi(s, p) = 1\) means that \(p\) is a valid proof for \(s\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text An element&nbsp;\(p \in \mathcal{P}\)&nbsp;is either a valid proof for a statement&nbsp;\(s \in \mathcal{S}\)&nbsp;or it's not. This is defined by the {{c1::<b>verification function</b>&nbsp;\(\phi : \mathcal{S} \times \mathcal{P} \rightarrow \{0, 1\}\)}}.
      Extra \(\phi(s, p) = 1\)&nbsp;means that&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;is a valid proof for&nbsp;\(s\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::2._Proof_Systems::1._Definition

      Note 2492: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: ujCuoEmotl
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::2._Proof_of_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic_*
      If \(p\) is a prime which divides the product \(x_1 x_2 \dots x_n\) of some integers, then \(p\) divides at least one of them: \[p | (x_1 x_2 \dots x_n) \Rightarrow \exists i \ p | x_i\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::2._Proof_of_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic_*
      If \(p\) is a prime which divides the product \(x_1 x_2 \dots x_n\) of some integers, then \(p\) divides at least one of them: \[p | (x_1 x_2 \dots x_n) \Rightarrow \exists i \ p | x_i\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;is a prime which divides the product&nbsp;\(x_1 x_2 \dots x_n\)&nbsp;of some integers, then&nbsp;\(p\)&nbsp;{{c1::divides at least one of them:&nbsp;\[p | (x_1 x_2 \dots x_n) \Rightarrow \exists i \ p | x_i\]}}<br>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::3._Factorization_into_Primes::2._Proof_of_the_Fundamental_Theorem_of_Arithmetic_*

      Note 2493: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: ujG*JDz|2[
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
      If we take the direct product of two posets, what do we get?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order
      If we take the direct product of two posets, what do we get?

      \((A; \preceq) \times (B;\sqsubseteq)\) is also a poset.
      (The direct product preserves the poset structure)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front If we take the direct product of two posets, what do we get?
      Back \((A; \preceq) \times (B;\sqsubseteq)\) is also a poset. <br> (The direct product preserves the poset structure)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::3._Combinations_of_Posets_and_the_Lexicographic_Order

      Note 2494: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: ul?W)H}T|L
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::1._Logical_Constants,_Operators,_and_Formulas
      An expression using the propositional symbols \(A, B, C, \dots\) and logical operators \(\land, \lor, \lnot, \ldots\) is called a formula (of propositional logic).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::1._Logical_Constants,_Operators,_and_Formulas
      An expression using the propositional symbols \(A, B, C, \dots\) and logical operators \(\land, \lor, \lnot, \ldots\) is called a formula (of propositional logic).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text An {{c2::expression using the propositional symbols&nbsp;\(A, B, C, \dots\)&nbsp;and logical operators&nbsp;\(\land, \lor, \lnot, \ldots\)}}&nbsp;is called a {{c1::<i>formula</i>&nbsp;(of propositional logic)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::1._Logical_Constants,_Operators,_and_Formulas

      Note 2495: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: u}}Ht+=)aT
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams
      What does the Hasse diagram of a poset \((A; \preceq)\) look like?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams
      What does the Hasse diagram of a poset \((A; \preceq)\) look like?

      A directed graph whose vertices are labeled with elements of \(A\) and where there is an edge from \(a\) to \(b\) if and only if \(b\) covers \(a\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What does the Hasse diagram of a poset \((A; \preceq)\)&nbsp;look like?
      Back A directed graph whose vertices are labeled with elements of \(A\) and where there is an edge from \(a\) to \(b\) <strong>if and only if</strong> \(b\) <strong>covers</strong> \(a\).<br><br><img src="paste-f73994d226c864f7b27dfb8150666efd3d3b8bf6.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams

      Note 2496: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: v2<,m(`1YY
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
      When are two elements \(a\) and \(b\) comparable in a poset \((A; \preceq)\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
      When are two elements \(a\) and \(b\) comparable in a poset \((A; \preceq)\)?

      When \(a \preceq b\) or \(b \preceq a\). Otherwise they are incomparable.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When are two elements \(a\) and \(b\) comparable in a poset \((A; \preceq)\)?
      Back When \(a \preceq b\) <strong>or</strong> \(b \preceq a\). Otherwise they are <strong>incomparable</strong>.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

      Note 2497: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: v9=<1hp!B8
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      What is a zerodivisor?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      What is a zerodivisor?


      A zerodivisor \(a \in R, a \neq 0\) in a commutative ring such that \(ab = ba = 0\) for \(b \neq 0\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>What is a zerodivisor?</p>
      Back <p>A zerodivisor \(a \in R, a \neq 0\) in a commutative ring such that \(ab = ba = 0\) for \(b \neq 0\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      Note 2498: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: v
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      What two properties must a relation \(f: A \to B\) have to be a function?
      1.  Total-definedness: \(\forall a \in A \ \exists b \in B : a \ f \ b\) 
      2.  Well-definedness: \(\forall a \in A \ \forall b, b' \in B : (a \ f \ b \land a \ f \ b' \rightarrow b = b')\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      What two properties must a relation \(f: A \to B\) have to be a function?
      1.  Total-definedness: \(\forall a \in A \ \exists b \in B : a \ f \ b\) 
      2.  Well-definedness: \(\forall a \in A \ \forall b, b' \in B : (a \ f \ b \land a \ f \ b' \rightarrow b = b')\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text What two properties must a relation \(f: A \to B\) have to be a function?<br><ol><li>{{c1::&nbsp;<strong>Total-definedness</strong>:&nbsp;\(\forall a \in A \ \exists b \in B : a \ f \ b\)&nbsp;}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;<strong>Well-definedness</strong>:&nbsp;\(\forall a \in A \ \forall b, b' \in B : (a \ f \ b \land a \ f \ b' \rightarrow b = b')\)}}</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2499: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: vD12#kM5/-
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::HS24
      Number of subgroups of \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_m \times \mathbb{Z}_n \rangle\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::HS24
      Number of subgroups of \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_m \times \mathbb{Z}_n \rangle\)

      \(\sum_{a \mid m \land b \mid n} \gcd(a, b)\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Number of subgroups of&nbsp;\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_m \times \mathbb{Z}_n \rangle\)
      Back \(\sum_{a \mid m \land b \mid n} \gcd(a, b)\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::HS24

      Note 2500: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: vH;[>&}OXg
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
      Conjunction

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬
      Conjunction

      \(\land\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <b>Conjunction</b>
      Back \(\land\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::3._Elementary_General_Concepts_in_Logic::6._The_Logical_Operators_∧,_∨,_and_¬

      Note 2501: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: vHNwBT2PnJ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::7._Transitive_Closure
      What is the transitive closure \(\rho^*\) of a relation \(\rho\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::7._Transitive_Closure
      What is the transitive closure \(\rho^*\) of a relation \(\rho\)?

      \[\rho^{*} = \bigcup_{n \in \mathbb{N} \setminus \{0\}} \rho^n\] The "reachability relation" - \((a,b) \in \rho^*\) iff there's a path of finite length from \(a\) to \(b\) in \(\rho\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the transitive closure \(\rho^*\) of a relation \(\rho\)?
      Back \[\rho^{*} = \bigcup_{n \in \mathbb{N} \setminus \{0\}} \rho^n\] The "reachability relation" - \((a,b) \in \rho^*\) iff there's a path of finite length from \(a\) to \(b\) in \(\rho\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::7._Transitive_Closure

      Note 2502: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: vKeo,n,kS
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
      The group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) is cyclic for every \(n\), where  1 is always a generator.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
      The group \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\) is cyclic for every \(n\), where  1 is always a generator.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The group&nbsp;\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\)&nbsp;is {{c2::cyclic for every&nbsp;\(n\)}}, where {{c3:: 1}} is always a generator.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Note 2503: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: vRto[%;el{
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      The smallest subgroup of a group \(G\) containing \(a \in G\) is the group generated by \(a\), \(\langle a \rangle\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      The smallest subgroup of a group \(G\) containing \(a \in G\) is the group generated by \(a\), \(\langle a \rangle\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>The {{c2:: smallest}} subgroup of a group \(G\) containing \(a \in G\) is {{c1:: the group <em>generated by \(a\)</em>, \(\langle a \rangle\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Note 2504: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: v[{@yotn>*
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots
      In a field F, \(y \in F\) is a root of \(a(x)\) if and only if \(x - y\) divides \(a(x)\) or \(a(y) = 0\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots
      In a field F, \(y \in F\) is a root of \(a(x)\) if and only if \(x - y\) divides \(a(x)\) or \(a(y) = 0\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text In a field F,&nbsp;\(y \in F\) is a root of&nbsp;\(a(x)\) if and only if&nbsp;{{c1::\(x - y\) divides&nbsp;\(a(x)\) or \(a(y) = 0\)}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::7._Polynomials_as_Functions::2._Roots

      Note 2505: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: v]O5De@N,S
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      How is the GCD related to ideals? (Lemma 4.4)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      How is the GCD related to ideals? (Lemma 4.4)

      Let \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}\) (not both 0).

      If \((a, b) = (d)\), then \(d\) is a greatest common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How is the GCD related to ideals? (Lemma 4.4)
      Back Let \(a, b \in \mathbb{Z}\) (not both 0). <br><br>If \((a, b) = (d)\), then \(d\) is a greatest common divisor of \(a\) and \(b\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

      Note 2506: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: vi7xPhAi#`
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

      If \(e * a = a * e = a\) for all \(a \in S\), then \(e\) is simply called a neutral element or identity element.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

      If \(e * a = a * e = a\) for all \(a \in S\), then \(e\) is simply called a neutral element or identity element.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>If {{c2::\(e * a = a * e = a\)}} for all \(a \in S\), then \(e\) is simply called a {{c1::neutral element or identity element}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

      Note 2507: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: vnO
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Equivalence relation is a relation on a set \(A\) that is
      * reflexive
      * symmetric
      * transitive

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Equivalence relation is a relation on a set \(A\) that is
      * reflexive
      * symmetric
      * transitive


      Example: \(\equiv_m \)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c1::Equivalence relation}} is a relation on a set&nbsp;\(A\) that is<div>{{c2::<div>* reflexive</div><div>* symmetric</div><div>* transitive</div>}}<br></div>
      Extra Example:&nbsp;\(\equiv_m \)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2508: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: vpgCC{U)O3
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
       A cyclic group of order \(n\) {{c1::is isomorphic to \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n,\oplus)\), and hence commutative.::has which useful property?}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups
       A cyclic group of order \(n\) {{c1::is isomorphic to \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n,\oplus)\), and hence commutative.::has which useful property?}}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text &nbsp;A cyclic group of order&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;{{c1::is isomorphic to&nbsp;\(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n,\oplus)\), and hence commutative.::has which useful property?}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Note 2509: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: vt:Wqzxx@@
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups
      A subgroup \(H\) of a group \(G\) is a subset \(H \subseteq G\) which is a group in itself (closed with respect to all operations, includes neutral element, inverses exist).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups
      A subgroup \(H\) of a group \(G\) is a subset \(H \subseteq G\) which is a group in itself (closed with respect to all operations, includes neutral element, inverses exist).

      Trivial subgroups: \(\{e\}, G\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A subgroup \(H\) of a group&nbsp;\(G\) is {{c1::a subset&nbsp;\(H \subseteq G\) which is a group in itself (closed with respect to all operations, includes neutral element,&nbsp;<b>inverses</b> exist).}}
      Extra Trivial subgroups:&nbsp;\(\{e\}, G\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

      Note 2510: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: vx[#sC8q?V
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

      What property does every finite field \(\text{GF}(q)\) have (and what does \(q\) satisfy)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

      What property does every finite field \(\text{GF}(q)\) have (and what does \(q\) satisfy)?


      Theorem 5.40: The multiplicative group of every finite field \(\text{GF}(q)\) is cyclic (as \(q\) is a power of a prime, if \(\text{GF}(q)\) is cyclic).

      This group has order \(q - 1\) and \(\varphi(q-1)\) generators.

      Note that even though q is not prime thus not every integer is coprime, GF(q) is not Z_q.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>What property does every finite field \(\text{GF}(q)\) have (and what does \(q\) satisfy)?</p>
      Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.40</strong>: The multiplicative group of every finite field \(\text{GF}(q)\) is cyclic (as \(q\) is a power of a prime, if \(\text{GF}(q)\) is cyclic).</p> <p>This group has order \(q - 1\) and \(\varphi(q-1)\) generators.</p><p><i>Note that even though q is not prime thus not every integer is coprime, GF(q) is <b>not</b>&nbsp;Z_q.</i></p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::3._Some_Facts_About_Finite_Fields_*

      Note 2511: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: w%|YnPf>o2
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
      When is a poset \((A; \preceq)\) totally ordered (linearly ordered)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
      When is a poset \((A; \preceq)\) totally ordered (linearly ordered)?

      When any two elements of \(A\) are comparable.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When is a poset \((A; \preceq)\) totally ordered (linearly ordered)?
      Back When <strong>any two elements</strong> of \(A\) are comparable.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

      Note 2512: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: w99%AgTdDZ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables
      Rectified form:
      • no variable occurs both as a bound and as a free variable
      • all quantifiers use distinct variable names

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables
      Rectified form:
      • no variable occurs both as a bound and as a free variable
      • all quantifiers use distinct variable names
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <b>Rectified</b>&nbsp;form:<br><ul><li>{{c1::<b>no</b>&nbsp;variable occurs&nbsp;<b>both as a bound and as a free</b>&nbsp;variable}}</li><li>{{c2::<b>all</b><b>&nbsp;quantifiers</b>&nbsp;use distinct variable names}}</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::6._Logic::6._Predicate_Logic_(First-order_Logic)::6._Substitution_of_Bound_Variables

      Note 2513: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: wJ,ON3lFCv
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

      Give an example of an extension field constructed from polynomials.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

      Give an example of an extension field constructed from polynomials.


      \(\mathbb{R}[x]_{x^2+1}\) is a field, isomorphic to \(\mathbb{C}\) (the complex numbers).

      Explanation: \(x^2 + 1\) is irreducible over \(\mathbb{R}\) (no real roots). Elements of \(\mathbb{R}[x]_{x^2+1}\) are of the form \(a + bx\) where \(x^2 = -1\), which corresponds exactly to complex numbers \(a + bi\).

      Every proper finite extension field of \(\mathbb{R}\) is isomorphic to \(\mathbb{C}\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>Give an example of an extension field constructed from polynomials.</p>
      Back <p>\(\mathbb{R}[x]_{x^2+1}\) is a field, <strong>isomorphic to \(\mathbb{C}\)</strong> (the complex numbers).</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: \(x^2 + 1\) is irreducible over \(\mathbb{R}\) (no real roots). Elements of \(\mathbb{R}[x]_{x^2+1}\) are of the form \(a + bx\) where \(x^2 = -1\), which corresponds exactly to complex numbers \(a + bi\).</p> <p>Every proper finite extension field of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}\) is isomorphic to \(\mathbb{C}\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::2._Constructing_Extension_Fields

      Note 2514: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: wJPBh5aLN<
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field
      \(F[x]^*_{(m(x))}\) is a field.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field
      \(F[x]^*_{(m(x))}\) is a field.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(F[x]^*_{(m(x))}\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: a field.::which type of algebra?}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field

      Note 2515: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: wN=e)I[rpJ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials PlsFix::DELETE
      Every polynomial of degree 1 is irreducible.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials PlsFix::DELETE
      Every polynomial of degree 1 is irreducible.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Every polynomial of degree {{c1:: 1}} is {{c2:: irreducible}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::1._Factorization_and_Irreducible_Polynomials PlsFix::DELETE

      Note 2516: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: wV8=4Xrwg1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎
      \(F[x]_{m(x)}^*\) is defined as:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎
      \(F[x]_{m(x)}^*\) is defined as:

      \[\{ a(x) \in F[x]_{m(x)} \ | \ \gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1 \}\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front \(F[x]_{m(x)}^*\)&nbsp;is defined as:
      Back \[\{ a(x) \in F[x]_{m(x)} \ | \ \gcd(a(x), m(x)) = 1 \}\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::8._Finite_Fields::1._The_Ring_F[x]ₘ₍ₓ₎

      Note 2517: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: wV8Y&j0xY.
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::1._Logical_Constants,_Operators,_and_Formulas
      Name the binding strengths of PL tokens in order:
      1. unary operators (NOT)
      2.  quantifiers (for all and exists)
      3.  operators (AND, OR)
      4.  Implication

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::1._Logical_Constants,_Operators,_and_Formulas
      Name the binding strengths of PL tokens in order:
      1. unary operators (NOT)
      2.  quantifiers (for all and exists)
      3.  operators (AND, OR)
      4.  Implication
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Name the binding strengths of PL tokens in order:<br><ol><li>{{c1:: unary operators (NOT)}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;quantifiers (for all and exists)}}</li><li>{{c3::&nbsp;operators (AND, OR)}}</li><li>{{c4::&nbsp;Implication}}</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::1._Logical_Constants,_Operators,_and_Formulas

      Note 2518: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: wY#5P^[
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      State Lemma 5.20 about division in integral domains: (The quotient has what property?)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      State Lemma 5.20 about division in integral domains: (The quotient has what property?)


      Lemma 5.20: In an integral domain, if \(a \mid b\) (i.e., \(b = ac\) for some \(c\)), then \(c\) is unique and is denoted by \(c = b/a\) (the quotient).

      Explanation: If \(b = ac_1\) and \(b = ac_2\), then \(a(c_1 - c_2) = 0\). Since \(a \neq 0\) in an integral domain, we must have \(c_1 - c_2 = 0\)\(\implies c_1 = c_2\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>State Lemma 5.20 about division in integral domains: (The quotient has what property?)</p>
      Back <p><strong>Lemma 5.20</strong>: In an integral domain, if \(a \mid b\) (i.e., \(b = ac\) for some \(c\)), then \(c\) is <strong>unique</strong> and is denoted by \(c = b/a\) (the quotient).</p> <p><strong>Explanation</strong>: If \(b = ac_1\) and \(b = ac_2\), then \(a(c_1 - c_2) = 0\). Since \(a \neq 0\) in an integral domain, we must have \(c_1 - c_2 = 0\)\(\implies c_1 = c_2\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      Note 2519: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: wv2_);uy$2
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      When is \(a \in A\) a lower bound of subset \(S \subseteq A\) in poset \((A; \preceq)\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      When is \(a \in A\) a lower bound of subset \(S \subseteq A\) in poset \((A; \preceq)\)?

      When \(a \preceq b\) for all \(b \in S\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When is \(a \in A\) a lower bound of subset \(S \subseteq A\) in poset \((A; \preceq)\)?
      Back When \(a \preceq b\) for <strong>all</strong> \(b \in S\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

      Note 2520: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: wxOSFQju/Y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      For any prime \(p\), the Euler totient function \(\varphi(p)\) is equal to \(p-1\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      For any prime \(p\), the Euler totient function \(\varphi(p)\) is equal to \(p-1\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For any prime&nbsp;\(p\), the Euler totient function&nbsp;\(\varphi(p)\)&nbsp;is equal to {{c1::\(p-1\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Note 2521: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: x-z%Jc>A>g
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      How does the GCD change when we subtract a multiple? (Lemma 4.2)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      How does the GCD change when we subtract a multiple? (Lemma 4.2)

      Not at all.

      For any integers \(m, n\) and \(q\): \[\text{gcd}(m, n - qm) = \text{gcd}(m, n)\] This is the key property for Euclid's algorithm: \[\text{gcd}(m, R_m(n)) = \text{gcd}(m, n)\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How does the GCD change when we subtract a multiple? (Lemma 4.2)
      Back Not at all.<br><br>For any integers \(m, n\) and \(q\): \[\text{gcd}(m, n - qm) = \text{gcd}(m, n)\] This is the key property for Euclid's algorithm: \[\text{gcd}(m, R_m(n)) = \text{gcd}(m, n)\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

      Note 2522: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: x/&wX)sTYn
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures
      An algebra (also: algebraic structure, \( \Omega\)-algebra) is a pair \(\langle S, \Omega \rangle\) where S is a set and \(\Omega = (\omega_1, \ldots, \omega_n)\) is a list of operations on S.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures
      An algebra (also: algebraic structure, \( \Omega\)-algebra) is a pair \(\langle S, \Omega \rangle\) where S is a set and \(\Omega = (\omega_1, \ldots, \omega_n)\) is a list of operations on S.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c1::An algebra (also: algebraic structure,&nbsp;\( \Omega\)-algebra)}} is a pair&nbsp;\(\langle S, \Omega \rangle\) {{c2::where S is a set and&nbsp;\(\Omega = (\omega_1, \ldots, \omega_n)\) is a list of operations on S.}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::1._Introduction::2._Algebraic_Structures

      Note 2523: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: x9H_WtVg+E
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      Is function composition associative?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions
      Is function composition associative?

      Yes: \((h \circ g) \circ f = h \circ (g \circ f)\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Is function composition associative?
      Back Yes: \((h \circ g) \circ f = h \circ (g \circ f)\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::6._Functions

      Note 2524: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: x9yn[)SlRq
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets
      What is the cardinality of \(A \times B\) for finite sets?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets
      What is the cardinality of \(A \times B\) for finite sets?

      \(|A \times B| = |A| \cdot |B|\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the cardinality of \(A \times B\) for finite sets?
      Back \(|A \times B| = |A| \cdot |B|\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::9._The_Cartesian_Product_of_Sets

      Note 2525: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: xDDC{82KOB
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction
      Proof method: Proof by Contradiction

      1. Find a suitable statement \( T\).
      2.  Prove that \( T \) is false.
      3.  Assume that \( S \) is false and prove that \( T \) is true (-> contradiction).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction
      Proof method: Proof by Contradiction

      1. Find a suitable statement \( T\).
      2.  Prove that \( T \) is false.
      3.  Assume that \( S \) is false and prove that \( T \) is true (-> contradiction).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Proof method: Proof by Contradiction<br><br>1. {{c1:: Find a suitable statement&nbsp;\( T\).}}<div>2. {{c2::&nbsp;Prove that&nbsp;\( T \)&nbsp;is false.}}</div><div>3. {{c3::&nbsp;Assume that&nbsp;\( S \)&nbsp;is false and prove that&nbsp;\( T \)&nbsp;is true (-&gt; contradiction).}}</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::06._Proofs_by_Contradiction

      Note 2526: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: xH`d$W-97_
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      In a Group:

      \(\widehat{(\widehat{a})} =\) \(a\) (inverse of inverse is the original element)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      In a Group:

      \(\widehat{(\widehat{a})} =\) \(a\) (inverse of inverse is the original element)


      This is a property from Lemma 5.3.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>In a Group:</p><p> \(\widehat{(\widehat{a})} =\){{c1:: \(a\)&nbsp;(inverse of inverse is the original element)}}.&nbsp;</p>
      Extra This is a property from Lemma 5.3.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Note 2527: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: xWhw%ncc|4
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
      Verify that \(\equiv_m\) is reflexive, symmetric, and transitive.
      • Reflexive:  \(a \equiv_m a\) since \(m \mid (a - a) = 0\) ✓
      • Symmetric \(a \equiv_m b \Rightarrow m \mid (a-b) \Rightarrow m \mid (b-a) \Rightarrow b \equiv_m a\) ✓
      • Transitive: If \(m \mid (a-b)\) and \(m \mid (b-c)\), then \(m \mid (a-b+b-c) = (a-c)\) ✓

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences
      Verify that \(\equiv_m\) is reflexive, symmetric, and transitive.
      • Reflexive:  \(a \equiv_m a\) since \(m \mid (a - a) = 0\) ✓
      • Symmetric \(a \equiv_m b \Rightarrow m \mid (a-b) \Rightarrow m \mid (b-a) \Rightarrow b \equiv_m a\) ✓
      • Transitive: If \(m \mid (a-b)\) and \(m \mid (b-c)\), then \(m \mid (a-b+b-c) = (a-c)\) ✓
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Verify that \(\equiv_m\) is reflexive, symmetric, and transitive.<br><ul><li><strong>Reflexive</strong>: {{c1::&nbsp;\(a \equiv_m a\)&nbsp;since&nbsp;\(m \mid (a - a) = 0\)&nbsp;✓}}</li><li><strong>Symmetric</strong>:&nbsp;{{c2:: \(a \equiv_m b \Rightarrow m \mid (a-b) \Rightarrow m \mid (b-a) \Rightarrow b \equiv_m a\)&nbsp;✓}}</li><li><strong>Transitive</strong>: {{c3:: If&nbsp;\(m \mid (a-b)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(m \mid (b-c)\), then&nbsp;\(m \mid (a-b+b-c) = (a-c)\)&nbsp;✓}}</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::1._Modular_Congruences

      Note 2528: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: xZLvO#5j~[
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams
      When does element \(b\) cover element \(a\) in a poset \((A; \preceq)\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams
      When does element \(b\) cover element \(a\) in a poset \((A; \preceq)\)?

      When \(a \prec b\) and there exists no \(c\) with \(a \prec c \prec b\) (i.e., \(b\) is the direct successor of \(a\)).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When does element \(b\) <strong>cover</strong> element \(a\) in a poset \((A; \preceq)\)?
      Back When \(a \prec b\) and there exists <strong>no</strong> \(c\) with \(a \prec c \prec b\) (i.e., \(b\) is the direct successor of \(a\)).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::2._Hasse_Diagrams

      Note 2529: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: x^Wv3;n[%Q
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
      What is the equivalence class \([a]_\theta\) of element \(a\) under equivalence relation \(\theta\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
      What is the equivalence class \([a]_\theta\) of element \(a\) under equivalence relation \(\theta\)?

      \[[a]_{\theta} \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{b \in A \ | \ b \ \theta \ a\}\] The set of all elements equivalent to \(a\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the equivalence class \([a]_\theta\) of element \(a\) under equivalence relation \(\theta\)?
      Back \[[a]_{\theta} \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{b \in A \ | \ b \ \theta \ a\}\] The set of all elements equivalent to \(a\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations

      Note 2530: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: x`!R>+ily=
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
      What is a lattice?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices
      What is a lattice?

      A poset \((A; \preceq)\) in which every pair of elements has a meet and join.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is a lattice?
      Back A poset \((A; \preceq)\) in which <strong>every pair</strong> of elements has a meet and join.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::5._Meet,_Join,_and_Lattices

      Note 2531: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: xelDz|Gp*?
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements
      A right (left) neutral element is an element such that for all \(a \in G\),  \(a*e = a\) (\(e*a = a\)).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements
      A right (left) neutral element is an element such that for all \(a \in G\),  \(a*e = a\) (\(e*a = a\)).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>A {{c1::right (left) neutral element}} is an element such that for all&nbsp;\(a \in G\), {{c2::&nbsp;\(a*e = a\)&nbsp;(\(e*a = a\))}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::1._Neutral_Elements

      Note 2532: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: xkr{;Hl0wh
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*

      How do you find the GCD of two polynomials?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*

      How do you find the GCD of two polynomials?


      To find \(\gcd(a(x), b(x))\):

      1. Find a common factor \((x - \alpha)\) using the roots method:
      2. Try all possible elements of the field to find roots
      3. If \(\alpha\) is a root of both, then \((x - \alpha)\) is a common factor
      4. Use division with remainder to reduce to smaller polynomials
      5. Repeat the process on the smaller polynomials
      6. After they have no roots anymore, try all monic polynomials up to degree d/2 to find irreducible factors.
      7. Important: Don't just find all roots and multiply! A root might be repeated (e.g., \((x+1)^2\)), and you'd miss the higher multiplicity

      Example: For \(a(x) = (x+1)(x+1)(x+2)\), the GCD with another polynomial might be \((x+1)^2\), not just \((x+1)\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>How do you find the GCD of two polynomials?</p>
      Back <p>To find \(\gcd(a(x), b(x))\):</p> <ol> <li>Find a common factor \((x - \alpha)\) using the <strong>roots method</strong>:</li> <li>Try all possible elements of the field to find roots</li> <li>If \(\alpha\) is a root of both, then \((x - \alpha)\) is a common factor</li> <li>Use <strong>division with remainder</strong> to reduce to smaller polynomials</li> <li>Repeat the process on the smaller polynomials</li><li>After they have no roots anymore, try all monic polynomials up to degree d/2 to find irreducible factors.</li> <li><strong>Important</strong>: Don't just find all roots and multiply! A root might be repeated (e.g., \((x+1)^2\)), and you'd miss the higher multiplicity</li> </ol> <p><strong>Example</strong>: For \(a(x) = (x+1)(x+1)(x+2)\), the GCD with another polynomial might be \((x+1)^2\), not just \((x+1)\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::6._Polynomials_over_a_Field::3._Analogies_Between_Z_and_F[x],_Euclidean_Domains_*

      Note 2533: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: xp_U|[rM*4
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

      List all subgroups of \(\mathbb{Z}_{12}\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

      List all subgroups of \(\mathbb{Z}_{12}\).


      The subgroups of \(\mathbb{Z}_{12}\) are:
      - \(\{0\}\) (trivial subgroup)
      - \(\{0, 6\}\)
      - \(\{0, 4, 8\}\)
      - \(\{0, 3, 6, 9\}\)
      - \(\{0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10\}\)
      - \(\mathbb{Z}_{12}\) (trivial subgroup - the whole group)

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>List all subgroups of \(\mathbb{Z}_{12}\).</p>
      Back <p>The subgroups of \(\mathbb{Z}_{12}\) are:<br> - \(\{0\}\) (trivial subgroup)<br> - \(\{0, 6\}\)<br> - \(\{0, 4, 8\}\)<br> - \(\{0, 3, 6, 9\}\)<br> - \(\{0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10\}\)<br> - \(\mathbb{Z}_{12}\) (trivial subgroup - the whole group)</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::3._Subgroups

      Note 2534: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: y&2ryUB}aI
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

      A ring \(R\) is a field if and only if {{c1:: \(\langle R \setminus \{0\}; \cdot, \text{ }^{-1}, 1 \rangle\) is an abelian group}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

      A ring \(R\) is a field if and only if {{c1:: \(\langle R \setminus \{0\}; \cdot, \text{ }^{-1}, 1 \rangle\) is an abelian group}}.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>A ring \(R\) is a field if and only if {{c1:: \(\langle R \setminus \{0\}; \cdot, \text{ }^{-1}, 1 \rangle\) is an abelian group}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

      Note 2535: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: y)
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::02._Direct_Proof_of_an_Implication
      Proof method: "Direct Proof of an Implication"

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::02._Direct_Proof_of_an_Implication
      Proof method: "Direct Proof of an Implication"

      Assume \(S\) and prove \(T\) under that assumption.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Proof method: "Direct Proof of an Implication"
      Back Assume&nbsp;\(S\)&nbsp;and prove&nbsp;\(T\)&nbsp;under that assumption.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::02._Direct_Proof_of_an_Implication

      Note 2536: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: y+%Du@ss=x
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
      If we intersect two equivalence relations, what do we get?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations
      If we intersect two equivalence relations, what do we get?

      Another equivalence relation.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front If we intersect two equivalence relations, what do we get?
      Back Another equivalence relation.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::4._Equivalence_Relations::1._Definition_of_Equivalence_Relations

      Note 2537: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: y+DFM]G]@{
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::07._Existence_Proofs
      Proof method: Existence Proof

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::07._Existence_Proofs
      Proof method: Existence Proof

      We just want to prove that there exists a \( x \) such that a statement \( S_x \) is true. (e.g. There exists a prime number such that \( n - 10\) and \( n + 10\) are also prime.) 

      constructive: We know the x.
      non-constructive: We know that x has to exist, but we don't know its value.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Proof method: Existence Proof
      Back We just want to prove that there exists a&nbsp;\( x \) such that a statement&nbsp;\( S_x \) is true. (e.g. There exists a prime number such that&nbsp;\( n - 10\) and&nbsp;\( n + 10\) are also prime.)&nbsp;<div><br></div><div><i>constructive: </i>We know the x.</div><div><i>non-constructive: </i>We know that x has to exist, but we don't know its value.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::07._Existence_Proofs

      Note 2538: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: y,yASV&n3a
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
      What kind of relation is equinumerosity (\(\sim\))?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
      What kind of relation is equinumerosity (\(\sim\))?

      The relation \(\sim\) (equinumerous) is an equivalence relation.
      (It is reflexive, symmetric, and transitive)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What kind of relation is equinumerosity (\(\sim\))?
      Back The relation \(\sim\) (equinumerous) is an <strong>equivalence relation</strong>. <br> (It is reflexive, symmetric, and transitive)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

      Note 2539: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: y4s0XCy@A
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\).

      \(a \in A\) is the least (greatest) element of \(A\) if \(a \preceq b\) (\(a \succeq b) \) for all \(b \in A\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\).

      \(a \in A\) is the least (greatest) element of \(A\) if \(a \preceq b\) (\(a \succeq b) \) for all \(b \in A\)

      Note that a least or a greatest element need not exist. However, there can be at most one least element, as suggested by the word “the” in the definition.

      This follows directly from the antisymmetry of \(\preceq\). If there were two least elements, they would be mutually comparable, and hence must be equal.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Consider the poset&nbsp;\((A; \preceq)\).<br><br><div>\(a \in A\) is the {{c1::<b>least (greatest)&nbsp;element</b>&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(A\)}}&nbsp;if {{c2::\(a \preceq b\) (\(a \succeq b) \) for all&nbsp;\(b \in A\)}}</div>
      Extra Note that a least or a greatest element need not exist.&nbsp;However, there can be at most one least element, as suggested by the word “the” in the definition. <br><br>This follows directly from the antisymmetry of&nbsp;\(\preceq\). If there were two least elements, they would be mutually comparable, and hence must be equal.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

      Note 2540: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: y7i@2u]aPf
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
      What properties does the relation \(=\) satisfy?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
      What properties does the relation \(=\) satisfy?

      • Reflexivity
      • Symmetry
      • Antisymmetry
      • Transitivity
      Thus, it's both an equivalence and a partial order relation!
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What properties does the relation&nbsp;\(=\)&nbsp;satisfy?
      Back <ul><li>Reflexivity</li><li>Symmetry</li><li>Antisymmetry</li><li>Transitivity</li></ul><div>Thus, it's both an <b>equivalence and a partial order relation!</b></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

      Note 2541: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: y;`2Cs<0nK
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens
      What is the modus ponens logical rule?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens
      What is the modus ponens logical rule?

      \(A \land (A \rightarrow B) \models B\)
      (If \(A\) is true and \(A\) implies \(B\), then \(B\) is true)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the modus ponens logical rule?
      Back \(A \land (A \rightarrow B) \models B\) <br> (If \(A\) is true and \(A\) implies \(B\), then \(B\) is true)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::6._Some_Proof_Patterns::04._Modus_Ponens

      Note 2542: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: yAP=DE#~t<
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups
      An abelian group has the following properties:
      1. Closure
      2. Associativity
      3. Identity
      4. Inverse
      5. Commutativity

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups
      An abelian group has the following properties:
      1. Closure
      2. Associativity
      3. Identity
      4. Inverse
      5. Commutativity
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text An <b>abelian group</b>&nbsp;has the following properties:<br><ol><li>{{c1::Closure}}</li><li>{{c2::Associativity}}</li><li>{{c3::Identity}}</li><li>{{c4::Inverse}}</li><li>{{c5::Commutativity}}</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups

      Note 2543: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: yBtcC{e:]{
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
      What does it mean for a set \(A\) to be countable?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets
      What does it mean for a set \(A\) to be countable?

      \(A \preceq \mathbb{N}\) (i.e., there exists an injection \(A \to \mathbb{N}\))
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What does it mean for a set \(A\) to be countable?
      Back \(A \preceq \mathbb{N}\) (i.e., there exists an injection \(A \to \mathbb{N}\))
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::1._Countability_of_Sets

      Note 2544: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: yF7brLJQxE
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\) and \( S \subseteq A\).

      \(a \in A\) is the greatest lower (least upper) bound of \(S\) if \(a\) is the greatest (least) element of the set of all lower (upper) bounds of \(S\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets
      Consider the poset \((A; \preceq)\) and \( S \subseteq A\).

      \(a \in A\) is the greatest lower (least upper) bound of \(S\) if \(a\) is the greatest (least) element of the set of all lower (upper) bounds of \(S\).

      Note that greatest (least) refers to the operation \(\preceq\) and not to order by \(>\) or \(<\) (smaller, bigger).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Consider the poset&nbsp;\((A; \preceq)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\( S \subseteq A\).<br><br><div>\(a \in A\) is the {{c1::<b>greatest&nbsp;lower (least upper) bound</b>&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(S\)}}&nbsp;if {{c2::\(a\) is the greatest (least) element of the set of all lower (upper) bounds of&nbsp;\(S\). }}</div>
      Extra Note that greatest (least) refers to the operation&nbsp;\(\preceq\)&nbsp;and not to order by&nbsp;\(&gt;\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(&lt;\)&nbsp;(smaller, bigger).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::4._Special_Elements_in_Posets

      Note 2545: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: yIRK71/G/r
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::1._Mathematical_Statements::1._The_Concept_of_a_Mathematical_Statement
      A mathematical statement not known, but believed, to be true or false is called a conjecture.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::1._Mathematical_Statements::1._The_Concept_of_a_Mathematical_Statement
      A mathematical statement not known, but believed, to be true or false is called a conjecture.

      Example: Collatz conjecture.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A mathematical statement not known, but believed, to be true or false is called a {{c1::<i>conjecture</i>}}.
      Extra Example: Collatz conjecture.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::1._Mathematical_Statements::1._The_Concept_of_a_Mathematical_Statement

      Note 2546: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: yJ}kX&Y9Od
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      A relation ρ on a set A is called symmetric if {{c2::\( a \ \rho \ b \iff b \ \rho \ a\) is true, i.e. if \( \rho = \hat{\rho}\)}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      A relation ρ on a set A is called symmetric if {{c2::\( a \ \rho \ b \iff b \ \rho \ a\) is true, i.e. if \( \rho = \hat{\rho}\)}}

      Examples: \( \equiv_m\), marriage
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A relation&nbsp;ρ on a set A is called {{c1::symmetric}} if&nbsp;{{c2::\( a \ \rho \ b \iff b \ \rho \ a\) is true, i.e. if&nbsp;\( \rho = \hat{\rho}\)}}
      Extra Examples:&nbsp;\( \equiv_m\), marriage
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

      Note 2547: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: yK:4+{Du_V
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

      A codeword \(c\) of length \(n\) in a polynomial code with degree \(k-1\) can be interpolated from any \(k\) values by Lagrangian interpolation.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

      A codeword \(c\) of length \(n\) in a polynomial code with degree \(k-1\) can be interpolated from any \(k\) values by Lagrangian interpolation.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>A codeword \(c\) of length \(n\) in a <em>polynomial code</em> with degree \(k-1\) can be interpolated from {{c1:: <em>any \(k\) values</em> by Lagrangian interpolation}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::3._Codes_based_on_Polynomial_Evaluation

      Note 2548: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: yYxXL_?YQ>
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
      Why does the Chinese Remainder Theorem require \(m_1, \dots, m_r\) to be pairwise relatively prime?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem
      Why does the Chinese Remainder Theorem require \(m_1, \dots, m_r\) to be pairwise relatively prime?

      If \(\text{gcd}(m_i, m_j) = d > 1\), then the system could be inconsistent (e.g., \(x \equiv 0 \pmod{6}\) and \(x \equiv 1 \pmod{4}\) has no solution) or have multiple solutions (destroying uniqueness).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Why does the Chinese Remainder Theorem require \(m_1, \dots, m_r\) to be <strong>pairwise relatively prime</strong>?
      Back If \(\text{gcd}(m_i, m_j) = d &gt; 1\), then the system could be <strong>inconsistent</strong> (e.g., \(x \equiv 0 \pmod{6}\) and \(x \equiv 1 \pmod{4}\) has no solution) or have <strong>multiple solutions</strong> (destroying uniqueness).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::5._Congruences_and_Modular_Arithmetic::4._The_Chinese_Remainder_Theorem

      Note 2549: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: y`5($Q$d37
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DELETE
      Eine Gruppe ist eine Menge \(G\) mit Operation \( * \) mit folgenden Eigenschaften:
        {{c2::
      • Assoziativität: \((a * b) * c = a * (b*c)\)
      • Neutrales Element existiert: \( a * e = e * a = a \)
      • Jedes Element \(a\in G\) hat eine Inverse: \( a * a^{-1} = a^{-1} * a = e\)
      • }}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DELETE
      Eine Gruppe ist eine Menge \(G\) mit Operation \( * \) mit folgenden Eigenschaften:
        {{c2::
      • Assoziativität: \((a * b) * c = a * (b*c)\)
      • Neutrales Element existiert: \( a * e = e * a = a \)
      • Jedes Element \(a\in G\) hat eine Inverse: \( a * a^{-1} = a^{-1} * a = e\)
      • }}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c1::Eine Gruppe}} ist eine {{c1::Menge \(G\) mit Operation&nbsp;\( * \)}} mit folgenden Eigenschaften:<ul>{{c2::<li> Assoziativität:&nbsp;\((a * b) * c = a * (b*c)\)</li><li>Neutrales Element existiert:&nbsp;\( a * e = e * a = a \)</li><li>Jedes Element \(a\in G\) hat eine Inverse:&nbsp;\( a * a^{-1} = a^{-1} * a = e\)</li>}}<br></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups PlsFix::DELETE

      Note 2550: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: ykM`*q&]Lu
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
      \(F \equiv G\) means F and G are equivalent, i.e., their truth values are equal for all truth assignments to the propositional symbols appearing in \(F\) or \(G\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
      \(F \equiv G\) means F and G are equivalent, i.e., their truth values are equal for all truth assignments to the propositional symbols appearing in \(F\) or \(G\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c2::\(F \equiv G\)}}&nbsp;means {{c1::F and G are equivalent}}, i.e., {{c3:: their truth values are equal for&nbsp;<strong>all</strong>&nbsp;truth assignments to the propositional symbols appearing in&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(G\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

      Note 2551: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: yl]2udZDYh
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      What is a binary relation from set \(A\) to set \(B\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      What is a binary relation from set \(A\) to set \(B\)?

      A subset of \(A \times B\). If \(A = B\), then \(\rho\) is called a relation on \(A\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is a binary relation from set \(A\) to set \(B\)?
      Back A subset of \(A \times B\). If \(A = B\), then \(\rho\) is called a relation <strong>on</strong> \(A\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 2552: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: ymyo>YcM?L
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      If \(D\) is an integral domain, then \(D[x]\) also is an integral domain.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      If \(D\) is an integral domain, then \(D[x]\) also is an integral domain.


      Lemma 5.22(1)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>If \(D\) is an {{c1::integral domain}}, then&nbsp;\(D[x]\)&nbsp;{{c2::also is an integral domain}}.</p>
      Extra <strong>Lemma 5.22(1)</strong>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      Note 2553: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: yvfeO9PXGk
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      How does symmetry of a relation appear in matrix representation?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations
      How does symmetry of a relation appear in matrix representation?

      The matrix is symmetric (equals its own transpose).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How does symmetry of a relation appear in matrix representation?
      Back The matrix is symmetric (equals its own transpose).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::6._Special_Properties_of_Relations

      Note 2554: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: y|z>._M[it
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
      An integral domain has the following properties:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains
      An integral domain has the following properties:

      Additive Group:
      • closure
      • associativity
      • identity
      • inverse
      • commutative
      Multiplicative group:
      • closure
      • associativity
      • distributivity
      • identity
      • commutative
      • no zero-divisors
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front An&nbsp;<b>integral domain</b>&nbsp;has the following properties:
      Back Additive Group:<br><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>identity</li><li>inverse</li><li>commutative</li></ul><div>Multiplicative group:</div><div></div><ul><li>closure</li><li>associativity</li><li>distributivity</li><li>identity</li><li><b>commutative</b></li><li><b>no zero-divisors</b></li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::4._Zerodivisors_and_Integral_Domains

      Note 2555: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: z&#Z_j.A(t
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
      What is the definition of the identity relation \(\text{id}_A\) on set \(A\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept
      What is the definition of the identity relation \(\text{id}_A\) on set \(A\)?

      \[\text{id}_A = \{(a, a) \ | \ a \in A\}\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the definition of the identity relation \(\text{id}_A\) on set \(A\)?
      Back \[\text{id}_A = \{(a, a) \ | \ a \in A\}\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::1._The_Relation_Concept

      Note 2556: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: z(I@k-aq<%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
      Why is \((\mathbb{N}; |)\) NOT totally ordered?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition
      Why is \((\mathbb{N}; |)\) NOT totally ordered?

      Because \(2 \nmid 3\) and \(3 \nmid 2\) (they are incomparable).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Why is \((\mathbb{N}; |)\) NOT totally ordered?
      Back Because \(2 \nmid 3\) and \(3 \nmid 2\) (they are incomparable).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::5._Partial_Order_Relations::1._Definition

      Note 2557: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: z)u:>M_Ael
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      The {{c2::output \((c_0, \dots, c_{n-1})\)}} of an encoding function is called a codeword.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      The {{c2::output \((c_0, \dots, c_{n-1})\)}} of an encoding function is called a codeword.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>The {{c2::output \((c_0, \dots, c_{n-1})\)}} of an encoding function is called a {{c1::codeword}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::9._Application:_Error-Correcting_Codes::1._Definition_of_Error-Correcting_Codes

      Note 2558: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: z8F6Pa3U/=
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates
      A \(k\)-ary predicate \(P\) on \(U\) is a {{c1::function \(U^k \to \{0, 1\}\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates
      A \(k\)-ary predicate \(P\) on \(U\) is a {{c1::function \(U^k \to \{0, 1\}\)}}.

      Example: \(\text{prime}(x)=\begin{cases}1 & \text{if } x \text{ is prime}\\0 & \text{else}\end{cases}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A&nbsp;\(k\)-ary&nbsp;<i>predicate</i>&nbsp;\(P\)&nbsp;on&nbsp;\(U\)&nbsp;is a {{c1::function&nbsp;\(U^k \to \{0, 1\}\)}}.
      Extra Example:&nbsp;\(\text{prime}(x)=\begin{cases}1 &amp; \text{if } x \text{ is prime}\\0 &amp; \text{else}\end{cases}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic::1._Predicates

      Note 2559: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: z;jp`Lcv<(
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic
      What is the difference between propositional and predicate logic?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic
      What is the difference between propositional and predicate logic?

      propositional: only values of \(\{0,1\}\), finite
      predicate: any values in our universe, infinite
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the difference between propositional and predicate logic?
      Back propositional: only values of \(\{0,1\}\), finite<div>predicate: any values in our universe, infinite</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::4._A_First_Introduction_to_Predicate_Logic

      Note 2560: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: z>oucv;uc6
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
      What are both distributive laws in propositional logic?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws
      What are both distributive laws in propositional logic?

      • \(A \land (B \lor C) \equiv (A \land B) \lor (A \land C)\) (distributing \(\land\) over \(\lor\))
      • \(A \lor (B \land C) \equiv (A \lor B) \land (A \lor C)\) (distributing \(\lor\) over \(\land\))
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What are both distributive laws in propositional logic?
      Back <ul> <li>\(A \land (B \lor C) \equiv (A \land B) \lor (A \land C)\) (distributing \(\land\) over \(\lor\))</li> <li>\(A \lor (B \land C) \equiv (A \lor B) \land (A \lor C)\) (distributing \(\lor\) over \(\land\))</li> </ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::2._Math._Reasoning,_Proofs,_and_a_First_Approach_to_Logic::3._A_First_Introduction_to_Propositional_Logic::3._Logical_Equivalence_and_some_Basic_Laws

      Note 2561: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: z?HLQ7,LxY
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets
      Give the formal definition of subset (\(A \subseteq B\)).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets
      Give the formal definition of subset (\(A \subseteq B\)).

      \[A \subseteq B \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} \forall x (x \in A \rightarrow x \in B)\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Give the formal definition of subset (\(A \subseteq B\)).
      Back \[A \subseteq B \overset{\text{def}}{\Longleftrightarrow} \forall x (x \in A \rightarrow x \in B)\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::3._Subsets

      Note 2562: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: zDSrp9w@De
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
      In a group, the equation \(a * x = b\) (and \(x*a = b\)) has a unique solution \(x\) for any \(a\) and \(b\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups
      In a group, the equation \(a * x = b\) (and \(x*a = b\)) has a unique solution \(x\) for any \(a\) and \(b\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text In a group, the equation&nbsp;\(a * x = b\)&nbsp;(and&nbsp;\(x*a = b\)) has {{c1:: a unique solution&nbsp;\(x\)}}&nbsp;for any&nbsp;\(a\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(b\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Note 2563: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: zK!1=,UI{i
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      All generators of {{c2:: \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\)}} are coprime to \(n\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      All generators of {{c2:: \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\)}} are coprime to \(n\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>All generators of {{c2:: \(\langle \mathbb{Z}_n; \oplus \rangle\)}} are {{c1:: <strong>coprime</strong> to \(n\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups

      Note 2564: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: zK&m+p6p[M
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
      Give the formal definitions of union and intersection.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
      Give the formal definitions of union and intersection.

      • \(A \cup B \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{x \ | \ x \in A \lor x \in B\}\)
      • \(A \cap B \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{x \ | \ x \in A \land x \in B\}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Give the formal definitions of union and intersection.
      Back <ul> <li>\(A \cup B \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{x \ | \ x \in A \lor x \in B\}\)</li> <li>\(A \cap B \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{x \ | \ x \in A \land x \in B\}\)</li> </ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

      Note 2565: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: zKQ!xV
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite
      What fundamental property distinguishes finite from infinite sets regarding proper subsets?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite
      What fundamental property distinguishes finite from infinite sets regarding proper subsets?

      A finite set never has the same cardinality as one of its proper subsets. An infinite set can (e.g., \(\mathbb{N} \sim \mathbb{O}\) where \(\mathbb{O}\) is the set of odd numbers).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What fundamental property distinguishes finite from infinite sets regarding proper subsets?
      Back A <strong>finite</strong> set never has the same cardinality as one of its proper subsets. An <strong>infinite</strong> set can (e.g., \(\mathbb{N} \sim \mathbb{O}\) where \(\mathbb{O}\) is the set of odd numbers).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::7._Countable_and_Uncountable_Sets::2._Between_Finite_and_Countably_Infinite

      Note 2566: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: zKcmqH!B|+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      To prove \(\phi: G \rightarrow H\) is an isomorphism, you must verify two main properties:

      1. \(\phi\) is a homomorphism
      2. \(\phi\) is a bijection.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      To prove \(\phi: G \rightarrow H\) is an isomorphism, you must verify two main properties:

      1. \(\phi\) is a homomorphism
      2. \(\phi\) is a bijection.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>To prove \(\phi: G \rightarrow H\) is an {{c2:: isomorphism}}, you must verify two main properties:<br></p><ol><li>\(\phi\) is a {{c1::homomorphism}}</li><li>\(\phi\) is a {{c2::bijection}}.</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::2._Group_Homomorphisms

      Note 2567: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: zRN1V|E{mK
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
      Give the formal definition of composition \(\rho \circ \sigma\) where \(\rho: A \to B\) and \(\sigma: B \to C\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations
      Give the formal definition of composition \(\rho \circ \sigma\) where \(\rho: A \to B\) and \(\sigma: B \to C\).

      \[\rho \circ \sigma \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{(a, c) \ | \ \exists b ((a, b) \in \rho \land (b, c) \in \sigma)\}\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Give the formal definition of composition \(\rho \circ \sigma\) where \(\rho: A \to B\) and \(\sigma: B \to C\).
      Back \[\rho \circ \sigma \overset{\text{def}}{=} \{(a, c) \ | \ \exists b ((a, b) \in \rho \land (b, c) \in \sigma)\}\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::3._Relations::5._Composition_of_Relations

      Note 2568: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: zT<$3-%Ev[
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::FS23
      We can solve \(R_a(b^c)\) by using the fact that {{c1:: \(R_a(b^c) = R_a(b^{R_{\varphi(a)}(c)})\)}} if \(a, b\) coprime.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::FS23
      We can solve \(R_a(b^c)\) by using the fact that {{c1:: \(R_a(b^c) = R_a(b^{R_{\varphi(a)}(c)})\)}} if \(a, b\) coprime.

      Note that we can't simply reduce by \(a\)!
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We can solve&nbsp;\(R_a(b^c)\)&nbsp;by using the fact that {{c1::&nbsp;\(R_a(b^c) = R_a(b^{R_{\varphi(a)}(c)})\)}} if&nbsp;\(a, b\)&nbsp;coprime.
      Extra Note that we can't simply reduce by&nbsp;\(a\)!
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::5._Cyclic_Groups ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::Exams::3._Algebra::FS23

      Note 2569: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: zX4AzKz1,)
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
      What are the distributive laws for sets?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection
      What are the distributive laws for sets?

      • \(A \cap (B \cup C) = (A \cap B) \cup (A \cap C)\)
      • \(A \cup (B \cap C) = (A \cup B) \cap (A \cup C)\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What are the distributive laws for sets?
      Back <ul> <li>\(A \cap (B \cup C) = (A \cap B) \cup (A \cap C)\)</li> <li>\(A \cup (B \cap C) = (A \cup B) \cap (A \cup C)\)</li> </ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::3._Sets,_Relations,_and_Functions::2._Sets_and_Operations_on_Sets::4._Union_and_Intersection

      Note 2570: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: z`P{~ta];p
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings
      The degree of the polynomial \(0\) is defined as \(-\infty\).  

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings
      The degree of the polynomial \(0\) is defined as \(-\infty\).  
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The degree of the polynomial&nbsp;\(0\)&nbsp;is defined as&nbsp;{{c1::\(-\infty\)}}.&nbsp;&nbsp;
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::5._Polynomial_Rings

      Note 2571: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: zic@0yO~I[
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

      When is a field an integral domain? (Proof included)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

      When is a field an integral domain? (Proof included)


      Theorem 5.24: A field is always an integral domain.

      Proof idea: If \(ab = 0\) in a field and \(a \neq 0\), then \(a\) has an inverse \(a^{-1}\). Multiplying both sides by \(a^{-1}\) gives \(b = a^{-1} \cdot 0 = 0\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <p>When is a field an integral domain?&nbsp;<i>(Proof included)</i></p>
      Back <p><strong>Theorem 5.24</strong>: A field is <strong>always</strong> an <strong>integral domain</strong>.</p> <p><strong>Proof idea</strong>: If \(ab = 0\) in a field and \(a \neq 0\), then \(a\) has an inverse \(a^{-1}\). Multiplying both sides by \(a^{-1}\) gives \(b = a^{-1} \cdot 0 = 0\).</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::5._Rings_and_Fields::6._Fields

      Note 2572: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: zjw2>4!xI
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      \(\mathbb{Z}_m^* \stackrel{\text{def}}{=}\)  {{c1::\(\{a\in \mathbb{Z}_m \mid \gcd(a,m) = 1\}\)}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function
      \(\mathbb{Z}_m^* \stackrel{\text{def}}{=}\)  {{c1::\(\{a\in \mathbb{Z}_m \mid \gcd(a,m) = 1\}\)}}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(\mathbb{Z}_m^* \stackrel{\text{def}}{=}\)&nbsp;&nbsp;{{c1::\(\{a\in \mathbb{Z}_m \mid \gcd(a,m) = 1\}\)}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Note 2573: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: zkj+2s}Km%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      The gcd does not change if we subract a multiple of the first number from the second.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors
      The gcd does not change if we subract a multiple of the first number from the second.

      \(\text{gcd}(m, n - qm) = \text{gcd}(m,n) \), which is why reduction modulo \(m\) preserves the gcd, which is what makes Euclid's algorithm work.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The gcd does <b>not</b>&nbsp;change if we {{c1:: subract a multiple of the first number from the second}}.
      Extra \(\text{gcd}(m, n - qm) = \text{gcd}(m,n) \), which is why reduction modulo&nbsp;\(m\)&nbsp;preserves the gcd, which is what makes Euclid's algorithm work.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::4._Number_Theory::2._Divisors_and_Division::3._Greatest_Common_Divisors

      Note 2574: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: zqVqxXe~xC
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      The group \(\mathbb{Z}_n\) only contains {{c3::the positive numbers up to \(n\) \(\{0, 1, 2, \dots, n-1\}\), as the negatives \(\{-n+1, \dots, -2, -1\}\) are equal to a positive number \(\equiv_n\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      The group \(\mathbb{Z}_n\) only contains {{c3::the positive numbers up to \(n\) \(\{0, 1, 2, \dots, n-1\}\), as the negatives \(\{-n+1, \dots, -2, -1\}\) are equal to a positive number \(\equiv_n\)}}.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>The group \(\mathbb{Z}_n\)&nbsp;only contains {{c3::the positive numbers up to&nbsp;\(n\) \(\{0, 1, 2, \dots, n-1\}\), as the negatives \(\{-n+1, \dots, -2, -1\}\) are equal to a positive number \(\equiv_n\)}}.</p>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::3._The_Structure_of_Groups::8._The_Group_Zₘ*_and_Euler's_Function

      Note 2575: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::DiskMat
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: ztTfjE7<>>
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Inverse in a group:

      • Addition \(-a\)
      • Multiplication {{c2::\(a^{-1}\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Inverse in a group:

      • Addition \(-a\)
      • Multiplication {{c2::\(a^{-1}\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <p>Inverse in a group:</p><ul><li><b>Addition&nbsp;</b>{{c1::\(-a\)}}</li><li><b>Multiplication&nbsp;</b>{{c2::\(a^{-1}\)}}.</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::DiskMat::5._Algebra::2._Monoids_and_Groups::3._Inverses_and_Groups

      Note 2576: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: 9]9*I[U_/
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); i++) {
          list.remove(i);
      }

      evaluates to ???

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      for (int i = 0; i < list.size(); i++) {
          list.remove(i);
      }

      evaluates to ???

      It's fine, as the i < list.size() condition is evaluated every loop and thus it stops if it would remove something out of range.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <b>for (int i = 0; i &lt; list.size(); i++) {<br>&nbsp; &nbsp; list.remove(i);<br>}<br></b><br>evaluates to ???
      Back It's fine, as the i &lt; list.size() condition is evaluated every loop and thus it stops if it would remove something out of range.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2577: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Ap->IRX#;C
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
      If "String obj = null" then "obj instanceof String" returns false (never an exception).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
      If "String obj = null" then "obj instanceof String" returns false (never an exception).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div><code><span style="font-family: &quot;Liberation Sans&quot;;">If "String&nbsp;</span>obj = null"</code> then "<code>obj instanceof String"</code> returns {{c1::false (never an exception)}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of

      Note 2578: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: A{O/tsn?N%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Upcasting is automatic.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Upcasting is automatic.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Upcasting is {{c1:: automatic}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2579: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: B/KY8#269=
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms
      EBNF: Optional literal can be expressed using:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms
      EBNF: Optional literal can be expressed using:

      • Option [ E1 ]
      • Selection E1 | \(\epsilon\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front EBNF: Optional literal can be expressed using:
      Back <ul><li>Option&nbsp;<b>[ E1 ]</b></li><li>Selection&nbsp;<b>E1 |&nbsp;</b>\(\epsilon\)<br></li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms

      Note 2580: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: BNF`UuyO%Q
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
      var is the keyword for a type inferred variable in Java.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
      var is the keyword for a type inferred variable in Java.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c1:: var}} is the keyword for a type inferred variable in Java.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values

      Note 2581: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Bx0~E*k+P5
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching
      Does this code snippet work?

      a != 0 && b / a == 3

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching
      Does this code snippet work?

      a != 0 && b / a == 3

      Yes, since if a == 0, it shortcircuits and simply returns false.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <div><b>Does this code snippet work?</b></div><div><b><br></b></div><div><b>a != 0 &amp;&amp; b / a == 3</b></div>
      Back Yes, since if&nbsp;<b>a == 0,&nbsp;</b>it shortcircuits and simply returns false.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching

      Note 2582: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: C)hi{ye`0-
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
      An interface defines a set of methods that any class that implements it has to have. We use class Test implements Tester {}; to define such a relationship.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
      An interface defines a set of methods that any class that implements it has to have. We use class Test implements Tester {}; to define such a relationship.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>An <code>interface</code> defines {{c1::a set of methods that any class that implements it has to have}}. We use <code>class Test implements Tester {};</code> to define such a relationship.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces

      Note 2583: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: CGEw,Tn>.Y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      The static type is the type that the compiler sees as assigned to the variable. The dynamic type is the runtime type.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      The static type is the type that the compiler sees as assigned to the variable. The dynamic type is the runtime type.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The {{c1::static}} type is the type that the compiler sees as assigned to the variable. The {{c2::dynamic}} type is the runtime type.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2584: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Image Occlusion-73a2c
      GUID: CQXH/$kZu4
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      image-occlusion:rect:left=.2281:top=.3427:width=.0814:height=.2045:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.3053:top=.345:width=.1142:height=.2067:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.1625:top=.5221:width=.0693:height=.2181:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.1625:top=.713:width=.0711:height=.2135:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.2312:top=.7107:width=.0778:height=.2135:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.3016:top=.5426:width=.1185:height=.1954:oi=1

      Back

      image-occlusion:rect:left=.2281:top=.3427:width=.0814:height=.2045:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.3053:top=.345:width=.1142:height=.2067:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.1625:top=.5221:width=.0693:height=.2181:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.1625:top=.713:width=.0711:height=.2135:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.2312:top=.7107:width=.0778:height=.2135:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.3016:top=.5426:width=.1185:height=.1954:oi=1
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Occlusion {{c1::image-occlusion:rect:left=.2281:top=.3427:width=.0814:height=.2045:oi=1}}<br>{{c2::image-occlusion:rect:left=.3053:top=.345:width=.1142:height=.2067:oi=1}}<br>{{c3::image-occlusion:rect:left=.1625:top=.5221:width=.0693:height=.2181:oi=1}}<br>{{c4::image-occlusion:rect:left=.1625:top=.713:width=.0711:height=.2135:oi=1}}<br>{{c5::image-occlusion:rect:left=.2312:top=.7107:width=.0778:height=.2135:oi=1}}<br>{{c6::image-occlusion:rect:left=.3016:top=.5426:width=.1185:height=.1954:oi=1}}<br>
      Image <img src="paste-e9606f101c8e2adbf392dcd088db8df642e4aa4e.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::4._Casting

      Note 2585: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: CRW*pWI6~N
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
      Associativity of +, *, /, %: left-associative

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
      Associativity of +, *, /, %: left-associative

      "X op Y op Z" is equivalent to  "(X op Y) op Z"
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Associativity of&nbsp;<b>+, *, /, %</b>: {{c1:: left-associative}}
      Extra <div>"X op Y op Z" is equivalent to&nbsp; "(X op Y) op Z"</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity

      Note 2586: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: D,hN!b[~0a
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Dog[] dogs = new Dog[5];
      Animal[] animals = dogs; // Allowed! (upcasting)
      animals[0] = new Cat(); // Compiles but ArrayStoreException at runtime!

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Dog[] dogs = new Dog[5];
      Animal[] animals = dogs; // Allowed! (upcasting)
      animals[0] = new Cat(); // Compiles but ArrayStoreException at runtime!
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <code>Dog[] dogs = new Dog[5]; <br>Animal[] animals = dogs; // {{c1::Allowed! (upcasting)}} <br>animals[0] = new Cat(); // {{c2::Compiles but ArrayStoreException at runtime!}} </code>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2587: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: D3~R~/O`**
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
      instanceof tests whether an instance has a same dynamic type or if it implements an interface.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
      instanceof tests whether an instance has a same dynamic type or if it implements an interface.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div><code>instanceof</code> tests whether {{c1::an instance has a same <b>dynamic type</b>}} or {{c1::if it implements an <b>interface</b>}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of

      Note 2588: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: DL*jz,QL[w
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
      The weakest precondition for an empty program with postcondition false is false.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
      The weakest precondition for an empty program with postcondition false is false.

      As only false implies false.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The weakest precondition for an empty program with postcondition false is {{c1::false}}.
      Extra As only false implies false.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

      Note 2589: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Dz$MyXFn=-
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
      Casting like (double) binds stronger than +, -, /, %, *, etc...

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
      Casting like (double) binds stronger than +, -, /, %, *, etc...

      As it's unary.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Casting like&nbsp;<b>(double)</b>&nbsp;binds {{c1:: stronger}} than&nbsp;<b>+, -, /, %, *</b>, etc...
      Extra As it's unary.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity

      Note 2590: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: D{XXurJu$`
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::3._Variable_Declaration_and_Initialization
      short, int, float, double, long can be initialized using hexadecimal.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::3._Variable_Declaration_and_Initialization
      short, int, float, double, long can be initialized using hexadecimal.

      possibly also other types but definitely not boolean and char
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c1:: short, int, float, double, long}} can be initialized using {{c2:: hexadecimal}}.
      Extra possibly also other types but definitely not boolean and char
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::3._Variable_Declaration_and_Initialization

      Note 2591: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: E(5s[CJXSQ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Casting to an interface only leads to a compile error for final classes.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Casting to an interface only leads to a compile error for final classes.

      Then no subclass could implement the interface.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Casting to an interface only leads to a compile error for {{c1::final classes}}.
      Extra Then no subclass could implement the interface.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2592: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: EYTdZt3/*5
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
      Checked exceptions have to be announced or handled directly.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
      Checked exceptions have to be announced or handled directly.

      public void throwsStuff() throws CheckedException {
          throws CheckedException(); // Allowed
      }
      public void throwsStuff() {
          try {
              throwsStuff();
          } catch (Exception e) { }; // Allowed
      }
      
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Checked exceptions have to be {{c1:: announced or handled directly}}.
      Extra <pre><code>public void throwsStuff() throws CheckedException { throws CheckedException(); // Allowed } public void throwsStuff() { try { throwsStuff(); } catch (Exception e) { }; // Allowed } </code></pre>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions

      Note 2593: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: E_A@gwOm;?
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
      The Arrays class has helper methods that make simple operations quicker:
      • Arrays.equals(a, b) to compare arrays
      • Arrays.copyOf(arr, l) that returns a new copied array of length l
      • Sorting using Arrays.sort(arr)
      • toString() and deepToString()

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
      The Arrays class has helper methods that make simple operations quicker:
      • Arrays.equals(a, b) to compare arrays
      • Arrays.copyOf(arr, l) that returns a new copied array of length l
      • Sorting using Arrays.sort(arr)
      • toString() and deepToString()

      Arrays.deepToString() converts a nested/multidimensional array to a readable string representation, recursively handling inner arrays.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The Arrays class has helper methods that make simple operations quicker:<br><ul><li>{{c1::<b>Arrays.equals(a, b)</b>&nbsp;to compare arrays::Compare}}<br></li><li>{{c2::<b>Arrays.copyOf(arr, l)</b>&nbsp;that returns a new copied array of length l::Transfer values}}</li><li>{{c3::Sorting using&nbsp;<b>Arrays.sort(arr)::Order</b>}}</li><li>{{c4::<b>toString()</b> and <b>deepToString()</b>::Print}}</li></ul>
      Extra Arrays.deepToString() converts a nested/multidimensional array to a readable string representation, recursively handling inner arrays.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences

      Note 2594: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: E_rcts7/^g
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
      while (i < n) {
          result = result * k;
          i = i + 1;
      }

      For the loop invariant, what bounds hold for i?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
      while (i < n) {
          result = result * k;
          i = i + 1;
      }

      For the loop invariant, what bounds hold for i?

      i <= n (the equality holds as we execute + 1 after the final execution)

      In general: x < n becomes x <= n and x <= n becomes x <= n + 1
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front while (i &lt; n) {<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; result = result * k;<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; i = i + 1;<br>}<br><br>For the loop invariant, what bounds hold for i?
      Back <div><code>i &lt;= n</code> (the equality holds as we execute <code>+ 1</code> after the final execution)<br><br><div>In general: x &lt; n becomes x &lt;= n and x &lt;= n becomes x &lt;= n + 1</div></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

      Note 2595: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: El$[?h8w;k
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      Attribute access modifiers:
      • default: package scoped, only available in same package.
      • public: by everyone
      • private: only accessible from within the object itself (not shared with other instances, unlike static)
      • static: no initialisation needed, can be accessed through Math.PI
      • final: prevents overwriting, like const
      • protected: only by this class and subclasses

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      Attribute access modifiers:
      • default: package scoped, only available in same package.
      • public: by everyone
      • private: only accessible from within the object itself (not shared with other instances, unlike static)
      • static: no initialisation needed, can be accessed through Math.PI
      • final: prevents overwriting, like const
      • protected: only by this class and subclasses
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Attribute access modifiers:<br><ul><li>default: {{c1:: package scoped, only available in same package.}}</li><li>public: {{c2:: by everyone}}</li><li>private: {{c3:: only accessible from within the object itself (not shared with other instances, unlike static)}}</li><li>static: {{c4:: no initialisation needed, can be accessed through&nbsp;<b>Math.PI</b>}}<br></li><li>final: {{c5:: prevents overwriting, like const}}</li><li>protected: {{c6:: only by this class and subclasses}}</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

      Note 2596: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: E|{Z<-t*y@
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      Private attributes are accessible by all objects of this class.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      Private attributes are accessible by all objects of this class.

      public class Rational {
          private int x;
      
          // Copy constructor
          public Rational(Rational other) {
              this.x = other.x; // We CAN access another objects private attributes
          }
      }
      
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Private attributes are accessible by {{c1:: all objects of this class}}.
      Extra <pre><code>public class Rational { private int x; // Copy constructor public Rational(Rational other) { this.x = other.x; // We CAN access another objects private attributes } } </code></pre>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

      Note 2597: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: F$o5lV^z=H
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
      Note that a class can implement multiple interfaces.
      If a method is defined in multiple of those interfaces, it of course has to be implemented only once.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
      Note that a class can implement multiple interfaces.
      If a method is defined in multiple of those interfaces, it of course has to be implemented only once.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Note that a class can<b> </b>{{c1::<b>implement multiple interfaces</b>}}.</div><div>If a method is defined in {{c1::multiple of those interfaces}}, it {{c1::of course has to be implemented only once}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces

      Note 2598: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: F405hHI@j2
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
      A Java name is called an identifier.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
      A Java name is called an identifier.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A Java name is called an {{c1:: identifier}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output

      Note 2599: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: FXUR__;!h6
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      When a function is called in dynamic dispatch, the attributes of the type in which the actual function is executed will be used.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      When a function is called in dynamic dispatch, the attributes of the type in which the actual function is executed will be used.

      class T {
       int data = 50;
       public void s2() {
        System.out.println("T " + data);
       }
      }

      class S extends T {
       int data = 100;
       public void s2() {           System.out.println(this.data);
       }
      }

      class R extends S {
       int data = 200;
      }

      T r = new R();
      r.s2(); // Prints "100"
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text When a function is called in dynamic dispatch, the attributes of {{c1::the type in which the actual function is executed}} will be used.
      Extra <code> class T { <br>&nbsp;int data = 50; <br>&nbsp;public void s2() { <br>&nbsp; System.out.println("T " + data); <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>class S extends T { <br>&nbsp;int data = 100; <br>&nbsp;public void s2() {&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;System.out.println(this.data); <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>class R extends S { <br>&nbsp;int data = 200; <br>} <br><br>T r = new R(); <br>r.s2(); // Prints "100" </code>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2600: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: FwBjd_dmb+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
      Constructors are not inherited by subclasses.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
      Constructors are not inherited by subclasses.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Constructors are {{c1:: not inherited}} by subclasses.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance

      Note 2601: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: G#$#7KW!b}
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
      instanceof can result in a Compile-/Runtime-/No error?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
      instanceof can result in a Compile-/Runtime-/No error?

      instanceof never throws an exception, just compile errors.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front instanceof can result in a Compile-/Runtime-/No error?
      Back <div><code>instanceof</code> never throws an exception, just <b>compile</b> errors.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of

      Note 2602: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: G&=W~#L|H<
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
      There are checked and unchecked exceptions.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
      There are checked and unchecked exceptions.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text There are {{c1:: checked}} and {{c1:: unchecked}} exceptions.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions

      Note 2603: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: G]t&7SvtKp
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      In a dynamic dispatch, the "this"-keyword still refers to the dynamic type, thus even if the method is in a superclass, it will always try to use the "most overriden" method.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      In a dynamic dispatch, the "this"-keyword still refers to the dynamic type, thus even if the method is in a superclass, it will always try to use the "most overriden" method.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text In a dynamic dispatch, the "this"-keyword still refers to the dynamic type, thus {{c1:: even if the method is in a superclass, it will always try to use the "most overriden" method}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2604: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: H%0Tkaz:@S
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
      Interfaces don't define behaviour, only method signatures.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
      Interfaces don't define behaviour, only method signatures.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Interfaces don't define behaviour, only {{c1:: method signatures}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces

      Note 2605: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: H=AHLUgZxW
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
      Java double can be initialised with
      •  32.300 "." seperated numbers
      •  1e-2 exponentials

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
      Java double can be initialised with
      •  32.300 "." seperated numbers
      •  1e-2 exponentials
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Java double can be initialised with <br><ul><li>{{c1::&nbsp;<b>32.300</b>&nbsp;"." seperated numbers}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;<b>1e-2</b>&nbsp;exponentials}}</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types

      Note 2606: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: HI3~1]W{fH
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      if we have final Cat c = new Cat() the reference is immutable but the attributes of the class are not.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      if we have final Cat c = new Cat() the reference is immutable but the attributes of the class are not.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text if we have <b>final Cat c = new Cat()</b>&nbsp;the {{c1::reference}} is immutable but {{c2:: the attributes of the class are not}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2607: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: HNxps|u:&w
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects::2._Enums
      How are enums initialized?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects::2._Enums
      How are enums initialized?

      public enum Status {
          SUBMITTED,
          PAID,
          ...
      }
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How are enums initialized?
      Back public enum Status {<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; SUBMITTED,<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; PAID,<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; ...<br>}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects::2._Enums

      Note 2608: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: HY!(CO](X8
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Private methods are not inherited from the superclass and cannot be called (same as for private attributes).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Private methods are not inherited from the superclass and cannot be called (same as for private attributes).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Private methods are {{c1::not inherited}} from the superclass and {{c1::cannot be called (same as for private attributes)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2609: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Hf&j3}sSGT
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
      == and <, etc... have higher precedence than boolean comparison operators like &&, ||

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
      == and <, etc... have higher precedence than boolean comparison operators like &&, ||
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <b>==</b>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<b>&lt;</b>, etc... have {{c1:: higher}} precedence than boolean comparison operators like&nbsp;<b>&amp;&amp;, ||</b>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity

      Note 2610: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Hz_:Sp*X(y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      class A {  
          public int x = 5;
      }  
      
      class B extends A {  
          public int y = 6;
          public int test() { return 0; }
      public B(int i) {
      super();
      }
      }
      A a1 = new B(1);
      a1.y; // leads to a compile error, as A doesn't have x
      a1.test(); //
      leads to a compile error, as A doesn't have test()

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      class A {  
          public int x = 5;
      }  
      
      class B extends A {  
          public int y = 6;
          public int test() { return 0; }
      public B(int i) {
      super();
      }
      }
      A a1 = new B(1);
      a1.y; // leads to a compile error, as A doesn't have x
      a1.test(); //
      leads to a compile error, as A doesn't have test()
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <pre><code>class A { public int x = 5; } class B extends A { public int y = 6; public int test() { return 0; }</code></pre><pre><code><div> public B(int i) {<br> super();<br> }</div></code></pre><pre><span style="font-family: &quot;Liberation Sans&quot;;">}</span><br></pre><code> A a1 = new B(1); <br>a1.y; // {{c1:: leads to a compile error, as A doesn't have x}} <br>a1.test(); // </code>{{c2:: leads to a compile error, as A doesn't have test()}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2611: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: I0s;#,Wh%?
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

      Compile/Runtime/No Error

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

      Compile/Runtime/No Error

      No error, valid for loop.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <img src="paste-f485e58a003acd0f29903efd63e9440b14068a5c.jpg"><br>Compile/Runtime/No Error
      Back No error, valid for loop.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

      Note 2612: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: IKMb!{98`
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

      Compile/Runtime/No Error?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

      Compile/Runtime/No Error?

      Valid for-loop.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <img src="paste-e33a7d35e8694abacbdbd499304129858fb8fe03.jpg"><br>Compile/Runtime/No Error?
      Back Valid for-loop.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

      Note 2613: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: IQ4$mZs7/D
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
      The 8 primitve types of Java are:
      1. byte
      2. char
      3. short
      4. int
      5. long
      6. float
      7. double
      8. boolean

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
      The 8 primitve types of Java are:
      1. byte
      2. char
      3. short
      4. int
      5. long
      6. float
      7. double
      8. boolean
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The 8 primitve types of Java are:<br><ol><li>{{c1:: byte}}</li><li>{{c2:: char}}</li><li>{{c3:: short}}</li><li>{{c4:: int}}</li><li>{{c5:: long}}</li><li>{{c6:: float}}</li><li>{{c7:: double}}</li><li>{{c8:: boolean}}</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values

      Note 2614: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Image Occlusion-73a2c
      GUID: IdA(dVgMPN
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      image-occlusion:rect:left=.8594:top=.1808:width=.1308:height=.1517:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.8584:top=.3622:width=.1308:height=.1369:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.8603:top=.5139:width=.127:height=.1295:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.8603:top=.6582:width=.1232:height=.1332:oi=1

      Back

      image-occlusion:rect:left=.8594:top=.1808:width=.1308:height=.1517:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.8584:top=.3622:width=.1308:height=.1369:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.8603:top=.5139:width=.127:height=.1295:oi=1
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.8603:top=.6582:width=.1232:height=.1332:oi=1
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Occlusion {{c1::image-occlusion:rect:left=.8594:top=.1808:width=.1308:height=.1517:oi=1}}<br>{{c2::image-occlusion:rect:left=.8584:top=.3622:width=.1308:height=.1369:oi=1}}<br>{{c3::image-occlusion:rect:left=.8603:top=.5139:width=.127:height=.1295:oi=1}}<br>{{c4::image-occlusion:rect:left=.8603:top=.6582:width=.1232:height=.1332:oi=1}}<br>
      Image <img src="paste-717272a5d9a6b814701d81c48dd95ec99a540e2e.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::1._Visibility

      Note 2615: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Ih(!XjbZQJ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::4._Derivations
      Die Sprache einer EBNF-Beschreibung ist die Menge aller legalen Zeichenfolgen.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::4._Derivations
      Die Sprache einer EBNF-Beschreibung ist die Menge aller legalen Zeichenfolgen.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Die Sprache einer EBNF-Beschreibung ist {{c1:: die Menge aller legalen Zeichenfolgen}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::4._Derivations

      Note 2616: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: J#D+xVYd4z
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
      (double) 3 / 2 evaluates to?
      (double) (3 / 2) evaluates to?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
      (double) 3 / 2 evaluates to?
      (double) (3 / 2) evaluates to?

      1.5
      1.0
      As casting has stronger precedence.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <b>(double) 3 / 2</b>&nbsp;evaluates to?<br><b>(double) (3 / 2)</b>&nbsp;evaluates to?
      Back <b>1.5<br>1.0<br></b>As casting has stronger precedence.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity

      Note 2617: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: J)-A!rQ/Od
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
      int[][] b = new int[3][0]
      int[] c = new int[3] 
       b[0] = c

      Is this fine?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
      int[][] b = new int[3][0]
      int[] c = new int[3] 
       b[0] = c

      Is this fine?

      Yes, it works fine as we just set the pointer of b[0] to c. Java does not typecheck array dimensions.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <code>int[][] b = new int[3][0]</code><br><code>int[] c = new int[3]</code>&nbsp;<br>&nbsp;<code>b[0] = c<br></code><br>Is this fine?
      Back Yes, it works fine as we just set the pointer of b[0] to c. Java does not typecheck array dimensions.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values

      Note 2618: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: JX37U6@Pja
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement
      ++x does what?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement
      ++x does what?

      Pre-Increment: increments x then returns it's value
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front ++x does what?
      Back Pre-Increment: increments x then returns it's value
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement

      Note 2619: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: J`K7cc2By_
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      List<Dog> dogs = new ArrayList<>();
      List<Animal> animals = (List<Animal>) dogs; // Unchecked cast warning

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      List<Dog> dogs = new ArrayList<>();
      List<Animal> animals = (List<Animal>) dogs; // Unchecked cast warning

      No Error because of type erasure here.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <code>List&lt;Dog&gt; dogs = new ArrayList&lt;&gt;(); <br>List&lt;Animal&gt; animals = (List&lt;Animal&gt;) dogs; // {{c1::Unchecked cast warning}}</code>
      Extra No Error because of type erasure here.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2620: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: KZF4,Q[f&D
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
      We can catch exceptions using: 

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
      We can catch exceptions using: 

      try { } catch (ExceptionName e) { };
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front We can catch exceptions using:&nbsp;
      Back <div><code>try { } catch (ExceptionName e) { };</code></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions

      Note 2621: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: K]ZyP_vxG;
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      Inside a class (except static functions) we have access to special variable this and super.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      Inside a class (except static functions) we have access to special variable this and super.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Inside a class (except static functions) we have access to special variable {{c1::<b>this</b>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<b>super</b>}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

      Note 2622: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: KhTp)`Z~|8
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
      Strings are immutable.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
      Strings are immutable.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Strings are {{c1::<b>immutable</b>}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences

      Note 2623: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: KnKuMTM<[8
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      A protected attribute can also be accessed by subclasses.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      A protected attribute can also be accessed by subclasses.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A protected attribute can also be accessed by {{c1:: subclasses}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

      Note 2624: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: LHfofYY0cF
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
      Can we use ++ and -- on floats and doubles?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
      Can we use ++ and -- on floats and doubles?

      Yes, that is allowed and increments by 1.0.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Can we use&nbsp;<b>++</b>&nbsp;and&nbsp;<b>--</b>&nbsp;on floats and doubles?
      Back Yes, that is allowed and increments by 1.0.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types

      Note 2625: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: LdyT3WH.QQ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Casting to an interface (if not implemented) leads to a runtime error.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Casting to an interface (if not implemented) leads to a runtime error.

      The compiler always assumes a subtype could implement the class.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Casting to an interface (if not implemented) leads to a {{c1:: runtime error}}.
      Extra The compiler always assumes a subtype could implement the class.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2626: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: MQ0U{K
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      We can access the parent's attribute of a subclass by casting to the static type of the parent.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      We can access the parent's attribute of a subclass by casting to the static type of the parent.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We can access the parent's attribute of a subclass by {{c1:: casting to the static type of the parent}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2627: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: MlNjJv:07k
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      String s1 = "test";
      String s2 = "test";
      s1 == s2
      returns?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      String s1 = "test";
      String s2 = "test";
      s1 == s2
      returns?

      Usually false, as we compare references. To compare strings we should use .equals().
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <b>String s1 = "test";<br>String s2 = "test";<br>s1 == s2</b> returns?
      Back Usually false, as we compare references. To compare strings we should use&nbsp;<b>.equals().</b>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2628: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: MpWDjk%Tfz
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
      Instance of returns true if:
      • Implements the interface
      • Is of the same dynamic type
      • Is a subtype of the dynamic type

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
      Instance of returns true if:
      • Implements the interface
      • Is of the same dynamic type
      • Is a subtype of the dynamic type
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Instance of returns true if:<br><ul><li>{{c1::Implements the interface}}</li><li>{{c2::Is of the same dynamic type}}</li><li>{{c3::Is a subtype of the dynamic type}}</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of

      Note 2629: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: MqC&7Qly55
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      class A {
       public int x = 5;
       public void fct1() {
        System.out.println(this.x);
       }
      }

      class B extends A {
       public B() {
        super.x = 10;
       }
       public B(int a) {
        super.x = a;
       }
      }

      A a1 = new B(1);
      A a2 = new B(12); // As these are different instances, their attributes are separate
      B b1 = new B(1);
      B b2 = new B(12);
      a1.fct1(); // 1 -> Even though static type is A
      a2.fct1(); // 12 -> Different output as a2's instance of A has 12
      b1.fct1(); // 1 -> same here, even though it dynamic dispatches
      b2.fct1(); // 12

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      class A {
       public int x = 5;
       public void fct1() {
        System.out.println(this.x);
       }
      }

      class B extends A {
       public B() {
        super.x = 10;
       }
       public B(int a) {
        super.x = a;
       }
      }

      A a1 = new B(1);
      A a2 = new B(12); // As these are different instances, their attributes are separate
      B b1 = new B(1);
      B b2 = new B(12);
      a1.fct1(); // 1 -> Even though static type is A
      a2.fct1(); // 12 -> Different output as a2's instance of A has 12
      b1.fct1(); // 1 -> same here, even though it dynamic dispatches
      b2.fct1(); // 12
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <code>class A { <br>&nbsp;public int x = 5; <br>&nbsp;public void fct1() { <br>&nbsp; System.out.println(this.x); <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>class B extends A { <br>&nbsp;public B() { <br>&nbsp; super.x = 10; <br>&nbsp;} <br>&nbsp;public B(int a) { <br>&nbsp; super.x = a; <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>A a1 = new B(1); <br>A a2 = new B(12); // As these are different instances, their attributes are separate <br>B b1 = new B(1); <br>B b2 = new B(12); <br>a1.fct1(); // {{c1::1 -&gt; Even though static type is A}} <br>a2.fct1(); // {{c1:: 12 -&gt; Different output as a2's instance of A has 12}} <br>b1.fct1(); // {{c1::1 -&gt; same here, even though it dynamic dispatches}} <br>b2.fct1(); // {{c1::12}} </code>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2630: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: N,~U9>@HR@
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
      How do we implement a subtype in Java?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
      How do we implement a subtype in Java?

      public class Lorenz extends Students {
       @Override public void someMethod() { ...
        super.someMethod(); // Can call super's implementation of this
       }
      }
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How do we implement a subtype in Java?
      Back <code>public class Lorenz extends Students { <br>&nbsp;@Override public void someMethod() { ... <br>&nbsp; super.someMethod(); // Can call super's implementation of this <br>&nbsp;} <br>} </code>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance

      Note 2631: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: N/)4j!wS3C
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
      Which of the following is (or are) NOT a Java keyword? 

      - volatile
      - mod
      - strictfp
      - loop
      - transient
      - do
      - use

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
      Which of the following is (or are) NOT a Java keyword? 

      - volatile
      - mod
      - strictfp
      - loop
      - transient
      - do
      - use

      loop, use and mod
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Which of the following is (or are) NOT a Java keyword?&nbsp;<br><br>- volatile<br>- mod<br>- strictfp<br>- loop<br>- transient<br>- do<br>- use
      Back loop, use and mod
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output

      Note 2632: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Nz^YQRPVQ2
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      Properties of classes declared as public int x; are set to their default values (0, null, false, etc...).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      Properties of classes declared as public int x; are set to their default values (0, null, false, etc...).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Properties of classes declared as&nbsp;<b>public int x;</b>&nbsp;are set to {{c1::their default values (0, null, false, etc...)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

      Note 2633: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: O:PCKgyN)+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Java uses dynamic dispatch for function calls, we therefore get the method of the dynamic type.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Java uses dynamic dispatch for function calls, we therefore get the method of the dynamic type.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Java uses {{c1:: dynamic dispatch}} for function calls, we therefore get the method of the {{c1:: dynamic type}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2634: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: O@-k%ZU440
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
      Accessing the parent's parent's variables in Java is not allowed.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
      Accessing the parent's parent's variables in Java is not allowed.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Accessing the parent's parent's variables in Java is {{c1:: not allowed}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance

      Note 2635: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: OGFJDr03D}
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
      super.super.xxx, or x.super.xxx are not allowed an give a compile error.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
      super.super.xxx, or x.super.xxx are not allowed an give a compile error.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div><code>super.super.xxx</code>, or <code>x.super.xxx</code>&nbsp;are not allowed an give a {{c1:: compile error}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance

      Note 2636: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: OGFye&*Y@Y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      The compiler uses the static type to get attributes.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      The compiler uses the static type to get attributes.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The compiler uses the {{c1::static}} type to get attributes.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2637: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: OJ16/M<6a6
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::2._Decision
      An option in EBNF can be written as [ E ] or E | \(\epsilon\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::2._Decision
      An option in EBNF can be written as [ E ] or E | \(\epsilon\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text An option in EBNF can be written as {{c1::[ E ]}} or {{c2::E |&nbsp;\(\epsilon\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::2._Decision

      Note 2638: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: P6>K30cX4E
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      How could someone modify a private variable (aliasing)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      How could someone modify a private variable (aliasing)?

      public class AliasingProblem {
       private Point center; // Problematic - exposes internal reference
       public Point getCenter() {
        return center; // Returns alias to internal object
       }
      }

      main() {
       Point center = new AliasingProblem().getCenter();
       center.setX(2); // Changes private attribute!!
      }


      If we get a reference to a private object, we can indeed change it's values!
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How could someone modify a private variable (aliasing)?
      Back <code>public class AliasingProblem { <br>&nbsp;private Point center; // Problematic - exposes internal reference <br>&nbsp;public Point getCenter() { <br>&nbsp; return center; // Returns alias to internal object <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>main() { <br>&nbsp;Point center = new AliasingProblem().getCenter(); <br>&nbsp;center.setX(2); // Changes private attribute!! <br>}</code> <br><br>If we get a reference to a private object, we can indeed change it's values!
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

      Note 2639: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: PReOU!^g*#
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::2._Do_While
      do {
          // body
      } while (test);
      statement;


      Does what?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::2._Do_While
      do {
          // body
      } while (test);
      statement;


      Does what?

      First the body is executed at least a single time, then the condition evaluated.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <b>do {<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; // body<br>} while (test);<br>statement;</b><br><br>Does what?
      Back First the body is&nbsp;<b>executed at least a single time</b>, then the condition evaluated.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::2._Do_While

      Note 2640: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Pi]A?I0a.)
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
      In a subclass, we can access the parent's methods and attributes using super.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
      In a subclass, we can access the parent's methods and attributes using super.

      You cannot use super.super.xxx, nor x.super.xxx to access super methods or attributes. This gives a compile error.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text In a subclass, we can access the parent's methods and attributes using {{c1:: super}}.
      Extra <div>You cannot use <code>super.super.xxx</code>, nor <code>x.super.xxx</code> to access super methods or attributes. This gives a <strong>compile</strong> error.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance

      Note 2641: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Q=BFp=(vY3
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching
      The ternary operator has the following syntax:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching
      The ternary operator has the following syntax:

      test ? valueTrue : valueFalse
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front The ternary operator has the following syntax:
      Back test ? valueTrue : valueFalse
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching

      Note 2642: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: QEMy5L&
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      class A { int x; }
      class B extends A { boolean x; }

      A a = new A();
      a.x = 6; // OK
      a.x = true; // Compile error, type mismatch

      A a = new B();
      a.x = 6; // OK
      a.x = true; // Compile error, type mismatch because static type is used

      B b = new B();
      b.x = 6; // Type Error
      b.x = true; // OK!

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      class A { int x; }
      class B extends A { boolean x; }

      A a = new A();
      a.x = 6; // OK
      a.x = true; // Compile error, type mismatch

      A a = new B();
      a.x = 6; // OK
      a.x = true; // Compile error, type mismatch because static type is used

      B b = new B();
      b.x = 6; // Type Error
      b.x = true; // OK!
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <code>class A { int x; } <br>class B extends A { boolean x; } <br><br>A a = new A(); <br>a.x = 6; // {{c1:: OK}} <br>a.x = true; // {{c1:: Compile error, type mismatch}} <br><br>A a = new B(); <br>a.x = 6; // {{c2:: OK}} <br>a.x = true; // {{c2:: Compile error, type mismatch because static type is used}} <br><br>B b = new B(); <br>b.x = 6; // {{c3::Type Error}} <br>b.x = true; // {{c3::OK!}} </code>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2643: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: bxDOHVL#p]
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
      The cases where instanceof causes a compile error:
      1. Primitives - instanceof only works with reference types
      2. Generics - type erasure means List<String> becomes just List at runtime, so the check is impossible
            t instanceof List<String>
          
      3. Unrelated types:
            Animal -> Dog and Animal -> Cat.
                 Check for animal instanceof Dog/Cat allowed, but dog = new Dog(); dog instanceof Cat throws compile error.
      4. Final class - if a class is final and doesn't implement an interface, no subclass could ever implement it, so the check is provably always false.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of
      The cases where instanceof causes a compile error:
      1. Primitives - instanceof only works with reference types
      2. Generics - type erasure means List<String> becomes just List at runtime, so the check is impossible
            t instanceof List<String>
          
      3. Unrelated types:
            Animal -> Dog and Animal -> Cat.
                 Check for animal instanceof Dog/Cat allowed, but dog = new Dog(); dog instanceof Cat throws compile error.
      4. Final class - if a class is final and doesn't implement an interface, no subclass could ever implement it, so the check is provably always false.

      However:
      Animal a = getanimal() could get a Dog which might implement List thus a instanceof List is not a compile error.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The cases where instanceof causes a compile error:<br><ol><li>{{c1::<b>Primitives - instanceof only works with reference types</b>}}</li><li>{{c2::Generics - type erasure means List&lt;String&gt; becomes just List at runtime, so the check is impossible<br><code>&nbsp; &nbsp; t instanceof List&lt;String&gt;</code>}}&nbsp;&nbsp;</li><li>{{c3::Unrelated types:<br><div><code>&nbsp; &nbsp; Animal -&gt; Dog</code> and <code>Animal -&gt; Cat</code>. <br>&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;Check for <code>animal instanceof Dog/Cat</code> allowed, but <code>dog = new Dog(); dog instanceof Cat</code> throws compile error.</div>}}</li><li><div>{{c4::Final class - if a class is final and doesn't implement an interface, no subclass could ever implement it, so the check is provably always false.}}</div></li></ol>
      Extra However:<br><code>Animal a = getanimal()</code>&nbsp;could get a&nbsp;<code>Dog</code>&nbsp;which might&nbsp;<code>implement List</code>&nbsp;thus&nbsp;<code>a instanceof List</code>&nbsp;is not a compile error.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::1._Instance_Of

      Note 2644: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: c>xF]nJjL8
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Animal cat = null; 
      (Cat) cat; 
      Leads to a no error, this is always allowed.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Animal cat = null; 
      (Cat) cat; 
      Leads to a no error, this is always allowed.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div><code>Animal cat = null;&nbsp;</code></div><div><code>(Cat) cat;</code>&nbsp;</div><div>Leads to a {{c1:: no error, this is always allowed}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2645: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: cT=vzGuBpg
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      5 == 5 || String.yourStupidAss() evaluates to ???

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      5 == 5 || String.yourStupidAss() evaluates to ???

      Compile Error, even if it shortcircuits.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <b>5 == 5 || String.yourStupidAss()</b>&nbsp;evaluates to ???
      Back Compile Error, even if it shortcircuits.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2646: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: dBkAd*&?D6
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      The dynamic type is always a subtype of the static type.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      The dynamic type is always a subtype of the static type.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>The dynamic type is {{c1::<strong>always a subtype of the static type}}</strong>.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2647: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: dE4W+,!/H<
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      5++ evaluates to ???

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      5++ evaluates to ???

      compile error, 5 is not a variable.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <b>5++</b>&nbsp;evaluates to ???
      Back compile error, 5 is not a variable.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2648: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: dW?TP?RI{A
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      The dynamic type of a variable can be changed by reassigning the reference to another instance.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      The dynamic type of a variable can be changed by reassigning the reference to another instance.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The dynamic type of a variable can be changed by {{c1:: reassigning the reference to another instance}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2649: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: e>j3maYE+y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
      Every primitive variable must be both declared and initialized before being used.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
      Every primitive variable must be both declared and initialized before being used.

      This is only true for local variables! Instance variables can be left uninitialised.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Every primitive variable must be {{c1:: both declared and initialized}} before being used.
      Extra This is only true for&nbsp;<b>local</b>&nbsp;variables! Instance variables can be left uninitialised.<br><br><img src="paste-a119684222f3e74cbbcfa0830461d164b54afb9a.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values

      Note 2650: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: eEx@10sK[?
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement
      What is the difference between i++ and ++i in Java?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement
      What is the difference between i++ and ++i in Java?

      i++ returns the current value of i and then increments i by 1

      ++i  first increments value of i by 1 and then returns the value
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the difference between i++ and ++i in Java?
      Back i++ returns the current value of i and then increments i by 1<br><br>++i&nbsp; first increments value of i by 1 and then returns the value
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement

      Note 2651: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: f2vR,E9IiI
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
      Unary operators bind stronger than binary ones.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
      Unary operators bind stronger than binary ones.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Unary operators bind {{c1:: stronger}} than {{c2:: binary ones}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity

      Note 2652: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: f3eqMn1(f/
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Trying to access a method or attribute on a class with a different dynamic than static type leads to a compile error if the static type doesn't define that attribute or method.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Trying to access a method or attribute on a class with a different dynamic than static type leads to a compile error if the static type doesn't define that attribute or method.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Trying to access a method or attribute on a class with a different dynamic than static type leads to a compile error if {{c1:: the static type doesn't define that attribute or method}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2653: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: fJL&tF*QW&
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

      Compile/Runtime/no Error

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

      Compile/Runtime/no Error

      No error, valid for loop
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <img src="paste-e0cbcc8d646d0785d63ce579c103d7fcfead5a58.jpg"><br>Compile/Runtime/no Error
      Back No error, valid for loop
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

      Note 2654: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: fx//I5}Q?7
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Runtime Errors for Casting:
      1. (Husky) dog; Casting further down than dynamic type
      2. (Cat) dog;  Casting into sibling type

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Runtime Errors for Casting:
      1. (Husky) dog; Casting further down than dynamic type
      2. (Cat) dog;  Casting into sibling type
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Runtime Errors for Casting:<br><ol> <li><code>{{c1::(Husky) dog;&nbsp;</code>Casting further down than dynamic type}}</li> <li><code>{{c2:: (Cat) dog;</code>&nbsp; Casting into sibling type}}</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2655: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: g%YZ@`35DU
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::1._Visibility
      In a subclass, we can only make methods more visible .

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::1._Visibility
      In a subclass, we can only make methods more visible .

      • protected -> public is okay
      • private -> public okay
      public to default  or default to private are not possible.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text In a subclass, we can only make methods {{c1:: more visible :: access modifiers}}.
      Extra <ul><li>protected -&gt; public is okay</li><li>private -&gt; public okay</li></ul><div>public to default&nbsp; or default to private are not possible.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::1._Visibility

      Note 2656: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: g
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::2._Decision
      A selection from several elements is written as A | B | C.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::2._Decision
      A selection from several elements is written as A | B | C.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A selection from several elements is written as {{c1:: A | B | C}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::2._Decision

      Note 2657: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: gAXH/(0;9S
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
      Class Cat should be declared in the file Cat.java.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
      Class Cat should be declared in the file Cat.java.

      But it does not HAVE TO be declared there, as long as it is not declared as public.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Class Cat {{c1:: should}} be declared in the file Cat.java.
      Extra But it does not HAVE TO be declared there, as long as it is not declared as public.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output

      Note 2658: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: gK8R,r`Ne1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations
      How is a % b defined in Java?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations
      How is a % b defined in Java?

      (a / b) * b + (a % b) = a     (with a / b being division with rest)

      In general, if the a is negative, the result is negative.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How is a % b defined in Java?
      Back <div>(a / b) * b + (a % b) = a&nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;(with a / b being division with rest)</div><div><br></div><div><div><b>In general, if the a is negative, the result is negative.</b></div></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations

      Note 2659: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: g_DbKK.&&1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Downcasting like (B) A will lead to runtime errors if A is not of type or subtype B.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Downcasting like (B) A will lead to runtime errors if A is not of type or subtype B.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Downcasting like <b>(B) A</b>&nbsp;will lead to {{c1:: runtime errors}} if {{c2::A is not of type or subtype B}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2660: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: gc|oK]2yr^
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      We cannot override attributes inside a subclass, they are shadowed.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      We cannot override attributes inside a subclass, they are shadowed.

      class Animal {
        String name = "Animal";
        String getName() {
          return "Animal";
        }
      }

      class Dog extends Animal {
        String name = "Dog"; // Shadows Animal.name (doesn't override it)
        @Override String getName() { return Dog"; } // Overrides Animal.getName()
      }

      Animal a = new Dog();
      System.out.println(a.name); // "Animal" — field access uses static type
      System.out.println(a.getName()); // "Dog" — method call uses dynamic type
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We cannot override {{c1::attributes inside a subclass}}, they are {{c1::shadowed}}.
      Extra class Animal { <br>&nbsp; String name = "Animal"; <br>&nbsp; String getName() { <br>&nbsp; &nbsp; return "Animal"; <br>&nbsp; } <br>} <br><br>class Dog extends Animal { <br>&nbsp; String name = "Dog"; <span style="font-style: italic;">// Shadows Animal.name (doesn't override it)</span> <br>&nbsp; @Override String getName() {&nbsp;return Dog";&nbsp;} <span style="font-style: italic;">// Overrides Animal.getName()</span> <br>}<br><br>Animal a = new Dog(); <br>System.out.println(a.name); <span style="font-style: italic;">// "Animal" — field access uses static type</span> <br>System.out.println(a.getName()); <span style="font-style: italic;">// "Dog" — method call uses dynamic type</span>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2661: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Image Occlusion-73a2c
      GUID: gef_5DD5?n
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      image-occlusion:rect:left=.1151:top=.2639:width=.8709:height=.3659
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.0974:top=.7498:width=.7647:height=.2279
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.1151:top=.018:width=.6997:height=.126

      Back

      image-occlusion:rect:left=.1151:top=.2639:width=.8709:height=.3659
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.0974:top=.7498:width=.7647:height=.2279
      image-occlusion:rect:left=.1151:top=.018:width=.6997:height=.126
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Occlusion {{c2::image-occlusion:rect:left=.1151:top=.2639:width=.8709:height=.3659}}<br>{{c3::image-occlusion:rect:left=.0974:top=.7498:width=.7647:height=.2279}}<br>{{c1::image-occlusion:rect:left=.1151:top=.018:width=.6997:height=.126}}<br>
      Image <img src="paste-f5e348f4bdf7f6aad53a5c374e67b394f92a5e44.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

      Note 2662: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: go.nl_(PCT
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
      The weakest precondition is true since true only implies true.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
      The weakest precondition is true since true only implies true.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>The weakest precondition is {{c1::<code>true</code> since <code>true</code> only implies <code>true</code>}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

      Note 2663: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: h8y9Gj^3Oz
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
      Operator precedence in Java for *, /, %, +, -

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
      Operator precedence in Java for *, /, %, +, -

      *, /, % bind stronger than +, -
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Operator precedence in Java for&nbsp;<b>*, /, %, +, -</b>
      Back <div>*, /, % bind stronger than +, -</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity

      Note 2664: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: i2g|!nNV|m
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops
      We can omit everything but the semicolons in a for-loop.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops
      We can omit everything but the semicolons in a for-loop.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We can omit everything but {{c1::the semicolons}} in a for-loop.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

      Note 2665: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: io,]_+ZcUp
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::99._Shadowing
      What is the result of:

      void test(Integer k) {
          k = Integer.valueOf(1);  This only changes it locally! (Shadowing)
      //
          k.value = 1;   This changes the value for the caller as well
      }

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::99._Shadowing
      What is the result of:

      void test(Integer k) {
          k = Integer.valueOf(1);  This only changes it locally! (Shadowing)
      //
          k.value = 1;   This changes the value for the caller as well
      }
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text What is the result of:<br><br><b>void test(Integer k) {</b><br>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<b>k = Integer.valueOf(1);&nbsp;</b>{{c1:: This only changes it locally! (Shadowing)}}<br>//<br>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;<b>k.value = 1;&nbsp;&nbsp;</b>{{c1:: This changes the value for the caller as well}}<br><b>}</b>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::99._Shadowing

      Note 2666: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: iyK[p{ZDF+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      A a = new B() when calling a.test we get A’s test attribute.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      A a = new B() when calling a.test we get A’s test attribute.

      The compiler uses the static type to get attributes.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div><code>A a = new B()</code> when calling <code>a.test</code> we get {{c1::<code>A}}</code>’s test attribute.</div>
      Extra The compiler uses the static type to get attributes.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2667: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: iz]M]${2
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects::2._Enums
      Enums have some convenient features:
      • can compare using ==
      • use .name() to get string representation
      • go from string to enum using Status.valueOf("PAID")
      • Ordering using order in declaration Status.SUBMITTED < Status.PAID

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects::2._Enums
      Enums have some convenient features:
      • can compare using ==
      • use .name() to get string representation
      • go from string to enum using Status.valueOf("PAID")
      • Ordering using order in declaration Status.SUBMITTED < Status.PAID
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Enums have some convenient features:<br><ul><li>{{c1::can compare using <code>==::compare}}</code></li> <li>{{c2::use <code>.name()</code> to get string representation::string}}</li> <li>{{c3::go from string to enum using <code>Status.valueOf("PAID")::string conversion}}</code></li> <li>{{c4:: Ordering using order in declaration <code>Status.SUBMITTED &lt; Status.PAID::order</code>}}</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects::2._Enums

      Note 2668: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: j>`+}@t/`y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      class T {
       int data = 50;
       public void s2() {
        System.out.println("T " + data);
       }
      }

      class S extends T {
       int data = 100;
       public void s2() {
        System.out.println(this.data);
       }
      }

      class R extends S {
       int data = 200;
      }

      T r = new R();
      r.s2(); // Prints "100"

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      class T {
       int data = 50;
       public void s2() {
        System.out.println("T " + data);
       }
      }

      class S extends T {
       int data = 100;
       public void s2() {
        System.out.println(this.data);
       }
      }

      class R extends S {
       int data = 200;
      }

      T r = new R();
      r.s2(); // Prints "100"
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <code>class T { <br>&nbsp;int data = 50; <br>&nbsp;public void s2() { <br>&nbsp; System.out.println("T " + data); <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>class S extends T { <br>&nbsp;int data = 100; <br>&nbsp;public void s2() { <br>&nbsp; System.out.println(this.data); <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>class R extends S { <br>&nbsp;int data = 200; <br>} <br><br>T r = new R(); <br>r.s2(); // Prints {{c1::"100"}} </code>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2669: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: jPX[=ewS~@
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion
      EBNF Recursion: Every recursion needs a stop condition.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion
      EBNF Recursion: Every recursion needs a stop condition.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text EBNF Recursion: Every recursion needs a {{c1:: stop condition}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion

      Note 2670: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: m%x4[`&]1%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::3._Methods
      Only names and input types determine the signature of a method in Java.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::3._Methods
      Only names and input types determine the signature of a method in Java.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Only {{c1:: names and input types }} determine the signature of a method in Java.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::3._Methods

      Note 2671: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: m)$PxVQ^IS
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::4._Derivations
      Zwei EBNF-Beschreibungen sind äquivalent falls ihre Sprachen gleich sind.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::4._Derivations
      Zwei EBNF-Beschreibungen sind äquivalent falls ihre Sprachen gleich sind.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Zwei EBNF-Beschreibungen sind äquivalent falls {{c1:: ihre Sprachen gleich sind.}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::4._Derivations

      Note 2672: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: m5.*#}3,2{
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Possible casting problems:
      • String s = (String) new Integer(5); Casting between unrelated classes
      • Animal a2 = new Cat(); Dog d2 = (Dog) a2; ClassCastException!

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Possible casting problems:
      • String s = (String) new Integer(5); Casting between unrelated classes
      • Animal a2 = new Cat(); Dog d2 = (Dog) a2; ClassCastException!
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Possible casting problems:<br><ul><li>{{c1::String s = (String) new Integer(5); Casting between unrelated classes }}</li><li>{{c2::Animal a2 = new Cat(); Dog d2 = (Dog) a2; ClassCastException!}}</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2673: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: mxWnHn=6?K
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
      Unchecked exceptions can but don't have to be caught.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
      Unchecked exceptions can but don't have to be caught.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Unchecked exceptions {{c1:: can but don't have to be}} caught.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions

      Note 2674: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: m{lpYbESok
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg
      If we set the reference to an array to null inside a function, the caller still has the reference, as it's copied.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg
      If we set the reference to an array to null inside a function, the caller still has the reference, as it's copied.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If we set the reference to an array to&nbsp;<b>null</b>&nbsp;inside a function, the caller {{c1:: still has the reference, as it's copied}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg

      Note 2675: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: o!E/h>2m7B
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::1._Visibility
      Private attributes cannot be accessed in subclasses, but we can still access them as a user through non-overriden methods.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::1._Visibility
      Private attributes cannot be accessed in subclasses, but we can still access them as a user through non-overriden methods.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Private attributes cannot be accessed in subclasses, but we can still access them as a user through {{c1:: non-overriden methods}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::1._Visibility

      Note 2676: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: o#o/7wH;E.
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::1._Sequencing
      The convention for EBNF is that the rule being considered is written last.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::1._Sequencing
      The convention for EBNF is that the rule being considered is written last.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The convention for EBNF is that the rule being considered is written {{c1::last}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms::1._Sequencing

      Note 2677: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: o2_oVlzFE[
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
      To compare two strings (or any non-primite type) we use  .equals() .

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
      To compare two strings (or any non-primite type) we use  .equals() .

      == compares the references, not the values.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text To compare two strings (or any non-primite type) we use {{c1::&nbsp;<b>.equals()</b>&nbsp;}}.
      Extra == compares the references, not the values.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences

      Note 2678: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: o5fc<3#h._
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations
      What does  5 % 0 produce in Java?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations
      What does  5 % 0 produce in Java?

      Runtime error, division by 0
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What does&nbsp;<b>&nbsp;5 % 0</b>&nbsp;produce in Java?
      Back Runtime error, division by 0
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations

      Note 2679: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: oCoi_,?<4<
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement
      x++ does what?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement
      x++ does what?

      Returns x then increments by one.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front x++ does what?
      Back Returns&nbsp;<b>x</b>&nbsp;then increments by one.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement

      Note 2680: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: oE~TL)}ZNN
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
      In Java a class cannot inherit from multiple super-classes.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
      In Java a class cannot inherit from multiple super-classes.

      This works only for interfaces.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text In Java a class cannot inherit from {{c1:: multiple super-classes}}.
      Extra This works only for interfaces.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance

      Note 2681: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: oWLG{z90=/
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
      To initialise an array directly we use int[] test = {{c1:: {1, 2, 3 ...};}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
      To initialise an array directly we use int[] test = {{c1:: {1, 2, 3 ...};}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text To initialise an array directly we use&nbsp;<b>int[] test =&nbsp;</b>{{c1:: {1, 2, 3 ...};}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences

      Note 2682: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: osPOmm:i4.
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

      Compile/Runtime/No Error

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

      Compile/Runtime/No Error

      No error, valid for-loop.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <img src="paste-6451454cfb845d5c319df053e0bf4d13f446b8b5.jpg"><br>Compile/Runtime/No Error
      Back No error, valid for-loop.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._For_Loops

      Note 2683: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: p$+y{A-`_b
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
      Casts from int to long and double can always be implicit.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
      Casts from int to long and double can always be implicit.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Casts from {{c1:: int}} to long and double can {{c2::always::never/sometimes/always}} be implicit.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types

      Note 2684: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: p,3.jh@oZC
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      Shadowing is when an inner scope variable makes an outer scope one inaccessible.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      Shadowing is when an inner scope variable makes an outer scope one inaccessible.

      public class Person {
          private String name;  // instance variable

          public void setName(String name) {  // parameter shadows instance variable
              this.name = name;  // use 'this' to access the instance variable
          }
      }
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Shadowing is when an {{c1:: inner scope variable makes an outer scope one inaccessible}}.
      Extra public class Person {<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; private String name;&nbsp; // instance variable<br><br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; public void setName(String name) {&nbsp; // parameter shadows instance variable<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; this.name = name;&nbsp; // use 'this' to access the instance variable<br>&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp; }<br>}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

      Note 2685: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: p1.Wet4$5I
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::2._Casting
      If we see "((C) D).something()" as a cast we can assume that D is a subtype of C.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::2._Casting
      If we see "((C) D).something()" as a cast we can assume that D is a subtype of C.

      This is relevant for EProg theory exercises in which we have to reconstruct a class hierarchy.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If we see "((C) D).something()" as a cast we can assume that {{c1::D is a subtype of C}}.
      Extra This is relevant for EProg theory exercises in which we have to reconstruct a class hierarchy.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::2._Casting

      Note 2686: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: p9%v,4EY(!
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::3._Methods
      Values given to a method in Java are always copied.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::3._Methods
      Values given to a method in Java are always copied.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Values given to a method in Java are always {{c1::copied}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::3._Methods

      Note 2687: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: pD;qk4geEz
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
      The output of this code snippet is:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
      The output of this code snippet is:

      3
      0
      0
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front The output of this code snippet is:<br><img src="Screenshot 2025-12-12 at 22.32.55.png">
      Back 3<br>0<br>0
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types

      Note 2688: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: pycoxP)lJk
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
      10 / -2 in Java gives the result or -5?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types
      10 / -2 in Java gives the result or -5?

      -5 as integer division also supports negatives.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <b>10 / -2</b>&nbsp;in Java gives the result&nbsp;<b>5&nbsp;</b>or&nbsp;<b>-5</b>?
      Back <b>-5</b>&nbsp;as integer division also supports negatives.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::2._Expressions_over_Basic_Types

      Note 2689: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: q+A$0CHp#W
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      If we override an attribute inherited from the parentclass, it will override the parents attribute.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      If we override an attribute inherited from the parentclass, it will override the parents attribute.

      class A {
       public int x = 5;
       public void fct1() {
        System.out.println(this.x);
       }
      }

      class B extends A {
       public B() {
        super.x = 10;
       }
       public B(int a) {
        super.x = a;
       }
      }

      A a1 = new B(1);
      A a2 = new B(12); // As these are different instances, their attributes are separate
      B b1 = new B(1);
      B b2 = new B(12);

      a1.fct1(); // 1 -> Even though static type is A
      a2.fct1(); // 12 -> Different output as a2's instance of A has 12
      b1.fct1(); // 1 -> same here, even though it dynamic dispatches
      b2.fct1(); // 12
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If we override an attribute inherited from the parentclass, it will {{c1::override}} the parents attribute.
      Extra <code>class A { <br>&nbsp;public int x = 5; <br>&nbsp;public void fct1() { <br>&nbsp; System.out.println(this.x); <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>class B extends A { <br>&nbsp;public B() { <br>&nbsp; super.x = 10; <br>&nbsp;} <br>&nbsp;public B(int a) { <br>&nbsp; super.x = a; <br>&nbsp;} <br>} <br><br>A a1 = new B(1); <br>A a2 = new B(12); // As these are different instances, their attributes are separate <br>B b1 = new B(1); <br>B b2 = new B(12); <br><br>a1.fct1(); // 1 -&gt; Even though static type is A <br>a2.fct1(); // 12 -&gt; Different output as a2's instance of A has 12 <br>b1.fct1(); // 1 -&gt; same here, even though it dynamic dispatches <br>b2.fct1(); // 12 </code>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2690: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: qj}+Vy$^iX
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
      In an interface: 
      • All methods are public (doesn’t have to be explicit).
      • Any attributes must be public and final.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
      In an interface: 
      • All methods are public (doesn’t have to be explicit).
      • Any attributes must be public and final.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>In an i<b>nterface:</b>&nbsp;</div><div><ul><li>All methods are {{c1::public (doesn’t have to be explicit).}}</li><li>Any attributes {{c2::<b>must be public and final</b>.}}</li></ul></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces

      Note 2691: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: q|N{Bb]-?+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
      // {P}
      if (a) {
          S1;
      } else {
          S2;
      }
      // {Q}
      
      How can the precondition be found?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
      // {P}
      if (a) {
          S1;
      } else {
          S2;
      }
      // {Q}
      
      How can the precondition be found?

      Man muss zwei Fälle checken:
      • \(P \land a \implies Q\) when S1; is executed.
      • \(P \land \lnot a \implies Q\) when S2; is executed. 
      Dann kann man mit einem || beide Fälle in der Precondition verbinden: a && precondition1 OR !a && precondition2
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <pre><code>// {P} if (a) { S1; } else { S2; } // {Q}</code> </pre>How can the precondition be found?
      Back Man muss zwei Fälle checken:<br><ul><li>\(P \land a \implies Q\)&nbsp;when S1; is executed.</li><li>\(P \land \lnot a \implies Q\)&nbsp;when S2; is executed.&nbsp;</li></ul>Dann kann man mit einem&nbsp;<b>||</b>&nbsp;beide Fälle in der Precondition verbinden:&nbsp;<code>a &amp;&amp; precondition1</code>&nbsp;OR&nbsp;<code>!a &amp;&amp; precondition2</code>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

      Note 2692: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: rcu~6HwhWg
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      Static methods can only access static attributes.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      Static methods can only access static attributes.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Static methods can only access {{c1:: static}} attributes.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

      Note 2693: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: rd5%P7v`6L
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
      If P_1 implies P_2 then we can say that P_1 is a stronger precondition than P_2.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
      If P_1 implies P_2 then we can say that P_1 is a stronger precondition than P_2.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>If <code>P_1</code>&nbsp;{{c1::implies}}&nbsp;<code>P_2</code> then we can say that <code>P_1</code> is {{c2::a stronger precondition}} than <code>P_2</code>.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

      Note 2694: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: rz>>y0Yl@}
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
      An unchecked exception extends RuntimeException and does not need to be announced nor caught.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions
      An unchecked exception extends RuntimeException and does not need to be announced nor caught.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text An unchecked exception extends {{c1:: RuntimeException}} and {{c2:: does not need to be announced nor caught}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::12._Exceptions

      Note 2695: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: s*V3JSYg7q
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms
      Name the EBNF Precedence rules

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms
      Name the EBNF Precedence rules

      1. selection / option / repetition
      2. sequence (weaker than everything else)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Name the EBNF Precedence rules
      Back <ol><li>selection / option / repetition</li><li>sequence (weaker than everything else)</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::3._Control_Forms

      Note 2696: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: sC;1?2R2yM
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
      String s = "test"; to acces the first character we use s.charAt(0).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences
      String s = "test"; to acces the first character we use s.charAt(0).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text String s = "test"; to acces the first character we use s{{c1::.charAt(0)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::4._Sequences

      Note 2697: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: sV73UB+t=%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
      An interface can extend another interface.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
      An interface can extend another interface.

      Note that it extends not implements it.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text An interface can {{c1:: extend}} another interface.
      Extra Note that it extends not implements it.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces

      Note 2698: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: s[]2mb-kIp
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      We can change the static type of a variable by casting.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      We can change the static type of a variable by casting.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We can change the static type of a variable by {{c1:: casting}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2699: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: t;7tcil{&|
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition
      An EBNF rule is defined by writing a variable name wrapped in < >.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition
      An EBNF rule is defined by writing a variable name wrapped in < >.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text An EBNF rule is defined by writing a variable name wrapped in {{c1::&lt; &gt;}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition

      Note 2700: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: t=MANr.EfE
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
      What is the weakest precondition for an empty program with postcondition true?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
      What is the weakest precondition for an empty program with postcondition true?

      true.

      Everything implies true and true implies true.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <div>What is the weakest precondition for an empty program with postcondition <code>true</code>?</div> <div><strong></strong></div>
      Back true.<br><br>Everything implies true and true implies true.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

      Note 2701: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: tja~6C@vsv
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
      Does Java enforce array dimensions using type- or runtime-checks?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values
      Does Java enforce array dimensions using type- or runtime-checks?

      No, this is fine:

      int[][] b = new int[3][0];
      int[] c = new int[3]; 
       b[0] = c;
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Does Java enforce array dimensions using type- or runtime-checks?
      Back No, this is fine:<br><br><code>int[][] b = new int[3][0];</code><br><code>int[] c = new int[3];</code>&nbsp;<br>&nbsp;<code>b[0] = c;</code>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::1._Types,_Variables,_Values

      Note 2702: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: uD7<2m5W}k
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching
      Java has short circuiting for the && and || operators.

      This means that if the left of 
      • && is false then the right isn't even executed
      • || is true then the right isn't even executed
      Keep this in mind if there's a runtime error on the right.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching
      Java has short circuiting for the && and || operators.

      This means that if the left of 
      • && is false then the right isn't even executed
      • || is true then the right isn't even executed
      Keep this in mind if there's a runtime error on the right.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Java has short circuiting for the &amp;&amp; and || operators.<br><br><div>This means that if the left of&nbsp;</div><div><ul><li><b>{{c1:: &amp;&amp;</b>&nbsp;is&nbsp;<b>false}}</b>&nbsp;then the right isn't even executed<br></li><li><b>{{c2:: ||</b>&nbsp;is&nbsp;<b>true}}</b>&nbsp;then the right isn't even executed<br></li></ul><div>Keep this in mind if there's a&nbsp;<b>runtime</b>&nbsp;error on the right.</div></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::1._Branching

      Note 2703: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: uG5r)XSwb;
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
      Java "=" is right-associative

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity
      Java "=" is right-associative

      a = b = c = 5 means all are equal to 5.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Java "<b>=</b>" is {{c1:: right-associative}}
      Extra <div>a = b = c = 5 means all are equal to 5.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations::Precedence_Associativity

      Note 2704: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: v:4|0s-7ML
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
      All implementations of an interface using implements must instantiate all methods declared by the interface , otherwise we get a compiler error.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
      All implementations of an interface using implements must instantiate all methods declared by the interface , otherwise we get a compiler error.

      (except if the class is abstract, then we don't have to implement them)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>All implementations of an interface using <code>implements</code> must instantiate {{c1::<strong>all</strong> methods}} declared by the interface , otherwise we get {{c1::a <strong>compiler error}}</strong>.</div>
      Extra (except if the class is abstract, then we don't have to implement them)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces

      Note 2705: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: v]c0VE0GBF
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::4._Casting
      1 + "" results in "1" in Java.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::4._Casting
      1 + "" results in "1" in Java.

      + "" will cast anything via .toString().
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <b>1 + ""</b>&nbsp;results in {{c1:: <b>"1"</b>}} in Java.
      Extra + "" will cast anything via .toString().
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::4._Casting

      Note 2706: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: vzp2j2|98!
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition
      Order of EBNF rules does not matter.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition
      Order of EBNF rules does not matter.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Order of EBNF rules {{c1:: does not }} matter.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition

      Note 2707: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: w3Z$4;rQou
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      We cannot instantiate abstract classes and interfaces.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      We cannot instantiate abstract classes and interfaces.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We cannot instantiate {{c1:: abstract classes}} and {{c2:: interfaces}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2708: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: w5QXs;%q{4
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition
      Ein Symbol (auf der RHS) wie z.B. 1, a, A in EBNF wird Terminal oder auch Literal gennant.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition
      Ein Symbol (auf der RHS) wie z.B. 1, a, A in EBNF wird Terminal oder auch Literal gennant.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Ein Symbol (auf der RHS) wie z.B. 1, a, A in EBNF wird {{c1::Terminal}} oder auch {{c1::Literal}} gennant.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::2._Definition

      Note 2709: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: wT:
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion
      In EBNF we can write a recursive rule by writing the rule name on both sides e.g. <A> \(\leftarrow\) A[<A>] or by writing a series of rules that result in the same.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion
      In EBNF we can write a recursive rule by writing the rule name on both sides e.g. <A> \(\leftarrow\) A[<A>] or by writing a series of rules that result in the same.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text In EBNF we can write a recursive rule by {{c1:: writing the rule name on both sides e.g. &lt;A&gt;&nbsp;\(\leftarrow\)&nbsp;A[&lt;A&gt;]}} or by {{c1:: writing a series of rules that result in the same}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion

      Note 2710: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: xnz4`TH(j}
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
      What methods cannot be overriden in a subclass:
      • static
      • final
      • private are not inherited either
      • constructors

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance
      What methods cannot be overriden in a subclass:
      • static
      • final
      • private are not inherited either
      • constructors
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text What methods cannot be overriden in a subclass:<br><ul><li><code>{{c1::static}}</code></li> <li><code>{{c2::final}}</code></li> <li><code>{{c3::private</code> are not inherited either}}</li> <li><code>{{c4::constructors}}</code></li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance

      Note 2711: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: x}m)l,UDD1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      int x = 2;
      ++x + x++;


      evaluates to ???

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      int x = 2;
      ++x + x++;


      evaluates to ???

      x = 6
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <b>int x = 2;<br>++x + x++;</b><br><br>evaluates to ???
      Back x = 6
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::3._Control_Structures::4._Loops::1._Increment_and_Decrement PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2712: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: yNOkeWyJB3
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
      The strongest precondition is false since it implies everything.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen
      The strongest precondition is false since it implies everything.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>The strongest precondition is {{c1::<code>false&nbsp;</code>since it implies everything}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::5._Logisches_Schliessen

      Note 2713: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: yf1!;I`$7~
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations
      What does -11 % 4 evaluate to in Java?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations
      What does -11 % 4 evaluate to in Java?

      -3
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What does&nbsp;<b>-11 % 4</b>&nbsp;evaluate to in Java?
      Back <b>-3</b>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::3._Simple_Calculations

      Note 2714: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: yj/5Ksg%P1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      A static attribute is unique amongst all imports. If we don't make it final it can be changed globally.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      A static attribute is unique amongst all imports. If we don't make it final it can be changed globally.

      This means someone could change Math.PI for example.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A static attribute is {{c1::unique amongst all imports::property}}. If we don't make it {{c2::final}} it can {{c2::be changed globally}}.
      Extra This means someone could change Math.PI for example.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

      Note 2715: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: yrm.]7QjhX
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      A static method cannot access this or other non-static class methods.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects
      A static method cannot access this or other non-static class methods.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A static method cannot {{c1:: access this or other non-static class methods}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::7._Classes_and_Objects

      Note 2716: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: y}<[=^7@`S
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
      interface B {
       Object getValue();
       void process() throws IOException;
      }

      interface A extends B {
       // 1. Covariant return type - more specific than Object
       String getValue();
       // Valid override
       // 2. Can reduce or eliminate exceptions
       void process();
       // Valid - removes IOException
       // 3. Can add default implementation
       default String getValue() { return "default"; }
      }

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces
      interface B {
       Object getValue();
       void process() throws IOException;
      }

      interface A extends B {
       // 1. Covariant return type - more specific than Object
       String getValue();
       // Valid override
       // 2. Can reduce or eliminate exceptions
       void process();
       // Valid - removes IOException
       // 3. Can add default implementation
       default String getValue() { return "default"; }
      }
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <code>interface B { <br>&nbsp;Object getValue(); <br>&nbsp;void process() throws IOException; <br>} <br><br>interface A extends B { <br>&nbsp;// {{c1::1. Covariant return type - more specific than Object}} <br>&nbsp;String getValue(); <br>&nbsp;// {{c1::Valid override}} <br>&nbsp;// {{c2::2. Can reduce or eliminate exceptions}} <br>&nbsp;void process(); <br>&nbsp;// {{c2::Valid - removes IOException}} <br>&nbsp;// {{c3::3. Can add default implementation}} <br>&nbsp;{{c3::default}} String getValue() { return "default"; } <br>} </code>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::13._Interfaces

      Note 2717: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: z*_4p
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      The Object type defines:
      • .equals(Object o)
      • .toString()

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      The Object type defines:
      • .equals(Object o)
      • .toString()
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The&nbsp;<b>Object</b>&nbsp;type defines:<br><ul><li>{{c1::<b>.equals(Object o)</b>}}</li><li>{{c2::<b>.toString()</b>}}</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2718: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: z3M|&J1r.r
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion
      Not every EBNF language (Sprache) can be described just with repetition (Wiederholung).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion
      Not every EBNF language (Sprache) can be described just with repetition (Wiederholung).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Not every EBNF language (Sprache) can be described just with{{c2:: repetition (Wiederholung)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::1._EBNF::6._Recursion

      Note 2719: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: z=94+q]*#%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Any type is a subtype of the Object type.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic
      Any type is a subtype of the Object type.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Any type is a subtype of the {{c1::<b>Object</b>}} type.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::10._Inheritance::2._Polymorphism::3._Static_vs_Dynamic

      Note 2720: ETH::1. Semester::EProg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::EProg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: zCPO7,.L4T
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
      A Java identifier can only include lower- and uppercase letters and digits and may never start with digits.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output
      A Java identifier can only include lower- and uppercase letters and digits and may never start with digits.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A Java identifier can only include {{c1:: lower- and uppercase letters and digits}} and may never start with {{c2:: digits}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::EProg::2._First_Java_Programs::1._From_Source_Text_to_Output

      Note 2721: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: (scS~v1D#
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose
      \((AB)^{\top}=\)\(B^\top A^\top\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose
      \((AB)^{\top}=\)\(B^\top A^\top\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \((AB)^{\top}=\){{c1::\(B^\top A^\top\)}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose

      Note 2722: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: (wR19U.@d
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
      What is the result of \(\textbf{0} \cdot \textbf{v}\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
      What is the result of \(\textbf{0} \cdot \textbf{v}\)

      It is 0, thus 0 is orthogonal to all vectors.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the result of&nbsp;\(\textbf{0} \cdot \textbf{v}\)
      Back It is 0, thus 0 is orthogonal to all vectors.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles

      Note 2723: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: A.Z_4&Nx-g
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Given \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) we say \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) is an eigenvalue of \(A\) and \(v \in \mathbb{C}^{n} \setminus \{0\}\) is an eigenvector of \(A\) associated with the eigenvalue \(\lambda\) when the following holds: \[ Av = \lambda v \]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Given \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) we say \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) is an eigenvalue of \(A\) and \(v \in \mathbb{C}^{n} \setminus \{0\}\) is an eigenvector of \(A\) associated with the eigenvalue \(\lambda\) when the following holds: \[ Av = \lambda v \]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Given \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) we say \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) is an {{c2::<b>eigenvalue</b>}} of \(A\) and \(v \in \mathbb{C}^{n} \setminus \{0\}\) is an {{c2::<b>eigenvector</b>&nbsp;of \(A\) associated with the eigenvalue \(\lambda\)}}&nbsp;when the following holds: \[{{c1:: Av = \lambda v }}\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 2724: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: A7le9*7QY+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      The eigenvectors of \(A^{-1}\) are the same as those of \(A\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      The eigenvectors of \(A^{-1}\) are the same as those of \(A\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The eigenvectors of&nbsp;\(A^{-1}\)&nbsp;are {{c1::the same}} as those of&nbsp;\(A\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

      Note 2725: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: AA?D}V$bUJ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
      The output of Gauss-Jordan on a matrix \(A\) is unique.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
      The output of Gauss-Jordan on a matrix \(A\) is unique.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The output of Gauss-Jordan on a matrix&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is {{c1::<b>unique::property?</b>}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition

      Note 2726: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: AG3+NsB]T%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
      \(\mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) is not actually a new vector space, it is isomorphic to {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^{m \cdot n}\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
      \(\mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) is not actually a new vector space, it is isomorphic to {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^{m \cdot n}\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(\mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\)&nbsp;is not actually a new vector space, it is isomorphic to {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^{m \cdot n}\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces

      Note 2727: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: AN(F>bO#!5
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      The matrix \(A^k\) has EW-EV pair \(\lambda^k\) and \(v\) if \(A\) has \(\lambda, v\) as an EW-EV pair.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      The matrix \(A^k\) has EW-EV pair \(\lambda^k\) and \(v\) if \(A\) has \(\lambda, v\) as an EW-EV pair.

      Intuitively, \(A\) on \(v\) scales it by \(\lambda\). Then scaling that already scaled \(\lambda v\) by \(A\) again gives us \(\lambda^2 v\), etc...
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The matrix&nbsp;\(A^k\)&nbsp;has EW-EV pair {{c1::\(\lambda^k\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)}} if&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;has&nbsp;\(\lambda, v\)&nbsp;as an EW-EV pair.
      Extra <i>Intuitively</i>, \(A\) on \(v\) scales it by \(\lambda\). Then scaling that already scaled \(\lambda v\) by \(A\) again gives us \(\lambda^2 v\), etc...
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

      Note 2728: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: AR!ygs@:}2
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
      The error vector is orthogonal to the projection.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
      The error vector is orthogonal to the projection.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The error vector is {{c1:: orthogonal}} to the projection.
      Extra <img src="paste-b0586de8e9fbbc92ec4c1018ba0a291f195140b5.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case

      Note 2729: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: AXk(.4O|pc
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      Why is \(R\) upper triangular in the QR decomposition?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      Why is \(R\) upper triangular in the QR decomposition?

      \(R\) is upper triangular because each \(q_k\) is orthogonal to every \(a_i\) for \(i < k\) (all after it), thus they are \(0\).

      You can see here, since \(q_2, \dots, q_m\) are by construction orthogonal to \(q_1\) thus \(a_1\), all entries below \(1\) in the first column are \(0\). The same goes for all entries below \(2\) in the second column.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Why is&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;upper triangular in the QR decomposition?
      Back \(R\) is upper triangular because each \(q_k\) is orthogonal to every \(a_i\) for \(i &lt; k\) (all after it), thus they are&nbsp;\(0\).<br><img src="paste-b807a5bb84b633acb85aab843fa9b2ac8f0e5cdf.jpg"><br>You can see here, since \(q_2, \dots, q_m\) are by construction orthogonal to \(q_1\) thus \(a_1\), all entries below \(1\) in the first column are \(0\). The same goes for all entries below \(2\) in the second column.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

      Note 2730: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: AZx@62[!CP
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      Let \(A\) be an invertible matrix. If \(\lambda\) and \(v\) are an EW-EV pair, then {{c1:: \(\frac{1}{\lambda}\) and \(v\)}} are an EW-EV pair of the matrix \(A^{-1}\). Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      Let \(A\) be an invertible matrix. If \(\lambda\) and \(v\) are an EW-EV pair, then {{c1:: \(\frac{1}{\lambda}\) and \(v\)}} are an EW-EV pair of the matrix \(A^{-1}\). Proof Included

      Proof: We have \(Av = \lambda v\) thus \(A^{-1}Av = \lambda A^{-1}v\) thus \(\frac{1}{\lambda} v = \frac{1}{\lambda} \lambda A^{-1}v\) and we get \(A^{-1}v = \frac{1}{\lambda} v\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(A\) be an invertible matrix. If \(\lambda\) and \(v\) are an EW-EV pair, then {{c1::&nbsp;\(\frac{1}{\lambda}\) and \(v\)}} are an EW-EV pair of the matrix \(A^{-1}\).&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
      Extra <div><b>Proof:</b> We have \(Av = \lambda v\) thus \(A^{-1}Av = \lambda A^{-1}v\) thus \(\frac{1}{\lambda} v = \frac{1}{\lambda} \lambda A^{-1}v\) and we get \(A^{-1}v = \frac{1}{\lambda} v\).</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

      Note 2731: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: A[sn#o|@++
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
       A vector space \(V\) over a field \(F\) is a set with vector addition (\(V \times V \mapsto V)\) and scalar multiplication (\(F \times V \mapsto V\)) being defined. The elements of \(V\) are then usually called vectors and the elements of \(F\) scalars.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
       A vector space \(V\) over a field \(F\) is a set with vector addition (\(V \times V \mapsto V)\) and scalar multiplication (\(F \times V \mapsto V\)) being defined. The elements of \(V\) are then usually called vectors and the elements of \(F\) scalars.

      Example: \(\mathbb{R}^2\) with the usual definitions of \(+, \cdot\) (cartesian vectors)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text &nbsp;A&nbsp;<i>vector space</i>&nbsp;\(V\)&nbsp;over a field&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;is {{c1::a set with vector addition (\(V \times V \mapsto V)\)&nbsp;and scalar multiplication (\(F \times V \mapsto V\)) being defined}}. The elements of&nbsp;\(V\)&nbsp;are then usually called {{c1::vectors}}&nbsp;and the elements of&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;{{c1::scalars}}<i>.</i>
      Extra Example:&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^2\)&nbsp;with the usual definitions of&nbsp;\(+, \cdot\)&nbsp;(cartesian vectors)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

      Note 2732: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Ai8Yhc45CL
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::1._Column_Space
      How do we compute a basis for \(C(A)\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::1._Column_Space
      How do we compute a basis for \(C(A)\)?

      The independent columns in the RREF form of matrix \(A\) are a basis of the column space and in particular: \(\dim(\textbf{C}(A)) = \textbf{rank}(A) = r\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How do we compute a basis for&nbsp;\(C(A)\)?
      Back The independent columns in the RREF form of matrix \(A\) are a basis of the column space and in particular: \(\dim(\textbf{C}(A)) = \textbf{rank}(A) = r\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::1._Column_Space

      Note 2733: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Ap,1=OrtVQ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      \[ P(z) = (-1)^n \det(A - z I) = \det(z I - A) = (z - \lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \dots (z - \lambda_n) \]
      The polynomial \(P(z)\) is called the characteristic polynomial of the matrix \(A\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      \[ P(z) = (-1)^n \det(A - z I) = \det(z I - A) = (z - \lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \dots (z - \lambda_n) \]
      The polynomial \(P(z)\) is called the characteristic polynomial of the matrix \(A\).

      The eigenvalues \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) as they show up in the polynomial are not all distinct in general.

      The number of times an eigenvalue shows up is called the algebraic multiplicity of the eigenvalue.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>\[ P(z) = {{c22:: (-1)^n \det(A - z I) = \det(z I - A) = (z - \lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \dots (z - \lambda_n) }}\]</div><div>The polynomial \(P(z)\) is called {{c1::the characteristic polynomial of the matrix \(A\)}}.</div>
      Extra <div>The eigenvalues \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) as they show up in the polynomial are <b>not all distinct</b> in general.</div><div><br></div><div>The number of times an eigenvalue shows up is called the <b>algebraic multiplicity</b> of the eigenvalue.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

      Note 2734: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Ar}c<-r5#~
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Orthogonal matrices preserve the norm and inner product of vectors.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Orthogonal matrices preserve the norm and inner product of vectors.

      In other words, if \(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is orthogonal, then, for all \(x, y \in \mathbb{R}^n\):

      \[ ||Qx|| = ||x|| \text{ and } (Qx)^\top(Qy) = x^\top y \]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Orthogonal matrices preserve the {{c1::norm}} and {{c1::inner product}} of vectors.
      Extra In other words, if \(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is orthogonal, then, for all \(x, y \in \mathbb{R}^n\):<br><br>\[ ||Qx|| = ||x|| \text{ and } (Qx)^\top(Qy) = x^\top y \]<br>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

      Note 2735: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Az@K^QzYw.
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite
      A symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is positive semidefinite if and only if {{c2::\(x^\top A x \geq 0\) for all \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite
      A symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is positive semidefinite if and only if {{c2::\(x^\top A x \geq 0\) for all \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is {{c1::positive semidefinite}} if and only if {{c2::\(x^\top A x \geq 0\) for all \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite

      Note 2736: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: B6tpB{LW9<
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
      \(A\), \(B\) invertible matrices \(m \times m\).

      Then \(AB\) is also invertible and \[ (AB)^{-1} = {{c1::B^{-1}A^{-1} }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
      \(A\), \(B\) invertible matrices \(m \times m\).

      Then \(AB\) is also invertible and \[ (AB)^{-1} = {{c1::B^{-1}A^{-1} }}\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(A\), \(B\) invertible matrices \(m \times m\). <br><br>Then \(AB\) is also invertible and \[ (AB)^{-1} = {{c1::B^{-1}A^{-1} }}\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties

      Note 2737: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: B:N,l}NO-6
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
      The rank of \(A\) is \(0\) if and only if \(A\) is the zero matrix.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
      The rank of \(A\) is \(0\) if and only if \(A\) is the zero matrix.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The rank of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is {{c2::\(0\)}}&nbsp;if and only if {{c1::\(A\)&nbsp;is the zero matrix}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank

      Note 2738: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: BU!`Y!K.>R
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
      What is the sign of \(\pi\), defined as \(\pi(1) = 1\), \(\pi(2) = 3\) , \(\pi(3) = 2\) , \(\pi(4) = 4\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
      What is the sign of \(\pi\), defined as \(\pi(1) = 1\), \(\pi(2) = 3\) , \(\pi(3) = 2\) , \(\pi(4) = 4\)?

      We have the pairs \((1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (2, 3), (2, 4), (3, 4)\) for \(i < j\).
      For all these pairs \((i, j)\), \(\pi(i) < \pi(j)\) except for \((2, 3)\) which gives \((\pi(2), \pi(3)) = (3, 2)\).
      Thus \(\text{sgn}(\pi) = -1\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the sign of \(\pi\), defined as \(\pi(1) = 1\), \(\pi(2) = 3\) , \(\pi(3) = 2\) , \(\pi(4) = 4\)?
      Back We have the pairs \((1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (2, 3), (2, 4), (3, 4)\) for \(i &lt; j\).<br>For all these pairs \((i, j)\), \(\pi(i) &lt; \pi(j)\) except for \((2, 3)\) which gives \((\pi(2), \pi(3)) = (3, 2)\). <br>Thus \(\text{sgn}(\pi) = -1\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations

      Note 2739: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Br>vM#El56
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
      For the co-factor formula for the determinant what's the pattern of signs to multiply by?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
      For the co-factor formula for the determinant what's the pattern of signs to multiply by?

      \(\begin{bmatrix} + & - & + & - & + & \dots \\ - & + & - & + & - & \dots \\ + & - & + & - & + & \dots \\ \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \vdots & \end{bmatrix}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front For the&nbsp;<b>co-factor</b>&nbsp;formula for the determinant what's the pattern of signs to multiply by?
      Back \(\begin{bmatrix} + &amp; - &amp; + &amp; - &amp; + &amp; \dots \\ - &amp; + &amp; - &amp; + &amp; - &amp; \dots \\ + &amp; - &amp; + &amp; - &amp; + &amp; \dots \\ \vdots &amp; \vdots &amp; \vdots &amp; \vdots &amp; \vdots &amp; \vdots &amp; \end{bmatrix}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond

      Note 2740: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Bs.wqkt>9r
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
      Every set of \(n\) linearly independent vectors spans {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^n\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
      Every set of \(n\) linearly independent vectors spans {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^n\)}}.

      This is from the script.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Every set of&nbsp;\(n\)&nbsp;{{c1::linearly independent}} vectors spans {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^n\)}}.
      Extra <i>This is from the script.</i>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases

      Note 2741: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Bxm
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::1._RREF
      Notation: A matrix \(R\) in \(\text{RREF}(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r)\) has independent columns \(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r\) and therefore rank  \(r\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::1._RREF
      Notation: A matrix \(R\) in \(\text{RREF}(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r)\) has independent columns \(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r\) and therefore rank  \(r\).

      Here the \(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r\) are the indices of the independent columns. 

      Example: The identity matrix is in \(\text{RREF}(1, 2, \dots, m)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <b>Notation</b>: A matrix&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;in \(\text{RREF}(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r)\) has independent columns {{c1::\(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r\)}} and therefore rank {{c1::&nbsp;\(r\)}}.
      Extra <div>Here the \(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r\) are the indices of the independent columns.&nbsp;</div><div><br></div><div>Example: The identity matrix is in \(\text{RREF}(1, 2, \dots, m)\).</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::1._RREF

      Note 2742: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: B~w={<:u.n
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) we have \(\det(\lambda A) = \lambda^n \det(A) \).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) we have \(\det(\lambda A) = \lambda^n \det(A) \).

      Each row is scaled by \(\lambda\) and by multi-linearity we have to take it out of each one (n times).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) we have \(\det(\lambda A) = {{c1:: \lambda^n \det(A) }}\).
      Extra Each row is scaled by&nbsp;\(\lambda\)&nbsp;and by multi-linearity we have to take it out of each one (n times).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 2743: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: C%s}g6HGxU
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      The algebraic multiplicity of a root is the number of times it appears in the factorisation \(P(z) = a_n (z-\lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \dots (z - \lambda_n)\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      The algebraic multiplicity of a root is the number of times it appears in the factorisation \(P(z) = a_n (z-\lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \dots (z - \lambda_n)\).

      Example: If the algebraic multiplicity of \(\lambda_2\) is \(3\) then \((z - \lambda_2)^3 \ | \ P(z)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The {{c1::algebraic multiplicity of a&nbsp;<i>root</i>}} is {{c2:: the number of times it appears in the factorisation \(P(z) = a_n (z-\lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \dots (z - \lambda_n)\)}}.
      Extra <div><strong>Example:</strong> If the algebraic multiplicity of \(\lambda_2\) is \(3\) then \((z - \lambda_2)^3 \ | \ P(z)\).</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

      Note 2744: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: C0VH)T^.1n
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      Using SVD we can decompose any matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) into \(A =\) \(U \Sigma V^\top\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      Using SVD we can decompose any matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) into \(A =\) \(U \Sigma V^\top\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Using SVD we can decompose {{c1::any}} matrix&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\)&nbsp;into&nbsp;\(A =\)&nbsp;{{c2::\(U \Sigma V^\top\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

      Note 2745: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: CPAR6ayFL2
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) needs to {{c1:: have \(n\) eigenvectors that form a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)}} to be diagonalisable.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) needs to {{c1:: have \(n\) eigenvectors that form a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)}} to be diagonalisable.

      \[ A = V \Lambda V^{-1} \]where \(\Lambda\) is a diagonal matrix with \(\Lambda_{ii} = \lambda_i\) (and \(\Lambda_{ij} = 0\) for all \(i \neq j\)).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) needs to {{c1:: have \(n\) eigenvectors that form a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)}} to be diagonalisable.
      Extra \[ A = V \Lambda V^{-1} \]where \(\Lambda\) is a <b>diagonal</b> matrix with \(\Lambda_{ii} = \lambda_i\) (and \(\Lambda_{ij} = 0\) for all \(i \neq j\)).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 2746: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: CXkeb-2S`g
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      Let \(T : \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m\) be a linear transformation. There is a?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      Let \(T : \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m\) be a linear transformation. There is a?

      There is a unique \(m \times n\) matrix A such that \(T = T_A\) meaning that \(T(x) = T_A(x) = Ax\) for all \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Let \(T : \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m\)&nbsp;be a linear transformation. There is a?
      Back There is a unique \(m \times n\)&nbsp;matrix A such that&nbsp;\(T = T_A\)&nbsp;meaning that&nbsp;\(T(x) = T_A(x) = Ax\)&nbsp;for all&nbsp;\(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2747: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: C_tB}#%6?a
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Fundamental Subspaces:
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). \[ N(A^\top) = C(A)^\perp\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Fundamental Subspaces:
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). \[ N(A^\top) = C(A)^\perp\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Fundamental Subspaces:<br>Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). \[{{c1:: N(A^\top) }} = {{c2::C(A)}}^\perp\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 2748: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Cgr<-cSai|
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
      Which element is in all subspaces?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
      Which element is in all subspaces?

      \(0 \in U\) is always true.

      This is because for \(\lambda = 0\), \(\lambda v = 0\cdot v = 0 \in U\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Which element is in all subspaces?
      Back \(0 \in U\)&nbsp;is always true.<br><br>This is because for&nbsp;\(\lambda = 0\),&nbsp;\(\lambda v = 0\cdot v = 0 \in U\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces

      Note 2749: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: D&_[T~I?f`
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
      Which vector is always in the nullspace of \(A\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
      Which vector is always in the nullspace of \(A\)?

      The zero vector \(0\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Which vector is always in the nullspace of&nbsp;\(A\)?
      Back The zero vector&nbsp;\(0\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace

      Note 2750: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: DKXF70U5i$
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Let \(Q\) be an orthogonal matrix. If \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) is an eigenvalue of \(Q\) then \(|\lambda| =\)\(1\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Let \(Q\) be an orthogonal matrix. If \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) is an eigenvalue of \(Q\) then \(|\lambda| =\)\(1\).

      The possible values for \(\lambda\) are then \(1, -1\) and all conjugate complex values with modulus \(1\) for example \(i, -i\).

      This makes sense as \(Q\) orthogonal only turns and doesn't scale.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(Q\) be an orthogonal matrix. If \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) is an eigenvalue of \(Q\) then \(|\lambda| =\){{c1::\(1\)}}.</div>
      Extra The possible values for&nbsp;\(\lambda\)&nbsp;are then&nbsp;\(1, -1\)&nbsp;and all conjugate complex values with modulus&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;for example&nbsp;\(i, -i\).<br><br>This makes sense as \(Q\) orthogonal only turns and doesn't scale.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 2751: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Dd-0>Kd049
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication
      The columns of \(A\) are independent if and only if \(x = 0\) is the only vector for which \(Ax = 0\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication
      The columns of \(A\) are independent if and only if \(x = 0\) is the only vector for which \(Ax = 0\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The columns of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;are independent if and only if {{c1::\(x = 0\)&nbsp;is the only vector for which&nbsp;\(Ax = 0\)::Linear combination view}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication

      Note 2752: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: DnDRP_uA~N
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      \(\overline{z_1 + z_2} = {{c1:: \overline{z_1} + \overline{z_2} }}\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      \(\overline{z_1 + z_2} = {{c1:: \overline{z_1} + \overline{z_2} }}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(\overline{z_1 + z_2} = {{c1:: \overline{z_1} + \overline{z_2} }}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

      Note 2753: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Dst?W?YSO^
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
      A matrix \(A\) that is not invertible is called singular.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
      A matrix \(A\) that is not invertible is called singular.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A matrix&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;that is not invertible is called {{c1:: singular}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties

      Note 2754: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: DzlMCHq[Im
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      Prove some \(x \in \mathbb{C}\) is actually in \(\mathbb{R}\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      Prove some \(x \in \mathbb{C}\) is actually in \(\mathbb{R}\)?

      Show that \(x = \overline{x} \implies x \in \mathbb{R}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <div>Prove some \(x \in \mathbb{C}\) is actually in \(\mathbb{R}\)?</div>
      Back Show that \(x = \overline{x} \implies x \in \mathbb{R}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

      Note 2755: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: D|B,=vwf}e
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties
      For matrices \(A\), \(B\), \(C\):

      \(A(B+C)=AB + AC\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties
      For matrices \(A\), \(B\), \(C\):

      \(A(B+C)=AB + AC\)

      (Distributivity)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For matrices&nbsp;\(A\),&nbsp;\(B\),&nbsp;\(C\):<br><br>\(A(B+C)={{c1::AB + AC}}\)
      Extra (Distributivity)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties

      Note 2756: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: E.Y/B(ySb^
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude
      What is the pseudoinverse in the case where \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) has neither full column nor full row rank?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude
      What is the pseudoinverse in the case where \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) has neither full column nor full row rank?

      We have to solve both projecting and finding \(||x||^2\) with the smallest norm at once.

      We decompose \(A = CR'\) where \(C\) has full column and \(R'\) full row-rank.
      Then \(A^\dagger = R^\dagger C^\dagger\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the pseudoinverse in the case where&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\)&nbsp;has neither full column nor full row rank?
      Back We have to solve both projecting and finding&nbsp;\(||x||^2\)&nbsp;with the smallest norm at once.<br><br>We decompose&nbsp;\(A = CR'\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(C\)&nbsp;has full column and&nbsp;\(R'\)&nbsp;full row-rank.<br>Then&nbsp;\(A^\dagger = R^\dagger C^\dagger\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude

      Note 2757: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: E0@|nN|Yt
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::6._Computing_a_vector_space
      Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space. Let \(G \subseteq V\) be a finite subset of size \(|G| < \dim(V)\). Then {{c1::\(\textbf{Span}(G) \neq V\)}}.

      Using this lemma we can now state that computing a vector space means finding a basis.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::6._Computing_a_vector_space
      Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space. Let \(G \subseteq V\) be a finite subset of size \(|G| < \dim(V)\). Then {{c1::\(\textbf{Span}(G) \neq V\)}}.

      Using this lemma we can now state that computing a vector space means finding a basis.

      No smaller set of vectors can fully describe a vector space.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space. Let \(G \subseteq V\) be a finite subset of size \(|G| &lt; \dim(V)\). Then {{c1::\(\textbf{Span}(G) \neq V\)}}.<br><br>Using this lemma we can now state that <i>computing a vector space</i>&nbsp;means {{c1::finding a basis}}.
      Extra No smaller set of vectors can fully describe a vector space.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::6._Computing_a_vector_space

      Note 2758: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: EH@<57]j
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
      The eigenvalues of \(AB\) and \(BA\) are not correlated.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
      The eigenvalues of \(AB\) and \(BA\) are not correlated.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The eigenvalues of \(AB\) and \(BA\) are {{c1::not correlated}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings

      Note 2759: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: ET+-y#7t6G
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
      For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

      \(N(A^\top) = \) Not preserved! :P

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
      For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

      \(N(A^\top) = \) Not preserved! :P
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>For&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;a matrix and&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;an invertible matrix:</div><div><br></div>\(N(A^\top) = \)&nbsp;{{c1::N<b>ot preserved! :P</b>}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations

      Note 2760: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: ET4.27ur]h
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      What is special about the characteristic polynomial?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      What is special about the characteristic polynomial?

      The characteristic polynomial is always monic.

      The polynomial \(\det(A - zI)\) has a leading \((-1)\) if the degree is odd. Therefore working with the characteristic one is easier.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is special about the characteristic polynomial?
      Back The characteristic polynomial is always <b>monic</b>.<br><br>The polynomial \(\det(A - zI)\) has a leading \((-1)\) if the degree is odd. Therefore working with the characteristic one is easier.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

      Note 2761: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: EVK,*aoX3m
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      The eigenvectors of an eigenvalue are those and exactly those vectors \(v \neq 0\) in \(v \in N(A - \lambda I)\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      The eigenvectors of an eigenvalue are those and exactly those vectors \(v \neq 0\) in \(v \in N(A - \lambda I)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The <b>eigenvectors</b> of an eigenvalue are <b>those and exactly those</b> vectors {{c1::\(v \neq 0\)}}&nbsp;in&nbsp;{{c1::\(v \in N(A - \lambda I)\)::subspace}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

      Note 2762: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: EWg`h{&V?F
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      The orthogonal complement of a subspace is also a subspace.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      The orthogonal complement of a subspace is also a subspace.

      Thus we can decompose the space \(\mathbb{R}^n\) into subspace and complement.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The orthogonal complement of a subspace is {{c1:: also a subspace}}.
      Extra Thus we can decompose the space&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^n\)&nbsp;into subspace and complement.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 2763: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: E^P>,?epi|
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      If \(Q\) orthogonal is not square does:
      • \(Q^\top Q = I\) hold? Yes.
      • \(QQ^\top = I\) hold? No, the identity has holes on the diagonal.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      If \(Q\) orthogonal is not square does:
      • \(Q^\top Q = I\) hold? Yes.
      • \(QQ^\top = I\) hold? No, the identity has holes on the diagonal.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;orthogonal is not square does:<br><ul><li>\(Q^\top Q = I\)&nbsp;hold? {{c1:: Yes.}}</li><li>\(QQ^\top = I\)&nbsp;hold? {{c2:: No, the identity has holes on the diagonal.}}</li></ul>
      Extra <img src="paste-5917d1d13aed88925584a659bf8dc0f47273bc4c.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

      Note 2764: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Ep]9V3~H?2
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). Then \(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A)\). Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). Then \(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A)\). Proof Included

      \(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A)\) holds because:
      • if \(x \in C(A^\top A)\) then let \(\exists y \ A^\top Ay = x\) and if we set \(z = Ay\) then \(A^\top z = x\) thus \(x \in C(A^\top)\).
      • \(C(A^\top) = N(A)^\bot = N(A^\top A )^\bot\) as (\(N(A^\top A) = N(A)\)).
        Then \(N(A^\top A)^\bot = C((A^\top A)^\top)\) (by \(N(B)^\bot = C(B^\top)\))
        and \((A^\top A)^\top = A^\top A\) thus \(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). Then \(C(A^\top) = {{c1::C(A^\top A)}}\).&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
      Extra <div>\(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A)\) holds because:</div><div><ul><li>if \(x \in C(A^\top A)\) then let \(\exists y \ A^\top Ay = x\) and if we set \(z = Ay\) then \(A^\top z = x\) thus \(x \in C(A^\top)\).</li></ul><ul><li>\(C(A^\top) = N(A)^\bot = N(A^\top A )^\bot\) as (\(N(A^\top A) = N(A)\)). <br>Then \(N(A^\top A)^\bot = C((A^\top A)^\top)\) (by \(N(B)^\bot = C(B^\top)\)) <br>and \((A^\top A)^\top = A^\top A\) thus \(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A)\).</li></ul></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 2765: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Eq^?6E3]XJ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      The rank of a real symmetric matrix \(A\) is the number of non-zero eigenvalues (counting repetitions).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      The rank of a real symmetric matrix \(A\) is the number of non-zero eigenvalues (counting repetitions).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The rank of a real symmetric matrix \(A\) is the number of {{c1::non-zero eigenvalues (counting repetitions)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

      Note 2766: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: F@!OqZ7#Kb
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
      For Least Squares, \(A\) needs to have linearly independent columns which they are if \(t_i = t_j\) for all \(i \not = j\) .

      This is guaranteed if all datapoints are unique in time.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
      For Least Squares, \(A\) needs to have linearly independent columns which they are if \(t_i = t_j\) for all \(i \not = j\) .

      This is guaranteed if all datapoints are unique in time.

      Otherwise the projection is not defined, i.e. there's no unique solution to the normal equations.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For Least Squares,&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;needs to have {{c1:: linearly independent columns ::what property and also why? }} which they are if {{c1:: \(t_i = t_j\) for all \(i \not = j\) }}.<br><br>This is guaranteed if all {{c2:: datapoints are unique in time}}.
      Extra Otherwise the projection is not defined, i.e. there's no unique solution to the normal equations.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation

      Note 2767: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: FAD$sgwJY?
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\). If \((\lambda, v)\) is an eigenvalue, eigenvector pair, then {{c1::\((\overline{\lambda}, \overline{v})\) }} is an eigenvalue, eigenvector pair.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\). If \((\lambda, v)\) is an eigenvalue, eigenvector pair, then {{c1::\((\overline{\lambda}, \overline{v})\) }} is an eigenvalue, eigenvector pair.

      The conjugate is always also an EW, EV pair.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\). If \((\lambda, v)\) is an eigenvalue, eigenvector pair, then {{c1::\((\overline{\lambda}, \overline{v})\)&nbsp;}} is an eigenvalue, eigenvector pair.
      Extra The conjugate is always also an EW, EV pair.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 2768: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: FTH7rOs5Fz
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      Every polynomial \(P(z) = a_n z^n + a_{n - 1} z^{n - 1} + \dots + a_1 z + a_0\) with \(a_n \neq 0\) has {{c1:: a zero \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C} \)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      Every polynomial \(P(z) = a_n z^n + a_{n - 1} z^{n - 1} + \dots + a_1 z + a_0\) with \(a_n \neq 0\) has {{c1:: a zero \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C} \)}}.

      Fundamental theorem of algebra
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Every polynomial&nbsp;\(P(z) = a_n z^n + a_{n - 1} z^{n - 1} + \dots + a_1 z + a_0\) with \(a_n \neq 0\) has {{c1:: a zero&nbsp;\(\lambda \in \mathbb{C} \)}}.
      Extra Fundamental theorem of algebra
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

      Note 2769: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: FX{E
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      SVD from rank 1 matrices with \(\sigma_1, \dots, \sigma_r\) be the non-zero singular values of \(A\), \(u_1, \dots, u_r\) the corresponding left singular vectors and \(v_1, \dots, v_r\) the corresponding right singular vectors.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      SVD from rank 1 matrices with \(\sigma_1, \dots, \sigma_r\) be the non-zero singular values of \(A\), \(u_1, \dots, u_r\) the corresponding left singular vectors and \(v_1, \dots, v_r\) the corresponding right singular vectors.

      We have:\[ A = \sum_{k = 1}^r \sigma_k u_k v_k^\top \]
      This follows directly from the compact SVD:

      \[A = U_r \Sigma_r V_r^T = \begin{bmatrix} | & & | \\ \mathbf{u}_1 & \cdots & \mathbf{u}_r \\ | & & | \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \sigma_1 & & \\ & \ddots & \\ & & \sigma_r \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} - & \mathbf{v}_1^T & - \\ & \vdots & \\ - & \mathbf{v}_r^T & - \end{bmatrix}\]
      Expanding the matrix multiplication, we get: 
      \[A = \sigma_1 \mathbf{u}_1 \mathbf{v}_1^T + \sigma_2 \mathbf{u}_2 \mathbf{v}_2^T + \dots + \sigma_r \mathbf{u}_r \mathbf{v}_r^T = \sum_{i=1}^r \sigma_i \mathbf{u}_i \mathbf{v}_i^T\]
      Each term \(\sigma_i \mathbf{u}_i \mathbf{v}_i^T\) is a rank-1 matrix because it is the outer product of two vectors, \(\mathbf{u}_i\) and \(\mathbf{v}_i\), scaled by the singular value \(\sigma_i\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front SVD from rank 1 matrices with \(\sigma_1, \dots, \sigma_r\) be the non-zero singular values of \(A\), \(u_1, \dots, u_r\) the corresponding left singular vectors and \(v_1, \dots, v_r\) the corresponding right singular vectors.
      Back We have:\[ A = \sum_{k = 1}^r \sigma_k u_k v_k^\top \]<br>This follows directly from the compact SVD:<br><br>\[A = U_r \Sigma_r V_r^T = \begin{bmatrix} | &amp; &amp; | \\ \mathbf{u}_1 &amp; \cdots &amp; \mathbf{u}_r \\ | &amp; &amp; | \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \sigma_1 &amp; &amp; \\ &amp; \ddots &amp; \\ &amp; &amp; \sigma_r \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} - &amp; \mathbf{v}_1^T &amp; - \\ &amp; \vdots &amp; \\ - &amp; \mathbf{v}_r^T &amp; - \end{bmatrix}\]<br>Expanding the matrix multiplication, we get:&nbsp;<br>\[A = \sigma_1 \mathbf{u}_1 \mathbf{v}_1^T + \sigma_2 \mathbf{u}_2 \mathbf{v}_2^T + \dots + \sigma_r \mathbf{u}_r \mathbf{v}_r^T = \sum_{i=1}^r \sigma_i \mathbf{u}_i \mathbf{v}_i^T\]<br>Each term \(\sigma_i \mathbf{u}_i \mathbf{v}_i^T\) is a rank-1 matrix because it is the outer product of two vectors, \(\mathbf{u}_i\) and \(\mathbf{v}_i\), scaled by the singular value \(\sigma_i\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

      Note 2770: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: F]H_)uK%+@
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1,9._Closed_Form_Recursion_(Fibonacci)
      Express the Fibonacci formula \(f_n = f_{n - 1} + f_{n - 2}\) as a matrix equation?
      1. {{c1::Let  \(\mathbf{g}_{n+1} = M\mathbf{g}_n\), where \(M = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 \\ 1 & 0 \end{bmatrix} \)(matrix version of the recursion)}}
      2. {{c2::The eigenvalues \(\lambda_1 = \frac{1+\sqrt{5} }{2}\) (golden ratio \(\phi\)) and \(\lambda_2 = \frac{1-\sqrt{5} }{2}\) are found, along with their eigenvectors \(v_1 = \begin{pmatrix} \lambda_1 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\) and \(v_2 = \begin{pmatrix} \lambda_2 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\) . These eigenvectors are independent since \(\lambda_1 \neq \lambda_2\) and thus they form a basis for \(\mathbb{R}^2\).}}
      3. {{c3::The initial state \(\mathbf{g}_0\) is written as a linear combination of eigenvectors with coefficients \(\pm\frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }\): \(g_0 = \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }v_1 - \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }v_2\).}}
      4. {{c4::Since \(M^n\mathbf{v}_i = \lambda_i^n\mathbf{v}_i\), we get the closed form: \[F_n = \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} } \left[\left(\frac{1+\sqrt{5} } {2}\right)^n - \left(\frac{1-\sqrt{5} } {2}\right)^n\right] \] }}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1,9._Closed_Form_Recursion_(Fibonacci)
      Express the Fibonacci formula \(f_n = f_{n - 1} + f_{n - 2}\) as a matrix equation?
      1. {{c1::Let  \(\mathbf{g}_{n+1} = M\mathbf{g}_n\), where \(M = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 \\ 1 & 0 \end{bmatrix} \)(matrix version of the recursion)}}
      2. {{c2::The eigenvalues \(\lambda_1 = \frac{1+\sqrt{5} }{2}\) (golden ratio \(\phi\)) and \(\lambda_2 = \frac{1-\sqrt{5} }{2}\) are found, along with their eigenvectors \(v_1 = \begin{pmatrix} \lambda_1 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\) and \(v_2 = \begin{pmatrix} \lambda_2 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\) . These eigenvectors are independent since \(\lambda_1 \neq \lambda_2\) and thus they form a basis for \(\mathbb{R}^2\).}}
      3. {{c3::The initial state \(\mathbf{g}_0\) is written as a linear combination of eigenvectors with coefficients \(\pm\frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }\): \(g_0 = \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }v_1 - \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }v_2\).}}
      4. {{c4::Since \(M^n\mathbf{v}_i = \lambda_i^n\mathbf{v}_i\), we get the closed form: \[F_n = \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} } \left[\left(\frac{1+\sqrt{5} } {2}\right)^n - \left(\frac{1-\sqrt{5} } {2}\right)^n\right] \] }}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Express the Fibonacci formula \(f_n = f_{n - 1} + f_{n - 2}\) as a matrix equation?<br><ol><li>{{c1::Let&nbsp;&nbsp;\(\mathbf{g}_{n+1} = M\mathbf{g}_n\), where&nbsp;\(M = \begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; 1 \\ 1 &amp; 0 \end{bmatrix} \)(matrix version of the recursion)}}</li><li>{{c2::The eigenvalues&nbsp;\(\lambda_1 = \frac{1+\sqrt{5} }{2}\)&nbsp;(golden ratio&nbsp;\(\phi\)) and&nbsp;\(\lambda_2 = \frac{1-\sqrt{5} }{2}\)&nbsp;are found, along with their eigenvectors&nbsp;\(v_1 = \begin{pmatrix} \lambda_1 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v_2 = \begin{pmatrix} \lambda_2 \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\)&nbsp;. These eigenvectors are independent since&nbsp;\(\lambda_1 \neq \lambda_2\)&nbsp;and thus they form a basis for&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^2\).}}</li><li>{{c3::The initial state&nbsp;\(\mathbf{g}_0\)&nbsp;is written as a linear combination of eigenvectors with coefficients&nbsp;\(\pm\frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }\):&nbsp;\(g_0 = \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }v_1 - \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} }v_2\).}}</li><li>{{c4::Since&nbsp;\(M^n\mathbf{v}_i = \lambda_i^n\mathbf{v}_i\), we get the closed form:&nbsp;\[F_n = \frac{1}{\sqrt{5} } \left[\left(\frac{1+\sqrt{5} } {2}\right)^n - \left(\frac{1-\sqrt{5} } {2}\right)^n\right] \]&nbsp;}}</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1,9._Closed_Form_Recursion_(Fibonacci)

      Note 2771: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Fb-7Ek~j3;
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      The eigenvalues of \(A^{-1}\) are  \(1/\lambda_i\)  if \(\lambda_i\)'s are the eigenvalues of \(A\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      The eigenvalues of \(A^{-1}\) are  \(1/\lambda_i\)  if \(\lambda_i\)'s are the eigenvalues of \(A\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The eigenvalues of&nbsp;\(A^{-1}\)&nbsp;are {{c1::&nbsp;\(1/\lambda_i\)&nbsp;}} if&nbsp;\(\lambda_i\)'s&nbsp;are the eigenvalues of&nbsp;\(A\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

      Note 2772: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Fdf#%+wdU#
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      In the SVD the diagonal elements of \(\Sigma\), \(\sigma_i = \Sigma_{ii}\) are called the singular values of \(A\) and are {{c1:: ordered as \(\sigma_1 \geq \dots \sigma_{\min\{m, n\} }\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      In the SVD the diagonal elements of \(\Sigma\), \(\sigma_i = \Sigma_{ii}\) are called the singular values of \(A\) and are {{c1:: ordered as \(\sigma_1 \geq \dots \sigma_{\min\{m, n\} }\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text In the SVD the diagonal elements of \(\Sigma\), \(\sigma_i = \Sigma_{ii}\) are called {{c1::the singular values}} of \(A\) and are {{c1:: ordered as \(\sigma_1 \geq \dots \sigma_{\min\{m, n\} }\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

      Note 2773: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: FjSbP7PsTQ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
      \(A^\dagger A\) is the projection matrix onto \(C(A^\top)\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
      \(A^\dagger A\) is the projection matrix onto \(C(A^\top)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(A^\dagger A\) is the projection matrix onto&nbsp;{{c1::\(C(A^\top)\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties

      Note 2774: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Fp:$8m1l7(
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
      A vector space \(V\) is called finitely generated if {{c2::there exists a finite subset \(G \subseteq V\) with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
      A vector space \(V\) is called finitely generated if {{c2::there exists a finite subset \(G \subseteq V\) with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A vector space \(V\) is called {{c1::finitely generated}} if {{c2::there exists a finite subset \(G \subseteq V\) with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases

      Note 2775: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: F{P9Py-@Ws
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      The singular values are the square-root of the eigenvalues of \(A^\top A\) (or \(AA^\top\))Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      The singular values are the square-root of the eigenvalues of \(A^\top A\) (or \(AA^\top\))Proof Included

      Note that \(A^\top A\) and \(AA^\top\) share all non-zero eigenvalues. This can be seen easily as \(A^\top A\) is symmetric thus \(A^\top A = V^\top \Lambda V V(\Sigma^\top \Sigma) V^\top\) which implies that \(\Lambda = \Sigma^\top \Sigma\) and thus \(\lambda_i = \sigma_i^2\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The singular values are the {{c1::square-root}} of the {{c2::eigenvalues of&nbsp;\(A^\top A\)&nbsp;(or&nbsp;\(AA^\top\))}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
      Extra Note that&nbsp;\(A^\top A\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(AA^\top\)&nbsp;share all non-zero eigenvalues. This can be seen easily as \(A^\top A\) is symmetric thus \(A^\top A = V^\top \Lambda V V(\Sigma^\top \Sigma) V^\top\) which implies that \(\Lambda = \Sigma^\top \Sigma\) and thus \(\lambda_i = \sigma_i^2\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

      Note 2776: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: F~GapB(@u;
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions
      If \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has rank \(r = m\), then \(Ax = b\) has a solution for {{c1::every \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) (equivalent to saying that \(\textbf{C}(A) = \mathbb{R}^m\))}}.

      We call \(A\) solvable (invertible \(A\) is a special case of this).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions
      If \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has rank \(r = m\), then \(Ax = b\) has a solution for {{c1::every \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) (equivalent to saying that \(\textbf{C}(A) = \mathbb{R}^m\))}}.

      We call \(A\) solvable (invertible \(A\) is a special case of this).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has rank \(r = m\), then \(Ax = b\) has a solution for {{c1::every \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) (equivalent to saying that \(\textbf{C}(A) = \mathbb{R}^m\))}}.<br><br>We call \(A\)&nbsp;{{c1::solvable (invertible \(A\) is a special case of this)::name and special case}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions

      Note 2777: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: G(7.sQ=i_?
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::1._Rayleigh_Quotient
      Proof that the Rayleigh Quotient has it's maximum and minimum at the largest/smallest EWs?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::1._Rayleigh_Quotient
      Proof that the Rayleigh Quotient has it's maximum and minimum at the largest/smallest EWs?

      It is easy to see that \(R(v_{\max}) = \lambda_{\max}\) and \(R(v_{\min}) = \lambda_{\min}\). 

      See: 
      \(R(v_{\text{max}}) = \frac{v_{\text{max}}^\top A v_{\text{max}}}{v_{\text{max}}^\top v_{\text{max}}} = \frac{v_{\text{max}}^\top (\lambda_{\text{max}} v_{\text{max}})}{v_{\text{max}}^\top v_{\text{max}}} = \lambda_{\text{max}}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Proof that the Rayleigh Quotient has it's maximum and minimum at the largest/smallest EWs?
      Back <div>It is easy to see that \(R(v_{\max}) = \lambda_{\max}\) and \(R(v_{\min}) = \lambda_{\min}\).&nbsp;</div><div><br></div><div>See:&nbsp;</div><div>\(R(v_{\text{max}}) = \frac{v_{\text{max}}^\top A v_{\text{max}}}{v_{\text{max}}^\top v_{\text{max}}} = \frac{v_{\text{max}}^\top (\lambda_{\text{max}} v_{\text{max}})}{v_{\text{max}}^\top v_{\text{max}}} = \lambda_{\text{max}}\)</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::1._Rayleigh_Quotient

      Note 2778: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: G1|bG=ffVu
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Let \(Q\) be the \(m \times n\) matrix whose columns are an orthonormal basis of \(C(A)\).

      Then the projection matrix that projects to \(C(A)\) is given by \(QQ^\top\)Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Let \(Q\) be the \(m \times n\) matrix whose columns are an orthonormal basis of \(C(A)\).

      Then the projection matrix that projects to \(C(A)\) is given by \(QQ^\top\)Proof Included

      \(Q^\top Q\) simplifies to \(I\) in the case where our \(Q\) is orthogonal.

      Thus \(P = Q (Q^\top Q)^{-1} Q^\top\) simplifies to \(P = QQ^\top\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(Q\) be the \(m \times n\) matrix whose columns are an orthonormal basis of \(C(A)\).</div><div><br></div><div>Then the projection matrix that projects to \(C(A)\) is given by {{c1::\(QQ^\top\)}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i></div>
      Extra \(Q^\top Q\) simplifies to \(I\) in the case where our \(Q\) is orthogonal. <br><br>Thus \(P = Q (Q^\top Q)^{-1} Q^\top\) simplifies to \(P = QQ^\top\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

      Note 2779: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: G2Hf{n(RiQ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      How do we get the \(QR\) decomposition for \(A\) with linearly independent columns?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      How do we get the \(QR\) decomposition for \(A\) with linearly independent columns?

      1. \(Q\) is the result of Gram-Schmidt on \(A\)
      2. \(R = Q^\top A\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How do we get the&nbsp;\(QR\)&nbsp;decomposition for&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;with linearly independent columns?
      Back <ol><li>\(Q\)&nbsp;is the result of Gram-Schmidt on&nbsp;\(A\)</li><li>\(R = Q^\top A\)</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

      Note 2780: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: G9![k&wZRU
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::1._Rayleigh_Quotient
      Given a symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) the Rayleigh Quotient defined for \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus {0}\), as \[ R(x) = {{c1::\frac{x^\top Ax}{x^\top x} }}\]attains it’s
      • maximum at {{c2::\(R(v_{\text{max} }) = \lambda_{\text{max} }\)}}
      • minimum at {{c2::\(R(v_{\text{min} }) = \lambda_{\text{min} } \)}}
      where {{c2::\(\lambda_{\text{max} }\) and \(\lambda_{\text{min} }\) are respectively the largest and smallest eigenvalues of \(A\) and \(v_{\text{max} }\) and \(v_{\text{min} }\) their associated eigenvectors}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::1._Rayleigh_Quotient
      Given a symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) the Rayleigh Quotient defined for \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus {0}\), as \[ R(x) = {{c1::\frac{x^\top Ax}{x^\top x} }}\]attains it’s
      • maximum at {{c2::\(R(v_{\text{max} }) = \lambda_{\text{max} }\)}}
      • minimum at {{c2::\(R(v_{\text{min} }) = \lambda_{\text{min} } \)}}
      where {{c2::\(\lambda_{\text{max} }\) and \(\lambda_{\text{min} }\) are respectively the largest and smallest eigenvalues of \(A\) and \(v_{\text{max} }\) and \(v_{\text{min} }\) their associated eigenvectors}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Given a symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) the Rayleigh Quotient defined for \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus {0}\), as \[ R(x) = {{c1::\frac{x^\top Ax}{x^\top x} }}\]attains it’s</div><div><ul><li>maximum at&nbsp;{{c2::\(R(v_{\text{max} }) = \lambda_{\text{max} }\)}}</li><li>minimum at&nbsp;{{c2::\(R(v_{\text{min} }) = \lambda_{\text{min} } \)}}</li></ul><div>where {{c2::\(\lambda_{\text{max} }\) and \(\lambda_{\text{min} }\) are respectively the largest and smallest eigenvalues of \(A\) and \(v_{\text{max} }\) and \(v_{\text{min} }\) their associated eigenvectors}}.</div></div><blockquote><ul> </ul></blockquote>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::1._Rayleigh_Quotient

      Note 2781: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: G^)Gmk^Z%6
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      Every matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has an SVD decomposition. In other words:
      Every linear transformation is diagonal when viewed in the bases of the singular vectors.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      Every matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has an SVD decomposition. In other words:
      Every linear transformation is diagonal when viewed in the bases of the singular vectors.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Every matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has an SVD decomposition. In other words:</div><div>{{c1::Every linear transformation is diagonal when viewed in the bases of the singular vectors.}}</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

      Note 2782: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Gp{ARt+OX,
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      If you have some expression \(x_1 + i x_2 = y_1 + i y_2\) we can separate this into?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      If you have some expression \(x_1 + i x_2 = y_1 + i y_2\) we can separate this into?

      1. \(x_1 = y_1\)
      2. \(x_2 = y_2\)
      because of the \(i\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front If you have some expression \(x_1 + i x_2 = y_1 + i y_2\) we can separate this into?
      Back <ol><li>\(x_1 = y_1\)</li><li>\(x_2 = y_2\)</li></ol>because of the \(i\)<br>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

      Note 2783: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: HM?p0`y8nB
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::1._RREF
      A matrix \(R\) is in RREF if:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::1._RREF
      A matrix \(R\) is in RREF if:

      1. For every \(i \in [r]\), column \(j_i\) of \(R\) is the standard unit vector \(e_i\)
      2. All entries \(r_{ij}\) “below the staircase” are \(0\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front A matrix&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;is in RREF if:
      Back <ol> <li>For every \(i \in [r]\), column \(j_i\) of \(R\) is the standard unit vector \(e_i\)</li><li>All entries \(r_{ij}\) “below the staircase” are \(0\).</li></ol><div><img src="paste-68d858bb3f866342909dc81c609228626cb1c514.jpg"></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::1._RREF

      Note 2784: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: HO&p/zi-tL
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
      How is the scalar product defined on an angle?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
      How is the scalar product defined on an angle?

      \(\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{w} = ||\textbf{v}|| \ ||\textbf{w}|| \cdot \cos(\alpha)\).

      If v and w are unit vectors, we don't need to divide by their norms, see the definition of a scalar product geometrically.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How is the scalar product defined on an angle?
      Back \(\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{w} = ||\textbf{v}|| \ ||\textbf{w}|| \cdot \cos(\alpha)\).<br><br>If v and w are unit vectors, we don't need to divide by their norms, see the definition of a scalar product geometrically.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles

      Note 2785: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: HVb7^Pa98H
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      All eigenvalues are exactly the roots of the polynomial \(\det(A - \lambda I)\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      All eigenvalues are exactly the roots of the polynomial \(\det(A - \lambda I)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>All eigenvalues are {{c1::exactly the roots of the polynomial \(\det(A - \lambda I)\)::in terms of polynomial}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 2786: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Hept`QKpE8
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
      What is the Kronecker delta?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
      What is the Kronecker delta?

      A function which is described as follows:

      \(\delta_{i, j} = \begin{cases} \text{0} &\quad\text{if }i \neq j \\ \text{1} &\quad\text{if }i = j \end{cases}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the&nbsp;<b>Kronecker delta?</b>
      Back A function which is described as follows:<br><br>\(\delta_{i, j} = \begin{cases} \text{0} &amp;\quad\text{if }i \neq j \\ \text{1} &amp;\quad\text{if }i = j \end{cases}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations

      Note 2787: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: HgRNZ)7~Q=
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace
      Dimension of the nullspace \(\dim(N(A)) = \) {{c1:: \(n - r = n - \textbf{rank}(A)\)}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace
      Dimension of the nullspace \(\dim(N(A)) = \) {{c1:: \(n - r = n - \textbf{rank}(A)\)}}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Dimension of the nullspace&nbsp;\(\dim(N(A)) = \)&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(n - r = n - \textbf{rank}(A)\)}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace

      Note 2788: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: HnqZA9P|@G
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      Given a triangular (either upper or lower) matrix \(T \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), we have \[ \det(T) = {{c1:: \prod_{k = 1}^n T_{kk} }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      Given a triangular (either upper or lower) matrix \(T \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), we have \[ \det(T) = {{c1:: \prod_{k = 1}^n T_{kk} }}\]

      For a triangular matrix, if we choose an element off the diagonal, we are then forced to choose one in the \(0\)s thus making that factor \(0\). The only valid permutation is thus the \(\text{id}\), which means we just multiply the diagonals.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Given a <b>triangular</b> (either upper or lower) matrix \(T \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), we have \[ \det(T) = {{c1:: \prod_{k = 1}^n T_{kk} }}\]
      Extra For a triangular matrix, if we choose an element off the diagonal, we are then forced to choose one in the \(0\)s thus making that factor \(0\). The only valid permutation is thus the \(\text{id}\), which means we just multiply the diagonals.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 2789: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: I5WrW!E]G<
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
      The determinant expressed in terms of co-factors is: \[\det(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{j = 1}^n A_{ij}C_{ij} }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
      The determinant expressed in terms of co-factors is: \[\det(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{j = 1}^n A_{ij}C_{ij} }}\]

      in which we multiply the cofactor of every element by the element itself, as is clear in the example for a 3x3.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The determinant expressed in terms of <b>co-factors</b>&nbsp;is:&nbsp;\[\det(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{j = 1}^n A_{ij}C_{ij} }}\]<br>
      Extra in which we multiply the cofactor of every element by the element itself, as is clear in the example for a 3x3.<br><img src="paste-5b306ce2f1c5340a372c470f868d00a247f2c566.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond

      Note 2790: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: ICEre
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
      What does \(N(A) = \mathbb{R}^n\) mean?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
      What does \(N(A) = \mathbb{R}^n\) mean?

      it means \(A = \boldsymbol{0}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What does&nbsp;\(N(A) = \mathbb{R}^n\)&nbsp;mean?
      Back it means&nbsp;\(A = \boldsymbol{0}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace

      Note 2791: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: IX@x0?}8bL
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 \\ 0 & 1 \end{bmatrix}\) is invertible but not diagonalisable since the EW \(1\) has algebraic multiplicity 2 but geometric multiplicity 1.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 \\ 0 & 1 \end{bmatrix}\) is invertible but not diagonalisable since the EW \(1\) has algebraic multiplicity 2 but geometric multiplicity 1.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; 1 \\ 0 &amp; 1 \end{bmatrix}\)&nbsp;is invertible but not {{c1::diagonalisable}} since {{c1::the EW \(1\) has algebraic multiplicity 2 but geometric multiplicity 1}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 2792: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: I`-{jhD?WK
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      If \(Av = \lambda v\) and \(\lambda\) and \(v\) are an EW-EV pair we know \(v \neq 0\) .

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      If \(Av = \lambda v\) and \(\lambda\) and \(v\) are an EW-EV pair we know \(v \neq 0\) .
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If&nbsp;\(Av = \lambda v\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(\lambda\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;are an EW-EV pair we know {{c1::\(v \neq 0\)&nbsp;::property of&nbsp;\(v\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 2793: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Ie1sVs`1ap
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::1._2x2_Matrices
      What is the inverse of \(A = \begin{bmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{bmatrix}\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::1._2x2_Matrices
      What is the inverse of \(A = \begin{bmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{bmatrix}\)?

      \[A^{-1} = \frac{1}{ad - bc} \begin{bmatrix} d & -c \\ -b & a \end{bmatrix}\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the inverse of&nbsp;\(A = \begin{bmatrix} a &amp; b \\ c &amp; d \end{bmatrix}\)?
      Back \[A^{-1} = \frac{1}{ad - bc} \begin{bmatrix} d &amp; -c \\ -b &amp; a \end{bmatrix}\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::1._2x2_Matrices

      Note 2794: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Ixx.9h)R+>
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Give two examples of orthogonal matrices:
      • 2x2 rotation matrices
      • Permutation matrices

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Give two examples of orthogonal matrices:
      • 2x2 rotation matrices
      • Permutation matrices
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Give two examples of orthogonal matrices:<br><ul><li>{{c1:: 2x2 rotation matrices}}</li><li>{{c2:: Permutation matrices}}</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

      Note 2795: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: J,}qfri4M=
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      Was ist eine unitäre Matrix?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      Was ist eine unitäre Matrix?

      Für eine unitäre Matrix gilt \( \mathbf{A^H A = I}_n\), d.h. die komplex-transponierte von A ist die Inverse von A. 
      Unitär = regulär & quadratisch 
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Was ist eine <b>unitäre</b> Matrix?
      Back Für eine unitäre Matrix gilt&nbsp;\( \mathbf{A^H A = I}_n\), d.h. die komplex-transponierte von A ist die Inverse von A.&nbsp;<div>Unitär = regulär &amp; quadratisch&nbsp;</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

      Note 2796: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: J0-A1[(zwf
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      We know that \(\forall x \in \mathbb{R}^n\), there exist \(x_0 \in N(A)\) and \(x_1 \in R(A)\) such that \(x = x_0 + x_1 \) and \(x_1^\top x_0 = 0\) as \(N(A) = C(A^\top)^\perp\) are orthogonal complements.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      We know that \(\forall x \in \mathbb{R}^n\), there exist \(x_0 \in N(A)\) and \(x_1 \in R(A)\) such that \(x = x_0 + x_1 \) and \(x_1^\top x_0 = 0\) as \(N(A) = C(A^\top)^\perp\) are orthogonal complements.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We know that \(\forall x \in \mathbb{R}^n\), there exist {{c1::\(x_0 \in N(A)\)}} and {{c1::\(x_1 \in R(A)\)}} such that \(x = {{c2:: x_0 + x_1 }}\) and {{c3::\(x_1^\top x_0 = 0\)}} as {{c3::\(N(A) = C(A^\top)^\perp\)&nbsp;are orthogonal complements}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

      Note 2797: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: J1MYsJ:|-Q
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      An linear combination of  \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\) is convex if

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      An linear combination of  \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\) is convex if

      it is both affine and conic
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front An linear combination of&nbsp; \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;<b>convex</b> if
      Back it is both <b>affine</b> and <b>conic<br></b><img src="paste-6c996ea28a45b085265e7aac3501d25ba5b1728c.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2798: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: J<060JA%BR
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
      Can a nilpotent matrix have an inverse?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
      Can a nilpotent matrix have an inverse?

      No, as the \(0\) matrix does not have an inverse.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Can a nilpotent matrix have an inverse?
      Back No, as the&nbsp;\(0\)&nbsp;matrix&nbsp;does not have an inverse.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations

      Note 2799: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: JAn~&+e&|!
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
      The determinant is linear in each row (or each column). In other words for any \(a_0, a_1, a_2, \dots, a_n \in \mathbb{R}^n\) and \(\alpha_0, \alpha_1 \in \mathbb{R}\) we have: (Two linearity properties)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
      The determinant is linear in each row (or each column). In other words for any \(a_0, a_1, a_2, \dots, a_n \in \mathbb{R}^n\) and \(\alpha_0, \alpha_1 \in \mathbb{R}\) we have: (Two linearity properties)

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front The determinant is linear in each row (or each <i>column</i>). In other words for any \(a_0, a_1, a_2, \dots, a_n \in \mathbb{R}^n\) and \(\alpha_0, \alpha_1 \in \mathbb{R}\) we have: (<i>Two linearity properties)</i>
      Back <img src="paste-b0314843c81b23252762fd0a50059644aa1dfffe.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond

      Note 2800: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: JG.Pzp,r%b
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
      Wenn \(A,B\) invertierbar sind, dann ist es {{c1::\((AB)^{-1}=B^{-1}A^{-1}\)}} auch.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
      Wenn \(A,B\) invertierbar sind, dann ist es {{c1::\((AB)^{-1}=B^{-1}A^{-1}\)}} auch.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Wenn&nbsp;\(A,B\)&nbsp;invertierbar sind, dann ist es {{c1::\((AB)^{-1}=B^{-1}A^{-1}\)}}&nbsp;auch.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties

      Note 2801: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: JIi?26WP]C
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::5._Triangle_inequality
      What is the triangle inequality?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::5._Triangle_inequality
      What is the triangle inequality?


      This follows from the geometric interpretation in two dimensions, generalised.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the triangle inequality?
      Back <img src="paste-92db18f438c2c25573711f4ed4db61a644962214.jpg"><br>This follows from the geometric interpretation in two dimensions, generalised.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::5._Triangle_inequality

      Note 2802: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: JlD}ITLxEy
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation
      What is the composition of two linear transformations \(T_A \circ T_B\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation
      What is the composition of two linear transformations \(T_A \circ T_B\)?

      \(T_A \circ T_B = T_{AB}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the composition of two linear transformations&nbsp;\(T_A \circ T_B\)?
      Back \(T_A \circ T_B = T_{AB}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation

      Note 2803: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: JmsF:FMC~D
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces.

      Then \(V \cap W = \) {{c1:: \(\{0\}\) (as all subspaces contain the \(0\) vector)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces.

      Then \(V \cap W = \) {{c1:: \(\{0\}\) (as all subspaces contain the \(0\) vector)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces.</div><div><br></div><div>Then \(V \cap W = \) {{c1:: \(\{0\}\) (as all subspaces contain the \(0\) vector)}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 2804: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: K-XRXZqOV,
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      If \(AB = BA\), then \(A,B\) share an EV.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      If \(AB = BA\), then \(A,B\) share an EV.

      Assume \(AB = BA\).

      If \(\lambda, v\) an EW-EV pair of \(A\) then \(A(Bv) = (AB)v = B(Av) = \lambda Bv\) thus \(Bv\) is an eigenvector of \(A\).

      Then \(Bv\) is a multiple of some \(v\) of that EW \(\lambda\) (easiest to see for \(A\) complete set of real EVs) \(\implies\) \(Bv = \lambda'v\) thus that \(v\) is also an EV of \(B\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If&nbsp;\(AB = BA\),&nbsp;then {{c1::\(A,B\)&nbsp;share an EV::EVs of A, B}}.
      Extra Assume \(AB = BA\).<br><br>If \(\lambda, v\) an EW-EV pair of \(A\) then \(A(Bv) = (AB)v = B(Av) = \lambda Bv\) thus \(Bv\) is an eigenvector of \(A\).<br><br>Then \(Bv\) is a multiple of some \(v\) of that EW \(\lambda\) (easiest to see for \(A\) complete set of real EVs) \(\implies\) \(Bv = \lambda'v\) thus that \(v\) is also an EV of \(B\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

      Note 2805: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: K4@L>.#ir<
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose
      For all matrices \(A\): 

      \((A^\top)^\top = \)\(A\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose
      For all matrices \(A\): 

      \((A^\top)^\top = \)\(A\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For all matrices&nbsp;\(A\):&nbsp;<br><br>\((A^\top)^\top = \){{c1::\(A\)}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose

      Note 2806: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: K9{>JhFX!.
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
      \((A^\top)^\dagger = (A^\dagger)^\top \)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
      \((A^\top)^\dagger = (A^\dagger)^\top \)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \((A^\top)^\dagger = {{c1:: (A^\dagger)^\top }}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties

      Note 2807: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: K=a-HUOVwC
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::1._Undoing_matrix_transformations
      Three equivalent statements:
      1. {{c1::\(T_A : \mathbb{R}^m \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m\) is bijective.::Transformation}}
      2. There is an \(m \times m\) matrix \(B\) such that \(BA = I\).
      3. The columns of \(A\) are linearly independent.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::1._Undoing_matrix_transformations
      Three equivalent statements:
      1. {{c1::\(T_A : \mathbb{R}^m \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m\) is bijective.::Transformation}}
      2. There is an \(m \times m\) matrix \(B\) such that \(BA = I\).
      3. The columns of \(A\) are linearly independent.

      The third one can be derived from the fact that if \(BA = I\), there  is only a single \(x \in \mathbb{R}^m\) such that \(A \textbf{x} = 0\).

      It is also intuitively clear that if not all columns were linearly independent, we'd actually have a tall linear transformation and would be losing information.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Three equivalent statements:<br><ol><li>{{c1::\(T_A : \mathbb{R}^m \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m\) is bijective.::Transformation}}</li><li>{{c2::There is an \(m \times m\) matrix&nbsp;\(B\)&nbsp;such that \(BA = I\).}}</li><li>{{c3::The columns of \(A\) are linearly independent.}}</li></ol>
      Extra The third one can be derived from the fact that if \(BA = I\), there&nbsp; is only a single \(x \in \mathbb{R}^m\) such that \(A \textbf{x} = 0\).<br><br>It is also intuitively clear that if not all columns were linearly independent, we'd actually have a tall linear transformation and would be losing information.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::1._Undoing_matrix_transformations

      Note 2808: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: KAa7x3sA#0
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
      The eigenvalues of \(A + B\) are not correlated

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
      The eigenvalues of \(A + B\) are not correlated
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The eigenvalues of \(A + B\) are {{c1::<b>not</b>&nbsp;correlated}}.&nbsp;
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings

      Note 2809: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: KUMMEUP]kH
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::1._Definition_and_examples
      In a vector space \(V\) three important properties hold:
      • \(0v = 0\) for all \(v\)
      • there is only one \(0\)
      • one unique inverse \(-v\) for all \(v\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::1._Definition_and_examples
      In a vector space \(V\) three important properties hold:
      • \(0v = 0\) for all \(v\)
      • there is only one \(0\)
      • one unique inverse \(-v\) for all \(v\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text In a vector space&nbsp;\(V\)&nbsp;three important properties hold:<br><ul><li>{{c1::\(0v = 0\)&nbsp;for all&nbsp;\(v\)}}</li><li>{{c2:: there is only one&nbsp;\(0\)}}</li><li>{{c3:: one unique inverse&nbsp;\(-v\)&nbsp;for all&nbsp;\(v\)}}</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::1._Definition_and_examples

      Note 2810: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: KW-&%*&l;g
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      Was ist eine reguläre Matrix?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      Was ist eine reguläre Matrix?

      Eine Matrix \( A \) mit \(\text{Rang}(A) = n\). 
      regulär \( \iff \) invertierbar
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Was ist eine <b>reguläre</b> Matrix?
      Back Eine Matrix \( A \) mit&nbsp;\(\text{Rang}(A) = n\).&nbsp;<div>regulär&nbsp;\( \iff \) invertierbar</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

      Note 2811: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: KZs-,vID&:
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::4._Kernel_and_Image
      What are kernel and image of a linear transformation?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::4._Kernel_and_Image
      What are kernel and image of a linear transformation?

      The kernel is the nullspace and the image the column space.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What are kernel and image of a linear transformation?
      Back The <b>kernel</b> is the <b>nullspace</b> and the <b>image</b> the <b>column space</b>.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::4._Kernel_and_Image

      Note 2812: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: KvqIdKEm_e
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      What happens if \(A\) itself is invertible for the projection matrix?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      What happens if \(A\) itself is invertible for the projection matrix?

      Since \(A\) is invertible, it spans \(\mathbb{R}^m\) and any projection is simply the point itself.

      This is beautifully reflected in the fact that if we simplify \(P = A A^{-1} (A^\top)^{-1} A^\top\) then we simply get \(P = I\).

      In general it may look like we can simplify the expression for the projection matrix \(P\), this is however not the case, UNLESS \(A\) is invertible:

      \((A^\top A)^{-1} = A^{-1} (A^\top)^{-1}\) 
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What happens if&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;itself is invertible for the projection matrix?
      Back Since&nbsp;\(A\) is <b>invertible</b>, it spans \(\mathbb{R}^m\)&nbsp;and any projection is simply the point itself.<br><br>This is <i>beautifully reflected</i>&nbsp;in the fact that if we simplify \(P = A A^{-1} (A^\top)^{-1} A^\top\) then we simply get \(P = I\).<br><br>In general it may look like we can simplify the expression for the projection matrix&nbsp;\(P\), this is however not the case, UNLESS&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is invertible:<br><br>\((A^\top A)^{-1} = A^{-1} (A^\top)^{-1}\)&nbsp;
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

      Note 2813: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: LEJ$Uw{FC{
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b
      Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix and \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\).
      The set \[ \textbf{Sol}(A, b) := \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n : Ax = b\} \subseteq \mathbb{R}^n \] is the solution space of \(Ax = b\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b
      Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix and \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\).
      The set \[ \textbf{Sol}(A, b) := \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n : Ax = b\} \subseteq \mathbb{R}^n \] is the solution space of \(Ax = b\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix and \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\).<br>The set \[ \textbf{Sol}(A, b) := \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n : Ax = b\} \subseteq \mathbb{R}^n \] is {{c1:: the <i>solution space</i>&nbsp;of \(Ax = b\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b

      Note 2814: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: LIjab7I=97
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
      Let \(V\) be a vector space. A nonempty set \(U \subseteq V\) is called a subspace of \(V\) if the following two axioms of a subspace are true for all \(v, w \in U\) and all \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\):
      • \(v + w \in U\) (closure addition)
      • \(\lambda v \in U\) (closure multiplication)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
      Let \(V\) be a vector space. A nonempty set \(U \subseteq V\) is called a subspace of \(V\) if the following two axioms of a subspace are true for all \(v, w \in U\) and all \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\):
      • \(v + w \in U\) (closure addition)
      • \(\lambda v \in U\) (closure multiplication)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(V\) be a vector space. A nonempty set \(U \subseteq V\) is called a subspace of \(V\) if the following two axioms of a subspace are true for all \(v, w \in U\) and all \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\):</div><div><ul><li>{{c2::\(v + w \in U\) (closure addition)}}</li><li>{{c3::\(\lambda v \in U\) (closure multiplication)}}</li></ul></div><blockquote><ul> </ul></blockquote>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces

      Note 2815: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: LR3$8)Rp9r
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      How can we make projections easier using orthogonality?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      How can we make projections easier using orthogonality?

      We use Gram-Schmid to convert \(A\) into \(Q\) (the column spaces are equal).
      We then project using \(QQ^\top\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How can we make projections easier using orthogonality?
      Back We use Gram-Schmid to convert&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;into&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;(the column spaces are equal).<br>We then project using&nbsp;\(QQ^\top\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

      Note 2816: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: LR~EpRNX@l
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
      Intuition on the projection formula (in 2d):

      • Assume \(\mathbf{a} \perp \mathbf{e}\) \(\implies\) \(\mathbf{a} \perp (\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p})\) (define error vector \(\mathbf{e} = \mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}\)).
      • We can write \(\mathbf{p} = \lambda\mathbf{a}, \lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) since we know {{c1::the projection vector is on the line spanned by \(\mathbf{a}\) and hence \(\mathbf{p}\) is a scalar multiple of \(\textbf{a}\)}}.
      • \[ \begin{align} \mathbf{a} \perp (\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}) &\iff {{c1:: \mathbf{a}^\top(\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}) = 0 \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top(\mathbf{b} - \lambda\mathbf{a}) = 0 \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{a}^\top\lambda\mathbf{a} = 0 \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} = \mathbf{a}^\top\lambda\mathbf{a} \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} = \lambda\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{a} \\ &\iff \lambda = \frac{\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} }{\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{a} } }} \end{align} \]
      • Where we first used \(\mathbf{v} \perp \mathbf{u} \iff \mathbf{v}^\top\mathbf{u} = 0\), then plugged in for \(\lambda a\) for \(p\), then used the distributivity of the vector multiplication.
      • We can divide by \(a^\top a\)(\(a\) is a nonzero real number, as is a nonzero vector)
      We can then plug in \(\lambda\) into \(p = \lambda \mathbf{a}\) to get the projection vector \[ \mathbf{p} = \frac{a^\top b}{a^\top a}a = \frac{aa^\top}{a^\top a} b \]We can do this since \(a^\top b\) is a scalar so \((a^\top b)a = a(a^\top b) = (a a^\top) b\) (commute and associativity).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
      Intuition on the projection formula (in 2d):

      • Assume \(\mathbf{a} \perp \mathbf{e}\) \(\implies\) \(\mathbf{a} \perp (\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p})\) (define error vector \(\mathbf{e} = \mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}\)).
      • We can write \(\mathbf{p} = \lambda\mathbf{a}, \lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) since we know {{c1::the projection vector is on the line spanned by \(\mathbf{a}\) and hence \(\mathbf{p}\) is a scalar multiple of \(\textbf{a}\)}}.
      • \[ \begin{align} \mathbf{a} \perp (\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}) &\iff {{c1:: \mathbf{a}^\top(\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}) = 0 \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top(\mathbf{b} - \lambda\mathbf{a}) = 0 \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{a}^\top\lambda\mathbf{a} = 0 \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} = \mathbf{a}^\top\lambda\mathbf{a} \\ &\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} = \lambda\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{a} \\ &\iff \lambda = \frac{\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} }{\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{a} } }} \end{align} \]
      • Where we first used \(\mathbf{v} \perp \mathbf{u} \iff \mathbf{v}^\top\mathbf{u} = 0\), then plugged in for \(\lambda a\) for \(p\), then used the distributivity of the vector multiplication.
      • We can divide by \(a^\top a\)(\(a\) is a nonzero real number, as is a nonzero vector)
      We can then plug in \(\lambda\) into \(p = \lambda \mathbf{a}\) to get the projection vector \[ \mathbf{p} = \frac{a^\top b}{a^\top a}a = \frac{aa^\top}{a^\top a} b \]We can do this since \(a^\top b\) is a scalar so \((a^\top b)a = a(a^\top b) = (a a^\top) b\) (commute and associativity).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Intuition on the projection formula (in 2d):<br><br><ul><li>Assume \(\mathbf{a} \perp \mathbf{e}\) \(\implies\) \(\mathbf{a} \perp (\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p})\) (define error vector \(\mathbf{e} = \mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}\)).</li><li>We can write \(\mathbf{p} = \lambda\mathbf{a}, \lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) since we know {{c1::the projection vector is on the line spanned by \(\mathbf{a}\) and hence \(\mathbf{p}\) is a scalar multiple of \(\textbf{a}\)}}.</li><li>\[ \begin{align} \mathbf{a} \perp (\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}) &amp;\iff {{c1:: \mathbf{a}^\top(\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{p}) = 0 \\ &amp;\iff \mathbf{a}^\top(\mathbf{b} - \lambda\mathbf{a}) = 0 \\ &amp;\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} - \mathbf{a}^\top\lambda\mathbf{a} = 0 \\ &amp;\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} = \mathbf{a}^\top\lambda\mathbf{a} \\ &amp;\iff \mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} = \lambda\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{a} \\ &amp;\iff \lambda = \frac{\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{b} }{\mathbf{a}^\top\mathbf{a} } }} \end{align} \]</li><li>Where we first used&nbsp;\(\mathbf{v} \perp \mathbf{u} \iff \mathbf{v}^\top\mathbf{u} = 0\), then plugged in for&nbsp;\(\lambda a\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(p\), then used the distributivity of the vector multiplication.</li><li>We can divide by&nbsp;\(a^\top a\)(\(a\)&nbsp;is a nonzero real number, as is a nonzero vector)</li></ul>We can then plug in \(\lambda\) into \(p = \lambda \mathbf{a}\) to get the projection vector \[ \mathbf{p} = \frac{a^\top b}{a^\top a}a = \frac{aa^\top}{a^\top a} b \]We can do this since \(a^\top b\) is a scalar so \((a^\top b)a = a(a^\top b) = (a a^\top) b\) (commute and associativity).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case

      Note 2817: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: LXx2V/%q~V
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::4._Success_and_Failure
      For a system \(Ax = b\) Gauss-elimination fails only if \(A\) has linearly dependent columns.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::4._Success_and_Failure
      For a system \(Ax = b\) Gauss-elimination fails only if \(A\) has linearly dependent columns.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For a system&nbsp;\(Ax = b\)&nbsp;Gauss-elimination fails only if {{c1::\(A\)&nbsp;has linearly dependent columns}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::4._Success_and_Failure

      Note 2818: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: LiA<-d|o$6
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      For all \(x\) and an orthogonal matrix \(Q\) we have \((Qx)^\top(Qy) = x^\top y\) Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      For all \(x\) and an orthogonal matrix \(Q\) we have \((Qx)^\top(Qy) = x^\top y\) Proof Included

      \((Qx)^\top (Qy) = x^\top Q^\top Q y = x^\top I y = x^\top y\). since \(Q^\top Q = I\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For all&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;and an orthogonal matrix&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;we have&nbsp;\((Qx)^\top(Qy) = {{c1::x^\top y}}\)&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
      Extra \((Qx)^\top (Qy) = x^\top Q^\top Q y = x^\top I y = x^\top y\). since \(Q^\top Q = I\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

      Note 2819: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Lr(&c[;1SI
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      A linear combination of  \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\) is conic if

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      A linear combination of  \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\) is conic if

      \(\lambda_j \geq 0\) for \(j = 1, 2, \dots, n\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front A linear combination of&nbsp; \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;<b>conic</b> if
      Back \(\lambda_j \geq 0\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(j = 1, 2, \dots, n\)<br><img src="paste-f42edd0023b883599f6573655cce46ef46a6cf2d.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2820: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: LvFIoMB!0)
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      By the spectral theorem, for any symmetric \(A\) we can write: 

      \[ A = V \Lambda V^\top \]where \(\Lambda \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is a diagonal matrix with the eigenvalues of \(A\) in it's diagonal, and \(V\) orthogonal matrix containing the eigenvectors \(V^\top V = I\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      By the spectral theorem, for any symmetric \(A\) we can write: 

      \[ A = V \Lambda V^\top \]where \(\Lambda \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is a diagonal matrix with the eigenvalues of \(A\) in it's diagonal, and \(V\) orthogonal matrix containing the eigenvectors \(V^\top V = I\).

      This decomposition is called an eigen-decomposition.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text By the spectral theorem, for any symmetric&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;we can write:&nbsp;<br><br>\[ A = {{c1::V \Lambda V^\top }}\]where \(\Lambda \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is {{c2::a diagonal matrix with the eigenvalues of \(A\) in it's diagonal}}, and&nbsp;\(V\)&nbsp;{{c2::orthogonal matrix containing the eigenvectors&nbsp;\(V^\top V = I\)}}.
      Extra This decomposition is called an eigen-decomposition.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

      Note 2821: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Lxg{aBX]%>
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces
      Let \(\{v_1, \dots, v_m\}\) be a basis of \(V\). For each \(v \in V\), there are unique scalars \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) such that \[ v = \sum_{j = 1}^{m} \lambda_j v_j \]This means that in a basis each vector can be written as a unique linear combination.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces
      Let \(\{v_1, \dots, v_m\}\) be a basis of \(V\). For each \(v \in V\), there are unique scalars \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) such that \[ v = \sum_{j = 1}^{m} \lambda_j v_j \]This means that in a basis each vector can be written as a unique linear combination.

      This holds as all basis vectors are linearly independent by definition.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(\{v_1, \dots, v_m\}\) be a basis of \(V\). For each \(v \in V\), there are unique scalars \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) such that \[ v = \sum_{j = 1}^{m} \lambda_j v_j \]This means that {{c1::in a basis each vector can be written as a&nbsp;<b>unique</b>&nbsp;linear combination}}.
      Extra This holds as all basis vectors are linearly independent by definition.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces

      Note 2822: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: L|Y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      Let \(A\) and \(v_1, \dots, v_k \in \mathbb{R}^n\) be the EVs of \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_k \in \mathbb{R}^n\).
      If the \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_k\)s are all distinct then the EVs \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) are all linearly independent.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      Let \(A\) and \(v_1, \dots, v_k \in \mathbb{R}^n\) be the EVs of \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_k \in \mathbb{R}^n\).
      If the \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_k\)s are all distinct then the EVs \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) are all linearly independent.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(A\) and \(v_1, \dots, v_k \in \mathbb{R}^n\) be the EVs of \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_k \in \mathbb{R}^n\).</div><div>If the \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_k\)s are all distinct then {{c1::the EVs \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) are all linearly independent}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

      Note 2823: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: M527x=(6av
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
      The euclidian norm of \(\textbf{v}\) is defined as?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
      The euclidian norm of \(\textbf{v}\) is defined as?

      \(|| \textbf{v} || := \sqrt{\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{v}}\)

      This is also called the 2-norm.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front The euclidian norm of&nbsp;\(\textbf{v}\)&nbsp;is defined as?
      Back \(|| \textbf{v} || := \sqrt{\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{v}}\)<br><br>This is also called the 2-norm.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm

      Note 2824: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: M54hx*$}FT
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
      We can adapt least squares to do more than just linear regression, we could also fit a parabola (or anything else) by changing the entries in \(A\) to match the coefficients of our formula.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
      We can adapt least squares to do more than just linear regression, we could also fit a parabola (or anything else) by changing the entries in \(A\) to match the coefficients of our formula.

      We could have \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & t_1 & t_1^2 \\ 1 & t_2 & t_2^2 \\ \vdots & \vdots & \vdots \\ 1 & t_m & t_m^2 \end{bmatrix}\) for a parabola.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We can adapt least squares to do more than just linear regression, we could also fit a parabola (or anything else) by {{c1:: changing the entries in&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;to match the coefficients of our formula}}.
      Extra We could have&nbsp;\(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; t_1 &amp; t_1^2 \\ 1 &amp; t_2 &amp; t_2^2 \\ \vdots &amp; \vdots &amp; \vdots \\ 1 &amp; t_m &amp; t_m^2 \end{bmatrix}\)&nbsp;for a parabola.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation

      Note 2825: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: M;:>m2mzC#
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). Then \(N(A) = {{c1::N(A^\top A)::\text{another nullspace} }}\). Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). Then \(N(A) = {{c1::N(A^\top A)::\text{another nullspace} }}\). Proof Included

      \(N(A) = N(A^\top A)\) holds because:
      • if \(x \in N(A)\) then \(Ax = 0 \implies A^\top Ax = A \cdot 0 \implies A^\top A x = 0\).
      • if \(x \in N(A^\top A)\) then \(A^\top A x = 0\), which means \[ 0 = x^\top 0 = x^\top A^\top Ax = (Ax)^\top(Ax) = ||Ax||^2 \implies Ax = 0 \]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). Then \(N(A) = {{c1::N(A^\top A)::\text{another nullspace} }}\).&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
      Extra <div>\(N(A) = N(A^\top A)\) holds because:</div><div><ul><li>if \(x \in N(A)\) then \(Ax = 0 \implies A^\top Ax = A \cdot 0 \implies A^\top A x = 0\).</li><li>if \(x \in N(A^\top A)\) then \(A^\top A x = 0\), which means \[ 0 = x^\top 0 = x^\top A^\top Ax = (Ax)^\top(Ax) = ||Ax||^2 \implies Ax = 0 \]</li></ul></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 2826: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: M`sU@`yo=O
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::1._Definition_and_examples
      Was ist ein Unterraum?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::1._Definition_and_examples
      Was ist ein Unterraum?

      Ein Unterraum ist eine Teilmenge \( U \subseteq \mathbb{V}\) falls \( U \) auch die Eigenschaften eines Vektorraums hat (d.h. abgeschlossen bezüglich Vektoraddition & Skalarmultiplikation).

      Beispiel: Ebene in \(\mathbb{R}^3\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Was ist ein Unterraum?
      Back Ein Unterraum ist eine Teilmenge&nbsp;\( U \subseteq \mathbb{V}\) falls&nbsp;\( U \) auch die Eigenschaften eines Vektorraums hat (d.h. abgeschlossen bezüglich Vektoraddition &amp; Skalarmultiplikation). <br><br>Beispiel: Ebene in&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^3\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::1._Definition_and_examples

      Note 2827: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Md-#o7w$ub
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = m\), the pseudo-inverse \(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) is a right inverse of \(A\): \[ A A^\dagger = I \]Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = m\), the pseudo-inverse \(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) is a right inverse of \(A\): \[ A A^\dagger = I \]Proof Included

      Proof Since \(A^\top\) has full column rank, \(((A^\top)^\top A^\top) = AA^\top\) is invertible: \(AA^\dagger = AA^\top(A A^\top)^{-1} = I\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = m\), the <b>pseudo-inverse</b>&nbsp;\(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) is {{c1::a right inverse}} of \(A\): \[ {{c1:: A A^\dagger = I }}\]<i>Proof Included</i>
      Extra <div><b>Proof</b> Since \(A^\top\) has full column rank, \(((A^\top)^\top A^\top) = AA^\top\) is invertible: \(AA^\dagger = AA^\top(A A^\top)^{-1} = I\).</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

      Note 2828: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: My,;4A;?fH
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
      If the columns of \(A\) are pairwise orthogonal, we get \(A^\top A\) a diagonal matrix which is very easy to invert, i.e. makes Least Squares easier.

      We can convert any \(A\) to have orthogonal columns by making sure that the sum of all the \(t_k = 0\), which can be achieved by shifting the graph on the x-axis.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
      If the columns of \(A\) are pairwise orthogonal, we get \(A^\top A\) a diagonal matrix which is very easy to invert, i.e. makes Least Squares easier.

      We can convert any \(A\) to have orthogonal columns by making sure that the sum of all the \(t_k = 0\), which can be achieved by shifting the graph on the x-axis.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>If the columns of \(A\) are pairwise orthogonal, we get \(A^\top A\) a diagonal matrix which is very easy to invert, i.e. makes Least Squares easier.</div><div><br></div><div>We can convert any \(A\) to have orthogonal columns by {{c1:: making sure that the sum of all the \(t_k = 0\), which can be achieved by shifting the graph on the x-axis}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation

      Note 2829: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: M~F%.[]]Xl
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      The projection of a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to the subspace \(S = C(A)\) is well-defined.

      It can be written as \(proj_S(b) = A\hat{x}\) where \(\hat{x}\) satisfies the normal equations{{c1:: \(A^\top A \hat{x} = A^\top b\) }}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      The projection of a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to the subspace \(S = C(A)\) is well-defined.

      It can be written as \(proj_S(b) = A\hat{x}\) where \(\hat{x}\) satisfies the normal equations{{c1:: \(A^\top A \hat{x} = A^\top b\) }}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The projection of a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to the subspace \(S = C(A)\) is well-defined. <br><br>It can be written as&nbsp;\(proj_S(b) = A\hat{x}\)&nbsp;where \(\hat{x}\) satisfies the&nbsp;<b>normal equations</b>{{c1::&nbsp;\(A^\top A \hat{x} = A^\top b\)&nbsp;}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

      Note 2830: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: NJVswNKOd~
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
      For a permutation \(\sigma\), if \(\sigma(i) \neq i\) then there exists a \(j\) such that \(\sigma(j) \neq j\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
      For a permutation \(\sigma\), if \(\sigma(i) \neq i\) then there exists a \(j\) such that \(\sigma(j) \neq j\).

      We're going to have to venture off the diagonal for at least one other element.

      If we have a matrix \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 1 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & 1 \end{bmatrix}\), the only permutation that doesn't produce a \(0\) product is the \(\text{id}\) permutation.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For a permutation&nbsp;\(\sigma\), if&nbsp;\(\sigma(i) \neq i\)&nbsp;then {{c1:: there exists a&nbsp;\(j\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(\sigma(j) \neq j\)}}.
      Extra We're going to have to venture off the diagonal for at least one other element.<br><br>If we have a matrix \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; 0 &amp; 0 \\ 0 &amp; 1 &amp; 0 \\ 0 &amp; 0 &amp; 1 \end{bmatrix}\), the only permutation that doesn't produce a \(0\) product is the \(\text{id}\) permutation.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations

      Note 2831: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: NL]}dmlAJJ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
      How do we find the inverse of \(A\) using Gauss-Jordan?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
      How do we find the inverse of \(A\) using Gauss-Jordan?

      We do \(\text{RREF}(A, I)\) which gives us \((R, j_1, \dots, j_r, M)\) where in the case that \(A\) is invertible:
      • \(R\) is \(I\) and \(r = n\)
      • \(M = A^{-1}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <div>How do we find the inverse of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;using Gauss-Jordan?</div>
      Back We do&nbsp;\(\text{RREF}(A, I)\)&nbsp;which gives us&nbsp;\((R, j_1, \dots, j_r, M)\)&nbsp;where in the case that&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is invertible:<br><ul><li>\(R\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(I\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(r = n\)</li><li>\(M = A^{-1}\)</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition

      Note 2832: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Nj:Z@^])GP
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite
      If we take \(A, B\) PSD (or PD) then \(A + B\) is also PSD (or PD).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite
      If we take \(A, B\) PSD (or PD) then \(A + B\) is also PSD (or PD).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If we take \(A, B\) PSD (or PD) then {{c1::\(A + B\)}} is also {{c2::PSD (or PD)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite

      Note 2833: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Nu?3UH(7q
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      Given \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) (can have any rank) and a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\), the unique solution to \[ \min_{x \in \mathbb{R}^n} ||x||^2 \] such that \(A^\top Ax = A^\top b\) is given by {{c2::\(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      Given \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) (can have any rank) and a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\), the unique solution to \[ \min_{x \in \mathbb{R}^n} ||x||^2 \] such that \(A^\top Ax = A^\top b\) is given by {{c2::\(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Given \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\)&nbsp;(can have any rank) and a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\), the {{c1::<b>unique</b>}}<b>&nbsp;</b>solution to \[ \min_{x \in \mathbb{R}^n} ||x||^2 \] such that {{c1::\(A^\top Ax = A^\top b\)}} is given by {{c2::\(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

      Note 2834: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Ny?NMfTURP
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
       \(A^\top A\) has full rank when \(A\) has full column rankProof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
       \(A^\top A\) has full rank when \(A\) has full column rankProof Included

      If \(A^\top A x = 0\), then \(x^\top A^\top A x = ||Ax||^2 = 0\), so \(Ax = 0\). If A has full column rank  \(N(A) = \{0\}\), thus \(x = 0\), proving \(A^\top A\) is invertible - full rank (as \(A^\top A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text &nbsp;\(A^\top A\)&nbsp;has full rank when&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;has {{c1::full column rank}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
      Extra <div>If \(A^\top A x = 0\), then \(x^\top A^\top A x = ||Ax||^2 = 0\), so \(Ax = 0\). If A has full column rank  \(N(A) = \{0\}\), thus&nbsp;\(x = 0\), proving \(A^\top A\) is invertible - full rank (as \(A^\top A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)).</div><div><br></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 2835: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: O&ZK/$p?2n
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(V\) be a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). We define the orthogonal complement of \(V\) as: \[ V^\perp = {{c2:: \{ w \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ w^\top v = 0 \ \text{for all } v \in V \} }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(V\) be a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). We define the orthogonal complement of \(V\) as: \[ V^\perp = {{c2:: \{ w \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ w^\top v = 0 \ \text{for all } v \in V \} }}\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(V\) be a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). We define the {{c1::orthogonal complement}} of \(V\) as:&nbsp;\[{{c1:: V^\perp }} = {{c2:: \{ w \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ w^\top v = 0 \ \text{for all } v \in V \} }}\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 2836: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: O7M|kGyh}1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      Let \(A\) with \(n\) distinct real eigenvalues (meaning that the zeros of \(\det(A- \lambda I)\) as described in Corollary 8.1.3 are all distinct, algebraic multiplicity \(1\)), then {{c2::there is a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\) made up of EVs of \(A\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      Let \(A\) with \(n\) distinct real eigenvalues (meaning that the zeros of \(\det(A- \lambda I)\) as described in Corollary 8.1.3 are all distinct, algebraic multiplicity \(1\)), then {{c2::there is a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\) made up of EVs of \(A\)}}.

      We also call this the Eigenbasis or a complete set of real EVs, which will come in handy later for Diagonalisation.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(A\) with \(n\)&nbsp;{{c1::distinct real eigenvalues (meaning that the zeros of \(\det(A- \lambda I)\) as described in Corollary 8.1.3 are all distinct, algebraic multiplicity \(1\))::property and in terms of algebraic}}, then {{c2::there is a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\) made up of EVs of \(A\)}}.</div>
      Extra <div>We also call this the <b>Eigenbasis</b> or a <b>complete set of real EVs</b>, which will come in handy later for Diagonalisation.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

      Note 2837: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: O?@!`_xk3T
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      In a triangular matrix, if one of the diagonals is zero, the determinant is \(0\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      In a triangular matrix, if one of the diagonals is zero, the determinant is \(0\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text In a <b>triangular matrix</b>, if {{c2::one of the diagonals is zero}}, the determinant is {{c1::\(0\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 2838: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: OB6+3`~vyx
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
      Wann ist eine Matrix skew-symmetric (schiefsymmetrisch)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
      Wann ist eine Matrix skew-symmetric (schiefsymmetrisch)?

      Falls \( \mathbf{A}^\top = -\mathbf{A}\)

      Beispiel:
      \( \begin{pmatrix} 0 & -3 & 5 \\ 3 & 0 & -4 \\ -5 & 4 & 0 \end{pmatrix}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Wann ist eine Matrix <b>skew-symmetric&nbsp;</b>(schiefsymmetrisch)?
      Back Falls&nbsp;\( \mathbf{A}^\top = -\mathbf{A}\)<div><br></div><div>Beispiel:</div><div>\( \begin{pmatrix} 0 &amp; -3 &amp; 5 \\ 3 &amp; 0 &amp; -4 \\ -5 &amp; 4 &amp; 0 \end{pmatrix}\)<br></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations

      Note 2839: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: OCoZf~cQ!r
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::3._Steinitz_Exchange_Lemma
      Two bases \(B, B'\) of \(V\) (finitely generated) satisfy \(|B| = |B'|\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::3._Steinitz_Exchange_Lemma
      Two bases \(B, B'\) of \(V\) (finitely generated) satisfy \(|B| = |B'|\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Two bases \(B, B'\) of \(V\) (finitely generated) satisfy {{c1::\(|B| = |B'|\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::3._Steinitz_Exchange_Lemma

      Note 2840: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: OE;g^EoLnT
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      The \(R\) in QR-decomposition is upper triangular and invertible.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      The \(R\) in QR-decomposition is upper triangular and invertible.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;in QR-decomposition is {{c1::<i>upper triangular</i>}} and {{c1::<i>invertible</i>}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

      Note 2841: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: OKnhmW;U.)
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      Multilinearity of the determinant:\[\begin{vmatrix} a + a' & b + b' \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} = {{c1:: \begin{vmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} + \begin{vmatrix} a' & b' \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      Multilinearity of the determinant:\[\begin{vmatrix} a + a' & b + b' \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} = {{c1:: \begin{vmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} + \begin{vmatrix} a' & b' \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} }}\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Multilinearity of the determinant:\[\begin{vmatrix} a + a' &amp; b + b' \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} = {{c1:: \begin{vmatrix} a &amp; b \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} + \begin{vmatrix} a' &amp; b' \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} }}\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 2842: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: OYJ^1jnB1-
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      Real antisymmetric matrices always have imaginary (or zero) eigenvalues.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      Real antisymmetric matrices always have imaginary (or zero) eigenvalues.

      Antisymmetric means \(A^T=-A\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Real antisymmetric matrices always have {{c1::imaginary (or zero) eigenvalues}}.</div>
      Extra Antisymmetric means&nbsp;\(A^T=-A\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

      Note 2843: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Oc
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties
      Gilt für zwei Matrizen \( \mathbf{A}\) und \( \mathbf{B}\), dass {{c2::\( \mathbf{AB} = \mathbf{BA}\)}}, dann kommutieren diese Matrizen. 

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties
      Gilt für zwei Matrizen \( \mathbf{A}\) und \( \mathbf{B}\), dass {{c2::\( \mathbf{AB} = \mathbf{BA}\)}}, dann kommutieren diese Matrizen. 
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Gilt für zwei Matrizen&nbsp;\( \mathbf{A}\) und&nbsp;\( \mathbf{B}\), dass&nbsp;{{c2::\( \mathbf{AB} = \mathbf{BA}\)}}, dann {{c1::kommutieren}} diese Matrizen.&nbsp;
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties

      Note 2844: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: OnRIjN~][B
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
      For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

      \(\textbf{R}(A) = C(A^\top) = \){{c1::\(\textbf{R}(MA)\) (row-space is the same)}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
      For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

      \(\textbf{R}(A) = C(A^\top) = \){{c1::\(\textbf{R}(MA)\) (row-space is the same)}}

      We only add/substract or exchange rows, i.e. take linear combinations of them.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>For&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;a matrix and&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;an invertible matrix:</div><div><br></div>\(\textbf{R}(A) = C(A^\top) = \){{c1::\(\textbf{R}(MA)\)&nbsp;(row-space is the same)}}
      Extra We only add/substract or exchange rows, i.e. take linear combinations of them.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations

      Note 2845: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Oow<}IKdC,
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      Given a matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), then:
       \[ \det(A) = \det(A^\top) \]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      Given a matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), then:
       \[ \det(A) = \det(A^\top) \]

      This follows from the fact that the inverse of a permutation has the same sign, and transposing is the same as doing the inverse permutation.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Given a matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), then:<br>&nbsp;\[ {{c1::\det(A)}} = \det(A^\top) \]
      Extra This follows from the fact that the inverse of a permutation has the same sign, and transposing is the same as doing the inverse permutation.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 2846: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: P#%%1.];o:
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      How could we use the certificate of no solution to show that a vector \(b\) is linearly independent from a set of vectors \(a_1, \dots, a_n\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      How could we use the certificate of no solution to show that a vector \(b\) is linearly independent from a set of vectors \(a_1, \dots, a_n\)?

      We just put them into the matrix equation \(Ax = b\). If there is no solution, \(b\) is independent.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How could we use the certificate of no solution to show that a vector&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;is linearly independent from a set of vectors&nbsp;\(a_1, \dots, a_n\)?
      Back We just put them into the matrix equation \(Ax = b\). If there is no solution, \(b\) is independent.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

      Note 2847: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: P+IBIpS^<+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
      \(A^\dagger A\) is symmetric.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
      \(A^\dagger A\) is symmetric.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(A^\dagger A\)&nbsp;is {{c1::symmetric::property?}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties

      Note 2848: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: P/y(FM1x:V
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      Why is the pseudoinverse (for \(A\) with full row-rank) \(A^\top (AA^\top)^{-1}\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      Why is the pseudoinverse (for \(A\) with full row-rank) \(A^\top (AA^\top)^{-1}\)?

      It uses the multiplication by \(A^\top\) to choose an \(\hat{x}\) that lies in the row-space, thus minimising the norm.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Why is the pseudoinverse (for&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;with full row-rank)&nbsp;\(A^\top (AA^\top)^{-1}\)?
      Back It uses the multiplication by&nbsp;\(A^\top\)&nbsp;to choose an&nbsp;\(\hat{x}\)&nbsp;that lies in the row-space, thus minimising the norm.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

      Note 2849: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: P0)~~JgL|z
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      Given matrices \(A, B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), we have \[ \det(AB) = \det(A) \cdot \det(B) \]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      Given matrices \(A, B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), we have \[ \det(AB) = \det(A) \cdot \det(B) \]

      If we multiply first by \(A\) then \(B\) the unit cube will be stretched the same way as if we did both at once.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Given matrices \(A, B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), we have \[ \det(AB) = {{c1:: \det(A) \cdot \det(B) }}\]
      Extra If we multiply first by \(A\) then \(B\) the unit cube will be stretched the same way as if we did both at once.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 2850: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: PCBMoNL{vn
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
      The nullspace of \(N(A) \) is equal to the nullspace of \(N(A^\dagger)\)Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
      The nullspace of \(N(A) \) is equal to the nullspace of \(N(A^\dagger)\)Proof Included

      Intuitively this holds as \(A^\dagger\) projects onto the \(C(A)\).

      Thus anything in \(C(A)^\bot = N(A^\top)\) is projected to \(0\).
      In other words, \(\forall x \in C(A^\top)^\bot = N(A^\top)\) we have \(A^\dagger x = 0\).
      We conclude that \(N(A) = C(A^\top)^\bot = N(A^\dagger)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The <b>nullspace of&nbsp;</b>\(N(A) \)&nbsp;is equal to {{c1:: the nullspace of&nbsp;\(N(A^\dagger)\)::Pseudoinverse}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
      Extra Intuitively this holds as \(A^\dagger\) projects onto the \(C(A)\).<br><br>Thus anything in \(C(A)^\bot = N(A^\top)\) is projected to \(0\). <br>In other words, \(\forall x \in C(A^\top)^\bot = N(A^\top)\) we have \(A^\dagger x = 0\).<br>We conclude that \(N(A) = C(A^\top)^\bot = N(A^\dagger)\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties

      Note 2851: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: PDdrc~!V)N
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      \(AA^\top\) has full rank when \(A\) has full row rank.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      \(AA^\top\) has full rank when \(A\) has full row rank.

      \(AA^\top x = 0\) implies \(x^\top AA^\top x = 0 \implies ||A^\top x||^2 = 0\) thus \(x \in N(A^\top)\). And for \(A\) full row rank, \(N(A^\top) = \{0\}\). Thus \(x = 0\) and \(AA^\top \) has full rank - invertible.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(AA^\top\)&nbsp;has full rank when&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;has {{c1::full row rank}}.
      Extra \(AA^\top x = 0\)&nbsp;implies&nbsp;\(x^\top AA^\top x = 0 \implies ||A^\top x||^2 = 0\)&nbsp;thus&nbsp;\(x \in N(A^\top)\). And for&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;full row rank,&nbsp;\(N(A^\top) = \{0\}\). Thus&nbsp;\(x = 0\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(AA^\top \)&nbsp;has full rank - invertible.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 2852: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: PK*1xpYhw8
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      Komplexer Kehrwert: {{c1::\( \frac{1}{z}\)}} \( = \) {{c2::\( \frac{x - iy}{x^2 + y^2}\)}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      Komplexer Kehrwert: {{c1::\( \frac{1}{z}\)}} \( = \) {{c2::\( \frac{x - iy}{x^2 + y^2}\)}}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Komplexer Kehrwert: {{c1::\( \frac{1}{z}\)}}&nbsp;\( = \)&nbsp;{{c2::\( \frac{x - iy}{x^2 + y^2}\)}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

      Note 2853: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Pa)fnn7&WJ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) arbitrary non-symmetric has rank  \(n - \dim(N(A))\) so it's \(n\) minus the geometric multiplicity of \(\lambda = 0\) .

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) arbitrary non-symmetric has rank  \(n - \dim(N(A))\) so it's \(n\) minus the geometric multiplicity of \(\lambda = 0\) .
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)&nbsp;arbitrary non-symmetric&nbsp;has rank {{c1::&nbsp;\(n - \dim(N(A))\) so it's \(n\) minus the geometric multiplicity of \(\lambda = 0\)&nbsp;::in terms of multiplicities}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

      Note 2854: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Pf1R]`4ql<
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
      How can we find the CR-Decomposition from RREF?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
      How can we find the CR-Decomposition from RREF?

      For \(R\) result of RREF on \(A\), \(R\) in \(\text{RREF}(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r)\) where \(R = \begin{bmatrix} R’ \in r \times n \\ 0 \in (m - r) \times n \end{bmatrix}\).
      1. This \(R’\) is the \(R’\) from the CR decomposition (non-zero rows).
      2. And \(C\) is the submatrix taking only \(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r\) (independent columns).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How can we find the CR-Decomposition from RREF?
      Back <div>For \(R\) result of RREF on \(A\), \(R\) in \(\text{RREF}(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r)\) where \(R = \begin{bmatrix} R’ \in r \times n \\ 0 \in (m - r) \times n \end{bmatrix}\).</div><div><ol><li>This \(R’\) is the \(R’\) from the CR decomposition (non-zero rows).</li><li>And \(C\) is the submatrix taking only \(j_1, j_2, \dots, j_r\) (independent columns).</li></ol><div><img src="paste-f744be89c3e7bb54b2aac0d9dbf4595e8ec7ec7e.jpg"></div></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition

      Note 2855: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: PtQN)*utrU
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(V, W\) be orthogonal subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Then the following statements are equivalent:
      1. \(W = V^\perp\)
      2. \(\dim(V) + \dim(W) = n\)
      3. {{c3::Every \(u \in \mathbb{R}^n\) can be written as \(u = v + w\) with unique vectors \(v \in V\), \(w \in W\)}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(V, W\) be orthogonal subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Then the following statements are equivalent:
      1. \(W = V^\perp\)
      2. \(\dim(V) + \dim(W) = n\)
      3. {{c3::Every \(u \in \mathbb{R}^n\) can be written as \(u = v + w\) with unique vectors \(v \in V\), \(w \in W\)}}

      In words, this means that we can combine two orthogonal subspaces and create a new subspace, whose dimension is the sum of the two dimensions.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(V, W\) be orthogonal subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Then the following statements are equivalent:</div><div><ol><li>{{c1::\(W = V^\perp\)}}</li><li>{{c2::\(\dim(V) + \dim(W) = n\)}}</li><li>{{c3::Every \(u \in \mathbb{R}^n\) can be written as \(u = v + w\) with unique vectors \(v \in V\), \(w \in W\)}}</li></ol></div><blockquote><ul> </ul></blockquote>
      Extra <i>In words, this means that</i> we can combine two orthogonal subspaces and create a new subspace, whose dimension is the sum of the two dimensions.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 2856: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Q!k}HCQCjt
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
      For all \(n \geq 2\), exactly half of the permutations have sign \(1\) and the rest have sign \(-1\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
      For all \(n \geq 2\), exactly half of the permutations have sign \(1\) and the rest have sign \(-1\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For all \(n \geq 2\), {{c1::exactly half}} of the permutations {{c1::have sign \(1\) and the rest have sign \(-1\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations

      Note 2857: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Q&0Jp*eAqN
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      How can we use Gauss-Jordan to simplify the determinant calculations?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      How can we use Gauss-Jordan to simplify the determinant calculations?

      We can use Gauss-Jordan to make any matrix upper triangular (then the determinant is the product of the diagonals).

      We are allowed to use:
      • Row addition / substraction
      • Exchanging rows (change sign)
      • Multiply rows (multiply the determinant at the end)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How can we use Gauss-Jordan to simplify the determinant calculations?
      Back We can use Gauss-Jordan to make any matrix upper triangular (then the determinant is the product of the diagonals).<br><br>We are allowed to use:<br><ul><li>Row addition / substraction</li><li>Exchanging rows (change sign)</li><li>Multiply rows (multiply the determinant at the end)</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 2858: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Q:@axRgARJ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
      Given a square matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the determinant \(\det(A)\) is defined as: \[ \det(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{\sigma \in \Pi_n} \text{sgn}(\sigma) \prod_{i = 1}^n A_{i, \sigma(j)} }}\] where  \(\Pi_n\) is the set of all permutations of \(n\) elements (of which there are \(n!\)).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
      Given a square matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the determinant \(\det(A)\) is defined as: \[ \det(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{\sigma \in \Pi_n} \text{sgn}(\sigma) \prod_{i = 1}^n A_{i, \sigma(j)} }}\] where  \(\Pi_n\) is the set of all permutations of \(n\) elements (of which there are \(n!\)).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Given a square matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the determinant \(\det(A)\) is defined as: \[ \det(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{\sigma \in \Pi_n} \text{sgn}(\sigma) \prod_{i = 1}^n A_{i, \sigma(j)} }}\] where {{c1::&nbsp;\(\Pi_n\) is the set of all permutations of \(n\) elements (of which there are \(n!\))}}.
      Extra <img src="paste-a41e2697c2c07c96ba3233f9bb39ac96e7d8e214.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations

      Note 2859: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Q<9{&+m4lf
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
      For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

      \(C(A) = \) {{c1::Not equal to \(\textbf{C}(MA)\), the column space changes!}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
      For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

      \(C(A) = \) {{c1::Not equal to \(\textbf{C}(MA)\), the column space changes!}}

      \(\begin{bmatrix} 1 & 2 \\ 2 & 4 \end{bmatrix}\) after RREF is \(\begin{bmatrix} 1 & 2 \\ 0 & 0 \end{bmatrix}\) which spans a completely different line.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>For&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;a matrix and&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;an invertible matrix:</div><div><br></div>\(C(A) = \)&nbsp;{{c1::N<b>ot equal to&nbsp;</b>\(\textbf{C}(MA)\), the column space changes!}}
      Extra \(\begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; 2 \\ 2 &amp; 4 \end{bmatrix}\) after RREF is \(\begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; 2 \\ 0 &amp; 0 \end{bmatrix}\) which spans a completely different line.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations

      Note 2860: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: QGIRdw&4iR
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = n\), the pseudoinverse \(A^\dagger\) is a left inverse of \(A\), meaning: \[ A^\dagger A = I \]Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = n\), the pseudoinverse \(A^\dagger\) is a left inverse of \(A\), meaning: \[ A^\dagger A = I \]Proof Included

      Proof: Since \(A\) has full column rank, \(A^\top A\) invertible and then \(A^\dagger A = ((A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top)A\) \(= (A^\top A)^{-1} (A^\top A) = I\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = n\), the pseudoinverse \(A^\dagger\) is {{c1::a left inverse}} of \(A\), meaning:&nbsp;\[{{c1:: A^\dagger A = I }}\]<i>Proof Included</i>
      Extra <b>Proof: </b>Since \(A\) has full column rank, \(A^\top A\) invertible and then \(A^\dagger A = ((A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top)A\) \(= (A^\top A)^{-1} (A^\top A) = I\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

      Note 2861: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: QM2twywAT5
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
      Do the rank or independent columns change if we re-order the columns?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
      Do the rank or independent columns change if we re-order the columns?

      The independent columns change, but not their number and thus not the rank.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Do the rank or independent columns change if we re-order the columns?
      Back The independent columns change, but not their number and thus not the rank.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank

      Note 2862: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: QlPn|vP;}Y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix
      The Gram matrix of \(V \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is \(G = V^\top V\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix
      The Gram matrix of \(V \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is \(G = V^\top V\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The Gram matrix of&nbsp;\(V \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)&nbsp;is {{c1::\(G = V^\top V\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix

      Note 2863: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: Qn=Bf?WQ4E
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace
      Dimension of the left-nullspace \(\dim(\textbf{N}(A^\top)) = \){{c1::\(m - r = m - \textbf{rank}(A)\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace
      Dimension of the left-nullspace \(\dim(\textbf{N}(A^\top)) = \){{c1::\(m - r = m - \textbf{rank}(A)\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Dimension of the left-nullspace&nbsp;\(\dim(\textbf{N}(A^\top)) = \){{c1::\(m - r = m - \textbf{rank}(A)\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace

      Note 2864: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Qp5sodd?T?
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
      When is a function considered to be a linear transformation or a linear functional?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
      When is a function considered to be a linear transformation or a linear functional?

      If the linearity axiom holds for it:

      \(T(\lambda_1x_1 + \lambda_2x_2) = \lambda_1T(x_1) + \lambda_2T(x_2)\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When is a function considered to be a linear transformation or a linear functional?
      Back If the&nbsp;<b>linearity axiom</b>&nbsp;holds for it:<br><b><br></b>\(T(\lambda_1x_1 + \lambda_2x_2) = \lambda_1T(x_1) + \lambda_2T(x_2)\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals

      Note 2865: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: Z|WywzzA)
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      We can get the unit vector for every single vector \(\textbf{v}\) by

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      We can get the unit vector for every single vector \(\textbf{v}\) by

      dividing by the norm of the vector: \(\frac{\textbf{v}}{||\textbf{v}||}\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front We can get the unit vector for every single vector&nbsp;\(\textbf{v}\)&nbsp;by
      Back dividing by the norm of the vector:&nbsp;\(\frac{\textbf{v}}{||\textbf{v}||}\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2866: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: b$)8Q]2TlG
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
      \(A\) is invertible if and only if there exists \(B\) such that \(AB = BA = I\),

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
      \(A\) is invertible if and only if there exists \(B\) such that \(AB = BA = I\),
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(A\)&nbsp;is invertible if and only if there exists&nbsp;{{c1::\(B\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(AB = BA = I\)}},
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties

      Note 2867: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: b-hsvze>Y9
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = n\), we define the pseudo-inverse \(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) as \[ A^\dagger = {{c1::(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = n\), we define the pseudo-inverse \(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) as \[ A^\dagger = {{c1::(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top }}\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = n\), we define the <b>pseudo-inverse</b>&nbsp;\(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) as \[ A^\dagger = {{c1::(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top }}\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

      Note 2868: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: b84e;HsPv=
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      A real valued matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has real or complex valued eigenvalues.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      A real valued matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has real or complex valued eigenvalues.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>A real valued matrix&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)&nbsp;has {{c1::real&nbsp;<b>or&nbsp;</b>complex}} valued eigenvalues.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 2869: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: bE;:bQU7h5
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions
      If \(Ax = b\) has a solution, then \(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)\) has dimension \(n - r\), where \[ \dim(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)) := {{c1::\dim(\textbf{N}(A)) }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions
      If \(Ax = b\) has a solution, then \(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)\) has dimension \(n - r\), where \[ \dim(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)) := {{c1::\dim(\textbf{N}(A)) }}\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If \(Ax = b\) has a solution, then \(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)\) has dimension {{c1::\(n - r\)}}, where \[ \dim(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)) := {{c1::\dim(\textbf{N}(A)) }}\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions

      Note 2870: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: bERVf5Y&x?
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
      Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space and let \(G \subseteq V\) be a finite subset with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\).

      Then \(V\) has a basis \(B \subseteq G\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
      Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space and let \(G \subseteq V\) be a finite subset with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\).

      Then \(V\) has a basis \(B \subseteq G\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space and let \(G \subseteq V\) be a finite subset with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\). <br><br>Then \(V\)&nbsp;{{c1::has a basis \(B \subseteq G\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases

      Note 2871: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: bJ-+lUD,dW
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Because \(R(A) = C(A^\top)\) and \(N(A)\) are orthogonal, we can decompose any vector \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\) into  \(x = x_r + x_n\) where \(x_r \in R(A) \) is unique and \(x_n \in N(A)\) can be any value.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Because \(R(A) = C(A^\top)\) and \(N(A)\) are orthogonal, we can decompose any vector \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\) into  \(x = x_r + x_n\) where \(x_r \in R(A) \) is unique and \(x_n \in N(A)\) can be any value.

      We can take any \(x_n \in N(A)\) because when doing \(Ax = Ax_r + Ax_n = Ax_r\) as \(Ax_n = 0\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Because&nbsp;\(R(A) = C(A^\top)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(N(A)\)&nbsp;are orthogonal, we can decompose any vector&nbsp;\(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\)&nbsp;into {{c1::&nbsp;\(x = x_r + x_n\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(x_r \in R(A) \)&nbsp;is unique and&nbsp;\(x_n \in N(A)\)&nbsp;can be any value}}.
      Extra We can take any&nbsp;\(x_n \in N(A)\)&nbsp;because when doing&nbsp;\(Ax = Ax_r + Ax_n = Ax_r\)&nbsp;as&nbsp;\(Ax_n = 0\).<br><img src="paste-528b4c56a915a99153a081b8b57edb99a74f759c.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 2872: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: cUvvD`tlgp
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      What happens in the case of linearly dependent vectors in \(A\) during Gram-Schmidt?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      What happens in the case of linearly dependent vectors in \(A\) during Gram-Schmidt?

      Since in a linearly dependent set of vectors one of them is a linear combination of the previous ones, you'd get \(0\) in the subtraction step for it. By excluding those \(0\)'s you'd still get an orthonormal basis.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What happens in the case of linearly dependent vectors in&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;during Gram-Schmidt?
      Back Since in a linearly dependent set of vectors one of them is a linear combination of the previous ones, you'd get \(0\) in the subtraction step for it. By excluding those \(0\)'s you'd still get an orthonormal basis.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

      Note 2873: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: cX#._>C>2&
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      Certificate of no solutions:\[ \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} = \emptyset\]is equivalent to:

      \[{{c1:: \{z \in \mathbb{R}^m \ | \ A^\top z = 0, b^\top z = 1 \} \not = \emptyset }}\]
      Note that we don’t need it to be  \(1\), it just has to be \(\neq 0\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      Certificate of no solutions:\[ \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} = \emptyset\]is equivalent to:

      \[{{c1:: \{z \in \mathbb{R}^m \ | \ A^\top z = 0, b^\top z = 1 \} \not = \emptyset }}\]
      Note that we don’t need it to be  \(1\), it just has to be \(\neq 0\).

      In words: our LSE \(Ax = b\) does not have any solutions if and only if there exists a vector \(z\) that is orthogonal to all columns of \(A\) but not orthogonal to \(b\).


      The blue vector \(z\) is orthogonal to all in \(C(A)\), the blue subspace.
      If \(b\) is not orthogonal to \(z\), this means that it cannot possibly be in the subspace, it must be slightly above/below it. Therefore \(b \not \in C(A)\) and thus there's no solution.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div><b>Certificate</b> of no solutions:\[ \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} = \emptyset\]is&nbsp;<b>equivalent to:</b></div><br>\[{{c1:: \{z \in \mathbb{R}^m \ | \ A^\top z = 0, b^\top z = 1 \} \not = \emptyset }}\]<div>Note that we don’t need it to be &nbsp;\(1\), it just has to be \(\neq 0\).</div>
      Extra <i>In words</i>: our LSE \(Ax = b\) does not have any solutions if and only if there exists a vector \(z\) that is orthogonal to all columns of \(A\) but not orthogonal to \(b\).<br><br><img src="paste-ec06b0f642f6f657a4c518d3e69158b4b6efec24.jpg"><br>The blue vector \(z\) is orthogonal to all in \(C(A)\), the blue subspace.<br>If \(b\) is not orthogonal to \(z\), this means that it cannot possibly be in the subspace, it must be slightly above/below it. Therefore \(b \not \in C(A)\) and thus there's no solution.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

      Note 2874: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: col^b$YzMt
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
      \(v^\top v = \) \(||v||^2\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
      \(v^\top v = \) \(||v||^2\)

      as \(||v|| = \sqrt{v^\top v}\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(v^\top v = \){{c1::&nbsp;\(||v||^2\)}}
      Extra as&nbsp;\(||v|| = \sqrt{v^\top v}\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm

      Note 2875: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: d4<]X?O^},
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
      When is \(0 \in \textbf{Span}(\{v_1, \dots, v_n\})\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
      When is \(0 \in \textbf{Span}(\{v_1, \dots, v_n\})\)?

      \(0\) is in the span of any vectors, even in the span of the empty set.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When is&nbsp;\(0 \in \textbf{Span}(\{v_1, \dots, v_n\})\)?
      Back \(0\)&nbsp;is in the span of any vectors, even in the span of the empty set.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors

      Note 2876: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: d8[ROk!
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
      To compute the CR decomposition, we:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
      To compute the CR decomposition, we:

      Compute the RREF of \(A\)
      1. Get \(C\) by taking the independent columns of \(A\) (those corresponding to the pivot columns in RREF)
      2. Get \(R'\) by removing the \(0\) rows of the RREF form of \(A\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front To compute the CR decomposition, we:
      Back <div>Compute the RREF of&nbsp;\(A\)</div><ol><li>Get&nbsp;\(C\)&nbsp;by taking the independent columns of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;(those corresponding to the pivot columns in RREF)</li><li>Get&nbsp;\(R'\)&nbsp;by removing the&nbsp;\(0\)&nbsp;rows of the RREF form of&nbsp;\(A\).</li></ol><div><img src="paste-6d1e5417f3fb9c6ffbcbc63fa2de4c554a3315b1.jpg"></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition

      Note 2877: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: d8bL*1FU!1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space
      For \(A\) an \(m \times n\) matrix, we have:

      \( \textbf{rank}(A) = \textbf{rank}(A^\top) \)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space
      For \(A\) an \(m \times n\) matrix, we have:

      \( \textbf{rank}(A) = \textbf{rank}(A^\top) \)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For \(A\) an \(m \times n\) matrix, we have:<br><br>\( \textbf{rank}(A) = \textbf{rank}({{c1::A^\top}}) \)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space

      Note 2878: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: d9#?3c)V#_
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) be an eigenvalue of \(A\), then {{c1::\(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\)::property of the EW}}. Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) be an eigenvalue of \(A\), then {{c1::\(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\)::property of the EW}}. Proof Included

      Proof \(v \in \mathbb{C}^n\) be EV of \(\lambda\). Thus we have \(Av = \lambda v\). Since \(A\) is symmetric we have \(A^ = A\). \[\begin{align} \overline{\lambda}||v||^2 &= \overline{\lambda} v^*v \\ &= (\lambda v)^*v \\ &= (Av)^*v = v^*A^*v \\ &= v^* Av \text{ (uses } A^* = A \text{) } \\ &= v^*\lambda v \\ &= \lambda ||v||^2 \end{align}\]Since \(v \neq 0\), then \(||v|| \neq 0\) and so \(\lambda = \overline{\lambda}\) thus \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) be an eigenvalue of \(A\), then {{c1::\(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\)::property of the EW}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
      Extra <div><strong>Proof</strong>&nbsp;\(v \in \mathbb{C}^n\) be EV of \(\lambda\). Thus we have \(Av = \lambda v\). Since \(A\) is symmetric we have \(A^ = A\). \[\begin{align} \overline{\lambda}||v||^2 &amp;= \overline{\lambda} v^*v \\ &amp;= (\lambda v)^*v \\ &amp;= (Av)^*v = v^*A^*v \\ &amp;= v^* Av \text{ (uses } A^* = A \text{) } \\ &amp;= v^*\lambda v \\ &amp;= \lambda ||v||^2 \end{align}\]Since&nbsp;\(v \neq 0\), then \(||v|| \neq 0\) and so \(\lambda = \overline{\lambda}\) thus \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\).</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

      Note 2879: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: d?+tf|$hUH
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::5._Computing_Inverse_Matrices
      \(A\) is invertible if and only if for \(\text{RREF}(A,I) = (R, M)\) we have \(R = I\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::5._Computing_Inverse_Matrices
      \(A\) is invertible if and only if for \(\text{RREF}(A,I) = (R, M)\) we have \(R = I\)

      Since we have \(R = MA\), \(M\) is the inverse of \(A\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(A\)&nbsp;is invertible <b>if and only if </b>for&nbsp;\(\text{RREF}(A,I) = (R, M)\)&nbsp;we have {{c1::\(R = I\)}}.&nbsp;
      Extra Since we have&nbsp;\(R = MA\),&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;is the inverse of \(A\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::5._Computing_Inverse_Matrices

      Note 2880: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: dET3O3a8?c
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
      A minimiser of \(\min_{\hat{x} \in \mathbb{R}^n} || A\hat{x} - b||^2\) is also a solution of \(A^\top A \hat{x} = A^\top b\).

      When \(A\) has independent columns the unique minimiser of \(\hat{x}\) is given by: \[ \hat{x} = {{c2::(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top b }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
      A minimiser of \(\min_{\hat{x} \in \mathbb{R}^n} || A\hat{x} - b||^2\) is also a solution of \(A^\top A \hat{x} = A^\top b\).

      When \(A\) has independent columns the unique minimiser of \(\hat{x}\) is given by: \[ \hat{x} = {{c2::(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top b }}\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>A minimiser of \(\min_{\hat{x} \in \mathbb{R}^n} || A\hat{x} - b||^2\) is also a solution of \(A^\top A \hat{x} = A^\top b\).</div><div><br></div><div>When \(A\) has {{c1::<b>independent columns</b>}} the {{c1::<b>unique</b>}} minimiser of \(\hat{x}\) is given by:&nbsp;\[ \hat{x} = {{c2::(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top b }}\]</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation

      Note 2881: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: dZ)aTr>2eb
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      Given a real matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the non-zero eigenvalues of \(A^\top A\) are the same ones as of \(AA^\top\)Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      Given a real matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the non-zero eigenvalues of \(A^\top A\) are the same ones as of \(AA^\top\)Proof Included

      Shared EWs: For \((A^\top A)v_k = \lambda_k v_k\) we get \(AA^\top A v_k = \lambda_k Av_k\) and thus \(Av_k\) EV and \(\lambda_k\) is an EW of \(AA^\top\).

      Orthogonality: For \(j \neq k\) we have \((Av_j)^\top (Av_k) = v_j^\top A^\top Av_k = v_j^\top \lambda_k v_k = \lambda_k v_j^\top v_k = 0\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Given a real matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the {{c1::non-zero eigenvalues}} of {{c2::\(A^\top A\)}} are the same ones as of {{c2::\(AA^\top\)}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i></div>
      Extra <b>Shared EWs:</b> For \((A^\top A)v_k = \lambda_k v_k\) we get \(AA^\top A v_k = \lambda_k Av_k\) and thus \(Av_k\) EV and \(\lambda_k\) is an EW of \(AA^\top\).<br><br><b>Orthogonality:</b> For \(j \neq k\) we have \((Av_j)^\top (Av_k) = v_j^\top A^\top Av_k = v_j^\top \lambda_k v_k = \lambda_k v_j^\top v_k = 0\)<div></div><div></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 2882: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: d[`]Ch#J!c
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      What is the fundamental theorem of algebra?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      What is the fundamental theorem of algebra?

      Any degree \(n\) polynomial \(P(z) = a_n z^n + a_{n-1} z^{n-1} + \dots + a_1 z + a_0\) (with \(n \geq 1\) and \(a_n \neq 0\)) has at least one zero \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) such that \(P(\lambda) = 0\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the fundamental theorem of algebra?
      Back <div>Any degree \(n\) polynomial \(P(z) = a_n z^n + a_{n-1} z^{n-1} + \dots + a_1 z + a_0\) (with \(n \geq 1\) and \(a_n \neq 0\)) has at least one zero \(\lambda \in \mathbb{C}\) such that \(P(\lambda) = 0\).</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

      Note 2883: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: db7R/9=X)q
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      Suppose that \(\{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} \not = \emptyset\). Then \[ \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} = x_1 + N(A) \] where  \(x_1 \in R(A)\) is unique such that \(Ax_1 = b\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      Suppose that \(\{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} \not = \emptyset\). Then \[ \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} = x_1 + N(A) \] where  \(x_1 \in R(A)\) is unique such that \(Ax_1 = b\).

      This means that if there's more than one solution to the system (i.e. the nullspace is not \(= \{0\}\)), then the set of all solutions is a specific solution + the entire nullspace.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Suppose that \(\{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} \not = \emptyset\). Then \[ \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} = {{c1::x_1 + N(A) }}\] where {{c1::&nbsp;\(x_1 \in R(A)\) is unique such that \(Ax_1 = b\)}}.
      Extra This means that if there's more than one solution to the system (i.e. the nullspace is not \(= \{0\}\)), then the set of all solutions is a specific solution + the entire nullspace.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

      Note 2884: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: dkbvj2%i-%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      A real EV always has a real EW associated with it.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      A real EV always has a real EW associated with it.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c1::A real EV}} always has {{c2::a real EW}} associated with it.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 2885: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: dle9WT5o|g
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude
      What is the pseudoinverse in the case where \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) has independent rows?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude
      What is the pseudoinverse in the case where \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) has independent rows?

      Because \(rank(A) = r = m\) and thus \(n \geq m\)
      • \(C(A)\) spans \(\mathbb{R}^m\) (columns span the space)
      • \(R(A) \subseteq\) \(\mathbb{R}^n\)
      There could be multiple \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\) that map to \(T_A(x) = b\). We pick the one with the smallest norm \(||x||^2\).

      We know \(x = x_r + x_n\) for \(x_r \in R(A)\) and \(x_n \in N(A)\) thus we pick \(x = x_r + 0\) to get the smallest norm.

        
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the pseudoinverse in the case where&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\)&nbsp;has independent rows?
      Back Because&nbsp;\(rank(A) = r = m\)&nbsp;and thus&nbsp;\(n \geq m\)<ul><li>\(C(A)\)&nbsp;spans&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^m\)&nbsp;(columns span the space)</li><li>\(R(A) \subseteq\)&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^n\)</li></ul>There could be multiple&nbsp;\(x \in \mathbb{R}^n\)&nbsp;that map to&nbsp;\(T_A(x) = b\). We pick the one with the smallest norm&nbsp;\(||x||^2\).<br><br>We know&nbsp;\(x = x_r + x_n\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(x_r \in R(A)\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(x_n \in N(A)\)&nbsp;thus we pick&nbsp;\(x = x_r + 0\)&nbsp;to get the smallest norm.<br><br><div> &nbsp;<img src="paste-4707a6f9abbe720721f1a4ab781ab8c8fda3c76a.jpg"></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude

      Note 2886: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: dmvZr9zGs8
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      A diagonal matrix has it's EWs on the diagonal.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      A diagonal matrix has it's EWs on the diagonal.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A diagonal matrix has it's EWs {{c1:: on the diagonal}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 2887: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: doaX+*9B4:
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      For an eigenvalue \(\lambda\) of \(M\), \(\lambda + c\) is a real eigenvalue of the matrix \(M + cI\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      For an eigenvalue \(\lambda\) of \(M\), \(\lambda + c\) is a real eigenvalue of the matrix \(M + cI\).

      Intuitively this makes sense as by adding \(cI\) we're increasing the values on the diagonal, meaning we have to increase the value of \(\lambda\) by the same amount so that we get \(0\) again.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For an eigenvalue \(\lambda\) of \(M\), {{c1::\(\lambda + c\)}} is a real eigenvalue of the matrix {{c2::\(M + cI\)}}.
      Extra Intuitively this makes sense as by adding \(cI\) we're increasing the values on the diagonal, meaning we have to increase the value of \(\lambda\) by the same amount so that we get&nbsp;\(0\) again.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

      Note 2888: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: dsS2q:x~S{
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      Why does \(QR\) give \(A\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      Why does \(QR\) give \(A\)?

      \(QQ^\top\) is the projection on the span of the \(q_i\)'s and thus also on the \(a_i\)'s (\(C(Q) = C(A)\)).

      Thus \(QQ^\top A = A\) and therefore \(QR = QQ^\top A = A\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Why does&nbsp;\(QR\)&nbsp;give&nbsp;\(A\)?
      Back \(QQ^\top\) is the projection on the span of the \(q_i\)'s and thus also on the \(a_i\)'s (\(C(Q) = C(A)\)).<br><br>Thus \(QQ^\top A = A\) and therefore \(QR = QQ^\top A = A\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

      Note 2889: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: e#C4kgY#N_
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b
      If \(b \neq 0\), \(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)\) is {{c1::not a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b
      If \(b \neq 0\), \(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)\) is {{c1::not a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)}}.

      Because it doesn't contain the zero vector!

      If \(b \neq 0\), the the solution space is "shifted" off the origin:
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If {{c2::\(b \neq 0\)}}, \(\textbf{Sol}(A, b)\) is {{c1::not a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)}}.
      Extra Because it doesn't contain the zero vector!<br><br>If \(b \neq 0\), the the solution space is "shifted" off the origin:<br><img src="paste-6a57d261438b0237aa2afbd05a1cb6e451fd99f1.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b

      Note 2890: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: e?j,2#~.l4
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      Let \(S\) be a subspace in \(\mathbb{R}^m\) and \(A\) a matrix whose columns are a basis of \(S\).

      The projection matrix \(P\) to a matrix \(A\) is given by: {{c1::\(P = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top\)}}

      The projection of \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to \(S\) is given by \(\text{proj}_S(b) = Pb\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      Let \(S\) be a subspace in \(\mathbb{R}^m\) and \(A\) a matrix whose columns are a basis of \(S\).

      The projection matrix \(P\) to a matrix \(A\) is given by: {{c1::\(P = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top\)}}

      The projection of \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to \(S\) is given by \(\text{proj}_S(b) = Pb\).

      Note the condition for the columns to be a basis - this forces them to be independent, which means \(A^\top A\) invertible by Lemma 5.2.4.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(S\) be a subspace in \(\mathbb{R}^m\) and \(A\) a matrix whose <b>columns</b> are a <b>basis</b> of \(S\).<br><br>The projection matrix&nbsp;\(P\)&nbsp;to a matrix&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is given by: {{c1::\(P = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top\)}}<br><br>The projection of \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to \(S\) is given by&nbsp;\(\text{proj}_S(b) = Pb\).
      Extra Note the condition for the columns to be a basis - this forces them to be independent, which means \(A^\top A\) invertible by Lemma 5.2.4.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

      Note 2891: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: eGgKwc!Y>B
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Was ist eine orthogonale Matrix?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Was ist eine orthogonale Matrix?

      Für eine orthogonale Matrix gilt \( \mathbf{A^\top A = I}_n\), d.h. die Inverse von A ist A transponiert. Orthogonal = reell, quadratisch, regulär
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Was ist eine <b>orthogonale</b> Matrix?
      Back Für eine orthogonale Matrix gilt&nbsp;\( \mathbf{A^\top A = I}_n\), d.h. die Inverse von A ist A transponiert. Orthogonal = reell, quadratisch, regulär
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

      Note 2892: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: eUCQYkiYf@
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
      What is a property that always holds for linear transformations?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
      What is a property that always holds for linear transformations?

      \(T(0) = 0\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is a property that always holds for linear transformations?
      Back \(T(0) = 0\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals

      Note 2893: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: eY$X2~xJ5/
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions
      Name the three definitions for linear independence:
      1. None of the vectors is a linear combination of the other ones.
      2. {{c2::There are no scalars  \(\lambda_1, ..., \lambda_n\) besides 0, 0, ..., 0 such that \(\sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i = \mathbf{0}\). (\(\mathbf{0}\) can only be written as a trivial combination of the vectors.)}}
      3. None of the vectors is a linear combination of the previous ones.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions
      Name the three definitions for linear independence:
      1. None of the vectors is a linear combination of the other ones.
      2. {{c2::There are no scalars  \(\lambda_1, ..., \lambda_n\) besides 0, 0, ..., 0 such that \(\sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i = \mathbf{0}\). (\(\mathbf{0}\) can only be written as a trivial combination of the vectors.)}}
      3. None of the vectors is a linear combination of the previous ones.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Name the three definitions for linear independence:<br><ol><li>{{c1::None of the vectors is a linear combination of the other ones.}}</li><li>{{c2::There are no scalars&nbsp;&nbsp;\(\lambda_1, ..., \lambda_n\)&nbsp;besides 0, 0, ..., 0 such that&nbsp;\(\sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i = \mathbf{0}\). (\(\mathbf{0}\)&nbsp;can only be written as a trivial combination of the vectors.)}}<br></li><li>{{c3::None of the vectors is a linear combination of the previous ones.}}</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions

      Note 2894: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: e`7dX^~/:X
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
      For a function \(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m / \ T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\) the linearity axiom is:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
      For a function \(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m / \ T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\) the linearity axiom is:

      \(T(\lambda_1x_1 + \lambda_2x_2) = \lambda_1T(x_1) + \lambda_2T(x_2)\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front For a function&nbsp;\(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m / \ T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\)&nbsp;the linearity axiom is:
      Back \(T(\lambda_1x_1 + \lambda_2x_2) = \lambda_1T(x_1) + \lambda_2T(x_2)\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals

      Note 2895: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: eb|cwXEzx`
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication
      A \(m\times 1\) matrix is called a column vector.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication
      A \(m\times 1\) matrix is called a column vector.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A&nbsp;\(m\times 1\)&nbsp;matrix is called a {{c1::column vector}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication

      Note 2896: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: er&wX,XKn1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix
      Every symmetric PSD matrix \(M\) is a Gram matrix of an upper triangular matrix \(C\).

      \(M = C^\top C\) is known as the Cholesky decomposition.
      Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix
      Every symmetric PSD matrix \(M\) is a Gram matrix of an upper triangular matrix \(C\).

      \(M = C^\top C\) is known as the Cholesky decomposition.
      Proof Included

      Thus all PSD matrices are decomposable as \(C^\top C\) with \(C\) upper triangular!

      Proof: Since \(M\) is symmetric PSD, we can say \(M = V \Lambda V^\top\) with \(\Lambda\) diagonal matrix with EWs in the diagonal. 
      • Since \(M\) is PSD, the eigenvalues (the diagonals) of \(\Lambda\) are \(\geq 0\) (non-negative) and thus we can build \(\Lambda^{1/2}\) by taking the square root of each diagonal entry.
      • To make them be upper triangular, we take the QR-decomposition (\(V\Lambda^{1/2}\) has linearly independent columns) \((V \Lambda^{1/2})^\top = QR\) with \(Q\) such that \(Q^\top Q = I\) and \(R\) upper triangular. 
      • We then have \(M = (V \Lambda^{1/2})(V \Lambda^{1/2})^\top\)\( = (QR)^\top (QR) = \)\(R^\top Q^\top Q R = R^\top R\) 
      Taking  \(C = R\) we get \(M = C^\top C\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Every symmetric PSD matrix \(M\) is a {{c1::Gram matrix of an upper triangular matrix}}&nbsp;\(C\).<br><br>\(M = {{c2::C^\top C}}\)&nbsp;is known as the {{c2::Cholesky decomposition}}.<br><i>Proof Included</i>
      Extra Thus all PSD matrices are decomposable as \(C^\top C\) with \(C\) upper triangular!<br><br><div><b>Proof:</b> Since \(M\) is symmetric PSD, we can say \(M = V \Lambda V^\top\) with \(\Lambda\) diagonal matrix with EWs in the diagonal.&nbsp;</div><div><ul><li>Since \(M\) is PSD, the eigenvalues (the diagonals) of \(\Lambda\) are \(\geq 0\) (non-negative) and thus we can build \(\Lambda^{1/2}\) by taking the square root of each diagonal entry.</li><li>To make them be upper triangular, we take the QR-decomposition (\(V\Lambda^{1/2}\) has linearly independent columns) \((V \Lambda^{1/2})^\top = QR\) with \(Q\) such that \(Q^\top Q = I\) and \(R\) upper triangular.&nbsp;</li><li>We then have \(M = (V \Lambda^{1/2})(V \Lambda^{1/2})^\top\)\( = (QR)^\top (QR) = \)\(R^\top Q^\top Q R = R^\top R\)&nbsp;</li></ul></div><div>Taking &nbsp;\(C = R\) we get \(M = C^\top C\).</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix

      Note 2897: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: eybQSQ#Ama
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      The eigenvectors of \(A\) are not the same as those of \(A^\top\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      The eigenvectors of \(A\) are not the same as those of \(A^\top\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The eigenvectors of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;are {{c1::<b>not the same</b>}} as those of&nbsp;\(A^\top\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

      Note 2898: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: f&MFQatooW
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      The \(\det\) of \(U\) upper (or lower) triangular is \(\det U = {{c1:: (u_{11})(u_{22}) \dots (u_{nn}) }}\). Intuition included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      The \(\det\) of \(U\) upper (or lower) triangular is \(\det U = {{c1:: (u_{11})(u_{22}) \dots (u_{nn}) }}\). Intuition included

      (The product of the diagonal entries.)

      This is because any permutation except the \(\text{id}\) permutation chooses a \(0\) at least once.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The \(\det\) of \(U\) upper (or lower) triangular is \(\det U = {{c1:: (u_{11})(u_{22}) \dots (u_{nn}) }}\).&nbsp;<i>Intuition included</i>
      Extra (The product of the diagonal entries.)<br><br>This is because any permutation except the&nbsp;\(\text{id}\)&nbsp;permutation chooses a&nbsp;\(0\)&nbsp;at least once.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 2899: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: f3K7#O4X*v
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
      Is the empty set of vectors linearly dependent or independent?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
      Is the empty set of vectors linearly dependent or independent?

      It is linearly independent by definition, since there is no vector it could be a combination of.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Is the empty set of vectors linearly dependent or independent?
      Back It is linearly independent by definition, since there is no vector it could be a combination of.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors

      Note 2900: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: f9O^%9R1}/
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
      When are two vectors orthogonal?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
      When are two vectors orthogonal?

      When their scalar product is equal to 0.

      This means that the projection of v onto w results in a vector v of 0 length.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When are two vectors orthogonal?
      Back When their scalar product is equal to 0.<br><br>This means that the projection of v onto w results in a vector v of 0 length.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles

      Note 2901: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: f>Z/u`5f-r
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
      What does \(N(A) = \{0\}\) mean?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
      What does \(N(A) = \{0\}\) mean?

      That all the columns of the matrix are independent.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What does&nbsp;\(N(A) = \{0\}\)&nbsp;mean?
      Back That all the columns of the matrix are independent.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace

      Note 2902: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: f?EhyxxJ04
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      Rewrite \(A^\dagger = R^\dagger C^\dagger\) in terms of \(A\), \(R\), \(C\):

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      Rewrite \(A^\dagger = R^\dagger C^\dagger\) in terms of \(A\), \(R\), \(C\):

      \(\begin{aligned} A^\dagger &= R^\top (RR^\top)^{-1} (C^\top C)^{-1} C^\top \\ &= R^\top (C^\top C R R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \\ &= R^\top (C^\top A R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \end{aligned}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Rewrite&nbsp;\(A^\dagger = R^\dagger C^\dagger\)&nbsp;in terms of&nbsp;\(A\),&nbsp;\(R\),&nbsp;\(C\):
      Back \(\begin{aligned} A^\dagger &amp;= R^\top (RR^\top)^{-1} (C^\top C)^{-1} C^\top \\ &amp;= R^\top (C^\top C R R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \\ &amp;= R^\top (C^\top A R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \end{aligned}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

      Note 2903: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: f?VIJc~!G|
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Assume \(Q\) is orthogonal and square. Then:
      • \(QQ^\top = I\)
      • {{c2::\(Q^{-1} = Q^\top\)}}
      • {{c3::The columns form an orthonormal basis for \(\mathbb{R}^n\).}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Assume \(Q\) is orthogonal and square. Then:
      • \(QQ^\top = I\)
      • {{c2::\(Q^{-1} = Q^\top\)}}
      • {{c3::The columns form an orthonormal basis for \(\mathbb{R}^n\).}}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Assume \(Q\)&nbsp;is orthogonal and <b>square</b>. Then:</div><div><ul><li>{{c1::\(QQ^\top = I\)}}</li><li>{{c2::\(Q^{-1} = Q^\top\)}}</li><li>{{c3::The columns form an orthonormal basis for \(\mathbb{R}^n\).}}</li></ul></div><blockquote><ul> </ul></blockquote>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

      Note 2904: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: fILs=r`j+*
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      Spectral Theorem: Any symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has \(n\) real eigenvalues and {{c1::an orthonormal basis of \(\mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) consisting of it's eigenvectors::EV}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      Spectral Theorem: Any symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has \(n\) real eigenvalues and {{c1::an orthonormal basis of \(\mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) consisting of it's eigenvectors::EV}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <b>Spectral Theorem:&nbsp;</b>Any symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has {{c1::\(n\) real eigenvalues::EW}} and {{c1::an orthonormal basis of \(\mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) consisting of it's eigenvectors::EV}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

      Note 2905: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: fTGz~gZIJt
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      If \(A^T A\) is invertible, we have a unique solution \(\hat{x}\) that satisfies the equation: \[ p = A\hat{x} = {{c1:: A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top b }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      If \(A^T A\) is invertible, we have a unique solution \(\hat{x}\) that satisfies the equation: \[ p = A\hat{x} = {{c1:: A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top b }}\]

      From \(A^\top A \mathbf{\hat{x}} = A^\top \mathbf{b}\) we can construct a formula for \(\mathbf{p}\):

          \((A^\top A)^{-1}(A^\top A) \mathbf{\hat{x}} = (A^\top A)^{-1}A^\top \mathbf{b}\)

      (\(A^\top A\) invertible if the columns of \(A\) are independent), which gives us:

          \(A \mathbf{\hat{x}} = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top \mathbf{b} = \mathbf{p}\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>If \(A^T A\) is invertible, we have a unique solution \(\hat{x}\) that satisfies the equation: \[ p = A\hat{x} = {{c1:: A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top b }}\]</div>
      Extra From \(A^\top A \mathbf{\hat{x}} = A^\top \mathbf{b}\) we can construct a formula for \(\mathbf{p}\): <br><br>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;\((A^\top A)^{-1}(A^\top A) \mathbf{\hat{x}} = (A^\top A)^{-1}A^\top \mathbf{b}\) <br><br>(\(A^\top A\) invertible if the columns of \(A\) are independent), which gives us:<br><br>&nbsp; &nbsp;&nbsp;\(A \mathbf{\hat{x}} = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top \mathbf{b} = \mathbf{p}\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

      Note 2906: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: ft&0@=!%Zq
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
      What property holds for \(T(\lambda X)?\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
      What property holds for \(T(\lambda X)?\)

      \(=\lambda T(X)\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What property holds for&nbsp;\(T(\lambda X)?\)
      Back \(=\lambda T(X)\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals

      Note 2907: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: f}{64fa3|!
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      A projection matrix is always symmetric (note that this needs to be reproven in the exam, proof included)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      A projection matrix is always symmetric (note that this needs to be reproven in the exam, proof included)

      \(P^\top = (A(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top)^\top =\) \((A^\top)^\top {(A^\top A)^{-1}}^\top A^\top = A(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top = P\)
      We use the fact that for invertible matrices \({M^{-1}}^\top = {M^\top}^{-1}\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A projection matrix is always {{c1:: symmetric ::property?}} (<i>note that this needs to be reproven in the exam, proof included)</i>
      Extra \(P^\top = (A(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top)^\top =\) \((A^\top)^\top {(A^\top A)^{-1}}^\top A^\top = A(A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top = P\)<br>We use the fact that for invertible matrices \({M^{-1}}^\top = {M^\top}^{-1}\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

      Note 2908: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: g/|!95
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      \(\frac{1}{z} = {{c1:: \frac{\overline{z} }{|z|^2} :: \text{in terms of z} }}\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      \(\frac{1}{z} = {{c1:: \frac{\overline{z} }{|z|^2} :: \text{in terms of z} }}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(\frac{1}{z} = {{c1:: \frac{\overline{z} }{|z|^2} :: \text{in terms of z} }}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

      Note 2909: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: g<1au-}>bh
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
      What is a linear functional?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
      What is a linear functional?

      A function \(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\), for which the linearity axiom holds.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is a linear functional?
      Back A function&nbsp;\(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\),&nbsp;for which the linearity axiom holds.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals

      Note 2910: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: gC,90MH_~p
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      Was ist eine konjugiert-transponierte (auch: Hermitesch-transponierte) Matrix?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      Was ist eine konjugiert-transponierte (auch: Hermitesch-transponierte) Matrix?

      \( \mathbf{A}^* = (\overline{\mathbf{A}})^\top = \overline{\mathbf{A}^\top}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Was ist eine <b>konjugiert-transponierte</b> (auch: Hermitesch-transponierte) Matrix?
      Back \( \mathbf{A}^* = (\overline{\mathbf{A}})^\top = \overline{\mathbf{A}^\top}\)<br>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

      Note 2911: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: gRXLRWq0n1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix with linearly independent columns. The QR decomposition is given by: \[ A = QR \]where
      • \(Q\) is an \(m \times n\) matrix with orthonormal columns (they are the output of Gram-Schmidt)
      • \(R\) is an upper triangular matrix given by \(R = Q^\top A\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix with linearly independent columns. The QR decomposition is given by: \[ A = QR \]where
      • \(Q\) is an \(m \times n\) matrix with orthonormal columns (they are the output of Gram-Schmidt)
      • \(R\) is an upper triangular matrix given by \(R = Q^\top A\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix with {{c1::<b>linearly independent</b>}}<b> </b>columns. The QR decomposition is given by:&nbsp;\[ A = QR \]where</div><div><ul><li>\(Q\) is {{c1::an \(m \times n\) matrix with orthonormal columns (they are the output of Gram-Schmidt) }}</li><li>\(R\) is {{c2:: an upper triangular matrix given by \(R = Q^\top A\)}}.</li></ul></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

      Note 2912: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: gU%jisb2z3
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::2._Scalar_multiplication
      Scalar product properties: \(u, v, w \in \mathbb{R}^m\) be vectors and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) a scalar.
      1. \(v \cdot w = w \cdot v\) (symmetry / commutatitivity
      2.  \((\lambda v) \cdot w = \lambda (v \cdot w)\) (scalars move freely)
      3.  \(u \cdot (v + w) = u \cdot v + u \cdot w\) and \((u + v) \cdot w = u\cdot w + v \cdot w\) (distributivity)
      4.  \(v \cdot v \geq 0\) with equality if and only if \(v = 0\) (positive definiteness

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::2._Scalar_multiplication
      Scalar product properties: \(u, v, w \in \mathbb{R}^m\) be vectors and \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) a scalar.
      1. \(v \cdot w = w \cdot v\) (symmetry / commutatitivity
      2.  \((\lambda v) \cdot w = \lambda (v \cdot w)\) (scalars move freely)
      3.  \(u \cdot (v + w) = u \cdot v + u \cdot w\) and \((u + v) \cdot w = u\cdot w + v \cdot w\) (distributivity)
      4.  \(v \cdot v \geq 0\) with equality if and only if \(v = 0\) (positive definiteness
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Scalar product properties:&nbsp;\(u, v, w \in \mathbb{R}^m\)&nbsp;be vectors and&nbsp;\(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\)&nbsp;a scalar.<br><ol><li>{{c1::\(v \cdot w = w \cdot v\)&nbsp;(symmetry / commutatitivity}}</li><li>{{c2::&nbsp;\((\lambda v) \cdot w = \lambda (v \cdot w)\)&nbsp;(scalars move freely)}}</li><li>{{c3::&nbsp;\(u \cdot (v + w) = u \cdot v + u \cdot w\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\((u + v) \cdot w = u\cdot w + v \cdot w\)&nbsp;(distributivity)}}</li><li>{{c4::&nbsp;\(v \cdot v \geq 0\)&nbsp;with equality if and only if&nbsp;\(v = 0\)&nbsp;(positive definiteness}}</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::2._Scalar_multiplication

      Note 2913: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: g[av;3n%%l
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      Wann ist eine Matrix hermitesch?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      Wann ist eine Matrix hermitesch?

      Falls \( \mathbf{A}^* = A\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Wann ist eine Matrix <b>hermitesch</b>?
      Back Falls&nbsp;\( \mathbf{A}^* = A\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

      Note 2914: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: gdRJD#kpm3
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
      \((A^{-1})^{-1}\) =  \(A\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
      \((A^{-1})^{-1}\) =  \(A\)

      This can be used without proof.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \((A^{-1})^{-1}\)&nbsp;= {{c1::&nbsp;\(A\)}}
      Extra <i>This can be used without proof.</i>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties

      Note 2915: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: glVCl00~J+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
      The column space, row space and nullspaces (left and right) are subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^m\)/\(\mathbb{R}^n\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
      The column space, row space and nullspaces (left and right) are subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^m\)/\(\mathbb{R}^n\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The {{c1::column space, row space and nullspaces (left and right)::fundamental subspaces}} are subspaces of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^m\)/\(\mathbb{R}^n\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces

      Note 2916: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: gmHrq^j=e&
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
       \(QQ^\top A = A\) because \(QQ^\top \) is the projection onto \(A\), and \(C(Q) = C(A)\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
       \(QQ^\top A = A\) because \(QQ^\top \) is the projection onto \(A\), and \(C(Q) = C(A)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text &nbsp;\(QQ^\top A = {{c1::A}}\)&nbsp;because {{c1::\(QQ^\top \)&nbsp;is the projection onto&nbsp;\(A\), and&nbsp;\(C(Q) = C(A)\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

      Note 2917: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: g|NuPS1+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices
      Give the definition of a 2x2 rotation matrix.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices
      Give the definition of a 2x2 rotation matrix.

      \[A = \begin{bmatrix} \cos \theta & -\sin \theta \\ \sin \theta & \cos \theta \end{bmatrix}\]where \(\theta\) is the rotation angle.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Give the definition of a 2x2 rotation matrix.
      Back \[A = \begin{bmatrix} \cos \theta &amp; -\sin \theta \\ \sin \theta &amp; \cos \theta \end{bmatrix}\]where&nbsp;\(\theta\)&nbsp;is the rotation angle.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices

      Note 2918: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: h8vM!D=]5*
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
      Was ist der rank einer full rank matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
      Was ist der rank einer full rank matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\)?

      \( r \le m, r \le n\), also ist der full / maximal Rank \( r = \text{min}(m,n)\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Was ist der rank einer full rank matrix&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\)?
      Back \( r \le m, r \le n\), also ist der full / maximal Rank&nbsp;\( r = \text{min}(m,n)\)<br>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank

      Note 2919: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: h>+Ms3X6
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
      When doing Least Squares we represent our data as \(A\) and \(b\) which are?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
      When doing Least Squares we represent our data as \(A\) and \(b\) which are?

      \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & t_1 \\ 1 & t_2 \\ \vdots & \vdots \\ 1 & t_{m-1} \\ 1 & t_m \end{bmatrix}\) is a matrix containing the coefficients for \(\alpha_0\) and \(\alpha_1\) in our fitting equation, so here \(\alpha_1 t + \alpha_0\).

      \(b = \begin{pmatrix} b_1 \\ b_2 \\ \vdots \\ b_m \end{pmatrix}\) is the vector with the result of each equation (the datapoints).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front When doing Least Squares we represent our data as&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;which are?
      Back \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; t_1 \\ 1 &amp; t_2 \\ \vdots &amp; \vdots \\ 1 &amp; t_{m-1} \\ 1 &amp; t_m \end{bmatrix}\)&nbsp;is a matrix containing the coefficients for&nbsp;\(\alpha_0\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(\alpha_1\)&nbsp;in our fitting equation, so here&nbsp;\(\alpha_1 t + \alpha_0\).<br><br>\(b = \begin{pmatrix} b_1 \\ b_2 \\ \vdots \\ b_m \end{pmatrix}\)&nbsp;is the vector with the result of each equation (the datapoints).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation

      Note 2920: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: hA*w;Q$Ce1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) and \(x, y \in C(A^\top)\).

      We have: \[ Ax = Ay \Leftrightarrow x = y \]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) and \(x, y \in C(A^\top)\).

      We have: \[ Ax = Ay \Leftrightarrow x = y \]

      This is because \(x, y\) have unique decompositions into the two fundamental subspaces. \[ Ax = Ay \Leftrightarrow x - y \in N(A) \Leftrightarrow \](this holds as \(\implies A(x - y) = 0\)).

      \[x^\top(x - y) = 0 = y^\top(x - y) \Leftrightarrow\]because of orthogonality of the subspaces\[ (x - y)^\top(x - y) = 0 \]and from this follows that \(||x - y||^2 = 0 \implies x - y = 0\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(x, y \in C(A^\top)\). <br><br>We have:&nbsp;\[ {{c1::Ax = Ay}} \Leftrightarrow {{c2:: x = y }}\]
      Extra This is because \(x, y\) have unique decompositions into the two fundamental subspaces. \[ Ax = Ay \Leftrightarrow x - y \in N(A) \Leftrightarrow \](this holds as \(\implies A(x - y) = 0\)).<br><br>\[x^\top(x - y) = 0 = y^\top(x - y) \Leftrightarrow\]because of orthogonality of the subspaces\[ (x - y)^\top(x - y) = 0 \]and from this follows that \(||x - y||^2 = 0 \implies x - y = 0\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

      Note 2921: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: hy_&_By5dp
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      1. \(\det(A) = \det(A^T)\)
      2. \(\det(I) = 1\)
      3. \(\det(A) = 0\) if linearly dependent columns.
      4. Exchanging two rows flips the sign of the determinant.
      5. Subtracting two rows does not change the \(\det\). (we can use Gauss-Jordan (only row substractions) to simplify calculations…)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      1. \(\det(A) = \det(A^T)\)
      2. \(\det(I) = 1\)
      3. \(\det(A) = 0\) if linearly dependent columns.
      4. Exchanging two rows flips the sign of the determinant.
      5. Subtracting two rows does not change the \(\det\). (we can use Gauss-Jordan (only row substractions) to simplify calculations…)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <ol> <li>{{c1::\(\det(A) = \det(A^T)\)}}</li><li>\(\det(I) = {{c2::1}}\)</li><li>\(\det(A) = 0\) if {{c3::linearly dependent columns.}}</li><li>{{c4::Exchanging two rows flips the sign of the determinant.::Effect of row exchange?}}</li><li>{{c5::Subtracting two rows does not change the \(\det\). (we can use Gauss-Jordan (only row substractions) to simplify calculations…)::Subtraction}}</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 2922: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: i$=u%lLqUM
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      All the eigenvectors for \(\lambda_i\) are the vectors \(v \neq 0\), \(v \in N(A - \lambda_i I)\), in the nullspace.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      All the eigenvectors for \(\lambda_i\) are the vectors \(v \neq 0\), \(v \in N(A - \lambda_i I)\), in the nullspace.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>All the eigenvectors for \(\lambda_i\) are {{c1::the vectors \(v \neq 0\), \(v \in N(A - \lambda_i I)\), in the nullspace::subspace}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 2923: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: i+.VTwVf&Z
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) its \(n\) eigenvalues. Then \[ \det(A) = {{c1:: \prod_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i :: \text{in terms of EWs} }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) its \(n\) eigenvalues. Then \[ \det(A) = {{c1:: \prod_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i :: \text{in terms of EWs} }}\]

      Be careful to include each eigenvalue as often as their algebraic multiplicity in these sums/products. You can use this to double check calculations.

      Intuition: The eigenvalues describe how much each eigenvector is scaled. Thus by multiplying the scaling of each dimension, we can figure out the volume of the unit cube which is the determinant.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) its \(n\) eigenvalues. Then \[ \det(A) = {{c1:: \prod_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i :: \text{in terms of EWs} }}\]
      Extra <div><strong>Be careful</strong> to include each eigenvalue as often as their <em>algebraic multiplicity</em> in these sums/products. You can use this to double check calculations.</div><div><br></div><div><i>Intuition:</i> The eigenvalues describe how much each eigenvector is scaled. Thus by multiplying the scaling of each dimension, we can figure out the <i>volume of the unit cube</i>&nbsp;which is the determinant.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

      Note 2924: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: i8+^S+3p7v
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation::2._Similar_Matrices
      \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) are similar matrices. The matrix \(A\) has a complete set of real eigenvectors if and only if \(B\) does Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation::2._Similar_Matrices
      \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) are similar matrices. The matrix \(A\) has a complete set of real eigenvectors if and only if \(B\) does Proof Included

      Proof \(\lambda, v\) EW, EV pair for matrix \(A\) iff \(Av = \lambda v \Leftrightarrow \lambda S^{-1}v = S^{-1}Av = S^{-1}ASS^{-1}v = B(S^{-1}v)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) are similar matrices. The matrix \(A\) has {{c1::a complete set of real eigenvectors if and only if&nbsp;\(B\) does :: EVs}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i>
      Extra <div><b>Proof </b>\(\lambda, v\) EW, EV pair for matrix \(A\) iff \(Av = \lambda v \Leftrightarrow \lambda S^{-1}v = S^{-1}Av = S^{-1}ASS^{-1}v = B(S^{-1}v)\)<b>.</b></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation::2._Similar_Matrices

      Note 2925: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: iGUn`^!2(+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b
      Express \(\text{Sol}(A, b)\) in standard form:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b
      Express \(\text{Sol}(A, b)\) in standard form:

      \(\textbf{Sol}(A, 0) = \textbf{N}(A)\) as we search for the zeros. We thus first find the nullspace, and then shift it by an arbitrary solution of \(Ax = b\).
      Let \(s\) be some solution of \(Ax = b\). Then \[ \textbf{Sol}(A, b) = \{s + x : x \in \textbf{N}(A)\} \]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Express&nbsp;\(\text{Sol}(A, b)\)&nbsp;in standard form:
      Back \(\textbf{Sol}(A, 0) = \textbf{N}(A)\) as we search for the zeros. We thus first find the nullspace, and then shift it by an arbitrary solution of \(Ax = b\).<br>Let \(s\) be some solution of \(Ax = b\). Then \[ \textbf{Sol}(A, b) = \{s + x : x \in \textbf{N}(A)\} \]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b

      Note 2926: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: iwDw^,XMof
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
      For any two arbitrary subspaces \(U, W \) of \(V\), we have {{c1::\(\{0\}\)}} \(\subseteq U \cap W\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces
      For any two arbitrary subspaces \(U, W \) of \(V\), we have {{c1::\(\{0\}\)}} \(\subseteq U \cap W\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For any two arbitrary subspaces&nbsp;\(U, W \)&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(V\), we have {{c1::\(\{0\}\)}}&nbsp;\(\subseteq U \cap W\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::1._Vector_spaces::2._Subspaces

      Note 2927: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: i{$l0w=V}b
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      \(\text{Tr}(AB) = {{c1:: \text{Tr}(BA) }}\) and \(\text{Tr}(ABC) = {{c1:: \text{Tr}(CBA) = \text{Tr}(BAC) }}\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      \(\text{Tr}(AB) = {{c1:: \text{Tr}(BA) }}\) and \(\text{Tr}(ABC) = {{c1:: \text{Tr}(CBA) = \text{Tr}(BAC) }}\)

      The trace is commutative.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(\text{Tr}(AB) = {{c1:: \text{Tr}(BA) }}\) and \(\text{Tr}(ABC) = {{c1:: \text{Tr}(CBA) = \text{Tr}(BAC) }}\)
      Extra The trace is commutative.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

      Note 2928: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: i{D+8us!vH
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      Given a matrix \(A\) such that \(\det(A) \neq 0\) then \(A\) is invertible and \[ \det(A^{-1}) = {{c1:: \frac{1}{\det(A)} }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      Given a matrix \(A\) such that \(\det(A) \neq 0\) then \(A\) is invertible and \[ \det(A^{-1}) = {{c1:: \frac{1}{\det(A)} }}\]

      If \(A\) shrinks the unit cube and \(A^{-1}\) inflates it back to the unit dimensions then the ratio of the changes is \(1\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Given a matrix \(A\) such that \(\det(A) \neq 0\) then \(A\) is <b>invertible</b> and \[ \det(A^{-1}) = {{c1:: \frac{1}{\det(A)} }}\]
      Extra If \(A\) shrinks the unit cube and \(A^{-1}\) inflates it back to the unit dimensions then the ratio of the changes is \(1\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 2929: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: j+k13A`QMX
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      What does \(A\) need to satisfy for \(QR\) decomposition? 

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      What does \(A\) need to satisfy for \(QR\) decomposition? 

      \(A\) needs to have linearly independent columns.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What does&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;need to satisfy for&nbsp;\(QR\)&nbsp;decomposition?&nbsp;
      Back \(A\)&nbsp;needs to have linearly independent columns.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

      Note 2930: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: j0~h}Ph2E;
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
      What does the linearity axiom say and how can it be interpreted for a function \(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m / \ T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\):

      i)  \(T(x+x') = T(x) + T(x')\)
      ii)  \(T(\lambda x) = \lambda T(x)\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
      What does the linearity axiom say and how can it be interpreted for a function \(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m / \ T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\):

      i)  \(T(x+x') = T(x) + T(x')\)
      ii)  \(T(\lambda x) = \lambda T(x)\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text What does the linearity axiom say and how can it be interpreted for a function&nbsp;\(T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}^m / \ T: \mathbb{R}^n \rightarrow \mathbb{R}\):<br><br>i) {{c1::&nbsp;\(T(x+x') = T(x) + T(x')\)}}<br>ii) {{c2::&nbsp;\(T(\lambda x) = \lambda T(x)\)}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals

      Note 2931: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: j1Gn[Gf;7=
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case
      The determinant can be (informally) understood as the signed volume of the unit cube.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case
      The determinant can be (informally) understood as the signed volume of the unit cube.

      It can be stretched, squished or be reduced to a zero-volume point/plane (non-invertible matrix).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The determinant can be (informally) understood as the {{c1::signed volume of the unit cube}}.
      Extra It can be stretched, squished or be reduced to a zero-volume point/plane (non-invertible matrix).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case

      Note 2932: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: j:UFFCa:sM
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      Using QR decomposition the normal equations \(A^\top A x = A^\top b\) simplify to:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      Using QR decomposition the normal equations \(A^\top A x = A^\top b\) simplify to:

      \(A^\top A = (QR)^\top (QR) = R^\top Q^\top Q R= R^\top R\) and thus we get:\[ R^\top R \hat{x} = R^\top Q^\top b \]Since \(R\) is invertible we simplify to: \[ R\hat{x} = Q^\top b \]which can efficiently be solved by back substitution since \(R\) is a triangular matrix.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Using QR decomposition the normal equations&nbsp;\(A^\top A x = A^\top b\)&nbsp;simplify to:
      Back \(A^\top A = (QR)^\top (QR) = R^\top Q^\top Q R= R^\top R\)&nbsp;and thus we get:\[ R^\top R \hat{x} = R^\top Q^\top b \]Since&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;is invertible we simplify to:&nbsp;\[ R\hat{x} = Q^\top b \]which can efficiently be solved by back substitution since \(R\) is a triangular matrix.<br><img src="paste-bba0016ef7ccad1dad42a31c02e8c787f3e3dea9.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

      Note 2933: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: jGly4b:5@T
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces
      Let \(T :V \rightarrow W\) be a bijective linear transformation between vector spaces \(V\) and \(W\) . Let \(B = {v1, v2, . . . , v_l} \subseteq V\) be a finite set of size \(l\), and let \[ T(B) = {T(v_1), T(v_2), \dots, T(v_l)} \subseteq Q \] be the transformed set.

      Then \(|T(B)| = |B|\). Moreover, \(B\) is a basis of \(V\) if and only if \(T(B)\) is a basis of \(W\). We therefore also have \(\dim(V) = \dim(W)\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces
      Let \(T :V \rightarrow W\) be a bijective linear transformation between vector spaces \(V\) and \(W\) . Let \(B = {v1, v2, . . . , v_l} \subseteq V\) be a finite set of size \(l\), and let \[ T(B) = {T(v_1), T(v_2), \dots, T(v_l)} \subseteq Q \] be the transformed set.

      Then \(|T(B)| = |B|\). Moreover, \(B\) is a basis of \(V\) if and only if \(T(B)\) is a basis of \(W\). We therefore also have \(\dim(V) = \dim(W)\).

      This holds because of the bijectivity of the linear transformation.

      Further, if there is one such bijective transformation, then we call the vector spaces isomorphic and \(T\) an isomorphism between \(V\) and \(W\) (Definition 4.28).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(T :V \rightarrow W\) be a bijective linear transformation between vector spaces \(V\) and \(W\) . Let \(B = {v1, v2, . . . , v_l} \subseteq V\) be a finite set of size \(l\), and let \[ T(B) = {T(v_1), T(v_2), \dots, T(v_l)} \subseteq Q \] be the transformed set.</div><div><br></div><div>Then {{c1::\(|T(B)| = |B|\)::cardinality comparison}}. Moreover, \(B\) is a basis of \(V\) if and only if {{c1::\(T(B)\) is a basis of \(W\)}}. We therefore also have {{c1::\(\dim(V) = \dim(W)\)}}.</div>
      Extra This holds because of the bijectivity of the linear transformation.<br><br>Further, if there is one such bijective transformation, then we call the vector spaces <i>isomorphic</i>&nbsp;and \(T\) an <i>isomorphism</i> between \(V\) and \(W\) (Definition 4.28).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces

      Note 2934: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: je3$vwu2Z6
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Subspaces are orthogonal if their basis-vectors are orthogonal.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Subspaces are orthogonal if their basis-vectors are orthogonal.

      We can determine if two subspaces are orthogonal by only comparing their basis vectors, since if they are orthogonal, all their linear combinations will be as well.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Subspaces are orthogonal if {{c1::their basis-vectors are orthogonal::in terms of basis}}.
      Extra <div>We can determine if two <strong>subspaces are orthogonal by only comparing their basis vectors</strong>, since if they are orthogonal, all their linear combinations will be as well.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 2935: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: jfWTLC-Hb%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      Multilinearity of the determinant:\[ \begin{vmatrix} ta & tb \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} = {{c1:: t \cdot \begin{vmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      Multilinearity of the determinant:\[ \begin{vmatrix} ta & tb \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} = {{c1:: t \cdot \begin{vmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} }}\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Multilinearity of the determinant:\[ \begin{vmatrix} ta &amp; tb \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} = {{c1:: t \cdot \begin{vmatrix} a &amp; b \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} }}\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 2936: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: jn6
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda_1,\lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\) be two distinct eigenvalues of \(A\) with corresponding eigenvectors \(v_1, v_2\):

      \(v_1\) and \(v_2\) are orthogonalProof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda_1,\lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\) be two distinct eigenvalues of \(A\) with corresponding eigenvectors \(v_1, v_2\):

      \(v_1\) and \(v_2\) are orthogonalProof Included

      Proof \(\lambda_1 v_1 ^\top v_2 = (Av_1)^\top v_2 = v_1^\top A ^\top v_2 = v_1^\top (Av_2) = \lambda_2 v_1^\top v_2\) Thus \(v_1^\top v_2\) must be \(0\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda_1,\lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\) be two {{c2::distinct}} eigenvalues of \(A\) with corresponding eigenvectors \(v_1, v_2\):</div><div><br></div><div>\(v_1\) and \(v_2\) are {{c1::orthogonal:: property}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i></div>
      Extra <div><b>Proof</b> \(\lambda_1 v_1 ^\top v_2 = (Av_1)^\top v_2 = v_1^\top A ^\top v_2 = v_1^\top (Av_2) = \lambda_2 v_1^\top v_2\) Thus \(v_1^\top v_2\) must be \(0\).</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

      Note 2937: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: jo;...VEEI
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      A matrix has a complete set of real eigenvectors if all its eigenvalues are real and the geometric multiplicities are the same as the algebraic multiplicities of all it's eigenvalues.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      A matrix has a complete set of real eigenvectors if all its eigenvalues are real and the geometric multiplicities are the same as the algebraic multiplicities of all it's eigenvalues.

      Example \(I\) has eigenvalue \(1\) with geometric multiplicity \(n\) (\(\dim(N(I - 1 \cdot I)) = n\)) and algebraic multiplicity \(n\) (As the characteristic polynomial of \(I\), \(P(z) = (z - 1)(z - 1) \dots (z - 1)\) with that repeated \(n\) times).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A matrix has a <b>complete set of real eigenvectors</b> if {{c1::all its eigenvalues are real and the geometric multiplicities are the same as the algebraic multiplicities of all it's eigenvalues::in terms of multiplicities}}.
      Extra <div><strong>Example</strong>&nbsp;\(I\) has eigenvalue \(1\) with geometric multiplicity \(n\) (\(\dim(N(I - 1 \cdot I)) = n\)) and algebraic multiplicity \(n\) (As the characteristic polynomial of \(I\), \(P(z) = (z - 1)(z - 1) \dots (z - 1)\) with that repeated \(n\) times).</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 2938: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: ju
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Let \(Q\) be the \(m \times n\) matrix whose columns are an orthonormal basis of \(A\).

      Then the least squares solution \(Qx = b\)  is given by {{c1:: \(\hat{x} = Q^\top b\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Let \(Q\) be the \(m \times n\) matrix whose columns are an orthonormal basis of \(A\).

      Then the least squares solution \(Qx = b\)  is given by {{c1:: \(\hat{x} = Q^\top b\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;be the&nbsp;\(m \times n\)&nbsp;matrix whose columns are an orthonormal basis of&nbsp;\(A\).</div><div><br></div><div>Then the least squares solution&nbsp;\(Qx = b\)  is given by {{c1::&nbsp;\(\hat{x} = Q^\top b\)}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

      Note 2939: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: juIW6&N76+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
      For RREF on \(A, I\) we get \(R, M\) with the property that \(R = MA\) and \(M\) invertible.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition
      For RREF on \(A, I\) we get \(R, M\) with the property that \(R = MA\) and \(M\) invertible.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For RREF on&nbsp;\(A, I\)&nbsp;we get&nbsp;\(R, M\)&nbsp;with the property that {{c1::\(R = MA\)::equation}} and {{c1::\(M\)&nbsp;invertible:: property of M}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::4._Standard_Form_and_CR_decomposition

      Note 2940: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: kDU~f+!zJB
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      Certificate of no solutions:
      Given \(P = \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \mid Ax = b \}\) we have: 

      \(P = \left\{ x \in \mathbb{R}^3 \;\middle|\; \begin{aligned} x_1 + 2x_2 - x_3 &= 1 \\ 2x_1 + 4x_2 - 2x_3 &= 0 \end{aligned} \right\}\)

      Provide the system \(D\) and the answer.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      Certificate of no solutions:
      Given \(P = \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \mid Ax = b \}\) we have: 

      \(P = \left\{ x \in \mathbb{R}^3 \;\middle|\; \begin{aligned} x_1 + 2x_2 - x_3 &= 1 \\ 2x_1 + 4x_2 - 2x_3 &= 0 \end{aligned} \right\}\)

      Provide the system \(D\) and the answer.

      The system \(D = \{ z \in \mathbb{R}^m | A^\top z = 0, b^\top z = 1 \}\) then is: \[D = \left\{ z \in \mathbb{R}^2 \;\middle|\; \begin{aligned} z_1 + 2z_2 &= 0 \\ 2z_1 + 4z_2 &= 0 \\ -z_1 - 2z_2 &= 0 \\ z_1 &= 1 \end{aligned} \right\}\]One equation per each column of \(A\).
      \(P = \emptyset\) and \(D \neq \emptyset\) because \(z = (1, -\frac{1}{2})^\top \in D\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <b>Certificate</b>&nbsp;of no solutions:<br>Given&nbsp;\(P = \{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \mid Ax = b \}\)&nbsp;we have:&nbsp;<br><br>\(P = \left\{ x \in \mathbb{R}^3 \;\middle|\; \begin{aligned} x_1 + 2x_2 - x_3 &amp;= 1 \\ 2x_1 + 4x_2 - 2x_3 &amp;= 0 \end{aligned} \right\}\)<br><br>Provide the system&nbsp;\(D\)&nbsp;and the answer.
      Back The system&nbsp;\(D = \{ z \in \mathbb{R}^m | A^\top z = 0, b^\top z = 1 \}\)&nbsp;then is:&nbsp;\[D = \left\{ z \in \mathbb{R}^2 \;\middle|\; \begin{aligned} z_1 + 2z_2 &amp;= 0 \\ 2z_1 + 4z_2 &amp;= 0 \\ -z_1 - 2z_2 &amp;= 0 \\ z_1 &amp;= 1 \end{aligned} \right\}\]One equation per each column of&nbsp;\(A\).<br>\(P = \emptyset\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(D \neq \emptyset\)&nbsp;because&nbsp;\(z = (1, -\frac{1}{2})^\top \in D\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

      Note 2941: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: kRJ}a-S?@*
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles PlsFix::DELETE
      Formula for the cosine of the angle between vectors v and w

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles PlsFix::DELETE
      Formula for the cosine of the angle between vectors v and w



      If v and w are unit vectors, we don't need to divide by their norms, see the definition of a scalar product geometrically.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Formula for the cosine of the angle between vectors v and w
      Back <img src="paste-f59da43aa9991b8ecc2f19c7a1f37d6e4e44107c.jpg"><br><br>If v and w are unit vectors, we don't need to divide by their norms, see the definition of a scalar product geometrically.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles PlsFix::DELETE

      Note 2942: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: kUcA5;!CKY
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Give an example of a matrix with complex valued EWs:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Give an example of a matrix with complex valued EWs:

      Eigenvalues of the \(90^\circ\) degree counterclockwise rotation matrix \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 0 & -1 \\ 1 & 0 \end{bmatrix}\).

      The solutions to \(0 = \det(A - \lambda I) = -\lambda \cdot -\lambda - 1 \cdot (-1) = \lambda^2 + 1\) which are \(\lambda_1 = i\) and \(\lambda_2 = -i\). The eigenvectors are given by \(v_1 = \begin{pmatrix} i \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\) \(v_2 = \begin{pmatrix} -i \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\).

      This makes sense because the only vector staying on it's axis in a 2d rotation of a plane by \(90^\circ\) is the vector pointing straight up, out from the plane.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Give an example of a matrix with complex valued EWs:
      Back Eigenvalues of the \(90^\circ\) degree counterclockwise rotation matrix \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 0 &amp; -1 \\ 1 &amp; 0 \end{bmatrix}\).<br><br>The solutions to \(0 = \det(A - \lambda I) = -\lambda \cdot -\lambda - 1 \cdot (-1) = \lambda^2 + 1\) which are \(\lambda_1 = i\) and \(\lambda_2 = -i\). The eigenvectors are given by \(v_1 = \begin{pmatrix} i \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\) \(v_2 = \begin{pmatrix} -i \\ 1 \end{pmatrix}\).<br><br>This makes sense because the only vector staying on it's axis in a 2d rotation of a plane by \(90^\circ\) is the vector pointing straight up, out from the plane.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 2943: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: k_E{8UgRT{
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
      The dimensions of a hyperplane \(H\) through the origin in \(\mathbb{R}^m\) is  \(m - 1\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
      The dimensions of a hyperplane \(H\) through the origin in \(\mathbb{R}^m\) is  \(m - 1\).

      See assignment 6 proof.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The dimensions of a hyperplane&nbsp;\(H\)&nbsp;through the origin in&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^m\)&nbsp;is {{c1::&nbsp;\(m - 1\)}}.
      Extra See assignment 6&nbsp;proof.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles

      Note 2944: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: krdY1rh*f]
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      If \(AB = BA\) then they share an EV and thus \(A + B\) also has that EV.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      If \(AB = BA\) then they share an EV and thus \(A + B\) also has that EV.

      If both \(A\) and \(B\) share an EV:
      \((A + B)v = Av + Bv = \lambda v + \lambda' v = (\lambda + \lambda')v\) then \(A + B\) also has that EV.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If&nbsp;\(AB = BA\)&nbsp;{{c1::then they share an EV and thus&nbsp;\(A + B\)&nbsp;also has that EV::sum}}.
      Extra If both \(A\) and \(B\) share an EV:<br>\((A + B)v = Av + Bv = \lambda v + \lambda' v = (\lambda + \lambda')v\) then \(A + B\) also has that EV.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

      Note 2945: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: ku_5}q!4@#
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      A linear combination of  \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\) is affine if

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      A linear combination of  \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\) is affine if

      \(\lambda_1 + \lambda_2 + \dots + \lambda_n = 1\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front A linear combination of&nbsp; \(\lambda_1\textbf{v}_1 + \lambda_2\textbf{v}_2 + \dots + \lambda_n\textbf{v}_n\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;<b>affine</b>&nbsp;if
      Back \(\lambda_1 + \lambda_2 + \dots + \lambda_n = 1\)<br><img src="paste-588afe223c53749c81ee174038f4ecea73e37601.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::4._Affine,_conic,_and_convex_combinations PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2946: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: l4%P|7pgCb
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse
      What are the four Moore-Penrose conditions?
      1. \(AA^\dagger A = A\)
      2. \(A^\dagger A A^\dagger = A^\dagger\)
      3. \((AA^\dagger )^\top = AA^\dagger \)
      4. \((A^\dagger A)^\top = A^\dagger A\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse
      What are the four Moore-Penrose conditions?
      1. \(AA^\dagger A = A\)
      2. \(A^\dagger A A^\dagger = A^\dagger\)
      3. \((AA^\dagger )^\top = AA^\dagger \)
      4. \((A^\dagger A)^\top = A^\dagger A\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text What are the four Moore-Penrose conditions?<br><ol><li>{{c1::\(AA^\dagger A = A\)}}<br></li><li>{{c2::\(A^\dagger A A^\dagger = A^\dagger\)}}<br></li><li>{{c3::\((AA^\dagger )^\top = AA^\dagger \)}}</li><li>{{c4::\((A^\dagger A)^\top = A^\dagger A\)}}<br></li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse

      Note 2947: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: l
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::6._Solving_Ax=b
      How do we solve \(Ax = b\) using RREF?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::6._Solving_Ax=b
      How do we solve \(Ax = b\) using RREF?

      We run \(\text{RREF}(A, b)\) and solve the resulting equation using back-substitution.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How do we solve&nbsp;\(Ax = b\)&nbsp;using RREF?
      Back We run&nbsp;\(\text{RREF}(A, b)\)&nbsp;and solve the resulting equation using&nbsp;<b>back-substitution</b>.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::6._Solving_Ax=b

      Note 2948: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: l?,e(>h5cQ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      We say that \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) are similar matrices if {{c2::there exists an invertible matrix \(S\) such that \(B = S^{-1}AS\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      We say that \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) are similar matrices if {{c2::there exists an invertible matrix \(S\) such that \(B = S^{-1}AS\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We say that \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(B \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) are {{c1::similar matrices}} if {{c2::there exists an invertible matrix \(S\) such that \(B = S^{-1}AS\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 2949: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: l@6E)FW9<^
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) its \(n\) eigenvalues. Then  \[ \text{Tr}(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i :: \text{in terms of EWs} }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) its \(n\) eigenvalues. Then  \[ \text{Tr}(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i :: \text{in terms of EWs} }}\]

      Quite surprising, since the determinant and trace are \(\in \mathbb{R}\) where the eigenvalues in general must not be?
      It holds because complex eigenvalues \(z_1, z_2\) always show up in pairs: \(z_1 = \overline{z_2}\). And because \(z_1 \cdot \overline{z_1} = a^2 + b^2\) and \(z_1 + \overline{z_1} = 2a\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) its \(n\) eigenvalues. Then&nbsp; \[ \text{Tr}(A) = {{c1:: \sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i :: \text{in terms of EWs} }}\]
      Extra Quite surprising, since the determinant and trace are \(\in \mathbb{R}\) where the eigenvalues in general must not be?<br>It holds because complex eigenvalues \(z_1, z_2\) always show up in pairs: \(z_1 = \overline{z_2}\). And because \(z_1 \cdot \overline{z_1} = a^2 + b^2\) and \(z_1 + \overline{z_1} = 2a\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

      Note 2950: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: lG3L]2Sq+d
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      Was ist der Rang eines LGS?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      Was ist der Rang eines LGS?

      Die Anzahl Pivotelemente bzw. die Anzahl Zeilen, welche nicht Nullzeilen sind.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Was ist der Rang eines LGS?
      Back Die Anzahl Pivotelemente bzw. die Anzahl Zeilen, welche nicht Nullzeilen sind.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

      Note 2951: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: lK,rOhy|Tw
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      If we have \(A\) with eigenvalues \(0, 1, 2\) then \(I + A^2\) has eigenvalues?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      If we have \(A\) with eigenvalues \(0, 1, 2\) then \(I + A^2\) has eigenvalues?

      We have \(\lambda^2\) eigenvalues of \(A^2\) by lemma script. Thus \(0, 1, 4\) are EWs.
      Then \(1 + \lambda^2\) are the eigenvalues of \(I + A^2\) thus \(1, 2, 5\) are the EWs.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front If we have \(A\) with eigenvalues \(0, 1, 2\) then \(I + A^2\) has eigenvalues?
      Back We have \(\lambda^2\) eigenvalues of \(A^2\) by lemma script. Thus \(0, 1, 4\) are EWs.<br>Then \(1 + \lambda^2\) are the eigenvalues of \(I + A^2\) thus \(1, 2, 5\) are the EWs.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

      Note 2952: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: lO6]X2n6eN
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
      Let \(A\) be an \(m \times m\) invertible matrix.

      Then the transpose \(A^T\) is also invertible and: \( (A^T)^{-1} = \) {{c1:: \((A^{-1})^T \)}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
      Let \(A\) be an \(m \times m\) invertible matrix.

      Then the transpose \(A^T\) is also invertible and: \( (A^T)^{-1} = \) {{c1:: \((A^{-1})^T \)}}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(A\) be an \(m \times m\) invertible matrix.<br><br>Then the transpose \(A^T\) is also invertible and: \( (A^T)^{-1} = \) {{c1:: \((A^{-1})^T \)}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties

      Note 2953: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: lZ8TNAe;8y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      How do we get from \(\det(A - zI)\) to \(\det(zI - A)\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      How do we get from \(\det(A - zI)\) to \(\det(zI - A)\)?

      We can transform \(\det(A - zI) =\) \((-1)^n \det((-1)(A - zI))\) \(= (-1)^n \det(zI - A)\) because \(\det(\lambda A) = \lambda^n \det(A)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How do we get from&nbsp;\(\det(A - zI)\) to \(\det(zI - A)\)?
      Back We can transform \(\det(A - zI) =\) \((-1)^n \det((-1)(A - zI))\) \(= (-1)^n \det(zI - A)\) because \(\det(\lambda A) = \lambda^n \det(A)\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

      Note 2954: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: l[e7/3<
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      If columns \(v_1, v_2, ..., v_n\) of \(A\) are linearly independent and \(A\lambda = A\mu = x\) are two ways of writing vector x as a linear combination of the vectors v then:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      If columns \(v_1, v_2, ..., v_n\) of \(A\) are linearly independent and \(A\lambda = A\mu = x\) are two ways of writing vector x as a linear combination of the vectors v then:

      \(\lambda \ \text{and} \ \mu\) are the exact same vector of coefficients.

      Linear combinations are unique if all vectors are independent.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front If columns&nbsp;\(v_1, v_2, ..., v_n\)&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;are linearly independent and&nbsp;\(A\lambda = A\mu = x\)&nbsp;are two ways of writing vector x as a linear combination of the vectors v then:
      Back \(\lambda \ \text{and} \ \mu\)&nbsp;are the exact same vector of coefficients.<div><br></div><div>Linear combinations are unique if all vectors are independent.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2955: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: l_;^0p%n!C
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
      Every matrix transformation is a linear transformation.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals
      Every matrix transformation is a linear transformation.

      The inverse is also true.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Every matrix transformation is a {{c1:: linear transformation}}.
      Extra The inverse is also true.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::2._Linear_transformations_and_linear_functionals

      Note 2956: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: lgnIL]HR}%
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication
      What can we use to speed up long matrix multiplications, for example \(w^\intercal (vw^\intercal) v\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication
      What can we use to speed up long matrix multiplications, for example \(w^\intercal (vw^\intercal) v\)?

      We can use associativity: \(w^\intercal (vw^\intercal) v = (w^\intercal v)(w^\intercal v)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What can we use to speed up long matrix multiplications, for example&nbsp;\(w^\intercal (vw^\intercal) v\)?
      Back We can use associativity:&nbsp;\(w^\intercal (vw^\intercal) v = (w^\intercal v)(w^\intercal v)\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication

      Note 2957: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: lh.Ty3ypWO
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space
      How do we find a basis for the row space \(R(A) = C(A^\top)\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space
      How do we find a basis for the row space \(R(A) = C(A^\top)\)?

      The first \(r\) columns of \(R^\top\) where \(R\) is the RREF of \(A\) form a basis of the row space (the non-zero rows). In particular \(\dim(\textbf{R}(A)) = r\)

      This works because as noted before, multiplying by an invertible matrix \(M\) does not change the row-space of \(MA\) on the left.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How do we find a basis for the row space&nbsp;\(R(A) = C(A^\top)\)?
      Back The first \(r\) columns of \(R^\top\) where \(R\) is the RREF of \(A\) form a basis of the row space (the non-zero rows). In particular \(\dim(\textbf{R}(A)) = r\)<br><br><div>This works because as noted before, multiplying by an invertible matrix \(M\) does not change the row-space of \(MA\) on the left.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space

      Note 2958: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: ltjw8T1j7K
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      The span \(\textbf{Span}(\emptyset)\) is:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      The span \(\textbf{Span}(\emptyset)\) is:

      \(\{0\}\) only the zero vector, as the empty sum = 0.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front The span&nbsp;\(\textbf{Span}(\emptyset)\)&nbsp;is:
      Back \(\{0\}\)&nbsp;only the zero vector, as the empty sum = 0.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2959: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: m!}r_v/6N8
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      The eigenvalues of \(A\) are the same ones as those of \(A^\top\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      The eigenvalues of \(A\) are the same ones as those of \(A^\top\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The {{c1::eigenvalues}} of \(A\) are the same ones as those of \(A^\top\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

      Note 2960: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: m)DHqZ}2Ss
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions
      Give the three definitions of linear dependence:
      1. At least one of the vectors is a linear combination of the other ones.
      2. {{c2::There are scalars \(\lambda_1, ..., \lambda_n\) besides 0, 0, ..., 0 such that \(\sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i = \mathbf{0}\). \(\mathbf{0}\) is a nontrivial combination of the vectors.}}
      3. At least one of the vectors is a linear combination of the previous ones.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions
      Give the three definitions of linear dependence:
      1. At least one of the vectors is a linear combination of the other ones.
      2. {{c2::There are scalars \(\lambda_1, ..., \lambda_n\) besides 0, 0, ..., 0 such that \(\sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i = \mathbf{0}\). \(\mathbf{0}\) is a nontrivial combination of the vectors.}}
      3. At least one of the vectors is a linear combination of the previous ones.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Give the three definitions of linear dependence:<br><ol><li>{{c1::At least one of the vectors is a linear combination of the other ones.}}</li><li>{{c2::There are scalars&nbsp;\(\lambda_1, ..., \lambda_n\)&nbsp;besides 0, 0, ..., 0 such that&nbsp;\(\sum_{i = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i = \mathbf{0}\).&nbsp;\(\mathbf{0}\)&nbsp;is a nontrivial combination of the vectors.}}<br></li><li>{{c3::At least one of the vectors is a linear combination of the previous ones.}}</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::2._Alternative_definitions

      Note 2961: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: m:%R_Tln*C
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(V\) be a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Then \(V = (V^\perp)^\perp\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(V\) be a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Then \(V = (V^\perp)^\perp\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(V\) be a subspace of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Then \({{c1::V}} = (V^\perp)^\perp\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 2962: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: m=XX+5;W*i
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Two subspaces \(V\) and \(W\) are orthogonal if for all \(v \in V\) and \(w \in W\), the vectors \(v\) and \(w\) are orthogonal.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Two subspaces \(V\) and \(W\) are orthogonal if for all \(v \in V\) and \(w \in W\), the vectors \(v\) and \(w\) are orthogonal.

      Two vectors \(v, w \in \mathbb{R}^n\) are called orthogonal if \(v^\top w = \sum_{i = 1}^n v_i w_i = 0\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Two subspaces \(V\) and \(W\) are orthogonal if {{c1::for all \(v \in V\) and \(w \in W\), the vectors \(v\) and \(w\) are orthogonal}}.
      Extra Two vectors \(v, w \in \mathbb{R}^n\) are called orthogonal if \(v^\top w = \sum_{i = 1}^n v_i w_i = 0\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 2963: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: mP8DeYC`=|
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      A vector \(v \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus \{0\}\) is an eigenvector associated with the eigenvalue \(\lambda\) if and only if \(v \in N(A - \lambda I)\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      A vector \(v \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus \{0\}\) is an eigenvector associated with the eigenvalue \(\lambda\) if and only if \(v \in N(A - \lambda I)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A vector \(v \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus \{0\}\) is {{c1::an eigenvector associated with the eigenvalue \(\lambda\)}} if and only if {{c2::\(v \in N(A - \lambda I)\)::subspace}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 2964: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: mdTBSy$[M4
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Vectors \(q_1, \dots, q_n \in \mathbb{R}^m\) are orthonormal if they are orthogonal and have norm \(1\).

      In other words, for all \(i, j \in \{1, \dots, n\}\): \[ q_i^\top q_j = {{c1::\delta_{ij} }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Vectors \(q_1, \dots, q_n \in \mathbb{R}^m\) are orthonormal if they are orthogonal and have norm \(1\).

      In other words, for all \(i, j \in \{1, \dots, n\}\): \[ q_i^\top q_j = {{c1::\delta_{ij} }}\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Vectors \(q_1, \dots, q_n \in \mathbb{R}^m\) are orthonormal if {{c1::they are orthogonal and have norm \(1\)}}. <br><br>In other words, for all \(i, j \in \{1, \dots, n\}\): \[ q_i^\top q_j = {{c1::\delta_{ij} }}\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

      Note 2965: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: moUy5DUi0d
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
      What is the definition of a hyperplane?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles
      What is the definition of a hyperplane?

      given a vector \(\mathbf{d} \in \mathbb{R}^n\) \(\mathbf{d} \neq \mathbf{0}\), \(H_{\mathbf{d}} = \{\mathbf{v} \in \mathbb{R}^n : \mathbf{v} \cdot \mathbf{d} = \mathbf{0} \}\)  
      or in other words, it is the set of vectors orthogonal to a given vector

      Since 0 is orthogonal to every vector \(0 \in H_d\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the definition of a hyperplane?
      Back given a vector&nbsp;\(\mathbf{d} \in \mathbb{R}^n\)&nbsp;\(\mathbf{d} \neq \mathbf{0}\),&nbsp;\(H_{\mathbf{d}} = \{\mathbf{v} \in \mathbb{R}^n : \mathbf{v} \cdot \mathbf{d} = \mathbf{0} \}\)&nbsp;&nbsp;<br>or in other words, it is the set of vectors orthogonal to a given vector<br><br>Since 0 is orthogonal to every vector&nbsp;\(0 \in H_d\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::4._Angles

      Note 2966: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: mqSXu9R3oO
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      The LU (Lower-Upper, also sometimes called LR) decomposition factors a matrix \(A\) as the product of a lower triangular matrix \(L\) and an upper triangular matrix \(U\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      The LU (Lower-Upper, also sometimes called LR) decomposition factors a matrix \(A\) as the product of a lower triangular matrix \(L\) and an upper triangular matrix \(U\).

      (so \(A = LU\))
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The LU ({{c1::Lower-Upper}}, also sometimes called {{c1::LR}}) decomposition factors a matrix&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;as {{c2::the product of a lower triangular matrix&nbsp;\(L\)&nbsp;and an upper triangular matrix&nbsp;\(U\)}}.
      Extra (so&nbsp;\(A = LU\))
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

      Note 2967: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: n.vpbl!(Kk
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
      For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = r\), let {{c1:: \(S \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times r}\) and \(T \in \mathbb{R}^{r \times n}\)}} such that \(A = ST\).  Then \[ A^\dagger = T^\dagger S^\dagger \]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
      For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = r\), let {{c1:: \(S \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times r}\) and \(T \in \mathbb{R}^{r \times n}\)}} such that \(A = ST\).  Then \[ A^\dagger = T^\dagger S^\dagger \]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = r\), let {{c1::&nbsp;\(S \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times r}\) and \(T \in \mathbb{R}^{r \times n}\)}} such that \(A = ST\).&nbsp; Then \[ A^\dagger ={{c2:: T^\dagger S^\dagger }}\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties

      Note 2968: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: n060vly>1q
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::3._Cauchy-Schwarz_inequality PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      The Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality tells us that for \(\textbf{v}, \textbf{w} \in \mathbb{R}^m\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::3._Cauchy-Schwarz_inequality PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      The Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality tells us that for \(\textbf{v}, \textbf{w} \in \mathbb{R}^m\)

      \(|\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{w}| \leq ||\textbf{v}|| \ ||\textbf{w}||\).

      This equality holds exactly if one vector is the scalar multiple of the other.

      This essentially means that: the length of the projecton of v onto w is smaller than the both of their lengths multiplied.
      This explains the equality part: if they are already aligned, their projection doesn't lose any length...
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front The Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality tells us that for&nbsp;\(\textbf{v}, \textbf{w} \in \mathbb{R}^m\)
      Back \(|\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{w}| \leq ||\textbf{v}|| \ ||\textbf{w}||\).<br><br>This equality holds exactly if one vector is the scalar multiple of the other.<br><br><i>This essentially means that: the length of the projecton of v onto w is smaller than the both of their lengths multiplied.<br>This explains the equality part: if they are already aligned, their projection doesn't lose any length...</i>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::3._Cauchy-Schwarz_inequality PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2969: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: n6JsTlECEy
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces. If \(\dim(V) = k\) and \(\dim(W) = l\), then:

      \(\dim(V + W) = k + l \leq n\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces. If \(\dim(V) = k\) and \(\dim(W) = l\), then:

      \(\dim(V + W) = k + l \leq n\).

      \(\dim(V + W) = \dim(V)+\dim(W)- \dim(V∩W) \)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces. If \(\dim(V) = k\) and \(\dim(W) = l\), then:</div><div><br></div><div></div><div></div><div></div><div>\(\dim(V + W) = {{c1::k + l}} \leq {{c1::n}}\).<br></div>
      Extra \(\dim(V + W) = \dim(V)+\dim(W)- \dim(V∩W) \)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 2970: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: nCym|+n@l+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication
      We can view the matrix-vector product \(Ax\) in two ways:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication
      We can view the matrix-vector product \(Ax\) in two ways:

      • Row view: The result is a vector where each entry is the scalar product of row \(i\) of \(A\) with \(x\): \((Ax)_{i} = A_i^\top x\).
      • Column view: The resulting vector is a linear combination of the columns of \(A\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front We can view the matrix-vector product&nbsp;\(Ax\)&nbsp;in two ways:
      Back <ul><li>Row view: The result is a vector where each entry is the scalar product of row&nbsp;\(i\)&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(x\):&nbsp;\((Ax)_{i} = A_i^\top x\).</li><li>Column view: The resulting vector is a linear combination of the columns of&nbsp;\(A\).</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication

      Note 2971: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: nECE)EKh&n
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
      When solving Least Squares (asking for a minimiser of \(||Ax - b||^2\)) we are asking \(Ax\) to be the projection of \(b\) onto \(C(A)\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation
      When solving Least Squares (asking for a minimiser of \(||Ax - b||^2\)) we are asking \(Ax\) to be the projection of \(b\) onto \(C(A)\).

      Least Squares is basically projection without multiplying by \(A\) at the end.

      It's also basically the Pseudoinverse.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text When solving Least Squares (asking for a minimiser of&nbsp;\(||Ax - b||^2\)) we are asking {{c1::\(Ax\)&nbsp;to be the projection of&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;onto&nbsp;\(C(A)\)}}.
      Extra Least Squares is basically projection without multiplying by&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;at the end.<br><br>It's also basically the Pseudoinverse.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::1._Least_Squares_Approximation

      Note 2972: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: ng]r$T$54^
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      By multilinearity, \(\det(\alpha A) = \)  \(\alpha^n \det(A)\) Intuition included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      By multilinearity, \(\det(\alpha A) = \)  \(\alpha^n \det(A)\) Intuition included

      the scaling affects all rows equally, thus the unit cube is scaled in all dimensions (power of n).

      In other words, we have to extract \(\alpha\) from each row using multilinearity.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text By multilinearity,&nbsp;\(\det(\alpha A) = \)&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(\alpha^n \det(A)\)}}&nbsp;<i>Intuition included</i>
      Extra the scaling affects all rows equally, thus the unit cube is scaled in all dimensions (power of n).<br><br>In other words, we have to extract&nbsp;\(\alpha\)&nbsp;from each row using <b>multilinearity</b>.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 2973: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: nkL&a6|Q;d
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      The span of m linearly independent vectors is {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^m\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      The span of m linearly independent vectors is {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^m\)}}.

      This also means that a matrix in \(\mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) with rank(A) = n spans the entire space.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The span of m linearly independent vectors is {{c1::\(\mathbb{R}^m\)}}.
      Extra This also means that a matrix in&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)&nbsp;with rank(A) = n spans the entire space.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 2974: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: nkw:=NZ1ua
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::2._Scalar_multiplication
      The scalar product of \(\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{v}\) is \(\leq or \geq\) to what?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::2._Scalar_multiplication
      The scalar product of \(\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{v}\) is \(\leq or \geq\) to what?

      \(\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{v} \geq 0\) with equality exactly if \(\textbf{v} = \textbf{0}\).

      This is because we essentially square the entries and thus can't get negatives.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front The <b>scalar product</b>&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{v}\)&nbsp;is&nbsp;\(\leq or \geq\)&nbsp;to what?
      Back \(\textbf{v} \cdot \textbf{v} \geq 0\)&nbsp;with equality exactly if&nbsp;\(\textbf{v} = \textbf{0}\).<br><br>This is because we essentially square the entries and thus can't get negatives.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::1._Vectors_and_linear_combinations::2._Scalar_multiplication

      Note 2975: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: nte!7ERw=M
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Gram-Schmidt Algorithm:
      1. {{c2::Normalise \(a_1\) to get \(q_1 = \frac{a_1}{||a_1||}\)}}.
      2. For \(k = 2, \dots, n\) set {{c1:: \[\begin{align*} q'_k =& a_k - \sum_{i = 1}^{k - 1} (a_k^\top q_i)q_i \\ q_k =& \frac{q_k'}{||q'_k} \end{align*}\]}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      Gram-Schmidt Algorithm:
      1. {{c2::Normalise \(a_1\) to get \(q_1 = \frac{a_1}{||a_1||}\)}}.
      2. For \(k = 2, \dots, n\) set {{c1:: \[\begin{align*} q'_k =& a_k - \sum_{i = 1}^{k - 1} (a_k^\top q_i)q_i \\ q_k =& \frac{q_k'}{||q'_k} \end{align*}\]}}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Gram-Schmidt Algorithm:<br><ol><li>{{c2::Normalise \(a_1\) to get \(q_1 = \frac{a_1}{||a_1||}\)}}.</li><li>For \(k = 2, \dots, n\) set {{c1::&nbsp;\[\begin{align*} q'_k =&amp; a_k - \sum_{i = 1}^{k - 1} (a_k^\top q_i)q_i \\ q_k =&amp; \frac{q_k'}{||q'_k} \end{align*}\]}}</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

      Note 2976: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: o!YxXMzDp4
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
      For \(A\) and \(MA\) (\(M\) invertible) they have:
      • the independent columns at the same indices
      • the same rank

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
      For \(A\) and \(MA\) (\(M\) invertible) they have:
      • the independent columns at the same indices
      • the same rank
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(MA\)&nbsp;(\(M\)&nbsp;invertible) they have:<br><ul><li>the independent columns {{c1:: at the same indices}}</li><li>the same {{c1::rank}}</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations

      Note 2977: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: o#.FGP:Yyu
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      An EW can have many EVs associated with it.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      An EW can have many EVs associated with it.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text An EW can have {{c1::many::quantity}} EVs associated with it.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 2978: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: o1l!C8m&a8
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
      Theorem: A matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) of rank \(r\) can be written as the matrix-matrix product \[ A = C R’ \] where \(C\) is the \(m \times r\) submatrix containing the independent columns and the unique \(R’ \in \mathbb{R}^{r \times n}\) matrix.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
      Theorem: A matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) of rank \(r\) can be written as the matrix-matrix product \[ A = C R’ \] where \(C\) is the \(m \times r\) submatrix containing the independent columns and the unique \(R’ \in \mathbb{R}^{r \times n}\) matrix.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div><b>Theorem</b>: A matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) of rank \(r\) can be written as the matrix-matrix product \[ A = C R’ \] where \(C\) is the \(m \times r\) submatrix containing {{c1:: the independent columns}} and the <b>unique</b> \(R’ \in \mathbb{R}^{r \times n}\)&nbsp;matrix.</div>
      Extra <img src="paste-1eae5cfe1078a8e76f9ab10123fc5d2a1da553ab.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition

      Note 2979: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: o43^1:-/Cw
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
      What is the rank of a matrix?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
      What is the rank of a matrix?

      it is the number of independent columns, where independence is defined such that given a column vector \(v_j\) then \(v_j\) is not a linear combination of \(v_1, v_2 ... v_{j-1}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the rank of a matrix?
      Back it is the number of independent columns, where independence is defined such that given a column vector&nbsp;\(v_j\)&nbsp;then&nbsp;\(v_j\)&nbsp;is not a linear combination of&nbsp;\(v_1, v_2 ... v_{j-1}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank

      Note 2980: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: o5s2_Ks)ET
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
      Give an example of a non-finitely generated vector space:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
      Give an example of a non-finitely generated vector space:

      \(\mathbb{R}[x]\) is not finitely generated for example.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Give an example of a non-finitely generated vector space:
      Back \(\mathbb{R}[x]\) is not finitely generated for example.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases

      Note 2981: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: o:UCmI*%e|
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\).
      \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) is a real eigenvalue of \(A\) if and only if \(\det(A - \lambda I) = 0\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\).
      \(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) is a real eigenvalue of \(A\) if and only if \(\det(A - \lambda I) = 0\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\).</div><div>\(\lambda \in \mathbb{R}\) is a {{c1::real eigenvalue}} of \(A\) if and only if {{c2::\(\det(A - \lambda I) = 0\)}}.&nbsp;</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 2982: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: oKlE5w/*RH
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      If \(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is an orthogonal matrix then \(\det(Q) = \)  \(1\) or \(-1\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      If \(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is an orthogonal matrix then \(\det(Q) = \)  \(1\) or \(-1\).

      As \(Q\) is orthogonal, we don't scale (preserves \(\top\)) thus the unit cube is just turned, not scaled.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If \(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is an <i>orthogonal</i>&nbsp;matrix then \(\det(Q) = \)&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;or&nbsp;\(-1\)}}.
      Extra As \(Q\) is orthogonal, we don't scale (preserves \(\top\)) thus the unit cube is just turned, not scaled.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 2983: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: oNA@igJ,T/
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      \(A\) has a complete set of real eigenvectors if {{c2::we can build a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\) with the eigenvectors}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      \(A\) has a complete set of real eigenvectors if {{c2::we can build a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\) with the eigenvectors}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(A\) has {{c1::a complete set of real eigenvectors}} if {{c2::we can build a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^n\) with the eigenvectors}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 2984: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: oSLQnuRv!X
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Every matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has an eigenvalue (perhaps complex-valued).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Every matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has an eigenvalue (perhaps complex-valued).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Every matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has {{c1::an eigenvalue (perhaps <i>complex</i>-valued)::due to fundamental theorem of algebra}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::2._Introduction_to_Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 2985: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: oVmXrU@C,D
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
      The span of a set of vectors is the set of all possible linear combinations of them.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
      The span of a set of vectors is the set of all possible linear combinations of them.

      The span is a linear subspace.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The&nbsp;<i>span</i>&nbsp;of a set of vectors is {{c1::the set of all possible linear combinations of them}}.
      Extra The span is a linear subspace.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors

      Note 2986: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: oX/3/jm{Ku
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      For a full row rank matrix \(A\), the unique solution to\[{{c1:: \min_{x \in \mathbb{R}^n} ||x||^2 \text{ s.t. } Ax = b}}\] is given by the vector \(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\). This \(\hat{x}\) is in  \(C(A^\top)\)Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      For a full row rank matrix \(A\), the unique solution to\[{{c1:: \min_{x \in \mathbb{R}^n} ||x||^2 \text{ s.t. } Ax = b}}\] is given by the vector \(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\). This \(\hat{x}\) is in  \(C(A^\top)\)Proof Included

      Proof 
      By Lemma 6.4.5 we only need to show that \(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\) satisfies \(A \hat{x} = b\) and that \(\hat{x} \in C(A^\top)\).
      • \(A\hat{x} = AA^\dagger b = AA^\top (AA^\top)^{-1}b = b\) 
      • \(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b = A^\top ((AA^\top)^{-1} b) = A^\top y\) for some \(y\) thus \(x \in C(A^\top)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>For a <b>full row rank</b> matrix \(A\), the unique solution to\[{{c1:: \min_{x \in \mathbb{R}^n} ||x||^2 \text{ s.t. } Ax = b}}\]&nbsp;is given by the vector&nbsp;\(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\). This&nbsp;\(\hat{x}\)&nbsp;is in {{c1::&nbsp;\(C(A^\top)\)}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i></div>
      Extra <div><strong>Proof</strong>&nbsp;</div><div>By Lemma 6.4.5 we only need to show that \(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b\) satisfies \(A \hat{x} = b\) and that \(\hat{x} \in C(A^\top)\).</div><div><ul><li>\(A\hat{x} = AA^\dagger b = AA^\top (AA^\top)^{-1}b = b\)&nbsp;</li><li>\(\hat{x} = A^\dagger b = A^\top ((AA^\top)^{-1} b) = A^\top y\) for some \(y\) thus \(x \in C(A^\top)\).</li></ul></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

      Note 2987: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: oXvW^EH?&l
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      An important difference between a field \(F\) and a vector space \(V\) is that multiplication in the field is \(F\times F\mapsto F\), whereas it is \(F\times V\mapsto V\) in the vector space.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      An important difference between a field \(F\) and a vector space \(V\) is that multiplication in the field is \(F\times F\mapsto F\), whereas it is \(F\times V\mapsto V\) in the vector space.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text An important difference between a field&nbsp;\(F\)&nbsp;and a vector space&nbsp;\(V\)&nbsp;is that {{c1::multiplication in the field is&nbsp;\(F\times F\mapsto F\), whereas it is&nbsp;\(F\times V\mapsto V\)&nbsp;in the vector space}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

      Note 2988: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: os3Z8p7:x,
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      We can compute the pseudoinverse from the any full rank (not just CR) factorisation of \(A\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      We can compute the pseudoinverse from the any full rank (not just CR) factorisation of \(A\).

      Note to Lorenz: Leave the "the" in, it's for maximum confusion .
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We can compute the pseudoinverse from the {{c1:: any full rank (not just CR)}} factorisation of&nbsp;\(A\).
      Extra <i>Note to Lorenz</i>: Leave the "<i>the</i>" in, it's for maximum confusion .
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

      Note 2989: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: p(}O&|&j}p
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
      The eigenvalues of \(AB\) and \(BA\) are the same.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
      The eigenvalues of \(AB\) and \(BA\) are the same.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The eigenvalues of \(AB\) and \(BA\) are {{c1::the same}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings

      Note 2990: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: p,i>w2r!)Y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
      A matrix \(A\) is nilpotent if {{c1:: there is a \(k \in \mathbb{N}\) such that \(A^k = 0\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
      A matrix \(A\) is nilpotent if {{c1:: there is a \(k \in \mathbb{N}\) such that \(A^k = 0\)}}.

      In this case, \(A\) cannot have an inverse.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A matrix&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is {{c2::nilpotent}} if {{c1:: there is a&nbsp;\(k \in \mathbb{N}\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(A^k = 0\)}}.
      Extra In this case,&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;cannot have an inverse.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations

      Note 2991: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: p6e6T6[HIy
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose
      Was ist eine transponierte Matrix?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose
      Was ist eine transponierte Matrix?

      Eine entlang der Hauptdiagonale gespiegelte Matrix \(\mathbf{A}^\top\), d.h. \( (\mathbf{A}^\top)_{ij} = (\mathbf{A})_{ji} \)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Was ist eine <b>transponierte</b> Matrix?
      Back Eine entlang der Hauptdiagonale gespiegelte Matrix \(\mathbf{A}^\top\), d.h.&nbsp;\( (\mathbf{A}^\top)_{ij} = (\mathbf{A})_{ji} \)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::3._Row_space_and_transpose

      Note 2992: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: p:TgRlDdKr
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude
      What is the pseudoinverse in the case where \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) has independent columns?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude
      What is the pseudoinverse in the case where \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) has independent columns?

      Because \(rank(A) = r = n\) and thus \(m \geq n\)
      • \(R(A)\) spans \(\mathbb{R}^n\)(rows span the space)
      • \(C(A) \subseteq\) \(\mathbb{R}^m\) (as \(A\) is not necessarily square)
      We therefore first project \(b\) into \(C(A)\) and then invert, which is Least Squares.

        
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the pseudoinverse in the case where&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\)&nbsp;has independent columns?
      Back Because&nbsp;\(rank(A) = r = n\)&nbsp;and thus&nbsp;\(m \geq n\)<br><ul><li>\(R(A)\)&nbsp;spans&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^n\)(rows span the space)</li><li>\(C(A) \subseteq\)&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^m\)&nbsp;(as&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;is not necessarily square)</li></ul><div>We therefore first project&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;into&nbsp;\(C(A)\)&nbsp;and then invert, which is&nbsp;<b>Least Squares.</b></div><br><div> &nbsp;<img src="paste-455009459e5a5c70fa5574bdbcedcfb838341523.jpg"></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::0._Prelude

      Note 2993: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: p>awtIqE5t
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::4._Dimension
      Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space.

      Then \(\dim(V)\) the dimension of \(V\) is the size of an arbitrary basis \(B\) of \(V\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::4._Dimension
      Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space.

      Then \(\dim(V)\) the dimension of \(V\) is the size of an arbitrary basis \(B\) of \(V\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space.<br><br>Then {{c2::\(\dim(V)\) the dimension of \(V\)}} is {{c1::the size of an arbitrary basis \(B\) of \(V\)::given by which basis property?}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::4._Dimension

      Note 2994: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: pK()_=6$f)
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Let \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) be a basis of subspace \(V\). Let \(w_1, \dots, w_l\) be a basis of subspace \(W\).

      The set of vectors \({v_1, \dots, v_k, w_1, \dots, w_l}\) is linearly independent.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Let \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) be a basis of subspace \(V\). Let \(w_1, \dots, w_l\) be a basis of subspace \(W\).

      The set of vectors \({v_1, \dots, v_k, w_1, \dots, w_l}\) is linearly independent.

      As all vectors are pairwise linearly independent, their union is also linearly independent. Therefore the union of two bases is still a basis of the sum of their subspaces:
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(V\) and \(W\) be orthogonal subspaces of \(\mathbb{R}^n\). Let \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) be a basis of subspace \(V\). Let \(w_1, \dots, w_l\) be a basis of subspace \(W\).</div><div><br></div><div>The set of vectors \({v_1, \dots, v_k, w_1, \dots, w_l}\)&nbsp;is {{c1::linearly independent}}.</div>
      Extra As all vectors are pairwise linearly independent, their <i>union is also linearly independent</i>. Therefore the <i>union of two bases is still a basis</i>&nbsp;of the sum of their subspaces:
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 2995: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: pQ2lENdIXM
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      Let \(S^\perp\) be the orthogonal complement of \(S\) and \(P\) the projection matrix onto \(S\).

      Then \(I - P\) is the projection matrix that maps {{c2::\(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to \(\text{proj}_{S^\perp}(b)\)}}.

      Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      Let \(S^\perp\) be the orthogonal complement of \(S\) and \(P\) the projection matrix onto \(S\).

      Then \(I - P\) is the projection matrix that maps {{c2::\(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to \(\text{proj}_{S^\perp}(b)\)}}.

      Proof Included

      Since \(b = e + \text{proj}_S(b) = e + Pb\) with \(e \in S^\perp\) Thus \[ (I - P)b = b - Pb = e = \text{proj}_{S^\perp}(b) \]This is true, since it holds that indeed \(I - P\) is also idempotent: \((I - P)^2 = I - 2P + P^2 = I -P - P + P= I - P\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(S^\perp\) be the orthogonal complement of \(S\) and \(P\) the projection matrix onto \(S\).</div><div><br></div><div>Then {{c1::\(I - P\)}} is the projection matrix that maps {{c2::\(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) to \(\text{proj}_{S^\perp}(b)\)}}.<br><br><i>Proof Included</i><br></div>
      Extra Since \(b = e + \text{proj}_S(b) = e + Pb\) with \(e \in S^\perp\) Thus \[ (I - P)b = b - Pb = e = \text{proj}_{S^\perp}(b) \]This is true, since it holds that indeed \(I - P\) is also idempotent: \((I - P)^2 = I - 2P + P^2 = I -P - P + P= I - P\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

      Note 2996: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: pY4k_Hm,xQ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
      The basis of {{c2::\(\{0\}\)}} is \(\emptyset\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
      The basis of {{c2::\(\{0\}\)}} is \(\emptyset\).

      Since there is no vector, \(\emptyset\) is vacously independent and \(\textbf{Span}(\emptyset) = \{0\}\) since an empty sum yields \(0\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The basis of {{c2::\(\{0\}\)}} is {{c1::\(\emptyset\)}}.
      Extra Since there is no vector, \(\emptyset\) is vacously independent and \(\textbf{Span}(\emptyset) = \{0\}\) since an empty sum yields \(0\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases

      Note 2997: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: pbk1h$cWtn
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{3 \times 3}\) be symmetric with eigenvalues \(−2, 1, 3\).
      What are the singular values of \(A\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{3 \times 3}\) be symmetric with eigenvalues \(−2, 1, 3\).
      What are the singular values of \(A\)?

      The singular values are the square roots of the eigenvalues of \(A^\top A\)(or \(AA^\top\)).

      As \(A^\top = A \), we have the eigenvalues \(\lambda^2\) for \(A^\top A = A^2\). Thus we have \(\sigma_i = \sqrt{\lambda_i^2}\) which is \(2, 1, 3\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Let&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{3 \times 3}\)&nbsp;be symmetric with eigenvalues&nbsp;\(−2, 1, 3\).<br>What are the singular values of&nbsp;\(A\)?
      Back The singular values are the <b>square roots</b>&nbsp;of the eigenvalues of&nbsp;\(A^\top A\)(or&nbsp;\(AA^\top\)).<br><br>As&nbsp;\(A^\top = A \), we have the eigenvalues&nbsp;\(\lambda^2\)&nbsp;for&nbsp;\(A^\top A = A^2\). Thus we have&nbsp;\(\sigma_i = \sqrt{\lambda_i^2}\)&nbsp;which is&nbsp;\(2, 1, 3\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 2998: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: pdv(<_+/|h
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      Given a permutation matrix \(P \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) corresponding to a permutation \(\sigma\), then \(\det(P) = {{c1::\text{sgn}(\sigma)}}\) 

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      Given a permutation matrix \(P \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) corresponding to a permutation \(\sigma\), then \(\det(P) = {{c1::\text{sgn}(\sigma)}}\) 

      (this is as \(P\) is also an orthogonal matrix, see 3.). We sometimes write \(\text{sgn}(P)\).

      For the permutation matrix, each row contains only one entry: a \(1\). Thus the only permutation \(\sigma\) in the product that doesn't have a \(0\) factor is the permutation corresponding to the matrix \(P\) itself. The product is \(1 \cdot 1 \dots \cdot 1\) thus we get \(\text{sgn}(\sigma) = \text{sgn}(P)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Given a permutation matrix \(P \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) corresponding to a permutation \(\sigma\), then \(\det(P) = {{c1::\text{sgn}(\sigma)}}\)&nbsp;
      Extra (this is as&nbsp;\(P\)&nbsp;is also an orthogonal matrix, see 3.). We sometimes write&nbsp;\(\text{sgn}(P)\).<br><br>For the permutation matrix, each row contains only one entry: a \(1\). Thus the only permutation \(\sigma\) in the product that doesn't have a \(0\) factor is the permutation corresponding to the matrix \(P\) itself. The product is \(1 \cdot 1 \dots \cdot 1\) thus we get \(\text{sgn}(\sigma) = \text{sgn}(P)\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 2999: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: pk}0Q0,75,
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      The trace is commutative.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties
      The trace is commutative.

      This makes sense as addition is element-wise.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The trace is {{c1::commutative::property}}.
      Extra This makes sense as&nbsp;<b>addition</b>&nbsp;is&nbsp;<b>element-wise</b>.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::3._Properties

      Note 3000: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: pskZUSUMW=
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      Applications of the certificate of no solutions:

      Assume \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has linearly independent rows.

      Since the rows are linearly independent, the only solution to \(z^\top A = 0\) is \(z = 0\). Hence \(z^\top b = 0 \neq 1\).

      Thus \(P\) always contains a solution.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      Applications of the certificate of no solutions:

      Assume \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has linearly independent rows.

      Since the rows are linearly independent, the only solution to \(z^\top A = 0\) is \(z = 0\). Hence \(z^\top b = 0 \neq 1\).

      Thus \(P\) always contains a solution.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Applications of the certificate of no solutions:<br><br>Assume&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) has <b>linearly independent rows</b>.<br><br>Since {{c1::the rows are linearly independent}}, the only solution to \(z^\top A = 0\) is {{c2::\(z = 0\)}}. Hence {{c2::\(z^\top b = 0 \neq 1\)}}.<br><br>Thus {{c3::\(P\)&nbsp;always contains a solution}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

      Note 3001: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: pvT-hzO|2S
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      PlsFix::DELETE
      What is a hyperplane through the origin?

      Back

      PlsFix::DELETE
      What is a hyperplane through the origin?


      Is called a hyperplane through the origin.

      Since 0 is orthogonal to every vector \(0 \in H_d\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is a hyperplane through the origin?
      Back <img src="paste-668e9356fe68198a22a939d45f03e5d4e9db8bdd.jpg"><br>Is called a hyperplane through the origin.<br><br>Since 0 is orthogonal to every vector&nbsp;\(0 \in H_d\).
      Tags: PlsFix::DELETE

      Note 3002: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: p}G;kCHD5f
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      Give an example of the compact form of the SVD for \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{4 \times 5}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = 3\): (name the dimensions)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      Give an example of the compact form of the SVD for \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{4 \times 5}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = 3\): (name the dimensions)

      \[A = U_3 \Sigma_3 V_3^T = \begin{bmatrix} | & | & | \\ \mathbf{u}_1 & \mathbf{u}_2 & \mathbf{u}_3 \\ | & | & | \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \sigma_1 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & \sigma_2 & 0 \\ 0 & 0 & \sigma_3 \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} - & \mathbf{v}_1^T & - \\ - & \mathbf{v}_2^T & - \\ - & \mathbf{v}_3^T & - \end{bmatrix}\]
      where \(U_3\) is \(4 \times 3\), \(\Sigma_3\) is \(3 \times 3\), and \(V_3^T\) is \(3 \times 5\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Give an example of the <b>compact form</b>&nbsp;of the SVD for&nbsp;\(A \in \mathbb{R}^{4 \times 5}\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(\text{rank}(A) = 3\): (name the dimensions)
      Back \[A = U_3 \Sigma_3 V_3^T = \begin{bmatrix} | &amp; | &amp; | \\ \mathbf{u}_1 &amp; \mathbf{u}_2 &amp; \mathbf{u}_3 \\ | &amp; | &amp; | \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} \sigma_1 &amp; 0 &amp; 0 \\ 0 &amp; \sigma_2 &amp; 0 \\ 0 &amp; 0 &amp; \sigma_3 \end{bmatrix} \begin{bmatrix} - &amp; \mathbf{v}_1^T &amp; - \\ - &amp; \mathbf{v}_2^T &amp; - \\ - &amp; \mathbf{v}_3^T &amp; - \end{bmatrix}\]<br>where \(U_3\) is \(4 \times 3\), \(\Sigma_3\) is \(3 \times 3\), and \(V_3^T\) is \(3 \times 5\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

      Note 3003: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: q(~wo+WDQg
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
      The set of independent columns of \(A\) is {{c2::a basis of the column space \(\textbf{C}(A)\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
      The set of independent columns of \(A\) is {{c2::a basis of the column space \(\textbf{C}(A)\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The {{c1::set of independent columns of \(A\)}} is {{c2::a basis of the column space \(\textbf{C}(A)\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases

      Note 3004: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: q+.VNuw?7g
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      Pseudoinverse from the SVD: \(A = U \Sigma V^\top\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      Pseudoinverse from the SVD: \(A = U \Sigma V^\top\)

      \(A^\dagger = V \Sigma^\dagger U^\top\)where \(\Sigma^\dagger\) is obtained from \(\Sigma\) by taking the reciprocal (\(\frac{1}{\sigma_i}\)) of each non-zero singular value, leaving the zeros in place, and transposing the matrix.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Pseudoinverse from the SVD:&nbsp;\(A = U \Sigma V^\top\)
      Back \(A^\dagger = V \Sigma^\dagger U^\top\)where \(\Sigma^\dagger\) is obtained from \(\Sigma\) by taking the reciprocal (\(\frac{1}{\sigma_i}\)) of each non-zero singular value, leaving the zeros in place, and transposing the matrix.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

      Note 3005: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: q/j)Fn1TO1
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      Intuition on where the normal equations \(A^\top A\hat{x} = A^\top b\) come from:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      Intuition on where the normal equations \(A^\top A\hat{x} = A^\top b\) come from:

      In the previous case, we had \(\mathbf{e} = (\mathbf{b} - proj_S(\mathbf{b})) \ \bot \ \mathbf{a}\). Here, the same orthogonality condition holds for all columns of \(A\) (that we are projecting on).

      This is the same as stating \(A^\top (\mathbf{b} - proj_S(\mathbf{b})) = 0\) which by substituting \(proj_S(b) = \mathbf{p} = A \mathbf{\hat{x}}\) gives \(A^\top \mathbf{b} - A^\top A\mathbf{\hat{x}} = 0\) which we can restate as \(A^\top A \mathbf{\hat{x}} = A^\top \mathbf{b}\), which is the normal equation.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Intuition on where the normal equations&nbsp;\(A^\top A\hat{x} = A^\top b\)&nbsp;come from:
      Back <div>In the previous case, we had \(\mathbf{e} = (\mathbf{b} - proj_S(\mathbf{b})) \ \bot \ \mathbf{a}\). Here, the same orthogonality condition holds for all columns of \(A\) (that we are projecting on).</div><div><br></div><div>This is the same as stating \(A^\top (\mathbf{b} - proj_S(\mathbf{b})) = 0\) which by substituting \(proj_S(b) = \mathbf{p} = A \mathbf{\hat{x}}\) gives \(A^\top \mathbf{b} - A^\top A\mathbf{\hat{x}} = 0\) which we can restate as \(A^\top A \mathbf{\hat{x}} = A^\top \mathbf{b}\), which is the normal equation.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

      Note 3006: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: q089%#d~nh
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      For all \(x\) and an orthogonal matrix \(Q\) we have \(||Qx|| = ||x||\) Proof included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      For all \(x\) and an orthogonal matrix \(Q\) we have \(||Qx|| = ||x||\) Proof included

      \(||Qx||^2 = (Qx)^\top(Qx) = x^\top x = ||x||^2\) and note that \(||Qx|| \geq 0\) and \(||x|| \geq 0\) thus it suffices to show that the squares are equal.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For all&nbsp;\(x\)&nbsp;and an orthogonal matrix&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;we have&nbsp;\(||Qx|| = {{c1::||x||}}\)&nbsp;<i>Proof included</i>
      Extra \(||Qx||^2 = (Qx)^\top(Qx) = x^\top x = ||x||^2\)&nbsp;and note that&nbsp;\(||Qx|| \geq 0\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(||x|| \geq 0\)&nbsp;thus it suffices to show that the squares are equal.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

      Note 3007: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: qGI8y.9F)Z
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      If I add vector v, which is a linear combination of \(v_1, v_2, ..., v_n\) to the span it does not change

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      If I add vector v, which is a linear combination of \(v_1, v_2, ..., v_n\) to the span it does not change
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If I add vector v, which is a linear combination of&nbsp;\(v_1, v_2, ..., v_n\)&nbsp;to the span it {{c1::does not change}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 3008: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: qUNEYA9<2E
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      The determinant preserves “multilinearity”. This means that changing only a single row will preserve the rest of the determinant (it’s linear for each row).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      The determinant preserves “multilinearity”. This means that changing only a single row will preserve the rest of the determinant (it’s linear for each row).

      \[ \begin{vmatrix} ta & tb \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} = t \cdot \begin{vmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} \]
      \[ \begin{vmatrix} a + a’ & b + b’ \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} = \begin{vmatrix} a & b \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} + \begin{vmatrix} a’ & b’ \\ c & d \end{vmatrix} \]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>The determinant preserves “multilinearity”. This means that {{c1::changing only a single row will preserve the rest of the determinant (it’s <em>linear for each row)}}.</em></div>
      Extra <div>\[ \begin{vmatrix} ta &amp; tb \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} = t \cdot \begin{vmatrix} a &amp; b \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} \]</div><div>\[ \begin{vmatrix} a + a’ &amp; b + b’ \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} = \begin{vmatrix} a &amp; b \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} + \begin{vmatrix} a’ &amp; b’ \\ c &amp; d \end{vmatrix} \]</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 3009: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: qn2vol8}8V
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      Every symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has a real eigenvalue \(\lambda\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      Every symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has a real eigenvalue \(\lambda\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Every symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) has {{c1::a real eigenvalue \(\lambda\)::existence}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

      Note 3010: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: qr+Ln*lsd_
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      Any symmetric matrix has only real eigenvalues.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      Any symmetric matrix has only real eigenvalues.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Any symmetric matrix has {{c1::only real eigenvalues::fact about the EWs}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

      Note 3011: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: qs3_-P{w4Q
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation::2._Similar_Matrices
      Similar matrices \(A\) and \(B = S^{-1}AS\) have the same eigenvalues.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation::2._Similar_Matrices
      Similar matrices \(A\) and \(B = S^{-1}AS\) have the same eigenvalues.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Similar matrices \(A\) and \(B = S^{-1}AS\) have {{c1::the same eigenvalues::shared property}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation::2._Similar_Matrices

      Note 3012: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: q})&,~7vB&
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      What does Gram-Schmidt actually do? Why do we substract \(\sum^{k - 1}_{i = 1} (a_k^\top q_i) q_i\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      What does Gram-Schmidt actually do? Why do we substract \(\sum^{k - 1}_{i = 1} (a_k^\top q_i) q_i\)?

      For each new vector, Gram-Schmidt projects it onto our current orthogonal basis.

      We then substract the components that overlap for each of those basis vectors, to get a \(q_i'\) that is linearly independent. We then normalise it and add it to the basis.

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What does Gram-Schmidt actually do? Why do we substract&nbsp;\(\sum^{k - 1}_{i = 1} (a_k^\top q_i) q_i\)?
      Back For each new vector, Gram-Schmidt projects it onto our current orthogonal basis.<br><br>We then substract the components that overlap for each of those basis vectors, to get a&nbsp;\(q_i'\)&nbsp;that is linearly independent. We then normalise it and add it to the basis.<br><br><img src="paste-b6b55f36e78516fa3cd2e3dcf1fc622ee3a4fd8f.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

      Note 3013: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: r,m&
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Fundamental Subspaces:
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). \[ N(A) = C(A^\top)^\perp\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Fundamental Subspaces:
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). \[ N(A) = C(A^\top)^\perp\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Fundamental Subspaces:<br>Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\). \[{{c1:: N(A) }} = {{c2::C(A^\top)}}^\perp\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 3014: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: rV0)C5{8PB
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
      For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:
      \(\textbf{N}(A) = \){{c1::\(\textbf{N}(MA)\) (nullspace is the same)}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
      For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:
      \(\textbf{N}(A) = \){{c1::\(\textbf{N}(MA)\) (nullspace is the same)}}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:</div>\(\textbf{N}(A) = \){{c1::\(\textbf{N}(MA)\) (nullspace is the same)}}<blockquote><ol> </ol></blockquote>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations

      Note 3015: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: rX
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces
      Let \(V, W\) be two vector spaces. A function \(T: V \rightarrow W\) is called a linear transformation between vector spaces if the following linearity axiom holds for all \(x_1, x_2 \in V\) and all \(\lambda_1, \lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\): \[ T(\lambda_1 x_1 + \lambda_2 x_2) = \lambda_1 T(x_1) + \lambda_2 T(x_2) \]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces
      Let \(V, W\) be two vector spaces. A function \(T: V \rightarrow W\) is called a linear transformation between vector spaces if the following linearity axiom holds for all \(x_1, x_2 \in V\) and all \(\lambda_1, \lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\): \[ T(\lambda_1 x_1 + \lambda_2 x_2) = \lambda_1 T(x_1) + \lambda_2 T(x_2) \]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(V, W\) be two vector spaces. A function \(T: V \rightarrow W\) is called a <i>linear transformation between vector spaces</i>&nbsp;if the following {{c1::linearity}} axiom holds for all \(x_1, x_2 \in V\) and all \(\lambda_1, \lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\): \[ {{c1:: T(\lambda_1 x_1 + \lambda_2 x_2) = \lambda_1 T(x_1) + \lambda_2 T(x_2) }}\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::5._Linear_Transformations_Between_Vector_spaces

      Note 3016: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: re^L]
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      We can decompose \(\mathbb{R}^n = {{c1:: V + V^\bot = \{v + w \mid v \in V, w \in V^\bot\} }}\) using a Minkowsky sum.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      We can decompose \(\mathbb{R}^n = {{c1:: V + V^\bot = \{v + w \mid v \in V, w \in V^\bot\} }}\) using a Minkowsky sum.

      We can also write \(\mathbb{R}^n = V^\bot + (V^\bot)^\bot\), it's symmetric.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We can decompose \(\mathbb{R}^n = {{c1:: V + V^\bot = \{v + w \mid v \in V, w \in V^\bot\} }}\) using a Minkowsky sum.
      Extra We can also write \(\mathbb{R}^n = V^\bot + (V^\bot)^\bot\), it's symmetric.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 3017: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: rj{~]5a9g*
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
      Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix and \(M\) an invertible \(m \times m\) matrix.

      Then the two systems \(Ax = b\) and \(MAx = Mb\) have the same solutions \(x\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
      Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix and \(M\) an invertible \(m \times m\) matrix.

      Then the two systems \(Ax = b\) and \(MAx = Mb\) have the same solutions \(x\).

      This is why Gauss-Jordan Elimination works.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(A\) be an \(m \times n\) matrix and \(M\) an invertible \(m \times m\) matrix.<br><br>Then the two systems \(Ax = b\) and \(MAx = Mb\) have the {{c1::same solutions \(x\)}}.
      Extra This is why Gauss-Jordan Elimination works.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations

      Note 3018: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: rn`#u|JmN0
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
      For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

      \(A\) has linearly independent columns if and only if \(MA\) has linearly independent colums.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations
      For \(A\) a matrix and \(M\) an invertible matrix:

      \(A\) has linearly independent columns if and only if \(MA\) has linearly independent colums.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>For&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;a matrix and&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;an invertible matrix:</div><div><br></div>\(A\)&nbsp;has {{c1::linearly independent columns}} if and only if {{c1::\(MA\)&nbsp;has linearly independent colums}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::2._Gauss_Elimination::3._Row_Operations

      Note 3019: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: rnuwKzI%R.
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) be a basis of subspace \(V\). Let \(w_1, \dots, w_l\) be a basis of subspace \(W\).

      \(V\) and \(W\) are orthogonal if and only if {{c1::\(v_i\) and \(w_j\) are orthogonal for all \(i \in \{1, \dots, k\}\) and \(j \in \{1, \dots, l\}\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality
      Let \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) be a basis of subspace \(V\). Let \(w_1, \dots, w_l\) be a basis of subspace \(W\).

      \(V\) and \(W\) are orthogonal if and only if {{c1::\(v_i\) and \(w_j\) are orthogonal for all \(i \in \{1, \dots, k\}\) and \(j \in \{1, \dots, l\}\)}}.

      Subspaces are orthogonal if their basis-vectors are orthogonal.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(v_1, \dots, v_k\) be a basis of subspace \(V\). Let \(w_1, \dots, w_l\) be a basis of subspace \(W\).<br><br>\(V\) and \(W\) are orthogonal <i>if and only if</i>&nbsp;{{c1::\(v_i\) and \(w_j\) are orthogonal for all \(i \in \{1, \dots, k\}\) and \(j \in \{1, \dots, l\}\)}}.
      Extra Subspaces are orthogonal if their basis-vectors are orthogonal.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::1._Orthogonality

      Note 3020: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: rs*|Dcb_E|
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
      For \(A\) written in CR-Decomposition \(A = CR'\), \(R'\) is unique.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
      For \(A\) written in CR-Decomposition \(A = CR'\), \(R'\) is unique.

      \(R'\) is unique because the \(C\) is linearly independent and there's only one way to write a vector (the columns of \(A\)) as the linear combination of independent vectors.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;written in CR-Decomposition&nbsp;\(A = CR'\),&nbsp;\(R'\)&nbsp;is {{c1:: unique::property? and why proof?}}.
      Extra \(R'\)&nbsp;is unique because the&nbsp;\(C\)&nbsp;is linearly independent and there's only one way to write a vector (the columns of&nbsp;\(A\)) as the linear combination of independent vectors.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition

      Note 3021: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: rvqzRY-*GX
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      A diagonal matrix \(D\) has eigenvalues which are the diagonals and a full set of eigenvectors \(e_1, \dots, e_n\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      A diagonal matrix \(D\) has eigenvalues which are the diagonals and a full set of eigenvectors \(e_1, \dots, e_n\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A diagonal matrix&nbsp;\(D\)&nbsp;has eigenvalues {{c1::which are the diagonals::where are they?}} and {{c1::a full set of eigenvectors&nbsp;\(e_1, \dots, e_n\)::EVs?}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 3022: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: s!I_p%w(=W
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      Any degree \(n\) polynomial \(P(z)\) (with \(n \geq 1\)) has {{c1::\(n\) zeros \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n \in \mathbb{C}\)}}, possibly with repetitions, such that \[P(z) = a_n (z-\lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \cdots (z - \lambda_n)\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      Any degree \(n\) polynomial \(P(z)\) (with \(n \geq 1\)) has {{c1::\(n\) zeros \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n \in \mathbb{C}\)}}, possibly with repetitions, such that \[P(z) = a_n (z-\lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \cdots (z - \lambda_n)\]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Any degree \(n\) polynomial \(P(z)\) (with \(n \geq 1\)) has {{c1::\(n\) zeros \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n \in \mathbb{C}\)}}, {{c1::possibly with repetitions}}, such that \[P(z) = a_n (z-\lambda_1)(z - \lambda_2) \cdots (z - \lambda_n)\]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

      Note 3023: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: s(K/=VnA_Y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      We can write \(A\) as the sum of rank \(1\) matrices: \[A = {{c2::\sum_{k = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i v_i^\top}}\]where  \(v_1, \dots, v_n\) are an orthonormal basis of eigenvectors (the \(V\) in diagonalisation) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) the associated eigenvectors.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem
      We can write \(A\) as the sum of rank \(1\) matrices: \[A = {{c2::\sum_{k = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i v_i^\top}}\]where  \(v_1, \dots, v_n\) are an orthonormal basis of eigenvectors (the \(V\) in diagonalisation) and \(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\) the associated eigenvectors.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We can write&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;as the sum of {{c1::rank&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;matrices}}:&nbsp;\[A = {{c2::\sum_{k = 1}^n \lambda_i v_i v_i^\top}}\]where {{c2::&nbsp;\(v_1, \dots, v_n\)&nbsp;are an orthonormal basis of eigenvectors (the&nbsp;\(V\)&nbsp;in diagonalisation) and&nbsp;\(\lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_n\)&nbsp;the associated eigenvectors}}.<br>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem

      Note 3024: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: s,(|c|R^[@
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions
      1. If \(m = n\) (\(A\) is square), the system \(Ax = b\) is called square. Typically solvable. 
      2. If \(m < n\) (A is a wide matrix), the system \(Ax = b\) is called underdetermined. These are typically solvable
      3. If \(m > n\) (A is a tall matrix) the system \(Ax = b\) is called overdetermined. Typically not solvable.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions
      1. If \(m = n\) (\(A\) is square), the system \(Ax = b\) is called square. Typically solvable. 
      2. If \(m < n\) (A is a wide matrix), the system \(Ax = b\) is called underdetermined. These are typically solvable
      3. If \(m > n\) (A is a tall matrix) the system \(Ax = b\) is called overdetermined. Typically not solvable.

      (Undetermined because there are more variables than equations.)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <ol><li>If \(m = n\) (\(A\) is square), the system \(Ax = b\) is called square. Typically solvable.&nbsp;</li><li>If \(m &lt; n\) (A is a wide matrix), the system \(Ax = b\) is called {{c1::underdetermined}}. These are {{c1::typically solvable::solvability}}.&nbsp;</li><li>If \(m &gt; n\) (A is a tall matrix) the system \(Ax = b\) is called {{c2::overdetermined}}. Typically {{c2::not solvable::solvability}}.</li></ol>
      Extra (Undetermined because there are more variables than equations.)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::2._Number_of_solutions

      Note 3025: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: s-`w^:1S}3
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix
      Given \(n\) vectors \(v_1, \dots, v_n \in \mathbb{R}^n\) we call their Gram matrix the {{c2::\(n \times n\) matrix of inner products  \(G_{ij} = v_i^\top v_j\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix
      Given \(n\) vectors \(v_1, \dots, v_n \in \mathbb{R}^n\) we call their Gram matrix the {{c2::\(n \times n\) matrix of inner products  \(G_{ij} = v_i^\top v_j\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Given \(n\) vectors \(v_1, \dots, v_n \in \mathbb{R}^n\) we call their {{c1::Gram matrix}} the {{c2::\(n \times n\) matrix of inner products &nbsp;\(G_{ij} = v_i^\top v_j\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::3._Gram_Matrix

      Note 3026: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: s1Oa?:={wu
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Does \(Av = v\) mean \(1\) is an eigenvalue of \(A\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Does \(Av = v\) mean \(1\) is an eigenvalue of \(A\)?

      No, we need to have \(v \neq 0\) to have that relationship hold!
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Does&nbsp;\(Av = v\)&nbsp;mean&nbsp;\(1\)&nbsp;is an eigenvalue of&nbsp;\(A\)?
      Back <b>No</b>, we need to have&nbsp;\(v \neq 0\)&nbsp;to have that relationship hold!
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 3027: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: s@:duB;6%y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::1._Definition_and_examples
      What special conditions (other than the 3 basic conditions) make a set of vectors linearly dependent?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::1._Definition_and_examples
      What special conditions (other than the 3 basic conditions) make a set of vectors linearly dependent?

      If:
      • one of the vectors is 0
      • one vector \(\textbf{v}\) is contained twice
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What special conditions (other than the 3 basic conditions) make a set of vectors linearly dependent?
      Back If:<br><ul><li>one of the vectors is 0</li><li>one vector&nbsp;\(\textbf{v}\)&nbsp;is contained twice</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::1._Definition_and_examples

      Note 3028: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: sH/[5Mikuh
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
      If \(A\) is a matrix and \(P\) is a permutation that swaps two elements (i.e. \(\text{sgn}(P) = -1\)): \[\det(PA) = - \det(A) \]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
      If \(A\) is a matrix and \(P\) is a permutation that swaps two elements (i.e. \(\text{sgn}(P) = -1\)): \[\det(PA) = - \det(A) \]

      \(PA\) corresponds to swapping two rows of \(A\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text If \(A\) is a matrix and \(P\) is a permutation that <i>swaps two elements</i>&nbsp;(i.e. \(\text{sgn}(P) = -1\)):&nbsp;\[\det(PA) = {{c1:: - \det(A) }}\]<br>
      Extra \(PA\)&nbsp;corresponds to swapping two rows of&nbsp;\(A\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond

      Note 3029: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: sQOMX5~Sf=
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties
      Matrix multiplication is not commutative most of the time.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties
      Matrix multiplication is not commutative most of the time.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Matrix multiplication is {{c1::not}} commutative most of the time.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::2._Definition_and_basic_properties

      Note 3030: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: s`o%{8yLJx
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace
      How do we find a basis for the nullspace of \(A\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace
      How do we find a basis for the nullspace of \(A\)?

      1. Compute the RREF form \(R\) of \(A\) (\(MA\) has the same nullspace as \(A\): \(\textbf{N}(A) = \textbf{N}(MA)\))
      2. Remove any zero rows (because \(0^\top x = 0\) regardless of \(x\))
      3. Solve for \(Rx = 0\):

      4. We seperate the matrix into the identity and the "rest". Note that for this we take columns 1 and 2 as they form the 2x2 identity.
      5. Which becomes 
      6. We reduce this to a system of equations:

        We choose two special solutions (independent) and then plug in the values into our equations to find the rest. This gives us a basis of the nullspace as we get two linearly independent vectors in there and it has dimension 2. We call these particular solutions.
      Final nullspace:
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How do we find a basis for the nullspace of&nbsp;\(A\)?
      Back <ol><li>Compute the RREF form&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;(\(MA\) has the same nullspace as \(A\): \(\textbf{N}(A) = \textbf{N}(MA)\))<br><img src="paste-c7b63bea7d24d14a38bb7424b8db516858fabcf0.jpg"></li><li>Remove any zero rows (because&nbsp;\(0^\top x = 0\)&nbsp;regardless of&nbsp;\(x\))</li><li>Solve for&nbsp;\(Rx = 0\):<br><img src="paste-202adab412a02f3505cdc07a23c10560126d62b6.jpg"><br></li><li>We seperate the matrix into the identity and the "rest". Note that for this we take columns 1 and 2 as they form the 2x2 identity.<br><img src="paste-d1c60625d9e82f7d7e03e5e589fa3aadb665dcc3.jpg"></li><li>Which becomes&nbsp;<br><img src="paste-d411074ad0d64bb267df9e809e480d6930a8d42f.jpg"></li><li>We reduce this to a system of equations:<br><img src="paste-d836e1ad674f83289a6c984addc347470f0dc213.jpg"><br><div>We choose two special solutions (independent) and then plug in the values into our equations to find the rest. This gives us a basis of the nullspace as we get two linearly independent vectors in there and it has dimension 2. We call these <strong>particular solutions</strong>.</div></li></ol><div>Final nullspace:</div><div><img src="paste-d862ea45eee333d57256e4b8635e0a0b714ae57a.jpg"></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::3._Nullspace

      Note 3031: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: smJ/avn#*y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      \(A^\top A\) is invertible if and only if \(A\) has linearly independent columns.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      \(A^\top A\) is invertible if and only if \(A\) has linearly independent columns.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(A^\top A\) is invertible <i>if and only if</i>&nbsp;{{c1::\(A\) has linearly independent columns}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

      Note 3032: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: sp}Iuo:,06
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
      How do we express the unit vectors of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
      How do we express the unit vectors of \(\mathbb{R}^n\)?

      \(\{e_1, e_2, ... e_n\}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How do we express the unit vectors of&nbsp;\(\mathbb{R}^n\)?
      Back \(\{e_1, e_2, ... e_n\}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm

      Note 3033: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: s},fJ+;VIc
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      \(A\) has an EW \(0\) \(\Longleftrightarrow\)\(A\) is not invertible Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      \(A\) has an EW \(0\) \(\Longleftrightarrow\)\(A\) is not invertible Proof Included

      We know the EVs are in the \(N(A - \lambda I)\) because they solve the formula \(Av = \lambda v \implies Av - \lambda v \)\(= 0 \implies (A - \lambda I)v = 0\). Thus  \(v\) is in the nullspace of \((A - \lambda I)\).

      If \(A\) is not invertible, then it will have an EV of \(0\), which means that there is an EV solving \((A - 0 \cdot I)v = 0 \implies Av = 0\). Thus \(v \neq 0\)  is in the nullspace of \(A\), i.e. the nullspace is not empty.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text {{c1::\(A\)&nbsp;has an EW&nbsp;\(0\)::EW}}&nbsp;\(\Longleftrightarrow\){{c2::\(A\)&nbsp;is not invertible}}<i>&nbsp;Proof Included</i>
      Extra <div>We know the EVs are in the \(N(A - \lambda I)\) because they solve the formula \(Av = \lambda v \implies Av - \lambda v \)\(= 0 \implies (A - \lambda I)v = 0\). Thus &nbsp;\(v\) is in the nullspace of \((A - \lambda I)\).</div><div><br></div><div>If \(A\) is not invertible, then it will have an EV of \(0\), which means that there is an EV solving \((A - 0 \cdot I)v = 0 \implies Av = 0\). Thus \(v \neq 0\)&nbsp; is in the nullspace of \(A\), i.e. the nullspace is not empty.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

      Note 3034: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: t2:)I`&X*~
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
      The projection of a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) onto a subspace \(S\) (of \(\mathbb{R}^m\)) is the point in \(S\) that is closest to \(b\). In other words \[ \text{proj}_S(b) = {{c1:: \text{argmin}_{p \in S} ||b - p|| }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
      The projection of a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) onto a subspace \(S\) (of \(\mathbb{R}^m\)) is the point in \(S\) that is closest to \(b\). In other words \[ \text{proj}_S(b) = {{c1:: \text{argmin}_{p \in S} ||b - p|| }}\]

      Where \(b = p + e \implies b - p = e\), with \(e\) the error.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The projection of a vector \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) onto a subspace \(S\) (of \(\mathbb{R}^m\)) is the point in \(S\)&nbsp;{{c1::that is closest to \(b\)}}. In other words \[ \text{proj}_S(b) = {{c1:: \text{argmin}_{p \in S} ||b - p|| }}\]
      Extra Where \(b = p + e \implies b - p = e\), with \(e\) the error.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case

      Note 3035: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: t8F!:>0%NQ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      The \(QR\) decomposition of an \(A\) with linearly independent columns is  \(A = QR\) with \(Q\) orthogonal and \(R\) upper triangular.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      The \(QR\) decomposition of an \(A\) with linearly independent columns is  \(A = QR\) with \(Q\) orthogonal and \(R\) upper triangular.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The&nbsp;\(QR\)&nbsp;decomposition of an&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;with linearly independent columns is {{c1::&nbsp;\(A = QR\)&nbsp;with&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;orthogonal and&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp;upper triangular}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

      Note 3036: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: tQtZJZ|Ls+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      Given a real matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the non-zero eigenvalues of \(A^\top A\) are the same ones as of \(AA^\top\).

      Both matrices are symmetric and PSD.
      Proof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      Given a real matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the non-zero eigenvalues of \(A^\top A\) are the same ones as of \(AA^\top\).

      Both matrices are symmetric and PSD.
      Proof Included

      Proof \(G = AA^\top\) and \(G = A^\top A\) are PSD.
      •   \(x^\top G x = x^\top (A^\top A ) x = (Ax)^\top (Ax) = ||Ax||^2 \geq 0\)
      • \(x^\top G x = x^\top AA^\top x = (A^\top x)^\top (A^\top x) = ||A^\top x||^2 \geq 0\)

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Given a real matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\), the non-zero eigenvalues of&nbsp;\(A^\top A\) are the same ones as of \(AA^\top\).</div><div><br></div><div>Both matrices are {{c3::<em>symmetric</em> and <i>PSD</i>}}.</div><div><i>Proof Included</i><br></div>
      Extra <div><b>Proof</b> \(G = AA^\top\) and \(G = A^\top A\) are PSD.</div><div><ul><li>&nbsp; \(x^\top G x = x^\top (A^\top A ) x = (Ax)^\top (Ax) = ||Ax||^2 \geq 0\) </li><li>\(x^\top G x = x^\top AA^\top x = (A^\top x)^\top (A^\top x) = ||A^\top x||^2 \geq 0\)</li></ul></div><div><br></div><div></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 3037: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: tR&oOKzisO
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
      A matrix decomposition is a factorization of a single matrix into a product of ones with useful properties.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition
      A matrix decomposition is a factorization of a single matrix into a product of ones with useful properties.

      Example: LU decomposition (\(A=LU\))
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A matrix decomposition is {{c1::a factorization of a single matrix into a product of ones with useful properties}}.
      Extra Example: LU decomposition (\(A=LU\))
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::5._CR_decomposition

      Note 3038: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: tX5`w6cN=$
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
      Let \(a \in \mathbb{R}^m \ \backslash \ \{0\}\). 

      The projection of \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) on \(S = \{\lambda a \ | \ \lambda \in \mathbb{R} \} = C(a)\) is given by: \[ \text{proj}_S(b) = {{c1:: \frac{aa^\top}{a^\top a}b }}\]
      This minimiser is unique.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case
      Let \(a \in \mathbb{R}^m \ \backslash \ \{0\}\). 

      The projection of \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) on \(S = \{\lambda a \ | \ \lambda \in \mathbb{R} \} = C(a)\) is given by: \[ \text{proj}_S(b) = {{c1:: \frac{aa^\top}{a^\top a}b }}\]
      This minimiser is unique.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(a \in \mathbb{R}^m \ \backslash \ \{0\}\).&nbsp;</div><div><br></div><div>The projection of \(b \in \mathbb{R}^m\) on&nbsp;\(S = \{\lambda a \ | \ \lambda \in \mathbb{R} \} = C(a)\) is given by:&nbsp;\[ \text{proj}_S(b) = {{c1:: \frac{aa^\top}{a^\top a}b }}\]</div><div>This minimiser is unique.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::1._2d_Case

      Note 3039: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: tjub=34aze
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
      \(AA^\dagger\) is symmetric.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
      \(AA^\dagger\) is symmetric.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(AA^\dagger\) is {{c1::symmetric::property?}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties

      Note 3040: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: tr&k>HpzdT
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension
      A basis is not always a set of vectors, it could also be a set of matrices.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension
      A basis is not always a set of vectors, it could also be a set of matrices.

      Thus for the subspace of diagonal matrices \(D_m\), the basis is made up of diagonal matrices.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A basis is not always a set of {{c1:: vectors, it could also be a set of matrices}}.
      Extra Thus for the subspace of diagonal matrices \(D_m\), the basis is made up of <i>diagonal matrices</i>.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension

      Note 3041: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: u8Qxy,>bCQ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times m}\). \(A\) is invertible if:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties PlsFix::ClozeThatBish
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times m}\). \(A\) is invertible if:

      There is a \(m \times m\) matrix \(B\) such that \(BA = I\).

      Exists only if \(A\) has linearly independent columns.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front <div>Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times m}\).&nbsp;\(A\) is invertible if:</div>
      Back There is a&nbsp;\(m \times m\)&nbsp;matrix&nbsp;\(B\)&nbsp;such that&nbsp;\(BA = I\).<br><br><i>Exists only if&nbsp;</i>\(A\)<i>&nbsp;has linearly independent columns.</i>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties PlsFix::ClozeThatBish

      Note 3042: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: u9EK]1)kgH
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      We have \(C(Q) =\) \(C(A)\) for \(Q\) the result of Gram-Schmidt on \(A\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      We have \(C(Q) =\) \(C(A)\) for \(Q\) the result of Gram-Schmidt on \(A\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We have&nbsp;\(C(Q) =\)&nbsp;{{c1::\(C(A)\)}} for&nbsp;\(Q\)&nbsp;the result of Gram-Schmidt on&nbsp;\(A\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

      Note 3043: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: u:|nk(8Sda
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
      The co-factors of \(A\) are \( C_{ij} = {{c1:: (-1)^{i + j} \det(\mathcal{A}_{ij}) }}\) where \(\mathcal{A}_{ij}\) is the \((n - 1)\times (n-1)\) matrix without row \(i\) and column \(j\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond
      The co-factors of \(A\) are \( C_{ij} = {{c1:: (-1)^{i + j} \det(\mathcal{A}_{ij}) }}\) where \(\mathcal{A}_{ij}\) is the \((n - 1)\times (n-1)\) matrix without row \(i\) and column \(j\).

      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The c<b>o-factors</b> of \(A\) are&nbsp;\( C_{ij} = {{c1:: (-1)^{i + j} \det(\mathcal{A}_{ij}) }}\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(\mathcal{A}_{ij}\)&nbsp;is the&nbsp;\((n - 1)\times (n-1)\)&nbsp;matrix without row&nbsp;\(i\)&nbsp;and column&nbsp;\(j\).
      Extra <img src="paste-5380635095a8a7665119ccf8d988a2ee74964ad3.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::3._Cofactors,_Cramer's_Rule_and_Beyond

      Note 3044: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: uCC
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
      The \(\text{sgn}(\sigma)\) where \(\sigma\) is a permutation is {{c1::the parity of the number of elements that are out of order (inversions: \( i < j \text{ and } \sigma(i) > \sigma( j)\)) after applying the permutation::inversions}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
      The \(\text{sgn}(\sigma)\) where \(\sigma\) is a permutation is {{c1::the parity of the number of elements that are out of order (inversions: \( i < j \text{ and } \sigma(i) > \sigma( j)\)) after applying the permutation::inversions}}.

      \((1, 3, 2)\) has one inversion.

      \(\text{sgn}(\sigma)=(−1)^k\) where \(k\) is the number of transpositions (swaps) needed to obtain \(σ\) from the identity.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The&nbsp;\(\text{sgn}(\sigma)\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(\sigma\)&nbsp;is a permutation is {{c1::the parity of the number of elements that are out of order (inversions:&nbsp;\( i &lt; j \text{ and } \sigma(i) &gt; \sigma( j)\)) after applying the permutation::inversions}}.
      Extra \((1, 3, 2)\)&nbsp;has one inversion.<br><br>\(\text{sgn}(\sigma)=(−1)^k\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(k\)&nbsp;is the number of transpositions (swaps) needed to obtain&nbsp;\(σ\)&nbsp;from the identity.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations

      Note 3045: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: uWwT2a*Vb[
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
      What is the nullspace of a matrix?  

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace
      What is the nullspace of a matrix?  

      The set of vectors that give the 0-vector when multiplied with the given matrix.

      \(N(A) := \{x\in \mathbb{R} : Ax = \boldsymbol{0} \}\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the&nbsp;<b>nullspace&nbsp;</b>of a matrix?<b>&nbsp;&nbsp;</b>
      Back The set of vectors that give the 0-vector&nbsp;when multiplied with the given matrix.<br><br>\(N(A) := \{x\in \mathbb{R} : Ax = \boldsymbol{0} \}\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::5._Nullspace

      Note 3046: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: u^,*N^?pR/
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite
      A symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is positive definite if and only if {{c2::\(x^\top Ax > 0\) for all \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus \{0\}\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite
      A symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is positive definite if and only if {{c2::\(x^\top Ax > 0\) for all \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus \{0\}\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A symmetric matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is {{c1::positive definite}} if and only if {{c2::\(x^\top Ax &gt; 0\) for all \(x \in \mathbb{R}^n \setminus \{0\}\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::2._Symmetric_Matrices_and_the_Spectral_Theorem::2._Positive_(Semi)definite

      Note 3047: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: uamL=`piJf
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
      The sign of a permutation is multiplicative:

      \(\text{sgn}(\sigma \circ \lambda) = {{c1:: \text{sgn}(\sigma) \cdot \text{sgn}(\lambda)}}\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
      The sign of a permutation is multiplicative:

      \(\text{sgn}(\sigma \circ \lambda) = {{c1:: \text{sgn}(\sigma) \cdot \text{sgn}(\lambda)}}\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The sign of a permutation is {{c1::multiplicative::property}}: <br><br>\(\text{sgn}(\sigma \circ \lambda) = {{c1:: \text{sgn}(\sigma) \cdot \text{sgn}(\lambda)}}\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations

      Note 3048: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: uo#Gn+y8bD
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Für alle Vektorpaare \( \mathbf{x,y} \in \mathbb{E}^n \) gilt die Cauchy-Schwarz-Ungleichung: {{c1::\( | \langle \mathbf{x, y} \rangle | \le ||\mathbf{x}|| \ ||\mathbf{y}||\)}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DUPLICATE
      Für alle Vektorpaare \( \mathbf{x,y} \in \mathbb{E}^n \) gilt die Cauchy-Schwarz-Ungleichung: {{c1::\( | \langle \mathbf{x, y} \rangle | \le ||\mathbf{x}|| \ ||\mathbf{y}||\)}}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Für alle Vektorpaare&nbsp;\( \mathbf{x,y} \in \mathbb{E}^n \) gilt die Cauchy-Schwarz-Ungleichung:&nbsp;{{c1::\( | \langle \mathbf{x, y} \rangle | \le ||\mathbf{x}|| \ ||\mathbf{y}||\)}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DUPLICATE

      Note 3049: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: uodougE6kh
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      The determinant exists only for square matrices.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      The determinant exists only for square matrices.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The determinant exists only for {{c1::square}} matrices.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 3050: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: uqAA$|?Lip
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda_1 \neq \lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\) two distinct eigenvalues of \(A\) with corresponding eigenvectors \(v_1, v_2\).
      Then \(v_1\) and \(v_2\) are orthogonalProof Included

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors
      Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda_1 \neq \lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\) two distinct eigenvalues of \(A\) with corresponding eigenvectors \(v_1, v_2\).
      Then \(v_1\) and \(v_2\) are orthogonalProof Included

      \(\lambda_1 v_1 ^\top v_2 = (Av_1)^\top v_2\) \( = v_1^\top A ^\top v_2 = \) \(v_1^\top (Av_2)\) \( = \lambda_2 v_1^\top v_2\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) be a symmetric matrix and \(\lambda_1 {{c2::\neq}} \lambda_2 \in \mathbb{R}\)&nbsp;two {{c2::distinct}} eigenvalues of \(A\) with corresponding eigenvectors \(v_1, v_2\).</div><div>Then \(v_1\) and \(v_2\)&nbsp;{{c1::are orthogonal}}.&nbsp;<i>Proof Included</i></div>
      Extra \(\lambda_1 v_1 ^\top v_2 = (Av_1)^\top v_2\)&nbsp;\( = v_1^\top A ^\top v_2 = \)&nbsp;\(v_1^\top (Av_2)\)&nbsp;\( = \lambda_2 v_1^\top v_2\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors

      Note 3051: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: v#FTBh.m{S
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      Ein LGS heisst homogen, wenn die rechte Seite Null ist.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      Ein LGS heisst homogen, wenn die rechte Seite Null ist.

      Besitzt immer triviale Lösung (alles 0).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Ein LGS heisst {{c1::homogen}}, wenn {{c2::die rechte Seite Null ist}}.
      Extra Besitzt immer triviale Lösung (alles 0).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

      Note 3052: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: v>PZpE,mn~
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::3._Steinitz_Exchange_Lemma
      Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space, \(F \subseteq V\) a finite set of linearly independent vectors (note that \(F\) does not need to span \(V\)) and \(G \subseteq V\) a finite set of vectors with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\) (but they don't all need to be independent). Then the following two statements hold:
      1. \(|F| \leq |G|\)
      2. {{c2::There exists a subset \(E \subseteq G\) of size \(|G| - |F|\) such that \(\textbf{Span}(F \cup E) = V\).}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::3._Steinitz_Exchange_Lemma
      Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space, \(F \subseteq V\) a finite set of linearly independent vectors (note that \(F\) does not need to span \(V\)) and \(G \subseteq V\) a finite set of vectors with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\) (but they don't all need to be independent). Then the following two statements hold:
      1. \(|F| \leq |G|\)
      2. {{c2::There exists a subset \(E \subseteq G\) of size \(|G| - |F|\) such that \(\textbf{Span}(F \cup E) = V\).}}

      We can use the lemma to argue that there can't be more than \(n\) independent vectors in a space of dimension \(n\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(V\) be a finitely generated vector space, \(F \subseteq V\) a finite set of linearly independent vectors (note that \(F\) does not need to span \(V\)) and \(G \subseteq V\) a finite set of vectors with \(\textbf{Span}(G) = V\) (but they don't all need to be independent). Then the following two statements hold:</div><div><ol><li>{{c1::\(|F| \leq |G|\)}}</li><li>{{c2::There exists a subset \(E \subseteq G\) of size \(|G| - |F|\) such that \(\textbf{Span}(F \cup E) = V\).}}</li></ol></div><blockquote><ol> </ol></blockquote>
      Extra We can use the lemma to argue that there can't be more than \(n\) independent vectors in a space of dimension \(n\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::3._Steinitz_Exchange_Lemma

      Note 3053: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: vA(v{*KZt+
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      In QR decomposition \(R\)  is invertible because?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition
      In QR decomposition \(R\)  is invertible because?

      \(N(A) = \{0\}\) since \(A\) has independent columns and thus \(N(R) = \{0\}\):
      • \(Rx = 0\) then \(Ax = QRx = 0\) thus \(Q\cdot 0 = 0\)
      • Thus \(x \in N(A) \implies x = 0\)
      Thus \(R \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) (square) must be invertible.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front In QR decomposition&nbsp;\(R\)&nbsp; is invertible because?
      Back \(N(A) = \{0\}\) since \(A\) has independent columns and thus \(N(R) = \{0\}\):<br><ul><li>\(Rx = 0\)&nbsp;then&nbsp;\(Ax = QRx = 0\)&nbsp;thus&nbsp;\(Q\cdot 0 = 0\)</li><li>Thus&nbsp;\(x \in N(A) \implies x = 0\)</li></ul>Thus \(R \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) (square) must be invertible.<br>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt::2._QR_Decomposition

      Note 3054: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: vFzsuS+[?6
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
      What is the columnspace of a matrix?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
      What is the columnspace of a matrix?

      The span of all column-vectors.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the columnspace of a matrix?
      Back The span of all column-vectors.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank

      Note 3055: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: vMw:@b$pAy
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      How to recover a matrix \(A\) from it's eigenvectors and eigenvalues (complete set)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      How to recover a matrix \(A\) from it's eigenvectors and eigenvalues (complete set)?

      \(V\) the matrix with the eigenvectors of \(A\), orthogonal. Then we know \(AV = VD\) (\(Av_i = \lambda_i v_i\) in matrix form), with \(D = \Lambda\) the matrix with the eigenvalues on the diagonal.

      Thus \(AVV^\top = VDV^\top \implies A = VDV^\top\) .
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How to recover a matrix&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;from it's eigenvectors and eigenvalues (complete set)?
      Back \(V\)&nbsp;the matrix with the eigenvectors of&nbsp;\(A\), orthogonal. Then we know&nbsp;\(AV = VD\)&nbsp;(\(Av_i = \lambda_i v_i\)&nbsp;in matrix form), with&nbsp;\(D = \Lambda\)&nbsp;the matrix with the eigenvalues on the diagonal.<br><br>Thus&nbsp;\(AVV^\top = VDV^\top \implies A = VDV^\top\)&nbsp;.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 3056: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: v`BTz<1Q{~
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::1._Undoing_matrix_transformations
      Wann ist eine Matrix invertierbar?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::1._Undoing_matrix_transformations
      Wann ist eine Matrix invertierbar?

      Falls eine Matrix \( \mathbf{X} \) existiert, sodass \( \mathbf{AX} = \mathbf{XA} = \mathbf{I_n}\)

      Beispiel: \( \begin{pmatrix} 1 & 2 \\ 0 & 3 \end{pmatrix} * \begin{pmatrix} 1 & -\frac{2}{3} \\ 0 & \frac{1}{3} \end{pmatrix} = \mathbf{I_2}\) 
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Wann ist eine Matrix <b>invertierbar</b>?
      Back Falls eine Matrix&nbsp;\( \mathbf{X} \) existiert, sodass&nbsp;\( \mathbf{AX} = \mathbf{XA} = \mathbf{I_n}\)<div><br></div><div>Beispiel:&nbsp;\( \begin{pmatrix} 1 &amp; 2 \\ 0 &amp; 3 \end{pmatrix} * \begin{pmatrix} 1 &amp; -\frac{2}{3} \\ 0 &amp; \frac{1}{3} \end{pmatrix} = \mathbf{I_2}\)&nbsp;</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::1._Undoing_matrix_transformations

      Note 3057: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: ve7Q_/^p1y
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = m\), we define the pseudo-inverse \(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) as:\[ A^\dagger = {{c1::A^\top (A A^\top)^{-1} }}\]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = m\), we define the pseudo-inverse \(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) as:\[ A^\dagger = {{c1::A^\top (A A^\top)^{-1} }}\]

      For an \(A\) with full column-rank, we basically define, \(A^\dagger\) as the transpose of the pseudoinverse of the transpose:


      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = m\), we define the <b>pseudo-inverse</b>&nbsp;\(A^\dagger \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times m}\) as:\[ A^\dagger = {{c1::A^\top (A A^\top)^{-1} }}\]
      Extra For an \(A\) with full column-rank, we basically define, \(A^\dagger\) as the transpose of the pseudoinverse of the transpose:<br><img src="paste-ea3dc98b302c74b79fb2bafc8b144f36da289e16.jpg"><br><br>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

      Note 3058: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: ve95W6~[iY
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      For a projection to exist using our formula \(P = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top\) we need \(A\) to have independent columns, i.e. they form a basis for \(C(A)\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      For a projection to exist using our formula \(P = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top\) we need \(A\) to have independent columns, i.e. they form a basis for \(C(A)\).

      Otherwise the projection is not unique.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For a projection to exist using our formula&nbsp;\(P = A (A^\top A)^{-1} A^\top\)&nbsp;we need {{c1:: \(A\)&nbsp;to have independent columns, i.e. they form a basis for&nbsp;\(C(A)\)}}.
      Extra Otherwise the projection is not unique.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

      Note 3059: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: vlkuMD-Ica
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      Was ist eine konjugiert-komplexe Matrix?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      Was ist eine konjugiert-komplexe Matrix?

      Wenn \(\mathbf{A}\) eine komplexe Matrix ist, dann ist \(\overline{\mathbf{A}}\) mit \( (\overline{\mathbf{A}})_{ij} = \overline{(\mathbf{A})_{ij}}\) die konjugiert-komplexe Matrix.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Was ist eine <b>konjugiert-komplexe </b>Matrix?
      Back Wenn&nbsp;\(\mathbf{A}\) eine komplexe Matrix ist, dann ist&nbsp;\(\overline{\mathbf{A}}\) mit&nbsp;\( (\overline{\mathbf{A}})_{ij} = \overline{(\mathbf{A})_{ij}}\) die konjugiert-komplexe Matrix.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

      Note 3060: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: vo=
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
      What is a property of symmetrical matrices?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations
      What is a property of symmetrical matrices?

      \(A^T = A\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is a property of symmetrical matrices?
      Back \(A^T = A\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations

      Note 3061: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: vp8-Q1S6eI
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::1._Matrix_transformations
      What holds for \(T(X+Y)?\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::1._Matrix_transformations
      What holds for \(T(X+Y)?\)

      \(= T(X) + T(Y)\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What holds for&nbsp;\(T(X+Y)?\)
      Back \(= T(X) + T(Y)\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::1._Matrix_transformations

      Note 3062: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: v~twgkx^)U
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = r\) and CR decomposition \(A = CR\), we define the pseudoinverse \(A^\dagger\) as: \[ A^\dagger = R^\dagger C^\dagger \]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions
      For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = r\) and CR decomposition \(A = CR\), we define the pseudoinverse \(A^\dagger\) as: \[ A^\dagger = R^\dagger C^\dagger \]

      We can rewrite this as:

      \(\begin{aligned} A^\dagger &= R^\top (RR^\top)^{-1} (C^\top C)^{-1} C^\top \\ &= R^\top (C^\top C R R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \\ &= R^\top (C^\top A R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \end{aligned}\) 
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) with \(\text{rank}(A) = r\) and CR decomposition \(A = CR\), we define the pseudoinverse \(A^\dagger\) as:&nbsp;\[ A^\dagger = {{c1::R^\dagger C^\dagger }}\]
      Extra We can rewrite this as:<br><br>\(\begin{aligned} A^\dagger &amp;= R^\top (RR^\top)^{-1} (C^\top C)^{-1} C^\top \\ &amp;= R^\top (C^\top C R R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \\ &amp;= R^\top (C^\top A R^\top)^{-1} C^\top \end{aligned}\)&nbsp;
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::1._Definitions

      Note 3063: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: w49b;wY}uY
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication
      The {{c2::rank of a matrix \(\textbf{rank}(A), A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) is a number between 0 and n}} which counts the number of independent columns.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication
      The {{c2::rank of a matrix \(\textbf{rank}(A), A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) is a number between 0 and n}} which counts the number of independent columns.

      A column is independent if it is not the linear combination of the previous ones (or the next ones, if you do it the other way round).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The {{c2::rank of a matrix \(\textbf{rank}(A), A \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\)&nbsp;is a number between 0 and n}} which {{c1::counts the number of independent columns}}.
      Extra <div>A column is independent if it is not the linear combination of the <b>previous ones</b> (or the <b>next ones</b>, if you do it the other way round).</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::1._Matrix-Vector_multiplication

      Note 3064: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: w6-9Dxu?
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::1._Affine_Subspaces
      We call the solution space of \(Ax = b\) an affine subspace if \(b \neq 0\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::1._Affine_Subspaces
      We call the solution space of \(Ax = b\) an affine subspace if \(b \neq 0\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text We call the solution space of \(Ax = b\) an {{c1::<i>affine subspace</i>}}&nbsp;if {{c2::\(b \neq 0\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::4._The_solution_space_Ax=b::1._Affine_Subspaces

      Note 3065: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: w7_|F6Nt!U
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::5._Triangle_inequality
      The triangle inequality \(||v|| + ||w|| \geq ||v+w||\) holds exactly if \(w = \lambda v\) for some \(\lambda\geq0\) (i.e., they point in the same direction).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::5._Triangle_inequality
      The triangle inequality \(||v|| + ||w|| \geq ||v+w||\) holds exactly if \(w = \lambda v\) for some \(\lambda\geq0\) (i.e., they point in the same direction).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The triangle inequality&nbsp;\(||v|| + ||w|| \geq ||v+w||\)&nbsp;holds exactly if {{c1::\(w = \lambda v\)&nbsp;for some&nbsp;\(\lambda\geq0\)&nbsp;(i.e., they point in the same direction)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::5._Triangle_inequality

      Note 3066: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: w9]Tx{V20J
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      For a complex vector \(v\) we have \(||v|| =\) {{c1:: \(v^*v = \overline{v}^\top v = \sum_{i = 1}^n \overline{v_i}v_i = \sum_{i = 1}^n |v_i|^2\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      For a complex vector \(v\) we have \(||v|| =\) {{c1:: \(v^*v = \overline{v}^\top v = \sum_{i = 1}^n \overline{v_i}v_i = \sum_{i = 1}^n |v_i|^2\)}}.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text For a complex vector&nbsp;\(v\)&nbsp;we have&nbsp;\(||v|| =\)&nbsp;{{c1::&nbsp;\(v^*v = \overline{v}^\top v = \sum_{i = 1}^n \overline{v_i}v_i = \sum_{i = 1}^n |v_i|^2\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

      Note 3067: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: w;_;AaM4pf
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      Was ist eine symmetrische Matrix?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      Was ist eine symmetrische Matrix?

      Eine symmetrische Matrix erfüllt \(A^\top = A\) (d.h. eine "Spiegelachse" an der Hauptdiagonale). Hauptdiagonale selber unwichtig!
      Beispiel:
      \( \begin{pmatrix} 0 & 5 & 1 \\ 5 & 2 & 4 \\ 1 & 4 & 0 \end{pmatrix} \)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Was ist eine <b>symmetrische</b> Matrix?
      Back Eine symmetrische Matrix erfüllt&nbsp;\(A^\top = A\)&nbsp;(d.h. eine "Spiegelachse" an der Hauptdiagonale). Hauptdiagonale selber unwichtig!<div>Beispiel:</div><div>\( \begin{pmatrix} 0 &amp; 5 &amp; 1 \\ 5 &amp; 2 &amp; 4 \\ 1 &amp; 4 &amp; 0 \end{pmatrix} \)<br></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

      Note 3068: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: wGNTPZMph;
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
      The \(\text{sgn}(\sigma)\) where \(\sigma\) is a permutation is the parity of the number of row swaps necessary to get back to the identity .

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations
      The \(\text{sgn}(\sigma)\) where \(\sigma\) is a permutation is the parity of the number of row swaps necessary to get back to the identity .
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The&nbsp;\(\text{sgn}(\sigma)\)&nbsp;where&nbsp;\(\sigma\)&nbsp;is a permutation is {{c1:: the parity of the number of row swaps necessary to get back to the identity ::swaps}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::2._Permutations

      Note 3069: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: wl,mf){>,^
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
      What is the 1-norm of a vector?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm
      What is the 1-norm of a vector?

      Given a vector \(\mathbf{v} = (v_1, v_2, ..., v_n)^\top\):
       
      \(||\mathbf{v}||_1 = \sum_{i=1}^n |v_i|\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the 1-norm of a vector?
      Back Given a vector&nbsp;\(\mathbf{v} = (v_1, v_2, ..., v_n)^\top\):<br>&nbsp;<br>\(||\mathbf{v}||_1 = \sum_{i=1}^n |v_i|\)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::2._Scalar_products,_lengths_and_angles::2._Euclidean_norm

      Note 3070: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: wn-OubLttB
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
      Is a basis for a vector space unique?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases
      Is a basis for a vector space unique?

      No, there are typically many bases for a vector space.

      Every set \(B = \{v_1, v_2, \dots, v_m\} \subseteq \mathbb{R}^m\) of linearly independent vectors is a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^m\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Is a basis for a vector space unique?
      Back No, there are typically many bases for a vector space.<br><br>Every set \(B = \{v_1, v_2, \dots, v_m\} \subseteq \mathbb{R}^m\) of linearly independent vectors is a basis of \(\mathbb{R}^m\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension::2._Bases

      Note 3071: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: wsmlD&i>fV
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      Projection is idempotent:  \(PPb = Pb\) i.e. \(P^2 = P\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case
      Projection is idempotent:  \(PPb = Pb\) i.e. \(P^2 = P\).

      When we project a vector already in the subspace, we simply get the same vector out.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Projection is idempotent: {{c1::&nbsp;\(PPb = Pb\)&nbsp;i.e.&nbsp;\(P^2 = P\)}}.
      Extra When we project a vector already in the subspace, we simply get the same vector out.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::5._Orthogonality_and_Projections::2._Projections::2._General_Case

      Note 3072: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: ww{@M/WDmP
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
      \(A\) and \(A^\top\) share eigenvalues not eigenvectors.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
      \(A\) and \(A^\top\) share eigenvalues not eigenvectors.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>\(A\) and \(A^\top\) share {{c1::eigenvalues <b>not eigenvectors</b>::EWs, EVs}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings

      Note 3073: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: w{ro)4tDv:
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      Pseudoinverse of \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 3 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 2 & 0 \end{bmatrix}\)?

      Hint: It's already in SVD-form.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      Pseudoinverse of \(A = \begin{bmatrix} 3 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 2 & 0 \end{bmatrix}\)?

      Hint: It's already in SVD-form.

      Already in “SVD form” with \(U = I_2\), \(V = I_3\), and \(\Sigma = \begin{pmatrix} 3 & 0 & 0 \\ 0 & 2 & 0 \end{pmatrix}\). 
      The pseudoinverse is: \[A^\dagger = \begin{pmatrix} \frac{1}{3} & 0 \\ 0 & \frac{1}{2} \\ 0 & 0 \end{pmatrix}\] Notice:
      • Shape flipped: \(A\) is \(2\times3\), so \(A^\dagger\) is \(3\times2\)
      • Nonzero values inverted: \(3 \to \frac{1}{3}\), \(2 \to \frac{1}{2}\) 
      • Zeros stay zero
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Pseudoinverse of&nbsp;\(A = \begin{bmatrix} 3 &amp; 0 &amp; 0 \\ 0 &amp; 2 &amp; 0 \end{bmatrix}\)?<br><br>Hint: It's already in SVD-form.
      Back <div>Already in “SVD form” with \(U = I_2\), \(V = I_3\), and \(\Sigma = \begin{pmatrix} 3 &amp; 0 &amp; 0 \\ 0 &amp; 2 &amp; 0 \end{pmatrix}\).&nbsp;</div><div>The pseudoinverse is: \[A^\dagger = \begin{pmatrix} \frac{1}{3} &amp; 0 \\ 0 &amp; \frac{1}{2} \\ 0 &amp; 0 \end{pmatrix}\] Notice:</div><div><ul><li>Shape flipped: \(A\) is \(2\times3\), so \(A^\dagger\) is \(3\times2\)</li><li>Nonzero values inverted: \(3 \to \frac{1}{3}\), \(2 \to \frac{1}{2}\)&nbsp;</li><li>Zeros stay zero</li></ul></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

      Note 3074: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: x4{!d?wKd.
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
      What is the span of a set of vectors?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors
      What is the span of a set of vectors?

      The span is defined as the set of all linear combinations:
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front What is the span of a set of vectors?
      Back The span is defined as the set of all linear combinations:<br><img src="paste-36e53d12d56d7d813cefc55621f3b75e1d7eac63.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::1._Vectors::3._Linear_(in)dependence::3._Span_of_vectors

      Note 3075: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: x5dCNKqS
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      Does a diagonalisable / diagonalised matrix have to be invertible? 

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      Does a diagonalisable / diagonalised matrix have to be invertible? 

      No it can have \(0\) eigenvalues.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Does a diagonalisable / diagonalised matrix have to be invertible?&nbsp;
      Back No&nbsp;it can have \(0\) eigenvalues.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 3076: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: xBE,c~;Xop
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication
      A \(1\times n\) matrix is called row vector or, in other contexts, tuple.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication
      A \(1\times n\) matrix is called row vector or, in other contexts, tuple.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A&nbsp;\(1\times n\)&nbsp;matrix is called {{c1::row vector}} or, in other contexts, {{c1::tuple}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::3._Matrix_multiplication::4._Everything_is_matrix_multiplication

      Note 3077: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: xFvw{LdP48
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      In the SVD:
      1. \(\Sigma \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) is {{c1::a diagonal matrix (in the sense that \(\Sigma_{ij} = 0\) when \(i \neq j\) and the diagonal values are non-negative and ordered in descending order)}}.
      2. \(U^\top U = I\) and \(V^\top V = I\) (\(U, V\) are orthogonal).
      3. The columns \(u_1, \dots, u_m\) of \(U\) are called the left-singular vectors of \(A\) and are orthonormal.
      4. The columns \(v_1, \dots, v_n\) of \(V\) are called the right-singular vectors of \(A\) and are orthonormal.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD
      In the SVD:
      1. \(\Sigma \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) is {{c1::a diagonal matrix (in the sense that \(\Sigma_{ij} = 0\) when \(i \neq j\) and the diagonal values are non-negative and ordered in descending order)}}.
      2. \(U^\top U = I\) and \(V^\top V = I\) (\(U, V\) are orthogonal).
      3. The columns \(u_1, \dots, u_m\) of \(U\) are called the left-singular vectors of \(A\) and are orthonormal.
      4. The columns \(v_1, \dots, v_n\) of \(V\) are called the right-singular vectors of \(A\) and are orthonormal.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text In the SVD:<br><ol><li>\(\Sigma \in \mathbb{R}^{m \times n}\) is {{c1::a diagonal matrix (in the sense that \(\Sigma_{ij} = 0\) when \(i \neq j\) and the diagonal values are non-negative and ordered in descending order)}}.</li><li>{{c2::\(U^\top U = I\) and \(V^\top V = I\) (\(U, V\) are orthogonal)::Property of V and U}}.</li><li>The columns \(u_1, \dots, u_m\) of \(U\) are called {{c3::the left-singular vectors of \(A\) and are orthonormal}}.</li><li>The columns \(v_1, \dots, v_n\) of \(V\) are called {{c3::the right-singular vectors of \(A\) and are orthonormal}}.</li></ol>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::3._SVD

      Note 3078: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: xK>u_ueFdY
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
      Gaussian Elimination does not preserve EWs or EVs. 

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings
      Gaussian Elimination does not preserve EWs or EVs. 

      This means the EVs and EWs depend on the representation of the matrix, not on the subspaces they define.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Gaussian Elimination does {{c1::<b>not</b>}} preserve EWs or EVs.&nbsp;</div>
      Extra This means the EVs and EWs depend on the representation of the matrix, not on the subspaces they define.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::4._Warnings

      Note 3079: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: xn@gm`7I_o
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      Eine Linearkombination (LK) der Vektoren \( a_1, \ldots, a_n\) ist {{c2::ein Ausdruck der Form \( \alpha_1 a_1 + \cdots + \alpha_n a_n\) wobei \( \alpha_1, \ldots, \alpha_n \in \mathbb{R}\)}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      Eine Linearkombination (LK) der Vektoren \( a_1, \ldots, a_n\) ist {{c2::ein Ausdruck der Form \( \alpha_1 a_1 + \cdots + \alpha_n a_n\) wobei \( \alpha_1, \ldots, \alpha_n \in \mathbb{R}\)}}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Eine {{c1::Linearkombination (LK)}} der Vektoren&nbsp;\( a_1, \ldots, a_n\) ist {{c2::ein Ausdruck der Form&nbsp;\( \alpha_1 a_1 + \cdots + \alpha_n a_n\) wobei&nbsp;\( \alpha_1, \ldots, \alpha_n \in \mathbb{R}\)}}
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

      Note 3080: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: xs#S^-Mehy
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case
      \(\det (A^{-1}) =\) {{c1::\((\det (A))^{-1}\)}} 

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case
      \(\det (A^{-1}) =\) {{c1::\((\det (A))^{-1}\)}} 
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(\det (A^{-1}) =\)&nbsp;{{c1::\((\det (A))^{-1}\)}}&nbsp;
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case

      Note 3081: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: x|?8Eu84o6
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
      \(AA^\dagger\) is the projection matrix on \(C(A)\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties
      \(AA^\dagger\) is the projection matrix on \(C(A)\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(AA^\dagger\) is the projection matrix on&nbsp;{{c1::\(C(A)\)}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::4._The_Pseudoinverse,_also_known_as_Moore-Penrose_Inverse::2._Properties

      Note 3082: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: y$qWe[?^:_
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      Suppose that \(\{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} \not = \emptyset\).

      Then there exists a unique vector \(x_1 \in C(A^\top A)\) such that \(Ax_1 = b\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations
      Suppose that \(\{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} \not = \emptyset\).

      Then there exists a unique vector \(x_1 \in C(A^\top A)\) such that \(Ax_1 = b\).

      This holds because \(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A )\) holds.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Suppose that \(\{x \in \mathbb{R}^n \ | \ Ax = b \} \not = \emptyset\).<br><br>Then {{c1::there exists a <b>unique</b> vector \(x_1 \in C(A^\top A)\) such that \(Ax_1 = b\)}}.
      Extra This holds because&nbsp;\(C(A^\top) = C(A^\top A )\)&nbsp;holds.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::2._The_Set_of_all_solutions_to_a_system_of_linear_equations

      Note 3083: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: y9BDY!a~h?
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      Given a matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and an eigenvalue \(\lambda\) of \(A\) we call the dimension \(\dim(N(A - \lambda I))\) the geometric multiplicity of \(\lambda\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      Given a matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and an eigenvalue \(\lambda\) of \(A\) we call the dimension \(\dim(N(A - \lambda I))\) the geometric multiplicity of \(\lambda\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Given a matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) and an eigenvalue \(\lambda\) of \(A\) we call {{c2::the dimension \(\dim(N(A - \lambda I))\)}} the {{c1::geometric multiplicity}} of \(\lambda\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 3084: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: y;U[Cn>&)o
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      Let \(P\) be the projection matrix onto the subspace \(U \subset \mathbb{R}^n\). Then \(P\) has two eigenvalues, \(0\) and \(1\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      Let \(P\) be the projection matrix onto the subspace \(U \subset \mathbb{R}^n\). Then \(P\) has two eigenvalues, \(0\) and \(1\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text Let \(P\) be the <i>projection matrix</i>&nbsp;onto the subspace \(U \subset \mathbb{R}^n\). Then \(P\) has {{c1::two eigenvalues, \(0\) and \(1\)::EW, EVs, and a complete set of real eigenvectors}}.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 3085: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: yIi4+D4X>;
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      The LU decomposition is useful because (among other things) it is computationally more efficient when solving multiple \(Ax = b\) having the same \(A\) and different \(b\) 

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE
      The LU decomposition is useful because (among other things) it is computationally more efficient when solving multiple \(Ax = b\) having the same \(A\) and different \(b\) 
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The LU decomposition is useful because (among other things) {{c1::it is computationally more efficient when solving multiple&nbsp;\(Ax = b\)&nbsp;having the same&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;and different&nbsp;\(b\)&nbsp;}}.&nbsp;
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg PlsFix::DELETE

      Note 3086: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: yN#xD80(rp
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      Give an example of a non-diagonalisable matrix that does not have a full set of eigenvectors but still is invertible.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation
      Give an example of a non-diagonalisable matrix that does not have a full set of eigenvectors but still is invertible.

      \[ A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 & 1 \\ 0 & 1 \end{bmatrix} \]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Give an example of a non-diagonalisable matrix that does&nbsp;<b>not</b>&nbsp;have a full set of eigenvectors but still is invertible.
      Back \[ A = \begin{bmatrix} 1 &amp; 1 \\ 0 &amp; 1 \end{bmatrix} \]
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::9._Diagonalisable_Matrices_and_the_SVD::1._Diagonalisation

      Note 3087: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: ykjbHKfbW]
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      Real symmetric matrices always have real eigenvalues.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra
      Real symmetric matrices always have real eigenvalues.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Real symmetric matrices always have {{c1::real eigenvalues}}.</div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::5._Extra

      Note 3088: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: zC(mt0fx<^
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      \(z\overline{z} = |z|^2 \)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers
      \(z\overline{z} = |z|^2 \)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text \(z\overline{z} = {{c1:: |z|^2 }} \)
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::8._Eigenvalues_and_Eigenvectors::1._Complex_Numbers

      Note 3089: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: zWR<9*,:U.
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::3._Eliminiation
      Permitted Operations in Gauss-Jordan-Elimination:

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::3._Eliminiation
      Permitted Operations in Gauss-Jordan-Elimination:

      • Swap rows
      • Substract / Add rows
      • Divide Rows (which you can't in Gauss-Elimination)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Permitted Operations in Gauss-Jordan-Elimination:
      Back <ul><li>Swap rows</li><li>Substract / Add rows</li><li>Divide Rows (which you can't in Gauss-Elimination)</li></ul>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::3._Solving_Linear_Equations::3._Gauss-Jordan_Elimination::3._Eliminiation

      Note 3090: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: zXO6NKX&n3
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space
      Prove that the row space of \(A\) and \(MA\) is the same for \(M\) invertible!

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space
      Prove that the row space of \(A\) and \(MA\) is the same for \(M\) invertible!

      \(\textbf{R}(A) = \textbf{C}(A^\top) \overset{!}{=} \textbf{C}(A^\top M^\top) = \textbf{C}((MA)^\top) = \textbf{R}(MA)\)

      where ! holds because:
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front Prove that the row space of&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;and&nbsp;\(MA\)&nbsp;is the same for&nbsp;\(M\)&nbsp;invertible!
      Back \(\textbf{R}(A) = \textbf{C}(A^\top) \overset{!}{=} \textbf{C}(A^\top M^\top) = \textbf{C}((MA)^\top) = \textbf{R}(MA)\)<br><br>where ! holds because:<br><img src="paste-ea957f48d3c85a5f248b4d58e27c47fa9a822af3.jpg">
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::3._Computing_the_three_fundamental_subspaces::2._Row_Space

      Note 3091: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: z[vF=azkGx
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
      The inverse matrix is unique and can be denoted \(A^{-1}\).

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties
      The inverse matrix is unique and can be denoted \(A^{-1}\).
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The inverse matrix is {{c1::<b>unique</b>}} and can be denoted&nbsp;\(A^{-1}\).
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::4._Invertible_and_Inverse_matrices::2._Definitions_and_basic_properties

      Note 3092: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: zh2KTU;saW
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      A matrix \(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is orthogonal when \(Q^\top Q = I\)

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt
      A matrix \(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\) is orthogonal when \(Q^\top Q = I\)
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A matrix&nbsp;\(Q \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)&nbsp;is orthogonal when&nbsp;{{c1::\(Q^\top Q = I\)}}.&nbsp;
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::6._Applications_of_orthogonality_and_projections::3._Orthonormal_Bases_and_Gram_Schmidt

      Note 3093: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: zz.w6i^0.V
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      A matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)  is invertible if and only if \[ \det(A) \neq 0 \]

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties
      A matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)  is invertible if and only if \[ \det(A) \neq 0 \]

      If the unit cube collapses to have 0 volume (i.e. \(\det(A) = 0\)) then we lost a dimension and \(A\) cannot be invertible.
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text A matrix \(A \in \mathbb{R}^{n \times n}\)&nbsp; is <i>invertible</i>&nbsp;if and only if \[ \det(A) {{c1:: \neq 0 }}\]
      Extra If the unit cube collapses to have 0 volume (i.e. \(\det(A) = 0\)) then we lost a dimension and \(A\) cannot be invertible.
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::7._The_determinant::2._The_general_case::1._Properties

      Note 3094: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Classic
      GUID: z{mV]q!JSS
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation
      How do we find the matrix \(A\) associated with a linear transformation \(T_A\)?

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation
      How do we find the matrix \(A\) associated with a linear transformation \(T_A\)?

      For \(e_1, e_2, \dots, e_n\) we calculate \(T_A(e_k)\) to find the \(k\)-th column of \(A\): \[ A = \begin{bmatrix} | & | & \text{} & | \\ T(e_1) & T(e_2) & \dots & T(e_n) \\ | & | & \text{ } & | \end{bmatrix} \]
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Front How do we find the matrix&nbsp;\(A\)&nbsp;associated with a linear transformation&nbsp;\(T_A\)?
      Back For&nbsp;\(e_1, e_2, \dots, e_n\)&nbsp;we calculate&nbsp;\(T_A(e_k)\)&nbsp;to find the&nbsp;\(k\)-th column of&nbsp;\(A\):&nbsp;\[ A = \begin{bmatrix} | &amp; | &amp; \text{} &amp; | \\ T(e_1) &amp; T(e_2) &amp; \dots &amp; T(e_n) \\ | &amp; | &amp; \text{ } &amp; | \end{bmatrix} \]<br>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::2._Matrices_and_linear_transformations::3._The_matrix_of_a_linear_transformation

      Note 3095: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: z~{N,b0:-A
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
      The independent columns of \(A\), {{c1::span the column space \(\textbf{C}(A)\) of \(A\)}}.

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank
      The independent columns of \(A\), {{c1::span the column space \(\textbf{C}(A)\) of \(A\)}}.

      Proven by induction, adding elements that are a linear combination of other ones doesn't change span, thus we can iteratively remove the dependent columns.

      Lemma 2.11
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text The {{c2::independent}} columns of&nbsp;\(A\),&nbsp;{{c1::span the column space&nbsp;\(\textbf{C}(A)\)&nbsp;of&nbsp;\(A\)}}.
      Extra Proven by induction, adding elements that are a linear combination of other ones doesn't change span, thus we can iteratively remove the dependent columns.<br><br>Lemma 2.11
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::2._Matrices::1._Matrices_and_linear_combinations::2._Column-space_and_rank

      Note 3096: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg

      Deck: ETH::1. Semester::LinAlg
      Note Type: Horvath Cloze
      GUID: }ovjsBoRZ
      added

      Previous

      Note did not exist

      New Note

      Front

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension
      Let \(V\) be a vector space. A subset \(B \subseteq V\) is called a basis of \(V\) if 
      • \(B\) is linearly independent
      • {{c1::\(\textbf{Span}(B) = V\).}}

      Back

      ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension
      Let \(V\) be a vector space. A subset \(B \subseteq V\) is called a basis of \(V\) if 
      • \(B\) is linearly independent
      • {{c1::\(\textbf{Span}(B) = V\).}}
      Field-by-field Comparison
      Field Before After
      Text <div>Let \(V\) be a vector space. A subset \(B \subseteq V\) is called a basis of \(V\) if&nbsp;</div><div><ul><li>{{c1::\(B\) is linearly independent}}</li><li>{{c1::\(\textbf{Span}(B) = V\).}}</li></ul></div>
      Tags: ETH::1._Semester::LinAlg::4._The_Three_Fundamental_Subspaces::2._Bases_and_dimension
      ↑ Top